S-4

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 6, 2013

Registration Statement No. [—]

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

TOPS HOLDING LLC

TOPS MARKETS, LLC

TOPS MARKETS II CORPORATION

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware	5411	26-1252536
New York	5411	16-1592810
Delaware	5411	46-2733709
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)	(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware	5411	46-2733709
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)	(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

6363 Main Street,

Williamsville, New York 14221

Telephone (716) 635-5000

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

See Table of Additional Registrants Continued on the Next Page

Lynne A. Burgess

General Counsel

Tops Markets, LLC

P.O. Box 1027

Buffalo, NY 14240-1027

Telephone (716) 635-5000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent of service)

with a copy to:

Michael Benjamin

Shearman & Sterling LLP

599 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Telephone (212) 848-4000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

as soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If the securities being registered on this form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.  ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “non-accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer	¨	Accelerated filer	¨
Non-accelerated filer	x  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company	¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered	Amount to be Registered	Proposed Maximum Offering Price Per Unit	Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price(1)	Amount of Registration Fee(2)
8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017	$460,000,000	100%	$460,000,000	$62,744.00
Guarantees of 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017	—	—	—	—
8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018	$150,000,000	100%	$150,000,000	$20,460.00

(1) Estimated solely for the purposes of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(f) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2) Calculated based upon the market value of the securities to be received by the registrants in the exchange in accordance with Rule 457(f). Pursuant to Rule 457(n), no registration fee will be paid in connection with the guarantees.

The Registrants hereby amend this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrants shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS

Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter	State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization	Primary Standard Industry Classification Number	I.R.S. Employer Identification No.
Tops PT, LLC (1)	New York	5411	27-1702050
Tops Gift Card Company, LLC (1)	Virginia	5411	26-3346105

(1) Registrant’s address is 6363 Main Street, Williamsville, New York 14221.

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED SEPTEMBER 6, 2013.

Prospectus

TOPS HOLDING LLC

TOPS MARKETS, LLC

TOPS MARKETS II CORPORATION

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

Offers to Exchange

all outstanding unregistered 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017

($460,000,000 aggregate principal amount)

for

8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933,

as amended (the “Securities Act”)

Fully and unconditionally guaranteed as to payment of principal and interest by the guarantors

and

all outstanding unregistered 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018

($150,000,000 aggregate principal amount)

for

8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018 that have been registered under the Securities Act

This prospectus and accompanying letter of transmittal relate to our proposed offers to exchange (1) up to $460,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017, which are registered under the Securities Act (the “Exchange Notes due 2017”), for any and all of our unregistered 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017, which were issued on December 20, 2012 (the “Notes due 2017”) and (2) up to $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018, which are registered under the Securities Act (the “Exchange Notes due 2018” and together with the Exchange Notes due 2017, the “exchange notes”), for any and all of our unregistered 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018, which were issued on May 15, 2013 (the “Notes due 2018,” and together with the Notes due 2017, the “unregistered notes”). The Notes due 2017 are, and the Exchange Notes due 2017 will be, on a joint and several basis, fully and unconditionally guaranteed as to payment of principal and interest by all of the domestic subsidiaries of Tops Holding LLC and by Tops Holding II Corporation (the “guarantors”). The unregistered notes have certain transfer restrictions. The exchange notes will be freely transferable.

The principal features of the exchange offers are as follows:

• THE EXCHANGE OFFERS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON             , 2013, UNLESS WE EXTEND THE OFFERS.

• You may withdraw tendered outstanding unregistered notes at any time prior to the expiration of the exchange offers.

• We will exchange all outstanding unregistered notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn prior to the expiration of the exchange offers for an equal principal amount of exchange notes.

• The terms of each type of exchange notes to be issued are substantially similar to each type of unregistered notes, except they are registered under the Securities Act, do not have any transfer restrictions and do not have registration rights or rights to additional interest.

• The exchange of unregistered notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offers will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

• We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offers.

• We do not intend to apply for listing of the exchange notes on any securities exchange or automated quotation system.

We are not asking you for a proxy and you are not required to send us a proxy.

Please see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15 for a discussion of certain factors you should consider in connection with the exchange offers.

Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) nor any other federal or state agency has approved or disapproved of these securities to be distributed in the exchange offers, nor have any of these organizations determined that this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is             , 2013.

Each holder of an unregistered note wishing to accept either exchange offer must deliver the unregistered note to be exchanged, together with the letter of transmittal that accompanies this prospectus and any other required documentation, to the exchange agent identified in this prospectus. Alternatively, you may effect a tender of unregistered notes by book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”). All deliveries are at the risk of the holder. You can find detailed instructions concerning delivery in the section called “The Exchange Offers” in this prospectus and in the accompanying letter of transmittal.

If you are a broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for your own account, you must acknowledge that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. The letter of transmittal accompanying this prospectus states that, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, you will not be deemed to admit that you are an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. You may use this prospectus, as we may amend or supplement it in the future, for your resales of exchange notes. We will use commercially reasonable efforts to have the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, remain effective until 180 days after             , 2013 for use by participating broker-dealers. We will also amend or supplement this prospectus during this 180-day period, if requested by one or more participating broker-dealers, in order to expedite or facilitate such resales.

Table of Contents

	Page
SUMMARY		1
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES		14
RISK FACTORS		15
USE OF PROCEEDS		35
CAPITALIZATION		36
SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA		37
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS		39
BUSINESS		55
MANAGEMENT		61
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS		74
DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS		75
THE EXCHANGE OFFERS		76
DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES DUE 2017		86
DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES DUE 2018		142
BOOK-ENTRY SETTLEMENT AND CLEARANCE		191
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS		194
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION		199
LEGAL MATTERS		200
EXPERTS		200
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION		200
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS		F-1
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM		F-2

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

In this prospectus, references to “we,” “our,” “us” and the “Company” are to Tops Holding II Corporation and each of its consolidated subsidiaries, and references to the “issuers” are to, for the Notes due 2017 and the Exchange Notes due 2017, Tops Holding LLC, Tops Markets, LLC and Tops Markets II Corporation, and, for the Notes due 2018 and the Exchange Notes due 2018, Tops Holding II Corporation, and in either case not to any of their respective subsidiaries, except in each case where otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires.

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since this date.

Whenever we refer in this prospectus to the 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 issued on December 20, 2012 and the 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018 issued on May 15, 2013 collectively, we will refer to them as the “unregistered notes.” Whenever we refer in this prospectus to the registered 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 and the registered 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018 collectively, we will refer to them as the “exchange notes.” The unregistered notes and the exchange notes are collectively referred to as the “notes.”

TRADEMARKS

In this prospectus, we refer (without the ownership notation after the initial use) to several trademarks that we own or license or have licensed, including Tops, Tops Friendly Markets, Orchard Fresh, Tops GasPoints, and Tops BONUS PLUS. All brand names or other trademarks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

i

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements, which are generally statements about future events, plans, objectives and performance. Generally, the words “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “project,” “will” and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements reflect our current expectations, based on currently available information, and are not guarantees. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, these expectations could prove inaccurate as such statements involve risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our ability to control or predict. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties, or other risks or uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial, materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those anticipated, estimated or projected. Important factors relating to these risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the following:

• risks of claims relating to our acquisition of the assets of The Penn Traffic Company in January 2010 (the “PT Acquisition” or the “Penn Traffic acquisition”) that may not have been properly discharged in the bankruptcy process;

• the severity of current economic conditions and the impact on consumer demand and spending and our pricing strategy;

• pricing and market strategies, the expansion, consolidation and other activities of competitors, and our ability to respond to the promotional practices of competitors;

• our ability to effectively increase or maintain our profit margins;

• the success of our expansion and renovation plans;

• fluctuations in utility, fuel and commodity prices which could impact consumer spending and buying habits and the cost of doing business;

• risks inherent in our motor fuel operations;

• our exposure to local economies and local adverse conditions due to our geographic concentration;

• risks of natural disasters and severe weather conditions;

• supply problems with our suppliers and vendors;

• our relationships with unions and unionized employees, and the terms of future collective bargaining agreements or labor strikes;

• increased operating costs resulting from rising employee benefit costs or pension funding obligations;

• changes in, or the failure or inability to comply with, laws and governmental regulations applicable to the operation of our pharmacy and other businesses;

• the adequacy of our insurance coverage against claims of our customers in connection with our pharmacy services;

• estimates of the amount and timing of payments under our self-insurance policies;

• risks of liability under environmental laws and regulations;

• our ability to maintain and improve our information technology systems;

ii

• events that give rise to actual or potential food contamination, drug contamination or food-borne illness or any adverse publicity relating to these types of concerns, whether or not valid;

• threats or potential threats to security;

• our ability to retain key personnel;

• risks of data security breaches or losses of confidential customer information;

• risks relating to our substantial indebtedness;

• claims or legal proceedings against us;

• decisions by our controlling shareholders that may conflict with the interests of the holders of our debt; and

• other factors discussed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

We caution that one should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date on which they are made. We disclaim any intention, obligation or duty to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

iii

SUMMARY

The following summary contains basic information about us and the exchange offers. It may not contain all of the information that is important to you. Before you make an investment decision, you should review this prospectus in its entirety, including the risk factors, our financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Company Overview

We are a leading supermarket retailer in Upstate New York, Northern Pennsylvania and Vermont (“our market area”). Introduced in 1962, our Tops brand is widely recognized as a strong retail supermarket brand name in our market area, supported by strong customer loyalty and attractive supermarket locations. As of July 13, 2013, we operated 155 full-service supermarkets under the banners of Tops and Orchard Fresh, with an additional five supermarkets operated by franchisees.

Our Tops Friendly Markets brand and mission statement, “Your friendly neighborhood store that has what you want, while saving you time and money,” exemplifies our focus on quality merchandise, convenience and value. Our supermarkets serve as one-stop shops and offer a wide range of in-store services such as banks, pharmacies and Tim Hortons self-service coffee kiosks. Additionally, we are the only conventional supermarket chain to offer gasoline in the Buffalo and Rochester markets. We have a successful merchandising strategy that offers a broader selection of products and services than our competitors, with a higher mix of national brands. Additionally, we differentiate ourselves by employing a promotional or “Hi-Lo” pricing strategy that resonates well with our market’s core middle income, working family demographic. This promotional strategy uses discounted feature items in our weekly circular, coupons, special advertising events, seasonal price promotions, and a loyalty card program.

We are headquartered in Williamsville, New York and employ approximately 14,300 associates, of which 87% are unionized. Tops Holding II Corporation was incorporated on May 7, 2013 as a Delaware corporation. Tops Holding LLC was incorporated in October 2007 as a Delaware corporation and converted in May 2013 to a Delaware limited liability company. Tops Markets, LLC was founded in September 2000 as a New York limited liability company. Tops Markets II Corporation was incorporated on May 14, 2013 as a Delaware corporation. Our principal executive offices are located at 6363 Main Street, Williamsville, New York 14221, and our telephone number is (716) 635-5000.

Our Majority Sponsor

We were acquired by a group of investors led by Morgan Stanley Global Private Equity (“MSPE”) in December 2007. MSPE is a part of Morgan Stanley and is the firm’s primary business unit for investing in large and middle market private equity transactions on behalf of its clients. MSPE’s team of investment professionals brings expertise in structuring complex financial transactions and a dedication to partnering with experienced management teams. Morgan Stanley has a long history of private equity investing, and has invested over $8 billion in private equity transactions on a global basis since 1985. With offices in New York and London, MSPE seeks out investment opportunities around the world and employs a global approach with local market and industry knowledge.

1

Corporate Information

Our corporate structure is as follows:

(1) The shareholders of Tops Holding II Corporation include the following entities and individuals: various funds affiliated with MSPE holding 66.4%, various funds affiliated with Graycliff Partners LP (“Graycliff”) holding 18.5%, Turbic, Inc. holding 4.6%, Begain Company Limited holding 2.9%, Frank Curci holding 2.7%, Kevin Darrington holding 1.4% and various of our other directors, officers and employees each holding less than 1%.

2

Summary of the Exchange Offers

On December 20, 2012, we issued $460 million aggregate principal amount of unregistered 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017. These notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed as to payment of principal and interest by each of the guarantors. On December 20, 2012, we and the initial purchasers of the unregistered notes entered into a registration rights agreement in which we agreed that you, if a holder of these unregistered notes, would be entitled to exchange your unregistered notes for exchange notes registered under the Securities Act. These exchange offers are intended to satisfy those rights.

On May 15, 2013, we issued $150 million aggregate principal amount of unregistered 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018. On May 15, 2013, we and the initial purchasers of the unregistered notes entered into a registration rights agreement in which we agreed that you, if a holder of these unregistered notes, would be entitled to exchange your unregistered notes for exchange notes registered under the Securities Act. These exchange offers are also intended to satisfy those rights. References to “registration rights agreements” in this prospectus refer to both the registration rights agreement for the Notes due 2017 and the registration rights agreement for the Notes due 2018.

After the exchange offers are completed, you will no longer be entitled to any registration rights with respect to the unregistered notes. The exchange notes will be our obligations and will be entitled to the benefits of the respective indentures relating to the notes. The Exchange Notes due 2017 will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed as to payment of principal and interest by each of the guarantors. The form and terms of the exchange notes are identical in all material respects to the form and terms of the unregistered notes, except that:

• the exchange notes have been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, will contain no restrictive legends;

• the exchange notes will not have registration rights; and

• the exchange notes will not have rights to additional interest.

The Exchange Offers	We are offering to exchange any and all of our 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017, which have been registered under the Securities Act, for any and all of our outstanding unregistered 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 that were issued on December 20, 2012. As of the date of this prospectus, $460.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our unregistered 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 are outstanding.
	We are also offering to exchange any and all of our 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018, which have been registered under the Securities Act, for any and all of our outstanding unregistered 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018 that were issued on May 15, 2013. As of the date of this prospectus, $150.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our unregistered 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018 are outstanding.
	You may tender some or all of your unregistered notes only in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
Expiration of the Exchange Offers	The exchange offers will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2013, unless we decide to extend the exchange offers.
Conditions of the Exchange Offers	We will not be required to accept for exchange any unregistered notes, and may amend or terminate the exchange offers, if any of the following conditions or events occurs:
	•       the exchange offers or the making of any exchange by a holder of unregistered notes violates applicable law or SEC policy;

3

	•       any action or proceeding shall have been instituted or threatened with respect to the exchange offers which, in our reasonable judgment, would impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offers; and
	•       any laws, rules or regulations or applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC are issued or promulgated which, in our good faith determination, do not permit us to effect the exchange offers.
	We will give oral or written notice of any non-acceptance, amendment or termination to the registered holders of the unregistered notes as promptly as practicable. We reserve the right to waive any conditions of the exchange offers.
Resale of the Exchange Notes	Based on interpretative letters of the SEC staff to third parties unrelated to us, we believe that you can resell and transfer the exchange notes you receive pursuant to these exchange offers without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that:
	•       any exchange notes to be received by you will be acquired in the ordinary course of your business;
	•       you are not engaged in, do not intend to engage in and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to engage in, the distribution of the unregistered notes or exchange notes;
	•       you are not an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of ours, or, if you are such an affiliate, you will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable;
	•       if you are a broker-dealer, you have not entered into any arrangement or understanding with us or any of our “affiliates” to distribute the exchange notes; and
	•       you are not acting on behalf of any person or entity that could not truthfully make these representations.
	If you wish to participate in the exchange offers, you must represent to us that these conditions have been met.
	If you are a broker-dealer and you will receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for unregistered notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, you will be required to acknowledge that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. See “Plan of Distribution” for a description of the prospectus delivery obligations of broker-dealers.
Accrued Interest on the Exchange Notes and Unregistered Notes	The Notes due 2017 accrue interest from and including December 20, 2012. We pay interest on the Notes due 2017 semiannually on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing June 15, 2013.
	The Notes due 2018 accrue interest from and including May 15, 2013. We pay interest on the Notes due 2018 semiannually on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing December 15, 2013.
	The first and last interest payment on the Notes due 2018 will be payable in cash. For all other interest payments, the issuer will be required to pay interest on the Notes due 2018 entirely in cash (“Cash Interest”), unless certain conditions described in this

4

	prospectus are met, in which case the issuer will be entitled to pay, to the extent described herein, interest on the Notes due 2018 by increasing the principal amount of the Notes due 2018 or by issuing new notes as pay-in-kind interest (in each case, “PIK Interest”). Cash Interest on the Notes due 2018 will accrue at a rate of 8.750% per annum and PIK Interest on the Notes due 2018 will accrue at a rate of 9.500% per annum. See “Description of the Exchange Notes due 2018—Maturity, Principal and Interest.”
	If the issuer pays any PIK Interest on the Notes due 2018, the issuer will increase the principal amount of the Notes due 2018 or issue new notes in an amount equal to the interest payment for the applicable interest period (rounded up to the nearest $1.00) to holders of the Notes due 2018 on the relevant record date. If the principal amount of the Notes due 2018 is increased or new notes are issued, the Notes due 2018 will bear interest on the increased principal amount thereof, or the new notes will bear interest, as the case may be, from and after the applicable interest payment date on which payment of PIK Interest is made.
	Holders of unregistered notes that are accepted for exchange will be deemed to have waived the right to receive any payment in respect of interest accrued from the date of the last interest payment date in respect of the unregistered notes until the date of the issuance of the exchange notes. Consequently, holders of exchange notes will receive the same interest payments that they would have received had they not accepted the exchange offers.
Procedures for Tendering Unregistered Notes	If you wish to participate in the exchange offers, you must:
	•        transmit a properly completed and signed letter of transmittal, and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal, to the exchange agent at the address set forth in the letter of transmittal. These materials must be received by the exchange agent before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on             , 2013, the expiration date of the exchange offers. You must also provide physical delivery of your unregistered notes to the exchange agent’s address as set forth in the letter of transmittal. The letter of transmittal must also contain the representations you must make to us as described under “The Exchange Offers—Procedures for Tendering”; or
	•        you may effect a tender of unregistered notes electronically by book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at DTC. By tendering the unregistered notes by book-entry transfer, you must agree to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal.
Special Procedures for Beneficial Owners	If you are a beneficial owner of unregistered notes that are held through a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender such unregistered notes, you should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct them to tender your unregistered notes on your behalf.
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures for Unregistered Notes	If you cannot meet the expiration deadline, or you cannot timely deliver your unregistered notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documentation, or comply with DTC’s standard operating procedures for electronic tenders, you may tender your unregistered notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth under “The Exchange Offers—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”

5

Acceptance of Outstanding Notes and Delivery of Exchange Notes	Subject to customary conditions, we will accept outstanding unregistered notes that are properly tendered in the exchange offers and not withdrawn prior to the expiration date. The exchange notes will be delivered promptly following the expiration date.
Withdrawal Rights	You may withdraw the tender of your unregistered notes at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on             , 2013, the expiration date.
Consequences of Failure to Exchange	If you are eligible to participate in either or both of these exchange offers and you do not tender your unregistered notes as described in this prospectus, your unregistered notes will continue to be subject to transfer restrictions. As a result of the transfer restrictions and the availability of exchange notes, the market for the unregistered notes is likely to be much less liquid than before these exchange offers. The unregistered notes will, after these exchange offers, bear interest at the same rate as the exchange notes. The unregistered notes will not retain any rights under the registration rights agreements.
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations	The exchange of the unregistered notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offers will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
Exchange Agent	U.S. Bank National Association, the trustee under the indentures for the unregistered notes, is serving as exchange agent in connection with the exchange offers. For the exchange agent’s contact information, see “The Exchange Offers—Exchange Agent.”
Use of Proceeds	We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of exchange notes in the exchange offers.

6

Summary Description of the Exchange Notes

The following is a brief summary of some of the terms of the exchange notes. For a more complete description of the terms of the exchange notes, see “Description of the Exchange Notes due 2017” and “Description of the Exchange Notes due 2018” in this prospectus.

The Exchange Notes due 2017

Issuers	Tops Holding LLC, Tops Markets, LLC and Tops Markets II Corporation
Exchange Notes	$460,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017, which are registered under the Securities Act.
Maturity Date	December 15, 2017.
Interest Payment Dates	June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing June 15, 2013.
Guarantees	The Exchange Notes due 2017 are guaranteed by each of Tops PT, LLC and Tops Gift Card Company (the guarantees from these entities, the “secured guarantees”) and Tops Holding II Corporation. The Exchange Notes due 2017 will also be guaranteed following the issue date by certain of our additional domestic restricted subsidiaries. See “Description of the Exchange Notes due 2017—Certain Covenants—Additional Guarantees.”
Ranking	The Exchange Notes due 2017 and the secured guarantees will be senior secured obligations of the issuers and the applicable guarantors secured to the extent described below. The Exchange Notes due 2017 and the secured guarantees rank:
	•        pari passu with any senior indebtedness of the issuers and the applicable guarantors;
	•        senior to any indebtedness, if any, of the issuers and the applicable guarantors that is expressly subordinated to the Exchange Notes due 2017 and the guarantees;
	•        effectively senior to any unsecured indebtedness or indebtedness with a junior lien to the liens securing the Exchange Notes due 2017 and the secured guarantees to the extent of the value of the collateral securing the Exchange Notes due 2017 and the secured guarantees;
	•        effectively junior to any secured indebtedness which is either secured by assets that are not collateral for the Exchange Notes due 2017 and the secured guarantees or which is secured by a prior lien in the collateral for the Exchange Notes due 2017 and the secured guarantees including the ABL Facility, in each case, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and
	•        effectively junior to all obligations of our subsidiaries, if any, that are not guarantors.
	The guarantee of the Exchange Notes due 2017 by Tops Holding II Corporation will not be secured and will rank equal in right of payment with any senior indebtedness of the Issuers and the guarantors, senior in right of payment to any indebtedness of the Issuers and the guarantors that is expressly subordinated to the Exchange Notes due 2017 and the guarantees and effectively junior to all obligations of any subsidiary of an issuer that is not a guarantor.

7

	As of July 13, 2013, the Issuers and the guarantors had $810.6 million of secured Indebtedness and capitalized lease obligations outstanding (excluding $15.2 million of outstanding secured letters of credit).
	These amounts do not include $53.1 million that the Issuers would have had available for borrowing, subject to borrowing base availability, under the Credit Agreement.
Security	The Exchange Notes due 2017 and the secured guarantees will be secured (i) on a first-priority basis, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens, by a lien on our warehouse distribution facility in Lancaster, New York and our supermarket in Fayetteville, New York, certain owned real property acquired by us and the guarantors (other than Tops Holding II Corporation) following the issue date of the Exchange Notes due 2017, intellectual property, equipment, stock of our subsidiaries and substantially all of our and such guarantors’ other assets (other than leasehold interests in real property) other than assets securing the ABL Facility on a first-priority basis and (ii) on a second-priority basis, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens, by a lien on our assets and such guarantors’ assets that secure the ABL Facility on a first-priority basis including present and future receivables, inventory, prescription lists, deposit accounts and certain related rights and proceeds relating thereto. The ABL Facility is secured on a second-priority basis by a lien on the collateral securing the Exchange Notes due 2017 and the secured guarantees on a first-priority basis. See “Description of the Exchange Notes due 2017—Security.”
Use of Proceeds	We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of Exchange Notes due 2017 pursuant to the exchange offers.
Optional Redemption	On or after June 15, 2015, we may redeem some or all of the Exchange Notes due 2017 at any time at the redemption prices specified under “Description of the Exchange Notes due 2017—Optional Redemption.”
	Before June 15, 2015, we may redeem some or all of the Exchange Notes due 2017 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of each note to be redeemed plus a make-whole premium described in “Description of the Exchange Notes due 2017—Optional Redemption.”
	In addition, at any time prior to June 15, 2015, we may redeem up to 35% of the Exchange Notes due 2017 with the net cash proceeds from specified equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 108.875% of the principal amount of each note to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.
Change of Control	Upon a change of control (as defined in “Description of the Exchange Notes due 2017—Certain Definitions”), we must offer to repurchase the Exchange Notes due 2017 at 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued interest to the purchase date.
Certain Covenants	The indenture that governs the Exchange Notes due 2017 contains certain covenants, including limitations and restrictions on our ability to:
	•       incur additional indebtedness;
	•       make dividend payments or other restricted payments;
	•       create liens;
	•       sell assets;

8

	•       sell securities of our subsidiaries;
	•       enter into certain types of transactions with shareholders and affiliates; and
	•       enter into mergers, consolidations, or sales of all or substantially all of our assets.
	These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications, which are described in “Description of the Exchange Notes due 2017—Certain Covenants.”
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations	The exchange of the Notes due 2017 for Exchange Notes due 2017 pursuant to the exchange offers will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
Transfer Restrictions	There is currently no established public trading market for the Exchange Notes due 2017. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Exchange Notes.” Your ability to transfer the Exchange Notes due 2017 may be limited by the absence of an active trading market, and there is no assurance that any active trading market will develop for the Exchange Notes due 2017.
Risk Factors	See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of risk factors related to our business and to the Exchange Notes due 2017 and the exchange offers.
The Exchange Notes due 2018
Issuer	Tops Holding II Corporation
Exchange Notes	$150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of aggregate principal amount of 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018, which are registered under the Securities Act.
Maturity Date	June 15, 2018.
Interest Payments	The first and last interest payment on the Exchange Notes due 2018 will be payable in cash. For all other interest payments, the Issuer will be required to pay interest on the Exchange Notes due 2018 entirely in cash (“Cash Interest”), unless certain conditions described in this prospectus are met, in which case the Issuer will be entitled to pay, to the extent described herein, interest on the Exchange Notes due 2018 by increasing the principal amount of the Exchange Notes due 2018 or by issuing new notes as pay-in-kind interest (in each case, “PIK Interest”). Cash Interest on the Exchange Notes due 2018 will accrue at a rate of 8.750% per annum and PIK Interest on the Exchange Notes due 2018 will accrue at a rate of 9.500% per annum. See “Description of the Exchange Notes due 2018—Maturity, Principal and Interest.”
	If the Issuer pays any PIK Interest on the Exchange Notes due 2018, the Issuer will increase the principal amount of the Exchange Notes due 2018 or issue new notes in an amount equal to the interest payment for the applicable interest period (rounded up to the nearest $1.00) to holders of the Exchange Notes due 2018 on the relevant record date. If the principal amount of the Exchange Notes due 2018 is increased or new notes are issued, the Exchange Notes due 2018 will bear interest on the increased principal amount thereof, or the new notes will bear interest, as the case may be, from and after the applicable interest payment date on which payment of PIK Interest is made.
Interest Payment Dates	June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing December 15, 2013.

9

Ranking	The Exchange Notes due 2018 will be the Issuer’s senior unsecured obligations and will:
	•        rank equally in right of payment with any existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness of the Issuer;
	•        be effectively subordinated to any of the Issuer’s future secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness;
	•        be senior to all of the Issuer’s future subordinated indebtedness, if any; and
	•        be structurally subordinated to all of the liabilities of any of the Issuer’s existing and future subsidiaries, including obligations under the amended and restated asset-based revolving credit facility between Tops Markets, LLC and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent and administrative agent, entered into on December 14, 2012 (the “ABL Facility”) and the Exchange Notes due 2017.
Use of Proceeds	We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of Exchange Notes due 2018 pursuant to the exchange offers.
Optional Redemption	On or after June 15, 2015, we may redeem some or all of the Exchange Notes due 2018 at any time at the redemption prices specified under “Description of the Exchange Notes due 2018—Optional Redemption.”
	Before June 15, 2015, we may redeem some or all of the Exchange Notes due 2018 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of each note to be redeemed plus a make-whole premium described in “Description of the Exchange Notes due 2018—Optional Redemption.”
	In addition, at any time prior to June 15, 2015, we may redeem up to 35% of the Exchange Notes due 2018 with the net cash proceeds from specified equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 108.875% of the principal amount of each note to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.
Change of Control	Upon a change of control (as defined in “Description of the Exchange Notes due 2018—Certain Definitions”), we must offer to repurchase the Exchange Notes due 2018 at 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued interest to the purchase date.
Certain Covenants	The indenture that governs the Exchange Notes due 2018 contains certain covenants, including limitations and restrictions on our and our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to:
	•        incur additional indebtedness;
	•        make dividend payments or other restricted payments;
	•        create liens;
	•        sell assets;
	•        sell securities of our subsidiaries;
	•        enter into certain types of transactions with shareholders and affiliates; and
	•        enter into mergers, consolidations, or sales of all or substantially all of our assets.

10

	These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications, which are described in “Description of the Exchange Notes due 2018—Certain Covenants.”
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations	The exchange of the Notes due 2018 for Exchange Notes due 2018 pursuant to the exchange offers will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Because, as a result of the PIK Interest feature, no portion of stated interest on the Notes due 2018 is unconditionally payable in cash at least annually, the Notes due 2018 were treated as issued with original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, a U.S. holder of Exchange Notes due 2018 will be required to include amounts (including stated interest) representing the remaining original issue discount in gross income (as ordinary income) on a constant yield basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes in advance of the receipt of any cash payments to which such income is attributable, regardless of such holder’s method of tax accounting. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
Transfer Restrictions	There is currently no established public trading market for the Exchange Notes due 2018. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Exchange Notes.” Your ability to transfer the Exchange Notes due 2018 may be limited by the absence of an active trading market, and there is no assurance that any active trading market will develop for the Exchange Notes due 2018.
Risk Factors	See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of risk factors related to our business and to the Exchange Notes due 2018 and the exchange offers.

11

Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data

The following table sets forth our summary historical consolidated financial and operating data. The summary historical consolidated financial and operating data as of December 31, 2011 and December 29, 2012 and for the fiscal years ended January 1, 2011 (“Fiscal 2010”), December 31, 2011 (“Fiscal 2011”) and December 29, 2012 (“Fiscal 2012”) has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Fiscal 2010, Fiscal 2011, Fiscal 2012 and the 28-week periods ended July 14, 2012 and July 13, 2013 include the operating results of the acquired Penn Traffic supermarkets from the date of the PT Acquisition, January 29, 2010. The historical results of Tops Holding LLC and its subsidiaries have been consolidated with those of Tops Holding II Corporation as if Tops Holding II Corporation were in existence for all periods presented.

The summary consolidated financial information as of July 13, 2013 and for the 28-week periods ended July 14, 2012 and July 13, 2013, respectively, presented below, has been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, which are also included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited financial information has been prepared on a basis consistent with our annual audited financial statements. In the opinion of management, such unaudited financial information reflects all adjustments, consisting exclusively of normal and recurring adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results for those periods. The results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved for a full fiscal year.

This information is a summary and should be read in conjunction with “Capitalization,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(Dollars in Thousands)

	28-week periods ended
	July 14, 2012			July 13, 2013			Fiscal 2010 (52 weeks)			Fiscal 2011 (52 weeks)			Fiscal 2012 (52 weeks)
Supermarket Operating Data:
Number of supermarkets at period end		124			155			127			125			149
Average weekly same store sales per supermarket(1)(2)	$	328,090		$	318,667		$	418,465		$	325,739		$	325,897
Same store sales (decrease) increase (1)(3)		(0.4	)%		(0.5	)%		0.1	%		1.4	%		(0.7	)%
Number of gas stations at period end		40			44			35			38			43
Motor fuel gallons sold (in thousands)		34,336			35,813			57,079			61,180			63,438
Statements of Operations Data:
Inside sales	$	1,148,614		$	1,217,415		$	2,107,524		$	2,151,299		$	2,146,524
Gasoline sales		118,127			119,669			150,012			204,193			218,815
Net sales		1,266,741			1,337,084			2,257,536			2,355,492			2,365,339
Cost of goods sold		(881,221	)		(932,085	)		(1,579,016	)		(1,650,166	)		(1,654,093	)
Distribution costs		(25,278	)		(26,280	)		(44,829	)		(44,189	)		(46,663	)
Gross profit		360,242			378,719			633,691			661,137			664,583
Gross margin		28.4	%		28.3	%		28.1	%		28.1	%		28.1	%
Total operating expenses(4)		(317,350	)		(351,717	)		(623,058	)		(592,312	)		(596,027	)
Operating income		42,892			27,002			10,633			68,825			68,556
Bargain purchase		—			—			15,681			—			—
Loss on debt extinguishment		—			—			(1,041	)		—			(31,205	)
Interest expense, net		(32,021	)		(35,714	)		(61,231	)		(61,698	)		(58,893	)
Income tax (expense) benefit		(722	)		(805	)		9,004			(1,295	)		(1,408	)
Net income (loss)		10,149			(9,517	)		(26,954	)		5,832			(22,950	)
Balance Sheet Data (end of period):
Cash and cash equivalents				$	28,446		$	17,419		$	19,181		$	32,422
Property and equipment, net					343,483			378,575			358,263			350,649
Total assets					690,343			680,351			647,212			676,002
Long-term liabilities, including obligations under capital lease and financing obligations					838,119			561,931			543,256			689,446
Total shareholders’ deficit					(330,656	)		(65,511	)		(59,464	)		(183,272	)

12

(1) We define “same store sales” as the change in year-over-year inside sales (net sales excluding gasoline sales), excluding franchise revenue, for “same stores.” We include a supermarket in the “same store sales” base after its thirteenth full period of operation.

(2) The decrease in average weekly same store sales per supermarket beginning in Fiscal 2011 is due to the retained Penn Traffic supermarkets that were acquired in January 2010, which are generally much smaller in size and have lower average sales volumes. These supermarkets became same stores during early Fiscal 2011.

(3) To calculate the “same store sales increase” for Fiscal 2010, we have used the most comparable 52-week periods as Fiscal 2009 included 53 weeks.

(4) Fiscal 2011 includes the following impairment adjustments:

On June 30, 2011, the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”) approved Tops Holding LLC’s (formerly known as Tops Holding Corporation) application to sell three supermarkets acquired as part of the Penn Traffic acquisition to Hometown Markets. The sale of these supermarkets closed in late July and early August 2011. As a result of the sale, we recorded a $1.9 million impairment within the consolidated statement of comprehensive (loss) income during Fiscal 2011, representing the excess of the carrying value of assets over the fair value of assets.

During November 2011, we executed an agreement to sell the remaining supermarket acquired from Penn Traffic subject to the Final Order from the FTC. As a result of the pending sale, we recorded a $0.9 million impairment within the consolidated statement of comprehensive (loss) income during Fiscal 2011, representing the excess of the carrying value of assets over the fair value of assets.

13

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

The following table sets forth our ratio of consolidated earnings to consolidated fixed charges for the fiscal year ended December 27, 2008 (“Fiscal 2008”), the fiscal year ended January 2, 2010 (“Fiscal 2009”), Fiscal 2010, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2012 and for the 28-week periods ended July 14, 2012 and July 13, 2013.

(Dollars in Thousands)

28-week periods ended

Fiscal 2008 (52 weeks)

Fiscal 2009 (53 weeks)

Fiscal 2010 (52 weeks)

Fiscal 2011 (52 weeks)

Fiscal 2012 (52 weeks)

July 14, 2012

July 13 2013

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

A

B

C

1.10

D

1.30

E

A Due to the registrants’ loss in Fiscal 2008, the ratio coverage was less than 1:1. The registrants would have had to generate additional earnings of $17,492 to achieve a coverage ratio of 1:1.

B Due to the registrants’ loss in Fiscal 2009, the ratio coverage was less than 1:1. The registrants would have had to generate additional earnings of $20,039 to achieve a coverage ratio of 1:1.

C Due to the registrants’ loss in Fiscal 2010, the ratio coverage was less than 1:1. The registrants would have had to generate additional earnings of $35,689 to achieve a coverage ratio of 1:1.

D Due to the registrants’ loss in Fiscal 2012, the ratio coverage was less than 1:1. The registrants would have had to generate additional earnings of $21,353 to achieve a coverage ratio of 1:1.

E Due to the registrants’ loss during the 28-week period ended July 13, 2013, the ratio coverage was less than 1:1. The registrants would have had to generate additional earnings of $8,610 to achieve a coverage ratio of 1:1.

14

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully read and consider the risks described below before making a decision to participate in the exchange offers. You should also consider the other information included in this prospectus, including the consolidated financial statements and the related notes elsewhere in this prospectus, before making a decision to participate in the exchange offers. Any of the following risks, as well as other risks and uncertainties, could harm our business and financial results and cause the value of the exchange notes to decline, which in turn could cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

We may be subject to and adversely affected by claims that were not properly discharged in the bankruptcy court order authorizing the PT Acquisition, amounts that we may owe in connection with the PT Acquisition, an inability to recover amounts owed to us in connection with the PT Acquisition or other post-bankruptcy operational risks.

Notwithstanding the terms of, and injunctions provided for in, the bankruptcy court order dated January 25, 2010 authorizing and approving the PT Acquisition, a creditor (including any governmental agency) of Penn Traffic or any of its subsidiaries (the “Penn Traffic Debtors”), may attempt to assert against us or the assets we acquired an existing lien, claim, interest or encumbrance. Circumstances in which such claims and obligations that arose prior to the bankruptcy court order may not have been properly discharged include, but are not limited to, instances where a claimant had inadequate notice of the bankruptcy filing.

The Penn Traffic Debtors’ assets are being liquidated and the proceeds will be distributed to their creditors in accordance with the terms of the confirmed plan. There can be no guarantee that any potential outstanding obligations of the Penn Traffic Debtors will be fully satisfied. In addition, the purchase agreement does not provide for indemnification of losses or liabilities we may incur as a result of the PT Acquisition. Accordingly, we may not be compensated for losses we may suffer as a result of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the terms of the bankruptcy court order or the applicable provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code, it is possible that parties-in-interest in the Penn Traffic Debtors’ bankruptcy cases may later attempt to challenge the terms or validity of the PT Acquisition.

General economic conditions that impact consumer spending could adversely affect us.

The retail food business is sensitive to changes in general economic conditions. Recessionary economic cycles, increases in interest rates, higher prices for commodities, fuel and other energy, inflation, high levels of unemployment and consumer debt, high tax rates and other economic factors that affect consumer spending or buying habits may materially adversely affect the demand for products we sell in our supermarkets. The United States economy has recently experienced volatility due to uncertainties related to energy prices, credit availability, difficulties in the banking and financial services sectors, decreases in home values, high unemployment rates and falling consumer confidence. As a result, consumers are more cautious. This may lead to additional reductions in consumer spending, to consumers trading down to a less expensive mix of products or to consumers trading down to discounters for grocery items. Food deflation could reduce sales growth, while food inflation, combined with reduced consumer spending, could reduce gross profit margins.

Furthermore, we may experience additional reductions in traffic in our supermarkets or limitations on the prices we can charge for our products, either of which may reduce our sales and profit margins and have a material adverse effect on our business.

Significant competition in the supermarket industry could adversely affect us.

The supermarket industry, including within our market areas in Upstate New York, Northern Pennsylvania and Vermont, is highly competitive. We compete with various types of retailers, including local, regional, national and international supermarket retailers, convenience stores, retail drug chains, national general merchandisers and discount retailers, membership clubs, warehouse stores and “big box” retailers and independent and specialty grocers. We compete on the basis of location, quality of products, service, price, product variety and store condition

15

and face pressure from existing competitors and the threatened entry of new competitors. Some of our competitors have attempted to increase market share through expanding their footprint and discount pricing, creating a more difficult environment in which to consistently increase year-over-year sales. Some of our competitors have greater resources and purchasing power than us. Additionally, some of our competitors are not unionized, resulting in potentially lower labor and benefit costs. Any future consolidation within the supermarket industry could exacerbate these concerns. We also face competition from restaurants and fast food chains.

The low profit margins in the grocery industry could adversely affect us.

Profit margins in the grocery industry are very low. In order to increase or maintain our profit margins, we use various strategies to reduce costs, such as productivity improvements, shrink reduction, increased distribution center efficiencies and energy efficiency programs. Additionally, in connection with transitioning acquired stores to our distribution system and consolidating warehouses, we have in the past and may in the future experience increased costs, supply disruptions or inventory shrinkage during the related transition period. Our inability to effectively implement these strategies or otherwise manage costs could have a material adverse effect on our financial results.

Unsuccessful expansion and remodeling plans could adversely affect us.

We have spent, and intend to continue to spend, significant capital and management resources on the development and implementation of our remodel and expansion plans. These plans, even if fully implemented, may not be successful and may not improve operating results. The level of sales and profit margins in our existing stores may not be duplicated in new stores and expenditures to remodel existing stores may not generate a return on the capital spent, depending on factors such as prevailing competition, development cost and our market position in the surrounding community.

Increases in fuel, utility and commodity prices could adversely affect us.

We are dependent on the use of trucks to distribute goods to our supermarkets. Therefore, fluctuations in the price of fuel affect our overall cost of doing business. Additionally, increases in the cost of utilities affect the cost of operating our stores and warehouse and distribution facilities, and the cost of goods sold or used by us, including plastic bags, can be significantly impacted by increases in commodity prices. We may not be able to recover these rising costs through increased prices charged to our customers and our results of operations and cash flows could therefore be materially adversely affected.

Increases in wholesale and retail gasoline prices could adversely affect us.

Crude oil and domestic wholesale petroleum markets are volatile. General political conditions, acts of war or terrorism, instability in oil producing regions and disasters could significantly impact crude oil supplies and wholesale petroleum costs. Significant increases or volatility in wholesale petroleum costs could result in significant increases in our retail price of gasoline and could have an adverse effect on our total gasoline sales (both in terms of dollars and gallons sold), the profitability of gasoline sales and our plans to develop additional fuel centers. Retail gas price volatility could also diminish customer usage of fueling centers and reduce customer traffic at our supermarkets.

The geographic concentration of our supermarkets creates a heavy exposure to the risks of the local economy and other local adverse conditions.

Our headquarters, our supermarkets and our primary warehouse and distribution facility that services the majority of our supermarkets are located in Upstate New York, Northern Pennsylvania and Vermont and our business is therefore vulnerable to economic downturns in those regions. As a result, we are more susceptible to local conditions than the operations of more geographically diversified competitors and any unforeseen events or circumstances that affect our operating area could also materially adversely affect our business. These conditions include, among other things, adverse changes in the local economy, unfavorable demographics and population loss.

16

Severe weather, natural disasters and adverse climate changes may materially adversely affect our business.

Severe weather conditions and other natural disasters in our operating areas or in areas from which we obtain products may materially adversely affect our business. These conditions may result in physical damage to our properties, closure of one or more of our supermarkets or distribution facilities, inadequate work force in our markets, temporary disruption in the supply of products, delays in the delivery of goods to our supermarkets, and a reduction in the availability of products in our supermarkets. In addition, adverse climate conditions and adverse weather patterns, such as drought or flood, that impact growing conditions and the quantity and quality of crops may materially adversely affect the availability or cost of certain products within the grocery supply chain.

Our reliance on a principal supplier for a substantial amount of our products could adversely affect our business.

We acquire substantially all of our grocery, frozen and perishable merchandise requirements from C&S Wholesale Grocers, Inc. (“C&S”). During Fiscal 2012, products supplied from C&S accounted for approximately 61% of our inventory purchases. Although we have not experienced difficulty in the supply of these products to date, supply interruptions by C&S could occur in the future. Any significant interruption in this supply stream could have a material adverse effect on our business. We are therefore subject to the risks of C&S’s business, including potential labor disruptions at C&S’s facilities, increased regulatory obligations and distribution problems. Other suppliers that could provide similar products are limited in number and we may not be able to secure an alternative supplier on commercially reasonable terms. In addition, a change in suppliers could cause a delay in product supply and a possible loss of sales.

Increases in labor costs and labor disputes with unionized employees could adversely affect us.

Our largest operating costs are attributable to labor costs and, therefore, our financial performance is greatly influenced by increases in wage and benefit costs, including pension and health care costs, a competitive labor market and the risk of labor disruption of our unionized work force. We employ approximately 14,300 associates and approximately 87% of these associates are members of United Food and Commercial Workers (“UFCW”), District Union Local One (“Local One”), or two other UFCW unions that represented certain of the employees from the retained Penn Traffic supermarkets. All other associates are non-union, and non-union associates serve primarily in management, field support or pharmacist roles. Any labor cost increases or labor disputes with unionized employees could disrupt our operations and have a material adverse effect on our business.

We currently contribute to an underfunded multiemployer pension plan for employees represented by Local One and face significant potential liability on a withdrawal from the plan.

We are contingently liable for withdrawal liability to the extent we withdraw, either completely or partially, from the Local One plan. Based on information provided to us by the plan administrator, as of January 1, 2012, the Local One plan was underfunded on a current liability basis. Specifically, we received notice from the plan administrator that, for purposes of the federal laws regulating multiemployer pension plans, the Local One plan was in “critical status” for the plan year beginning January 1, 2011 and continued to be in critical status for the plan year beginning January 1, 2012. Although we do not intend to withdraw from the Local One plan, if we were to withdraw, either completely or partially, we would incur withdrawal liability with respect to our share of the Local One plan’s unfunded vested benefits. The actuary for the Local One plan has estimated that, as of December 31, 2011, our withdrawal liability would have been approximately $299.0 million in the event of our complete withdrawal from the Local One plan during the 2012 plan year. We have not yet received estimates for withdrawals in 2013 but anticipate that the withdrawal liability will increase from the 2012 estimates. Any withdrawal liability assessed against us in connection with a complete or partial withdrawal would generally be payable to the Local One plan over an amortization schedule under which our aggregate annual payments would be capped based on a formula that takes into account our highest contribution rates in the last ten years. These withdrawal liability payments would be in addition to pension contributions to any new pension plan adopted or contributed to by us to replace the Local One plan.

As noted above, although we have no intention to withdraw from the Local One plan, if we did withdraw, there is a risk that our complete withdrawal could be considered a mass withdrawal, in which case our aggregate withdrawal liability obligations could be higher than the amount described above. Adverse changes to pension laws and regulations could exacerbate the risks associated with our participation in the Local One plan.

17

In addition, to comply with the rehabilitation plan adopted by the trustees of the Local One plan, under Tops Markets, LLC’s current collective bargaining agreements, we have agreed to annual 7.5 percent increases in contribution rates to the Local One plan through 2014. There is no assurance that the rehabilitation plan will be sufficient to remove the Local One plan from critical status, and contribution increases and benefit reductions greater than those set forth in the rehabilitation plan may be required in future years.

Various aspects of our business are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations. The impact of these regulations and our compliance with them may require additional capital expenditures and could materially adversely affect our ability to conduct our business as planned.

We are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to zoning, land use, environmental protection, work place safety, public health, community right-to-know, alcoholic beverage sales, tobacco sales and pharmaceutical sales. New York, Pennsylvania and Vermont and several local jurisdictions regulate some of the products and services offered within our supermarkets, including alcoholic beverages. The production and sale of milk, including the price of raw milk, is regulated through federal market orders and price support programs. We are also subject to laws governing our relationship with employees, including minimum wage requirements, overtime, working conditions, disabled access and work permit requirements. A number of federal, state and local laws impose requirements or restrictions on business owners with respect to access by disabled persons. Compliance with, or changes in, these laws or new laws could require significant capital expenditures, impact our remodel plans and otherwise materially adversely affect our business.

Our pharmacy business is subject to certain government laws and regulations, including those administered and enforced by Medicare, Medicaid, the Drug Enforcement Administration, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the FTC, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and local regulators in the states in which we operate. In order to dispense pharmaceutical products, including controlled substances, we are required to register or license our pharmacies and pharmacists and to comply with security, recordkeeping, inventory control and labeling standards. Changes in these regulations may require operational changes or otherwise adversely affect our business. Our pharmacy sales may be reduced if various prescription drugs are converted to over-the-counter medications or if the rate at which new prescription drugs become available slows or prescription drugs are withdrawn from the market. Changes in third-party reimbursement levels for prescription drugs, including changes in Medicare or state Medicaid programs, could have an adverse effect on our business. In addition, our pharmacy business is subject to state and federal prohibitions against certain payments intended to induce referrals of patients or other health care business. Failure to properly adhere to these and other applicable regulations could result in the imposition of civil, administrative and criminal penalties including: suspension of payments from government programs; loss of required government certifications; loss of authorizations to participate in, or exclusion from, government reimbursement programs such as Medicare and Medicaid; loss of licenses; significant fines or monetary penalties for anti-kickback law violations, submission of false claims or other failures to meet reimbursement program requirements. Our pharmacy business is also subject to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, including its obligations to protect the confidentiality of certain patient information and other obligations. Failure to properly adhere to these requirements could result in the imposition of civil as well as criminal penalties. Ultimately, compliance with each of these regulations could impact our operations and any non-compliance could materially adversely affect our business.

Certain risks are inherent in providing pharmacy services, and insurance may not be adequate or available to cover any claims against us.

Pharmacies are exposed to risks inherent in the packaging and distribution of pharmaceuticals and other health care products, such as risks of liability for products which cause harm to consumers. Although our general liability policies cover pharmacy professional liability, the coverage limits under our insurance programs may not be adequate to protect us against future claims, and we may not be able to maintain this insurance on acceptable terms in the future, or at all. Our business may be materially adversely affected if in the future our insurance coverage proves to be inadequate or unavailable, or there is an increase in the liability for which we self-insure, or we suffer harm to our reputation as a result of an error or omission.

18

If the number or severity of claims for which we are self-insured increases, or we are required to accrue or pay additional amounts because the claims prove to be more severe than our recorded liabilities, we may be materially adversely affected.

We use a combination of insurance and self-insurance to cover potential liabilities for claims related to workers’ compensation, automobile and general liability insurance, property insurance and employee health care benefits. We estimate the liabilities associated with the risks retained by us, in part, by considering historical claims experience, demographic and severity factors and other actuarial assumptions that, by their nature, are subject to a degree of variability. Any actuarial projection of losses concerning workers’ compensation and general and automobile liability is subject to this variability. Among the causes of this variability are unpredictable external factors affecting future inflation rates, discount rates, litigation trends, legal interpretations, benefit level changes and actual claim settlement patterns.

Some of the many sources of uncertainty in our reserve estimates include changes in benefit levels, medical fee schedules, medical utilization guidelines, vocation rehabilitation and apportionment. If the number or severity of claims for which we are self-insured increases, or we are required to accrue or pay additional amounts because the claims prove to be more severe than our original estimates, our business may be materially adversely affected.

Compliance with and potential liability under environmental laws could have a material adverse effect on us. The storage and sale of petroleum products could cause disruptions and expose us to potentially significant liabilities.

Our operations are subject to various laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment, including those governing the storage, management, disposal and cleanup of hazardous materials. Some environmental laws, such as the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (“CERCLA”) and similar state statutes, impose strict, and under certain circumstances joint and several, liability for costs to remediate a contaminated site, and also impose liability for damages to natural resources. Third-party claims in connection with releases of or exposure to hazardous materials relating to our current or former properties or third-party waste disposal sites can also arise. In addition, the presence of contamination at any of our properties could impair our ability to sell or lease the contaminated properties or to borrow money using any of these properties as collateral. The costs and liabilities associated with any such contamination could be substantial, and could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Refined petroleum products are stored in underground storage tanks at our warehouse and at some of our retail locations. Our operations are subject to hazards and risks related to this storage, including fires, explosion, spills, clean-up obligations, personal injury or wrongful death claims, property damage and potential fines and penalties. Insurance is not available for these risks, and there is no assurance that insurance will be adequate to fully compensate us for any liability. The occurrence of a significant event that is not fully insured could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Compliance with environmental laws may require us to make significant capital expenditures in the future. For example, we are required to comply with regulations governing underground storage tanks adopted by federal, state and local regulatory agencies. In addition, the Federal Clean Air Act and similar state laws impose requirements on air emissions from motor fueling activities in certain areas of the country, including those that do not meet state or national ambient air quality standards. The extent to which changes in these rules or new rules regarding greenhouse gas emissions may impact our operations and results cannot be determined at this time.

We may not have identified all of the environmental liabilities at our current and former locations, material environmental conditions not known to us may exist, and future laws or regulations may impose material environmental liability or compliance costs. Furthermore, new laws, new interpretations or new administration of existing laws or other developments could require us to make additional capital expenditures or incur additional liabilities. The occurrence of any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business.

19

We may be subject to risks in connection with acquisitions.

We have completed several recent acquisitions, and periodically evaluate acquisition opportunities that we believe fit within our overall strategy. We believe these acquisitions have provided and may provide strategic growth opportunities. Achieving the anticipated benefits of these acquisitions will depend in part upon our ability to integrate the acquired companies and/or stores in an efficient and effective manner. These acquisitions may involve risks including:

• diversion of our management’s attention to evaluating, negotiating and integrating acquired assets;

• the challenge and cost of integrating acquired operations, distribution and inventory systems, information management and other technology systems and business cultures with those of ours while carrying on our ongoing business;

• the potential incurrence of unexpected material liabilities;

• difficulties associated with coordinating geographically separate organizations or facilities; and

• the challenge of attracting and retaining personnel associated with acquired operations.

The process of integrating acquired companies and/or stores could cause an interruption of, or loss of momentum in, the activities of our business. Members of our senior management may be required to devote considerable amounts of time to these integration processes, which will decrease the time they will have to manage our business. If our senior management is not able to effectively manage these integrations, or if any significant business activities are interrupted as a result of these integrations, our business could be adversely affected.

Difficulties with our information technology systems could lead to significant disruption to our business.

We have large, complex information technology systems that are critical to our business operations. We could encounter difficulties developing new systems or maintaining and upgrading existing systems. These difficulties could lead to significant disruption in our business operations.

We have outsourced our information technology services to HP Enterprise Services, LLC (“HP”). Our information technology hub is located in North Carolina. Any disruption in our relationship with HP or its ability to perform services, including by reason of financial distress, adverse weather conditions, legal actions affecting HP or other factors, could result in significant disruption to our business.

Food and drug safety concerns and related unfavorable publicity may materially adversely affect us.

We could be materially adversely affected if consumers lose confidence in the safety and quality of the food supply chain. Adverse publicity about these concerns, whether or not ultimately based on fact, and whether or not involving products sold at our supermarkets, could discourage consumers from buying our products. The real or perceived sale of contaminated food products by us or our suppliers could result in a loss of consumer confidence and product liability claims. To the extent that we are unable to maintain appropriate sanitation and quality standards in our supermarkets and distribution facilities, food safety and quality issues could involve expense and damage to our various brand names. Additionally, concerns about the safety or effectiveness of certain drugs or negative publicity surrounding certain categories of drugs may have a negative impact on our pharmacy sales.

Threats or potential threats to security may adversely affect us.

Data theft, information espionage or other criminal activity directed at the retail industry or computer or communications systems may adversely affect our businesses by causing us to implement costly security measures in recognition of actual or potential threats, by requiring us to expend significant time and expense developing, maintaining or upgrading our information technology systems or by causing us to incur significant costs to reimburse third parties for damages. These activities may also adversely affect our business by reducing consumer confidence in the marketplace and by modifying consumer spending habits. Despite our efforts to secure and maintain our computer network, security could be compromised, confidential information including customer information could be misappropriated or system disruptions could occur. This could lead to disruption of operations, loss of sales or profits or cause us to incur significant costs to reimburse third parties for damages.

20

We are heavily dependent on our key personnel.

Our success is largely dependent upon the efforts and skills of our senior management team and other key managers. The loss of the services of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, we compete with other potential employers for employees, and we may not succeed in hiring or retaining the executives and other employees that we need. Our inability to hire or retain key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business.

If we experience a data security breach and confidential customer information is disclosed, we may be subject to penalties and experience negative publicity, which could affect our customer relationships and have an adverse effect on our business.

We and our customers could suffer harm if customer information is accessed by third parties due to a security failure in our systems. The processing of transactions in our supermarkets requires us to receive and store a large amount of personally identifiable data. This type of data is subject to legislation and regulation in various jurisdictions. Data security breaches suffered by well-known companies and institutions have attracted a substantial amount of media attention, prompting state and federal legislative proposals addressing data privacy and security. If any of the current proposals are adopted, we may be subject to more extensive requirements to protect the customer information that we process in connection with the purchases of our products. We may also become exposed to potential liabilities, including fines and penalties, with respect to the data that we collect, manage and process, and may incur legal costs if our information security policies and procedures are not effective or if we are required to defend our methods of collection, processing and storage of personal data. Investigations, lawsuits or adverse publicity relating to our methods of handling personal data could result in increased costs and negative market reaction.

Litigation may materially adversely affect our businesses.

Our operations are characterized by a high volume of customer traffic and by transactions involving a wide variety of product selections. These operations carry a higher exposure to consumer litigation risk when compared to the operations of companies in many other industries. Consequently, we may be a party to individual personal injury, bad fuel, products liability and other legal actions in the ordinary course of our business, including litigation arising from food-related illness. The outcome of litigation, particularly class action lawsuits and regulatory actions, is difficult to assess or quantify. Plaintiffs in these types of lawsuits may seek recovery of very large or indeterminate amounts, and the magnitude of the potential loss relating to such lawsuits may remain unknown for substantial periods of time. The cost to defend litigation may be significant. There may also be adverse publicity associated with litigation that may decrease consumer confidence in our business, regardless of whether the allegations are valid or whether we are ultimately found liable.

MSPE and Graycliff own the majority of our capital stock, which allows them to have significant influence over substantially all matters requiring stockholder approval.

Various funds affiliated with MSPE and Graycliff hold 66.4% and 18.5%, respectively, of our issued and outstanding capital stock. As a result of this equity ownership and our Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement dated as of January 29, 2010 with MSPE, Graycliff and other stockholders, MSPE and Graycliff have the power to significantly influence the results of stockholder votes, including transactions involving a potential change of control of us. MSPE also controls the election of our Board of Directors. So long as Graycliff retains sufficient ownership of our voting power, it has board observer rights, as well as consent rights in connection with certain major company actions including changes to policies and organizational documents, dispositions and financing activity.

The interests of MSPE and Graycliff, as our controlling stockholders, could conflict with our debtholders’ interests, especially if we encounter financial difficulties or are unable to pay our debts as they mature. MSPE and Graycliff may also have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, financings or other transactions that would enhance the value of their equity even though these transactions involve risks to the debtholders. Corporate opportunities may arise that may be attractive to us as well as to MSPE, Graycliff or their affiliates, including potential acquisitions. These issues could intensify if an affiliate of MSPE or Graycliff were to enter into or acquire a business similar to our business. MSPE, Graycliff or their affiliates may direct relevant corporate opportunities to other entities they control rather than to us. Further, neither MSPE nor Graycliff has any obligation to provide us with any equity or debt financing in the future in excess of certain capital calls up to a cap.

21

Risks Related to the Exchange Notes

Our substantial indebtedness could materially adversely affect our financial health and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the exchange notes.

As of July 13, 2013, we had $810.6 million of indebtedness outstanding (inclusive of the Notes due 2018, the Notes due 2017 and $156.2 million of capital lease obligations), and $53.1 million of unused commitments under the ABL Facility (inclusive of $15.2 million of letters of credit outstanding thereunder). Our substantial indebtedness has important consequences for our business. For example, it could:

• limit our ability to borrow additional funds, or to sell assets to raise funds, if needed, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes;

• increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions;

• limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in the business and industry in which we operate;

• make it difficult to service our indebtedness;

• place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to any less leveraged competitors; and

• prevent us from raising the funds necessary to repurchase any of our outstanding notes tendered to us upon the occurrence of certain changes of control, which would constitute a default under the terms of these outstanding notes.

The occurrence of any one of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects or ability to satisfy our obligations under the exchange notes.

Subject to restrictions in the indentures governing the exchange notes and restrictions in the ABL Facility, we may incur additional indebtedness, which could increase the risks associated with our already substantial indebtedness. The terms of the indentures permit us to incur additional debt, including additional secured debt. If we incur any additional indebtedness secured by liens that rank equally with those securing the Exchange Notes due 2017, the holders of that debt will be entitled to share ratably with you in any proceeds distributed in connection with any insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding-up of us.

Tops Holding II Corporation, the issuer of the Exchange Notes due 2018, and Tops Holding LLC, one of the issuers of the Exchange Notes due 2017, are holding companies with no independent operations or assets. Repayment of Tops Holding II Corporation and Tops Holding LLC’s debt, including the exchange notes, is dependent on cash flow generated by Tops Holding LLC’s subsidiaries. Restrictions in the debt instruments of Tops Holding LLC and its subsidiaries and under applicable law limit their ability to provide funds to Tops Holding II Corporation.

The only material assets of Tops Holding II Corporation and Tops Holding LLC are the capital stock of their respective subsidiaries. These entities conduct no significant operations. Accordingly, repayment of their respective indebtedness, including the exchange notes, is dependent, to a significant extent, on the generation of cash flow by Tops Holding LLC’s subsidiaries and their ability to make such cash available to Tops Holding LLC and Tops Holding II Corporation, by dividend, debt repayment or otherwise. Tops Holding LLC’s subsidiaries are distinct legal entities and those that are not co-issuers of the Exchange Notes due 2017 do not have any obligation to pay amounts due on the exchange notes or to make funds available for that purpose or other obligations in the form of loans, distributions or otherwise. Tops Holding LLC and its subsidiaries may not be able to, or may not be permitted to, make distributions to Tops Holding II Corporation in order to enable Tops Holding II Corporation to make payments in respect of its indebtedness, including the Exchange Notes due 2018. The terms of the ABL Facility and the Exchange Notes due 2017 significantly restrict the ability of Tops Holding LLC and its subsidiaries

22

to make distributions to Tops Holding II Corporation and to pay cash interest or any other payments. To fully fund cash interest payments on the Exchange Notes due 2018 for their entire term and the repayment or repurchase of the Exchange Notes due 2018 (for example, upon a specified change of control), Tops Markets, LLC would have to obtain amendments to the ABL Facility and the Exchange Notes due 2017 would require consents from holders to permit, or refinance such indebtedness prior to its maturity on terms that permit, Tops Holding LLC and its subsidiaries to make the necessary distributions to Tops Holding II Corporation. We cannot assure you that we will obtain such amendments or be able to refinance the ABL Facility or the Exchange Notes due 2017 on a timely basis or at all, in which case, we would not be able to make cash interest payments on the Exchange Notes due 2018 or repay or repurchase the Exchange Notes due 2018. In addition, the restricted payment covenant in the ABL Facility documents and the indenture governing the Exchange Notes due 2017 limits Tops Holding LLC’s, Tops Markets, LLC’s and our other subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends or make other distributions to us to fund cash interest payments on the Exchange Notes due 2018 or to repay or repurchase the Exchange Notes due 2018. In addition, under certain circumstances, legal restrictions may limit Tops Holding II Corporation’s ability to obtain cash from its subsidiaries.

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), our subsidiaries may only make dividends (i) out of their “surplus” as defined in the DGCL or (ii) if there is no such surplus, out of their net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. Under fraudulent transfer laws, our subsidiaries may not pay dividends if the relevant entity is insolvent or is rendered insolvent thereby. The measures of insolvency for purposes of these fraudulent transfer laws vary depending upon the law applied in any proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent transfer has occurred. Generally, however, an entity would be considered insolvent if:

• the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of its assets;

• the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or

• it could not pay its debts as they became due.

While we believe that our relevant subsidiaries currently have surplus and are not insolvent, there can otherwise be no assurance that these subsidiaries will not become insolvent or will be permitted to make distributions in the future in compliance with these restrictions in amounts needed to service our indebtedness.

The indentures governing the exchange notes will contain, and the indenture governing the ABL Facility currently contains, cross default or cross acceleration provisions that may cause all of the debt issued under those instruments to become immediately due and payable because of a default under an unrelated debt instrument.

The indentures governing the exchange notes will contain, and the indenture governing the ABL Facility contains, numerous covenants. Our failure to comply with the obligations contained in these agreements or other instruments governing our indebtedness could result in an event of default under the applicable instrument, which could result in the related debt and the debt issued under other instruments (together with accrued and unpaid interest and other fees) becoming immediately due and payable. In such event, we would need to raise funds from alternative sources, which funds may not be available to us on favorable terms, on a timely basis or at all. Alternatively, such a default could require us to sell our assets and otherwise curtail our operations in order to pay our creditors. These alternative measures could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and/or cash flows which could cause us to become bankrupt or insolvent or otherwise impair Tops Holding LLC’s and its subsidiaries’ ability to make cash available to Tops Holding II Corporation, by dividend, debt repayment or otherwise to enable Tops Holding II Corporation to make payments in respect of its indebtedness, including the notes.

23

Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control, and we may not be able to generate the cash required to service our indebtedness or the exchange notes.

Our ability to make payments on and refinance our indebtedness, including the exchange notes, and to fund our operations will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. Our historical financial results have been, and our future financial results are expected to be, subject to substantial fluctuations, and will depend upon general economic conditions and financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. If we are unable to meet our debt service obligations or fund our other liquidity needs, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our debt before maturity, seek additional equity capital, reduce or delay scheduled expansions and capital expenditures or sell material assets or operations. We may not be able to pay our debt or refinance it on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, or to fund our liquidity needs.

If for any reason we are unable to meet our debt service obligations, we would be in default under the terms of the agreements governing our outstanding debt. If such a default were to occur, the lenders under the ABL Facility could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the ABL Facility immediately due and payable, and the lenders would not be obligated to continue to advance funds under the ABL Facility. If the amounts outstanding under the ABL Facility were accelerated, our assets may not be sufficient to repay in full the money owed to our other debtholders, including holders of exchange notes.

Restrictive covenants in the indentures governing the exchange notes and the ABL Facility could restrict our operating flexibility.

The indentures governing the exchange notes and the ABL Facility contain covenants that limit our ability to take certain actions. These restrictions may limit our ability to operate our businesses and may prohibit or limit our ability to enhance our operations or take advantage of potential business opportunities as they arise.

The indentures governing the exchange notes and the ABL Facility contain restrictive covenants that, among other things, limit our and our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to:

• incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock;

• pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions, including distributions to Tops Holding II Corporation to make payments in respect of Tops Holding II Corporation’s indebtedness, including the Exchange Notes due 2018;

• make other restricted payments or investments;

• create liens on assets;

• create restrictions on payment of dividends or other amounts by us to our restricted subsidiaries;

• transfer or sell assets;

• engage in mergers or consolidations;

• engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and

• designate subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

The ABL Facility requires us and our restricted subsidiaries to satisfy certain financial conditions. The ABL Facility restricts, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, our ability to:

• incur additional indebtedness;

• pay dividends or other payments on capital stock;

• guarantee other obligations;

24

• grant liens on assets;

• make loans, acquisitions or other investments;

• dispose of assets;

• make optional payments or modify certain debt instruments;

• engage in transactions with affiliates;

• amend organizational documents;

• engage in mergers or consolidations;

• enter into arrangements that restrict our and our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends;

• make acquisitions;

• change the nature of the business it conducts;

• change our fiscal quarter and fiscal year; and

• designate our subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

In addition, the ABL Facility requires us, under certain circumstances, to maintain compliance with a financial covenant.

Our ability to comply with the covenants and restrictions contained in the indentures governing the exchange notes and in the ABL Facility may be affected by economic conditions and by financial, market and competitive factors, many of which are beyond our control. Our ability to comply with these covenants in future periods will also depend substantially on the pricing and sales volume of our products and our ability to successfully implement our overall business strategy. The breach of any of these covenants or restrictions could result in a default under the indentures governing the exchange notes or under the ABL Facility that would permit the applicable holders or applicable lenders to declare all amounts outstanding thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest and any applicable redemption premium. In that case, Tops Markets, LLC may be unable to make borrowings under the ABL Facility, may not be able to repay the amounts due under the Exchange Notes due 2017 and the ABL Facility and may not be able make cash available to Tops Holding II Corporation, by dividend, debt repayment or otherwise to enable Tops Holding II Corporation to make payments on the notes. This could have serious consequences to our financial position, results of operations and/or cash flows and could cause us to become bankrupt or insolvent.

We may incur substantial additional indebtedness, including debt ranking effectively senior to the exchange notes, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.

Subject to the restrictions in the indentures governing the exchange notes and in the ABL Facility, we and our subsidiaries may be able to incur additional indebtedness, including debt ranking effectively senior to the exchange notes, in the future. Although the indentures governing the exchange notes and the ABL Facility contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional debt, these restrictions are subject to a number of significant qualifications and exceptions, and debt incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. If new debt is added to our and our subsidiaries’ existing debt levels, the related risks that we now face would increase.

We may be unable to repurchase the exchange notes upon a change of control as required by the indentures governing the exchange notes.

Upon the occurrence of certain specific kinds of change of control events specified in “Description of the Exchange Notes due 2017” and “Description of the Exchange Notes due 2018,” we must offer to repurchase all outstanding exchange notes. In such circumstances, we cannot assure you that we would have sufficient funds available to repay all of our senior indebtedness and any other indebtedness that would become payable upon a change of control and to repurchase all of the exchange notes. Our failure to purchase the exchange notes would be a default under the indentures governing the exchange notes, which would in turn trigger a default under the ABL Facility.

25

If we default on our obligations to pay our other indebtedness, we may not be able to make payments on the exchange notes.

Any default under the agreements governing our other indebtedness, including a default under the ABL Facility, that is not cured or waived in accordance with the terms thereof, and the remedies sought by the holders of such indebtedness, could prevent us from paying principal, premium, if any, and interest on the exchange notes and substantially decrease the market value of the exchange notes. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow and are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on our other indebtedness, or if we otherwise fail to comply with the various covenants, including operating covenants, in the instruments governing our indebtedness (including covenants in the ABL Facility and the indentures governing the exchange notes), we could be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness. In the event of such default, the holders of such indebtedness could, in certain circumstances, elect to declare all the funds borrowed thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest, the lenders under the ABL Facility could elect to terminate their commitments thereunder, cease making further loans and institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. If we breach our covenants under the ABL Facility or our other indebtedness and seek a waiver, we may not be able to obtain a waiver from the parties required under the ABL Facility. If this occurs, we would be in default under the instrument governing that indebtedness, the lenders or holders could exercise their rights, as described above, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.

Additional Risks Related to the Exchange Notes due 2017

Holders of our indebtedness secured by liens ranking prior to the liens securing the Exchange Notes due 2017 will have rights senior to the rights of the holders of the Exchange Notes due 2017 with respect to the collateral securing such other secured indebtedness.

Obligations under the ABL Facility and certain hedging and cash management obligations are secured by a first-priority lien on the “ABL Priority Collateral” as defined in the “Description of Other Indebtedness.” The Exchange Notes due 2017 and the related secured guarantees are secured by a second-priority lien on the ABL Priority Collateral. Any rights to payment and claims by the holders of the Exchange Notes due 2017 will, therefore, be subject to the rights to payment or claims by our lenders under the ABL Facility and the holders of any such hedging and cash management obligations with respect to distributions of such collateral. Only when our obligations under the ABL Facility and such hedging and cash management obligations are satisfied in full will the proceeds of the ABL Priority Collateral be available to repay the Exchange Notes due 2017.

Certain assets are excluded from the collateral.

Certain assets are excluded from the collateral securing the Exchange Notes due 2017 as described under “Description of the Exchange Notes due 2017—Security” including, without limitation, the following:

• any capital stock or other securities of any subsidiary of Holding (including Tops Markets) to the extent that the pledge of that capital stock or other securities results in our being required to file separate financial statements of such subsidiary with the SEC;

• the voting capital stock of any of our foreign restricted subsidiaries in excess of 65% of the voting rights of all such capital stock in such subsidiary, and any capital stock of an entity that is not our subsidiary to the extent a pledge of such capital stock is prohibited by such entity’s organizational documents or any shareholders agreement or joint venture agreement relating to such capital stock;

• owned real property with an individual fair market value of $5.0 million or less and leased real property (other than our warehouse distribution facility located in Lancaster, New York and our supermarket in Fayetteville, New York);

26

• any property as to which the grant of a security interest would violate applicable law, require a consent not obtained of any governmental authority, or breach, result in a default or termination under, or require a consent not obtained under, any document evidencing such property; and

• other “excluded assets” described under “Description of the Exchange Notes due 2017—Security.”

If an event of default occurs and the Exchange Notes due 2017 are accelerated, the Exchange Notes due 2017 will rank equally with the holders of all of our other unsubordinated and unsecured indebtedness and other liabilities with respect to such excluded assets. As a result, if the value of the assets securing the Exchange Notes due 2017 and the secured guarantees (taking into account any secured indebtedness with a prior security interest on such assets) is less than the aggregate amount of the claims of the holders of the Exchange Notes due 2017, no assurance can be provided that the holders of the Exchange Notes due 2017 would receive any substantial recovery from the excluded assets.

The value of the Exchange Notes due 2017 note holders’ security interest in the collateral may not be sufficient to satisfy all our obligations under the Exchange Notes due 2017.

In the event of a foreclosure on the collateral securing the ABL Facility on a first-priority basis (or a distribution in respect thereof in a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding), the proceeds from such collateral securing the ABL Facility on which the Exchange Notes due 2017 have a second-priority lien may not be sufficient to satisfy the Exchange Notes due 2017 because such proceeds would, under the intercreditor agreement, first be applied to satisfy our obligations under the ABL Facility and certain hedging and cash management obligations. Only after all of our obligations under the ABL Facility and such other obligations have been satisfied will proceeds from such collateral be applied to satisfy our obligations under the Exchange Notes due 2017. In addition, in the event of a foreclosure on the collateral securing the Exchange Notes due 2017 on which the Exchange Notes due 2017 have a first-priority lien, the proceeds from such foreclosure may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations under the Exchange Notes due 2017. In particular, we have not obtained any valuation for the collateral securing the Exchange Notes due 2017 in connection with this offering.

The value of the collateral at any time will depend on market and other economic conditions, including the availability of suitable buyers for the collateral. By its nature, some or all of the collateral may be illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market value. The value of the assets pledged as collateral for the Exchange Notes due 2017 could be impaired in the future as a result of changing economic conditions, competition, distressed sale circumstances or other future trends. In addition, to the extent that liens, rights or easements granted to third parties (including tenants) encumber assets or encumber properties owned by us, such third parties have or may exercise rights and remedies with respect to the property or assets subject to such liens that could adversely affect the value of the collateral and the ability of the collateral agent to foreclose on the collateral. In the event of a foreclosure, liquidation, bankruptcy or similar proceeding, no assurance can be given that:

• the proceeds from any sale or liquidation of the collateral securing our obligations under the ABL Facility on a first-priority basis will be sufficient to pay our obligations under the Exchange Notes due 2017, in full or at all, after first satisfying our obligations in full under the ABL Facility and certain hedging and cash management obligations; or

• the collateral will be saleable, and, even if saleable, the timing of its liquidation would be uncertain.

Although the security documents governing the Exchange Notes due 2017 contain a covenant requiring us to take certain steps to perfect liens in after-acquired assets, no assurance can be given that such liens will be perfected on a timely basis. Accordingly, there may not be sufficient collateral to pay all or any of the amounts due on the Exchange Notes due 2017. Any claim for the difference between the amount, if any, realized by holders of the Exchange Notes due 2017 from the sale of the collateral securing the Exchange Notes due 2017 and the obligations under the Exchange Notes due 2017 will rank equally in right of payment with all of our other unsecured unsubordinated indebtedness and other obligations, including trade payables.

With respect to some of the collateral, the collateral agent’s security interest and ability to foreclose will also be limited by the need to meet certain requirements, such as obtaining third-party consents and making additional filings. If we are unable to obtain these consents or make these filings, the security interests may be invalid and the holders will not be entitled to the collateral or any recovery with respect thereto. We cannot assure you that any such required consents can be obtained. These requirements may limit the number of potential bidders for certain collateral in any foreclosure and may delay any sale, either of which events may have an adverse effect on the sale price of the collateral. Therefore, the practical value of realizing on the collateral, without the appropriate consents and filings, may be limited.

27

The pledge of the securities of our subsidiaries that secures the Exchange Notes due 2017 will automatically be released for so long as that pledge would require the filing of separate financial statements with the SEC for that subsidiary.

The Exchange Notes due 2017 are secured by a pledge of the stock and other securities of our subsidiaries held by the issuers or the guarantors that provide the secured guarantees. Under the SEC regulations in effect as of the issue date of the Exchange Notes due 2017, if the par value, book value as carried by us or market value (whichever is greatest) of the capital stock, other securities or similar ownership interests of a subsidiary of Tops Holding (including Tops Markets) pledged as part of the collateral is greater than or equal to 20% of the aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Notes due 2017 then outstanding, such a subsidiary would be required to provide separate financial statements to the SEC. Therefore, the indentures governing the Exchange Notes due 2017 and the security agreement provide that any capital stock and other securities of any of Tops Holding LLC’s subsidiaries will be excluded from the collateral for so long as the pledge of such capital stock or other securities to secure the Exchange Notes due 2017 would cause such subsidiary to be required to file separate financial statements with the SEC pursuant to Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X or another similar rule. As a result, holders of the Exchange Notes due 2017 could lose all of their security interest in the capital stock or other securities of those subsidiaries during that period. It may be more difficult, costly and time consuming for holders of the Exchange Notes due 2017 to foreclose on the assets of a subsidiary than to foreclose on its capital stock or other securities, so the proceeds realized upon any such foreclosure could be significantly less than those that would have been received upon any sale of the capital stock or other securities of such subsidiary.

The imposition of certain permitted liens could materially adversely affect the value of the collateral.

The collateral securing the Exchange Notes due 2017 may also be subject to liens permitted under the terms of the indentures governing the Exchange Notes due 2017, whether arising on or after the date the Exchange Notes due 2017 are issued. The existence of any permitted liens could materially adversely affect the value of the collateral that could be realized by the holders of the Exchange Notes due 2017 as well as the ability of the Collateral Agent to realize or foreclose on such collateral. The collateral that secures the Exchange Notes due 2017 may also secure future indebtedness and other obligations of the company and the guarantors (except Tops Holding II Corporation, whose guarantee is not secured) to the extent permitted by the indentures and the security documents. Your rights to the collateral would be diluted by any increase in the indebtedness secured by the collateral.

Rights of holders of Exchange Notes due 2017 in the collateral may be materially adversely affected by the failure to perfect liens on certain collateral acquired in the future.

Applicable law requires that certain property and rights acquired after the grant of a general security interest or lien can only be perfected at the time such property and rights are acquired and identified. There can be no assurance that the trustee or the collateral agent will monitor, or that we will inform the collateral agent or the trustee of, the future acquisition of property and rights that constitute collateral, and that the necessary action will be taken to properly perfect the lien on such after-acquired collateral. The collateral agent for the Exchange Notes due 2017 has no obligation to monitor the acquisition of additional property or rights that constitute collateral or the perfection of any security interests therein. Such failure may result in the loss of security interests or the practical benefits of the liens thereon or of the priority of the liens securing the Exchange Notes due 2017.

Claims of creditors of any future subsidiaries which do not guarantee the Exchange Notes due 2017 will be structurally senior and have priority over holders of the Exchange Notes due 2017 with respect to the assets and earnings of such subsidiaries.

All liabilities of any of our future subsidiaries that do not guarantee the Exchange Notes due 2017 will be effectively senior to the Exchange Notes due 2017 to the extent of the value of such non-guarantor subsidiaries. Accordingly, claims of holders of the Exchange Notes due 2017 will be structurally subordinate to the claims of creditors of such non-guarantor subsidiaries, including trade creditors. All obligations of our non-guarantor subsidiaries will have to be satisfied before any of the assets of such subsidiaries would be available for distribution, upon a liquidation or otherwise, to us or a guarantor of the Exchange Notes due 2017.

28

Fraudulent conveyance laws may permit courts to void the guarantees of the Exchange Notes due 2017 in specific circumstances, which would interfere with the payment of the guarantees and realization upon collateral owned by the guarantors (except Tops Holding II Corporation).

Under the federal bankruptcy laws and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer laws, any guarantee could be voided, or claims under the guarantees could be subordinated to all other obligations of any guarantor, if the guarantor, at the time it incurred the obligations under any guarantee:

• incurred the obligations with the intent to hinder, delay or defraud creditors; or

• received less than reasonably equivalent value in exchange for incurring those obligations; and

(1) was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of that incurrence;

(2) was engaged in a business or transaction for which the guarantor’s remaining assets constituted unreasonably small capital; or

(3) intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay those debts as they mature.

The indenture limits the liability of each guarantor on its guarantee to the maximum amount that such guarantor can incur without risk that its guarantee will be subject to avoidance as a fraudulent transfer. We cannot assure you that this limitation will protect such guarantees from fraudulent transfer challenges or, if it does, that the remaining amount due and collectible under the guarantees would suffice, if necessary, to pay the Exchange Notes due 2017 in full when due. In a recent Florida bankruptcy case, this kind of provision was found to be ineffective to protect the guarantees. Further, the value of any collateral pledged by a guarantor that may be realized by the holders of the Exchange Notes due 2017 will be limited to the maximum claim such holders have under the guarantee.

A legal challenge to the obligations under any guarantee on fraudulent conveyance grounds could focus on any benefits received in exchange for the incurrence of those obligations. We believe that each of the guarantors received reasonably equivalent value for incurring the guarantee, but a court may disagree with our conclusion or elect to apply a different standard in making its determination. A court could thus void the obligations under a guarantee, subordinate it to a guarantor’s other debt or take other action detrimental to the holders of the Exchange Notes due 2017.

The measures of insolvency for purposes of the fraudulent transfer laws vary depending on the law applied in the proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent transfer has occurred. Generally, however, an entity would be considered insolvent if:

• the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, is greater than the fair saleable value of all of its assets;

• the present fair saleable value of its assets is less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liabilities on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or

• it cannot pay its debts as they become due.

29

The intercreditor agreement related to the indenture governing the Notes due 2017 may limit the rights of the holders of the Exchange Notes due 2017 and their control with respect to the collateral securing the Exchange Notes due 2017.

The rights of the holders of the Exchange Notes due 2017 with respect to the collateral securing the ABL Facility on a first-priority basis may be substantially limited pursuant to the terms of the intercreditor agreement. Under the intercreditor agreement, if amounts or commitments remain outstanding under the ABL Facility and certain hedging and cash management obligations, actions taken in respect of collateral securing our obligations under the ABL Facility and such other obligations on a first-priority basis, including the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against such collateral and to control the conduct of these proceedings, will be at the sole direction of the holders of the obligations secured by the first-priority liens, subject to certain limitations. As a result, the collateral agent, on behalf of the holders of the Exchange Notes due 2017, may not have the ability to control or direct these actions, even if the rights of the holders of the Exchange Notes due 2017 are adversely affected. Additionally, the agent for the lenders under the ABL Facility generally has a right to access and use the collateral securing the Exchange Notes due 2017 on a first-priority basis for a period of 270 days (subject to certain extensions) following any foreclosure by the collateral agent on such collateral. See “Description of the Exchange Notes due 2017— Intercreditor Agreement.”

Any future pledge of collateral might be avoidable in bankruptcy.

Any future pledge of collateral in favor of the collateral agent, including pursuant to security documents delivered after the date of the indentures governing the Exchange Notes due 2017, might be avoidable by the pledgor (as debtor in possession) or by its trustee in bankruptcy if certain events or circumstances exist or occur, including if the pledgor is insolvent at the time of the pledge, the pledge permits the holders of the Exchange Notes due 2017 to receive a greater recovery than if the pledge had not been given and a bankruptcy proceeding in respect of the pledgor is commenced within ninety (90) days following the pledge or, in certain circumstances, a longer period.

The collateral securing the Exchange Notes due 2017 is subject to casualty risks.

We intend to maintain insurance or otherwise insure against hazards in a manner appropriate and customary for our business. There are, however, certain losses that may be either uninsurable or not economically insurable, in whole or in part. Insurance proceeds may not compensate us fully for our losses. If there is a complete or partial loss of any of the collateral, the insurance proceeds may not be sufficient to satisfy all of the secured obligations, including the Exchange Notes due 2017 and the secured guarantees. In the event of a total or partial loss to any of the mortgaged facilities, certain items of equipment may not be easily replaced.

In the event of a bankruptcy, the ability of the holders of the Exchange Notes due 2017 to realize upon the collateral will be subject to certain bankruptcy law limitations.

Bankruptcy law could prevent the collateral agent from repossessing and disposing of, or otherwise exercising remedies in respect of, the collateral upon the occurrence of an event of default if a bankruptcy proceeding were to be commenced by or against us or the guarantors providing the secured guarantees prior to the collateral agent having repossessed and disposed of, or otherwise exercised remedies in respect of, the collateral. Under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, a secured creditor such as the collateral agent is prohibited from repossessing its security from a debtor in a bankruptcy case, or from disposing of security repossessed from such debtor, without bankruptcy court approval. Moreover, the Bankruptcy Code permits the debtor to continue to retain and to use collateral even though the debtor is in default under the applicable debt instrument; provided that the secured creditor is given “adequate protection.” The meaning of the term “adequate protection” may vary according to the circumstances, but it is intended in general to protect the value of the secured creditor’s interest in the collateral. The court may find “adequate protection” if the debtor pays cash or grants additional security, if and at such times as the court in its discretion determines, for any diminution in the value of the collateral during the pendency of the bankruptcy case. In view of the lack of a precise definition of the term “adequate protection” and the broad discretionary powers of a bankruptcy court, it is impossible to predict how long payments with respect to the Exchange Notes due 2017 could be delayed following commencement of a bankruptcy case, whether or when the trustee could repossess or dispose of the collateral or whether or to what extent holders would be compensated for any delay in payment or loss of value of the collateral through the requirement of “adequate protection.”

30

Additional Risks Related to the Exchange Notes due 2018

Tops Holding II Corporation is the sole obligor under the Exchange Notes due 2018, and Tops Holding LLC and its subsidiaries will not guarantee Tops Holding II Corporation’s obligations under the Exchange Notes due 2018 and do not have any obligations with respect to the Exchange Notes due 2018.

Tops Holding II Corporation is a holding company that has no operations of its own and its revenues and cash flow are generated by its subsidiaries. Tops Holding LLC and its subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities and have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay amounts due under the Exchange Notes due 2018 or to make any funds available to pay those amounts, whether by dividend, distribution, loan or other payments. Tops Holding LLC’s and its subsidiaries’ ability to generate sufficient cash from operations to make distributions to Tops Holding II Corporation will depend upon their future operating performance, which will be affected by general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory, business and other factors beyond their control. The Exchange Notes due 2018 are Tops Holding II Corporation’s general senior unsecured obligations, rank equal in right of payment to any future senior unsecured indebtedness of Tops Holding II Corporation, are effectively subordinated to any future secured indebtedness of Tops Holding II Corporation to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness and are structurally subordinated to all of Tops Holding LLC’s and its subsidiaries’ existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities, including Tops Market LLC’s borrowings under the ABL Facility and Tops Market LLC’s and Tops Holding LLC’s obligations under the Exchange Notes due 2017. The claims of the creditors of Tops Holding LLC and its subsidiaries will be required to be paid before the holders of the Exchange Notes due 2018 have a claim (if any) against those entities and their assets. Therefore, if there was a dissolution, bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any such entity, the holders of the Exchange Notes due 2018 would not receive any amounts with respect to the Exchange Notes due 2018 from the assets of such entity until after the payment in full of the claims of creditors (including preferred stockholders) of such entity.

The Exchange Notes due 2018 are structurally subordinated to all of Tops Holding LLC’s and its subsidiaries’ indebtedness and other liabilities and will be effectively subordinated to any of Tops Holding II Corporation’s secured indebtedness and if a default occurs, Tops Holding LLC and its subsidiaries may not be able to make funds available to Tops Holding II Corporation by dividend, debt repayment or otherwise and Tops Holding II Corporation may not have sufficient funds to fulfill its obligations under the Exchange Notes due 2018.

The Exchange Notes due 2018 are Tops Holding II Corporation’s senior unsecured obligations, rank equally in right of payment with any future senior unsecured indebtedness of Tops Holding II Corporation, are structurally subordinated to all of Tops Holding LLC’s and its subsidiaries’ existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities, including Tops Markets, LLC’s borrowings under the ABL Facility and Tops Market LLC’s and Tops Holding LLC’s obligations under the Exchange Notes due 2017, and are effectively subordinated to any future senior secured indebtedness of Tops Holding II Corporation to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness. In addition, the Exchange Notes due 2018 will not be guaranteed. As of July 13, 2013, the Exchange Notes due 2018 were structurally subordinated to $872.5 million of indebtedness and other liabilities of Tops Holding LLC and its subsidiaries.

In the event of the bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or other winding up of Tops Holding II Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, the holders of the notes would not receive any amounts with respect to the notes from the assets of such entity until after the payment in full of the claims of the creditors of such entity.

If Tops Holding LLC is unable to provide sufficient funds to Tops Holding II Corporation to pay Cash Interest on the Exchange Notes due 2018, Tops Holding II Corporation will pay PIK Interest rather than Cash Interest.

Tops Holding II Corporation will be required to pay interest on the Exchange Notes due 2018 entirely in cash unless certain conditions described in this prospectus are met, in which case Tops Holding II Corporation will be entitled to pay PIK Interest, to the extent described herein, by either increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Exchange Notes due 2018 or by issuing additional Exchange Notes due 2018 for the entire amount of the interest payment, thereby increasing the principal amount of the Exchange Notes due 2018. See “Description of the Exchange Notes due 2018—Maturity, Principal and Interest.” For example, if Tops Holding LLC does not generate sufficient cash or is not permitted under the terms of the ABL Facility or the Exchange Notes due 2017 to provide sufficient funds to Tops Holding II Corporation, Tops Holding II Corporation may be unable to pay interest in cash and may elect to pay PIK Interest rather than cash. As such, holders of the Exchange Notes due 2018 could

31

potentially receive no Cash Interest on the Exchange Notes due 2018 for interest periods other than the initial and final periods. In addition, the payment of interest through an increase in the principal amount of the outstanding notes or the issuance of additional notes will increase the amount of Tops Holding II Corporation’s indebtedness and would increase the risks associated with Tops Holding II Corporation’s level of indebtedness.

Federal and state statutes may allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void the Exchange Notes due 2018 and require noteholders to return payments received.

The issuance of the Exchange Notes due 2018 may be subject to review under state and federal laws if a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization case or a lawsuit, including circumstances in which bankruptcy is not involved, were commenced at a future date by Tops Holding II Corporation or on behalf of its unpaid creditors. Under the federal bankruptcy laws and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer and fraudulent conveyance laws, a court may void or otherwise decline to enforce the notes or a court may subordinate the notes to Tops Holding II Corporation and its subsidiaries’ existing and future indebtedness.

While the relevant laws may vary from state to state, a court might void or otherwise decline to enforce the notes if it found that when Tops Holding II Corporation issued the notes, or, in some states, when payments became due under the notes, it received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration and either:

• it was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of such incurrence;

• it was engaged in a business or transaction for which its remaining assets constituted unreasonably small capital;

• it intended to incur, or believed or reasonably should have believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature; or

• it was a defendant in an action for money damages, or had a judgment for money damages docketed against it if, in either case, after final judgment, the judgment is unsatisfied.

A court might also void the notes without regard to the above factors, if such court found that Tops Holding II Corporation issued the notes with actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud our creditors. A court could also find that Tops Holding II Corporation did not receive reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the notes if it did not substantially benefit directly or indirectly from the issuance of the notes. As a general matter, value is given for a note if, in exchange for the note, property is transferred or an antecedent debt is satisfied. A debtor generally may not be considered to have received value in connection with a debt offering if the debtor uses the proceeds of that offering to make a dividend payment or otherwise retire or redeem equity securities issued by the debtor.

The measures of insolvency applied by courts, as discussed above under “—Tops Holding II Corporation is a holding company with no independent operations or assets. Repayment of the Issuer’s debt, including the notes, is dependent on cash flow generated by Tops Holding Corporation and its subsidiaries. Restrictions in the debt instruments of Tops Holding Corporation and its subsidiaries and under applicable law limit their ability to provide funds to the Issuer,” will vary depending upon the particular fraudulent transfer law applied in any proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent transfer has occurred.

In the event of a finding that a fraudulent conveyance or transfer has occurred, a court may void, or hold unenforceable, the notes, which could mean that you may not receive any payments on the notes and the court may direct you to repay any amounts that you have already received from the Issuer for the benefit of creditors. Furthermore, the holders of voided notes would cease to have any direct claim against the Issuer. Consequently, the Issuer’s assets would be applied first to satisfy its other liabilities, before any portion of its assets could be applied to the payment of the notes. Sufficient funds to repay the notes may not be available from other sources. Moreover, the voidance of the notes could result in an event of default with respect to Tops Holding II Corporation’s other debt that could result in acceleration of such debt (if not otherwise accelerated due to insolvency or other proceeding).

32

The Exchange Notes due 2018 have original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Because no portion of the stated interest on the Exchange Notes due 2018 (the “2018 Notes”) is unconditionally payable in cash at least annually, no stated interest payments on the 2018 Notes represent qualified stated interest for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, the 2018 Notes have original issue discount (“OID”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the excess of the total payments of principal and stated interest on the notes over their issue price. A holder subject to U.S. federal income taxation, whether on the cash or accrual method for U.S. federal income tax purposes, generally will be required to include OID in gross income as ordinary interest income for U.S. federal income tax purposes as it accrues (on a constant yield to maturity basis), regardless of whether such holder receives any cash payment attributable to such income at such time. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” for a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to the purchase, ownership and disposition of the notes.

Risks Related to the Exchange Offers

The consummation of the exchange offers may not occur.

We are not obligated to complete the exchange offers under certain circumstances. See “The Exchange Offers—Conditions of the Exchange Offers.” Even if the exchange offers are completed, they may not be completed on the schedule described in this prospectus. Accordingly, holders participating in the exchange offers may have to wait longer than expected to receive their exchange notes, during which time those holders of unregistered notes will not be able to effect transfers of their unregistered notes tendered in the exchange offers.

If you do not properly tender your unregistered notes, your ability to transfer such outstanding notes will be adversely affected.

We will only issue exchange notes in exchange for unregistered notes that are timely received by the exchange agent, together with all required documents, including a properly completed and signed letter of transmittal. Therefore, you should allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery of the unregistered notes and you should carefully follow the instructions on how to tender your unregistered notes. None of the issuers, the guarantors or the exchange agent are required to tell you of any defects or irregularities with respect to your tender of the unregistered notes. If you do not tender your unregistered notes or if your tender of unregistered notes is not accepted because you did not tender your unregistered notes properly, then, after consummation of the exchange offers, you will continue to hold unregistered notes that are subject to the existing transfer restrictions. After the exchange offers are consummated, if you continue to hold any unregistered notes, you may have difficulty selling them because there will be fewer unregistered notes remaining and the market for such unregistered notes, if any, will be much more limited than it is currently. In particular, the trading market for unexchanged unregistered notes could become more limited than the existing trading market for the unregistered notes and could cease to exist altogether due to the reduction in the amount of the unregistered notes remaining upon consummation of the exchange offers. A more limited trading market might adversely affect the liquidity, market price and price volatility of such untendered unregistered notes.

If you are a broker-dealer or participating in a distribution of the exchange notes, you may be required to deliver prospectuses and comply with other requirements.

If you tender your unregistered notes for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the exchange notes, you will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. If you are a broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for your own account in exchange for unregistered notes that you acquired as a result of market-making activities or any other trading activities, you will be required to acknowledge that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes.

There are state securities law restrictions on the resale of the exchange notes.

In order to comply with the securities laws of certain jurisdictions, the exchange notes may not be offered or resold by any holder, unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in such jurisdictions or an exemption from registration or qualification is available and the requirements of such exemption have been satisfied.

33

Currently, we do not intend to register or qualify the resale of the exchange notes in any such jurisdictions. However, generally an exemption is available for sales to registered broker-dealers and certain institutional buyers. Other exemptions under applicable state securities laws also may be available.

Your ability to transfer the exchange notes may be limited by the absence of an active trading market, and there is no assurance that any active trading market will develop for the exchange notes.

The exchange notes are new issues of securities for which there is no existing trading market. Although when the notes were initially issued the respective initial purchasers advised us that they intended to make a market in the notes, they are not obligated to do so, and these initial purchasers may cease their market making activity at any time without notice. In addition, we are controlled by MSPE, an affiliate of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, one of the initial purchasers of the outstanding unregistered notes. As a result of this affiliate relationship, if Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC conducts any market making activities with respect to the notes, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC will be required to deliver a market making prospectus when effecting offers and sales of the notes. For as long as a market making prospectus is required to be delivered, the ability of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC to make a market in the notes may, in part, be dependent on our ability to maintain a current market making prospectus for its use. If we are unable to maintain a current market making prospectus, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC may be required to discontinue its market making activities without notice. Therefore, we cannot assure you that an active market for the exchange notes will develop or, if developed, that it will continue. Historically, the market for non-investment grade debt, such as the exchange notes, has been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial volatility in the prices of securities similar to the exchange notes. We cannot assure you that the market, if any, for the exchange notes will be free from similar disruptions, and any such disruptions may adversely affect the prices at which you may sell your notes. Future trading prices of the exchange notes will depend on many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the market for similar notes, our performance or other factors.

The filing of a bankruptcy petition against us may limit your recovery of original issue discount on the exchange notes.

If a bankruptcy petition were filed by or against us under applicable U.S. federal bankruptcy laws, the issuance of the exchange notes and the claim by any holder of the exchange notes for the principal amount of the exchange notes may be limited to an amount equal to the sum of:

• the price originally paid for the unregistered notes; and

• that portion of the original issue discount that does not constitute “unmatured interest” for purposes of the applicable U.S. federal bankruptcy laws.

Any original issue discount that was not amortized as of the date of the bankruptcy filing may constitute unmatured interest. Accordingly, holders of the exchange notes under these circumstances may receive a lesser amount than they may be entitled to under the terms of each indenture governing the exchange notes, even if sufficient funds are available.

34

USE OF PROCEEDS

The exchange offers are intended to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreements. We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offers. In consideration for issuing the exchange notes as contemplated in this prospectus, we will receive a like principal amount of the unregistered notes, the terms of which are identical in all material respects to the exchange notes, except as otherwise noted in this prospectus. We will retire and cancel all of the unregistered notes tendered in the exchange offers. Accordingly, the issuance of the exchange notes will not result in any change in our indebtedness or capitalization.

35

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of July 13, 2013.

This table should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

	As of July 13, 2013
	Actual
	(Unaudited) (Dollars in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents	$	28,446
Debt:
ABL Facility(1)		41,800
Notes due 2017		460,000
Notes due 2018		150,000
Discount on Notes due 2018		(1,463	)
Mortgage note payable		556
Other debt(2)		2,000
Total debt(3)		652,893
Shareholders’ deficit		(330,656	)
Total capitalization	$	322,237

(1) The ABL Facility bears interest at a rate of, at our option, either LIBOR or the prime rate (as defined in the ABL Facility), plus in either case an applicable margin. Borrowings under the ABL facility will mature on December 14, 2017. See “Description of Other Indebtedness—The ABL Facility.”

(2) Other debt includes governmental loans.

(3) Does not include $156.2 million of capital lease obligations.

36

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

The following table sets forth our selected historical consolidated financial and operating data. The selected historical consolidated financial and operating data as of December 31, 2011 and December 29, 2012 and for Fiscal 2010, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2012 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial and operating data as of December 27, 2008, January 2, 2010 and January 1, 2011 and for Fiscal 2008 and Fiscal 2009 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP that are not included in this prospectus. The historical results of Tops Holding LLC and its subsidiaries have been consolidated with those of Tops Holding II Corporation as if Tops Holding II Corporation were in existence for all periods presented.

The selected historical consolidated financial and operating data as of July 13, 2013 and for the 28-week periods ended July 14, 2012 and July 13, 2013, respectively, presented below, has been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, which are also included elsewhere in this prospectus. Such unaudited condensed consolidated financial information has been prepared on a basis consistent with our annual audited consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of management, such unaudited condensed consolidated financial information reflects all adjustments, consisting exclusively of normal and recurring adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results for those periods. The results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved for a full fiscal year.

The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data,” “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(Dollars in Thousands)

	28-week periods ended
	July 14, 2012			July 13 2013			Fiscal 2008 (52 weeks)			Fiscal 2009 (53 weeks)			Fiscal 2010 (52 weeks)(4)			Fiscal 2011 (52 weeks)(4)			Fiscal 2012 (52 weeks)(4)
Statements of Operations Data:
Inside sales	$	1,148,614		$	1,217,415		$	1,542,054		$	1,579,448		$	2,107,524		$	2,151,299		$	2,146,524
Gasoline sales		118,127			119,669			158,178			116,160			150,012			204,193			218,815
Net sales		1,266,741			1,337,084			1,700,232			1,695,608			2,257,536			2,355,492			2,365,339
Operating income		42,892			27,002			28,779			34,490			10,633			68,825			68,556
Net income (loss)		10,149			(9,517	)		(10,844	)		(25,693	)		(26,954	)		5,832			(22,950	)
Balance Sheet Data:
Total assets				$	690,343		$	619,694		$	592,848		$	680,351		$	647,212		$	676,002
Long-term liabilities, including obligations under capital lease and financing obligations					838,119			400,313			486,305			561,931			543,256			689,446
Total shareholders’ (deficit) equity					(330,656	)		87,729			(38,801	)		(65,511	)		(59,464	)		(183,272	)
Supermarket Operating Data:
Number of supermarkets at end of fiscal period		124			155			71			71			127			125			149
Average weekly same store sales per supermarket(1)(3)	$	328,090		$	318,667		$	416,434		$	418,511		$	418,465		$	325,739		$	325,897
Same store sales (decrease) increase(1)(2)		(0.4	)%		(0.5	)%		1.2	%		0.5	%		0.1	%		1.4	%		(0.7	)%
Number of fuel stations at end of fiscal period		40			44			28			31			35			38			43
Motor fuel gallons sold (in thousands)		34,336			35,813			50,124			52,540			57,079			61,180			63,438
Other Financial Data:
Net cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities	$	60,698		$	31,727		$	81,067		$	66,813		$	49,458		$	68,651		$	87,007
Investing activities		(14,050	)		(33,584	)		(56,237	)		(36,693	)		(113,933	)		(45,209	)		(67,054	)
Financing activities		(11,858	)		(2,119	)		(28,437	)		(40,717	)		62,172			(21,680	)		(6,712	)
Total depreciation and amortization		36,331			38,186			55,530			65,285			77,315			67,053			67,802
Capital expenditures (excluding acquisitions)		15,200			27,589			35,298			28,080			49,663			45,575			37,565

37

(1) We define “same store sales” as the change in year-over-year inside sales (net sales excluding gasoline sales), excluding franchise revenue, for “same stores.” We include a supermarket in “same stores” after its thirteenth full four-week period of operation.

(2) To calculate the same store sales increase for Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2010, we have used the most comparable 52-week periods. When comparing Fiscal 2008 to Fiscal 2009, we have excluded the 53rd week of Fiscal 2009. When comparing Fiscal 2009 to Fiscal 2010, we have excluded the first week of Fiscal 2009.

(3) The decrease in average weekly inside same store sales per supermarket beginning in Fiscal 2011 is due to the retained Penn Traffic supermarkets that were acquired in January 2010, which are generally much smaller in size and have lower average sales volumes. These supermarkets became same stores during early Fiscal 2011.

(4) Fiscal 2010, Fiscal 2011, Fiscal 2012 and the 28-week periods ended July 14, 2012 and July 13, 2013 include the operating results of the acquired Penn Traffic supermarkets from the date of acquisition, January 29, 2010.

38

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This prospectus contains forward looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ from those indicated in the forward looking statements. See “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.”

Company Overview

We are a leading supermarket retailer in Upstate New York, Northern Pennsylvania and Vermont (“our market area”). Introduced in 1962, our Tops brand is widely recognized as a strong retail supermarket brand name in our market area, supported by strong customer loyalty and attractive supermarket locations. As of July 13, 2013, we operated 155 full-service supermarkets under the banners of Tops and Orchard Fresh, with an additional five supermarkets operated by franchisees.

Our Tops Friendly Markets brand and mission statement: “Your friendly neighborhood store that has what you want, while saving you time and money,” exemplifies our focus on quality merchandise, convenience and value. Our supermarkets serve as one-stop shops and offer a wide range of in-store services such as banks, pharmacies and Tim Hortons self-service coffee kiosks. Additionally, we are the only conventional supermarket chain to offer gasoline in the Buffalo and Rochester markets. We have a successful merchandising strategy that offers a broader selection of products and services than our competitors, with a higher mix of national brands. Additionally, we differentiate ourselves by employing a promotional or “Hi-Lo” pricing strategy that resonates well with our market’s core middle income, working family demographic. This promotional strategy uses discounted feature items in our weekly circular, coupons, special advertising events, seasonal price promotions, and a loyalty card program.

In January 2010, with the acquisition of substantially all the assets of Penn Traffic for $85 million, we expanded our retail footprint into the Syracuse area. Of the 79 purchased Penn Traffic supermarkets, we retained and rebannered 50 supermarkets with the most favorable strategic fit and prospects. The Penn Traffic acquisition provided us with significant synergies related to corporate and store-level expenses including distribution, advertising and labor costs. Under our ownership, rebannered supermarkets have achieved strong positive sales and earnings trends.

In October 2012, we further expanded our retail footprint with the acquisition of 21 supermarkets (the “GU Acquisition”) in northern and eastern New York State and neighboring Vermont from GU Markets LLC (“GU Markets”), an affiliate of C&S.

In December 2012, we continued to expand our retail footprint in northern and central New York with the acquisition of three independent supermarkets for a purchase price of $3.0 million (the “December 2012 Acquisition”).

In May 2013, we added an additional four supermarkets to our retail footprint in northern and central New York through a $6.0 million acquisition (the “May 2013 Acquisition”).

For Fiscal 2012, we generated net sales of $2.4 billion and average weekly same store sales per supermarket of $325,897. For the 28-week period ended July 13, 2013, we generated net sales of $1.3 billion and average weekly same store sales per supermarket of $318,667.

Basis of Presentation

We operate on a 52/53 week fiscal year ending on the Saturday closest to December 31. Our fiscal years include 13 four-week reporting periods, with an additional week in the thirteenth reporting period for 53-week fiscal years. Our first quarter of each fiscal year includes four reporting periods, while the remaining quarters include three reporting periods.

39

Our condensed consolidated financial statements for the 28-week periods ended July 13, 2013 and July 14, 2012 are unaudited, and, in the opinion of management, contain all adjustments that are of a normal and recurring nature necessary for a fair statement of financial position and results of operations for such periods.

Recent Events Affecting Our Results of Operations and the Comparability of Reported Results of Operations

GU Acquisition

In October 2012, we completed the GU Acquisition. The 21 acquired supermarkets contributed net sales and operating (loss) income of $54.4 million and $(1.0) million, respectively, during the 28-week period ended July 13, 2013, and $22.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively, during Fiscal 2012.

December 2012 Financing and Dividend Activities

On December 20, 2012, we issued $460.0 million of senior secured notes, bearing interest of 8.875%. The proceeds from these notes were used to redeem our previously outstanding $350.0 million senior secured notes, pay a $100.0 million dividend to our shareholders and pay fees and expenses related to the issuance. Also during December 2012, we amended and restated our asset-based revolving credit facility.

May 2013 Financing and Dividend Activities

On May 15, 2013, we issued $150.0 million of unsecured senior notes, bearing cash interest of 8.75%. The proceeds from these notes were used to pay a $141.9 million dividend to our shareholders.

Recent Events Affecting Our Results of Operations and the Comparability of Reported Results of Operations

Results of Operations

28-Week Period Ended July 13, 2013 compared with 28-Week Period Ended July 14, 2012

Summary

The results of operations during the 28-week period ended July 13, 2013 when compared with the 28-week period ended July 14, 2012 were significantly impacted by acquired supermarkets, including 21 supermarkets acquired in the GU Acquisition, and new supermarket openings since the summer of 2012. Operating income was negatively impacted by $6.8 million of bonuses paid to stock option holders following the May 2013 dividend, and incremental stock-based compensation expense of $3.5 million associated with stock option re-pricing and vesting acceleration during May 2013.

Net Sales

The following table includes a comparison of the components of our net sales for the 28-week periods ended July 13, 2013 and July 14, 2012.

(Dollars in thousands)

	28-week periods ended
	July 13, 2013		July 14, 2012		$ Change		% Change
Inside sales	$	1,217,415	$	1,148,614	$	68,801		6.0	%
Gasoline sales		119,669		118,127		1,542		1.3	%
Net sales	$	1,337,084	$	1,266,741	$	70,343		5.6	%

Inside sales, which are net sales excluding gasoline sales, increased due to the $74.5 million contribution of 28 acquired supermarkets and four new supermarkets opened since July 2012, net of the impact of one supermarket closure. This was partially offset by a 0.5% decrease in same store sales. Inside sales were negatively impacted by a decline in pharmacy sales, largely the result of the conversion of certain drugs from being brand name only to having lower cost generic equivalents. This conversion had an estimated 31 basis points, or $3.5 million, impact on same store sales.

40

Gasoline sales increased due to a 4.3% increase in the number of gallons sold, primarily due to the addition of six new fuel stations since April 2012. This was partially offset by a 2.9% decrease in the average retail price per gallon.

Gross Profit

The following table includes a comparison of cost of goods sold, distribution costs and gross profit for the 28-week periods ended July 13, 2013 and July 14, 2012.

(Dollars in thousands)

	28-week period ended July 13, 2013			% of Net Sales			28-week period ended July 14, 2012			% of Net Sales			$ Change			% Change
Cost of goods sold	$	(932,085	)		69.7	%	$	(881,221	)		69.6	%	$	(50,864	)		(5.8	)%
Distribution costs		(26,280	)		2.0	%		(25,278	)		2.0	%		(1,002	)		(4.0	)%
Gross profit	$	378,719			28.3	%	$	360,242			28.4	%	$	18,477			5.1	%

As a percentage of net sales, cost of goods sold remained relatively consistent during the 28-week period ended July 13, 2013 compared with the 28-week period ended July 14, 2012. Our cost of goods sold during the 28-week period ended July 13, 2013 reflects a $1.2 million increase in inventory shrink expense, largely consisting of one-time shrink expense attributable to the transitioning of warehousing and distribution activities from a C&S facility in Brattleboro, Vermont to Lancaster, New York.

As a percentage of net sales, distribution costs remained relatively consistent during the 28-week period ended July 13, 2013 compared with the 28-week period ended July 14, 2012.

Operating Expenses

The following table includes a comparison of operating expenses for the 28-week periods ended July 13, 2013 and July 14, 2012.

(Dollars in thousands)

	28-week period ended July 13, 2013		% of Net Sales			28-week period ended July 14, 2012		% of Net Sales			$ Change		% Change
Wages, salaries and benefits	$	184,832		13.8	%	$	174,355		13.8	%	$	10,477		6.0	%
Selling and general expenses		63,182		4.7	%		52,218		4.1	%		10,964		21.0	%
Administrative expenses		49,326		3.7	%		42,413		3.3	%		6,913		16.3	%
Rent expense		12,876		1.0	%		9,548		0.8	%		3,328		34.9	%
Depreciation and amortization		30,052		2.2	%		28,052		2.2	%		2,000		7.1	%
Advertising		11,449		0.9	%		10,764		0.9	%		685		6.4	%
Total	$	351,717		26.3	%	$	317,350		25.1	%	$	34,367		10.8	%

Wages, Salaries and Benefits

As a percentage of net sales, wages, salaries and benefits remained relatively consistent during the 28-week period ended July 13, 2013 compared with the 28-week period ended July 14, 2012.

Selling and General Expenses

The increase in selling and general expenses as a percentage of net sales was largely due to a $4.9 million increase in utility costs, primarily attributable to higher commodity costs for electricity.

Administrative Expenses

The increase in administrative expenses is due to $6.8 million of bonuses paid to stock option holders following the May 2013 dividend, and incremental stock-based compensation expense of $3.5 million associated with the stock option re-pricing that occurred following the May 2013 dividend and the acceleration of vesting of all outstanding options in May 2013. These factors were slightly offset by a $2.4 million reduction in bonus expense due to our performance versus budget metrics during the 28-week period ended July 13, 2013 compared with the 28-week period ended July 14, 2012.

41

Rent Expense, Net

Rent expense reflects our rental expense for our supermarkets under operating leases, net of income we receive from various entities that rent space in our supermarkets under subleases. The increase in rent expense was primarily attributable to acquired and new supermarkets opened since the summer of 2012.

Depreciation and Amortization

As a percentage of net sales, depreciation and amortization remained relatively consistent during the 28-week period ended July 13, 2013 compared with the 28-week period ended July 14, 2012.

Advertising

As a percentage of net sales, advertising remained relatively consistent during the 28-week period ended July 13, 2013 compared with the 28-week period ended July 14, 2012.

Interest Expense, Net

The $3.7 million increase in interest expense was attributable to a $5.3 million increase in interest related to higher long-term debt levels as a result of our December 2012 and May 2013 financing activities. This was partially offset by a $1.2 million reduction in capital lease interest expense due to the decrease in outstanding principal balances.

Income Tax Expense

The income tax expense for the 28-week period ended July 13, 2013 primarily reflects the recognition of additional valuation allowance associated with our indefinite-lived tradename and goodwill deferred tax liabilities. The overall effective tax rate was (9.2)%. The effective tax rate would have been 19.5% without the impact of adjustments to the valuation allowance.

The income tax expense for the 28-week period ended July 14, 2012 primarily reflects the recognition of additional valuation allowance associated with our indefinite-lived tradename deferred tax liability. The overall effective tax rate was 6.6%. The effective tax rate would have been 39.6% without the impact of federal tax credits and adjustments to the valuation allowance.

Net (Loss) Income

Our net (loss) income changed to net loss of $9.5 million during the 28-week period ended July 13, 2013 compared with net income of $10.1 million during the 28-week period ended July 14, 2012 for the reasons described above.

Fiscal 2012 compared with Fiscal 2011

Summary. The results of operations during Fiscal 2012 when compared with Fiscal 2011 were primarily impacted by an increase in gross profit resulting from higher sales and an improved margin rate on inside sales, offset by a modest increase in operating expenses.

Net Sales. The following table includes a comparison of the components of our net sales for Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011.

42

(Dollars in thousands)

	Fiscal 2012		Fiscal 2011		$ Change			% Change
Inside sales	$	2,146,524	$	2,151,299	$	(4,775	)		(0.2	)%
Gasoline sales		218,815		204,193		14,622			7.2	%
Net sales	$	2,365,339	$	2,355,492	$	9,847			0.4	%

Inside sales decreased due to a 0.7% decrease in same store sales, combined with the impact of the sale or closure of five of the acquired Penn Traffic supermarkets during the second half of 2011 and early January 2012 that contributed $26.6 million of inside sales during Fiscal 2011. These factors were partially offset by the $36.1 million incremental inside sales contribution of new supermarkets opened since September 2011, including the $22.3 million contribution of the 21 supermarkets acquired from GU Markets. Inside sales were negatively impacted by a significant decline in pharmacy sales of $14.4 million, largely the result of the conversion during the 2012 period of certain drugs from being brand name only to having lower cost generic equivalents. This conversion had an estimated 52 basis points, or $11.3 million, impact on same store sales.

Gasoline sales increased due to a 3.7% increase in the number of gallons sold, primarily due to the addition of eight new fuel stations since July 2011. Additionally, the sales increase was impacted by a 3.3% increase in the retail price per gallon.

Gross Profit. The following table includes a comparison of cost of goods sold, distribution costs and gross profit for Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011.

(Dollars in thousands)

	Fiscal 2012			% of Net Sales			Fiscal 2011			% of Net Sales			$ Change			% Change
Cost of goods sold	$	(1,654,093	)		69.9	%	$	(1,650,166	)		70.1	%	$	(3,927	)		(0.2	)%
Distribution costs		(46,663	)		2.0	%		(44,189	)		1.9	%		(2,474	)		(5.6	)%
Gross profit	$	664,583			28.1	%	$	661,137			28.1	%	$	3,446			0.5	%

The decrease in cost of goods sold as a percentage of net sales reflects a continuation of pricing improvements commenced in 2011, promotional spending changes and sales mix. This was partially offset by a $4.9 million increase in shrink expense due to lower retail price inflation in 2012 compared to 2011, as well as incremental warehouse shrink believed to be associated with the transition of warehousing and distribution activities from a facility in Brattleboro, Vermont, to a facility in Lancaster, New York, which now services the majority of our supermarkets, as part of a collective bargaining agreement between C&S and its union employees.

The increase in distribution costs as a percentage of net sales was due to additional C&S labor costs that were incurred in connection with an IT system conversion and the transition of warehousing and distribution activities discussed above.

Operating Expenses. The following table includes a comparison of operating expenses for Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011.

(Dollars in thousands)

	Fiscal 2012		% of Net Sales			Fiscal 2011		% of Net Sales			$ Change			% Change
Wages, salaries and benefits	$	320,626		13.6	%	$	317,738		13.5	%	$	2,888			0.9	%
Selling and general expenses		99,841		4.2	%		103,153		4.4	%		(3,312	)		(3.2	)%
Administrative expenses		82,404		3.5	%		79,780		3.4	%		2,624			3.3	%
Rent expense		21,225		0.9	%		18,856		0.8	%		2,369			12.6	%
Depreciation and amortization		52,617		2.2	%		51,205		2.2	%		1,412			2.8	%
Advertising		19,314		0.8	%		18,789		0.8	%		525			2.8	%
Impairment charges		—		N/A			2,791		0.1	%		(2,791	)		(100.0	)%
Total	$	596,027		25.2	%	$	592,312		25.1	%	$	3,715			0.6	%

43

Wages, Salaries and Benefits. The increase in wages, salaries and benefits as a percentage of net sales was attributable to a $3.0 million increase in union health and welfare benefits due to a negotiated 10% increase in year-over-year employer contribution rates.

Selling and General Expenses. The decrease in selling and general expenses as a percentage of net sales was largely due to a $4.6 million decrease in utility costs, primarily attributable to lower commodity costs for electricity. During Fiscal 2012, we recorded a $1.2 million reversal of a liability attributable to the transition services agreement following the PT Acquisition in 2010. These factors were partially offset by a $2.4 million increase in self-insured general liability expense due to adverse developments on existing claims.

Administrative Expenses. The increase in administrative expenses was primarily attributable to $5.3 million of expense associated with stock option bonuses and the repricing of stock option exercise prices following the December 2012 dividend. This was partially offset by a $1.2 million reduction in normal bonus expense.

Rent Expense, Net. Rent expense reflects our rental expense for our supermarkets under operating leases, net of income we receive from various entities that rent space in our supermarkets under subleases. Rent expense remained relatively consistent during Fiscal 2012 compared with Fiscal 2011.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization remained relatively consistent during Fiscal 2012 compared with Fiscal 2011.

Advertising. Advertising remained relatively consistent during Fiscal 2012 compared with Fiscal 2011.

Impairment Charges. On June 30, 2011, the FTC approved our application to sell three supermarkets acquired in the PT Acquisition that were subject to a divestiture order. The sale of these supermarkets occurred in late July and early August 2011. We recorded a $1.9 million impairment during Fiscal 2011, representing the excess of the carrying value of assets over the sale price.

During November 2011, we executed an agreement to sell an additional supermarket acquired from Penn Traffic that was subject to the FTC divestiture order. We recorded a $0.9 million impairment during Fiscal 2011, representing the excess of the carrying value of assets over the sale price.

No impairments were recognized during Fiscal 2012.

Loss on Debt Extinguishment. During December 2012, we satisfied and discharged our obligations under our $350.0 million senior secured notes and amended and restated our asset-based revolving credit facility. In connection with these financing activities, we recorded a $31.2 million loss on debt extinguishment during Fiscal 2012.

Interest Expense, Net. The $2.8 million decrease in interest expense was attributable to a $2.1 million reduction in capital lease interest expense resulting from the decrease in outstanding principal balances, as well as reduced borrowings under our asset-based revolving credit facilities.

Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense during Fiscal 2012 reflects our loss before income taxes, the impact of which was more than offset by the establishment of additional valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets. Income tax expense during Fiscal 2011 primarily reflects our income before income taxes, the benefit of federal tax credits, and the reversal of valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets. The overall effective tax rate was 18.2%. The effective tax rate would have been 38.0% without the impact of federal tax credits and adjustments to the valuation allowance.

Net (Loss) Income. Our net (loss) income changed to net loss of $23.0 million during Fiscal 2012 compared with net income of $5.8 million during Fiscal 2011 for the reasons described above.

Fiscal 2011 compared with Fiscal 2010

Summary. The results of operations during Fiscal 2011 when compared with Fiscal 2010 were primarily impacted by a 1.4% increase in same store sales, the additional four weeks of operating results for the acquired and retained Penn Traffic supermarkets during Fiscal 2011, as well as one-time acquisition and integration costs of $28.6 million associated with the Penn Traffic acquisition incurred during Fiscal 2010.

44

Net Sales. The following table includes a comparison of the components of our net sales for Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010.

(Dollars in thousands)

	Fiscal 2011		Fiscal 2010		$ Change		% Change
Inside sales	$	2,151,299	$	2,107,524	$	43,775		2.1	%
Gasoline sales		204,193		150,012		54,181		36.1	%
Net sales	$	2,355,492	$	2,257,536	$	97,956		4.3	%

Inside sales increased during Fiscal 2011 compared with Fiscal 2010 due to a 1.4% increase in same store sales, the operation of the acquired and retained Penn Traffic supermarkets for four additional weeks, as well as incremental inside sales associated with new stores opened since 2010. These factors were partially offset by the impact of the sale or closure of 28 of the acquired Penn Traffic supermarkets.

Gasoline sales increased during Fiscal 2011 compared with Fiscal 2010 due to a 27.0% increase in the retail price per gallon. Additionally, the number of gallons sold increased 7.2%, primarily due to the addition of seven new fuel stations since April 2010.

Gross Profit. The following table includes a comparison of cost of goods sold, distribution costs and gross profit for Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010.

(Dollars in thousands)

	Fiscal 2011			% of Net Sales			Fiscal 2010			% of Net Sales			$ Change			% Change
Cost of goods sold	$	(1,650,166	)		70.1	%	$	(1,579,016	)		69.9	%	$	71,150			4.5	%
Distribution costs		(44,189	)		1.9	%		(44,829	)		2.0	%		(640	)		(1.4	)%
Gross profit	$	661,137			28.1	%	$	633,691			28.1	%	$	27,446			4.3	%

Cost of goods sold as a percentage of net sales increased during Fiscal 2011 compared with Fiscal 2010 due to the higher proportion of gasoline sales versus inside sales, as gasoline sales occur at higher cost of goods sold percentages. This was partially offset by a higher cost of goods sold percentage on inside sales during Fiscal 2010 due to promotional activities associated with the rebannering and grand re-openings of the retained Penn Traffic supermarkets, price optimization efforts during Fiscal 2011, as well as a higher percentage of private label merchandise sales during Fiscal 2011.

Distribution costs remained consistent during Fiscal 2011 compared with Fiscal 2010. The decline in distribution costs as a percentage of net sales was primarily driven by the increase in the retail price per gallon on gasoline sales.

Operating Expenses. The following table includes a comparison of operating expenses for Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010.

(Dollars in thousands)

	Fiscal 2011		% of Net Sales			Fiscal 2010		% of Net Sales			$ Change			% Change
Wages, salaries and benefits	$	317,738		13.5	%	$	310,800		13.8	%	$	6,938			2.2	%
Selling and general expenses		103,153		4.4	%		104,841		4.6	%		(1,688	)		(1.6	)%
Administrative expenses		79,780		3.4	%		102,754		4.6	%		(22,974	)		(22.4	)%
Rent expense		18,856		0.8	%		19,135		0.8	%		(279	)		(1.5	)%
Depreciation and amortization		51,205		2.2	%		62,353		2.8	%		(11,148	)		(17.9	)%
Advertising		18,789		0.8	%		23,175		1.0	%		(4,386	)		(18.9	)%
Impairment charges		2,791		0.1	%		—		N/A			2,791			N/A
Total	$	592,312		25.1	%	$	623,058		27.6	%	$	(30,746	)		(4.9	)%

45

Wages, Salaries and Benefits. The decrease in wages, salaries and benefits as a percentage of net sales during Fiscal 2011 compared with Fiscal 2010 was largely attributable to the more effective utilization of labor, particularly in the retained Penn Traffic supermarkets as a result of significant increases in sales levels in these stores. The decrease also reflects the higher proportion of gasoline sales versus inside sales, as gasoline sales require relatively less labor support. These factors were partially offset by lower vacation expense of $6.4 million during Fiscal 2010 related to a policy change for union associates that modified the period over which vacation time is earned and a $1.5 million increase in bonus expense in Fiscal 2011 due to improved performance against bonus metrics.

Selling and General Expenses. The decrease in selling and general expenses as a percentage of net sales during Fiscal 2011 compared with Fiscal 2010 was largely due to a $2.7 million decrease in utility costs, primarily attributable to lower commodity costs for electricity. Additionally, $0.7 million of Penn Traffic integration costs were classified in selling and general expenses during Fiscal 2010 that were not incurred in 2011. We also benefitted from the renegotiation of certain cleaning contracts during Fiscal 2011. These positive factors were largely offset by a $1.1 million increase in repairs and maintenance expense, and a $1.4 million increase in credit and debit card transaction fees due to increases in usage and fee rates.

Administrative Expenses. The decrease in administrative expenses during Fiscal 2011 compared with Fiscal 2010 was primarily attributable to a combined $21.7 million of Penn Traffic integration costs, legal and professional fees related to the Penn Traffic acquisition and legal expenses associated with the FTC’s review of the acquired supermarkets recorded in Fiscal 2010. Additionally, we experienced a $5.1 million decrease in information technology, or IT, costs in Fiscal 2011, largely resulting from our renegotiated IT services contract. These items were partially offset by a $0.9 million increase in depreciation related to recent IT equipment capital expenditures, a $2.1 million increase in bonus expense due to improved performance against bonus metrics, a $0.5 million increase in share-based compensation expense due to stock option forfeitures that reduced our recorded expense during Fiscal 2010, normal wage rate increases and severance expense related to corporate headcount reductions during early 2011.

Rent Expense, Net. Rent expense reflects our rental expense for our supermarkets under operating leases, net of income we receive from various entities that rent space in our supermarkets under subleases. Rent expense remained relatively consistent during Fiscal 2011 compared with Fiscal 2010.

Depreciation and Amortization. The decrease in depreciation and amortization during Fiscal 2011 compared with Fiscal 2010 was largely attributable to a significant amount of assets that became fully depreciated near the conclusion of Fiscal 2010, partially offset by incremental depreciation and amortization of $0.7 million associated with assets acquired as part of the Penn Traffic acquisition, and 2010 and 2011 capital expenditure activity.

Advertising. The decrease in advertising during Fiscal 2011 compared with Fiscal 2010 was due to $5.2 million in costs associated with the communication of the Penn Traffic acquisition to our customers and the promotion of the grand re-openings related to the rebannered supermarkets during Fiscal 2010. This was partially offset by investments in additional advertising initiatives during Fiscal 2011.

Impairment Charges. On June 30, 2011, the FTC approved our application to sell three supermarkets acquired as part of the Penn Traffic acquisition and subject to a divestiture order to Hometown Markets. The sale of these supermarkets closed in late July and early August 2011. As a result of the sale, we recorded a $1.9 million impairment within the consolidated statement of operations during Fiscal 2011, representing the excess of the carrying value of assets over the fair value of assets.

During November 2011, we executed an agreement to sell an additional Penn Traffic supermarket subject to the FTC divestiture order. As a result of this pending sale which closed during January 2012, we recorded a $0.9 million impairment within the consolidated statement of operations during Fiscal 2011, representing the excess of the carrying value of assets over the fair value of assets.

Bargain Purchase. The excess of $15.7 million of the estimated fair value of Penn Traffic net assets acquired over the purchase price has been recognized as a gain in the consolidated statement of operations for Fiscal 2010. This bargain purchase was attributable to the distressed status of Penn Traffic due to poor historical operating results, which led to its November 2009 bankruptcy filing.

46

Loss on Debt Extinguishment. On January 29, 2010, we entered into a $25.0 million bridge loan and an $11.0 million term loan, and capitalized related financing costs. As both the bridge loan and term loan were repaid in full on February 12, 2010 with the proceeds from the issuance of the additional $75.0 million of senior secured notes, unamortized costs of $0.7 and $0.3 million, respectively, were recorded as a loss on debt extinguishment in our consolidated statement of operations for Fiscal 2010.

Interest Expense, Net. The $0.5 million increase in interest expense during Fiscal 2011 compared with Fiscal 2010 was primarily attributable to incremental interest expense related to the $75.0 million senior secured notes issued on February 12, 2010 that were outstanding for all of Fiscal 2011.

Income Tax (Expense) Benefit. The income tax expense during Fiscal 2011 primarily reflects our income before income taxes, the benefit of federal tax credits, and the reversal of valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets. The overall effective tax rate was 18.2%. The effective tax rate would have been 38.0% without the impact of federal tax credits and adjustments to the valuation allowance.

The income tax benefit during Fiscal 2010 was primarily attributable to the reversal of $10.3 million of the valuation allowance established during Fiscal 2009. The reversal of the valuation allowance was the result of recording a deferred tax liability that resulted from the bargain purchase associated with the Penn Traffic acquisition. The timing of taxable income resulting from the amortization of the gain for tax purposes provides sufficient future taxable income to support the future deductibility of the Company’s deferred tax assets. The overall effective rate for Fiscal 2010 was 25.0%. The effective tax rate would have been 39.9% without the impact of adjustments to the valuation allowance, the bargain purchase, and discrete charges.

Net Income (Loss). Our net income (loss) improved to net income of $5.8 million during Fiscal 2011 compared with net loss of $27.0 million during Fiscal 2010 for the reasons described above.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary sources of cash are cash flows generated from our operations and borrowings under the ABL Facility. We believe that these sources will be sufficient to meet working capital requirements, anticipated capital expenditures and scheduled debt service payments for at least the next twelve months. Our ability to satisfy debt service obligations, to fund planned capital expenditures and to make acquisitions will depend upon our future operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic conditions in the grocery industry and financial, business, and other factors, some of which are beyond our control.

On May 15, 2013, Tops Holding II Corporation issued the Notes due 2018 (also referred to as the “Holding II Notes”). The proceeds from these notes were used to pay a $141.9 million dividend to Tops Holding II Corporation’s stockholders.

On December 20, 2012, Tops Holding LLC (formerly known as Tops Holding Corporation) and Tops Markets, LLC issued the Notes due 2017 (also referred to as the “Holding I Notes”). The proceeds from these notes were used to redeem their previously outstanding $350.0 million senior secured notes due 2015, pay a $100.0 million dividend to the shareholders of Tops Holding LLC and pay fees and expenses related to the issuance. Also during December 2012, Tops Markets, LLC entered into the ABL Facility. See “Description of Other Indebtedness—The ABL Facility.”

During early October 2012, we completed the GU Acquisition and acquired 21 retail supermarkets in Upstate New York and Vermont. The $27.6 million aggregate purchase price was funded using cash on hand.

Cash Flows Information

The following is a summary of cash provided by or used in each of the indicated types of activities:

(Dollars in thousands)

	28-week periods ended
	July 13, 2013			July 14, 2012			Fiscal 2012			Fiscal 2011			Fiscal 2010
Cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities	$	31,727		$	60,698		$	87,007		$	68,651		$	49,458
Investing activities		(33,584	)		(14,050	)		(67,054	)		(45,209	)		(113,933	)
Financing activities		(2,119	)		(11,858	)		(6,712	)		(21,680	)		62,172

47

Cash provided by operating activities for the 28-week period ended July 13, 2013 decreased $29.0 million compared with the 28-week period ended July 14, 2012 due to a $13.9 million decrease in earnings, adjusted for non-cash income and expenses. Additionally, changes in operating assets and liabilities represented a use of cash of $3.9 million during the 28-week period ended July 13, 2013, compared with a source of cash of $11.2 million during the 28-week period ended July 14, 2012. This period-over-period change was primarily attributable to increased working capital requirements related to acquired and newly opened supermarkets, as well as the timing of accounts receivable billings and collections that resulted in an abnormally high balance as of July 13, 2013.

Cash provided by operating activities during Fiscal 2012 increased $18.4 million compared with Fiscal 2011 as changes in operating assets and liabilities represented a source of cash of $5.4 million during Fiscal 2012, compared to a use of cash of $13.3 million during Fiscal 2011. This year-over-year change was primarily attributable to the timing of vendor payments and the resulting changes in accounts payable during the respective periods.

Cash provided by operating activities during Fiscal 2011 increased $19.2 million compared with Fiscal 2010 due to a $49.3 million increase in earnings, adjusted for non-cash income and expenses. Operating cash flows for Fiscal 2010 included $31.4 million of integration costs and one-time legal and professional fee cash expenditures related to the Penn Traffic acquisition. Changes in operating assets and liabilities represented a use of cash from operating activities of $13.3 million during Fiscal 2011, compared to a source of cash of $16.8 million during Fiscal 2010. This period-over-period change was primarily attributable to the timing of vendor payments and the resulting changes in accounts payable during the respective periods.

Cash used in investing activities during the 28-week period ended July 13, 2013 increased $19.5 million compared with the 28-week period ended July 14, 2012 due to increased capital expenditure investments, and cash consideration of $6.0 million paid in connection with the acquisition of four independent supermarkets during May 2013. We expect to invest $45 million to $55 million in capital expenditures during Fiscal 2013, including recent acquisitions.

Cash used in investing activities during Fiscal 2012 increased $21.8 million compared with Fiscal 2011, primarily due to cash consideration of $27.6 million paid in connection with the GU Acquisition, partially offset by a decrease in normal capital expenditure activities.

Cash used in investing activities during Fiscal 2011 decreased $68.7 million compared with Fiscal 2010, primarily due to cash consideration paid in connection with the Penn Traffic acquisition during Fiscal 2010, net of proceeds from the subsequent divestiture of Penn Traffic stores. Cash paid for property and equipment totaled $45.6 million and $49.7 million during Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, respectively.

Cash used in financing activities decreased $9.7 million during the 28-week period ended July 13, 2013 compared with the 28-week period ended July 14, 2012. The decrease was primarily attributable to an $11.8 million net increase in revolving credit facility borrowings. Largely offsetting were cash flows related to the May 2013 financing and dividend activities, including the net proceeds from the Holding II Notes issuance of $148.5 million, the $141.9 million dividend paid to our shareholders and fees and expenses incurred related to the notes issuance.

Cash used in financing activities decreased $15.0 million during Fiscal 2012 compared with Fiscal 2011 as a result of the December 2012 refinancing and dividend activities, as we used the proceeds from the issuance of $460.0 million of Senior Secured Notes to repay our previously outstanding $350.0 million senior secured notes and pay a $100.0 million dividend to our shareholders.

Cash (used in) provided by financing activities decreased $83.9 million during Fiscal 2011 compared with Fiscal 2010 as a result of the issuance of an additional $75.0 million of senior secured notes and the proceeds of $30.0 million from the issuance of additional common shares during Fiscal 2010. This was partially offset by a $30.0 million dividend paid to our shareholders during Fiscal 2010, the change in net borrowings and repayments related to our asset-based revolving credit facility, as well as $5.8 million of deferred financing costs incurred during Fiscal 2010.

48

Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth a summary of our significant contractual obligations as of July 13, 2013:

(Dollars in thousands)

	Payments due by Period
	Remainder of 2013		2014		2015		2016		2017		Thereafter		Total
Long-term debt:
Holding I Notes(1)	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	460,000	$	—	$	460,000
Holding II Notes(2)		—		—		—		—		—		150,000		150,000
Other long-term debt		2,110		280		165		—		41,800		—		44,355
Interest(3)		32,018		67,924		65,926		63,909		60,043		24,568		314,388
Operating leases(4)		13,270		29,519		32,033		33,729		35,597		216,987		361,135
Capital leases(4)		6,443		14,170		13,402		14,081		12,068		47,244		107,408
Purchase obligations(5)		6,868		15,328		15,118		15,038		14,911		—		67,263
Other liabilities(6)		26,538		58,225		765		725		732		2,971		89,956
Total	$	87,247	$	185,446	$	127,409	$	127,482	$	625,151	$	441,770	$	1,594,505

(1) No principal amounts are due on the Holding II Notes until December 15, 2017.

(2) No principal amounts are due on the Holding II Notes until June 15, 2018.

(3) Amount primarily includes contractual interest payments related to the Holding I Notes, Holding II Notes, capital leases and other long-term debt.

(4) Some of our lease agreements provide us with an option to renew. We have not included renewal options in our future minimum lease amounts for renewals that are not reasonably assured. Our future operating lease obligations will change if we exercise these renewal options.

(5) In addition to the purchase obligations reflected in the table above, we enter into supply contracts to purchase products for resale in the ordinary course of business. This category of contracts covers a broad spectrum of products and sometimes includes specific merchandising obligations relative to those products. These supply contracts typically include either a volume commitment or a fixed expiration date, pricing terms based on the vendor’s published list price, termination provisions and other standard contractual considerations. Our obligation related to these contracts is typically limited to return of unearned allowances and therefore no amounts have been included above. Purchase obligations above represent the outsourcing of a major portion of our information system functions. In July 2010, we extended our existing IT outsourcing agreement with HP through December 31, 2017 to cover a wide range of information systems services. Under the agreement, HP provides data center operations, mainframe processing, business applications and systems development to enhance our customer service and efficiency. The charges under this agreement are based upon the services requested at predetermined rates.

(6) Other liabilities consist of health and welfare benefits and multiemployer pension plan contributions under collective bargaining agreements, as well as other pension and post-retirement benefits.

Multiemployer Pension Plans

We contribute to the Local One plan, a defined benefit multiemployer pension plan, under our collective bargaining agreements with Local One. The Local One plan generally provides retirement benefits to participants based on their service to contributing employers. We are contingently liable for withdrawal liability in the event that we withdraw from the Local One plan. The actuary for the Local One plan has estimated that, as of December 31, 2011, our withdrawal liability would be approximately $299.0 million in the event of our complete withdrawal from the Local One plan during the 2012 plan year. We have not yet received estimates for withdrawals occurring in 2013 but anticipate that the withdrawal liability will increase from the 2012 estimates noted above. In accordance with applicable accounting rules, our contingent withdrawal liability is not included in our consolidated financial statements. We have no intention to withdraw from the Local One plan. During Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011, Fiscal 2010 and the 28-week periods ended July 13, 2013 and July 14, 2012, we made contributions of $9.4 million, $8.9 million, $7.9 million, $5.4 million and $5.1 million, respectively, to this plan. We are required to increase our annual contributions to the Local One plan pursuant to our current collective bargaining agreements and the Local One plan’s current rehabilitation plan.

49

In addition, at the time we entered into our supply arrangement with C&S, certain of our warehouse personnel became employees of C&S, with C&S assuming our obligations under several multiemployer pension plans. Although we are not a sponsoring employer of, and make no contribution payments to any of these other multiemployer pension plans, we have certain contractual indemnification obligations for withdrawal liability that may arise in the event of C&S’s withdrawal from such plans, or upon termination of the supply agreement. According to estimates of the actuary for the multiemployer plans, the withdrawal liability for a withdrawal from such plans in 2013 would be $183.3 million.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We are not a party to any off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future material effect on our financial condition, net sales, expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

Inflation

Product cost inflation could vary from our estimates due to general economic conditions, weather, availability of raw materials and ingredients in the products that we sell and their packaging, and other factors beyond our control.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP, which requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported periods. We have provided a description of all of our significant accounting policies in Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We believe that of these significant accounting policies, the following may involve a higher degree of judgment or complexity.

Vendor Allowances

We receive allowances from many of the vendors whose products we stock in our supermarkets. Allowances are received for a variety of merchandising activities, which consist of the inclusion of vendor products in our advertising, placement of vendor products in prominent locations in our supermarkets, introduction of new products, slotting fees, exclusivity rights in certain categories of products and temporary price reductions offered to customers on products held for sale. We also receive vendor allowances associated with buying activities such as volume purchase rebates and rebates for purchases made during specific periods.

We record a receivable for vendor allowances for which we have fulfilled our contractual commitments but have not received payment from the vendor. When payment for vendor allowances is received prior to fulfillment of contractual terms or before the programs necessary to earn such allowances are initiated, we record such amounts as deferred income or vendor allowances received in advance, respectively, which are classified within accrued expenses and other current liabilities and other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. Once all contractual commitments have been met, we record vendor allowances as a reduction of the cost of inventory. Due to system constraints and the nature of certain allowances, it is sometimes not practicable to apply allowances to the item cost of inventory. In those instances, the allowances are applied as a reduction of merchandise costs using a rational and systematic methodology, which results in the recognition of these incentives when the inventory related to the vendor consideration received is sold based on an inventory turns calculation. Accordingly, when the inventory is sold, the vendor allowances are recognized as a reduction of the cost of goods sold. The amount and timing of recognition of vendor allowances, as well as the amount of vendor allowances remaining as deferred income or vendor allowances received in advance, requires management judgments and estimates. Management determines these amounts based on estimates of current year purchase volume using forecasted and historical data and review of average inventory turnover. These judgments and estimates impact our reported operating earnings and accrued deferred income.

50

Inventory Valuation

We value inventories at the lower of cost or market using the last-in, first-out, or LIFO, method. Our inventory balances consist primarily of finished goods. Inventory costs include the purchase price of the product and freight charges to deliver the product and are net of certain cash or non-cash consideration received from vendors.

Cost is determined using the retail method. Under the retail method, the valuation of inventories, and the resulting gross margins, is determined by applying a cost-to-retail ratio for various groupings of similar items to the retail value of inventories. Inherent in the retail inventory method calculations are certain management judgments and estimates which could impact the ending inventory valuation at cost, as well as the resulting gross margins. Our cost to retail ratios contain uncertainties as the calculation requires management to make assumptions and apply judgment regarding inventory mix, inventory spoilage and shrink. Because of the significance of the judgments and estimation processes, it is likely that materially different amounts could be recorded if we used different assumptions or if the underlying circumstances were to change.

Physical inventory counts are taken on a cycle basis. We record an estimated inventory shrinkage reserve for the period between each store’s last physical inventory and the consolidated balance sheet date.

Valuation of Tradename

In accordance with the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 350, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other,” or ASC 350, we do not amortize the Tops tradename, which is deemed to have an indefinite useful life.

The Tops tradename is tested for impairment whenever events or circumstances make it more likely than not that an impairment may have occurred, or at least annually, in accordance with ASC 350. We have identified December 1 as the impairment test date for the Tops tradename. Our impairment review is based on a relief from royalty method that requires significant judgment with respect to future volume, revenue growth assumptions, and the selection of the appropriate discount and royalty rates.

We use estimates based on expected trends in making these assumptions. An impairment loss, if necessary, is recorded as the excess of the carrying value over the net present value of estimated cash flows, which represents the estimated fair value of the asset. We did not recognize any impairment losses related to the Tops tradename during Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011, Fiscal 2010 or the 28-week periods ended July 13, 2013 and July 14, 2012. In connection with our December 1, 2012 impairment review, the fair value of the tradename was approximately 90% greater than the carrying value.

Valuation of Long-lived Assets

It is our policy to review our long-lived assets for possible impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Factors we consider important, and which could trigger an impairment review, include the following:

• significant under-performance of a store in relation to expectations;

• significant negative industry or economic trends; and

• significant changes or planned changes in our use of the assets.

We determine whether the carrying value of our long-lived assets, including property and equipment, and finite-lived intangible assets may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the foregoing or other indicators of impairment. We determine if impairment exists relating to long-lived assets by comparing future undiscounted cash flows to the asset’s carrying value. If the carrying value is greater than the undiscounted cash flows, we measure the impairment as the amount by which the carrying value of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets.

51

The projected cash flows for each asset group considers multiple factors including store sales over its remaining lease term, including sales trends, labor rates, commodity costs and other operating cost assumptions. Because of the significance of long-lived assets and finite-lived intangible assets and the judgments and estimates that go into the fair value analysis, we believe that our policies regarding impairment are critical. As discussed in Note 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, the Company recorded impairment charges of $2.8 million during Fiscal 2011. There were no impairment charges recorded during Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2010 or the 28-week periods ended July 13, 2013 and July 14, 2012.

Acquisition Accounting

We account for business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, “Business Combinations” (“ASC 805”). As required by ASC 805, assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination are recorded at their respective fair values as of the business combination date. The most difficult estimations of individual fair values are those involving long-lived assets, such as property, equipment and intangible assets. We use available information to make these fair value determinations and, when necessary, engage an independent valuation specialist to assist in the fair value determination of the acquired long-lived assets.

As the values of certain assets and liabilities related to the GU Acquisition were preliminary in nature, such values were adjusted during Fiscal 2012 as additional information was obtained.

Leases

We lease buildings and equipment under operating and capital lease arrangements. In accordance with ASC 840, “Leases,” we classify our leases as capital leases when the lease agreement transfers substantially all risks and rewards of ownership to us. For leases determined to be capital leases, the asset and liability are recognized at an amount equal either to the fair value of the leased asset or the present value of the minimum lease payments during the lease term, whichever is lower. Leases that do not qualify as capital leases are classified as operating leases, and the related lease payments are expensed on a straight-line basis (taking into account rent escalation clauses) over the lease term, including, as applicable, any rent-free period during which we have the right to use the asset. Determining whether a lease is a capital or an operating lease requires judgment on various aspects that include the fair value of the leased asset, the economic life of the leased asset, whether or not to include renewal options in the lease term and determining an appropriate discount rate to calculate the present value of the minimum lease payments.

Self-Insurance Programs

We are primarily self-insured for costs related to workers’ compensation and general liability claims. As of July 13, 2013, our workers’ compensation and general liability reserves were $15.3 million and $5.7 million, respectively. The liabilities represent our best estimates, using generally accepted actuarial reserving methods, of the ultimate obligations for reported claims plus those incurred but not reported for all claims incurred through the balance sheet date. We establish case reserves for reported claims using case-basis evaluation of the underlying claim data which is updated as new information becomes known.

For both workers’ compensation and general liability claims, we have purchased stop-loss coverage to limit our exposure to any significant exposure on a per claim basis. We are insured for covered costs in excess of established per claim limits. We account for the liabilities for workers’ compensation and general liability claims on a present value basis utilizing a risk-adjusted discount rate.

The assumptions underlying the ultimate costs of existing claim losses are subject to a high degree of unpredictability, which can affect the liability recorded for such claims. For example, variability in inflation rates of health care costs inherent in these claims can affect the amounts realized. Similarly, changes in legal trends and interpretations, as well as a change in the nature and method of how claims are settled, can affect ultimate costs. Our estimates of liabilities incurred do not anticipate significant changes in historical trends for these variables, and any changes could have a considerable effect on future claim costs and currently recorded liabilities.

52

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes using the liability method in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes.” Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon differences between the financial reporting and the tax basis of assets and liabilities, net operating loss carry forwards and federal tax credits, and are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the periods in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. The Company uses the provisions of ASC 740 to assess and record income tax uncertainties. In relation to recording the provision for income taxes, management must estimate the future tax rates applicable to the reversal of temporary differences, make certain assumptions regarding whether book/tax differences are permanent or temporary, and if temporary, the related timing of expected reversal. Also, estimates are made as to whether taxable operating income in future periods will be sufficient to fully recognize any gross deferred tax assets. If recovery is not more likely than not, we must increase our provision for taxes by recording a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets. Alternatively, we may make estimates about the potential usage of deferred tax assets that decrease our valuation allowances. The calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. Significant judgment is required in evaluating our tax positions and determining our provision for income taxes. During the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. We establish reserves for uncertain tax positions when we believe that such tax positions do not meet the more likely than not threshold. We adjust these reserves in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the outcome of a tax audit or the lapse of the statute of limitations. The provision for income taxes includes the impact of reserve provisions and changes to the reserves that are considered appropriate.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recent Accounting Pronouncements are included in Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We use derivative financial instruments from time to time primarily to manage our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and, to a lesser extent, adverse fluctuations in commodity prices and other market risks. We do not enter into derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. As a matter of policy, all of our derivative positions are intended to reduce risk by hedging an underlying economic exposure. Because of the high correlation between the hedging instrument and the underlying exposure, fluctuations in the value of the instruments generally are offset by reciprocal changes in the value of the underlying exposure. The interest rate derivatives we use are straightforward instruments with liquid markets.

We manage our exposure to interest rates and changes in the fair value of our debt instruments primarily through the strategic use of variable and fixed rate debt, and interest rate swaps. As of July 13, 2013, we did not have any outstanding interest rate swaps designated as fair value or cash flow hedges.

The table below provides information about our outstanding debt as of July 13, 2013. The amounts shown for each year represent the contractual maturities of long-term debt, excluding capital lease obligations, as of July 13, 2013. Interest rates reflect the weighted average rates for the outstanding instruments. The Fair-Value column includes the fair-value of our debt instruments as of July 13, 2013. Refer to Note 1 of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for information about our accounting policy for financial instruments.

(Dollars in thousands)

	Expected Fiscal Year of Maturity
	Remainder of 2013			2014			2015			2016		2017			Thereafter			Fair Value
Debt
Fixed rate	$	2,110		$	280		$	166		$	—	$	460,000		$	150,000		$	659,813
Average interest rate		3.3	%		7.1	%		7.1	%		N/A		8.9	%		8.8	%
Variable rate	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—	$	41,800		$	—		$	41,800
Average interest rate		N/A			N/A			N/A			N/A		2.13	%		N/A

53

Commodity Price Risk

We purchase products that are impacted by commodity prices and are therefore subject to price volatility caused by weather, market conditions and other factors, which are not considered predictable or within our control.

54

BUSINESS

We are a leading supermarket retailer in Upstate New York, Northern Pennsylvania and Vermont (“our market area”). Introduced in 1962, our Tops brand is widely recognized as a strong retail supermarket brand name in our market area, supported by strong customer loyalty and attractive supermarket locations. As of July 13, 2013, we operated 155 full-service supermarkets under the banners of Tops and Orchard Fresh, with an additional five supermarkets operated by franchisees.

Our Tops Friendly Markets brand and mission statement: “Your friendly neighborhood store that has what you want, while saving you time and money,” exemplifies our focus on quality merchandise, convenience and value. Our supermarkets serve as one-stop shops and offer a wide range of in-store services such as banks, pharmacies and Tim Hortons self-service coffee kiosks. Additionally, we are the only conventional supermarket chain to offer gasoline in the Buffalo and Rochester markets. We have a successful merchandising strategy that offers a broader selection of products and services than our competitors, with a higher mix of national brands. Additionally, we differentiate ourselves by employing a promotional or “Hi-Lo” pricing strategy that resonates well with our market’s core middle income, working family demographic. This promotional strategy uses discounted feature items in our weekly circular, coupons, special advertising events, seasonal price promotions, and a loyalty card program.

In January 2010, with the acquisition of substantially all the assets of Penn Traffic for $85 million, we expanded our retail footprint into the Syracuse area. Of the 79 purchased Penn Traffic supermarkets, we retained and rebannered 50 supermarkets with the most favorable strategic fit and prospects. The Penn Traffic acquisition provided us with significant synergies related to corporate and store-level expenses including distribution, advertising and labor costs. Under our ownership, rebannered supermarkets have achieved strong positive sales and earnings trends.

In October 2012, we further expanded our retail footprint with the acquisition of 21 supermarkets in northern and eastern New York State and neighboring Vermont from GU Markets, an affiliate of C&S. The 21 acquired supermarkets contributed net sales and operating (loss) income of $54.4 million and $(1.0) million, respectively, during the 28-week period ended July 13, 2013, and $22.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively, during Fiscal 2012.

In December 2012, we continued to expand our retail footprint in northern and central New York with the acquisition of three independent supermarkets pursuant to the December 2012 Acquisition.

In May 2013, we added an additional four supermarkets to our retail footprint in northern and central New York through our May 2013 Acquisition.

We are headquartered in Williamsville, New York and employ approximately 14,300 associates, of which approximately 87% are unionized.

Our Majority Sponsor

We were acquired by a group of investors led by MSPE in December 2007. MSPE is a part of Morgan Stanley and is the firm’s primary business unit for investing in large and middle market private equity transactions on behalf of its clients. MSPE’s team of investment professionals brings expertise in structuring complex financial transactions and a dedication to partnering with experienced management teams. Morgan Stanley has a long history of private equity investing, and has invested over $8 billion in private equity transactions on a global basis since 1985. With offices in New York and London, MSPE seeks out investment opportunities around the world and employs a global approach with local market and industry knowledge.

Store Profile and Locations

As of July 13, 2013, we operated 155 supermarkets with an additional five supermarkets operated by franchisees.

55

Substantially all of our supermarkets are either freestanding or located in small neighborhood shopping centers. We believe that our supermarkets are strategically positioned and clustered in an efficient and targeted manner, focusing on key regions in Upstate New York and Northern Pennsylvania.

Our operated supermarkets are located in the following markets:

Market	Number of Stores
Buffalo, NY		56
Syracuse / Mid State, NY		44
Rochester, NY		23
Northern Pennsylvania		16
Northeastern NY / Vermont		16
Total supermarkets		155

We have a variety of supermarket sizes that are tailored to the specific needs of the local communities in which we operate. The majority of supermarkets are open 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. The following summarizes the number of supermarkets by size categories:

Square Feet	Number of Stores
75,000 and above		20
50,000 to 74,999		40
25,000 to 49,999		53
Under 25,000		42
Total		155

We may continue to look for opportunities to further optimize our store profile. This could involve, among other things, acquisitions, disposals, or closings of supermarkets and other restructuring initiatives.

Product Mix

We believe that we offer the most comprehensive range of products and services with the broadest choice of recognized national brands of any supermarket in our Upstate New York, Northern Pennsylvania and Vermont markets. We carry approximately 50,000 SKUs. We also boast an extensive private label offering across several departments.

We believe that our regional focus provides us with an in-depth knowledge of local consumer preferences and allows for the customization of our merchandising, pricing, marketing and other operational strategies for local demographics and competition. Our familiarity with the areas in which we operate and our understanding of local customer preferences allows us to offer more relevant product selections and supermarket features that resonate with shoppers in our markets and distinguish us from our competitors.

Our modern, full-service supermarkets offer a wide variety of high-quality, nationally advertised food and non-food products, local specialties and quality private label items. In addition, we offer services such as full-service in-store butchers, home meal replacement items, delicatessens, bakeries, organic products, floral departments, greeting cards and a wide variety of health and beauty care items. We position Tops supermarkets as “one-stop shops,” including such services as pharmacies, Tops branded fuel stations, in-store banking and Tim Hortons full-service restaurants or self-service coffee and donut kiosks. We are the only conventional supermarket chain to offer gasoline in the Buffalo and Rochester markets. As of July 13, 2013, 79 supermarkets offered pharmacy services and 48 fuel centers were in operation, including our franchise locations.

Our portfolio of private label products provides additional choices to our customers, which we believe generates increased shopper loyalty. We believe our Tops branded product line offers premium quality products that are either equal or superior in quality to comparable best-selling, nationally advertised brands. Our organic and natural foods product line, Full Circle, includes a wide variety of organic, gluten-free and nut-free products.

56

Customer Experience and Marketing

Our strategy focuses on building customer loyalty and satisfaction through an emphasis on the customer’s shopping experience. We achieve this by offering loyalty incentives that foster and strengthen customer relationships, by employing knowledgeable and friendly associates, by advertising with a message that emphasizes strong customer value and by providing a shopper-friendly setting for our large selection of high-quality products offered at competitive prices.

We believe that we offer a broader selection of well-known, nationally advertised brands in our supermarkets than our major competitors. We allow our supermarket managers flexibility in their merchandising, making the displays and product assortment at each supermarket relevant to its specific customer base.

Delivering compelling customer value through strategic pricing and promotional programs is a critical part of our marketing platform. Tops Friendly Markets utilizes a differentiated Hi-Lo pricing strategy, which resonates well with our market’s core middle income, working family demographic, by offering promotional pricing and an aggressive coupon strategy. The Hi-Lo strategy involves frequent promotions that heavily discount selected products targeted to increase supermarket traffic and incremental purchases. Our weekly circular executes one of the only Hi-Lo promotional strategies in our markets, resulting in improved customer loyalty and enhanced vendor participation.

Additionally, we drive customer loyalty through bonus card programs. We believe that these loyalty and gas promotional programs provide a significant strategic advantage by appealing to our core middle income, working family demographic. Our loyalty card provides our customers with an incentive to shop at our supermarkets through price discounts and special promotions that are not available elsewhere. The program also provides us with valuable customer purchasing data. Through the accumulation of this information, we are able to identify our customer’s shopping patterns, enabling us to optimize our inventory and target merchandising, category management and sales promotions. Our gas loyalty card program provides customers a discount on Tops gasoline based on grocery purchases and has proven very beneficial in attracting and retaining customers and helping to drive sales.

Our store managers and their teams of associates represent a key strategic component in serving customers and communicating our offerings to the shopping public. Our supermarkets employ a large force of knowledgeable and well-trained sales associates who deliver exceptional service to our customers and create a welcoming shopping experience. Associates are well trained in the areas of customer service, point-of-sale technology and product knowledge.

Our strategy also includes weekly sales and promotions, competitive pricing and advertising that emphasizes strong customer value. We spend the majority of our advertising budget on print advertising, including our weekly circulars, which are available in-store and as inserts in the local newspaper. We also advertise over the radio and through in-store events. Analyzing customer data allows us to utilize direct mail promotions. The in-store environment is also enhanced with clear promotional program communication via traditional signage.

Sources of Supply

For Fiscal 2012, approximately 61% of our products were supplied by C&S. Although there are a limited number of companies that can supply our supermarkets, we believe that other suppliers could provide similar products on comparable terms.

In November 2009, we entered into a supply agreement with C&S whereby C&S provides warehousing, logistics, procurement and purchasing services in support of our entire supply chain. This agreement, which expires on September 24, 2016, provides that the actual costs of performing the services are reimbursed to C&S on an “open book” or “cost-plus” basis, whereby the parties negotiate annual budgets that are reconciled against actual costs on a periodic basis. The parties annually negotiate services, specifications and performance standards that govern warehouse operations. The agreement sets out the parties’ respective responsibilities for the procurement and purchase of merchandise intended for use or resale in our supermarkets, as well as the parties’ respective remuneration for warehousing and procurement/purchasing activities. In consideration for the services it provides under the agreement, C&S is paid an annual fee and has incentive income opportunities based upon its cost savings and increases in retail sales volume.

57

On September 24, 2012, we entered into a supplemental supply agreement with C&S to provide services similar to those described above in support of the 21 supermarkets acquired in the GU Acquisition. This agreement expires on September 23, 2022.

Effective May 1, 2013, Tops Markets entered into a member participation agreement with Topco Associates LLC, a procurement cooperative for food retailers and wholesalers, for the supply of substantially all of the Company’s prescription drugs and other health and beauty care products requirements. This agreement expires February 28, 2017. The Company’s previous supply agreement for these products with McKesson was terminated without penalty.

Competition

The supermarket industry is highly competitive. We compete with various types of retailers, including local, regional and national supermarket retailers, convenience stores, retail drug chains, national general merchandisers and discount retailers, membership clubs, warehouse stores and independent and specialty grocers. Some of our larger national competitors may have an advantage through stronger buying power and greater capital resources. In addition, other national or international supermarkets or comparable store operators could enter our markets. We also face competition from restaurants and fast food chains.

Licenses and Trademarks

Our supermarkets require a variety of licenses and permits that are renewed on a periodic basis. Payment of a fee and adherence to the licensing agency’s requirements are generally the conditions to maintaining such licenses and permits. We maintain registered trademarks for nearly all our supermarket banner tradenames and private label brand names, including Tops, Tops Friendly Markets and Orchard Fresh. Trademarks are generally renewable on a 10-year cycle. In connection with the PT Acquisition, we also acquired trademarks from Penn Traffic. All of the retained Penn Traffic supermarkets have been converted to the Tops banner. In connection with the GU Acquisition, we also acquired trademarks from GU Markets. All of the GU Markets supermarkets have been converted to the Tops banner. We consider trademarks an important way to establish and protect our brands in a competitive environment.

Government Regulation

We are subject to regulation by a variety of governmental authorities, including federal, state and local agencies that regulate trade practices, building standards, labor, health and safety matters. We are also subject to the oversight of government agencies that regulate the distribution and sale of alcoholic beverages, pharmaceuticals, tobacco products, milk and other agricultural products and other food items. We believe that our operations are in material compliance with these laws and regulations. Our compliance with these regulations may require additional capital expenditures and could materially adversely affect our ability to conduct our business as planned. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business.”

Environmental Matters

We are subject to various federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations, including those relating to underground storage tanks, the release or discharge of regulated materials into the air, water and soil, the generation, storage, handling, use, transportation and disposal of regulated materials, the exposure of persons to regulated materials, remediation of contaminated soil and groundwater and the health and safety of our employees.

Certain environmental laws, including CERCLA, impose strict, and under certain circumstances, joint and several, liability on the owner and operator as well as former owners and operators of properties for the costs of investigation, removal or remediation of contamination, and also impose liability for any related damages to natural resources. In addition, under CERCLA and similar state laws, as a person who arranges for the transportation, treatment or disposal of regulated materials, we also may be subject to similar liability at sites where such regulated materials come to be located. We may also be subject to third-party claims alleging property damage and/or personal injury in connection with releases of or exposure to regulated materials at, from or in the vicinity of current or formerly owned or operated properties or off-site waste disposal sites.

58

We are required to make financial expenditures to comply with regulations governing underground storage tanks which store gasoline or other regulated substances adopted by federal, state and local regulatory agencies. Pursuant to the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended, the federal Environmental Protection Agency has established a comprehensive regulatory program for the detection, prevention, investigation and cleanup of leaking underground storage tanks. State or local agencies are often delegated the responsibility for implementing the federal program or developing and implementing equivalent or stricter state or local regulations. We have a comprehensive program in place for performing routine tank testing and other compliance activities which are intended to promptly detect and investigate any potential releases. In addition, the Federal Clean Air Act and similar state laws impose requirements on emissions to the air from motor fueling activities in certain areas of the country, including those that do not meet state or national ambient air quality standards. These laws may require the installation of vapor recovery systems to control emissions of volatile organic compounds to the air during the motor fueling process.

Properties

As of July 13, 2013, we operated 155 supermarkets with an additional five supermarkets operated by franchisees. Of the operated supermarkets, we leased 140 and owned 15.

Owned Properties

As of July 13, 2013, we owned 11 supermarkets in Bath, Buffalo, Camden, Canastota, DeWitt, Fayetteville, Frewsburg, Pulaski, Randolph, Saranac Lake and Sherrill, New York, three supermarkets in Bradford, Sheffield and Youngsville, Pennsylvania and one supermarket in Northfield, Vermont.

Leased Properties

We lease most of our supermarkets, which is typical of companies in the retail industry. We believe our long-standing presence in many of our locations provides us with the advantage of relatively low rents. The average remaining term on our leases, including options to renew, is 25 years.

We entered into an arrangement with the Town of Lancaster Industrial Development Agency (“IDA”) relating to our warehouse and distribution facility in Lancaster, New York, to effectively maintain our ownership of this facility in a tax efficient manner. Under this arrangement, the facility was conveyed to the IDA and leased back to us pursuant to a lease agreement, which expires on December 31, 2017, unless terminated earlier. The lease agreement provides that, upon its termination for any reason, title to the facility will be conveyed back to us in exchange for $1.00 plus any outstanding amounts due and payable under the lease agreement. The lease agreement requires us to make a series of payments to the IDA which are effectively rent payments. Pursuant to our current supply agreement with C&S, the facility is subleased to a C&S affiliate, and operated by C&S on our behalf. The facility consists of a food distribution warehouse with refrigerated areas and ancillary buildings and comprises 906,600 square feet. Under the supply agreement, we are required to allow C&S to use the facility to service our supermarkets so long as the agreement is in place.

We lease our corporate offices and centralized mail distribution center. Our corporate offices are located in Williamsville, New York. We believe we have adequate facilities and space for our current and future activities. Our mail center is located in Depew, New York and is the central depository for all mail to our corporate offices and store facilities.

Labor

We employ approximately 14,300 associates. Approximately 87% of these associates are members of UFCW, Local One or two other UFCW unions. All other associates are non-union serving primarily in management, field support or pharmacist roles. We are a party to six collective bargaining agreements with Local One expiring between March 2014 and October 2015. The two non-Local One UFCW collective bargaining agreements expire in February 2015 and April 2016, respectively. We believe that relationships with our employees are satisfactory.

59

Legal Proceedings

We are subject to various legal proceedings and claims, either asserted or unasserted, which arise in the ordinary course of business. While the outcome of these claims cannot be predicted with certainty, our management does not believe that the outcome of any of these legal matters will have a material effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

60

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our executive officers and directors as of the date of this prospectus.

Directors and executive officers	Age		Principal occupation or position
Gary S. Matthews		56	Chairman
Frank Curci		61	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Kevin Darrington		45	Chief Operating Officer
William R. Mills		57	Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
John Persons		46	Senior Vice President, Operations
Lynne Burgess		64	Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Jack Barrett		66	Senior Vice President, Human Resources and Assistant Secretary
Eric Fry		46	Director
Eric Kanter		38	Director
Greg Josefowicz		61	Director
Stacey Rauch		55	Director

Gary S. Matthews. Mr. Matthews has served as Chairman since December 2007. Mr. Matthews is a Managing Director and Operating Partner of MSPE. He has led several private equity backed companies and public company business units, including Simmons Bedding Company from 2006 to 2007, Sleep Innovations, Inc. from 2005 to 2006, Bristol Myers Squibb World Wide Consumer Medicines from 2001 to 2005 and Derby Cycle Corporation from 1999 to 2001. He also served as Managing Director UK for Diageo/Guinness Limited and as President and CEO of Guinness Import Company between 1996 and 1999. He held senior management positions at PepsiCo from 1991 to 1996 and McKinsey & Company from 1986 to 1991. Mr. Matthews serves as Chairman of ReachOut Healthcare America, Inc. and Creative Circle. He also sits on the Board of Directors and Compensation & Governance Committees of Learning Care Group and the Board of Directors of Van Wagner. Mr. Matthews began his career at Procter & Gamble after receiving a B.A. cum laude from Princeton University. He also holds an M.B.A. with distinction from Harvard Business School.

Frank Curci. Mr. Curci has served as President, Chief Executive Officer and Director since December 2007. Mr. Curci has more than 37 years of experience in the supermarket industry. From April 2005 to September 2006, he served as Chief Operating Officer for Alabama-based Southern Family Markets, a subsidiary of C&S, where he led the start-up of two chains emphasizing the neighborhood grocery store format. From June 2004 to March 2005, he served as Senior Vice President of Operations at Farmer Jack, a supermarket chain based in Michigan. While at Ahold from 1995 to 2003, Mr. Curci was Chief Executive Officer of Tops Markets, LLC and held senior leadership positions at the BI-LO chain in South Carolina and Edwards Super Food stores on the East Coast. Mr. Curci also spent nine years from 1987 to 1995 at Mayfair Supermarkets, which operated as Foodtown in New Jersey. He is a certified public accountant and holds an M.B.A. and a B.A. from Rutgers University.

Kevin Darrington. Mr. Darrington has served as Chief Operating Officer since March 1, 2010. From March 2010 to December 2010, he was Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer. He was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from March 2008 to March 2010. Prior to joining the Company, he was Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer at Pathmark stores from May 2006 to February 2008, Chief Financial Officer at Pharmaca Integrative Pharmacy from September 2005 to April 2006 and Vice President and Corporate Controller at Foot Locker Inc. from June 2002 to September 2005. He is a certified public accountant and holds an M.B.A. from Temple University and a B.S. in accounting from Indiana University.

William R. Mills. Mr. Mills has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since December 1, 2010. From November 1, 2010 to December 1, 2010, he was Senior Vice President. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Mills was founder and owner of William R. Mills Consulting, which advises owners of small and mid-market companies in connection with value enhancement, from August 2009 to October 2010. Between 1992 and July 2009, he was with Weis Markets, Inc., a chain of supermarkets located in Pennsylvania and surrounding states, where he was most recently Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer and a member of its Board of Directors. Mr. Mills holds a B.S.A. from the University of Louisville and is a certified public accountant.

61

John Persons. Mr. Persons has served as Senior Vice President of Retail Operations since December 2007. He was Vice President of Retail Operations from November 2000 to December 2007. Mr. Persons has worked for Tops Markets, LLC for 29 years, holding positions of increasing responsibility in operations over that time. He holds a B.A. and M.B.A. from the State University of New York at Buffalo.

Lynne Burgess. Ms. Burgess has served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since September 2010. Prior to joining the Company, she was with Asbury Automotive Group, where she was Vice President and General Counsel from September 2002 to March 2009 and Secretary from February 2005 to March 2009. From July 2001 to September 2002, Ms. Burgess served as General Counsel and Secretary to the Governance Committee for Oliver, Wyman & Company, LLC, an international strategy-consulting firm. Prior to joining Oliver, Wyman & Company, she was Senior Vice President and General Counsel of Entex Information Services, Inc., a national personal computer systems integrator, from May 1994 until June 2000. Ms. Burgess holds a B.A. from William Smith College and a J.D. from Fordham Law School.

Jack Barrett. Mr. Barrett has served as Senior Vice President, Human Resources and a member of the Tops Executive Committee since 2000. He has worked for Tops Markets, LLC for over 40 years. Mr. Barrett’s areas of responsibility have included compensation and benefits, labor/associate relations, training and development, communications, diversity, legal compliance and employment. Mr. Barrett was appointed the Vice President of Labor Relations in 1987 and Vice President of Human Resources in 1996. He holds a B.S. from Canisius College.

Eric Fry. Mr. Fry has served as Director since September 2009. Mr. Fry is a Managing Director of MSPE. He joined Morgan Stanley in 1989 and Morgan Stanley Capital Partners in 1991. He was promoted to Managing Director of Morgan Stanley Capital Partners in 2001. Mr. Fry was a founding partner and Managing Director of Metalmark Capital from September 2004 until he rejoined Morgan Stanley Capital Partners in August 2007. He is a former member of the Investment Committees of Morgan Stanley Global Emerging Markets fund, Morgan Stanley Capital Partners III, Morgan Stanley Capital Partners IV and Metalmark Capital Partners I. Mr. Fry has served on the Boards of Directors of various Morgan Stanley Capital Partners portfolio companies and currently sits on the Boards of Directors of Learning Care Group and ReachOut Healthcare America, Inc. Mr. Fry holds a B.S. summa cum laude from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

Eric Kanter. Mr. Kanter has served as Director since September 2009. Mr. Kanter is an Executive Director of MSPE. Mr. Kanter joined Morgan Stanley in August 2003 in the Investment Banking division, working in the Mergers and Acquisitions group. He joined MSPE in July 2007. Mr. Kanter serves on the Board of Directors of ReachOut Healthcare America, Inc. Prior to joining Morgan Stanley, Mr. Kanter was an associate at Ryan Enterprises Group from September 1998 to July 2001, the private equity firm for the Patrick G. Ryan family. He began his career at A.T. Kearney where he was a management consultant from September 1996 to September 1998. Mr. Kanter holds a B.A. from Northwestern University and an M.B.A. from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

Gregory Josefowicz. Mr. Josefowicz has served as Director since January 2008. From 1999 to July 2006, Mr. Josefowicz served as Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of the Borders Group. Thereafter, until January 2008, he was an advisor to Borders’ Board of Directors. Before joining the Borders Group, Mr. Josefowicz served as chief executive officer of the Jewel/Osco division of American Stores Company until its merger with Albertson’s, Inc. After the merger, he became president of Albertson’s Midwest region. Mr. Josefowicz served as the lead director and member of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of Winn-Dixie Stores, Inc., from December 2006 to March 2012, when the company was acquired by BI-LO. Mr. Josefowicz is the non-executive chairman and chair of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors of PETsMART, Inc., director and member of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of United States Cellular Corp., a member of the Board of Directors of True Value Company and a member of the Board of Directors of Roundy’s Supermarkets, Inc. where he is a member of the Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee. He has previously served as a director of Ryerson Inc. and Spartan Stores. He holds a B.A. from Michigan State University and an M.B.A. from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University.

62

Stacey Rauch. Ms. Rauch has served as Director since October 2010. From 1986 to September 2010, Ms. Rauch was with McKinsey & Company, from which she retired in 2010. She currently serves as Director Emeritus of McKinsey. Ms. Rauch was a leader in McKinsey’s Retail and Consumer Goods Practices and served as the head of the North American Retail and Apparel practice. Her areas of expertise include strategy, marketing, merchandising, multi-channel management, global expansion, retail store operations and organization. During her 24 years at McKinsey, Ms. Rauch led engagements for a wide range of retailers, apparel wholesalers and consumer goods manufacturers. Prior to joining McKinsey, she spent five years in product management for the General Foods Corporation. Ms. Rauch is currently a non-executive director of Ann, Inc. where she sits on the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, Land Securities Group PLC where she sits on the Audit Committee, and Fiesta Restaurant Group where she chairs the Remuneration Committee and sits on the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. She holds a B.S. in Economics and an M.B.A. from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee is currently comprised of Mr. Matthews and Mr. Kanter. We are a privately held company and do not have equity securities listed on any securities exchange. Though not formally considered by our Board of Directors, we believe that Mr. Matthews is an “audit committee financial expert” under the rules of the SEC; however, we do not believe that Mr. Matthews or Mr. Kanter would be considered “independent” under the NASDAQ Listing Rules that are applicable to audit committee members because of their relationships with certain funds that hold significant interests in the Company.

Director Independence

We have no securities listed for trading on a national securities exchange or on an automated inter-dealer quotation system of a national securities association which has requirements that a majority of our Board of Directors be independent. We have adopted the definition of independence used by the NASDAQ Stock Market (“NASDAQ”). Though not formally considered by our Board of Directors, we believe that each of our five non-employee directors, Messrs. Matthews, Fry, Kanter, Josefowicz and Ms. Rauch may qualify as an independent director based on the definition of independent director set forth in Rule 5605(a)(2) of the NASDAQ Listing Rules. In this regard, we note that we do not believe that the payments we have made to MSPE in our last three fiscal years have exceeded 5% of MSPE’s consolidated gross revenue in any of those years. Our compensation committee is comprised of Messrs. Matthews, Fry, Kanter and Josefowicz, all of whom may qualify as independent directors under the NASDAQ’s definition of an independent director. Note that under Rule 5615(c) of the NASDAQ Listing Rules, we would be considered a “controlled company” because more than 50% of our voting power for the election of directors is held by another entity. Accordingly, even if we were a listed company on NASDAQ, we would not be required to maintain a majority of independent directors on our Board of Directors.

Executive Compensation

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

The Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors (the “Compensation Committee”) oversees our executive compensation program. Our chief executive officer (“CEO”) evaluates the performance and reviews compensation for our executive officers, including the named executive officers, but excluding himself, and makes recommendations to the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee makes its recommendations to the Board of Directors for all executive officers, including the CEO, based on several factors, including individual performance, business results, and general information related to compensation at other private companies. The Board of Directors discusses compensation issues and, based on the recommendations of the CEO and the Compensation Committee and its own independent review and evaluation, makes the final decisions regarding compensation elements for the executive officers, including base salary, benefits, bonus opportunities, and incentive plan design and award levels.

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis describes our compensation program for our executive officers, including our named executive officers, and the basis for decisions regarding their compensation for Fiscal 2012. Our named executive officers for Fiscal 2012 are Messrs. Curci, Darrington, Mills, Persons and Barrett.

63

What is our compensation philosophy?

Our guiding philosophy is to provide a total compensation package that enables us to attract and retain highly talented executives necessary to sustain our current and long-term success. We design our compensation to motivate our executive officers to create value for our stakeholders through the achievement of our short-term and long-term business objectives while maintaining our commitment to our core values of honesty, integrity, and respect.

Our compensation programs are designed to achieve these objectives by:

• providing our executives with competitive base salaries, defined contribution and health and welfare plan benefits, severance and change of control protections, and limited perquisites;

• an annual performance-based cash incentive plan based on the attainment of financial, operational and personal objectives; and

• long-term equity awards that link a portion of compensation to long-term financial and business results.

What are the key principles that influenced our Fiscal 2012 compensation decisions?

We use the following core principles and practices to set the pay of our named executive officers:

• Our Compensation Committee considers individual and company-wide performance, business results and general information related to compensation at other private companies in formulating its recommendations to the Board of Directors for the compensation levels of the executive officers, including the named executive officers.

• We use both subjective and objective measures of performance in the determination of the annual incentive compensation for the executive officers. The primary objective measures we use are adjusted EBITDA and cash flows generated from operating activities. Discretionary adjustments to annual incentive compensation may be made based on business considerations or individual performance as described below.

What are the components of our compensation program?

Our compensation program consists of the following components:

• Base salary;

• Annual short-term incentive-based bonus plan (non-equity performance-based cash incentive pay);

• Long-term equity incentive awards;

• Participation in broad-based defined contribution and health and welfare benefit plans;

• Severance and change of control protections; and

• Limited perquisites.

We do not provide special retirement arrangements or significant personal benefits for our executive officers, including the named executive officers.

64

How do we determine the portion of total compensation allocated to base salary?

An executive officer’s base salary is a fixed component of compensation and does not vary depending on the level of performance achieved. This element of total compensation is intended to attract and retain talented executives. Base salaries are determined for each executive based on his or her position and responsibilities. We review the base salaries for each executive annually as well as at the time of any promotion or significant change in job responsibilities, and we consider individual and Company performance over the course of the year. Effective May 2012, the Board of Directors approved base salary increases for each of our executive officers, all of which resulted in increases of 2.4 percent or less. The base salary for each named executive for Fiscal 2012 is reported in the succeeding Summary Compensation Table.

How did we determine the amount of the annual cash bonus for Fiscal 2012 that we paid to each of our named executive officers?

The annual cash bonus plan for named executive officers is designed to reward these executives for the achievement of Company-wide annual financial goals.

For Fiscal 2012, the Board of Directors determined that the target annual cash bonus for each named executive officer, with the exception of the CEO and COO, would be 60 percent of his actual Fiscal 2012 ending base salary. The Board of Directors further determined that the target annual cash bonus for the CEO would be 100 percent of his actual Fiscal 2012 ending base salary and the target annual cash bonus for the COO would be 75 percent of his actual Fiscal 2012 ending base salary. The percentage of the target bonus that was paid was determined in part pursuant to objective Company-wide performance measures (described below) and in part pursuant to subjective discretionary considerations by the Board of Directors (described below). In Fiscal 2012, 60 percent of our named executive officers’ bonus was determined based on objective financial performance measures and 40 percent of their bonus was determined at the discretion of the Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors. Named executive officers were then paid a percentage of their target bonus amounts based on these objective and subjective considerations.

In administering the Fiscal 2012 bonus program for the named executive officers, the Compensation Committee considered objective performance measures and target achievement levels for those measures to determine the bonus levels for Fiscal 2012. The objective performance measures used for Fiscal 2012 were (1) adjusted EBITDA, which represents earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, as adjusted to exclude certain one-time and non-cash expenses, and (2) the change in our cash position, net of borrowings related to our asset-based revolving credit facilities. We selected these metrics on which to base the annual bonus for Fiscal 2012 because we believe they represent the primary measures that created value for shareholders in Fiscal 2012.

The target achievement levels in Fiscal 2012 were adjusted EBITDA of $150,025,100 and a change in our net cash position of $42,220,659. Our actual Fiscal 2012 results produced $145,842,316 in adjusted EBITDA and a $45,761,924 change in our net cash position. Based on these results, the Board of Directors, upon the recommendation of the Compensation Committee, determined that the objective portion of each named executive officer’s annual bonus would be paid at 89 percent of the target amount. The Board of Directors then determined that the discretionary portion of each named executive officer’s annual bonus should be paid at 89 percent of the target amount. The decision to pay the discretionary portion of the bonus was based on the Compensation Committee’s desire to reward the substantial efforts that were required to achieve the Fiscal 2012 financial and operational objectives. Accordingly, each named executive officer was awarded 89 percent of their target bonus amount. The annual cash incentive bonus amount paid to each named executive officer for Fiscal 2012 is reported in the Summary Compensation Table.

The following table shows, for each performance measure considered for Fiscal 2012, (i) the target performance level established by the Board of Directors before the beginning of the fiscal year, and (ii) the actual Fiscal 2012 results.

Performance Measure	Target Level		Actual Fiscal 2012 Results
Adjusted EBITDA	$	150,025,100	$	145,842,316
Change in net cash position	$	42,220,659	$	45,761,924

65

What types of long-term incentive programs do we maintain for our named executive officers?

Our primary vehicle for offering long-term incentives is the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (the “2007 Stock Plan”), under which we have granted stock options to key executives and directors. We believe that granting Company stock options is the best method for motivating our executive officers to manage our Company in a manner that is consistent with the interests of our Company and our shareholders. We also regard our equity incentive program as a key retention tool. Retention is an important factor in our determination of the size of each option grant and the vesting schedules and other terms of these grants.

We did not make any stock option awards during Fiscal 2012.

On December 20, 2012, we effected a significant debt refinancing and paid a $100 million cash dividend to our shareholders. As a result of this dividend recapitalization, we equitably adjusted the outstanding stock options granted during 2010 to the named executive officers by reducing the exercise prices of these stock options from $1,040 to $400. The purpose of the repricing was to mitigate the economic dilution resulting from the payment of a cash dividend to the holders of our common stock, which resulted in a decrease in our stock price. We intend for this adjustment to comply with applicable tax laws, and we do not intend for this adjustment to be treated as the grant of a new stock right or a change in the form of payment of outstanding options for purposes of applicable tax laws.

In connection with the dividend recapitalization, our Compensation Committee also approved a one-time payment to holders of outstanding stock options, including our named executive officers, to compensate them for the resulting decrease in our stock price. This one-time payment was equal to the difference between the per-share dividend paid to shareholders and the reduction in the exercise prices associated with the stock options, as applicable. Also in connection with the dividend recapitalization, a discretionary bonus was paid to Mr. Mills for his efforts in bringing about the successful completion of the transaction. The amounts paid to each named executive officer are reflected in the Fiscal 2012 Summary Compensation Table.

What key compensation decisions has the Compensation Committee made for Fiscal 2013?

Effective May 2013, the Board of Directors approved base salary increases for each of our named executive officers, all of which resulted in increases of three percent or less, with the exception of Mr. Persons, whose increase was 3.45 percent.

What other benefits or perquisites are offered to our named executive officers?

Retirement and Other Benefits. Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our 401(k) retirement savings plan, which is available to all of our non-union employees. We do not offer any additional retirement benefits to our named executive officers. Our benefits package for our named executive officers includes health, welfare, short-term and long-term disability, and life insurance benefits, all of which are also available to other non-union employees. These elements of total compensation are designed to be market competitive to attract and retain talented executives, given that most of our competitors provide a 401(k) plan and similar health, welfare, disability and life insurance benefits. We also offer our named executive officers the use of a company car, a company-paid supplemental long-term disability plan, and reimbursement of moving expenses in connection with their hire.

Severance and Change of Control Arrangements. The severance and change of control arrangements in place for each of our named executive officers represent amounts that we believe are necessary to retain our executives in light of market and other uncertainties and are consistent with market practices. Messrs. Curci, Darrington, Mills, Persons and Barrett are entitled to certain severance benefits in the event of their termination of employment without cause under their respective employment agreements. In addition, our 2007 Stock Plan provides that upon the Company’s change of control, all unvested equity awards outstanding under the plan will automatically vest. We previously entered into Bonus Award Agreements, effective October 27, 2009, with Messrs. Curci, Darrington, Persons and Barrett which permit the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, to accelerate the payment of any unvested portion of each executive’s cash bonus upon the Company’s change of control. With the exception of one payment due to be paid to Mr. Barrett in November 2013, all of the payments in respect of these agreements have been paid and are included in the Summary Compensation Table set forth below. We believe that severance and change of control arrangements are necessary to retain the services of our executive officers and to afford them reasonable severance protection so that they can focus on realizing value for shareholders in the event of a change of control and other circumstances that could result in a loss of employment. The Compensation Committee and Board of Directors periodically review these arrangements and adjust them to take into account market information and our evolving business goals.

Stock Option Adjustment and Special Cash Retention Bonus

On May 15, 2013, in connection with our restructuring transactions whereby Tops Holding II Corporation was formed and became the parent holding company of Tops Holding LLC, Tops Holding II Corporation assumed sponsorship of the 2007 Stock Plan.

66

On May 15, 2013, a majority of the voting shareholders of Tops Holding II Corporation approved the repricing of certain option awards previously granted under the 2007 Stock Plan to members of the Company’s management and board of directors (the “Repricing”). The purpose of the Repricing was to mitigate the economic dilution that resulted from the payment of a cash dividend to the holders of Tops Holding II Corporation’s common stock on May 16, 2013 that resulted in a decrease in the stock price (the “Dividend Recapitalization”). The Repricing was completed in accordance with the terms of the 2007 Stock Plan. The exercise price was lowered to $20.00 on 3,707 options held by Frank Curci, our Chief Executive Officer, 1,000 options held by William R. Mills, our Chief Financial Officer, 2,121 options held by Kevin Darrington, our Chief Operating Officer, 1,480 options held by John Persons, our Senior Vice President of Operations and 497.89 Options held by Jack Barrett, our Senior Vice President of Human Resources. In addition, the exercise price on 1,978.78 options held by various other members of our management and board of directors was lowered to $20.00. All options subject to the Repricing were issued prior to the Dividend Recapitalization. No other terms of the options were changed. For more information regarding these and related transactions, please refer to Note 10 to our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

In addition, the Board of Directors, acting on behalf of Tops Holding II Corporation as the sole member of Tops Holding LLC, unanimously approved bonus payments by Tops Holding LLC to certain persons in connection with the services rendered by such persons in connection with the consummation of the closing of our offering of the Notes due 2018. Bonus payments were made to Mr. Curci in the amount of $2,224,200; to Mr. Mills in the amount of $600,000; to Mr. Darrington in the amount of $1,272,600; to Mr. Persons in the amount of $888,000 and to Mr. Barrett in the amount of $298,800.

For more information regarding the 2007 Stock Plan, please see the section entitled “—2007 Stock Incentive Plan” following the Grants of Plan Based Awards table.

Compensation Committee Report

We have reviewed and discussed the foregoing Compensation Discussion and Analysis with management. Based on this review and discussion, we have recommended to the Board of Directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this prospectus.

Gary Matthews, Chair

Eric Fry

Eric Kanter

Gregory Josefowicz

67

Summary Compensation

The table below shows the compensation of our CEO, our CFO and the three most highly compensated executive officers other than the CEO and CFO serving as of the end of Fiscal 2012:

Summary Compensation Table

Name and Principal Position	Year		Salary ($)		Bonus ($)(1)		Option Awards ($)(2)		Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)(3)		All Other Compensation ($)(4)		Total ($)
Frank Curci		2012		542,690		2,558,019		—		486,385		42,746		3,629,840
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director		2011		531,857		450,000		—		589,041		40,373		1,611,271
		2010		516,341		—		282,519		389,544		43,331		1,231,735
Kevin Darrington		2012		363,817		1,424,457		—		244,639		35,570		2,068,483
Chief Operating Officer		2011		355,720		250,050		—		295,967		32,309		934,046
		2010		339,423		—		181,420		194,775		219,125		934,743
William R. Mills		2012		284,749		150,720		—		153,258		29,717		618,444
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer		2011		278,595		—		—		185,129		61,345		525,069
		2010		42,308		—		438,513		25,000		15,473		521,294
John Persons		2012		286,662		952,756		—		154,860		31,951		1,426,229
Senior Vice President, Operations		2011		280,391		166,650		—		186,943		28,780		662,764
		2010		262,882		—		147,453		122,429		27,498		560,262
John Barrett		2012		223,812		332,477		—		120,417		34,401		711,107
Senior Vice President, Human Resources		2011		219,127		58,334		—		145,612		27,347		450,420
		2010		214,119		—		43,557		96,296		28,835		382,807

(1) The Fiscal 2012 amounts reflect cash paid pursuant to the Bonus Award Agreements effective October 27, 2009 and cash paid in connection with the December 20, 2012 dividend recapitalization and stock option repricing (“Option Payments”). Amounts under the Bonus Award Agreements effective October 27, 2009 were made to Mr. Curci in the amount of $450,000, to Mr. Darrington in the amount of $250,000, to Mr. Persons in the amount of $166,650, and to Mr. Barrett in the amount of $58,334. Option Payments were equal to the difference between the per-share dividend paid to shareholders and the reduction in the exercise price associated with the outstanding options. Option Payments were made to Mr. Curci in the amount of $2,108,019, to Mr. Darrington in the amount of $1,174,457, to Mr. Mills in the amount of $50,720, to Mr. Persons in the amount of $786,106, and to Mr. Barrett in the amount of $274,143. The amount for Mr. Mills also includes a one-time bonus of $100,000 paid upon the successful completion of the dividend recapitalization. The Fiscal 2011 amounts reflect cash paid pursuant to Bonus Award Agreements effective October 27, 2009.

(2) Amounts reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of stock option awards. The fair value of each option grant is estimated based on the fair market value on the date of grant and using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. For a more detailed discussion on the valuation model and assumptions used to calculate the fair value of our options, refer to Note 12 of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(3) These amounts represent cash paid in respect of our annual short-term incentive based cash bonus plan for performance in the applicable fiscal year.

(4) These amounts represent health and welfare premiums, life insurance premiums, short-term disability premiums, long-term disability premiums, 401(k) matching contributions and the Company’s incremental cost of the named executive officers’ use of a company car, taxable relocation expenses, and certain tax gross-up payments. Mr. Darrington’s Fiscal 2010 amount includes a payment of $186,879 to compensate him for taxes that he was expected to incur as a result of the Company’s forgiveness of a five-year loan that the Company made to him in 2009 in connection with his relocation expenses. The Board of Directors discretionarily determined to forgive this loan and any interest accrued thereon based on Mr. Darrington’s performance and service during 2009.

68

Equity And Non-Equity Incentive Plans

The table below sets forth equity and non-equity compensation awards granted to our named executive officers during Fiscal 2012:

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

	Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards						All Other Option Awards: Number of Securities		Option Exercise		Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option
Name	Threshold ($)(1)		Target ($)(1)		Maximum ($)(1)		Underlying Options		Price ($)		Awards ($)
Frank Curci		—		546,500		—		—		—		—
Kevin Darrington		—		274,875		—		—		—		—
William R. Mills		—		172,200		—		—		—		—
John Persons		—		174,000		—		—		—		—
John Barrett		—		135,300		—		—		—		—

(1) Represents annual incentive award targets under our annual cash bonus plan. The awards for named executive officers did not have threshold or maximum amounts.

2007 Stock Incentive Plan

We maintain one equity incentive plan, the 2007 Stock Plan, under which the Compensation Committee may grant stock option awards to directors, eligible employees, consultants and independent contractors. There are 13,600 shares of common stock reserved under the 2007 Stock Plan, which shares remain issuable until utilized pursuant to a participant’s exercise of a stock option. The terms of any stock option granted under the 2007 Stock Plan are generally set forth in an option agreement with the grantee; nonetheless, the exercise price for stock options awarded under the plan must equal or exceed the fair market value on the date of grant and the term of any option granted may not exceed ten years. Upon a participant’s exercise of a stock option, he or she is required to comply with the Shareholders’ Agreement (described in Note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus). The Compensation Committee is required to adjust outstanding stock options in an equitable manner in the event of a corporate transaction, equity restructuring or change in the capitalization of the Company to preserve the aggregate intrinsic value of those stock options.

The 2007 Stock Plan provides that upon a change of control of the Company, any outstanding unvested awards granted under the plan will automatically vest and become exercisable on the effective date of change of control. A change of control generally includes (i) a change in the ownership of 50 percent or more of the total voting power of the Company’s voting securities; (ii) a merger or consolidation of the Company that would result in a change in more than 50 percent of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or a surviving entity; (iii) the consummation of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale of substantially all of the Company’s assets; (iv) the transfer by MSPE of 80 percent or more of their then-owned shares of stock to anyone other than a permitted transferee; or (v) any other event that the Board of Directors determines to be a change of control and sets forth in an option agreement. A change of control does not include any acquisition of securities or voting power due to a public offering.

On May 15, 2013, in connection with our restructuring transactions whereby Tops Holding II Corporation was formed and became the parent holding company of Tops Holding LLC, Tops Holding II Corporation assumed sponsorship of the 2007 Stock Plan.

69

The following table gives information on option awards that were outstanding for each named executive officer at December 30, 2012:

Outstanding Equity Awards At Fiscal Year-End

	Option Awards
Name	Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Exercisable			Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Unexerciseable			Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number  of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Options		Option Exercise Price ($)			Option Expiration Date
Frank Curci		2,000	(1)		1,000	(1)		—		400	(7)		1/24/2018
		353	(2)		354	(2)		—		400	(8)		10/5/2020
Kevin Darrington		1,111	(3)		556	(3)		—		400	(7)		3/3/2018
		227	(2)		227	(2)		—		400	(8)		10/5/2020
William R. Mills		—			1,000	(4)		—		400	(8)		11/1/2020
John Persons		740	(5)		371	(5)		—		400	(7)		2/14/2018
		184	(2)		185	(2)		—		400	(8)		10/5/2020
John Barrett		259	(6)		130	(6)		—		400	(7)		11/19/2018
		54	(2)		55	(2)		—		400	(8)		10/5/2020

(1) Stock options granted on January 24, 2008 that vest in three equal annual installments on January 24, 2011, 2012, and 2013.

(2) Stock options granted on October 5, 2010 that vest in four equal annual installments on October 5, 2011, 2012, 2013, and 2014.

(3) Stock options granted on March 3, 2008 that vest in three equal annual installments on March 3, 2011, 2012, and 2013.

(4) Stock options granted on November 1, 2010 that vest in three equal annual installments on November 1, 2013, 2014, and 2015.

(5) Stock options granted on February 14, 2008 that vest in three equal annual installments on February 14, 2011, 2012, 2013.

(6) Stock options granted on November 19, 2008 that vest in three equal annual installments on November 19, 2011, 2012, and 2013.

(7) The exercise price of these stock option awards was decreased from $1,000 to $400 as of October 27, 2009 in connection with a refinancing and related extraordinary dividend paid by the Company to its shareholders in October 2009. This modification was to preserve the aggregate intrinsic value of the stock options immediately after the recapitalization transaction. For more information regarding the recapitalization and the adjustment of the stock option awards, see Note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(8) The exercise price of these stock option awards was decreased from $1,040 to $400 as of December 28, 2012 in connection with a refinancing and related extraordinary dividend paid by the Company to its shareholders in December 2012. This modification was enacted to preserve the aggregate intrinsic value of the stock options immediately after the recapitalization transaction. For more information regarding the recapitalization and the adjustment of the stock option awards, see Note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Retirement Arrangements For Named Executive Officers

We do not provide special retirement benefits to our named executive officers. Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in the Tops Markets, LLC 401(k) retirement savings plan, which is available to all of our non-union employees, and which is described in Note 14 to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Employment Agreements

As of December 29, 2012, all of our named executive officers are party to employment agreements or other similar agreements with Tops Markets, LLC. The equity awards granted to our named executive officers in connection with their prior employment agreements have all vested in full and been exercised.

Frank Curci—Mr. Curci’s employment agreement became effective on December 1, 2007, and is subject to automatic one-year renewals on December 1 of each year (unless notice of non-renewal is provided by either party within ten days prior to the expiration of the term). Under Mr. Curci’s agreement, he is entitled to an annual base salary and an annual bonus opportunity based on a percentage of his base salary. If we terminate Mr. Curci’s employment without cause, he is entitled to severance payments in the amount of his annual base salary and continued coverage under our welfare and benefit plans during the “severance period,” which would end on the one-year anniversary of his termination date. He may also receive a discretionary pro-rated bonus amount in the year of his termination of employment. Mr. Curci is prohibited from providing services or engaging in activities with a competitor of us during employment and for a period of one year after his termination of employment and will not disclose the Company’s confidential information. During that same period, Mr. Curci is also prohibited from soliciting our customers, suppliers and other employees. We may extend the non-competition/non-solicitation period for up to one additional year if we continue to pay Mr. Curci his annual base salary over the course of such year.

William R. Mills—Mr. Mills’ employment agreement originally became effective on November 1, 2010. Under Mr. Mills’ agreement, he is entitled to an annual base salary and an annual bonus opportunity based on a percentage of his base salary. For 2010, Mr. Mills was guaranteed an annual bonus of at least $25,000. Mr. Mills employment agreement does not provide for a set term of

70

employment, but if we terminate his employment without cause, he is entitled to severance payments in the amount of his annual base salary and continued coverage under our welfare and benefit plans for a period of one year after his termination date. Mr. Mills is prohibited from providing services or engaging in activities with a competitor of us during employment and for a period of one year after his termination of employment and will not disclose the Company’s confidential information. During that same period, Mr. Mills is also prohibited from soliciting our customers, suppliers and other employees.

Kevin Darrington—Mr. Darrington’s employment agreement originally became effective on March 3, 2008. Under Mr. Darrington’s agreement, he is entitled to an annual base salary and an annual bonus opportunity based on a percentage of his base salary. Mr. Darrington’s employment agreement does not provide for a set term of employment, but if we terminate his employment without cause, he is entitled to severance payments in the amount of his annual base salary and continued coverage under our welfare and benefit plans for a period of one year after his termination date. Mr. Darrington is prohibited from providing services or engaging in activities with a competitor of us during employment and for a period of one year after his termination of employment and will not disclose the Company’s confidential information. During that same period, Mr. Darrington is also prohibited from soliciting our customers, suppliers and other employees.

John Persons—Mr. Person’s employment agreement originally became effective on May 2, 2010. Under Mr. Person’s agreement, he is entitled to an annual base salary and an annual bonus opportunity based on a percentage of his base salary. Mr. Person’s employment agreement does not provide for a set term of employment, but if we terminate his employment without cause, he is entitled to severance payments in the amount of his annual base salary and continued coverage under our welfare and benefit plans for a period of one year after his termination date. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Persons is prohibited from providing services or engaging in activities with a competitor of us during employment and for a period of one year after his termination of employment and will not disclose the Company’s confidential information. During that same period, Mr. Persons is also prohibited from soliciting our customers, suppliers and other employees.

John Barrett—Mr. Barrett’s employment agreement originally became effective on May 2, 2010. Under Mr. Barrett’s agreement, he is entitled to an annual base salary and an annual bonus opportunity based on a percentage of his base salary. Mr. Barrett’s employment agreement does not provide for a set term of employment, but if we terminate his employment without cause, he is entitled to severance payments in the amount of his annual base salary and continued coverage under our welfare and benefit plans for a period of one year after his termination date. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Barrett is prohibited from providing services or engaging in activities with a competitor of us during employment and for a period of one year after his termination of employment and will not disclose the Company’s confidential information. During that same period, Mr. Barrett is also prohibited from soliciting our customers, suppliers and other employees.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control

We have entered into employment agreements and maintain incentive plans that require us to provide compensation to our named executive officers in the event of termination of their employment or a change of control of Tops Markets, LLC. The amount of compensation payable to each named executive officer in each situation is listed in the table below, based on the assumption that the triggering event took place on December 30, 2012:

	Severance ($)(1)		Value of Unvested Equity-Based Awards ($)(2)		Value of Unvested Special Cash Retention Bonus Awards ($)(3)		Present Value of Health / Welfare Benefits ($)(4)		Other Compensation or Payments ($)(5)		Total ($)
Involuntary termination without cause
Frank Curci		546,500		—		—		9,730		—		556,230
Kevin Darrington		366,500		—		—		10,031		—		376,531
William R. Mills		287,000		—		—		11,851		—		298,851
John Persons		290,000		—		—		10,311		—		300,311
John Barrett		225,500		—		—		10,046		—		235,546
Death and disability
Frank Curci		—		—		450,000		4,865		268,830		723,695
Kevin Darrington		—		—		250,000		5,015		178,830		433,845
William R. Mills		—		—		—		5,925		139,080		145,005
John Persons		—		—		166,650		5,155		140,580		312,385
John Barrett		—		—		58,334		5,023		108,330		171,687
Termination without cause within one year after a change of control(6)
Frank Curci		546,500		97,488		450,000		9,730		—		1,103,718
Kevin Darrington		366,500		56,376		250,000		10,031		—		682,907
William R. Mills		287,000		72,000		—		11,851		—		370,851
John Persons		290,000		40,032		166,650		10,311		—		506,993
John Barrett		225,500		13,320		58,334		10,046		—		307,200

71

(1) Includes one times the annual base salary. The Company may also, at its discretion, pay a termination-year bonus prorated to correspond with the portion of the year ending at termination.

(2) The value of unvested equity-based awards are calculated based on the fair market value of our common stock as of December 30, 2012 of $472 per share.

(3) Includes the accelerated payment of the unvested portion of the under the Bonus Award Agreements effective October 27, 2009.

(4) Includes the estimated value of allowing continued participation in our medical, prescription, dental, and vision plans for a period of one year. These benefits may be terminated within one year if the named executive officer obtains coverage from a new employer.

(5) Represents an arrangement under which, if a named executive officer terminates employment due to disability, the Company will pay the executive an amount equal to the difference between the benefits received by the executive under the Company’s short-term disability program and his full salary amount until the Company’s long-term disability insurance coverage begins. Payments listed in this column apply only in the event of the named executive officer’s termination due to disability.

(6) If the named executive officer’s employment is terminated within one year after a change of control, then the unvested portion of the Bonus Award Agreements effective October 27, 2009 must be paid. On the other hand, the Board of Directors has the discretion to pay unvested bonus amounts upon a change of control to the extent the change of control constitutes a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company or of a sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Board of Directors makes such payments under all similar plans or arrangements.

2012 Director Compensation

Name	Fees Earned Or Paid in Cash ($)		All Other Compensation ($)(1)		Total ($)
Gary Matthews		—		—		—
Eric Fry		—		—		—
Gregory Josefowicz		60,000		212,107		272,107
Eric Kanter		—		—		—
Stacey Rauch		60,000		12,680		72,680

(1) This amount reflects $174,607 paid to Mr. Josefowicz and $12,680 paid to Ms. Rauch as equitable compensation in connection with the December 2012 dividend recapitalization, and $37,500 paid to Mr. Josefowicz pursuant to a Bonus Award Agreement effective October 27, 2009.

Director Compensation

Compensation for non-employee directors who are not employees of MSPE (“External Directors”) generally consists of an annual cash retainer and an initial equity grant upon election as a member of the Board of Directors. In Fiscal 2012, Mr. Josefowicz and Ms. Rauch were the only directors who received compensation for their service on the Board of Directors.

72

Annual Compensation

The only annual compensation paid to External Directors is a cash retainer of $60,000, which is payable in quarterly installments of $15,000.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Our Compensation Committee is currently comprised of Messrs. Matthews, Fry, Kanter and Josefowicz. Messrs. Matthews and Josefowicz were each appointed to the Compensation Committee in 2007. Mr. Kanter was appointed to the Compensation Committee in 2009. Mr. Fry was appointed to the Compensation Committee in May 2011. None of these individuals has been at any time an officer or employee of our Company. During Fiscal 2012, we had no compensation committee “interlocks”—meaning that it was not the case that an executive officer of ours served as a director or member of the compensation committee of another entity and an executive officer of the other entity served as a director or member of our Compensation Committee.

73

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Transaction and Monitoring Fee Agreement

Effective November 30, 2007, Tops Holding LLC (formerly known as Tops Holding Corporation) entered into a Transaction and Monitoring Fee Agreement with MSPE and Graycliff. In consideration of services provided, Tops Holding LLC incurs annual monitoring fees of $0.8 million to MSPE and $0.2 million to Graycliff, payable in quarterly installments. If we do not pay the monitoring fees in a given year, such fees accrue interest at a rate of 10%, compounded quarterly until paid in full. In addition, MSPE has the right to defer payment under the agreement and receive interest at a rate of Prime plus 2% until MSPE demands payment. All amounts deferred must be paid within 30 days of MSPE’s demand. MSPE can also elect, upon or in anticipation of an initial public offering or change of control, to receive a lump sum in the amount of the present value of all current and future monitoring fees. During Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, monitoring fees of $1.0 million were paid. During each of the 28-week periods ended July 13, 2013 and July 14, 2012, monitoring fees of $0.5 million were paid. These fees are included in administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

MSPE and Graycliff are entitled to reimbursement for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses associated with the services under the agreement, including fees and disbursements to professionals, costs of outside services or independent contractors, regulatory filing fees and transportation, per diem, word processing and similar expenses associated with ordinary operations.

Shareholders’ Agreement

Tops Holding II Corporation is a party to a Shareholders’ Agreement dated as of May 15, 2013 (the “Shareholders’ Agreement”), among MSPE, Graycliff and certain other persons named therein. Pursuant to the Shareholders’ Agreement, MSPE is permitted to designate all of the members of the Board of Directors of Tops Holding LLC. Certain actions of the Board of Directors, however, require the prior written consent of Graycliff. The Shareholders’ Agreement also provides certain tag-along rights, drag-along rights, preemptive rights, a right of first offer and registration rights, each as is customary for agreements of this type.

74

DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

The ABL Facility

On December 14, 2012, Tops Markets, LLC entered into an amended and restated asset-based revolving credit facility with Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent and administrative agent. The ABL Facility allows a maximum borrowing capacity of $125.0 million, subject to a borrowing base calculation, with an option for future upsizing to $175.0 million if certain conditions are met. The borrowing base includes inventory, pharmacy prescription files and certain receivables. The ABL Facility will mature on or before December 14, 2017. Based upon the borrowing base calculation as of July 13, 2013, the unused availability under the 2017 ABL Facility was $53.1 million, after giving effect to $15.2 million of letters of credit outstanding thereunder. As of December 29, 2012, $14.8 million of letters of credit were outstanding under the 2017 ABL Facility.

Revolving loans under the ABL Facility, at the option of Tops Markets, LLC, bear interest at either (i) a rate equal to LIBOR plus a margin of 150 to 200 basis points, determined based on levels of borrowing availability reset each fiscal quarter, or (ii) a rate equal to the prime rate (as defined in the ABL Facility) plus a margin of 50 to 100 basis points, determined based on levels of borrowing availability reset each fiscal quarter. As of July 13, 2013 and December 29, 2012, the effective interest rate on borrowings under the 2017 ABL Facility was 2.13% and 2.06%, respectively.

The ABL Facility is collateralized primarily by (i) first-priority interests, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens, in our assets that secure the ABL Facility on a first-priority basis, including present and future receivables, deposit accounts, inventory, prescription lists, and certain rights and proceeds relating thereto (collectively, the “ABL Priority Collateral”) and (ii) second-priority interests, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens, in the Notes Priority Collateral (as defined below).

The ABL Facility contains a fixed charge coverage ratio covenant that only becomes applicable when (a) an event of default under the ABL Facility occurs and is continuing or (b) the availability (as defined under the ABL Facility) is less than the lesser of 10% of (i) the aggregate commitments thereunder and (ii) the borrowing base thereunder. The ABL Facility also contains other customary affirmative and negative covenants, including restrictions on indebtedness, liens, type of business, acquisitions, investments, sale or transfer of assets, payment of dividends, transactions involving affiliates and changes in control. Failure to meet any of these covenants would be an event of default. As of July 13, 2013, we were in compliance with all such covenants.

75

THE EXCHANGE OFFERS

Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offers; Registration Rights

We issued the unregistered Notes due 2017 on December 20, 2012 and the unregistered Notes due 2018 on May 15, 2013. The initial purchasers, which were Merrill, Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, BMO Capital Markets Corp. and Wells Fargo Securities LLC for the Notes due 2017 and Merrill, Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC for the Notes due 2018, resold the unregistered notes in reliance on Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act. In connection with the sale of the unregistered notes, we entered into registration rights agreements with these initial purchasers. Under the registration rights agreements, we agreed to use our reasonable best efforts, unless prohibited by applicable law or SEC policy, to:

• file a registration statement relating to the exchange offer with the SEC;

• cause such registration statement to be declared effective by the SEC under the Securities Act; and

• consummate the exchange offers for the Notes due 2017 on or before December 20, 2013 and for the Notes due 2018 on or before May 15, 2014.

If you participate in the exchange offers, you will, with limited exceptions, receive exchange notes that are freely tradable and not subject to restrictions on transfer. You should read the information below under the heading “—Resale of Exchange Notes” for more information relating to your ability to transfer exchange notes.

The exchange offers are not being made to, nor will we accept tenders for exchange from, holders of unregistered notes in any jurisdiction in which the exchange offers or the acceptance of the exchange offers would not be in compliance with the securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdiction.

If you are eligible to participate in these exchange offers and you do not tender your unregistered notes as described in this prospectus, you will not have any further registration rights. In that case, your unregistered notes may continue to be subject to restrictions on transfer under the Securities Act.

Other than the federal securities laws, there are no federal or state regulatory requirements with which the S-4 registrants must comply and there are no approvals that the S-4 registrants must obtain in connection with the exchange offers.

Shelf Registration

In the registration rights agreements, we agreed to file a shelf registration statement in certain circumstances, including if:

• we determine upon advice of counsel that we are not permitted to consummate the exchange offers because the exchange offers are not permitted by applicable law or SEC policy;

• the exchange offers are not consummated for any reason by, in the case of the Notes due 2017, December 20, 2013, and in the case of the Notes due 2018, May 15, 2014; or

• prior to December 20, 2013 with respect to the Notes due 2017 and May 15, 2014 with respect to the Notes due 2018:

• any initial purchaser so requests with respect to unregistered notes that are not eligible to be exchanged for exchange notes in the exchange offers;

• any holder of unregistered notes notifies us that (i) it is prohibited by applicable law or SEC policy from participating in the exchange offers, (ii) it may not resell any exchange notes acquired by it in the exchange offers without delivering a prospectus and this prospectus is not appropriate or available for such resales, or (iii) it is a broker-dealer and holds unregistered notes acquired directly from us or one of our affiliates; or

• in the case of any initial purchaser that participates in the exchange offers or acquires exchange notes, such initial purchaser notifies us that it will not receive freely tradable exchange notes in exchange for unregistered notes constituting any portion of an unsold allotment.

76

If a shelf registration statement is required, we will use our commercially reasonable best efforts to:

• file the shelf registration statement with the SEC as promptly as practicable;

• cause the shelf registration statement to be declared effective by the SEC on or prior to 120 days after such filing obligation arises; and

• keep the shelf registration statement effective until the earlier of (1) two years after the applicable issue date and (2) the date that all of the applicable unregistered notes have been sold under the shelf registration statement.

The shelf registration statement will permit only certain holders to resell their unregistered notes from time to time. In particular, we may require, as a condition to including a holder’s unregistered notes in the shelf registration statement, such holder to furnish to us information regarding itself and the proposed disposition by it of its notes as we may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

If we are required to file a shelf registration statement, we will provide to each holder of unregistered notes that are covered by the shelf registration statement copies of the prospectus that is a part of the shelf registration statement and notify each such holder when the shelf registration statement becomes effective. A holder who sells unregistered notes pursuant to the shelf registration statement will be required to be named as a selling securityholder in the prospectus and to deliver a copy of the prospectus to purchasers. Such holder will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with such sales, and will be bound by the provisions of the registration rights agreements which are applicable to such a holder (including the applicable indemnification obligations).

Additional Interest

If a registration default (as defined below) occurs, we will be required to pay additional interest to each holder of unregistered notes. During the first 90-day period immediately after the first registration default occurs, we will pay additional interest equal to 0.25% per annum, which will increase by an additional 0.25% per annum during each subsequent 90-day period until all registration defaults are cured, up to a maximum of 1.00% per annum. Such additional interest will accrue only for those days that a registration default occurs and is continuing. At the earlier of (1) the cure of all registration defaults and (2) the second anniversary of the applicable issue date, no more additional interest will accrue and the interest rate will revert to the rate otherwise payable under the terms of the notes.

A “registration default” includes any of the following:

• we fail to consummate the exchange offers by, in the case of the Notes due 2017, December 20, 2013, or in the case of the Notes due 2018, May 15, 2014;

• any shelf registration statement required to be filed is not declared effective by the SEC 120 days after such filing obligation arises; or

• any registration statement required to be filed has been declared effective but ceases to be effective at any time at which it is required to be effective under the applicable registration rights agreement.

The exchange offers are intended to satisfy our exchange offer obligations under the registration rights agreements. Upon the consummation of the exchange offers, the exchange notes will not have rights to additional interest as set forth above. The above summary of the registration rights agreements is not complete and is subject to, and qualified by reference to, all the provisions of the registration rights agreements. Copies of the registration rights agreements are exhibits to the registration statement that includes this prospectus.

77

Terms of the Exchange Offers

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the accompanying letter of transmittal, we are offering to exchange $1,000 principal amount of exchange notes for each $1,000 principal amount of unregistered notes. You may tender some or all of your unregistered notes only in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. As of the date of this prospectus, $460.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes due 2017 and $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes due 2018 are outstanding.

The terms of the exchange notes to be issued are substantially similar to the unregistered notes, except that the offering of the exchange notes will have been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, the certificates for the exchange notes will not bear legends restricting their transfer. In addition, the exchange notes will not have registration rights and will not have rights to additional interest. The exchange notes will be issued under and be entitled to the benefits of the indentures pursuant to which the unregistered notes were issued.

In connection with the issuance of the unregistered notes, we arranged for the unregistered notes to be issued and transferable in book-entry form through the facilities of DTC. The exchange notes will also be issuable and transferable in book-entry form through the facilities of DTC.

There will be no fixed record date for determining the eligible holders of the unregistered notes that are entitled to participate in the exchange offers. We will be deemed to have accepted for exchange validly tendered unregistered notes when and if we have given oral (promptly confirmed in writing) or written notice of acceptance to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders of unregistered notes for the purpose of receiving exchange notes from us and delivering them to such holders.

If any tendered unregistered notes are not accepted for exchange because of an invalid tender or the occurrence of certain other events described herein, certificates for any such unaccepted unregistered notes will be returned, without expenses, to the tendering holder thereof promptly after the expiration of the exchange offers.

Holders of unregistered notes who tender in the exchange offers will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the letter of transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of unregistered notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offers. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than certain applicable taxes, in connection with the exchange offers. It is important that you read the section “—Fees and Expenses” below for more details regarding fees and expenses to be incurred in the exchange offers.

Any unregistered notes which holders do not tender or which we do not accept in the exchange offers will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest and may be subject to restrictions on transfer under the Securities Act. We will not have any obligation to register the offer or sale of such unregistered notes under the Securities Act. Holders wishing to transfer unregistered notes would have to rely on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

Conditions of the Exchange Offers

You must tender your unregistered notes in accordance with the requirements of this prospectus and the letter of transmittal in order to participate in the exchange offers. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the exchange offers, or any extensions of the exchange offers, we will not be required to accept for exchange any unregistered notes, and may amend or terminate the exchange offers if:

• the exchange offers, or the making of any exchange by a holder of unregistered notes, violates any applicable law or SEC policy;

• any action or proceeding shall have been instituted or threatened with respect to an exchange offers which, in our reasonable judgment, would impair our ability to proceed with either exchange offer; and

• any law, rule or regulation or applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC have been issued or promulgated, which, in our good faith determination, does not permit us to effect either exchange offers.

78

Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendment; Termination

The exchange offers will expire 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on             , 2013, unless we, in our sole discretion, extend the period of time for which either exchange offer is open. In the case of any extension, we will notify the exchange agent orally (promptly confirmed in writing) or in writing of any extension. We will also notify the registered holders of unregistered notes of the extension no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the business day after the previously scheduled expiration of either exchange offer.

To the extent we are legally permitted to do so, we expressly reserve the right, in our sole discretion, to:

• delay accepting any unregistered senior note;

• waive any condition of the exchange offers; and

• amend the terms of either exchange offer in any manner.

We will give oral or written notice of any non-acceptance or amendment to the registered holders of the unregistered notes as promptly as practicable. If we consider an amendment to an exchange offer to be material, we will promptly inform the registered holders of unregistered notes of such amendment in a reasonable manner.

If we determine, in our reasonable discretion, that any of the events or conditions described in “—Conditions of the Exchange Offers” has occurred, we may terminate an exchange offer. We may:

• refuse to accept any unregistered notes and return to the holders any unregistered notes that have been tendered;

• extend an exchange offer and retain all unregistered notes tendered prior to the expiration of such exchange offer, subject to the rights of the holders to withdraw their tendered unregistered notes; or

• waive the condition with respect to such exchange offer and accept all properly tendered unregistered notes that have not been withdrawn.

If any such waiver constitutes a material change in an exchange offer, we will disclose the change by means of a supplement to this prospectus that will be distributed to each registered holder of unregistered notes, and we will extend such exchange offer for a period of five to ten business days, depending upon the significance of the waiver and the manner of disclosure to the registered holders of the unregistered notes, if such exchange offer would otherwise expire during that period.

Any determination by us concerning the events described above will be final and binding upon the parties. Without limiting the manner by which we may choose to make public announcements of any extension, delay in acceptance, amendment or termination of an exchange offer, we will have no obligation to publish, advertise, or otherwise communicate any public announcement, other than by making a timely release to a financial news service.

Interest on the Exchange Notes

The Notes due 2017 accrue interest from and including December 20, 2012. Interest is payable on the Notes due 2017 semiannually on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing June 15, 2013. The Notes due 2018 accrue interest from and including May 15, 2013. Interest is payable on the Notes due 2017 semiannually on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing December 15, 2013. Holders of unregistered notes that are accepted for exchange will be deemed to have waived the right to receive any payment in respect of interest accrued from the date of the last interest payment date that was made in respect of the unregistered notes until the date of the issuance of the exchange notes. Consequently, holders of exchange notes will receive the same interest payments that they would have received had they not accepted an exchange offer.

79

Resale of Exchange Notes

Based upon existing interpretations of the staff of the SEC set forth in several no-action letters issued to third parties unrelated to us, we believe that the exchange notes issued pursuant to the exchange offers for the unregistered notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by you without complying with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that:

• any exchange notes to be received by you will be acquired in the ordinary course of your business;

• you are not engaged in, do not intend to engage in and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to engage in, the distribution of the unregistered notes or exchange notes;

• you are not an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of ours or, if you are such an affiliate, you will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable;

• if you are a broker-dealer, you have not entered into any arrangement or understanding with us or any of our “affiliates” to distribute the exchange notes; and

• you are not acting on behalf of any person or entity that could not truthfully make these representations.

If you wish to participate in the exchange offers, you will be required to make these representations to us in a letter of transmittal. If our belief is inaccurate and you transfer any exchange note without delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act or without an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, you may incur liability under the Securities Act. We do not assume or indemnify you against such liability.

In addition, if you are a broker-dealer and you will receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for unregistered notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, you will be required to acknowledge that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, you will not be deemed to admit that you are an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. The prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by any broker-dealers in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for unregistered notes. We have agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to have the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, remain effective until 180 days after            , 2013 for use by participating broker-dealers. We have also agreed to amend or supplement this prospectus during this 180-day period, if requested by one or more participating broker-dealers, in order to expedite or facilitate such resales.

Upon consummation of the exchange offers, the exchange notes will have different CUSIP and ISIN numbers from the unregistered notes.

Procedures for Tendering

The term “holder” with respect to the exchange offers means any person in whose name unregistered notes are registered on our agent’s books or any other person who has obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered holder, or any person whose unregistered notes are held of record by DTC who desires to deliver such unregistered notes by book-entry transfer at DTC.

Except in limited circumstances, only a DTC participant listed on a DTC notes position listing with respect to the unregistered notes may tender its unregistered notes in the exchange offers. To tender unregistered notes in the exchange offers:

• holders of unregistered notes that are DTC participants may follow the procedures for book-entry transfer as provided for below under “—Book-Entry Transfer” and in the letter of transmittal.

80

In addition:

• the exchange agent must receive any corresponding certificate or certificates representing unregistered notes along with the letter of transmittal;

• the exchange agent must receive, before expiration of the exchange offers, a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of unregistered notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC according to standard operating procedures for electronic tenders described below and a properly transmitted agent’s message described below; or

• the holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

The tender by a holder of unregistered notes will constitute an agreement between such holder and us in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal. If less than all the unregistered notes held by a holder of unregistered notes are tendered, a tendering holder should fill in the amount of unregistered notes being tendered in the specified box on the letter of transmittal. The entire amount of unregistered notes delivered to the exchange agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated.

The method of delivery of unregistered notes, the letter of transmittal and all other required documents or transmission of an agent’s message, as described under “—Book-Entry Transfer,” to the exchange agent is at the election and risk of the holder. Instead of delivery by mail, we recommend that holders use an overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure timely delivery prior to the expiration of the exchange offers. No letter of transmittal or unregistered notes should be sent to us but must instead be delivered to the exchange agent. Delivery of documents to DTC in accordance with their procedures will not constitute delivery to the exchange agent.

If you are a beneficial owner of unregistered notes that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender your unregistered notes, you should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf. If you wish to tender on your own behalf, you must, prior to completing and executing a letter of transmittal and delivering your unregistered notes, either:

• make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the unregistered notes in your name; or

• obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder.

The transfer of record ownership may take considerable time and might not be completed prior to the expiration date.

Signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal as described in “—Withdrawal of Tenders” below, as the case may be, must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or an “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act, unless the unregistered notes tendered pursuant thereto are tendered:

• by a registered holder who has not completed the box entitled “Special Registration Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” in a letter of transmittal; or

• for the account of an eligible institution.

If a letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of any unregistered notes listed therein, the unregistered notes must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers which authorize the person to tender the unregistered notes on behalf of the registered holder, in either case signed as the name of the registered holder or holders appears on the unregistered notes. If the letter of transmittal or any unregistered notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing and, unless waived by us, evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to so act must be submitted with the letter of transmittal.

81

We will determine in our sole discretion all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of the tendered unregistered notes. Our determinations will be final and binding. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all unregistered notes not validly tendered or any unregistered notes the acceptance of which would, in the opinion of our counsel, be unlawful. We reserve the absolute right to waive any irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular unregistered notes. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offers (including the instructions in the letters of transmittal) will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of unregistered notes must be cured within such time as we will determine. Neither we, the exchange agent nor any other person shall be under any duty to give notification of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of unregistered notes nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of unregistered notes will not be deemed to have been made until such irregularities have been cured or waived. Any unregistered notes received by the exchange agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned without cost by the exchange agent to the tendering holder of such unregistered notes, unless otherwise provided in the letter of transmittal, promptly following the expiration date of the exchange offers.

In addition, we reserve the right in our sole discretion to (1) purchase or make offers for any unregistered notes that remain outstanding subsequent to the expiration date and (2) to the extent permitted by applicable law, purchase unregistered notes in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. The terms of any such purchases or offers may differ from the terms of the exchange offers.

Book-Entry Transfer

We understand that the exchange agent will make a request promptly after the date of this document to establish an account with respect to the unregistered notes at DTC for the purpose of facilitating the exchange offers. Any financial institution that is a participant in DTC’s system may make book-entry delivery of unregistered notes by causing DTC to transfer such unregistered notes into the exchange agent’s DTC account in accordance with DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program procedures for such transfer. The exchange for tendered unregistered notes will only be made after a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of the unregistered notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, and timely receipt by the exchange agent of an agent’s message.

The term “agent’s message” means a message, transmitted by DTC and received by the exchange agent and forming part of the confirmation of a book-entry transfer, which states that DTC has received an express acknowledgment from a participant tendering unregistered notes and that such participant has received an appropriate letter of transmittal and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal, and we may enforce such agreement against the participant. Delivery of an agent’s message will also constitute an acknowledgment from the tendering DTC participant that the representations contained in the appropriate letter of transmittal and described above are true and correct.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

Holders who wish to tender their unregistered notes and (1) whose unregistered notes are not immediately available, or (2) who cannot deliver their unregistered notes, the letter of transmittal, or any other required documents to the exchange agent prior to the expiration date, or if such holder cannot complete DTC’s standard operating procedures for electronic tenders before expiration of the exchange offers, may tender their unregistered notes if:

• the tender is made through an eligible institution;

82

• before expiration of the exchange offers, the exchange agent receives from the eligible institution either a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery in the form accompanying this prospectus, by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery, or a properly transmitted agent’s message in lieu of notice of guaranteed delivery:

• setting forth the name and address of the holder and the certificate number or numbers of the unregistered notes tendered and the principal amount of unregistered notes tendered;

• stating that the tender offer is being made by guaranteed delivery; and

• guaranteeing that, within three (3) business days after expiration of the exchange offers, the letter of transmittal, or facsimile of the letter of transmittal, together with the unregistered notes tendered and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal or, alternatively, a book-entry confirmation will be deposited by the eligible institution with the exchange agent; and

• the exchange agent receives the properly completed and executed letter of transmittal, or facsimile of the letter of transmittal, as well as all tendered unregistered notes in proper form for transfer and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal or, alternatively, a book-entry confirmation, within three (3) business days after expiration of the exchange offers.

Upon request to the exchange agent, a notice of guaranteed delivery will be sent to holders who wish to tender their unregistered notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth above.

Withdrawal of Tenders

Except as otherwise provided herein, tenders of unregistered notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on             , 2013, the expiration date of the exchange offers.

For a withdrawal to be effective:

• the exchange agent must receive a written notice of withdrawal, which may be by, facsimile transmission or letter, at the address set forth below under “—Exchange Agent”; or

• for DTC participants, holders must comply with their respective standard operating procedures for electronic tenders and the exchange agent must receive an electronic notice of withdrawal from DTC.

Any notice of withdrawal must:

• specify the name of the person who tendered the unregistered notes to be withdrawn;

• identify the unregistered notes to be withdrawn, including the certificate number or numbers and principal amount to be withdrawn;

• be signed by the person who tendered the unregistered notes in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal, including any required signature guarantees; and

• specify the name in which the unregistered notes are to be re-registered, if different from that of the withdrawing holder.

If unregistered notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited with the withdrawn unregistered notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of the facility. We will determine all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) for such withdrawal notices, and our determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any unregistered notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the exchange offers, and no exchange notes will be issued with respect thereto unless the unregistered notes so withdrawn are validly re-tendered. Properly withdrawn unregistered notes may be re-tendered by following the procedures described above under “—Procedures for Tendering” at any time prior to the expiration date.

83

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

If you do not tender your unregistered notes to be exchanged in the exchange offers, they will remain “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) of the Securities Act.

Accordingly, they:

• may be resold only if (1) registered pursuant to the Securities Act, (2) an exemption from registration is available or (3) neither registration nor an exemption is required by law; and

• shall continue to bear a legend restricting transfer in the absence of registration or an exemption therefrom.

As a result of the restrictions on transfer of the unregistered notes, as well as the availability of the exchange notes, the unregistered notes are likely to be much less liquid than before the exchange offers.

Exchange Agent

U.S. Bank National Association has been appointed as the exchange agent for the exchange of the unregistered notes. Questions and requests for assistance relating to the exchange of the unregistered notes should be directed to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

Registered or Certified Mail:

U.S. Bank National Association

West Side Flats Operations Center

Attn.: Specialized Finance

60 Livingston Avenue

Mail Station—EP MN WS2N

St. Paul, Minnesota 55107 2292

By Hand or Overnight Courier:

U.S. Bank National Association

Attn.: Specialized Finance

111 Fillmore Avenue

St. Paul, MN 55107-1402

By Facsimile (Eligible Institutions Only):

(651) 466-7372

For Information or Confirmation by Telephone:

(651) 466-6777

Fees and Expenses

We will bear the expenses of soliciting tenders pursuant to the exchange offers. The principal solicitation for tenders pursuant to the exchange offers is being made by mail. Additional solicitations may be made by our officers and regular employees and our affiliates in person or by telephone.

We will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or other persons soliciting acceptances of the exchange offers. We, however, will pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse the exchange agent for its related reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and accounting and legal fees. We may also

84

pay brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in forwarding copies of this prospectus, letters of transmittal and related documents to the beneficial owners of the unregistered notes and in handling or forwarding tenders for exchange.

We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of unregistered notes pursuant to the exchange offers. The tendering holder, however, will be required to pay any transfer taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other person, if:

• certificates representing exchange notes or unregistered notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be registered or issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of the exchange notes tendered;

• tendered notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing the letter of transmittal; or

• a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of unregistered notes under the exchange offers.

If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted with the letter of transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder.

Accounting Treatment

We will record the exchange notes in our accounting records at the same carrying value as the unregistered notes, which is the aggregate principal amount as reflected in our accounting records on the date of exchange. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes upon the consummation of the exchange offers. The exchange offer costs will be amortized as part of deferred financing costs over the life of the exchange notes.

85

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES DUE 2017

The Exchange Notes due 2017 will be issued under an indenture dated as of December 20, 2012 (as amended by the First Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 15, 2013 and the Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 20, 2013, the “Notes due 2017 Indenture”) among Tops Holding LLC (formerly known as Tops Holding Corporation), Tops Markets, LLC and Tops Markets II Corporation, as issuers, Tops PT, LLC and Tops Gift Card Company, LLC (collectively, the “Guarantors”) and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). Tops Holding II Corporation was added as a guarantor of the Notes due 2017 pursuant to the Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 20, 2013. In this section “guarantors” shall refer to the Guarantors and Tops Holding II Corporation. The terms of the Exchange Notes due 2017 include those stated in the Notes due 2017 Indenture and those made a part of the Notes due 2017 Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”).

The following description is a summary of the material provisions of the Notes due 2017 Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Agreement. It does not restate those agreements in their entirety. We urge you to read the Notes due 2017 Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Agreement, each filed as an exhibit to the registration statement that includes this prospectus, because they define your rights. For definitions of certain capitalized terms used in the following summary, see “—Certain Definitions.” For purposes of this “Description of the Exchange Notes due 2017”: the “Company” refers only to Tops Holding LLC (formerly known as Tops Holding Corporation) and not to any of its subsidiaries; “Tops Markets” refers only to Tops Markets, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company; the “Issuers,” “we,” “our,” and “us” refer only to the Company, Tops Markets II Corporation and Tops Markets and not to any of their consolidated subsidiaries; the “Notes” refers to the Exchange Notes due 2017 offered by this prospectus, any unregistered notes that are outstanding after the exchange offers are completed and any Additional Notes (as defined below); and the “Indenture” refers to the Notes due 2017 Indenture.

Maturity, Principal and Interest

The Notes will mature on December 15, 2017. Upon completion of the exchange offers, $460.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes will remain outstanding, subject to our ability to issue additional Notes (“Additional Notes”) in an unlimited principal amount to the extent permitted by “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness” and “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Liens.” The Notes and any Additional Notes will be substantially identical other than the issuance dates, offering price, transfer restrictions and, in certain circumstances, the date from which interest will accrue. The Notes and any Additional Notes will be treated as a single class of Notes under the Indenture and will vote together with any Notes as provided in the Indenture. The Additional Notes will be secured, equally and ratably, with the Notes and any other Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, by the Note Lien on the Collateral described below under the caption “—Security.”

The Notes will be senior secured obligations of the Issuers. Each Note will bear interest at the rate of 8.875% per annum. The Notes will accrue interest from December 20, 2012 or from the most recent interest payment date on which interest has been paid. Interest on the Notes will be payable semiannually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on June 15, 2013.

The Issuers will pay interest to the Person in whose name the Note (or any predecessor Note) is registered at the close of business on June 1 or December 1 immediately preceding the relevant interest payment date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

The Notes will be issued only in fully registered form without coupons, in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. No service charge will be made for any registration of transfer, exchange or redemption of Notes, except in certain circumstances for any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed.

Settlement for the Notes will be made in same-day funds. All payments of principal and interest will be made by the Issuers in same day funds. The Notes will trade in the Same-Day Funds Settlement System of The Depository Trust Company (the “Depositary” or “DTC”) until maturity, and secondary market trading activity for the Notes will therefore settle in same day funds.

86

Guarantees

Payment of the Notes will be guaranteed by (1) the Guarantors, jointly and severally, on a senior secured basis and (2) Tops Holding II Corporation, on an senior unsecured basis. On the date of issuance of the exchange notes, each of the Company’s Subsidiaries (other than Tops Markets) has guaranteed the exchange notes. Following the date of issuance of the exchange notes, additional Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company will be required to become Guarantors to the extent set forth under “—Certain Covenants—Additional Guarantees.”

If the Issuers default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, each of the Guarantors and Tops Holding II Corporation will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes.

The obligations of each Guarantor and Tops Holding II Corporation of the issuers’ Indenture Obligations are limited to the maximum amount which, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such entity, and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other guarantor under its guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under the Indenture, will result in the obligations of such entity under its guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under Federal or state law. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Exchange Notes—Fraudulent conveyance laws may permit courts to void the subsidiary guarantees of the Exchange Notes due 2017 in specific circumstances, which would interfere with the payment of the subsidiary guarantees and realization upon collateral owned by the guarantors (except Tops Holding II Corporation).”

In certain circumstances a Guarantee of a Guarantor may be released pursuant to the provisions of subsection (b) under “—Certain Covenants—Additional Guarantees.” Upon any release of a Guarantor from its Guarantee, such Guarantor shall also be automatically and unconditionally released from its obligations under the Security Documents. The Issuers also may, at any time at their option, cause any Restricted Subsidiary to become a Guarantor.

Ranking

The Notes and the Guarantees will be senior secured obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors and will rank:

• equal in right of payment with any senior Indebtedness of the Issuers and the Guarantors;

• senior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuers and the Guarantors that is expressly subordinated to the Notes and the Guarantees;

• effectively senior to any unsecured Indebtedness or Indebtedness with a junior lien to the lien on the Collateral (as defined under “—Security”) securing the Notes and the Guarantees to the extent of the value of the Collateral;

• effectively junior to any secured Indebtedness which is either secured by assets that are not Collateral or which is secured by a prior lien on the Collateral, including the Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral, in each case, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness; and

• effectively junior to all obligations of any Subsidiary of an Issuer that is not a Guarantor.

The guarantee of the Notes by Tops Holding II Corporation will not be secured and will rank equal in right of payment with any senior indebtedness of the Issuers and the Guarantors, senior in right of payment to any indebtedness of the Issuers and the Guarantors that is expressly subordinated to the Notes and the Guarantees and effectively junior to all obligations of any subsidiary of an Issuer that is not a Guarantor.

As of July 13, 2013, the Issuers and the Guarantors had $810.6 million of secured Indebtedness and capitalized lease obligations outstanding (excluding $15.2 million of outstanding secured letters of credit).

87

These amounts do not include $53.1 million that the Issuers would have had available for borrowing, subject to borrowing base availability, under the Credit Agreement.

Security

The obligations of the Issuers with respect to the Notes, the obligations of the Guarantors under the Guarantees, and the performance of all other obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors under the Senior Secured Note Documents will be secured equally and ratably (together with any other Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations) by (i) second-priority security interests, subject to certain Permitted Liens, in the ABL Priority Collateral (other than Excluded Assets) and (ii) first-priority security interests, subject to certain Permitted Liens, in the following assets of the Issuers and the Guarantors, in each case whether now owned or hereafter acquired (other than Excluded Assets) (the “Notes Priority Collateral” and, together with the ABL Priority Collateral, the “Collateral”):

• all of the Capital Stock held by the Issuers and the Guarantors (which, in the case of any equity interest in any Foreign Subsidiary, will be limited to 100% of the non-voting stock (if any) and 65% of the voting stock of such Foreign Subsidiary);

• the Company’s warehouse distribution facility in Lancaster, New York, and the supermarket in Fayetteville, New York, and owned real property acquired after the date of issuance of the exchange notes by the Issuers or any Guarantor in fee simple with an individual Fair Market Value (measured at the time of acquisition thereof) in excess of $5.0 million (except to the extent subject to a Lien permitted by clause (d), (g), (j) or (p) (as it relates to any of the foregoing) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” to the extent the documentation relating to such Lien prohibits the granting of a Lien thereon to secure the Indenture Obligations and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations);

• equipment;

• patents, trademarks and copyrights;

• the Collateral Account and all Trust Monies;

• general intangibles, instruments, books and records and supporting obligations related to the foregoing and proceeds of the foregoing (in each case, except to the extent constituting ABL Priority Collateral); and

• substantially all of the other tangible and intangible assets of the Issuers and the Guarantors, other than (i) the ABL Priority Collateral and (ii) Excluded Assets.

“Excluded Assets” will include, among other things, the following assets of the Issuers and the Guarantors:

(i) assets located outside the United States to the extent a Lien on such assets cannot be perfected by the filing of UCC financing statements in the jurisdictions of organization of the Issuers and the Guarantors;

(ii) assets subject to Liens pursuant to clause (a), (d), (g), (j) or (p) (as it relates to any of the foregoing) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” to the extent the documentation relating to such Liens prohibit such assets from being Collateral and only for so long as such Liens remain outstanding;

(iii) (x) the voting Capital Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries in excess of 65% of the voting rights of all such Capital Stock in each such Foreign Subsidiary and (y) any Capital Stock of a Person that is not a Subsidiary of an Issuer to the extent that a pledge of such Capital Stock is prohibited by such Person’s organizational documents or any shareholders agreement or joint venture agreement relating to such Capital Stock;

(iv) any owned real property with an individual Fair Market Value (measured at the Issue Date, if owned on the Issue Date, or at the time of acquisition thereof, if acquired after the Issue Date) not in excess of $5.0 million, and all of the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ right, title and interest in any leasehold or other non-fee simple interest in any real property (whether owned on the Issue Date or acquired following the Issue Date (other than the warehouse distribution facility located in Lancaster, New York, and the supermarket in Fayetteville, New York));

88

(v) aircraft, motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title to the extent that a Lien therein cannot be perfected by the filing of UCC financing statements in the jurisdictions of organization of the Issuers and the Guarantors;

(vi) any property to the extent that the grant of a security interest therein would violate applicable law, require a consent not obtained of any governmental authority, or constitute a breach of or default under, or result in the termination of or require a consent not obtained under, any contract, lease, license or other agreement evidencing or giving rise to such property, or result in the invalidation thereof or provide any party thereto with a right of termination;

(vii) any Capital Stock or other securities of any Subsidiary of the Company in excess of the maximum amount of such Capital Stock or securities that could be included in the Collateral without creating a requirement pursuant to Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act for separate financial statements of such Subsidiary to be included in filings by the Company with the SEC;

(viii) (a) deposit accounts the balance of which consists exclusively of withheld income taxes, employment taxes, or amounts required to be paid over to certain employee benefit plans, and (b) segregated deposit accounts constituting and the balance of which consists solely of funds set aside in connection with tax, payroll and trust accounts;

(ix) any intellectual property if the grant of a security interest therein would result in the invalidation of the grantor’s interest therein;

(x) certain other assets, including Farm Products and As-Extracted Collateral; and

(xi) proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing excluded assets described in clauses (i) through (x) above only to the extent such proceeds and products would constitute property or assets of the type described in clauses (i) through (x) above.

For the avoidance of doubt, no assets of any Subsidiary of the Company that is not an Issuer or a Guarantor (including any Capital Stock owned by any such Subsidiary) shall constitute Collateral.

The Collateral is pledged pursuant to a security agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Collateral Agent (as amended, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Security Agreement”), and one or more mortgages, deeds of trust or deeds to secure Indebtedness (the “Mortgages”) or other grants or transfers for security executed and delivered by the Issuers or the applicable Guarantor to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the holders of the Notes and the holders of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations.

So long as no Event of Default and no event of default under any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations has occurred and is continuing, and subject to certain terms and conditions, the Issuers and the Guarantors are entitled to exercise any voting and other consensual rights pertaining to all Capital Stock pledged pursuant to the Security Agreement and to remain in possession and retain exclusive control over the Collateral (other than as set forth in the Security Documents), to operate the Collateral, to alter or repair the Collateral and to collect, invest and dispose of any income thereon. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations and to the extent permitted by law and following notice by the Collateral Agent to the Issuers and the Guarantors:

(1) all of the rights of the Issuers and the Guarantors to exercise voting or other consensual rights with respect to all Capital Stock included in the Collateral shall cease, and all such rights shall become vested, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, in the Collateral Agent, which, to the extent permitted by law, shall have the sole right to exercise such voting and other consensual rights; and

(2) the Collateral Agent may, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, take possession of and sell the Collateral or any part thereof in accordance with the terms of the Security Documents.

89

Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default or an event of default under any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, the Collateral Agent will be permitted, subject to applicable law and the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, to exercise remedies and sell the Collateral under the Security Documents only at the direction of the holders of a majority of the Notes and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations voting as a single class.

Intercreditor Agreement

The Collateral Agent (in its capacity as Trustee and Collateral Agent), on behalf of the holders of Notes and the holders of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, the ABL Facility Collateral Agent, on behalf of the holders of the ABL Obligations, the Issuers and the Guarantors have entered into an intercreditor agreement (the “Intercreditor Agreement”), dated as of the Issue Date, that sets forth the relative priority of the ABL Liens and the Note Liens, as well as certain other rights, priorities and interests of the holders of the Notes and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations and the holders of the ABL Obligations. The Intercreditor Agreement provides that, among other things:

Lien Priority and Similar Liens. Notwithstanding the time, order or method of creation or perfection of any ABL Obligations, ABL Liens, obligations under the Notes or any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations or the Note Liens, (i) the ABL Liens on the ABL Priority Collateral will rank senior to any Note Liens on the ABL Priority Collateral and (ii) the Note Liens on the Notes Priority Collateral will rank senior to any ABL Liens on the Notes Priority Collateral. Except as specified in clause (vii) of the definition of “Excluded Assets”, the collateral of the Issuers and the Guarantors for the ABL Obligations and the Notes and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations will at all times be the same.

Prohibition on Contesting Liens and Obligations. No holder of any Note or Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations may contest the validity or enforceability of the ABL Liens or the ABL Obligations, and no holder of any ABL Obligations may contest the validity or enforceability of the Note Liens, the Notes or any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations.

Exercise of Remedies and Release of Liens. For a period of 270 days (subject to extension for any period during which the ABL Facility Collateral Agent is diligently pursuing remedies against the ABL Priority Collateral or is prohibited by applicable law from pursuing such remedies) commencing on the later of (x) the acceleration of obligations under the Notes or any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations and (y) the ABL Facility Collateral Agent receiving notice of acceleration from the Collateral Agent, the ABL Facility Collateral Agent will have the sole power to exercise remedies against the ABL Priority Collateral (subject to the right of the Collateral Agent and the holders of Notes and Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations to take limited protective measures with respect to the Note Liens and to take certain actions that would be permitted to be taken by unsecured creditors) and to foreclose upon and dispose of the ABL Priority Collateral. For a period of 270 days (subject to extension for any period during which the Collateral Agent is diligently pursuing remedies against the Notes Priority Collateral or is prohibited by applicable law from pursuing such remedies) commencing on the later of (x) the acceleration of the ABL Obligations and (y) the Collateral Agent receiving notice of acceleration from the ABL Facility Collateral Agent, the Collateral Agent will have the sole power to exercise remedies against the Notes Priority Collateral (subject to the right of the ABL Facility Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL Obligations to take limited protective measures and certain actions permitted to be taken by unsecured creditors) and to foreclose upon and dispose of the Notes Priority Collateral. Upon (x) any disposition of any ABL Priority Collateral in connection with any enforcement action or, following an event of default under the ABL Facility, certain other sales consented to by the ABL Facility Agent including in connection with “going out of business” sales or (y) any disposition of ABL Priority Collateral permitted by the documents governing the ABL Obligations, the Indenture, any agreement governing Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations and the Security Documents, in each case, which results in the release of the ABL Lien on such item of ABL Priority Collateral, the Note Lien on such item of ABL Priority Collateral will be automatically released. Upon (x) any disposition of any Notes Priority Collateral in connection with any enforcement action or (y) any disposition of Notes Priority Collateral permitted by the documents governing the ABL Obligations, the Indenture, any agreement governing Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations and the Security Documents, in each case, which results in the release of the Note Lien on such item of Notes Priority Collateral, the ABL Lien on such item of Notes Priority Collateral will be automatically released.

90

ABL Facility Collateral Agent’s Access and Use Rights. The Collateral Agent will permit the ABL Facility Collateral Agent to have access to and use of certain items of Notes Priority Collateral prior to, and for a period of up to 270 days (subject to extension during periods when the ABL Facility Collateral Agent is prohibited by law from exercising such rights) following, the foreclosure upon or taking possession of such item of Notes Priority Collateral by the Collateral Agent in order to facilitate the ABL Facility Collateral Agent’s exercise of remedies with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral.

Tracing of Collateral and Treatment of Cash. Prior to the issuance of a notice of default by the ABL Facility Collateral Agent or the Collateral Agent or an insolvency or liquidation proceeding, whether any asset was acquired with “proceeds” (within the meaning of the UCC) of ABL Priority Collateral or Notes Priority Collateral will be disregarded for purposes of determining whether such asset constitutes ABL Priority Collateral or Notes Priority Collateral.

Application of Proceeds and Turn-Over Provisions. In connection with any enforcement action with respect to the Collateral or any insolvency or liquidation proceeding, all proceeds of (x) ABL Priority Collateral will first be applied to the repayment of all ABL Obligations before being applied to any obligations under the Notes or any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations and (y) Notes Priority Collateral will first be applied to the repayment of all obligations under the Notes and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations before being applied to any ABL Obligations. If any holder of a Note, Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligation or ABL Obligation receives any proceeds of Collateral in contravention of the foregoing, such proceeds will be turned over to the Collateral Agent or ABL Priority Collateral Agent, as applicable, for application in accordance with the foregoing.

Amendment and Refinancings. The ABL Obligations, the Indenture Obligations and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations may be amended or refinanced in accordance with the Credit Agreement, the Indenture and documents governing such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, and subject to continuing rights and obligations of the holders of such refinancing Indebtedness under the Intercreditor Agreement.

Certain Matters in Connection with Liquidation and Insolvency Proceedings.

Debtor-in-Possession Financings. In connection with any insolvency or liquidation proceeding of an Issuer or any Guarantor, the ABL Facility Collateral Agent may consent to certain debtor-in-possession financings secured by a Lien on the ABL Priority Collateral ranking prior to the Note Lien on such ABL Priority Collateral or to the use of cash collateral constituting proceeds of ABL Priority Collateral without the consent of any holder of Notes or Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, and no holder of a Note or Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligation shall be entitled to object to such use of cash collateral or debtor-in-possession financing or seek “adequate protection” in connection therewith (other than in the form of a junior lien on any additional items of collateral for the ABL Obligations which are granted in connection with such debtor-in-possession financing or use of cash collateral).

Relief from Automatic Stay; Bankruptcy Sales and Post-Petition Interest. No holder of a Note or any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligation may (x) seek relief from the automatic stay with respect to any ABL Priority Collateral, (y) object to any sale of any ABL Priority Collateral or any motion seeking relief from the automatic stay in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding, in each case which has been supported by the holders of ABL Obligations or (z) object to any claim of any holder of ABL Obligations to post-petition interest to the extent of its ABL Lien on the ABL Priority Collateral. No holder of any ABL Obligation may (x) seek relief from the automatic stay with respect to any Notes Priority Collateral, (y) object to any sale of any Notes Priority Collateral or any motion seeking relief from the automatic stay with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding, in each case, which is supported by the holders of the Notes and Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations or (z) object to any claim of any holder of Notes or Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations to post-petition interest to the extent of its Note Lien on the Notes Priority Collateral.

Adequate Protection. No holder of a Note or any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations may (i) except as expressly provided above, seek adequate protection on account of its Note Lien on the ABL Priority

91

Collateral other than in the form of junior priority liens or (ii) object to any request by the holders of ABL Obligations for adequate protection on account of the ABL Priority Collateral (other than payments from proceeds of Notes Priority Collateral). No holder of any ABL Obligation may (i) seek adequate protection on account of its ABL Lien on the Notes Priority Collateral other than in the form of junior priority liens or (ii) object to any request by the holders of Notes or Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations for adequate protection on account of the Notes Priority Collateral (other than payments from the proceeds of ABL Priority Collateral).

Plans of Reorganization. Neither the ABL Facility Collateral Agent, the Collateral Agent nor any holder of any ABL Obligations, Notes or Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations may support any plan of reorganization in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding which contravenes the intercreditor provisions described above (unless consented to by the ABL Facility Collateral Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, representing the holders of the Liens entitled to the benefit of such contravened intercreditor provisions).

Use and Release of Collateral

Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Collateral Agent shall have commenced enforcement of remedies under the Security Documents, except as noted below with respect to Trust Monies or to the extent otherwise provided in the Credit Agreement or other documentation governing the ABL Obligations, the Issuers will have the right to remain in possession and retain exclusive control of the Collateral, to freely operate the Collateral and to collect, invest and dispose of any income thereon.

Release of Collateral

The Indenture and the Security Documents provide that the Note Liens will automatically and without the need for any further action by any Person be released:

(1) in whole or in part, as applicable, as to all or any portion of property subject to such Note Liens which has been taken by eminent domain, condemnation or other similar circumstances;

(2) in whole upon:

(a) satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture as set forth below under “—Satisfaction and Discharge”; or

(b) a legal defeasance or covenant defeasance of the Indenture as described below under “—Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance of Indenture”;

(3) in part, as to any property that (a) is sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by an Issuer or any Guarantor (other than to an Issuer or another Guarantor) in a transaction not prohibited by the Indenture at the time of such sale, transfer or disposition or (b) is owned or at any time acquired by a Guarantor that has been released from its Guarantee pursuant to paragraph (b) of “—Certain Covenants—Additional Guarantees,” concurrently with the release of such Guarantee;

(4) as to property that constitutes all or substantially all of the Collateral securing the Notes, with the consent of holders of at least 75% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding;

(5) as to property that constitutes less than all or substantially all of the Collateral securing the Notes, with the consent of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding; and

(6) in part, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Security Documents and as described above with respect to the Intercreditor Agreement.

The Indenture provides that, to the extent applicable, the Company will comply with the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act Section 314(b) after qualification of the Indenture pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act.

The Indenture provides that, to the extent applicable, the Company will cause Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b), relating to reports, and Trust Indenture Act Section 314(d), relating to the release of property or

92

securities or relating to the substitution therefore of any property or securities to be subjected to the Lien of the Security Documents, to be complied with after qualification of the Indenture pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act. Any certificate or opinion required by Trust Indenture Act Section 314(d) may be made by an officer of the Company except in cases where Trust Indenture Act Section 314(d) requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent Person, which Person will be an independent appraiser or other expert selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph, the Company will not be required to comply with all or any portion of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(d) if it determines, in good faith based on advice of counsel, that under the terms of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(d) and/or any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the SEC and its Staff, including “no action” letters or exemptive orders, all or any portion of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(d) is inapplicable to released Collateral.

Use of Trust Monies

All Trust Monies shall be held by (or held in an account subject to the control of) the Collateral Agent as a part of the Notes Priority Collateral securing the Notes and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations and ABL Obligations and, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, may, subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, be applied from time to time in accordance with the covenant described below under “—Limitation on Sale of Assets,” or in any manner permitted by the Indenture or as otherwise required by the Intercreditor Agreement.

Certain Bankruptcy Limitations

The right of the Collateral Agent to take possession and dispose of the Collateral following an Event of Default is likely to be significantly impaired by applicable bankruptcy law if a bankruptcy proceeding were to be commenced by or against the Issuers or the Guarantors prior to the Collateral Agent having taken possession and disposed of the Collateral. Under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, a secured creditor is prohibited from taking its security from a debtor in a bankruptcy case, or from disposing of security taken from such debtor, without bankruptcy court approval. Moreover, the U.S. Bankruptcy Code permits the debtor in certain circumstances to continue to retain and to use collateral owned as of the date of the bankruptcy filing (and the proceeds, products, offspring, rents or profits of such Collateral) even though the debtor is in default under the applicable debt instruments; provided that the secured creditor is given “adequate protection.” The meaning of the term “adequate protection” may vary according to circumstances. In view of the lack of a precise definition of the term “adequate protection” and the broad discretionary powers of a bankruptcy court, it is impossible to predict how long payments under the Notes could be delayed following commencement of a bankruptcy case, whether or when the Collateral Agent could repossess or dispose of the Collateral, or whether or to what extent holders would be compensated for any delay in payment or loss of value of the Collateral through the requirement of “adequate protection.”

Furthermore, in the event a bankruptcy court determines the value of the Collateral (after giving effect to any prior Liens) is not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the Notes and any other Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, the holders of the Notes and such other Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations would hold secured claims to the extent of the value of the Collateral, and would hold unsecured claims with respect to any shortfall. Applicable Federal bankruptcy laws permit the payment and/or accrual of post-petition interest, costs and attorneys’ fees during a debtor’s bankruptcy case only to the extent the claims are oversecured or the debtor is solvent at the time of reorganization. In addition, if the Issuers or the Guarantors were to become the subject of a bankruptcy case, the bankruptcy court, among other things, may avoid certain prepetition transfers made by the entity that is the subject of the bankruptcy filing, including, without limitation, transfers held to be preferences or fraudulent conveyances.

Optional Redemption

At any time prior to June 15, 2015, the Issuers may redeem all or a portion of the Notes, on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, in amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, at a price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, the date of redemption, subject to the rights of holders of record on relevant record dates to receive interest due on an interest payment date.

93

On or after June 15, 2015, the Issuers may redeem all or a portion of the Notes, on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, in amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount), together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, subject to the rights of holders of record on relevant record dates to receive interest due on an interest payment date, if redeemed during the 12-month period (or in the case of the final period, six-month) beginning on the dates indicated below:

Year	Redemption Price
June 15, 2015		104.438	%
June 15, 2016		102.219	%
June 15, 2017 and thereafter		100.000	%

In addition, at any time prior to June 15, 2015, the Issuers, at their option, may use the net proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to redeem up to an aggregate of 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture (including any Additional Notes) at a redemption price equal to 108.875% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, subject to the rights of holders of record on relevant record dates to receive interest due on an interest payment date; provided that at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) must remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption and such redemption is completed within 120 days of the closing of the Equity Offering.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. Any notice of redemption pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph may, at an Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions, including, without limitation, completion of an Equity Offering. If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed in compliance with the requirements of the principal national security exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed, or if the Notes are not listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by any other method the Trustee shall deem fair and reasonable and in any event in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary. Notes redeemed in part must be redeemed only in integral multiples of $1,000 and no Note with a principal amount of less than $2,000 will be redeemed in part.

In addition to the Issuers’ rights to redeem the Notes as set forth above, the Issuers may purchase Notes in open-market transactions, tender offers or otherwise.

Sinking Fund

The Notes will not be entitled to the benefit of any sinking fund.

Purchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control

If a Change of Control occurs, each holder of Notes will have the right to require the Issuers to purchase all or any part (in integral multiples of $1,000 except that no partial redemption will be permitted that would result in a Note having a remaining principal amount of less than $2,000) of such holder’s Notes pursuant to a Change of Control offer. In the Change of Control offer, the Issuers will offer to purchase all of the Notes, at a purchase price in cash in an amount equal to 101% of the principal amount of such Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the rights of holders of record on relevant record dates to receive interest due on an interest payment date).

Unless an Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a notice of redemption with respect to all of the outstanding Notes as described under “—Optional Redemption,” within 30 days of any Change of Control or, at the Issuers’ option, prior to such Change of Control but after it is publicly announced, the Issuers must notify the Trustee and give written notice of the Change of Control to each holder of Notes, by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at its address appearing in the security register. The notice must state, among other things,

• that a Change of Control has occurred or will occur and the date of such event;

94

• the purchase price and the purchase date which shall be fixed by the Issuers on a business day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date the notice is mailed, or such later date as is necessary to comply with requirements under the Exchange Act; provided that the purchase date may not occur prior to the Change of Control;

• that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;

• that, unless the Issuers default in the payment of the Change of Control purchase price, any Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control purchase date; and

• other procedures that a holder of Notes must follow to accept a Change of Control offer or to withdraw acceptance of the Change of Control offer.

If a Change of Control offer is made, the Issuers may not have available funds sufficient to pay the Change of Control purchase price for all of the Notes that might be delivered by holders of the Notes seeking to accept the Change of Control offer. The failure of the Issuers to make or consummate the Change of Control offer or pay the Change of Control purchase price when due will give the Trustee and the holders of the Notes the rights described under “—Events of Default.”

In addition to the obligations of the Issuers under the Indenture with respect to the Notes in the event of a Change of Control, the Credit Agreement also contains an event of default upon a Change of Control as defined therein. Upon such a default, the lenders under the Credit Agreement could elect to declare any amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement immediately due and payable.

The definition of Change of Control includes the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of “all or substantially all” of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries. The term “all or substantially all” as used in the definition of “Change of Control” has not been interpreted under New York law (which is the governing law of the Indenture) to represent a specific quantitative test. Therefore, if holders of the Notes elected to exercise their rights under the Indenture and the Issuers elected to contest such election, it is not clear how a court interpreting New York law would interpret the phrase.

The existence of a holder’s right to require the Issuers to repurchase such holder’s Notes upon a Change of Control may deter a third-party from acquiring the Issuers in a transaction which constitutes a Change of Control.

The provisions of the Indenture may not afford holders of the Notes the right to require the Issuers to repurchase the Notes in the event of a highly leveraged transaction or certain reorganization, restructuring, merger or other similar transactions (including, in certain circumstances, an acquisition of the Issuers by management or its affiliates) involving the Issuers that may adversely affect holders of the Notes, if such transaction is not a transaction defined as a Change of Control. In addition, holders of the Notes may not be entitled to require the Issuers to repurchase their Notes in certain circumstances involving a significant change in the composition of the Company’s board of directors, including in connection with a proxy contest, where the Company’s board of directors does not endorse a dissident slate of directors but subsequently approves them for purposes of the Indenture.

The Issuers will comply with the applicable tender offer rules, including Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, and any other applicable securities laws or regulations in connection with a Change of Control offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control offer provisions of the Indenture, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of Control offer provisions of the Indenture by virtue of such conflict.

The Issuers will not be required to make a Change of Control offer upon a Change of Control if a third-party makes the Change of Control offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements described in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control offer made by the Issuers and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control offer.

95

The provisions of the Indenture related to the Issuers’ obligation to make a Change of Control offer to repurchase the Notes may be waived or modified with the written consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

Certain Covenants

The Indenture contains, among others, the following covenants:

Limitation on Indebtedness

(a) The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, issue, incur, assume, guarantee or otherwise in any manner become directly or indirectly liable for, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “incur”), any Indebtedness (including any Acquired Indebtedness), unless such Indebtedness is incurred by an Issuer or any Guarantor or constitutes Acquired Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and, in each case, the Company’s Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the most recent four full fiscal quarters for which internal consolidated financial statements are available immediately preceding the incurrence of such Indebtedness taken as one period is at least equal to or greater than 2.0:1.0.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries may incur the following (collectively, the “Permitted Indebtedness”):

(1) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary under any Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the greater of:

(a) $125.0 million, less, without duplication, (i) any permanent repayment thereof or permanent reduction in commitments thereunder from the proceeds of one or more Asset Sales which are used to repay a Credit Facility pursuant to clause (b)(i) of the covenant “—Limitation on Sale of Assets” and (ii) the amount of Indebtedness outstanding at the date of determination pursuant to clause (8) below; or

(b) at the time of any incurrence the sum of (i) 90% of credit card receivables and health care receivables of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) 85% of trade receivables of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (iii) 85% of the appraised value of prescription lists of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (iv) 90% of the net orderly liquidation value of the inventory of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (based on the most recent third-party appraisal of such inventory received by the Company), in the case of each of clauses (i) through (iv), on a consolidated basis as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal consolidated financial statements are available, in each case on a pro forma basis to give effect to any acquisition after such balance sheet date and on or prior to such date of incurrence;

(2) Indebtedness pursuant to (A) the Notes (excluding any additional Notes) and any Guarantee of the Notes and (B) any exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and any Guarantee of the exchange notes;

(3) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary outstanding on the Issue Date (including, without limitation, under the Issuers’ existing lease with EDS, but excluding Indebtedness referred to in clause (1) or (2) of this definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”);

(4) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) any Indebtedness of the Issuers or a Guarantor owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not an Issuer or a Guarantor incurred after the Issue Date is unsecured and is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Guarantor, as the case may be, and (ii) any disposition or transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person (other than to an Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (4);

96

(5) guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than guarantees by an Issuer or any Guarantor of Acquired Indebtedness incurred in reliance on paragraph (a) of this Section of any Person that does not become a Guarantor that is acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than guarantees of such Acquired Indebtedness by any other Person so acquired in connection therewith) which Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred under the Indenture;

(6) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any:

(a) Interest Rate Agreements,

(b) Commodity Price Protection Agreements; and

(c) Currency Agreements;

(7) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary represented by Capital Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations or other Indebtedness in connection with the acquisition or development of real or personal, movable or immovable, property, in each case incurred or assumed for the purpose of financing or refinancing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property used in the business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed 10% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets;

(8) Indebtedness incurred by a Securitization Entity in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction that is Non-recourse Indebtedness with respect to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);

(9) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (x) in connection with surety, performance, appeal or similar bonds, completion guarantees, or similar instruments entered into in the ordinary course of business or from letters of credit or other obligations in respect of property, casualty or liability insurance, self-insurance, workers’ compensation obligations or similar arrangements or (y) consisting of the financing of insurance premiums or take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(10) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts such amount need not be inadvertent) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five business days of receipt by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of notice of such insufficient funds;

(11) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary arising from agreements for indemnification or purchase price adjustment obligations or similar obligations, or from guarantees or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing any obligation of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to such an agreement, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or properties;

(12) any renewals, extensions, substitutions, refundings, refinancing or replacements (collectively, a “refinancing”) of any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section and clauses (2), (3) and (15) of this definition of “Permitted Indebtedness,” including any successive refinancing so long as Indebtedness of the Issuers or a Guarantor may only be refinanced with Indebtedness of the Issuers or a Guarantor and the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness refinanced is not increased by such refinancing except by an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the stated amount of any premium or other payment contractually required to be paid in connection with such a refinancing pursuant to the terms of the Indebtedness being refinanced or (b) the amount of premium or other payment actually paid at such time to refinance the Indebtedness, plus, in either case, the amount of accrued interest, fees and expenses of the Issuers incurred in connection with such refinancing and (1) in the case of any refinancing of Indebtedness that is Subordinated Indebtedness, such new Indebtedness is made subordinated to the Notes at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced and (2) in the case of Pari Passu Indebtedness or Subordinated Indebtedness, as the case may be, such refinancing does not reduce the Average Life to Stated Maturity of such Indebtedness;

97

(13) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit outstanding in reliance on clause (1) above in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(14) Indebtedness of the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such Indebtedness are deposited and used to defease, covenant defease or discharge the Notes as described under “—Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance of Indenture” or “—Satisfaction and Discharge”;

(15) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries to officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Capital Stock of the Company to the extent permitted by clause (9) of paragraph (b) under the covenant “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” upon termination, disability or death;

(16) Indebtedness in respect of Franchise Deposits in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the sum of (a) $5.0 million plus (b) the amount of any Franchise Deposits cash collateralized plus (c) $1.0 million for each franchise store of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries that becomes a franchise store after the Issue Date; and

(17) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in addition to that described in clauses (1) through (16) above, and any refinancing of such Indebtedness, so long as the aggregate principal amount of all such Indebtedness shall not exceed $50.0 million outstanding at any one time.

For purposes of determining compliance with this “—Limitation on Indebtedness” covenant:

• In the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness, or is permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (a) of this covenant, the Company will be permitted to classify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, or subject to the following bullet, later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this covenant;

• Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement which is in existence or available on or prior to the Issue Date will be deemed to have been incurred on such date under clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” above, and the Company will not be permitted to reclassify any portion of such Indebtedness thereafter;

• Indebtedness permitted by this covenant need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this covenant permitting such Indebtedness;

• Accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on any Redeemable Capital Stock or Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Redeemable Capital Stock or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant; provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof as accrued is included in the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company;

• With respect to any dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, the dollar-equivalent principal amount of such Indebtedness incurred pursuant thereto shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date that such Indebtedness was incurred;

• The outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness shall be counted only once and any obligations arising under any guarantee, Lien, letter of credit or similar instrument supporting such Indebtedness shall not be double counted; and

• The amount of Indebtedness issued at a price less than the amount of the liability thereof shall be determined in accordance with GAAP.

98

Limitation on Restricted Payments

(a) The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly (each a “Restricted Payment”):

(i) declare or pay any dividend on, or make any distribution to holders of, any shares of the Company’s Capital Stock (other than dividends or distributions payable solely in shares of its Qualified Capital Stock or in options, warrants or other rights to acquire shares of such Qualified Capital Stock);

(ii) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, directly or indirectly, shares of the Company’s Capital Stock;

(iii) make any principal payment on, or repurchase, redeem, defease, retire or otherwise acquire for value, prior to any scheduled principal payment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (x) Indebtedness permitted under clause (4) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” or (y) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of such Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition);

(iv) declare or pay any dividend or distribution on any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary to any Person (other than (a) dividends or distributions payable solely in shares of Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary or in options, warrants or other rights to acquire shares of such Capital Stock, (b) to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (c) dividends or distributions made by a Restricted Subsidiary on a pro rata basis to all stockholders of such Restricted Subsidiary); or

(v) make any Investment (other than any Permitted Investments)

(the amount of any such Restricted Payment, if other than cash, shall be the Fair Market Value of the assets proposed to be transferred), unless:

(1) at the time of and after giving effect to such proposed Restricted Payment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(2) at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) under the provisions described under paragraph (a) of the covenant “—Limitation on Indebtedness”; and

(3) after giving effect to the proposed Restricted Payment, the aggregate amount of all such Restricted Payments (other than Permitted Payments described in clauses (2) through (10) and (12) through (16) of clause (b) below) declared (with respect to dividends) or made after the Issue Date does not exceed the sum of:

(A) 50% of the aggregate Consolidated Net Income of the Company accrued on a cumulative basis during the period beginning on October 7, 2012 and ending on the last day of the Company’s last fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of the Restricted Payment for which internal financial statements of the Company are available (or, if such aggregate cumulative Consolidated Net Income shall be a loss, minus 100% of such loss);

(B) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds and the Fair Market Value of property received after the Issue Date by the Company either (1) as capital contributions or (2) from the issuance or sale (other than to any of its Subsidiaries) of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or any options, warrants or rights to purchase such Qualified Capital Stock of the Company (except, in each case, to the extent such proceeds are used to purchase, redeem or otherwise retire Capital Stock or Subordinated Indebtedness as set forth below in clause (2) or (3) of paragraph (b) below and excluding the Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance of Qualified Capital Stock financed, directly or indirectly, using funds borrowed from the Company or any Subsidiary until and to the extent such borrowing is repaid);

99

(C) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received after the Issue Date by the Company (other than from any of its Subsidiaries) upon the exercise of any options, warrants or rights to purchase Qualified Capital Stock of the Company (excluding the Net Cash Proceeds from the exercise of any options, warrants or rights to purchase Qualified Capital Stock financed, directly or indirectly, using funds borrowed from the Company or any Subsidiary until and to the extent such borrowing is repaid);

(D) the amount of reductions in the consolidated Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries upon conversion or exchange of any such Indebtedness into or for Qualified Capital Stock of the Company;

(E) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the Fair Market Value of property received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by means of (i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Investments (other than Permitted Investments or to the extent such Investment was a Restricted Payment made in clause (16) of the next succeeding paragraph) made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Investments from the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Investments (other than Permitted Investments or to the extent such Investment was a Restricted Payment made in clause (16) of the next succeeding paragraph) by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Issue Date; or (ii) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (16) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend or distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date;

(F) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the Fair Market Value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary constituted a Permitted Investment; and

(G) any amount which previously qualified as a Restricted Payment that was not a Permitted Payment on account of any guarantee entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such guarantee has not been called upon and the obligation arising under such guarantee no longer exists.

(b) The foregoing provisions shall not prohibit the following Restricted Payments (each a “Permitted Payment”):

(1) the payment of any dividend or redemption of any Capital Stock or Subordinated Indebtedness within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof or call for redemption, if at such date of declaration or call for redemption such payment or redemption was permitted by the provisions of paragraph (a) of this covenant (the declaration of such payment will be deemed a Restricted Payment under paragraph (a) of this covenant as of the date of declaration, and the payment itself will be deemed to have been paid on such date of declaration and will not also be deemed a Restricted Payment under paragraph (a) of this covenant) (it being understood that any Restricted Payment made in reliance on this clause (1) shall reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (a)(3) above only once);

(2) Restricted Payments made in exchange for (including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right or privilege in connection with which cash is paid in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares or scrip), or out of the Net Cash Proceeds of a substantially concurrent issuance and sale for cash (other than to a Subsidiary) of, Qualified Capital Stock of the Company; provided that the Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance of such shares of Qualified Capital Stock are excluded from clause (3)(B) of paragraph (a) of this covenant;

100

(3) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or acquisition for value or payment of principal of any Subordinated Indebtedness in exchange for, or out of the Net Cash Proceeds of, a substantially concurrent issuance and sale for cash (other than to any Subsidiary) of any Qualified Capital Stock of the Company; provided that the Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance of such shares of Qualified Capital Stock are excluded from clause (3)(B) of paragraph (a) of this covenant;

(4) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement, or acquisition for value or payment of principal of any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Redeemable Capital Stock) (a “refinancing”) in exchange for, or out of the Net Cash Proceeds of, the substantially concurrent issuance of new Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company; provided that any such new Subordinated Indebtedness:

(a) shall be in a principal amount that does not exceed the principal amount so refinanced, plus the amount of premium or other payment reasonably determined as necessary to refinance the Indebtedness, plus the amount of accrued interest, fees and expenses of the Company incurred in connection with such refinancing;

(b) has an Average Life to Stated Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Average Life to Stated Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being refinanced;

(c) has a Stated Maturity for its final scheduled principal payment no earlier than the Stated Maturity for the final scheduled principal payment of the Subordinated Indebtedness being refinanced; and

(d) is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes at least to the same extent as the Subordinated Indebtedness to be refinanced;

(5) the repurchase of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon (a) exercise of stock options to the extent that shares of such Capital Stock represent a portion of the exercise price of such options and (b) the withholding of a portion of the Capital Stock granted or awarded to an employee to pay taxes associated therewith;

(6) the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares or scrip in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exercisable for Capital Stock of the Company;

(7) the repurchase, redemption, or other acquisition or retirement for value of Redeemable Capital Stock of the Company or a Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the sale of, Redeemable Capital Stock;

(8) so long as no Default or Event of Default exists or would occur, payments or distributions to stockholders pursuant to appraisal rights required under applicable law in connection with any consolidation, merger or transfer of assets, that complies with the covenant described under “—Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets”;

(9) the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company, or a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Capital Stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies, held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (9) do not exceed in any calendar year $5.0 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to the next two succeeding calendar years); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(a) the cash proceeds from the sale of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the capital of the Company, Capital Stock of any of the direct or indirect parent companies of the Company, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of such Capital Stock have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (3) of the preceding paragraph; plus

101

(b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less

(c) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (a) or (b) of this clause (9);

and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company from members of management of the Company and representing non-cash loans made by the Company to permit members of management to acquire Capital Stock of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with a repurchase of Capital Stock of the Company or any of the Company’s direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant;

(10) payments of dividends on Redeemable Capital Stock of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued in accordance with the covenant “—Limitation on Indebtedness”;

(11) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock (or a Restricted Payment to any direct or indirect parent entity to fund a payment of dividends on such entity’s common stock), following the first public Equity Offering of such common stock after the Issue Date, of up to 6% per annum of the Net Cash Proceeds received by (or, in the case of a Restricted Payment to a direct or indirect parent entity, contributed to the capital of) the Company in or from any such public Equity Offering;

(12) Restricted Payments contemplated by the offering memorandum for the original placement of the Notes in connection with the Transactions;

(13) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness following an Asset Sale or Change of Control pursuant to the provisions similar to those described under the captions “—Purchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control” and “—Limitation on Sale of Assets” at a purchase price not to exceed 100% of the principal amount thereof (or 101% in the case of an offer as a result of a Change of Control) plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase; provided that the Company has previously made a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as the case may be, with respect thereto and all Notes tendered by holders in connection therewith have been repurchased to the extent required by the Indenture;

(14) the declaration and payment of dividends or the payment of other distributions by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to, or the making of loans or advances to, any of their respective direct or indirect parents in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies to pay, in each case without duplication,

(a) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses of any corporate parent required to maintain its corporate existence;

(b) for any taxable year in which the Company is a member of any consolidated, combined or similar income tax group of which any corporate parent is the common parent (a “Tax Group”), federal, foreign, state or local income taxes (as applicable) of the Tax Group that are attributable to the income of the Company and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that, in each taxable year, the amount of such payments (when aggregated with the amount of such

102

taxes paid directly by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) shall not exceed the amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would have been required to pay in respect of such federal, foreign, state or local income taxes on a standalone basis;

(c) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(d) general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(e) amounts payable to the Sponsors pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;

(f) fees and expenses related to any equity or debt offering of such parent entity (whether or not successful); and

(g) cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of any direct or indirect parent of the Company;

(15) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Receivables and Related Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction; and

(16) other Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed $15.0 million.

For clarity purposes, all payments made pursuant to clauses (2) through (10) and (12) through (16) of this paragraph (b) shall not reduce the amount that would otherwise be available for Restricted Payments under paragraph (a) of this covenant.

Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates

The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into any transaction or series of related transactions involving aggregate value in excess of $2.5 million (including, without limitation, the sale, purchase, exchange or lease of assets, property or services) with or for the benefit of any Affiliate of the Company (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, including any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction), unless:

(1) such transaction or series of related transactions is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that would be available in a comparable transaction in arm’s-length dealings with an unrelated third-party; and

(2) with respect to any transaction or series of related transactions involving aggregate value in excess of $15.0 million, either (a) such transaction or series of related transactions has been approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors of the board of directors of the Company, or in the event there is only one Disinterested Director, by such Disinterested Director, or (b) the Company delivers to the Trustee a written opinion of an investment banking firm of national standing or other recognized independent expert stating that the transaction or series of related transactions is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view;

provided, however, that this provision shall not apply to:

(i) directors’ fees, consulting fees, employee salaries, bonuses or employment agreements, incentive arrangements, compensation or employee benefit arrangements with any officer, director or employee of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, including under any stock option or stock incentive plans, customary indemnification arrangements with officers, directors or employees of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

103

(ii) any Restricted Payments made in compliance with the “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant above or any Permitted Investment in a Person that is an Affiliate solely as a result of the Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Investments in such Person;

(iii) any Qualified Securitization Transaction;

(iv) any issuance or sale of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company to Affiliates;

(v) transactions among the Company and/or any Restricted Subsidiary and/or any entity that is an Affiliate solely as a result of any Investment by the Company and/or such Restricted Subsidiary in such entity;

(vi) loans or advances to employees or consultants of the Company in the ordinary course of business for bona fide business purposes of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, travel, entertainment and moving expenses) made in compliance with applicable law;

(vii) any transactions undertaken pursuant to any agreements (including, without limitation, pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement) in existence on the Issue Date and described in the offering memorandum for the original placement of the Notes and any renewals, replacements or modifications of such contracts (pursuant to new transactions or otherwise) on terms not materially less favorable when taken as a whole to the holders of the Notes than those in effect on the Issue Date;

(viii) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of their obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement, principal investors agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (viii) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise materially disadvantageous to the holders when taken as a whole;

(ix) the Transactions;

(x) transactions with Unrestricted Subsidiaries, customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indenture which are fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Company’s board of directors or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(xi) payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Sponsors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which payments are approved in good faith by Disinterested Directors constituting a majority of such Disinterested Directors;

(xii) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary and employment agreements, severance arrangements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Company in good faith; and

(xiii) Investments by the Sponsors in debt securities of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (x) the Investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (y) the Investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities.

104

Limitation on Liens

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to enter into, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Liens of any kind, on or with respect to any of its properties other than Permitted Liens. Additionally, neither Issuer will, and will not permit any Guarantor, to grant or suffer to exist any Lien (other than pursuant to clause (a), (d), (g), (j) or (p) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”) on any leasehold interest (as lessee) in real property of an Issuer or any Guarantor for purposes of securing any Indebtedness for money borrowed unless the Issuers shall have granted a Lien on such leasehold interest to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the holders of Notes and the holders of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations ranking prior to any other Liens.

Limitation on Sale of Assets

(a) The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, consummate an Asset Sale unless (1) at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Sale is received in cash, Cash Equivalents or Replacement Assets, (2) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares or assets subject to such Asset Sale, and (3) if such Asset Sale involves the disposition of Notes Priority Collateral or, after the Discharge of ABL Obligations, the disposition of ABL Priority Collateral, the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be paid directly by the purchaser of the Collateral to the Collateral Agent for deposit into the Collateral Account pending application in accordance with the provisions described below, and, if any property other than cash or Cash Equivalents is included in such Net Cash Proceeds, substantially all of such property shall be made subject to the Note Liens.

For purposes of Section (a)(1) of this covenant only, the following will be deemed to be cash:

(A) the amount of any liabilities (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is actually assumed by the transferee in such Asset Sale and from which the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries are fully and unconditionally released (excluding any liabilities that are incurred in connection with or in anticipation of such Asset Sale and contingent liabilities);

(B) the amount of any notes, securities or other similar obligations received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that is converted, sold or exchanged within 180 days of the related Asset Sale by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries into cash in an amount equal to the Net Cash Proceeds realized upon such conversion, sale or exchange; and

(C) the amount of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Asset Sale; provided that the aggregate of such Designated Non-cash Consideration received in connection with Asset Sales (and still held) shall not exceed the greater of (x) $10.0 million and (y) 2.0% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at any one time (with the Fair Market Value in each case being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).

(b) All or a portion of an amount equal to the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale may be applied by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects (or is required by the terms of any Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement or any Credit Facility):

(i) to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds constitute proceeds from the sale of (x) ABL Priority Collateral or assets that are not Collateral, to repay permanently any Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Facility then outstanding as required by the terms thereof (and to effect a permanent reduction in the availability under the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Facility) or (y) assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, to repay Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor;

105

(ii) to acquire (or enter into a legally binding agreement to acquire), all or substantially all of the assets of, or a majority of the Voting Stock of, a Permitted Business (or in the case of an Asset Sale of ABL Priority Collateral, to acquire additional Collateral); provided that to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds are received in respect of Notes Priority Collateral, such Net Cash Proceeds are applied to acquire assets substantially all of which constitute Notes Priority Collateral;

(iii) to make a capital expenditure; provided that to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds are received in respect of Notes Priority Collateral, such expenditures shall relate to Notes Priority Collateral; or

(iv) to invest the Net Cash Proceeds (or enter into a legally binding agreement to invest) in Replacement Assets; provided that to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds are received in respect of Notes Priority Collateral, substantially all of such Replacement Assets constitute Notes Priority Collateral.

Pending the final application of any such Net Cash Proceeds (other than Trust Monies), the Issuers may temporarily reduce Indebtedness or otherwise invest such Net Cash Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the Indenture. If any such legally binding agreement to invest such Net Cash Proceeds is entered into and the Issuers shall have not consummated such investment (or a replacement investment) within 180 days of the date of such binding agreement or within 365 days of such Asset Sale, whichever is later, such Net Cash Proceeds which were to be invested shall constitute “Excess Proceeds”. The amount of such Net Cash Proceeds not used or invested in accordance with the preceding clauses (i) through (iv) within 365 days (or such later number of days as provided in the preceding sentence) of the Asset Sale constitutes “Excess Proceeds.”

When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, within thirty days thereof, or earlier at the option of the Issuers, the Issuers will make an offer (an “Offer”) to all holders of Notes and (x) in the case of Net Cash Proceeds from an Asset Sale of Notes Priority Collateral, to the holders of any other Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to asset sales or (y) in the case of any other Net Cash Proceeds, to all holders of other Pari Passu Indebtedness containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to assets sales, in each case, equal to the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Offer to Purchase will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes (and 100% of the principal amount or, if different, the accreted value of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations or Pari Passu Indebtedness) plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Offer to Purchase, the Issuers may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture and such remaining amount shall not be added to any subsequent Excess Proceeds for any purpose under the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of the Notes and principal amount or, if different, accreted value of other Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations (in the case of Net Cash Proceeds from Notes Priority Collateral) or Notes and other Pari Passu Indebtedness (in the case of any other Net Cash Proceeds) tendered into such Offer to Purchase exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes and other Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations or other Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

(c) The Company shall determine in good faith whether, and to what extent, an Asset Sale is in respect of Notes Priority Collateral and to what extent the Net Cash Proceeds in respect of an Asset Sale of Notes Priority Collateral are used to acquire or are invested in Notes Priority Collateral taking into account all relevant factors, including without limitation, the existence of structurally senior claims against the Notes Priority Collateral and the assets of an entity whose Capital Stock is subject to such Asset Sale or acquired with such Net Cash Proceeds.

(d) The Indenture provides that the Issuers will comply with the applicable tender offer rules, including Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, and any other applicable securities laws or regulations in connection with an Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale provisions of the Indenture, the Company, or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of the Indenture by virtue of such conflict.

106

Additional Guarantees

(a) The Issuers will cause within ten business days any Restricted Subsidiary formed or acquired after the Issue Date (other than a Foreign Subsidiary, a Securitization Subsidiary and any Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary if the Fair Market Value of such Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary, together with the Fair Market Value of all other Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiaries, as of such date, does not exceed in the aggregate $30.0 million) to execute and deliver a supplemental indenture to the Indenture providing for a Guarantee of the Notes and supplements to the applicable Security Documents in order to grant a Lien in the Collateral owned by such Restricted Subsidiary to the same extent as that set forth in the Indenture and the Security Documents and take all actions required by the Security Documents to perfect such Lien. In addition, to the extent the collective Fair Market Value of the Company’s Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiaries, as of the date of the creation of, acquisition of or Investment in a Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary, exceeds $30.0 million, the Company shall cause, within 10 business days after such date, one or more of such Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiaries to similarly execute and deliver a supplemental indenture to the Indenture providing for a Guarantee of the Notes and a supplement to the applicable Security Documents in order to grant a Lien in the Collateral owned by such Restricted Subsidiary to the same extent as that set forth in the Indenture and the Security Documents such that the collective Fair Market Value of all remaining Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiaries does not exceed $30.0 million and take all actions required by the Security Documents to perfect such Lien. In addition, the Indenture provides that the Company will not permit any Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Company or any other Guarantor unless such Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary simultaneously delivers a supplemental indenture to the Indenture and a joinder agreement related to the Security Documents, providing for a Guarantee of the Notes by such Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary and a pledge of its assets as Collateral for the Notes to the same extent as that set forth in the Indenture and the Security Documents and take all actions required by the Security Documents to perfect such Lien. Such Guarantee shall automatically be released on the date such Subsidiary no longer guarantees the payment of any Indebtedness of the Company or any other Guarantor and shall otherwise be subject to release in accordance with paragraph (b) below.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Notes shall provide by its terms that it (and all Liens securing the same) shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:

(1) such Subsidiary ceasing to constitute a Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction that complies with the Indenture (whether upon a sale, exchange, transfer or disposition of Capital Stock in such Restricted Subsidiary (including by way of merger or consolidation), or the designation of such Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary), or the sale or disposition of all of the assets of such Guarantor made in compliance with the Indenture;

(2) satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture as set forth below under “—Satisfaction and Discharge”; or

(3) a legal defeasance or covenant defeasance of the Indenture as described below under “—Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance of Indenture.”

Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries

(a) The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock;

(2) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary;

(3) make any Investment in the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or

(4) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary.

107

(b) However, paragraph (a) will not prohibit any:

(1) encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement (and related security documents), the Notes, the Indenture, the Guarantees and the Security Documents) in effect on the Issue Date or any agreement governing Indebtedness that contains encumbrances and restrictions that are not materially more restrictive than those contained in the Indenture, the Guarantees, the Credit Agreement and the Security Documents;

(2) encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the Issue Date, in existence at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such encumbrances and restrictions are not applicable to any Restricted Subsidiary or the properties or assets of any Restricted Subsidiary other than such Subsidiary which is becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such Subsidiary’s Subsidiaries;

(3) encumbrance or restriction pursuant to any agreement governing any Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations permitted to be incurred under the provisions of the covenant described above under the caption “—Limitation on Indebtedness”;

(4) encumbrance or restriction contained in any Acquired Indebtedness or other agreement of any Person or related to assets acquired (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries, so long as such encumbrance or restriction (A) was not entered into in contemplation of the acquisition, merger or consolidation transaction, and (B) is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or such Person’s Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person or such Person’s Subsidiaries, so acquired;

(5) encumbrance or restriction existing under applicable law, rule, regulation or order or any requirement of any regulatory body;

(6) in the case of clause (4) of paragraph (a) above, Liens securing Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred under the provisions of the covenant described above under the caption “—Limitation on Liens” that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

(7) customary non-assignment provisions in leases, licenses or contracts;

(8) customary restrictions contained in (A) asset sale agreements that limit the transfer of such assets pending the closing of such sale and (B) any other agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition;

(9) customary restrictions imposed by the terms of shareholders’, partnership or joint venture agreements; provided, however, that such restrictions do not apply to any Restricted Subsidiaries other than the applicable company, partnership or joint venture;

(10) restrictions contained in Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred under the Indenture, so long as such restrictions or encumbrances are customary for Indebtedness of the type incurred and which the board of directors of the Company determines in good faith will not adversely affect the Issuers’ ability to make payments of principal or interest on the Notes;

(11) encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Securitization Entity in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction; provided, however, that such encumbrances and restrictions are necessary or advisable to effect the transactions contemplated under such Qualified Securitization Transaction in the good faith determination of the Company;

(12) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or suppliers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; and

108

(13) encumbrance or restriction under any agreement that amends, extends, renews, refinances or replaces the agreements containing the encumbrances or restrictions in the foregoing clauses (1) through (12), or in this clause (13); provided that the terms and conditions of any such encumbrances or restrictions are no more restrictive in any material respect than those under or pursuant to the agreement evidencing the Indebtedness so extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced.

Limitation on Unrestricted Subsidiaries

The Issuers may designate after the Issue Date any Subsidiary as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” under the Indenture only if:

(a) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or after giving effect to such designation;

(b) either (i) such Subsidiary has total assets of less than $1,000 or (ii) the Issuers would be permitted to make an Investment at the time of designation (assuming the effectiveness of such designation) pursuant to the covenant “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” in an amount (the “Designation Amount”) equal to the Fair Market Value of the Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Investments in such Subsidiary (including any guarantee of the obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary that will not be released concurrently with such designation but excluding any amounts attributable to Investments made prior to the Issue Date);

(c) such Unrestricted Subsidiary does not own any Capital Stock in any Restricted Subsidiary which is not simultaneously being designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(d) such Unrestricted Subsidiary is not liable, directly or indirectly, with respect to any Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Indebtedness, provided that an Unrestricted Subsidiary may provide a Guarantee for the Notes; and

(e) such Unrestricted Subsidiary is not a party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding at such time with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Issuers or, in the event such condition is not satisfied, the value of such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding to such Unrestricted Subsidiary from and after the date of designation shall be deemed a Restricted Payment.

In the event of any such designation, the Issuers shall be deemed to have made an Investment pursuant to the covenant “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” for all purposes of the Indenture in an amount equal to the Designation Amount. For purposes of the foregoing, the designation of a Subsidiary of an Issuer as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be the designation of all of the Subsidiaries of such Subsidiary as Unrestricted Subsidiaries. Unless so designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, any Person that becomes a Subsidiary of an Issuer will be classified as a Restricted Subsidiary.

The Issuers may revoke any designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if:

(a) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of and after giving effect to such revocation;

(b) all Liens and Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding immediately following such revocation would, if incurred at such time, have been permitted to be incurred for all purposes of the Indenture; and

(c) unless such redesignated Subsidiary shall not have any Indebtedness outstanding (other than Indebtedness that would be Permitted Indebtedness), (x) if prior to such revocation the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to the covenant “—Limitation on Indebtedness,” immediately after giving effect to such proposed revocation, and after

109

giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of any such Indebtedness of such redesignated Subsidiary as if such Indebtedness was incurred on the date of the revocation, the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to the covenant “—Limitation on Indebtedness” or (y) if prior to such revocation the Company could not incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to the covenant “—Limitation on Indebtedness,” the Company’s Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio does not decline as a result of such revocation.

All designations and revocations must be evidenced by a resolution of the Company’s board of directors delivered to the Trustee certifying compliance with the foregoing provisions.

Provision of Financial Statements

The Company will furnish to the Trustee and, upon request, to beneficial owners and prospective investors of the Notes, a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below within 15 days after the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations (assuming the notes were registered under Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act):

(1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants; provided that, prior to the exchange offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, financial statements may omit the footnote disclosures omitted from the financial statements included in the offering memorandum for the original placement of the Notes for periods in such fiscal years; and

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports;

provided that if the Company files such reports electronically with the SEC within such time periods, the Company shall not be required to furnish such reports as specified above. The Trustee shall have no responsibility whatsoever to determine if such electronic filing has occurred.

After consummation of this exchange offer, whether or not required by the SEC, the Company will comply with the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and will file the reports specified in the preceding paragraph with the SEC within the time periods specified above unless the SEC will not accept such a filing. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will not accept the Company’s filings for any reason, the Company will post the reports referred to in the preceding paragraph on its website within the time periods that would apply if the Company were required to file those reports with the SEC.

For so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company shall also:

(A) within 15 Business Days after filing with the Trustee or the SEC, as the case may be, the annual and quarterly information required pursuant to the preceding two paragraphs, hold a conference call for holders of notes, prospective investors and market makers (it being understood that prior to completion of the exchange offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company may limit participants to the extent it determines in good faith such limitations are prudent to ensure compliance with the Securities Act and other applicable securities laws) to discuss such reports and the results of operations for the relevant reporting period; and

(B) employ commercially reasonable means expected to reach Persons entitled to participate in such conference calls in accordance with the foregoing paragraph no fewer than three Business Days prior to the date of the conference call required to be held in accordance with clause (A) above, to announce the time and date of such conference call and either including all information necessary to access the call or directing such Persons to contact the appropriate contact at the Company to obtain such information.

110

Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the direct or indirect parent company becomes a guarantor, the reports, information and other documents required to be filed and provided as described above will be those of such parent, rather than those of the Company, so long as such filings would satisfy the SEC’s requirements (assuming the notes were registered under Section (13)(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act).

The Indenture also provides that, so long as any of the Notes remain outstanding, the Issuers will make available to any prospective purchaser of Notes or beneficial owner of Notes in connection with any sale thereof the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act, until such time as the Issuers have either exchanged the Notes for securities identical in all material respects which have been registered under the Securities Act or until such time as the holders thereof have disposed of such Notes pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets

No Issuer will, in a single transaction or through a series of related transactions, consolidate with or merge with or into any other Person or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person or group of Persons, unless at the time and after giving effect thereto:

(1) either (a) such Issuer will be the continuing corporation or (b) the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger or the Person which acquires by sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition all or substantially all of the properties and assets of such Issuer and their Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (the “Surviving Entity”) (i) shall be a corporation, limited liability company or partnership duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; provided that there shall be an obligor or a co-obligor that is a corporation, (ii) shall expressly assume by a supplemental indenture, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of such Issuer under the Notes and the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement, as the case may be, and the Notes and the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement will remain in full force and effect as so supplemented (and any Guarantees will be confirmed as applying to such Surviving Entity’s obligations) and (iii) shall expressly assume the due and punctual performance of the covenants and obligations of such Issuer under the Security Documents;

(2) after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;

(3) after giving effect to such transaction, the Company (or the Surviving Entity if the Company is not the continuing obligor under the Indenture) could (a) incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) under the provisions of “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness” or (b) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company or the Surviving Entity is equal to or greater than the Company’s Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such transaction;

(4) at the time of the transaction, each Guarantor, if any, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, will have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under the Indenture and the Notes;

(5) at the time of the transaction, such Issuer or the Surviving Entity will have delivered, or caused to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officer’s Certificate and an opinion of counsel, each to the effect that such consolidation, merger, transfer, sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other transaction and the supplemental indenture in respect thereof comply with the Indenture and that all conditions precedent therein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with;

(6) such Issuer or the Surviving Entity, as applicable, promptly causes such amendments, supplements or other instruments to be executed, delivered, filed and recorded, as applicable, in such jurisdictions as may be reasonably required by applicable law to preserve and protect the Lien of the Security Documents on the Collateral owned by or transferred to such Issuer or the Surviving Entity; and

(7) the Collateral owned by or transferred to such Issuer or the Surviving Entity, as applicable, shall (a) continue to constitute Collateral under the Indenture and the Security Documents, (b) be subject to the Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the holders of the Notes, and (c) not be subject to any Lien other than Permitted Liens.

111

Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (2) or (3), (1) either Issuer may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the other Issuer; (2) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Restricted Subsidiary and (3) either Issuer may merge with an Affiliate that has no significant assets or liabilities and was formed solely for the purpose of changing such Issuer’s jurisdiction of organization to another state of the United States.

Each Guarantor will not, and the Issuers will not permit a Guarantor to, in a single transaction or through a series of related transactions, consolidate with or merge with or into any other Person (other than the Issuers or any Guarantor) or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person or group of Persons (other than the Issuers or any Guarantor), unless at the time and after giving effect thereto:

(1) (a) either (i) the Guarantor will be the continuing corporation in the case of a consolidation or merger involving the Guarantor or (ii) the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger or the Person which acquires by sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Guarantor on a consolidated basis (the “Surviving Guarantor Entity”) will be a corporation, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, partnership or trust duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and such Person (x) expressly assumes, by a supplemental indenture, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee of the Notes and the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement and such Guarantee, Indenture and Registration Rights Agreement will remain in full force and effect; and (y) shall expressly assume the due and punctual performance of the covenants and obligations of the applicable Guarantor under the Security Documents;

(b) after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;

(c) at the time of the transaction such Guarantor or the Surviving Guarantor Entity will have delivered, or caused to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officer’s Certificate and an opinion of counsel, each to the effect that such consolidation, merger, transfer, sale, assignment, conveyance, lease or other transaction and the supplemental indenture in respect thereof comply with the Indenture and that all conditions precedent therein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with;

(d) the Guarantor or the Surviving Guarantor Entity, as applicable, promptly causes such amendments, supplements or other instruments to be executed, delivered, filed and recorded, as applicable, in such jurisdictions as may be reasonably required by applicable law to preserve and protect the Lien of the Security Documents on the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Guarantor or the Surviving Guarantor Entity;

(e) the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Guarantor or the Surviving Guarantor Entity, as applicable, shall (i) continue to constitute Collateral under the Indenture and the Security Documents, (ii) be subject to the Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the holders of the Notes, and (iii) not be subject to any Lien other than Permitted Liens; and

(f) the property and assets of the Person which is merged or consolidated with or into the Guarantor or the Surviving Guarantor Entity, as applicable, to the extent that they are property or assets of the types which would constitute Collateral under the Security Documents, shall be treated as after-acquired property and the Guarantor or the Surviving Guarantor Entity shall take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the Security Documents in the manner and to the extent required in the Indenture; or

(2) the transaction is made in compliance with the covenant “—Limitation on Sale of Assets.”

112

In the event of any transaction (other than a lease) described in and complying with the conditions listed in the three immediately preceding paragraphs in which an Issuer or any Guarantor, as the case may be, is not the continuing entity, the successor Person formed or remaining or to which such transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, such Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, and an Issuer or any Guarantor, as the case may be, would be discharged from all obligations and covenants under the Indenture and the Notes or its Guarantee, as the case may be, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Security Documents.

For purposes of this covenant, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Restricted Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

Events of Default

An Event of Default will occur under the Indenture if:

(1) there shall be a default in the payment of any interest on any Note when it becomes due and payable, and such default shall continue for a period of 30 days;

(2) there shall be a default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note at its Maturity (upon acceleration, optional redemption, required repurchase or otherwise);

(3) there shall be a default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or agreement of an Issuer or any Guarantor under the Indenture or any Guarantee (other than a default in the performance, or breach, of a covenant or agreement which is specifically dealt with in clause (1) or (2) above or in clause (b), (c) or (d) of this clause (3)) and such default or breach shall continue for a period of 60 days after written notice has been given, by certified mail, (1) to the Issuers by the Trustee or (2) to the Issuers and the Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes; (b) there shall be a default in the performance or breach of the provisions described in “—Certain Covenants—Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets”; (c) the Issuers shall have failed to make or consummate an Offer in accordance with the provisions of “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Sale of Assets”; or (d) the Issuers shall have failed to make or consummate a Change of Control Offer in accordance with the provisions of “—Purchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control”;

(4) (a) any default in the payment of the principal or premium, if any, on any Indebtedness when due under any of the agreements, indentures or instruments under which the Issuers, any Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary then has outstanding Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary) in excess of $25.0 million (“Material Indebtedness”) and such default shall have continued after giving effect to any applicable grace period and shall not have been cured or waived or (b) an event of default as defined in any of the agreements, indentures or instruments described in clause (a) of this clause (4) shall have occurred and the Material Indebtedness thereunder, if not already matured at its final maturity in accordance with its terms, shall have been accelerated;

(5) any Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries which collectively (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease to be, or shall for any reason be asserted in writing by any Guarantor or the Issuers not to be, in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms, except to the extent permitted by the Indenture and any such Guarantee;

113

(6) one or more final, non-appealable judgments or orders of any court or regulatory or administrative agency for the payment of money in excess of $25.0 million (net of any amounts to the extent that they are covered by insurance), either individually or in the aggregate, shall be rendered against an Issuer, any Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary which has not been discharged, fully bonded or stayed for a period of 60 consecutive days;

(7) the occurrence of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization with respect to the Issuers or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries which collectively (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

(8) unless all of the Collateral has been released from the Note Liens in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents, (x) default by the Issuers or any Subsidiary in the performance of the Security Documents which materially adversely affects the enforceability, validity, perfection or priority of the Note Liens on a material portion of the Collateral, (y) the repudiation or disaffirmation by the Issuers or any Guarantor of its material obligations under the Security Documents or (z) the determination in a judicial proceeding that the Security Documents are unenforceable or invalid against the Issuers or any Guarantor party thereto for any reason with respect to a material portion of the Collateral and, in the case of any event described in subclauses (x) through (z), such default, repudiation, disaffirmation or determination is not rescinded, stayed, or waived by the Persons having such authority pursuant to the Security Documents or otherwise cured within 60 days after the Issuers receive written notice thereof specifying such occurrence from the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes and demanding that such default be remedied.

If an Event of Default (other than as specified in clause (7) of the prior paragraph with respect to an Issuer) shall occur and be continuing with respect to the Indenture, the Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may, and the Trustee at the request of such holders shall, declare all unpaid principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on all Notes to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Issuers (and to the Trustee if given by the holders of the Notes) and upon any such declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and interest shall become due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in clause (7) of the prior paragraph with respect to an Issuer occurs and is continuing, then all the Notes shall automatically become and be due and payable immediately in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date the Notes become due and payable, without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holder. Thereupon, the Trustee may, at its discretion, proceed to protect and enforce the rights of the holders of Notes by appropriate judicial proceedings.

After a declaration of acceleration, but before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding by written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

(a) the Issuers have paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay (1) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee under the Indenture and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, (2) all overdue interest on all Notes then outstanding, (3) the principal of, and premium, if any, on any Notes then outstanding which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest thereon at the rate borne by the Notes and (4) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest at the rate borne by the Notes; and

(b) all Events of Default, other than the non-payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in the Indenture.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

The holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding may on behalf of the holders of all outstanding Notes waive any past default under the Indenture and its consequences,

114

except a default (1) in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note (which may only be waived with the consent of each holder of Notes affected) or (2) in respect of a covenant or provision which under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each Note affected by such modification or amendment.

No holder of any of the Notes has any right to institute any proceedings with respect to the Indenture or any remedy thereunder, unless (a) such holder has previously given notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default; (b) the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as trustee under the Indenture and the Notes; (c) such holder or holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request; (d) the Trustee has failed to institute such proceeding within 60 days after receipt of such notice; and (e) the Trustee, within such 60-day period, has not received directions inconsistent with such written request by holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Such limitations do not, however, apply to a suit instituted by a holder of a Note for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on such Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note.

The Issuers are required to notify the Trustee within five business days of the date they become aware of the occurrence of any Default. The Issuers are required to deliver to the Trustee, on or before the date not more than 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, a written statement as to compliance with the Indenture, including whether or not any Default has occurred. The Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders of the Notes unless such holders offer to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred thereby.

The Trust Indenture Act contains limitations on the rights of the Trustee, should it become a creditor of the Issuers or any Guarantor, if any, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases or to realize on certain property received by it in respect of any such claims, as security or otherwise. The Trustee is permitted to engage in other transactions, but if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict upon the occurrence of an Event of Default or else resign.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

No director, officer, employee, member or stockholder of the Issuers or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Guarantees, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance of Indenture

The Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have the obligations of the Issuers, the Guarantors and any other obligor upon the Notes discharged with respect to the outstanding Notes (“defeasance”). Such defeasance means that the Issuers, the Guarantors and any other obligor under the Indenture shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, except for:

(1) the rights of holders of such outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due;

(2) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee; and

(4) the defeasance provisions of the Indenture.

115

In addition, the Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have the obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors released with respect to certain covenants that are described in the Indenture (“covenant defeasance”) and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default with respect to the Notes. In the event covenant defeasance occurs, certain events (not including non-payment, bankruptcy and insolvency events related to an Issuer) described under “—Events of Default” will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

In order to exercise either defeasance or covenant defeasance,

(a) the Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the holders of the Notes, cash in United States dollars, U.S. government obligations (as defined in the Indenture), or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants or a nationally recognized investment banking firm, to pay and discharge the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or, to the extent the Issuers have previously provided a notice of redemption with respect to the outstanding Notes, on the applicable redemption date;

(b) in the case of defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of independent counsel in the United States stating that (A) the Issuers have received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of independent counsel in the United States shall confirm that (subject to customary assumptions, qualifications and exclusions), the holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred;

(c) in the case of covenant defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of independent counsel in the United States to the effect that (subject to customary assumptions, qualifications and exclusions) the holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred;

(d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

(e) such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a Default under any other material agreement or instrument to which the Issuers or any Guarantor is a party or by which it is bound; and

(f) the Issuers will have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an opinion of independent counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to either the defeasance or the covenant defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

Satisfaction and Discharge

The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes as expressly provided for in the Indenture) as to all outstanding Notes under the Indenture when:

(a) either:

(1) all such Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid or Notes whose payment has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuers and thereafter repaid to the Issuers or discharged from such trust as provided for in the Indenture) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

116

(2) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (a) have become due and payable, (b) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or (c) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuers;

(b) the Issuers or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust an amount in United States dollars or U.S. government obligations, or a combination thereof sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest at such Maturity, Stated Maturity or redemption date;

(c) after giving effect thereto, no default or event of default shall have occurred and be continuing under any Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary on the date of such deposit;

(d) such satisfaction and discharge will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any other material agreement or instrument to which the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party or by which the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary is bound;

(e) the Issuers or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable under the Indenture by the Issuers; and

(f) the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an opinion of independent counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent under the Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of such Indenture have been complied with.

Modifications and Amendments

Modifications and amendments of any of the Indenture and/or the Security Documents may be made by the Issuers, each Guarantor party thereto, if any, and the Trustee and/or Collateral Agent, as applicable, with the consent of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes); provided, however, that no such modification or amendment may, without the consent of the holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby:

(1) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of interest on, or change to an earlier date any redemption date (excluding any amendment or waiver of any minimum notice period for redemption, which may be amended with the consent of the Issuers and the holders of at least a majority of the Notes then outstanding) of, or waive a default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any such Note or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest thereon or any premium payable upon the redemption thereof, or change the coin or currency in which the principal of any such Note or any premium or the interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment after the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the redemption date) (in each case other than the provisions with respect to “—Purchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control” and an offer pursuant to “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Sale of Assets”);

(2) reduce the percentage in principal amount of such outstanding Notes, the consent of whose holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose holders is required for any waiver or compliance with certain provisions of the Indenture;

(3) modify any of the provisions relating to supplemental indentures requiring the consent of holders or relating to the waiver of past defaults or relating to the waiver of certain covenants, except to increase the percentage of such outstanding Notes required for such actions or to provide that certain other provisions of the Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the holder of each such Note affected thereby;

117

(4) amend or modify any of the provisions of the Indenture in any manner which subordinates the Notes issued thereunder in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Issuers or which subordinates any Guarantee in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Guarantor issuing any such Guarantee; or

(5) release any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary except in compliance with the terms of the Indenture.

In addition, any amendment to, or waiver of, the provision of the Indenture or any Security Document that has the effect of releasing all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Note Liens will require consent of the holders of at least 75% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any holders of the Notes, the Issuers, any Guarantor, any other obligor under the Notes and the Trustee and/or Collateral Agent, as applicable, may modify or amend the Indenture or the Security Documents:

(1) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Issuers or a Guarantor, and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Issuers or such Guarantor in the Indenture, the Notes, any Guarantee and the Security Documents in accordance with “—Certain Covenants—Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets”;

(2) to add to the covenants of the Issuers, any Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes for the benefit of the holders of the Notes or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuers or any Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes, as applicable, in the Indenture, the Notes, any Guarantee or any Security Document;

(3) to cure any ambiguity, or to correct or supplement any provision in the Indenture, the Notes, any Guarantee or any Security Document which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision in the Indenture, the Notes, any Guarantee or any Security Document;

(4) to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the Indenture, the Notes, any Guarantee or any Security Document; provided that, in each case, such provisions, shall not materially adversely affect the interest of the holders of the Notes;

(5) to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

(6) to add to the Collateral securing the Notes or to add a Guarantor under the Indenture;

(7) to evidence and provide the acceptance of the appointment of a successor Trustee or Collateral Agent under the Indenture or the Security Documents;

(8) to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the holders of the Notes (and the holders or lenders of ABL Liens or Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations) as additional security for the payment and performance of the Issuers’ and any Guarantor’s obligations under the Indenture, in any property, or assets, including any of which are required to be mortgaged, pledged or hypothecated, or in which a security interest is required to be granted to or for the benefit of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Indenture, any of the Security Documents or otherwise;

(9) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the Indenture;

(10) to provide for the release of Collateral from the Note Lien and the Security Documents when permitted or required by any of the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or the Indenture;

118

(11) to secure any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations under the Security Documents and to appropriately include the same in the Intercreditor Agreement; or

(12) in the sole discretion of the Issuers, to conform any provision of the Indenture or the Security Documents to the provisions of the “Description of the Notes” contained in the offering memorandum for the initial placement of the Notes to the extent such provision was intended to be a verbatim recital of a provision contained herein, as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate.

The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding may waive compliance with certain restrictive covenants and provisions of the Indenture.

Governing Law

The Indenture, the Security Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Notes and any Guarantee or guarantee of the Notes are governed by, and will be construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Concerning the Trustee

The Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee, should it become a creditor of the Issuers, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as Trustee with such conflict or resign as Trustee.

Subject to the terms of the Security Documents, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default occurs (which has not been cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any holder of Notes unless such holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

The Indenture provides that neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall be responsible for the existence, genuineness, value or protection of any Collateral (except for the safe custody of Collateral in its possession and the accounting for Trust Monies actually received), for the legality, effectiveness or sufficiency of any Security Document, or for the creation, perfection, priority, sufficiency or protection of any Note Lien.

Certain Definitions

“ABL Facility Collateral Agent” means Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent under the Credit Agreement, and its successors, replacements and/or assigns in such capacity.

“ABL Liens” means all Liens in favor of the ABL Facility Collateral Agent on Collateral securing the ABL Obligations.

“ABL Obligations” means (x) the Indebtedness and other obligations which are secured by a Lien on the Collateral permitted by clause (b) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” and (y) obligations in respect of Cash Management Services and Hedging Obligations that are secured pursuant to the security documents in connection with the Indebtedness described in clause (x).

“ABL Priority Collateral” shall mean the following property of the Issuers and the Guarantors, whether now owned or hereafter acquired (but excluding Excluded Assets described under “—Security”):

(1) all accounts, other than accounts which constitute identifiable proceeds which arise from the sale, license, assignment or other disposition of Notes Priority Collateral;

119

(2) all chattel paper, other than chattel paper which constitutes identifiable proceeds of Notes Priority Collateral;

(3) all (x) deposit accounts (other than the Collateral Account and Trust Monies) and money and all cash, checks, other negotiable instruments, funds and other evidences of payments held therein (other than the Collateral Account and Trust Monies), and (y) securities accounts (other than the Collateral Account and Trust Monies) and security entitlements and securities credited thereto, and, in each case, all cash, checks and other property held therein or credited thereto;

(4) all inventory;

(5) all prescription lists;

(6) to the extent relating to, evidencing or governing any of the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (5) constituting ABL Priority Collateral, all documents, general intangibles (other than patents, trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property), instruments (including promissory notes) and commercial tort claims;

(7) to the extent relating to any of the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (6) constituting ABL Priority Collateral, all supporting obligations and letter-of-credit rights;

(8) all books and records relating to the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (7) constituting ABL Priority Collateral (including all books, databases, customer lists, and records, whether tangible or electronic, which contain any information relating to any of the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (7)); and

(9) all proceeds of any of the foregoing, including collateral security and guarantees with respect to any of the foregoing and all cash, money, insurance proceeds, instruments, securities, financial assets and deposit accounts.

“Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, Indebtedness of any other Person (1) existing at the time such other Person is consolidated or merged with or into, or became a Subsidiary of, such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person consolidating or merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person, or (2) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of such acquisition, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Acquired Indebtedness shall not include Indebtedness of such other Person that is extinguished, retired or repaid substantially concurrently with such other Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, or at the time it is consolidated or merged with or into, such specified Person.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any date of redemption, the greater of:

(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of the Note, or

(2) the excess of:

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the Note at June 15, 2015 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under the caption “—Optional Redemption”), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Note through June 15, 2015 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the date of redemption), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such date of redemption plus 50 basis points; over

(b) the principal amount of the Note.

120

“Asset Sale” means any sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition (including, without limitation, by way of merger, consolidation or sale and leaseback transaction) (collectively, a “transfer”), directly or indirectly, in one or a series of related transactions, of:

(1) any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) all or substantially all of the properties and assets of any division or line of business of an Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(3) any other properties or assets (including any transfer by written contract by an Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to any other Person of any of their rights to receive all or a portion of the proceeds from the sale by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any such asset or properties) of an Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary other than in the ordinary course of business.

For the purposes of this definition, the term “Asset Sale” shall not include any transfer of properties and assets:

(A) that is governed by the provisions described under “—Certain Covenants—Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets”;

(B) that is by an Issuer to any Restricted Subsidiary or by any Restricted Subsidiary to an Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or that is the issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to an Issuer or to another Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity);

(C) that would be a Restricted Payment permitted to be made under the “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant or a Permitted Investment;

(D) that is a disposition of Receivables and Related Assets in a Qualified Securitization Transaction;

(E) that are obsolete, damaged or worn out equipment or otherwise unsuitable for use in the ordinary course of business;

(F) that is the disposition of Capital Stock of, or other Investment in, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(G) that is the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents or the voluntary termination of Hedging Obligations;

(H) that is the sale, transfer or disposition deemed to occur in connection with creating or granting any Liens pursuant to the provisions described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Liens” (including Permitted Liens);

(I) the Fair Market Value of which in the aggregate does not exceed $5.0 million in any transaction or series of related transactions;

(J) consisting of the licensing of any intellectual property in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(K) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Permitted Business; provided that to the extent the property exchanged was Notes Priority Collateral, substantially all of property received in exchange therefore constitutes Notes Priority Collateral;

(L) that is a transfer of property subject to casualty or condemnation proceedings (including in lieu thereof) upon the receipt of the net cash proceeds therefore; provided such net cash proceeds are deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds and are applied in accordance with the covenant “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Sale of Assets”;

121

(M) that is a foreclosure on assets or a disposition of Investments or receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings; or

(N) that is surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind.

“Average Life to Stated Maturity” means, as of the date of determination with respect to any Indebtedness, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the product of (a) the number of years from the date of determination to the date or dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness multiplied by (b) the amount of each such principal payment by (2) the sum of all such principal payments.

“Capital Lease Obligation” of any Person means any obligation of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis under any capital lease of (or other agreement conveying the right to use) real or personal property which, in accordance with GAAP, is required to be recorded as a capitalized lease obligation.

“Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, participations, rights in or other equivalents (however designated) of such Person’s capital stock, other equity interests whether now outstanding or issued after the Issue Date, partnership interests (whether general or limited), limited liability company interests, any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, including any Preferred Stock, and any rights (other than debt securities convertible into Capital Stock), warrants or options exchangeable for or convertible into such Capital Stock.

“Cash Equivalents” means

(1) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(2) certificates of deposit, time deposits and Eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million;

(3) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (1) and (2) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (2) above;

(4) securities with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (2) above;

(5) commercial paper rated at least P-2 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or at least A-2 by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”) (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another rating agency) and in each case maturing within one year after the date of creation thereof;

(6) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another rating agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

(7) repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements relating to marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States maturing within 365 days from the date of acquisition;

122

(8) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another rating agency); and

(9) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in cash and securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (8) above.

“Cash Management Services” means any one or more of the following types of services or facilities provided to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries: (a) ACH transactions, (b) cash management services, including, without limitation, controlled disbursement services, treasury, depository, overdraft and electronic funds transfer services, (c) foreign exchange facilities, (d) credit card processing services, (e) purchase cards, and (f) credit or debit cards.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(1) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than a Permitted Holder, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a Person shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all shares that such Person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total outstanding Voting Stock of the Company;

(2) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the board of directors of the Company (together with any new directors whose election to such board or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved), cease for any reason to constitute a majority of such board of directors then in office;

(3) the Company consolidates with or merges with or into any Person or sells, assigns, conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ assets to any Person, other than a Permitted Holder, or any Person consolidates with or merges into or with the Company, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where:

(A) the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is converted into or exchanged for (1) Voting Stock of the surviving corporation which is not Redeemable Capital Stock or (2) cash, securities and other property (other than Capital Stock of the surviving corporation) in an amount which could be paid by the Company as a Restricted Payment as described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” (and such amount shall be treated as a Restricted Payment subject to the provisions in the Indenture described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”) and

(B) immediately after such transaction, no “person” or “group,” other than a Permitted Holder, is the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a Person shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such Person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total outstanding Voting Stock of the surviving corporation; or

(4) Tops Markets ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Company other than in a transaction which complies with the provisions described under “—Certain Covenants—Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets.”

“Collateral Account” means the collateral account established pursuant to the Indenture.

123

“Collateral Agent” means the Trustee, in its capacity as Collateral Agent for the holders of Notes and Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations together with its successors in such capacity.

“Commodity Price Protection Agreement” means any forward contract, commodity swap, commodity option or other similar agreement or arrangement relating to, or the value of which is dependent upon, fluctuations in commodity prices.

“Consolidated EBITDA” means for any period, the sum, without duplication, of (A) Consolidated Net Income (Loss), (B) in each case to the extent deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income (Loss) for such period, (i) Consolidated Interest Expense, (ii) Consolidated Income Tax Expense, (iii) Consolidated Non-cash Charges, (iv) the amount of management fees and expense reimbursement accrued by such Person to the Permitted Holders pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement, (v) the amount of any expenses in connection with any actual or proposed Investment, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Capital Stock or acquisition or disposition outside the ordinary course of business, (vi) expenses incurred to the extent covered by indemnification provisions in any agreement in connection with an acquisition (including the acquisition of the Company) to the extent reimbursed in cash and such indemnification payments are not otherwise included in Consolidated EBITDA and (vii) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and expenses (including interest expense) related to any Qualified Securitization Transaction, in each case, for such period, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries all determined in accordance with GAAP and (C) proceeds from any business interruption insurance to the extent not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income, and less (D) all non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period (other than the accrual of revenue and other than non-cash items to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated charges made in any prior period or which will result in the receipt of cash in a future period).

“Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” of any Person means, for any period of the most recent four fiscal quarters for which internal consolidated financial statements of the Company are available (the “Four Quarter Period”), the ratio of

(a) Consolidated EBITDA for such Four Quarter Period to

(b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such Four Quarter Period (but excluding from Consolidated Interest Expense for this purpose the accretion of original issue discount on the Notes issued on the Issue Date),

in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b) after giving pro forma effect to:

(1) the incurrence of the Indebtedness giving rise to the need to make such calculation and (if applicable) the application of the net proceeds therefrom, including to refinance other Indebtedness, as if such Indebtedness was incurred, and the application of such proceeds occurred, on the first day of such Four Quarter Period;

(2) the incurrence, repayment or retirement of any other Indebtedness by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the first day of such Four Quarter Period as if such Indebtedness was incurred, repaid or retired at the beginning of such Four Quarter Period (except that, in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such Four Quarter Period);

(3) in the case of Acquired Indebtedness or any acquisition occurring at the time of the incurrence of such Indebtedness, the related acquisition, assuming such acquisition had been consummated on the first day of such Four Quarter Period;

(4) (i) any acquisition or disposition by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of any company or any business or any assets out of the ordinary course of business, whether by merger, stock purchase or sale or asset purchase or sale, or any related repayment of Indebtedness and (ii) any cost savings initiatives, in each case since the first day of such Four Quarter Period, and prior to the date of determination, assuming such acquisition or disposition had been consummated on the first day of such Four Quarter Period; and

124

(5) if since the beginning of such Four Quarter Period, any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such Four Quarter Period shall have made any acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, such acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation assuming such acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation had occurred on the first day of such Four Quarter Period;

provided that

(1) in making such computation, the Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to discontinued operations will be excluded;

(2) in making such computation, the Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to interest on any Indebtedness computed on a pro forma basis and (A) bearing a floating interest rate shall be computed as if the rate in effect on the date of computation had been the applicable rate for the entire Four Quarter Period and (B) which was not outstanding during the Four Quarter Period which bears, at the option of such Person, a fixed or floating rate of interest, shall be computed by applying at the option of such Person either the fixed or floating rate, in each case taking into account any Interest Rate Agreements;

(3) in making such computation, the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person attributable to interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable Four Quarter Period; and

(4) whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an acquisition or disposition or cost savings initiative, such pro forma calculation shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable determination of the Company, as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, to reflect (A) operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from any acquisition, disposition or cost savings initiative and (B) all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Adjusted EBITDA” as set forth in footnote (9) to the “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data” under “Summary” in the offering memorandum for the original placement of the Notes to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such Four Quarter Period; provided that (x) such operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (y) in the case of any actions in connection with an acquisition or disposition such actions are reasonably expected to be taken no later than six months after such transaction and (z) in connection with any cost savings initiatives not in connection with an acquisition or disposition, the maximum amount of any increase to Consolidated EBITDA for any period pursuant to this definition as a result of such initiatives shall not exceed 15% of Consolidated EBITDA for such period (prior to any increase thereto pursuant to this definition).

“Consolidated Income Tax Expense” of any Person means, for any period, the provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes of such Person and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Interest Expense” of any Person means, without duplication, for any period, the sum of:

(a) the interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, including, without limitation,

(1) amortization of debt discount,

(2) the net cost (benefit) associated with Interest Rate Agreements (including amortization of discounts),

(3) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation,

125

(4) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers acceptance and

(5) accrued interest,

and excluding (i) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness, (ii) any expense resulting from the discounting of Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or, if applicable, purchase accounting, (iii) any additional interest payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and any comparable “additional interest” with respect to other securities and (iv) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses; plus

(b) (1) the interest component of the Capital Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period and

(2) all capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, plus

(c) the interest expense under any Guaranteed Debt of such Person and any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent not included under clause (a) above, whether or not paid by such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries, plus

(d) dividend requirements of the Company with respect to Redeemable Capital Stock and of any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to Preferred Stock (except, in either case, dividends payable solely in shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be), less

(e) interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Consolidated Net Income (Loss)” of any Person means, for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis as determined in accordance with GAAP, adjusted, to the extent included in calculating such net income (or loss), by excluding, without duplication:

(1) all extraordinary gains or losses net of taxes (less all fees and expenses relating thereto);

(2) the portion of net income (or loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis allocable to minority interests in unconsolidated Persons or Unrestricted Subsidiaries to the extent that cash dividends or distributions have not actually been received by such Person or one of its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) any gain or loss, net of taxes, realized upon the termination of any employee pension benefit plan and any non-cash charges incurred relating to the underfunded portion of any pension plan;

(4) gains or losses, net of taxes (less all fees and expenses relating thereto), in respect of dispositions of assets other than in the ordinary course of business;

(5) solely for purposes of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (3)(A) of paragraph (a) of the covenant “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments,” the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to the extent that the declaration of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter, any agreement, or applicable law, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(6) any net gain or loss arising from the acquisition of any securities or extinguishment or conversion of any Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations of such Person;

126

(7) any non-cash goodwill or asset impairment charges, any non-cash write-downs attributable to joint ventures held by the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries and the amortization of intangibles, in each case pursuant to GAAP;

(8) any non-cash charges resulting from the application of SFAS No. 123 and any other non-cash compensation charges or other non-cash expenses or charges arising from the grant of or issuance or repricing of stock, stock options or other equity-based awards or any amendment, modification, substitution or change of any such stock, stock options or other equity-based awards;

(9) all deferred financing costs written off, and premiums paid, in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness;

(10) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period and any amounts attributable to LIFO adjustments;

(11) unrealized gains and losses from Hedging Obligations or “embedded derivatives” that require the same accounting treatment as Hedging Obligations;

(12) any purchase accounting adjustments (including, without limitation, the impact of writing up inventory, deferred marketing and deferred financing costs or deferred revenue at fair value), amortizations, impairments, write-offs, or non-cash charges with respect to purchase accounting with respect to any acquisitions, disposition, merger, consolidation, amalgamation or similar transactions; and

(13) any unusual or non-recurring items and any restructuring charges or reserves, including, without limitation, in connection with an acquisition made after the Issue Date (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include retention, severance, systems establishment costs, excess pension charges, contract and lease termination costs and costs to consolidate facilities and relocate employees).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clause 3(E) of paragraph (a) thereof.

“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means, at any time, Total Assets at such time minus the sum of (1) all current liabilities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and (2) all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense and other intangibles of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, all as determined by the Company’s most recent consolidated balance sheet and computed on a pro forma basis to give effect to any acquisition or disposition of assets outside the ordinary course of business made after such balance sheet date and on or prior to the date of determination.

“Consolidated Non-cash Charges” of any Person means, for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period, as determined in accordance with GAAP (excluding any non-cash charge which requires an accrual or reserve for cash charges for any future period).

“Consolidated Total Debt” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that would be required to be reflected on a consolidated balance sheet (excluding the notes thereto) of the Company as of such date.

“Consolidated Total Debt Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt on the date of determination to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for

127

the most recent four fiscal quarter period ending prior to such date for which the Company has internal consolidated financial statements available, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated EBITDA as are consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

“Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement dated on or about the Issue Date among Tops Markets, the Guarantors, the various lenders and agents party thereto and Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent, together with any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder, alters the maturity thereof or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender, group of lenders or investors.

“Credit Facility” means one or more credit or debt facilities (including, without limitation, any credit or debt facilities provided under the Credit Agreement), commercial paper facilities or other debt instruments, indentures or agreements, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, securities, letters of credit or other debt obligations, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, restructured, supplemented, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time, including, without limitation, any amendment increasing the amount of Indebtedness incurred or available to be borrowed thereunder, extending the maturity of any Indebtedness incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby or deleting, adding or substituting one or more parties thereto (whether or not such added or substituted parties are banks or other lenders).

“Currency Agreements” means foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreements or other similar agreements or arrangements designed to protect against the fluctuations in currency values.

“Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value, as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, of non-cash consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale.

“Designation Amount” has the meaning set forth under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Unrestricted Subsidiaries.”

“Discharge of ABL Obligations” has the meaning provided in the Intercreditor Agreement and is generally defined to mean (a) the payment in full in cash of all outstanding ABL Obligations excluding contingent indemnity obligations with respect to then unasserted claims but including, with respect to amounts available to be drawn under outstanding letters of credit issued thereunder (or indemnities or other undertakings issued pursuant thereto in respect of outstanding letters of credit), the cancellation of such letters of credit or the delivery or provision of money or backstop letters of credit in respect thereof in compliance with the terms of the Credit Agreement (which shall not exceed an amount equal to 105% of the aggregate undrawn amount of such letters of credit) and (b) the termination of all commitments to extend credit under the Credit Agreement and related loan documents; provided that in connection with the amendment, renewal, extension, substitution, refinancing, restructuring, replacement, supplement or other modification from time to time of the Credit Agreement in connection with the incurrence of additional ABL Obligations, the Discharge of ABL Obligations shall be deemed to have not occurred and references to the “Credit Agreement” above shall thereafter refer to the agreement under which such additional ABL Obligations are incurred.

“Disinterested Director” means, with respect to any transaction or series of related transactions, a member of the board of directors of the Company who does not have any material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such transaction or series of related transactions.

“EDS” means HP Enterprise Services, LLC (formerly Electronic Data Systems Corporation and Electronic Data Systems, LLC).

128

“Equity Offering” means any public offering or private sale for cash of common stock or Preferred Stock (other than Redeemable Capital Stock) of the Company or, to the extent the proceeds are contributed to the Company, a direct or indirect parent company of the Company (other than public offerings with respect to a registration statement on Form S-4 (or any successor form covering substantially the same transactions), Form S-8 (or any successor form covering substantially the same transactions) or otherwise relating to equity securities issuable under any employee benefit plan of the Company).

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder.

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the sale value that would be obtained in an arm’s-length transaction between an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy. Fair Market Value shall be determined by the board of directors of the Company acting in good faith if the Fair Market Value exceeds $15.0 million, otherwise, by the principal financial officer of the Company acting in good faith.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of an Issuer that (x) is not organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, or (y) was organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia that has no material assets other than Capital Stock of one or more foreign entities of the type described in clause (x) above and is not a guarantor of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement.

“Franchise Deposits” means the net balances paid by the franchisees of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of their respective franchise agreements.

“Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” or “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect as of the Issue Date, including those set forth in:

(1) the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s FASB Accounting Standards Codification; and

(2) the rules and regulations of the SEC with respect to generally accepted accounting principles, including those governing the inclusion of financial statements in periodic reports required to be filed pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act, including opinions and pronouncements in staff accounting bulletins and similar written statements from the accounting staff of the SEC,

except, with respect to any reports or financial information required to be delivered pursuant to “—Certain Covenants—Provision of Financial Statements”, which shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the date thereof.

For purposes of this definition, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person means such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries but does not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuers’ Indenture Obligations.

“Guaranteed Debt” of any Person means, without duplication, all Indebtedness of any other Person referred to in the definition of “Indebtedness” below guaranteed directly or indirectly in any manner by such Person, or in effect guaranteed directly or indirectly by such Person through an agreement:

(1) to pay or purchase such Indebtedness or to advance or supply funds for the payment or purchase of such Indebtedness;

(2) to purchase, sell or lease (as lessee or lessor) property, or to purchase or sell services, primarily for the purpose of enabling the debtor to make payment of such Indebtedness or to assure the holder of such Indebtedness against loss;

129

(3) to supply funds to, or in any other manner invest in, the debtor (including any agreement to pay for property or services without requiring that such property be received or such services be rendered);

(4) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the debtor, or otherwise to maintain the net worth, solvency or other financial condition of the debtor or to cause such debtor to achieve certain levels of financial performance; or

(5) otherwise to assure a creditor against loss;

provided that the term “Guaranteed Debt” shall not include (i) endorsements for collection or deposit, in either case in the ordinary course of business or (ii) any guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations in respect of customers for check cashing and short term lending products in the ordinary course of business consistent with industry standards.

“Guarantor” means any Subsidiary of the Company (other than Tops Markets) which is a guarantor of the Notes, including any Person that is required after the Issue Date to execute a Guarantee of the Notes pursuant to the covenant “—Certain Covenants—Additional Guarantees,” until such Person’s Guarantee is released in accordance with the Indenture or until a successor replaces such Person pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture and, thereafter, shall mean such successor.

“Hedging Obligations” means the obligations under Currency Agreements, Commodity Price Protection Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements.

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication,

(1) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services, excluding any trade payables and other accrued current liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business, but including, without limitation, all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in connection with any letters of credit issued under letter of credit facilities, acceptance facilities or other similar facilities;

(2) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or other similar instruments;

(3) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even if the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), but excluding trade payables arising in the ordinary course of business;

(4) all obligations under Interest Rate Agreements, Currency Agreements or Commodity Price Protection Agreements of such Person (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such Person at such time);

(5) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person;

(6) all Indebtedness referred to in clauses (1) through (5) above of other Persons, the payment of which is secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien, upon or with respect to property (including, without limitation, accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, other than a pledge of Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to secure Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Indebtedness; provided the amount of Indebtedness will be the lesser of the Fair Market Value of such property on the date of determination and the amount of Indebtedness of such other Person;

(7) all Guaranteed Debt of such Person;

130

(8) all Redeemable Capital Stock issued by such Person or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Issuer) of such Person that is not a Guarantor valued at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary maximum fixed repurchase price plus accrued and unpaid dividends;

(9) all amounts outstanding and other obligations of such Person in respect of a Qualified Securitization Transaction; and

(10) attributable debt with respect to sale and leaseback transactions.

For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Redeemable Capital Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Redeemable Capital Stock as if such Redeemable Capital Stock were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to the Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the Fair Market Value of such Redeemable Capital Stock, such Fair Market Value to be determined in good faith by the board of directors of the issuer of such Redeemable Capital Stock.

“Indenture Obligations” means the obligations of the Issuers and any other obligor under the Indenture or under the Notes, including any Guarantor, to pay principal of, premium, if any, and interest when due and payable, and all other amounts due or to become due under or in connection with the Indenture, the Notes and the performance of all other obligations to the Trustee and the holders under the Indenture and the Notes, according to the respective terms thereof.

“Initial Purchasers” means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, BMO Capital Markets Corp. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC.

“Interest Rate Agreements” means interest rate protection agreements (including, without limitation, interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements) and/or other types of interest rate hedging agreements or arrangements designed to protect against or manage exposure to fluctuations in interest rates in respect of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

“Investment” means, with respect to any Person, directly or indirectly, any advance, loan (including guarantees), or other extension of credit or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase, acquisition or ownership by such Person of any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities issued by any other Person and all other items that would be classified as investments on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) prepared in accordance with GAAP. “Investment” shall exclude direct or indirect advances to customers or suppliers in the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded as accounts receivable, prepaid expenses or deposits on the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s balance sheet, endorsements for collection or deposit arising in the ordinary course of business and extensions of trade credit on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of an Issuer sells or otherwise disposes of any Capital Stock of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of an Issuer such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of an Issuer (other than the sale of all of the outstanding Capital Stock of such Subsidiary), the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investments in such Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

“Issue Date” means December 20, 2012.

“Lien” means any mortgage or deed of trust, charge, pledge, lien (statutory or otherwise), privilege, security interest, assignment, easement, hypothecation, claim, preference, priority or other encumbrance upon or with respect to any property of any kind (including any conditional sale, capital lease or other title retention agreement, any leases in the nature thereof, and any agreement to give any security interest), real or personal, movable or immovable, now owned or hereafter acquired; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien. A Person will be deemed to own subject to a Lien any property which it has acquired or holds subject to the interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale agreement, Capital Lease Obligation or other title retention agreement.

131

“Maturity” means, when used with respect to the Notes, the date on which the principal of the Notes becomes due and payable as therein provided or as provided in the Indenture, whether at Stated Maturity, the offer date or the redemption date and whether by declaration of acceleration, offer in respect of Excess Proceeds, Change of Control Offer in respect of a Change of Control, call for redemption or otherwise.

“Net Cash Proceeds” means:

(a) with respect to any Asset Sale by any Person, the proceeds thereof (without duplication in respect of all Asset Sales) in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations when received in the form of, or stock or other assets when disposed of for, cash or Cash Equivalents (except to the extent that such obligations are financed or sold with recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) net of:

(1) brokerage commissions and other reasonable fees and expenses (including, without limitation, fees and expenses of counsel and investment bankers) related to such Asset Sale;

(2) provisions for all taxes payable as a result of such Asset Sale;

(3) except in the case of Liens ranking junior to the Liens securing the Notes, payments made to retire Indebtedness where payment of such Indebtedness is secured by the assets or properties the subject of such Asset Sale;

(4) in the case of an Asset Sale by a Restricted Subsidiary, distributions and other payments made to minority shareholders, partners or members of such Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Sale;

(5) amounts required to be paid to any Person (other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) owning a beneficial interest in the assets subject to the Asset Sale;

(6) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, after such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale; and

(b) with respect to any issuance or sale of Subordinated Indebtedness, or Capital Stock, or debt securities or Capital Stock that have been converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock as referred to under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments,” the proceeds of such issuance or sale in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations when received in the form of, or stock or other assets when disposed of for, cash or Cash Equivalents (except to the extent that such obligations are financed or sold with recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary), net of attorney’s fees, accountant’s fees and brokerage, consultation, underwriting and other fees and expenses actually incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof.

“Non-recourse Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, Indebtedness of such Person as to which the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary may not be directly or indirectly liable (by virtue of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary being the primary obligor on, guarantor of, or otherwise liable in any respect to, such Indebtedness except for a Lien on the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the creditors thereof which is not recourse to any other assets of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary), and which, upon the occurrence of a default with respect to such Indebtedness, does not result in, or permit any holder of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare, a default on such Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or cause the payment of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity.

132

“Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is designated by the Company as a Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary, as evidenced by a resolution of the Company’s board of directors.

“Note Liens” means all Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent on Collateral securing the Indenture Obligations and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations.

“Obligations” means any principal, premium, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

“Officer” means the chairman of the board of directors, the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, the president, any executive vice president, senior vice president or vice president, the treasurer or the secretary of the Company.

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by an Officer of the Company, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements set forth in the Indenture.

“Pari Passu Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Guarantor that is not contractually subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantees.

“Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations” means obligations under any Additional Notes or any other Indebtedness (whether or not consisting of Additional Notes) secured by the Note Liens; provided that immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, the Consolidated Total Debt Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be less than or equal to 4.25:1.0; provided that (i) except in the case of Additional Notes, the trustee or agent under such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligation executes a joinder agreement to the Security Agreement in the form attached thereto agreeing to be bound thereby and (ii) the Issuers have designated such Indebtedness as “Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations” under the Security Agreement.

“Permitted Business” means the business conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and any business similar, reasonably related, complementary, incidental or ancillary thereto, including reasonably related extensions or expansions thereof.

“Permitted Holders” means (i) each of the Sponsors, (ii) each member of management of the Issuers who are holders of Capital Stock of the Company and (iii) any “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing Persons is a member, provided that in the case of such “group” and without giving effect to the existence of such “group” or any other “group,” such Sponsors and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent entities held by such “group.” Any person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control offer is made in accordance with the requirements of the covenant described under “—Purchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control” will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute a Permitted Holder.

“Permitted Investment” means:

(1) Investments in the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity and other than a transfer of Notes Priority Collateral to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor) or any Person which, as a result of such Investment, (a) becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity) or (b) is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity);

133

(2) Investments in Cash Equivalents;

(3) Investments acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale permitted under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Sale of Assets” to the extent such Investments are non-cash proceeds as permitted under such covenant;

(4) Investments by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Securitization Entity in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction, which Investment is in the good faith determination of the Company necessary or advisable to effect such Qualified Securitization Transaction;

(5) (x) Investments in existence on the Issue Date and (y) an Investment in any Person to the extent such Investment replaces or refinances an Investment covered by clause (x) above or this clause (y) in an amount not exceeding the amount of the Investment being replaced or refinanced; provided, however, that the Investment under clause (y) is on terms and conditions not materially less favorable to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole than the Investment being replaced or refinanced;

(6) Investments acquired in exchange for the issuance of Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Capital Stock) of the Company or acquired with the net cash proceeds received by the Company after the Issue Date from the issuance and sale of Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Stock) of the Company; provided that such Net Cash Proceeds are used to make such Investment within 30 days of the receipt thereof and the amount of all such Net Cash Proceeds will be excluded from clause (3)(B) of the first paragraph of the covenant “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

(7) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and worker’s compensation, performance and other similar deposits provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business;

(8) loans or advances to employees of the Issuers for bona fide business purposes of the Issuers and any Restricted Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, travel, entertainment and moving expenses) made in compliance with applicable law;

(9) any Investments received in good faith in settlement or compromise of obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer or as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(10) other Investments in the aggregate amount outstanding at any one time not to exceed $25.0 million;

(11) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (b)(6) of the covenant “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness”;

(12) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under clause (b)(5) of the covenant “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness”;

(13) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment; and

(14) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $2.5 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate.

In connection with any assets or property contributed or transferred to any Person as an Investment, such property and assets shall be equal to the Fair Market Value at the time of Investment.

“Permitted Lien” means:

(a) any Lien existing as of the Issue Date;

134

(b) any Lien with respect to the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Facility so long as the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Credit Agreement or any successor Credit Facility does not exceed the principal amount which could be borrowed under clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”;

(c) any Lien arising by reason of:

(1) any judgment, decree or order of any court, so long as such Lien is promptly adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment, decree or order shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired;

(2) taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or claims not yet delinquent or which are being contested in good faith;

(3) security for payment of workers’ compensation or other insurance and other social security legislation;

(4) good faith deposits in connection with tenders, leases, contracts (other than contracts for the payment of money);

(5) zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, reservations, title defects, rights of others for rights of way, utilities, sewers, electric lines, telephone or telegraph lines and other similar purposes, provisions, covenants, conditions, waivers, restrictions on the use of property or minor irregularities of title (and with respect to leasehold interests, mortgages, obligations, liens and other encumbrances incurred, created, assumed or permitted to exist and arising by, through or under a landlord or owner of the leased property, with or without consent of the lessee), none of which materially impairs the use of any parcel of property material to the operation of the business of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary or the value of such property for the purpose of such business;

(6) deposits to secure public or statutory obligations or levies, or in lieu of surety or appeal bonds;

(7) operation of law in favor of mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, landlords, materialmen, laborers, employees or suppliers, for sums which are not yet delinquent or are being contested in good faith by negotiations or by appropriate proceedings which suspend the collection thereof;

(8) receipt of progress payments and advances from customers in the ordinary course of business to the extent the same creates a Lien on the related inventory and proceeds thereof;

(9) operation of law in favor of customs and revenue authorities to secure the payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(10) operation of law under Article 4 of the UCC in connection with the collection of items provided for therein or under Article 2 of the UCC in favor of a reclaiming seller of goods or buyer of goods; or

(11) consignment or similar arrangements for the sale by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries of goods through third parties in the ordinary course of business;

(d) any Lien securing Acquired Indebtedness created prior to (and not created in connection with, or in contemplation of) the incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary and which does not extend to any assets other than the assets acquired;

135

(e) any Lien to secure the performance bids, trade contracts, leases (including, without limitation, statutory and common law landlord’s liens), subleases, warranty obligations, tenders, liability to insurance carriers, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, letters of credit and other obligations of a like nature and incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(f) any Lien securing obligations under Cash Management Services, Interest Rate Agreements, Currency Agreements and Commodity Price Protection Agreements;

(g) any Lien securing Capital Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations incurred in accordance with the Indenture (including, but not limited to, clause (7) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”);

(h) leases and subleases of real property which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(i) banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(j) Liens on property, assets or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created, incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; provided further, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary and assets fixed or appurtenant thereto;

(k) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuers or another Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity);

(l) Liens securing the Notes and the Guarantees issued on the Issue Date (and any exchange notes and related Guarantees issued in exchange therefore);

(m) Liens on assets transferred to a Securitization Entity or on assets of a Securitization Entity, in either case incurred in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction;

(n) Liens on the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor incurred in accordance with the covenant under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness”;

(o) Liens securing Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations;

(p) any extension, renewal, refinancing or replacement, in whole or in part, of any Lien described in the foregoing clauses (a) through (o) and this clause (p) so long as no additional collateral is granted as security thereby and the amount of Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased except by an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the stated amount of any premium or other payment contractually required to be paid in connection with such a refinancing pursuant to the terms of the Obligations being extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced or (b) the amount of premium or other payment actually paid at such time to extend, renew, refinance or replace the Obligations, plus, in either case, the amount of accrued interest, fees and expenses of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in connection with such refinancing;

(q) Liens on property or assets securing Indebtedness used to defease or to satisfy and discharge the Notes; and

(r) in addition to the items referred to in clauses (a) through (q) above, Liens on property or assets of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary securing obligations in an aggregate amount which, when taken together with the aggregate amount of all other Liens securing obligations incurred pursuant to this clause (r) and then outstanding, will not exceed $15.0 million.

136

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

“Preferred Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or distributions, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over the Capital Stock of any other class in such Person.

“Purchase Money Obligation” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien on assets related to the business of the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary and any additions and accessions thereto, which are purchased or constructed by the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary at any time after the Issue Date; provided that:

(1) the security agreement or conditional sales or other title retention contract pursuant to which the Lien on such assets is created (collectively a “Purchase Money Security Agreement”) shall be entered into within 360 days after the purchase or substantial completion of the construction of such assets and shall at all times be confined solely to the assets so purchased, constructed or acquired, any additions and accessions thereto and any proceeds therefrom;

(2) at no time shall the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Indebtedness secured thereby be increased, except in connection with the purchase or construction of additions, improvements and accessions thereto and except in respect of fees and other obligations in respect of such Indebtedness; and

(3) (a) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness secured thereby (determined on a per asset basis in the case of any additions, improvements and accessions) shall not at the time such Purchase Money Security Agreement is entered into exceed 100% of the purchase price or cost of construction to the Issuers or their Restricted Subsidiaries of the assets subject thereto or (b) the Indebtedness secured thereby shall be with recourse solely to the assets so purchased or acquired, any additions and accessions thereto and any proceeds therefrom.

“Qualified Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all Capital Stock of such Person other than Redeemable Capital Stock.

“Qualified Securitization Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to which (a) the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to a Securitization Entity its interests in Receivables and Related Assets and (b) such Securitization Entity transfers to any other Person, or grants a security interest in, such Receivables and Related Assets, pursuant to a transaction customary in the industry which is used to achieve a transfer of financial assets under GAAP.

“Receivables and Related Assets” means any account receivable (whether now existing or arising thereafter) of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary, and any assets related thereto including all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and contract rights and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interest are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable.

“Redeemable Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that, either by its terms or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or exchangeable (at the option of the holders thereof), is or upon the happening of an event or passage of time would be, required to be redeemed (at the option of the holders thereof) prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes (other than upon a change of control of or sale of assets by the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary in circumstances where the holders of the notes would have similar rights), or is convertible into or exchangeable for, debt securities at any time prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes at the option of the holder thereof; provided, however, that (1) only the portion of such Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Redeemable Capital Stock and (2) with respect to any Capital Stock issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such

137

employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Redeemable Capital Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s terminations, resignation, death or disability and (3) if any class of Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Capital Stock that is not Redeemable Capital Stock, such Capital Stock shall not be deemed to be Redeemable Capital Stock.

“Registration Rights Agreement” means (1) with respect to the Notes, the Registration Rights Agreement, dated the Issue Date, among the Issuers, the Guarantors on the Issue Date and the Initial Purchasers and (2) with respect to any Additional Notes, any registration rights agreement among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto relating to the registration by the Issuers and the Guarantors of such Additional Notes under the Securities Act.

“Replacement Assets” means (1) properties or assets to replace the properties or assets that were the subject of an Asset Sale, (2) properties and assets that will be used in businesses of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, existing at the time such assets are sold or (3) Capital Stock of a Person, the principal portion of whose assets consist of such property or assets; provided that in the case of a sale of Notes Priority Collateral substantially all of such replacement properties or assets constitute Notes Priority Collateral.

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of either the Company (including Tops Markets) or Tops Markets that has not been designated by the board of directors of the Company by a board resolution delivered to the Trustee as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to and in compliance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Unrestricted Subsidiaries.”

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder.

“Securitization Entity” means a Subsidiary of the Company to which the Issuers or any Subsidiary of the Issuers transfers Receivables and Related Assets that engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Receivables and Related Assets and that is designated by the Company’s board of directors (as provided below) as a Securitization Entity and:

(a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which:

(1) is guaranteed by the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding guarantees (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings);

(2) is recourse to or obligates the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Securitization Entity) in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; or

(3) subjects any property or asset of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Securitization Entity), directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings;

(b) with which neither the Issuers nor any Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Securitization Entity) has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms not materially less favorable to the Issuers or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Issuers, other than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing accounts receivable; and

(c) to which neither Issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Securitization Entity) has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.

138

Any designation of a Subsidiary as a Securitization Entity shall be evidenced to the Trustee by delivering to the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Company giving effect to the designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that the designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by the Indenture.

“Securitization Fees” means reasonable distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Entity in connection with any Qualified Securitization Transaction.

“Securitization Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of Receivables and Related Assets in a Qualified Securitization Transaction to repurchase Receivables and Related Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise that are customary for an accounts receivable securitization transaction, including, without limitation, as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

“Security Documents” means the Security Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and all of the security agreements, pledges, collateral assignments, mortgages, deeds of trust, trust deeds or other instruments evidencing or creating or purporting to create any security interests in favor of the Collateral Agent for its benefit and for the benefit of the Trustee and the holders of the Notes and the holders of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, in all or any portion of the Collateral, as amended, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

“Senior Secured Note Documents” means the Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees and the Security Documents.

“Significant Subsidiary” means, at any time, any Restricted Subsidiary that qualifies at such time as a “significant subsidiary” within the meaning of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC (as in effect on the Issue Date).

“Sponsor Management Agreement” means the management agreement between certain of the management companies associated with the Sponsors and the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent entities.

“Sponsors” means Morgan Stanley Capital Partners V U.S. Holdco LLC, HSBC Private Equity Partners USA, LP, HSBC Private Equity Partners II USA, LP, and each of their respective Affiliates but not including, however, any of their respective portfolio companies.

“Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary that are reasonably customary in an accounts receivable securitization transaction, including without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Entity; it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation that is customary in a Qualified Securitization Transaction shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

“Stated Maturity” means, when used with respect to any Indebtedness or any installment of interest thereon, the dates specified in such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the principal of such Indebtedness or such installment of interest, as the case may be, is due and payable.

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Issuers or a Guarantor that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or a Guarantee, as the case may be.

139

“Subsidiary” of a Person means:

(1) any corporation more than 50% of the outstanding voting power of the Voting Stock of which is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or by one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person, or by such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries thereof; or

(2) any limited partnership of which such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner; or

(3) any other Person in which such Person, or one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person, or such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, has more than 50% of the outstanding voting power of the partnership or similar interests.

“Total Assets” of the Company means, as of any date, the total amount of assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of such date in accordance with GAAP (but excluding amounts attributable to investments in or assets of any Unrestricted Subsidiary).

“Transactions” means the issuance of the Notes and the borrowings under the Credit Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date, the repayment of Indebtedness of the Issuers and any Restricted Subsidiary, the payment of a distribution to the holders of the Capital Stock of the Company on, or within 30 days of, the Issue Date, as described in the offering memorandum for the original placement of the Notes, and any fees and expenses related to any of the foregoing.

“Treasury Rate” means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to June 15, 2015; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to June 15, 2015 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

“Trust Monies” means all cash and Cash Equivalents:

(1) received by the Company upon the release of Collateral from the Lien of the Indenture or the Security Documents in connection with any Asset Sale; provided that any such cash or Cash Equivalents remaining after consummation of an Offer pursuant to the covenant “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Sale of Assets” shall cease to be Trust Monies; or

(2) received by the Collateral Agent as proceeds of any sale or other disposition of all or any part of the Collateral by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent or any collection, recovery, receipt, appropriation or other realization of or from all or any part of the Collateral pursuant to the Indenture or any of the Security Documents;

provided, however, that Trust Monies shall in no event include (i) any property deposited with the Trustee for any redemption, legal defeasance or covenant defeasance of Notes, for the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture or to pay the purchase price of the Notes and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations pursuant to an Offer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, (ii) any cash received or applicable by the Trustee in payment of its fees and expenses or, (iii) prior to the Discharge of ABL Obligations, any amounts attributable to ABL Priority Collateral.

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided, however, that, at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of the Collateral Agent’s security interest in any item or portion of the Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other that the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, at such time, in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

140

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company (other than an Issuer) designated as such pursuant to and in compliance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Unrestricted Subsidiaries.”

“Voting Stock” of a Person means Capital Stock of such Person of the class or classes pursuant to which the holders thereof have the general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect at least a majority of the board of directors, managers or trustees of such Person (irrespective of whether or not at the time Capital Stock of any other class or classes shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency).

141

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES DUE 2018

The Exchange Notes due 2018 will be issued under an indenture dated as of May 15, 2013 (as amended from time to time, the “Notes due 2018 Indenture”) between Tops Holding II Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). The terms of the Notes due 2018 include those stated in the Notes due 2018 Indenture and those made a part of the Notes due 2018 Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”).

The following description is a summary of the material provisions of the Notes due 2018 Indenture, does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Notes due 2018 Indenture. We urge you to read the Notes due 2018 Indenture, filed as an exhibit to the registration statement that includes this prospectus, because it, and not this description, will define your rights. For definitions of certain capitalized terms used in the following summary, see “—Certain Definitions.” For purposes of this “Description of the Exchange Notes due 2018”; the “Company” refers only to Tops Holding II Corporation and not to any of its subsidiaries; “Opco” refers only to Tops Holding LLC (formerly known as Tops Holding Corporation), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and not to any of its subsidiaries; the “Notes” refer to the Exchange Notes due 2018 offered by this prospectus, any unregistered notes that are outstanding after the exchange offers are completed and any Additional Notes (as defined below); and the “Indenture” refers to the Notes due 2018 Indenture.

Maturity, Principal and Interest

The Notes will mature on June 15, 2018. Upon completion of the exchange offers, $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes will remain outstanding, subject to the Company’s ability to issue additional Notes (“Additional Notes”) in an unlimited principal amount to the extent permitted by “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness.” The Notes and any Additional Notes will be substantially identical other than the issuance dates, offering price, transfer restrictions and, in certain circumstances, the date from which interest will accrue. The Notes and any Additional Notes will be treated as a single class of Notes under the Indenture and will vote together with any exchange notes as provided in the Indenture.

If the Company elects to pay PIK Interest (as defined below) in respect of the Notes as described below, the Company may elect as described below either to increase the outstanding principal amount of the Notes or issue additional Notes (the “PIK Notes”) under the Indenture, having the same terms as the Notes offered hereby (in each case, a “PIK Payment”). The Notes offered hereby and any Additional Notes and PIK Notes subsequently issued under the Indenture will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “Notes” for all purposes of the Indenture and this “Description of the Exchange Notes due 2018” include any Additional Notes and any PIK Notes that are actually issued and any references to “principal amount of the Notes” include any increase in the principal amount of the outstanding Notes as a result of the issuance of Additional Notes and any PIK Payment.

Each Note will bear interest at a rate of 8.750% per annum with respect to Cash Interest (as defined below) and 9.500% per annum with respect to any PIK Interest (as defined below) from the Issue Date or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for, payable semiannually to holders of record at the close of business on June 1 and December 1, immediately preceding each June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing December 15, 2013. Interest will be paid on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. Subject to the making of PIK Payments as described herein, the Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. PIK Payments on the Notes will be made in denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof.

Except as provided in the immediately succeeding sentence and the definition of “Applicable Amount,” interest on the Notes shall be payable entirely in cash (“Cash Interest”). For any Interest Period after the initial Interest Period (other than the final Interest Period ending at stated maturity), if the Applicable Amount (as defined below) as determined on the Determination Date (as defined below) for such Interest Period shall:

(i) equal or exceed 75%, but be less than 100%, of the aggregate amount of Cash Interest that would otherwise be due on the relevant interest payment date, then the Company may, at its option, elect to pay interest on (a) 25% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes by increasing the

142

principal amount of the outstanding Notes or by issuing PIK Notes in a principal amount equal to such interest (such increased principal amount or PIK Notes, “PIK Interest”) and (b) 75% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes as Cash Interest;

(ii) equal or exceed 50%, but be less than 75%, of the aggregate amount of Cash Interest that would otherwise be due on the relevant interest payment date, then the Company may, at its option, elect to pay interest on (a) 50% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes as PIK Interest and (b) 50% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes as Cash Interest;

(iii) equal or exceed 25%, but be less than 50%, of the aggregate amount of Cash Interest that would otherwise be due on the relevant interest payment date, then the Company may, at its option, elect to pay interest on (a) 75% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes as PIK Interest and (b) 25% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes as Cash Interest; or

(iv) be less than 25% of the aggregate amount of Cash Interest that would otherwise be due on the relevant interest payment date, then the Company may, at its option, elect to pay interest on the Notes entirely as PIK Interest.

The insufficiency or lack of funds available to the Company to pay Cash Interest as required by the preceding paragraph shall not permit the Company to pay PIK Interest in respect of any Interest Period and the sole right of the Company to elect to pay PIK Interest shall be as (and to the extent) provided in the immediately preceding paragraph.

As used herein:

(1) “Applicable Amount” shall be the amount equal to the sum (without duplication) of,

(i) (a) the maximum amount of all dividends and distributions that, as of the applicable Determination Date (and after giving effect to any borrowing made on such date), would be permitted to be paid to the Company for the purpose of paying Cash Interest by all Restricted Subsidiaries (after giving effect to all corporate, shareholder or other comparable actions required in order to make such payment, requirements of applicable law and all restrictions on the ability to make such dividends or distributions that are otherwise permitted by the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries” (including, without limitation, any restrictions and limitations in the Credit Agreement, the Existing Opco Notes Indenture, all other Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date or any future Indebtedness incurred in accordance with the Indenture or any agreement that amends, modifies, renews, increases, supplements, refunds, replaces or refinances such Indebtedness)) pursuant to the “restricted payments” covenants (including any exceptions or “baskets” in respect thereof) contained in the Existing Opco Notes Indenture, the Credit Agreement and any other instrument or agreement governing Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the incurrence of which did not violate the Indenture, net of all taxes attributable solely to such dividend or distribution, if any, and, in each case, without regard to whether any such Restricted Subsidiary shall have any funds available to make any such dividends or distributions, less (b) $2.0 million (which amount pursuant to this clause (i) shall in no event be less than $0); and

(ii) (a) all cash and Cash Equivalents on hand at the Company as of such Determination Date (other than any cash and Cash Equivalents on hand at the Company that were distributed to the Company by a Restricted Subsidiary in reliance on an exception under any agreement to which any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is a party that allowed such distribution but only if such amounts have been distributed to the Company for a purpose other than paying Cash Interest (including, without limitation, any exception allowing amounts to be distributed to the Company solely for the purpose of paying taxes and other corporate and administrative expenses attributable to the Company’s consolidated Subsidiaries)) less (b) $2.0 million (which amount pursuant to this clause (ii) shall in no event be less than $0); provided that there shall be excluded from this clause (ii) any net proceeds from the Notes issued on the Issue Date pending the final

143

application of such proceeds in connection with the Transactions and there shall be excluded from this definition any cash and Cash Equivalents on hand to be used for payment of Cash Interest on the interest payment date next succeeding such Determination Date.

If interest on the Notes with respect to an Interest Period will not be paid entirely as Cash Interest, the Applicable Amount shall be calculated by the Company and shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee (upon which the Trustee may conclusively rely) prior to the first day of the relevant Interest Period in which it is to be applied, which Officers’ Certificate shall set forth in reasonable detail the Company’s determination of each component of this definition and in the case of clause (i)(a) identifying in reasonable detail the applicable restriction(s) and the maximum amount of funds that may be paid after giving effect to such restriction. To the extent the Company is required pursuant to the second preceding paragraph and the definition of Applicable Amount to pay Cash Interest for all or any portion of the interest due on any interest payment date, the Company shall and shall cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to take all such shareholder, corporate and other actions necessary or appropriate to permit the making of any such dividends or distribution, provided that any such shareholder, corporate and other actions would not violate applicable law or cause a breach of any applicable contract;

(2) “Determination Date” shall mean, with respect to each Interest Period, the fifteenth calendar day immediately prior to the first day of the relevant Interest Period; and

(3) “Interest Period” shall mean the period commencing on and including an interest payment date and ending on and including the day immediately preceding the next succeeding interest payment date, with the exception that the first interest period shall commence on and include the Issue Date and end on and include December 14, 2013 (the interest payment date for any interest period shall be the interest payment date occurring on the day immediately following the last day of such interest period).

In the event that the Company shall determine to pay PIK Interest for any Interest Period, then the Company shall deliver a written notice to the Trustee following the Determination Date but prior to the commencement of the relevant Interest Period, which notice shall state the total amount of interest to be paid on such interest payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid as PIK Interest. The Trustee shall promptly deliver a copy of the notice to the holders. Interest for the first Interest Period commencing on the Issue Date shall be payable entirely in Cash Interest. Interest for the final Interest Period ending at stated maturity shall be payable entirely in Cash Interest.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the payment of accrued interest in connection with any redemption or repurchase of the Notes as described under “—Optional Redemption” and “—Purchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control” and “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Sale of Assets,” will be made solely in cash.

If the Company pays a portion of the interest on the Notes as Cash Interest and as PIK Interest, such Cash Interest and PIK Interest shall be paid to holders pro rata in accordance with their interests subject to the procedures of the Depositary Trust Company. Principal of, premium, if any, and Cash Interest on the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within the United States or, at the option of the Company, payment of Cash Interest may be made by check mailed to the holders of the Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of holders; provided that all payments of principal, premium, if any, and Cash Interest with respect to the Notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of or held by the Depository Trust Company or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the holder or holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Company, the Company’s office or agency will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose. PIK Interest on the Notes will be payable (1) with respect to Notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of or held by the Depositary Trust Company or its nominee, by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding global Note by an amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable Interest Period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar) as provided in writing by the Company to the Trustee, which shall be recorded in the registrar’s books and records and in the schedule to the global note in accordance with the Indenture, and (2) with respect to Notes represented by certificated Notes, by issuing PIK Notes in certificated form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable Interest Period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar), and the

144

Trustee will, at the written order of the Company, authenticate and deliver such PIK Notes in certificated form for original issuance to the holders on the relevant record date, as shown by the records of the register of holders. Following an increase in the principal amount of the outstanding global Notes as a result of a PIK Payment, the Notes will bear interest on such increased principal amount from and after the date of such PIK Payment. Any PIK Notes issued in certificated form will be dated as of the applicable interest payment date and will bear interest from and after such date. All Notes issued pursuant to a PIK Payment will mature on June 15, 2018 and will be governed by, and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of, the Indenture and will have the same rights and benefits as the Notes issued on the Issue Date.

The Company cannot assure you that Opco or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries will have the ability to dividend or otherwise distribute funds to the Company in order to allow the Company to make Cash Interest payments on the Notes. The ability of Opco and the Company’s other Subsidiaries to make dividends or distributions to the Company is subject to important exceptions. See “Description of Other Indebtedness” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Exchange Notes—Tops Holding II Corporation, the issuer of the Exchange Notes due 2018, is a holding company with no independent operations or assets. Repayment of Tops Holding II Corporation’s debt, including the Exchange Notes due 2018, is dependent on cash flow generated by Tops Holding LLC and its subsidiaries. Restrictions in the debt instruments of Tops Holding LLC and its subsidiaries and under applicable law limit their ability to provide funds to Tops Holding II Corporation.”

Methods of Receiving Payments on the Notes

If a holder has given wire transfer instructions to the Company at least three Business Days prior to the applicable payment date, the Company, through the paying agent or otherwise, will pay all principal, Cash Interest and premium, if any, on that holder’s Notes in accordance with those instructions. Except as set forth above with respect to payment of PIK Interest, all other payments on the Notes will be made at the office or agency of the paying agent and registrar, unless the Company elects to make Cash Interest payments by check mailed to the holders at their address set forth in the register of holders. Payment of PIK Interest will be made as set forth above.

Settlement for the Notes will be made in same-day funds. All payments of principal and interest will be made by the Company in same-day funds. The Notes will trade in the Same-Day Funds Settlement System of The Depository Trust Company (the “Depositary” or “DTC”) until maturity, and secondary market trading activity for the Notes will therefore settle in same day funds.

Guarantees

On the Issue Date, the Notes will not be guaranteed by any of the Company’s Subsidiaries. Under the circumstances described under “—Certain Covenants—Future Guarantees,” the Company will be required to cause any Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees other Indebtedness of the Company to guarantee the Notes.

Ranking

The Notes will be senior unsecured obligations of the Company and will:

• rank senior in right of payment to any future subordinated indebtedness of the Company;

• rank pari passu in right of payment to all existing and future unsecured indebtedness of the Company that is not subordinated in right of payment to the Notes;

• be effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness of the Company to the extent of the value of the assets securing such secured indebtedness; and

• be structurally subordinated to all obligations, including trade payables, the Credit Agreement and the Existing Opco Notes, of each of the Company’s existing and future Subsidiaries, including Holding, Tops Markets and their respective Subsidiaries.

145

Holding Company Status

The Company is an indirect holding company (through its direct Subsidiary, Opco) of Opco and its Subsidiaries. The operations of the Company are conducted through Opco and its Subsidiaries and, therefore, the Company will depend upon cash flow of its Subsidiaries to meet its obligations, including obligations under the Notes. The Company’s ability to make any cash payments to the holders of the Notes is limited by the Credit Agreement and the Existing Opco Notes Indenture, each of which limit the ability of Opco and its Subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other distributions to the Company. None of the proceeds of this offering will be invested in any of the Company’s Subsidiaries. See “Use of Proceeds.” There can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be available when necessary to make required cash payments under the Notes. Any right of the Company to receive assets of any of its Subsidiaries upon that Subsidiary’s bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization (and the consequent right of the holders of the Notes to participate in those assets) will be structurally subordinated to the claims of that Subsidiary’s creditors

As of July 13, 2013, the Company’s Subsidiaries had $810.6 million of secured Indebtedness and capitalized lease obligations outstanding (excluding $15.2 million of outstanding secured letters of credit), including $41.8 million of indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and $460.0 million of indebtedness in respect of the Existing Opco Notes.

These amounts do not include $53.1 million that the Company’s Subsidiaries would have had available for borrowing on such date, based on borrowing base availability, under the Credit Agreement.

Optional Redemption

At any time prior to June 15, 2015, the Company, at its option, may redeem all or a portion of the Notes, on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, in amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, at a price equal to 100.000% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption, subject to the rights of holders of record on relevant record dates to receive interest due on an interest payment date.

On or after June 15, 2015, the Company, at its option, may redeem all or a portion of the Notes, on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, in amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount), together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, subject to the rights of holders of record on relevant record dates to receive interest due on an interest payment date, if redeemed during the 12-month period (or in the case of the final period, six-months) beginning on the dates indicated below:

Date	Redemption Price
June 15, 2015		102.000	%
June 15, 2016		101.000	%
June 15, 2017 and thereafter		100.000	%

At any time prior to June 15, 2015, the Company, at its option, may use the net proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to redeem any or all of the Notes issued under the Indenture (including any Additional Notes and any PIK Notes) on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior notice at a redemption price equal to 102.000% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, subject to the rights of holders of record on the relevant record dates to receive interest due on an interest payment date; provided that such redemption is completed within 120 days of the closing of the Equity Offering.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. Any notice of redemption pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph may, at an Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions including, without limitation, completion of an Equity Offering. If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed in compliance with the requirements of the principal national security exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed, or if the Notes are not listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot and in any event in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary. Notes redeemed in part must be redeemed only in integral multiples of $1,000 and no Note with a principal amount of less than $2,000 will be redeemed in part.

146

In addition to the Company’s right to redeem the Notes as set forth above, the Company may purchase Notes in open-market transactions, tender offers or otherwise.

Sinking Fund

The Notes will not be entitled to the benefit of any sinking fund.

Purchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control

If a Change of Control occurs, each holder of Notes will have the right to require the Company to purchase all or any part (in integral multiples of $1,000 except that no partial purchase will be permitted that would result in a Note having a remaining principal amount of less than $2,000 or, in the case any PIK Payment has been made, in integral multiples of $1.00 except that no partial purchase will be permitted that would result in a Note having a remaining principal amount of less than $1.00) of such holder’s Notes pursuant to a Change of Control offer. In the Change of Control offer, the Company will offer to purchase all of the Notes, at a purchase price in cash in an amount equal to 101.000% of the principal amount of such Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the rights of holders of record on relevant record dates to receive interest due on an interest payment date).

Unless the Company has previously or concurrently mailed a notice of redemption with respect to all of the outstanding Notes as described under “—Optional Redemption,” within 30 days of any Change of Control or, at the Company’s option, prior to such Change of Control but after it is publicly announced, the Company must notify the Trustee and give written notice of the Change of Control to each holder of Notes, by first class mail, postage prepaid, at its address appearing in the security register. The notice must state, among other things,

• that a Change of Control has occurred or will occur and the date of such event;

• the purchase price and the purchase date which shall be fixed by the Company on a business day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date the notice is mailed, or such later date as is necessary to comply with requirements under the Exchange Act; provided that the purchase date may not occur prior to the Change of Control;

• that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;

• that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control purchase price, any Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control purchase date; and

• other procedures that a holder of Notes must follow to accept a Change of Control offer or to withdraw acceptance of the Change of Control offer.

If a Change of Control offer is made, the Company may not have available funds sufficient to pay the Change of Control purchase price for all of the Notes that might be delivered by holders of the Notes seeking to accept the Change of Control offer. The failure of the Company to make or consummate the Change of Control offer or pay the Change of Control purchase price when due will give the Trustee and the holders of the Notes the rights described under “—Events of Default.”

The occurrence of a Change of Control under the Indenture would also constitute a default under the Credit Agreement that permits the lenders to accelerate the maturity of borrowings thereunder and would also likely require the issuers of the Existing Opco Notes to offer to repurchase the Existing Opco Notes under the Existing Opco Notes Indenture. Future senior Indebtedness of the Company may also contain prohibitions on certain events which would constitute a Change of Control or require such senior Indebtedness to be repurchased upon a Change of Control. Moreover, the exercise by the holders of their right to require the Company to repurchase the Notes could cause a default under such senior Indebtedness, even if a Change of Control itself does not, due to the financial effect of

147

such repurchase on the Company. In addition, the Credit Agreement and the Existing Opco Notes Indenture limit Opco’s ability to make cash available to the Company, by dividend, debt repayment or otherwise to enable the Company to purchase the Notes in the event of a Change of Control, unless and until the Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and the Existing Opco Notes is repaid in full. As a result, following a change of control event, the Company may not be able to repurchase the Notes unless all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement and the Existing Opco Notes is first repaid and any other Indebtedness that contains similar provisions is repaid, or the Company obtains a waiver from the holders of such Indebtedness to provide the Company with sufficient cash to repurchase the Notes. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Exchange Notes—We may be unable to repurchase the exchange notes upon a change of control as required by the indentures governing the exchange notes.”

If holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such notes in a Change of Control offer and the Company, or any third-party making a Change of Control offer in lieu of the Company as described below, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such holders, the Company or such third-party will have the right, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control offer described above, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to 101.000% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of redemption.

The definition of Change of Control includes the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of “all or substantially all” of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries. The term “all or substantially all” as used in the definition of “Change of Control” has not been interpreted under New York law (which is the governing law of the Indenture) to represent a specific quantitative test. Therefore, if holders of the Notes elected to exercise their rights under the Indenture and the Company elected to contest such election, it is not clear how a court interpreting New York law would interpret the phrase.

The existence of a holder’s right to require the Company to repurchase such holder’s Notes upon a Change of Control may deter a third-party from acquiring the Company in a transaction which constitutes a Change of Control.

The provisions of the Indenture may not afford holders of the Notes the right to require the Company to repurchase the Notes in the event of a highly leveraged transaction or certain reorganization, restructuring, merger or other similar transactions (including, in certain circumstances, an acquisition of the Company by management or its affiliates) involving the Company that may adversely affect holders of the Notes, if such transaction is not a transaction defined as a Change of Control. In addition, holders of the Notes may not be entitled to require the Company to repurchase their Notes in certain circumstances involving a significant change in the composition of the Company’s board of directors, including in connection with a proxy contest, where the Company’s board of directors does not endorse a dissident slate of directors but subsequently approves them for purposes of the Indenture.

The Company will comply with the applicable tender offer rules, including Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, and any other applicable securities laws or regulations in connection with a Change of Control offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control offer provisions of the Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of Control offer provisions of the Indenture by virtue of such conflict.

The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control offer upon a Change of Control if a third-party makes the Change of Control offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements described in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control offer.

The provisions of the Indenture related to the Company’s obligation to make a Change of Control offer to repurchase the Notes may be waived or modified with the written consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

148

Certain Covenants

The Indenture contains, among others, the following covenants:

Limitation on Indebtedness

(a) The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, issue, incur, assume, guarantee or otherwise in any manner become directly or indirectly liable for, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “incur”), any Indebtedness (including any Acquired Indebtedness), unless (i) such Indebtedness is incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Opco and its Restricted Subsidiaries) or constitutes Acquired Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Opco or its Restricted Subsidiaries) and, in each case, the Company’s Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the most recent four full fiscal quarters for which internal consolidated financial statements are available immediately preceding the incurrence of such Indebtedness taken as one period is at least equal to or greater than 2.0:1.0 or (ii) such Indebtedness is incurred by Opco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or constitutes Acquired Indebtedness of Opco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and, in each case, Opco’s Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the most recent four full fiscal quarters for which internal consolidated financial statements are available immediately preceding the incurrence of such Indebtedness taken as one period is at least equal to or greater than 2.0:1.0.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries may incur the following (collectively, the “Permitted Indebtedness”):

(1) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary under any Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the greater of:

(a) $125.0 million, less, without duplication, (i) any permanent repayment thereof or permanent reduction in commitments thereunder from the proceeds of one or more Asset Sales which are used to repay a Credit Facility pursuant to clause (b)(i) of the covenant “—Limitation on Sale of Assets” and (ii) the amount of Indebtedness outstanding at the date of determination pursuant to clause (8) below; or

(b) at the time of any incurrence the sum of (i) 90% of credit card receivables and health care receivables of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) 85% of trade receivables of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (iii) 85% of the appraised value of prescription lists of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (iv) 90% of the net orderly liquidation value of the inventory of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (based on the most recent third-party appraisal of such inventory received by the Company), in the case of each of clauses (i) through (iv), on a consolidated basis as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal consolidated financial statements are available, in each case on a pro forma basis to give effect to any acquisition after such balance sheet date and on or prior to such date of incurrence;

(2) Indebtedness pursuant to (A) the Notes (excluding any Additional Notes) or any PIK Payment in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and any Guarantee with respect to the foregoing, and (B) any exchange notes issued in exchange for the Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and any Guarantee of the exchange notes;

(3) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary outstanding on the Issue Date (including, without limitation, under Opco’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ existing lease with EDS and Indebtedness under the Existing Opco Notes (including the issuance of exchange notes and related guarantees pursuant to the registration rights agreement with respect to the Existing Opco Notes), but excluding Indebtedness referred to in clause (1) or (2) of this definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”);

(4) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any disposition or transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (4);

149

(5) guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than guarantees by the Company or any Guarantor of Acquired Indebtedness incurred in reliance on paragraph (a) of this Section of any Person that does not become a Guarantor that is acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than guarantees of such Acquired Indebtedness by any other Person so acquired in connection therewith) which Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred under the Indenture;

(6) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any:

(a) Interest Rate Agreements,

(b) Commodity Price Protection Agreements; and

(c) Currency Agreements;

(7) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary represented by Capital Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations or other Indebtedness in connection with the acquisition or development of real or personal, movable or immovable, property, in each case incurred or assumed for the purpose of financing or refinancing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property used in the business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed 10% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets;

(8) Indebtedness incurred by a Securitization Entity in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction that is Non-recourse Indebtedness with respect to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);

(9) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (x) in connection with surety, performance, appeal or similar bonds, completion guarantees, or similar instruments entered into in the ordinary course of business or from letters of credit or other obligations in respect of property, casualty or liability insurance, self-insurance, workers’ compensation obligations or similar arrangements or (y) consisting of the financing of insurance premiums or take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(10) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts such amount need not be inadvertent) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five business days of receipt by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of notice of such insufficient funds;

(11) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary arising from agreements for indemnification or purchase price adjustment obligations or similar obligations, or from guarantees or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing any obligation of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to such an agreement, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or properties;

(12) any renewals, extensions, substitutions, refundings, refinancing or replacements (collectively, a “refinancing”) of any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section and clauses (2), (3) and (15) of this definition of “Permitted Indebtedness,” including any successive refinancing so long as Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor may only be refinanced with Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor and the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness refinanced is not increased by such refinancing except by an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the stated amount of any premium or other payment contractually required to be paid in connection with such a refinancing pursuant to the terms of the Indebtedness being refinanced or (b) the amount of premium or

150

other payment actually paid at such time to refinance the Indebtedness, plus, in either case, the amount of accrued interest, fees and expenses of the Company incurred in connection with such refinancing and (1) in the case of any refinancing of Indebtedness that is Subordinated Indebtedness, such new Indebtedness is made subordinated to the Notes at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced and (2) in the case of Pari Passu Indebtedness or Subordinated Indebtedness, as the case may be, such refinancing does not reduce the Average Life to Stated Maturity of such Indebtedness;

(13) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit outstanding in reliance on clause (1) above in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(14) Indebtedness of the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such Indebtedness are deposited and used to defease, covenant defease or discharge the Notes as described under “—Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance of Indenture” or “—Satisfaction and Discharge”;

(15) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries to officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Capital Stock of the Company to the extent permitted by clause (9) of paragraph (b) under the covenant “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” upon termination, disability or death;

(16) Indebtedness in respect of Franchise Deposits in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the sum of (a) $5.0 million plus (b) the amount of any Franchise Deposits cash collateralized plus (c) $1.0 million for each franchise store of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries that becomes a franchise store after the Issue Date; and

(17) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in addition to that described in clauses (1) through (16) above, and any refinancing of such Indebtedness, so long as the aggregate principal amount of all such Indebtedness shall not exceed $50.0 million outstanding at any one time.

For purposes of determining compliance with this “Limitation on Indebtedness” covenant:

• In the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness, or is permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (a) of this covenant, the Company will be permitted to classify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, or subject to the following bullet, later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this covenant;

• Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement which is in existence or available on or prior to the Issue Date will be deemed to have been incurred on such date under clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” above, and the Company will not be permitted to reclassify any portion of such Indebtedness thereafter;

• Indebtedness permitted by this covenant need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this covenant permitting such Indebtedness;

• Accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on any Redeemable Capital Stock or Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Redeemable Capital Stock or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant; provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof as accrued is included in the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company or Opco, as applicable;

• With respect to any dollar denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, the dollar equivalent principal amount of such Indebtedness incurred pursuant thereto shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date that such Indebtedness was incurred;

151

• The outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness shall be counted only once and any obligations arising under any guarantee, Lien, letter of credit or similar instrument supporting such Indebtedness shall not be double counted; and

• The amount of Indebtedness issued at a price less than the amount of the liability thereof shall be determined in accordance with GAAP.

The Indenture will provide that the Company will not, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness that is or purports to be by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) of the Company, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is also by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) made expressly subordinate to the Notes to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Company. Indebtedness shall not be considered subordinate or junior in right of payment by virtue of being secured to a greater or lesser extent or with different priority.

Limitation on Restricted Payments

(a) The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly (each a “Restricted Payment”):

(i) declare or pay any dividend on, or make any distribution to holders of, any shares of the Company’s Capital Stock (other than dividends or distributions payable solely in shares of its Qualified Capital Stock or in options, warrants or other rights to acquire shares of such Qualified Capital Stock);

(ii) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, directly or indirectly, shares of the Company’s Capital Stock;

(iii) make any principal payment on, or repurchase, redeem, defease, retire or otherwise acquire for value, prior to any scheduled principal payment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (x) Indebtedness permitted under clause (4) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” or (y) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of such Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition);

(iv) declare or pay any dividend or distribution on any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary to any Person (other than (a) dividends or distributions payable solely in shares of Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary or in options, warrants or other rights to acquire shares of such Capital Stock, (b) to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (c) dividends or distributions made by a Restricted Subsidiary on a pro rata basis to all stockholders of such Restricted Subsidiary); or

(v) make any Investment (other than any Permitted Investments)

(the amount of any such Restricted Payment, if other than cash, shall be the Fair Market Value of the assets proposed to be transferred), unless:

(1) at the time of and after giving effect to such proposed Restricted Payment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(2) at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment (x) in the case of a Restricted Payment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the issuers of the Existing Opco Notes and their Subsidiaries), the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) under the provisions described under subclause (i) of paragraph (a) of the covenant “—Limitation on Indebtedness” or (y) in the case of a Restricted Payment by Opco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, Opco could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) under the provisions described under subclause (ii) of paragraph (a) of the covenant “—Limitation on Indebtedness”; and

152

(3) after giving effect to the proposed Restricted Payment, the aggregate amount of all such Restricted Payments (other than Permitted Payments described in clauses (2) through (10) and (12) through (16) of clause (b) below) declared (with respect to dividends) or made after December 20, 2012 does not exceed the sum of:

(A) 50% of the aggregate Consolidated Net Income of the Company accrued on a cumulative basis during the period beginning on October 7, 2012 (with the Consolidated Net Income of Opco substituting for the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for any period from October 7, 2012 to the Issue Date) and ending on the last day of the Company’s last fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of the Restricted Payment for which internal financial statements of the Company are available (or, if such aggregate cumulative Consolidated Net Income shall be a loss, minus 100% of such loss);

(B) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds and the Fair Market Value of property received after the Issue Date by the Company either (1) as capital contributions or (2) from the issuance or sale (other than to any of its Subsidiaries) of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or any options, warrants or rights to purchase such Qualified Capital Stock of the Company (except, in each case, to the extent such proceeds are used to purchase, redeem or otherwise retire Capital Stock or Subordinated Indebtedness as set forth below in clause (2) or (3) of paragraph (b) below and excluding the Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance of Qualified Capital Stock financed, directly or indirectly, using funds borrowed from the Company or any Subsidiary until and to the extent such borrowing is repaid);

(C) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received after the Issue Date by the Company (other than from any of its Subsidiaries) upon the exercise of any options, warrants or rights to purchase Qualified Capital Stock of the Company (excluding the Net Cash Proceeds from the exercise of any options, warrants or rights to purchase Qualified Capital Stock financed, directly or indirectly, using funds borrowed from the Company or any Subsidiary until and to the extent such borrowing is repaid);

(D) the amount of reductions in the consolidated Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries upon conversion or exchange of any such Indebtedness into or for Qualified Capital Stock of the Company;

(E) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the Fair Market Value of property received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by means of (i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Investments (other than Permitted Investments or to the extent such Investment was a Restricted Payment made in clause (16) of the next succeeding paragraph) made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Investments from the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Investments (other than Permitted Investments or to the extent such Investment was a Restricted Payment made in clause (16) of the next succeeding paragraph) by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Issue Date; or (ii) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (16) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend or distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date;

(F) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the Fair Market Value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary constituted a Permitted Investment; and

(G) any amount which previously qualified as a Restricted Payment that was not a Permitted Payment on account of any guarantee entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such guarantee has not been called upon and the obligation arising under such guarantee no longer exists.

153

(b) The foregoing provisions shall not prohibit the following Restricted Payments (each a “Permitted Payment”):

(1) the payment of any dividend or redemption of any Capital Stock or Subordinated Indebtedness within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof or call for redemption, if at such date of declaration or call for redemption such payment or redemption was permitted by the provisions of paragraph (a) of this covenant (the declaration of such payment will be deemed a Restricted Payment under paragraph (a) of this covenant as of the date of declaration, and the payment itself will be deemed to have been paid on such date of declaration and will not also be deemed a Restricted Payment under paragraph (a) of this covenant) (it being understood that any Restricted Payment made in reliance on this clause (1) shall reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (a)(3) above only once);

(2) Restricted Payments made in exchange for (including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right or privilege in connection with which cash is paid in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares or scrip), or out of the Net Cash Proceeds of a substantially concurrent issuance and sale for cash (other than to a Subsidiary) of, Qualified Capital Stock of the Company; provided that the Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance of such shares of Qualified Capital Stock are excluded from clause (3)(B) of paragraph (a) of this covenant;

(3) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or acquisition for value or payment of principal of any Subordinated Indebtedness in exchange for, or out of the Net Cash Proceeds of, a substantially concurrent issuance and sale for cash (other than to any Subsidiary) of any Qualified Capital Stock of the Company; provided that the Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance of such shares of Qualified Capital Stock are excluded from clause (3)(B) of paragraph (a) of this covenant;

(4) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement, or acquisition for value or payment of principal of any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Redeemable Capital Stock) (a “refinancing”) in exchange for, or out of the Net Cash Proceeds of, the substantially concurrent issuance of new Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company; provided that any such new Subordinated Indebtedness:

(a) shall be in a principal amount that does not exceed the principal amount so refinanced, plus the amount of premium or other payment reasonably determined as necessary to refinance the Indebtedness, plus the amount of accrued interest, fees and expenses of the Company incurred in connection with such refinancing;

(b) has an Average Life to Stated Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Average Life to Stated Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being refinanced;

(c) has a Stated Maturity for its final scheduled principal payment no earlier than the Stated Maturity for the final scheduled principal payment of the Subordinated Indebtedness being refinanced; and

(d) is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes at least to the same extent as the Subordinated Indebtedness to be refinanced;

(5) the repurchase of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon (a) exercise of stock options to the extent that shares of such Capital Stock represent a portion of the exercise price of such options and (b) the withholding of a portion of the Capital Stock granted or awarded to an employee to pay taxes associated therewith;

154

(6) the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares or scrip in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exercisable for Capital Stock of the Company;

(7) the repurchase, redemption, or other acquisition or retirement for value of Redeemable Capital Stock of the Company or a Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the sale of, Redeemable Capital Stock;

(8) so long as no Default or Event of Default exists or would occur, payments or distributions to stockholders pursuant to appraisal rights required under applicable law in connection with any consolidation, merger or transfer of assets, that complies with the covenant described under “—Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets”;

(9) the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company, or a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Capital Stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies, held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (9) do not exceed in any calendar year $5.0 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to the next two succeeding calendar years); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(a) the cash proceeds from the sale of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the capital of the Company, Capital Stock of any of the direct or indirect parent companies of the Company, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of such Capital Stock have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (3) of the preceding paragraph; plus

(b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less

(c) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (a) or (b) of this clause (9);

and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company from members of management of the Company and representing non-cash loans made by the Company to permit members of management to acquire Capital Stock of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with a repurchase of Capital Stock of the Company or any of the Company’s direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant;

(10) payments of dividends on Redeemable Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued in accordance with the covenant “—Limitation on Indebtedness”;

(11) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock (or a Restricted Payment to any direct or indirect parent entity to fund a payment of dividends on such entity’s common stock), following the first public Equity Offering of such common stock after the Issue Date, of up to 6% per annum of the Net Cash Proceeds received by (or, in the case of a Restricted Payment to a direct or indirect parent entity, contributed to the capital of) the Company in or from any such public Equity Offering;

155

(12) Restricted Payments contemplated by the offering memorandum for the original placement of the Notes in connection with the Transactions;

(13) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness following an Asset Sale or Change of Control pursuant to the provisions similar to those described under the captions “—Purchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control” and “—Limitation on Sale of Assets” at a purchase price not to exceed 100% of the principal amount thereof (or 101% in the case of an offer as a result of a Change of Control) plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase; provided that the Company has previously made a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as the case may be, with respect thereto and all Notes tendered by holders in connection therewith have been repurchased to the extent required by the Indenture;

(14) the declaration and payment of dividends or the payment of other distributions by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to, or the making of loans or advances to, any of their respective direct or indirect parents in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies to pay, in each case without duplication,

(a) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses of any corporate parent required to maintain its corporate existence;

(b) for any taxable year in which the Company is a member of any consolidated, combined or similar income tax group of which any corporate parent is the common parent (a “Tax Group”), federal, foreign, state or local income taxes (as applicable) of the Tax Group that are attributable to the income of the Company and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that, in each taxable year, the amount of such payments (when aggregated with the amount of such taxes paid directly by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) shall not exceed the amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would have been required to pay in respect of such federal, foreign, state or local income taxes on a standalone basis;

(c) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(d) general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(e) amounts payable to the Sponsors pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date;

(f) fees and expenses related to any equity or debt offering of such parent entity (whether or not successful); and

(g) cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of any direct or indirect parent of the Company;

(15) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Receivables and Related Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction; and

(16) other Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed $15.0 million.

For clarity purposes, all payments made pursuant to clauses (2) through (10) and (12) through (16) of this paragraph (b) shall not reduce the amount that would otherwise be available for Restricted Payments under paragraph (a) of this covenant.

156

Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates

The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into any transaction or series of related transactions involving aggregate value in excess of $2.5 million (including, without limitation, the sale, purchase, exchange or lease of assets, property or services) with or for the benefit of any Affiliate of the Company (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, including any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction), unless:

(1) such transaction or series of related transactions is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that would be available in a comparable transaction in arm’s length dealings with an unrelated third-party; and

(2) with respect to any transaction or series of related transactions involving aggregate value in excess of $15.0 million, either (a) such transaction or series of related transactions has been approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors of the board of directors of the Company, or in the event there is only one Disinterested Director, by such Disinterested Director, or (b) the Company delivers to the Trustee a written opinion of an investment banking firm of national standing or other recognized independent expert stating that the transaction or series of related transactions is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view;

provided, however, that this provision shall not apply to:

(i) directors’ fees, consulting fees, employee salaries, bonuses or employment agreements, incentive arrangements, compensation or employee benefit arrangements with any officer, director or employee of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, including under any stock option or stock incentive plans, customary indemnification arrangements with officers, directors or employees of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(ii) any Restricted Payments made in compliance with the “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant above or any Permitted Investment in a Person that is an Affiliate solely as a result of the Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Investments in such Person;

(iii) any Qualified Securitization Transaction;

(iv) any issuance or sale of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company to Affiliates;

(v) transactions among the Company and/or any Restricted Subsidiary and/or any entity that is an Affiliate solely as a result of any Investment by the Company and/or such Restricted Subsidiary in such entity;

(vi) loans or advances to employees or consultants of the Company in the ordinary course of business for bona fide business purposes of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, travel, entertainment and moving expenses) made in compliance with applicable law;

(vii) any transactions undertaken pursuant to any agreements (including, without limitation, pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement) in existence on the Issue Date and described in the offering memorandum for the original placement of the Notes and any renewals, replacements or modifications of such contracts (pursuant to new transactions or otherwise) on terms not materially less favorable when taken as a whole to the holders of the Notes than those in effect on the Issue Date;

(viii) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of their obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement, principal investors agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (viii) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise materially disadvantageous to the holders when taken as a whole;

157

(ix) the Transactions;

(x) transactions with Unrestricted Subsidiaries, customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indenture which are fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Company’s board of directors or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(xi) payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Sponsors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which payments are approved in good faith by Disinterested Directors constituting a majority of such Disinterested Directors;

(xii) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary and employment agreements, severance arrangements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Company in good faith; and

(xiii) Investments by the Sponsors in debt securities of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (x) the Investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (y) the Investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities.

Limitation on Liens

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to enter into, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Liens of any kind that secure obligations under any Indebtedness, on or with respect to any of its properties other than Permitted Liens, unless in each case:

(1) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes are secured by a Lien on such property that is senior in priority to such Liens; or

(2) in all other cases, the Notes are equally and ratably secured.

Any Lien created for the benefit of holders of the Notes pursuant to this covenant shall be deemed automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of each of the Liens triggering the obligation to secure the Notes.

Limitation on Sale of Assets

(a) The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, consummate an Asset Sale unless (1) at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Sale is received in cash, Cash Equivalents or Replacement Assets and (2) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares or assets subject to such Asset Sale.

For purposes of Section (a)(1) of this covenant only, the following will be deemed to be cash:

(A) the amount of any liabilities (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is actually assumed by the transferee in such Asset Sale and from which the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries are fully and unconditionally released (excluding any liabilities that are incurred in connection with or in anticipation of such Asset Sale and contingent liabilities);

158

(B) the amount of any notes, securities or other similar obligations received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that is converted, sold or exchanged within 180 days of the related Asset Sale by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries into cash in an amount equal to the Net Cash Proceeds realized upon such conversion, sale or exchange; and

(C) the amount of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Asset Sale; provided that the aggregate of such Designated Non-cash Consideration received in connection with Asset Sales (and still held) shall not exceed the greater of (x) $10.0 million and (y) 2.0% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at any one time (with the Fair Market Value in each case being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).

(b) All or a portion of an amount equal to the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale may be applied by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects:

(i) to permanently repay (x) Senior Indebtedness of Company (other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) and, in the case of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto or (y) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary and, in the case of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto; provided, that if the Company shall so reduce Obligations under any Senior Indebtedness that is not secured by a Lien permitted by the Indenture, the Company will, equally and ratably, reduce Obligations under the Notes by, at its option, (A) redeeming Notes, (B) making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Offer (as defined below)) to all holders to purchase their Notes at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof; plus the amount of any accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of Notes to be repurchased or (C) purchasing Notes through open market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at a price equal to or higher than 100% of the principal amount thereof) in a manner that complies with the Indenture and applicable securities law;

(ii) to acquire (or enter into a legally binding agreement to acquire), all or substantially all of the assets of, or a majority of the Voting Stock of, a Permitted Business;

(iii) to make a capital expenditure; or

(iv) to invest the Net Cash Proceeds (or enter into a legally binding agreement to invest) in Replacement Assets.

Pending the final application of any such Net Cash Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce Indebtedness or otherwise invest such Net Cash Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the Indenture. If any such legally binding agreement to invest such Net Cash Proceeds is entered into and the Company shall have not consummated such investment (or a replacement investment) within 180 days of the date of such binding agreement or within 365 days of such Asset Sale, whichever is later, such Net Cash Proceeds which were to be invested shall constitute “Excess Proceeds.” The amount of such Net Cash Proceeds not used or invested in accordance with the preceding clauses (i) through (iv) within 365 days (or such later number of days as provided in the preceding sentence) of the Asset Sale constitutes “Excess Proceeds.”

When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, within thirty days thereof, or earlier at the option of the Company, the Company will make an offer (an “Offer”) to all holders of Notes and to all holders of other Pari Passu Indebtedness containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to assets sales, in each case, equal to the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Offer to Purchase will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes (and 100% of the principal amount or, if different, the accreted value of any Pari Passu Indebtedness) plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Offer to Purchase, the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture and such remaining amount shall not be added to any subsequent Excess Proceeds for any purpose under the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of the Notes and principal amount or, if different, accreted value of Notes and other Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered into such Offer to Purchase exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes and other Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

159

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not be required to apply in accordance with this covenant any Excess Proceeds received in respect of any Asset Sale by Opco or any of its Subsidiaries until such time as such entities are permitted in accordance with the terms of their Indebtedness to dividend or distribute an amount at least equal to such Excess Proceeds to the Company.

(d) The Indenture will provide that the Company will comply with the applicable tender offer rules, including Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, and any other applicable securities laws or regulations in connection with an Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale provisions of the Indenture, the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of the Indenture by virtue of such conflict.

Future Guarantees

(a) The Notes will not be guaranteed by any of the Company’s Subsidiaries on the Issue Date. After the Issue Date, the Company will cause each Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees any Indebtedness of the Company within ten business days of the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary guarantees such Indebtedness to execute and deliver a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any and interest on the Notes and all other obligations under the Indenture on the same terms and conditions as those set forth in the Indenture.

Each Guarantee will be limited to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by that Restricted Subsidiary without rendering the Guarantee, as it relates to such Restricted Subsidiary, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Notes shall provide by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:

(1) such Subsidiary ceasing to constitute a Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction that complies with the Indenture (whether upon a sale, exchange, transfer or disposition of Capital Stock in such Restricted Subsidiary (including by way of merger or consolidation), or the designation of such Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary), or the sale or disposition of all of the assets of such Guarantor made in compliance with the Indenture;

(2) satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture as set forth below under “—Satisfaction and Discharge”;

(3) a legal defeasance or covenant defeasance of the Indenture as described below under “—Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance of Indenture”; or

(4) such Subsidiary ceasing to be a Guarantor of any other Indebtedness of the Company.

Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries

(a) The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock;

(2) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary;

(3) make any Investment in the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or

(4) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary.

160

(b) However, paragraph (a) will not prohibit any:

(1) encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement (and related security documents), the Notes, the Indenture, any Guarantees and the Existing Opco Notes Indenture (and related security documents)) in effect on the Issue Date or any agreement governing Indebtedness that contains encumbrances and restrictions that are not materially more restrictive than those contained in the Indenture, any Guarantees, the Credit Agreement and the Existing Opco Note Indenture (and related security documents);

(2) encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the Issue Date, in existence at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that such encumbrances and restrictions are not applicable to any Restricted Subsidiary or the properties or assets of any Restricted Subsidiary other than such Subsidiary which is becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such Subsidiary’s Subsidiaries;

(3) encumbrance or restriction pursuant to any agreement governing any Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations permitted to be incurred under the provisions of the covenant described above under the caption “—Limitation on Indebtedness”;

(4) encumbrance or restriction contained in any Acquired Indebtedness or other agreement of any Person or related to assets acquired (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries, so long as such encumbrance or restriction (A) was not entered into in contemplation of the acquisition, merger or consolidation transaction, and (B) is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or such Person’s Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person or such Person’s Subsidiaries, so acquired;

(5) encumbrance or restriction existing under applicable law, rule, regulation or order or any requirement of any regulatory body;

(6) in the case of clause (4) of paragraph (a) above, Liens securing Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred under the provisions of the covenant described above under the caption “—Limitation on Liens” that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

(7) customary non-assignment provisions in leases, licenses or contracts;

(8) customary restrictions contained in (A) asset sale agreements that limit the transfer of such assets pending the closing of such sale and (B) any other agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition;

(9) customary restrictions imposed by the terms of shareholders’, partnership or joint venture agreements; provided, however, that such restrictions do not apply to any Restricted Subsidiaries other than the applicable company, partnership or joint venture;

(10) restrictions contained in Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred under the Indenture, so long as such restrictions or encumbrances are customary for Indebtedness of the type incurred and which the board of directors of the Company determines in good faith will not adversely affect the Company’s ability to make payments of principal or interest on the Notes;

(11) encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Securitization Entity in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction; provided, however, that such encumbrances and restrictions are necessary or advisable to effect the transactions contemplated under such Qualified Securitization Transaction in the good faith determination of the Company;

161

(12) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or suppliers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; and

(13) encumbrance or restriction under any agreement that amends, extends, renews, refinances or replaces the agreements containing the encumbrances or restrictions in the foregoing clauses (1) through (12), or in this clause (13); provided that the terms and conditions of any such encumbrances or restrictions are no more restrictive in any material respect than those under or pursuant to the agreement evidencing the Indebtedness so extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced.

Limitation on Unrestricted Subsidiaries

The Company may designate after the Issue Date any Subsidiary as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” under the Indenture only if:

(a) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of, or after giving effect to, such designation;

(b) either (i) such Subsidiary has total assets of less than $1,000 or (ii) the Company would be permitted to make an Investment at the time of designation (assuming the effectiveness of such designation) pursuant to the covenant “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” in an amount (the “Designation Amount”) equal to the Fair Market Value of the Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Investments in such Subsidiary (including any guarantee of the obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary that will not be released concurrently with such designation but excluding any amounts attributable to Investments made prior to the Issue Date);

(c) such Unrestricted Subsidiary does not own any Capital Stock in any Restricted Subsidiary which is not simultaneously being designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(d) such Unrestricted Subsidiary is not liable, directly or indirectly, with respect to any Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Indebtedness, provided that an Unrestricted Subsidiary may provide a Guarantee for the Notes; and

(e) such Unrestricted Subsidiary is not a party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding at such time with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company or, in the event such condition is not satisfied, the value of such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding to such Unrestricted Subsidiary from and after the date of designation shall be deemed a Restricted Payment.

In the event of any such designation, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment pursuant to the covenant “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” for all purposes of the Indenture in an amount equal to the Designation Amount. For purposes of the foregoing, the designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be the designation of all of the Subsidiaries of such Subsidiary as Unrestricted Subsidiaries. Unless so designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, any Person that becomes a Subsidiary of the Company will be classified as a Restricted Subsidiary.

The Company may revoke any designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if:

(a) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of and after giving effect to such revocation;

(b) all Liens and Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding immediately following such revocation would, if incurred at such time, have been permitted to be incurred for all purposes of the Indenture; and

(c) unless such redesignated Subsidiary shall not have any Indebtedness outstanding (other than Indebtedness that would be Permitted Indebtedness), (x) if prior to such revocation the Company

162

could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to the covenant “—Limitation on Indebtedness,” immediately after giving effect to such proposed revocation, and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of any such Indebtedness of such redesignated Subsidiary as if such Indebtedness was incurred on the date of the revocation, the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to the covenant “—Limitation on Indebtedness” or (y) if prior to such revocation the Company could not incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to the covenant “—Limitation on Indebtedness,” the Company’s Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio does not decline as a result of such revocation.

All designations and revocations must be evidenced by a resolution of the Company’s board of directors delivered to the Trustee certifying compliance with the foregoing provisions.

Provision of Financial Statements

The Company will furnish to the Trustee and, upon request, to beneficial owners and prospective investors of the Notes, a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below within 15 days after the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations (assuming the notes were registered under Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act):

(1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants; provided that, prior to the exchange offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, such reports may be reports of Opco including or accompanied by a reasonably detailed explanation of the differences between the assets, liabilities and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and Opco and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the other hand; and

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports;

provided that if the Company files such reports electronically with the SEC within such time periods, the Company shall not be required to furnish such reports as specified above. The Trustee shall have no responsibility whatsoever to determine if such electronic filing has occurred.

Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on officers’ certificates).

After consummation of the exchange offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, whether or not required by the SEC, the Company will comply with the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and will file the reports specified in the preceding paragraph with the SEC within the time periods specified above unless the SEC will not accept such a filing. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will not accept the Company’s filings for any reason, the Company will post the reports referred to in the preceding paragraph on its website within the time periods that would apply if the Company were required to file those reports with the SEC.

For so long as any notes are outstanding, the Company shall also:

(A) within 15 Business Days after filing with the Trustee or the SEC, as the case may be, the annual and quarterly information required pursuant to the preceding two paragraphs, hold a conference call for holders of notes, prospective investors and market makers (it being understood that prior to completion of the exchange offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company may limit participants to the extent it determines in good faith such limitations are prudent to ensure compliance with the Securities Act and other applicable securities laws) to discuss such reports and the results of operations for the relevant reporting period; and

(B) employ commercially reasonable means expected to reach Persons entitled to participate in such conference calls in accordance with the foregoing paragraph no fewer than three Business Days prior to the date of the conference call required to be held in accordance with clause (A) above, to announce the time and date of such conference call and either including all information necessary to access the call or directing such Persons to contact the appropriate contact at the Company to obtain such information.

163

Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the direct or indirect parent company becomes a guarantor, the reports, information and other documents required to be filed and provided as described above will be those of such parent, rather than those of the Company, so long as such filings would satisfy the SEC’s requirements (assuming the notes were registered under Section (13)(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act).

The Indenture also provides that, so long as any of the Notes remain outstanding, the Company will make available to any prospective purchaser of Notes or beneficial owner of Notes in connection with any sale thereof the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act, until such time as the Company has either exchanged the Notes for securities identical in all material respects which have been registered under the Securities Act or until such time as the holders thereof have disposed of such Notes pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets

The Company will not, in a single transaction or through a series of related transactions, consolidate with or merge with or into any other Person or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person or group of Persons, unless at the time and after giving effect thereto:

(1) either (a) the Company will be the continuing corporation or (b) the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger or the Person which acquires by sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (the “Surviving Entity”) (i) shall be a corporation, limited liability company or partnership duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; provided that there shall be an obligor or a co-obligor that is a corporation and (ii) shall expressly assume by a supplemental indenture, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement, as the case may be, and the Notes and the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement will remain in full force and effect as so supplemented (and any Guarantees will be confirmed as applying to such Surviving Entity’s obligations);

(2) after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;

(3) after giving effect to such transaction, the Company (or the Surviving Entity if the Company is not the continuing obligor under the Indenture) could (a) incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) under the provisions of “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness” or (b) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company or the Surviving Entity is equal to or greater than the Company’s Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such transaction;

(4) at the time of the transaction, each Guarantor, if any, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, will have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under the Indenture and the Notes; and

(5) at the time of the transaction, the Company or the Surviving Entity will have delivered, or caused to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officer’s Certificate and an opinion of counsel, each to the effect that such consolidation, merger, transfer, sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other transaction and the supplemental indenture in respect thereof comply with the Indenture and that all conditions precedent therein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.

164

Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (2) or (3) (x) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Restricted Subsidiary and (y) the Company may merge with an Affiliate that has no significant assets or liabilities and was formed solely for the purpose of changing the Company’s jurisdiction of organization to another state of the United States.

In the event of any transaction (other than a lease) described in and complying with the conditions listed in the three immediately preceding paragraphs in which the Company, is not the continuing entity, the successor Person formed or remaining or to which such transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company, and the Company would be discharged from all obligations and covenants under the Indenture and the Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement.

For purposes of this covenant, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Restricted Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

Events of Default

An Event of Default will occur under the Indenture if:

(1) there shall be a default in the payment of any interest on any Note when it becomes due and payable, and such default shall continue for a period of 30 days;

(2) there shall be a default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note at its Maturity (upon acceleration, optional redemption, required repurchase or otherwise);

(3) there shall be a default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or agreement of the Company under the Indenture (other than a default in the performance, or breach, of a covenant or agreement which is specifically dealt with in clause (1) or (2) above or in clause (b), (c) or (d) of this clause (3)) and such default or breach shall continue for a period of 60 days after written notice has been given by certified mail, (1) to the Company by the Trustee or (2) to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes; (b) there shall be a default in the performance or breach of the provisions described in “—Certain Covenants—Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets”; (c) the Company shall have failed to make or consummate an Offer in accordance with the provisions of “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Sale of Assets”; or (d) the Company shall have failed to make or consummate a Change of Control Offer in accordance with the provisions of “—Purchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control”;

(4) (a) any default in the payment of the principal or premium, if any, on any Indebtedness when due under any of the agreements, indentures or instruments under which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary then has outstanding Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) in excess of $25.0 million (“Material Indebtedness”) and such default shall have continued after giving effect to any applicable grace period and shall not have been cured or waived or (b) an event of default as defined in any of the agreements, indentures or instruments described in clause (a) of this clause (4) shall have occurred and the Material Indebtedness thereunder, if not already matured at its final maturity in accordance with its terms, shall have been accelerated;

(5) one or more final, non-appealable judgments or orders of any court or regulatory or administrative agency for the payment of money in excess of $25.0 million (net of any amounts to the extent that they are covered by insurance), either individually or in the aggregate, shall be rendered against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which has not been discharged, fully bonded or stayed for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

(6) the occurrence of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization with respect to the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries which collectively (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary.

165

If an Event of Default (other than as specified in clause (6) of the prior paragraph with respect to the Company) shall occur and be continuing with respect to the Indenture, the Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may, and the Trustee at the request of such holders shall, declare all unpaid principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on all Notes to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by the holders of the Notes) and upon any such declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and interest shall become due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in clause (6) of the prior paragraph with respect to the Company occurs and is continuing, then all the Notes shall automatically become and be due and payable immediately in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date the Notes become due and payable, without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holder. Thereupon, the Trustee may, at its discretion, proceed to protect and enforce the rights of the holders of Notes by appropriate judicial proceedings.

After a declaration of acceleration, but before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

(a) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay (1) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee under the Indenture and the compensation, reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, (2) all overdue interest on all Notes then outstanding, (3) the principal of, and premium, if any, on any Notes then outstanding which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest thereon at the rate borne by the Notes and (4) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest at the rate borne by the Notes; and

(b) all Events of Default, other than the non-payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in the Indenture.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

The holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding may on behalf of the holders of all outstanding Notes waive any past default under the Indenture and its consequences, except a default (1) in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note (which may only be waived with the consent of each holder of Notes affected) or (2) in respect of a covenant or provision which under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each Note affected by such modification or amendment.

No holder of any of the Notes has any right to institute any proceedings with respect to the Indenture or any remedy thereunder, unless (a) such holder has previously given notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default; (b) the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as trustee under the Indenture and the Notes; (c) such holder or holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request; (d) the Trustee has failed to institute such proceeding within 60 days after receipt of such notice; and (e) the Trustee, within such 60-day period, has not received directions inconsistent with such written request by holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Such limitations do not, however, apply to a suit instituted by a holder of a Note for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on such Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note.

The Company is required to notify the Trustee within five business days of the date they become aware of the occurrence of any Default. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee, on or before the date not more than 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, a written statement as to compliance with the Indenture, including whether or not any Default has occurred. The Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers

166

vested in it by the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders of the Notes unless such holders offer to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred thereby.

The Trust Indenture Act contains limitations on the rights of the Trustee, should it become a creditor of the Company or any Guarantor, if any, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases or to realize on certain property received by it in respect of any such claims, as security or otherwise. The Trustee is permitted to engage in other transactions, but if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict upon the occurrence of an Event of Default or else resign.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

No director, officer, employee, member or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, any Guarantees, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance of Indenture

The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have the obligations of the Company, any Guarantor and any other obligor upon the Notes discharged with respect to the outstanding Notes (“defeasance”). Such defeasance means that the Company, any Guarantor and any other obligor under the Indenture shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, except for:

(1) the rights of holders of such outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due;

(2) the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee; and

(4) the defeasance provisions of the Indenture.

In addition, the Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have the obligations of the Company and any Guarantor released with respect to certain covenants that are described in the Indenture (“covenant defeasance”) and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default with respect to the Notes. In the event covenant defeasance occurs, certain events (not including non-payment, bankruptcy and insolvency events related to the Company) described under “—Events of Default” will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

In order to exercise either defeasance or covenant defeasance,

(a) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the holders of the Notes, cash in United States dollars, U.S. government obligations (as defined in the Indenture), or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants or a nationally recognized investment banking firm, to pay and discharge the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or, to the extent the Company has previously provided a notice of redemption with respect to the outstanding Notes, on the applicable redemption date;

(b) in the case of defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of independent counsel in the United States stating that (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of

167

independent counsel in the United States shall confirm that (subject to customary assumptions, qualifications and exclusions), the holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred;

(c) in the case of covenant defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of independent counsel in the United States to the effect that (subject to customary assumptions, qualifications and exclusions) the holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred;

(d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

(e) such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a Default under any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which it is bound; and

(f) the Company will have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an opinion of independent counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to either the defeasance or the covenant defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

Satisfaction and Discharge

The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes as expressly provided for in the Indenture) as to all outstanding Notes under the Indenture when:

(a) either:

(1) all such Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid or Notes whose payment has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust as provided for in the Indenture) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(2) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (a) have become due and payable, (b) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or (c) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company;

(b) the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust an amount in United States dollars or U.S. government obligations, or a combination thereof sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest at such Maturity, Stated Maturity or redemption date;

(c) after giving effect thereto, no default or event of default shall have occurred and be continuing under any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary on the date of such deposit;

(d) such satisfaction and discharge will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party or by which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is bound;

168

(e) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable under the Indenture by the Company; and

(f) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an opinion of independent counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent under the Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of such Indenture have been complied with.

Modifications and Amendments

Modifications and amendments of any of the Indenture may be made by the Company, any Guarantor party thereto, if any, and the Trustee, with the consent of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes); provided, however, that no such modification or amendment may, without the consent of the holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby:

(1) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of interest on, or change to an earlier date any redemption date (excluding any amendment or waiver of any minimum notice period for redemption which may be amended with the consent of the Company and the holders of at least a majority of the Notes then outstanding) of, or waive a default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any such Note or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest thereon or any premium payable upon the redemption thereof, or change the coin or currency in which the principal of any such Note or any premium or the interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment after the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the redemption date) (in each case other than the provisions with respect to “—Purchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control” and an offer pursuant to “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Sale of Assets”);

(2) reduce the percentage in principal amount of such outstanding Notes, the consent of whose holders is required for any such supplemental indenture or the consent of whose holders is required for any waiver or compliance with certain provisions of the Indenture;

(3) modify any of the provisions relating to supplemental indentures requiring the consent of holders or relating to the waiver of past defaults or relating to the waiver of certain covenants, except to increase the percentage of such outstanding Notes required for such actions or to provide that certain other provisions of the Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the holder of each such Note affected thereby;

(4) amend or modify any of the provisions of the Indenture in any manner which subordinates the Notes issued thereunder in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or which subordinates any Guarantee in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Guarantor issuing any such Guarantee; or

(5) release any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary except in compliance with the terms of the Indenture.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any holders of the Notes, the Company, any Guarantor, any other obligor under the Notes and the Trustee may modify or amend the Indenture:

(1) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company or a Guarantor, and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company or such Guarantor in the Indenture, the Notes and any Guarantee in accordance with “—Certain Covenants—Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets”;

(2) to add to the covenants of the Company, any Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes for the benefit of the holders of the Notes or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or any Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes, as applicable, in the Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee;

169

(3) to cure any ambiguity, or to correct or supplement any provision in the Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision in the Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee;

(4) to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee; provided that, in each case, such provisions, shall not materially adversely affect the interest of the holders of the Notes;

(5) to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

(6) in the event that the PIK Notes are issued in certificated form, to make appropriate amendments to the Indenture to reflect an appropriate minimum denomination of certificated PIK Notes and establish minimum redemption amounts for certificated PIK Notes;

(7) to evidence and provide the acceptance of the appointment of a successor Trustee under the Indenture;

(8) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes or PIK Notes in accordance with the Indenture; or

(9) in the sole discretion of the Company, to conform any provision of the Indenture to the provisions of this “Description of the Exchange Notes due 2018” contained in the offering memorandum for the original placement of the Notes to the extent such provision was intended to be a verbatim recital of a provision contained herein, as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate.

The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding may waive compliance with certain restrictive covenants and provisions of the Indenture.

Governing Law

The Indenture, the Notes and any Guarantee will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Concerning the Trustee

The Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee, should it become a creditor of the Company, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as Trustee with such conflict or resign as Trustee.

The holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default occurs (which has not been cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any holder of Notes unless such holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

Certain Definitions

“Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, Indebtedness of any other Person (1) existing at the time such other Person is consolidated or merged with or into, or became a Subsidiary of, such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person consolidating or merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person, or (2) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of such acquisition, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing,

170

Acquired Indebtedness shall not include Indebtedness of such other Person that is extinguished, retired or repaid substantially concurrently with such other Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, or at the time it is consolidated or merged with or into, such specified Person.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any date of redemption, the greater of:

(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of the Note, or

(2) the excess of:

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the Note at June 15, 2015 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under the caption “—Optional Redemption”), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Note through June 15, 2015 (assuming such interest is Cash Interest) (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the date of redemption), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such date of redemption plus 50 basis points; over

(b) the principal amount of the Note.

“Asset Sale” means any sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition (including, without limitation, by way of merger, consolidation or sale and leaseback transaction) (collectively, a “transfer”), directly or indirectly, in one or a series of related transactions, of:

(1) any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) all or substantially all of the properties and assets of any division or line of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(3) any other properties or assets (including any transfer by written contract by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any other Person of any of their rights to receive all or a portion of the proceeds from the sale by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any such asset or properties) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than in the ordinary course of business.

For the purposes of this definition, the term “Asset Sale” shall not include any transfer of properties and assets:

(A) that is governed by the provisions described under “—Certain Covenants—Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets”;

(B) that is by the Company to any Restricted Subsidiary or by any Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or that is the issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity);

(C) that would be a Restricted Payment permitted to be made under the “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant or a Permitted Investment;

(D) that is a disposition of Receivables and Related Assets in a Qualified Securitization Transaction;

(E) that are obsolete, damaged or worn out equipment or otherwise unsuitable for use in the ordinary course of business;

171

(F) that is the disposition of Capital Stock of, or other Investment in, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(G) that is the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents or the voluntary termination of Hedging Obligations;

(H) that is the sale, transfer or disposition deemed to occur in connection with creating or granting any Liens pursuant to the provisions described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Liens” (including Permitted Liens);

(I) the Fair Market Value of which in the aggregate does not exceed $5.0 million in any transaction or series of related transactions;

(J) consisting of the licensing of any intellectual property in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(K) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Permitted Business;

(L) that is a transfer of property subject to casualty or condemnation proceedings (including in lieu thereof) upon the receipt of the net cash proceeds therefor; provided such net cash proceeds are deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds and are applied in accordance with the covenant “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Sale of Assets”;

(M) that is a foreclosure on assets or a disposition of Investments or receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings; or

(N) that is surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind.

“Average Life to Stated Maturity” means, as of the date of determination with respect to any Indebtedness, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the product of (a) the number of years from the date of determination to the date or dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness multiplied by (b) the amount of each such principal payment by (2) the sum of all such principal payments.

“Capital Lease Obligation” of any Person means any obligation of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis under any capital lease of (or other agreement conveying the right to use) real or personal property which, in accordance with GAAP, is required to be recorded as a capitalized lease obligation.

“Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, participations, rights in or other equivalents (however designated) of such Person’s capital stock, other equity interests whether now outstanding or issued after the Issue Date, partnership interests (whether general or limited), limited liability company interests, any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, including any Preferred Stock, and any rights (other than debt securities convertible into Capital Stock), warrants or options exchangeable for or convertible into such Capital Stock.

“Cash Equivalents” means

(1) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(2) certificates of deposit, time deposits and Eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million;

172

(3) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (1) and (2) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (2) above;

(4) securities with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (2) above;

(5) commercial paper rated at least P-2 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or at least A-2 by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”) (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another rating agency) and in each case maturing within one year after the date of creation thereof;

(6) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another rating agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

(7) repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements relating to marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States maturing within 365 days from the date of acquisition;

(8) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA– (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another rating agency); and

(9) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in cash and securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (8) above.

“Cash Management Services” means any one or more of the following types or services or facilities provided to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries: (a) ACH transactions, (b) cash management services, including, without limitation, controlled disbursement services, treasury, depository, overdraft and electronic funds transfer services, (c) foreign exchange facilities, (d) credit card processing services, (e) purchase cards and (f) credit or debit cards.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(1) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than a Permitted Holder, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a Person shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all shares that such Person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total outstanding Voting Stock of the Company;

(2) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the board of directors of the Company (together with any new directors whose election to such board or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved), cease for any reason to constitute a majority of such board of directors then in office;

173

(3) the Company consolidates with or merges with or into any Person or sells, assigns, conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ assets to any Person, other than a Permitted Holder, or any Person consolidates with or merges into or with the Company, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where:

(A) the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is converted into or exchanged for (1) Voting Stock of the surviving corporation which is not Redeemable Capital Stock or (2) cash, securities and other property (other than Capital Stock of the surviving corporation) in an amount which could be paid by the Company as a Restricted Payment as described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” (and such amount shall be treated as a Restricted Payment subject to the provisions in the Indenture described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”) and

(B) immediately after such transaction, no “person” or “group,” other than a Permitted Holder, is the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a Person shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such Person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total outstanding Voting Stock of the surviving corporation; or

(4) the Company ceases to beneficially own (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), directly or indirectly 100% of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of Holding (or any successor thereto to the extent Holding is consolidated into or merged with or into such Person in accordance with the terms of the Indenture) other than in a transaction which complies with the provisions described under “—Certain Covenants—Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets.”

“Commodity Price Protection Agreement” means any forward contract, commodity swap, commodity option or other similar agreement or arrangement relating to, or the value of which is dependent upon, fluctuations in commodity prices.

“Consolidated EBITDA” means for any period, the sum, without duplication, of (A) Consolidated Net Income (Loss), (B) in each case to the extent deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income (Loss) for such period, (i) Consolidated Interest Expense, (ii) Consolidated Income Tax Expense, (iii) Consolidated Non-cash Charges, (iv) the amount of management fees and expense reimbursement accrued by such Person to the Permitted Holders pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement, (v) the amount of any expenses in connection with any actual or proposed Investment, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Capital Stock or acquisition or disposition outside the ordinary course of business, (vi) expenses incurred to the extent covered by indemnification provisions in any agreement in connection with an acquisition (including the acquisition of the Company) to the extent reimbursed in cash and such indemnification payments are not otherwise included in Consolidated EBITDA and (vii) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and expenses (including interest expense) related to any Qualified Securitization Transaction, in each case, for such period, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries all determined in accordance with GAAP, (C) proceeds from any business interruption insurance to the extent not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income and less (D) all non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period (other than the accrual of revenue and other than non cash items to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated charges made in any prior period or which will result in the receipt of cash in a future period).

“Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” of any Person means, for any period of the most recent four fiscal quarters for which internal consolidated financial statements of such Person are available (the “Four Quarter Period”), the ratio of

(a) Consolidated EBITDA for such Four Quarter Period to

(b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such Four Quarter Period (but excluding from Consolidated Interest Expense for this purpose the accretion of original issue discount on the Notes issued on the Issue Date),

174

in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b) after giving pro forma effect to:

(1) the incurrence of the Indebtedness giving rise to the need to make such calculation, and (if applicable) the application of the net proceeds therefrom, including to refinance other Indebtedness, as if such Indebtedness was incurred, and the application of such proceeds occurred on the first day of such Four Quarter Period;

(2) the incurrence, repayment or retirement of any other Indebtedness by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the first day of such Four Quarter Period as if such Indebtedness was incurred, repaid or retired at the beginning of such Four Quarter Period (except that, in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such Four Quarter Period);

(3) in the case of Acquired Indebtedness or any acquisition occurring at the time of the incurrence of such Indebtedness, the related acquisition, assuming such acquisition had been consummated on the first day of such Four Quarter Period;

(4) (i) any acquisition or disposition by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries of any company or any business or any assets out of the ordinary course of business, whether by merger, stock purchase or sale or asset purchase or sale, or any related repayment of Indebtedness and (ii) any cost savings initiatives, in each case since the first day of such Four Quarter Period, and prior to the date of determination, assuming such acquisition or disposition had been consummated on the first day of such Four Quarter Period; and

(5) if since the beginning of such Four Quarter Period, any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such Four Quarter Period shall have made any acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, such acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation assuming such acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation had occurred on the first day of such Four Quarter Period;

provided that

(1) in making such computation, the Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to discontinued operations will be excluded;

(2) in making such computation, the Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to interest on any Indebtedness computed on a pro forma basis and (A) bearing a floating interest rate shall be computed as if the rate in effect on the date of computation had been the applicable rate for the entire Four Quarter Period and (B) which was not outstanding during the Four Quarter Period which bears, at the option of such Person, a fixed or floating rate of interest, shall be computed by applying at the option of such Person either the fixed or floating rate, in each case taking into account any Interest Rate Agreements;

(3) in making such computation, the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person attributable to interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable Four Quarter Period; and

(4) whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an acquisition or disposition or cost savings initiative, such pro forma calculation shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of such Person. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable determination of such Person, as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, to reflect (A) operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from any

175

acquisition, disposition or cost savings initiative and (B) all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Adjusted EBITDA” as set forth in footnote (5) to the “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data” under “Summary” in the offering memorandum for the original placement of the Notes to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such Four Quarter Period; provided that (x) such operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (y) in the case of any actions in connection with an acquisition or disposition such actions are reasonably expected to be taken no later than six months after such transaction and (z) in connection with any cost savings initiatives not in connection with an acquisition or disposition, the maximum amount of any increase to Consolidated EBITDA for any period pursuant to this definition as a result of such initiatives shall not exceed 15% of Consolidated EBITDA for such period (prior to any increase thereto pursuant to this definition).

“Consolidated Income Tax Expense” of any Person means, for any period, the provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes of such Person and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Interest Expense” of any Person means, without duplication, for any period, the sum of:

(a) the interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, including, without limitation,

(1) amortization of debt discount,

(2) the net cost (benefit) associated with Interest Rate Agreements (including amortization of discounts),

(3) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation,

(4) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers acceptance and

(5) accrued interest,

and excluding (i) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness, (ii) any expense resulting from the discounting of Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or, if applicable, purchase accounting, (iii) any additional interest payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and any comparable “additional interest” with respect to other securities and (iv) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses; plus

(b) (1) the interest component of the Capital Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period; and

(2) all capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, plus

(c) the interest expense under any Guaranteed Debt of such Person and any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent not included under clause (a) above, whether or not paid by such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries, plus

(d) dividend requirements of the Company with respect to Redeemable Capital Stock and of any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to Preferred Stock (except, in either case, dividends payable solely in shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be), less

(e) interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

176

“Consolidated Net Income (Loss)” of any Person means, for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis as determined in accordance with GAAP, adjusted, to the extent included in calculating such net income (or loss), by excluding, without duplication:

(1) all extraordinary gains or losses net of taxes (less all fees and expenses relating thereto);

(2) the portion of net income (or loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis allocable to minority interests in unconsolidated Persons or Unrestricted Subsidiaries to the extent that cash dividends or distributions have not actually been received by such Person or one of its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) any gain or loss, net of taxes, realized upon the termination of any employee pension benefit plan and any non-cash charges incurred relating to the underfunded portion of any pension plan;

(4) gains or losses, net of taxes (less all fees and expenses relating thereto), in respect of dispositions of assets other than in the ordinary course of business;

(5) solely for purposes of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (v)(3)(A) of paragraph (a) of the covenant “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments,” the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter, any agreement or applicable law (other than any restriction or prohibition permitted by “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries”), except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(6) any net gain or loss arising from the acquisition of any securities or extinguishment or conversion of any Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations of such Person;

(7) any non-cash goodwill or asset impairment charges, any non-cash write downs attributable to joint ventures held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the amortization of intangibles, in each case pursuant to GAAP;

(8) any non-cash charges resulting from the application of SFAS No. 123 and any other non-cash compensation charges or other non-cash expenses or charges arising from the grant of or issuance or repricing of stock, stock options or other equity based awards or any amendment, modification, substitution or change of any such stock, stock options or other equity based awards;

(9) all deferred financing costs written off, and premiums paid, in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness;

(10) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period and any amounts attributable to LIFO adjustments;

(11) unrealized gains and losses from Hedging Obligations or “embedded derivatives” that require the same accounting treatment as Hedging Obligations;

(12) any purchase accounting adjustments (including, without limitation, the impact of writing up inventory, deferred marketing and deferred financing costs or deferred revenue at fair value), amortizations, impairments, write-offs, or non-cash charges with respect to purchase accounting with respect to any acquisitions, disposition, merger, consolidation, amalgamation or similar transactions;

(13) any unusual or non-recurring items and any restructuring charges or reserves, including, without limitation, in connection with an acquisition made after the Issue Date (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include retention, severance, systems establishment costs, excess pension charges, contract and lease termination costs and costs to consolidate facilities and relocate employees).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising

177

from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clause (v)(3)(E) of paragraph (a) thereof.

“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means, at any time, Total Assets at such time minus the sum of (1) all current liabilities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and (2) all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense and other intangibles of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, all as determined by the Company’s most recent consolidated balance sheet and computed on a pro forma basis to give effect to any acquisition or disposition of assets outside the ordinary course of business made after such balance sheet date and on or prior to the date of determination.

“Consolidated Non-cash Charges” of any Person means, for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period, as determined in accordance with GAAP (excluding any non-cash charge which requires an accrual or reserve for cash charges for any future period).

“Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement dated December 14, 2012 among Opco, the guarantors party thereto, the various lenders and agents party thereto and Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent, together with any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder, alters the maturity thereof or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender, group of lenders or investors.

“Credit Facility” means one or more credit or debt facilities (including, without limitation, any credit or debt facilities provided under the Credit Agreement), commercial paper facilities or other debt instruments, indentures or agreements, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, securities, letters of credit or other debt obligations, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, restructured, supplemented, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time, including without limitation any amendment increasing the amount of Indebtedness incurred or available to be borrowed thereunder, extending the maturity of any Indebtedness incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby or deleting, adding or substituting one or more parties thereto (whether or not such added or substituted parties are banks or other lenders).

“Currency Agreements” means foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreements or other similar agreements or arrangements designed to protect against the fluctuations in currency values.

“Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value, as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, of non-cash consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale.

“Designation Amount” has the meaning set forth under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Unrestricted Subsidiaries.”

“Disinterested Director” means, with respect to any transaction or series of related transactions, a member of the board of directors of the Company who does not have any material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such transaction or series of related transactions.

“EDS” means HP Enterprise Services, LLC (formerly Electronic Data Systems Corporation and Electronic Data Systems, LLC).

178

“Equity Offering” means any public offering or private sale for cash of common stock or Preferred Stock (other than Redeemable Capital Stock) of the Company or, to the extent the proceeds are contributed to the Company, a direct or indirect parent company of the Company (other than public offerings with respect to a registration statement on Form S-4 (or any successor form covering substantially the same transactions), Form S-8 (or any successor form covering substantially the same transactions) or otherwise relating to equity securities issuable under any employee benefit plan of the Company).

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder.

“Existing Opco Notes” means the 8.875% senior secured notes due 2017 issued by Tops Holding LLC, Tops Markets, LLC and Tops Markets II Corporation.

“Existing Opco Notes Indenture” means the indenture dated December 20, 2012 by and among Opco, the other parties thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, relating to the Existing Opco Notes.

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the sale value that would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction between an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy. Fair Market Value shall be determined by the board of directors of the Company acting in good faith if the Fair Market Value exceeds $15.0 million, otherwise, by the principal financial officer of the Company acting in good faith.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that (x) is not organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, or (y) was organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia that has no material assets other than Capital Stock of one or more foreign entities of the type described in clause (x) above and is not a guarantor of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement.

“Franchise Deposits” means the net balances paid by the franchisees of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of their respective franchise agreements.

“Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” or “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect as of the Issue Date, including those set forth in:

(1) the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s FASB Accounting Standards Codification; and

(2) the rules and regulations of the SEC with respect to generally accepted accounting principles, including those governing the inclusion of financial statements in periodic reports required to be filed pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act, including opinions and pronouncements in staff accounting bulletins and similar written statements from the accounting staff of the SEC,

except, with respect to any reports or financial information required to be delivered pursuant to “—Provision of Financial Statements,” which shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the date thereof. Any reference to any financial measure for the Company and any of its specified Subsidiaries, for any period that includes any period prior to the date Opco became a Subsidiary of the Company shall be based on such financial measure for Opco and such other specified Subsidiaries for such period.

For purposes of this definition, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person means such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries but does not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Company’s Indenture Obligations.

“Guaranteed Debt” of any Person means, without duplication, all Indebtedness of any other Person referred to in the definition of “Indebtedness” below guaranteed directly or indirectly in any manner by such Person, or in effect guaranteed directly or indirectly by such Person through an agreement

(1) to pay or purchase such Indebtedness or to advance or supply funds for the payment or purchase of such Indebtedness,

179

(2) to purchase, sell or lease (as lessee or lessor) property, or to purchase or sell services, primarily for the purpose of enabling the debtor to make payment of such Indebtedness or to assure the holder of such Indebtedness against loss,

(3) to supply funds to, or in any other manner invest in, the debtor (including any agreement to pay for property or services without requiring that such property be received or such services be rendered),

(4) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the debtor, or otherwise to maintain the net worth, solvency or other financial condition of the debtor or to cause such debtor to achieve certain levels of financial performance or

(5) otherwise to assure a creditor against loss;

provided that the term “Guaranteed Debt” shall not include (i) endorsements for collection or deposit, in either case in the ordinary course of business or (ii) any guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations in respect of customers for check cashing and short term lending products in the ordinary course of business consistent with industry standards.

“Guarantor” means any Subsidiary of the Company which becomes a guarantor of the Notes after the Issue Date, including any Person that is required after the Issue Date to execute a Guarantee of the Notes pursuant to the covenant “—Certain Covenants—Future Guarantees,” until such Person’s Guarantee is released in accordance with the Indenture or until a successor replaces such Person pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture and, thereafter, shall mean such successor.

“Hedging Obligations” means the obligations under Currency Agreements, Commodity Price Protection Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements.

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication,

(1) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services, excluding any trade payables and other accrued current liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business, but including, without limitation, all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in connection with any letters of credit issued under letter of credit facilities, acceptance facilities or other similar facilities,

(2) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or other similar instruments,

(3) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even if the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), but excluding trade payables arising in the ordinary course of business,

(4) all obligations under Interest Rate Agreements, Currency Agreements or Commodity Price Protection Agreements of such Person (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such Person at such time),

(5) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person,

(6) all Indebtedness referred to in clauses (1) through (5) above of other Persons, the payment of which is secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien, upon or with respect to property (including, without limitation, accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, other than a pledge of Capital Stock of an

180

Unrestricted Subsidiary to secure Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Indebtedness; provided the amount of Indebtedness will be the lesser of the Fair Market Value of such property on the date of determination and the amount of Indebtedness of such other Person,

(7) all Guaranteed Debt of such Person,

(8) all Redeemable Capital Stock issued by such Person or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Company) of such Person that is not a Guarantor valued at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary maximum fixed repurchase price plus accrued and unpaid dividends,

(9) all amounts outstanding and other obligations of such Person in respect of a Qualified Securitization Transaction, and

(10) attributable debt with respect to sale and leaseback transactions.

For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Redeemable Capital Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Redeemable Capital Stock as if such Redeemable Capital Stock were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to the Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the Fair Market Value of such Redeemable Capital Stock, such Fair Market Value to be determined in good faith by the board of directors of the issuer of such Redeemable Capital Stock.

“Indenture Obligations” means the obligations of the Company and any other obligor under the Indenture or under the Notes, including any Guarantor, to pay principal of, premium, if any, and interest when due and payable, and all other amounts due or to become due under or in connection with the Indenture, the Notes and the performance of all other obligations to the Trustee and the holders under the Indenture and the Notes, according to the respective terms thereof.

“Initial Purchasers” means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC.

“Interest Rate Agreements” means interest rate protection agreements (including, without limitation, interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements) and/or other types of interest rate hedging agreements or arrangements designed to protect against or manage exposure to fluctuations in interest rates in respect of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

“Investment” means, with respect to any Person, directly or indirectly, any advance, loan (including guarantees), or other extension of credit or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase, acquisition or ownership by such Person of any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities issued by any other Person and all other items that would be classified as investments on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) prepared in accordance with GAAP. “Investment” shall exclude direct or indirect advances to customers or suppliers in the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded as accounts receivable, prepaid expenses or deposits on the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s balance sheet, endorsements for collection or deposit arising in the ordinary course of business and extensions of trade credit on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any Capital Stock of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary (other than the sale of all of the outstanding Capital Stock of such Subsidiary), the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investments in such Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

“Issue Date” means the original issue date of the Notes under the Indenture.

181

“Lien” means any mortgage or deed of trust, charge, pledge, lien (statutory or otherwise), privilege, security interest, assignment, easement, hypothecation, claim, preference, priority or other encumbrance upon or with respect to any property of any kind (including any conditional sale, capital lease or other title retention agreement, any leases in the nature thereof, and any agreement to give any security interest), real or personal, movable or immovable, now owned or hereafter acquired; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien. A Person will be deemed to own subject to a Lien any property which it has acquired or holds subject to the interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale agreement, Capital Lease Obligation or other title retention agreement.

“Maturity” means, when used with respect to the Notes, the date on which the principal of the Notes becomes due and payable as therein provided or as provided in the Indenture, whether at Stated Maturity, the offer date or the redemption date and whether by declaration of acceleration, offer in respect of Excess Proceeds, Change of Control Offer in respect of a Change of Control, call for redemption or otherwise.

“Net Cash Proceeds” means

(a) with respect to any Asset Sale by any Person, the proceeds thereof (without duplication in respect of all Asset Sales) in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents, including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations when received in the form of, or stock or other assets when disposed of for, cash or Cash Equivalents (except to the extent that such obligations are financed or sold with recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) net of

(1) brokerage commissions and other reasonable fees and expenses (including, without limitation, fees and expenses of counsel and investment bankers) related to such Asset Sale,

(2) provisions for all taxes payable as a result of such Asset Sale,

(3) payments made to retire Indebtedness where payment of such Indebtedness is secured by the assets or properties the subject of such Asset Sale,

(4) in the case of an Asset Sale by a Restricted Subsidiary, distributions and other payments made to minority shareholders, partners or members of such Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Sale,

(5) amounts required to be paid to any Person (other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) owning a beneficial interest in the assets subject to the Asset Sale, and

(6) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, after such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale; and

(b) with respect to any issuance or sale of Subordinated Indebtedness, or Capital Stock, or debt securities or Capital Stock that have been converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock as referred to under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments,” the proceeds of such issuance or sale in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents, including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations when received in the form of, or stock or other assets when disposed of for, cash or Cash Equivalents (except to the extent that such obligations are financed or sold with recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary), net of attorney’s fees, accountant’s fees and brokerage, consultation, underwriting and other fees and expenses actually incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof.

“Non-recourse Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, Indebtedness of such Person as to which the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary may not be directly or indirectly liable (by virtue of the Company or

182

any such Restricted Subsidiary being the primary obligor on, guarantor of, or otherwise liable in any respect to, such Indebtedness except for a Lien on the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the creditors thereof which is not recourse to any other assets of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary), and which, upon the occurrence of a default with respect to such Indebtedness, does not result in, or permit any holder of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare, a default on such Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or cause the payment of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity.

“Obligations” means any principal, premium, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

“Officer” means the chairman of the board of directors, the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, the president, any executive vice president, senior vice president or vice president, the treasurer or the secretary of the Company.

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by an Officer of the Company, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements set forth in the Indenture.

“Pari Passu Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is not contractually subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantees.

“Permitted Business” means the business conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and any business similar, reasonably related, complementary, incidental or ancillary thereto, including reasonably related extensions or expansions thereof.

“Permitted Holders” means (i) each of the Sponsors, (ii) each member of management of the Company who are holders of Capital Stock of the Company and (iii) any “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing Persons is a member, provided that in the case of such “group” and without giving effect to the existence of such “group” or any other “group,” such Sponsors and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent entities held by such “group.” Any person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control offer is made in accordance with the requirements of the covenant described under “—Purchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control” will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute a Permitted Holder.

“Permitted Investment” means

(1) Investments in the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity) or any Person which, as a result of such Investment, (a) becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity) or (b) is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity);

(2) Investments in Cash Equivalents;

(3) Investments acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale permitted under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Sale of Assets” to the extent such Investments are non-cash proceeds as permitted under such covenant;

183

(4) Investments by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Securitization Entity in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction, which Investment is in the good faith determination of the Company necessary or advisable to effect such Qualified Securitization Transaction;

(5) (x) Investments in existence on the Issue Date and (y) an Investment in any Person to the extent such Investment replaces or refinances an Investment covered by clause (x) above or this clause (y) in an amount not exceeding the amount of the Investment being replaced or refinanced; provided, however, that the Investment under clause (y) is on terms and conditions not materially less favorable to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole than the Investment being replaced or refinanced;

(6) Investments acquired in exchange for the issuance of Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Capital Stock) of the Company or acquired with the net cash proceeds received by the Company after the Issue Date from the issuance and sale of Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Stock) of the Company; provided that such Net Cash Proceeds are used to make such Investment within 30 days of the receipt thereof and the amount of all such Net Cash Proceeds will be excluded from clause (3)(B) of the first paragraph of the covenant “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

(7) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and worker’s compensation, performance and other similar deposits provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business;

(8) loans or advances to employees of the Company for bona fide business purposes of the Company and any Restricted Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, travel, entertainment and moving expenses) made in compliance with applicable law;

(9) any Investments received in good faith in settlement or compromise of obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer or as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(10) other Investments in the aggregate amount outstanding at any one time not to exceed $25.0 million;

(11) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (b)(6) of the covenant “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness”;

(12) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under clause (b)(5) of the covenant “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness”;

(13) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment; and

(14) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $2.5 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate.

In connection with any assets or property contributed or transferred to any Person as an Investment, such property and assets shall be equal to the Fair Market Value at the time of Investment.

“Permitted Lien” means:

(a) any Lien existing as of the Issue Date;

(b) any Lien with respect to the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Facility so long as the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Credit Agreement or any successor Credit Facility does not exceed the principal amount which could be borrowed under clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”;

184

(c) any Lien arising by reason of

(1) any judgment, decree or order of any court, so long as such Lien is promptly adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment, decree or order shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired;

(2) taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or claims not yet delinquent or which are being contested in good faith;

(3) security for payment of workers’ compensation or other insurance and other social security legislation;

(4) good faith deposits in connection with tenders, leases, contracts (other than contracts for the payment of money);

(5) zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, reservations, title defects, rights of others for rights of way, utilities, sewers, electric lines, telephone or telegraph lines, and other similar purposes, provisions, covenants, conditions, waivers, restrictions on the use of property or minor irregularities of title (and with respect to leasehold interests, mortgages, obligations, liens and other encumbrances incurred, created, assumed or permitted to exist and arising by, through or under a landlord or owner of the leased property, with or without consent of the lessee), none of which materially impairs the use of any parcel of property material to the operation of the business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or the value of such property for the purpose of such business;

(6) deposits to secure public or statutory obligations or levies, or in lieu of surety or appeal bonds;

(7) operation of law in favor of mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, landlords, materialmen, laborers, employees or suppliers, for sums which are not yet delinquent or are being contested in good faith by negotiations or by appropriate proceedings which suspend the collection thereof;

(8) receipt of progress payments and advances from customers in the ordinary course of business to the extent the same creates a Lien on the related inventory and proceeds thereof;

(9) operation of law in favor of customs and revenue authorities to secure the payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(10) operation of law under Article 4 of the UCC in connection with the collection of items provided for therein or under Article 2 of the UCC in favor of a reclaiming seller of goods or buyer of goods; or

(11) consignment or similar arrangements for the sale by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries of goods through third parties in the ordinary course of business;

(d) any Lien securing Acquired Indebtedness created prior to (and not created in connection with, or in contemplation of) the incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and which does not extend to any assets other than the assets acquired;

(e) any Lien to secure the performance bids, trade contracts, leases (including, without limitation, statutory and common law landlord’s liens), subleases, warranty obligations, tenders, liability to insurance carriers, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, letters of credit and other obligations of a like nature and incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

185

(f) any Lien securing obligations under Cash Management Services, Interest Rate Agreements, Currency Agreements and Commodity Price Protection Agreements;

(g) any Lien securing Capital Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations incurred in accordance with the Indenture (including, but not limited to, clause (7) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”);

(h) leases and subleases of real property which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(i) banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(j) Liens on property, assets or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created, incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; provided further, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and assets fixed or appurtenant thereto;

(k) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity);

(l) Liens securing the Notes and the Guarantees;

(m) Liens on assets transferred to a Securitization Entity or on assets of a Securitization Entity, in either case incurred in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction;

(n) Liens on the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor incurred in accordance with the covenant under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness”;

(o) Liens securing Indebtedness and other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary (including any guarantee thereof by the Company);

(p) any extension, renewal, refinancing or replacement, in whole or in part, of any Lien described in the foregoing clauses (a) through (o) and this clause (p) so long as no additional collateral is granted as security thereby and the amount of Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased except by an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the stated amount of any premium or other payment contractually required to be paid in connection with such a refinancing pursuant to the terms of the Obligations being extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced or (b) the amount of premium or other payment actually paid at such time to extend, renew, refinance or replace the Obligations, plus, in either case, the amount of accrued interest, fees and expenses of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in connection with such refinancing;

(q) Liens on property or assets securing Indebtedness used to defease or to satisfy and discharge the Notes; and

(r) in addition to the items referred to in clauses (a) through (q) above, Liens on property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary securing obligations in an aggregate amount which, when taken together with the aggregate amount of all other Liens securing obligations incurred pursuant to this clause (r) and then outstanding, will not exceed $15.0 million.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

“Preferred Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or distributions, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over the Capital Stock of any other class in such Person.

186

“Purchase Money Obligation” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien on assets related to the business of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and any additions and accessions thereto, which are purchased or constructed by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary at any time after the Issue Date; provided that

(1) the security agreement or conditional sales or other title retention contract pursuant to which the Lien on such assets is created (collectively a “Purchase Money Security Agreement”) shall be entered into within 360 days after the purchase or substantial completion of the construction of such assets and shall at all times be confined solely to the assets so purchased, constructed or acquired, any additions and accessions thereto and any proceeds therefrom,

(2) at no time shall the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Indebtedness secured thereby be increased, except in connection with the purchase or construction of additions, improvements and accessions thereto and except in respect of fees and other obligations in respect of such Indebtedness and

(3) (A) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness secured thereby (determined on a per asset basis in the case of any additions, improvements and accessions) shall not at the time such Purchase Money Security Agreement is entered into exceed 100% of the purchase price or cost of construction to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries of the assets subject thereto or (B) the Indebtedness secured thereby shall be with recourse solely to the assets so purchased or acquired, any additions and accessions thereto and any proceeds therefrom.

“Qualified Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all Capital Stock of such Person other than Redeemable Capital Stock.

“Qualified Securitization Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to which (a) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to a Securitization Entity its interests in Receivables and Related Assets and (b) such Securitization Entity transfers to any other Person, or grants a security interest in, such Receivables and Related Assets, pursuant to a transaction customary in the industry which is used to achieve a transfer of financial assets under GAAP.

“Receivables and Related Assets” means any account receivable (whether now existing or arising thereafter) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, and any assets related thereto including all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and contract rights and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interest are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable.

“Redeemable Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that, either by its terms or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or exchangeable (at the option of the holders thereof), is or upon the happening of an event or passage of time would be, required to be redeemed (at the option of the holders thereof) prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes (other than upon a change of control of or sale of assets by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in circumstances where the holders of the notes would have similar rights), or is convertible into or exchangeable for, debt securities at any time prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes at the option of the holder thereof; provided, however, that (1) only the portion of such Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Redeemable Capital Stock and (2) with respect to any Capital Stock issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Redeemable Capital Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s terminations, resignation, death or disability and (3) if any class of Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Capital Stock that is not Redeemable Capital Stock, such Capital Stock shall not be deemed to be Redeemable Capital Stock.

187

“Registration Rights Agreement” means (1) with respect to the Notes issued on the Issue Date, the Registration Rights Agreement, to be dated the Issue Date, among the Company and the Initial Purchasers and (2) with respect to any Additional Notes, any registration rights agreement among the Company, any Guarantors and the other parties thereto relating to the registration by the Company and any Guarantors of such Additional Notes under the Securities Act.

“Replacement Assets” means (1) properties or assets to replace the properties or assets that were the subject of an Asset Sale, (2) properties and assets that will be used in businesses of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, existing at the time such assets are sold or (3) Capital Stock of a Person, the principal portion of whose assets consist of such property or assets.

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that has not been designated by the board of directors of the Company by a board resolution delivered to the Trustee as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to and in compliance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Unrestricted Subsidiaries.” Any reference to a Restricted Subsidiary of Opco means any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of Opco.

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company secured by a Lien.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder.

“Securitization Entity” means a Subsidiary of the Company to which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company transfers Receivables and Related Assets that engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Receivables and Related Assets and that is designated by the Company’s board of directors (as provided below) as a Securitization Entity and:

(a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which:

(1) is guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding guarantees (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings);

(2) is recourse to or obligates the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Securitization Entity) in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; or

(3) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Securitization Entity), directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings;

(b) with which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Securitization Entity) has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company, other than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing accounts receivable; and

(c) to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Securitization Entity) has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.

188

Any designation of a Subsidiary as a Securitization Entity shall be evidenced to the Trustee by delivering to the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Company giving effect to the designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that the designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by the Indenture.

“Securitization Fees” means reasonable distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Entity in connection with any Qualified Securitization Transaction.

“Securitization Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of Receivables and Related Assets in a Qualified Securitization Transaction to repurchase Receivables and Related Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise that are customary for an accounts receivable securitization transaction, including, without limitation, as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

“Senior Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is not Subordinated Indebtedness.

“Significant Subsidiary” means, at any time, any Restricted Subsidiary that qualifies at such time as a “significant subsidiary” within the meaning of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC (as in effect on the Issue Date).

“Sponsor Management Agreement” means the management agreement between certain of the management companies associated with the Sponsors and Holding or any of its direct or indirect parent entities.

“Sponsors” means Morgan Stanley Capital Partners V U.S. Holdco LLC, HSBC Private Equity Partners USA, LP, HSBC Private Equity Partners II USA, LP, and each of their respective Affiliates but not including, however, any of their respective portfolio companies.

“Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that are reasonably customary in an accounts receivable securitization transaction, including without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Entity; it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation that is customary in a Qualified Securitization Transaction shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

“Stated Maturity” means, when used with respect to any Indebtedness or any installment of interest thereon, the dates specified in such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the principal of such Indebtedness or such installment of interest, as the case may be, is due and payable.

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or a Guarantee, as the case may be.

“Subsidiary” of a Person means

(1) any corporation more than 50% of the outstanding voting power of the Voting Stock of which is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or by one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person, or by such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries thereof, or

(2) any limited partnership of which such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner, or

(3) any other Person in which such Person, or one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person, or such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, has more than 50% of the outstanding voting power of the partnership or similar interests.

“Total Assets” of the Company means, as of any date, the total amount of assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of such date in accordance with GAAP (but excluding amounts attributable to investments in or assets of any Unrestricted Subsidiary).

189

“Transactions” means the issuance of the Notes, the payment of a distribution to the holders of the Capital Stock of the Company on, or within 30 days of, the Issue Date, as described in the offering memorandum for the original placement of the Notes, and any fees and expenses related to any of the foregoing.

“Treasury Rate” means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to June 15, 2015; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to June 15, 2015 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company designated as such pursuant to and in compliance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Unrestricted Subsidiaries.”

“Voting Stock” of a Person means Capital Stock of such Person of the class or classes pursuant to which the holders thereof have the general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect at least a majority of the board of directors, managers or trustees of such Person (irrespective of whether or not at the time Capital Stock of any other class or classes shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency).

190

BOOK-ENTRY SETTLEMENT AND CLEARANCE

The Global Notes

The exchange notes will be issued in one or more fully registered global notes (the “Global Notes”). Upon issuance, each of the Global Notes will be deposited with the trustee as custodian for DTC and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.

Ownership of beneficial interests in each Global Note will be limited to persons who have accounts with DTC (“DTC participants”) or persons who hold interests through DTC participants. Beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be held in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.

We expect that under procedures established by DTC:

• upon deposit of each Global Note with DTC’s custodian, DTC will credit portions of the principal amount of the Global Note to the accounts of the DTC participants designated by the initial purchasers; and

• ownership of beneficial interests in each Global Note will be shown on, and transfer of ownership of those interests will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to interests of DTC participants) and the records of DTC participants (with respect to other owners of beneficial interests in any of the Global Notes).

Beneficial interests in the Global Notes may not be exchanged for notes in physical, certificated form (“Certificated Notes”) except in the limited circumstances described below. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC and its direct and indirect participants (including, if applicable, those of Euroclear and Clearstream), which may change from time to time.

Book-entry procedures for the Global Notes

All interests in the Global Notes will be subject to the operations and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream. We provide the following summaries of those operations and procedures solely for the convenience of investors. The operations and procedures of each settlement system are controlled by that settlement system and may be changed at any time. Neither we nor the initial purchasers are responsible for those operations or procedures.

DTC has advised us that it is:

• a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York;

• a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York State Banking Law;

• a member of the Federal Reserve System;

• a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code; and

• a “clearing agency” registered under Section 17A of the Exchange Act.

DTC was created to hold securities for its participants and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between its participants through electronic book-entry changes to the accounts of its participants. DTC’s participants include securities brokers and dealers, including the initial purchasers; banks and trust companies; clearing corporations and other organizations. Indirect access to DTC’s system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies; these indirect participants clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC participant, either directly or indirectly. Investors who are not DTC participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through DTC participants or indirect participants in DTC.

191

So long as DTC’s nominee is the registered owner of a Global Note, that nominee will be considered the sole owner or holder of the notes represented by that Global Note for all purposes under the Indenture. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in a Global Note:

• will not be entitled to have notes represented by the Global Note registered in their names;

• will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of notes in certificated form; and

• will not be considered the owners or “holders” of the notes under the Indenture for any purpose, including with respect to the giving of any direction, instruction or approval to the trustee under the Indenture.

As a result, each investor who owns a beneficial interest in a Global Note must rely on the procedures of DTC to exercise any rights of a holder of notes under the Indenture (and, if the investor is not a participant or an indirect participant in DTC, on the procedures of the DTC participant through which the investor owns its interest).

Payments of principal, premium (if any) and interest with respect to the notes represented by a Global Note will be made by the trustee to DTC’s nominee as the registered holder of the Global Note. Neither we nor the trustee will have any responsibility or liability for the payment of amounts to owners of beneficial interests in a Global Note, for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of those interests by DTC, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records of DTC relating to those interests.

Payments by participants and indirect participants in DTC to the owners of beneficial interests in a Global Note will be governed by standing instructions and customary industry practice and will be the responsibility of those participants or indirect participants and DTC.

Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected in accordance with DTC’s procedures and will be settled in same-day funds. Transfers between participants in Euroclear or Clearstream will be effected in accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

Cross-market transfers between DTC participants, on the one hand, and Euroclear or Clearstream participants, on the other hand, will be effected within DTC through the DTC participants that are acting as depositaries for Euroclear and Clearstream. To deliver or receive an interest in a Global Note held in a Euroclear or Clearstream account, an investor must send transfer instructions to Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, in accordance with the rules and procedures of that system and within the established deadlines of that system. If the transaction meets its settlement requirements, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, will send instructions to its DTC depositary to take action to effect final settlement by delivering or receiving interests in the relevant Global Notes in DTC, and making or receiving payment under normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC.

Euroclear and Clearstream participants may not deliver instructions directly to the DTC depositaries that are acting for Euroclear or Clearstream.

DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream have agreed to the above procedures to facilitate transfers of interests in the Global Notes among participants in those settlement systems. However, the settlement systems are not obligated to perform these procedures and may discontinue or change these procedures at any time. Neither we nor the trustee will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream or their participants or indirect participants of their obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

Exchange of Global Notes for Certificated Notes

Subject to the procedures of DTC, a Global Note is exchangeable for a Certificated Note only if:

• DTC (a) notifies us that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the Global Notes or (b) has ceased to be registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act and, in either case, we fail to appoint a successor depositary within 90 days;

192

• a Default with respect to the notes has occurred and is continuing; or

• we, in our sole discretion, execute and deliver an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Global Note shall be exchangeable for a Certificated Note.

Same Day Settlement and Payment

We will make payments in respect of the notes represented by the Global Notes (including principal, interest and premium, if any) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Global Note holder. We will make all payments of principal, interest and premium, if any, with respect to Certificated Notes by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the holders thereof or, if no account is specified, by mailing a check to that holder’s registered address.

The notes represented by the Global Notes are expected to trade in DTC’s Same Day Funds Settlement System, and any permitted secondary market trading activity in the notes will, therefore, be required by DTC to be settled in immediately available funds. We expect that secondary trading in any Certificated Notes will also be settled in immediately available funds.

Because of time zone differences, credits of interests in the Global Notes received in Euroclear or Clearstream as a result of a transaction with a DTC participant will be made during subsequent securities settlement processing and dated the business day following the DTC settlement date. Cash received in Euroclear or Clearstream from the sale of an interest in a Global Note to a DTC participant will be received with value on the DTC settlement date but will be available in the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream cash account as of the business day for Euroclear or Clearstream following the DTC settlement date.

193

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

General

The following discussion summarizes material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the exchange of unregistered notes for exchange notes and of the ownership and sale or other disposition of the notes. This summary is based upon existing U.S. federal income tax law, which is subject to change or differing interpretations, possibly with retroactive effect. There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) will not take positions concerning the tax consequences of the ownership and sale or other disposition of the notes that are different from those discussed below.

This summary does not discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to particular investors in light of their individual circumstances, such as investors subject to special tax rules (e.g., financial institutions, insurance companies, broker-dealers and tax-exempt organizations) or to persons that will hold the notes as a part of a straddle, hedge, conversion, constructive sale or other integrated transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes, U.S. expatriates, holders subject to the alternative minimum tax, partnerships or other pass-through entities (or investors in such entities) or U.S. holders (as defined below) that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar, all of whom may be subject to tax rules that differ materially from those summarized below. In addition, this summary does not discuss any U.S. federal estate and gift tax considerations or any foreign, state or local tax considerations. This summary is written for investors that will hold their notes as “capital assets” (generally, assets held for investment) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. Prospective investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income and other tax consequences of the ownership and sale or other disposition of the notes.

The term “U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of a note that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

(1) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

(2) a corporation or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created in or organized under the law of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

(3) an estate the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

(4) a trust (A) the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and with respect to which one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (B) that has in effect a valid election under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes is a beneficial owner of notes, the tax treatment of a partner or member generally will depend upon the status of the partner or member and the activities of the partnership. A holder that is a partnership and partners in such a partnership are urged to consult their tax advisors about the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the partnership exchanging unregistered notes for exchange notes and of owning and selling or otherwise disposing of the notes.

A beneficial owner of a note that is not a U.S. holder or a partnership is referred to herein as a “non-U.S. holder.”

Exchange Offers

The exchange of the unregistered notes for exchange notes in the exchange offers will not constitute a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, a holder will not recognize any gain or loss as a result of the exchange. In addition, the holder’s holding period of the exchange notes received in the exchange will include the holding period of the unregistered notes exchanged therefor, and the holder’s adjusted tax basis of the exchange notes will be the same as the adjusted tax basis of the unregistered notes immediately before the exchange. The original issue price, adjusted issue price and the amount of remaining OID (defined below) for an Exchange

194

Note due 2018 will also be the same as the original issue price, adjusted issue price and remaining OID for the unregistered note due 2018 immediately before the exchange. Because there is generally no difference between the unregistered notes and the exchange notes from a U.S. federal income tax perspective, we refer to both the unregistered notes and the exchange notes as the “notes” for the remainder of this discussion, except where otherwise noted.

Treatment of the Notes

As with the unregistered notes due 2018, we will take the position that, even though the Exchange Notes due 2018 (the “2018 Notes”) permit the payment of PIK Interest, for U.S. federal income tax purposes the 2018 Notes will have a payment schedule in which only Cash Interest will be paid in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.1272-1(c). This position is based in part on our assessment as of the original issue date of the unregistered notes due 2018 as to the likelihood that Cash Interest will be paid on the 2018 Notes. Our assessment as to the likelihood of interest on the 2018 Notes being paid in cash is made solely for U.S. federal income tax purposes and does not constitute a representation by us regarding whether interest on the 2018 Notes will in fact be paid in cash.

In addition, in certain circumstances, we may be obligated to pay amounts in excess of stated interest or principal on the notes. We intend to take the position that the possibility of payment of additional amounts in redemption of the notes constitutes a remote and/or incidental contingency within the meaning of the applicable U.S. federal income tax regulations and that the notes are therefore not contingent payment debt instruments for U.S. federal income purposes.

Our determination that the notes will pay all interest in cash with no PIK Interest and will not be contingent payment debt instruments is binding on all holders unless a holder discloses its differing position in a statement attached to its timely filed U.S. federal income tax return for the taxable year during which a note was acquired. However, this determination is not binding on the IRS. If the IRS successfully challenged our determination, the U.S. federal income tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of the notes could be materially different than those described herein, including with respect to the character, timing and amount of income, gain or loss recognized.

The remainder of this discussion assumes that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the notes will not be treated as contingent payment debt instruments. Holders of notes should consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of the notes being treated as contingent payment debt instruments.

U.S. Holders

Payment of Stated Interest. Generally, the stated interest on the Exchange Notes due 2017 (the “2017 Notes”) will be taxable to a U.S. holder as ordinary interest income (in accordance with the holder’s regular method of accounting for tax purposes) at the time such payments are accrued or received.

Original Issue Discount. Because, as a result of the PIK Interest Feature, no portion of the stated interest on the 2018 Notes is unconditionally payable in cash at least annually, no stated interest payments on the 2018 Notes represent qualified stated interest for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, the 2018 Notes have original issue discount (“OID”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the excess of the total payments of principal and stated interest on the notes over their issue price. Under the rules governing OID, regardless of a U.S. holder’s regular method of accounting for tax purposes, a U.S. holder will be required to accrue OID on the 2018 Notes on a constant yield to maturity basis and include such accruals in gross income as interest over the life of the notes.

More particularly, the amount of OID on the 2018 Notes generally will equal the excess of the stated redemption price at maturity of the 2018 Notes (generally, their principal amount plus stated interest) over their original issue price, that is the issue price of the 2018 Notes originally issued with an offering price of 99% of face value as adjusted for any OID previously accrued and paid. The amount of OID includible in gross income for a taxable year will be the sum of the daily portions of OID with respect to the note for each day during that taxable year on which the U.S. holder holds the note. The daily portion is determined by allocating to each day in an accrual period a pro rata portion of the OID allocable to that accrual period. An accrual period may be of any length, and may vary over the term of the note, but no accrual period may be longer than one year, and each scheduled payment of interest or principal on the note must occur on either the first or the final day of an accrual period.

195

The amount of OID allocable to any accrual period will equal the product of the adjusted issue price of the note as of the beginning of such period and the note’s yield to maturity (adjusting for the length of the accrual period). The adjusted issue price of a 2018 Note at the beginning of any accrual period will equal its original issue price (as described above) and any accrued OID for each prior accrual period, reduced by any payments of Cash Interest previously made on the note. The yield to maturity of the notes is the discount rate that, when used in computing the present value of all payments to be made under the notes, produces an amount equal to their original issue price. As described above under ‘‘—Treatment of the Notes,’’ for purposes of computing the yield to maturity of the notes, we assume that all stated interest will be paid as Cash Interest.

Under the rules described above, if we pay cash interest on the 2018 Notes, a U.S. holder will not be required to adjust its OID inclusion. Each stated interest payment made in cash under a 2018 Note will be treated as a payment of any OID previously accrued during that period with a corresponding reduction of the adjusted issue price and thereafter as a payment of principal. A U.S. holder generally will not be required to include separately in gross income any cash payment of stated interest received on the notes that constitute payments of previously accrued OID or of principal.

If, for any interest period, we exercise our option to pay PIK Interest, the 2018 Notes will be treated for purposes of determining the accrual of OID as if they had been retired and then reissued for an amount equal to their adjusted issue price at the time the option to pay PIK Interest is exercised, and with a stated redemption price at maturity that includes the amount of such PIK Interest, to be paid on the maturity date. This is because, under the rules governing OID, the payment of PIK Interest on a 2018 Note generally will not be treated as a payment of interest. Instead, the 2018 Note with any increase in its principal amount or the 2018 Note together with any additional PIK Notes, as applicable, paid in each case in respect of PIK Interest on the 2018 Note will be treated as a single debt instrument under the OID rules.

The rules regarding OID are complex and the rules described above may not apply in all cases. Accordingly, prospective purchasers of notes should consult their own tax advisors regarding their application.

Market Discount. In general, if a U.S. holder purchases a note for less than its principal amount (or in the case of the 2018 Notes, its “revised issue price”), the difference generally will be market discount. Subject to a de minimis exception, as provided in the Code, market discount on a note generally will equal, in the case of 2017 Notes, the amount, if any, by which the principal amount of a note exceeds the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the note immediately after its acquisition, and, in the case of the 2018 Notes, the amount by which the “revised issue price” of the note immediately after its acquisition exceeds the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the note. The “revised issue price” of a 2018 Note is equal to the sum of the original issue price of the note and any OID that has accrued on the note prior to the date of the U.S. holder’s acquisition of the note reduced by any payments of nonqualified stated interest. A U.S. holder who acquires a note at a market discount in excess of a de minimis amount must treat as ordinary income any payment of principal and presumably any other amounts that do not represent qualified stated interest on, or any gain recognized on the disposition of, the note to the extent of the accrued market discount (based on ratable accrual from the purchase date until the maturity date, unless an election is made to use a constant yield method) on that note which has not previously been included in income, unless the U.S. holder elects to include market discount in income (generally as ordinary income) currently as it accrues with a corresponding increase in the adjusted tax basis in the note. While not clear from the terms of the market discount rules in the Code, since no payment of stated interest on a 2018 Note is qualified stated interest, payments of stated interest on 2018 Notes may cause the recognition of all, or a portion of, accrued market discount.

An election to include market discount in income currently, once made, applies to all market discount obligations acquired on or after the first taxable year to which the election applies and may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS. In general, market discount will be treated as accruing on a straight line basis over the remaining term of the note at the time of acquisition, or, pursuant to the election, under a constant yield method. A U.S. holder who acquires a note at a market discount and who does not elect to include accrued discount in income currently may be required to defer the deduction of a portion of the interest on any indebtedness incurred or maintained to purchase or carry the note until the note is disposed of in a taxable transaction.

196

Acquisition Premium. A U.S. holder who purchases a 2018 Note for an amount that is greater than the note’s adjusted issue price but less than the note’s remaining stated redemption price at maturity will be considered to have purchased the note at an acquisition premium. Under the acquisition premium rules, the amount of OID that the holder must include in its gross income with respect to the note for any taxable year will be reduced by the portion of acquisition premium properly allocable to that year.

Amortizable Bond Premium. A U.S. holder who purchases a 2017 Note for an amount that is greater than the note’s stated principal amount will be considered to have purchased the note with amortizable bond premium. A U.S. holder generally may elect to amortize the premium over the remaining term of the note on a constant yield method as an offset to stated interest when includible in income under such holder’s regular accounting method, with a corresponding reduction in its tax basis in the note by the amount of premium used to offset stated interest income. If a U.S. holder does not elect to amortize the premium, that premium will decrease the gain or increase the loss otherwise recognized on a disposition of the note.

Sale, Exchange, Retirement or Other Taxable Disposition of the Notes. Upon a sale, exchange, retirement or other taxable disposition of a note, a U.S. holder generally will recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized on the disposition (other than any amount attributable to accrued but unpaid stated interest, which will be taxable as ordinary income to the extent not previously included in income) and the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in such note. A holder’s adjusted tax basis in the note is generally the cost of the note increased by any accrued OID or market discount previously included in income on the note and reduced by any amortizable bond premium previously amortized (and any Cash Interest paid in the case of a 2018 Note). If PIK Interest is paid on a 2018 Note in the form of a PIK Note, a U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis should be allocated between the original 2018 Note and the PIK Note with respect thereto in proportion to their relative principal amounts, but this conclusion is not free from doubt. Any such gain or loss generally will be capital gain or loss (except to the extent that the market discount rules described above in “—Market Discount” apply), and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder’s holding period for the note is more than one year at the time of disposition. For non-corporate U.S. holders, long-term capital gains generally will be subject to reduced rates of taxation. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to certain limitations.

Medicare tax. For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, certain U.S. holders that are individuals, estates or trusts and whose income exceeds certain thresholds will be subject to a 3.8% Medicare tax on the lesser of (i) the U.S. holder’s “net investment income” for the relevant taxable year (undistributed net investment income in the case of an estate or trust) and (ii) the excess of the U.S. holder’s modified adjusted gross income for the taxable year over a certain threshold (which in the case of individuals will be between $125,000 and $250,000, depending on the individual’s circumstances). For these purposes, net investment income will generally include interest on, and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of, the notes, unless such interest or gains are derived in the ordinary course of the conduct of a trade or business (other than a trade or business that consists of certain passive or trading activities). If you are a U.S. holder that is an individual, estate or trust, you are urged to consult your tax advisor regarding the applicability of the Medicare tax to your income and gains in respect of the notes.

Non-U.S. Holders

Payment of Interest. All payments of interest (including amounts representing accrued OID) on the notes made to a non-U.S. holder will be exempt from U.S. federal income and withholding tax, provided that: (i) such non-U.S. holder does not own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to vote, (ii) such non-U.S. holder is not a controlled foreign corporation related, actually or constructively, to us, (iii) such non-U.S. holder is not a bank receiving certain types of interest, (iv) such interest is not effectively connected with such non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business and (v) the beneficial owner of the notes certifies, under penalties of perjury, to us or our paying agent on IRS Form W-8BEN (or appropriate substitute form) that it is not a U.S. person and provides its name, address and certain other required information or certain other certification requirements are satisfied.

If a non-U.S. holder cannot satisfy the requirements described above, payments of interest (including OID and any additional interest) will be subject to a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax, unless such non-U.S. holder provides us with a properly executed (i) IRS Form W-8BEN (or appropriate substitute form) claiming an exemption from or reduction in withholding under the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty or (ii) IRS Form W-8ECI (or appropriate substitute form) stating that interest paid or accrued on the notes is not subject to withholding tax because it is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States. See below under “—Income Effectively Connected with a U.S. Trade or Business.”

197

Sale, Exchange, Retirement or Other Disposition of the Notes. Subject to the discussion below concerning backup withholding and except with respect to accrued but unpaid interest, which will be taxable as described above under “—Payment of Interest,” a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on any gain recognized upon the sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition of a note, unless (i) such gain is effectively connected with the conduct by such non-U.S. holder of a trade or business within the United States (see below under “—Income Effectively Connected with a U.S. Trade or Business”) or (ii) such non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition, and certain other conditions are met, in which case such holder will be subject to a 30% U.S. federal income tax on such gain, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses.

Income Effectively Connected with a U.S. Trade or Business. If a non-U.S. holder is engaged in a trade or business in the United States, and if interest (including accruals of OID) on the notes, or gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the notes, is effectively connected with the conduct of such trade or business, the non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to regular U.S. federal income tax on such income or gain in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a U.S. holder. If the non-U.S. holder is eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty between the United States and the holder’s country of residence, any “effectively connected” income or gain generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax only if it is also attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the holder in the United States. Payments of interest (including amounts representing accrued OID) that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business will not be subject to the 30% withholding tax provided that the holder properly claims exemption from withholding. To properly claim exemption from withholding, the holder must certify its qualification, which can be done by filing a properly executed applicable IRS Form W-8ECI or W-8BEN (or appropriate substitute form). In addition, if such a non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, such holder may also be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate provided by an applicable treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, subject to certain adjustments.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

U.S. Holders. Payments of interest (including amounts representing accrued OID) on, or the proceeds of a sale or other disposition of, a note are generally subject to information reporting unless the U.S. holder is an exempt recipient (such as a corporation). Such payments may also be subject to U.S. federal backup withholding tax at the applicable rate (which is currently 28%) if the recipient of such payment fails to supply a taxpayer identification number, certified under penalties of perjury, as well as certain other information or otherwise fails to establish an exemption from backup withholding. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or credit against that U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Non-U.S. Holders. A non-U.S. holder may be required to comply with certain certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a U.S. person in order to avoid backup withholding tax with respect to our payment of interest (including amounts representing accrued OID) on, or the proceeds of a sale or other disposition of, a note. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or a credit against that non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. In certain circumstances, the name and address of the beneficial owner and the amount of interest paid on a note, as well as the amount, if any, of tax withheld, may be reported to the IRS. Copies of these information returns may also be made available under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides.

198

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offers must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for unregistered notes where such unregistered notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to have the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, remain effective until 180 days after            , 2013 for use by the participating broker-dealers. We have also agreed to amend or supplement this prospectus during this 180-day period, if requested by one or more participating broker-dealers, in order to expedite or facilitate such resales.

We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes by broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offers may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers that may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such exchange notes. Any broker-dealer that resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offers and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such exchange notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of exchange notes and any commission or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

199

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the exchange notes offered hereby will be passed upon for Tops Holding LLC, Tops Markets, LLC and Tops Markets II Corporation, and for Tops Holding II Corporation, by Shearman & Sterling LLP.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Tops Holding II Corporation and subsidiary as of December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and for the years ended December 29, 2012, December 31, 2011, and January 1, 2011, included in this Prospectus and the related consolidated financial statements schedules included elsewhere in the Registration Statement have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein and elsewhere in this Registration Statement. Such consolidated financial statements and consolidated financial statement schedules have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-4, of which this prospectus forms a part, with respect to the issuance of the exchange notes. This prospectus does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement and the exhibits to the registration statement. Some items are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and the exchange notes, we refer you to the registration statement. You should be aware that the statements made in this prospectus as to the contents of any agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not complete. Although we believe that we have summarized the material terms of these documents in the prospectus, these statements should be read along with the full and complete text of the related documents.

Our SEC filings, including the registration statement, may be inspected and copied at the Public Reference Room of the SEC located at Room 1580, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549. Copies of these documents may be obtained at prescribed rates from the Public Reference Room of the SEC located at Room 1580, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549. For further information about the Public Reference Section, call 1-800-SEC-0330. Such materials may also be accessed electronically by means of the SEC’s home page on the Internet (http://www.sec.gov).

200

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	Page
TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		F-2
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011		F-3
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the years ended December  29, 2012, December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011		F-4
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Deficit for the years ended December  29, 2012, December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011		F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 29, 2012, December  31, 2011 and January 1, 2011		F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		F-7
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of July 13, 2013 and December 29, 2012		F-42
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the 12 and 28-Week Periods Ended July 13, 2013 and July 14, 2012		F-43
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the 28-Week Periods Ended July 13, 2013 and July 14, 2012		F-44
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements		F-45

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Tops Holding II Corporation

Williamsville, New York

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Tops Holding II Corporation and subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income, changes in shareholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the fiscal years ended December 29, 2012, December 31, 2011, and January 1, 2011. Our audits also included the consolidated financial statement schedules listed in the Index at Item 21(b). These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the fiscal years ended December 29, 2012, December 31, 2011, and January 1, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Williamsville, New York

March 28, 2013

F-2

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

	December 29, 2012			December 31, 2011
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	32,422		$	19,181
Accounts receivable, net (Note 3)		53,475			55,987
Inventory, net		125,487			115,309
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		9,323			12,990
Income taxes refundable		237			285
Current deferred tax assets (Note 11)		1,924			1,971
Total current assets		222,868			205,723
Property and equipment, net (Note 4)		350,649			358,263
Goodwill (Note 5)		15,002			462
Intangible assets, net (Note 5)		74,498			71,663
Other assets (Note 6)		12,985			11,101
Total assets	$	676,002		$	647,212
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Deficit
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	77,460		$	75,608
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (Note 7)		75,740			74,677
Current portion of capital lease obligations (Note 8)		14,357			12,701
Current portion of long-term debt (Note 9)		2,271			434
Total current liabilities		169,828			163,420
Capital lease obligations (Note 8)		149,503			159,814
Long-term debt (Note 9)		495,446			355,240
Other long-term liabilities		38,871			23,893
Non-current deferred tax liabilities (Note 11)		5,626			4,309
Total liabilities		859,274			706,676
Commitments and contingencies (Note 15)
Shareholders’ deficit:
Common shares ($0.001 par value; 300,000 authorized shares, 144,776 shares issued and outstanding as of December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011) (Note 12)		—			—
Paid-in capital		(100,077	)		(1,528	)
Accumulated deficit		(79,625	)		(56,675	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax		(3,570	)		(1,261	)
Total shareholders’ deficit		(183,272	)		(59,464	)
Total liabilities and shareholders’ deficit	$	676,002		$	647,212

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

(Dollars in thousands)

	Fiscal 2012			Fiscal 2011			Fiscal 2010
Net sales	$	2,365,339		$	2,355,492		$	2,257,536
Cost of goods sold		(1,654,093	)		(1,650,166	)		(1,579,016	)
Distribution costs		(46,663	)		(44,189	)		(44,829	)
Gross profit		664,583			661,137			633,691
Operating expenses:
Wages, salaries and benefits		(320,626	)		(317,738	)		(310,800	)
Selling and general expenses		(99,841	)		(103,153	)		(104,841	)
Administrative expenses (inclusive of share-based compensation expense of $1,451, $1,140, and $715)		(82,404	)		(79,780	)		(102,754	)
Rent expense, net		(21,225	)		(18,856	)		(19,135	)
Depreciation and amortization		(52,617	)		(51,205	)		(62,353	)
Advertising		(19,314	)		(18,789	)		(23,175	)
Impairment charges (Note 10)		—			(2,791	)		—
Total operating expenses		(596,027	)		(592,312	)		(623,058	)
Operating income		68,556			68,825			10,633
Bargain purchase (Note 2)		—			—			15,681
Loss on debt extinguishment		(31,205	)		—			(1,041	)
Interest expense, net		(58,893	)		(61,698	)		(61,231	)
(Loss) income before income taxes		(21,542	)		7,127			(35,958	)
Income tax (expense) benefit		(1,408	)		(1,295	)		9,004
Net (loss) income	$	(22,950	)	$	5,832		$	(26,954	)
Changes in post retirement benefit obligations (Note 14)		(2,309	)		(925	)		(471	)
Comprehensive (loss) income	$	(25,259	)	$	4,907		$	(27,425	)

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(Dollars in thousands, except share amounts)

	Common Stock				Paid-In Capital			Accumulated Deficit			Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income			Total Shareholders’ Deficit
	Shares		Amount
Balance at January 2, 2010		100,000	$	—	$	(3,383	)	$	(35,553	)	$	135		$	(38,801	)
Net loss		—		—		—			(26,954	)		—			(26,954	)
Retirement obligations adjustments		—		—		—			—			(471	)		(471	)
Issuance of common stock		44,776		—		30,000			—			—			30,000
Dividend		—		—		(30,000	)		—			—			(30,000	)
Share-based compensation		—		—		715			—			—			715
Balance at January 1, 2011		144,776		—		(2,668	)		(62,507	)		(336	)		(65,511	)
Net income		—		—		—			5,832			—			5,832
Retirement obligations adjustments		—		—		—			—			(925	)		(925	)
Share-based compensation		—		—		1,140			—			—			1,140
Balance at December 31, 2011		144,776		—		(1,528	)		(56,675	)		(1,261	)		(59,464	)
Net loss		—		—		—			(22,950	)		—			(22,950	)
Retirement obligations adjustments		—		—		—			—			(2,309	)		(2,309	)
Dividend		—		—		(100,000	)		—			—			(100,000	)
Share-based compensation		—		—		1,451			—			—			1,451
Balance at December 29, 2012		144,776	$	—	$	(100,077	)	$	(79,625	)	$	(3,570	)	$	(183,272	)

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Dollars in thousands)

	Fiscal 2012			Fiscal 2011			Fiscal 2010
Cash flows provided by operating activities:
Net (loss) income	$	(22,950	)	$	5,832		$	(26,954	)
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		67,802			67,053			77,315
Loss on debt extinguishment		31,205			—			1,041
Amortization of deferred financing costs		2,847			2,661			2,367
Share-based compensation expense		1,451			1,140			715
Deferred income taxes		1,364			1,249			(9,199	)
LIFO inventory valuation adjustments		361			1,333			2,055
Impairment charges		—			2,791			—
Bargain purchase		—			—			(15,681	)
Other		(462	)		(87	)		988
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable		2,545			1,664			(7,382	)
(Increase) decrease in inventory, net		(2,590	)		187			(6,239	)
Decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets		4,005			1,103			1,796
Decrease (increase) in income taxes refundable		48			(85	)		560
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable		1,950			(18,080	)		24,267
(Decrease) increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities		(4,453	)		389			917
Increase in other long-term liabilities		3,884			1,501			2,892
Net cash provided by operating activities		87,007			68,651			49,458
Cash flows used in investing activities:
Cash paid for property and equipment		(37,565	)		(45,575	)		(49,663	)
Acquisition of Grand Union supermarkets (Note 2)		(27,640	)		—			—
Acquisition of independent supermarkets		(3,304	)		—			—
Proceeds from insurable loss recovery		1,455			609			—
Cash paid for intangible assets		—			(1,527	)		—
Proceeds from sale of assets		—			1,284			20,753
Acquisition of Penn Traffic assets		—			—			(85,023	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(67,054	)		(45,209	)		(113,933	)
Cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities:
Proceeds from long-term debt borrowings		460,000			—			112,125
Repayments of long-term debt borrowings		(350,452	)		(409	)		(36,377	)
Dividend to shareholders		(100,000	)		—			(30,000	)
Borrowings on 2017 ABL Facility		35,000			—			—
Borrowings on 2013 ABL Facility		158,800			612,900			348,737
Repayments on 2013 ABL Facility		(163,800	)		(622,900	)		(347,737	)
Debt extinguishment costs incurred (Note 9)		(20,901	)		—			—
Principal payments on capital leases		(13,318	)		(11,161	)		(9,294	)
Deferred financing costs incurred		(11,943	)		(57	)		(5,769	)
Change in bank overdraft position		(98	)		(53	)		487
Proceeds from issuance of common stock		—			—			30,000
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities		(6,712	)		(21,680	)		62,172
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		13,241			1,762			(2,303	)
Cash and cash equivalents-beginning of year		19,181			17,419			19,722
Cash and cash equivalents-end of year	$	32,422		$	19,181		$	17,419

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. THE COMPANY, BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Company

Tops Holding II Corporation (“Holding II” or “Company”), the parent of Tops Holding LLC (“Holding I”), formerly Tops Holding Corporation, was incorporated on May 7, 2013. Holding I is the parent of Tops Markets, LLC (“Tops Markets”), a supermarket retailer in Upstate New York, Northern Pennsylvania and Vermont. Holding I was incorporated on October 5, 2007 and commenced operations on December 1, 2007. Holding II is owned by various funds affiliated with Morgan Stanley Private Equity (“MSPE”), an affiliate of Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated (“Morgan Stanley”), various funds affiliated with Graycliff Partners LP (“Graycliff”), two minority investors and a company employee. Holding I has no other business operations as its sole purpose is the ownership of Tops Markets. During early October 2012, Tops Markets completed the acquisition (“GU Acquisition”) of 21 retail supermarkets in Upstate New York and Vermont from GU Markets LLC (“GU Markets”), an affiliate of C&S Wholesale Grocers, Inc. (“C&S”). As of December 29, 2012, the Company operated 149 supermarkets under the banners of Tops, GU Family Markets, Grand Union and Bryant’s, with an additional five supermarkets operated by franchisees.

Change in Reporting Entity

Effective May 15, 2013, Holding I was converted to a limited liability company and Tops Markets II Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holding I, was formed on May 14, 2013 and added as a co-issuer of the 2017 Notes (see Note 9). On May 15, 2013, the stockholders of Holding I contributed all of the outstanding shares of common stock of Holding I to Holding II in exchange for shares of common stock of Holding II. Holding II has no other business operations other than the ownership of Holding I and as the issuer of the Holding II Notes (see Note 18). Holding II’s net assets consist solely of its membership interest in Holding I, undistributed cash from the issuance of the Holding II Notes, the Holding II Notes and related debt issuance costs.

On August 20, 2013, Holding II was added as a guarantor of the 2017 Notes, resulting in Holding II becoming the reporting entity related to these notes. As a result, the historical results of Holding I and its subsidiaries have been consolidated with Holding II as if Holding II were in existence for all periods presented to reflect the change in reporting entity.

Fiscal Year

The Company operates on a 52/53 week fiscal year ending on the Saturday closest to December 31. The Company’s fiscal years include 13 four-week reporting periods, with an additional week in the thirteenth reporting period for 53-week fiscal years. The Company’s first quarter of each fiscal year includes four reporting periods, while the remaining quarters include three reporting periods. The periods from January 1, 2012 to December 29, 2012 (“Fiscal 2012”), January 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 (“Fiscal 2011”), and January 3, 2010 to January 1, 2011 (“Fiscal 2010”) all included 52 weeks.

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all of its subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. The most significant estimates used by management are related to the accounting for vendor allowances, valuation of long-lived assets including intangible assets, acquisition accounting, lease classification, self-insurance reserves, inventory valuation and income taxes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Supplemental Disclosures

Cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand that is highly liquid with original maturities at the date of purchase of 90 days or less. As of December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, outstanding checks in excess of cash balances with the same institution totaled $2.4 million and $2.5 million, respectively. These amounts are recorded as a bank overdraft and classified as accounts payable in the consolidated balance sheets and as a financing activity in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

F-7

The following table presents additional cash flow information for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010 (dollars in thousands):

	Fiscal 2012		Fiscal 2011		Fiscal 2010
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest	$	61,984	$	58,800	$	56,933
Income taxes		124		190		151
Non-cash items:
Unpaid capital expenditures		4,907		1,718		6,107
Assets acquired under capital leases		4,663		365		5,349

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and accounts receivable. The Company maintains its cash in commercial banks insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), up to $250,000 per depositor. At times, such cash in banks exceeds the FDIC insurance limit. At December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company had cash in banks exceeding the FDIC insurance limit of $11.6 million and $2.6 million, respectively.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are carried at net realizable value. Allowances are recorded, if necessary, in an amount considered by management to be sufficient to meet future losses related to the collectability of accounts receivable. The Company evaluates the collectability of its accounts receivable based on the age of the receivable and knowledge of customers’ financial positions. At December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the allowance for doubtful accounts was $0.4 million and $0.9 million, respectively.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” establish a framework for measuring fair value and a hierarchy that categorizes and prioritizes the sources to be used to estimate fair value as follows:

Level 1 – observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets;

Level 2 – inputs include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (interest rates, yield curves, etc.), and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means (market corroborated inputs); and

Level 3 – unobservable inputs that reflect the Company’s determination of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. These inputs are developed based on the best information available, including the Company’s own data.

F-8

Financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, capital lease obligations and long-term debt. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of these financial instruments. At December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the estimated fair value and the carrying value of our debt instruments were as follows (dollars in thousands):

	December 29, 2012		December 31, 2011
Carrying value of debt instruments:
Current portion of capital lease obligations	$	14,357	$	12,701
Current portion of long-term debt		2,271		434
Long-term capital lease obligations		149,503		159,814
Long-term debt		495,446		355,240
Total carrying value of debt instruments		661,577		528,189
Fair value of debt instruments		632,552		530,652
Excess (deficiency) of carrying value over fair value	$	29,025	$	(2,463	)

The fair value of the Company’s senior secured notes was based on quoted market prices, a Level 2 source. The fair value of the Company’s other long-term debt and capital lease obligations was based on the net present value of future cash flows using estimated applicable market interest rates for the Company at December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, a Level 3 measurement technique.

Fair value measurements of non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities are primarily used in the impairment analysis of long-lived assets, goodwill and intangible assets. Long-lived assets and definite-lived intangible assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis using Level 3 inputs. As described in Note 10, the Company recorded long-lived asset impairment charges of $2.8 million within the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive (loss) income during Fiscal 2011. Goodwill and the Tops tradename are reviewed annually for impairment on December 1, or more frequently, if impairment indicators arise.

Inventory

The Company values inventory at the lower of cost or market using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method. As of December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the LIFO balance sheet reserves were $11.1 million and $10.7 million, respectively. The Company’s inventory balances consist primarily of finished goods. Inventory costs include the purchase price of the product and freight charges to deliver the product and are net of certain cash or non-cash consideration received from vendors (see ‘‘Vendor Allowances’’).

Cost is determined using the retail method for inventory. Under the retail method, the valuation of inventory at cost and the resulting gross margins are determined by applying a cost-to-retail ratio for various groupings of similar items to the retail value of inventory. Inherent in the retail inventory method calculations are certain management judgments and estimates which could impact the ending inventory valuation at cost, as well as the resulting gross margins.

Physical inventory counts are taken on a cycle basis. The Company records an estimated inventory shrinkage reserve for the period between each store’s last physical inventory and the latest consolidated balance sheet date.

F-9

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is stated at historical cost or, if acquired in a business acquisition, at fair value at the acquisition date, less accumulated depreciation and impairments. Cost includes expenditures that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the item, including shipping charges and sales tax. Interest incurred during the construction period is capitalized as part of the related asset. Expenditures for betterments are capitalized, while repairs and maintenance expenditures are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the remaining lease terms. The estimated useful lives of the principal categories of property and equipment are as follows:

Asset	Useful Lives
Land and land improvements	Indefinite
Buildings	30 – 40 years
Leasehold improvements	Lesser of 3 – 20 years or remaining lease term
Equipment	2 – 10 years
Automobiles	3 – 10 years
IT software and equipment	3 – 5 years

Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets held and used by the Company are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. For purposes of evaluating the recoverability of long-lived assets, the Company compares the carrying value of the asset or asset group to the estimated, undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the long-lived asset or asset group, as required by the provisions of ASC 360, “Property, Plant, and Equipment.” Impairment charges are recorded as the excess of the net book value over its fair value, which is calculated using the discounted cash flows associated with that asset or assets. As discussed in Note 10, the Company recorded impairment charges of $2.8 million within the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive (loss) income during Fiscal 2011. There were no impairment charges recorded during Fiscal 2012 or Fiscal 2010.

Goodwill

The Company reviews goodwill for impairment annually on December 1, and also upon the occurrence of trigger events. Generally, fair value is determined using a multiple of earnings, or discounted projected future cash flows, and is compared to the carrying value of the Company for purposes of identifying potential impairment. Projected future cash flows are based on management’s knowledge of the current operating environment and expectations for the future. If potential for impairment is identified, the fair value of the Company is measured against the fair value of its underlying assets and liabilities, excluding goodwill, to estimate an implied fair value of the Company’s goodwill. Goodwill impairment is recognized for any excess of the carrying value of the Company’s goodwill over the implied fair value. There were no goodwill impairment charges recorded during Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 or Fiscal 2010.

Intangible Assets

The Company’s intangible assets include favorable lease rights, tradenames, franchise agreements and customer relationships. The franchise agreements consist of two franchisees which own five stores, and the customer relationships represent a source of repeat business for the Company. The fair values of the Company’s franchise agreements and customer relationships were estimated using an excess earnings income approach. The principle behind the excess earnings income approach is that the value of an intangible asset is equal to the present value of the incremental after-tax cash flows attributable to that intangible asset. Customer relationships are being amortized on an accelerated basis based upon the level of expected attrition.

The fair values of the tradenames were estimated by utilizing the ‘‘relief from royalty’’ method. This method involves determining the present value of the economic royalty savings associated with the tradenames and revenue projections attributed to the tradenames. The Tops tradename is not amortized due to its indefinite life. All other tradenames are being amortized on an accelerated basis based upon a brand obsolescence assumption.

F-10

For intangible assets, the Company amortizes the assets as presented in the table below:

Asset	Weighted Average Amortization Period
Tradename – indefinite	Indefinite life
Customer relationships	8.4
Favorable lease rights	9.8
Franchise agreements	11.0
Tradenames – finite	8.8
Other	5.0

Deferred Financing Costs

The Company records deferred financing costs incurred in connection with entering into its debt obligations. These costs are capitalized and included in other assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The deferred financing costs are amortized to interest expense over the terms of associated debt on a straight-line basis or using the effective interest method, as appropriate. As discussed in Note 6, the Company capitalized deferred financing costs of $13.0 million and wrote off unamortized deferred financing costs of $8.3 million in connection with the Company’s December 2012 financing activities.

Leases

Classification

The Company leases buildings and equipment under operating and capital lease arrangements. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 840, “Leases” (“ASC 840”), the Company classifies its leases as capital leases when the lease agreement transfers substantially all risks and rewards of ownership to the Company. For leases determined to be capital leases, the asset and liability are recognized at an amount equal either to the fair value of the leased asset or the present value of the minimum lease payments during the lease term, whichever is lower. Leases that do not qualify as capital leases are classified as operating leases, and the related lease payments are expensed on a straight-line basis (taking into account rent escalation clauses) over the lease term, including, as applicable, any rent free period during which the Company has the right to use the asset. For leases with renewal options where the renewal is reasonably assured, the lease term is used to (i) determine the appropriate lease classification, (ii) compute periodic rental expense and (iii) depreciate leasehold improvements (unless their economic lives are shorter) includes the periods of expected renewals. Determining whether a lease is a capital or an operating lease requires judgment on various aspects that include the fair value of the leased asset, the economic life of the leased asset, whether or not to include renewal options in the lease term and determining an appropriate discount rate to calculate the present value of the minimum lease payments.

Operating Leases

Store lease agreements generally include rent holidays, rent escalation clauses and contingent rent provisions for a percentage of sales in excess of specified levels. Most of the Company’s lease agreements include renewal periods at the Company’s option. The Company recognizes rent holiday periods and scheduled rent increases on a straight-line basis over the lease term beginning with the date the Company takes possession of the leased space for construction and other purposes. The Company records tenant improvement allowances and rent holidays as deferred rent liabilities which are amortized over the related lease terms to rent expense. The Company records rent liabilities for contingent percentage of sales lease provisions when it is probable that the specified levels will be reached during the fiscal year.

F-11

Lease Incentives

For leases classified as operating leases, the Company recognizes rent starting when possession of the property is taken from the landlord, which normally includes a construction period prior to store opening. Payments made to the Company representing incentives to sign a new lease or representing reimbursements for leasehold improvements are deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease as reductions of rent expense. Such payments received for leases classified as capital leases are recorded as increases to the related capital leases obligations, reducing the portion of future rent payments classified as interest expense.

Rental Income

For certain properties, the Company subleases either a portion or all of the property. The sublease income of the properties is recognized as rental income. In certain cases, the Company subleases store locations to third parties. Rental income was $4.2 million, $3.5 million and $3.4 million for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, respectively, and is recorded as an offset to rent expense in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

Asset Retirement Obligations

Asset retirement obligations (“AROs”) are legal obligations associated with the retirement of long-lived assets (i.g., gas tank removal and removal of store equipment upon store closure). These liabilities are initially recorded at fair value and the related asset retirement costs are capitalized by increasing the carrying amount of the related assets by the same amount as the liability in accordance with the provisions of ASC 410, “Asset Retirement and Environmental Obligations.” Asset retirement costs are subsequently depreciated over the useful lives of the related assets. Subsequent to initial recognition, the Company records changes in the ARO liability resulting from the passage of time and revisions to either the timing or the amount of the original estimate of undiscounted cash flows. The Company derecognizes ARO liabilities when the related obligations are settled. The ARO liabilities recognized at December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 were $3.3 million and $2.6 million, respectively. Accretion expense attributable to ARO liabilities was $0.2 million during Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010 (see Note 15).

Guarantees

The Company has been party to a variety of contractual agreements under which it may be obligated to indemnify the other party for certain matters. Additionally, the Company guarantees certain other contractual arrangements. Under these agreements, the Company may provide certain routine indemnifications relating to representations and warranties (i.g., ownership of assets and environmental or tax indemnifications). The terms of these indemnifications range in duration and may not be explicitly defined.

The Company has applied the provisions of ASC 460, “Guarantees” to its agreements that contain guarantee or indemnification clauses. These provisions require the Company to recognize and disclose certain types of guarantees, even if the likelihood of requiring the Company’s performance is remote. Historically, the Company has not been required to make payments related to its agreements that contain guarantee or indemnification clauses.

Insurance Programs

The Company is insured by a third-party carrier, subject to certain deductibles and self-insured retentions ranging from $0.1 million to $1.0 million. The Company maintains an insurance program covering primarily fleet, general liability inclusive of druggist liability, workers’ compensation, property, environmental and other executive insurance policies. The Company accrues an estimated ultimate liability for its insurance programs based on known claims and past claims history. These accruals are included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities and other long-term liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

F-12

Employee Benefits

The Company accounts for its participation in a multiemployer pension plan by recognizing as net pension cost the required contributions for the period and recognizing as a liability any contributions due and unpaid (see Note 14).

Revenue Recognition

The Company generates and recognizes revenue at the point of sale in its stores, net of sales tax collected. Discounts, earned by customers through agreements or by using their bonus or loyalty cards, are recorded by the Company as a reduction of revenue as they are earned by the customer. Franchise revenue consists of net revenue on wholesale sales to franchisees, and income from franchise fees and administrative fees. Franchise revenues were $4.2 million, $4.1 million and $3.8 million for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011, and Fiscal 2010, respectively, and are included in net sales in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

For certain products or services, such as the sales of lottery tickets, third-party prepaid phone cards, third-party gift cards, stamps and public transportation tickets, the Company acts as an agent. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 605, “Revenue Recognition” (“ASC 605”), the Company records the amount of the net margin or commission in its net sales. Commission income was $2.7 million, $2.2 million and $2.0 million for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011, and Fiscal 2010, respectively, and is included in net sales in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

The Company records a deferred revenue liability when it sells gift cards, recording revenue when customers redeem the gift cards. These gift cards do not expire. The Company has completed an analysis of the historical redemption patterns of gift cards. As a result of this analysis, the Company has determined that the likelihood of redemption after two years is remote. Therefore, the Company reduces the liability and recognizes ‘‘breakage’’ income for the unused portion of gift cards after two years. The Company recognized pre-tax gift card breakage income of $0.3 million, $0.2 million and $0.3 million during Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, respectively.

Cost of Goods Sold and Distribution Costs

Cost of goods sold and distribution costs include the purchase price of products sold and other costs incurred in bringing inventories to the location and condition ready for sale, including costs of purchasing, storing and transportation. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 605, cash consideration received from vendors is recognized as a reduction of cost of goods sold. During Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, depreciation expense of $2.9 million, $3.4 million and $3.5 million, respectively, is included in distribution costs in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

Vendor Allowances

The Company receives allowances from many of the vendors whose products the Company buys for resale in its stores. Allowances are received for a variety of merchandising activities, which consist of the inclusion of vendor products in the Company’s advertising, placement of vendor products in prominent locations in the Company’s stores, introduction of new products, exclusivity rights for certain categories of products and temporary price reductions offered to customers on products held for sale. The Company also receives vendor funds associated with buying activities such as volume purchase rebates and rebates for purchases made during specific periods.

The Company records a receivable for vendor allowances for which the Company has fulfilled its contractual commitments but has not yet received payment from the vendor. When payment for vendor allowances is received prior to fulfillment of contractual terms or before the programs necessary to earn such allowances are initiated, the Company records such amounts as deferred income or vendor funds received in advance, respectively, which are classified within accrued expenses and other current liabilities and other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. Once all contractual commitments have been met, the Company records vendor allowances as a reduction of the cost of inventory. Accordingly, when the inventory is sold, the vendor allowances are recognized as a reduction of the cost of goods sold in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

F-13

The amount of vendor allowances reducing the Company’s inventory (“inventory offset”) as of December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 was $1.6 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

Selling and General Expenses

Selling and general expenses consist of repairs and maintenance charges, utilities, supplies, real estate taxes, insurance, bank and credit card fees and other general expenses. Depreciation expense included in selling and general expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income was $0.2 million during Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010.

Administrative Expenses

Administrative expenses consist of charges for services performed by outside vendors, salaries and wages of support office employees, rent and depreciation of support offices and assets, and other administrative expenses. During Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, depreciation expense of $11.4 million, $11.5 million and $10.4 million, respectively, was included in administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

Effective December 28, 2012, following the December 20, 2012 dividend (see Note 12), the Company awarded payments to holders of stock options under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan in amounts equal to the difference between the per share dividend paid to shareholders and the reductions in exercise prices associated with the stock options (see Note 12). The payments totaled $5.0 million and were recorded within administrative expenses in the Fiscal 2012 consolidated statement of comprehensive (loss) income.

Advertising

Advertising includes newspaper inserts, direct mail and radio commercials, promotional prizes, as well as the expenses of the Company’s advertising department. The Company recognizes advertising expenses as incurred.

Income Taxes

Tops Markets is a single member LLC whose operations are included in the Holding tax return, as Tops Markets is a disregarded entity for income tax purposes. The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”). Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon differences between the financial reporting and the tax basis of assets and liabilities, including net operating loss carry forwards, and are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the periods in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. The Company uses the provisions of ASC 740 to assess and record income tax uncertainties. In relation to recording the provision for income taxes, management must estimate the future tax rates applicable to the reversal of temporary differences, make certain assumptions regarding whether book/tax differences are permanent or temporary and if temporary, the related timing of expected reversal. Also, estimates are made as to whether taxable operating income in future periods will be sufficient to fully recognize any gross deferred tax assets. If recovery is not likely, the Company must increase its provision for taxes by recording a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets that the Company estimates will not ultimately be recoverable. Alternatively, the Company may make estimates about the potential usage of deferred tax assets that decrease its valuation allowances. Tax positions are recognized when they are more likely than not to be sustained upon examination. The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is more likely than not of being realized upon settlement. The Company is subject to periodic audits by the Internal Revenue Service and other foreign, state and local taxing authorities. These audits may challenge certain of the Company’s tax

F-14

positions such as the timing and amount of income and deductions and the allocation of taxable income to various tax jurisdictions. The Company evaluates its tax positions and establishes liabilities in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance on uncertainty in income taxes. These tax uncertainties are reviewed as facts and circumstances change and are adjusted accordingly. This requires significant management judgment in estimating final outcomes. Actual results could materially differ from these estimates and could significantly affect the Company’s effective tax rate and cash flows in future years. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company applies the Black-Scholes valuation model at the date of grant to determine the fair value of stock options granted to participants. The fair value of stock options are then amortized on a straight-line basis to compensation expense over the applicable vesting period, which is generally between three and five years. Compensation expense is recognized only for those options expected to vest, with forfeiture estimates based on the Company’s historical experience and future expectations. The Company’s outstanding stock options represent non-qualified stock options for income tax purposes. As such, the stock option grants result in the creation of a deferred tax asset until the time that such stock option is exercised.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

There are no recent accounting pronouncements that have had or are expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of the date of this report.

Segments

The Company’s supermarkets offer grocery, produce, frozen, dairy, meat, floral, seafood, health and beauty care, general merchandise, deli and bakery goods. The Company operates one supermarket format where each supermarket offers the same general mix of products with similar pricing to similar categories of customers. As of December 29, 2012, 78 supermarkets offered pharmacy services and 47 fuel centers were in operation, inclusive of the Company’s franchise locations. As a result of recent acquisition activity, including the GU Acquisition, the Company reevaluated its conclusions regarding its operating and reportable segments. The Company’s retail operations, which represent substantially all of the Company’s consolidated sales, earnings and total assets, are its only operating segment and reportable segment.

The following table presents sales revenue by type of similar product (dollars in thousands):

	Fiscal 2012					Fiscal 2011					Fiscal 2010
	Amount		% of Total			Amount		% of Total			Amount		% of Total
Non-perishables(1)	$	1,337,030		56.5	%	$	1,335,913		56.7	%	$	1,307,304		57.9	%
Perishables(2)		631,621		26.7	%		624,490		26.5	%		605,684		26.8	%
Fuel		218,815		9.3	%		204,193		8.7	%		150,012		6.6	%
Pharmacy		160,069		6.8	%		174,437		7.4	%		179,518		8.0	%
Other(3)		17,804		0.7	%		16,459		0.7	%		15,018		0.7	%
	$	2,365,339		100.0	%	$	2,355,492		100.0	%	$	2,257,536		100.0	%

(1) Non-perishables consist of grocery, dairy, frozen, general merchandise, health and beauty care and other non-perishable related products.

(2) Perishables consist of produce, meat, seafood, bakery, deli, floral, prepared foods and other perishable related products.

(3) Other primarily consists of franchise income and service commission income, such as lottery, money orders and money transfers.

F-15

2. BUSINESS ACQUISITION

During late September through early October 2012, the Company completed the GU Acquisition. In addition to cash consideration of $27.6 million paid to GU Markets, the Company incurred $1.3 million of transaction costs that have been recorded in administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive (loss) income for Fiscal 2012. The acquisition is being accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, “Business Combinations.”

The Company believes the acquisition creates significant strategic value due to the expansion it provides to the Company’s supermarket base with minimal incremental general and administrative expenses.

Under the acquisition method of accounting, the aggregate purchase price is allocated to the net tangible and intangible assets based upon their estimated fair values on the acquisition date. The Company engaged a third party valuation specialist to assist with the valuation of assets acquired. The fair value of inventory was determined based upon the Company’s estimated replacement cost. The fair values of buildings, personal property and site improvements, all of which are included in property and equipment in the succeeding table, were determined using the cost approach. The fair value of land was determined using the market approach. The fair values of intangible assets were primarily determined using the income approach which, for the tradenames, is based upon the present value of the economic royalty savings associated with the tradenames and revenue projections attributed to the tradenames. Tradenames are being amortized on an accelerated basis based upon a brand obsolescence assumption.

As initial fair value estimates of certain assets and liabilities were preliminary in nature, such values were adjusted during Fiscal 2012 as additional information was obtained.

The following table summarizes the final allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the transaction date (dollars in thousands):

	Initial Estimate		Adjustments			Final Allocation
Assets acquired:
Accounts receivable	$	28	$	5		$	33
Inventory		7,358		(93	)		7,265
Prepaid expenses		325		—			325
Property and equipment		7,235		663			7,898
Goodwill		12,947		(178	)		12,769
Favorable lease rights		2,385		(188	)		2,197
Tradenames		1,000		—			1,000
Total assets acquired		31,278		209			31,487
Liabilities assumed:
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		803		—			803
Unfavorable lease rights		2,244		(72	)		2,172
Capital lease obligation		872		—			872
Total liabilities assumed		3,919		(72	)		3,847
Acquisition price	$	27,359	$	281		$	27,640

The results of operations of the acquired supermarkets have been included in the Fiscal 2012 condensed consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive (loss) income following the respective closing dates of the individual supermarket acquisitions that ranged from September 24, 2012 to October 5, 2012. The acquired supermarkets contributed net sales and operating income of $22.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively, during Fiscal 2012.

F-16

The following table summarizes the Company’s unaudited pro forma operating results for Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, giving effect to the GU Acquisition as if it occurred on January 1, 2011 (dollars in thousands):

	Fiscal 2012			Fiscal 2011
Net sales	$	2,441,323		$	2,453,012
Operating income		73,814			70,859
Net (loss) income		(17,692	)		7,866

This pro forma financial information above reflects the $1.3 million of transaction costs incurred by the Company during Fiscal 2012 within the Fiscal 2011 operating results. This pro forma financial information is not intended to represent or be indicative of what would have occurred if the transaction had taken place prior to the beginning of the periods presented and should not be taken as representative of the Company’s future consolidated results of operations. This pro forma financial information does not contemplate the cost savings expected to be realized from the achievement of synergies, including, without limitation, purchasing savings by leveraging the Company’s relationships with its suppliers and the reduction of duplicative selling, general and administrative expenses.

3. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

	December 29, 2012			December 31, 2011
Vendor receivables	$	30,305		$	28,034
Credit and debit card receivables		8,685			10,692
Pharmacy receivables		7,509			8,364
Other receivables		7,390			9,751
Allowance for doubtful accounts		(414	)		(854	)
Total accounts receivable, net	$	53,475		$	55,987

4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property and equipment consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

	December 29, 2012			December 31, 2011
Land	$	10,301		$	9,973
Land improvements		9,438			9,440
Buildings		57,576			57,465
Leasehold improvements		109,928			93,989
Equipment		199,397			174,372
IT software and equipment		39,223			36,363
Total at cost		425,863			381,602
Accumulated depreciation		(212,143	)		(170,559	)
		213,720			211,043
Property, equipment and automobiles under capital leases, net of accumulated depreciation		136,929			147,220
Property and equipment, net	$	350,649		$	358,263

F-17

Included in property and equipment are the following assets under capital leases (dollars in thousands):

	December 29, 2012			December 31, 2011
Land	$	48,829		$	48,829
Building		148,633			145,829
Equipment		8,841			8,116
Automobiles		3,401			2,634
Total at cost		209,704			205,408
Accumulated depreciation		(72,775	)		(58,188	)
Capital lease assets, net	$	136,929		$	147,220

Depreciation expense was $60.8 million, $58.4 million and $67.0 million during Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, respectively. Depreciation expense includes $16.3 million, $16.0 million and $15.9 million related to assets under capital leases during Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, respectively.

5. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

The following table summarizes the change in the Company’s goodwill balance during Fiscal 2012 (dollars in thousands):

Balance – December 31, 2011	$	462
Acquisition of GU supermarkets (Note 2)		12,769
Acquisition of independent supermarkets		1,771
Balance – December 29, 2012	$	15,002

Goodwill is reviewed annually for impairment on December 1, or more frequently upon the occurrence of trigger events. Based on the Company’s assessment, no goodwill impairments were recorded during Fiscal 2012 or Fiscal 2011.

Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization, consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

December 29, 2012	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount		Weighted Average Amortization Period
Tradename – indefinite	$	41,011	$	—		$	41,011	Indefinite life
Favorable lease rights		32,826		(14,759	)		18,067	9.8
Customer relationships		28,591		(22,794	)		5,797	8.4
Franchise agreements		11,538		(5,331	)		6,207	11.0
Tradenames – finite		5,310		(2,222	)		3,088	8.8
Other		704		(376	)		328	5.0
	$	119,980	$	(45,482	)	$	74,498	9.3
December 31, 2011	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount
Tradename – indefinite	$	41,011	$	—		$	41,011
Customer relationships		28,591		(19,643	)		8,948
Favorable/unfavorable lease rights		17,789		(6,610	)		11,179
Franchise agreements		11,538		(4,288	)		7,250
Tradenames – finite		4,310		(1,504	)		2,806
Other		706		(237	)		469
	$	103,945	$	(32,282	)	$	71,663

F-18

The Tops tradename is reviewed annually for impairment on December 1, or more frequently, if impairment indicators arise. Based on the Company’s assessment, no impairment was recorded during Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 or Fiscal 2010.

Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $8.6 million, $8.7 million and $10.3 million in Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, respectively. Such amortization is included in administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

Depreciation and amortization in the Fiscal 2012 consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive (loss) income includes $1.6 million of contra-expense related to the amortization of unfavorable lease rights which are classified in other long-term liabilities in the December 29, 2012 consolidated balance sheet. Expected future amortization of these unfavorable lease rights is contra-expense of $1.5 million in Fiscal 2013, $1.3 million in Fiscal 2014, $1.2 million in Fiscal 2015, $1.1 million in Fiscal 2016, $0.9 million in Fiscal 2017 and $2.4 million thereafter.

As of December 29, 2012, expected future amortization of intangible assets is as follows (dollars in thousands):

2013	$	8,153
2014		6,962
2015		5,743
2016		4,282
2017		3,111
Thereafter		5,236

6. OTHER ASSETS

During Fiscal 2009, the Company and Tops Markets issued $275.0 million of 2015 Notes, and Tops Markets entered into the 2013 ABL Facility (see Note 9). Costs associated with the 2015 Notes of $9.9 million were capitalized and were being amortized over the term of the notes using the effective interest method. Costs associated with the 2013 ABL Facility of $1.8 million were capitalized and were being amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the facility.

During Fiscal 2010, the Company and Tops Markets issued an additional $75.0 million of 2015 Notes. Costs associated with the additional 2015 Notes of $3.9 million were capitalized and were being amortized over the term of the notes using the effective interest method. Also during Fiscal 2010, the Company entered into a $25.0 million bridge loan facility (the “Bridge Loan”) with Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., and Banc of America Bridge LLC. Additionally, the 2013 ABL Facility was amended to increase its borrowing capacity by up to $41.0 million, consisting of an increase in the amount available under the revolving credit facility of $30.0 million and a new term loan facility (the “Term Loan”) of $11.0 million. Costs associated with the Bridge Loan and Term Loan of $0.7 million and $0.4 million, respectively, were capitalized and were being amortized over the terms of the agreements using the effective interest method. As the Bridge Loan and Term Loan were repaid in full during Fiscal 2010, unamortized costs of $0.7 million and $0.3 million, respectively, were written off and recorded within loss on debt extinguishment in the Fiscal 2010 consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive (loss) income. Costs associated with the $30.0 million increase in the revolving 2013 ABL Facility of $0.8 million were capitalized and were being amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreement.

On December 20, 2012, the Company and Tops Markets issued $460.0 million of 2017 Notes (see Note 9), using the proceeds in part to redeem the 2015 Notes. Costs associated with the 2017 Notes of $12.2 million were capitalized and are being amortized over the term of the notes using the effective interest method. Unamortized costs of $7.8 million related to the 2015 Notes were written off and recorded within loss on debt extinguishment in the Fiscal 2012 consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive (loss) income.

F-19

On December 14, 2012, Tops Markets entered into the 2017 ABL Facility (see Note 9), which amended and restated the 2013 ABL Facility. Costs associated with the 2017 ABL Facility of $0.8 million were capitalized and are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the facility. Unamortized costs of $0.5 million related to the 2013 ABL Facility were written off and recorded within loss on debt extinguishment in the Fiscal 2012 consolidated statement of comprehensive (loss) income.

Amortization of deferred financing costs is recorded within interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income and amounted to $2.8 million, $2.7 million and $2.4 million in Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, respectively. At December 29, 2012, other assets include deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization of $0.1 million, totaling $13.0 million. At December 31, 2011, other assets include deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization of $5.5 million, totaling $11.1 million.

7. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

	December 29, 2012		December 31, 2011
Wages, taxes and benefits	$	20,585	$	21,779
Lottery		10,787		10,124
Professional and legal fees		6,459		1,538
Gift cards		6,196		4,517
Property and equipment expenditures		4,907		1,718
Self-insurance reserves		4,784		3,468
Union medical, pension and 401(k)		4,518		3,226
Utilities		2,404		2,192
Repairs and maintenance		2,164		2,271
Money orders		1,868		3,133
Sales and use tax		1,129		964
Interest payable		1,072		7,846
Other		8,867		11,901
	$	75,740	$	74,677

8. LEASES

The Company has a number of leases in effect for store properties and equipment. The initial lease terms generally range up to twenty-five years and will expire at various times through 2032, with options to renew for additional periods. The majority of the store leases provide for base rental, plus real estate taxes, insurance, common area maintenance and other operating expenses applicable to the leased premises. Some leases contain escalation clauses for future rents and contingent rents based on sales volume.

F-20

As of December 29, 2012, future minimum lease rental payments applicable to non-cancelable capital and operating leases, and expected minimum sublease rental income, were as follows (dollars in thousands):

	Capital Leases			Operating Leases		Future Expected Sub-lease Income
2013	$	30,254		$	28,176	$	3,539
2014		28,006			28,916		1,876
2015		25,279			31,424		1,403
2016		23,951			33,101		1,052
2017		19,937			34,968		888
Thereafter		65,843			193,835		2,657
Total minimum lease payments		193,270		$	350,420	$	11,415
Less amounts representing interest		(78,239	)
Present value of net minimum lease payments		115,031
Less current obligations		(14,357	)
Long-term obligations	$	100,674

The Company entered into sale-leaseback transactions in various years involving certain properties that did not qualify for sale-leaseback accounting as the lease agreements included various forms of continuing involvement. As a result, the transactions have been classified as financing transactions in accordance with ASC 840.

Under the financing method, the assets remain on the consolidated balance sheet and proceeds received by the Company from these transactions are recorded as capital lease obligations, allocated between land and building. Payments under these leases are applied as payments of imputed interest and deemed principal on the underlying building obligations, with no underlying cash payments deemed attributable to the land obligations. The related land assets are not depreciated, and at the end of the lease terms, the remaining capital lease obligations will equal the net book value of the land. The capital lease obligations as of December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 include $48.8 million of obligations related to land. At the expiration of the lease terms, which range from 2023 to 2068, or when the Company’s continuing involvement under the lease agreements ends, the related land and obligations will be removed from the balance sheet, with no underlying cash payments.

The Company incurred rental expense related to operating leases associated with its supermarkets of $25.4 million, $22.3 million and $22.5 million, net of sublease rental income of $4.2 million, $3.5 million and $3.4 million during Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, respectively, that is included in rent expense in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income. In addition, the Company incurred rental expense related to equipment recorded in selling and general expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income of $0.4 million, $0.8 million and $0.7 million during Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, respectively. The Company also incurred rental expense related to equipment and office rent recorded in administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income of $1.4 million, $2.1 million and $2.1 million during Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, respectively.

F-21

9. DEBT

Long-term debt is comprised of the following (dollars in thousands):

	December 29, 2012			December 31, 2011
2017 Notes	$	460,000		$	—
2015 Notes		—			350,000
Discount on 2015 Notes, net		—			(2,495	)
2017 ABL Facility		35,000			—
2013 ABL Facility		—			5,000
Other loans		2,011			2,219
Mortgage note payable		706			950
Total debt		497,717			355,674
Current portion		(2,271	)		(434	)
Total long-term debt	$	495,446		$	355,240

During Fiscal 2009, the Company and Tops Markets (collectively, the “Issuers”) issued $275.0 million of senior secured notes, bearing interest of 10.125% (the “2015 Notes”). During Fiscal 2010, the Issuers issued an additional $75.0 million of 2015 Notes on the same terms as the Fiscal 2009 issuance. The 2015 Notes were scheduled to mature October 15, 2015.

On December 20, 2012, the Issuers issued $460.0 million of senior secured notes, bearing interest of 8.875% (the “2017 Notes”). The proceeds from the 2017 Notes were used to redeem the 2015 Notes, pay a $100.0 million dividend to the Company’s shareholders and pay fees and expenses related to the notes issuance. The 2017 Notes mature December 15, 2017 and require semi-annual interest payments on June 15 and December 15 beginning on June 15, 2013. The notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at any time on or after June 15, 2015 at specified redemption prices. Prior to June 15, 2015, the Issuers may redeem some or all of the notes at a specified “make-whole” premium.

Also on December 20, 2012, the Company satisfied and discharged its obligations under the 2015 Notes by depositing $377.3 million in irrevocable trust to repay the $350.0 million notes, and pay a $17.7 million redemption premium and $9.6 million of unpaid interest calculated through January 22, 2013, the settlement date of the redemption with bondholders. The redemption premium, prepaid interest for the period between the December 20, 2012 discharge date and the January 22, 2013 settlement date of $3.2 million, the write off of unamortized deferred financing costs of $7.8 million (see Note 6) and the write off of the unamortized net discount on the 2015 Notes of $2.0 million were recorded within loss on debt extinguishment in the Fiscal 2012 consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive (loss) income.

The 2017 Notes are collateralized by (i) first priority interests, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens, in the stock held by the Issuers and the guarantor subsidiaries, Tops PT, LLC and Tops Gift Card Company, LLC (collectively, the “Guarantors”), the Company’s warehouse distribution facility in Lancaster, New York, the Company’s retail facility located in Fayetteville, New York and certain owned real property acquired by the Issuers and the Guarantors following the issue date of the 2017 Notes, equipment, intellectual property, and substantially all other assets of the Issuers and the Guarantors, other than assets securing the Company’s asset-based revolving credit facility (the “2017 ABL Facility”) on a first priority basis (collectively, the “Notes Priority Collateral”), and (ii) second priority interests, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens, in the assets of the Issuers and the Guarantors that secure the 2017 ABL Facility on a first-priority basis, including present and future receivables, deposit accounts, inventory, prescription lists, and certain rights and proceeds relating thereto (collectively, the “ABL Priority Collateral”).

F-22

During Fiscal 2009, Tops Markets entered into an asset-based revolving credit facility (the “2013 ABL Facility”), which was scheduled to expire on October 9, 2013. The 2013 ABL Facility, as amended, allowed a maximum borrowing capacity of $100.0 million, including a sub-limit for the issuance of letters of credit, subject to a borrowing base calculation. Based upon the borrowing base calculation as of December 31, 2011, the unused availability under the 2013 ABL Facility was $70.4 million, after giving effect to $13.1 million of letters of credit outstanding thereunder.

On December 14, 2012, Tops Markets entered into an amended and restated asset-based revolving credit facility, the 2017 ABL Facility, with Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent and administrative agent. The 2017 ABL Facility allows a maximum borrowing capacity of $125.0 million, subject to a borrowing base calculation, with an option for future upsizing with up to $50.0 million of incremental commitments if certain conditions are met. The borrowing base includes inventory, pharmacy prescription files and certain receivables. The 2017 ABL Facility will mature on or before December 14, 2017.

Based upon the borrowing base calculation as of December 29, 2012, the unused availability under the 2017 ABL Facility was $54.5 million, after giving effect to $14.8 million of letters of credit outstanding thereunder. Revolving loans under the 2017 ABL Facility, at the Company’s option, bear interest at either i) LIBOR plus a margin of 150 to 200 basis points, determined based on levels of borrowing availability, or ii) the prime rate plus a margin of 50 to 100 basis points, determined based on levels of borrowing availability. As of December 29, 2012, the effective interest rate on borrowings under the 2017 ABL Facility was 2.06%. The 2017 ABL Facility is collateralized primarily by (i) first priority interests, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens, in the ABL Priority Collateral and (ii) second priority interests, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens, in the Notes Priority Collateral.

The instruments governing the 2017 Notes and the 2017 ABL Facility impose customary affirmative and negative covenants on the Company, including restrictions on indebtedness, liens, type of business, acquisitions, investments, sale or transfer of assets, payment of dividends, transactions involving affiliates, and change in control. Failure to meet any of these covenants would be an event of default.

Principal payments required to be made on outstanding debt as of December 29, 2012, excluding capital lease obligations, is as follows (dollars in thousands):

2013	$	2,271
2014		280
2015		166
2016		—
2017		495,000
Thereafter		—
Total debt	$	497,717

Interest expense, inclusive of capital lease interest of $18.0 million, was $58.9 million during Fiscal 2012. Interest expense, inclusive of capital lease interest of $20.1 million, was $61.7 million during Fiscal 2011. Interest expense, inclusive of capital lease interest of $21.5 million, was $61.2 million during Fiscal 2010.

10. IMPAIRMENT CHARGES

On June 30, 2011, the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) approved the Company’s application to sell three supermarkets acquired as part of the Fiscal 2010 Penn Traffic acquisition pursuant to a divestiture order. The sale of these supermarkets occurred in late July and early August 2011. The Company recorded a $1.9 million impairment within the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive (loss) income during Fiscal 2011, representing the excess of the carrying value of assets over the fair value of assets.

F-23

During November 2011, the Company executed an agreement to sell an additional supermarket acquired from Penn Traffic subject to the FTC divestiture order. The Company recorded a $0.9 million impairment within the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive (loss) income during Fiscal 2011, representing the excess of the carrying value of assets over the fair value of assets.

11. INCOME TAXES

Income tax expense (benefit) for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010 was as follows (dollars in thousands):

	Fiscal 2012			Fiscal 2011			Fiscal 2010
Current:
Federal	$	3		$	30		$	192
State		41			16			3
Total current		44			46			195
Deferred:
Federal		(7,716	)		1,526			(19,476	)
State		(1,459	)		(506	)		(1,624	)
Change in valuation allowance		10,539			229			11,901
Total deferred		1,364			1,249			(9,199	)
Total income tax expense (benefit)	$	1,408		$	1,295		$	(9,004	)

Reconciliations of the statutory federal income tax (benefit) expense to the effective tax expense (benefit) for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

	Fiscal 2012			Fiscal 2011			Fiscal 2010
Statutory federal income tax (benefit) expense	$	(7,540	)	$	2,494		$	(12,585	)
Valuation allowance		10,539			229			11,901
State income tax benefit, net of federal benefit		(1,471	)		(496	)		(1,622	)
Non-deductible expenses		69			143			170
Benefit of federal tax credits		(63	)		(1,107	)		(1,182	)
Non-taxable gain on bargain purchase		—			—			(5,489	)
ASC 740 adjustment		—			—			192
Other		(126	)		32			(389	)
	$	1,408		$	1,295		$	(9,004	)

F-24

The components of deferred income tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following (dollars in thousands):

	December 29, 2012			December 31, 2011
Current deferred tax assets (liabilities):
Inventory and other reserves	$	(2	)	$	313
Prepaid taxes, insurance and service contracts		5,536			3,826
Other		3,176			2,559
Valuation allowance		(6,786	)		(4,727	)
Current net deferred tax assets		1,924			1,971
Non-current deferred tax assets (liabilities):
Capital leases		11,441			10,091
Property and equipment depreciation		(2,544	)		755
Goodwill and intangible assets		(12,335	)		(13,938	)
Federal and state net operating loss carryforwards and federal credits		26,179			19,308
Valuation allowance		(31,247	)		(21,299	)
Other		2,880			774
Non-current net deferred tax liabilities		(5,626	)		(4,309	)
Net deferred tax liabilities	$	(3,702	)	$	(2,338	)

The Company has U.S. federal and state net operating losses of $59.1 million and $50.0 million, respectively, which expire beginning in 2027. In addition, the Company has federal tax credits of $3.2 million which expire beginning in 2027.

The Company has performed the required assessment of positive and negative evidence regarding the realization of the net deferred income tax assets in accordance with ASC 740. The Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing temporary differences, projected future taxable income and recent financial operations, to determine whether, based on the weight of that evidence, a valuation allowance is needed for some portion or all of a net deferred income tax asset. Judgment is used in considering the relative impact of negative and positive evidence. In arriving at these judgments, the weight given to the potential effect of negative and positive evidence is commensurate with the extent to which such evidence can be objectively verified. In evaluating the objective evidence provided by historical results, the Company considers the past three years.

Based on an assessment of the available positive and negative evidence, including the Company’s historical results, the Company determined that there are uncertainties relating to its ability to utilize the net deferred tax assets. In recognition of these uncertainties, the Company provided a valuation allowance of $13.9 million on the net deferred income tax assets during Fiscal 2009. During Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, the Company established additional valuation allowance of $10.5 million, $0.2 million and $11.9 million, respectively, with offsetting charges to income tax expense (benefit). Additionally, during Fiscal 2012, the Company established additional valuation allowance of $1.5 million related to amounts recorded in other comprehensive loss. If the Company determines that it is more likely than not that it can realize its deferred tax assets in the future, the Company will make an adjustment to the valuation allowance.

During 2007, the Company adopted new standards for accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. As of the adoption, the total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain tax positions, including positions impacting only the timing of tax benefits, was $0.9 million. In connection with the completion of the IRS’s

F-25

examination of the Company’s federal income tax returns for the 2007 and 2008 tax years, this unrecognized tax benefit was settled during Fiscal 2010, with no resulting income tax amounts payable. As part of the settlement, the Company paid interest and penalties of $0.2 million, which was accrued during Fiscal 2008 and Fiscal 2009. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. The Company did not have any unrecognized tax benefits during Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, and the Company does not expect significant unrecognized tax benefits over the next twelve months.

The Company files U.S. federal income tax returns and income tax returns in various state jurisdictions. The Company’s U.S. federal income tax returns for tax years 2009 and beyond remain subject to examination by the IRS. State returns remain subject to examination for tax years 2007 and beyond depending on each state’s statute of limitations.

12. SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

Effective January 27, 2010, the Board of Directors increased the number of common shares that the Company has the authority to issue from 200,000 shares to 300,000 shares. On January 29, 2010, the Company received $30.0 million of proceeds from the issuance of 44,776 shares of common stock to its shareholders. On July 26, 2010, the Company paid a dividend to its shareholders totaling $30.0 million, or $207.22 per share of common stock outstanding. On December 20, 2012, the Company paid a dividend to its shareholders totaling $100.0 million, or $690.72 per share of common stock outstanding.

Effective January 24, 2008, the Company adopted the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (‘‘Stock Plan’’) pursuant to which the Company’s Board of Directors, or a committee appointed by the Board of Directors (‘‘Committee’’), may grant at its discretion non-qualified stock options to directors, employees, consultants or independent contractors of the Company. Under the terms of the stock options granted to date, options that have not vested prior to a participant’s termination of employment with the Company are forfeited. The Stock Plan reserves 13,600 shares of common stock for issuance under the plan.

Stock options generally vest over a period of three to five years, and expire ten years from the grant date. Awards granted may be subject to other vesting terms as determined by the Committee. For stock options granted to date, the payments of the option prices are to be made in cash. In addition, an option holder will be required to satisfy the tax liability associated with the exercise of stock options by a method provided in the Stock Plan, as directed by the Committee.

Effective December 28, 2012, following the December 20, 2012 dividend, the Company reduced the exercise price of 4,645 stock option grants, representing all outstanding options with exercise prices in excess of $400, to $400 per share. No other terms of the awards were modified. The exercise price reductions resulted in an expected $0.6 million of incremental stock-based compensation expense, of which $0.3 million was recorded during Fiscal 2012. The remaining $0.3 million is expected to be recorded over the remaining vesting periods of the awards.

F-26

The following table summarizes the status and changes of stock options outstanding under the Stock Plan (dollars in thousands):

	Number of Shares			Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share		Average Remaining Contractual Term (In Years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value(1)
Outstanding – January 2, 2010		7,550		$	413
Granted		4,470			1,040
Forfeited		(555	)		400
Outstanding – January 1, 2011		11,465			658
Forfeited		(125	)		1,040
Outstanding – December 31, 2011		11,340			654
Outstanding – December 29, 2012		11,340			400
Vested and expected to vest – December 29, 2012		11,340			400		2.9	$	816
Options exercisable – December 29, 2012		5,833		$	400

(1) The intrinsic value is calculated based on the difference between the weighted average exercise price per share and the fair market value of the Company’s common stock as of December 29, 2012 of $472 per share.

Compensation expense recognized in connection with the Stock Plan amounted to $1.1 million, $1.1 million and $0.7 million for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, respectively, and is included in administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

The Company determines the fair value of each option award on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The determination of fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model requires a number of complex and subjective variables. Key assumptions in the Black-Scholes option pricing model include the value of the common stock, the expected life, expected volatility of the stock, the risk-free interest rate, and estimated forfeitures. The value of the common stock related to the current year option grants was determined by management with the assistance of a third-party valuation firm. The estimated life was equal to the award’s expected term which was estimated using the simplified method. Expected stock price volatility was based on the expected volatility of a peer group that had actively traded stock during the period immediately preceding the share-based award grant. The risk-free rate of interest was based on the zero coupon U.S. Treasury rates appropriate for the expected term of the award. Estimated forfeitures are based on historical data, as well as management’s current expectations, the Company does not expect any forfeitures.

For options granted during Fiscal 2010, the weighted average fair values of the stock options granted, estimated on the dates of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, were $407.07 using the following assumptions.

Estimated life in years	6.2
Expected volatility	37.6	%
Expected dividends	—
Risk-free rate	1.6	%

The Company’s outstanding stock options represent non-qualified stock options for income tax purposes. As such, the stock option grants result in the creation of a deferred tax asset until the time that such stock option is exercised.

F-27

The total unrecognized non-vested stock-based compensation expense relating to the options is $1.3 million at December 29, 2012, with $0.7 million expected to be recorded as compensation expense in Fiscal 2013. The remaining weighted average vesting period for the stock options is 1.5 years at December 29, 2012.

13. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

During Fiscal 2010, the Company entered into a $25.0 million Bridge Loan with Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. (an affiliate of MSPE) and Banc of America Bridge LLC, as discussed in Note 6. This Bridge Loan was repaid in full during Fiscal 2010. Also during Fiscal 2010, the Company received $30.0 million from the issuance of common stock to related parties, as discussed in Note 12.

Holding I is a party to a Transaction and Monitoring Fee Agreement with MSPE and Graycliff. In consideration of services provided, the Company pays an annual monitoring fee of $0.8 million to MSPE and $0.2 million to Graycliff, on a quarterly basis. Monitoring fees of $1.0 million were paid during Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010. These fees are included in administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

14. RETIREMENT PLANS

Defined Benefit Plans

Certain former members of management of Tops Markets receive benefits under a nonqualified, unfunded supplemental executive retirement plan (“SERP”). In addition, the Company maintains post-employment benefit plans providing life insurance, disability and medical benefits for certain employees which are included in other post-retirement plans.

The components of net pension cost related to the SERP and other post-retirement plans are as follows (dollars in thousands):

	Fiscal 2012		Fiscal 2011		Fiscal 2010
SERP:
Interest cost	$	162	$	214	$	234
Net pension cost	$	162	$	214	$	234
Other Post-Retirement Plans:
Interest cost	$	104	$	111	$	112
Service cost		3		3		3
Net pension cost	$	107	$	114	$	115

Estimated future benefit payments related to the SERP and other post-retirement plans are as follows (dollars in thousands):

	SERP		Other Post-Retirement Plans
2013	$	620	$	236
2014		590		234
2015		558		207
2016		523		202
2017		486		246
Subsequent five years		1,832		1,139

As these plans are unfunded, estimated contributions are expected to equal estimated benefit payments.

F-28

The changes in benefit obligation related to the SERP and other post-retirement plans are as follows (dollars in thousands):

	SERP			Other Post- Retirement Plans
Benefit obligation – January 1, 2011	$	4,868		$	2,490
Interest cost		214			111
Service cost		—			3
Actuarial loss		620			309
Total disbursements		(650	)		(256	)
Benefit obligation – December 31, 2011		5,052			2,657
Interest cost		162			104
Service cost		—			3
Actuarial loss		614			1,785
Total disbursements		(637	)		(384	)
Benefit obligation – December 29, 2012	$	5,191		$	4,165

The benefit plans have no plan assets and have unfunded status equal to their benefit obligations, which have been classified in the consolidated balance sheets as follows (dollars in thousands):

	SERP				Other Post-Retirement Plans
	December 29, 2012		December 31, 2011		December 29, 2012		December 31, 2011
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	$	620	$	599	$	236	$	259
Other long-term liabilities		4,571		4,453		3,929		2,398
Total liability	$	5,191	$	5,052	$	4,165	$	2,657

Additionally, net actuarial losses of $1.9 million and $1.4 million related to the SERP were included in accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. Net actuarial (loss) gain of $(1.6) million and $0.2 million related to other post-retirement plans were included in accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

Discount rate assumptions used to determine benefit obligations are as follows:

SERP					Other Post-Retirement Plans
December 29, 2012		December 31, 2011			December 29, 2012			December 31, 2011
	2.80%		3.40	%		3.40	%		4.10	%

Discount rate assumptions used to determine net pension cost are as follows:

	Fiscal 2012			Fiscal 2011			Fiscal 2010
SERP		3.40	%		4.70	%		4.90	%
Other post-retirement plans		4.10	%		4.70	%		5.20	%

The measurement date for the SERP and other post-retirement plans was December 31, 2012.

For guidance in determining the discount rate, the Company calculates the implied rate of return by matching the cash flows from the plans to a yield curve of returns available on high-quality corporate bonds at the measurement date. The discount rate assumption is reviewed annually and revised as deemed appropriate. After the purchase of Tops by Holding, the Company ceased participation in the SERP and other post-retirement plans.

F-29

Assumed health care cost trend rates used in the calculation of benefit obligations related to the medical benefits portion of other post-retirement plans are as follows:

	December 29, 2012			December 31, 2011
Initial health care cost trend rate		6.50	%		7.00	%
Ultimate health care cost trend rate		5.00	%		5.00	%
Year to reach ultimate trend rate		2016			2016

Other Benefit Plans

During 2008, the Company established a defined contribution 401(k) plan that provides that under certain circumstances the Company will make matching contributions of up to 100% of the first 3%, and 50% of the next 2%, of a participant’s eligible compensation. The Company incurred $2.5 million, $2.5 million and $2.1 million of expense related to this 401(k) plan during Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, respectively.

Multiemployer Pension Plan

The Company contributes to the Local One plan, a defined benefit multiemployer pension plan, covering union-represented employees under its collective bargaining agreements with Local One. The Local One plan generally provides retirement benefits to participants based on their years of service to contributing employers. The retirement benefits provided by the Local One plan are generally not negotiated by participating employers. During Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, the Company made contributions of $9.4 million, $8.9 million and $8.3 million, respectively, to this plan. The risks of participating in a multiemployer pension plan are different from a single-employer pension plan in the following respects:

a) Assets contributed to the multiemployer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers;

b) If a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers; and

c) If the Company stops participating in the multiemployer pension plan, it may be required to pay the plan an amount based on the underfunded status of the plan, referred to as a withdrawal liability.

The Company’s participation in this plan is outlined in the following table. The “EIN / Plan Number” column provides the Employer Identification Number, or EIN, and the Plan Number. The most recent Pension Protection Act Zone Status available in 2012 and 2011 is for the Local One plan’s years ending December 31, 2011, and December 31, 2010, respectively. The zone status is based on information that the Company received from the plan. Among other factors, generally, plans in critical status (“red zone”) are less than 65 percent funded, plans in endangered or seriously endangered status (“yellow zone” or “orange zone”, respectively) are less than 80 percent funded, and plans at least 80 percent funded are said to be in the “green zone.” The “FIP/RP Status Pending / Implemented” column indicates plans for which a funding improvement plan, or FIP, or a rehabilitation plan, or RP, is either pending or has been implemented by the trustees of the plan.

Pension Protection Act Zone Status

Tops 5% of Total Contributions

FIP/RP Status Pending / Implemented

Surcharge Imposed

Expiration  Dates of Collective Bargaining Agreements

EIN / Plan Number

2012

2011

2012

2011

16-6144007 / 001

Red

Red

Yes

Yes

Implemented

No

March 30, 2014 – October 3, 2015

F-30

15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Purchase Commitments

On November 12, 2009, the Company entered into a supply contract with C&S whereby C&S provides warehousing, logistics, procurement and purchasing services in support of the majority of the Company’s supply chain. The agreement expires on September 24, 2016. The agreement provides that the actual costs of performing these services shall be reimbursed to C&S on an “open-book” or “cost-plus” basis, whereby the parties will negotiate annual budgets that will be reconciled against actual costs on a periodic basis. The parties will also annually negotiate services specifications and performance standards that will govern warehouse operations. The agreement defines the parties’ respective responsibilities for the procurement and purchase of merchandise intended for use or resale at the Company’s stores, as well as the parties’ respective remuneration for warehousing and procurement/purchasing activities. In consideration for the services it provides under the agreement, C&S will be paid an annual fee and will have incentive income opportunities based upon the Company’s cost savings and increases in retail sales volume.

On September 24, 2012, the Company entered into a supplemental supply agreement with C&S to provide similar services in support of the 21 supermarkets acquired in the GU Acquisition. This agreement expires on September 23, 2022.

Effective December 1, 2010, the Company extended the term of its existing supply contract with McKesson through January 31, 2014 for the supply of substantially all of the Company’s prescription drugs and other health and beauty care products requirements. The Company is required to purchase a minimum of $400 million of product during the period from December 1, 2010 to January 1, 2014. The Company purchased $135.5 million, $146.7 million and $11.2 million of product under this contract during Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and December 2010, respectively, and expects to meet the minimum purchases requirement.

Effective July 24, 2010, the Company extended its existing IT outsourcing agreement with HP Enterprise Services, LLC (formerly known as Electronic Data Systems, LLC), or HP through December 31, 2017 to provide a wide range of information systems services. Under the agreement, HP provides data center operations, mainframe processing, business applications and systems development to enhance the Company’s customer service and efficiency. The charges under this agreement are based upon the services requested at predetermined rates.

The costs of these purchase commitments are not reflected in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

Asset Retirement Obligations

The changes in the Asset Retirement Obligations are as follows (dollars in thousands):

Balance – January 1, 2011	$	2,336
Accretion of liability		212
Incremental obligations incurred		83
Balance – December 31, 2011		2,631
Obligations of acquired supermarkets		393
Accretion of liability		235
Balance – December 29, 2012	$	3,259

Environmental Liabilities

The Company is contingently liable for potential environmental issues of some of its properties. As the Company is unable to determine the amount of any potential liability, no amounts were accrued as of December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

F-31

Collective Bargaining Agreements

The Company employs approximately 13,400 associates. Approximately 88% of these associates are members of United Food and Commercial Workers, or UFCW, District Union Local One, or Local One, or two other UFCW unions. All other associates are non-union with approximately 25% serving in our Grand Union acquired supermarket locations, and the remaining non-union associates serving primarily in management, field support or pharmacist roles. The Company is a party to six collective bargaining agreements with Local One expiring between March 2014 and October 2015. The two non-Local One UFCW collective bargaining agreements expire in April 2013 and February 2015, respectively.

C&S-Related Multiemployer Pension Plans

At the time we entered into our original supply agreement with C&S, certain of our warehouse personnel became employees of C&S, with C&S assuming our obligations under several other multiemployer pension plans. Although we are not a sponsoring employer of, and make no contribution payments to any of these other multiemployer pension plans, we have certain contractual indemnification obligations for withdrawal liability that may arise in the event of C&S’s withdrawal from such plans, or upon termination of the supply agreement.

Legal Proceedings

The Company is unaware of legal proceedings that are expected to materially impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements as a whole. Accordingly, no amounts related to legal proceedings were accrued as of December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

16. GUARANTOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The obligations of Holding I, Tops Markets and Tops Markets II Corporation under the 2017 Notes are jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Holding II, the parent of Holding I, and Tops Gift Card Company, LLC and Tops PT, LLC (“Guarantor Subsidiaries”), both of which are 100% owned subsidiaries of Tops Markets. Holding II was established in May 2013, Tops Gift Card Company, LLC was established in October 2008, and Tops PT, LLC was established in January 2010. Tops Markets and Tops Markets II Corporation are joint issuers of the Holding I Notes and are 100% owned by Holding I. Separate financial statements of Holding II, Holding I, Tops Markets, Tops Markets II Corporation and of the Guarantor Subsidiaries are not presented as the guarantees are full and unconditional and Holding II and the Guarantor Subsidiaries are jointly and severally liable thereon.

The following supplemental financial information sets forth, on a condensed consolidating basis, balance sheets as of December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 for Holding II, Holding I and Tops Markets, the Guarantor Subsidiaries, and for the Company, and statements of comprehensive (loss) income and statements of cash flows for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010. Supplemental financial information has not been presented for Tops Markets II Corporation as it has no assets or operations.

F-32

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

DECEMBER 29, 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

	Tops Holding II Corporation			Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries		Eliminations			Consolidated
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		$	—		$	31,586		$	836	$	—		$	32,422
Accounts receivable, net		—			—			42,578			10,897		—			53,475
Intercompany receivables		—			—			4,750			50,835		(55,585	)		—
Inventory, net		—			—			91,298			34,189		—			125,487
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		—			—			7,352			1,971		—			9,323
Income taxes refundable		—			—			237			—		—			237
Current deferred tax assets		—			—			1,316			—		608			1,924
Total current assets		—			—			179,117			98,728		(54,977	)		222,868
Property and equipment, net		—			—			280,643			70,006		—			350,649
Goodwill		—			—			15,002			—		—			15,002
Intangible assets, net		—			—			67,262			7,236		—			74,498
Other assets		—			—			36,811			3,041		(26,867	)		12,985
Investment in subsidiaries		(181,474	)		(176,724	)		121,350			—		236,848			—
Total assets	$	(181,474	)	$	(176,724	)	$	700,185		$	179,011	$	155,004		$	676,002
Liabilities and Shareholders’ (Deficit) Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	—		$	—		$	60,429		$	17,031	$	—		$	77,460
Intercompany payables		—			4,750			50,835			—		(55,585	)		—
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		1,798			—			51,981			22,705		(744	)		75,740
Current portion of capital lease obligations		—			—			13,955			402		—			14,357
Current portion of long-term debt		—			—			2,271			—		—			2,271
Current deferred tax liabilities		—			—			—			11		(11	)		—
Total current liabilities		1,798			4,750			179,471			40,149		(56,340	)		169,828
Capital lease obligations		—			—			146,510			2,993		—			149,503
Long-term debt		—			—			498,487			—		(3,041	)		495,446
Other long-term liabilities		—			—			33,284			5,587		—			38,871
Non-current deferred tax liabilities		—			—			18,350			8,932		(21,656	)		5,626
Total liabilities		1,798			4,750			876,102			57,661		(81,037	)		859,274
Total shareholders’ (deficit) equity		(183,272	)		(181,474	)		(175,917	)		121,350		236,041			(183,272	)
Total liabilities and shareholders’ (deficit) equity	$	(181,474	)	$	(176,724	)	$	700,185		$	179,011	$	155,004		$	676,002

F-33

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

DECEMBER 31, 2011

(Dollars in thousands)

	Tops Holding II Corporation			Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries		Eliminations			Consolidated
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		$	—		$	18,351		$	830	$	—		$	19,181
Accounts receivable, net		—			—			44,809			11,178		—			55,987
Intercompany receivables		—			—			3,800			15,556		(19,356	)		—
Inventory, net		—			—			79,972			35,337		—			115,309
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		—			—			10,654			2,336		—			12,990
Income taxes refundable		—			—			285			—		—			285
Current deferred tax assets		—			—			1,363			—		608			1,971
Total current assets		—			—			159,234			65,237		(18,748	)		205,723
Property and equipment, net		—			—			282,207			76,056		—			358,263
Goodwill		—			—			462			—		—			462
Intangible assets, net		—			—			62,684			8,979		—			71,663
Other assets		—			—			27,687			3,041		(19,627	)		11,101
Investment in subsidiaries		(58,293	)		(54,493	)		110,306			—		2,480			—
Total assets	$	(58,293	)	$	(54,493	)	$	642,580		$	153,313	$	(35,895	)	$	647,212
Liabilities and Shareholders’ (Deficit) Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	—		$	—		$	58,359		$	17,249	$	—		$	75,608
Intercompany payables		—			3,800			15,556			—		(19,356	)		—
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		1,171			—			57,537			16,713		(744	)		74,677
Current portion of capital lease obligations		—			—			12,348			353		—			12,701
Current portion of long-term debt		—			—			434			—		—			434
Current deferred tax liabilities		—			—			—			11		(11	)		—
Total current liabilities		1,171			3,800			144,234			34,326		(20,111	)		163,420
Capital lease obligations		—			—			156,456			3,358		—			159,814
Long-term debt		—			—			358,281			—		(3,041	)		355,240
Other long-term liabilities		—			—			20,262			3,631		—			23,893
Non-current deferred tax liabilities		—			—			17,033			1,692		(14,416	)		4,309
Total liabilities		1,171			3,800			696,266			43,007		(37,568	)		706,676
Total shareholders’ (deficit) equity		(59,464	)		(58,293	)		(53,686	)		110,306		1,673			(59,464	)
Total liabilities and shareholders’ (deficit) equity	$	(58,293	)	$	(54,493	)	$	642,580		$	153,313	$	(35,895	)	$	647,212

F-34

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

FISCAL 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

	Tops Holding II Corporation			Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net sales	$	—		$	—		$	1,795,842		$	570,762		$	(1,265	)	$	2,365,339
Cost of goods sold		—			—			(1,274,836	)		(379,257	)		—			(1,654,093	)
Distribution costs		—			—			(33,901	)		(12,762	)		—			(46,663	)
Gross profit		—			—			487,105			178,743			(1,265	)		664,583
Operating expenses:
Wages, salaries and benefits		—			—			(233,362	)		(87,264	)		—			(320,626	)
Selling and general expenses		—			—			(74,275	)		(26,831	)		1,265			(99,841	)
Administrative expenses		(2,078	)		(950	)		(60,499	)		(18,877	)		—			(82,404	)
Rent expense, net		—			—			(12,350	)		(8,875	)		—			(21,225	)
Depreciation and amortization		—			—			(39,197	)		(13,420	)		—			(52,617	)
Advertising		—			—			(14,307	)		(5,007	)		—			(19,314	)
Total operating expenses		(2,078	)		(950	)		(433,990	)		(160,274	)		1,265			(596,027	)
Operating (loss) income		(2,078	)		(950	)		53,115			18,469			—			68,556
Loss on debt extinguishment					—			(31,205	)								(31,205	)
Interest expense, net		—			—			(58,706	)		(187	)		—			(58,893	)
Equity (loss) income from subsidiaries		(20,872	)		(19,922	)		11,042			—			29,752			—
(Loss) income before income taxes		(22,950	)		(20,872	)		(25,754	)		18,282			29,752			(21,542	)
Income tax benefit (expense)		—			—			5,832			(7,240	)		—			(1,408	)
Net (loss) income		(22,950	)		(20,872	)		(19,922	)		11,042			29,752			(22,950	)
Change in postretirement benefit obligation		(2,309	)		(2,309	)		(2,309	)		—			4,618			(2,309	)
Comprehensive (loss) income	$	(25,259	)	$	(23,181	)	$	(22,231	)	$	11,042		$	34,370		$	(25,259	)

F-35

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FISCAL 2011

(Dollars in thousands)

	Tops Holding II Corporation			Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net sales	$	—		$	—		$	1,774,927		$	581,858		$	(1,293	)	$	2,355,492
Cost of goods sold		—			—			(1,260,068	)		(390,098	)		—			(1,650,166	)
Distribution costs		—			—			(31,638	)		(12,551	)		—			(44,189	)
Gross profit		—			—			483,221			179,209			(1,293	)		661,137
Operating expenses:
Wages, salaries and benefits		—			—			(228,947	)		(88,791	)		—			(317,738	)
Selling and general expenses		—			—			(73,186	)		(31,260	)		1,293			(103,153	)
Administrative expenses		(1,768	)		(950	)		(57,080	)		(19,982	)		—			(79,780	)
Rent expense, net		—			—			(9,707	)		(9,149	)		—			(18,856	)
Depreciation and amortization		—			—			(38,812	)		(12,393	)		—			(51,205	)
Advertising		—			—			(13,292	)		(5,497	)		—			(18,789	)
Impairment charges		—			—			—			(2,791	)		—			(2,791	)
Total operating expenses		(1,768	)		(950	)		(421,024	)		(169,863	)		1,293			(592,312	)
Operating (loss) income		(1,768	)		(950	)		62,197			9,346			—			68,825
Interest expense, net		—			—			(61,469	)		(229	)		—			(61,698	)
Equity income from subsidiaries		7,600			8,550			5,507			—			(21,657	)		—
Income before income taxes		5,832			7,600			6,235			9,117			(21,657	)		7,127
Income tax benefit (expense)		—			—			2,315			(3,610	)		—			(1,295	)
Net income		5,832			7,600			8,550			5,507			(21,657	)		5,832
Change in postretirement benefit obligation		(925	)		(925	)		(925	)		—			1,850			(925	)
Comprehensive income	$	4,907		$	6,675		$	7,625		$	5,507		$	(19,807	)	$	4,907

F-36

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

FISCAL 2010

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

	Tops Holding II Corporation			Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net sales	$	—		$	—		$	1,704,977		$	553,742		$	(1,183	)	$	2,257,536
Cost of goods sold		—			—			(1,208,582	)		(370,434	)		—			(1,579,016	)
Distribution costs		—			—			(31,899	)		(12,930	)		—			(44,829	)
Gross profit		—			—			464,496			170,378			(1,183	)		633,691
Operating expenses:
Wages, salaries and benefits		—			—			(223,276	)		(87,524	)		—			(310,800	)
Selling and general expenses		—			—			(71,629	)		(34,395	)		1,183			(104,841	)
Administrative expenses		(1,258	)		(950	)		(81,425	)		(19,121	)		—			(102,754	)
Rent expense, net		—			—			(9,493	)		(9,642	)		—			(19,135	)
Depreciation and amortization		—			—			(55,005	)		(7,348	)		—			(62,353	)
Advertising		—			—			(15,819	)		(7,356	)		—			(23,175	)
Total operating expenses		(1,258	)		(950	)		(456,647	)		(165,386	)		1,183			(623,058	)
Operating (loss) income		(1,258	)		(950	)		7,849			4,992			—			10,633
Bargain purchase		—			—			—			15,681			—			15,681
Loss on debt extinguishment		—			—			(1,041	)		—			—			(1,041	)
Interest expense, net		—			—			(61,125	)		(106	)		—			(61,231	)
Equity (loss) income from subsidiaries		(25,696	)		(23,994	)		18,631			—			31,059			—
(Loss) income before income taxes		(26,954	)		(24,944	)		(35,686	)		20,567			31,059			(35,958	)
Income tax (expense) benefit		—			(752	)		11,692			(1,936	)		—			9,004
Net (loss) income		(26,954	)		(25,696	)		(23,994	)		18,631			31,059			(26,954	)
Change in postretirement benefit obligation		(471	)		(471	)		(471	)		—			942			(471	)
Comprehensive (loss) income	$	(27,425	)	$	(26,167	)	$	(24,465	)	$	18,631		$	32,001		$	(27,425	)

F-37

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FISCAL 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

	Tops Holding II Corporation		Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	$	—	$	(950	)	$	47,029		$	40,928		$	—		$	87,007
Cash flows used in investing activities:
Cash paid for property and equipment		—		—			(30,329	)		(7,236	)		—			(37,565	)
Acquisition of Grand Union supermarkets		—		—			(27,640	)		—			—			(27,640	)
Acquisition of independent supermarkets		—		—			(3,304	)		—			—			(3,304	)
Proceeds from insurable loss recovery		—		—			—			1,455			—			1,455
Change in intercompany receivables position		—		—			(950	)		(34,785	)		35,735			—
Net cash used in investing activities		—		—			(62,223	)		(40,566	)		35,735			(67,054	)
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:
Proceeds from long-term debt borrowings		—		—			460,000			—			—			460,000
Repayments of long-term debt borrowings		—		—			(350,452	)		—			—			(350,452	)
Dividend to shareholders		—		—			(100,000	)		—			—			(100,000	)
Borrowings on 2017 ABL Facility		—		—			35,000			—			—			35,000
Borrowings on 2013 ABL Facility		—		—			158,800			—			—			158,800
Repayments on 2013 ABL Facility		—		—			(163,800	)		—			—			(163,800	)
Debt extinguishment cost incurred		—		—			(20,901	)		—			—			(20,901	)
Principal payments on capital leases		—		—			(12,962	)		(356	)		—			(13,318	)
Deferred financing costs incurred		—		—			(11,943	)		—			—			(11,943	)
Change in bank overdraft position		—		—			(98	)		—			—			(98	)
Change in intercompany payables position		—		950			34,785			—			(35,735	)		—
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		—		950			28,429			(356	)		(35,735	)		(6,712	)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents		—		—			13,235			6			—			13,241
Cash and cash equivalents – beginning of year		—		—			18,351			830			—			19,181
Cash and cash equivalents – end of year	$	—	$	—		$	31,586		$	836		$	—		$	32,422

F-38

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FISCAL 2011

(Dollars in thousands)

	Tops Holding II Corporation		Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	$	—	$	(950	)	$	48,437		$	21,164		$	—		$	68,651
Cash flows used in investing activities:
Cash paid for property and equipment		—		—			(25,405	)		(20,170	)		—			(45,575	)
Cash paid for intangible assets		—		—			(1,527	)		—			—			(1,527	)
Proceeds from sale of assets		—		—			—			1,284			—			1,284
Proceeds from insurable loss recovery		—		—			—			609			—			609
Change in intercompany receivables position		—		—			(950	)		(2,464	)		3,414			—
Net cash used in investing activities		—		—			(27,882	)		(20,741	)		3,414			(45,209	)
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:
Borrowings on 2013 ABL Facility		—		—			612,900			—			—			612,900
Repayments on 2013 ABL Facility		—		—			(622,900	)		—			—			(622,900	)
Principal payments on capital leases		—		—			(10,838	)		(323	)		—			(11,161	)
Change in intercompany payables position		—		950			2,464			—			(3,414	)		—
Proceeds from long-term debt borrowings		—		—			—			—			—			—
Repayments of long-term debt borrowings		—		—			(409	)		—			—			(409	)
Deferred financing costs incurred		—		—			(57	)		—			—			(57	)
Change in bank overdraft position		—		—			(53	)		—			—			(53	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		—		950			(18,893	)		(323	)		(3,414	)		(21,680	)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents		—		—			1,662			100			—			1,762
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of year		—		—			16,689			730			—			17,419
Cash and cash equivalents - end of year	$	—	$	—		$	18,351		$	830		$	—		$	19,181

F-39

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FISCAL 2010

(Dollars in thousands)

	Tops Holding II Corporation		Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	$	—	$	(950	)	$	37,783		$	12,625		$	—		$	49,458
Cash flows used in investing activities:
Acquisition of the Penn Traffic Company		—		—			—			(85,023	)		—			(85,023	)
Cash paid for property and equipment		—		—			(28,081	)		(21,582	)		—			(49,663	)
Proceeds from sale of assets		—		—			—			20,753			—			20,753
Investment in subsidiaries		—		—			(85,023	)		—			85,023			—
Change in intercompany receivables position		—		—			(950	)		(10,786	)		11,736			—
Net cash used in investing activities		—		—			(114,054	)		(96,638	)		96,759			(113,933	)
Cash flows provided by financing activities:
Proceeds from long-term debt borrowings		—		—			112,125			—			—			112,125
Repayments of long-term debt borrowings		—		—			(36,377	)		—			—			(36,377	)
Borrowings on ABL Facility		—		—			348,737			—			—			348,737
Repayments on ABL Facility		—		—			(347,737	)		—			—			(347,737	)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock		—		30,000			30,000			—			(30,000	)		30,000
Dividend		—		(30,000	)		(30,000	)		—			30,000			(30,000	)
Principal payments on capital leases		—		—			(9,004	)		(290	)		—			(9,294	)
Deferred financing costs incurred		—		—			(5,769	)		—			—			(5,769	)
Capital contribution		—		—			—			85,023			(85,023	)		—
Change in intercompany payables position		—		950			10,786			—			(11,736	)		—
Change in bank overdraft position		—		—			487			—			—			487
Net cash provided by financing activities		—		950			73,248			84,733			(96,759	)		62,172
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents		—		—			(3,023	)		720			—			(2,303	)
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of year		—		—			19,712			10			—			19,722
Cash and cash equivalents - end of year	$	—	$	—		$	16,689		$	730		$	—		$	17,419

F-40

17. QUARTERLY DATA (UNAUDITED)

The table below reflects the unaudited results of operations for Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011 (Dollars in thousands).

Fiscal 2012	16-week period ended April 21, 2012			12-week period ended July 14, 2012			12-week period ended October 6, 2012			12-week period ended December 29, 2012
Net sales	$	704,380		$	562,361		$	538,431		$	560,167
Gross profit		199,906			160,336			149,863			154,478
Operating income		19,333			23,559			18,449			7,215
Income tax expense		(370	)		(352	)		(339	)		(347	)
Net income (loss)(1)		651			9,498			4,704			(37,803	)
Fiscal 2011	16-week period ended April 23, 2011			12-week period ended July 16, 2011			12-week period ended October 8, 2011			12-week period ended December 31, 2011
Net sales	$	717,259		$	559,514		$	538,606		$	540,113
Gross profit		202,352			154,982			152,925			150,878
Operating income		17,570			14,908			20,742			15,605
Income tax expense		(367	)		(318	)		(305	)		(305	)
Net (loss) income		(2,088	)		293			6,440			1,187

(1) The net loss for the 12-week period ended December 29, 2012 includes a $31.2 million loss on debt extinguishment related to the December 2012 financing transactions. See Note 9 for further discussion.

18. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Effective March 8, 2013, Tops Markets entered into an asset purchase agreement for the acquisition of four independent supermarkets for an estimated purchase price of $7.0 million. The transaction is expected to close during the Company’s second quarter of Fiscal 2013.

The American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (“the Act”) was signed into law on January 2, 2013. The Act retroactively restored several expired business tax provisions, including certain bonus depreciation and the Work Opportunity Tax Credit as of January 1, 2012, with a new expiration date of December 31, 2013. Because a change in tax law is accounted for in the period of enactment, the retroactive effect renewing certain bonus depreciation and the Work Opportunity Tax Credit for 2012 is not reflected in the Company’s Fiscal 2012 income tax expense. Instead, an estimated benefit of $1.0 million related to additional bonus depreciation will be recorded as a discrete item in the Company’s first quarter of Fiscal 2013. The Company has not yet quantified the effect of the restoration of the Work Opportunity Tax Credit.

F-41

ITEM 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Unaudited)

	July 13, 2013			December 29, 2012
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	28,446		$	32,422
Accounts receivable, net		65,041			53,475
Inventory, net		131,477			125,487
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		11,293			9,323
Income taxes refundable		252			237
Current deferred tax assets		1,924			1,924
Total current assets		238,433			222,868
Property and equipment, net		343,483			350,649
Goodwill (Note 4)		19,308			15,002
Intangible assets, net (Note 4)		70,030			74,498
Other assets (Note 5)		19,089			12,985
Total assets	$	690,343		$	676,002
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Deficit
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	92,401		$	77,460
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (Note 6)		74,152			75,740
Current portion of capital lease obligations (Note 7)		14,056			14,357
Current portion of long-term debt (Note 8)		2,271			2,271
Total current liabilities		182,880			169,828
Capital lease obligations (Note 7)		142,180			149,503
Long-term debt (Note 8)		650,622			495,446
Other long-term liabilities		38,886			38,871
Non-current deferred tax liabilities		6,431			5,626
Total liabilities		1,020,999			859,274
Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)
Common shares ($0.001 par value; 300,000 authorized shares, 156,116 shares issued and outstanding as of July 13, 2013 and 144,776 shares issued and outstanding as of December 29, 2012) (Note 10)		—			—
Paid-in capital		(237,944	)		(100,077	)
Accumulated deficit		(89,142	)		(79,625	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax		(3,570	)		(3,570	)
Total shareholders’ deficit		(330,656	)		(183,272	)
Total liabilities and shareholders’ deficit	$	690,343		$	676,002

See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-42

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

	12-week periods ended						28-week periods ended
	July 13, 2013			July 14, 2012			July 13, 2013			July 14, 2012
Net sales	$	601,275		$	562,361		$	1,337,084		$	1,266,741
Cost of goods sold		(418,934	)		(390,514	)		(932,085	)		(881,221	)
Distribution costs		(11,763	)		(11,511	)		(26,280	)		(25,278	)
Gross profit		170,578			160,336			378,719			360,242
Operating expenses:
Wages, salaries and benefits		(80,787	)		(75,125	)		(184,832	)		(174,355	)
Selling and general expenses		(26,874	)		(22,400	)		(63,182	)		(52,218	)
Administrative expenses (inclusive of share-based compensation expense of $3,610, $264, $3,826 and $616)		(27,072	)		(18,543	)		(49,326	)		(42,413	)
Rent expense, net		(5,311	)		(3,568	)		(12,876	)		(9,548	)
Depreciation and amortization		(13,048	)		(12,023	)		(30,052	)		(28,052	)
Advertising		(5,682	)		(5,118	)		(11,449	)		(10,764	)
Total operating expenses		(158,774	)		(136,777	)		(351,717	)		(317,350	)
Operating income		11,804			23,559			27,002			42,892
Interest expense, net		(16,742	)		(13,709	)		(35,714	)		(32,021	)
(Loss) income before income taxes		(4,938	)		9,850			(8,712	)		10,871
Income tax expense		(378	)		(352	)		(805	)		(722	)
Net (loss) income		(5,316	)		9,498			(9,517	)		10,149
Other comprehensive income		—			—			—			—
Comprehensive (loss) income	$	(5,316	)	$	9,498		$	(9,517	)	$	10,149

See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-43

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

	28-week periods ended
	July 13, 2013			July 14, 2012
Cash flows provided by operating activities:
Net (loss) income	$	(9,517	)	$	10,149
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		38,186			36,331
Share-based compensation expense		3,826			616
Amortization of deferred financing costs		1,357			1,520
Deferred income taxes		805			667
LIFO inventory valuation adjustments		723			794
Other		199			(554	)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable		(11,556	)		2,831
Increase in inventory, net		(5,812	)		(4,114	)
(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets		(1,959	)		2,232
(Increase) decrease in income taxes refundable		(15	)		169
Increase in accounts payable		14,515			10,724
Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other current liabilities		43			(3,196	)
Increase in other long-term liabilities		932			2,529
Net cash provided by operating activities		31,727			60,698
Cash flows used in investing activities:
Cash paid for property and equipment		(27,589	)		(15,200	)
Acquisition of supermarkets		(5,995	)		—
Proceeds from insurable loss recovery		—			1,150
Net cash used in investing activities		(33,584	)		(14,050	)
Cash flows used in financing activities:
Proceeds from long-term debt borrowings		148,500			—
Dividend to shareholders		(141,920	)		—
Borrowings on 2017 ABL Facility		138,500			—
Repayments on 2017 ABL Facility		(131,700	)		—
Principal payments on capital leases		(8,014	)		(6,789	)
Deferred financing costs paid		(7,977	)		—
Change in bank overdraft position		426			181
Stock option exercises		227			—
Repayments of long-term debt borrowings		(161	)		(250	)
Borrowings on 2013 ABL Facility		—			66,600
Repayments on 2013 ABL Facility		—			(71,600	)
Net cash used in financing activities		(2,119	)		(11,858	)
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents		(3,976	)		34,790
Cash and cash equivalents-beginning of period		32,422			19,181
Cash and cash equivalents-end of period	$	28,446		$	53,971

See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-44

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. THE COMPANY, BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Company

Tops Holding II Corporation (“Holding II” or “Company”), the parent of Tops Holding LLC (“Holding I”), formerly Tops Holding Corporation, was incorporated on May 7, 2013. Holding I is the parent of Tops Markets, LLC (“Tops Markets”), a supermarket retailer in Upstate New York, Northern Pennsylvania and Vermont. Holding I was incorporated on October 5, 2007 and commenced operations on December 1, 2007. As of July 13, 2013, the Company operated 155 supermarkets under the banners of Tops and Orchard Fresh, with an additional five supermarkets operated by franchisees. Holding II is owned by various funds affiliated with Morgan Stanley Private Equity (“MSPE”), an affiliate of Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated, various funds affiliated with Graycliff Partners LP (“Graycliff”), two minority investors and certain company employees. Holding I has no other business operations as its sole purpose is the ownership of Tops Markets.

Change in Reporting Entity

Effective May 15, 2013, Holding I was converted to a limited liability company and Tops Markets II Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holding I, was formed on May 14, 2013 and added as a co-issuer of the Holding I Notes (see Note 8). On May 15, 2013, the stockholders of Holding I contributed all of the outstanding shares of common stock of Holding I to Holding II in exchange for shares of common stock of Holding II. Holding II has no other business operations other than the ownership of Holding I and as the issuer of the Holding II Notes (see Note 8). Holding II’s net assets consist solely of its membership interest in Holding I, undistributed cash from the issuance of the Holding II Notes, the Holding II Notes and related debt issuance costs.

On August 20, 2013, Holding II was added as a guarantor of the Holding I Notes, resulting in Holding II becoming the reporting entity related to these notes. As a result, the historical results of Holding I and its subsidiaries have been consolidated with Holding II as if Holding II were in existence for all periods presented to reflect the change in reporting entity. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated.

Accounting Policies

A summary of the Company’s significant accounting policies is included in Note 1 to the audited consolidated financial statements of Holding I in its 2012 Annual Financial Report.

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), and do not include all disclosures normally required in annual consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP.

F-45

The Company operates on a 52/53 week fiscal year ending on the Saturday closest to December 31. Fiscal years include 13 four-week reporting periods, with an additional week in the thirteenth reporting period for 53-week fiscal years. The first quarter of each fiscal year includes four reporting periods, while the remaining quarters include three reporting periods.

The Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements for the 12 and 28-week periods ended July 13, 2013 and July 14, 2012 are unaudited, and, in the opinion of management, contain all adjustments that are of a normal and recurring nature necessary for a fair statement of financial position and results of operations for such periods.

The Company has evaluated all subsequent events through the release of these condensed consolidated financial statements on August 26, 2013.

Segments

The Company’s supermarkets offer grocery, produce, frozen, dairy, meat, floral, seafood, health and beauty care, general merchandise, deli and bakery goods. The Company operates one supermarket format where each supermarket offers the same general mix of products with similar pricing to similar categories of customers. As of July 13, 2013, 79 supermarkets offered pharmacy services and 48 fuel centers were in operation, inclusive of the Company’s franchise locations. The Company’s retail operations, which represent substantially all of the Company’s consolidated sales, earnings and total assets, are its only operating segment and reportable segment. The Company’s retail operations as a whole reflect the level at which the business is managed and how the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, who acts as the Company’s chief operating decision maker, assesses performance internally.

The following table presents sales revenue by type of similar product (dollars in thousands):

	12-week periods ended										28-week periods ended
	July 13, 2013					July 14, 2012					July 13, 2013					July 14, 2012
	Amount		% of Total			Amount		% of Total			Amount		% of Total			Amount		% of Total
Non-perishables(1)	$	334,143		55.6	%	$	310,620		55.2	%	$	753,195		56.3	%	$	709,027		56.0	%
Perishables(2)		173,674		28.9	%		157,382		28.0	%		370,073		27.7	%		341,381		27.0	%
Fuel		53,051		8.8	%		53,241		9.5	%		119,669		9.0	%		118,127		9.3	%
Pharmacy		36,147		6.0	%		37,085		6.6	%		84,412		6.3	%		88,872		7.0	%
Other(3)		4,260		0.7	%		4,033		0.7	%		9,735		0.7	%		9,334		0.7	%
	$	601,275		100.0	%	$	562,361		100.0	%	$	1,337,084		100.0	%	$	1,266,741		100.0	%

(1) Non-perishables consist of grocery, dairy, frozen, general merchandise, health and beauty care and other non-perishable related products.

(2) Perishables consist of produce, meat, seafood, bakery, deli, floral, prepared foods and other perishable related products.

(3) Other primarily consists of franchise income and service commission income, such as lottery, money orders and money transfers.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. The most significant estimates used by management are related to the accounting for vendor allowances, valuation of long-lived assets including goodwill and intangible assets, acquisition accounting, lease classification, self-insurance reserves, inventory valuation and income taxes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

F-46

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” establish a framework for measuring fair value and a hierarchy that categorizes and prioritizes the sources to be used to estimate fair value as follows:

Level 1 – observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets;

Level 2 – inputs include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (interest rates, yield curves, etc.), and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means (market corroborated inputs); and

Level 3 – unobservable inputs that reflect the Company’s determination of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. These inputs are developed based on the best information available, including the Company’s own data.

Financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, capital lease obligations and long-term debt. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of these financial instruments. At July 13, 2013 and December 29, 2012, the estimated fair value and the carrying value of the Company’s debt instruments were as follows (dollars in thousands):

	July 13, 2013			December 29, 2012
Carrying value of debt instruments:
Current portion of capital lease obligations	$	14,056		$	14,357
Current portion of long-term debt		2,271			2,271
Long-term capital lease obligations		142,180			149,503
Long-term debt		650,622			495,446
Total carrying value of debt instruments		809,129			661,577
Fair value of debt instruments		827,576			632,552
(Deficiency) excess of carrying value over fair value	$	(18,447	)	$	29,025

The fair value of the Company’s senior secured notes, which are included in long-term debt, was based on quoted market prices, a Level 2 source. The fair value of the Company’s other long-term debt and capital lease obligations was based on the net present value of future cash flows using estimated applicable market interest rates for the Company at July 13, 2013 and December 29, 2012, a Level 3 measurement technique.

Fair value measurements of non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities are primarily used in the impairment analysis of long-lived assets, goodwill and intangible assets. Long-lived assets and definite-lived intangible assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis using Level 3 inputs. Goodwill and the Tops tradename are reviewed annually for impairment on December 1, or more frequently, if impairment indicators arise.

2. RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

There are no recent accounting pronouncements that have had or are expected to have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements as of the date of this report.

3. BUSINESS ACQUISITION

During late September through early October 2012, the Company completed the acquisition of 21 supermarkets from GU Markets LLC (“GU Acquisition”). In addition to cash consideration of $27.6 million paid to GU Markets LLC, the Company incurred $1.3 million of transaction costs, of which $0.4 million and $0.7 million were recorded in administrative expenses in the condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive (loss) income during the 12 and 28-week periods ended July 14, 2012. The acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, “Business Combinations.”

F-47

The Company believes the acquisition creates significant strategic value by expanding the Company’s supermarket base with minimal incremental general and administrative expenses.

Under the acquisition method of accounting, the aggregate purchase price is allocated to the net tangible and intangible assets based upon their estimated fair values on the acquisition date. The Company engaged a third party valuation specialist to assist with the valuation of assets acquired. The fair value of inventory was determined based upon the Company’s estimated replacement cost. The fair values of buildings, personal property and site improvements, all of which are included in property and equipment in the succeeding table, were determined using the cost approach. The fair value of land was determined using the market approach. The fair values of intangible assets were primarily determined using the income approach which, for the tradenames, is based upon the present value of the economic royalty savings associated with the tradenames and revenue projections attributed to the tradenames. Tradenames are being amortized on an accelerated basis based upon a brand obsolescence assumption.

The following table summarizes the final allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the transaction date (dollars in thousands):

Assets acquired:
Accounts receivable	$	33
Inventory		7,265
Prepaid expenses		325
Property and equipment		7,898
Goodwill		12,769
Favorable lease rights		2,197
Tradenames		1,000
Total assets acquired		31,487
Liabilities assumed:
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		803
Unfavorable lease rights		2,172
Capital lease obligation		872
Total liabilities assumed		3,847
Acquisition price	$	27,640

The results of operations of the acquired supermarkets have been included in the 12 and 28-week periods ended July 13, 2013 condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive (loss) income. The acquired supermarkets contributed net sales and operating income (loss) of $27.6 million and $0.4 million, respectively, during the 12-week period ended July 13, 2013, and $54.4 million and $(1.0) million, respectively, during the 28-week period ended July 13, 2013.

The following table summarizes the Company’s unaudited pro forma operating results for the 12 and 28-week periods ended July 14, 2012, giving effect to the GU Acquisition as if it occurred on January 1, 2012 (dollars in thousands):

	12-week period ended July 14, 2012		28-week period ended July 14, 2012
Net sales	$	587,009	$	1,316,745
Operating income		25,709		43,673
Net income		11,648		10,930

F-48

The pro forma information above reflects the $1.3 million of transaction costs incurred by the Company during 2012 within the operating results of the 28-week period ended July 14, 2012. This pro forma financial information is not intended to represent or be indicative of what would have occurred if the transaction had taken place prior to the beginning of the period presented and should not be taken as representative of the Company’s future consolidated results of operations. This pro forma financial information does not contemplate the cost savings expected to be realized from the achievement of synergies, including, without limitation, purchasing savings by leveraging the Company’s relationships with its suppliers and the reduction of duplicative selling, general and administrative expenses.

4. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

The following table summarizes the change in the Company’s goodwill balance during the 28-week period ended July 13, 2013 (dollars in thousands):

Balance – December 29, 2012	$	15,002
Acquisition of supermarkets		4,306
Balance – July 13, 2013	$	19,308

Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization, consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

July 13, 2013	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount		Weighted Average Amortization Period
Tradename – indefinite	$	41,011	$	—		$	41,011		Indefinite life
Favorable lease rights		32,651		(16,582	)		16,069		9.8
Customer relationships		28,596		(24,173	)		4,423		8.4
Franchise agreements		11,538		(5,896	)		5,642		11.0
Tradenames – finite		5,310		(2,681	)		2,629		8.8
Other		619		(363	)		256		5.0
	$	119,725	$	(49,695	)	$	70,030		9.4

December 29, 2012	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount
Tradename – indefinite	$	41,011	$	—		$	41,011
Favorable lease rights		32,826		(14,759	)		18,067
Customer relationships		28,591		(22,794	)		5,797
Franchise agreements		11,538		(5,331	)		6,207
Tradenames – finite		5,310		(2,222	)		3,088
Other		704		(376	)		328
	$	119,980	$	(45,482	)	$	74,498

The Tops tradename is reviewed annually for impairment on December 1, or more frequently, if impairment indicators arise. Based on the Company’s assessment, no impairment indicators existed during the 28-week periods ended July 13, 2013 and July 14, 2012.

During the 12-week periods ended July 13, 2013 and July 14, 2012, amortization expense was $1.9 million and $1.6 million, respectively. During the 28-week periods ended July 13, 2013 and July 14, 2012, amortization expense was $4.5 million and $3.9 million, respectively. This amortization is included in depreciation and amortization in the condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

F-49

During the 12 and 28-week periods ended July 13, 2013, depreciation and amortization in the condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income includes $0.4 million and $0.9 million, respectively, of contra-expense related to the amortization of unfavorable lease rights which are classified in other long-term liabilities in the July 13, 2013 and December 29, 2012 condensed consolidated balance sheets. The unamortized balance of unfavorable lease rights was $7.6 million as of July 13, 2013. Expected future amortization of these unfavorable lease rights is contra-expense of $0.7 million in the remaining period of Fiscal 2013, $1.3 million in Fiscal 2014, $1.2 million in Fiscal 2015, $1.1 million in Fiscal 2016, $0.9 million in Fiscal 2017 and $2.4 million thereafter.

As of July 13, 2013, expected future amortization of intangible assets is as follows (dollars in thousands):

2013 (remaining period)	$	3,680
2014		6,963
2015		5,744
2016		4,283
2017		3,112
Thereafter		5,237

5. OTHER ASSETS

On May 15, 2013, Holding II issued $150.0 million of Holding II Notes (see Note 8). Costs associated with the issuance of the Holding II notes of $7.1 million were capitalized and are being amortized over the term of the notes using the effective interest method.

6. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

	July 13, 2013		December 29, 2012
Wages, taxes and benefits	$	14,408	$	20,585
Lottery		11,208		10,787
Union medical, pension and 401(k)		6,077		4,518
Interest payable		5,552		1,072
Self-insurance reserves		4,973		4,784
Sales and use tax		4,591		1,129
Property and equipment expenditures		3,792		4,907
Professional and legal fees		3,482		6,459
Gift cards		2,804		6,196
Utilities		2,168		2,404
Repairs and maintenance		1,972		2,164
Money orders		1,858		1,868
Other		11,267		8,867
	$	74,152	$	75,740

7. CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS

The Company has a number of capital leases in effect for store properties and equipment. The initial lease terms generally range up to twenty-five years and will expire at various times through 2032, with options to renew for additional periods. The majority of the store leases provide for base rental, plus real estate taxes, insurance, common area maintenance and other operating expenses applicable to the leased premises. Some leases contain escalation clauses for future rents and contingent rents based on sales volume.

F-50

As of July 13, 2013, future minimum lease rental payments applicable to capital lease obligations follow (dollars in thousands):

2013 (remaining period)	$	13,546
2014		28,121
2015		25,374
2016		24,040
2017		19,950
Thereafter		65,842
Total minimum lease payments		176,873
Less amounts representing interest		(69,466	)
Present value of net minimum lease payments		107,407
Less current obligations		(14,056	)
Long-term obligations	$	93,351

The Company entered into sale-leaseback transactions in various years involving certain properties that did not qualify for sale-leaseback accounting as the lease agreements included various forms of continuing involvement. As a result, the transactions have been classified as financing transactions in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 840, “Leases.”

Under the financing method, the assets remain on the condensed consolidated balance sheet and proceeds received by the Company from these transactions are recorded as capital lease obligations, allocated between land and building. Payments under these leases are applied as payments of imputed interest and deemed principal on the underlying building obligations, with no underlying cash payments deemed attributable to the land obligations. The related land assets are not depreciated, and at the end of the lease terms, the remaining capital lease obligations will equal the net book value of the land. The capital lease obligations as of July 13, 2013 and December 29, 2012 include $48.8 million of obligations related to land not reflected in the table above. At the expiration of the lease terms, which range from 2023 to 2068, or when the Company’s continuing involvement under the lease agreements ends, the related land and obligations will be removed from the balance sheet, with no underlying cash payments.

8. DEBT

Long-term debt is comprised of the following (dollars in thousands):

	July 13, 2013			December 29, 2012
Holding I Notes	$	460,000		$	460,000
Holding II Notes		150,000			—
Discount on Holding II Notes		(1,463	)		—
2017 ABL Facility		41,800			35,000
Other loans		2,000			2,011
Mortgage note payable		556			706
Total debt		652,893			497,717
Current portion		(2,271	)		(2,271	)
Total long-term debt	$	650,622		$	495,446

On May 15, 2013, Holding II issued $150.0 million of unsecured senior notes, bearing cash interest of 8.75% (the “Holding II Notes”). If certain conditions are met, Holding II may be entitled to pay interest on the Holding II Notes by increasing the principal of the notes or by issuing new notes as pay-in-kind interest. Such interest would accrue at a rate of 9.50%. The $148.5 million proceeds from the Holding II Notes issuance, net of a $1.5 million original issue discount, were used to pay a $141.9 million, or $980 per share, dividend to the Holding II stockholders. The Holding II Notes mature June 15, 2018 and require semi-annual interest payments on

F-51

June 15 and December 15 beginning on December 15, 2013. To the extent permitted by the agreements governing the Holding I Notes (see below) and the 2017 ABL Facility (see below), Holding I is expected to make dividend payments to Holding II to fund the semi-annual interest payments related to the Holding II Notes. The Holding II Notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at any time on or after June 15, 2015 at specified redemption prices. Prior to June 15, 2015, the Company may redeem some or all of the Holding II Notes at a specified “make-whole” premium.

On December 20, 2012, Holding I and Tops Markets (collectively, the “Issuers”) issued $460.0 million of senior secured notes, bearing interest of 8.875% (the “Holding I Notes”). Effective May 15, 2013, Tops Markets II Corporation was added as a co-issuer of the Holding I Notes. On August 20, 2013, Holding II was added as a guarantor of the Holding I Notes. The proceeds from the Holding I Notes were used to redeem the Issuers’ previously outstanding $350.0 million senior secured notes, pay a $100.0 million dividend to the Holding I shareholders and pay fees and expenses related to the notes issuance. The Holding I Notes mature December 15, 2017 and require semi-annual interest payments on June 15 and December 15. The Holding I Notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at any time on or after June 15, 2015 at specified redemption prices. Prior to June 15, 2015, the Issuers may redeem some or all of the Holding I Notes at a specified “make-whole” premium.

The Holding I Notes are collateralized by (i) first priority interests, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens, in the stock held by Holding II, the Issuers, Tops Markets II Corporation and the guarantor subsidiaries, Tops PT, LLC and Tops Gift Card Company, LLC (collectively, the “Guarantors”), the Company’s warehouse distribution facility in Lancaster, New York, the Company’s retail facility located in Fayetteville, New York and certain owned real property acquired by the Issuers and the Guarantors following the issue date of the Holding I Notes, equipment, intellectual property, and substantially all other assets of the Issuers and the Guarantors, other than assets securing the Company’s asset-based revolving credit facility (the “2017 ABL Facility”) on a first priority basis (collectively, the “Holding I Notes Priority Collateral”), and (ii) second priority interests, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens, in the assets of the Issuers and the Guarantors that secure the 2017 ABL Facility on a first-priority basis, including present and future receivables, deposit accounts, inventory, prescription lists, and certain rights and proceeds relating thereto (collectively, the “ABL Priority Collateral”).

On December 14, 2012, Tops Markets entered into an amended and restated asset-based revolving credit facility, the 2017 ABL Facility, with Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent and administrative agent. The 2017 ABL Facility allows a maximum borrowing capacity of $125.0 million, subject to a borrowing base calculation, with an option for future upsizing with up to $50.0 million of incremental commitments if certain conditions are met. The borrowing base includes inventory, pharmacy prescription files and certain receivables. The 2017 ABL Facility will mature on December 14, 2017.

Based upon the borrowing base calculation as of July 13, 2013, the unused availability under the 2017 ABL Facility was $53.1 million, after giving effect to $15.2 million of letters of credit outstanding thereunder. As of December 29, 2012, $14.8 million of letters of credit were outstanding under the 2017 ABL Facility. Revolving loans under the 2017 ABL Facility, at the Company’s option, bear interest at either i) LIBOR plus a margin of 150 to 200 basis points, determined based on levels of borrowing availability, or ii) the prime rate plus a margin of 50 to 100 basis points, determined based on levels of borrowing availability. As of July 13, 2013 and December 29, 2012, the effective interest rates on borrowings under the 2017 ABL Facility were 2.13% and 2.06%, respectively. The 2017 ABL Facility is collateralized primarily by (i) first priority interests, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens, in the ABL Priority Collateral and (ii) second priority interests, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens, in the Holding I Notes Priority Collateral.

The instruments governing the Holding II Notes, Holding I Notes and the 2017 ABL Facility impose customary affirmative and negative covenants on the Company, including restrictions on indebtedness, liens, type of business, acquisitions, investments, sale or transfer of assets, payment of dividends, transactions involving affiliates, and obligations on a change in control. Failure to meet any of these covenants would be an event of default.

F-52

9. INCOME TAXES

Income tax expense was as follows (dollars in thousands):

	12-week periods ended						28-week periods ended
	July 13, 2013			July 14, 2012			July 13, 2013			July 14, 2012
Current	$	(1	)	$	(55	)	$	—		$	(55	)
Deferred		(377	)		(297	)		(805	)		(667	)
Total income tax expense	$	(378	)	$	(352	)	$	(805	)	$	(722	)

The income tax expense for the 12-week period ended July 13, 2013 primarily reflects the recognition of additional valuation allowance associated with the Company’s indefinite-lived tradename and goodwill deferred tax liabilities. The overall effective tax rate was (7.7)%. The effective tax rate would have been 43.0% without the impact of adjustments to the valuation allowance.

The income tax expense for the 12-week period ended July 14, 2012 primarily reflects the recognition of additional valuation allowance associated with the Company’s indefinite-lived tradename deferred tax liability. The overall effective tax rate was 3.6%. The effective tax rate would have been 39.6% without the impact of federal tax credits and adjustments to the valuation allowance.

The income tax expense for the 28-week period ended July 13, 2013 primarily reflects the recognition of additional valuation allowance associated with the Company’s indefinite-lived tradename and goodwill deferred tax liabilities. The overall effective tax rate was (9.2)%. The effective tax rate would have been 19.5% without the impact of adjustments to the valuation allowance.

The income tax expense for the 28-week period ended July 14, 2012 primarily reflects the recognition of additional valuation allowance associated with the Company’s indefinite-lived tradename deferred tax liability. The overall effective tax rate was 6.6%. The effective tax rate would have been 39.6% without the impact of federal tax credits and adjustments to the valuation allowance.

10. SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

On May 15, 2013, the Company paid a dividend to its shareholders totaling $141.9 million, or $980 per share.

Effective May 14, 2013, Holding I’s Board of Directors accelerated the vesting of stock options granted under its 2007 Stock Incentive Plan such that all outstanding and unvested stock options became immediately and fully vested. The 11,340 total outstanding stock options were then contributed by the option holders to Holding II in exchange for options to acquire shares of common stock of Holding II. Following the May 15, 2013 Holding II dividend, the exercise prices of all outstanding stock options were reduced by $380, from $400 to $20 per share. As a result of the acceleration of vesting and exercise price reductions of outstanding stock options, the Company recognized incremental stock-based compensation expense of $3.5 million within administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income during the 12 and 28-week periods ended July 13, 2013.

On May 16, 2013, following the May 15, 2013 dividend, the Company awarded make-whole payments to holders of stock options under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan in amounts of $600 per stock option, representing the difference between the per share dividend paid to Holding II stockholders and the reduction in the exercise price of the stock options. These payments, totaling $6.8 million, were recorded within administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income during the 12 and 28-week periods ended July 13, 2013. Additionally, between May 20 and May 22, 2013, all outstanding stock options were exercised, which resulted in cash proceeds of $0.2 million.

F-53

11. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Holding I is a party to a Transaction and Monitoring Fee Agreement with MSPE and Graycliff. In consideration of services provided, Holding I pays an annual monitoring fee of $0.8 million to MSPE and $0.2 million to Graycliff, on a quarterly basis. During each of the 12-week periods ended July 13, 2013 and July 14, 2012, monitoring fees of $0.3 million were paid. During each of the 28-week periods ended July 13, 2013 and July 14, 2012, monitoring fees of $0.5 million were paid. These fees are included in administrative expenses in the condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

12. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Purchase Commitments

On November 12, 2009, Tops Markets entered into a supply contract with C&S Wholesale Grocers, Inc. (“C&S”) whereby C&S provides warehousing, logistics, procurement and purchasing services in support of the majority of the Company’s supply chain. The agreement expires on September 24, 2016. The agreement provides that the actual costs of performing these services shall be reimbursed to C&S on an “open-book” or “cost-plus” basis, whereby the parties will negotiate annual budgets that will be reconciled against actual costs on a periodic basis. The parties will also annually negotiate services specifications and performance standards that will govern warehouse operations. The agreement defines the parties’ respective responsibilities for the procurement and purchase of merchandise intended for use or resale at the Company’s stores, as well as the parties’ respective remuneration for warehousing and procurement/purchasing activities. In consideration for the services it provides under the agreement, C&S will be paid an annual fee and will have incentive income opportunities based upon the Company’s cost savings and increases in retail sales volume.

On September 24, 2012, Tops Markets entered into a separate supply agreement with C&S to provide similar services in support of the 21 supermarkets acquired in the GU Acquisition from GU Markets LLC, an affiliate of C&S, in October 2012. This agreement expires on September 23, 2022.

Effective May 1, 2013, Tops Markets entered into a member participation agreement with Topco Associates LLC, a procurement cooperative for food retailers and wholesalers, for the supply of substantially all of the Company’s prescription drugs and other health and beauty care products requirements. There is no minimum purchase requirement, and this agreement expires February 28, 2017. The Company’s previous supply agreement for these products with McKesson Corporation was terminated without penalty.

Effective July 24, 2010, Tops Markets extended its existing IT outsourcing agreement with HP Enterprise Services, LLC (formerly known as Electronic Data Systems, LLC), or HP, through December 31, 2017. Under the agreement, HP provides data center operations, mainframe processing, business applications and systems development to enhance the Company’s customer service and efficiency. The charges under this agreement are based upon the services requested at predetermined rates.

The costs of these purchase commitments are not reflected in the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets.

Environmental Liabilities

The Company is contingently liable for potential environmental issues of some of its properties. As the Company is unable to determine the amount of any potential liability, no amounts were accrued as of July 13, 2013 or December 29, 2012.

F-54

Collective Bargaining Agreements

The Company employs approximately 14,300 associates. Approximately 87% of these associates are members of United Food and Commercial Workers, or UFCW, District Union Local One, or Local One, or two other UFCW unions. All other associates are non-union with approximately 26% serving in the Company’s supermarkets acquired in the GU Acquisition, and the remaining non-union associates serving primarily in management, field support or pharmacist roles. The Company is a party to six collective bargaining agreements with Local One expiring between March 2014 and October 2015. The two non-Local One UFCW collective bargaining agreements expire in February 2015 and April 2016, respectively.

C&S-Related Multiemployer Pension Plans

At the time we entered into our original supply agreement with C&S, certain of our warehouse personnel became employees of C&S, with C&S assuming our obligations under several multiemployer pension plans. Although we are not a sponsoring employer of, and make no contribution payments to any of these multiemployer pension plans, we have certain contractual indemnification obligations for withdrawal liability that may arise in the event of C&S’s withdrawal from those plans, or upon termination of the supply agreement.

Legal Proceedings

The Company is unaware of legal proceedings that are expected to materially impact the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements as a whole. No amounts related to legal proceedings were accrued as of July 13, 2013 or December 29, 2012.

13. GUARANTOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The obligations of Holding I, Tops Markets and Tops Markets II Corporation under the Holding I Notes are jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Holding II, the parent of Holding I, and Tops Gift Card Company, LLC and Tops PT, LLC (“Guarantor Subsidiaries”), both of which are 100% owned subsidiaries of Tops Markets. Holding II was established in May 2013, Tops Gift Card Company, LLC was established in October 2008, and Tops PT, LLC was established in January 2010. Tops Markets and Tops Markets II Corporation are joint issuers of the Holding I notes and are 100% owned by Holding I. Separate financial statements of Holding II, Holding I, Tops Markets, Tops Markets II Corporation and of the Guarantor Subsidiaries are not presented as the guarantees are full and unconditional and Holding II and the Guarantor Subsidiaries are jointly and severally liable thereon.

The following supplemental financial information sets forth, on a condensed consolidating basis, balance sheets as of July 13, 2013 and December 29, 2012 for Holding II, Holding I and Tops Markets, the Guarantor Subsidiaries, and for the Company, statements of comprehensive (loss) income for the 12 and 28-week periods ended July 13, 2013 and July 14, 2012, and statements of cash flows for the 28-week periods ended July 13, 2013 and July 14, 2012. Supplemental financial information has not been presented for Tops Markets II Corporation as it has no assets or operations.

F-55

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

JULY 13, 2013

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

	Tops Holding II Corporation			Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries		Eliminations			Consolidated
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	6,807		$	—		$	20,739		$	900	$	—		$	28,446
Accounts receivable, net		—			—			52,352			12,689		—			65,041
Intercompany receivables		—			—			5,262			61,980		(67,242	)		—
Inventory, net		—			—			96,758			34,719		—			131,477
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		—			—			9,234			2,059		—			11,293
Income taxes refundable		—			—			252			—		—			252
Current deferred tax assets		—			—			1,317			—		607			1,924
Total current assets		6,807			—			185,914			112,347		(66,635	)		238,433
Property and equipment, net		—			—			278,331			65,152		—			343,483
Goodwill		—			—			19,308			—		—			19,308
Intangible assets, net		—			—			63,787			6,243		—			70,030
Other assets		6,889			—			39,968			3,041		(30,809	)		19,089
Investment in subsidiaries		(191,511	)		(186,249	)		127,362			—		250,398			—
Total assets	$	(177,815	)	$	(186,249	)	$	714,670		$	186,783	$	152,954		$	690,343
Liabilities and Shareholders’ (Deficit) Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	—		$	—		$	72,201		$	20,200	$	—		$	92,401
Intercompany payables		—			5,262			61,980			—		(67,242	)		—
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		4,304			—			53,202			17,390		(744	)		74,152
Current portion of capital lease obligations		—			—			13,627			429		—			14,056
Current portion of long-term debt		—			—			2,271			—		—			2,271
Current deferred tax liability		—			—			—			11		(11	)		—
Total current liabilities		4,304			5,262			203,281			38,030		(67,997	)		182,880
Capital lease obligations		—			—			139,425			2,755		—			142,180
Long-term debt		148,537			—			505,126			—		(3,041	)		650,622
Other long-term liabilities		—			—			33,125			5,761		—			38,886
Non-current deferred tax liabilities		—			—			19,155			12,875		(25,599	)		6,431
Total liabilities		152,841			5,262			900,112			59,421		(96,637	)		1,020,999
Total shareholders’ (deficit) equity		(330,656	)		(191,511	)		(185,442	)		127,362		249,591			(330,656	)
Total liabilities and shareholders’ (deficit) equity	$	(177,815	)	$	(186,249	)	$	714,670		$	186,783	$	152,954		$	690,343

F-56

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

DECEMBER 29, 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

	Tops Holding II Corporation			Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries		Eliminations			Consolidated
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		$	—		$	31,586		$	836	$	—		$	32,422
Accounts receivable, net		—			—			42,578			10,897		—			53,475
Intercompany receivables		—			—			4,750			50,835		(55,585	)		—
Inventory, net		—			—			91,298			34,189		—			125,487
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		—			—			7,352			1,971		—			9,323
Income taxes refundable		—			—			237			—		—			237
Current deferred tax assets		—			—			1,316			—		608			1,924
Total current assets		—			—			179,117			98,728		(54,977	)		222,868
Property and equipment, net		—			—			280,643			70,006		—			350,649
Goodwill		—			—			15,002			—		—			15,002
Intangible assets, net		—			—			67,262			7,236		—			74,498
Other assets		—			—			36,811			3,041		(26,867	)		12,985
Investment in subsidiaries		(181,474	)		(176,724	)		121,350			—		236,848			—
Total assets	$	(181,474	)	$	(176,724	)	$	700,185		$	179,011	$	155,004		$	676,002
Liabilities and Shareholders’ (Deficit) Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	—		$	—		$	60,429		$	17,031	$	—		$	77,460
Intercompany payables		—			4,750			50,835			—		(55,585	)		—
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		1,798			—			51,981			22,705		(744	)		75,740
Current portion of capital lease obligations		—			—			13,955			402		—			14,357
Current portion of long-term debt		—			—			2,271			—		—			2,271
Current deferred tax liabilities		—			—			—			11		(11	)		—
Total current liabilities		1,798			4,750			179,471			40,149		(56,340	)		169,828
Capital lease obligations		—			—			146,510			2,993		—			149,503
Long-term debt		—			—			498,487			—		(3,041	)		495,446
Other long-term liabilities		—			—			33,284			5,587		—			38,871
Non-current deferred tax liabilities		—			—			18,350			8,932		(21,656	)		5,626
Total liabilities		1,798			4,750			876,102			57,661		(81,037	)		859,274
Total shareholders’ (deficit) equity		(183,272	)		(181,474	)		(175,917	)		121,350		236,041			(183,272	)
Total liabilities and shareholders’ (deficit) equity	$	(181,474	)	$	(176,724	)	$	700,185		$	179,011	$	155,004		$	676,002

F-57

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

FOR THE 12-WEEK PERIOD ENDED JULY 13, 2013

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

	Tops Holding II Corporation			Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net sales	$	—		$	—		$	461,842		$	139,651		$	(218	)	$	601,275
Cost of goods sold		—			—			(326,112	)		(92,822	)		—			(418,934	)
Distribution costs		—			—			(8,661	)		(3,102	)		—			(11,763	)
Gross profit		—			—			127,069			43,727			(218	)		170,578
Operating expenses:
Wages, salaries and benefits		—			—			(60,340	)		(20,447	)		—			(80,787	)
Selling and general expenses		—			—			(20,338	)		(6,754	)		218			(26,874	)
Administrative expenses		(10,635	)		(219	)		(12,209	)		(4,009	)		—			(27,072	)
Rent expense, net		—			—			(3,181	)		(2,130	)		—			(5,311	)
Depreciation and amortization		—			—			(10,278	)		(2,770	)		—			(13,048	)
Advertising		—			—			(4,341	)		(1,341	)		—			(5,682	)
Total operating expenses		(10,635	)		(219	)		(110,687	)		(37,451	)		218			(158,774	)
Operating (loss) income		(10,635	)		(219	)		16,382			6,276			—			11,804
Interest expense, net		(2,401	)		—			(14,308	)		(33	)		—			(16,742	)
Equity income from subsidiaries		7,720			7,939			3,770			—			(19,429	)		—
(Loss) income before income taxes		(5,316	)		7,720			5,844			6,243			(19,429	)		(4,938	)
Income tax benefit (expense)		—			—			2,095			(2,473	)		—			(378	)
Net (loss) income		(5,316	)		7,720			7,939			3,770			(19,429	)		(5,316	)
Other comprehensive income		—			—			—			—			—			—
Comprehensive (loss) income	$	(5,316	)	$	7,720		$	7,939		$	3,770		$	(19,429	)	$	(5,316	)

F-58

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE 12-WEEK PERIOD ENDED JULY 14, 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

	Tops Holding II Corporation			Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net sales	$	—		$	—		$	423,588		$	138,995		$	(222	)		562,361
Cost of goods sold		—			—			(298,231	)		(92,283	)		—			(390,514	)
Distribution costs		—			—			(8,279	)		(3,232	)		—			(11,511	)
Gross profit		—			—			117,078			43,480			(222	)		160,336
Operating expenses:
Wages, salaries and benefits		—			—			(54,433	)		(20,692	)		—			(75,125	)
Selling and general expenses		—			—			(16,268	)		(6,354	)		222			(22,400	)
Administrative expenses		(409	)		(219	)		(13,544	)		(4,371	)		—			(18,543	)
Rent expense, net		—			—			(1,529	)		(2,039	)		—			(3,568	)
Depreciation and amortization		—			—			(8,933	)		(3,090	)		—			(12,023	)
Advertising		—			—			(3,734	)		(1,384	)		—			(5,118	)
Total operating expenses		(409	)		(219	)		(98,441	)		(37,930	)		222			(136,777	)
Operating (loss) income		(409	)		(219	)		18,637			5,550			—			23,559
Interest expense, net		—			—			(13,665	)		(44	)		—			(13,709	)
Equity income from subsidiaries		9,907			10,126			3,325			—			(23,358	)		—
Income before income taxes		9,498			9,907			8,297			5,506			(23,358	)		9,850
Income tax benefit (expense)		—			—			1,829			(2,181	)		—			(352	)
Net income		9,498			9,907			10,126			3,325			(23,358	)		9,498
Other comprehensive income		—			—			—			—			—			—
Comprehensive income	$	9,498		$	9,907		$	10,126		$	3,325		$	(23,358	)	$	9,498

F-59

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

FOR THE 28-WEEK PERIOD ENDED JULY 13, 2013

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

	Tops Holding II Corporation			Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net sales	$	—		$	—		$	1,029,643		$	308,022		$	(581	)	$	1,337,084
Cost of goods sold		—			—			(727,494	)		(204,591	)		—			(932,085	)
Distribution costs		—			—			(19,464	)		(6,816	)		—			(26,280	)
Gross profit		—			—			282,685			96,615			(581	)		378,719
Operating expenses:
Wages, salaries and benefits		—			—			(137,703	)		(47,129	)		—			(184,832	)
Selling and general expenses		—			—			(48,018	)		(15,745	)		581			(63,182	)
Administrative expenses		(10,893	)		(512	)		(28,392	)		(9,529	)		—			(49,326	)
Rent expense, net		—			—			(7,976	)		(4,900	)		—			(12,876	)
Depreciation and amortization		—			—			(23,435	)		(6,617	)		—			(30,052	)
Advertising		—			—			(8,790	)		(2,659	)		—			(11,449	)
Total operating expenses		(10,893	)		(512	)		(254,314	)		(86,579	)		581			(351,717	)
Operating (loss) income		(10,893	)		(512	)		28,371			10,036			—			27,002
Interest expense, net		(2,401	)		—			(33,231	)		(82	)		—			(35,714	)
Equity income from subsidiaries		3,777			4,289			6,012			—			(14,078	)		—
(Loss) income before income taxes		(9,517	)		3,777			1,152			9,954			(14,078	)		(8,712	)
Income tax benefit (expense)		—			—			3,137			(3,942	)		—			(805	)
Net (loss) income		(9,517	)		3,777			4,289			6,012			(14,078	)		(9,517	)
Other comprehensive income		—			—			—			—			—			—
Comprehensive (loss) income	$	(9,517	)	$	3,777		$	4,289		$	6,012		$	(14,078	)	$	(9,517	)

F-60

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE 28-WEEK PERIOD ENDED JULY 14, 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

	Tops Holding II Corporation			Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net sales	$	—		$	—		$	961,236		$	306,089		$	(584	)	$	1,266,741
Cost of goods sold		—			—			(679,315	)		(201,906	)		—			(881,221	)
Distribution costs		—			—			(18,280	)		(6,998	)		—			(25,278	)
Gross profit		—			—			263,641			97,185			(584	)		360,242
Operating expenses:
Wages, salaries and benefits		—			—			(126,620	)		(47,735	)		—			(174,355	)
Selling and general expenses		—			—			(38,785	)		(14,017	)		584			(52,218	)
Administrative expenses		(954	)		(511	)		(30,782	)		(10,166	)		—			(42,413	)
Rent expense, net		—			—			(4,787	)		(4,761	)		—			(9,548	)
Depreciation and amortization		—			—			(20,897	)		(7,155	)		—			(28,052	)
Advertising		—			—			(7,919	)		(2,845	)		—			(10,764	)
Total operating expenses		(954	)		(511	)		(229,790	)		(86,679	)		584			(317,350	)
Operating (loss) income		(954	)		(511	)		33,851			10,506			—			42,892
Interest expense, net		—			—			(31,916	)		(105	)		—			(32,021	)
Equity income from subsidiaries		11,103			11,614			6,282			—			(28,999	)		—
Income before income taxes		10,149			11,103			8,217			10,401			(28,999	)		10,871
Income tax benefit (expense)		—			—			3,397			(4,119	)		—			(722	)
Net income		10,149			11,103			11,614			6,282			(28,999	)		10,149
Other comprehensive income		—			—			—			—			—			—
Comprehensive income	$	10,149		$	11,103		$	11,614		$	6,282		$	(28,999	)	$	10,149

F-61

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE 28-WEEK PERIOD ENDED JULY 13, 2013

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

	Tops Holding II Corporation			Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	$	—		$	(512	)	$	19,478		$	12,761		$	—		$	31,727
Cash flows used in investing activities:
Cash paid for property and equipment		—			—			(26,247	)		(1,342	)		—			(27,589	)
Acquisition of independent supermarkets		—			—			(5,995	)		—			—			(5,995	)
Change in intercompany receivables position		—			—			(512	)		(11,145	)		11,657			—
Net cash used in investing activities		—			—			(32,754	)		(12,487	)		11,657			(33,584	)
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:
Proceeds from long-term debt borrowings		148,500			—			—			—			—			148,500
Dividend to shareholders		(141,920	)		—			—			—			—			(141,920	)
Deferred financing costs paid		—			—			(7,977	)		—			—			(7,977	)
Stock option exercises		227			—			—			—			—			227
Change in intercompany payables position		—			512			11,145			—			(11,657	)		—
Borrowings on 2017 ABL Facility		—			—			138,500			—			—			138,500
Repayments on 2017 ABL Facility		—			—			(131,700	)		—			—			(131,700	)
Principal payments on capital leases		—			—			(7,804	)		(210	)		—			(8,014	)
Change in bank overdraft position		—			—			426			—			—			426
Repayments of long-term debt borrowings		—			—			(161	)		—			—			(161	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		6,807			512			2,429			(210	)		(11,657	)		(2,119	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		6,807			—			(10,847	)		64			—			(3,976	)
Cash and cash equivalents – beginning of period		—			—			31,586			836			—			32,422
Cash and cash equivalents – end of period	$	6,807		$	—		$	20,739		$	900		$	—		$	28,446

F-62

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE 28-WEEK PERIOD ENDED JULY 14, 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

	Tops Holding II Corporation		Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	$	—	$	(512	)	$	36,778		$	24,432		$	—		$	60,698
Cash flows used in investing activities:
Cash paid for property and equipment		—		—			(11,784	)		(3,416	)		—			(15,200	)
Proceeds from insurable loss recovery		—		—			—			1,150			—			1,150
Change in intercompany receivables position		—		—			(512	)		(21,992	)		22,504			—
Net cash used in investing activities		—		—			(12,296	)		(24,258	)		22,504			(14,050	)
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:
Borrowings on 2013 ABL Facility		—		—			66,600			—			—			66,600
Repayments on 2013 ABL Facility		—		—			(71,600	)		—			—			(71,600	)
Change in intercompany payables position		—		512			21,992			—			(22,504	)		—
Principal payments on capital leases		—		—			(6,624	)		(165	)		—			(6,789	)
Repayments of long-term debt borrowings		—		—			(250	)		—			—			(250	)
Change in bank overdraft position		—		—			181			—			—			181
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		—		512			10,299			(165	)		(22,504	)		(11,858	)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents		—		—			34,781			9			—			34,790
Cash and cash equivalents – beginning of period		—		—			18,351			830			—			19,181
Cash and cash equivalents – end of period	$	—	$	—		$	53,132		$	839		$	—		$	53,971

F-63

PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 20. Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Limitation on Liability of Directors

Pursuant to authority conferred by Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), Article Seventh of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (the “Certificate”) eliminates the personal liability of directors to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty, including, without limitation, directors serving on committees of our board of directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a director shall be liable to the extent provided by applicable law: (1) for any breach of the directors’ duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders; (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (3) under Section 174 of the DGCL; or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit.

Indemnification and Insurance

In accordance with Section 145 of the DGCL, which provides for the indemnification of directors, officers and employees under certain circumstances, Article Eighth of the Certificate grants our directors and officers a right to indemnification, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, for all expenses, liabilities and losses relating to civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative actions, suits or proceedings, any appeal in such an action, suit or proceeding, and any inquiry or investigation that could lead to such an action, suit or proceeding (collectively, “proceedings”) to which they are a party or are threatened to be made a party (1) by reason of the fact that they are or were our directors or officers or (2) by reason of the fact that, while they are or were our directors or officers, they are or were serving at our request as directors, officers, partners, venturers, proprietors, trustees, employees, agents or similar functionaries of another foreign or domestic corporation, limited liability company, association, partnership, joint venture, sole proprietorship, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, entity or organization.

Article Eighth of the Certificate further provides for the right to be paid by us expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by officers and directors in defending such proceedings in advance of their final disposition to the maximum extent permitted under the DGCL.

Article Eighth of the Certificate allows the indemnification to inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives in the event of the death of such indemnitee.

Article Eighth of the Certificate further provides that the right to indemnification is not exclusive of any other rights that any indemnitee may have or acquire under any statute, bylaw, resolution of stockholders or directors, agreement or otherwise.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted for directors and officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

Article Eighth of the Certificate authorizes us to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was our director, officer, employee or agent, or any person who is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss incurred by such person in any such capacity or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not we would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the DGCL.

Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Data Schedules

(a) Exhibits:

See Exhibit Index immediately following the Financial Statement Schedules included in this Registration Statement.

II-1

(b) Financial Statement Schedules:

Schedule I: Condensed Financial Information of Tops Holding II Corporation	S-1
Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts	S-4

All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are not required under the related instructions, are inapplicable or not material, or the information called for thereby is otherwise included in the financial statements and therefore has been omitted.

Item 22. Undertakings

(a) Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertakes:

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering;

(4) that, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: the undersigned registrant undertakes

II-2

that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii) any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(b) Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of this S-4, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

(c) Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

(d) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of each of the registrants pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrants have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by either of the registrants of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of either of the registrants in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, each of the registrants will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(e) Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertakes as follows: that prior to any public reoffering of the securities registered hereunder through use of a prospectus which is a part of this registration statement, by any person or party who is deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Rule 145(c), the issuer undertakes that such reoffering prospectus will contain the information called for by the applicable registration form with respect to reofferings by persons who may be deemed underwriters, in addition to the information called for by the other Items of this S-4.

(f) Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertakes that every prospectus (i) that is filed pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph or (ii) that purports to meet the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933 and is used in connection with an offering of securities subject to Rule 415, will be filed as a part of an amendment to the registration statement and will not be used until such amendment is effective, and that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-3

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on this 6th day of September, 2013.

TOPS HOLDING LLC
By: Tops Holding II Corporation, as sole member
By:	/s/ Frank Curci
	Name:	Frank Curci
	Title:	Chief Executive Officer and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Each individual whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Frank Curci and William Mills, and each of them singly, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign this registration statement and any and all amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, any related registration filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all the said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them or their or his or her substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/    Frank Curci         Frank Curci	Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	September 6, 2013
/s/    William R. Mills         William R. Mills	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)	September 6, 2013
/s/    David Langless         David Langless	Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)	September 6, 2013
/s/    Gary Matthews         Gary Matthews	Chairman	September 6, 2013
/s/    Eric Fry         Eric Fry	Director	September 6, 2013
/s/    Eric Kanter         Eric Kanter	Director	September 6, 2013
/s/    Gregory Josefowicz         Gregory Josefowicz	Director	September 6, 2013
/s/    Stacey Rauch         Stacey Rauch	Director	September 6, 2013

II-4

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Williamsville, State of New York, on this 6th day of September, 2013.

TOPS MARKETS, LLC
By:	/s/ Frank Curci
	Name:	Frank Curci
	Title:	Chief Executive Officer and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Each individual whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Frank Curci and William Mills, and each of them singly, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign this registration statement and any and all amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, any related registration filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all the said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them or their or his or her substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/    Frank Curci         Frank Curci	Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	September 6, 2013
/s/    William R. Mills         William R. Mills	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)	September 6, 2013
/s/    Gary Matthews         Gary Matthews	Chairman	September 6, 2013
/s/    Eric Fry         Eric Fry	Director	September 6, 2013
/s/    Eric Kanter         Eric Kanter	Director	September 6, 2013
/s/    Gregory Josefowicz         Gregory Josefowicz	Director	September 6, 2013
/s/    Stacey Rauch         Stacey Rauch	Director	September 6, 2013

II-5

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Williamsville, State of New York, on this 6th day of September, 2013.

TOPS MARKETS II CORPORATION
By:	/s/ Frank Curci
	Name:	Frank Curci
	Title:	Chief Executive Officer and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Each individual whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Frank Curci and Wiliam Mills, and each of them singly, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign this registration statement and any and all amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, any related registration filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all the said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them or their or his or her substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/    Frank Curci         Frank Curci	Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	September 6, 2013
/s/    William R. Mills         William R. Mills	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)	September 6, 2013
/s/    Gary Matthews         Gary Matthews	Chairman	September 6, 2013
/s/    Eric Fry         Eric Fry	Director	September 6, 2013
/s/    Eric Kanter         Eric Kanter	Director	September 6, 2013
/s/    Gregory Josefowicz         Gregory Josefowicz	Director	September 6, 2013
/s/    Stacey Rauch         Stacey Rauch	Director	September 6, 2013

II-6

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Williamsville, State of New York, on this 6th day of September, 2013.

TOPS PT, LLC
By:	Tops Markets, LLC, as sole and managing member
By:	/s/ Frank Curci
	Name:	Frank Curci
	Title:	Chief Executive Officer and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons (each an officer or a director of Tops Markets, LLC, the registrant’s sole and managing member) in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Each individual whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Frank Curci and William Mills, and each of them singly, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign this registration statement and any and all amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, any related registration filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all the said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them or their or his or her substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/    Frank Curci         Frank Curci	Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	September 6, 2013
/s/    William R. Mills         William R. Mills	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)	September 6, 2013
/s/    Gary Matthews         Gary Matthews	Chairman	September 6, 2013
/s/    Eric Fry         Eric Fry	Director	September 6, 2013
/s/    Eric Kanter         Eric Kanter	Director	September 6, 2013
/s/    Gregory Josefowicz         Gregory Josefowicz	Director	September 6, 2013
/s/    Stacey Rauch         Stacey Rauch	Director	September 6, 2013

II-7

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Williamsville, State of New York, on this 6th day of September, 2013.

TOPS GIFT CARD COMPANY, LLC
By:	/s/ Frank Curci
	Name:	Frank Curci
	Title:	Chief Executive Officer and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/    Frank Curci         Frank Curci	Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	September 6, 2013
/s/    Kevin Darrington          Kevin Darrington	Director	September 6, 2013
/s/    William R. Mills         William R. Mills	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)	September 6, 2013

II-8

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on this 6th day of September, 2013.

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION
By:	/s/ Frank Curci
	Name:	Frank Curci
	Title:	Chief Executive Officer and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Each individual whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Frank Curci and William Mills, and each of them singly, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign this registration statement and any and all amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, any related registration filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all the said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them or their or his or her substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/    Frank Curci         Frank Curci	Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	September 6, 2013
/s/    William R. Mills         William R. Mills	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)	September 6, 2013
/s/    David Langless         David Langless	Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)	September 6, 2013
/s/    Gary Matthews         Gary Matthews	Chairman	September 6, 2013
/s/    Eric Fry         Eric Fry	Director	September 6, 2013
/s/    Eric Kanter         Eric Kanter	Director	September 6, 2013
/s/    Gregory Josefowicz         Gregory Josefowicz	Director	September 6, 2013
/s/    Stacey Rauch         Stacey Rauch	Director	September 6, 2013

II-9

Schedule I

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

(Dollars in thousands)

	December 29, 2012			December 31, 2011
Assets
Investment in subsidiary	$	(181,474	)	$	(58,293	)
Total assets	$	(181,474	)	$	(58,293	)
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Deficit
Current liabilities:
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	$	1,798		$	1,171
Total current liabilities		1,798			1,171
Total liabilities		1,798			1,171
Total shareholders’ deficit		(183,272	)		(59,464	)
Total liabilities and shareholders’ deficit	$	(181,474	)	$	(58,293	)

S-1

Schedule I

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

(Dollars in thousands)

	Fiscal 2012			Fiscal 2011			Fiscal 2010
Equity (loss) income from subsidiary	$	(20,872	)	$	7,600		$	(25,696	)
Operating expenses:
Administrative expenses		(2,078	)		(1,768	)		(1,258	)
Total operating expenses		(2,078	)		(1,768	)		(1,258	)
(Loss) income before income taxes		(22,950	)		5,832			(26,954	)
Net (loss) income		(22,950	)		5,832			(26,954	)
Changes in postretirement benefit obligations		(2,309	)		(925	)		(471	)
Comprehensive (loss) income	$	(25,259	)	$	4,907		$	(27,425	)

S-2

Schedule I

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Dollars in thousands)

	Fiscal 2012		Fiscal 2011		Fiscal 2010
Net cash from operating activities	$	—	$	—	$	—
Net cash from investing activities		—		—		—
Net cash from financing activities		—		—		—
Net change in cash and cash equivalents		—		—		—
Cash and cash equivalents-beginning of period		—		—		—
Cash and cash equivalents-end of period	$	—	$	—	$	—

S-3

Schedule II

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

(Dollars in thousands)

	Balance at Beginning of Period		Additions Charged to Costs and Expenses			Deductions			Balance at End of Period
Fiscal 2010
Self-insurance reserves	$	8,303	$	6,028		$	(2,598	)	$	11,733
LIFO inventory valuation reserve		7,315		2,055			—			9,370
Valuation allowance for deferred income tax assets		13,896		11,901			—			25,797
Fiscal 2011
Self-insurance reserves		11,733		7,169			(3,179	)		15,723
LIFO inventory valuation reserve		9,370		1,333			—			10,703
Valuation allowance for deferred income tax assets		25,797		229			—			26,026
Fiscal 2012
Self-insurance reserves		15,723		8,639			(4,178	)		20,184
LIFO inventory valuation reserve		10,703		361			—			11,064
Valuation allowance for deferred income tax assets		26,026		12,007	(1)		—			38,033

(1) Amount includes additional valuation allowance of $1.5 million related to amounts recorded in other comprehensive loss.

S-4

EXHIBIT INDEX

3.1	Certificate of Formation of Tops Holding LLC.
3.2	Limited Liability Company Agreement of Tops Holding LLC.
3.3	Articles of Organization of Tops Markets, LLC.
3.4	Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Tops Markets, LLC.
3.5	Certificate of Incorporation of Tops Markets II Corporation.
3.6	By laws of Tops Markets II Corporation.
3.7	Articles of Organization of Tops PT, LLC. (filed as Exhibit 3.6 to Tops Holding Corporation and Tops Markets, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed July 12, 2010 (File No. 333-168065), and incorporated herein by reference).
3.8	Operating Agreement of Tops PT, LLC. (filed as Exhibit 3.7 to Tops Holding Corporation and Tops Markets, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed July 12, 2010 (File No. 333-168065), and incorporated herein by reference).
3.9	Articles of Organization of Tops Gift Card Company, LLC. (filed as Exhibit 3.8 to Tops Holding Corporation and Tops Markets, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed July 12, 2010 (File No. 333-168065), and incorporated herein by reference).
3.10	Operating Agreement of Tops Gift Card Company, LLC. (filed as Exhibit 3.9 to Tops Holding Corporation and Tops Markets, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed July 12, 2010 (File No. 333-168065), and incorporated herein by reference).
3.11	Certificate of Incorporation of Tops Holding II Corporation.
3.12	By laws of Tops Holding II Corporation.
4.1	Indenture, dated as of December 20, 2012, among Tops Holding Corporation and Tops Markets, LLC, the guarantors named therein, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee and as collateral agent.
4.2	Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 20, 2012 among Tops Holding Corporation, Tops Markets, LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, BMO Capital Markets Corp. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC.
4.3	Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2012, between Bank of America, N.A., as Initial ABL Agent, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Collateral Agent, and acknowledged by Tops Holding Corporation, Tops Markets, LLC, and the other persons signatory thereto.
4.4	Security Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2012 among Tops Holding Corporation and Tops Markets, LLC, as Issuers, the Guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as Collateral Agent.
4.5	Indenture, dated as of May 15, 2013, between Tops Holding II Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee and as collateral agent.
4.6	Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 15, 2013, among Tops Holding II Corporation, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC.
4.7	Shareholders Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2013, among Tops Holding II Corporation and the shareholders identified therein.
4.8	Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 15, 2013, to the Indenture, dated as of December 20, 2012, among Tops Holding LLC, Tops Markets, LLC, Tops Markets II Corporation, the guarantors named therein, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee and as collateral agent.
4.9	Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 20, 2013, to the Indenture, dated as of December 20, 2012, among Tops Holding LLC, Tops Markets, LLC, Tops Markets II Corporation, Tops Holding II Corporation, the guarantors named therein, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee and as collateral agent.

5.1	Opinion of Shearman & Sterling LLP.
5.2	Opinion of Squire Sanders (US) LLP.
10.1	Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2012, among Tops Markets, LLC, as the Lead Borrower, the other Borrowers and Guarantors party thereto, the various Lenders party thereto, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer.
10.2†	The Supply Agreement dated as of November 12, 2009 between Tops Markets, LLC and C&S Wholesale Grocers, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Tops Holding Corporation and Tops Markets, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed July 12, 2010 (File No. 333-168065), and incorporated herein by reference).
10.3	Form of Bonus Award Agreement of Tops Holding Corporation.
10.4	Tops Holding II Corporation Amended 2007 Stock Option Plan.
12.1	Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
21.1	List of Subsidiaries (as of September 5, 2013).
23.1	Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
23.2	Consent of Shearman & Sterling LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.3	Consent of Squire Sanders (US) LLP (included in Exhibit 5.2).
24.1	Power of Attorney (included in signature page).
25.1	Statement of Eligibility on Form T-1 of U.S. Bank National Association.
25.2	Statement of Eligibility on Form T-1 of U.S. Bank National Association.
99.1	Form of Letter of Transmittal.
99.2	Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
99.3	Form of Letter to Clients.
99.4	Form of Letter to Registered Holders.
99.5	Form of Letter from Beneficial Owner.
101	The following financial information from the annual report of Tops Holding II Corporation for the Fiscal year ended December 29, 2012, formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income, (ii) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Deficit, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (v) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Also, the following financial information from the quarterly report of Tops Holding II Corporation for the 28-week period ended July 13, 2013, formatted in XBRL: (i) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income, (ii) Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iii) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (iv) Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

† Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and were separately filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, which granted a request for confidential treatment pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on October 1, 2010.

EX-3.1

Exhibit 3.1

Delaware	PAGE 2
The First State

I, JEFFREY W. BULLOCK, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE DO HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION OF “TOPS HOLDING LLC” FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE FIFTEENTH DAY OF MAY, A.D. 2013, AT 8:55 O’CLOCK A.M.

		/s/ Jeffrey W. Bullock
		Jeffrey W. Bullock, Secretary of State
4434332     8100V		AUTHENTICATION: 0433004
130582156		DATE: 05-15-13
You may verify this certificate online at corp.delaware.gov/authver.shtml

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 08:55 AM 05/15/2013

FILED 08:55 AM 05/15/2013

SRV 130582156 - 4434332 FILE

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

TOPS HOLDING LLC

This Certificate of Formation of TOPS HOLDING LLC (the “Limited Liability Company”), dated May 15, 2013, is being duly executed and filed by Frank Curci, as an authorized person to form a limited liability company under the Limited Liability Company Act of the State of Delaware (6 Del. C. § 18-101 et seq.) (the “Act”) in connection with the conversion of Tops Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation, to a limited liability company under the Act.

The undersigned, being duly authorized to execute and file this Certificate of Formation, hereby certifies that:

FIRST: The name of the Limited Liability Company is TOPS HOLDING LLC.

SECOND: The address of the registered office and the name and the address of the registered agent of the Limited Liability Company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Act are Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware, 19808.

THIRD: This Certificate of Formation shall be effective upon the filing of this Certificate of Formation and the Certificate of Conversion to Limited Liability Company, which is being filed contemporaneously with this Certificate of Formation, in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Certificate of Formation as of the day and year first written above.

/s/ Frank Curci

Frank Curci,

Authorized Person

EX-3.2

Exhibit 3.2

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

TOPS HOLDING LLC

This LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT, dated as of May 15, 2013 (this “Agreement”), is entered into by and between Tops Holding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and Tops Holding II Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Member”).

WHEREAS, Tops Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), was incorporated under the name Hank Holding Corporation by the filing of a Certificate of Incorporation with the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Secretary of State”) on October 5, 2007, pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”).

WHEREAS, all of (i) the stockholders of the Corporation and (ii) the directors of the Corporation have elected to convert the Corporation to a Delaware limited liability company by causing the filing with the Delaware Secretary of State of a Certificate of Conversion from a Domestic Corporation to a Domestic Limited Liability Company and a Certificate of Formation (collectively, the “LLC Filings”) pursuant to the provisions of Section 266 of the DGCL and Section 18-214 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”); and

WHEREAS, the Member desires to enter into this Agreement, to be effective upon the effectiveness of the LLC Filings to provide for the governance and operation of the Company.

ACCORDINGLY, the Member agrees as follows:

1. Definitions.

Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to them below.

“Act” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Recitals.

“Agreement” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the introductory paragraph.

“Authorized Person” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 5(d).

“Company” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the introductory paragraph.

“Corporation” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Recitals.

“Delaware Secretary of State” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Recitals.

“DGCL” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Recitals.

“LLC Filings” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Recitals.

“Member” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the introductory paragraph.

“Membership Interests” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 10(c).

“Person” shall be construed broadly and shall include an individual, a partnership, a corporation, an association, a joint stock company, a limited liability company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

“Shares” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 10(c).

2. Name.

The name of the Company shall be Tops Holding LLC, or such other name as the Member may from time to time hereafter designate.

3. Purpose.

The Company is formed for the object and purpose of, and the nature of the business to be conducted and promoted by the Company is, engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act and engaging in any and all activities necessary or incidental to the foregoing.

4. Offices.

(a) The principal office of the Company, and such additional offices as the Member may determine to establish, shall be located at such place or places inside or outside the State of Delaware as the Member may designate from time to time.

(b) The registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is located at 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808. The registered agent of the Company for service of process at such address is Corporation Service Company.

5. Management of the Company; Officers; Formation.

(a) Subject to the delegation of rights and powers provided for herein, the Member shall have the sole right to manage the business of the Company and shall have all powers and rights necessary, appropriate or advisable to effectuate and carry out the purposes and business of the Company, and is authorized to execute any document on behalf of the Company in all cases consistent with this Agreement as in effect from time to time.

(b) The Member may from time to time appoint such officers of the Company, to hold such positions and with such powers, as the Member from time to time shall deem necessary or desirable, and to remove such officers or any of them at any time with or without cause. The initial officers are listed on Schedule B attached hereto.

(c) On any matter that is to be voted on, consented to or approved by the Member, the Member may take such action without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent, in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the Member. Such consent shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Member.

- 2 -

(d) The Member hereby ratifies, confirms and approves any and all actions taken by Frank Curci as an authorized person within the meaning of the Act (an “Authorized Person”), including, without limitation, the execution and filing on May 15, 2013 of the LLC Filings with the Delaware Secretary of State for the purpose of forming the Company. Thereafter, Frank Curci’s powers as an Authorized Person ceased and the Member became the Authorized Person to execute and file all certificates required or permitted to be filed with the Delaware Secretary of State (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof).

6. Capital Contribution.

The Member has made contributions of capital to the Company as of the date hereof. The Member shall not be obligated to make any further capital contributions to the Company but may, in his sole discretion, make additional capital contributions to the Company from time to time. Any and all capital contributions to the Company may be made by the Member in the form of cash or other assets.

7. Allocation of Profits and Losses.

The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated in a manner determined by the Member.

8. Distributions.

Distributions of cash or property shall be made at such times and in such amounts as determined by the Member.

9. Dissolution.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 9(b), the Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up and terminated upon the first to occur of the following:

(i) the determination of the Member to dissolve the Company; or

(ii) the withdrawal of the Member or the occurrence of any other event causing a dissolution of the Company under Section 18-801 of the Act.

(b) Upon dissolution of the Company, the Company’s affairs shall be promptly wound up. The Company shall engage in no further business except as may be necessary, in the reasonable discretion of the Member, to preserve the value of the Company’s assets during the period of dissolution and liquidation.

10. Administrative Matters.

(a) The Member is the sole member of the Company. Accordingly, the Company shall be disregarded for U.S. federal income tax purposes and the assets and liabilities and items of income and gain and loss and deduction shall be treated as the assets and liabilities and items of income and gain and loss and deduction of the Member.

- 3 -

(b) Unless otherwise determined by the Member, the fiscal year of the Company shall be the calendar year.

(c) The Company shall be authorized to issue a single class of Limited Liability Company Interests (as defined in the Act) (collectively, the “Membership Interests”), including any and all benefits to which the holder of such Membership Interests may be entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Person to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement. Pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended, the Corporation was authorized to issue one class of common stock (the “Shares”). Effective upon the effectiveness of the LLC Filings, all of the Corporation’s Shares are hereby converted to, and the Company shall be deemed to have issued to the Member, Membership Interests in the percentage set forth on Schedule A attached hereto.

11. Admission of Additional Members.

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the consent of the Member; provided, that no such consent shall be required to effectuate the addition of any lender to the Company as an additional member pursuant to the exercise by such lender of its rights under any pledge or security agreement between such lender and the Company.

12. Limitation on Liability; Indemnification.

(a) Except as otherwise provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and the Member shall not be obligated for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company.

(b) The Company shall, to the fullest extent authorized by the Act, indemnify and hold harmless the Member from and against any and all claims and demands arising by reason of the fact that such Person is, or was, a member of the Company.

13. Severability.

If any provision of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable by any court of law, the remaining provisions shall be severable and enforceable in accordance with their terms.

14. Entire Agreement; Amendment.

(a) This Agreement and the other writings referred to herein contain the entire agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings with respect thereto.

- 4 -

(b) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or the Act, this Agreement may be amended only by the written consent of the Member to such effect.

15. Governing Law; Jurisdiction.

(a) The law of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflicts of law principles, shall govern the validity of this Agreement, the construction and interpretation of its terms, the organization and internal affairs of the Company and the limited liability of any member(s) and other owners.

(b) Any action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any right arising out of, this Agreement may be brought only in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, and each of the Member, the Company and all subsequent members consent to the jurisdiction of such court (and of the appropriate appellate courts) in any such action or proceeding and waive any objection to venue laid therein.

- 5 -

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have duly caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

COMPANY
TOPS HOLDING LLC
By:	/s/ Frank Curci
Name:	Frank Curci
Title:	Authorized Person
MEMBER
TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION
By:	/s/ Frank Curci
Name:	Frank Curci
Title:	President and Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Tops Holding LLC — Limited Liability Company Agreement]

Schedule A

Member Name and Address	Percentage Membership Interest
Tops Holding II Corporation	100%
P.O. Box 1027
Buffalo, New York 14240

Schedule B

Name	Title
Frank Curci	President and Chief Executive Officer
William R. Mills	Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
Lynne Burgess	Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Jack Barrett	Senior Vice President, Human Resources and Assistant Secretary
Dave Langless	Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer

EX-3.3

Exhibit 3.3

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

OF

TOPS MARKETS, LLC

Under Section 203 of the

Limited Liability Company Law

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company is Tops Markets, LLC.

SECOND: The county within this state in which the principal office of the limited liability company is to be located is Erie.

THIRD: The Secretary of State is designated as agent of the limited liability company upon whom process against it may be served. The post office address within this state to which the Secretary of State shall mail a copy of any process against the limited liability company served upon him or her is 6363 Main Street, Williamsville, New York 14221.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this certificate has been subscribed this 14th day of September, 2000, by the undersigned who affirms that the statements made herein are true under the penalties of perjury.

/s/ Kim M. Rovillo

Name: Kim M. Rovillo

Title: Organizer

1

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

OF

TOPS MARKETS, LLC

Filed by:

Khristine E. Peacock

Accelerated Information & Document Filing, Inc.

90 State Street, Suite 836

Albany, New York 12207

CUSTOMER REFERENCE #: 3211

2

EX-3.4

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT

OF

TOPS MARKETS, LLC

This Amended and Restated Operating Agreement (the “Agreement”) of Tops Markets, LLC (the “Company”) is entered into as of the 3^rd day of December, 2007 by Hank Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as the sole member of the Company (the “Member”).

The Company was formed as a limited liability company under the New York Limited Liability Company Law (the “Act”) by the filing of Articles of Organization with the Department of State of the State of New York on September 15, 2000.

The Member wishes to amend and restate, in its entirety, the current Operating Agreement of the Company entered into as of the 3^rd day of November, 2000 (the “Existing Operating Agreement”). This Agreement restates, amends and supersedes the Existing Operating Agreement in its entirety and sets forth the terms and conditions under which the Company is to be operated, as follows:

1. Name. The name of the limited liability company is Tops Markets, LLC.

2. Purpose. The Company is formed for the object and purpose of, and the nature of the business to be conducted and promoted by the Company is, engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act, as amended from time to time, and engaging in any and all activities necessary or incidental to the foregoing.

3. Principal Place of Business. The principal place of business of the Company in the State of New York is 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036. The Company may change such place of business or establish any other place of business, as the Member may deem advisable.

4. Registered Agent. The New York Secretary of State is hereby designated as the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of New York. The Secretary of State shall mail a copy of any process against the Company served upon him or her to 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036. The Company may change such address, from time to time, as the Member may deem advisable.

5. Member. The name and business address of the Member is as follows:

Name	Address
Hank Holding Corporation	1585 Broadway
	New York, New York 10036

The Member is the sole member of the Company.

6. Management.

6.1. Management by Directors. The management of the Company’s business shall be vested in a Board of Directors designated by and subject to the ultimate direction of the Member.

6.2. Powers of Directors; Tax Matters Member.

(a) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the property, business and affairs of the Company will be managed, and the conduct of its business will he controlled by, the Board of Directors. Except as otherwise provided hereunder, the Board of Directors shall have all of the rights, powers and obligations of a class of managers as provided in the Act and as otherwise provided by law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Board of Directors shall have the following powers and the Board of Directors is authorized on behalf of the Company to do or cause to be done the following:

(i) to supervise the property, business and affairs of the Company and hire, on behalf of the Company, such professionals or other experts as may be necessary or desirable in connection therewith;

(ii) to make any and all filings on behalf of the Company and its Member as they shall deem necessary, including, without limitation, filings of articles or certificates with the Secretary of State of the State of New York and the filing of such documents, forms and requests for exemption as may be required pursuant to federal and state securities law;

(iii) to make such filings with governmental and other authorities and to take any and all other actions as may be necessary to maintain the limited liability of the member(s) of the Company;

(iv) to establish and maintain book accounts, including savings accounts and demand deposit accounts, and cash management accounts; and

(v) to do generally all things in connection with any of the foregoing, generally manage, oversee and administer the property, business and affairs of the Company and execute all documents on behalf of the Company in connection therewith, and sign or accept all checks, notes and drafts on the Company’s behalf and, except as expressly restricted herein, pay as Company expenses all costs or expenses connected with the operation or management of the Company.

(b) The Member shall be the tax matters member of the Company.

6.3. Directors as Agents.

(a) The members of the Board of Directors shall be agents of the Company for the purpose of its business, and the acts of the Board of Directors, including that the execution in the name of the Company of any instrument, for apparently carrying on in the usual way the business of the Company, shall bind the Company, unless (i) the Director acting has in

2

fact no authority to act for the Company in the particular matter and (ii) the person with whom any Director is dealing has knowledge of the fact that such Director has no such authority. An act of the Board of Directors that is not apparently for the carrying on of the business of the Company in the usual way shall not bind the Company unless authorized in fact by the Company in the particular matter. No act of a Director or other agent of the Company in contravention of a restriction on authority shall bind the Company to persons having knowledge of such restriction.

(b) The Member, solely by reason of being a member, shall not be an agent of the Company for the purpose of its business except to the extent that authority has been expressly delegated to the Member in writing by the Directors or by the provisions in this Agreement.

6.4. Duties of Directors.

(a) Each Director shall perform his or her duties in good faith and with that degree of care that an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances. In performing his or her duties, each Director shall be entitled to rely on information, opinions, reports or statements, including financial statements and other financial data, in each case prepared or presented by: (i) one or more agents or employees of the Company, or (ii) counsel, accountants or other persons as to matters that such Director believes to be within such person’s professional or expert competence, provided such Director has no knowledge concerning the matter in question that would cause such reliance to be unwarranted. A person who so performs his or her duties in accordance with this section shall have no liability by reason of being or having been a Director of the Company.

(b) This Section 6.4 will not eliminate or limit (i) the liability of a Director if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to him or her establishes that his or her acts or omissions were in bad faith or involved intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law or that he or she personally gained in fact a financial profit or advantage to which he or she was not legally entitled or that with respect to a distribution the subject of Section 508(a) of the Act his or her acts were not performed in accordance with Section 3.4 of this Article, or (ii) the liability of a Director for any act or omission prior to the adoption of a provision authorized by Section 417 of the Act.

6.5. Terms of Directors. Each Director shall hold office and have the terms and responsibilities accorded to him or her by the terms hereof until resignation or removal by the Members.

6.6. Election of Directors. The Member shall elect or designate any Directors of the Company. Any Director of the Company may be removed or replaced with or without cause by the Member at any time.

6.7. Action by Directors. The Board of Directors shall manage the Company by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors may be taken without a vote if all of the Directors consent thereto in writing and such writing is filed with the records of the Company. The members of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all members participating in the meeting hear each other. Such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

3

6.8. Resignation of Directors. A Director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Company. However, if such resignation violates any provision of any contractual agreement between such Director and the Company, the Company may recover from such Director damages for such breach as provided or by contract or law. The election of a Director shall not of itself create contract rights in favor of any such party.

6.9. Vacancies. Vacancies occurring among the Directors shall be filled by the vote or designation of the Member.

6.10. Fees. The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, pay the Directors, or any accountants, agent, attorney, consultant or advisors to the Company, fees in compensation for services rendered to the Company. The obligations of the Directors to be performed under this Agreement will not be affected by a failure of the Company to pay fees under this Section 6.10.

6.11. Reimbursement. The Company shall reimburse the Directors for all ordinary and necessary out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them on behalf of the Company in accordance with such policies as the Company may adopt from time to time. The obligations of the Directors to be performed under this Agreement will not be affected by any failure of the Company to reimburse expenses under this Section 6.11.

6.12. Interested Directors.

(a) No contract or other transaction between the Company and one or more of the Directors or between the Company and any other limited liability company or other business entity in which one or more of the Directors are managers, directors or officers, or have a substantial financial interest, shall be either void or voidable for this reason alone or by reason alone that such Director or Directors were present at the meeting of the Board of Directors which approved such contract or transaction, or that his, her or their votes were counted for such purposes, (i) if the material facts as to such Director’s interest in such contract or transaction and as to any such common directorship, officership or financial interest are disclosed in good faith or known to the other Directors, and the Board of Directors approve such contract or transaction by a vote sufficient for such purpose without counting the vote of such interested Director or, if the votes of the disinterested Board of Directors are insufficient to constitute an act of the Directors pursuant to the terms hereof and Section 408 of the Act, by unanimous vote of the disinterested Directors; or (ii) if the material facts as to such Director’s interest in such contract or transaction and as to any such common directorship, officership or financial interest are disclosed in good faith or known to the Members entitled to vote thereon, and such contract or transaction is approved by the vote of such Members.

(b) Common or interested Directors may be counted in determining the presences of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors that approves any such contract or transaction.

4

6.13. Officers.

(a) The Board of Directors may appoint officers from time to time, including a Chief Executive Officer, President, Secretary, Treasurer and may appoint one or more Vice Presidents (which may include one or more Executive Vice Presidents or Senior Vice Presidents), Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, Controller or Assistant Controller and such other directors and agents as it shall deem necessary, and may define their powers and duties. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

(b) Each Officer shall hold office until his or her successors are chosen and qualify.

(c) Any Officer may be removed, either with or without cause, at any time, by the Board of Directors.

(d) Any Officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors or the Secretary. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

(e) If the office of any Officer becomes vacant by reason of death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or otherwise, the Board of Directors may choose a successor, who shall hold office for the unexpired term in respect of which such vacancy occurred.

(f) The Chief Executive Officer or President of the Company shall exercise the powers and perform the duties usual to the chief executive officer and, subject to the control of the Director(s), shall have general management and control of the affairs and business of the Company; shall appoint and discharge employees and agents of the Company (other than Directors appointed by the Member) and fix their compensation; and he/she shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Member are carried into effect shall have the power to execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts, agreements and instruments of the Company; and shall do and perform such other duties as from time to time may be fixed by the Member.

(g) The Vice President or Vice Presidents shall do and perform such other duties as the Board of Directors or President shall direct and, subject to the control of the Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the President, exercise all of the powers and duties of the President to the extent specified by the Directors. Any Vice President shall have the power to execute bonds, notes, mortgages, and other contracts, agreements and instruments of the Company.

(h) The Secretary shall perform such duties as may be prescribed by the Directors from time to time. The Secretary shall have and be the custodian of the books, records, and papers of the Company (other than financial) and shall see that all books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law are properly kept and filed.

5

(i) The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys, and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company, in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors or Member. He or she shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Member or the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Member or Board of Directors whenever they may require it, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Company.

(j) The Officers of the Company shall be agents of the Company for the purpose of its business including, as appropriate, the execution in the name of the Company of any instrument for apparently carrying on the business of the Company in the ordinary course or for what they may be authorized by the Directors.

7. Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Director and Officer from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of whatever nature, as incurred, arising out of or relating to the fact that such party was or is a Director and Officer of the Company, Notwithstanding the foregoing, no indemnification may be made to or on behalf of a Director or Officer if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to such Director establishes (a) that his or her acts were committed in bad faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or (b) that he or she personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which he or she was not legally entitled.

8. Reliance by Third Parties. Any person or entity dealing with the Company or the Member may rely upon a certificate signed by a Director or Officer as to:

(a) the identity of a Director or Officer;

(b) the existence or non-existence of any fact or facts which constitute a condition precedent to acts by a Director or Officer or are in any other manner germane to the affairs of the Company;

(c) the persons who or entities which are authorized to execute and deliver any instrument or document of or on behalf of the Company; or

(d) any act or failure to act by the Company or as to any other matter whatsoever involving the Company or a Director or Officer.

9. Dissolution. The Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (a) the written consent of the Member, (b) the bankruptcy, death, dissolution, expulsion, incapacity or withdrawal of the Member or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the Member in the Company, or (c) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under the Act.

10. Winding Up. Upon the dissolution and winding up of the Company, the assets shall be distributed as provided for in Section 704 of the Act and upon completion of the distribution of Company assets, the Company shall be terminated and the person acting as liquidator shall cause the cancellation of the Articles of Organization and shall take such other actions as may he necessary or appropriate to terminate the Company.

6

11. Allocation of Profits and Losses. The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.

12. Distributions. Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member.

13. Assignments. The Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest.

14. Resignation. The Member may resign from the Company.

15. Admission of Additional Members. One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the consent of the Member. Prior to the admission of any such additional member(s) of the Company, the Member shall amend this Agreement to make such changes as the Member shall determine to reflect the fact that the Company shall have more than one member.

16. Liability of Member. The Member shall not have any liability for the obligations or liabilities of the Company except to the extent provided in the Act.

17. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed under, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the rules of conflict of laws thereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Operating Agreement as of the day and year first aforesaid.

HANK HOLDING CORPORATION
By:	/s/ Geoffrey Strong
	Name: Geoffrey Strong
	Title: Vice President and Secretary

7

EX-3.5

Exhibit 3.5

Delaware	PAGE 1
The First State

I, JEFFREY W. BULLOCK, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF “TOPS MARKETS II CORPORATION”, FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE FOURTEENTH DAY OF MAY, A.D. 2013, AT 11:06 O’CLOCK A.M.

A FILED COPY OF THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN FORWARDED TO THE NEW CASTLE COUNTY RECORDER OF DEEDS.

		/s/ Jeffrey W. Bullock
		Jeffrey W. Bullock, Secretary of State
5334286    8100		AUTHENTICATION: 0429615
130574166		DATE: 05-14-13
You may verify this certificate online at corp.delaware.gov/authver.shtml

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 11:09 AM 05/14/2013

FILED 11:06 AM 05/14/2013

SRV 130574166 - 5334286 FILE

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

TOPS MARKETS II CORPORATION

FIRST: The name of this Corporation is Tops Markets II Corporation.

SECOND: The address, including street, number, city and county, of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808, County of New Castle; and the name of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is Corporation Service Company.

THIRD: The nature of the business and of the purposes to be conducted and promoted by the Corporation are to conduct any lawful business, to promote any lawful purpose, and to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“Delaware Law”).

FOURTH: The aggregate number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is one thousand (1,000) shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share.

FIFTH: The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator is as follows:

Name	Mailing Address
Kathleen Chastaine	c/o Winston & Strawn LLP
	200 Park Avenue
	New York, New York 10166

SIXTH: Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this Corporation or any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of Section 291 of Title 8 of Delaware Law or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of Title 8 of Delaware Law order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this Corporation as a consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case may be, and also on this Corporation.

SEVENTH: The original By-laws of the Corporation shall be adopted by the incorporator. Thereafter, the power to make, alter, or repeal the By-laws, and to adopt any new By-law, shall be vested in the Board of Directors.

EIGHTH: To the fullest extent that Delaware Law, as it exists on the date hereof or as it may hereafter be amended, permits the limitation or elimination of the liability of directors, no director of this Corporation shall be personally liable to this Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a director shall be liable to the extent provided by applicable law: (1) for any breach of the directors’ duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders; (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (3) under section 174 of Delaware Law; or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit. Neither the amendment or repeal of this Article, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article, shall adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment or repeal.

NINTH: The Corporation shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware Law any person who was, is, or is threatened to be made a party to a proceeding (as hereinafter defined) by reason of the fact that he or she (1) is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or (2) while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, venturer, proprietor, trustee, employee, agent or similar functionary of another foreign or domestic corporation, limited liability company, association, partnership, joint venture, sole proprietorship, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, entity or organization. Such right shall be a contract right and as such shall run to the benefit of any director or officer who is elected and accepts the position of director or officer of the Corporation or elects to continue to serve as a director or officer of the Corporation while this Article NINTH is in effect. Any repeal or amendment of this Article NINTH shall be prospective only and shall not limit the rights of any such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation with respect to any claim arising from or related to the services of such director or officer in any of the foregoing capacities prior to any such repeal or amendment to this Article NINTH. Such right shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition to the maximum extent permitted under Delaware Law. If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses hereunder is not paid in full by the Corporation within 30 days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim, and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action that such indemnification is not permitted under Delaware Law, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof or independent legal counsel, or stockholders) to have made its determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is permissible in the circumstances nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of

-2-

Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel or stockholders) that such indemnification is not permissible shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that such indemnification is not permissible. In the event of the death of any person having a right of indemnification under the foregoing provisions, such right shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives. The rights conferred above shall not be exclusive of any other right that any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, bylaw, resolution of stockholders or directors, agreement or otherwise.

The Corporation may additionally indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any employee or agent of the Corporation who is not a director or officer of the Corporation in respect of service to the Corporation or to another entity at the request of the Corporation to the extent that the Board of Directors at any time designates any such person as entitled to the benefits of this Article NINTH.

As used herein, the term “proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative, any appeal in such an action, suit or proceeding, and any inquiry or investigation that could lead to such an action, suit or proceeding.

The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss incurred by such person in any such capacity or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under Delaware Law.

TENTH: The Corporation expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the Delaware Law.

ELEVENTH: The Corporation hereby acknowledges and agrees that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation:

(a) nothing herein shall in any way limit or be construed as limiting the ability of any member of the Board of Directors or any Affiliate thereof (each, an “Unlimited Party”) to, and such Unlimited Parties may, in the past, present or future, carry out and engage in any and all activities associated with any business, including, without limitation, principal investments and underwriting (including investments in and underwriting investments of private equity of the Unlimited Parties or of other entities directly or indirectly involved in any aspect of the regional supermarket business, including, without limitation, direct competitors of the Corporation), trading, brokerage, agency, financing, derivatives, foreign exchange and asset management activities, and for the avoidance of doubt and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Unlimited Parties may: (i) purchase and hold long or short positions, otherwise make investments, trade or otherwise effect transactions, for their own account or the account of their customers, in the debt or equity securities or loans of entities that may directly or indirectly compete with any or all of the business of the Corporation (the “Other Companies”); and (ii) provide financial advice to the Other Companies;

-3-

(b) the Unlimited Parties may have information that may be of interest or value to the Corporation (the “Information”) regarding various matters, including, without limitation, (i) each Unlimited Party’s products, plans, services and technology, and plans and strategies relating thereto, (ii) current and future investments each Unlimited Party has made, may make, may consider or may become aware of with respect to other companies and other products, services and technology, including without limitation, any Other Companies, and (iii) developments with respect to the technologies, products and services, and plans and strategies relating thereto, including, without, limitation, any Other Companies. The Corporation agrees that the Unlimited Parties shall have no duty to disclose any Information to the Corporation or permit the Corporation to participate in any investments or transactions based on any Information, or to otherwise take advantage of any opportunity that may be of interest to the Corporation if it were aware of such Information;

(c) without limiting the foregoing, the doctrine of corporate opportunity shall not apply with respect to the Corporation, and (A) the Unlimited Parties shall have no obligation to refrain from (i) engaging in any business opportunity, transaction or other matter that involves any aspect of the regional supermarket business or otherwise developing, marketing or using any products or services that compete, directly or indirectly, with those of the Corporation (whether presently existing or arising in the future) (an “Other Business”), (ii) investing or owning any interest publicly or privately in, entering into any venture, agreement or arrangement with, or developing a business relationship or strategic relationship with, any entity engaged in any Other Business, (iii) doing business with any client or customer of the Corporation or (iv) employing or otherwise engaging a former officer or employee of the Corporation; (B) neither the Corporation nor any Unlimited Party shall have any right in or to, or to be offered any opportunity to participate or invest in, any Other Business engaged or to be engaged in by any Unlimited Party or any right in or to any income or profits therefrom; and (C) no Unlimited Party shall have any duty to communicate or offer to the Corporation any opportunity to participate or invest in, or any income or profits derived from, any Other Business engaged in by such Unlimited Party; and

(d) the Corporation expressly authorizes and consents to the involvement of each Unlimited Party in any Other Business and expressly waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right to assert any claim that any such involvement breaches any duty owed to the Corporation or to any stockholder of the Corporation or to assert that such involvement constitutes a conflict of interest by such Unlimited Party with respect to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or any stockholder; and nothing contained herein shall limit, prohibit or restrict any designee serving on the Corporation’s Board of Directors from serving on the board of directors or other governing body or committee of any Other Companies.

Any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have consented to the provisions of this Article ELEVENTH.

As used in this Article ELEVENTH, the term “Affiliate” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 126-2 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

-4-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has signed this Certificate of Incorporation 14^th day of May, 2013.

/s/ Kathleen Chastaine

Kathleen Chastaine,

Sole Incorporator

-5-

EX-3.6

Exhibit 3.6

TOPS MARKETS II CORPORATION

Incorporated under the laws

of the State of Delaware

BY-LAWS

As adopted on May 14, 2013

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
ARTICLE I	OFFICES; BOOKS		1
1.1.	Registered Office		1
1.2.	Other Offices		1
1.3.	Books		1
ARTICLE II	MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS; STOCKHOLDERS’ CONSENT IN LIEU OF MEETING		1
2.1.	Annual Meetings		1
2.2.	Special Meetings		1
2.3.	Notice of Meetings		2
2.4.	Quorum		2
2.5.	Organization		2
2.6.	Order of Business		3
2.7.	Voting		3
2.8.	Inspection		4
2.9.	List of Stockholders		4
2.10.	Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting		4
ARTICLE III	BOARD OF DIRECTORS		5
3.1.	General Powers		5
3.2.	Number and Term of Office		5
3.3.	Election of Directors		5
3.4.	Resignation, Removal and Vacancies		5
3.5.	Meetings		5
3.6.	Directors’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting		7
3.7.	Action by Means of Conference Telephone or Similar Communications Equipment		7
3.8.	Committees		7
3.9.	Interested Directors		7
ARTICLE IV	OFFICERS		8
4.1.	Number, Titles and Term of Office		8
4.2.	Authority and Duties		8
4.3.	Vacancies		8
4.4.	The Chairman		8
4.5.	The President		8
4.6.	Vice Presidents		9
4.7.	The Secretary		9
4.8.	Assistant Secretaries		9
4.9.	The Treasurer		9
4.10.	Assistant Treasurers		9

-i-

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
ARTICLE V	CONTRACTS, CHECKS, DRAFTS, BANK ACCOUNTS, ETC.		10
5.1.	Execution of Documents		10
5.2.	Deposits		10
5.3.	Proxies with Respect to Stock or Other Securities of Other Corporations		10
ARTICLE VI	SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER; FIXING RECORD DATE		10
6.1.	Certificates for Shares		10
6.2.	Record		11
6.3.	Transfer and Registration of Stock		11
6.4.	Addresses of Stockholders		11
6.5.	Lost, Destroyed and Mutilated Certificates		11
6.6.	Regulations		12
6.7.	Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record		12
ARTICLE VII	SEAL		13
ARTICLE VIII	FISCAL YEAR		13
ARTICLE IX	INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE		13
9.1.	Indemnification		13
9.2.	Insurance		14
ARTICLE X	AMENDMENT		15

-ii-

BY-LAWS OF

TOPS MARKETS II CORPORATION

ARTICLE I

OFFICES; BOOKS

1.1. Registered Office.

The registered office of Tops Markets II Corporation (the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware shall be at 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the city of Wilmington, 19808, and the registered agent in charge thereof shall be Corporation Service Company.

1.2. Other Offices.

The Corporation may also have an office or offices at any other place or places within or outside the State of Delaware.

1.3. Books.

The books of the Corporation may be kept within or without of the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors (the “Board”) may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS;

STOCKHOLDERS’ CONSENT IN LIEU OF MEETING

2.1. Annual Meetings.

The annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held at such place, date and hour as shall be fixed by the Board and designated in the notice or waiver of notice thereof, except that no annual meeting need be held if all actions, including the election of directors, required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) to be taken at a stockholders’ annual meeting are taken by written consent in lieu of meeting pursuant to Section 2.10 of this Article II.

2.2. Special Meetings.

A special meeting of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called by the Board, the Chairman (if any), the President or at least a majority in voting interest of the stockholders, to be held at such place, date and hour as shall be designated in the notice or waiver of notice thereof.

2.3. Notice of Meetings.

Except as otherwise required by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended from time to time (the “Certificate”), or these By-laws, notice of each annual or special meeting of the stockholders shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the day on which the meeting is to be held, by delivering written notice thereof to him personally, or by mailing a copy of such notice, postage prepaid, directly to him at his address as it appears in the records of the Corporation, or by transmitting such notice thereof to him at such address by facsimile transmission or email or other form of recorded communication. Every such notice shall state the place, the date and hour of the meeting, and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall not be required to be given to any stockholder who shall attend such meeting in person or by proxy, or who shall, in person or by attorney thereunto authorized, waive such notice in writing, either before or after such meeting. Except as otherwise provided in these By-laws, neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any such notice or waiver of notice. Notice of any adjourned meeting of stockholders shall not be required to be given, except when expressly required by law.

2.4. Quorum.

At each meeting of the stockholders, except where otherwise provided by the Certificate or these By-laws, the holders of a majority in voting interest of stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, a majority in voting interest of the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote, or, in the absence of all the stockholders entitled to vote, any officer entitled to preside at, or act as secretary of, such meeting, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, until stockholders holding the requisite amount of stock to constitute a quorum shall be present or represented. At any such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.

2.5. Organization.

Unless otherwise determined by the Board, at each meeting of the stockholders, one of the following shall act as chairman of the meeting and preside thereat, in the following order of precedence:

(a) the Chairman, if any;

(b) the President;

(c) the Vice President;

(d) any director, officer or stockholder of the Corporation designated by the Board to act as chairman of such meeting and to preside thereat if the Chairman (if any), the President or Vice Presidents shall be absent from such meeting; or

-2-

(e) a stockholder of record who shall be chosen chairman of such meeting by a majority in voting interest of the stockholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereat.

The Secretary or, if he shall be presiding over such meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.5 or if he shall be absent from such meeting, the person (who shall be an Assistant Secretary, if an Assistant Secretary has been appointed and is present) whom the chairman of such meeting shall appoint, shall act as secretary of such meeting and keep the minutes thereof. In addition to such other powers as are conferred upon the person acting as chairman of the meeting in these By-laws or by the Board, such person shall have the authority to adjourn the meeting at any time.

2.6. Order of Business.

The order of business at each meeting of the stockholders shall be determined by the chairman of such meeting, but such order of business may be changed by a majority in voting interest of those present in person or by proxy at such meeting and entitled to vote thereat.

2.7. Voting.

Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate or these By-laws, at each meeting of the stockholders, every stockholder of the Corporation shall be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of Common Stock or other voting securities of the Corporation held by him and registered in his name on the books of the Corporation on the date fixed pursuant to Section 6.7 of Article VI as the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting. Persons holding stock in a fiduciary capacity shall be entitled to vote the shares so held. A person whose stock is pledged shall be entitled to vote, unless, in the transfer by the pledgor on the books of the Corporation, he has expressly empowered the pledgee to vote thereon, in which case only the pledgee or his proxy may represent such stock and vote thereon. If shares or other securities having voting power stand in the record name of two or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety or otherwise, or if two or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary shall be given written notice to the contrary and furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect:

(a) if only one votes, his act binds all;

(b) if more than one votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; and

(c) if more than one votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, such shares shall be voted in the manner provided by law.

If the instrument so filed shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purposes of this Section 2.7 shall be a majority or even-split in interest. The Corporation shall not vote directly or indirectly any share of its own capital stock. Any vote of stock may be given by the stockholder entitled thereto in person or by his proxy appointed by an instrument in writing, signed by such stockholder or by his attorney thereunto

-3-

authorized, delivered to the secretary of the meeting; provided, however, that no proxy shall be voted after three years from its date, unless said proxy provides for a longer period. At all meetings of the stockholders, all matters (other than the election of directors) shall be decided by the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at such meeting and entitled to vote thereon. Directors shall be elected in accordance with Section 3.3 hereof. Unless demanded by a stockholder present in person or by proxy at any meeting and entitled to vote thereon, the vote on any question need not be by ballot. Upon a demand by any such stockholder for a vote by ballot upon any question, such vote by ballot shall be taken. On a vote by ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by his proxy, if there be such proxy, and shall state the number of shares voted.

2.8. Inspection.

The chairman of the meeting may at any time appoint one or more inspectors to serve at any meeting of the stockholders. Any inspector may be removed, and a new inspector or inspectors appointed, by the Board at any time. Such inspectors shall decide upon the qualifications of voters, accept and count votes, declare the results of such vote, and subscribe and deliver to the secretary of the meeting a certificate stating the number of shares of stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereon and the number of shares voted for and against the question, respectively. The inspectors need not be stockholders of the Corporation, and any director or officer of the Corporation may be an inspector on any question other than a vote for or against his election to any position with the Corporation or on any other matter in which he may be directly interested. Before acting as herein provided, each inspector shall subscribe an oath to faithfully execute the duties of an inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability.

2.9. List of Stockholders.

It shall be the duty of the Secretary or other officer of the Corporation who shall have charge of its stock ledger to prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to any such meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to such meeting, in the manner required by applicable law. Such list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

2.10. Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting.

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate, action required by the DGCL to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, by a consent in writing, as permitted by the DGCL.

-4-

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

3.1. General Powers.

Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL or the Certificate, the business, property and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law or by the Certificate directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

3.2. Number and Term of Office.

Except as otherwise required by the Certificate, the number of directors shall be fixed from time to time by the Board. Directors need not be stockholders. Each director shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified, or until his earlier death or resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided.

3.3. Election of Directors.

Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at a meeting of its shareholders and entitled to vote on the election of directors; provided, however, that for purposes of such vote no stockholder shall be allowed to cumulate his votes. Unless an election by ballot shall be demanded as provided in Section 2.7 of Article II, election of directors may be conducted in any manner approved at such meeting.

3.4. Resignation, Removal and Vacancies.

Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board, the Chairman, the President or the Secretary. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time be not specified, upon receipt thereof; unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Any director or the entire Board may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors or by written consent of the stockholders pursuant to Section 2.10 of

Article II.

Vacancies occurring on the Board for any reason may be filled by vote of the stockholders or by the stockholders’ written consent pursuant to Section 2.10 of Article II or by vote of the Board or by the directors’ written consent pursuant to Section 3.6 of this Article III. If the number of directors then in office is less than a quorum, such vacancies may be filled by a vote of a majority of the directors then in office.

3.5. Meetings.

(a) Annual Meetings. As soon as practicable after each annual election of directors, the Board shall meet for the purpose of organization and the transaction of other business, unless it shall have transacted all such business by written consent pursuant to Section 3.6 of this Article III.

-5-

(b) Other Meetings. Other meetings of the Board shall be held at such times and places as the Board, the Chairman (if any), the President or any director shall from time to time determine.

(c) Notice of Meetings. Notice shall be given to each director of each meeting, including the time, place and purpose of such meeting. Notice of each such meeting shall be mailed to each director by overnight courier, addressed to him at his residence or usual place of business, at least two (2) days before the date on which such meeting is to be held, or shall be sent to him at such place by facsimile transmission or email or other form of recorded communication, or be delivered personally or by telephone not later than one (1) day before the day on which such meeting is to be held, but notice need not be given to any director who shall attend such meeting. A written waiver of notice, signed by the person entitled thereto, whether before or after the time of the meeting stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

(d) Place of Meetings. The Board may hold its meetings at such place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the Board may from time to time determine, or as shall be designated in the respective notices or waivers of notice thereof.

(e) Quorum and Manner of Acting. Except as provided in the Certificate, a majority of the total number of directors then in office shall be present in person at any meeting of the Board in order to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting, and the vote of a majority of those directors present at any such meeting at which a quorum is present shall be necessary for the passage of any resolution or act of the Board, except as otherwise expressly required by law, the Certificate or these By-laws. In the absence of a quorum for any such meeting, a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn such meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be present.

(f) Organization. At each meeting of the Board, one of the following shall act as chairman of the meeting and preside thereat, in the following order of precedence:

(i) the Chairman, if any;

(ii) the President (if a director);

(iii) a Vice President (if a director); or

(iv) any director designated by a majority of the directors present.

The Secretary or, in the case of his absence, an Assistant Secretary, if an Assistant Secretary has been appointed and is present, or any person whom the chairman of the meeting shall appoint shall act as secretary of such meeting and keep the minutes thereof.

-6-

3.6. Directors’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting.

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all the directors then in office. Such consent shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board.

3.7. Action by Means of Conference Telephone or Similar Communications Equipment.

Any one or more members of the Board may participate in a meeting of the Board by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

3.8. Committees.

The Board may, by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, such committee or committees to have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board, and each such committee to consist of one or more directors of the Corporation, which to the extent provided in said resolution or resolutions shall have and may exercise the powers of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. A majority of all the members of any such committee may determine its action and fix the time and place of its meetings, unless the Board shall otherwise provide. The Board shall have power to change the members of any such committee at any time, to fill vacancies and to discharge any such committee, either with or without cause, at any time.

3.9. Interested Directors.

No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, will be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are counted for such purpose if (i) the material facts as to his or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board or the committee, and the Board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the material facts as to his or their relationship or interest as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

-7-

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

4.1. Number, Titles and Term of Office.

The officers of the Corporation shall be a President, one or more Vice Presidents (any one or more of whom may be designated Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President), a Secretary and, if the Board so elects, a Chairman, a Treasurer and such other officers as the Board may from time to time elect or appoint. Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall be duly elected and shall qualify or until his death or until he shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the Certificate provides otherwise. Except for Chairman, if any, no officer need be a director.

4.2. Authority and Duties.

All officers, as between themselves and the Corporation, shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the Corporation as may be provided in these By-laws or, to the extent so provided, by the Board.

4.3. Vacancies.

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation may be filled by the Board.

4.4. The Chairman.

If elected, the Chairman shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board; and he shall have such other powers and duties as designated in these By-laws and as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board.

4.5. The President.

Unless the Board otherwise determines, the President shall have the authority to agree upon and execute all leases, contracts, evidences of indebtedness and other obligations in the name of the Corporation; and, unless the Board otherwise determines, he shall, in the absence of the Chairman or if there be no Chairman, preside at all meetings of the stockholders and (should he be a director) of the Board; and he shall have such other powers and duties as designated in accordance with these By-laws as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board.

-8-

4.6. Vice Presidents.

In the absence of the President, or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, a Vice President designated by the Board shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. In the absence of a designation by the Board of a Vice President to perform the duties of the President, or in the event of his absence or inability or refusal to act, the Vice President who is present and who is senior in terms of time as a Vice President of the Corporation shall so act. The Vice Presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

4.7. The Secretary.

The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Board, committees of directors and the stockholders, in books provided for that purpose; he shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices; he may in the name of the Corporation affix the seal of the Corporation to all contracts of the Corporation, and attest the affixation of the seal of the Corporation thereto; he may sign with the other appointed officers all, certificates for shares of capital stock of the Corporation; he shall have charge of the certificate books, transfer books and stock ledgers, and such other books and papers as the Board may direct, all of which shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection of any director upon application at the office of the Corporation during business hours; he shall have such other powers and duties as designated in these By-laws and as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board; and he shall in general perform all acts incident to the office of Secretary, subject to the control of the President and the Board.

4.8. Assistant Secretaries.

Each Assistant Secretary shall have the usual powers and duties pertaining to his office, together with such other powers and duties as designated in these By-laws or as from time to time may be assigned to him by the President or the Board. The Assistant Secretaries shall exercise the powers of the Secretary during that officer’s absence or inability or refusal to act.

4.9. The Treasurer.

The Treasurer shall have responsibility for the custody and control of all the funds and securities of the Corporation, and he shall have such other powers and duties as designated in these By-laws and as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board. He shall perform all acts incident to the position of Treasurer, subject to the control of the President and the Board; and he shall, if required by the Board, give such bond for the faithful discharge of his duties in such form as the Board may require.

4.10. Assistant Treasurers.

Each Assistant Treasurer shall have the usual powers and duties pertaining to his office, together with such other powers and duties as designated in these By-laws or as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board. The Assistant Treasurers shall exercise the power of the Treasurer during that officer’s absence or inability or refusal to act.

-9-

ARTICLE V

CONTRACTS, CHECKS, DRAFTS, BANK ACCOUNTS, ETC.

5.1. Execution of Documents.

The Board shall designate, by either specific or general resolution, the officers, employees and agents of the Corporation who shall have the power to execute and deliver deeds, contracts, mortgages, bonds, debentures, checks, drafts and other orders for the payment of money and other documents for and in the name of the Corporation, and may authorize such officers, employees and agents to delegate such power (including authority to redelegate) by written instrument to other officers, employees or agents of the Corporation. Unless so designated or expressly authorized by these By-laws, no officer, employee or agent shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement, to pledge its credit or to render it liable pecuniarily for any purpose or amount.

5.2. Deposits.

All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation or otherwise as the Board or Treasurer, or any other officer of the Corporation to whom power in this respect shall have been given by the Board, shall select.

5.3. Proxies with Respect to Stock or Other Securities of Other Corporations.

The Board shall designate the officers of the Corporation who shall have authority from time to time to exercise, or to appoint an agent or agents of the Corporation to exercise in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, the powers and rights which the Corporation may have as the holder of stock or other securities in any other corporation, and to vote or consent with respect to such stock or securities. In the absence of any express designation by the Board, the President shall have such authority, unless otherwise determined by the Board. Such designated officers may instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of exercising such powers and rights, and such designated officers may execute or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation and under its corporate seal or otherwise, such written proxies, powers of attorney or other instruments as they may deem necessary or proper in order that the Corporation may exercise its powers and rights.

ARTICLE VI

SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER; FIXING RECORD DATE

6.1. Certificates for Shares.

Every owner of stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate certifying the number and class of shares owned by him in the Corporation, which shall be in such form as shall be prescribed by the Board. Certificates shall be numbered and issued in consecutive order and shall be signed by, or in the name of, the Corporation by the Chairman (if any), the President or any Vice President, and by the Treasurer (or an Assistant Treasurer, if

-10-

appointed) or the Secretary (or an Assistant Secretary, if appointed). In case any officer or officers who shall have signed any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the Corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the Corporation.

6.2. Record.

A record in one or more counterparts shall be kept of the name of the person, firm or corporation owning the shares represented by each certificate for stock of the Corporation issued, the number of shares represented by each such certificate, the date thereof and, in the case of cancellation, the date of cancellation. Except as otherwise expressly required by law, the person in whose name shares of stock stand on the stock record of the Corporation shall be deemed the owner thereof for all purposes regarding the Corporation.

6.3. Transfer and Registration of Stock.

The transfer of stock and certificates which represent the stock of the Corporation shall be governed by Article 8 of Subtitle 1 of Title 6 of the Delaware Code (the Uniform Commercial Code), as amended from time to time.

Registration of transfers of shares of the Corporation shall be made only on the books of the Corporation upon request of the registered holder thereof, or of his attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation, and upon the surrender of the certificate or certificates for such shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a stock power duly executed.

6.4. Addresses of Stockholders.

Each stockholder shall designate to the Secretary an address at which notices of meetings and all other corporate notices may be served or mailed to him, and, if any stockholder shall fail to designate such address, corporate notices may be served upon him by mail directed to him at his post-office address, if any, as the same appears on the share record books of the Corporation or at his last known post-office address.

6.5. Lost, Destroyed and Mutilated Certificates.

The holder of any shares of the Corporation shall immediately notify the Corporation of any loss, destruction or mutilation of the certificate therefor, and the Board may, in its discretion, cause to be issued to him a new certificate or certificates for such shares, upon the surrender of the mutilated certificates or, in the case of loss or destruction of the certificate, upon satisfactory proof of such loss or destruction, and the Board may, in its discretion, require the owner of the lost or destroyed certificate or his legal representative to give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as it may direct to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss or destruction of any such certificate.

-11-

6.6. Regulations.

The Board may make such rules and regulations as it may deem expedient, not inconsistent with these By-laws, concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for stock of the Corporation.

6.7. Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record.

(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day immediately preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which date shall be not more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board. If no record date has been fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board is required by the DGCL, shall be the first date on which a signed counterpart to the written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board and prior action by the Board is required by the DGCL, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

(c) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

-12-

ARTICLE VII

SEAL

The Board may provide a corporate seal, which shall be in the form approved by the Board.

ARTICLE VIII

FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the calendar year unless otherwise determined by the Board.

ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

9.1. Indemnification.

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

(b) Without limitation of any right conferred by paragraph (a) of this Section 9.1, each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, excise taxes or amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, testators, intestates, executors and administrators; provided, however, except as provided in Section 9.1(c) of this Article IX with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee was authorized by the Board. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article IX shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such

-13-

proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”); provided, however, that, if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his capacity as a director or officer shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section or otherwise.

(c) If a claim under Section 9.1(b) of this Article IX is not paid in full by the Corporation with sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of any undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) in any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including the Board, independent legal counsel, or the stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including the Board, independent legal counsel or the stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Section or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

(d) The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, the Certificate, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

9.2. Insurance.

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or any person who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employer or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

-14-

ARTICLE X

AMENDMENT

Any by-law (including these By-laws) may be adopted, amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of shares present in person or represented in proxy at a meeting of the stockholders and entitled to vote or by the stockholders’ written consent pursuant to Section 2.10 of Article II, or by the vote of the Board or by the directors’ written consent pursuant to Section 3.6 of Article III.

*    *    *    *    *    *

-15-

EX-3.11

Exhibit 3.11

Delaware	PAGE 1
The First State

I, JEFFREY W. BULLOCK, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF “TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION”, FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE SEVENTH DAY OF MAY, A.D. 2013, AT 5:15 O’CLOCK P.M.

A FILED COPY OF THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN FORWARDED TO THE NEW CASTLE COUNTY RECORDER OF DEEDS.

		/s/ Jeffrey W. Bullock
		Jeffrey W. Bullock, Secretary of State
5330988    8100		AUTHENTICATION: 0414145
130539077		DATE: 05-07-13
You may verify this certificate online at corp.delaware.gov/authver.shtml

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 05:18 PM 05/07/2013

FILED 05:15 PM 05/07/2013

SRV 130539077 - 5330988 FILE

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

FIRST: The name of this Corporation is Tops Holding II Corporation.

SECOND: The address, including street, number, city and county, of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808, County of New Castle; and the name of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is Corporation Service Company.

THIRD: The nature of the business and of the purposes to be conducted and promoted by the Corporation are to conduct any lawful business, to promote any lawful purpose, and to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“Delaware Law”).

FOURTH: The aggregate number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is three hundred thousand (300,000) shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share.

FIFTH: The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator is as follows:

Name	Mailing Address
Kathleen Chastaine	c/o Winston & Strawn LLP
	200 Park Avenue
	New York, New York 10166

SIXTH: Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this Corporation or any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of Section 291 of Title 8 of Delaware Law or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of Title 8 of Delaware Law order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this Corporation as a consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case may be, and also on this Corporation.

SEVENTH: The original By-laws of the Corporation shall be adopted by the incorporator. Thereafter, the power to make, alter, or repeal the By-laws, and to adopt any new By-law, shall be vested in the Board of Directors.

EIGHTH: To the fullest extent that Delaware Law, as it exists on the date hereof or as it may hereafter be amended, permits the limitation or elimination of the liability of directors, no director of this Corporation shall be personally liable to this Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a director shall be liable to the extent provided by applicable law: (1) for any breach of the directors’ duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders; (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (3) under section 174 of Delaware Law; or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit. Neither the amendment or repeal of this Article, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article, shall adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment or repeal.

NINTH: The Corporation shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware Law any person who was, is, or is threatened to be made a party to a proceeding (as hereinafter defined) by reason of the fact that he or she (1) is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or (2) while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, venturer, proprietor, trustee, employee, agent or similar functionary of another foreign or domestic corporation, limited liability company, association, partnership, joint venture, sole proprietorship, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, entity or organization. Such right shall be a contract right and as such shall run to the benefit of any director or officer who is elected and accepts the position of director or officer of the Corporation or elects to continue to serve as a director or officer of the Corporation while this Article NINTH is in effect. Any repeal or amendment of this Article NINTH shall be prospective only and shall not limit the rights of any such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation with respect to any claim arising from or related to the services of such director or officer in any of the foregoing capacities prior to any such repeal or amendment to this Article NINTH. Such right shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition to the maximum extent permitted under Delaware Law. If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses hereunder is not paid in full by the Corporation within 30 days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim, and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action that such indemnification is not permitted under Delaware Law, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof or independent legal counsel, or stockholders) to have made its determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is permissible in the circumstances nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of

-2-

Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel or stockholders) that such indemnification is not permissible shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that such indemnification is not permissible. In the event of the death of any person having a right of indemnification under the foregoing provisions, such right shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives. The rights conferred above shall not be exclusive of any other right that any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, bylaw, resolution of stockholders or directors, agreement or otherwise.

The Corporation may additionally indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any employee or agent of the Corporation who is not a director or officer of the Corporation in respect of service to the Corporation or to another entity at the request of the Corporation to the extent that the Board of Directors at any time designates any such person as entitled to the benefits of this Article NINTH.

As used herein, the term “proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative, any appeal in such an action, suit or proceeding, and any inquiry or investigation that could lead to such an action, suit or proceeding.

The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss incurred by such person in any such capacity or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under Delaware Law.

TENTH: The Corporation expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the Delaware Law.

ELEVENTH: The Corporation hereby acknowledges and agrees that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation:

(a) nothing herein shall in any way limit or be construed as limiting the ability of any member of the Board of Directors or any Affiliate thereof (each, an “Unlimited Party”) to, and such Unlimited Parties may, in the past, present or future, carry out and engage in any and all activities associated with any business, including, without limitation, principal investments and underwriting (including investments in and underwriting investments of private equity of the Unlimited Parties or of other entities directly or indirectly involved in any aspect of the regional supermarket business, including, without limitation, direct competitors of the Corporation), trading, brokerage, agency, financing, derivatives, foreign exchange and asset management activities, and for the avoidance of doubt and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Unlimited Parties may: (i) purchase and hold long or short positions, otherwise make investments, trade or otherwise effect transactions, for their own account or the account of their customers, in the debt or equity securities or loans of entities that may directly or indirectly compete with any or all of the business of the Corporation (the “Other Companies”); and (ii) provide financial advice to the Other Companies;

-3-

(b) the Unlimited Parties may have information that may be of interest or value to the Corporation (the “Information”) regarding various matters, including, without limitation, (i) each Unlimited Party’s products, plans, services and technology, and plans and strategies relating thereto, (ii) current and future investments each Unlimited Party has made, may make, may consider or may become aware of with respect to other companies and other products, services and technology, including without limitation, any Other Companies, and (iii) developments with respect to the technologies, products and services, and plans and strategies relating thereto, including, without, limitation, any Other Companies. The Corporation agrees that the Unlimited Parties shall have no duty to disclose any Information to the Corporation or permit the Corporation to participate in any investments or transactions based on any Information, or to otherwise take advantage of any opportunity that may be of interest to the Corporation if it were aware of such Information;

(c) without limiting the foregoing, the doctrine of corporate opportunity shall not apply with respect to the Corporation, and (A) the Unlimited Parties shall have no obligation to refrain from (i) engaging in any business opportunity, transaction or other matter that involves any aspect of the regional supermarket business or otherwise developing, marketing or using any products or services that compete, directly or indirectly, with those of the Corporation (whether presently existing or arising in the future) (an “Other Business”), (ii) investing or owning any interest publicly or privately in, entering into any venture, agreement or arrangement with, or developing a business relationship or strategic relationship with, any entity engaged in any Other Business, (iii) doing business with any client or customer of the Corporation or (iv) employing or otherwise engaging a former officer or employee of the Corporation; (B) neither the Corporation nor any Unlimited Party shall have any right in or to, or to be offered any opportunity to participate or invest in, any Other Business engaged or to be engaged in by any Unlimited Party or any right in or to any income or profits therefrom; and (C) no Unlimited Party shall have any duty to communicate or offer to the Corporation any opportunity to participate or invest in, or any income or profits derived from, any Other Business engaged in by such Unlimited Party; and

(d) the Corporation expressly authorizes and consents to the involvement of each Unlimited Party in any Other Business and expressly waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right to assert any claim that any such involvement breaches any duty owed to the Corporation or to any stockholder of the Corporation or to assert that such involvement constitutes a conflict of interest by such Unlimited Party with respect to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or any stockholder; and nothing contained herein shall limit, prohibit or restrict any designee serving on the Corporation’s Board of Directors from serving on the board of directors or other governing body or committee of any Other Companies.

Any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have consented to the provisions of this Article ELEVENTH.

As used in this Article ELEVENTH, the term “Affiliate” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

-4-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has signed this Certificate of Incorporation 7^th day of May, 2013.

/s/ Kathleen Chastaine

Kathleen Chastaine,

Sole Incorporator

-5-

EX-3.12

Exhibit 3.12

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

Incorporated under the laws

of the State of Delaware

BY-LAWS

As adopted on May 7, 2013

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
ARTICLE I	OFFICES; BOOKS		1
1.1.	Registered Office		1
1.2.	Other Offices		1
1.3.	Books		1
ARTICLE II	MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS; STOCKHOLDERS’ CONSENT IN LIEU OF MEETING		1
2.1.	Annual Meetings		1
2.2.	Special Meetings		1
2.3.	Notice of Meetings		2
2.4.	Quorum		2
2.5.	Organization		2
2.6.	Order of Business		3
2.7.	Voting		3
2.8.	Inspection		4
2.9.	List of Stockholders		4
2.10.	Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting		4
ARTICLE III	BOARD OF DIRECTORS		5
3.1.	General Powers		5
3.2.	Number and Term of Office		5
3.3.	Election of Directors		5
3.4.	Resignation, Removal and Vacancies		5
3.5.	Meetings		5
3.6.	Directors’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting		7
3.7.	Action by Means of Conference Telephone or Similar Communications Equipment		7
3.8.	Committees		7
3.9.	Interested Directors		7
ARTICLE IV	OFFICERS		8
4.1.	Number, Titles and Term of Office		8
4.2.	Authority and Duties		8
4.3.	Vacancies		8
4.4.	The Chairman		8
4.5.	The President		8
4.6.	Vice Presidents		9
4.7.	The Secretary		9
4.8.	Assistant Secretaries		9
4.9.	The Treasurer		9
4.10.	Assistant Treasurers		9

-i-

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
ARTICLE V	CONTRACTS, CHECKS, DRAFTS, BANK ACCOUNTS, ETC.		10
5.1.	Execution of Documents		10
5.2.	Deposits		10
5.3.	Proxies with Respect to Stock or Other Securities of Other Corporations		10
ARTICLE VI	SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER; FIXING RECORD DATE		10
6.1.	Certificates for Shares		10
6.2.	Record		11
6.3.	Transfer and Registration of Stock		11
6.4.	Addresses of Stockholders		11
6.5.	Lost, Destroyed and Mutilated Certificates		11
6.6.	Regulations		12
6.7.	Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record		12
ARTICLE VII	SEAL		13
ARTICLE VIII	FISCAL YEAR		13
ARTICLE IX	INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE		13
9.1.	Indemnification		13
9.2.	Insurance		14
ARTICLE X	AMENDMENT		15

-ii-

BY-LAWS OF

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

ARTICLE I

OFFICES; BOOKS

1.1. Registered Office.

The registered office of Tops Holding II Corporation (the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware shall be at 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the city of Wilmington, 19808, and the registered agent in charge thereof shall be Corporation Service Company.

1.2. Other Offices.

The Corporation may also have an office or offices at any other place or places within or outside the State of Delaware.

1.3. Books.

The books of the Corporation may be kept within or without of the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors (the “Board”) may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS;

STOCKHOLDERS’ CONSENT IN LIEU OF MEETING

2.1. Annual Meetings.

The annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held at such place, date and hour as shall be fixed by the Board and designated in the notice or waiver of notice thereof, except that no annual meeting need be held if all actions, including the election of directors, required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) to be taken at a stockholders’ annual meeting are taken by written consent in lieu of meeting pursuant to Section 2.10 of this Article II.

2.2. Special Meetings.

A special meeting of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called by the Board, the Chairman (if any), the President or at least a majority in voting interest of the stockholders, to be held at such place, date and hour as shall be designated in the notice or waiver of notice thereof.

2.3. Notice of Meetings.

Except as otherwise required by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended from time to time (the “Certificate”), or these By-laws, notice of each annual or special meeting of the stockholders shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the day on which the meeting is to be held, by delivering written notice thereof to him personally, or by mailing a copy of such notice, postage prepaid, directly to him at his address as it appears in the records of the Corporation, or by transmitting such notice thereof to him at such address by facsimile transmission or email or other form of recorded communication. Every such notice shall state the place, the date and hour of the meeting, and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall not be required to be given to any stockholder who shall attend such meeting in person or by proxy, or who shall, in person or by attorney thereunto authorized, waive such notice in writing, either before or after such meeting. Except as otherwise provided in these By-laws, neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any such notice or waiver of notice. Notice of any adjourned meeting of stockholders shall not be required to be given, except when expressly required by law.

2.4. Quorum.

At each meeting of the stockholders, except where otherwise provided by the Certificate or these By-laws, the holders of a majority in voting interest of stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, a majority in voting interest of the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote, or, in the absence of all the stockholders entitled to vote, any officer entitled to preside at, or act as secretary of, such meeting, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, until stockholders holding the requisite amount of stock to constitute a quorum shall be present or represented. At any such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.

2.5. Organization.

Unless otherwise determined by the Board, at each meeting of the stockholders, one of the following shall act as chairman of the meeting and preside thereat, in the following order of precedence:

(a) the Chairman, if any;

(b) the President;

(c) the Vice President;

(d) any director, officer or stockholder of the Corporation designated by the Board to act as chairman of such meeting and to preside thereat if the Chairman (if any), the President or Vice Presidents shall be absent from such meeting; or

-2-

(e) a stockholder of record who shall be chosen chairman of such meeting by a majority in voting interest of the stockholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereat.

The Secretary or, if he shall be presiding over such meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.5 or if he shall be absent from such meeting, the person (who shall be an Assistant Secretary, if an Assistant Secretary has been appointed and is present) whom the chairman of such meeting shall appoint, shall act as secretary of such meeting and keep the minutes thereof. In addition to such other powers as are conferred upon the person acting as chairman of the meeting in these By-laws or by the Board, such person shall have the authority to adjourn the meeting at any time.

2.6. Order of Business.

The order of business at each meeting of the stockholders shall be determined by the chairman of such meeting, but such order of business may be changed by a majority in voting interest of those present in person or by proxy at such meeting and entitled to vote thereat.

2.7. Voting.

Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate or these By-laws, at each meeting of the stockholders, every stockholder of the Corporation shall be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of Common Stock or other voting securities of the Corporation held by him and registered in his name on the books of the Corporation on the date fixed pursuant to Section 6.7 of Article VI as the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting. Persons holding stock in a fiduciary capacity shall be entitled to vote the shares so held. A person whose stock is pledged shall be entitled to vote, unless, in the transfer by the pledgor on the books of the Corporation, he has expressly empowered the pledgee to vote thereon, in which case only the pledgee or his proxy may represent such stock and vote thereon. If shares or other securities having voting power stand in the record name of two or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety or otherwise, or if two or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary shall be given written notice to the contrary and furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect:

(a) if only one votes, his act binds all;

(b) if more than one votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; and

(c) if more than one votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, such shares shall be voted in the manner provided by law.

If the instrument so filed shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purposes of this Section 2.7 shall be a majority or even-split in interest. The Corporation shall not vote directly or indirectly any share of its own capital stock. Any vote of stock may be given by the stockholder entitled thereto in person or by his proxy appointed by an instrument in writing, signed by such stockholder or by his attorney thereunto

-3-

authorized, delivered to the secretary of the meeting; provided, however, that no proxy shall be voted after three years from its date, unless said proxy provides for a longer period. At all meetings of the stockholders, all matters (other than the election of directors) shall be decided by the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at such meeting and entitled to vote thereon. Directors shall be elected in accordance with Section 3.3 hereof. Unless demanded by a stockholder present in person or by proxy at any meeting and entitled to vote thereon, the vote on any question need not be by ballot. Upon a demand by any such stockholder for a vote by ballot upon any question, such vote by ballot shall be taken. On a vote by ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by his proxy, if there be such proxy, and shall state the number of shares voted.

2.8. Inspection.

The chairman of the meeting may at any time appoint one or more inspectors to serve at any meeting of the stockholders. Any inspector may be removed, and a new inspector or inspectors appointed, by the Board at any time. Such inspectors shall decide upon the qualifications of voters, accept and count votes, declare the results of such vote, and subscribe and deliver to the secretary of the meeting a certificate stating the number of shares of stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereon and the number of shares voted for and against the question, respectively. The inspectors need not be stockholders of the Corporation, and any director or officer of the Corporation may be an inspector on any question other than a vote for or against his election to any position with the Corporation or on any other matter in which he may be directly interested. Before acting as herein provided, each inspector shall subscribe an oath to faithfully execute the duties of an inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability.

2.9. List of Stockholders.

It shall be the duty of the Secretary or other officer of the Corporation who shall have charge of its stock ledger to prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to any such meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to such meeting, in the manner required by applicable law. Such list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

2.10. Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting.

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate, action required by the DGCL to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, by a consent in writing, as permitted by the DGCL.

-4-

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

3.1. General Powers.

Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL or the Certificate, the business, property and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law or by the Certificate directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

3.2. Number and Term of Office.

Except as otherwise required by the Certificate, the number of directors shall be fixed from time to time by the Board. Directors need not be stockholders. Each director shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified, or until his earlier death or resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided.

3.3. Election of Directors.

Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at a meeting of its shareholders and entitled to vote on the election of directors; provided, however, that for purposes of such vote no stockholder shall be allowed to cumulate his votes. Unless an election by ballot shall be demanded as provided in Section 2.7 of Article II, election of directors may be conducted in any manner approved at such meeting.

3.4. Resignation, Removal and Vacancies.

Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board, the Chairman, the President or the Secretary. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time be not specified, upon receipt thereof; unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Any director or the entire Board may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors or by written consent of the stockholders pursuant to Section 2.10 of Article II.

Vacancies occurring on the Board for any reason may be filled by vote of the stockholders or by the stockholders’ written consent pursuant to Section 2.10 of Article II or by vote of the Board or by the directors’ written consent pursuant to Section 3.6 of this Article III. If the number of directors then in office is less than a quorum, such vacancies may be filled by a vote of a majority of the directors then in office.

3.5. Meetings.

(a) Annual Meetings. As soon as practicable after each annual election of directors, the Board shall meet for the purpose of organization and the transaction of other business, unless it shall have transacted all such business by written consent pursuant to Section 3.6 of this Article III.

-5-

(b) Other Meetings. Other meetings of the Board shall be held at such times and places as the Board, the Chairman (if any), the President or any director shall from time to time determine.

(c) Notice of Meetings. Notice shall be given to each director of each meeting, including the time, place and purpose of such meeting. Notice of each such meeting shall be mailed to each director by overnight courier, addressed to him at his residence or usual place of business, at least two (2) days before the date on which such meeting is to be held, or shall be sent to him at such place by facsimile transmission or email or other form of recorded communication, or be delivered personally or by telephone not later than one (1) day before the day on which such meeting is to be held, but notice need not be given to any director who shall attend such meeting. A written waiver of notice, signed by the person entitled thereto, whether before or after the time of the meeting stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

(d) Place of Meetings. The Board may hold its meetings at such place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the Board may from time to time determine, or as shall be designated in the respective notices or waivers of notice thereof.

(e) Quorum and Manner of Acting. Except as provided in the Certificate, a majority of the total number of directors then in office shall be present in person at any meeting of the Board in order to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting, and the vote of a majority of those directors present at any such meeting at which a quorum is present shall be necessary for the passage of any resolution or act of the Board, except as otherwise expressly required by law, the Certificate or these By-laws. In the absence of a quorum for any such meeting, a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn such meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be present.

(f) Organization. At each meeting of the Board, one of the following shall act as chairman of the meeting and preside thereat, in the following order of precedence:

(i) the Chairman, if any;

(ii) the President (if a director);

(iii) a Vice President (if a director); or

(iv) any director designated by a majority of the directors present.

The Secretary or, in the case of his absence, an Assistant Secretary, if an Assistant Secretary has been appointed and is present, or any person whom the chairman of the meeting shall appoint shall act as secretary of such meeting and keep the minutes thereof.

-6-

3.6. Directors’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting.

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all the directors then in office. Such consent shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board.

3.7. Action by Means of Conference Telephone or Similar Communications Equipment.

Any one or more members of the Board may participate in a meeting of the Board by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

3.8. Committees.

The Board may, by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, such committee or committees to have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board, and each such committee to consist of one or more directors of the Corporation, which to the extent provided in said resolution or resolutions shall have and may exercise the powers of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. A majority of all the members of any such committee may determine its action and fix the time and place of its meetings, unless the Board shall otherwise provide. The Board shall have power to change the members of any such committee at any time, to fill vacancies and to discharge any such committee, either with or without cause, at any time.

3.9. Interested Directors.

No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, will be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are counted for such purpose if (i) the material facts as to his or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board or the committee, and the Board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the material facts as to his or their relationship or interest as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

-7-

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

4.1. Number, Titles and Term of Office.

The officers of the Corporation shall be a President, one or more Vice Presidents (any one or more of whom may be designated Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President), a Secretary and, if the Board so elects, a Chairman, a Treasurer and such other officers as the Board may from time to time elect or appoint. Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall be duly elected and shall qualify or until his death or until he shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the Certificate provides otherwise. Except for Chairman, if any, no officer need be a director.

4.2. Authority and Duties.

All officers, as between themselves and the Corporation, shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the Corporation as may be provided in these By-laws or, to the extent so provided, by the Board.

4.3. Vacancies.

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation may be filled by the Board.

4.4. The Chairman.

If elected, the Chairman shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board; and he shall have such other powers and duties as designated in these By-laws and as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board.

4.5. The President.

Unless the Board otherwise determines, the President shall have the authority to agree upon and execute all leases, contracts, evidences of indebtedness and other obligations in the name of the Corporation; and, unless the Board otherwise determines, he shall, in the absence of the Chairman or if there be no Chairman, preside at all meetings of the stockholders and (should he be a director) of the Board; and he shall have such other powers and duties as designated in accordance with these By-laws as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board.

-8-

4.6. Vice Presidents.

In the absence of the President, or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, a Vice President designated by the Board shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. In the absence of a designation by the Board of a Vice President to perform the duties of the President, or in the event of his absence or inability or refusal to act, the Vice President who is present and who is senior in terms of time as a Vice President of the Corporation shall so act. The Vice Presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

4.7. The Secretary.

The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Board, committees of directors and the stockholders, in books provided for that purpose; he shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices; he may in the name of the Corporation affix the seal of the Corporation to all contracts of the Corporation, and attest the affixation of the seal of the Corporation thereto; he may sign with the other appointed officers all, certificates for shares of capital stock of the Corporation; he shall have charge of the certificate books, transfer books and stock ledgers, and such other books and papers as the Board may direct, all of which shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection of any director upon application at the office of the Corporation during business hours; he shall have such other powers and duties as designated in these By-laws and as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board; and he shall in general perform all acts incident to the office of Secretary, subject to the control of the President and the Board.

4.8. Assistant Secretaries.

Each Assistant Secretary shall have the usual powers and duties pertaining to his office, together with such other powers and duties as designated in these By-laws or as from time to time may be assigned to him by the President or the Board. The Assistant Secretaries shall exercise the powers of the Secretary during that officer’s absence or inability or refusal to act.

4.9. The Treasurer.

The Treasurer shall have responsibility for the custody and control of all the funds and securities of the Corporation, and he shall have such other powers and duties as designated in these By-laws and as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board. He shall perform all acts incident to the position of Treasurer, subject to the control of the President and the Board; and he shall, if required by the Board, give such bond for the faithful discharge of his duties in such form as the Board may require.

4.10. Assistant Treasurers.

Each Assistant Treasurer shall have the usual powers and duties pertaining to his office, together with such other powers and duties as designated in these By-laws or as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board. The Assistant Treasurers shall exercise the power of the Treasurer during that officer’s absence or inability or refusal to act.

-9-

ARTICLE V

CONTRACTS, CHECKS, DRAFTS, BANK ACCOUNTS, ETC.

5.1. Execution of Documents.

The Board shall designate, by either specific or general resolution, the officers, employees and agents of the Corporation who shall have the power to execute and deliver deeds, contracts, mortgages, bonds, debentures, checks, drafts and other orders for the payment of money and other documents for and in the name of the Corporation, and may authorize such officers, employees and agents to delegate such power (including authority to redelegate) by written instrument to other officers, employees or agents of the Corporation. Unless so designated or expressly authorized by these By-laws, no officer, employee or agent shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement, to pledge its credit or to render it liable pecuniarily for any purpose or amount.

5.2. Deposits.

All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation or otherwise as the Board or Treasurer, or any other officer of the Corporation to whom power in this respect shall have been given by the Board, shall select.

5.3. Proxies with Respect to Stock or Other Securities of Other Corporations.

The Board shall designate the officers of the Corporation who shall have authority from time to time to exercise, or to appoint an agent or agents of the Corporation to exercise in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, the powers and rights which the Corporation may have as the holder of stock or other securities in any other corporation, and to vote or consent with respect to such stock or securities. In the absence of any express designation by the Board, the President shall have such authority, unless otherwise determined by the Board. Such designated officers may instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of exercising such powers and rights, and such designated officers may execute or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation and under its corporate seal or otherwise, such written proxies, powers of attorney or other instruments as they may deem necessary or proper in order that the Corporation may exercise its powers and rights.

ARTICLE VI

SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER; FIXING RECORD DATE

6.1. Certificates for Shares.

Every owner of stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate certifying the number and class of shares owned by him in the Corporation, which shall be in such form as shall be prescribed by the Board. Certificates shall be numbered and issued in consecutive order and shall be signed by, or in the name of, the Corporation by the Chairman (if any), the President or any Vice President, and by the Treasurer (or an Assistant Treasurer, if

-10-

appointed) or the Secretary (or an Assistant Secretary, if appointed). In case any officer or officers who shall have signed any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the Corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the Corporation.

6.2. Record.

A record in one or more counterparts shall be kept of the name of the person, firm or corporation owning the shares represented by each certificate for stock of the Corporation issued, the number of shares represented by each such certificate, the date thereof and, in the case of cancellation, the date of cancellation. Except as otherwise expressly required by law, the person in whose name shares of stock stand on the stock record of the Corporation shall be deemed the owner thereof for all purposes regarding the Corporation.

6.3. Transfer and Registration of Stock.

The transfer of stock and certificates which represent the stock of the Corporation shall be governed by Article 8 of Subtitle 1 of Title 6 of the Delaware Code (the Uniform Commercial Code), as amended from time to time.

Registration of transfers of shares of the Corporation shall be made only on the books of the Corporation upon request of the registered holder thereof, or of his attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation, and upon the surrender of the certificate or certificates for such shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a stock power duly executed.

6.4. Addresses of Stockholders.

Each stockholder shall designate to the Secretary an address at which notices of meetings and all other corporate notices may be served or mailed to him, and, if any stockholder shall fail to designate such address, corporate notices may be served upon him by mail directed to him at his post-office address, if any, as the same appears on the share record books of the Corporation or at his last known post-office address.

6.5. Lost, Destroyed and Mutilated Certificates.

The holder of any shares of the Corporation shall immediately notify the Corporation of any loss, destruction or mutilation of the certificate therefor, and the Board may, in its discretion, cause to be issued to him a new certificate or certificates for such shares, upon the surrender of the mutilated certificates or, in the case of loss or destruction of the certificate, upon satisfactory proof of such loss or destruction, and the Board may, in its discretion, require the owner of the lost or destroyed certificate or his legal representative to give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as it may direct to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss or destruction of any such certificate.

-11-

6.6. Regulations.

The Board may make such rules and regulations as it may deem expedient, not inconsistent with these By-laws, concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for stock of the Corporation.

6.7. Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record.

(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day immediately preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which date shall be not more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board. If no record date has been fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board is required by the DGCL, shall be the first date on which a signed counterpart to the written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board and prior action by the Board is required by the DGCL, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

(c) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

-12-

ARTICLE VII

SEAL

The Board may provide a corporate seal, which shall be in the form approved by the Board.

ARTICLE VIII

FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the calendar year unless otherwise determined by the Board.

ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

9.1. Indemnification.

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

(b) Without limitation of any right conferred by paragraph (a) of this Section 9.1, each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, excise taxes or amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, testators, intestates, executors and administrators; provided, however, except as provided in Section 9.1(c) of this Article IX with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee was authorized by the Board. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article IX shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such

-13-

proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”); provided, however, that, if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his capacity as a director or officer shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section or otherwise.

(c) If a claim under Section 9.1(b) of this Article IX is not paid in full by the Corporation with sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of any undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) in any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including the Board, independent legal counsel, or the stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including the Board, independent legal counsel or the stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Section or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

(d) The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, the Certificate, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

9.2. Insurance.

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or any person who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employer or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

-14-

ARTICLE X

AMENDMENT

Any by-law (including these By-laws) may be adopted, amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of shares present in person or represented in proxy at a meeting of the stockholders and entitled to vote or by the stockholders’ written consent pursuant to Section 2.10 of Article II, or by the vote of the Board or by the directors’ written consent pursuant to Section 3.6 of Article III.

* * * * * *

-15-

EX-4.1

Exhibit 4.1

EXECUTION VERSION

INDENTURE

Dated as of December 20, 2012

Among

TOPS HOLDING CORPORATION

TOPS MARKETS, LLC,

THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO

and

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

and

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Collateral Agent

8.875% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2017

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

Trust Indenture Act Section	Indenture Section
310(a)(1)	7.10
(a)(2)	7.10
(a)(3)	N.A.
(a)(4)	N.A.
(a)(5)	7.10
(b)	7.10
(c)	N.A.
311(a)	7.11
(b)	7.11
(c)	N.A.
312(a)	2.05
(b)	15.03
(c)	15.03
313(a)	7.06
(b)(1)	N.A.
(b)(2)	7.06; 7.07
(c)	7.06; 15.02
(d)	7.06
314(a)	15.02; 15.05
(b)	11.05
(c)(1)	15.04
(c)(2)	15.04
(c)(3)	N.A.
(d)	11.05
(e)	15.05
(f)	N.A.
315(a)	7.01
(b)	7.05; 15.02
(c)	7.01
(d)	7.01
(e)	6.14
316(a)(last sentence)	2.09
(a)(1)(A)	6.05
(a)(1)(B)	6.04
(a)(2)	N.A.
(b)	6.07
(c)	2.12; 9.04
317(a)(1)	6.08
(a)(2)	6.12
(b)	2.04
318(a)	15.01
(b)	N.A.
(c)	15.01

N.A. means not applicable.

* This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
Section 1.01	Definitions		1
Section 1.02	Other Definitions		30
Section 1.03	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act		31
Section 1.04	Rules of Construction		31
Section 1.05	Acts of Holders		32
ARTICLE 2
THE NOTES
Section 2.01	Form and Dating; Terms		33
Section 2.02	Execution and Authentication		35
Section 2.03	Registrar and Paying Agent		35
Section 2.04	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust		36
Section 2.05	Holder Lists		36
Section 2.06	Transfer and Exchange		36
Section 2.07	Replacement Notes		49
Section 2.08	Outstanding Notes		49
Section 2.09	Treasury Notes		50
Section 2.10	Temporary Notes		50
Section 2.11	Cancellation		50
Section 2.12	Defaulted Interest		50
Section 2.13	CUSIP and ISIN Numbers		51
ARTICLE 3
REDEMPTION
Section 3.01	Notices to Trustee		51
Section 3.02	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased		51
Section 3.03	Notice of Redemption		52
Section 3.04	Effect of Notice of Redemption		53
Section 3.05	Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price		53
Section 3.06	Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part		53
Section 3.07	Optional Redemption		53
Section 3.08	Mandatory Redemption		54

-i-

		Page
ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS
Section 4.01	Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest		54
Section 4.02	Corporate Existence		54
Section 4.03	Limitation on Indebtedness		54
Section 4.04	Limitation on Restricted Payments		58
Section 4.05	Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates		63
Section 4.06	Limitation on Liens		65
Section 4.07	Limitation on Sale of Assets		65
Section 4.08	Additional Guarantees		67
Section 4.09	Purchase of Notes upon a Change of Control		68
Section 4.10	Reserved		70
Section 4.11	Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries		70
Section 4.12	Limitation on Unrestricted Subsidiaries		71
Section 4.13	Provision of Financial Information		73
Section 4.14	Statement by Officers as to Default		74
ARTICLE 5
SUCCESSORS
Section 5.01	Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets		74
Section 5.02	Successor Substituted		76
ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
Section 6.01	Events of Default		77
Section 6.02	Acceleration		79
Section 6.03	Other Remedies		79
Section 6.04	Waiver of Past Defaults		80
Section 6.05	Control by Majority		80
Section 6.06	Limitation on Suits		80
Section 6.07	Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment		80
Section 6.08	Collection Suit by Trustee		80
Section 6.09	Restoration of Rights and Remedies		81
Section 6.10	Rights and Remedies Cumulative		81
Section 6.11	Delay or Omission Not Waiver		81
Section 6.12	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim		81
Section 6.13	Priorities		82
Section 6.14	Undertaking for Costs		82
ARTICLE 7
TRUSTEE
Section 7.01	Duties of Trustee		82
Section 7.02	Rights of Trustee		83
Section 7.03	Individual Rights of Trustee		84
Section 7.04	Trustee’s Disclaimer		85
Section 7.05	Notice of Defaults		85
Section 7.06	Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes		85

-ii-

		Page
Section 7.07	Compensation and Indemnity		85
Section 7.08	Replacement of Trustee		86
Section 7.09	Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.		87
Section 7.10	Eligibility; Disqualification		87
Section 7.11	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuers		87
ARTICLE 8
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
Section 8.01	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance		88
Section 8.02	Legal Defeasance and Discharge		88
Section 8.03	Covenant Defeasance		88
Section 8.04	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance		89
Section 8.05	Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions		90
Section 8.06	Repayment to Issuers		90
Section 8.07	Reinstatement		90
ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
Section 9.01	Without Consent of Holders of Notes		91
Section 9.02	With Consent of Holders of Notes		92
Section 9.03	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act		93
Section 9.04	Effect of Consents		93
Section 9.05	Notation on or Exchange of Notes		93
Section 9.06	Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.		93
ARTICLE 10
INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT
Section 10.01	Intercreditor Agreement		94
ARTICLE 11
COLLATERAL
Section 11.01	Security Documents		95
Section 11.02	Collateral Agent		95
Section 11.03	Authorization of Actions to Be Taken		95
Section 11.04	Release of Collateral		96
Section 11.05	Filing, Recording and Opinions		97
Section 11.06	Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee		97
Section 11.07	Voting		97

-iii-

		Page
ARTICLE 12
APPLICATION OF TRUST MONIES
Section 12.01	Collateral Account		98
Section 12.02	Withdrawal of Net Cash Proceeds in Connection with Reinvestments		98
Section 12.03	Withdrawal of Net Cash Proceeds to Fund an Offer or Release Following an Offer		98
Section 12.04	Investment of Trust Monies		99
Section 12.05	Application of Other Trust Monies		99
ARTICLE 13
GUARANTEES
Section 13.01	Guarantee		100
Section 13.02	Limitation on Guarantor Liability		101
Section 13.03	Execution and Delivery		101
Section 13.04	Subrogation		102
Section 13.05	Benefits Acknowledged		102
Section 13.06	Release of Guarantees		102
ARTICLE 14
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
Section 14.01	Satisfaction and Discharge		103
Section 14.02	Application of Trust Money		103
ARTICLE 15
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 15.01	Trust Indenture Act Controls		104
Section 15.02	Notices		104
Section 15.03	Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes		105
Section 15.04	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent		105
Section 15.05	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion		105
Section 15.06	Rules by Trustee and Agents		106
Section 15.07	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders		106
Section 15.08	Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial		106
Section 15.09	Force Majeure		106
Section 15.10	Successors		106
Section 15.11	Severability		106
Section 15.12	Counterpart Originals		107
Section 15.13	Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.		107
Section 15.14	Qualification of Indenture		107
Section 15.15	USA Patriot Act		107

-iv-

SCHEDULES

Schedule I	Guarantors
EXHIBITS
Exhibit A	Form of Note
Exhibit B	Form of Certificate of Transfer
Exhibit B-1	Form of Certificate for Acquiring Institutional Accredited Investor
Exhibit C	Form of Certificate of Exchange
Exhibit D	Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors

-i-

INDENTURE, dated as of December 20, 2012, among Tops Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Tops Markets, LLC, a New York limited liability company (“Tops Markets” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the Guarantors (as defined herein) listed on the signature pages hereto, U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association duly organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, as Trustee, and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association duly organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, as Collateral Agent.

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Issuers have duly authorized the creation of an issue of $460,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 (the “Initial Notes”);

WHEREAS, the Issuers and the Guarantors have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture;

WHEREAS, all things necessary (i) to make the Notes, when executed by the Issuers and authenticated and delivered hereunder and duly issued by the Issuers, the valid obligations of the Issuers, and (ii) to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Issuers, all in accordance with their respective terms, have been done; and

NOW, THEREFORE, the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01 Definitions.

“144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend, the OID Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

“ABL Facility Collateral Agent” means Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent under the Credit Agreement, and its successors, replacements and/or assigns in such capacity.

“ABL Liens” means all Liens in favor of the ABL Facility Collateral Agent on Collateral securing the ABL Obligations.

“ABL Obligations” means (x) the Indebtedness and other obligations which are secured by a Lien on the Collateral permitted by clause (b) of the definition of “Permitted Lien” and (y) obligations in respect of Cash Management Services and Hedging Obligations that are secured pursuant to the security documents in connection with the Indebtedness described in clause (x) directly above.

“ABL Priority Collateral” has the meaning set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.

“Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, Indebtedness of any other Person (1) existing at the time such other Person is consolidated or merged with or into, or became a Subsidiary of, such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person consolidating or merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person, or (2) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of such acquisition, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Acquired Indebtedness shall not include Indebtedness of such other Person that is extinguished, retired or repaid substantially concurrently with such other Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, or at the time it is consolidated or merged with or into, such specified Person.

“Additional Interest” means all “Additional Interest” then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes and other than Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Initial Notes) issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.01, 4.03 and 4.06, it being understood that any Notes issued in exchange for or replacement of any Initial Notes shall not be Additional Notes.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent.

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any date of redemption, the greater of:

(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of the Note, or

(2) the excess of:

(a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of the Note at June 15, 2015 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 3.07(b)), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Note through June 15, 2015 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the date of redemption), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such date of redemption plus 50 basis points; over

(b) the principal amount of the Note.

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and/or Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

“Asset Sale” means any sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition (including, without limitation, by way of merger, consolidation or sale and leaseback transaction) (collectively, a “transfer”), directly or indirectly, in one or a series of related transactions, of:

-2-

(1) any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) all or substantially all of the properties and assets of any division or line of business of an Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(3) any other properties or assets (including any transfer by written contract by an Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to any other Person of any of their rights to receive all or a portion of the proceeds from the sale by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any such asset or properties) of an Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary other than in the ordinary course of business.

For the purposes of this definition, the term “Asset Sale” shall not include any transfer of properties and assets:

(A) that is governed by the provisions of Section 5.01;

(B) that is by an Issuer to any Restricted Subsidiary or by any Restricted Subsidiary to an Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or that is the issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to an Issuer or to another Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity);

(C) that would be a Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 4.04 or a Permitted Investment;

(D) that is a disposition of Receivables and Related Assets in a Qualified Securitization Transaction;

(E) that are obsolete, damaged or worn out equipment or otherwise unsuitable for use in the ordinary course of business;

(F) that is the disposition of Capital Stock of, or other Investments in, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(G) that is the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents or the voluntary termination of Hedging Obligations;

(H) that is the sale, transfer or disposition deemed to occur in connection with creating or granting any Liens permitted by Section 4.06;

(I) the Fair Market Value of which in the aggregate does not exceed $5.0 million in any transaction or series of related transactions;

(J) consisting of the licensing of any intellectual property in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(K) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Permitted Business; provided that to the extent the property exchanged was Notes Priority Collateral, substantially all of the property received in exchange therefor constitutes Notes Priority Collateral;

-3-

(L) that is a transfer of property subject to casualty or condemnation proceedings (including in lieu thereof) upon the receipt of the net cash proceeds therefor; provided such net cash proceeds are deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds and are applied in accordance with Section 4.07;

(M) that is a foreclosure on assets or a disposition of Investments or receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings; or

(N) that is a surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind.

“Average Life to Stated Maturity” means, as of the date of determination with respect to any Indebtedness, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the product of (a) the number of years from the date of determination to the date or dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness multiplied by (b) the amount of each such principal payment by (2) the sum of all such principal payments.

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended, or any similar United States federal or state law or foreign law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, winding up, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors or any amendment to, succession to or change in any such law.

“Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors or comparable governing body of an Issuer or any Guarantor, as the case may be, or any duly authorized committee of such board or comparable governing body.

“Business Day” means each day which is not a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in The City of New York, the city in which the principal corporate trust office of the Trustee is located or at a place of payment are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed.

“Capital Lease Obligation” of any Person means any obligation of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis under any capital lease of (or other agreement conveying the right to use) real or personal property which, in accordance with GAAP, is required to be recorded as a capitalized lease obligation.

“Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, participations, rights in or other equivalents (however designated) of such Person’s capital stock, other equity interests whether now outstanding or issued after the Issue Date, partnership interests (whether general or limited), limited liability company interests, any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, including any Preferred Stock, and any rights, warrants or options exchangeable for or convertible into such Capital Stock (other than debt securities convertible into Capital Stock).

“Cash Equivalents” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

-4-

(2) certificates of deposit, time deposits and Eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million;

(3) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (1) and (2) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (2) above;

(4) securities with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (2) above;

(5) commercial paper rated at least P-2 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or at least A-2 by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”) (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another rating agency) and in each case maturing within one year after the date of creation thereof;

(6) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another rating agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

(7) repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements relating to marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States maturing within 365 days from the date of acquisition;

(8) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another rating agency); and

(9) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in cash and securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (8) above.

“Cash Management Services” means any one or more of the following types of services or facilities provided to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries: (a) ACH transactions, (b) cash management services, including, without limitation, controlled disbursement services, treasury, depository, overdraft and electronic funds transfer services, (c) foreign exchange facilities, (d) credit card processing services, (e) purchase cards and (f) credit or debit cards.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(1) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than a Permitted Holder, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a Person shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all shares that such Person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total outstanding Voting Stock of the Company;

-5-

(2) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of the Company (together with any new directors whose election to such board or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved), cease for any reason to constitute a majority of such Board of Directors then in office;

(3) the Company consolidates with or merges with or into any Person or sells, assigns, conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ assets to any Person, other than a Permitted Holder, or any Person consolidates with or merges into or with the Company, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where:

(A) the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is converted into or exchanged for (1) Voting Stock of the surviving corporation which is not Redeemable Capital Stock or (2) cash, securities and other property (other than Capital Stock of the surviving corporation) in an amount which could be paid by the Company as a Restricted Payment under Section 4.04 (and such amount shall be treated as a Restricted Payment for purposes of Section 4.04); and

(B) immediately after such transaction, no “person” or “group,” other than a Permitted Holder, is the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a Person shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such Person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total outstanding Voting Stock of the surviving corporation; or

(4) Tops Markets ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Company other than in a transaction which complies with Section 5.01.

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme.

“Collateral” means, collectively, all of the property and assets that are from time to time subject to the Lien of (i) the Security Documents (other than the Intercreditor Agreement) or (ii) clause (y) of the last sentence of Section 5.4(a) of the Intercreditor Agreement, including the Liens, if any, required pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture.

“Collateral Account” means the collateral account established pursuant to Section 12.01.

“Collateral Agent” means U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as Collateral Agent for the holders of Notes and Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, together with its successors in such capacity.

“Commodity Price Protection Agreement” means any forward contract, commodity swap, commodity option or other similar agreement or arrangement relating to, or the value of which is dependent upon, fluctuations in commodity prices.

-6-

“Consolidated EBITDA” means for any period, the sum, without duplication, of (A) Consolidated Net Income (Loss), (B) in each case to the extent deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income (Loss) for such period, (i) Consolidated Interest Expense, (ii) Consolidated Income Tax Expense, (iii) Consolidated Non-cash Charges, (iv) the amount of management fees and expense reimbursement accrued by such Person to the Permitted Holders pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement, (v) the amount of any expenses in connection with any actual or proposed Investment, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Capital Stock or acquisition or disposition outside the ordinary course of business, (vi) expenses incurred to the extent covered by indemnification provisions in any agreement in connection with an acquisition (including the acquisition of the Company) to the extent reimbursed in cash and such indemnification payments are not otherwise included in Consolidated EBITDA and (vii) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and expenses (including interest expense) related to any Qualified Securitization Transaction, in each case, for such period, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries all determined in accordance with GAAP and (C) proceeds from any business interruption insurance to the extent not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income, and less (D) all non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period (other than the accrual of revenue and other than non cash items to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated charges made in any prior period or which will result in the receipt of cash in a future period); provided, that with respect to any period ending prior to the Issue Date, Consolidated EBITDA shall be calculated after giving effect, without duplication, to the adjustments set forth in the calculation of “Indenture Adjusted EBITDA” in the Offering Memorandum.

“Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” of any Person means, for any period of the most recent four fiscal quarters for which internal consolidated financial statements of the Company are available (the “Four Quarter Period”), the ratio of:

(a) Consolidated EBITDA for such Four Quarter Period to

(b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such Four Quarter Period (but excluding from Consolidated Interest Expense for this purpose the accretion of original issue discount on the Notes issued on the Issue Date),

in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b) after giving pro forma effect to:

(1) the incurrence of the Indebtedness giving rise to the need to make such calculation and (if applicable) the application of the net proceeds therefrom, including to refinance other Indebtedness, as if such Indebtedness was incurred, and the application of such proceeds occurred, on the first day of such Four Quarter Period;

(2) the incurrence, repayment or retirement of any other Indebtedness by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the first day of such Four Quarter Period as if such Indebtedness was incurred, repaid or retired at the beginning of such Four Quarter Period (except that, in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such Four Quarter Period);

(3) in the case of Acquired Indebtedness or any acquisition occurring at the time of the incurrence of such Indebtedness, the related acquisition, assuming such acquisition had been consummated on the first day of such Four Quarter Period;

(4) (i) any acquisition or disposition by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of any company or any business or any assets out of the ordinary course of business, whether by merger, stock purchase or sale or asset purchase or sale, or any related repayment of Indebtedness and (ii) any cost savings initiatives, in each case since the first day of such Four Quarter Period, and prior to the date of determination, assuming such acquisition or disposition had been consummated on the first day of such Four Quarter Period; and

-7-

(5) if since the beginning of such Four Quarter Period, any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such Four Quarter Period shall have made any acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, such acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation assuming such acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation had occurred on the first day of such Four Quarter Period;

provided that:

(1) in making such computation, the Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to discontinued operations will be excluded;

(2) in making such computation, the Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to interest on any Indebtedness computed on a pro forma basis and (A) bearing a floating interest rate shall be computed as if the rate in effect on the date of computation had been the applicable rate for the entire Four Quarter Period and (B) which was not outstanding during the Four Quarter Period which bears, at the option of such Person, a fixed or floating rate of interest, shall be computed by applying at the option of such Person either the fixed or floating rate, in each case taking into account any Interest Rate Agreements;

(3) in making such computation, the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person attributable to interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable Four Quarter Period; and

(4) whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an acquisition, disposition or cost savings initiative, such pro forma calculation shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable determination of the Company, as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, to reflect (A) operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from any acquisition, disposition or cost savings initiative and (B) all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Adjusted EBITDA” as set forth in footnote (9) to the “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data” under “Summary” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such Four Quarter Period; provided that (x) such operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (y) in the case of any actions in connection with an acquisition or disposition, such actions are reasonably expected to be taken no later than six months after such transaction and (z) in connection with any cost savings initiatives not in connection with an acquisition or disposition, the maximum amount of any increase to Consolidated EBITDA for any period pursuant to this definition as a result of such initiatives shall not exceed 15% of Consolidated EBITDA for such period (prior to any increase thereto pursuant to this definition).

“Consolidated Income Tax Expense” of any Person means, for any period, the provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes of such Person and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as determined in accordance with GAAP.

-8-

“Consolidated Interest Expense” of any Person means, without duplication, for any period, the sum of:

(a) the interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, including, without limitation,

(1) amortization of debt discount,

(2) the net cost (benefit) associated with Interest Rate Agreements (including amortization of discounts),

(3) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation,

(4) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers acceptance and

(5) accrued interest,

and excluding (i) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness, (ii) any expense resulting from the discounting of Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or, if applicable, purchase accounting, (iii) any additional interest payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and any comparable “additional interest” with respect to other securities and (iv) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses; plus

(b) (1) the interest component of the Capital Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period and

(2) all capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, plus

(c) the interest expense under any Guaranteed Debt of such Person and any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent not included under clause (a) above, whether or not paid by such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries, plus

(d) dividend requirements of the Company with respect to Redeemable Capital Stock and of any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to Preferred Stock (except, in either case, dividends payable solely in shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be), less

(e) interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Consolidated Net Income (Loss)” of any Person means, for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis as determined in accordance with GAAP, adjusted, to the extent included in calculating such net income (or loss), by excluding, without duplication:

(1) all extraordinary gains or losses net of taxes (less all fees and expenses relating thereto);

-9-

(2) the portion of net income (or loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis allocable to minority interests in unconsolidated Persons or Unrestricted Subsidiaries to the extent that cash dividends or distributions have not actually been received by such Person or one of its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) any gain or loss, net of taxes, realized upon the termination of any employee pension benefit plan and any non-cash charges incurred relating to the underfunded portion of any pension plan;

(4) gains or losses, net of taxes (less all fees and expenses relating thereto), in respect of dispositions of assets other than in the ordinary course of business;

(5) solely for purposes of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.04(a)(3)(A), the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to the extent that the declaration of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter, any agreement, or applicable law, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(6) any net gain or loss arising from the acquisition of any securities or extinguishment or conversion of any Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations of such Person;

(7) any non-cash goodwill or asset impairment charges, any non-cash write downs attributable to joint ventures held by the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries and the amortization of intangibles, in each case pursuant to GAAP;

(8) any non-cash charges resulting from the application of SFAS No. 123 and any other non-cash compensation charges or other non-cash expenses or charges arising from the grant of or issuance or repricing of stock, stock options or other equity based awards or any amendment, modification, substitution or change of any such stock, stock options or other equity based awards;

(9) all deferred financing costs written off, and premiums paid, in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness;

(10) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period and any amounts attributable to LIFO (“last in-first out”) inventory adjustments;

(11) unrealized gains and losses from Hedging Obligations or “embedded derivatives” that require the same accounting treatment as Hedging Obligations;

(12) any purchase accounting adjustments (including, without limitation, the impact of writing up inventory, deferred marketing and deferred financing costs or deferred revenue at fair value), amortizations, impairments, write-offs, or non-cash charges with respect to purchase accounting with respect to any acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, amalgamation or similar transactions; and

(13) any unusual or non-recurring items and any restructuring charges or reserves, including, without limitation, in connection with an acquisition made after the Issue Date (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include retention, severance, systems establishment costs, excess pension charges, contract and lease termination costs and costs to consolidate facilities and relocate employees).

-10-

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes of Section 4.04 only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to Section 4.04(a)(3)(E).

“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means, at any time, Total Assets at such time minus the sum of (1) all current liabilities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and (2) all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense and other intangibles of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, all as determined by the Company’s most recent consolidated balance sheet and computed on a pro forma basis to give effect to any acquisition or disposition of assets outside the ordinary course of business made after such balance sheet date and on or prior to the date of determination.

“Consolidated Non-cash Charges” of any Person means, for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period, as determined in accordance with GAAP (excluding any non-cash charge which requires an accrual or reserve for cash charges for any future period).

“Consolidated Total Debt” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that would be required to be reflected on a consolidated balance sheet (excluding the notes thereto) of the Company as of such date.

“Consolidated Total Debt Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt on the date of determination to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recent four fiscal quarter period ending prior to such date for which the Company has internal consolidated financial statements available, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated EBITDA as are consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

“Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 15.02 or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders and the Issuers.

“Credit Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of December 14, 2012 among Tops Markets, the Company, the other Borrowers, the Guarantors, the various lenders and agents party thereto and Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent, together with any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder, alters the maturity thereof or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender, group of lenders or investors.

-11-

“Credit Facility” means one or more credit or debt facilities (including, without limitation, any credit or debt facilities provided under the Credit Agreement), commercial paper facilities or other debt instruments, indentures or agreements, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, securities, letters of credit or other debt obligations, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, restructured, supplemented, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time, including without limitation any amendment increasing the amount of Indebtedness incurred or available to be borrowed thereunder, extending the maturity of any Indebtedness incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby or deleting, adding or substituting one or more parties thereto (whether or not such added or substituted parties are banks or other lenders).

“Currency Agreements” means foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreements or other similar agreements or arrangements designed to protect against the fluctuations in currency values.

“Custodian” means the Paying Agent and Registrar, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

“Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06(c), (e) or (f), substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

“Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

“Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value, as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, of non-cash consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale.

“Discharge of ABL Obligations” has the meaning provided in the Intercreditor Agreement.

“Disinterested Director” means, with respect to any transaction or series of related transactions, a member of the Board of Directors of the Company who does not have any material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such transaction or series of related transactions.

“EDS” means HP Enterprise Services, LLC (formerly Electronic Data Systems Corporation and Electronic Data Systems, LLC).

“Equity Offering” means any public offering or private sale for cash of common stock or Preferred Stock (other than Redeemable Capital Stock) of the Company or, to the extent the proceeds are contributed to the Company, a direct or indirect parent company of the Company (other than public offerings with respect to a registration statement on Form S-4 (or any successor form covering substantially the same transactions), Form S-8 (or any successor form covering substantially the same transactions) or otherwise relating to equity securities issuable under any employee benefit plan of the Company).

-12-

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder.

“Exchange Notes” means any notes issued in exchange for the Notes pursuant to Section 2.06(f).

“Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Excluded Property” has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the sale value that would be obtained in an arm’s-length transaction between an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy. Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company acting in good faith if the Fair Market Value exceeds $15.0 million, otherwise, by the principal financial officer of the Company acting in good faith.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of an Issuer that (x) is not organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, or (y) was organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia that has no material assets other than Capital Stock of one or more foreign entities of the type described in clause (x) above and is not a guarantor of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement.

“Franchise Deposits” means the net balances paid by the franchisees of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of their respective franchise agreements.

“Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” or “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect as of the Issue Date, including those set forth in:

(1) the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s FASB Accounting Standards Codification; and

(2) the rules and regulations of the SEC with respect to generally accepted accounting principles, including those governing the inclusion of financial statements in periodic reports required to be filed pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act, including opinions and pronouncements in staff accounting bulletins and similar written statements from the accounting staff of the SEC,

except, with respect to any reports or financial information required to be delivered pursuant to Section 4.13 which shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the date thereof.

For purposes of this definition, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person means such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries but does not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary.

-13-

“Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

“Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b), 2.06(d), 2.06(f) or 2.06(j).

“Government Securities” means securities that are:

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

(2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the Issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

“Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuers’ Indenture Obligations.

“Guaranteed Debt” of any Person means, without duplication, all Indebtedness of any other Person referred to in the definition of “Indebtedness” below guaranteed directly or indirectly in any manner by such Person, or in effect guaranteed directly or indirectly by such Person through an agreement:

(1) to pay or purchase such Indebtedness or to advance or supply funds for the payment or purchase of such Indebtedness;

(2) to purchase, sell or lease (as lessee or lessor) property, or to purchase or sell services, primarily for the purpose of enabling the debtor to make payment of such Indebtedness or to assure the holder of such Indebtedness against loss;

(3) to supply funds to, or in any other manner invest in, the debtor (including any agreement to pay for property or services without requiring that such property be received or such services be rendered);

(4) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the debtor, or otherwise to maintain the net worth, solvency or other financial condition of the debtor or to cause such debtor to achieve certain levels of financial performance; or

(5) otherwise to assure a creditor against loss;

provided that the term “Guaranteed Debt” shall not include (i) endorsements for collection or deposit, in either case in the ordinary course of business or (ii) any guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations in respect of customers for check cashing and short term lending products in the ordinary course of business consistent with industry standards.

-14-

“Guarantor” means any Subsidiary of the Company (other than Tops Markets) which is a guarantor of the Notes, including any Person that is required after the Issue Date to execute a Guarantee of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.08 until such Person’s Guarantee is released in accordance with this Indenture or until a successor replaces such Person pursuant to Section 5.01 and, thereafter, shall mean such successor.

“Hedging Obligations” means the obligations under Currency Agreements, Commodity Price Protection Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements.

“Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register.

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:

(1) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services, excluding any trade payables and other accrued current liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business, but including, without limitation, all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in connection with any letters of credit issued under letter of credit facilities, acceptance facilities or other similar facilities;

(2) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or other similar instruments;

(3) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even if the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), but excluding trade payables arising in the ordinary course of business;

(4) all obligations under Interest Rate Agreements, Currency Agreements or Commodity Price Protection Agreements of such Person (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such Person at such time);

(5) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person;

(6) all Indebtedness referred to in clauses (1) through (5) above of other Persons, the payment of which is secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien, upon or with respect to property (including, without limitation, accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, other than a pledge of Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to secure Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Indebtedness; provided the amount of Indebtedness will be the lesser of the Fair Market Value of such property on the date of determination and the amount of Indebtedness of such other Person;

(7) all Guaranteed Debt of such Person;

(8) all Redeemable Capital Stock issued by such Person or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Issuer) of such Person that is not a Guarantor valued at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary maximum fixed repurchase price plus accrued and unpaid dividends;

-15-

(9) all amounts outstanding and other obligations of such Person in respect of a Qualified Securitization Transaction; and

(10) attributable debt with respect to sale and leaseback transactions.

For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Redeemable Capital Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Redeemable Capital Stock as if such Redeemable Capital Stock were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the Fair Market Value of such Redeemable Capital Stock, such Fair Market Value to be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the issuer of such Redeemable Capital Stock.

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Indenture Obligations” means the obligations of the Issuers and any other obligor under this Indenture or under the Notes, including any Guarantor, to pay principal of, premium, if any, and interest when due and payable, and all other amounts due or to become due under or in connection with this Indenture, the Notes and the performance of all other obligations to the Trustee and the holders under this Indenture and the Notes, according to the respective terms thereof.

“Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

“Initial Notes” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

“Initial Purchasers” means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, BMO Capital Markets Corp. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC.

“Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding” means:

(1) any case commenced by or against the Issuers or any Guarantor under any Bankruptcy Law for the relief of debtors, any other proceeding for the reorganization, recapitalization or adjustment or marshalling of the assets or liabilities of the Issuers or any Guarantor, any receivership or assignment for the benefit of creditors relating to the Issuers or any Guarantor or any similar case or proceeding relative to the Issuers or any Guarantor or its creditors, as such, in each case whether or not voluntary;

(2) any liquidation, dissolution, marshalling of assets or liabilities or other winding up of or relating to the Issuers or any Guarantor, in each case whether or not voluntary and whether or not involving bankruptcy or insolvency; or

(3) any other proceeding of any type or nature in which substantially all claims of creditors of the Issuers or any Guarantor are determined and any payment or distribution is or may be made on account of such claims.

“Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who is not also a QIB.

-16-

“Intercreditor Agreement” means the Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, by and among Bank of America, N.A., as agent under the Credit Agreement, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, as acknowledged by the Issuers and the Guarantors, as amended, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

“Interest Payment Date” means June 15 and December 15 of each year to Maturity.

“Interest Rate Agreements” means interest rate protection agreements (including, without limitation, interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements) and/or other types of interest rate hedging agreements or arrangements designed to protect against or manage exposure to fluctuations in interest rates in respect of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

“Investment” means, with respect to any Person, directly or indirectly, any advance, loan (including guarantees), or other extension of credit or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase, acquisition or ownership by such Person of any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities issued by any other Person and all other items that would be classified as investments on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) prepared in accordance with GAAP. “Investment” shall exclude direct or indirect advances to customers or suppliers in the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded as accounts receivable, prepaid expenses or deposits on the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s balance sheet, endorsements for collection or deposit arising in the ordinary course of business and extensions of trade credit on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of an Issuer sells or otherwise disposes of any Capital Stock of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of an Issuer such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of an Issuer (other than the sale of all of the outstanding Capital Stock of such Subsidiary), the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investments in such Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.04.

“Issue Date” means the original issue date of the Notes under this Indenture.

“Issuers” means Tops Holding Corporation, a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware, until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture and Tops Markets, LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of New York, until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Issuers” shall mean each such successor Person.

“Letter of Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Issuers and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer.

“Lien” means any mortgage or deed of trust, charge, pledge, lien (statutory or otherwise), privilege, security interest, assignment, easement, hypothecation, claim, preference, priority or other encumbrance upon or with respect to any property of any kind (including any conditional sale, capital lease or other title retention agreement, any leases in the nature thereof, and any agreement to give any security interest), real or personal, movable or immovable, now owned or hereafter acquired; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien. A Person will be deemed to own subject to a Lien any property which it has acquired or holds subject to the interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale agreement, Capital Lease Obligation or other title retention agreement.

-17-

“Maturity” means, when used with respect to the Notes, the date on which the principal of the Notes becomes due and payable as therein provided or as provided in this Indenture, whether at Stated Maturity, the offer date or the Redemption Date and whether by declaration of acceleration, Offer in respect of Excess Proceeds, Change of Control Offer in respect of a Change of Control, call for redemption or otherwise.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

“Net Cash Proceeds” means:

(a) with respect to any Asset Sale by any Person, the proceeds thereof (without duplication in respect of all Asset Sales) in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations when received in the form of, or stock or other assets when disposed of for, cash or Cash Equivalents (except to the extent that such obligations are financed or sold with recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) net of:

(1) brokerage commissions and other reasonable fees and expenses (including, without limitation, fees and expenses of counsel and investment bankers) related to such Asset Sale,

(2) provisions for all taxes payable as a result of such Asset Sale,

(3) except in the case of Liens ranking junior to the Liens securing the Notes, payments made to retire Indebtedness where payment of such Indebtedness is secured by the assets or properties the subject of such Asset Sale,

(4) in the case of an Asset Sale by a Restricted Subsidiary, distributions and other payments made to minority shareholders, partners or members of such Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Sale,

(5) amounts required to be paid to any Person (other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) owning a beneficial interest in the assets subject to the Asset Sale, and

(6) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, after such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale; and

(b) with respect to any issuance or sale of Subordinated Indebtedness, or Capital Stock, or debt securities or Capital Stock that have been converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock as referred to in Section 4.04, the proceeds of such issuance or sale in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations when received in the form of, or stock or other assets when disposed of for, cash or Cash Equivalents (except to the extent that such obligations are financed or sold with recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary), net of attorney’s fees, accountant’s fees and brokerage, consultation, underwriting and other fees and expenses actually incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof.

-18-

“Non-recourse Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, Indebtedness of such Person as to which the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary may not be directly or indirectly liable (by virtue of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary being the primary obligor on, guarantor of, or otherwise liable in any respect to, such Indebtedness except for a Lien on the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the creditors thereof which is not recourse to any other assets of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary), and which, upon the occurrence of a default with respect to such Indebtedness, does not result in, or permit any holder of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare, a default on such Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or cause the payment of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity.

“Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is designated by the Company as a Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary, as evidenced by a resolution of the Company’s Board of Directors.

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

“Note Liens” means all Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent on Collateral securing the Indenture Obligations and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations.

“Notes” means any Note authenticated and delivered under this Indenture including Initial Notes, Exchange Notes and any Additional Notes.

“Notes Priority Collateral” has the meaning given such term by the Intercreditor Agreement.

“Obligations” means any principal, premium, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

“Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum, dated December 7, 2012, relating to the sale of the Initial Notes.

“Officer” means the chairman of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, the president, any executive vice president, senior vice president or vice president, the treasurer or the secretary of the Company.

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by an Officer of the Company, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture.

“OID Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(iv) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture that have more than a de minimis amount of original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

-19-

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuers or the Trustee.

“Pari Passu Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Guarantor that is not contractually subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantees.

“Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

“Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations” means obligations under any Additional Notes or any other Indebtedness (whether or not consisting of Additional Notes) secured by the Note Liens; provided that immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, the Consolidated Total Debt Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be less than or equal to 4.25:1.0; provided that (i) the trustee or agent under such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligation executes a joinder agreement to the Security Agreement in the form attached thereto agreeing to be bound thereby and (ii) the Issuers have designated such Indebtedness as “Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations” under the Security Agreement.

“Permitted Business” means the business conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and any business similar, reasonably related, complementary, incidental or ancillary thereto, including reasonably related extensions or expansions thereof.

“Permitted Holders” means (i) each of the Sponsors, (ii) each member of management of the Issuers who are holders of Capital Stock of the Company and (iii) any “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing Persons is a member, provided that in the case of such “group” and without giving effect to the existence of such “group” or any other “group,” such Sponsors and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent entities held by such “group.” Any person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control offer is made in accordance with the requirements of Section 4.09 will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute a Permitted Holder.

“Permitted Investment” means:

(1) Investments in the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity and other than a transfer of Notes Priority Collateral to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor) or any Person which, as a result of such Investment, (a) becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity) or (b) is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity);

(2) Investments in Cash Equivalents;

(3) Investments acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale permitted by Section 4.07 to the extent such Investments are non-cash proceeds as permitted under such covenant;

(4) Investments by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Securitization Entity in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction, which Investment is in the good faith determination of the Company necessary or advisable to effect such Qualified Securitization Transaction;

-20-

(5) (x) Investments in existence on the Issue Date and (y) an Investment in any Person to the extent such Investment replaces or refinances an Investment covered by clause (x) above or this clause (y) in an amount not exceeding the amount of the Investment being replaced or refinanced; provided, however, that the Investment under clause (y) is on terms and conditions not materially less favorable to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole than the Investment being replaced or refinanced;

(6) Investments acquired in exchange for the issuance of Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Capital Stock) of the Company or acquired with the net cash proceeds received by the Company after the Issue Date from the issuance and sale of Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Capital Stock) of the Company; provided that such Net Cash Proceeds are used to make such Investment within 30 days of the receipt thereof and the amount of all such Net Cash Proceeds will be excluded from Section 4.04(a)(3)(B);

(7) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and worker’s compensation, performance and other similar deposits provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business;

(8) loans or advances to employees of the Issuers for bona fide business purposes of the Issuers and any Restricted Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, travel, entertainment and moving expenses) made in compliance with applicable law;

(9) any Investments received in good faith in settlement or compromise of obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer or as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(10) other Investments in the aggregate amount outstanding at any one time not to exceed $25.0 million;

(11) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 4.03(b)(6);

(12) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.03(b)(5);

(13) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment; and

(14) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $2.5 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate.

In connection with any assets or property contributed or transferred to any Person as an Investment, such property and assets shall be equal to the Fair Market Value at the time of Investment.

“Permitted Lien” means:

(a) any Lien existing as of the Issue Date;

-21-

(b) any Lien with respect to the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Facility so long as the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Credit Agreement or any successor Credit Facility does not exceed the principal amount which could be borrowed under clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”;

(c) any Lien arising by reason of:

(1) any judgment, decree or order of any court, so long as such Lien is promptly adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment, decree or order shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired;

(2) taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or claims not yet delinquent or which are being contested in good faith;

(3) security for payment of workers’ compensation or other insurance and other social security legislation;

(4) good faith deposits in connection with tenders, leases, contracts (other than contracts for the payment of money);

(5) zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, reservations, title defects, rights of others for rights of way, utilities, sewers, electric lines, telephone or telegraph lines, and other similar purposes, provisions, covenants, conditions, waivers, restrictions on the use of property or minor irregularities of title (and with respect to leasehold interests, mortgages, obligations, liens and other encumbrances incurred, created, assumed or permitted to exist and arising by, through or under a landlord or owner of the leased property, with or without consent of the lessee), none of which materially impairs the use of any parcel of property material to the operation of the business of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary or the value of such property for the purpose of such business;

(6) deposits to secure public or statutory obligations or levies, or in lieu of surety or appeal bonds;

(7) operation of law in favor of mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, landlords, materialmen, laborers, employees or suppliers, for sums which are not yet delinquent or are being contested in good faith by negotiations or by appropriate proceedings which suspend the collection thereof;

(8) receipt of progress payments and advances from customers in the ordinary course of business to the extent the same creates a Lien on the related inventory and proceeds thereof;

(9) operation of law in favor of customs and revenue authorities to secure the payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(10) operation of law under Article 4 of the UCC in connection with the collection of items provided for therein or under Article 2 of the UCC in favor of a reclaiming seller of goods or buyer of goods; or

-22-

(11) consignment or similar arrangements for the sale by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries of goods through third parties in the ordinary course of business;

(d) any Lien securing Acquired Indebtedness created prior to (and not created in connection with, or in contemplation of) the incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary and which does not extend to any assets other than the assets acquired;

(e) any Lien to secure the performance bids, trade contracts, leases (including, without limitation, statutory and common law landlord’s liens), subleases, warranty obligations, tenders, liability to insurance carriers, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, letters of credit and other obligations of a like nature and incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(f) any Lien securing obligations under Cash Management Services, Interest Rate Agreements, Currency Agreements and Commodity Price Protection Agreements;

(g) any Lien securing Capital Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations incurred in accordance with this Indenture (including, but not limited to, clause (7) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”);

(h) leases and subleases of real property which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(i) banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(j) Liens on property, assets or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created, incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, further, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary and assets fixed or appurtenant thereto;

(k) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuers or another Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity);

(l) Liens securing the Notes and the Guarantees issued on the Issue Date (and any exchange notes and related Guarantees issued in exchange therefor);

(m) Liens on assets transferred to a Securitization Entity or on assets of a Securitization Entity, in either case incurred in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction;

(n) Liens on the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor incurred in accordance with Section 4.03;

(o) Liens securing Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations;

(p) any extension, renewal, refinancing or replacement, in whole or in part, of any Lien described in the foregoing clauses (a) through (o) and this clause (p) so long as no additional collateral is granted as security thereby and the amount of Indebtedness secured thereby is not

-23-

increased except by an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the stated amount of any premium or other payment contractually required to be paid in connection with such a refinancing pursuant to the terms of the Obligations being extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced or (ii) the amount of premium or other payment actually paid at such time to extend, renew, refinance or replace the Obligations, plus, in either case, the amount of accrued interest, fees and expenses of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in connection with such refinancing;

(q) Liens on property or assets securing Indebtedness used to defease or to satisfy and discharge the Notes; and

(r) in addition to the items referred to in clauses (a) through (q) above, Liens on property or assets of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary securing obligations in an aggregate amount which, when taken together with the aggregate amount of all other Liens securing obligations incurred pursuant to this clause (r) and then outstanding, will not exceed $15.0 million.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

“plan of reorganization” means any plan of reorganization, plan of liquidation, agreement for composition, or other type of plan of arrangement proposed in or in connection with any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding.

“Preferred Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or distributions, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over the Capital Stock of any other class in such Person.

“Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture, except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

“Purchase Money Obligation” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien on assets related to the business of the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary and any additions and accessions thereto, which are purchased or constructed by the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary at any time after the Issue Date; provided that:

(1) the security agreement or conditional sales or other title retention contract pursuant to which the Lien on such assets is created (collectively a “Purchase Money Security Agreement”) shall be entered into within 360 days after the purchase or substantial completion of the construction of such assets and shall at all times be confined solely to the assets so purchased, constructed or acquired, any additions and accessions thereto and any proceeds therefrom;

(2) at no time shall the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Indebtedness secured thereby be increased, except in connection with the purchase or construction of additions, improvements and accessions thereto and except in respect of fees and other obligations in respect of such Indebtedness; and

(3) (A) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness secured thereby (determined on a per asset basis in the case of any additions, improvements and accessions) shall not at the time such Purchase Money Security Agreement is entered into exceed 100% of the

-24-

purchase price or cost of construction to the Issuers or their Restricted Subsidiaries of the assets subject thereto or (B) the Indebtedness secured thereby shall be with recourse solely to the assets so purchased or acquired, any additions and accessions thereto and any proceeds therefrom.

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

“Qualified Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all Capital Stock of such Person other than Redeemable Capital Stock.

“Qualified Securitization Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to which (a) the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to a Securitization Entity its interests in Receivables and Related Assets and (b) such Securitization Entity transfers to any other Person, or grants a security interest in, such Receivables and Related Assets, pursuant to a transaction customary in the industry which is used to achieve a transfer of financial assets under GAAP.

“Receivables and Related Assets” means any account receivable (whether now existing or arising thereafter) of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary, and any assets related thereto including all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and contract rights and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable.

“Record Date” for the interest or Additional Interest, if any, payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means the June 1 or December 1 (whether or not a Business Day) immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.

“Redeemable Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that, either by its terms or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or exchangeable (at the option of the holders thereof), is or upon the happening of an event or passage of time would be, required to be redeemed (at the option of the holders thereof) prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes (other than upon a change of control of or sale of assets by the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary in circumstances where the holders of the notes would have similar rights), or is convertible into or exchangeable for, debt securities at any time prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes at the option of the holder thereof; provided, however, that (1) only the portion of such Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Redeemable Capital Stock and (2) with respect to any Capital Stock issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Redeemable Capital Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employees’ terminations, resignation, death or disability and (3) if any class of Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Capital Stock that is not Redeemable Capital Stock, such Capital Stock shall not be deemed to be Redeemable Capital Stock.

“Redemption Date” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed pursuant to any provision in this Indenture means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture.

“Registration Rights Agreement” means (1) with respect to the Notes issued on the Issue Date, the Registration Rights Agreement, to be dated the Issue Date, among the Issuers, the Guarantors on the Issue Date and the Initial Purchasers and (2) with respect to any Additional Notes, any registration rights agreement among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto relating to the registration by the Issuers and the Guarantors of such Additional Notes under the Securities Act.

-25-

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Regulation S Global Note” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or a Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as appropriate.

“Regulation S Permanent Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend, the OID Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Regulation S.

“Regulation S Temporary Global Note” means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A-2, bearing the OID Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.

“Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(v) to be placed on the Regulation S Temporary Global Note.

“Replacement Assets” means (1) properties or assets to replace the properties or assets that were the subject of an Asset Sale, (2) properties and assets that will be used in businesses of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, existing at the time such assets are sold or (3) Capital Stock of a Person, the principal portion of whose assets consist of such property or assets; provided that in the case of a sale of Notes Priority Collateral substantially all of such replacement properties or assets constitute Notes Priority Collateral.

“Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

“Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend and the OID Legend.

“Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend and the OID Legend.

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

“Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of either the Company (including Tops Markets) or Tops Markets that has not been designated by the Board of Directors of the Company by a board resolution delivered to the Trustee as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.12.

-26-

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder.

“Securitization Entity” means a Subsidiary of the Company to which the Issuers or any Subsidiary of the Issuers transfers Receivables and Related Assets that engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Receivables and Related Assets and that is designated by the Company’s Board of Directors (as provided below) as a Securitization Entity and:

(a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which:

(1) is guaranteed by the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding guarantees (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings);

(2) is recourse to or obligates the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Securitization Entity) in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; or

(3) subjects any property or asset of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Securitization Entity), directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings;

(b) with which neither the Issuers nor any Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Securitization Entity) has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms not materially less favorable to the Issuers or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Issuers, other than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing accounts receivable; and

(c) to which neither Issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Securitization Entity) has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.

Any designation of a Subsidiary as a Securitization Entity shall be evidenced to the Trustee by delivering to the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to the designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that the designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by this Indenture.

-27-

“Securitization Fees” means reasonable distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Entity in connection with any Qualified Securitization Transaction.

“Securitization Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of Receivables and Related Assets in a Qualified Securitization Transaction to repurchase Receivables and Related Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise that are customary for an accounts receivable securitization transaction, including, without limitation, as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

“Security Agreement” means the Security Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2012, by and among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time in accordance with its terms.

“Security Documents” means the Security Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and all of the security agreements, pledges, collateral assignments, mortgages, deeds of trust, trust deeds or other instruments evidencing or creating or purporting to create any security interests in favor of the Collateral Agent for its benefit and for the benefit of the Trustee and the holders of the Notes and the holders of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, in all or any portion of the Collateral, as amended, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

“Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Significant Subsidiary” means, at any time, any Restricted Subsidiary that qualifies at such time as a “significant subsidiary” within the meaning of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC (as in effect on the Issue Date).

“Sponsor Management Agreement” means the management agreement between certain of the management companies associated with the Sponsors and the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent entities.

“Sponsors” means Morgan Stanley Capital Partners V U.S. Holdco LLC, HSBC Private Equity Partners USA, LP, HSBC Private Equity Partners II USA, LP, and each of their respective Affiliates but not including, however, any of their respective portfolio companies.

“Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary that are reasonably customary in an accounts receivable securitization transaction, including without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Entity; it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation that is customary in a Qualified Securitization Transaction shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

“Stated Maturity” means, when used with respect to any Indebtedness or any installment of interest thereon, the dates specified in such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the principal of such Indebtedness or such installment of interest, as the case may be, is due and payable.

-28-

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Issuers or a Guarantor that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or a Guarantee, as the case may be.

“Subsidiary” of a Person means:

(1) any corporation more than 50% of the outstanding voting power of the Voting Stock of which is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or by one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person, or by such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries thereof; or

(2) any limited partnership of which such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner; or

(3) any other Person in which such Person, or one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person, or such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, has more than 50% of the outstanding voting power of the partnership or similar interests.

“Total Assets” of the Company means, as of any date, the total amount of assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of such date in accordance with GAAP (but excluding amounts attributable to Investments in or assets of any Unrestricted Subsidiary).

“Transactions” means the issuance of the Notes and the borrowings under the Credit Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date, the repayment of Indebtedness of the Issuers and any Restricted Subsidiary, the payment of a distribution to the holders of the Capital Stock of the Company on, or within 30 days of, the Issue Date, as described in the Offering Memorandum, and any fees and expenses related to any of the foregoing.

“Transfer Agent” means the Person specified in Section 2.03 as the Transfer Agent, and any and all successors thereto, to receive on behalf of the Registrar any Notes or Exchange Notes for transfer or exchange pursuant to this Indenture.

“Treasury Rate” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to June 15, 2015; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to June 15, 2015 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, or any successor statute.

“Trust Monies” means all cash and Cash Equivalents:

(1) received by the Company upon the release of Collateral from the Lien of this Indenture or the Security Documents in connection with any Asset Sale; provided that any such cash or Cash Equivalents remaining after consummation of an Offer pursuant to Section 4.07 shall cease to be Trust Monies; or

-29-

(2) received by the Collateral Agent as proceeds of any sale or other disposition of all or any part of the Collateral by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent or any collection, recovery, receipt, appropriation or other realization of or from all or any part of the Collateral pursuant to this Indenture or any of the Security Documents;

provided, however, that Trust Monies shall in no event include (i) any property deposited with the Trustee for any redemption, legal defeasance or covenant defeasance of Notes, for the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or to pay the purchase price of the Notes and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations pursuant to an Offer in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, (ii) any cash received or applicable by the Trustee in payment of its fees and expenses or, (iii) prior to the Discharge of ABL Obligations, any amounts attributable to ABL Priority Collateral.

“Trustee” means U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with Section 7.08 and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided, however, that, at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of the Collateral Agent’s security interest in any item or portion of the Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other that the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, at such time, in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

“Unrestricted Definitive Note” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

“Unrestricted Global Note” means a permanent Global Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, that bears the Global Note Legend and the OID Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company (other than an Issuer) designated as such pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.12.

“U.S. Person” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act.

“Voting Stock” of a Person means Capital Stock of such Person of the class or classes pursuant to which the holders thereof have the general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect at least a majority of the Board of Directors, managers or trustees of such Person (irrespective of whether or not at the time Capital Stock of any other class or classes shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency).

Section 1.02 Other Definitions.

Term	Defined in Section
“Authentication Order”		2.02
“Change of Control Offer”		4.09
“Change of Control Purchase Date”		4.09
“Change of Control Purchase Notice”		4.09

-30-

Term	Defined in Section
“Change of Control Purchase Price”		4.09
“Covenant Defeasance”		8.03
“Designation Amount”		4.12
“DTC”		2.03
“Event of Default”		6.01
“Excess Proceeds”		4.07
“incur”		4.03
“Legal Defeasance”		8.02
“Material Indebtedness”		6.01
“Note Register”		2.03
“Offer”		4.07
“Paying Agent”		2.03
“Permitted Indebtedness”		4.03
“Permitted Payment”		4.04
“refinancing”		4.04
“Registrar”		2.03
“Restricted Payment”		4.04
“Surviving Entity”		5.01
“Surviving Guarantor Entity”		5.01
“Tax Group”		4.04

Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

“indenture securities” means the Notes;

“indenture security holder” means a Holder of a Note;

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and

“obligor” on the Notes and the Guarantees means the Issuers and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Guarantees, respectively.

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so assigned to them.

Section 1.04 Rules of Construction.

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

-31-

(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(c) “or” is not exclusive;

(d) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(e) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

(f) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

(g) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;

(h) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article,” “Section” or “clause” refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture;

(i) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision; and

(j) “including” means “including without limitation.”

Section 1.05 Acts of Holders.

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuers. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuers, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05.

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.

(c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee or the Issuers in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

-32-

(e) The Issuers may, in the circumstances permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to give any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or take any other act, or to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted to be given or taken by Holders. Unless otherwise specified, if not set by the Issuers prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such action, or in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, any such record date shall be the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation.

(f) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this paragraph shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part.

(g) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including DTC, that is the Holder of a Global Note may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and DTC, as the Holder of a Global Note, may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices.

(h) The Issuers may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by DTC entitled under the procedures of such depositary to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders. If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be valid or effective if made, given or taken more than 90 days after such record date.

ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

Section 2.01 Form and Dating; Terms.

(a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

(b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of

-33-

Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06.

Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note will be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee will cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.

(c) Terms. The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

The Notes shall be subject to repurchase by the Issuers pursuant to an Offer as provided in Section 4.07 or a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 4.09. The Notes shall not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article 3.

Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Initial Notes may be created and issued from time to time by the Issuers without notice to or consent of the Holders and shall be consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and shall have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise (other than with respect to the purchase price thereof and the date from which the interest accrues) as the Initial Notes; provided that the Issuers’ ability to issue Additional Notes shall be subject to the Issuers’ compliance with Section 4.03 and Section 4.06. The Notes and any Additional Notes shall be substantially identical other than the issuance dates, offering price, transfer restrictions and, if applicable, the date from which interest shall accrue. The Additional Notes shall be secured, equally and ratably with the Notes and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, by the Note Lien on the Collateral. Except as described under Article 9, the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes subsequently issued under this Indenture will be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase, and shall vote together with any Exchange Notes. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “Notes” for all purposes of this Indenture include any Additional Notes that are actually issued. Any Additional Notes shall be issued with the benefit of an indenture supplemental to this Indenture.

-34-

(d) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication.

At least one Officer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Issuers by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form provided for in Exhibit A attached hereto, by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of the Issuers’ order (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes. In addition, at any time, from time to time, the Trustee shall upon an Authentication Order authenticate and deliver any (i) Additional Notes and (ii) Exchange Notes or private exchange notes for issue only in an Exchange Offer or a private exchange, respectively, pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, for a like principal amount of Initial Notes. Such Authentication Order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and, in the case of any issuance of Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.01, shall certify that such issuance is in compliance with Section 4.03 and Section 4.06.

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuers.

Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent.

The Issuers shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”), including an office or agency for such purposes in the City of New York, which shall initially be the corporate trust office of the Trustee located in the City of New York. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (“Note Register”) and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuers may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuers fail to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. Either Issuer or any of their Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

The Issuers initially appoint The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee to act as the Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent for the Notes and the Registrar to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

-35-

Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuers in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than an Issuer or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If an Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuers, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

Section 2.05 Holder Lists.

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee at least two Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Issuers shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a).

Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange.

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 2.06, a Global Note may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note unless (i) the Depositary (x) notifies the Issuers that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuers within 90 days, (ii) there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default with respect to the Notes or (iii) the Issuers in their sole discretion execute and deliver an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Global Note shall be so exchangeable. Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (i), (ii) or (iii) above, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, except for Definitive Notes issued subsequent to any of the preceding events in (i), (ii) or (iii) above and pursuant to Section 2.06(c), (e) or (f). A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); provided, however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Sections 2.06(b), (c), (f) and (j).

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

-36-

(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i), the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903; provided, further, that in no event shall a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note be credited, or an Unrestricted Definitive Note be issued, to a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Issuers in accordance with Section 2.06(f), the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h).

(iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or

-37-

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note or the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any Holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) and:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act; or

(E) such transfer is effected pursuant to an automatic exchange in accordance with Section 2.06(j) of this Indenture.

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B), (D) or (E) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B), (D) or (E) above.

-38-

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.

(i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in paragraph (i), (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.06(a) and receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof;

(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof; or

(G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(d) thereof, if applicable;

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h), and the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or

-39-

denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend, the OID Legend and the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend, as applicable, and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

(ii) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes. Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(i)(A) and (C), a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.

(iii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (i), (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.06(a) and if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act; or

-40-

(E) such transfer is effected pursuant to an automatic exchange in accordance with Section 2.06(j) of this Indenture.

(iv) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (i), (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.06(a) and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii), the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h), and the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

(F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

-41-

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the applicable Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the applicable 144A Global Note and, in the case of clause (C) above, the applicable Regulation S Global Note.

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

(2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act; or

(E) such transfer is effected pursuant to an automatic exchange in accordance with Section 2.06(j) of this Indenture.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

-42-

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e):

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer will be made to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers;

(B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

-43-

(C) any such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

(2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act; or

(E) such transfer is effected pursuant to an automatic exchange in accordance with Section 2.06(j) of this Indenture.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

(f) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of an Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the applicable principal amount. Any Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of an Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes issued in connection with an Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture.

(g) Legends. The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture:

(i) Private Placement Legend.

(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution therefor) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

-44-

“THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUERS THAT:

(A) SUCH NOTE MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY:

(i)(a) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (b) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (d) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1),(2),(3) OR (7) OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AN “INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”)) THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES LESS THAN $100,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUERS THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (e) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL AND OTHER CERTIFICATIONS AND DOCUMENTS IF THE ISSUERS SO REQUEST),

(ii) TO AN ISSUER, OR

(iii) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT

AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND IN EACH CASE SUBJECT TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE BY THE HOLDER OR BY ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL; AND

(B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN (A) ABOVE.

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(iii), (c)(iv), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii), (f) or (j) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

-45-

(ii) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(h) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUERS. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUERS OR THEIR AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

(iii) IAI Note Legend. Each Definitive Note held by an Institutional Accredited Investor shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.”

(iv) OID Legend. Each Note issued hereunder that has more than a de minimis amount of original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

-46-

“THIS NOTE IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 1271 ET SEQ. OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. A HOLDER MAY OBTAIN THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY FOR SUCH NOTES BY SUBMITTING A WRITTEN REQUEST FOR SUCH INFORMATION TO THE ISSUERS AT THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS: TOPS HOLDING CORPORATION, PO BOX 1027, BUFFALO, NEW YORK 14240-1027 ATTENTION: CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER.”

(v) Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend. Each temporary Note that is a Global Note issued pursuant to Regulation S shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS A TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE FOR PURPOSES OF REGULATION S UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. NEITHER THIS TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD OR DELIVERED, EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO BELOW.

NO BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL OR INTEREST HEREON UNLESS THE REQUIRED CERTIFICATIONS HAVE BEEN DELIVERED PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE.”

(h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction. If the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 or at the Registrar’s request.

(ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 4.07, 4.09 and 9.05).

-47-

(iii) Neither the Registrar nor the Issuers shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

(iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuers, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(v) The Issuers shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of mailing of notice of redemption of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

(vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuers may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuers shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(vii) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuers designated pursuant to Section 2.03, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.

(viii) At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.06.

(ix) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

(x) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including transfers between or among Depository participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

(j) Automatic Exchange from Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Global Note. At the option of the Issuers and upon compliance with the following procedures, beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. In order to effect such exchange, the Issuers shall provide written notice to the Trustee instructing the Trustee

-48-

to (i) direct the Depositary to transfer the specified amount of the outstanding beneficial interests in a particular Restricted Global Note to an Unrestricted Global Note and provide the Depositary with all such information as is necessary for the Depositary to appropriately credit and debit the relevant Holder accounts and (ii) provide prior written notice to all Holders of such exchange, which notice must include the date such exchange is proposed to occur, the CUSIP number of the relevant Restricted Global Note and the CUSIP number of the Unrestricted Global Note into which such Holders’ beneficial interests will be exchanged. As a condition to any such exchange pursuant to this Section 2.06(j), the Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Issuers, and rely upon conclusively without any liability, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, in form and in substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, to the effect that such transfer of beneficial interests to the Unrestricted Global Note shall be effected in compliance with the Securities Act. The Issuers may request from Holders such information it reasonably determines is required in order to be able to deliver such Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel. Upon such exchange of beneficial interests pursuant to this Section 2.06(j), the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date of such transfer and a decrease and increase, respectively, in the principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Note and the Unrestricted Global Note, respectively, equal to the principal amount of beneficial interests transferred. Following any such transfer pursuant to this Section 2.06(j) of all of the beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note, such Restricted Global Note shall be cancelled.

Section 2.07 Replacement Notes.

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Issuers and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the ownership and destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. An indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuers to protect the Issuers, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuers and/or the Trustee may charge for their expenses in replacing a Note.

Every replacement Note is a contractual obligation of the Issuers and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes.

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuers or an Affiliate of the Issuers holds the Note.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuers, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a Redemption Date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

-49-

Section 2.09 Treasury Notes.

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuers, or by any Affiliate of the Issuers, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuers or any obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuers or of such other obligor.

Section 2.10 Temporary Notes.

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes under this Indenture.

Section 2.11 Cancellation.

The Issuers at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of such cancelled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). The Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest.

If the Issuers default in a payment of interest on the Notes, they shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuers shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12. The Trustee shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuers of such special record date. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuers (or, upon the written request of the Issuers, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuers) shall mail or cause to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder a notice at his or her address as it appears in the Note Register that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

-50-

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

Section 2.13 CUSIP and ISIN Numbers

The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuers will as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP or ISIN numbers.

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION

Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee.

If the Issuers elect to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 3.07, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 15 Business Days (or such shorter period as is agreed to by the Trustee) before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (i) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Note and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the Redemption Date, (iii) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.

Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed or purchased (a) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed, (b) or otherwise, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and reasonable and in any event in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary. In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Registrar and Paying Agent from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.

The Registrar and Paying Agent shall promptly notify the Issuers in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes redeemed in part shall be redeemed only in integral multiples of $1,000, and no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not $2,000 or a multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall be redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

-51-

Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption.

The Issuers shall mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail notices of redemption at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depository, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 14. Notices of redemption may not be conditional, except that any notice of redemption pursuant to Section 3.07(c) may, at an Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions, including, without limitation, completion of an Equity Offering.

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed (including CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers) and shall state:

(a) the Redemption Date;

(b) the redemption price;

(c) if any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed will be issued in the name of the Holder of the Notes upon cancellation of the original Note;

(d) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

(f) that, unless the Issuers defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;

(g) the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

(h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP and/or ISIN number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

At the Issuers’ request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the name of each Issuer and at their expense; provided that the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 5 Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

-52-

Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption.

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the Redemption Date at the redemption price. The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Subject to Section 3.05, on and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.

Prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the redemption or purchase date, the Issuers shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuers any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuers in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

If the Issuers comply with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption or purchase date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuers to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the redemption or purchase date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes.

Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuers a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed or purchased; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and not an Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note.

Section 3.07 Optional Redemption.

(a) At any time prior to June 15, 2015, the Issuers may redeem all or a portion of the Notes, on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, in amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, at a price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the Redemption Date, subject to Section 3.05.

(b) On or after June 15, 2015, the Issuers may redeem all or a portion of the Notes, on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, in amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount), together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the Redemption Date subject to Section 3.05, if redeemed during the 12-month period (or in the case of the final period, 6-month) beginning on the dates indicated below:

-53-

Date	Redemption Price
June 15, 2015		104.438	%
June 15, 2016		102.219	%
June 15, 2017 and thereafter		100.000	%

(c) In addition, at any time prior to June 15, 2015, the Issuers, at their option, may use the net proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to redeem up to an aggregate of 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture (including any Additional Notes) at a redemption price equal to 108.875% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the Redemption Date subject to Section 3.05; provided that at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (calculated after giving effect to the issuance of any Additional Notes) must remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption and such redemption is completed within 120 days of the closing of the Equity Offering.

(d) In addition to the Issuers’ rights to redeem the Notes as set forth above, the Issuers may purchase Notes in open-market transactions, tender offers or otherwise.

Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption.

The Issuers will not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

Section 4.01 Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest.

The Issuers shall duly and punctually pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture.

Section 4.02 Corporate Existence.

Subject to Section 5.01, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect the existence (corporate or otherwise) and related rights and franchises (charter and statutory) of the Company and each Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise or the existence (corporate or otherwise) of any such Restricted Subsidiary (other than Tops Markets) if the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer necessary or desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole and that the loss thereof could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Issuers to perform their obligations hereunder; and provided, further, however, that the foregoing shall not prohibit a sale, transfer or conveyance of a Restricted Subsidiary or any of its assets in compliance with the terms of this Indenture.

Section 4.03 Limitation on Indebtedness.

(a) The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, issue, incur, assume, guarantee or otherwise in any manner become directly or indirectly liable for, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “incur”), any Indebtedness (including any Acquired

-54-

Indebtedness), unless such Indebtedness is incurred by an Issuer or any Guarantor or constitutes Acquired Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and, in each case, the Company’s Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the most recent four full fiscal quarters for which internal consolidated financial statements are available immediately preceding the incurrence of such Indebtedness taken as one period is at least equal to or greater than 2.0:1.0.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 4.03(a), the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries may incur the following (collectively, the “Permitted Indebtedness”):

(1) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary under any Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the greater of:

(a) $125.0 million, less, without duplication, (i) any permanent repayment thereof or permanent reduction in commitments thereunder from the proceeds of one or more Asset Sales which are used to repay a Credit Facility pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(i) and (ii) the amount of Indebtedness outstanding at the date of determination pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(8); or

(b) at the time of any incurrence the sum of (i) 90% of credit card receivables and health care receivables of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) 85% of trade receivables of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (iii) 85% of the appraised value of prescription lists of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (iv) 90% of the net orderly liquidation value of the inventory of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (based on the most recent third party appraisal of such inventory received by the Company), in the case of each of clauses (i) through (iv), on a consolidated basis as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal consolidated financial statements are available, in each case on a pro forma basis to give effect to any acquisition after such balance sheet date and on or prior to such date of incurrence;

(2) Indebtedness pursuant to (A) the Notes (excluding any Additional Notes) and any Guarantee of the Notes, and (B) any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and any Guarantee of the Exchange Notes;

(3) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary outstanding on the Issue Date (including, without limitation, under the Issuers’ existing lease with EDS, but excluding Indebtedness referred to in Section 4.03(b)(1) or (b)(2));

(4) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) any Indebtedness of the Issuers or a Guarantor owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not an Issuer or a Guarantor incurred after the Issue Date is unsecured and is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Guarantor, as the case may be, and (ii) any disposition or transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person (other than to an Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (4);

(5) guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than guarantees by an Issuer or any Guarantor of Acquired Indebtedness incurred in reliance on Section 4.03(a) of any Person that does not become a Guarantor that is acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than guarantees of such Acquired Indebtedness by any other Person so acquired in connection therewith) which Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred under this Section 4.03;

-55-

(6) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any:

(a) Interest Rate Agreements;

(b) Commodity Price Protection Agreements; and

(c) Currency Agreements;

(7) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary represented by Capital Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations or other Indebtedness in connection with the acquisition or development of real or personal, movable or immovable, property, in each case incurred or assumed for the purpose of financing or refinancing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property used in the business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed 10% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets;

(8) Indebtedness incurred by a Securitization Entity in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction that is Non-recourse Indebtedness with respect to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);

(9) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (x) in connection with surety, performance, appeal or similar bonds, completion guarantees, or similar instruments entered into in the ordinary course of business or from letters of credit or other obligations in respect of property, casualty or liability insurance, self-insurance, workers’ compensation obligations or similar arrangements or (y) consisting of the financing of insurance premiums or take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(10) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts such amount need not be inadvertent) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of receipt by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of notice of such insufficient funds;

(11) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary arising from agreements for indemnification or purchase price adjustment obligations or similar obligations, or from guarantees or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing any obligation of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to such an agreement, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or properties;

(12) any renewals, extensions, substitutions, refundings, refinancing or replacements (collectively, a “refinancing”) of any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a) and Section 4.03(b)(2), (b)(3) and (b)(15), including any successive refinancing so long as Indebtedness of the Issuers or a Guarantor may only be refinanced with Indebtedness of the Issuers or a Guarantor and the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness refinanced is not increased by such refinancing except by an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the stated amount of any premium or other payment contractually required to be paid in connection with such a refinancing pursuant to the

-56-

terms of the Indebtedness being refinanced or (b) the amount of premium or other payment actually paid at such time to refinance the Indebtedness, plus, in either case, the amount of accrued interest, fees and expenses of the Issuers incurred in connection with such refinancing and (1) in the case of any refinancing of Indebtedness that is Subordinated Indebtedness, such new Indebtedness is made subordinated to the Notes at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced and (2) in the case of Pari Passu Indebtedness or Subordinated Indebtedness, as the case may be, such refinancing does not reduce the Average Life to Stated Maturity of such Indebtedness;

(13) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit outstanding in reliance on Section 4.03(b)(1) in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(14) Indebtedness of the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such Indebtedness are deposited and used to consummate a Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance pursuant to Article 8 or to discharge the Indenture pursuant to Article 14;

(15) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries to officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Capital Stock of the Company to the extent permitted by Section 4.04(b)(9) upon termination, disability or death;

(16) Indebtedness in respect of Franchise Deposits in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the sum of (a) $5.0 million plus (b) the amount of any Franchise Deposits cash collateralized plus (c) $1.0 million for each franchise store of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries that becomes a franchise store after the Issue Date; and

(17) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in addition to that described in Section 4.03(b)(1) through (16), and any refinancing of such Indebtedness, so long as the aggregate principal amount of all such Indebtedness shall not exceed $50.0 million outstanding at any one time.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.03:

(1) In the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness, or is permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a), the Company will be permitted to classify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, or subject to Section 4.03(c)(2), later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this Section 4.03;

(2) Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement which is in existence or available on or prior to the Issue Date will be deemed to have been incurred on such date under Section 4.03(b)(1), and the Company will not be permitted to reclassify any portion of such Indebtedness thereafter;

(3) Indebtedness permitted by this covenant need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this Section 4.03 permitting such Indebtedness;

-57-

(4) Accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on any Redeemable Capital Stock or Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Redeemable Capital Stock or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.03; provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof as accrued is included in the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company;

(5) With respect to any dollar denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, the dollar equivalent principal amount of such Indebtedness incurred pursuant thereto shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date that such Indebtedness was incurred;

(6) The outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness shall be counted only once and any obligations arising under any guarantee, Lien, letter of credit or similar instrument supporting such Indebtedness shall not be double counted; and

(7) The amount of Indebtedness issued at a price less than the amount of the liability thereof shall be determined in accordance with GAAP.

Section 4.04 Limitation on Restricted Payments.

(a) The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly (each a “Restricted Payment”):

(i) declare or pay any dividend on, or make any distribution to holders of, any shares of the Company’s Capital Stock (other than dividends or distributions payable solely in shares of its Qualified Capital Stock or in options, warrants or other rights to acquire shares of such Qualified Capital Stock);

(ii) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, directly or indirectly, shares of the Company’s Capital Stock;

(iii) make any principal payment on, or repurchase, redeem, defease, retire or otherwise acquire for value, prior to any scheduled principal payment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (x) Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.03(b)(4) or (y) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of such Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition);

(iv) declare or pay any dividend or distribution on any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary to any Person (other than (a) dividends or distributions payable solely in shares of Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary or in options, warrants or other rights to acquire shares of such Capital Stock, (b) to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (c) dividends or distributions made by a Restricted Subsidiary on a pro rata basis to all stockholders of such Restricted Subsidiary); or

(v) make any Investment (other than any Permitted Investments)

(the amount of any such Restricted Payment, if other than cash, shall be the Fair Market Value of the assets proposed to be transferred), unless:

-58-

(1) at the time of and after giving effect to such proposed Restricted Payment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(2) at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) under Section 4.03(a); and

(3) after giving effect to the proposed Restricted Payment, the aggregate amount of all such Restricted Payments (other than Permitted Payments described in Section 4.04(b)(2) through (10) and Section 4.04(b)(12) through (16)) declared (with respect to dividends) or made after the Issue Date does not exceed the sum of:

(A) 50% of the aggregate Consolidated Net Income of the Company accrued on a cumulative basis during the period beginning on October 7, 2012 and ending on the last day of the Company’s last fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of the Restricted Payment for which internal financial statements of the Company are available (or, if such aggregate cumulative Consolidated Net Income shall be a loss, minus 100% of such loss);

(B) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds and the Fair Market Value of property received after the Issue Date by the Company either (1) as capital contributions or (2) from the issuance or sale (other than to any of its Subsidiaries) of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or any options, warrants or rights to purchase such Qualified Capital Stock of the Company (except, in each case, to the extent such proceeds are used to purchase, redeem or otherwise retire Capital Stock or Subordinated Indebtedness as set forth in Section 4.04(b)(2) or (b)(3) and excluding the Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance of Qualified Capital Stock financed, directly or indirectly, using funds borrowed from the Company or any Subsidiary until and to the extent such borrowing is repaid);

(C) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received after the Issue Date by the Company (other than from any of its Subsidiaries) upon the exercise of any options, warrants or rights to purchase Qualified Capital Stock of the Company (excluding the Net Cash Proceeds from the exercise of any options, warrants or rights to purchase Qualified Capital Stock financed, directly or indirectly, using funds borrowed from the Company or any Subsidiary until and to the extent such borrowing is repaid);

(D) the amount of reductions in the consolidated Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries upon conversion or exchange of any such Indebtedness into or for Qualified Capital Stock of the Company;

(E) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the Fair Market Value of property received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by means of (i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Investments (other than Permitted Investments or to the extent such Investment was a Restricted Payment made in Section 4.04(b)(16) of the next succeeding paragraph) made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Investments from the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Investments (other than Permitted Investments or to the extent such Investment was a Restricted Payment made in Section 4.04(b)(16) of the next succeeding paragraph) by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Issue Date; or (ii) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other

-59-

than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.04(b)(16) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend or distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date;

(F) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the Fair Market Value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary constituted a Permitted Investment; and

(G) any amount which previously qualified as a Restricted Payment that was not a Permitted Payment on account of any guarantee entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such guarantee has not been called upon and the obligation arising under such guarantee no longer exists.

(b) The provisions of Section 4.04(a) shall not prohibit the following Restricted Payments (each a “Permitted Payment”):

(1) the payment of any dividend or redemption of any Capital Stock or Subordinated Indebtedness within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof or call for redemption, if at such date of declaration or call for redemption such payment or redemption was permitted by the provisions of Section 4.04(a) (the declaration of such payment will be deemed a Restricted Payment under Section 4.04(a) as of the date of declaration, and the payment itself will be deemed to have been paid on such date of declaration and will not also be deemed a Restricted Payment under Section 4.04(a)) (it being understood that any Restricted Payment made in reliance on this clause (1) shall reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.04(a)(3) above only once);

(2) Restricted Payments made in exchange for (including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right or privilege in connection with which cash is paid in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares or scrip), or out of the Net Cash Proceeds of a substantially concurrent issuance and sale for cash (other than to a Subsidiary) of, Qualified Capital Stock of the Company; provided that the Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance of such shares of Qualified Capital Stock are excluded from Section 4.04(a)(3)(B);

(3) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or acquisition for value or payment of principal of any Subordinated Indebtedness in exchange for, or out of the Net Cash Proceeds of, a substantially concurrent issuance and sale for cash (other than to any Subsidiary) of any Qualified Capital Stock of the Company; provided that the Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance of such shares of Qualified Capital Stock are excluded from Section 4.04(a)(3)(B);

(4) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement, or acquisition for value or payment of principal of any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Redeemable Capital Stock) (a “refinancing”) in exchange for, or out of the Net Cash Proceeds of, the substantially concurrent issuance of new Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company; provided that any such new Subordinated Indebtedness:

(a) shall be in a principal amount that does not exceed the principal amount so refinanced, plus the amount of premium or other payment reasonably determined as necessary to refinance the Indebtedness, plus the amount of accrued interest, fees and expenses of the Company incurred in connection with such refinancing;

-60-

(b) has an Average Life to Stated Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Average Life to Stated Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being refinanced;

(c) has a Stated Maturity for its final scheduled principal payment no earlier than the Stated Maturity for the final scheduled principal payment of the Subordinated Indebtedness being refinanced; and

(d) is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes at least to the same extent as the Subordinated Indebtedness to be refinanced;

(5) the repurchase of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon (a) exercise of stock options to the extent that shares of such Capital Stock represent a portion of the exercise price of such options and (b) the withholding of a portion of the Capital Stock granted or awarded to an employee to pay taxes associated therewith;

(6) the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares or scrip in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exercisable for Capital Stock of the Company;

(7) the repurchase, redemption, or other acquisition or retirement for value of Redeemable Capital Stock of the Company or a Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the sale of, Redeemable Capital Stock;

(8) so long as no Default or Event of Default exists or would occur, payments or distributions to stockholders pursuant to appraisal rights required under applicable law in connection with any consolidation, merger or transfer of assets, that complies with Section 5.01;

(9) the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company, or a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Capital Stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies, held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (9) do not exceed in any calendar year $5.0 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to the next two succeeding calendar years); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(a) the cash proceeds from the sale of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the capital of the Company, Capital Stock of any of the direct or indirect parent companies of the Company, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of such Capital Stock have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of Section 4.04(a)(3); plus

-61-

(b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less

(c) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (a) or (b) of this clause (9);

and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company from members of management of the Company and representing non-cash loans made by the Company to permit members of management to acquire Capital Stock of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with a repurchase of Capital Stock of the Company or any of the Company’s direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant;

(10) payments of dividends on Redeemable Capital Stock of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued in accordance with Section 4.03;

(11) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock (or a Restricted Payment to any direct or indirect parent entity to fund a payment of dividends on such entity’s common stock), following the first public Equity Offering of such common stock after the Issue Date, of up to 6% per annum of the Net Cash Proceeds received by (or, in the case of a Restricted Payment to a direct or indirect parent entity, contributed to the capital of) the Company in or from any such public Equity Offering;

(12) Restricted Payments contemplated by the Offering Memorandum in connection with the Transactions;

(13) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness following an Asset Sale or Change of Control pursuant to provisions similar to those set forth in Section 4.07 or Section 4.09 at a purchase price not to exceed 100% of the principal amount thereof (or 101% in the case of an offer as a result of a Change of Control) plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase; provided that the Company has previously made a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as the case may be, with respect thereto and all Notes tendered by holders in connection therewith have been repurchased to the extent required by Section 4.07 or Section 4.09, as applicable;

(14) the declaration and payment of dividends or the payment of other distributions by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to, or the making of loans or advances to, any of their respective direct or indirect parents in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies to pay, in each case without duplication,

(a) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses of any corporate parent required to maintain its corporate existence;

(b) for any taxable year in which the Company is a member of any consolidated, combined or similar income tax group of which any corporate parent is the common parent (a “Tax Group”), federal, foreign, state or local income taxes (as applicable) of the Tax Group that are attributable to the income of the Company and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that, in each taxable year, the amount of such payments (when aggregated with the amount of such taxes paid directly by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) shall not exceed the amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would have been required to pay in respect of such federal, foreign, state or local income taxes on a standalone basis;

-62-

(c) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(d) general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(e) amounts payable to the Sponsors pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date;

(f) fees and expenses related to any equity or debt offering of such parent entity (whether or not successful); and

(g) cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of any direct or indirect parent of the Company;

(15) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Receivables and Related Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction; and

(16) other Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed $15.0 million.

For clarity purposes, all payments made pursuant to Section 4.04(b)(2) through (10) and Section 4.04(b)(12) through (16) shall not reduce the amount that would otherwise be available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a).

Section 4.05 Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.

The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into any transaction or series of related transactions involving aggregate value in excess of $2.5 million (including, without limitation, the sale, purchase, exchange or lease of assets, property or services) with or for the benefit of any Affiliate of the Company (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, including any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction), unless:

(1) such transaction or series of related transactions is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that would be available in a comparable transaction in arm’s-length dealings with an unrelated third party; and

(2) with respect to any transaction or series of related transactions involving aggregate value in excess of $15.0 million, either:

-63-

(a) such transaction or series of related transactions has been approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors of the Board of Directors of the Company, or in the event there is only one Disinterested Director, by such Disinterested Director, or

(b) the Company delivers to the Trustee a written opinion of an investment banking firm of national standing or other recognized independent expert stating that the transaction or series of related transactions is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view;

provided, however, that this provision shall not apply to:

(i) directors’ fees, consulting fees, employee salaries, bonuses or employment agreements, incentive arrangements, compensation or employee benefit arrangements with any officer, director or employee of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, including under any stock option or stock incentive plans, customary indemnification arrangements with officers, directors or employees of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(ii) any Restricted Payments made in compliance with Section 4.04 or any Permitted Investment in a Person that is an Affiliate solely as a result of the Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Investments in such Person;

(iii) any Qualified Securitization Transaction;

(iv) any issuance or sale of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company to Affiliates;

(v) transactions among the Company and/or any Restricted Subsidiary and/or any entity that is an Affiliate solely as a result of any Investment by the Company and/or such Restricted Subsidiary in such entity;

(vi) loans or advances to employees or consultants of the Company in the ordinary course of business for bona fide business purposes of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, travel, entertainment and moving expenses) made in compliance with applicable law;

(vii) any transactions undertaken pursuant to any agreements (including, without limitation, pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement) in existence on the Issue Date and described in this offering memorandum and any renewals, replacements or modifications of such contracts (pursuant to new transactions or otherwise) on terms not materially less favorable when taken as a whole to the holders of the Notes than those in effect on the Issue Date;

(viii) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of their obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement, principal investors agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (viii) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise materially disadvantageous to the holders when taken as a whole;

-64-

(ix) the Transactions;

(x) transactions with Unrestricted Subsidiaries, customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture which are fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Company’s Board of Directors or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(xi) payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Sponsors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which payments are approved in good faith by Disinterested Directors constituting a majority of such Disinterested Directors;

(xii) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary and employment agreements, severance arrangements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith; and

(xiii) Investments by the Sponsors in debt securities of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (x) the Investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (y) the Investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities.

Section 4.06 Limitation on Liens.

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to enter into, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Liens of any kind, on or with respect to any of its properties other than Permitted Liens. Additionally, neither Issuer will, and will not permit any Guarantor, to grant or suffer to exist any Lien (other than pursuant to clause (a), (d), (g), (j) or (p) of the definition of “Permitted Lien”) on any leasehold interest (as lessee) in real property of an Issuer or any Guarantor for purposes of securing any Indebtedness for money borrowed unless the Issuers shall have granted a Lien on such leasehold interest to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the holders of Notes and the holders of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations ranking prior to any other Liens.

Section 4.07 Limitation on Sale of Assets.

(a) The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, consummate an Asset Sale unless (1) at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Sale is received in cash, Cash Equivalents or Replacement Assets, (2) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares or assets subject to such Asset Sale, and (3) if such Asset Sale involves the disposition of Notes Priority Collateral or, after the Discharge of ABL Obligations, the disposition of ABL Priority Collateral, the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be paid directly by the purchaser of the Collateral to the Collateral Agent for deposit into the Collateral Account pending application in accordance with the provisions described below, and, if any property other than cash or Cash Equivalents is included in such Net Cash Proceeds, substantially all of such property shall be made subject to the Note Liens.

-65-

For purposes of Section 4.07(a)(1) above, the following will be deemed to be cash:

(A) the amount of any liabilities (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is actually assumed by the transferee in such Asset Sale and from which the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries are fully and unconditionally released (excluding any liabilities that are incurred in connection with or in anticipation of such Asset Sale and contingent liabilities);

(B) the amount of any notes, securities or other similar obligations received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that is converted, sold or exchanged within 180 days of the related Asset Sale by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries into cash in an amount equal to the Net Cash Proceeds realized upon such conversion, sale or exchange; and

(C) the amount of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Asset Sale; provided that the aggregate of such Designated Non-cash Consideration received in connection with Asset Sales (and still held) shall not exceed the greater of (x) $10.0 million and (y) 2.0% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at any one time (with the Fair Market Value in each case being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).

(b) All or a portion of an amount equal to the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale may be applied by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects (or is required by the terms of any Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement or any Credit Facility):

(i) to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds constitute proceeds from the sale of (x) ABL Priority Collateral or assets that are not Collateral, to repay permanently any Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Facility then outstanding as required by the terms thereof (and to effect a permanent reduction in the availability under the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Facility) or (y) assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, to repay Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor;

(ii) to acquire (or enter into a legally binding agreement to acquire), all or substantially all of the assets of, or a majority of the Voting Stock of, a Permitted Business (or in the case of an Asset Sale of ABL Priority Collateral, to acquire additional Collateral); provided that to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds are received in respect of Notes Priority Collateral, such Net Cash Proceeds are applied to acquire assets substantially all of which constitute Notes Priority Collateral;

(iii) to make a capital expenditure; provided that to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds are received in respect of Notes Priority Collateral, such expenditures shall relate to Notes Priority Collateral; or

(iv) to invest the Net Cash Proceeds (or enter into a legally binding agreement to invest) in Replacement Assets; provided that to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds are received in respect of Notes Priority Collateral, substantially all of such Replacement Assets constitute Notes Priority Collateral.

Pending the final application of any such Net Cash Proceeds (other than Trust Monies), the Issuers may temporarily reduce Indebtedness or otherwise invest such Net Cash Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture. If any such legally binding agreement to invest such Net Cash Proceeds is entered into and the Issuers shall have not consummated such investment (or a replacement

-66-

investment) within 180 days of the date of such binding agreement or within 365 days of such Asset Sale, whichever is later, such Net Cash Proceeds which were to be invested shall constitute “Excess Proceeds”. The amount of such Net Cash Proceeds not used or invested in accordance with the preceding clauses (i) through (iv) within 365 days (or such later number of days as provided in the preceding sentence) of the Asset Sale constitutes “Excess Proceeds.”

When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, within 30 days thereof, or earlier at the option of the Issuers, the Issuers will make an offer (an “Offer”) to all Holders of Notes and (x) in the case of Net Cash Proceeds from an Asset Sale of Notes Priority Collateral, to the holders of any other Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Section 4.07 with respect to asset sales or (y) in the case of any other Net Cash Proceeds, to all holders of other Pari Passu Indebtedness containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Section 4.07 with respect to asset sales, in each case, equal to the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes (and 100% of the principal amount or, if different, the accreted value of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations or Pari Passu Indebtedness) plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Offer, the Issuers may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture and such remaining amount shall not be added to any subsequent Excess Proceeds for any purpose under this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of the Notes and principal amount or, if different, accreted value of other Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations (in the case of Net Cash Proceeds from Notes Priority Collateral) or Notes and other Pari Passu Indebtedness (in the case of any other Net Cash Proceeds) tendered into such Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes and other Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations or other Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

(c) The Company shall determine in good faith whether, and to what extent, an Asset Sale is in respect of Notes Priority Collateral and to what extent the Net Cash Proceeds in respect of an Asset Sale of Notes Priority Collateral are used to acquire or are invested in Notes Priority Collateral taking into account all relevant factors, including without limitation, the existence of structurally senior claims against the Notes Priority Collateral and the assets of an entity whose Capital Stock is subject to such Asset Sale or acquired with such Net Cash Proceeds.

(d) The Issuers will comply with the applicable tender offer rules, including Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, and any other applicable securities laws or regulations in connection with an Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.07, the Company, or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.07 by virtue of such conflict.

Section 4.08 Additional Guarantees.

The Issuers will cause within ten Business Days any Restricted Subsidiary formed or acquired after the Issue Date (other than a Foreign Subsidiary, a Securitization Entity and any Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary if the Fair Market Value of such Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary, together with the Fair Market Value of all other Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiaries, as of such date, does not exceed in the aggregate $30.0 million) to execute and deliver a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit D providing for a Guarantee of the Notes and supplements to the applicable Security Documents in order to grant a Lien in the Collateral owned by such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent required by the Security Documents and take all actions required by the Security Documents to perfect such Lien. In addition, to the extent the collective Fair Market Value of the Company’s Non-Guarantor Restricted

-67-

Subsidiaries, as of the date of the creation of, acquisition of or Investment in a Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary, exceeds $30.0 million, the Company shall cause, within ten Business Days after such date, one or more of such Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiaries to similarly execute and deliver a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit D providing for a Guarantee of the Notes and a supplement to the applicable Security Documents in order to grant a Lien in the Collateral owned by such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent required by the Security Documents such that the collective Fair Market Value of all remaining Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiaries does not exceed $30.0 million and take all actions required by the Security Documents to perfect such Lien. In addition, the Company will not permit any Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Company or any other Guarantor unless such Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary simultaneously delivers a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit D providing for a Guarantee of the Notes by such Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary and a joinder agreement related to the Security Documents, providing for a pledge of its assets as Collateral for the Notes to the extent required by the Security Documents and take all actions required by the Security Documents to perfect such Lien.

Section 4.09 Purchase of Notes upon a Change of Control.

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder of Notes will have the right to require that the Issuers purchase all or any part (in integral multiples of $1,000 except that no Note will be purchased in part if the remaining principal amount of such Note would be less than $2,000) of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to the offer described below (a “Change of Control Offer”). In the Change of Control Offer, the Issuers will offer to purchase all of the Notes, at a purchase price (the “Change of Control Purchase Price”) in cash in an amount equal to 101% of the principal amount of such Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Purchase Date”) (subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date).

(b) Unless an Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a notice of redemption with respect to all of the outstanding Notes pursuant to Section 3.03 within 30 days of any Change of Control or, at the Issuers’ option, prior to such Change of Control but after it is publicly announced, the Issuers must notify the Trustee and give written notice (a “Change of Control Purchase Notice”) of the Change of Control to each Holder of Notes, by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at its address appearing in the Note Register. The notice must state:

(i) that a Change of Control has occurred or will occur, the date of such event, and that such Holder has the right to require the Issuers to repurchase such Holder’s Notes at the Change of Control Purchase Price;

(ii) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.09 and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment at the Change of Control Purchase Price;

(iii) the Change of Control Purchase Date, which shall be fixed by the Issuers on a Business Day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, or such later date as is necessary to comply with requirements under the Exchange Act; provided that the Change of Control Purchase Date may not occur prior to the Change of Control;

(iv) the Change of Control Purchase Price;

-68-

(v) that the Change of Control Purchase Price for any Notes which has been properly tendered and not withdrawn will be paid promptly following the Change of Control Purchase Date;

(vi) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the Paying Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Purchase Date;

(vii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuers to purchase such Notes, provided that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the 30th day following the date of the Change of Control Purchase Notice, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;

(viii) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest; and

(ix) that, unless the Issuers default in the payment of the Change of Control Purchase Price, any Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Purchase Date.

(c) On the Change of Control Purchase Date, the Issuers shall, to the extent permitted by law:

(i) accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Purchase Price in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and

(iii) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuers.

(d) Subject to applicable escheat laws, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall return to the Issuers any cash that remains unclaimed, together with interest or dividends, if any, thereon, held by them for the payment of the Change of Control Purchase Price; provided, however, that, (x) to the extent that the aggregate amount of cash deposited by the Issuers pursuant to clause (ii) of clause (c) above exceeds the aggregate Change of Control Purchase Price of the Notes or portions thereof to be purchased, then the Trustee shall hold such excess for the Issuers and (y) unless otherwise directed by the Issuers in writing, promptly after the Business Day following the Change of Control Purchase Date the Trustee shall return any such excess to the Issuers together with interest, if any, thereon.

(e) The Issuers shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the applicable tender offer rules, including Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, and any other applicable securities laws or regulations in connection with a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.09, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached their obligations under this Section 4.09 by virtue of such conflict.

-69-

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuers will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer, in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.09 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers and purchases all the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

(g) The Issuers’ obligation to make a Change of Control Offer to repurchase the Notes may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding pursuant to Section 9.02.

Section 4.10 Reserved.

Section 4.11 Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.

(a) The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock;

(2) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary;

(3) make any Investment in the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or

(4) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary.

(b) Section 4.11(a) will not prohibit any:

(1) encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement (and related security documents), the Notes, this Indenture, the Guarantees and the Security Documents) in effect on the Issue Date or any agreement governing Indebtedness that contains encumbrances and restrictions that are not materially more restrictive than those contained in this Indenture, the Guarantees, the Credit Agreement and the Security Documents;

(2) encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the Issue Date, in existence at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that such encumbrances and restrictions are not applicable to any Restricted Subsidiary or the properties or assets of any Restricted Subsidiary other than such Subsidiary which is becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such Subsidiary’s Subsidiaries;

(3) encumbrance or restriction pursuant to any agreement governing any Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations permitted to be incurred under Section 4.03;

(4) encumbrance or restriction contained in any Acquired Indebtedness or other agreement of any Person or related to assets acquired (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries, so long as such encumbrance or

-70-

restriction (A) was not entered into in contemplation of the acquisition, merger or consolidation transaction, and (B) is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or such Person’s Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person or such Person’s Subsidiaries, so acquired;

(5) encumbrance or restriction existing under applicable law, rule, regulation or order or any requirement of any regulatory body;

(6) in the case of Section 4.11(a)(4), Liens securing Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred under Section 4.06 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

(7) customary non-assignment provisions in leases, licenses or contracts;

(8) customary restrictions contained in (A) asset sale agreements that limit the transfer of such assets pending the closing of such sale and (B) any other agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition;

(9) customary restrictions imposed by the terms of shareholders’, partnership or joint venture agreements; provided, however, that such restrictions do not apply to any Restricted Subsidiaries other than the applicable company, partnership or joint venture;

(10) restrictions contained in Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred under this Indenture, so long as such restrictions or encumbrances are customary for Indebtedness of the type incurred and which the Board of Directors of the Company determines in good faith will not adversely affect the Issuers’ ability to make payments of principal or interest on the Notes;

(11) encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Securitization Entity in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction; provided, however, that such encumbrances and restrictions are necessary or advisable to effect the transactions contemplated under such Qualified Securitization Transaction in the good faith determination of the Company;

(12) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or suppliers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; and

(13) encumbrance or restriction under any agreement that amends, extends, renews, refinances or replaces the agreements containing the encumbrances or restrictions in the foregoing clauses (1) through (12), or in this clause (13); provided that the terms and conditions of any such encumbrances or restrictions are no more restrictive in any material respect than those under or pursuant to the agreement evidencing the Indebtedness so extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced.

Section 4.12 Limitation on Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

The Issuers may designate after the Issue Date any Subsidiary as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” under this Indenture only if:

(a) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or after giving effect to such designation;

-71-

(b) either (i) such Subsidiary has total assets of less than $1,000 or (ii) the Issuers would be permitted to make an Investment at the time of designation (assuming the effectiveness of such designation) pursuant to Section 4.04 in an amount (the “Designation Amount”) equal to the Fair Market Value of the Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Investments in such Subsidiary (including any guarantee of the obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary that will not be released concurrently with such designation but excluding any amounts attributable to Investments made prior to the Issue Date);

(c) such Unrestricted Subsidiary does not own any Capital Stock in any Restricted Subsidiary which is not simultaneously being designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(d) such Unrestricted Subsidiary is not liable, directly or indirectly, with respect to any Indebtedness other than Non-recourse Indebtedness, provided that an Unrestricted Subsidiary may provide a Guarantee for the Notes; and

(e) such Unrestricted Subsidiary is not a party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding at such time with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Issuers or, in the event such condition is not satisfied, the value of such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding to such Unrestricted Subsidiary from and after the date of designation shall be deemed a Restricted Payment.

In the event of any such designation, the Issuers shall be deemed to have made an Investment pursuant to Section 4.04 for all purposes of this Indenture in an amount equal to the Designation Amount. For purposes of the foregoing, the designation of a Subsidiary of an Issuer as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be the designation of all of the Subsidiaries of such Subsidiary as Unrestricted Subsidiaries. Unless so designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, any Person that becomes a Subsidiary of an Issuer will be classified as a Restricted Subsidiary.

The Issuers may revoke any designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if:

(a) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of and after giving effect to such revocation;

(b) all Liens and Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding immediately following such revocation would, if incurred at such time, have been permitted to be incurred for all purposes of this Indenture; and

(c) unless such redesignated Subsidiary shall not have any Indebtedness outstanding (other than Indebtedness that would be Permitted Indebtedness), (x) if prior to such revocation the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.03(a) immediately after giving effect to such proposed revocation, and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of any such Indebtedness of such redesignated Subsidiary as if such Indebtedness was incurred on the date of the revocation, the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.03(a) or (y) if prior to such revocation the Company could not incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.03(a) the Company’s Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio does not decline as a result of such revocation.

All designations and revocations must be evidenced by a resolution of the Company’s Board of Directors delivered to the Trustee certifying compliance with the foregoing provisions.

-72-

Section 4.13 Provision of Financial Information.

(a) The Company shall furnish to the Trustee and, upon request, to beneficial owners and prospective investors of the Notes, a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below within 15 days after the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations (assuming the Notes were registered under Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act):

(1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants; provided that, prior to the Exchange Offer, financial statements may omit the footnote disclosures omitted from the financial statements included in the Offering Memorandum for periods in such fiscal years; and

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports;

provided that if the Company files such reports electronically with the SEC within such time periods, the Company shall not be required to furnish such reports as specified above. The Trustee shall have no responsibility whatsoever to determine if such electronic filing has occurred.

(b) After consummation of the Exchange Offer, whether or not required by the SEC, the Company shall comply with the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and shall file the reports specified in Section 4.13(a) with the SEC within the time periods specified in Section 4.13(a) unless the SEC will not accept such a filing. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will not accept the Company’s filings for any reason, the Company shall post the reports referred to in Section 4.13(a) on its website within the time periods that would apply if the Company were required to file those reports with the SEC.

(c) For so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company shall also:

(1) within 15 Business Days after filing with the Trustee or the SEC, as the case may be, the annual and quarterly information required pursuant to the preceding two paragraphs, hold a conference call for Holders of Notes, prospective investors and market makers (it being understood that prior to completion of the Exchange Offer, the Company may limit participants to the extent it determines in good faith such limitations are prudent to ensure compliance with the Securities Act and other applicable securities laws) to discuss such reports and the results of operations for the relevant reporting period; and

(2) employ commercially reasonable means expected to reach Persons entitled to participate in such conference calls in accordance with the foregoing paragraph no fewer than three Business Days prior to the date of the conference call required to be held in accordance with clause (1) above, to announce the time and date of such conference call and either including all information necessary to access the call or directing such Persons to contact the appropriate contact at the Company to obtain such information.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the direct or indirect parent company becomes a Guarantor, the reports, information and other documents required to be filed and provided in accordance with clauses (a) and (b) above will be those of such parent, rather than those of the Company, so long as such filings would satisfy the SEC’s requirements (assuming the Notes were registered under Section (13)(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act).

-73-

(e) In addition, so long as any of the Notes remain outstanding, the Issuers will make available to any prospective purchaser of Notes or beneficial owner of Notes in connection with any sale thereof the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act, until such time as the Issuers have either exchanged the Notes for securities identical in all material respects which have been registered under the Securities Act or until such time as the Holders thereof have disposed of such Notes pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

Section 4.14 Statement by Officers as to Default.

(a) The Issuers will deliver to the Trustee, on or before a date not more than 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuers, an Officer’s Certificate, as to compliance herewith, including whether or not, after a review of the activities of the Issuers during such year and of the Issuers’ and each Guarantor’s performance under this Indenture, to the best knowledge, based on such review, of the signers thereof, the Issuers and each Guarantor have fulfilled all of their respective obligations and are in compliance with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture throughout such year, as the case may be, and, if there has been a Default specifying each Default and the nature and status thereof and any actions being taken by the Issuers and the Guarantors with respect thereto.

(b) When any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee by registered or certified mail or facsimile transmission an Officer’s Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default, within five Business Days after becoming aware of the occurrence of such Default or Event of Default.

ARTICLE 5

SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01 Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets.

(a) No Issuer will, in a single transaction or through a series of related transactions, consolidate with or merge with or into any other Person or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person or group of Persons, unless at the time and after giving effect thereto:

(1) either (a) such Issuer will be the continuing corporation or (b) the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger or the Person which acquires by sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition all or substantially all of the properties and assets of such Issuer and their Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (the “Surviving Entity”) (i) shall be a corporation, limited liability company or partnership duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; provided that there shall be an obligor or a co-obligor that is a corporation, (ii) shall expressly assume by a supplemental indenture, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of such Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement, as the case may be, and the Notes and this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement will remain in full force and effect as so supplemented (and any Guarantees will be confirmed as applying to such Surviving Entity’s obligations) and (iii) shall expressly assume the due and punctual performance of the covenants and obligations of such Issuer under the Security Documents;

-74-

(2) after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;

(3) after giving effect to such transaction, the Company (or the Surviving Entity if the Company is not the continuing obligor under this Indenture) could (a) incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the provisions of Section 4.03(a) or (b) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company or the Surviving Entity is equal to or greater than the Company’s Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such transaction;

(4) at the time of the transaction, each Guarantor, if any, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, will have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes;

(5) at the time of the transaction, such Issuer or the Surviving Entity will have delivered, or caused to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that such consolidation, merger, transfer, sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other transaction and the supplemental indenture in respect thereof comply with this Indenture and that all conditions precedent provided for in this Section 5.01(a) relating to such transaction have been complied with;

(6) such Issuer or the Surviving Entity, as applicable, promptly causes such amendments, supplements or other instruments to be executed, delivered, filed and recorded, as applicable, in such jurisdictions as may be reasonably required by applicable law to preserve and protect the Lien of the Security Documents on the Collateral owned by or transferred to such Issuer or the Surviving Entity; and

(7) the Collateral owned by or transferred to such Issuer or the Surviving Entity, as applicable, shall (a) continue to constitute Collateral under this Indenture and the Security Documents, (b) be subject to the Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the holders of the Notes, and (c) not be subject to any Lien other than Permitted Liens.

Notwithstanding Sections 5.01(a)(2) and (a)(3), (1) either Issuer may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the other Issuer; (2) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Restricted Subsidiary and (3) either Issuer may merge with an Affiliate that has no significant assets or liabilities and was formed solely for the purpose of changing such Issuer’s jurisdiction of organization to another state of the United States.

(b) Each Guarantor will not, and the Issuers will not permit a Guarantor to, in a single transaction or through a series of related transactions, consolidate with or merge with or into any other Person (other than the Issuers or any Guarantor) or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person or group of Persons (other than the Issuers or any Guarantor), unless at the time and after giving effect thereto:

(1) (a) either (i) the Guarantor will be the continuing corporation or limited liability company, as the case may be, in the case of a consolidation or merger involving the Guarantor or (ii) the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger or the Person which acquires by sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Guarantor on a consolidated basis (the “Surviving Guarantor Entity”) will be a corporation, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, partnership (whether general or limited) or trust duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States

-75-

of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and such Person (x) expressly assumes, by a supplemental indenture, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee of the Notes and this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement and such Guarantee, Indenture and Registration Rights Agreement will remain in full force and effect; and (y) shall expressly assume the due and punctual performance of the covenants and obligations of the applicable Guarantor under the Security Documents;

(b) after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;

(c) at the time of the transaction such Guarantor or the Surviving Guarantor Entity will have delivered, or caused to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that such consolidation, merger, transfer, sale, assignment, conveyance, lease or other transaction and the supplemental indenture in respect thereof comply with this Indenture and that all conditions precedent therein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with;

(d) the Guarantor or the Surviving Guarantor Entity, as applicable, promptly causes such amendments, supplements or other instruments to be executed, delivered, filed and recorded, as applicable, in such jurisdictions as may be reasonably required by applicable law to preserve and protect the Lien of the Security Documents on the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Guarantor or the Surviving Guarantor Entity;

(e) the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Guarantor or the Surviving Guarantor Entity, as applicable, shall (i) continue to constitute Collateral under this Indenture and the Security Documents, (ii) be subject to the Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the holders of the Notes, and (iii) not be subject to any Lien other than Permitted Liens; and

(f) the property and assets of the Person which is merged or consolidated with or into the Guarantor or the Surviving Guarantor Entity, as applicable, to the extent that they are property or assets of the types which would constitute Collateral under the Security Documents, shall be treated as after acquired property and the Guarantor or the Surviving Guarantor Entity shall take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the Security Documents in the manner and to the extent required in this Indenture; or

(2) the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.07.

For purposes of this Section 5.01, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Restricted Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

Section 5.02 Successor Substituted.

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of any Issuer or any Guarantor, if any, in accordance with Section 5.01, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which such Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, is merged, or the successor Person to which such sale,

-76-

assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition is made, shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, such Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, under this Indenture, the Notes and/or the related Guarantee, as the case may be, and the Registration Rights Agreement, with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as such Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, herein, in the Notes and/or in the Guarantee, as the case may be, and the Registration Rights Agreement, and the applicable Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes or its Guarantee, as the case may be, and the Registration Rights Agreement; provided that in the case of a transfer by lease, the predecessor shall not be released from the payment of principal and interest on the Notes or its Guarantee, as the case may be.

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01 Events of Default.

An “Event of Default” wherever used herein, means any one of the following events:

(1) there shall be a default in the payment of any interest on any Note when it becomes due and payable, and such default shall continue for a period of 30 days;

(2) there shall be a default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note at its Maturity (upon acceleration, optional redemption, required repurchase or otherwise);

(3) (a) there shall be a default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or agreement of an Issuer or any Guarantor under this Indenture or any Guarantee (other than a default in the performance, or breach, of a covenant or agreement which is specifically dealt with in clause (1) or (2) above or in clause (b), (c) or (d) of this clause (3)) and such default or breach shall continue for a period of 60 days after written notice has been given, by certified mail, (1) to the Issuers by the Trustee or (2) to the Issuers and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes; (b) there shall be a default in the performance or breach of the provisions described in Section 5.01; (c) the Issuers shall have failed to make or consummate an Offer in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.07; or (d) the Issuers shall have failed to make or consummate a Change of Control Offer in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.09;

(4) (a) any default in the payment of the principal or premium, if any, on any Indebtedness when due under any of the agreements, indentures or instruments under which the Issuers, any Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary then has outstanding Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary) in excess of $25.0 million (“Material Indebtedness”) and such default shall have continued after giving effect to any applicable grace period and shall not have been cured or waived or (b) an event of default as defined in any of the agreements, indentures or instruments described in subclause (a) of this clause (4) shall have occurred and the Material Indebtedness thereunder, if not already matured at its final maturity in accordance with its terms, shall have been accelerated;

(5) any Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries which collectively (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease to be, or shall for any

-77-

reason be asserted in writing by any Guarantor or the Issuers not to be, in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms, except to the extent permitted by this Indenture and any such Guarantee;

(6) one or more final, non-appealable judgments or orders of any court or regulatory or administrative agency for the payment of money in excess of $25.0 million (net of any amounts to the extent that they are covered by insurance), either individually or in the aggregate, shall be rendered against an Issuer, any Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary which has not been discharged, fully bonded or stayed for a period of 60 consecutive days;

(7) there shall have been the entry of a decree or order that remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days by a court of competent jurisdiction under any applicable Bankruptcy Law (a) for relief in an involuntary case or proceeding in respect of such Issuer, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries which collectively (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or (b) adjudging such Issuer, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries which collectively (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary bankrupt or insolvent or (c) seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition under any applicable federal or state law of or in respect of such Issuer, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries which collectively (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or (d) appointing a custodian of such Issuer, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries which collectively (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or of substantially all of the assets of such Issuer or such Significant Subsidiary, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of their affairs;

(8) such Issuer, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries which collectively (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary (a) commences a voluntary case or proceeding in respect of such Issuer, such Significant Subsidiary or such group of Restricted Subsidiaries under any applicable Bankruptcy Law or any other case or proceeding to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, (b) consents to the entry of a decree or order for debt relief in respect of such Issuer, such Significant Subsidiary or such group of Restricted Subsidiaries in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law or to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against it, (c) files a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or debt relief in respect of such Issuer, such Significant Subsidiary or such group of Restricted Subsidiaries under any Bankruptcy Law or applicable federal or state insolvency law, (d) consents to the filing of such petition for the appointment of, or taking possession by, a custodian of such Issuer, such Significant Subsidiary or such group of Restricted Subsidiaries or of substantially all of the assets of such Issuer or such Significant Subsidiary, (e) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (f) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due or (g) takes any corporate action to authorize any such actions in this clause (8); or

(9) unless all of the Collateral has been released from the Note Liens in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents, (x) default by the Issuers or any Subsidiary in the performance of the Security Documents which materially adversely affects the enforceability, validity, perfection or priority of the Note Liens on a material portion of the Collateral, (y) the repudiation or disaffirmation by the Issuers or any Guarantor of its material obligations under the

-78-

Security Documents or (z) the determination in a judicial proceeding that the Security Documents are unenforceable or invalid against the Issuers or any Guarantor party thereto for any reason with respect to a material portion of the Collateral and, in the case of any event described in subclauses (x) through (z), such default, repudiation, disaffirmation or determination is not rescinded, stayed, or waived by the Persons having such authority pursuant to the Security Documents or otherwise cured within 60 days after the Issuers receive written notice thereof specifying such occurrence from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes and demanding that such default be remedied.

Section 6.02 Acceleration.

If an Event of Default (other than as specified in Section 6.01(a)(7) or (8) with respect to an Issuer) shall occur and be continuing with respect to this Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare all unpaid principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on all Notes to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Issuers (and to the Trustee if given by the Holders of the Notes) and upon any such declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and interest shall become due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(7) or (8) with respect to an Issuer occurs and is continuing, then all the Notes shall automatically become and be due and payable immediately in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date the Notes become due and payable, without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

After a declaration of acceleration, but before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding by written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

(a) the Issuers have paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay (1) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee under this Indenture and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, (2) all overdue interest on all Notes then outstanding, (3) the principal of, and premium, if any, on any Notes then outstanding which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest thereon at the rate borne by the Notes and (4) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest at the rate borne by the Notes; and

(b) all Events of Default, other than the non-payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 6.03 Other Remedies.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes, this Indenture or any Security Document.

-79-

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults.

The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding may on behalf of the Holders of all outstanding Notes waive any past Default under this Indenture and its consequences, except a Default (1) in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note (which may only be waived with the consent of each Holder of Notes affected) or (2) in respect of a covenant or provision which under this Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Note affected by such modification or amendment.

Section 6.05 Control by Majority.

Subject to the terms of the Security Documents, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits.

No Holder of any of the Notes has any right to institute any proceedings with respect to this Indenture or any remedy thereunder, unless (a) such Holder has previously given notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default; (b) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as trustee under this Indenture and the Notes; (c) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request; (d) the Trustee has failed to institute such proceeding within 60 days after receipt of such notice; and (e) the Trustee, within such 60-day period, has not received directions inconsistent with such written request by Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Such limitations do not, however, apply to a suit instituted by a Holder of a Note for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on such Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note.

Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an Offer or a Change of Control Offer), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee.

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

-80-

Section 6.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings or any other proceedings, the Issuers, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies hereunder of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted.

Section 6.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

Section 6.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

Section 6.12 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuers (or any other obligor upon the Notes including the Guarantors), their creditors or their property and shall be entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

-81-

Section 6.13 Priorities.

Subject to the Security Documents, if the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6 (including any amounts received from the Collateral Agent), it shall pay out the money in the following order:

(i) to the Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar, Transfer Agent, their agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent and the costs and expenses of collection;

(ii) to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, respectively; and

(iii) to the Issuers or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct, including a Guarantor, if applicable.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.13.

Section 6.14 Undertaking for Costs.

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee.

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

-82-

(i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own grossly negligent action, its own grossly negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05.

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01.

(e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuers. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee.

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuers, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuers and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

-83-

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuers shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuers.

(f) None of the provisions of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it.

(g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

(h) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(j) In the event the Issuers are required to pay Additional Interest, the Issuers will provide written notice to the Trustee of the Issuers’ obligation to pay Additional Interest no later than 15 days prior to the next Interest Payment Date, which notice shall set forth the amount of the Additional Interest to be paid by the Issuers. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holders to determine whether the Additional Interest is payable and the amount thereof.

(k) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.

(l) The Trustee may request that the Issuers deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.

Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or any Affiliate of the Issuers with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

-84-

Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer.

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuers’ use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuers or upon the Issuers’ direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults.

If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. The Trustee shall not be deemed to know of any Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.

Within 60 days after each May 15, beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) (but if no event described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c).

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Issuers and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d). The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing when, if applicable, the Notes are listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.

Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity.

The Issuers and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuers and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

-85-

The Issuers and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee for, and hold the Trustee harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuers or any of the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) or defending itself against any claim whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuers or any Guarantor, or liability in connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder). The Trustee shall notify the Issuers promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuers shall not relieve the Issuers of its obligations hereunder. The Issuers shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuers shall pay the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuers and the Guarantors need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct or gross negligence.

The obligations of the Issuers under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.

Notwithstanding anything contrary in Section 4.06 hereto, to secure the payment obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) or (8) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. As used in this Section 7.07, the term “Trustee” shall also include each of the Paying Agent, Registrar, and Transfer Agent, as applicable.

Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee.

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and the Registrar, Paying Agent and Transfer Agent may resign with 60 days’ prior written notice and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuers. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuers in writing and may remove the Registrar, Paying Agent or Transfer Agent by so notifying such Registrar, Paying Agent or Transfer Agent, as applicable, with 90 days’ prior written notice. The Issuers may remove the Trustee if:

(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

(b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

-86-

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuers shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuers.

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the Issuers’ expense), the Issuers or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuers. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuers’ obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

As used in this Section 7.08, the term “Trustee” shall also include each of the Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent, as applicable.

Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification.

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation or national banking association organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b).

Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuers.

The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

-87-

ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

The Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (“Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuers shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture including that of the Guarantors (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(a) the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due;

(b) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee; and

(d) this Section 8.02.

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuers may exercise their option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of their option under Section 8.03.

Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance.

Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13 and 4.14, clauses (2) through (7) of Section 5.01(a), and Section 5.01(b) with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (“Covenant Defeasance”), the Guarantees will be released pursuant to Section 13.06 and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any default thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuers may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether

-88-

directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, Sections 6.01(3) (as it relates to the covenants specified above), 6.01(4), 6.01(5), 6.01(6), 6.01(7) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries), 6.01(8) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries) and 6.01(9) shall not constitute Events of Default.

Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 to the outstanding Notes:

(1) the Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants or a nationally recognized investment banking firm, to pay and discharge the principal of, premium, if any, and interest due on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity thereof or, to the extent the Issuers have previously provided a notice of redemption with respect to the outstanding Notes, on the applicable Redemption Date;

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel from independent counsel in the United States stating that:

(a) the Issuers have received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or

(b) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel from independent counsel in the United States shall confirm that (subject to customary assumptions, qualifications and exclusions) the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel from independent counsel in the United States (subject to customary assumptions, qualifications and exclusions) confirming that the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to such federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

-89-

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a Default under any other material agreement to which the Issuers or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuers or any Guarantor is bound; and

(6) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel from independent counsel each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

Subject to Section 8.06, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuers or a Guarantor acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Issuers shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuers from time to time upon the written request of the Issuers any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(2)), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

Section 8.06 Repayment to Issuers.

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuers, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuers on their request or (if then held by the Issuers) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Issuers for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuers as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

Section 8.07 Reinstatement.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.04 or 8.05, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.04 or 8.05 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.04 or 8.05, as the case may be; provided

-90-

that, if the Issuers make any payment of principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of their obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

Notwithstanding Section 9.02, the Issuers, any Guarantor, any other obligor under the Notes and the Trustee and/or Collateral Agent, as applicable, may amend or supplement this Indenture, any Guarantee, any Security Document or Notes without the consent of any Holder:

(1) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Issuers or a Guarantor, and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Issuers or such Guarantor in this Indenture, the Notes, any Guarantee and the Security Documents in accordance with Section 5.01;

(2) to add to the covenants of the Issuers, any Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuers or any Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes, as applicable, in this Indenture, the Notes, any Guarantee or any Security Document;

(3) to cure any ambiguity, or to correct or supplement any provision in this Indenture, the Notes, any Guarantee or any Security Document which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision in this Indenture, the Notes, any Guarantee or any Security Document;

(4) to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture, the Notes, any Guarantee or any Security Document; provided that, in each case, such provisions shall not materially adversely affect the interest of the Holders of the Notes;

(5) to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

(6) to add to the Collateral securing the Notes or to add a Guarantor under this Indenture;

(7) to evidence and provide the acceptance of the appointment of a successor Trustee or Collateral Agent under this Indenture or the Security Documents;

(8) to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes (and the holders or lenders of ABL Liens or Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations) as additional security for the payment and performance of the Issuers’ and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture, in any property, or assets, including any of which are required to be mortgaged, pledged or hypothecated, or in which a security interest is required to be granted to or for the benefit of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Indenture, any of the Security Documents or otherwise;

(9) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with this Indenture;

-91-

(10) to provide for the release of Collateral from the Note Lien and the Security Documents when permitted or required by any of the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or this Indenture;

(11) to secure any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations under the Security Documents and to appropriately include the same in the Intercreditor Agreement; or

(12) in the sole discretion of the Issuers, to conform any provision of this Indenture or the Security Documents to the provisions of the “Description of the Notes” contained in the Offering Memorandum to the extent such provision was intended to be a verbatim recital of a provision contained herein, as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate.

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding may waive compliance with certain restrictive covenants and provisions of this Indenture.

Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes.

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Issuers, each Guarantor party thereto, if any, and the Trustee and/or Collateral Agent, as applicable, may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees and any Security Document with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Guarantees, the Security Documents or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Section 2.08 and Section 2.09 shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for the purposes of this Section 9.02.

Without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

(1) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of interest on, or change to an earlier date any Redemption Date (excluding any amendment or waiver of any minimum notice period for redemption which may be amended with the consent of the Issuers and the Holders of at least a majority of the Notes then outstanding) of, or waive a default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any such Note or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest thereon or any premium payable upon the redemption thereof, or change the coin or currency in which the principal of any such Note or any premium or the interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment after the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date) in each case other than the provisions with respect to Section 4.09 and an Offer pursuant to Section 4.07;

(2) reduce the percentage in principal amount of such outstanding Notes, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver or compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture;

-92-

(3) modify any of the provisions relating to supplemental indentures requiring the consent of Holders or relating to the waiver of past defaults or relating to the waiver of certain covenants, except to increase the percentage of such outstanding Notes required for such actions or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each such Note affected thereby;

(4) amend or modify any of the provisions of this Indenture in any manner which subordinates the Notes issued thereunder in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Issuers or which subordinates any Guarantee in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Guarantor issuing any such Guarantee; or

(5) release any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary except in compliance with the terms of this Indenture.

In addition, any amendment to, or waiver of, the provision of this Indenture or any Security Document that has the effect of releasing all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Note Liens will require consent of the Holders of at least 75% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes).

Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

Section 9.04 Effect of Consents.

An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder; provided that any amendment or waiver that requires the consent of each affected Holder shall not become effective with respect to any non-consenting Holder.

The Issuers may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date.

Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuers in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.

The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Issuers may not sign an amendment, supplement or waiver until the Board of

-93-

Directors approves it. In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall receive and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 15.04, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuers and any Guarantors party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel will be required for the Trustee to execute any amendment or supplement adding a new Guarantor under this Indenture.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Article 9 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. The consent of the Collateral Agent shall not be necessary for any amendment, supplement or waiver to this Indenture, except for any amendment, supplement or waiver to Article 10 or 11 or as to this sentence.

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuers shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuers to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.

ARTICLE 10

INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

Section 10.01 Intercreditor Agreement.

Each Holder by accepting a Note agrees that the Note Liens are subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement. The Holders by accepting a Note hereby authorize the Trustee and the Collateral Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement on behalf of the Holders and agree that the Holders shall comply with the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement applicable to them in their capacities as such to the same extent as if the Holders were parties thereto.

Additionally, provided that, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall, upon written request of the Company enter into and direct the Collateral Agent to enter into amendments to the Intercreditor Agreement or an additional intercreditor agreement with the agent for the holders of any ABL Obligations on terms and conditions that, in the good faith determination of the Company, are not less favorable, taken as a whole, to the Holders of Notes than the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and thereafter such amended or new intercreditor agreement shall be deemed to be the Intercreditor Agreement for all purposes of this Indenture.

-94-

ARTICLE 11

COLLATERAL

Section 11.01 Security Documents.

The Indenture Obligations are secured as provided in the Security Documents and will be secured by Security Documents hereafter. The Issuers shall, and shall cause each Guarantor to, and each Guarantor shall, make all filings (including filings of continuation statements and amendments to UCC financing statements that may be necessary to continue the effectiveness of such UCC financing statements) necessary to maintain (at the sole cost and expense of the Issuers and the Guarantors) the security interest created by the Security Documents in the Collateral as a perfected security interest to the extent perfection is required by the Security Documents, subject only to Permitted Liens.

Section 11.02 Collateral Agent.

(a) The Collateral Agent shall have all the rights and protections provided in the Security Documents and, additionally, shall have all the rights and protections provided to the “Trustee” under Article 7.

(b) Subject to Section 7.01, none of the Collateral Agent, Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, attorneys or agents will be responsible or liable for the existence, genuineness, value or protection of any Collateral, for the legality, enforceability, effectiveness or sufficiency of the Security Documents, for the creation, perfection, priority, sufficiency or protection of any Note Liens, or any defect or deficiency as to any such matters.

(c) Except as required or permitted by the Security Documents, the Holders, by accepting a Note, acknowledge that the Collateral Agent will not be obligated:

(i) to act upon directions purported to be delivered to it by any Person, except in accordance with the Security Documents;

(ii) to foreclose upon or otherwise enforce any Note Lien; or

(iii) to take any other action whatsoever with regard to any or all of the Note Liens, Security Documents or Collateral.

Section 11.03 Authorization of Actions to Be Taken.

(a) Each Holder of Notes, by its acceptance thereof, consents and agrees to the terms of each Security Document, as originally in effect and as amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time in accordance with its terms or the terms of this Indenture, authorizes and directs the Collateral Agent to enter into the Security Documents to which it is a party, authorizes and empowers the Collateral Agent to execute and deliver the Intercreditor Agreement and authorizes and empowers the Collateral Agent to bind the Holders of Notes as set forth in the Security Documents to which the Collateral Agent is a party and the Intercreditor Agreement and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights and powers thereunder.

(b) The Trustee is authorized and empowered to receive for the benefit of the Holders of Notes any funds collected or distributed to the Collateral Agent under the Security Documents to which the Trustee is a party and, subject to the terms of the Security Documents, to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders of Notes according to the provisions of this Indenture.

(c) Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, Section 7.02, and the Security Documents, the Trustee may, in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Holders, direct, on behalf of the Holders, the Collateral Agent to take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to:

(i) foreclose upon or otherwise enforce any or all of the Note Liens;

-95-

(ii) enforce any of the terms of the Security Documents to which the Collateral Agent is a party; or

(iii) collect and receive payment of any and all Obligations.

Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and at the Issuers’ sole cost and expense, the Trustee is hereby authorized and empowered by each Holder of Notes (by its acceptance thereof) to institute and maintain, or direct the Collateral Agent to institute and maintain, such suits and proceedings as it may deem reasonably expedient to protect or enforce the Note Liens or the Security Documents to which the Collateral Agent or Trustee is a party or to prevent any impairment of Collateral by any acts that may be unlawful or in violation of the Security Documents or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee may deem reasonably expedient, at the Issuers’ sole cost and expense, to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders of Notes in the Collateral, including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the Note Liens or be prejudicial to the interests of Holders or the Trustee.

Section 11.04 Release of Collateral.

Collateral may be released from the Lien and security interest created by the Security Documents at any time or from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement. In addition, the Issuers and the Guarantors will be entitled to the release of assets included in the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes, and the Trustee shall (or, if the Trustee is not then the Collateral Agent, shall direct the Collateral Agent to) release the same from such Liens at the Issuers’ sole cost and expense, under any one or more of the following circumstances without the need for any further action by any Person:

(1) in whole or in part, as applicable, as to all or any portion of property subject to such Note Liens which has been taken by eminent domain, condemnation or other similar circumstances;

(2) in whole upon (a) satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture in accordance with Article 14 or (b) a Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under Article 8;

(3) in part, as to any property that (a) is sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by an Issuer or any Guarantor (other than to an Issuer or another Guarantor) in a transaction not prohibited by this Indenture at the time of such sale, transfer or disposition, (b) is owned or at any time acquired by a Guarantor that has been released from its Guarantee pursuant to Section 13.06, concurrently with the release of such Guarantee or (c) is Excluded Property;

(4) as to property that constitutes all or substantially all of the Collateral securing the Notes, with the consent of Holders of at least 75% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding;

(5) as to property that constitutes less than all or substantially all of the Collateral securing the Notes, with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding; or

(6) in part, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Security Documents.

-96-

Section 11.05 Filing, Recording and Opinions.

(a) The Issuers will comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Sections 314(b) and 314(d), in each case following qualification of this Indenture pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act, except to the extent not required as set forth in any SEC regulation or interpretation (including any no-action letter issued by the Staff of the SEC, whether issued to the Issuers or any other Person). Following such qualification, to the extent the Issuers are required to furnish to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 314(b)(2), the Issuers will furnish such opinion not more than 60 but not less than 30 days prior to each September 30.

(b) Any release of Collateral permitted by Section 11.04 will be deemed not to impair the Liens under this Indenture and the Security Documents in contravention thereof and any person that is required to deliver any certificate or opinion pursuant to Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act shall be entitled to rely upon the foregoing as a basis for delivery of such certificate or opinion. The Trustee shall, to the extent permitted by Sections 7.01 and 7.02, accept as conclusive evidence of compliance with the foregoing provisions the appropriate statements contained in such certificate or opinion.

(c) If any Collateral is released in accordance with this Indenture or any Security Document, the Trustee will determine whether it has received all documentation required by Trust Indenture Act Section 314(d) in connection with such release and, based on such determination will, upon request, deliver a certificate to the Collateral Agent and the Issuers setting forth such determination.

Section 11.06 Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee.

In case the Collateral shall be in the possession of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in this Article 11 upon the Issuers or a Guarantor with respect to the release, sale or other disposition of such property may be exercised by such receiver or trustee, and an instrument signed by such receiver or trustee shall be deemed the equivalent of any similar instrument of the Issuers or a Guarantor or of any officer or officers thereof required by the provisions of this Article 11; and if the Trustee or the Collateral Agent shall be in the possession of the Collateral under any provision of this Indenture, then such powers may be exercised by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be.

Section 11.07 Voting.

In connection with any matter under the Security Agreement requiring a vote of holders of Secured Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement), the holders of such Secured Obligations shall be treated as a single class and the Holders shall cast their votes in accordance with this Indenture. The amount of the Notes to be voted by the Holders will equal the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes. Following and in accordance with the outcome of the applicable vote under this Indenture, the Trustee shall vote the total amount of the Notes as a block in respect of any vote under the Security Agreement.

-97-

ARTICLE 12

APPLICATION OF TRUST MONIES

Section 12.01 Collateral Account.

No later than 30 days following the first date on which the Issuers or any Guarantor receives any Trust Monies, there shall be established and, at all times thereafter until this Indenture shall have terminated, there shall be maintained with the Collateral Agent the Collateral Account. The Collateral Account shall be established and maintained by the Collateral Agent at the office of the Collateral Agent. For the avoidance of doubt, no other deposit account or securities account shall be, or shall be deemed to be, the Collateral Account, and Trust Monies shall include only cash and cash equivalents required to be deposited into the Collateral Account pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. The Issuers shall cause all Trust Monies to be deposited in the Collateral Account and any such Trust Monies shall be held by and under the dominion and control of the Collateral Agent for its benefit and for the benefit of the Secured Parties (as defined in the Security Agreement) as a part of the Collateral until released in accordance with this Article 12.

Section 12.02 Withdrawal of Net Cash Proceeds in Connection with Reinvestments.

To the extent that any Trust Monies consist of Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale, such Trust Monies may be withdrawn by the Issuers and shall be paid by the Collateral Agent (upon the direction of the Trustee) to reimburse the Issuers or Guarantor for expenditures made, or to pay costs to be incurred, by the Issuers or such Guarantor in connection with a reinvestment of such Net Cash Proceeds or repayment of Indebtedness with such Net Cash Proceeds, in each case complying with Section 4.07, upon receipt by the Trustee and the Collateral Agent of the following:

An Officer’s Certificate, dated not more than 30 days prior to the date of the application for the withdrawal and payment of such Trust Monies to the effect that:

(A) such Net Cash Proceeds have been (or will be within thirty (30) Business Days of the requested date of release) applied in compliance with the requirements of Section 4.07; and

(B) to the extent required by Section 4.07 the Issuers have taken (or will take not later than thirty (30) Business Days following the application of such Net Cash Proceeds) all steps, if any, required by the Security Documents in order to grant and/or perfect the security interest of the Collateral Agent in any assets in which such Net Cash Proceeds have been reinvested (which Officer’s Certificate shall attach copies of (or forms of) any additional Security Documents or amendments thereto or filings thereunder, if any, required to comply with the Security Documents and Section 4.07).

Upon compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 12.02, the Collateral Agent shall, upon receipt of a written request by the Company (which may be contained in the Officer’s Certificate), pay an amount of Net Cash Proceeds constituting Trust Monies equal to the amount specified in the Officer’s Certificate required by clause (a) of this Section 12.02 as directed by the Company.

Section 12.03 Withdrawal of Net Cash Proceeds to Fund an Offer or Release Following an Offer.

To the extent that any Trust Monies consist of Net Cash Proceeds received by the Collateral Agent pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.07 and an Offer has been made in accordance therewith, such Trust Monies may be withdrawn by the Issuers and shall be paid by the Trustee to the Paying Agent for application in accordance with Section 4.07 upon receipt by the Trustee and the Collateral Agent of the following:

-98-

An Officer’s Certificate, dated not more than ten (10) days prior to the Purchase Date, setting forth the amount of Excess Proceeds, as applicable, subject to the Offer and the date on which Notes and Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations are to be purchased, and to the effect that:

(A) (x) such Trust Monies constitute Net Cash Proceeds and (y) pursuant to and in accordance with Section 4.07, the Issuers have made an Offer; and

(B) all conditions precedent and covenants herein provided for such application of Trust Monies have been satisfied.

Upon compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 12.03, the Collateral Agent shall apply the Trust Monies as directed and specified by the Issuers, subject to Section 4.07 (including to return to the Issuers any such amount of Excess Proceeds that is subject to the Offer and which is not required to be applied to the purchase of Notes, Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations or other Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.07).

Section 12.04 Investment of Trust Monies.

So long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all or any part of any Trust Monies held by (or held in an account subject to the sole control of) the Collateral Agent shall from time to time be invested or reinvested by the Collateral Agent in any Cash Equivalents pursuant to a written request by the Company in the form of an Officer’s Certificate, which shall specify the Cash Equivalents in which such Trust Monies shall be invested and shall certify that such investments constitute Cash Equivalents; and the Collateral Agent shall sell any such Cash Equivalent only upon receipt of such a written request by the Company specifying the particular Cash Equivalent to be sold. So long as no Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing, any interest or dividends accrued, earned or paid on such Cash Equivalents (in excess of any accrued interest or dividends paid at the time of purchase) that may be received by the Collateral Agent shall be forthwith paid to the Issuers. Such Cash Equivalents shall be held by the Collateral Agent as a part of the Collateral, subject to the same provisions hereof as the cash used by it to purchase such Cash Equivalents.

The Trustee and Collateral Agent shall not be liable or responsible for any loss, fee, tax or other charge resulting from such investments, reinvestments or sales except only for its own grossly negligent action, its own grossly negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct in complying with this Section 12.04.

Section 12.05 Application of Other Trust Monies.

The Collateral Agent shall return all Trust Monies to the Issuers upon any Legal Defeasance, Covenant Defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture under Section 14.01. The Collateral Agent shall have all rights and remedies with respect to the Collateral Account and any Trust Monies as provided in the Security Documents.

-99-

ARTICLE 13

GUARANTEES

Section 13.01 Guarantee.

Subject to this Article 13, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuers hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of, interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuers, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuers, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuers, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 13.01.

If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuers, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuers or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantees.

Each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuers for liquidation or reorganization, should the Issuers become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuers’ assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent

-100-

transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

As used in this Section 13.01, the term “Trustee” shall also include each of the Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent, as applicable.

Section 13.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 13, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

Section 13.03 Execution and Delivery.

To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 13.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, the Controller, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Guarantor or the sole member of the Guarantor, as the case may be, or any other officers of such Guarantor or such sole member, as the case may be, acting at the direction of any such foregoing officer. Each Guarantor hereby agrees to execute a Notation of Guarantee substantially in the form included in Exhibit A hereto on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee.

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 13.01 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

-101-

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

Section 13.04 Subrogation.

Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuers in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 13.01; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuers under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

Section 13.05 Benefits Acknowledged.

Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

Section 13.06 Release of Guarantees.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, any Guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary (and all Liens securing the same) shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:

(1) satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture in compliance with Article 14;

(2) a Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance of this Indenture;

(3) such Subsidiary ceasing to constitute a Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction that complies with this Indenture (whether upon a sale, exchange, transfer or disposition of Capital Stock in such Restricted Subsidiary (including by way of merger or consolidation), or the designation of such Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or the sale or disposition of all of the assets of such Guarantor made in compliance with this Indenture);

(4) the merger or dissolution of a Guarantor into the Issuers or another Guarantor or the transfer or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of a Guarantor to the Issuers or another Guarantor; or

(5) in the case of any Guarantee provided pursuant to the last sentence of Section 4.08 such Subsidiary no longer guaranteeing the payment of any Indebtedness of the Company or any other Guarantor.

-102-

ARTICLE 14

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 14.01 Satisfaction and Discharge.

This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes as is herein expressly provided) as to all Notes, when:

(1) either (A) all such Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid or Notes whose payment has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuers and thereafter repaid to the Issuers or discharged from such trust as provided for in this Indenture) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or (B) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (a) have become due and payable, (b) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or (c) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuers; or

(2) the Issuers or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust an amount in United States dollars or Government Securities or a combination thereof sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest at such Maturity, Stated Maturity or Redemption Date;

(3) after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under any Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary on the date of such deposit;

(4) such satisfaction and discharge will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any other material agreement or instrument to which the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party or by which the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary is bound;

(5) the Issuers or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable under this Indenture by the Issuers; and

(6) the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel from independent counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent under this Section 14.01 relating to the satisfaction and discharge of such Indenture have been complied with.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to clause (2) of this Section 14.01, the provisions of Section 14.02 and Section 8.06 shall survive.

Section 14.02 Application of Trust Money.

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06, all money or Government Securities deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 14.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuers acting as their own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Additional Interest, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 14.01 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuers’ and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 14.01; provided that if the Issuers have made any payment of principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of their obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

-103-

ARTICLE 15

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 15.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls.

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Trust Indenture Act Section 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

Section 15.02 Notices.

Any notice or communication by the Issuers, any Guarantor, the Collateral Agent or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), fax or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

If to the Issuers and/or any Guarantor:

c/o Tops Holding Corporation

PO Box 1027

Buffalo, New York 14240-1027

Facsimile: (716) 635-5102

Attention: Lynne A. Burgess, General Counsel

If to the Trustee:

U.S. Bank National Association

100 Wall Street

Suite 1600

New York, New York 10005

Fax No.: (212) 509-3384

Attention: Beverly A. Freeney

If to the Collateral Agent:

U.S. Bank National Association

100 Wall Street

Suite 1600

New York, New York 10005

Fax No.: (212) 509-3384

Attention: Beverly A. Freeney

The Issuers, any Guarantor, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

-104-

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; when receipt acknowledged, if faxed; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; provided that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof.

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

If the Issuers mail a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

Section 15.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.

Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act Section 312(c).

Section 15.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

Upon any request or application by the Issuers or any of the Guarantors to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuers or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee:

(a) an Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 15.05) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

(b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 15.05) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

Section 15.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(e) and shall include:

(a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact); and

-105-

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Section 15.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents.

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

Section 15.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.

No director, officer, employee, member or stockholder of the Issuers or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Guarantees, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

Section 15.08 Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial.

THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

Section 15.09 Force Majeure.

In no event shall the Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services.

Section 15.10 Successors.

All agreements of the Issuers in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee and the Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent in this Indenture shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 13.06. The provisions of Article 11 referring to the Collateral Agent shall inure to the benefit of such Collateral Agent.

Section 15.11 Severability.

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

-106-

Section 15.12 Counterpart Originals.

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Indenture by facsimile, email or other electronic means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Indenture.

Section 15.13 Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 15.14 Qualification of Indenture.

The Issuers and the Guarantors shall qualify this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with and to the extent required by the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Issuers and the Guarantors any such Officer’s Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

Section 15.15 USA Patriot Act

The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act the Trustee and Agents, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, are required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account. The parties to this agreement agree that they will provide the Trustee and the Agents with such information as they may request in order to satisfy the requirements of the USA Patriot Act.

[Signatures on following pages]

-107-

TOPS HOLDING CORPORATION
By:
	Name:
	Title:
TOPS MARKETS, LLC
By:
	Name:
	Title:

Signature Page to Indenture

TOPS PT, LLC By: Tops Markets, LLC, its sole member
By:
	Name: [            ]
	Title: [            ]
TOPS GIFT CARD COMPANY, LLC
By:
	Name: [            ]
	Title: [            ]

Signature Page to Indenture

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:
	Name:
	Title:
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Collateral Agent
By:
	Name:
	Title:

EXHIBIT A-1

[Face of Note]

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the IAI Note Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the OID Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

A-1-1

CUSIP [             ]

ISIN [             ]¹

[RULE 144A][REGULATION S] GLOBAL NOTE

8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017

No.              [$            ]

TOPS HOLDING CORPORATION

and

TOPS MARKETS, LLC

promise to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns, the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto] [of                      United States Dollars] on December 15, 2017.

Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15

Record Dates: June 1 and December 1

¹  Rule 144A Note CUSIP: 89078W AC3

Rule 144A Note ISIN: US89078W AC38

Regulation S Note CUSIP: U89095 AC4

Regulation S Note ISIN: USU89095 AC40

Exchange Note CUSIP: [            ]

Exchange Note ISIN: [            ]

A-1-2

IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuers have caused this instrument to be duly executed.

TOPS HOLDING CORPORATION
By:
	Name:
	Title:
TOPS MARKETS, LLC
By:
	Name:
	Title:

A-1-3

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

Dated: [            ]

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:
	Authorized Signatory

A-1-4

[Back of Note]

8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1. INTEREST. Tops Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and Tops Markets, LLC, a New York limited liability company (“Tops Markets” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 8.875% per annum from December 20, 2012 until maturity and shall pay the Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Issuers will pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be June 15, 2013. The Issuers will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes; they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuers will pay interest on the Notes and Additional Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Payment of interest and Additional Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuers or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

3. PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, U.S. Bank National Association will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

4. INDENTURE. The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of December 20, 2012 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuers, the Guarantors named therein, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuers designated as their 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017. The Issuers shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.01 of the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

A-1-5

5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

(a) At any time prior to June 15, 2015, the Issuers may redeem all or a portion of the Notes, on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, in amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, at a price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of holders of record on relevant Record Dates to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date.

(b) On or after June 15, 2015, the Issuers may redeem all or a portion of the Notes, on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, in amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount), together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the Redemption Date subject to the rights of holders of record on relevant Record Dates to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the 12-month period (or in the case of the final period, 6-month) beginning on the dates indicated below:

Date	Redemption Price
June 15, 2015		104.438	%
June 15, 2016		102.219	%
June 15, 2017 and thereafter		100.000	%

(c) In addition, at any time prior to June 15, 2015, the Issuers, at their option, may use the net proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to redeem up to an aggregate of 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture (including any Additional Notes) at a redemption price equal to 108.875% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the Redemption Date subject to the rights of holders of record on relevant Record Dates to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date; provided that at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (calculated after giving effect to the issuance of any Additional Notes) must remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption and such redemption is within 120 days of the closing of the Equity Offering.

(d) If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed in compliance with the requirements of the principal national security exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed, or if the Notes are not listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by any other method the Trustee shall deem fair and reasonable and in any event in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary. Notes redeemed in part must be redeemed only in integral multiples of $1,000 and no Note with a principal amount of less than $2,000 will be redeemed in part.

(e) In addition to the Issuers’ rights to redeem the Notes as set forth above, the Issuers may purchase Notes in open-market transactions, tender offers or otherwise.

6. MANDATORY REDEMPTION. The Issuers shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

7. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Subject to Section 3.03 of the Indenture, notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date (except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 14 of the Indenture) to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the Redemption Date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

A-1-6

8. OFFERS TO REPURCHASE.

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder of Notes will have the right to require the Issuers to purchase all or any part (in integral multiples of $1,000 except that no purchase will be permitted that would result in a Note having a remaining principal amount of less than $2,000) of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to a Change of Control offer. In the Change of Control offer, the Issuers will offer to purchase all of the Notes, at a purchase price in cash in an amount equal to 101% of the principal amount of such Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the date of purchase (subject to the rights of Holders of record on relevant Record Dates to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date). The Change of Control offer shall be made in accordance with Section 4.09 of the Indenture.

(b) Under certain circumstances described in the Indenture, the Issuers will be required to apply the proceeds of Asset Sales to the repayment of the Notes and Permitted Additional Pari Passu Indebtedness. The offer shall be made in accordance with Section 4.07 of the Indenture.

9. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuers may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuers need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes or portion of Notes selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Notes being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuers need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed.

10. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

11. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.

12. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. If any Event of Default (other than as specified in Section 6.01(7) or 6.01(8) of the Indenture with respect to an Issuer) shall occur and be continuing with respect to the Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare all unpaid principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on all Notes to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Issuers (and to the Trustee if given by the holders of the Notes) and upon any such declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and interest shall become due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default, as specified in Section 6.01(7) or 6.01(8) of the Indenture, occurs and is continuing, then all the Notes shall automatically become and be due and payable immediately in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date the Notes become due and payable, without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holder. Holders may not enforce the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or

A-1-7

power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any of the Notes held by a non-consenting Holder. The Issuers and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the Trust Indenture Act) are required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuers are required within five (5) Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default and what action the Issuers propose to take with respect thereto.

13. AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.

14. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, including the right to receive Additional Interest (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement).

15. GOVERNING LAW. THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

16. CUSIP/ISIN NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuers have caused CUSIP/ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP/ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Issuers will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to the Issuers at the following address:

Tops Holding Corporation

PO Box 1027

Buffalo, New York 14240-1027

Facsimile: (716) 635-5102

Attention: Lynne A. Burgess, General Counsel

A-1-8

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:
	(Insert assignee’ legal name)
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
and irrevocably appoint
to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:                                 

Your Signature:
	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:                                                                        

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-1-9

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.07 or 4.09 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

¨ Section 4.07                 ¨ Section 4.09

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.07 or Section 4.09 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$                         

Date:                         

Your Signature:
	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
Tax Identification No.:

Signature Guarantee*:                                                                  

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-1-10

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $            . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

Date of
Exchange Amount of
decrease in
Principal  Amount
of this Global Note Amount of increase
in Principal
Amount of this
Global Note Principal Amount of
this Global Note
following such
decrease or increase Signature of
authorized signatory
of Trustee or
Notes Registrar

* This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

A-1-11

Notation of Guarantee

Pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of December 20, 2012 (the “Indenture”), among Tops Holding Corporation (the “Company”), Tops Markets, LLC (“Tops Markets” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the Guarantors named therein, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, each Guarantor, subject to the provisions of Article 13 of the Indenture, hereby, jointly and severally, guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuers thereunder, that: (a) the principal of, interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

[                    ] as Guarantors
By:
	Name:
	Title:

A-1-12

EXHIBIT A-2

[Face of Regulation S Temporary Note]

[Insert Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend]

[Insert the Global Note Legend]

[Insert the Private Placement Legend]

[Insert the OID Legend]

[Insert the IAI Note Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

A-2-1

CUSIP U89095 AC4

ISIN USU89095AC40

[TEMPORARY REGULATION S]

8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017

No.              [$                ]

TOPS HOLDING CORPORATION

and

TOPS MARKETS, LLC

promise to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns, the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note attached hereto] [of                      United States Dollars] on December 15, 2017.

Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15

Record Dates: June 1 and December 1

A-2-2

IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuers have caused this instrument to be duly executed.

TOPS HOLDING CORPORATION
By:
	Name:
	Title:
TOPS MARKETS, LLC
By:
	Name:
	Title:

A-2-3

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

Dated: [            ]

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:
	Authorized Signatory

A-2-4

[Back of Note]

8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1. INTEREST. Tops Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and Tops Markets, LLC, a New York limited liability company (“Tops Markets” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 8.875% per annum from December 20, 2012 until maturity and shall pay the Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Issuers will pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be June 15, 2013. The Issuers will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes; they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

Until this Regulations S Temporary Global Note is exchanged for one or more Regulation S Permanent Global Notes, the Holder hereof shall not be entitled to receive payments of interest hereon; until so exchanged in full, this Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall in all other respects be entitled to the same benefits as the other Notes under the Indenture.

2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuers will pay interest on the Notes and Additional Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Payment of interest and Additional Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuers or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

3. PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, U.S. Bank National Association, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

4. INDENTURE. The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of December 20, 2012 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuers, the Guarantors named therein, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuers designated as their 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017. The Issuers shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.01 of the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those

A-2-5

made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

(a) At any time prior to June 15, 2015, the Issuers may redeem all or a portion of the Notes, on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, in amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, at a price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of holders of record on relevant Record Dates to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date.

(b) On or after June 15, 2015, the Issuers may redeem all or a portion of the Notes, on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, in amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount), together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the Redemption Date subject to the rights of holders of record on relevant Record Dates to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the 12-month period (or in the case of the final period, 6-month) beginning on the dates indicated below:

Date	Redemption Price
June 15, 2015		104.438	%
June 15, 2016		102.219	%
June 15, 2017 and thereafter		100.000	%

(c) In addition, at any time prior to June 15, 2015, the Issuers, at their option, may use the net proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to redeem up to an aggregate of 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture (including any Additional Notes) at a redemption price equal to 108.875% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the Redemption Date subject to the rights of holders of record on relevant Record Dates to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date; provided that at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (calculated after giving effect to the issuance of any Additional Notes) must remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption and such redemption is within 120 days of the closing of the Equity Offering.

(d) If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed in compliance with the requirements of the principal national security exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed, or if the Notes are not listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by any other method the Trustee shall deem fair and reasonable and in any event in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary. Notes redeemed in part must be redeemed only in integral multiples of $1,000 and no Note with a principal amount of less than $2,000 will be redeemed in part.

(e) In addition to the Issuers’ rights to redeem the Notes as set forth above, the Issuers may purchase Notes in open-market transactions, tender offers or otherwise.

6. MANDATORY REDEMPTION. The Issuers shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

A-2-6

7. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Subject to Section 3.03 of the Indenture, notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date (except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 14 of the Indenture) to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the Redemption Date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

8. OFFERS TO REPURCHASE.

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder of Notes will have the right to require the Issuers to purchase all or any part (in integral multiples of $1,000 except that no purchase will be permitted that would result in a Note having a remaining principal amount of less than $2,000) of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to a Change of Control offer. In the Change of Control offer, the Issuers will offer to purchase all of the Notes, at a purchase price in cash in an amount equal to 101% of the principal amount of such Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the date of purchase (subject to the rights of Holders of record on relevant Record Dates to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date). The Change of Control offer shall be made in accordance with Section 4.09 of the Indenture.

(b) Under certain circumstances described in the Indenture, the Issuers will be required to apply the proceeds of Asset Sales to the repayment of the Notes and Permitted Additional Pari Passu Indebtedness. The offer shall be made in accordance with Section 4.07 of the Indenture.

9. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuers may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuers need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes or portion of Notes selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Notes being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuers need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed.

10. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

11. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.

12. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. If any Event of Default (other than as specified in Section 6.01(7) or 6.01(8) of the Indenture with respect to an Issuer) shall occur and be continuing with respect to the Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare all unpaid principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on all Notes to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Issuers (and to the Trustee if given by the holders of the Notes) and upon any such declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and interest shall become due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default, as specified in Section 6.01(7) or 6.01(8) of the Indenture, occurs and is continuing, then all the Notes shall automatically become and be due and payable

A-2-7

immediately in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date the Notes become due and payable, without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holder. Holders may not enforce the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any of the Notes held by a non-consenting Holder. The Issuers and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the Trust Indenture Act) are required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuers are required within five (5) Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default and what action the Issuers propose to take with respect thereto.

13. AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.

14. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, including the right to receive Additional Interest (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement).

15. GOVERNING LAW. THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

16. CUSIP/ISIN NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuers have caused CUSIP/ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP/ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

A-2-8

The Issuers will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to the Issuers at the following address:

Tops Holding Corporation

PO Box 1027

Buffalo, New York 14240-1027

Facsimile: (716) 635-5102

Attention: Lynne A. Burgess, Esq., General Counsel

A-2-9

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:
	(Insert assignee’ legal name)
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
and irrevocably appoint
to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:                             

Your Signature:
	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:                                                        

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-2-10

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.07 or 4.09 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

¨ Section 4.07                 ¨ Section 4.09

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.07 or Section 4.09 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$                         

Date:                                     

Your Signature:
	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
Tax Identification No.:

Signature Guarantee*:                                                          

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-2-11

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE*

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Regulation S Temporary Global Note is $                    . The following exchanges of a part of this Regulation S Temporary Global Note for an interest in another Regulation S Temporary Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Regulation S Temporary Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Regulation S Temporary Global Note, have been made:

Date of
Exchange Amount of
decrease in
Principal Amount
of this Regulation
S Temporary
Global Note Amount of increase
in Principal
Amount of this
Regulation S Temporary
Global Note Principal Amount of
this Regulation S
Temporary Global
Note
following such
decrease or increase Signature of
authorized signatory
of Trustee or
Notes Registrar

* This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

A-2-12

Notation of Guarantee

Pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of December 20, 2012 (the “Indenture”), among Tops Holding Corporation (the “Company”), Tops Markets, LLC (“Tops Markets” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the Guarantors named therein, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, each Guarantor, subject to the provisions of Article 13 of the Indenture, hereby, jointly and severally, guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuers thereunder, that: (a) the principal of, interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

[                         ] as Guarantors
By:
	Name:
	Title:

A-2-13

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

Tops Holding Corporation

PO Box 1027

Buffalo, New York 14240-1027

Facsimile: (716) 635-5102

Attention: Lynne A. Burgess, Esq., General Counsel

U.S. Bank National Association

100 Wall Street – Suite 1600

New York, New York 10005

Fax No.: (212) 509-3384

Attention: Beverly A. Freeney

Re: 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of December 20, 2012 (the “Indenture”), among Tops Holding Corporation, Tops Markets, LLC, the Guarantors named therein, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

             (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $             in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to              (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2. ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, THE REGULATION S PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the

B-1

facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, the Regulation S Permanent Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note Indenture and the Securities Act.

3. ¨ CHECK AND COMPLETE IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN RULE 144A OR REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

(a) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

or

(b) ¨ such Transfer is being effected to the Issuers or a subsidiary thereof;

or

(c) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act;

or

(d) ¨ such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit B-1 to the Indenture and (2) if such Transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of Transfer of less than $100,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

B-2

4. ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OR OF AN UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE.

(a) ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 to a Person who is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(b) ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act to a Person who is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(c) ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER EXEMPTION. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 to a Person who is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

5. ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFEROR IS AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUERS.

6. ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE IS AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUERS.

B-3

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuers.

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:
	Name:
	Title:

Dated:                                     

B-4

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

1. The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

(a) ¨ a beneficial interest in the:

(i) ¨ 144A Global Note (CUSIP [            ]), or

(ii) ¨ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [            ]), or

(b) ¨ a Restricted Definitive Note.

2. After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

[CHECK ONE]

(a) ¨ a beneficial interest in the:

(i) ¨ 144A Global Note (CUSIP [            ]), or

(ii) ¨ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [            ]), or

(iii) ¨ Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP [            ]), or

(b) ¨ a Restricted Definitive Note; or

(c) ¨ an Unrestricted Definitive Note, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

B-5

EXHIBIT B-1

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM

ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

Tops Holding Corporation

PO Box 1027

Buffalo, New York 14240-1027

Facsimile: (716) 635-5102

Attention: Lynne A. Burgess, Esq., General Counsel

U.S. Bank National Association

100 Wall Street – Suite 1600

New York, New York 10005

Fax No.: (212) 509-3384

Attention: Beverly A. Freeney

Re: 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of December 20, 2012 (the “Indenture”), among Tops Holding Corporation, Tops Markets, LLC, the Guarantors named therein, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

In connection with our proposed purchase of $                     aggregate principal amount of Definitive Note, we confirm that:

1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Issuers, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Issuers a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and, if such transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of less than $100,000, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (F) in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (G) in accordance with another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the Definitive Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (G) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein.

B-1-1

3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Issuers such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Issuers may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

You and the Issuers are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]
By:
	Name:
	Title:

Dated:

B-1-2

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

Tops Holding Corporation

PO Box 1027

Buffalo, New York 14240-1027

Facsimile: (716) 635-5102

Attention: Lynne A. Burgess, Esq., General Counsel

U.S. Bank National Association

100 Wall Street – Suite 1600

New York, New York 10005

Fax No.: (212) 509-3384

Attention: Beverly A. Freeney

Re: 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of December 20, 2012 (the “Indenture”), among Tops Holding Corporation, Tops Markets, LLC, the Guarantors named therein, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

             (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $             in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE FOR UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE

a) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (v) the Owner is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers.

b) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has

C-1

been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (v) the Owner is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers.

c) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (v) the Owner is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers.

d) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (v) the Owner is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers.

2) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES FOR RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES

a) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

b) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] [ ] 144A Global Note [ ] Regulation S Global Note, with

C-2

an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

3) ¨ CHECK IF OWNER IS AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUERS.

4) ¨ CHECK IF OWNER IS EXCHANGING THIS NOTE IN CONNECTION WITH AN EXPECTED TRANSFER TO AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUERS.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuers and are dated                     .

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:
	Name:
	Title:

Dated:                                 

C-3

EXHIBIT D

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS]

Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of             , among             (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of Tops Holdings Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and/or Tops Markets, LLC, a New York limited liability company (“Tops Markets” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association organized and existing under the bank of the United States of America, as trustee (the “Trustee”) and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association organized and existing under the bank of the United States of America, as Collateral Agent (the “Collateral Agent”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, each of the Company, Tops Markets and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of December 20, 2012, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 (the “Notes”);

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuers’ Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “Guarantee”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

(1) Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

(2) Agreement to be Bound. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby becomes a party to the Indenture as a Guarantor and as such will have all of the rights and be subject to all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

(3) Guarantee. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees, on a joint and several basis with all the existing Guarantors, to Guarantee to each Holder of the Notes and the Trustee the Indenture Obligations pursuant to Article 13 of the Indenture.

(4) No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and the Guarantees.

D-1

(5) Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(6) Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

(7) Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

(8) The Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

(9) Benefits Acknowledged. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

(10) Successors. All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in the Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

D-2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
By:
	Name:
	Title:
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:
	Name:
	Title:
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Collateral Agent
By:
	Name:
	Title:

D-3

EX-4.2

Exhibit 4.2

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

by and among

Tops Holding Corporation,

Tops Markets, LLC

and the Guarantors party hereto

and

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

as the Representative of the several Initial Purchasers

Dated as of December 20, 2012

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of December 20, 2012, by and among Tops Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and Tops Markets, LLC, a New York limited liability company (“Tops Markets” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the Guarantors party hereto (collectively, the “Guarantors”), and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (the “Representative”) as the representative of the several initial purchasers (the “Initial Purchasers”) listed on Schedule A to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below), each of whom has agreed to purchase the Issuers’ 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 (the “Notes”) which are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Guarantors (the “Guarantees”) pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below). The Notes and the Guarantees attached thereto are herein collectively referred to as the “Securities.”

This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated December 7, 2012 (the “Purchase Agreement”), among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Representative on behalf of itself and each of the other Initial Purchasers (i) for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers and (ii) for the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Transfer Restricted Securities, including the Initial Purchasers. In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Securities, the Issuers have agreed to provide the Initial Purchasers the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers set forth in Section 5(f) of the Purchase Agreement.

The parties hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings:

Additional Interest: As defined in Section 5 hereof.

Additional Notes: Has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

Advice: As defined in Section 6(c) hereof.

Agreement: As defined in the preamble hereof.

Broker-Dealer: Any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act.

Business Day: Any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies located in New York, New York are authorized or obligated to be closed.

Closing Date: The date of this Agreement.

Commission: The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Company: As defined in the preamble hereof.

Consummate: A registered Exchange Offer shall be deemed “Consummated” for purposes of this Agreement upon the occurrence of (i) the filing and effectiveness under the Securities Act of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (ii) the maintenance of such Registration Statement continuously effective and the keeping of the Exchange Offer open for a period not less than the minimum period required pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof, and (iii) the delivery by the Issuers to the Registrar under the Indenture of Exchange Securities in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities that were tendered by Holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Date: As defined in Section 3 hereof.

Exchange Offer: The registration by the Issuers under the Securities Act of the Exchange Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement pursuant to which the Issuers offer the Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities permitted under applicable law and Commission policy to participate in such offer the opportunity to exchange all such outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Holders for Exchange Securities in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities tendered in such exchange offer by such Holders.

Exchange Offer Registration Statement: The Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer, including the related Prospectus.

Exchange Securities: The 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017, of the same series under the Indenture as the Notes and the Guarantees attached thereto, to be issued to Holders in exchange for Transfer Restricted Securities (including, without limitation, Additional Notes).

FINRA: Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

Guarantees: As defined in the preamble hereof.

Guarantors: As defined in the preamble hereof.

Holders: As defined in Section 2(b) hereof.

Indemnified Holder: As defined in Section 8(a) hereof.

Indenture: The Indenture, dated as of December 20, 2012, by and among the Issuers, the Guarantors and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”) and as collateral agent (the “Collateral Agent”), pursuant to which the Securities are to be issued, as such Indenture is amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

Initial Purchasers: As defined in the preamble hereof.

-2-

Initial Placement: The issuance and sale by the Issuers of the Securities to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

Issuer Indemnified Party: As defined in Section 8(b) hereof.

Issuers: As defined in the preamble hereof.

Person: Any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Prospectus: The prospectus included in a Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference into such Prospectus.

Purchase Agreement: As defined in the preamble hereof.

Registration Default: As defined in Section 5 hereof.

Registration Statement: Any registration statement of the Issuers relating to (a) an offering of Exchange Securities pursuant to an Exchange Offer or (b) the registration for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, which is filed pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, in each case, including the Prospectus included therein, all amendments and supplements thereto (including post-effective amendments) and all exhibits and material incorporated by reference therein.

Securities: As defined in the preamble hereof.

Securities Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Shelf Filing Deadline: As defined in Section 4(a) hereof.

Shelf Registration Statement: As defined in Section 4(a) hereof.

Tops Markets: As defined in the preamble hereof.

Trust Indenture Act: The Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Transfer Restricted Securities: The Securities; provided that the Securities shall cease to be Transfer Restricted Securities on the earliest to occur of (i) the date on which a Registration Statement with respect to such Securities has become effective under the Securities Act and such Securities have been exchanged or disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement or (ii) the date on which such Securities cease to be outstanding.

Underwritten Registration or Underwritten Offering: A registration in which securities of the Issuers are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public.

-3-

SECTION 2. Securities Subject to this Agreement.

(a) Transfer Restricted Securities. The securities entitled to the benefits of this Agreement are the Transfer Restricted Securities.

(b) Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities. A Person is deemed to be a holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (each, a “Holder”) whenever such Person owns Transfer Restricted Securities.

SECTION 3. Registered Exchange Offer.

(a) Unless the Exchange Offer shall not be permissible under applicable law or Commission policy (after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a) hereof have been complied with), each of the Issuers and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to (i) cause to be filed with the Commission, a Registration Statement under the Securities Act relating to the Exchange Securities and the Exchange Offer, (ii) cause such Registration Statement to become effective, (iii) in connection with the foregoing, (A) file all pre-effective amendments to such Registration Statement as may be necessary in order to cause such Registration Statement to become effective, (B) if applicable, file a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act and (C) cause all necessary filings in connection with the registration and qualification of the Exchange Securities to be made under the state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as are necessary to permit Consummation of the Exchange Offer, and (iv) upon the effectiveness of such Registration Statement, commence the Exchange Offer. Each of the Issuers and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to Consummate the Exchange Offer not later than 365 calendar days following the Closing Date (or, if such 365^th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) (the “Exchange Date”). The Exchange Offer, if required pursuant to this Section 3(a) shall be on the appropriate form permitting registration of the Exchange Securities to be offered in exchange for the Transfer Restricted Securities and to permit resales of Transfer Restricted Securities held by Broker-Dealers as contemplated by Section 3(c) hereof.

(b) If an Exchange Offer Registration Statement is required to be filed and declared effective pursuant to Section 3(a) above, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be effective continuously and shall keep the Exchange Offer open for a period of not less than the minimum period required under applicable federal and state securities laws to Consummate the Exchange Offer; provided, however, that in no event shall such period be less than 20 Business Days after the date notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders. The Issuers shall cause the Exchange Offer to comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws. No securities other than the Exchange Securities shall be included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. The Issuers shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer to be Consummated on or before the Exchange Date.

(c) The Issuers shall indicate in a “Plan of Distribution” section contained in the Prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement that any Broker-Dealer who holds Transfer Restricted Securities that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Transfer Restricted Securities acquired directly from the Issuers), may exchange such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to

-4-

the Exchange Offer; however, such Broker-Dealer may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of the Exchange Securities received by such Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, which prospectus delivery requirement may be satisfied by the delivery by such Broker-Dealer of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. Such “Plan of Distribution” section shall also contain all other information with respect to such resales by Broker-Dealers that the Commission may require in order to permit such resales pursuant thereto, but such “Plan of Distribution” shall not name any such Broker-Dealer or disclose the amount of Transfer Restricted Securities held by any such Broker-Dealer except to the extent required by the Commission as a result of a change in policy after the date of this Agreement.

Each of the Issuers and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Transfer Restricted Securities acquired by Broker-Dealers for their own accounts as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period ending on the earlier of (i) 180 days from the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective and (ii) the date on which a Broker-Dealer is no longer required to deliver a prospectus in connection with market-making or other trading activities.

The Issuers shall provide sufficient copies of the latest version of such Prospectus to Broker-Dealers promptly upon request at any time during such 180-day (or shorter as provided in the foregoing sentence) period in order to facilitate such resales.

SECTION 4. Shelf Registration.

(a) Shelf Registration. If (i) the Issuers are not required to file an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or to consummate the Exchange Offer solely because the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or Commission policy (after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a) hereof have been complied with), (ii) for any reason the Exchange Offer is not Consummated by the Exchange Date or (iii) prior to the Exchange Date: (A) the Initial Purchasers request from the Issuers with respect to Transfer Restricted Securities not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Securities in the Exchange Offer, (B) with respect to any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities such Holder notifies the Issuers that (i) such Holder is prohibited by applicable law or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, (ii) such Holder may not resell the Exchange Securities acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and that the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales by such Holder, or (iii) such Holder is a Broker-Dealer and holds Transfer Restricted Securities acquired directly from the Issuers or one of their affiliates or (C) in the case of the Initial Purchasers, the Initial Purchasers notify the Issuers they will not receive Exchange Securities in exchange for Transfer Restricted Securities constituting any portion of the Initial Purchasers’ unsold allotment, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall:

-5-

(x) cause to be filed a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, which may be an amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (in either event, the “Shelf Registration Statement”) as promptly as practicable (such date being the “Shelf Filing Deadline”), which Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for resales of all Transfer Restricted Securities the Holders of which shall have provided the information required pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof; and

(y) use their reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission.

Each of the Issuers and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Sections 6(b) and (c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Transfer Restricted Securities by the Holders of such Securities entitled to the benefit of this Section 4(a), and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, from the date on which the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission until the expiration of the two-year period after the Closing Date (or shorter period that will terminate when all the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement; provided that the Issuers may for a period of up to 60 days in any three-month period, not to exceed 90 days in any calendar year, determine that the Shelf Registration Statement is not usable under certain circumstances relating to corporate developments, public filings with the Commission and similar events, and suspend the use of the prospectus that is part of the Shelf Registration Statement).

(b) Provision by Holders of Certain Information in Connection with the Shelf Registration Statement. No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may include any of its Transfer Restricted Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder furnishes to the Issuers in writing, within 20 Business Days after receipt of a request therefor, such information as the Issuers may reasonably request for use in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus included therein. Each Holder as to which any Shelf Registration Statement is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Issuers all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Issuers by such Holder not materially misleading.

SECTION 5. Additional Interest. If (i) the Exchange Offer has not been Consummated by the Exchange Date, (ii) any Shelf Registration Statement, if required hereby, has not been declared effective by the Commission 120 days after any obligation to file a shelf registration statement arises or (iii) any Registration Statement required by this Agreement has been declared effective but ceases to be effective at any time at which it is required to be effective under this Agreement (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iii), a “Registration Default”), the Issuers hereby agree that the interest rate borne by the Transfer Restricted Securities shall be increased by 0.25% per annum during the 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of any Registration Default and shall increase by 0.25% per annum at the end of each subsequent 90-day period (such increase, “Additional Interest”), but in no event shall such increase exceed 1.00% per annum. At the earlier of (i) the cure of all Registration Defaults relating to the particular

-6-

Transfer Restricted Securities or (ii) the second anniversary of the Closing Date, the interest rate borne by the relevant Transfer Restricted Securities will be reduced to the original interest rate borne by such Transfer Restricted Securities; provided, however, that, if after any such reduction in interest rate, a different Registration Default occurs, the interest rate borne by the relevant Transfer Restricted Securities shall again be increased pursuant to the foregoing provisions.

All obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors set forth in the preceding paragraph that are outstanding with respect to any Transfer Restricted Security at the time such security ceases to be a Transfer Restricted Security shall survive until such time as all such obligations with respect to such security shall have been satisfied in full.

SECTION 6. Registration Procedures.

(a) Exchange Offer Registration Statement. In connection with the Exchange Offer, if required pursuant to Section 3(a) hereof, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall comply with all of the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof, shall use their reasonable best efforts to effect such exchange to permit the sale of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and shall comply with all of the following provisions:

(i) If in the reasonable opinion of counsel to the Issuers there is a question as to whether the Exchange Offer is permitted by applicable law, each of the Issuers and the Guarantors hereby agree to seek a no-action letter or other favorable decision from the Commission allowing the Issuers and the Guarantors to Consummate an Exchange Offer for such Transfer Restricted Securities. Each of the Issuers and the Guarantors hereby agree to pursue the issuance of such a decision to the Commission staff level but shall not be required to take commercially unreasonable action to effect a change of Commission policy. Each of the Issuers and the Guarantors hereby agree, however, to (A) participate in telephonic conferences with the Commission, (B) deliver to the Commission staff an analysis prepared by counsel to the Issuers setting forth the legal bases, if any, upon which such counsel has concluded that such an Exchange Offer should be permitted and (C) diligently pursue a favorable resolution by the Commission staff of such submission.

(ii) As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall furnish, upon the request of the Issuers, prior to the Consummation thereof, a written representation to the Issuers (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an affiliate of the Issuers, (B) it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer and (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Securities in its ordinary course of business. In addition, all such Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities shall otherwise cooperate in the Issuers’ preparations for the Exchange Offer. Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that any Broker-Dealer and any such

-7-

Holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the securities to be acquired in the Exchange Offer (1) could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission enunciated in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and similar no-action letters (which may include any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above), and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction and that such a secondary resale transaction should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K if the resales are of Exchange Securities obtained by such Holder in exchange for Transfer Restricted Securities acquired by such Holder directly from the Issuers.

(b) Shelf Registration Statement. If required pursuant to Section 4, in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, each of the Issuers and the Guarantors shall comply with all the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof and shall use their reasonable best efforts to effect such registration to permit the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and pursuant thereto each of the Issuers and the Guarantors will as expeditiously as possible prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement relating to the registration on any appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form shall be available for the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof.

(c) General Provisions. In connection with any Registration Statement and any Prospectus required by this Agreement to permit the sale or resale of Transfer Restricted Securities (including, without limitation, any Registration Statement and the related Prospectus required to permit resales of Transfer Restricted Securities by Broker-Dealers), each of the Issuers and the Guarantors shall:

(i) use their reasonable best efforts to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective and provide all requisite financial statements (including, if required by the Securities Act or any regulation thereunder, financial statements of the Guarantors) for the period specified in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable; upon the occurrence of any event that would cause any such Registration Statement or the Prospectus contained therein (A) to contain a material misstatement or omission or (B) not to be effective and usable for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities during the period required by this Agreement, the Issuers shall file promptly an appropriate amendment to such Registration Statement, in the case of clause (A), correcting any such misstatement or omission, and, in the case of either clause (A) or (B), use their reasonable best efforts to cause such amendment to be declared effective and such Registration Statement and the related Prospectus to become usable for their intended purpose(s) as soon as practicable thereafter;

-8-

(ii) use their reasonable best efforts to prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the applicable Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep the Registration Statement effective for the applicable period set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, or such shorter period as will terminate when all Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold; cause the Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, and to comply fully with the applicable provisions of Rules 424 and 430A under the Securities Act in a timely manner; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus;

(iii) advise the underwriter(s), if any, and selling Holders promptly and, if requested by such Persons, to confirm such advice in writing, (A) when the Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to any Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective, (B) of any request by the Commission for amendments to the Registration Statement or amendments or supplements to the Prospectus or for additional information relating thereto, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the Securities Act or of the suspension by any state securities commission of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation of any proceeding for any of the preceding purposes, (D) of the existence of any fact or the happening of any event that makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein untrue, or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading. If at any time the Commission shall issue any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or any state securities commission or other regulatory authority shall issue an order suspending the qualification or exemption from qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under state securities or blue sky laws, each of the Issuers and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal or lifting of such order at the earliest possible time;

(iv) furnish without charge to the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder named in any Registration Statement, and each of the underwriter(s), if any, before filing with the Commission, copies of any Registration Statement or any Prospectus included therein or any amendments or supplements to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all documents incorporated by reference after the initial filing of such Registration Statement), which documents will be subject to the review and comment of such Holders and underwriter(s) in connection with such sale, if any, for a period of at least five (5) Business Days, and the Issuers will not file any such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all such documents incorporated by reference) to which the Initial Purchasers of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement or the underwriter(s), if any, shall reasonably object in writing within five (5) Business Days

-9-

after the receipt thereof (such objection to be deemed timely made upon confirmation of telecopy transmission within such period). The objection of the Initial Purchasers or underwriters, if any, shall be deemed to be reasonable if such Registration Statement, amendment, Prospectus or supplement, as applicable, as proposed to be filed, contains a material misstatement or omission;

(v) promptly prior to the filing of any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or Prospectus, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder named in any Registration Statement, and to the underwriter(s), if any, make the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ representatives available for discussion of such document and other customary due diligence matters, and include such information in such document prior to the filing thereof as such selling Holders or underwriter(s), if any, reasonably may request;

(vi) make available at reasonable times for inspection by the Initial Purchasers, the managing underwriter(s), if any, participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement and any attorney or accountant retained by the Initial Purchasers or any of the underwriter(s), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of each of the Issuers and the Guarantors and cause the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Holder, underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto subsequent to the filing thereof and prior to its effectiveness and to participate in meetings with investors to the extent requested by the managing underwriter(s), if any;

(vii) if requested by any selling Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, promptly incorporate in any Registration Statement or Prospectus, pursuant to a supplement or post-effective amendment if necessary, such information as such selling Holders and underwriter(s), if any, may reasonably request to have included therein, including, without limitation, information relating to the “Plan of Distribution” of the Transfer Restricted Securities, information with respect to the principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold to such underwriter(s), the purchase price being paid therefor and any other terms of the offering of the Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold in such offering; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Issuers are notified of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

(viii) cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be rated with the appropriate rating agencies, if so requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of securities covered thereby or the underwriter(s), if any;

(ix) furnish to the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder and each of the underwriter(s), if any, without charge, at least one copy of the Registration Statement, as first filed with the Commission, and of each amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits (including exhibits incorporated therein by reference);

-10-

(x) deliver to each selling Holder and each of the underwriter(s), if any, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Persons reasonably may request; each of the Issuers and the Guarantors hereby consent to the use of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders and each of the underwriter(s), if any, in connection with the offering and the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto;

(xi) enter into such agreements (including an underwriting agreement), and make such representations and warranties, and take all such other actions in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement, all to such extent as may be requested by the Initial Purchasers or by any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities or underwriter in connection with any sale or resale pursuant to any Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement; and whether or not an underwriting agreement is entered into and whether or not the registration is an Underwritten Registration, each of the Issuers and the Guarantors shall:

(A) furnish to the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder and each underwriter, if any, in such substance and scope as they may request and as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings, upon the date of the Consummation of the Exchange Offer or, if applicable, the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement:

(1) a certificate, dated the date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer or the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, signed by (y) the President or any Vice President and (z) a principal financial or accounting officer of each of the Issuers and the Guarantors, confirming, as of the date thereof, the matters set forth in paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of Section 5(e) of the Purchase Agreement and such other matters as such parties may reasonably request;

(2) an opinion, dated the date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer or the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, of counsel for the Issuers and the Guarantors, covering the matters set forth in Section 5(c) of the Purchase Agreement and such other matters as such parties may reasonably request, and in any event including a statement to the effect that such counsel has participated in conferences with officers and other representatives of the Issuers and the Guarantors, representatives of the independent public accountants for the Issuers and the Guarantors, representatives of the underwriter(s), if any, and counsel to the underwriter(s), if any, in connection with the preparation of such Registration Statement and the related Prospectus and have

-11-

considered the matters required to be stated therein and the statements contained therein, although such counsel has not independently verified the accuracy, completeness or fairness of such statements; and that such counsel advises that, on the basis of the foregoing, no facts came to such counsel’s attention that caused such counsel to believe that the applicable Registration Statement, at the time such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto became effective, and, in the case of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as of the date of Consummation, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or that the Prospectus contained in such Registration Statement as of its date and, in the case of the opinion dated the date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer, as of the date of Consummation, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading. Without limiting the foregoing, such counsel may state further that such counsel assumes no responsibility for, and has not independently verified, the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the financial statements, notes and schedules and other financial data included in any Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement or the related Prospectus; and

(3) a customary comfort letter, dated the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, from the Issuers’ independent accountants, in the customary form and covering matters of the type customarily requested to be covered in comfort letters by underwriters in connection with primary underwritten offerings, and covering or affirming the matters set forth in the comfort letters delivered pursuant to Section 5(a) of the Purchase Agreement, without exception;

(B) set forth in full or incorporate by reference in the underwriting agreement, if any, the indemnification provisions and procedures of Section 8 hereof with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section; and

(C) deliver such other documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by such parties to evidence compliance with Section 6(c)(xi)(A) hereof and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Issuers or any of the Guarantors pursuant to this Section 6(c)(xi), if any.

If at any time the representations and warranties of the Issuers and the Guarantors contemplated in Section 6(c)(xi)(A)(1) hereof cease to be true and correct, the Issuers or the Guarantors shall so advise the Initial Purchasers and the underwriters, if any, and each selling Holder promptly and, if requested by such Persons, shall confirm such advice in writing;

-12-

(xii) prior to any public offering of Transfer Restricted Securities, cooperate with the selling Holders, the underwriter(s), if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration and qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under the state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the selling Holders or underwriter(s), if any, may request and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that none of the Issuers or the Guarantors shall be required to register or qualify as a foreign corporation where it is not then so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to the service of process in suits or to taxation, other than as to matters and transactions relating to the Registration Statement, in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;

(xiii) shall issue, upon the request of any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement, Exchange Securities having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities surrendered to the Issuers by such Holder in exchange therefor or being sold by such Holder; such Exchange Securities to be registered in the name of such Holder or in the name of the purchaser(s) of such Securities, as the case may be; in return, the Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Holder shall be surrendered to the Issuers for cancellation;

(xiv) cooperate with the selling Holders and the underwriter(s), if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Transfer Restricted Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, may request at least two (2) Business Days prior to any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities made by such Holders or underwriter(s);

(xv) use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter(s), if any, to consummate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities, subject to the proviso contained in Section 6(c)(xii) hereof;

(xvi) if any fact or event contemplated by Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof shall exist or have occurred, prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading;

(xvii) provide a CUSIP number for all Securities not later than the effective date of the Registration Statement covering such Securities and provide the Trustee under the Indenture with printed certificates for such Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company and take all other action necessary to ensure that all such Securities are eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company;

-13-

(xviii) cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with FINRA and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter (including any “qualified independent underwriter”) that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA;

(xix) otherwise use their reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to their security holders, as soon as practicable, a consolidated earnings statement meeting the requirements of Rule 158 of the Securities Act (which need not be audited) for the twelve-month period (A) commencing at the end of any fiscal quarter in which Transfer Restricted Securities are sold to underwriters in a firm commitment or best efforts Underwritten Offering or (B) if not sold to underwriters in such an offering, beginning with the first month of the Issuers’ first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the Registration Statement;

(xx) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act not later than the effective date of the first Registration Statement required by this Agreement, and, in connection therewith, cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders of Securities to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for such Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and to execute and use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents that may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the Commission to enable such Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;

(xxi) cause all Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange or automated quotation system on which similar securities issued by the Issuers are then listed if requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Securities or the managing underwriter(s), if any; and

(xxii) provide promptly to each Holder upon request each document filed with the Commission pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 and Section 15 of the Exchange Act.

Each Holder agrees by acquisition of a Transfer Restricted Security that, upon receipt of any notice from the Issuers of the existence of any fact of the kind described in Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xvi) hereof, or until it is advised in writing (the “Advice”) by the Issuers that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus. If so directed by the Issuers, each Holder will deliver to the Issuers (at the Issuers’ expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Securities that was current at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Issuers shall give any such notice, the time period

-14-

regarding the effectiveness of such Registration Statement set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof to and including the date when each selling Holder covered by such Registration Statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xvi) hereof or shall have received the Advice; provided, however, that no such extension shall be taken into account in determining whether Additional Interest is due pursuant to Section 5 hereof or the amount of such Additional Interest, it being agreed that the Issuers’ option to suspend use of a Registration Statement pursuant to this paragraph shall be treated as a Registration Default for purposes of Section 5 hereof.

SECTION 7. Registration Expenses.

(a) All expenses incident to the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ performance of or compliance with this Agreement will be borne by the Issuers and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, regardless of whether a Registration Statement becomes effective, including, without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees and expenses (including filings made by the Initial Purchasers or Holder with FINRA (and, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” and its counsel that may be required by the rules and regulations of FINRA)); (ii) all fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities and state securities or blue sky laws; (iii) all expenses of printing (including printing certificates for the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer and printing of Prospectuses), messenger and delivery services and telephone; (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Issuers, the Guarantors and, subject to Section 7(b) hereof, the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; (v) all application and filing fees, if applicable, in connection with listing the Exchange Securities on a securities exchange or automated quotation system pursuant to the requirements thereof; and (vi) all fees and disbursements of independent certified public accountants of the Issuers and the Guarantors (including the expenses of any special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such performance).

Each of the Issuers and the Guarantors will, in any event, bear their internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of their officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the Issuers or the Guarantors.

(b) In connection with any Registration Statement required by this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and the Shelf Registration Statement), the Issuers and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will reimburse the Initial Purchasers and the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities being tendered in the Exchange Offer and/or resold pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or registered pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable, for the reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel, who shall be Cahill Gordon & Reindel llp or such other counsel as may be chosen by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities for whose benefit such Registration Statement is being prepared.

-15-

SECTION 8. Indemnification.

(a) The Issuers and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Holder, (ii) each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) any Holder (any of the Persons referred to in this clause (ii) being hereinafter referred to as a “controlling person”) and (iii) the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of any Holder or any controlling person (any Person referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) may hereinafter be referred to as an “Indemnified Holder”), to the fullest extent lawful, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions and expenses (including, without limitation, and as incurred, reimbursement of all reasonable costs of investigating, preparing, pursuing, settling, compromising, paying or defending any claim or action, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to any Indemnified Holder), joint or several, directly or indirectly caused by, related to, based upon, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are caused by an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission that is made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any of the Holders furnished in writing to the Issuers by any of the Holders expressly for use therein. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liability which the Issuers or any of the Guarantors may otherwise have.

In case any action or proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation or proceeding) shall be brought or asserted against any of the Indemnified Holders with respect to which indemnity may be sought against the Issuers or the Guarantors, such Indemnified Holder (or the Indemnified Holder controlled by such controlling person) shall promptly notify the Issuers and the Guarantors in writing; provided, however, that the failure to give such notice shall not relieve any of the Issuers or the Guarantors of their obligations pursuant to this Agreement. Such Indemnified Holder shall have the right to employ its own counsel in any such action and the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be paid, as incurred, by the Issuers and the Guarantors (regardless of whether it is ultimately determined that an Indemnified Holder is not entitled to indemnification hereunder). The Issuers and the Guarantors shall not, in connection with any one such action or proceeding or separate but substantially similar or related actions or proceedings in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any time for such Indemnified Holders. Any such firm for each Holder, any controlling person or the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of any Holder or any controlling person shall be designated by the Holders. The Issuers and the Guarantors shall be liable for any settlement of any such action or proceeding effected with the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ prior written consent, which consent shall not be withheld unreasonably, and each of the Issuers and the Guarantors agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any Indemnified Holder from and against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of any settlement of any action effected with the written consent of the Issuers and the Guarantors. The Issuers and the Guarantors shall not, without the prior written consent

-16-

of each Indemnified Holder, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any pending or threatened action, claim, litigation or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not any Indemnified Holder is a party thereto), unless such settlement, compromise, consent or termination includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Holder from all liability arising out of such action, claim, litigation or proceeding.

(b) Each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless (i) the Issuers, the Guarantors and their respective directors, officers of each of the Issuers and the Guarantors who sign a Registration Statement, and (ii) any Person controlling (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Issuers or any of the Guarantors, and the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of each such Person (any Person referred to in clause (i) or (ii) may hereinafter be referred to as an “Issuer Indemnified Party”), to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Issuers and the Guarantors to each of the Indemnified Holders, but only with respect to claims and actions based on information relating to such Holder furnished in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement. In case any action or proceeding shall be brought against an Issuer Indemnified Party in respect of which indemnity may be sought against a Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, such Holder shall have the rights and duties given the Issuers and the Guarantors, and the Issuer Indemnified Party shall have the rights and duties given to each Holder by the preceding paragraph.

(c) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is unavailable to an indemnified party under Section 8(a) or (b) hereof (other than by reason of exceptions provided in those Sections) in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions or expenses referred to therein, then each applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Issuers and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, from the Initial Placement (which in the case of the Issuers and the Guarantors shall be deemed to be equal to the total gross proceeds to the Issuers and the Guarantors from the Initial Placement), the amount of Additional Interest which did not become payable as a result of the filing of the Registration Statement resulting in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions or expenses, and such Registration Statement, or if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, the relative fault of the Issuers and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Issuers and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and of the Holders, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Issuers or any of the Guarantors, on the one hand, or the Holders, on the other hand, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in the second paragraph of Section 8(a) hereof, any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim.

-17-

The Issuers, the Guarantors, each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(c) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, none of the Holders (and its related Indemnified Holders) shall be required to contribute, in the aggregate, any amount in excess of the amount by which the total discount with respect to the Securities received by such Holder exceeds the amount of any damages which such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 8(c) are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of Securities held by each of the Holders hereunder and not joint.

SECTION 9. Rule 144A. Each of the Issuers and the Guarantors hereby agrees with each Holder, for so long as any Transfer Restricted Securities remain outstanding, to make available to any Holder or beneficial owner of Transfer Restricted Securities in connection with any sale thereof and any prospective purchaser of such Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder or beneficial owner, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act in order to permit resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

SECTION 10. Participation in Underwritten Registrations. No Holder may participate in any Underwritten Registration hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all reasonable questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, lock-up letters and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

SECTION 11. Selection of Underwriters. The Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement who desire to do so may sell such Transfer Restricted Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment banker(s) and managing underwriter(s) that will administer such offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities included in such offering; provided, however, that such investment banker(s) and managing underwriter(s) must be reasonably satisfactory to the Issuers.

-18-

SECTION 12. Miscellaneous.

(a) Remedies. Each of the Issuers and the Guarantors hereby agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agree to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.

(b) No Inconsistent Agreements. Each of the Issuers and the Guarantors will not on or after the date of this Agreement enter into any agreement with respect to their securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. Neither the Issuers nor any of the Guarantors has previously entered into any agreement granting any registration rights with respect to their securities to any Person that would conflict with this Agreement. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Issuers’ or any of the Guarantors’ securities under any agreement in effect on the date hereof.

(c) Adjustments Affecting the Securities. The Issuers will not take any action, or permit any change to occur, with respect to the Securities that would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Holders to Consummate any Exchange Offer.

(d) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Issuers have (i) in the case of Section 5 hereof and this Section 12(d)(i) obtained the written consent of Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities and (ii) in the case of all other provisions hereof (including Section 8 hereof as it relates to the Holders), obtained the written consent of Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities (excluding any Transfer Restricted Securities held by the Issuers or their Affiliates). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose securities are being tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer and that does not affect directly or indirectly the rights of other Holders whose securities are not being tendered pursuant to such Exchange Offer may be given by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being tendered or registered; provided, however, that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights of the Initial Purchasers hereunder, the Issuers shall obtain the written consent of the Initial Purchasers with respect to which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver, consent or departure is to be effective.

(e) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:

(i) if to a Holder, at the address set forth on the records of the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy to the Registrar under the Indenture;

-19-

(ii) If to the Issuers or the Guarantors; and

Tops Holding Corporation

P.O. Box 1027

Buffalo, New York 14240-1027

Facsimile: (716) 635-5909

Attention: Lynne Burgess, Esq.

      Senior Vice President,

      General Counsel and Secretary

with a copy to:

Shearman & Sterling LLP

599 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Facsimile: (646) 848-7658

Attention: Michael Benjamin, Esq.

(iii) If to the Representative:

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

50 Rockefeller Plaza

New York, New York 10020

Facsimile: (917) 267-7085

Attention: HY Legal Department

with a copy to:

Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP

80 Pine Street

New York, New York 10005

Facsimile: (212) 378-2544

Attention: Corey Wright, Esq.

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five (5) Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.

Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee at the address specified in the Indenture.

(f) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including, without limitation, and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or be binding upon a successor or assign of a Holder unless and to the extent such successor or assign acquired Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder.

-20-

(g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(h) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

(i) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW RULES THEREOF.

(j) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

(k) Entire Agreement. This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the registration rights granted by the Issuers with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

-21-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

TOPS HOLDING CORPORATION
By:
	Name:
	Title:
TOPS MARKETS, LLC
By:
	Name:
	Title:
TOPS GIFT CARD COMPANY, LLC
By:
	Name:
	Title:
TOPS PT, LLC
By:
	Name:
	Title:

-22-

The foregoing Registration Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted by the Initial Purchasers as of the date first above written.

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

Acting on behalf of itself

and as the Representative of

the several Initial Purchasers

By: Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

By:
	Managing Director

EX-4.3

Exhibit 4.3

INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

by and between

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as ABL Agent,

and

U.S. BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

Dated as of December 20, 2012

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page No.
I. DEFINITIONS			2
1.1.	Defined Terms		2
1.2.	Terms Generally		14
II. LIEN PRIORITIES			15
2.1.	Relative Priorities		15
2.2.	Prohibition on Contesting Liens		15
2.3.	No New Liens		16
2.4.	Similar Liens and Agreements		16
III. EXERCISE OF REMEDIES; ENFORCEMENT			17
3.1.	Restrictions on the Notes Agent and the Note Claimholders		17
3.2.	Restrictions on the ABL Agent and ABL Claimholders		20
3.3.	Collateral Access Rights		24
3.4.	Reserved		26
3.5.	Set-Off and Tracing of and Priorities in Proceeds		26
IV. PAYMENTS			27
4.1.	Application of Proceeds		27
4.2.	Payments Over in Violation of Agreement		27
4.3.	Application of Payments		28
4.4.	Revolving Nature of ABL Obligations		28
V. OTHER AGREEMENTS			28
5.1.	Releases		28
5.2.	Insurance		29
5.3.	Amendments to ABL Loan Documents and Note Documents; Refinancing		30
5.4.	Bailees for Perfection		32
VI. INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDINGS			33
6.1.	Finance and Sale Issues		33
6.2.	Relief from the Automatic Stay		34
6.3.	Adequate Protection		35
6.4.	Avoidance Issues		37
6.5.	Reorganization Securities		37
6.6.	Post-Petition Interest		37
6.7.	Separate Grants of Security and Separate Classification		38
6.8.	Asset Dispositions in an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding		39
VII. RELIANCE; WAIVERS; ETC.			39
7.1.	Reliance		39
7.2.	No Warranties or Liability		40
7.3.	No Waiver of Lien Priorities		40
7.4.	Obligations Unconditional		41

i

VIII. MISCELLANEOUS		42
8.1.	Conflicts	42
8.2.	Effectiveness; Continuing Nature of this Agreement; Severability	42
8.3.	Amendments; Waivers	43
8.4.	Information Concerning Financial Condition of the Issuers and Their Subsidiaries	43
8.5.	Subrogation	43
8.6.	SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVERS	44
8.7.	Notices	45
8.8.	Further Assurances	45
8.9.	APPLICABLE LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK	46
8.10.	Specific Performance	46
8.11.	Headings	46
8.12.	Counterparts	46
8.13.	Authorization	46
8.14.	Provisions Solely to Define Relative Rights	47
8.15.	Marshalling of Assets	47
8.16.	Exclusive Means of Exercising Rights under this Agreement	47
8.17.	Interpretation	48
8.18.	Capacity of Notes Agent	48
8.19.	Termination	48

ii

INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

This INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is dated as of December 20, 2012, and entered into by and between Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as agent under the ABL Credit Agreement, including its successors and assigns from time to time (the “Initial ABL Agent”), and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (the “Trustee”), not in its individual capacity, but solely in its capacity as trustee and collateral agent under the Indenture and (as the case may be) as collateral agent for and representative hereunder of the holders of the Additional Pari Passu Notes Obligations, including in each case its successors and assigns from time to time (in such capacities, the “Notes Agent”) and is acknowledged by Tops Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Tops Markets, LLC, a New York limited liability company (“Tops Markets” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”) and the subsidiaries of the Company listed on the signature pages hereof (together with any subsidiary that becomes a party hereto after the date hereof, each a “Company Subsidiary”, and, collectively, the “Company Subsidiaries”). Capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings assigned to them in Article 1.

RECITALS

The Issuers, the Company Subsidiaries, the ABL Lenders, and the Initial ABL Agent have entered into that certain senior secured asset based revolving credit facility, dated as of December 14, 2012 (as amended, restated, supplemented, modified, replaced, or refinanced from time to time, the “Initial ABL Credit Agreement”);

The Issuers have issued, or will issue 8.875% senior secured notes due 2017 in a principal amount of $460,000,000 (the “Initial Notes”) under an indenture, dated as of December 20, 2012 (as amended, restated, supplemented, modified, replaced, or refinanced from time to time, the “Indenture”) among the Issuers, each Company Subsidiary, the Trustee and Notes Agent;

The Issuers may from time to time following the date hereof issue Additional Pari Passu Notes Obligations to the extent permitted by the ABL Credit Agreement and the Indenture; and

In order to induce the ABL Agent and the ABL Lenders to consent to the Grantors incurring the Note Obligations and granting the Liens to the Notes Agent and in order to induce the Notes Agent and the Noteholders to consent to the Grantors incurring the ABL Obligations and granting the Liens to the ABL Agent, the ABL Agent, on behalf of the ABL Lenders, and the Notes Agent, on behalf of the Noteholders, have agreed to the relative priority of their respective Liens on the Collateral and certain other rights, priorities and interests as set forth in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants and obligations herein set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1

I.

DEFINITIONS.

1.1. Defined Terms.

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“ABL Agent” means the Initial ABL Agent and any successor or other agent under any ABL Credit Agreement.

“ABL Claimholders” means, at any relevant time, the holders of ABL Obligations at that time, including, without limitation, the ABL Lenders and the ABL Agent under the ABL Credit Agreement and the Bank Product Providers.

“ABL Collateral” means all of the assets and property of any Grantor, whether real, personal or mixed, with respect to which a Lien is granted as security for any ABL Obligations.

“ABL Credit Agreement” means collectively, (a) the Initial ABL Credit Agreement and (b) any other credit agreement or credit agreements, one or more debt facilities, and/or commercial paper facilities, in each case, with banks or other lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from (or sell such receivables to) such lenders), letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, or other borrowings, that have been incurred to increase, replace (whether upon or after termination or otherwise), refinance or refund in whole or in part from time to time the Obligations outstanding under the Initial ABL Credit Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to in this clause, whether or not such increase, replacement, refinancing or refunding occurs (i) with the original parties thereto, (ii) on one or more separate occasions or (iii) simultaneously or not with the termination or repayment of the Initial ABL Credit Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to in this clause, unless such agreement or instrument expressly provides that it is not intended to be and is not an ABL Credit Agreement, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, extended or Refinanced from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Any reference to the ABL Credit Agreement hereunder shall be deemed a reference to any ABL Credit Agreement then in existence.

“ABL Default” means an “Event of Default” (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement).

“ABL Lenders” means the “Lenders” under and as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement or any other Person which extends credit under the ABL Credit Agreement.

“ABL Loan Documents” means the ABL Credit Agreement and the “Loan Documents” (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement), including Bank Products, and each of the other agreements, documents and instruments executed pursuant thereto, and any other document or instrument executed or delivered at any time in connection with the ABL Credit Agreement or any Bank Products, including any intercreditor or joinder agreement among holders of ABL Obligations, to the extent such are effective at the relevant time, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, extended or Refinanced from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

-2-

“ABL Mortgages” means a collective reference to each mortgage, deed of trust and other document or instrument under which any Lien on real property owned or leased by any Grantor is granted to secure any ABL Obligations or under which rights or remedies with respect to any such Liens are governed.

“ABL Obligations” means all Obligations outstanding under the ABL Credit Agreement and the other ABL Loan Documents, including any Bank Products. “ABL Obligations” shall include all interest, fees and expenses accrued or accruing (or which would, absent commencement of an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, accrue) after commencement of an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding (with respect to interest and fees, at the rate specified in the relevant ABL Loan Document), whether or not the claim for such interest, fee or expense is allowed as a claim in such Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding.

“ABL Priority Collateral” means all now-owned or hereafter acquired ABL Collateral that constitutes:

(a) all Accounts and Credit Card Receivables, other than Accounts or Credit Card Receivables which constitute identifiable Proceeds which arise from the sale, license, assignment or other disposition of Notes Priority Collateral;

(b) all Chattel Paper, other than Chattel Paper which constitutes identifiable Proceeds of Notes Priority Collateral;

(c) all (x) Deposit Accounts (other than the Notes Collateral Account and Notes Trust Monies) and money and all cash, checks, other negotiable instruments, funds and other evidences of payments held therein (other than the Notes Collateral Account and Notes Trust Monies), and (y) Securities Accounts and Security Entitlements and securities credited thereto (other than the Notes Collateral Account and Notes Trust Monies), and, in each case, all cash, checks and other property held therein or credited thereto (other than the Notes Collateral Account and Notes Trust Monies);

(d) all Inventory;

(e) all Prescription Lists;

(f) to the extent relating to, evidencing or governing any of the items referred to in the preceding clauses (a) through (e) of this definition, all Documents, General Intangibles (other than Intellectual Property except as set forth in clause (e) above), Instruments (including promissory notes) and Commercial Tort Claims;

(g) to the extent relating to any of the items referred to in the preceding clauses (a) through (f) above, all Supporting Obligations and Letter of Credit Rights;

(h) all books and records relating to the items referred to in the preceding clauses (a) through (g) above (including all books, databases, customer lists, and records, whether tangible or electronic, which contain any information relating to any of the items referred to in the preceding clauses (a) through (g)); and

(i) subject to Section 3.5, all Proceeds of any of the foregoing, including collateral security and guarantees with respect to any of the foregoing and all cash, Money, insurance proceeds, Instruments, Securities, Financial Assets and Deposit Accounts constituting Proceeds of the foregoing.

-3-

“ABL Security Documents” means any agreement, document or instrument pursuant to which a Lien is granted securing any ABL Obligations or under which rights or remedies with respect to such Liens are governed.

“ABL Standstill Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a)(i).

“Access Period” means with respect to any Notes Priority Collateral, the period, after the commencement of an Enforcement Period by the ABL Agent, which begins on the earlier of (a) the day on which the ABL Agent provides the Notes Agent with the written notice of its election to request access pursuant to Section 3.3(b) and (b) the tenth Business Day after the Notes Agent provides the ABL Agent with notice that the Notes Agent (or its agent) has obtained possession or control of such Notes Priority Collateral and ends on the earliest of (i) the 270th day after the date (the “Initial Access Date”) on which the ABL Agent, or its designee, initially obtains the ability to take physical possession of, remove, or otherwise control physical access to, or actually uses, the ABL Priority Collateral associated with or located on such Notes Priority Collateral plus such number of days, if any, after the Initial Access Date that it is stayed or otherwise prohibited by law or court order from exercising remedies with respect to ABL Priority Collateral associated with or located on such Notes Priority Collateral, and (ii) the termination of such Enforcement Period.

“Account Agreements” means any lockbox account agreement, pledged account agreement, blocked account agreement, securities account control agreement, or any similar deposit or securities account agreements among the Notes Agent and/or the ABL Agent, one or more Grantors and the relevant financial institution depository or securities intermediary.

“Accounts” means all now present and future “accounts” (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC).

“Additional Pari Passu Notes Agent” means the Person appointed to act as trustee, agent or representative for the holders of Additional Pari Passu Notes Obligations pursuant to any Additional Pari Passu Notes Agreement, it being understood and agreed that no Additional Pari Passu Notes Agent (if other than the Notes Agent) shall hold any Lien on Collateral.

“Additional Pari Passu Notes Agreement” means the indenture, credit agreement or other agreement under which any Additional Pari Passu Notes Obligations are incurred.

“Additional Pari Passu Notes Obligations” means Indebtedness of the Grantors issued following the date of this Agreement to the extent (a) such Indebtedness is permitted by the terms of the ABL Credit Agreement to be secured by Liens on the Collateral ranking pari passu with the Liens securing the Note Obligations and constitutes Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations (as defined in the Indenture as in effect on the date hereof), (b) the Grantors have granted Liens on the Collateral to secure the obligations in respect of such Indebtedness, and (c) the Additional Pari Passu Notes Agent, for the holders of such Indebtedness has executed a joinder agreement to the Note Security Agreement in the form attached thereto (or other form reasonably satisfactory to the Notes Agent) agreeing on behalf of itself and such holders to (i) be

-4-

bound by the terms of this Agreement applicable to them, (ii) appoint the Notes Agent to act as their collateral agent and representative hereunder and (iii) agree to be bound by the pari passu intercreditor provisions contained in the Note Security Documents entered into in connection with the Indenture (which provisions are binding on the Note Claimholders only).

“Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person specified. For purposes of this definition, a Person shall be deemed to “control” or be “controlled by” a Person if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person whether through ownership of equity interests, by contract or otherwise.

“Agents” means the ABL Agent and the Notes Agent.

“Agreement” means this Intercreditor Agreement, as amended, restated, renewed, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Bank Product Debt” means Indebtedness and other Obligations relating to Bank Products.

“Bank Product Provider” shall mean any ABL Lender or Affiliate of an ABL Lender that provides any Bank Products to any Grantor.

“Bank Products” means “Hedging Obligations” and “Cash Management Services” as each such term is defined in the Indenture.

“Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy,” as now and hereafter in effect, or any successor statute.

“Bankruptcy Law” means the Bankruptcy Code and any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

“Business Day” means a day that is a “Business Day” under both the Indenture and the ABL Credit Agreement.

“Capital Stock” means (a) in the case of a corporation, capital stock, (b) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock, (c) in the case of a partnership, partnership interests (whether general or limited), (d) in the case of a limited liability company, membership interests and (e) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person and all rights, warrants or options exchangeable for or convertible into any of the items described in clauses (a) through (e) above; provided that with respect to the foregoing, Capital Stock shall exclude any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of vote or participation with Capital Stock.

“Chattel Paper” means all present and future “chattel paper” (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC).

-5-

“Claimholder” means any Note Claimholder or ABL Claimholder, as applicable.

“Collateral” means any and all of the assets and property of any Grantor, whether real, personal or mixed, which constitute ABL Collateral or Notes Collateral.

“Commercial Tort Claims” means all present and future “commercial tort claims” (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC).

“Company” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Preamble to this Agreement.

“Company Subsidiary” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Preamble to this Agreement.

“Conforming Plan of Reorganization” means any Plan of Reorganization whose provisions are consistent with the provisions of this Agreement.

“Credit Card Receivables” has the meaning set forth in the ABL Credit Agreement.

“Deposit Accounts” means all present and future “deposit accounts” (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC).

“DIP Financing” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 6.1.

“Discharge of ABL Obligations” means:

(a) payment in full in cash of all ABL Obligations (other than contingent obligations or contingent indemnification obligations except as provided in clause (e) below and other than ABL Obligations constituting Bank Product Debt except as provided in clause (d) below);

(b) termination or expiration of all commitments, if any, to extend credit under the ABL Loan Documents;

(c) termination, cash collateralization (in an amount and manner reasonably satisfactory to the ABL Agent, but in no event greater than 105% of the aggregate undrawn face amount, plus commissions, fees, and expenses) or backstop of all letters of credit issued under the ABL Credit Agreement in compliance with the terms of the ABL Credit Agreement;

(d) the provision of credit support (which may include cash collateralization or support by a letter of credit therefor) for any ABL Obligations constituting Bank Product Debt (in an amount and manner and, if other than pursuant to cash collateralization, of a kind reasonably satisfactory to the providers of such Bank Product Debt); and

(e) the provision of credit support (which may include cash collateralization or support by a letter of credit) for any costs, expenses and contingent indemnification obligations consisting of ABL Obligations not yet due and payable but with respect to which a claim has been threatened or asserted under any ABL Loan Documents (in an amount and manner and, if other than pursuant to cash collateralization, of a kind reasonably satisfactory to the ABL Agent).

-6-

“Discharge of Note Obligations” means payment in full in cash of (a) all Note Obligations, satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture and any Additional Pari Passu Notes Agreement or legal or covenant defeasance of the Indenture and any Additional Pari Passu Notes Agreement (other than contingent obligations or contingent indemnification obligations (except as provided in clause (b) hereof, and obligations that expressly survive such satisfaction and discharge or legal or covenant defeasance), and (b) the provision of credit support (which may include cash collateralization or support by a letter of credit) for any costs, expenses and contingent indemnification obligations consisting of Note Obligations not yet due and payable but with respect to which a claim has been threatened or asserted under any Note Documents (in an amount and manner and, if other than pursuant to cash collateralization, of a kind reasonably satisfactory to the Notes Agent).

“Disposition” means any sale, lease, exchange, transfer or other disposition of any Collateral.

“Documents” means all present and future “documents” (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC.

“Enforcement” means, collectively or individually for one or both of the ABL Agent and the Notes Agent, when an ABL Default or Note Default, as applicable, has occurred and is continuing, to enforce or attempt to enforce any right or power to repossess, replevy, attach, garnish, levy upon, collect the Proceeds of, foreclose or realize in any manner whatsoever its Lien upon, sell, liquidate or otherwise dispose of, or otherwise restrict or interfere with the use of, or exercise any remedies with respect to, or conduct any Going Out of Business Sale with respect to, any material amount of Collateral, whether by judicial enforcement of any of the rights and remedies under the ABL Loan Documents, the Note Documents and/or under any applicable law, by self-help repossession, by non-judicial foreclosure sale, lease, or other disposition, by set-off, by notification to account obligors of any Grantor, by any sale, lease, or other disposition implemented by any Grantor following an ABL Default or a Note Default, as applicable, in connection with which the ABL Agent or the Notes Agent, as applicable, has agreed to release its Liens on the subject property, or otherwise, but in all cases excluding (i) the establishment of borrowing base reserves, collateral ineligibles, or other conditions for advances, (ii) the changing of advance rates or advance sublimits, (iii) the imposition of a default rate or late fee, (iv) the collection and application of Accounts or other monies deposited from time to time in Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts, in each case, to the extent constituting ABL Priority Collateral, against the ABL Obligations pursuant to the provisions of the ABL Loan Documents (including, without limitation, the notification of account debtors, depositary institutions or any other Person to deliver proceeds of Collateral to the ABL Agent or any “cash dominion event” or mandatory prepayment event under the ABL Loan Documents), (v) the cessation of lending pursuant to the provisions of the ABL Loan Documents, including upon the occurrence of a default on the existence of an over-advance, (vi) the filing of a proof of claim in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, (vii) the consent by the ABL Agent to disposition by any Grantor of any of the ABL Priority Collateral (other than a Going Out of Business Sale), and (viii) the acceleration of the Notes Obligations or the ABL Obligations.

“Enforcement Notice” means a written notice delivered, at a time when an ABL Default or Note Default has occurred and is continuing, by either the ABL Agent or the Notes Agent to the other announcing that an Enforcement Period has commenced, specifying the relevant event of default, stating the current balance of the ABL Obligations or the Note Obligations, as applicable, and requesting the current balance of the ABL Obligations or Note Obligations, as applicable, owing to the noticed party.

-7-

“Enforcement Period” means the period of time following the receipt by either the ABL Agent or the Notes Agent of an Enforcement Notice from the other until the earliest of (a) in the case of an Enforcement Period commenced by the Notes Agent, the Discharge of Note Obligations, (b) in the case of an Enforcement Period commenced by the ABL Agent, the Discharge of ABL Obligations, (c) the ABL Agent or the Notes Agent (as applicable) agreeing in writing to terminate the Enforcement Period, or (d) the date on which the ABL Default or the Note Default that was the subject of the Enforcement Notice relating to such Enforcement Period has been cured to the satisfaction of the ABL Agent or the Notes Agent, as applicable, or waived in writing.

“Equipment” means, as to each Grantor, all of such Grantor’s now owned and hereafter acquired equipment, as defined in Article 9 of the UCC.

“Financial Assets” means all present and future “financial assets” (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC).

“General Intangibles” means all present and future “general intangibles” (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC).

“Going Out of Business Sale” means, following the occurrence and during the continuance of any ABL Default, any sale or liquidation of the ABL Priority Collateral consented to by the ABL Agent for purposes of permitting the Grantors to obtain funds to permanently repay the ABL Obligations in whole or in part.

“Governmental Authority” means any federal, state, municipal, national or other government, governmental department, commission, board, bureau, court, agency or instrumentality or political subdivision thereof or any entity or officer exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to any government or any court, in each case whether associated with a state of the United States, the United States, or a foreign entity or government.

“Grantors” means the Issuers, each Company Subsidiary and each other Person that has or may from time to time hereafter execute and deliver an ABL Security Document or a Note Security Document as a grantor of a security interest (or the equivalent thereof).

“Indebtedness” means and includes all Obligations that constitute “Debt,” “Indebtedness,” “Obligations,” “Liabilities” or any similar term within the meaning of the ABL Credit Agreement or the Indenture, as applicable.

“Indenture” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Recitals to this Agreement.

“Initial ABL Credit Agreement” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Recitals.

“Initial Access Date” has the meaning assigned to that term in the definition of the term “Access Period.”

-8-

“Initial Notes” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Recitals.

“Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding” means:

(a) any voluntary or involuntary case or proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code with respect to any Grantor;

(b) any other voluntary or involuntary insolvency, reorganization or bankruptcy case or proceeding, or any receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar case or proceeding with respect to any Grantor or with respect to a material portion of their respective assets;

(c) any composition of liabilities or similar arrangement relating to any Grantor, whether or not under a court’s jurisdiction or supervision;

(d) any liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or winding up of any Grantor, whether voluntary or involuntary, whether or not under a court’s jurisdiction or supervision, and whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy; or

(e) any general assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other marshalling of assets and liabilities of any Grantor.

“Instruments” means all present and future “instruments” (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC).

“Intellectual Property” means, all of the following in any jurisdiction throughout the world: (a) patents, patent applications and inventions, including all renewals, extensions, combinations, divisions, or reissues thereof (“Patents”); (b) trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade dress, logos, internet domain names and other business identifiers, together with the goodwill symbolized by any of the foregoing, and all applications, registrations, renewals and extensions thereof (“Trademarks”); (c) copyrights and all works of authorship including all registrations, applications, renewals, extensions and reversions thereof (“Copyrights”); (d) all computer software, source code, executable code, data, databases and documentation thereof; (e) all trade secret rights in information, including trade secret rights in any formula, pattern, compilation, program, device, method, technique, or process, that (1) derives independent economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable by proper means by, other Persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use, and (2) is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy; (f) all other intellectual property or proprietary rights in any discoveries, concepts, ideas, research and development, know-how, formulae, patterns, inventions, compilations, compositions, manufacturing and production processes and techniques, program, device, method, technique, technical data, procedures, designs, recordings, graphs, drawings, reports, analyses, specifications, databases, and other proprietary or confidential information, including customer lists (other than Prescription Lists), supplier lists, pricing and cost information (other than related to Inventory and Prescription Lists), business and marketing plans and proposals and advertising and promotional materials; and (g) all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment or violation thereof and all products and proceeds of the foregoing.

-9-

“Inventory” means as to each Grantor, all of such Grantor’s now owned and hereafter existing or acquired inventory, as defined in Article 9 of the UCC.

“Investment Property” means all present and future “investment property” (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC), including, without limitation, all Capital Stock held by each of the Issuers and the Company Subsidiaries.

“Issuers” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Preamble to this Agreement.

“Letter of Credit Rights” means all present and future “letter of credit rights” (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC).

“Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothec, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security interest or any other security agreement (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any Capital Lease (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

“Money” means all present and future “money” (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC).

“Mortgaged Premises” means any real property which shall now or hereafter be subject to a Note Mortgage and/or an ABL Mortgage.

“Non-Conforming Plan of Reorganization” means any Plan of Reorganization whose provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, including any plan of reorganization that purports to re-order (whether by subordination, invalidation, or otherwise) or otherwise disregard, in whole or part, the provisions of Article II (including the Lien priorities of Section 2.1), the provisions of Article IV, or the provisions of Article VI, unless such Plan of Reorganization has been accepted by the voluntary required vote of each class of ABL Claimholders and Note Claimholders.

“Note Claimholders” means, at any relevant time, the holders of Note Obligations at that time, including the Noteholders, each Additional Pari Passu Notes Agent and the Notes Agent.

“Note Collateral” means any and all of the assets and property of any Grantor, whether real, personal or mixed, with respect to which a Lien is granted as security for any Note Obligations.

“Note Default” means an “Event of Default” as defined in the Indenture or in any Additional Pari Passu Notes Agreement.

“Note Documents” means the Indenture, the Notes, each Additional Pari Passu Notes Agreement, the Note Security Documents and each of the other agreements, documents and instruments executed pursuant thereto, and any other document or instrument executed or delivered at any time in connection with any Note Obligations, including any intercreditor or joinder agreement among holders of Note Obligations to the extent such are effective at the relevant time, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, extended or Refinanced from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

-10-

“Noteholders” means the “Holders” as defined in the Indenture and any holders of Additional Pari Passu Notes Obligations.

“Note Mortgages” means a collective reference to each mortgage, deed of trust and any other document or instrument under which any Lien on real property owned or leased by any Grantor is granted to secure any Note Obligations or under which rights or remedies with respect to any such Liens are governed.

“Note Obligations” means all Obligations outstanding under the Notes and the other Note Documents, and all Additional Pari Passu Notes Obligations. “Note Obligations” shall include all interest, fees and expenses accrued or accruing (or which would, absent commencement of an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, accrue) after commencement of an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding (with respect to interest and fees, at the rate specified in the relevant Note Document or Additional Pari Passu Notes Agreement), whether or not the claim for such interest is allowed as a claim in such Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding.

“Note Security Agreement” means the Security Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2012, by and among the Issuers, the Company Subsidiaries, the Trustee and the Notes Agent, as the same may be amended, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time in accordance with its terms.

“Note Security Documents” means any agreement, document or instrument pursuant to which a Lien is granted securing any Note Obligations or under which rights or remedies with respect to such Liens are governed.

“Note Standstill Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a)(i).

“Notes” means, collectively, (a) the Initial Notes and (b) any other credit agreement, loan agreement, note agreement, promissory note, indenture or other agreement or instrument evidencing or governing the terms of any indebtedness or other financial accommodation that has been incurred to increase, replace, refinance or refund in whole or in part the Obligations outstanding under the Initial Notes or any other agreement or instrument referred to in this clause, unless such agreement or instrument expressly provides that it is not intended to be and is not a Note, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, extended or Refinanced from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Any reference to the Notes hereunder shall be deemed a reference to any Notes then in existence.

“Notes Agent” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Preamble of this Agreement.

“Notes Collateral Account” means any deposit account or securities account required to be established pursuant to the Note Documents for purposes of holding Notes Priority Collateral pending application as required under the Note Documents (it being understood that ABL Priority Collateral deposited in a Notes Collateral Account shall continue to be ABL Priority Collateral).

“Notes Priority Collateral” means all now owned or hereafter acquired Note Collateral that constitutes:

-11-

(a) Real Estate Assets;

(b) Intellectual Property (other than Prescription Lists);

(c) Notes Trust Monies;

(d) the Notes Collateral Account;

(e) Investment Property (except as set forth in clauses (c), (f) and (i) of the definition of ABL Priority Collateral);

(f) Equipment and Fixtures;

(g) General Intangibles (other than General Intangibles described in clauses (a), (e), (f), (g) and (i) of the definition of ABL Priority Collateral);

(h) Supporting Obligations to the extent arising out of, or related to, or derivative of, the property or interests described in this definition;

(i) contracts, contract rights and other General Intangibles, Commercial Tort Claims, Documents, Chattel Paper, and Instruments (including promissory notes), in each case, to the extent arising out of, or related to, or derivative of the property or interests in property described in this definition;

(j) books and records relating to the items referred to in the preceding clauses (a) though (i) (including books, databases, data processing software, customer lists, engineer drawings, and Records, whether tangible or electronic, which contain any information relating to any of the items referred to in the preceding clauses (a) through (i));

(k) Accounts which constitute identifiable Proceeds from the sale, license, assignment or other disposition of any of the property described in the foregoing clauses (a) through (k);

(l) subject to Section 3.5, all other Collateral for the Note Obligations other than ABL Priority Collateral; and

(m) subject to Section 3.5, all Proceeds of any of the foregoing, including collateral security and guarantees with respect to any of the foregoing and all cash, Money, insurance proceeds, Instruments, Securities, Financial Assets and Deposit Accounts constituting Proceeds of the foregoing.

“Notes Trust Monies” means Notes Priority Collateral required pursuant to the Note Documents to be deposited into a Notes Collateral Account.

“Obligations” means all present and future loans, advances, liabilities, obligations, covenants, duties, and debts from time to time owing by any Grantor to any agent or trustee (including either Agent), the ABL Claimholders, the Note Claimholders or any of them or their respective Affiliates, arising from or in connection with the ABL Loan Documents, the Note Documents or Bank Products, whether for principal, interest or payments for early termination, whether or not evidenced by any note, or other instrument or document, whether arising from an extension of credit, opening of a letter of credit, acceptance, loan, guaranty, indemnification or otherwise, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, primary or secondary, as principal or guarantor, and including all principal, interest, charges, expenses, fees, attorneys’ fees, filing fees and any other sums chargeable to the Grantors, including, without limitation, the “Obligations”, as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement, and the “Obligations”, as defined in the Indenture, under the Notes and any Additional Pari Passu Notes Agreement.

-12-

“Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

“Plan of Reorganization” means any plan of reorganization, plan of liquidation, agreement for composition, or other type of plan of arrangement proposed in or in connection with any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding.

“Pledged Collateral” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.4(a).

“Prescription Lists” means any and all lists of customers and their prescription medical history, all pricing and cost information in connection therewith and all books and records pertaining thereto.

“Proceeds” means all “proceeds” (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC), including any payment or property received on account of any claim secured by Collateral in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding.

“Real Estate Asset” means, the Company’s warehouse distribution facility in Lancaster, New York, the Company’s retail facility located in Fayetteville, New York, and at any time of determination, any interest (fee, leasehold or otherwise) then owned by the Issuers or any Grantor in any real property.

“Records” means all present and future “records” (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC).

“Recovery” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4.

“Refinance” means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, defease, amend, modify, supplement, restructure, replace, refund or repay, or to issue other indebtedness, in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness, in any case in whole or in part. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.

“Secured Parties” means the ABL Claimholders and the Note Claimholders.

“Security” means all present and future “Securities” (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC).

“Security Entitlements” means all present and future “security entitlements” (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC).

“Securities Accounts” means all present and future “securities accounts” (as defined in Article 8 of the UCC), including all monies, “uncertificated securities,” and “securities entitlements” (as defined in Article 8 of the UCC) contained therein.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, joint venture or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of stock or other ownership interests entitled (without regard to

-13-

the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Person or Persons (whether directors, managers, trustees or other Persons performing similar functions) having the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof.

“Supporting Obligations” means all present and future “supporting obligations” (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC).

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code (or any similar equivalent legislation) as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided, however, that, at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of the Agents’ security interest in any item or portion of the Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other that the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, at such time, in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

1.2. Terms Generally.

The definitions of terms in this Agreement shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” Unless the context requires otherwise:

(a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed or extended;

(b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s permitted successors and assigns;

(c) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof;

(d) all references herein to Sections or Articles shall be construed to refer to Sections or Articles of this Agreement;

(e) all uncapitalized terms have the meanings, if any, given to them in the UCC, as now or hereafter enacted in the State of New York (unless otherwise specifically defined herein);

-14-

(f) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights;

(g) any reference herein to a Person in a particular capacity or capacities excludes such Person in any other capacity or individually;

(h) any reference herein to any law shall be construed to refer to such law as amended, modified, codified, replaced, or re-enacted, in whole or in part, and in effect on the pertinent date; and

(i) in the compilation of periods of time hereunder from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” each means “to, but not through or including.”

II.

LIEN PRIORITIES.

2.1. Relative Priorities.

Irrespective of the date, time, method, manner or order of grant, attachment or perfection of any Liens securing the Note Obligations granted on the Collateral or of any Liens securing the ABL Obligations granted on the Collateral (including, in each case, irrespective of whether any such Lien is granted (or secures Obligations relating to the period) before or after the commencement of any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding) and notwithstanding any provision of any UCC, or any other applicable law, or the ABL Loan Documents or the Note Documents, the ABL Agent, on behalf of the ABL Claimholders, and the Notes Agent, on behalf of the Note Claimholders, hereby agree that:

(a) any Lien of the ABL Agent on the ABL Priority Collateral securing the ABL Obligations, whether such Lien is now or hereafter held by or on behalf of the ABL Agent or any other ABL Claimholder or any other agent or trustee therefor, regardless of how or when acquired, whether by grant, possession, statute, operation of law, subrogation or otherwise, shall be senior in all respects and prior to any Lien on the ABL Priority Collateral securing any Note Obligations; and

(b) any Lien of the Notes Agent on the Notes Priority Collateral securing the Note Obligations, whether such Lien is now or hereafter held by or on behalf of the Notes Agent, any other Note Claimholder or any other agent or trustee therefor, regardless of how or when acquired, whether by grant, possession, statute, operation of law, subrogation or otherwise, shall be senior in all respects to all Liens on the Notes Priority Collateral securing any ABL Obligations.

2.2. Prohibition on Contesting Liens.

Each of the Notes Agent, on behalf of each Note Claimholder, and the ABL Agent, on behalf of each ABL Claimholder, consents to the granting of Liens in favor of the other to secure the ABL Obligations and the Note Obligations, as applicable, and agrees that no Claimholder will be entitled to, and it will not (and shall be deemed to have irrevocably, absolutely, and unconditionally waived any right to), contest (directly or indirectly) or support (directly or indirectly) any other Person in contesting, in any proceeding (including any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding): (a) the attachment, perfection, priority, validity or enforceability of any Lien in the Collateral held by or on behalf of any of the ABL Claimholders to secure the

-15-

payment of the ABL Obligations or any of the Note Claimholders to secure the payment of the Note Obligations, (b) the priority, validity or enforceability of the ABL Obligations or the Note Obligations, including the allowability or priority of the Note Obligations or the ABL Obligations, as applicable, in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, or (c) the validity or enforceability of the provisions of this Agreement; provided that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent or impair the rights of the ABL Agent, on behalf of the ABL Claimholders, or the Notes Agent, on behalf of the Note Claimholders, to enforce this Agreement, including the provisions of this Agreement relating to the priority of the Liens securing the Obligations as provided in Sections 2.1, 3.1, 3.2 and 6.1.

2.3. No New Liens.

So long as neither the Discharge of ABL Obligations nor the Discharge of Note Obligations has occurred, whether or not any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding has been commenced by or against one or more of the Issuers or any other Grantor, the parties hereto agree, subject to Article VI, that the Issuers shall not, and shall not permit any other Grantor to:

(a) grant or permit any additional Liens on any asset or property to secure any Note Obligations unless it has granted or concurrently grants a Lien on such asset or property to secure the ABL Obligations; or

(b) grant or permit any additional Liens on any asset or property to secure any ABL Obligations unless it has granted or concurrently grants a Lien on such asset or property to secure the Note Obligations.

To the extent any additional Liens are granted on any asset or property (except as contemplated by Section 2.4) pursuant to this Section 2.3, the priority of such additional Liens shall be determined in accordance with Section 2.1. In addition, to the extent that the foregoing provisions are not complied with for any reason, without limiting any other rights or remedies available hereunder, the ABL Agent, on behalf of the ABL Claimholders, and the Notes Agent, on behalf of Note Claimholders, agree that any amounts received by or distributed to any of them pursuant to or as a result of Liens granted in contravention of this Section 2.3 shall be subject to Section 4.2.

2.4. Similar Liens and Agreements.

The parties hereto agree that it is their intention that the ABL Collateral and the Note Collateral be identical except (a) the Notes Collateral shall not include a Lien on securities of the Issuers and the Company Subsidiaries included in the ABL Collateral to the extent a Lien in favor of the Notes Agent thereon would require the filing of financial statements with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (b) as provided in Article VI and as otherwise provided herein. In furtherance of the foregoing and of Section 8.8, the parties hereto agree, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, upon request by the ABL Agent or the Notes Agent, to cooperate in good faith (and to direct their counsel to cooperate in good faith) from time to time in order to determine the specific items included in the ABL Collateral and the Note Collateral and the steps taken to perfect their respective Liens thereon and the identity of the respective parties obligated under the ABL Loan Documents and the Note Documents.

-16-

III.

EXERCISE OF REMEDIES; ENFORCEMENT.

3.1. Restrictions on the Notes Agent and the Note Claimholders.

(a) Until the Discharge of ABL Obligations has occurred, whether or not any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding has been commenced by or against any Grantor, the Notes Agent and the other Note Claimholders:

(i) will not exercise or seek to exercise (but instead shall be deemed to have hereby irrevocably, absolutely and unconditionally waived for the duration of the Note Standstill Period), any rights, powers, or remedies with respect to any ABL Priority Collateral (including (A) any right of set-off or any right under any Account Agreement (other than Account Agreements with respect to any Notes Collateral Account), landlord waiver or bailee’s letter or similar agreement or arrangement to which the Notes Agent or any Note Claimholder is a party, (B) any right to undertake self-help re-possession or non-judicial disposition of any ABL Priority Collateral (including any partial or complete strict foreclosure), and/or (C) any right to institute, prosecute, or otherwise maintain any action or proceeding with respect to such rights, powers or remedies (including any action of foreclosure)) provided, however, that the Notes Agent may exercise any or all of such rights, powers or remedies after a period of at least 270 days has elapsed since the later of: (i) the date on which the Notes Agent declared the existence of a Note Default, accelerated (to the extent such amount was not already due and owing) the payment of the principal amount of all Note Obligations, and demanded payment thereof and (ii) the date on which the ABL Agent received the Enforcement Notice from the Notes Agent relating to such action; provided, further, however, that neither the Notes Agent nor any other Note Claimholder shall exercise any rights or remedies with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral if, notwithstanding the expiration of such 270-day period, the ABL Agent or the other ABL Claimholders (A) shall have commenced, whether before or after the expiration of such 270-day period, and be diligently pursuing the exercise of their rights, powers, or remedies with respect to all or any material portion of such Collateral (prompt written notice of such exercise to be given to the Notes Agent), or (B) shall have been stayed by operation of law or any court order from pursuing any such exercise of remedies (the period during which the Notes Agent and the other Note Claimholders may not pursuant to this Section 3.1(a)(i) exercise any rights, powers, or remedies with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral, the “Note Standstill Period”);

(ii) will not, directly or indirectly, contest, protest or object to or hinder any judicial or non-judicial foreclosure proceeding or action (including any partial or complete strict foreclosure) brought by the ABL Agent or any other ABL Claimholder relating to the ABL Priority Collateral or any other exercise by the ABL Agent or any other ABL Claimholder of any other rights, powers and remedies relating to the ABL Priority Collateral, including any sale, lease, exchange, transfer, or other disposition of the ABL Priority Collateral, whether under the ABL Loan Documents, applicable law, by any Grantor with the consent of the ABL Agent, or otherwise;

-17-

(iii) subject to their rights under clause (a)(i) above (and under clause (vi) of Section 3.1(c)), will not object to the forbearance by the ABL Agent or the ABL Claimholders from bringing or pursuing any Enforcement with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral;

(iv) except as may be permitted in Section 3.1(c), irrevocably, absolutely, and unconditionally waive any and all rights the Notes Agent or the Note Claimholders may have as a junior lien creditor or otherwise to object (and seek or be awarded any relief of any nature whatsoever based on any such objection) to the manner in which the ABL Agent or the ABL Claimholders (A) enforce or collect (or attempt to collect) the ABL Obligations or (B) realize or seek to realize upon or otherwise enforce the Liens in and to the ABL Priority Collateral securing the ABL Obligations, regardless of whether any action or failure to act by or on behalf of the ABL Agent or ABL Claimholders is adverse to the interest of the Notes Agent or the Note Claimholders. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Note Claimholders shall be deemed to have hereby irrevocably, absolutely, and unconditionally waived any right to object (and seek or be awarded any relief of any nature whatsoever based on any such objection), at any time prior or subsequent to any disposition of any of the ABL Priority Collateral, on the ground(s) that any such disposition of ABL Priority Collateral (x) would not be or was not “commercially reasonable” within the meaning of any applicable UCC and/or (y) would not or did not comply with any other requirement under any applicable UCC or under any other applicable law governing the manner in which a secured creditor (including one with a Lien on real property) is to realize on its collateral; and

(v) subject to Section 3.1(a) and (c), acknowledge and agree that no covenant, agreement or restriction contained in the Note Security Documents or any other Note Document (other than this Agreement) shall be deemed to restrict in any way the rights and remedies of the ABL Agent or the ABL Claimholders with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral as set forth in this Agreement and the ABL Loan Documents;

provided, however, that, in the case of (i), (ii) and (iii) above, the Liens granted to secure the Note Obligations of the Note Claimholders shall attach to any Proceeds resulting from actions taken by the ABL Agent or any ABL Claimholder with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral in accordance with this Agreement after application of such Proceeds to the extent necessary to meet the requirements of a Discharge of ABL Obligations.

(b) Until the Discharge of ABL Obligations has occurred, whether or not any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding has been commenced by or against any Grantor, the ABL Agent and the other ABL Claimholders shall have the right to enforce rights, exercise remedies (including set-off and the right to credit bid their debt) and, in connection therewith (including voluntary Dispositions of ABL Priority Collateral by the respective Grantors after an ABL Default) make determinations regarding the release, disposition, or restrictions with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral without any consultation with or the consent of the Notes Agent or any Note Claimholder; provided, however, that the Lien securing the Note Obligations shall remain on the Proceeds (other than those properly applied to the ABL Obligations in accordance with Section 4.1) of such Collateral released or disposed of subject to the relative priorities described in Section 2.1. In exercising rights, powers, and remedies with respect to the ABL

-18-

Priority Collateral, the ABL Agent and the ABL Claimholders may enforce the provisions of the ABL Loan Documents and exercise rights, powers, and/or remedies thereunder and/or under applicable law or otherwise, all in such order and in such manner as they may determine in the exercise of their sole discretion. Such exercise and enforcement shall include the rights of an agent appointed by them to sell or otherwise dispose of the ABL Priority Collateral upon foreclosure, to incur expenses in connection with such sale or disposition, and to exercise all the rights and remedies of a secured creditor under the UCC and of a secured creditor under the Bankruptcy Laws of any applicable jurisdiction.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Notes Agent and any Note Claimholder may:

(i) file a claim or statement of interest with respect to the Note Obligations; provided that an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding has been commenced by or against any Grantor;

(ii) take any action (not adverse to the priority status of the Liens on the ABL Priority Collateral, or the rights of the ABL Agent or any of the ABL Claimholders to exercise rights, powers, and/or remedies in respect thereof, including those under Article VI) in order to create, perfect, preserve or protect (but not enforce) its Lien on any of the ABL Priority Collateral;

(iii) file any necessary responsive or defensive pleadings in opposition to any motion, claim, adversary proceeding or other pleading made by any person objecting to or otherwise seeking the disallowance of the claims of the Note Claimholders, including any claims secured by the ABL Priority Collateral, if any, in each case in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

(iv) file any pleadings, objections, motions or agreements which assert rights or interests available to unsecured creditors of the Grantors arising under either any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding or applicable non-bankruptcy law, in each case not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement or applicable law (including the Bankruptcy Laws of any applicable jurisdiction) and any pleadings, objections, motions or agreements which assert rights or interests available to secured creditors solely with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral;

(v) vote on any Plan of Reorganization, file any proof of claim, make other filings and make any arguments, obligations, and motions (including in support of or opposition to, as applicable, the confirmation or approval of any Plan of Reorganization) that are, in each case, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing or of the other provisions of this Agreement, any vote to accept, and any other act to support the confirmation or approval of, any Non-Conforming Plan of Reorganization shall be inconsistent with and accordingly, a violation of the terms of this Agreement, and the ABL Agent shall be entitled to have any such vote to accept a Non-Conforming Plan of Reorganization changed and any such support of any Non-Conforming Plan of Reorganization withdrawn;

-19-

(vi) exercise any of the rights, powers and/or remedies with respect to any of the ABL Priority Collateral after the termination of the Note Standstill Period to the extent permitted by Section 3.1(a)(i); and

(vii) take any action described in clauses (iii), (vi) and (viii) of the definition of “Enforcement.”

The Notes Agent, on behalf of the Note Claimholders, agrees that no Note Claimholder will take or receive any ABL Priority Collateral (including Proceeds) in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy (including set-off) with respect to ABL Priority Collateral in its capacity as a creditor in violation of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, unless and until the Discharge of ABL Obligations has occurred, except as expressly provided in Sections 3.1(a)(i), 6.7 and clause (vi) of Section 3.1(c), the sole right of the Notes Agent and the Note Claimholders with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral is to hold a Lien on such Collateral pursuant to the Note Security Documents for the period and to the extent granted therein and to receive a share of the Proceeds thereof, if any, in accordance with Section 4.1.

(d) Except as otherwise specifically set forth in Sections 3.1(a) and 3.5 and Article VI, the Notes Agent and the Note Claimholders may exercise rights and remedies as unsecured creditors against any Grantor and may exercise rights and remedies with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral, in each case, in accordance with the terms of the Note Documents and applicable law; provided, however, that in the event that the Notes Agent or any Note Claimholder becomes a judgment Lien creditor in respect of ABL Priority Collateral as a result of its enforcement of its rights as an unsecured creditor with respect to the Note Obligations, such judgment Lien shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement for all purposes (including in relation to the ABL Obligations) as the other Liens securing the Note Obligations are subject to this Agreement.

(e) Except as provided in Section 5.3(d), nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit the receipt by the Notes Agent or any other Note Claimholders of the required payments of interest, principal and other amounts owed in respect of the Note Obligations so long as such receipt is not the direct or indirect result of the exercise by the Notes Agent or any Note Claimholders of rights or remedies as a secured creditor (including set-off) with respect to ABL Priority Collateral or enforcement in contravention of this Agreement of any Lien held by any of them. Nothing in this Agreement impairs or otherwise adversely affects any rights or remedies the ABL Agent or the ABL Claimholders may have against the Grantors under the ABL Loan Documents.

3.2. Restrictions on the ABL Agent and ABL Claimholders.

(a) Until the Discharge of Note Obligations has occurred, whether or not any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding has been commenced by or against any Grantor, subject to the limited extent provided in Article VI, the ABL Agent and the other ABL Claimholders:

-20-

(i) will not exercise or seek to exercise (but instead shall be deemed to have hereby irrevocably, absolutely and unconditionally waived for the duration of the ABL Standstill Period) any rights, powers, or remedies with respect to any Notes Priority Collateral (including (A) any right of set-off or any right under any Account Agreement, relating to any Notes Collateral Account, landlord waiver or bailee’s letter or similar agreement or arrangement to which the ABL Agent or any ABL Claimholder is a party, (B) any right to undertake self-help repossession or non-judicial disposition of any Notes Priority Collateral (including any partial or complete strict foreclosure), and/or (C) any right to institute, prosecute or otherwise maintain any action or proceeding with respect to such rights, powers, or remedies (including any action of foreclosure)); provided, however, that the ABL Agent may exercise any or all of such rights, powers, or remedies after a period of at least 270 days has elapsed since the later of: (i) the date on which the ABL Agent declared the existence of an ABL Default, accelerated (to the extent such amount was not already due and owing) the payment of the principal amount of all ABL Obligations, and demanded payment thereof and (ii) the date on which the Notes Agent received the Enforcement Notice from the ABL Agent relating to such action; provided, further, however, that neither the ABL Agent nor any other ABL Claimholders shall exercise any rights or remedies with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral if, notwithstanding the expiration of such 270-day period, the Notes Agent or the other Notes Claimholders (A) shall have commenced, whether before or after the expiration of such 270-day period, and be diligently pursuing the exercise of their rights or remedies with respect to all or any material portion of such Collateral (prompt notice of such exercise to be given to the ABL Agent) or (B) shall have been stayed by operation of law or by any court order from pursuing any such exercise of remedies (the period during which the ABL Agent and the other ABL Claimholders may not pursuant to this Section 3.2(a)(i) exercise any rights, powers or remedies with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral, the “ABL Standstill Period”); provided, finally, however, that the ABL Agent, independent in all respects of the preceding provisos, may exercise the rights provided for in Section 3.3 (with respect to any Access Period);

(ii) will not, directly or indirectly, contest, protest or object to or hinder any judicial or non-judicial foreclosure proceeding or action (including any partial or complete strict foreclosure) brought by the Notes Agent or any other Note Claimholder relating to the Notes Priority Collateral or any other exercise by the Notes Agent or any other Note Claimholder of any rights, powers and remedies relating to the Notes Priority Collateral, including any sale, lease, exchange, transfer, or other disposition of the Notes Priority Collateral, whether under the Note Documents, applicable law, by any Grantor with the consent of the Notes Agent, or otherwise subject to the Notes Agent’s and the other Note Claimholders’ obligations under Section 3.3;

(iii) subject to Section 3.2(a), will not object to the forbearance by the Notes Agent or the Note Claimholders from bringing or pursuing any Enforcement with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral;

(iv) subject to Sections 3.2(c), 3.3 and 3.5, irrevocably, absolutely and unconditionally waive any and all rights the ABL Agent and ABL Claimholders may have as a junior lien creditor or otherwise to object (and seek or be awarded any relief of any nature whatsoever based on any such objection) to the manner in which the Notes Agent or the Note Claimholders (a) enforce or collect (or attempt to collect) the Note Obligations or (b) realize or seek to realize upon or otherwise enforce the Liens in and to

-21-

the Notes Priority Collateral securing the Note Obligations, regardless of whether any action or failure to act by or on behalf of the Notes Agent or Note Claimholders is adverse to the interest of the ABL Claimholders. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the ABL Claimholders shall be deemed to have hereby irrevocably, absolutely and unconditionally waived any right to object (and seek or be awarded any relief of any nature whatsoever based on any such objection), at any time prior to or subsequent to any disposition of any Notes Priority Collateral, on the ground(s) that any such disposition of Notes Priority Collateral (a) would not be or was not “commercially reasonable” within the meaning of any applicable UCC and/or (b) would not or did not comply with any other requirement under any applicable UCC or under any other applicable law governing the manner in which a secured creditor (including one with a Lien on real property) is to realize on its collateral; and

(v) subject to Sections 3.2(a) and (c) and Sections 3.3 and 3.5, acknowledge and agree that no covenant, agreement or restriction contained in the ABL Security Documents or any other ABL Loan Document (other than this Agreement) shall be deemed to restrict in any way the rights and remedies of the Notes Agent or the Note Claimholders with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral as set forth in this Agreement and the Note Documents;

provided, however, that in the case of (i), (ii) and (iii) above, the Liens granted to secure the ABL Obligations of the ABL Claimholders shall attach to any Proceeds resulting from actions taken by the Notes Agent or any Note Claimholder with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral in accordance with this Agreement after application of such Proceeds to the extent necessary to meet the requirements of a Discharge of Note Obligations.

(b) Until the Discharge of Note Obligations has occurred, whether or not any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding has been commenced by or against any Grantor, the Notes Agent and the Note Claimholders shall have the right to enforce rights, exercise remedies (including set-off and the right to credit bid their debt) and make, in connection therewith (including voluntary Dispositions of Notes Priority Collateral by the respective Grantors after a Note Default) determinations regarding the release, disposition, or restrictions with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral without any consultation with or the consent of the ABL Agent or any ABL Claimholder subject to the Notes Agent’s and the Note Claimholders’ obligations under Section 3.3; provided, however, that the Lien securing the ABL Obligations shall remain on the Proceeds (other than those properly applied to the Note Obligations in accordance with the Note Documents) of such Collateral released or disposed of subject to the relative priorities described in Section 2.1. In exercising rights, powers and remedies with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral, the Notes Agent and the Note Claimholders may enforce the provisions of the Note Documents and exercise rights, powers and/or remedies thereunder and/or under applicable law or otherwise, all in such order and in such manner as they may determine in the exercise of their sole discretion subject to the Notes Agent’s and the Note Claimholders’ obligations under Section 3.3. Such exercise and enforcement shall include the rights of an agent appointed by them to sell or otherwise dispose of the Notes Priority Collateral upon foreclosure, to incur expenses in connection with such sale or disposition, and to exercise all the rights and remedies of a secured creditor under the UCC and of a secured creditor under the Bankruptcy Laws of any applicable jurisdiction.

-22-

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the ABL Agent and any ABL Claimholder may:

(i) file a claim or statement of interest with respect to the ABL Obligations; provided that an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding has been commenced by or against any Grantor;

(ii) take any action (not adverse to the priority status of the Liens on the Notes Priority Collateral, or the rights of the Notes Agent or any of the Note Claimholders to exercise rights, powers and/or remedies in respect thereof, including those under Article VI) in order to create, perfect, preserve or protect (but, subject to the provisions of Section 3.3, not enforce) its Lien on any of the Notes Priority Collateral;

(iii) file any necessary responsive or defensive pleadings in opposition to any motion, claim, adversary proceeding or other pleading made by any person objecting to or otherwise seeking the disallowance of the claims of the ABL Claimholders, including any claims secured by the Notes Priority Collateral, if any, in each case in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

(iv) file any pleadings, objections, motions or agreements which assert rights or interests available to unsecured creditors of the Grantors arising under either any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding or applicable non-bankruptcy law, in each case not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement or applicable law (including the Bankruptcy Laws of any applicable jurisdiction) and any pleadings, objections, motions or agreements which assert rights or interests available to secured creditors solely with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral;

(v) vote on any Plan of Reorganization, file any proof of claim, make other filings and make any arguments, obligations and motions (including in support of or opposition to, as applicable, the confirmation or approval of any Plan of Reorganization) that are, in each case, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing or of the other provisions of this Agreement, any vote to accept, and any other act to support the confirmation or approval of, any Non-Conforming Plan of Reorganization shall be inconsistent with and, accordingly, a violation of the terms of this Agreement, and the Notes Agent shall be entitled to have any such vote to accept a Non-Conforming Plan of Reorganization changed and any such support of any Non-Conforming Plan of Reorganization withdrawn;

(vi) exercise any of its rights, powers, and/or remedies with respect to any of the Notes Priority Collateral after the termination of the ABL Standstill Period to the extent permitted by Section 3.2(a)(i); and

(vii) take any action described in clauses (i) through (viii) of the definition of “Enforcement.”

The ABL Agent, on behalf of the ABL Claimholders, agrees that no ABL Claimholder will take or receive any Notes Priority Collateral (including Proceeds) in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy (including set-off) with respect to any Notes Priority Collateral in its

-23-

capacity as a creditor in violation of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, unless and until the Discharge of Note Obligations has occurred, except as expressly provided in Sections 3.2(a)(i), 3.3 and 3.5 and clause (vi) of this Section 3.2(c), the sole right of the ABL Agent and the ABL Claimholders with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral is to hold a Lien on such Collateral pursuant to the ABL Security Documents for the period and to the extent granted therein and to receive a share of the Proceeds thereof, if any, in accordance with Section 4.1.

(d) Except as otherwise specifically set forth in Sections 3.2(a) and 3.5 and Article VI, the ABL Agent and the ABL Claimholders may exercise rights and remedies as unsecured creditors against any Grantor and may exercise rights and remedies with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral, in each case, in accordance with the terms of the ABL Loan Documents and applicable law; provided, however, that in the event that any the ABL Agent or ABL Claimholder becomes a judgment Lien creditor in respect of Notes Priority Collateral as a result of its enforcement of its rights as an unsecured creditor with respect to the ABL Obligations, such judgment Lien shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement for all purposes (including in relation to the Note Obligations) as the other Liens securing the ABL Obligations are subject to this Agreement.

(e) Except as provided in Section 5.3(c), nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit the receipt by the ABL Agent or any ABL Claimholders of the required payments of interest, principal and other amounts owed in respect of the ABL Obligations so long as such receipt is not the direct or indirect result of the exercise by the ABL Agent or any ABL Claimholders of rights or remedies as a secured creditor (including set-off) with respect to Notes Priority Collateral or enforcement in contravention of this Agreement of any Lien held by any of them. Nothing in this Agreement impairs or otherwise adversely affects any rights or remedies the Notes Agent or the Note Claimholders may have against the Grantors under the Note Documents.

3.3. Collateral Access Rights.

(a) The ABL Agent and the Notes Agent agree not to commence Enforcement (including, without limitation, a Going Out of Business Sale) until an Enforcement Notice has been given to the other Agent. Subject to the provisions of Sections 3.1 and 3.2, either Agent may join in any judicial proceedings commenced by the other Agent to enforce Liens on the Collateral, provided that neither Agent, nor the other ABL Claimholders or the other Note Claimholders, as applicable, shall interfere with the Enforcement actions of the other with respect to Collateral in which such party has the priority Lien in accordance with Section 2.1 and Section 2.2.

(b) If the Notes Agent, or any agent or representative of the Notes Agent, or any receiver, shall, after any Note Default, obtain possession or physical control of any of the Notes Priority Collateral, the Notes Agent shall promptly notify the ABL Agent in writing of that fact, and the ABL Agent shall, within ten (10) Business Days thereafter, notify the Notes Agent in writing as to whether the ABL Agent desires to exercise rights under this Agreement in connection with an Enforcement (including, without limitation, a Going Out of Business Sale) with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral. In addition, if the ABL Agent, or any agent or

-24-

representative or the ABL Agent, or any receiver, shall obtain possession or physical control of any of the Mortgaged Premises or any of the tangible Notes Priority Collateral located on any premises other than a Mortgaged Premises or control over any intangible Notes Priority Collateral, following the delivery to the Notes Agent of an Enforcement Notice, then the ABL Agent shall promptly notify the Notes Agent in writing that the ABL Agent is exercising its access rights under this Agreement. Upon delivery of such notice by the ABL Agent to the Notes Agent, the parties shall confer in good faith to coordinate with respect to the ABL Agent’s exercise of such access rights. Consistent with the definition of “Access Period,” access rights will apply to differing parcels of Mortgaged Premises at differing times, in which case, a differing Access Period will apply to each such property.

(c) During any pertinent Access Period, the ABL Agent and the Issuers and their Subsidiaries, with the consent of the ABL Agent in connection with a Going Out of Business Sale, and their agents, representatives and designees shall have an irrevocable, non-exclusive right to have access to, and a rent-free right to use, the Notes Priority Collateral for the purpose of (i) arranging for and effecting the sale or disposition of ABL Priority Collateral, including the production, completion, packaging and other preparation of such ABL Priority Collateral for sale or disposition, (ii) selling (by public auction, private sale or a “store closing”, Going Out of Business Sale or similar sale, whether in bulk, in lots or to customers in the ordinary course of business or otherwise and which sale may include augmented Inventory of the same type sold in any Grantor’s business), (iii) storing or otherwise dealing with the ABL Priority Collateral, in each case without notice to, the involvement of or interference by the Notes Agent or any Note Claimholder or liability to the Notes Agent or any Note Claimholder. During any such Access Period, the ABL Agent and its representatives (and persons employed on their behalf), may continue to operate, service, maintain, process and sell the ABL Priority Collateral, as well as to engage in bulk sales of ABL Priority Collateral. The ABL Agent shall take proper and reasonable care under the circumstances of any Notes Priority Collateral that is used by the ABL Agent during the Access Period and repair and replace any damage (ordinary wear-and-tear excepted) caused by the ABL Agent or its agents, representatives or designees and the ABL Agent shall comply with all applicable laws in all material respects in connection with its use or occupancy of the Notes Priority Collateral. The ABL Agent and the ABL Claimholders shall reimburse the Notes Agent and the Note Claimholders for any injury or damage to Persons or property (ordinary wear-and-tear excepted) caused by the acts or omissions of Persons under its control; provided, however, that the ABL Agent and the ABL Claimholders will not be liable for any diminution in the value of the Mortgaged Premises or any other Notes Priority Collateral caused by the absence of the ABL Priority Collateral therefrom. In no event shall the ABL Claimholders or the ABL Agent have any liability to the Note Claimholders and/or to the Notes Agent hereunder as a result of any condition (including any environmental condition, claim or liability) on or with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral existing prior to the date of the exercise by the ABL Agent) of its rights under this Agreement. The ABL Agent and the Notes Agent shall cooperate and use reasonable efforts to ensure that their activities during the Access Period as described above do not interfere materially with the activities of the other as described above, including the right of Notes Agent to show the Notes Priority Collateral to prospective purchasers and to ready the Notes Priority Collateral for sale.

-25-

(c) For the purposes of enabling the ABL Agent to exercise rights and remedies under this Agreement during the Enforcement Period, the Notes Agent and each Grantor hereby grant (to the full extent of their respective rights and interests) the ABL Agent and its agents, representatives and designees an irrevocable, non-exclusive, royalty-free, rent-free license and lease (which will be binding on any successor or assignee of any Notes Priority Collateral) to use all of the Notes Priority Collateral to collect all Accounts included in ABL Priority Collateral, to copy, use, or preserve any and all information relating to any of the ABL Priority Collateral, and to complete the manufacture, packaging, advertising for sale and sale of (i) work-in-process, (ii) raw materials and (iii) complete inventory; provided, however, the royalty-free, rent-free license and lease with respect to the applicable Notes Priority Collateral, shall immediately expire upon the end of the Access Period; provided, further, that such expiration shall be without prejudice to the sale or other disposition of the ABL Priority Collateral in accordance with applicable law.

(d) Consistent with the definition of the term “Access Period,” if any order or injunction is issued or stay is granted or is otherwise effective by operation of law that prohibits the ABL Agent from exercising any of its rights hereunder, then the Access Period granted to the ABL Agent under this Section 3.3 shall be stayed during the period of such prohibition and shall continue thereafter for the number of days remaining in the applicable Access Period. The Notes Agent shall not foreclose or otherwise sell or dispose of any of the Notes Priority Collateral during the Access Period unless the buyer agrees in writing to acquire the Notes Priority Collateral subject to the terms of Section 3.3 of this Agreement and agrees therein to comply with the terms of this Section 3.3. The rights of ABL Agent and the ABL Claimholders under this Section 3.3 during the Access Period shall continue notwithstanding such foreclosure, sale or other disposition by the Notes Agent.

(e) The ABL Agent and the ABL Claimholders shall have the right to bring an action to enforce their rights under this Section 3.3, including, without limitation, an action seeking possession of the applicable Collateral and/or specific performance of this Section 3.3.

3.4. Reserved.

3.5. Set-Off and Tracing of and Priorities in Proceeds.

The Notes Agent, on behalf of the Note Claimholders, acknowledges and agrees that, to the extent the Notes Agent or any Note Claimholder exercises its rights of set-off against any ABL Priority Collateral, the amount of such set-off shall be held and distributed pursuant to Section 4.1. The ABL Agent, on behalf of the ABL Claimholders, acknowledges and agrees that, to the extent the ABL Agent or any ABL Claimholder exercises its rights of set-off against any Notes Priority Collateral, the amount of such set-off shall be held and distributed pursuant to Section 4.1. The ABL Agent, for itself and on behalf of the ABL Claimholders, and the Notes Agent, for itself and on behalf of the Note Claimholders, further agree that prior to an issuance of an Enforcement Notice or the commencement of any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, any Proceeds of Collateral, whether or not deposited under Account Agreements (other than with respect to any Notes Collateral Account), which are used by any Grantor to acquire other property which is Collateral shall not (solely as between the Agents, the ABL Claimholders and the Note Claimholders) be treated as Proceeds of Collateral for purposes of determining the relative priorities in the Collateral which was so acquired. In addition, unless and until the Discharge of ABL Obligations occurs, subject to Section 4.2, the Notes Agent and the Note

-26-

Claimholders each hereby consents to the application, prior to the receipt by the ABL Agent of an Enforcement Notice issued by the Notes Agent, of cash or other Proceeds of Collateral, deposited under Account Agreements (other than Account Agreements with respect to any Notes Collateral Account) to the repayment of ABL Obligations pursuant to the ABL Loan Documents.

IV.

PAYMENTS.

4.1. Application of Proceeds.

(a) So long as the Discharge of ABL Obligations has not occurred, whether or not any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding has been commenced by or against any Grantor, all ABL Priority Collateral or Proceeds thereof received in connection with the sale or other disposition of, or collection on, such ABL Priority Collateral as a result of the exercise of remedies or other Enforcement or Going Out of Business Sale by either Agent or any ABL Claimholders or Note Claimholders, shall be delivered to the ABL Agent and shall be applied or further distributed by the ABL Agent to or on account of the ABL Obligations in such order, if any, as specified in the relevant ABL Loan Documents. Upon the Discharge of ABL Obligations, the ABL Agent shall deliver to the Notes Agent any Collateral and Proceeds of Collateral received or delivered to it pursuant to the preceding sentence, in the same form as received, with any necessary endorsements, to be applied by the Notes Agent to the Note Obligations in such order as specified in the Note Security Documents.

(b) So long as the Discharge of Note Obligations has not occurred, whether or not any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding has been commenced by or against any Grantor, all Notes Priority Collateral or Proceeds thereof received in connection with the sale or other disposition of, or collection on, such Notes Priority Collateral as a result of the exercise of remedies or other Enforcement by either Agent or any Note Claimholders or ABL Claimholders, shall be delivered to the Notes Agent and shall be applied by the Notes Agent to the Note Obligations in such order as specified in the relevant Note Documents. Upon the Discharge of Note Obligations, the Notes Agent shall deliver to the ABL Agent any Collateral and Proceeds of Collateral received or delivered to it pursuant to the preceding sentence, in the same form as received, with any necessary endorsements to be applied by the ABL Agent to the ABL Obligations in such order as specified in the ABL Security Documents.

(c) In the event of any Enforcement action involving the disposition of both ABL Priority Collateral and Notes Priority Collateral (including any insurance proceeds received under Section 5.2), the ABL Agent and the Notes Agent shall negotiate in good faith as to the allocation of the proceeds therefrom

4.2. Payments Over in Violation of Agreement.

So long as neither the Discharge of ABL Obligations nor the Discharge of Note Obligations has occurred, whether or not any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding has been commenced by or against any Grantor, any Collateral (including assets or Proceeds subject to Liens referred to in the final sentence of Section 2.3) received by either Agent or any Note Claimholders or ABL Claimholders in connection with any Enforcement action relating to the Collateral in contravention of this Agreement shall be segregated and held in trust and forthwith

-27-

paid over to the appropriate Agent for the benefit of the Note Claimholders or the ABL Claimholders, as applicable, in the same form as received, with any necessary endorsements or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct. Each Agent is hereby authorized by the other Agent to make any such endorsements as agent for the other Agent or any Note Claimholders or ABL Claimholders, as applicable. This authorization is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable until the Discharge of ABL Obligations and Discharge of Note Obligations.

4.3. Application of Payments.

Subject to the other terms of this Agreement, all payments received by (a) the ABL Agent or the ABL Claimholders may be applied, reversed and reapplied, in whole or in part, to the ABL Obligations to the extent provided for in the ABL Loan Documents and (b) the Notes Agent or the Note Claimholders may be applied, reversed and reapplied, in whole or in part, to the Note Obligations to the extent provided for in the Note Documents.

4.4. Revolving Nature of ABL Obligations.

The Notes Agent, on behalf of the Note Claimholders, acknowledges and agrees that the ABL Credit Agreement includes a revolving commitment and that the amount of the ABL Obligations that may be outstanding at any time or from time to time may be increased or reduced and subsequently reborrowed.

V.

OTHER AGREEMENTS.

5.1. Releases.

(a) (i) If, in connection with (A) any exercise of remedies or Enforcement (including as provided for in Section 3.1(b) or Section 6.8(a)) or any Going Out of Business Sale, or (B) any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or any portion of the ABL Priority Collateral, so long as such sale, transfer or other disposition is then not prohibited by the ABL Documents (or consented to by the requisite ABL Lenders) or by the Note Documents (or consented to by the requisite Noteholders), irrespective of whether an ABL Default has occurred and is continuing, the ABL Agent, on behalf of any of the ABL Claimholders, releases any of its Liens on any part of the ABL Priority Collateral, then the Liens, if any, of the Notes Agent, for the benefit of the Note Claimholders, on the Collateral sold or disposed of in connection therewith, shall be automatically, unconditionally and simultaneously released; provided that, to the extent the Proceeds of such ABL Priority Collateral are not applied to reduce ABL Obligations, the Notes Agent shall retain a Lien on such Proceeds in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Notes Agent, on behalf of the Note Claimholders, promptly shall execute and deliver to the ABL Agent or such Grantor such termination statements, releases and other documents as the ABL Agent or such Grantor may request in writing to effectively confirm such release.

-28-

(ii) If, in connection with (A) any exercise of remedies or Enforcement (including as provided for in Sections 3.2(b) or Section 6.8(b)), or (B) any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or any portion of the Notes Priority Collateral, so long as such sale, transfer or other disposition is then not prohibited by the Note Documents (or consented to by the requisite Noteholders) or by the ABL Documents (or consented to by the requisite ABL Lenders), irrespective of whether a Note Default has occurred and is continuing, the Notes Agent, on behalf of any of the Note Claimholders, releases any of its Liens on any part of the Notes Priority Collateral, then the Liens, if any, of the ABL Agent, for the benefit of the ABL Claimholders, on the Collateral sold or disposed of in connection therewith, shall be automatically, unconditionally and simultaneously released; provided that the provisions of Section 3.3 shall continue, to the extent such Section is applicable at the time of such sale, transfer or other disposition; provided, further that, to the extent the Proceeds of such Notes Priority Collateral are not applied to reduce Note Obligations, the ABL Agent shall retain a Lien on such Proceeds in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The ABL Agent, on behalf of the ABL Claimholders, promptly shall execute and deliver to the Notes Agent or such Grantor such termination statements, releases and other documents as the Notes Agent or such Grantor may request to effectively confirm such release.

(b) Until the Discharge of ABL Obligations and Discharge of Note Obligations shall occur, the ABL Agent, on behalf of the ABL Claimholders, and the Notes Agent, on behalf of the Note Claimholders, as applicable, hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the other Agent and any officer or agent of the other Agent, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of the other Agent or such holder or in the Agent’s own name, from time to time in such Agent’s discretion exercised in good faith, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Section 5.1, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary to accomplish the purposes of this Section 5.1, including any endorsements or other instruments of transfer or release.

(c) Until the Discharge of ABL Obligations and Discharge of Note Obligations shall occur, to the extent that the Agents or the ABL Claimholders or the Note Claimholders (i) have released any Lien on Collateral and such Lien is later reinstated or (ii) obtain any new Liens from any Grantor, then, in accordance with Section 2.3, the Grantors shall grant a Lien on any such Collateral, subject to the Lien priority provisions of this Agreement, to the other Agent, for the benefit of the ABL Claimholders or Note Claimholders, as applicable.

5.2. Insurance.

(a) Unless and until the Discharge of ABL Obligations and subject to the terms of, and the rights of the Grantors under, the ABL Loan Documents, the ABL Agent, on behalf of the ABL Claimholders, shall have the sole and exclusive right to adjust settlement for any insurance policy covering the ABL Priority Collateral in the event of any loss thereunder and to approve any award granted in any condemnation or similar proceeding (or any deed in lieu of condemnation) affecting such Collateral. Until the Discharge of ABL Obligations has occurred, (i) all Proceeds of any such policy and any such award (or any payments with respect to a deed in lieu of condemnation) if in respect of the ABL Priority Collateral and to the extent required by the ABL Loan Documents shall be paid to the ABL Agent for the benefit of the ABL Claimholders pursuant to the terms of the ABL Loan Documents (including, without limitation, for purposes of cash collateralization of letters of credit) and thereafter, if the Discharge of ABL Obligations has occurred, and subject to the rights of the Grantors under the Note Security

-29-

Documents, to the Notes Agent for the benefit of the Note Claimholders to the extent required under the Note Security Documents and then, to the extent no Note Obligations are outstanding, to the owner of the subject property, such other Person as may be entitled thereto or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct, and (ii) if the Notes Agent or any Note Claimholders shall, at any time, receive any Proceeds of any such insurance policy or any such award or payment with respect to ABL Priority Collateral in contravention of this Agreement, it shall segregate and hold in trust and forthwith pay such Proceeds over to the ABL Agent in accordance with the terms of Section 4.2.

(b) Unless and until the Discharge of Note Obligations has occurred, subject to the terms of, and the rights of the Grantors under, the Note Documents, (i) the Notes Agent, on behalf of the Note Claimholders, shall have the sole and exclusive right to adjust settlement for any insurance policy covering the Notes Priority Collateral in the event of any loss thereunder and to approve any award granted in any condemnation or similar proceeding (or any deed in lieu of condemnation) affecting such Collateral; (ii) all Proceeds of any such policy and any such award (or any payments with respect to a deed in lieu of condemnation) if in respect of the Notes Priority Collateral and to the extent required by the Note Documents shall be paid to the Notes Agent for the benefit of the Note Claimholders pursuant to the terms of the Note Documents and thereafter, if the Discharge of Note Obligations has occurred, and subject to the rights of the Grantors under the ABL Loan Documents, to the ABL Agent for the benefit of the ABL Claimholders to the extent required under the ABL Security Documents and then, to the extent no ABL Obligations are outstanding, to the owner of the subject property, such other Person as may be entitled thereto or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct, and (iii) if the ABL Agent or any ABL Claimholders shall, at any time, receive any Proceeds of any such insurance policy or any such award or payment with respect to Notes Priority Collateral in contravention of this Agreement, it shall segregate and hold in trust and forthwith pay such Proceeds over to the Notes Agent in accordance with the terms of Section 4.2.

(c) To effectuate the foregoing, and to the extent that the pertinent insurance company agrees to issue such endorsements, the Agents shall each receive separate lender’s loss payable endorsements naming themselves as loss payee and additional insured, as their interests may appear, with respect to any policies which insure Collateral hereunder.

5.3. Amendments to ABL Loan Documents and Note Documents; Refinancing.

(a) Subject to Sections 5.3(c) and 5.3(d), the ABL Loan Documents and Note Documents may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with their terms, all without affecting the Lien subordination or other provisions of this Agreement. The ABL Obligations may be Refinanced without notice to, or the consent of, the Notes Agent or the Note Claimholders and without affecting the Lien subordination or other provisions of this Agreement, and the Note Obligations may be Refinanced without notice to, or consent of, the ABL Agent or the ABL Claimholders and without affecting the Lien subordination and other provisions of this Agreement so long as such Refinancing is on terms and conditions that would not violate the Note Documents or the ABL Loan Documents, each as in effect on the date hereof (or, if less restrictive to the Issuers, as in effect on the date of such amendment or Refinancing); provided, however, that, in each case, the lenders or holders of such Refinancing debt bind themselves in a writing addressed to the Notes Agent and the Note Claimholders or the

-30-

ABL Agent and the ABL Claimholders, as applicable, to the terms of this Agreement; provided further, however, that, if such Refinancing debt is secured by a Lien on any Collateral the holders of such Refinancing debt shall be deemed bound by the terms hereof regardless of whether or not such writing is provided. For the avoidance of doubt, the sale or other transfer of Indebtedness is not restricted by this Agreement but the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding on all holders of ABL Obligations and Note Obligations.

(b) Subject to Sections 5.3(c) and 5.3(d), the ABL Agent and the Notes Agent shall each use good faith efforts to notify the other party of any written amendment or modification to the ABL Documents and Note Documents, but the failure to do so shall not create a cause of action against the party failing to give such notice or create any claim or right on behalf of any third party.

(c) Without the consent of the Notes Agent, the ABL Claimholders will not be entitled to agree (and will not agree) to any amendment to or modification of the ABL Loan Documents, whether in a Refinancing or otherwise, that is not permitted by the Indenture as in effect on the date hereof (or, if less restrictive to the ABL Claimholders, on the date of such amendment or modification).

(d) Without the consent of the ABL Agent, the Notes Agent and the Note Claimholders will not be entitled to agree (and will not agree) to any amendment to or modification of the Note Documents, whether in a Refinancing or otherwise, that is not permitted by the ABL Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof (or, if less restrictive to the Note Claimholders, on the date of such amendment or modification).

(e) So long as the Discharge of ABL Obligations has not occurred, the Notes Agent agrees that each applicable Note Security Document that grants a Lien on any material Collateral shall include the following language (or similar language acceptable to the ABL Agent): “Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the liens and security interests granted to U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy by U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee hereunder, are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement dated as of December 20, 2012 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Intercreditor Agreement”), among Bank of America, N.A., as the ABL Agent, U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee and as Notes Agent and the Grantors (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) from time to time party thereto. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.”

(f) So long as the Discharge of Note Obligations has not occurred, the ABL Agent agrees that each applicable ABL Security Document executed on or after the date hereof that grants a Lien on any material Collateral shall include the following language (or similar language acceptable to the Note Agent): “Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the liens and security interests granted to the Agent pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Agent hereunder, are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement dated as of December 20, 2012 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Intercreditor Agreement”), among the Administrative Agent, as

-31-

ABL Agent, U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee and as Notes Agent and the Grantors (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) from time to time party thereto. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.”

5.4. Bailees for Perfection.

(a) Each Agent agrees to hold that part of the Collateral that is in its possession or control (or in the possession or control of its agents or bailees) to the extent that possession or control thereof is taken to perfect a Lien thereon (such Collateral, which shall include, without limitation, Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts and Capital Stock, being the “Pledged Collateral”) as (i) in the case of the ABL Agent, the collateral agent for the ABL Claimholders under the ABL Loan Documents or, in the case of the Notes Agent, the collateral agent for the Note Claimholders under the Note Documents and (ii) gratuitous bailee for the benefit of the other Agent (such bailment being intended, among other things, to satisfy the requirements of Sections 8-301(a)(2) and 9-313(c) of the UCC) and any assignee solely for the purpose of perfecting the security interest granted under the ABL Loan Documents and the Note Documents, respectively, subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 5.4. The Notes Agent and the Note Claimholders hereby appoint the ABL Agent as their agent for the purposes of perfecting their security interest in all Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts of the Issuers and the Company Subsidiaries. The ABL Agent hereby accepts such appointment and acknowledges and agrees that it shall act for the benefit of the Notes Agent and the other Note Claimholders under each Account Agreement (other than Account Agreements with respect to any Notes Collateral Account) and that any Proceeds received by the ABL Agent under any Account Agreement (other than Account Agreements with respect to any Notes Collateral Account) shall be applied in accordance with Article IV. In furtherance of the foregoing, each Grantor hereby grants (x) a security interest in the Pledged Collateral to the Notes Agent for the benefit of the ABL Claimholders and (y) a security interest in the Pledged Collateral (other than securities of the Issuers or the Company Subsidiaries to the extent such security interest would require the filing of financial statements with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) to the ABL Agent for the benefit of the Note Claimholders.

(b) Neither Agent shall have any obligation whatsoever to the other Agent, to any other ABL Claimholder, or to any other Note Claimholder to ensure that the Pledged Collateral is genuine or owned by any of the Grantors or to preserve rights or benefits of any Person except as expressly set forth in this Section 5.4. The duties or responsibilities of the respective Agents under this Section 5.4 shall be limited solely to holding the Pledged Collateral as bailee in accordance with this Section 5.4 and delivering the Pledged Collateral or Proceeds thereof upon a Discharge of ABL Obligations or Discharge of Note Obligations, as applicable, as provided in paragraph (d) below.

(c) Neither Agent acting pursuant to this Section 5.4 shall have by reason of the ABL Loan Documents, the Note Documents, this Agreement or any other document a fiduciary relationship in respect of the other Agent, any other ABL Claimholder or any other Note Claimholder.

-32-

(d) Upon the Discharge of ABL Obligations or the Discharge of Note Obligations, as applicable, the Agent under the ABL Credit Agreement or Note Agreement, as applicable, that has been discharged shall deliver the remaining Pledged Collateral (if any) together with any necessary endorsements or assignments, first, to the other Agent to the extent the other Obligations remain outstanding, and second, to the applicable Grantor to the extent the Discharge of ABL Obligations and the Discharge of Note Obligations have occurred (in each case, so as to allow such Person to obtain possession or control of such Pledged Collateral) or as otherwise required by law. Each Agent further agrees to take all other action reasonably requested by the other Agent in connection with the other Agent obtaining a first-priority interest in the Collateral or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any obligation of the Agent, which has been discharged, to make any delivery to the other Agent under this Section 5.4(d) is subject to (i) the order of any court of competent jurisdiction, or (ii) any automatic stay imposed in connection with any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding.

(e) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, (i) so long as the Discharge of ABL Obligations has not occurred, the ABL Agent shall be entitled to deal with the Pledged Collateral or Collateral within its “control” in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and other ABL Loan Documents, but only to the extent that such Collateral constitutes ABL Priority Collateral, as if the Liens of the Notes Agent on behalf of the Note Claimholders did not exist, and (ii) so long as the Discharge of Note Obligations has not occurred, the Notes Agent shall be entitled to deal with the Pledged Collateral or Collateral within its “control” in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and other Note Documents, but only to the extent that such Collateral constitutes Notes Priority Collateral, as if the Liens of the ABL Agent on behalf of the ABL Claimholders did not exist.

VI.

INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDINGS.

6.1. Finance and Sale Issues.

The Notes Agent, on behalf of the Note Claimholders, hereby agrees that, until the Discharge of ABL Obligations has occurred, if any Grantor shall be subject to any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding and the ABL Agent shall desire to permit the use of “Cash Collateral” (as such term is defined in Section 363(a) of the Bankruptcy Code) constituting ABL Priority Collateral or to permit any Grantor to obtain financing, whether from the ABL Claimholders or any other Person under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code or any similar Bankruptcy Law (“DIP Financing”) secured by a Lien on ABL Priority Collateral, then any Note Claimholder will not be entitled to raise (and will not raise or support any Person in raising), but instead shall be deemed to have hereby irrevocably and absolutely waived, any objection to, and shall not otherwise in any manner be entitled to oppose or will oppose or support any Person in opposing, such Cash Collateral use or DIP Financing (including, except as expressly provided below, that the Note Claimholders are entitled to adequate protection of their interest in the Collateral as a condition thereto) so long as such Cash Collateral use or DIP Financing meets the following requirements: (i) the Notes Agent and the other Note Claimholders retain a Lien on the Collateral and, with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral, with the same priority as existed prior to the commencement of the Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, (ii) to the extent that

-33-

the ABL Agent is granted adequate protection in the form of a Lien, the Notes Agent is permitted to seek a Lien (without objection from the ABL Agent or any ABL Claimholder) on Collateral arising after the commencement of the Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding (so long as, with respect to ABL Priority Collateral, such Lien is junior to the Liens securing such DIP Financing and any other Liens in favor of the ABL Agent), (iii) the terms of the Cash Collateral use or the DIP Financing require that any Lien on the Notes Priority Collateral to secure such DIP Financing is subordinate to the Lien of the Notes Agent securing the Note Obligations with respect thereto and (iv) the terms of such DIP Financing or use of Cash Collateral do not require any Grantor to seek approval for any Plan of Reorganization that is inconsistent with this Agreement. The Notes Agent shall be required to subordinate and will subordinate its Liens in the ABL Priority Collateral to the Liens securing such DIP Financing (and all obligations relating thereto, including any “carve-out” granting administrative priority status or Lien priority to secure repayment of fees and expenses of professionals retained by any debtor or creditors’ committee) and, consistent with the preceding provisions of this Section 6.1, will not request adequate protection or any other relief in connection therewith (except as expressly provided in clause (ii) above); provided, however, if the Liens securing the DIP Financing rank junior to the Liens securing the ABL Obligations, the Notes Agent shall be required to subordinate its Liens in the ABL Priority Collateral to the Liens securing such DIP Financing. The Notes Agent, on behalf of itself and the Note Claimholders, agrees that no such Person shall provide to such Grantor any DIP Financing to the extent that the Notes Agent or any Note Claimholder would, in connection with such financing, be granted a Lien on the ABL Priority Collateral senior to or pari passu with the Liens of the ABL Agent. The ABL Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Claimholders, agrees that no such Persons shall provide to such Grantor any DIP Financing to the extent that the ABL Agent or any ABL Claimholder would, in connection with such financing, be granted a Lien on the Notes Priority Collateral senior to or pari passu with the Liens of the Notes Agent.

6.2. Relief from the Automatic Stay.

(a) Until the Discharge of ABL Obligations, the Notes Agent, on behalf of the other Note Claimholders, agrees that none of them shall seek (or support any other Person seeking) relief from the automatic stay or any other stay in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding in respect of the ABL Priority Collateral, without the prior written consent of the ABL Agent (given or not given in its sole and absolute discretion), unless (i) the ABL Agent already has filed a motion (which remains pending) for such relief with respect to its interest in such ABL Priority Collateral and (ii) a corresponding motion, in the reasonable judgment of the Notes Agent, must be filed for the purpose of preserving the Notes Agent’s ability to receive residual distributions pursuant to Section 4.1, although the Note Claimholders shall otherwise remain subject to the restrictions in Section 3.1 following the granting of any such relief from the automatic stay.

(b) Until the Discharge of Note Obligations has occurred, the ABL Agent, on behalf of the other ABL Claimholders, agrees that none of them shall seek (or support any other Person seeking) relief from the automatic stay or any other stay in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding in respect of the Notes Priority Collateral (other than to the extent such relief is required to exercise its rights under Section 3.3), without the prior written consent of the Notes Agent (given or not given in its sole and absolute discretion), unless (i) the Notes Agent already

-34-

has filed a motion (which remains pending) for such relief with respect to its interest in the Notes Priority Collateral and (ii) a corresponding motion, in the reasonable judgment of the ABL Agent, must be filed for the purpose of preserving the ABL Agent’s ability to receive residual distributions pursuant to Section 4.1, although the ABL Agent shall otherwise remain subject to the restrictions in Section 3.2 following the granting of any such relief from the automatic stay.

6.3. Adequate Protection.

(a) The Notes Agent, on behalf of itself and the Note Claimholders, agrees that none of them shall be entitled to contest and none of them shall contest (or support any other Person contesting) (but instead shall be deemed to have hereby irrevocably, absolutely, and unconditionally waived any right):

(i) any request by the ABL Agent or the other ABL Claimholders for relief from the automatic stay with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral; or

(ii) any request by the ABL Agent or the other ABL Claimholders for adequate protection with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral (except to the extent any such adequate protection is a payment from Notes Priority Collateral); or

(iii) any objection by the ABL Agent or the other ABL Claimholders to any motion, relief, action or proceeding based on the ABL Agent or the other ABL Claimholders claiming a lack of adequate protection with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral.

(b) The ABL Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Claimholders, agrees that none of them shall be entitled to contest and none of them shall contest (or support any other Person contesting) (but instead shall be deemed to have hereby irrevocably, absolutely, and unconditionally waived any right):

(i) any request by the Notes Agent or the other Note Claimholders for relief from the automatic stay with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral, (but such relief shall not modify the rights of the ABL Agent under Section 3.3 hereof); or

(ii) any request by the Notes Agent or the Note Claimholders for adequate protection with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral (except to the extent any such adequate protection is a payment from ABL Priority Collateral); or

(iii) any objection by the Notes Agent or the Note Claimholders to any motion, relief, action or proceeding based on the Notes Agent or the Note Claimholders claiming a lack of adequate protection with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral.

(c) Consistent with the foregoing provisions in this Section 6.3, and except as provided in Sections 6.1 and 6.7, in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding:

(i) no Note Claimholder shall be entitled (and each Note Claimholder shall be deemed to have hereby irrevocably, absolutely, and unconditionally waived any right):

-35-

(1) to seek or otherwise be granted any type of adequate protection with respect to its interests in the ABL Priority Collateral (except as expressly set forth in Section 6.1 or as may otherwise be consented to in writing by the ABL Agent in its sole and absolute discretion); provided, however, subject to Section 6.1, Note Claimholders may seek and obtain adequate protection in the form of an additional or replacement Lien on Collateral so long as (i) the ABL Claimholders have been granted adequate protection in the form of a replacement lien on such Collateral, and (ii) any such Lien on ABL Priority Collateral (and on any Collateral granted as adequate protection for the ABL Claimholders in respect of their interest in such ABL Priority Collateral) is subordinated to the Liens of the ABL Agent in such Collateral on the same basis as the other Liens of the Notes Agent on ABL Priority Collateral; and

(2) to seek or otherwise be granted any adequate protection payments with respect to its interests in the Collateral from Proceeds of ABL Priority Collateral (except as may be consented to in writing by the ABL Agent in its sole and absolute discretion)

(ii) no ABL Claimholder shall be entitled (and each ABL Claimholder shall be deemed to have hereby irrevocably, absolutely, and unconditionally waived any right):

(1) to seek or otherwise be granted any type of adequate protection in respect of Notes Priority Collateral except as may be consented to in writing by the Notes Agent in its sole and absolute discretion; provided, however, ABL Claimholders may seek and obtain adequate protection in the form of an additional or replacement Lien on Collateral so long as (i) the Note Claimholders have been granted adequate protection in the form of a replacement lien on such Collateral, and (ii) any such Lien on Notes Priority Collateral (and on any Collateral granted as adequate protection for the Note Claimholders in respect of their interest in such Notes Priority Collateral) is subordinated to the Liens of the Notes Agent in such Collateral on the same basis as the other Liens of the ABL Agent on Notes Priority Collateral; and

(2) to seek or otherwise be granted any adequate protection payments with respect to its interests in the Collateral from Proceeds of Notes Priority Collateral (except as may be consented to in writing by the Notes Agent in its sole and absolute discretion)

(d) With respect to (i) the Notes Priority Collateral, nothing herein shall limit the rights of the Notes Agent or the Note Claimholders from seeking adequate protection with respect to their rights in the Notes Priority Collateral in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding (including adequate protection in the form of a cash payment, periodic cash payments or otherwise, other than from Proceeds of ABL Priority Collateral) so long as such request is not otherwise inconsistent with this Agreement and (ii) the ABL Priority Collateral, nothing herein shall limit the rights of the ABL Agent or the ABL Claimholders from seeking adequate protection with respect to their rights in the ABL Priority Collateral in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding (including adequate protection in the form of a cash payment, periodic cash payments or otherwise, other than from Proceeds of Notes Priority Collateral) so long as such request is not otherwise inconsistent with this Agreement.

-36-

6.4. Avoidance Issues.

If any ABL Claimholder or Note Claimholder is required in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding or otherwise to turn over or otherwise pay to the estate of the applicable Grantor any amount paid in respect of ABL Obligations or the Note Obligations, as applicable (a “Recovery”), then such ABL Claimholders or Note Claimholders shall be entitled to a reinstatement of ABL Obligations or the Note Obligations, as applicable, with respect to all such recovered amounts. If this Agreement shall have been terminated prior to such Recovery, this Agreement shall be reinstated in full force and effect, and such prior termination shall not diminish, release, discharge, impair or otherwise affect the obligations of the parties hereto from such date of reinstatement. For clarity, no Claimholder which has received any payments prior to the reinstatement of the other Claimholder’s Obligations shall be obligated to pay over or disgorge such payments to the Claimholder whose Obligations has been reinstated, unless such Claimholder is itself required in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding to turn over or pay amounts in respect of its Obligations to the estate or unless such Claimholder otherwise received any amounts in contravention of this Agreement.

6.5. Reorganization Securities.

Subject to the ability of the ABL Claimholders and the Note Claimholders, as applicable, to support or oppose confirmation or approval of any Conforming Plan of Reorganization or to oppose confirmation or approval of any Non-Conforming Plan of Reorganization, as provided herein, if, in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, debt obligations of the reorganized debtor secured by Liens upon any property of the reorganized debtor are distributed pursuant to a Plan of Reorganization, both on account of ABL Obligations and on account of Note Obligations, then, to the extent the debt obligations distributed on account of the ABL Obligations and on account of the Note Obligations are secured by Liens upon the same property, the provisions of this Agreement will survive the distribution of such debt obligations pursuant to such plan and will apply with like effect to the debt obligations so distributed, to the Liens securing such debt obligations and the distribution of Proceeds thereof.

6.6. Post-Petition Interest.

(a) Neither the Notes Agent nor any Note Claimholder shall oppose or seek to challenge:

(i) any claim by the ABL Agent or any ABL Claimholder for allowance in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding of ABL Obligations consisting of post-petition interest, fees or expenses to the extent of the value of the Lien on the ABL Priority Collateral securing any ABL Claimholder’s claim, without regard to the existence of the Lien of the Notes Agent on behalf of the Note Claimholders on the Collateral;

(ii) the payment of such expenses allowed in accordance with Section 6.6(a)(i);

or

(iii) the payment of such interest and fees allowed in accordance with Section 6.6(a)(i) solely from Proceeds of ABL Priority Collateral;

-37-

provided that nothing contained in this Section 6.6(a) prohibits the Notes Agent on behalf of the Note Claimholders from seeking adequate protection (to the extent it has not already done so under other provisions of this Agreement) with respect to their rights in the Notes Priority Collateral in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding if such Notes Priority Collateral is the source of payment of post-petition expenses payable to the ABL Agent or any ABL Claimholder.

(b) Neither the ABL Agent nor any other ABL Claimholder shall oppose or seek to challenge:

(i) any claim by the Notes Agent or any Note Claimholder for allowance in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding of Note Obligations consisting of post-petition interest, fees or expenses to the extent of the value of the Lien on the Notes Priority Collateral securing any Note Claimholder’s claim, without regard to the existence of the Lien of the ABL Agent on behalf of the ABL Claimholders on the Collateral;

(ii) the payment of such expenses allowed in accordance with Section 6.6(b)(i);

or

(iii) the payment of such interest and fees allowed in accordance with Section

6.6(b)(i) solely from Proceeds of Notes Priority Collateral

provided that nothing contained in this Section 6.6(b) prohibits the ABL Agent on behalf of the ABL Claimholders from seeking adequate protection (to the extent it has not already done so under other provisions of this Agreement) with respect to their rights in the ABL Priority Collateral in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding if such ABL Priority Collateral is the source of payment of post-petition expenses payable to the Notes Agent or any Note Claimholder.

6.7. Separate Grants of Security and Separate Classification.

The Notes Agent, on behalf of the Note Claimholders, and the ABL Agent on behalf of the ABL Claimholders, acknowledge and intend that: the grants of Liens pursuant to the ABL Security Documents and the Note Security Documents constitute two separate and distinct grants of Liens, and because of, among other things, their differing rights in the Collateral, the Note Obligations are fundamentally different from the ABL Obligations and must be separately classified in any Plan of Reorganization proposed or confirmed (or approved) in an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding. To further effectuate the intent of the parties as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, if it is held that the claims of the ABL Claimholders and the Note Claimholders in respect of the Collateral constitute claims in the same class (rather than separate classes of senior and junior secured claims), then the ABL Claimholders and the Note Claimholders hereby acknowledge and agree that all distributions shall be made as if there were separate classes of ABL Obligations and Note Obligations against the Grantors (with the effect being that, to the extent that the aggregate value of the ABL Priority Collateral or Notes Priority Collateral is sufficient (for this purpose ignoring all claims held by the other Secured Parties for whom such Collateral is non-priority in accordance with Section 2.1 and Section 2.2), the ABL Claimholders or the Note Claimholders, respectively, shall be entitled to receive, in addition to

-38-

amounts distributed to them in respect of principal, pre-petition interest and other claims, all amounts owing in respect of post-petition interest, fees or expenses that is available from each pool of priority Collateral for each of the ABL Claimholders and the Note Claimholders, respectively, before any distribution is made in respect of the claims held by the other Secured Parties for whom such Collateral is non-priority, with such other Secured Parties hereby acknowledging and agreeing to turn over to the respective other Secured Parties amounts otherwise received or receivable by them to the extent necessary to effectuate the intent of this sentence, even if such turnover has the effect of reducing the aggregate recoveries.

6.8. Asset Dispositions in an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding.

(a) Without limiting the ABL Agent’s and the ABL Claimholders’ rights under Section 3.1(b), neither the Notes Agent nor any other Note Claimholder shall, in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding or otherwise, oppose any sale or disposition of any ABL Priority Collateral that is supported by the ABL Claimholders, and the Notes Agent and each other Note Claimholder will be deemed to have irrevocably, absolutely, and unconditionally consented under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code (and otherwise) to any sale of any ABL Priority Collateral supported by the ABL Claimholders and to have released their Liens on such assets; provided that to the extent the Proceeds of such Collateral are not applied to reduce ABL Obligations the Notes Agent shall retain a Lien on such Proceeds in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Without limiting the Notes Agent’s and the Note Claimholders’ rights under Section 3.2(b), neither the ABL Agent nor any other ABL Claimholder shall, in any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise, oppose any sale or disposition of any Notes Priority Collateral that is supported by the Note Claimholders and made subject to Section 3.3(d), and the ABL Agent and each other ABL Claimholder will be deemed to have consented under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code (and otherwise) to any sale of any Notes Priority Collateral supported by the Note Claimholders and to have released their Liens on such assets; provided that to the extent the Proceeds of such Collateral are not applied to reduce Note Obligations, the ABL Agent shall retain a Lien on such Proceeds in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided further that the ABL Agent’s and the ABL Claimholders’ rights under Sections 3.3 shall survive any such sale or disposition.

VII.

RELIANCE; WAIVERS; ETC.

7.1. Reliance.

Other than any reliance on the terms of this Agreement, the ABL Agent, on behalf of the ABL Claimholders, acknowledges that it and the other ABL Claimholders have, independently and without reliance on the Notes Agent or any Note Claimholder, and based on documents and information deemed by them appropriate, made their own credit analysis and decision to enter into ABL Loan Documents and be bound by the terms of this Agreement, and they will continue to make their own credit decision in taking or not taking any action under the ABL Loan Documents or this Agreement. The Notes Agent, on behalf of the Note Claimholders, acknowledges that it and the other Note Claimholders have, independently and without reliance

-39-

on the ABL Agent or any other ABL Claimholder, and based on documents and information deemed by them appropriate, made their own credit analysis and decision to enter into each of the other Note Documents and be bound by the terms of this Agreement, and they will continue to make their own credit decision in taking or not taking any action under the Note Documents or this Agreement.

7.2. No Warranties or Liability.

The ABL Agent, on behalf of the ABL Claimholders, acknowledges and agrees that each of the Notes Agent and the Note Claimholders have made no express or implied representation or warranty, including with respect to the execution, validity, legality, completeness, collectibility or enforceability of any of the other Note Documents, the ownership of any Collateral or the perfection or priority of any Liens thereon. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Notes Agent and the Note Claimholders will be entitled to manage and supervise their respective loans and extensions of credit under the Note Documents in accordance with law and as they may otherwise, in their sole discretion, deem appropriate. The Notes Agent, on behalf the Note Claimholders, acknowledges and agrees that the ABL Agent and the other ABL Claimholders have made no express or implied representation or warranty, including with respect to the execution, validity, legality, completeness, collectibility or enforceability of any of the other ABL Loan Documents, the ownership of any Collateral or the perfection or priority of any Liens thereon. Except as otherwise provided herein, the ABL Agent and the other ABL Claimholders will be entitled to manage and supervise their respective loans and extensions of credit under their respective ABL Loan Documents in accordance with law and as they may otherwise, in their sole discretion, deem appropriate. The Notes Agent and the Note Claimholders shall have no duty to the ABL Agent or any of the ABL Claimholders, and the ABL Agent and the other ABL Claimholders shall have no duty to the Notes Agent or any of the other Note Claimholders, to act or refrain from acting in a manner which allows, or results in, the occurrence or continuance of an event of default or default under any agreements with any Grantor (including the ABL Loan Documents and the Note Documents), regardless of any knowledge thereof which they may have or be charged with.

7.3. No Waiver of Lien Priorities.

(a) No right of the Agents, the other ABL Claimholders or the other Note Claimholders to enforce any provision of this Agreement or any ABL Loan Document or Note Document shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of any Grantor or by any act or failure to act by such Agents, ABL Claimholders or Note Claimholders or by any noncompliance by any Person with the terms, provisions and covenants of this Agreement, any of the ABL Loan Documents or any of the Note Documents, regardless of any knowledge thereof which the Agents or the ABL Claimholders or Note Claimholders, or any of them, may have or be otherwise charged with.

(b) Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph (but subject to the rights of the Grantors under the ABL Loan Documents and Note Documents and subject to the provisions of Sections 5.3(a), 5.3(c), and, as applicable, 5.3(d)), the Agents, the other ABL Claimholders and the other Note Claimholders may, at any time and from time to time in accordance with the ABL Loan Documents and Note Documents and/or applicable law,

-40-

without the consent of, or notice to, the other Agent or the ABL Claimholder or the Note Claimholders (as applicable), without incurring any liabilities to such Persons and without impairing or releasing the Lien priorities and other benefits provided in this Agreement (even if any right of subrogation or other right or remedy is affected, impaired or extinguished thereby) do any one or more of the following:

(i) change the manner, place or terms of payment or change or extend the time of payment of, or amend, renew, exchange, increase or alter, the terms of any of the Obligations or any Lien or guaranty thereof or any liability of any Grantor, or any liability incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof (including any increase in or extension of the Obligations, without any restriction as to the tenor or terms of any such increase or extension) or otherwise amend, renew, exchange, extend, modify or supplement in any manner any Liens held by the Agents or any rights or remedies under any of the ABL Loan Documents or the Note Documents;

(ii) sell, exchange, release, surrender, realize upon, enforce or otherwise deal with in any manner and in any order any part of the Collateral (except to the extent provided in this Agreement) or any liability of any Grantor or any liability incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof;

(iii) settle or compromise any Obligation or any other liability of any Grantor or any security therefor or any liability incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof and apply any sums by whomsoever paid and however realized to any liability in any manner or order that is not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement; and

(iv) exercise or delay in or refrain from exercising any right or remedy against any security or any Grantor or any other Person, elect any remedy and otherwise deal freely with any Grantor.

7.4. Obligations Unconditional.

All rights, interests, agreements and obligations of the ABL Claimholders and the Note Claimholders, respectively, hereunder shall remain in full force and effect irrespective of:

(a) any lack of validity or enforceability of any ABL Loan Documents or any Note Documents;

(b) except, in each case, as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other terms of, all or any of the ABL Obligations or Note Obligations, or any amendment or waiver or other modification, including any increase in the amount thereof, whether by course of conduct or otherwise, of the terms of any ABL Loan Document or any Note Document;

(c) except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, any exchange, release, voiding, avoidance or non-perfection of any security interest in any Collateral or any other collateral, or any amendment, waiver or other modification, whether in writing or by course of conduct or otherwise, of all or any of the ABL Obligations or Note Obligations or any guaranty thereof;

-41-

(d) the commencement of any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding in respect of any Grantor; or

(e) any other circumstances which otherwise might constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Grantor in respect of the ABL Agent, the ABL Obligations, any ABL Claimholder, the Notes Agent, the Note Obligations or any Note Claimholder in respect of this Agreement.

VIII.

MISCELLANEOUS.

8.1. Conflicts.

In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any ABL Loan Document or any Note Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall govern and control.

8.2. Effectiveness; Continuing Nature of this Agreement; Severability.

This Agreement shall become effective when executed and delivered by the parties hereto. This is a continuing agreement of Lien subordination (as opposed to an agreement of debt or claim subordination), and the ABL Claimholders and Note Claimholders may continue, at any time and without notice to the other Agent, to extend credit and other financial accommodations and lend monies to or for the benefit of any Grantor in reliance hereon. Each of the Agents, on behalf the ABL Claimholders or the Note Claimholders, as applicable, hereby irrevocably, absolutely, and unconditionally waives any right any Claimholder may have under applicable law to revoke this Agreement or any of the provisions of this Agreement. The terms of this Agreement shall survive, and shall continue in full force and effect, in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding. Consistent with, but not in limitation of, the preceding sentence, each of the Agents, on behalf of the ABL Claimholders and the Note Claimholders, as applicable, irrevocably acknowledges that this Agreement constitutes a “subordination agreement” within the meaning of both New York law and Section 510(a) of the Bankruptcy Code. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. All references to any Grantor shall include such Grantor as debtor and debtor-in-possession and any receiver or trustee for any Grantor (as applicable) in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding. This Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force and effect:

(a) with respect to the ABL Agent, the ABL Claimholders and the ABL Obligations, the date of the Discharge of ABL Obligations, subject to the rights of the ABL Claimholders under Section 6.4; and

(b) with respect to the Notes Agent, the Note Claimholders and the Note Obligations, the date of the Discharge of Note Obligations, subject to the rights of the Note Claimholders under Section 6.4.

-42-

8.3. Amendments; Waivers.

No amendment, modification or waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement by the Notes Agent or the ABL Agent shall be deemed to be made unless the same shall be in writing signed on behalf of each party hereto or its authorized agent and each waiver, if any, shall be a waiver only with respect to the specific instance involved and shall in no way impair the rights of the parties making such waiver or the obligations of the other parties to such party in any other respect or at any other time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Grantor shall have any right to consent to or approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement except to the extent its rights are directly affected.

8.4. Information Concerning Financial Condition of the Issuers and Their Subsidiaries.

The ABL Agent and the ABL Claimholders, on the one hand, and the Notes Agent and the Note Claimholders, on the other hand, shall each be responsible for keeping themselves informed of (a) the financial condition of the Issuers and the Company Subsidiaries and all endorsers and/or guarantors and other Grantors of the ABL Obligations or the Note Obligations and (b) all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the ABL Obligations or the Note Obligations. Neither the ABL Claimholders, on the one hand, nor the Note Claimholders, on the other hand, shall have any duty to advise the other of information known to it or them regarding such condition or any such circumstances or otherwise. In the event that either the ABL Agent or any of the other ABL Claimholders, on the one hand, or the Notes Agent or any of the other Note Claimholders, on the other hand, undertakes at any time or from time to time to provide any such information to any of the others, it or they shall be under no obligation, (i) to make, and shall not make, any express or implied representation or warranty, including with respect to the accuracy, completeness, truthfulness or validity of any such information so provided, (ii) to provide any additional information or to provide any such information on any subsequent occasion, (iii) to undertake any investigation, or (iv) to disclose any information, which pursuant to accepted or reasonable commercial finance practices, such party wishes to maintain confidential or is otherwise required to maintain confidential.

8.5. Subrogation.

(a) With respect to the value of any payments or distributions in cash, property or other assets that any of the Note Claimholders actually pays over to the ABL Agent or the ABL Claimholders under the terms of this Agreement, the Note Claimholders shall be subrogated to the rights of the ABL Claimholders; provided, however, that the Notes Agent, on behalf of the Note Claimholders, hereby agrees not to assert or enforce all such rights of subrogation it may acquire as a result of any payment hereunder until the Discharge of ABL Obligations has occurred. The Grantors acknowledge and agree that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the value of any payments or distributions in cash, property or other assets received by the Note Claimholders that are paid over to the ABL Claimholders pursuant to this Agreement shall not reduce any of the Note Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.5(a), none of the Note Claimholders shall have any claim against any of the ABL Claimholders for any impairment of any subrogation rights herein granted to the Note Claimholders.

-43-

(b) With respect to the value of any payments or distributions in cash, property or other assets that any of the ABL Claimholders actually pays over to the Note Claimholders under the terms of this Agreement, the ABL Claimholders shall be subrogated to the rights of the Note Claimholders; provided, however, that the ABL Agent, on behalf of the ABL Claimholders, hereby agrees not to assert or enforce all such rights of subrogation it may acquire as a result of any payment hereunder until the Discharge of Note Obligations has occurred. The Grantors acknowledge and agree that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the value of any payments or distributions in cash, property or other assets received by the ABL Claimholders that are paid over to the Note Claimholders pursuant to this Agreement shall not reduce any of the ABL Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.5(b), none of the ABL Claimholders shall have any claim against any of the Note Claimholders for any impairment of any subrogation rights herein granted to the ABL Claimholders.

8.6. SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVERS.

(a) ALL JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT AGAINST ANY PERSON ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING HERETO MAY BE BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION IN THE STATE, COUNTY AND CITY OF NEW YORK. BY EXECUTING AND DELIVERING THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY, FOR ITSELF AND ON BEHALF OF THE NOTE CLAIMHOLDERS (IN THE CASE OF THE NOTES AGENT) AND THE ABL CLAIMHOLDERS (IN THE CASE OF THE ABL AGENT), IRREVOCABLY:

(1) AGREES THAT THE ONLY NECESSARY PARTIES TO ANY AND ALL JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE THE PARTIES HERETO, EXCEPT WHERE IN ANY SUCH JUDICIAL PROCEEDING RELIEF (INCLUDING INJUNCTIVE RELIEF OR THE RECOVERY OF MONEY) IS BEING SOUGHT DIRECTLY AGAINST OR FROM A PERSON THAT IS NOT A PARTY AND EXCEPT THAT, IN ANY SUCH JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS BETWEEN THE NOTES AGENT AND THE ABL AGENT THAT DOES NOT SEEK ANY RELIEF AGAINST OR FROM THE ISSUERS OR ANY OF THE COMPANY SUBSIDIARIES, THE ISSUERS AND THE COMPANY SUBSIDIARIES SHALL NOT BE NECESSARY PARTIES. WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF THE FOREGOING, AND CONSISTENT WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SECTIONS 8.14 AND 8.17, NONE OF THE ABL CLAIMHOLDERS (OTHER THAN THE ABL AGENT) OR THE NOTE CLAIMHOLDERS (OTHER THAN THE NOTES AGENT) SHALL BE NECESSARY OR OTHERWISE APPROPRIATE PARTIES TO ANY SUCH JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS, UNLESS IN SUCH JUDICIAL PROCEEDING SUMS ARE BEING SOUGHT TO BE RECOVERED DIRECTLY FROM SUCH PERSONS, INCLUDING PURSUANT TO SECTION 4.2.

(2) ACCEPTS GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF SUCH COURTS;

(3) WAIVES ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS;

-44-

(4) AGREES THAT SERVICE OF ALL PROCESS IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, TO THE APPLICABLE PERSON (AND IN THE CASE OF A PARTY, AT ITS ADDRESS PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8.7); AND

(5) AGREES THAT SERVICE AS PROVIDED IN CLAUSE (3) ABOVE IS SUFFICIENT TO CONFER PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER THE APPLICABLE PERSON IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND OTHERWISE CONSTITUTES EFFECTIVE AND BINDING SERVICE IN EVERY RESPECT.

(b) WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OF THE ABL LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY OF THE NOTE DOCUMENTS. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT, THE ABL LOAN DOCUMENTS AND THE NOTE DOCUMENTS, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 8.6.

8.7. Notices.

All notices permitted or required under this Agreement need be sent only to the Notes Agent and the ABL Agent, as applicable, in order to be effective and otherwise binding on any applicable Claimholder. If any notice is sent for whatever reason to the other Note Claimholders or the ABL Claimholders, such notice shall also be sent to the applicable Agent. Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any notice hereunder shall be in writing and may be personally served, telexed or sent by telefacsimile or United States mail or courier service and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in person or by overnight courier service and signed for against receipt thereof, upon receipt of telefacsimile or telex during normal business hours, or three Business Days after depositing it in the United States certified mails (return receipt requested) with postage prepaid and properly addressed. For the purposes hereof, the addresses of the parties hereto shall be as set forth below each party’s name on the signature pages hereto, or, as to each party, at such other address as may be designated by such party in a written notice to all of the other parties.

8.8. Further Assurances.

The ABL Agent, on behalf of the ABL Claimholders, and the Notes Agent, on behalf of the Note Claimholders, and the Grantors, agree that each of them shall take such further action and shall execute and deliver such additional documents and instruments (in recordable form, if requested) as the ABL Agent or the Notes Agent may reasonably request to effectuate the terms of and the Lien priorities contemplated by this Agreement.

-45-

8.9. APPLICABLE LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

8.10. Specific Performance.

Each of the ABL Agent and the Notes Agent may demand specific performance of this Agreement. The ABL Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Claimholders, and the Notes Agent, on behalf of itself and the Note Claimholders, hereby irrevocably waive any defense based on the adequacy of a remedy at law and any other defense which might be asserted to bar the remedy of specific performance in any action which may be brought by the ABL Agent or the other ABL Claimholders or the Notes Agent or the other Note Claimholders, as applicable. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing or of the other provisions of this Agreement, in seeking specific performance in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, an Agent may seek such relief as if it were the “holder” of the claims of the other Agent’s Claimholders under Section 1126(a) of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise had been granted an irrevocable power of attorney by the other Agent’s Claimholders.

8.11. Headings.

Section headings in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.

8.12. Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such separate counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. In proving this Agreement in any judicial proceedings, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart signed by the party against whom such enforcement is sought. Any signatures delivered by a party by facsimile transmission or by e-mail transmission shall be deemed an original signature hereto.

8.13. Authorization.

By its signature, each party hereto represents and warrants to the other parties hereto that the individual signing this Agreement on its behalf is duly authorized to execute this Agreement. The Notes Agent hereby represents that it is authorized to, and by its signature hereon does, bind the other Note Claimholders to the terms of this Agreement. The ABL Agent hereby represents that it is authorized to, and by its signature hereon does, bind the other ABL Claimholders to the terms of this Agreement.

-46-

8.14 No Third Party Beneficiaries.

This Agreement and the rights and benefits hereof shall inure to the benefit of each of the parties hereto and its respective successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of (and shall be binding upon) each of the Agents, the other ABL Claimholders and the other Note Claimholders and their respective successors and assigns. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each of the Indenture, each Additional Pari Passu Notes Agreement and the amendments to ABL Security Documents shall expressly refer to this Agreement and acknowledge that its provisions shall be binding on the Notes Agent, and the other Note Claimholders (and their respective successors and assigns) and on the ABL Agent and the other ABL Claimholders (and their respective successors and assigns), as applicable, and, in any event, this Agreement shall be binding on the Agents, the other ABL Claimholders, and the other Note Claimholders and their respective successors and assigns as if its provisions were set forth in their entirety in the ABL Credit Agreement, the Indenture and each Additional Pari Passu Notes Agreement.

8.14. Provisions Solely to Define Relative Rights.

The provisions of this Agreement are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the ABL Claimholders on the one hand and the Note Claimholders on the other hand. No Grantor or any other creditor thereof shall have any rights hereunder, and no Grantor may rely on the terms hereof. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to or shall impair as between the Grantors and the ABL Agent and the other ABL Claimholders, or as between the Grantors and the Notes Agent and the other Note Claimholders, the obligations of any Grantor, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay principal, interest, fees and other amounts as provided in the other ABL Loan Documents and the other Note Documents, respectively, including as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms.

8.15. Marshalling of Assets.

The Notes Agent, on behalf of the Note Claimholders, hereby irrevocably, absolutely, and unconditionally waives any and all rights or powers any Note Claimholder may have at any time under applicable law or otherwise to have the ABL Priority Collateral, or any part thereof, marshaled upon any foreclosure or other enforcement of the ABL Agent’s Liens. The ABL Agent, on behalf of the ABL Claimholders, hereby waives irrevocably, absolutely, and unconditionally any and all rights any ABL Claimholder may have at any time under applicable law or otherwise to have the Notes Priority Collateral, or any part thereof, marshaled upon any foreclosure or other enforcement of the Notes Agent’s Liens.

8.16. Exclusive Means of Exercising Rights under this Agreement.

The Note Claimholders shall be deemed to have irrevocably appointed the Notes Agent, and the ABL Claimholders shall be deemed to have irrevocably appointed the ABL Agent, as their respective and exclusive agents hereunder. Consistent with such appointment, the Note Claimholders and the ABL Claimholders further shall be deemed to have agreed that only their respective Agent (and not any individual Claimholder or group of Claimholders) shall have the exclusive right to exercise any rights, powers, and/or remedies under or in connection with this Agreement (including bringing any action to interpret or otherwise enforce the provisions of this Agreement) or the Collateral; provided, that (i) ABL Claimholders holding obligations in respect

-47-

to Bank Products or Obligations in respect of Hedging Agreements may exercise customary netting rights with respect thereto, (ii) cash collateral may be held pursuant to the terms of the ABL Loan Documents (including any relating to Bank Products or Hedging Agreements) and any such individual ABL Claimholder may act against such Collateral, and (iii) ABL Claimholders may exercise customary rights of setoff against depository or other accounts maintained with them. Specifically, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Noteholder or group of Noteholders, and each ABL Lender or group of ABL Lenders, shall not be entitled to take or file, but instead shall be precluded from taking or filing (whether in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding or otherwise), any action, judicial or otherwise, to enforce any right or power or pursue any remedy under this Agreement (including any declaratory judgment or other action to interpret or otherwise enforce the provisions of this Agreement) or otherwise in relation to the Collateral, except solely as provided in the proviso in the preceding sentence.

8.17. Interpretation.

This Agreement is a product of negotiations among representatives of, and has been reviewed by counsel to, the Notes Agent, the ABL Agent, the Issuers, and the Company Subsidiaries and is the product of those Persons on behalf of themselves and the Note Claimholders (in the case of the Notes Agent) and the ABL Claimholders (in the case of the ABL Claimholders). Accordingly, this Agreement’s provisions shall not be construed against, or in favor of, any party or other Person merely by virtue of that party or other Person’s involvement, or lack of involvement, in the preparation of this Agreement and of any of its specific provisions.

8.18. Capacity of Notes Agent.

U.S. Bank National Association is entering into this Agreement solely in its capacity as Trustee and Collateral Agent under the Indenture and the rights, powers, privileges and protections afforded to the Trustee and Collateral Agent under the Indenture shall also apply to U.S. Bank National Association as the Notes Agent hereunder. The Note Claimholders have expressly authorized and instructed the Notes Agent to execute and deliver this Agreement.

8.19. Termination.

This Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon the Discharge of the ABL Obligations or upon the Discharge of the Note Obligations, subject to the rights of the ABL Lenders and the Noteholders, as applicable, under Section 6.4.

[Signature Pages Follow]

-48-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Intercreditor Agreement as of the date first written above.

ABL Agent:
Bank of America, N.A., as ABL Agent
By:
	Name:
	Title:
Notice Address:
Bank of America, N.A.
100 Federal Street
MA5-100-09-09
Boston, MA 02110
Attn: James Ward

Acknowledgement-1 [Intercreditor Agreement]

Notes Agent:
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity, but solely in its capacity as Trustee and Collateral Agent under the Indenture and Collateral Agent under the Note Documents, as Notes Agent
By:
	Name:
	Title:
Notice Address:
U.S. Bank National Association 100 Wall Street—Suite 1600 New York, New York 10005 Attn: Beverly A. Freeney, Vice President & Account Manager

Acknowledgement-2 [Intercreditor Agreement]

Acknowledged and Agreed to by:
Issuers:
TOPS HOLDING CORPORATION
By:
	Name:
	Title:
TOPS MARKETS, LLC
By:
	Name:
	Title:
Notice Address:
Tops Holding Corporation P.O. Box 1027 Buffalo, New York 14240-1027 Attn: Lynne A. Burgess, General Counsel

Acknowledgement-3 [Intercreditor Agreement]

Company Subsidiaries:
TOPS PT, LLC
By:	Tops Markets, LLC, its sole member
By:
	Name:
	Title:
TOPS GIFT CARD COMPANY, LLC
By:
	Name:
	Title:
Notice Address:
Tops Holding Corporation P.O. Box 1027 Buffalo, New York 14240-1027 Attn: Lynne A. Burgess, General Counsel

Acknowledgement-4 [Intercreditor Agreement]

EX-4.4

Exhibit 4.4

EXECUTION VERSION

SECURITY AGREEMENT

by

TOPS HOLDING CORPORATION AND TOPS MARKETS, LLC,

as Issuers

and

THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO

FROM TIME TO TIME

and

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Collateral Agent

Dated as of December 20, 2012

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
PREAMBLE			1
RECITALS			1
AGREEMENT			2
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
SECTION 1.1.	Definitions		2
SECTION 1.2.	Interpretation		11
SECTION 1.3.	Perfection Certificate		11
ARTICLE II
[RESERVED]
ARTICLE III
GRANT OF SECURITY AND SECURED OBLIGATIONS
SECTION 3.1.	Pledge		11
SECTION 3.2.	Secured Obligations		12
SECTION 3.3.	Security Interest		12
ARTICLE IV
PERFECTION; SUPPLEMENTS; FURTHER ASSURANCES;
USE OF COLLATERAL
SECTION 4.1.	Delivery of Certificated Securities Collateral		13
SECTION 4.2.	Perfection of Uncertificated Securities Collateral		14
SECTION 4.3.	Financing Statements and Other Filings; Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest		14
SECTION 4.4.	Other Actions		15
SECTION 4.5.	Joinder of Additional Guarantors		19
SECTION 4.6.	Supplements; Further Assurances		19
ARTICLE V
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS
SECTION 5.1.	Title		20

-i-

		Page
SECTION 5.2.	Limitation on Liens; Defense of Claims; Transferability of Collateral		20
SECTION 5.3.	Chief Executive Office; Change of Name; Jurisdiction of Organization		20
SECTION 5.4.	[Reserved]		21
SECTION 5.5.	Due Authorization and Issuance		21
SECTION 5.6.	No Claims		21
SECTION 5.7.	No Conflicts, Consents, etc.		21
SECTION 5.8.	Collateral Information		21
SECTION 5.9.	Insurance		22
SECTION 5.10.	Payment of Taxes; Compliance with Laws; Contested Liens; Claims		22
SECTION 5.11.	Access to Collateral, Books and Records; Other Information		22
ARTICLE VI
CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING SECURITIES COLLATERAL
SECTION 6.1.	Pledge of Additional Securities Collateral		23
SECTION 6.2.	Voting Rights; Distributions; etc.		23
SECTION 6.3.	Organizational Documents		24
SECTION 6.4.	Defaults, Etc.		24
SECTION 6.5.	Certain Agreements of Grantors As Issuers and Holders of Equity Interests		25
ARTICLE VII
CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY COLLATERAL
SECTION 7.1.	Grant of License		25
SECTION 7.2.	Registrations		25
SECTION 7.3.	No Violations or Proceedings		26
SECTION 7.4.	Protection of Collateral Agent’s Security		26
SECTION 7.5.	After-Acquired Property		26
SECTION 7.6.	Litigation		26
ARTICLE VIII
[RESERVED]
ARTICLE IX
REMEDIES
SECTION 9.1.	Remedies		27
SECTION 9.2.	Notice of Sale		28

-ii-

		Page
SECTION 9.3.	Waiver of Notice and Claims		29
SECTION 9.4.	Certain Sales of Collateral		29
SECTION 9.5.	No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies		30
ARTICLE X
APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS
SECTION 10.1.	Application of Proceeds		31
ARTICLE XI
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 11.1.	Concerning Collateral Agent		31
SECTION 11.2.	Collateral Agent May Perform; Collateral Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact		35
SECTION 11.3.	[Reserved]		35
SECTION 11.4.	Continuing Security Interest; Assignment		35
SECTION 11.5.	Termination; Release		36
SECTION 11.6.	Modification in Writing		37
SECTION 11.7.	Notices		37
SECTION 11.8.	GOVERNING LAW		37
SECTION 11.9.	CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; SERVICE OF PROCESS; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL		37
SECTION 11.10.	Severability of Provisions		38
SECTION 11.11.	Execution in Counterparts		38
SECTION 11.12.	No Release		38
SECTION 11.13.	Obligations Absolute		39
SECTION 11.14.	Intercreditor Agreement		39
SECTION 11.15.	Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Obligations		40
SECTION 11.16.	Incorporation by Reference		40
SECTION 11.17.	Certain Directions		40
SECTION 11.18.	ABL Priority Collateral		40

-iii-

		Page
SCHEDULE I	Intercompany Notes
SCHEDULE II	Filings, Registrations and Recordings
SCHEDULE III	Pledged Interests
SCHEDULE IV	Certain Existing Liens
EXHIBIT 1	Form Supplement to Security Agreement
EXHIBIT 2	Form of Securities Pledge Amendment
EXHIBIT 3	Form of Additional Pari Passu Joinder Agreement
EXHIBIT 4	The Collateral Agent and Secured Party Acknowledgements

-i-

SECURITY AGREEMENT

SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of December 20, 2012 (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated and in effect from time to time, this “Agreement”), made by (i) TOPS HOLDING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (in such capacity, “Tops Holding”) (ii) TOPS MARKETS, LLC, a New York limited liability company (in such capacity, the “Tops Markets” together with Tops Holding, the “Issuers”) and (iii) THE GUARANTORS LISTED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO (the “Original Guarantors”) OR FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO BY EXECUTION OF A JOINDER AGREEMENT (the “Additional Guarantors,” and together with the Original Guarantors, the “Guarantors”), as pledgors, assignors and debtors (the Issuers, together with the Guarantors, in such capacities and together with any successors in such capacities, the “Grantors,” and each a “Grantor”), in favor of U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as collateral agent (together, with any successors and assigns, in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”) for the Secured Parties (as defined below).

R E C I T A L S :

A. The Issuers, the Guarantors, the Collateral Agent and U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as trustee (together, with any successors and assigns, in such capacity, the “Trustee”), on behalf of the holders of the Notes and Additional Notes (each as defined below) (the “Holders”), have, in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, entered into that certain indenture dated as of December 20, 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “Indenture”), pursuant to which the Issuers have issued or will issue $460,000,000 million principal amount of 8.875% senior secured notes due 2017 (the “Notes”).

B. Pursuant to the Indenture, each Guarantor party hereto has unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Notes Obligations.

C. The Trustee has been appointed to serve as Collateral Agent under the Indenture and, in such capacity, to enter into this Agreement.

D. Following the date hereof, if not prohibited by the Indenture, the Grantors may incur Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations (including Additional Notes (as defined in the Indenture)) which are secured equally and ratably with the Notes Obligations in accordance with SECTION 11.15 of this Agreement.

E. The Issuers and the Guarantors will receive substantial benefits from the execution, delivery and performance of the obligations under the Indenture, the Notes and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement and each is, therefore, willing to enter into this Agreement.

F. Each Grantor is or, as to any Collateral (as hereinafter defined) acquired by such Grantor after the date hereof, will be the legal and/or beneficial owner of the Collateral pledged by it hereunder.

G. This Agreement is given by each Grantor in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties to secure the payment and performance in full when due of the Secured Obligations.

A G R E E M E N T :

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Grantor and the Collateral Agent hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

SECTION 1.1. Definitions.

(a) Unless otherwise defined herein or in the Indenture, capitalized terms used herein that are defined in the UCC shall have the meanings assigned to them in the UCC.

(b) Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

(c) The following terms shall have the following meanings:

“ABL Agent” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

“ABL Obligations” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

“ABL Priority Collateral” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

“Additional Guarantors” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

“Additional Pari Passu Agent” means the Person appointed to act as trustee, agent or representative for any holder of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations pursuant to any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement and designated as “Additional Pari Passu Agent” for such holder in an Additional Pari Passu Joinder Agreement delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to SECTION 11.15, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity.

“Additional Pari Passu Joinder Agreement” means an agreement substantially in the form of EXHIBIT 3 hereto.

“Agreement” shall have the meaning assigned to such in the Preamble hereof.

2

“Claims” shall mean any and all property taxes and other taxes, assessments and special assessments, levies, fees and all governmental charges imposed upon or assessed against, and all claims (including, without limitation, landlords’, carriers’, mechanics’, workmen’s, repairmen’s, laborers’, materialmen’s, suppliers’ and warehousemen’s Liens and other claims arising by operation of law) against, all or any portion of the Collateral.

“Collateral” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in SECTION 3.1 hereof, provided, that any reference to “Collateral” in SECTION 11.1, SECTION 11.4, EXHIBIT 3 or EXHIBIT 4 hereto shall also refer to each Mortgaged Property.

“Collateral Agent” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

“Contracts” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, all sale, service, performance, equipment or property lease contracts, agreements and grants and all other contracts, agreements or grants (in each case, whether written or oral, or third party or intercompany), between such Grantor and any other party, and all assignments, amendments, restatements, supplements, extensions, renewals, replacements or modifications thereof.

“Control” shall mean (i) in the case of any Deposit Account, “control,” as such term is defined in Section 9-104 of the UCC, and (ii) in the case of any Security Entitlement, “control,” as such term is defined in Section 8-106 of the UCC.

“Copyrights” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, all copyrights (whether statutory or common Law, whether established or registered in the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof whether registered or unregistered and whether published or unpublished) owned by such Grantor and all owned copyright registrations and applications made by such Grantor, including, without limitation, the registrations and applications listed in Schedule 11(b) of the Perfection Certificate, together with any and all (i) renewals and extensions thereof, (ii) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iii) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (iv) rights to sue for past, present or future infringements thereof.

“Deposit Accounts” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, (i) all “deposit accounts” as such term is defined in the UCC and all accounts and sub-accounts relating to any of such accounts and (ii) all cash, funds, checks, notes and instruments from time to time on deposit in any of the accounts or sub-accounts described in clause (i) of this definition.

“Distributions” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, all dividends, cash, options, warrants, rights, instruments, distributions, returns of capital or principal, income, interest, profits and other property, interests (debt or equity) or proceeds, including as a result of a split, revision, reclassification or other like change of the Pledged Securities, from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed to such Grantor in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes.

3

“Equity Interest” shall mean with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.

“Event of Default” shall mean an “Event of Default” under and as defined in the Indenture or any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement.

“Excluded Property” shall mean the following:

(a) assets located outside the United States to the extent a Lien on such assets cannot be perfected by the filing of UCC financing statements in the jurisdictions of organization of the Issuers and the Guarantors;

(b) assets subject to Liens pursuant to clauses (a) (to the extent such Liens are either (i) described on SCHEDULE IV hereto or (ii) are described on any supplement to such SCHEDULE IV delivered by any Grantor to the Collateral Agent at any time after the date hereof; provided that the aggregate fair market value of all assets subject to the Liens identified on any supplement to SCHEDULE IV subsequent to the date hereof shall not exceed $1,000,000), (d), (g) (to the extent such Lien applies only to the assets acquired or leased pursuant to such Purchase Money Indebtedness or Capital Lease Obligation), (j) or (p) (as it relates to any of the foregoing) of the definition of Permitted Liens, in each case, to the extent the documentation relating to such Liens prohibit such assets from being Collateral and only for so long as such Liens remain outstanding;

(c) (x) the voting Equity Interests of Foreign Subsidiaries in excess of 65% of the voting rights of all such Equity Interests in each such Foreign Subsidiary and (y) any Equity Interests of a Person that is not a Subsidiary of the Parent or the Lead Borrower to the extent that a pledge of such Equity Interests is prohibited by such Person’s Organization Documents;

(d) any owned real property with an individual fair market value (measured at the Issue Date, if owned on the Issue Date, or, at the time of acquisition thereof, if acquired after the Issue Date) not in excess of $5,000,000, and all of the Grantors’ right, title and interest in any leasehold or other non-fee simple interest in any real property of a Grantor (whether owned on the Issue Date or acquired following the Issue Date) (other than the Lancaster Property and the Fayetteville Property);

(e) aircraft, motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title to the extent that a Lien therein cannot be perfected by the filing of UCC financing statements in the jurisdictions of organization of the Grantors;

(f) any property to the extent that the grant of a security interest therein would violate applicable Law, require a consent not obtained of any governmental authority, or constitute a breach of or default under, or result in the termination of or require a consent

4

not obtained under, any contract, lease, license or other agreement evidencing or giving rise to such property, or result in the invalidation of such property or provide any party to such contract, lease, license or agreement with a right of termination of such contract, lease, license or agreement or any other remedy that materially increases (in the good faith judgment of the Parent) the costs or burden of any Grantor thereunder with respect thereto (in each case, after giving effect to applicable provisions of the UCC or other applicable law);

(g) any Equity Interests or other securities of any Subsidiary of the Parent in excess of the maximum amount of such Equity Interests or securities that could be included in the Collateral without creating a requirement pursuant to Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for separate financial statements of such Subsidiary to be included in filings by Tops Holding with the SEC;

(h) (x) deposit accounts the balance of which consists exclusively of withheld income taxes, employment taxes or amounts required to be paid over to employee benefit plans, and (y) segregated deposit accounts constituting and the balance of which consists solely of funds set aside in connection with tax, payroll and trust accounts;

(i) any intellectual property if the grant of a security interest therein would result in the invalidation of any Grantor’s interest therein;

(j) Farm Products and As-Extracted Collateral; and

(k) proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing Excluded Property described in clauses (a) through (j) above only to the extent such proceeds and products would constitute property or assets of the type described in clauses (a) through (j) above;

provided, however, that in each case described in clause (e) of this definition, such property shall constitute “Excluded Property” only to the extent and for so long as such contract, lease, license or other agreement or applicable Law validly prohibits the creation of a Lien on such property in favor of the Collateral Agent and, upon the termination of such prohibition (howsoever occurring), such property shall cease to constitute “Excluded Property”.

“Fayetteville Property” shall mean the land, together with the retail facility and other improvements thereon, located at 5351 N. Burdick Street, Fayetteville, New York.

“General Intangibles” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, all “general intangibles,” as such term is defined in the UCC, of such Grantor and, in any event, shall include, without limitation, (i) all of such Grantor’s rights, title and interest in, to and under all insurance policies and Contracts, (ii) all know-how and warranties relating to any of the Collateral, (iii) any and all other rights, claims, choses-in-action and causes of action of such Grantor against any other Person and the benefits of any and all collateral or other security given by any other Person in connection therewith, (iv) all guarantees, endorsements and indemnifications on, or of, any of the Collateral, (v) all lists, books, records, correspondence, ledgers, print-outs, files (whether in printed form or stored electronically), tapes and other papers or materials containing information relating to any of the Collateral, including, without limitation, all customer or tenant lists, identification of suppliers, data, plans, blueprints, specifications, designs, drawings, appraisals,

5

recorded knowledge, surveys, studies, engineering reports, test reports, manuals, standards, processing standards, performance standards, catalogs, research data, computer and automatic machinery software and programs and the like, field repair data, accounting information pertaining to such Grantor’s operations or any of the Collateral and all media in which or on which any of the information or knowledge or data or records may be recorded or stored and all computer programs used for the compilation or printout of such information, knowledge, records or data, (vi) all licenses, consents, permits, variances, certifications, authorizations and approvals, however characterized, of any Governmental Authority (or any Person acting on behalf of a Governmental Authority) now or hereafter acquired or held by such Grantor pertaining to operations now or hereafter conducted by such Grantor or any of the Collateral including, without limitation, building permits, certificates of occupancy, environmental certificates, industrial permits or licenses and certificates of operation and (vii) all rights to reserves, deferred payments, deposits, refunds, indemnification of claims to the extent the foregoing relate to any Collateral and claims for tax or other refunds against any Governmental Authority relating to any Collateral.

“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

“Grantor” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

“Guarantors” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

“Indenture” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

“Instruments” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, all “instruments,” as such term is defined in Article 9 of the UCC, and shall include, without limitation, all promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange or acceptances.

“Intellectual Property Collateral” shall mean, collectively, Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Licenses; provided, however, that “Intellectual Property Collateral” shall exclude any Excluded Property.

“Intercompany Notes” shall mean, with respect to each Grantor, all intercompany notes described on SCHEDULE I hereto and each intercompany note hereafter acquired by such Grantor and all certificates, instruments or agreements evidencing such intercompany notes, and all assignments, amendments, restatements, supplements, extensions, renewals, replacements or modifications thereof to the extent permitted pursuant to the terms hereof.

“Intercreditor Agreement” means the Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, by and among the ABL Agent, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, as acknowledged by the Issuers and the Guarantors, as amended, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

6

“Investment Property” shall mean a security, whether certificated or uncertificated, security entitlement, securities account, commodity contract or commodity account, excluding, however, the Securities Collateral.

“Issuers” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

“Laws” means each international, foreign, federal, state and local statute, treaty, rule, guideline, regulation, ordinance, code and administrative or judicial precedent or authority, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and each applicable administrative order, directed duty, request, license, authorization and permit of, and agreement with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.

“Lancaster Property” shall mean the land, together with the warehouse distribution center and other improvements thereon, located at 5873/5897 Genesee Street, Lancaster, New York.

“Licenses” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, all license and distribution agreements with, and covenants not to sue, any other party with respect to any Patent, Trademark or Copyright or any other patent, trademark or copyright, whether such Grantor is a licensor or licensee, distributor or distributee under any such license or distribution agreement, together with any and all (i) renewals, extensions and supplements thereof, (ii) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements or violations thereof and (iii) rights to sue for past, present and future violations thereof.

“Material Adverse Effect” shall mean (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, properties, liabilities (actual or contingent) or financial condition of Tops Holding and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the ability of the Grantors (taken as a whole) to perform their obligations under any Note Document or Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement to which they are parties; or (c) a material impairment of the rights and remedies (taken as a whole) of the Secured Parties under any Note Document or Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement or a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against the Grantors (taken as a whole) of any Note Document or Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement to which they are parties. In determining whether any individual event would result in a Material Adverse Effect, notwithstanding that such event in and of itself does not have such effect, a Material Adverse Effect shall be deemed to have occurred if the cumulative effect of such event and all other then existing events would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

“Mortgage” means an agreement, including, but not limited to, a mortgage, deed of trust or any other document creating and evidencing a Lien on a Mortgaged Property in favor of or for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, which shall be in form which is effective to create a Lien in such Mortgaged Property in favor of the Collateral Agent to secure the Secured Obligations that is enforceable against the applicable Grantor and third parties, in each case, with such schedules and including such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable (as determined in good faith by Tops Markets) to conform such document to applicable local law requirements or as shall be customary under applicable local law requirements.

7

“Mortgaged Property” means each Real Estate Asset, if any, which shall be subject to a Mortgage delivered after the Issue Date pursuant to ARTICLE IV.

“Note Documents” means the Notes, the Indenture, the Guarantees, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Notes to the extent constituting Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations.

“Notes” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

“Notes Obligations” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Secured Obligations.”

“Notes Priority Collateral” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

“Organizational Documents” shall mean, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity, and (d) in each case, all shareholder or other equity holder agreements, voting trusts and similar arrangements to which such Person is a party or which is applicable to its Equity Interests and all other arrangements relating to the control or management of such Person.

“Patents” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, all patents issued or assigned to such Grantor and all owned patent applications made by such Grantor (whether registered or recorded in the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof), including, without limitation, those patents, patent applications listed in Schedule 11(a) of the Perfection Certificate, together with any and all (i) inventions and improvements claimed therein, (ii) reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part thereof, (iii) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (v) rights to sue for past, present or future infringements thereof.

“Perfection Certificate” shall mean that certain perfection certificate dated as of the date hereof, executed and delivered by each Grantor in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and each other Perfection Certificate (which shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent) executed and delivered by the applicable Issuer or Guarantor in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of a Joinder Agreement executed in accordance with SECTION 4.5 hereof, in each case, as the same may be amended, amended and restated, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the Indenture and each Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement.

8

“Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement” shall mean an indenture, credit agreement or other agreement under which any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations (other than Additional Notes) are incurred and any notes or other instruments representing such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

“Pledged Interests” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, all Equity Interests of whatever class of any issuer now held or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, including, without limitation, all shares of capital stock and other Equity Interests of the issuers described in SCHEDULE III hereto, together with all rights, privileges, authority and powers of such Grantor relating to such Equity Interests issued by any such issuer under the organizational documents of any such issuer, and the certificates, instruments and agreements representing such Equity Interests and any and all interest of such Grantor in the entries on the books of any financial intermediary pertaining to such Equity Interests, from time to time acquired by such Grantor in any manner; provided, however, that “Pledged Interests” shall exclude any Excluded Property.

“Pledged Securities” shall mean, collectively, the Pledged Interests and the Successor Interests.

“Proceeds”: all “proceeds” as such term is defined in the UCC and, in any event, shall include, without limitation, all dividends or other income from the Pledged Securities, collections thereon or distributions or payments with respect thereto.

“Real Estate Assets” means the Lancaster Property and the Fayetteville Property and at any time of determination, any interest (fee, leasehold or otherwise) then owned by the Issuers or any Guarantor in any real property, provided, however, that “Real Estate Assets” shall exclude any Excluded Property.

“Registration Rights Agreement” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

“Required Secured Parties” shall mean the holders of a majority in aggregate outstanding or committed principal amount of (i) the Notes and (ii) any Indebtedness constituting Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, voting as a single class, in each case, excluding any Notes Obligations or Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations that are required to be disregarded for voting purposes under the Indenture or the applicable Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement.

“Secured Obligations” shall mean any principal, premium, interest (including any interest, fees and expenses accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto,

9

whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, and any fees or expenses owed, by any Grantor, that are payable or arising under any of (i) the Indenture and the Notes (other than any Additional Notes and provisions in the Indenture relating solely to such Additional Notes, except to the extent constituting Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations) or any other Notes Documents, (ii) any Additional Notes to the extent constituting Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations and documentation in the Indenture relating solely to such Additional Notes (together with clause (i), collectively, the “Notes Obligations”) and (iii) any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement and any other documentation relating to the Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations incurred thereunder; provided that obligations in respect of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations (other than obligations with respect to Additional Notes) shall not constitute “Secured Obligations” unless the Additional Pari Passu Agent for the holders of such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations has executed and delivered to the Collateral Agent an Additional Pari Passu Joinder Agreement in the form of EXHIBIT 3 hereto.

“Secured Parties” shall mean, collectively, the Collateral Agent, the Trustee, each Additional Pari Passu Agent, the Holders, the holders of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, and any other holders of Secured Obligations.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the applicable regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to such Act.

“Securities Collateral” shall mean, collectively, the Pledged Securities, the Intercompany Notes and the Distributions.

“Security Documents” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

“Successor Interests” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, all shares of each class of the capital stock of the successor corporation or interests or certificates of the successor limited liability company, partnership or other entity owned by such Grantor (unless such successor is such Grantor itself) formed by or resulting from any consolidation or merger in which any Person listed in Schedule 1(a) of the Perfection Certificate is not the surviving entity; provided, however, that “Successor Interests” shall exclude any Excluded Property.

“Tops Holding” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

“Tops Markets” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

10

“Trademarks” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, all trademarks (including service marks), certification marks, trade dress, uniform resource locations (URLs), domain names, corporate names and trade names, whether registered or unregistered, owned by or assigned to such Grantor and all registrations and applications for the foregoing (whether statutory or common Law and whether established or registered in the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof), together, in each case, with the goodwill exclusively symbolized thereby, including, without limitation, the registrations and applications listed in Schedule 11(a) of the Perfection Certificate, and together with any and all (i) extensions and renewals thereof, (ii) income, fees, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages, claims and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, and (iii) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (iv) rights to sue for past, present and future infringements thereof.

“UCC” or “Uniform Commercial Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided, however, that if a term is defined in Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code differently than in another Article thereof, the term shall have the meaning set forth in Article 9; provided further that, if by reason of mandatory provisions of Law, perfection, or the effect of perfection or non-perfection, of a security interest in any Collateral or the availability of any remedy hereunder is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, “Uniform Commercial Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or effect of perfection or non-perfection or availability of such remedy, as the case may be.

SECTION 1.2. Interpretation. The rules of interpretation specified in the Credit Agreement shall be applicable to this Agreement.

SECTION 1.3. Perfection Certificate. The Collateral Agent and each Grantor agree that the Perfection Certificate and all descriptions of Collateral, schedules, amendments and supplements thereto are and shall at all times remain a part of this Agreement.

ARTICLE II

[RESERVED]

ARTICLE III

GRANT OF SECURITY AND SECURED OBLIGATIONS

SECTION 3.1. Pledge. As collateral security for the payment and performance in full of all the Secured Obligations, each Grantor hereby pledges and grants to the Collateral Agent, for its own benefit and for the benefit of the other Secured Parties, a Lien on and security interest in and to all of the right, title and interest of such Grantor in, to and under all personal property and interests in property, wherever located, and whether now existing or hereafter arising or acquired from time to time (collectively, the “Collateral”), including, without limitation:

(a) all Accounts;

(b) all Equipment, Goods, Inventory and Fixtures;

11

(c) all Documents, Instruments and Chattel Paper;

(d) all Letters of Credit and Letter-of-Credit Rights;

(e) all Securities Collateral;

(f) all Investment Property;

(g) all Intellectual Property Collateral;

(h) the Commercial Tort Claims described in Schedule 12 of the Perfection Certificate;

(i) all General Intangibles;

(j) all Deposit Accounts, the Collateral Account and any Trust Monies;

(k) all Supporting Obligations;

(l) all books and records relating to the Collateral; and

(m) to the extent not covered by clauses (a) through (l) of this sentence, all other personal property of such Grantor, whether tangible or intangible and all Proceeds and products of each of the foregoing and all accessions to, substitutions and replacements for, and rents, profits and products of, each of the foregoing, any and all proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty payable to such Grantor from time to time with respect to any of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in clauses (a) through (m) above, the security interest created by this Agreement shall not extend to, and the term “Collateral” shall not include, any Excluded Property.

SECTION 3.2. Secured Obligations. This Agreement secures, and the Collateral is collateral security for, the payment and performance in full when due of the Secured Obligations.

SECTION 3.3. Security Interest.

(a) Each Grantor hereby irrevocably agrees to file in any relevant jurisdiction in the United States any initial financing statements (including fixture filings) and amendments thereto that contain the information required by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code of each applicable jurisdiction in the United States for the filing of any financing statement or amendment relating to the Collateral to the extent necessary to perfect the Collateral Agent’s Security Interest in the Collateral to the extent such security interest may be perfected by the filing of financing statements under the UCC, including, without limitation, (i) whether such Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to such Grantor, (ii) a description of the Collateral (which Collateral can be described as “all assets of the Grantor, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired” or words of similar

12

effect) and (iii) in the case of a financing statement filed as a fixture filing, a sufficient description of the real property to which such Collateral relates. Each Grantor agrees to provide all information described in the immediately preceding sentence to the Collateral Agent promptly upon request.

Without limiting the obligation of the Grantors set forth in the two preceding sentences, and without imposing any obligation on the Collateral Agent, each Grantor hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent, and appoints the Collateral Agent as its attorney-in-fact, to file in any relevant jurisdiction in the United States any such initial financing statements and amendments thereto relating to the Collateral as the Collateral Agent deems necessary or desirable to perfect, preserve and protect the Collateral Agent’s Security Interests in the Collateral.

(b) Each Grantor hereby ratifies its authorization for the Collateral Agent to file in any relevant jurisdiction in the United States any initial financing statements or amendments thereto relating to the Collateral if filed prior to the date hereof.

(c) Each Grantor hereby agrees to make filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office (the “USPTO”) and United States Copyright Office (the “USCO”) (or any successor office) or other reasonably necessary documents (as determined by Tops Holding in good faith) for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the security interest granted by such Grantor hereunder in any Intellectual Property Collateral, with the signature of such Grantor, and naming such Grantor, as debtor, and the Collateral Agent, as secured party; provided, however, that no such filings shall be made with respect to any Excluded Property.

(d) The parties hereto agree that notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, no Grantor shall be required to take any actions or make any filings with respect to its assets located outside of the United States, other than the filing of UCC financing statements in its jurisdiction of organization.

ARTICLE IV

PERFECTION; SUPPLEMENTS; FURTHER ASSURANCES;

USE OF COLLATERAL

SECTION 4.1. Delivery of Certificated Securities Collateral. Each Grantor represents and warrants that all certificates, agreements or instruments representing or evidencing the Securities Collateral in existence on the date hereof, other than Equity Interests of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of the Issuers with an aggregate market value of less than $2,000 and Equity Interests in Topco Holdings Inc., a cooperative incorporated in the State of Wisconsin (“Topco Holdings, Inc.”), have been delivered to the Collateral Agent, in suitable form for transfer by delivery or accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank and that the Collateral Agent has a perfected security interest therein, subject only to Permitted Liens. Each Grantor hereby agrees that all certificates, agreements or instruments representing or evidencing Securities Collateral acquired by such Grantor after the date hereof, shall promptly (and in any event within 30 days) upon receipt thereof by such Grantor be delivered to and held by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent. All certificated Securities Collateral, other than Equity

13

Interests of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of the Issuers with an aggregate market value of less than $2,000 and Equity Interests in Topco Holdings Inc., shall be in suitable form for transfer by delivery or shall be accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and, prior to the Discharge of ABL Obligations (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), the ABL Agent. The Collateral Agent shall have the right, at any time upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, to endorse, assign or otherwise transfer to or register in the name of the Collateral Agent or any of its nominees or endorse for negotiation any or all of the Securities Collateral, without any indication that such Securities Collateral is subject to the security interest hereunder.

SECTION 4.2. Perfection of Uncertificated Securities Collateral. Each Grantor represents and warrants that the Collateral Agent has a perfected security interest in all uncertificated Pledged Securities pledged by it hereunder that is in existence on the date hereof, subject only to Permitted Liens, and that the applicable Organization Documents do not require the consent of the other shareholders, members, partners or any other Person to permit the Collateral Agent or its designee to be substituted for the applicable Grantor as a shareholder, member, partner or other equity owner, as applicable, thereto. Each Grantor hereby agrees that if any of the Pledged Securities are at any time not evidenced by certificates of ownership, then each applicable Grantor shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Law and upon the request of the Collateral Agent, cause such pledge to be recorded on the equityholder register or the books of the issuer, execute customary pledge forms or other documents necessary or reasonably requested to complete the pledge and give the Collateral Agent the right to transfer such Pledged Securities to the extent that such transfer is permitted under the terms hereof.

SECTION 4.3. Financing Statements and Other Filings; Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest. UCC Financing Statements or other appropriate filings, recordings or registrations containing a description of the Collateral (including, without limitation, the UCC Financing Statements identified on SCHEDULE II hereto) have been or will be timely filed in each governmental, municipal or other office in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) as is necessary to publish notice of and protect the validity of and to establish a legal, valid and perfected security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) in respect of all Collateral in which the Security Interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registration in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and no further or subsequent filing, refiling, recording, rerecording, registration or re-registration is necessary in any such jurisdiction, except as provided under applicable Law with respect to the filing of continuation statements or as a result of any change in a Grantor’s name or jurisdiction of incorporation or formation or under any other circumstances under which, pursuant to the UCC, filings previously made have become misleading or ineffective in whole or in part. Each Grantor agrees that, at the sole cost and expense of the Grantors, (i) such Grantor will maintain the security interest created by this Agreement in the Collateral as a perfected security interest having the priority set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement and shall defend such security interest against the claims and demands of all Persons (other than with respect to Permitted Liens), and (ii) at any time and from time to time, upon the written request of the Collateral Agent, such Grantor shall promptly and duly execute and deliver, and file and have recorded, such further instruments and documents and take such further action as the Collateral Agent may reasonably deem necessary for the purpose of obtaining or preserving the full benefits of this Agreement and the rights

14

and powers herein granted, including the filing of any financing statements, continuation statements and other documents (including this Agreement) under the UCC (or other applicable Laws) in effect in any United States jurisdiction with respect to the security interest created hereby and the execution and delivery of Control Agreements, all in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and in such offices (including, without limitation, the USPTO and the USCO) wherever required by applicable Law to perfect, continue and maintain a valid, enforceable security interest in the Collateral as provided herein and to preserve the other rights and interests granted to the Collateral Agent hereunder, as against third parties (other than with respect to Permitted Liens), with respect to the Collateral.

SECTION 4.4. Other Actions. In order to further insure the attachment, perfection and priority of, and the ability of the Collateral Agent to enforce, the Collateral Agent’s security interest in the Collateral, each Grantor represents, warrants and agrees, in each case at such Grantor’s own expense, with respect to the following Collateral that:

(a) Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper. As of the date hereof (i) no amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral is evidenced by any Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper other than such Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper listed in Schedule 10 of the Perfection Certificate and (ii) each Instrument and each item of Tangible Chattel Paper with an individual face value in excess of $500,000 (or, with respect to all such Instruments or Chattel Paper, an aggregate face value in excess of $2,500,000) listed in Schedule 10 of the Perfection Certificate has been properly endorsed, assigned and delivered to (i) the Collateral Agent, to the extent that the same constitutes Notes Priority Collateral, and (ii) the ABL Agent, to the extent that the same constitutes ABL Priority Collateral, accompanied by instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral shall be evidenced by any Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper with an individual face value in excess of $500,000 (or, with respect to all such Instruments or Chattel Paper, an aggregate face value in excess of $2,500,000), the Grantor acquiring such Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper shall forthwith endorse, assign and deliver the same (i) if the same constitutes Notes Priority Collateral, to the Collateral Agent (with copies to the ABL Agent), and (ii) if the same constitutes ABL Priority Collateral, to the ABL Agent (with copies to the Collateral Agent), accompanied by such instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank.

(b) Investment Property.

(i) If any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire any certificated securities constituting Investment Property (other than any Excluded Property, Equity Interests of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of the Issuers with an aggregate market value of less than $2,000 and Equity Interests in Topco Holdings Inc.), such Grantor shall promptly: endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Collateral Agent, accompanied by such instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent. If any securities now or hereafter acquired by any Grantor constituting Investment Property, other than any Excluded Property, are uncertificated and are issued to such Grantor or its nominee directly by the issuer thereof, such Grantor shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent thereof and, pursuant to an agreement in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent either cause the issuer to agree to comply with instructions as to such securities from the Collateral Agent or arrange for the Collateral Agent to become the registered owner of the securities.

15

(ii) As between the Collateral Agent and the Grantors, the Grantors shall bear the investment risk with respect to the Investment Property and Pledged Securities, and the risk of loss of, damage to, or the destruction of the Investment Property and Pledged Securities, whether in the possession of, or maintained as a security entitlement or deposit by, or subject to the control of, the Collateral Agent, a Securities Intermediary, any Grantor or any other Person.

(c) Commercial Tort Claims. As of the date hereof, it holds no Commercial Tort Claims other than those listed in Schedule 12 of the Perfection Certificate. If any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire a Commercial Tort Claim having a value in excess of $2,500,000, such Grantor shall immediately notify the Collateral Agent in writing signed by such Grantor of the brief details thereof and grant to the Collateral Agent in such writing a security interest therein and in the Proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

(d) Post-Closing Real Estate Collateral; After-Acquired Real Estate Collateral.

(i) Within 120 days after the Issue Date, the Collateral Agent shall have received each of the following documents with respect to the Lancaster Property and the Fayetteville Property, which shall be reasonably satisfactory in form to the Collateral Agent.

(A) Insurance. Policies or certificates of insurance covering the Collateral and Mortgaged Property of the Issuers and the Guarantors, for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, as additional insured and loss payee and mortgagee and shall otherwise bear endorsements of the character reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent.

(B) Mortgage. Fully executed counterparts of each Mortgage which Mortgage shall cover Mortgaged Property, together with evidence that counterparts of such Mortgage have been delivered to any nationally recognizable title insurance company as shall be retained by Tops Holding (the “Title Company”) for recording in all places to the extent reasonably necessary to effectively create a valid and enforceable first priority mortgage lien on the Mortgaged Property in favor of the Collateral Agent for its benefit and the benefit of the Secured Parties, securing the Secured Obligations (provided that in jurisdictions that impose mortgage recording taxes, such Mortgage shall not secure indebtedness in an amount exceeding 100% of the fair market value of the Mortgaged Property, as reasonably determined, in good faith, by Tops Holding).

16

(C) Counsel Opinions. Opinions addressed to the Collateral Agent, of (i) local counsel in the jurisdiction where the Mortgaged Property is located covering customary matters and (ii) counsel for the Issuers regarding due authorization, execution and delivery of the Mortgages.

(D) Title Insurance. With respect to each Mortgage encumbering Mortgaged Property, a policy of title insurance (or commitment to issue such a policy having the effect of a policy of title insurance) insuring (or committing to insure) the lien of such Mortgage as a valid and enforceable first priority mortgage or deed of trust lien on the Mortgaged Property described therein, in an amount not less than 100% of the fair market value of the Mortgaged Property as reasonably determined, in good faith, by Tops Holding (each such policy, the “Mortgage Policy”) issued by such Title Company, which reasonably assures that the Mortgage on such Mortgaged Property is a valid and enforceable mortgage lien on the Mortgaged Property, free and clear of all defects and encumbrances except liens with junior priority subject only to the Permitted Liens set forth in clauses (c)(1), (2), (5), (7) and (h) of the definition of “Permitted Lien” in the Indenture; provided, however, that in the case of clauses (c)(1), (2) (except in the case of taxes which are not yet due and payable) and (7), the Issuers shall bond over or take any other action reasonably necessary or required by the Title Company to delete or insure over any exception relating thereto, and such other liens as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent and shall include such title endorsements as the Collateral Agent shall reasonably request, to the extent available at commercially reasonable rates (excluding endorsements or coverage related to creditors’ rights).

(E) Survey. Survey of each Mortgaged Property (and all improvements thereon) which is (a) (i) prepared by a surveyor or engineer licensed to perform surveys in the jurisdiction where such Mortgaged Property is located, (ii) dated (or redated) not earlier than six months prior to the date of delivery thereof unless there shall have occurred within six months prior to such date of delivery any exterior construction on the site of such Mortgaged Property or any easement, right of way or other interest in the Mortgaged Property has been granted or become effective through operation of law or otherwise with respect to such Mortgaged Property which, in either case, can be depicted on a survey, in which events, as applicable, such survey shall be dated (or redated) after the completion of such construction or if such construction shall not have been completed as of such date of delivery, not earlier than 20 days prior to such date of delivery, or after the grant or effectiveness of any such easement, right of way or other interest in the Mortgaged Property, (iii) certified by the surveyor to the Collateral Agent and the Title Company, (iv) complying in all respects with the minimum detail requirements of the American Land Title Association as such requirements are in effect on the date of preparation of such survey and (v) sufficient for the Title Company to remove all standard survey exceptions from the title insurance policy (or commitment) relating to such Mortgaged Property and issue the endorsements of the type required by clause (D) or otherwise acceptable to the Collateral Agent.

17

(F) Fixture filings. Proper fixture filings under the Uniform Commercial Code on Form UCC-1 for filing under the Uniform Commercial Code in the appropriate jurisdiction in which such Mortgaged Property is located, to the extent reasonably necessary in the jurisdiction in which the Mortgaged Property is located, to perfect the security interests in fixtures purported to be created by the Mortgages in favor of the Collateral Agent for its benefit and the benefit of the Secured Parties.

(G) Required Consents. With respect to each Mortgaged Property, the Issuers shall make commercially reasonable efforts (which shall not include the commencement of litigation or require the payment of any sum of money unless such payment is expressly set forth in the agreement under which consent is sought) to obtain such consents, approvals, amendments, supplements, estoppels, tenant subordination agreements or other instruments, as necessary, in order for the owner or holder of the fee or leasehold interest constituting such Mortgaged Property to grant the Lien contemplated by the Mortgage.

(H) Mortgaged Property Indemnification. With respect to the Mortgaged Property, such affidavits, certificates, instruments of indemnification and other items (including a so-called “gap” indemnification) as shall be reasonably required to induce the Title Company to issue the Mortgage Policy and endorsements contemplated above.

(I) Releases. Evidence of the release of each of the Mortgages encumbering the Property and the Fayetteville Property.

(J) Collateral Fees and Expenses. Evidence of payment by the Issuers of all Mortgage Policy premiums, search and examination charges, mortgage recording taxes, fees, charges, costs and expenses required for the recording of the Mortgage, fixture filings and issuance of the Mortgage Policy referred to above.

(ii) In the event that following the Issue Date, any Grantor shall acquire any fee simple ownership interest in any Real Estate Asset (except to the extent subject to a Lien permitted by clauses (d), (g), (j) or (p) (as it relates to any of the foregoing) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in the Indenture to the extent the documentation relating to such Lien prohibits the granting of a Lien thereon to secure the Secured Obligations) with a Fair Market Value in excess of $5,000,000 as of the date of acquisition (a “Specified Real Property”), such Grantor shall provide a Mortgage in favor of the Collateral Agent in such Specified Real Property within 120 days following the date of acquisition thereof. In the event that any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations are incurred following the date any Mortgage is provided, the Grantors shall notify the Collateral Agent thereof in writing and within 120 days following such incurrence take all such action as may be reasonably required to amend each then existing Mortgage in order to ensure that such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations are secured by such Mortgage. In connection with the provision of any new Mortgage, the related Grantors will, within 120 days, provide all items listed in clauses (A) through (I) of this SECTION 4.4 (each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent). In connection with

18

the provision of any amendment to any Mortgage pursuant to this SECTION 4.4, the related Grantors will, within 120 days, provide a UCC-3 Amendment (if applicable), a title insurance datedown endorsement or new policy if such endorsement is not available, local counsel opinions and evidence of insurance (each in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent).

SECTION 4.5. Joinder of Additional Guarantors. The Grantors shall cause each direct or indirect Subsidiary (whether by acquisition or creation) of any Grantor that is required to become a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 4.08 of the Indenture and/or a similar provision of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement to execute and deliver in favor of the Collateral Agent a supplement to this Agreement in the form of EXHIBIT 1 hereto and, upon such execution and delivery, such Subsidiary shall constitute a “Guarantor” and a “Grantor” for all purposes hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Guarantor, as applicable, and Grantor herein. The rights and obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Guarantor and Grantor as a party to this Agreement.

SECTION 4.6. Supplements; Further Assurances. Each Grantor shall take such further actions, and execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent such additional Mortgages, assignments, agreements, supplements, powers and instruments as are necessary or appropriate, wherever required by Law, in order to perfect, preserve and protect the security interest in the Collateral and Mortgaged Property as provided herein and the rights and interests granted to the Collateral Agent hereunder, to carry into effect the purposes hereof or better to assure and confirm unto the Collateral Agent or permit the Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce its rights, powers and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral or Mortgaged Property. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor shall make, execute, endorse, acknowledge, file or re-file and/or deliver to the Collateral Agent from time to time upon reasonable request such lists, descriptions and designations of the Collateral, copies of warehouse receipts, receipts in the nature of warehouse receipts, bills of lading, documents of title, vouchers, invoices, schedules, confirmatory assignments, supplements, additional security agreements, conveyances, financing statements, transfer endorsements, powers of attorney, certificates, reports and other assurances or instruments. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Collateral Agent may institute and maintain, in its own name or in the name of any Grantor, such suits and proceedings as the Collateral Agent may be advised by counsel shall be necessary or expedient to prevent any impairment of the security interest in or the perfection thereof in the Collateral. All of the foregoing shall be at the sole cost and expense of the Grantors. The Grantors and the Collateral Agent acknowledge that this Agreement is intended to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in and Lien upon the Collateral and shall not constitute or create a present assignment of any of the Collateral.

19

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

Each Grantor represents, warrants and covenants as follows:

SECTION 5.1. Title. No financing statement or other public notice with respect to all or any part of the Collateral is on file or of record in any public office, except such as have been filed in favor of the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement or as are permitted by the Indenture and each Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement. No Person other than the Collateral Agent or, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, the ABL Agent has control or possession of all or any part of the Collateral, except as permitted by the Indenture and each Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement; provided, however, that no Grantor makes any representation or warranty as to the possession or control of any Intellectual Property Collateral that has not been registered or applied for with a Governmental Authority.

SECTION 5.2. Limitation on Liens; Defense of Claims; Transferability of Collateral. Each Grantor is as of the date hereof, and, as to Collateral acquired by it from time to time after the date hereof, such Grantor will be, the sole owner of all Collateral pledged by it hereunder free from any Lien or other right, title or interest of any Person other than the Liens and security interest created by this Agreement and Permitted Liens; provided, however, that no Grantor makes any representation or warranty as to the ownership of any Intellectual Property Collateral that has not been registered or applied for with a Governmental Authority. Each Grantor shall, at its own cost and expense, defend title to the Collateral pledged by it hereunder and the security interest therein and Lien thereon granted to the Collateral Agent and the priority thereof against all claims and demands of all Persons, at its own cost and expense, at any time claiming any interest therein adverse to the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party other than Permitted Liens. Except as permitted by the Indenture and each Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement, there is no agreement, and no Grantor shall enter into any agreement or take any other action, that would restrict the transferability of any of the Collateral or otherwise impair or conflict with such Grantors’ obligations or the rights of the Collateral Agent hereunder.

SECTION 5.3. Chief Executive Office; Change of Name; Jurisdiction of Organization.

(a) The exact legal name, type of organization, jurisdiction of organization, federal taxpayer identification number, organizational identification number and chief executive office of such Grantor is indicated next to its name in Schedules 1(a) and 2 of the Perfection Certificate. Such Grantor shall furnish to the Collateral Agent prompt notice (but in any event not more than thirty (30) days after any change referred to herein) of any change in: (i) any Grantor’s legal name or in any trade name used to identify it in the conduct of its business or in the ownership of its properties; (ii) the location of any Grantor’s chief executive office, its principal place of business, any office in which it maintains books or records relating to Collateral owned by it or any office or facility at which Collateral owned by it is located (including the establishment of any such new office or facility); (iii) any Grantor’s organizational structure; (iv) any Grantors’ jurisdiction of incorporation or formation (in each case, including by merging with or into any other entity, reorganizing, dissolving, liquidating, reorganizing or organizing in any other jurisdiction); or (v) any Grantor’s Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or organizational identification number assigned to it by its state of organization. Such Grantor agrees (A) not to effect or permit any such change unless all filings have been made under the UCC or otherwise that are required in order for the Collateral Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest in all the Collateral (subject to Permitted Liens) and (B) to take all action required to maintain the perfection and priority of the security interest of

20

the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in the Collateral intended to be granted hereunder. Each Grantor agrees to promptly provide the Collateral Agent with certified organizational documents reflecting any of the changes described in the preceding sentence.

(b) The Collateral Agent may rely on opinions of counsel as to whether any or all UCC financing statements of the Grantors need to be amended as a result of any of the changes described in SECTION 5.3(a). The Collateral Agent shall have no duty to inquire about such changes.

SECTION 5.4. [Reserved].

SECTION 5.5. Due Authorization and Issuance. All of the Pledged Interests issued by any Grantor or any Subsidiary thereof have been duly authorized, validly issued and, to the extent applicable, fully paid and non-assessable. There is no amount or other obligation owing by any Grantor to any issuer of the Pledged Interests in exchange for or in connection with the issuance of the Pledged Interests or any Grantor’s status as a partner or a member of any issuer of the Pledged Interests.

SECTION 5.6. No Claims. Such Grantor owns or has rights to use all of the Collateral pledged by it hereunder and all rights with respect to any of the foregoing used in, necessary for or material to such Grantor’s business as currently conducted. The use by such Grantor of such Collateral and all such rights with respect to the foregoing do not infringe on the rights of any Person other than such infringement which would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. No claim has been made and remains outstanding that such Grantor’s use of any Collateral does or may violate the rights of any third Person that would individually, or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.7. No Conflicts, Consents, etc. No consent of any party (including, without limitation, equity holders or creditors of such Grantor) and no consent, authorization, approval, license or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or regulatory body or other Person is required (a) for the pledge by such Grantor of the Collateral pledged by it pursuant to this Agreement or for the execution, delivery or performance hereof by such Grantor, (b) for the exercise by the Collateral Agent of the voting or other rights provided for in this Agreement or (c) for the exercise by the Collateral Agent of the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to this Agreement except, in each case, for such consents which have been obtained prior to the date hereof. Following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, if the Collateral Agent desires to exercise any remedies, voting or consensual rights or attorney-in-fact powers set forth in this Agreement and determines it necessary to obtain any approvals or consents of any Governmental Authority or any other Person therefor, then, upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, such Grantor agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to assist and aid the Collateral Agent to obtain as soon as commercially practicable any necessary approvals or consents for the exercise of any such remedies, rights and powers.

SECTION 5.8. Collateral Information. All information set forth herein, including the schedules annexed hereto, and all information contained in any documents, schedules and lists heretofore delivered to any Secured Party in connection with this Agreement, in each

21

case, relating to the Collateral, is accurate and complete in all material respects. Should any of the information on any of the schedules hereto become inaccurate or misleading in any material respect as a result of changes after the Issue Date, the Grantors shall advise the Collateral Agent in writing of such revisions or updates as may be necessary or appropriate to update or correct the same.

SECTION 5.9. Insurance. Each Grantor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all property insurance policies covering Collateral located in the U.S. and all U.S. general liability insurance policies of the Grantors to name the Collateral Agent as additional insured or loss payee, as applicable and, once obtained, the Grantors shall deliver to the Collateral Agent the original certificates of insurance evidencing that such U.S. property and general liability insurance policies of the Grantors that name the Collateral Agent as additional insured or loss payee, as applicable are in force. Each Grantor hereby irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Collateral Agent (and all officers, employees or agents designated by the Collateral Agent) as such Grantor’s true and lawful agent (and attorney-in-fact), exercisable only after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, for the purpose of making, settling and adjusting claims in respect of the Collateral under policies of insurance, endorsing the name of such Grantor on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment for the proceeds of such policies of insurance and for making all determinations and decisions with respect thereto. In the event that any Grantor at any time or times shall fail to obtain or maintain any of the policies of insurance required hereby or to pay any premium in whole or in part relating thereto, the Collateral Agent may, without waiving or releasing any obligation or liability of the Grantors hereunder or any Default or Event of Default, in its sole discretion, obtain and maintain such policies of insurance and pay such premium and take any other actions with respect thereto as the Collateral Agent deems advisable. All sums disbursed by the Collateral Agent in connection with this SECTION 5.9, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, expenses and other charges relating thereto, shall be payable, upon demand, by the Grantors to the Collateral Agent and shall be additional Secured Obligations secured hereby.

SECTION 5.10. Payment of Taxes; Compliance with Laws; Contested Liens; Claims. Each Grantor represents and warrants that all Claims imposed upon or assessed against the Collateral have been paid and discharged except to the extent such Claims constitute a Lien not yet due and payable or a Permitted Encumbrance. Each Grantor shall comply with all applicable Laws relating to the Collateral the failure to comply with which, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Grantor may at its own expense contest the validity, amount or applicability of any Claims so long as the contest thereof shall be conducted in accordance with, and permitted pursuant to the provisions of, the Indenture and each Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this SECTION 5.10, no contest of any such obligation may be pursued by such Grantor if such contest would expose the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to (a) any possible criminal liability or (b) any additional civil liability for failure to comply with such obligations unless such Grantor shall have furnished a bond or other security therefor satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, or such other Secured Party, as the case may be.

SECTION 5.11. Access to Collateral, Books and Records; Other Information. Such Grantor shall, at any and all times, within a reasonable time after written request by the Collateral Agent, furnish or cause to be furnished to the Collateral Agent, in such manner and in such detail as may be reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent, additional information with respect to the Collateral.

22

ARTICLE VI

CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING SECURITIES COLLATERAL

SECTION 6.1. Pledge of Additional Securities Collateral. Each Grantor shall, upon obtaining any Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes of any Person required to be pledged hereunder, accept the same in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and forthwith deliver (a) to the Collateral Agent a pledge amendment, duly executed by such Grantor, in substantially the form of EXHIBIT 2 hereto (each, a “Pledge Amendment”), and (b) to the Collateral Agent and/or, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, the ABL Agent the certificates and other documents required under SECTION 4.1 and SECTION 4.2 hereof in respect of the additional Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes which are to be pledged pursuant to this Agreement, and confirming the attachment of the Lien hereby created on and in respect of such additional Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes. Each Grantor hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent to attach each Pledge Amendment to this Agreement and agrees that all Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes listed on any Pledge Amendment delivered to the Collateral Agent shall for all purposes hereunder be considered Collateral.

SECTION 6.2. Voting Rights; Distributions; etc.

(a) So long as a Grantor has not received notice that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing:

(i) Such Grantor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and other consensual rights pertaining to the Securities Collateral or any part thereof for any purpose not inconsistent with the terms or purposes hereof, the Indenture and each Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement or any other document evidencing the Secured Obligations.

(ii) Such Grantor shall be entitled to receive and retain, and to utilize free and clear of the Lien hereof, any and all Distributions, but only if and to the extent made in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and each Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement; provided, however, that any and all such Distributions consisting of rights or interests in the form of securities shall be forthwith delivered to hold as Collateral and shall, if received by any Grantor, be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, be segregated from the other property or funds of such Grantor and be forthwith delivered to the Collateral Agent, to hold as Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement).

(iii) The Collateral Agent shall be deemed without further action or formality to have granted to each Grantor all necessary consents relating to voting rights and shall, if necessary, promptly upon written request of any Grantor and at the sole cost and expense of the Grantors, from time to time execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to such Grantor all such instruments as such Grantor may reasonably request in order to permit such Grantor to exercise the voting and other rights which it is entitled to exercise pursuant to SECTION 6.2(a)(i) hereof and to receive the Distributions which it is authorized to receive and retain pursuant to SECTION 6.2(a)(ii) hereof.

23

(b) Upon a Grantor’s receipt of notice that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all rights of each Grantor to exercise the voting and other consensual rights it would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to SECTION 6.2(a) hereof without any action, other than, in the case of any Securities Collateral, or the giving of any notice shall immediately cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested, in the Collateral Agent, who shall thereupon have the sole right to exercise such voting and other consensual rights; provided that the Collateral Agent, shall have the right, in its sole discretion, from time to time following the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default to permit such Grantor to exercise such rights under SECTION 6.2(a).

(c) Upon a Grantor’s receipt of notice that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all rights of each Grantor to receive Distributions which it would otherwise be authorized to receive and retain pursuant to SECTION 6.2(a)(ii) hereof shall cease and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Agent, which shall thereupon have the sole right to receive and hold as Collateral such Distributions. After such Event of Default is no longer continuing, each Grantor shall have the right to exercise the voting, managerial and other consensual rights and powers that it would otherwise be entitled to pursuant to SECTION 6.2(a) hereof and receive the payments, proceeds, dividends, distributions, monies, compensation, property, assets, instruments or rights which it would be authorized to receive and retain pursuant to SECTION 6.2(a)(ii).

(d) Each Grantor shall, at its sole cost and expense, from time to time execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent appropriate instruments as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request in order to permit the Collateral Agent to exercise the voting and other rights which it may be entitled to exercise pursuant to SECTION 6.2(b) hereof and to receive all Distributions which it may be entitled to receive under SECTION 6.2(c) hereof.

(e) All Distributions which are received by any Grantor contrary to the provisions of SECTION 6.2(c) hereof shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, shall be segregated from other funds of such Grantor and shall immediately be delivered to the Collateral Agent in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and each Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement).

SECTION 6.3. Organizational Documents. Each Grantor has delivered to the Collateral Agent or its representatives true, correct and complete copies of its Organization Documents. The Organization Documents are in full force and effect, have not as of the date hereof been amended or modified except as disclosed to the Collateral Agent.

SECTION 6.4. Defaults, Etc. Such Grantor is not in default in the payment of any portion of any mandatory capital contribution, if any, required to be made under any agreement to which such Grantor is a party relating to the Pledged Securities pledged by it. No Securities Collateral pledged by such Grantor is subject to any defense, offset or counterclaim, nor

24

have any of the foregoing been asserted or alleged against such Grantor by any Person with respect thereto, and as of the date hereof, there are no certificates, instruments, documents or other writings (other than the Organization Documents and certificates, if any, delivered to the Collateral Agent) which evidence any Pledged Securities of such Grantor.

SECTION 6.5. Certain Agreements of Grantors As Issuers and Holders of Equity Interests.

(a) In the case of each Grantor which is an issuer of Securities Collateral, such Grantor agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement relating to the Securities Collateral issued by it and will comply with such terms insofar as such terms are applicable to it.

(b) In the case of each Grantor which is a partner in a partnership, limited liability company or other entity, such Grantor hereby consents to the extent required by the applicable Organization Document to the pledge by each other Grantor, pursuant to the terms hereof, of the Pledged Interests in such partnership, limited liability company or other entity and, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to the transfer of such Pledged Interests to the Collateral Agent or its nominee and to the substitution of the Collateral Agent or its nominee as a substituted partner or member in such partnership, limited liability company or other entity with all the rights, powers and duties of a general partner or a limited partner or member, as the case may be.

ARTICLE VII

CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING INTELLECTUAL

PROPERTY COLLATERAL

SECTION 7.1. Grant of License. Without limiting the rights of the Collateral Agent as the holder of a Lien on the Intellectual Property Collateral, for the purpose of enabling the Collateral Agent, solely upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to exercise rights and remedies under ARTICLE IX hereof at such time as the Collateral Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, and for no other purpose, each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, to the extent assignable, a non-exclusive license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to such Grantor) to use, assign, license or sublicense any of the Intellectual Property Collateral now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, wherever the same may be located, including in such license access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer programs used for the compilation or printout hereof.

SECTION 7.2. Registrations. Except pursuant to licenses and other agreements that are not material licenses and other agreements entered into by any Grantor that are listed in Schedule 11(a) or Schedule 11(b) of the Perfection Certificate, as applicable, and except the inherent uncertainty with respect to a Governmental Authority’s ultimate granting (whether by issuing or registering) of any pending Patent, Trademark or Copyright application and the validity of any such application, on and as of the date hereof, (a) each Grantor owns and possesses the right to use, and has done nothing to authorize or enable any other Person to use, any material Copyright, Patent or Trademark listed in Schedules 11(a) or 11(b) of the Perfection Certificate, as applicable, and (b) all registrations listed in Schedules 11(a) and 11(b) of the Perfection Certificate, as applicable, are valid and in full force and effect.

25

SECTION 7.3. No Violations or Proceedings. To each Grantor’s knowledge, on and as of the date hereof, there is no material violation or infringement by others of any right of such Grantor with respect to any Copyright, Patent or Trademark listed in Schedules 11(a) or 11(b) of the Perfection Certificate, respectively, pledged by it under the name of such Grantor.

SECTION 7.4. Protection of Collateral Agent’s Security. On a continuing basis, each Grantor shall, at its sole cost and expense, (a) promptly following its becoming aware thereof, notify the Collateral Agent of (i) any adverse determination in any proceeding in the USPTO or the USCO with respect to any material Patent, Trademark or Copyright or (ii) the institution of any proceeding or any adverse determination in any federal, state or local court or administrative body regarding such Grantor’s claim of ownership in or right to use any material Patent, Trademark or Copyright, (b) maintain and protect the Intellectual Property Collateral material to the use and operation of the Collateral as presently used and operated, except for any such Intellectual Property Collateral that such Grantor believes, in its reasonable business judgment, should not be maintained or protected, (c) not settle or compromise any pending or future litigation or administrative proceeding with respect to such Intellectual Property Collateral, in each case except as shall be consistent with commercially reasonable business judgment and (d) with respect to any federally registered Intellectual Property Collateral, of which any Grantor obtains ownership of after the date hereof, such Grantor shall, on an annual basis within thirty (30) days of each anniversary of the effective date of this Agreement, (i) provide to the Collateral Agent written notice of any such items of Intellectual Property Collateral and (ii) confirm the attachment of the Lien and security interest created by this Agreement to any such items by execution and filing of an instrument in form reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent.

SECTION 7.5. After-Acquired Property. If any Grantor shall, at any time prior to the release of the Security Interest, obtain any rights to any additional Intellectual Property Collateral, the provisions hereof shall automatically apply thereto and any such item with respect to such Grantor shall automatically constitute Intellectual Property Collateral if such would have constituted Intellectual Property Collateral at the time of execution hereof and be subject to the Lien and security interest created by this Agreement without further action by any party.

SECTION 7.6. Litigation. Upon the occurrence and solely during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Collateral Agent shall have the right but shall in no way be obligated to file applications for protection of the Intellectual Property Collateral and/or bring suit to enforce the Intellectual Property Collateral and any license thereunder. In the event of such suit, each Grantor shall, at the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, do any and all lawful acts and execute any and all documents requested by the Collateral Agent in aid of such enforcement.

26

ARTICLE VIII

[RESERVED]

ARTICLE IX

REMEDIES

SECTION 9.1. Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Collateral Agent may from time to time in respect of the Collateral, in addition to the other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it:

(a) Personally, or by agents or attorneys, immediately take possession of the Collateral or any part thereof, from any Grantor or any other Person who then has possession of any part thereof with or without notice or process of law, and for that purpose may enter upon any Grantor’s premises where any of the Collateral is located, remove such Collateral, remain present at such premises to receive copies of all communications and remittances relating to the Collateral and use in connection with such removal and possession any and all services, supplies, aids and other facilities of any Grantor;

(b) Demand, sue for, collect or receive any money or property at any time payable or receivable in respect of the Collateral, including, without limitation, instructing the obligor or obligors on any agreement, instrument or other obligation constituting part of the Collateral to make any payment required by the terms of such agreement, instrument or other obligation directly to the Collateral Agent, and in connection with any of the foregoing, compromise, settle, extend the time for payment and make other modifications with respect thereto; provided, however, that in the event that any such payments are made directly to any Grantor, prior to receipt by any such obligor of such instruction, such Grantor shall segregate all amounts received pursuant thereto in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and shall promptly pay such amounts to the Collateral Agent;

(c) Sell, assign, grant a license to use or otherwise liquidate, or direct any Grantor to sell, assign, grant a license to use or otherwise liquidate, any and all investments made in whole or in part with the Collateral or any part thereof, and take possession of the proceeds of any such sale, assignment, license or liquidation;

(d) Take possession of the Collateral or any part thereof, by directing any Grantor in writing to deliver the same to the Collateral Agent at any place or places so designated by the Collateral Agent, in which event such Grantor shall at its own expense: (i) forthwith cause the same to be moved to the place or places designated by the Collateral Agent and therewith delivered to the Collateral Agent; (ii) store and keep any Collateral so delivered to the Collateral Agent at such place or places pending further action by the Collateral Agent; and (iii) while the Collateral shall be so stored and kept, provide such security and maintenance services as shall be necessary to protect the same and to preserve and maintain them in good condition. Each Grantor’s obligation to deliver the Collateral as contemplated in this SECTION 9.1 is of the essence hereof. Upon application to a court of equity having jurisdiction, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to a decree requiring specific performance by any Grantor of such obligation;

27

(e) Withdraw all moneys, instruments, securities and other property in any bank, financial securities, deposit or other account of any Grantor constituting Collateral (including Trust Monies in the Collateral Account) for application to the Secured Obligations as provided in ARTICLE X hereof;

(f) Retain and apply the Distributions to the Secured Obligations as provided in ARTICLE X hereof;

(g) Exercise any and all rights as beneficial and legal owner of the Collateral, including, without limitation, perfecting assignment of and exercising any and all voting, consensual and other rights and powers with respect to any Collateral; and

(h) Exercise all the rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC, and the Collateral Agent may also in its sole discretion, without notice except as specified in SECTION 9.2 hereof, sell, assign or grant a license to use the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any exchange, broker’s board or at any of the Collateral Agent’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, and at such price or prices and upon such other terms as the Collateral Agent may deem commercially reasonable. The Collateral Agent or any other Grantor or any of their respective Affiliates may be the purchaser, licensee, assignee or recipient of any or all of the Collateral at any such sale and shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold, assigned or licensed at such sale, to use and apply any of the Secured Obligations owed to such Person as a credit on account of the purchase price of any Collateral payable by such Person at such sale. Each purchaser, assignee, licensee or recipient at any such sale shall acquire the property sold, assigned or licensed absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, all rights of redemption, stay and/or appraisal which it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted. The Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given. The Collateral Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. To the fullest extent permitted by Law, each Grantor hereby waives any claims against the Collateral Agent arising by reason of the fact that the price at which any Collateral may have been sold, assigned or licensed at such a private sale was less than the price which might have been obtained at a public sale, even if the Collateral Agent accepts the first offer received and does not offer such Collateral to more than one offeree.

SECTION 9.2. Notice of Sale. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that, to the extent notice of sale or other disposition of Collateral shall be required by applicable Law and unless the Collateral is perishable or threatens to decline speedily in value, or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market (in which event the Collateral Agent shall provide such

28

Grantor such advance notice as may be practicable under the circumstances), ten (10) days’ prior notice to such Grantor of the time and place of any public sale or of the time after which any private sale or other intended disposition is to take place shall be commercially reasonable notification of such matters. No notification need be given to any Grantor if it has signed, after the occurrence of an Event of Default, a statement renouncing or modifying (as permitted under Law) any right to notification of sale or other intended disposition.

SECTION 9.3. Waiver of Notice and Claims. Each Grantor hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, notice or judicial hearing in connection with the Collateral Agent’s taking possession or the Collateral Agent’s disposition of any of the Collateral, including, without limitation, any and all prior notice and hearing for any prejudgment remedy or remedies and any such right which such Grantor would otherwise have under Law, and each Grantor hereby further waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law: (a) all damages occasioned by such taking of possession; (b) all other requirements as to the time, place and terms of sale or other requirements with respect to the enforcement of the Collateral Agent’s rights hereunder; and (c) all rights of redemption, appraisal, valuation, stay, extension or moratorium now or hereafter in force under any applicable Law. The Collateral Agent shall not be liable for any incorrect or improper payment made pursuant to this ARTICLE IX in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct. Any sale of, or the grant of options to purchase, or any other realization upon, any Collateral shall operate to divest all right, title, interest, claim and demand, either at law or in equity, of the applicable Grantor therein and thereto, and shall be a perpetual bar both at law and in equity against such Grantor and against any and all Persons claiming or attempting to claim the Collateral so sold, optioned or realized upon, or any part thereof, from, through or under such Grantor.

SECTION 9.4. Certain Sales of Collateral.

(a) Each Grantor recognizes that, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in law, rules, regulations or orders of any Governmental Authority, the Collateral Agent may be compelled, with respect to any sale of all or any part of the Collateral, to limit purchasers to those who meet the requirements of such Governmental Authority. Each Grantor acknowledges that any such sales may be at prices and on terms less favorable to the Collateral Agent than those obtainable through a public sale without such restrictions, and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such restricted sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner and that, except as may be required by applicable Law, the Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to engage in public sales.

(b) Each Grantor recognizes that, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act, and applicable state securities Laws, the Collateral Agent may be compelled, with respect to any sale of all or any part of the Securities Collateral and Investment Property, to limit purchasers to Persons who will agree, among other things, to acquire such Securities Collateral or Investment Property for their own account, for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Grantor acknowledges that any such private sales may be at prices and on terms less favorable to the Collateral Agent than those obtainable through a public sale without such restrictions (including, without limitation, a public offering made pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act), and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such private sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially

29

reasonable manner and that the Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to engage in public sales and no obligation to delay the sale of any Securities Collateral or Investment Property for the period of time necessary to permit the issuer thereof to register it for a form of public sale requiring registration under the Securities Act or under applicable state securities Laws, even if such issuer would agree to do so.

(c) If the Collateral Agent determines to exercise its right to sell any or all of the Securities Collateral or Investment Property, upon written request, the applicable Grantor shall from time to time furnish to the Collateral Agent all such information as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request in order to determine the number of securities included in the Securities Collateral or Investment Property which may be sold by the Collateral Agent as exempt transactions under the Securities Act and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, as the same are from time to time in effect.

(d) Each Grantor further agrees that a breach of any of the covenants contained in this SECTION 9.4 will cause irreparable injury to the Collateral Agent and the other Grantors, that the Collateral Agent and the other Grantors have no adequate remedy at law in respect of such breach and, as a consequence, that each and every covenant contained in this SECTION 9.4 shall be specifically enforceable against such Grantor, and such Grantor hereby waives and agrees not to assert any defenses against an action for specific performance of such covenants except for a defense that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

SECTION 9.5. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.

(a) No failure on the part of the Collateral Agent to exercise, no course of dealing with respect to, and no delay on the part of the Collateral Agent in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy; nor shall the Collateral Agent be required to look first to, enforce or exhaust any other security, collateral or guaranties. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies provided by Law.

(b) In the event that the Collateral Agent shall have instituted any proceeding to enforce any right, power or remedy under this Agreement by foreclosure, sale, entry or otherwise, and such proceeding shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Collateral Agent, then and in every such case, the Grantors, the Collateral Agent and each other Secured Party shall be restored to their respective former positions and rights hereunder with respect to the Collateral, and all rights, remedies and powers of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties shall continue as if no such proceeding had been instituted.

30

ARTICLE X

APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS

SECTION 10.1. Application of Proceeds. Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, the proceeds received by the Collateral Agent in respect of any sale of, collection from or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral or Mortgaged Property pursuant to the exercise by the Collateral Agent of its remedies shall be applied, together with any other sums then held by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement and any other Security Document or in the Collateral Account, against the Secured Obligations in the order set forth in EXHIBIT 4 hereto.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 11.1. Concerning Collateral Agent.

(a) Duties of The Collateral Agent.

(i) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Collateral Agent has received written notice thereof from an Issuer, the Trustee or any Additional Pari Passu Agent, the Collateral Agent may exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Agreement and the Security Documents, and shall use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs; provided that, subject to the limitations on the obligations of the Collateral Agent to take actions as provided herein, in the Indenture or any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall exercise, or refrain from exercising, any remedies provided for herein, in accordance with the written instructions of the Required Secured Parties;

(ii) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(A) the duties of the Collateral Agent shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Agreement and the Collateral Agent need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Agreement and the other Security Documents and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Agreement or the Security Documents against the Collateral Agent; and

(B) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Collateral Agent may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Collateral Agent.

(iii) The Collateral Agent may not be relieved from liability for its own gross negligent action, its own grossly negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(A) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (ii) or (v) of this SECTION 11.1(a);

(B) the Collateral Agent shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by an officer of the Collateral Agent, unless it is proved that the Collateral Agent was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

31

(C) the Collateral Agent shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it at the direction of the Required Secured Parties, or for the method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Collateral Agent, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Collateral Agent, under this Agreement or any other Security Document.

(iv) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Agreement or any provision of any other Security Document that in any way relates to the Collateral Agent is subject to paragraphs (i), (ii), (iii), (v) and (vi) of this SECTION 11.1(a).

(v) No provision of this Agreement or any other Security Document shall require the Collateral Agent to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability.

(vi) The Collateral Agent shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Collateral Agent may agree in writing with the Grantors. Money held in trust by the Collateral Agent need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

(b) Rights of the Collateral Agent.

(i) The Collateral Agent may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Collateral Agent need not investigate any fact or matter stated in any such document. The Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to communicate with or deal in any way with any Secured Party other than the Trustee and any Additional Pari Passu Agent. In determining (x) the amount of Secured Obligations outstanding under the Indenture or any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement or (y) whether the consent of any Secured Party to any amendment, waiver or other action under this Agreement or any other Security Document has been obtained, the Collateral Agent may conclusively rely on any statement by the Trustee or the applicable Additional Pari Passu Agent as to such matter.

(ii) The Collateral Agent may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any attorney or agent appointed with due care.

(iii) The Collateral Agent shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Agreement or any other Security Document. Whenever in the administration of this Agreement or any Security Document the Collateral Agent shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Collateral Agent (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officers’ Certificate.

(iv) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement or any other Security Document, any demand, request, direction or notice from any Grantor shall be sufficient if evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate.

32

(v) The Collateral Agent shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Agreement or any other Security Document at the request or direction of any of the Secured Parties unless such Secured Parties shall have offered to the Collateral Agent reasonable security and indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

(vi) The Collateral Agent shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or documents, but the Collateral Agent, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Collateral Agent shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice the books, records and premises of any Grantor, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Grantors, and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(vii) The rights, privileges, protections and benefits given to the Collateral Agent, including, without limitation, its rights to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Collateral Agent in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Persons employed to act hereunder or under any Security Document.

(viii) The Collateral Agent may request that the Issuers deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Agreement or any other Security Document, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded

(ix) The permissive right of the Collateral Agent to take or refrain from taking any actions enumerated in this Agreement or any other Security Document shall not be construed as a duty.

(c) Individual Rights of Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Secured Obligations and may otherwise deal with any Grantor or any Affiliate of any Grantor with the same rights it would have if it were not Collateral Agent.

(d) Collateral Agent’s Disclaimer. The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Agreement or any other Security Document, or the existence, genuineness, value or protection of any Collateral (except for the safe custody of Collateral in its possession and the accounting for Trust Monies actually received by it in accordance with the terms hereof), the legality, effectiveness or sufficiency of any Security Document, or the creation, perfection, priority, sufficiency or protection of any Lien on any Collateral, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital in this Agreement or any other Security Document.

33

(e) Replacement of Collateral Agent. A resignation or removal of the Collateral Agent and appointment of a successor Collateral Agent shall become effective only upon the successor Collateral Agent’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this SECTION 11.1(e). The Collateral Agent may resign in writing at any time by so notifying the Issuers, the Trustee and each Additional Pari Passu Agent. The Issuers may remove the Collateral Agent if:

(i) the Collateral Agent is removed as Trustee under the Indenture;

(ii) the Collateral Agent fails to comply with SECTION 11.1(g) hereof;

(iii) the Collateral Agent is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Collateral Agent under the Bankruptcy Code;

(iv) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Collateral Agent or its property; or

(v) the Collateral Agent becomes incapable of acting.

If the Collateral Agent resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Collateral Agent for any reason, the Issuers shall promptly appoint a successor Collateral Agent which complies with any eligibility requirements contained in the Indenture and each Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement.

If a successor Collateral Agent does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Collateral Agent resigns or is removed, the retiring Collateral Agent, Tops Markets or the holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding principal amount of Secured Obligations may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Collateral Agent.

A successor Collateral Agent shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Collateral Agent and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Collateral Agent shall become effective, and the successor Collateral Agent shall have all the rights, powers and the duties of the Collateral Agent under this Agreement and the other Security Documents. The successor Collateral Agent shall mail a notice of its succession to the Trustee and each Additional Pari Passu Agent. The retiring Collateral Agent shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Collateral Agent to the successor Collateral Agent.

(f) Successor Collateral Agent by Merger, Etc. If the Collateral Agent consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another Person, the successor Person without any further act shall be the successor Collateral Agent under this Agreement and the other Security Documents.

(g) Eligibility. There shall at all times be a Collateral Agent hereunder that (i) meets the requirements for being a trustee under the Indenture (prior to the discharge or defeasance of the Indenture) and (ii) following the discharge or defeasance of the Indenture, meets the requirements for being the Additional Pari Passu Agent under any then extant Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement.

34

(h) Co-Collateral Agent; Separate Collateral Agent. At any time or times, for the purpose of meeting the legal requirements of any jurisdiction in which any of the Collateral may at the time be located, the Issuers and the Collateral Agent shall have power to appoint agents and sub-agents to the extent permitted under the Indenture and each Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement.

SECTION 11.2. Collateral Agent May Perform; Collateral Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact. If any Grantor shall fail to perform any covenants contained in this Agreement, in any of the Security Documents or in the Indenture and each Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement or if any warranty on the part of any Grantor contained herein shall be breached, the Collateral Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) do the same or cause it to be done or remedy any such breach, and may expend funds for such purpose; provided, however, that Collateral Agent shall in no event be bound to inquire into the validity of any tax, Lien, imposition or other obligation which such Grantor fails to pay or perform as and when required hereby and which such Grantor does not contest in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and each Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement. Neither the provisions of this SECTION 11.2 nor any action taken by Collateral Agent pursuant to the provisions of this SECTION 11.2 shall prevent any such failure to observe any covenant contained in this Agreement nor any breach of warranty from constituting an Event of Default. Each Grantor hereby appoints the Collateral Agent its attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor, or otherwise, from time to time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default in the Collateral Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument consistent with the terms of the Indenture and each Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement and the other Security Documents which the Collateral Agent may deem necessary to accomplish the purposes hereof. The foregoing grant of authority is a power of attorney coupled with an interest and such appointment shall be irrevocable for the term hereof. Each Grantor hereby ratifies all that such attorney shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

SECTION 11.3. [Reserved].

SECTION 11.4. Continuing Security Interest; Assignment. This Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Collateral (other than any Mortgaged Property) and shall (a) remain in full force and effect until the Security Interest is permitted to be terminated in full with respect to all Note Obligations under the Note Documents and with respect to Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations under each applicable Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement (the “Discharge of Obligations”), (b) be binding upon each of the Grantors, and their respective successors and assigns, and (c) inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Collateral Agent, and its successors, transferees and assigns. Upon the Discharge of Obligations, the Security Interest granted hereby shall terminate and all rights to the Collateral shall revert to Grantors or any other Person entitled thereto. No transfer, renewal, extension or assignment of this Agreement, any other Security Document or any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement, or any other instrument or document executed and delivered by any Grantor to Collateral Agent, nor the taking of further security, nor the retaking of the Collateral by Collateral Agent, nor any other act of any Secured Party shall release any of Grantors from any obligation under this Agreement or any other Security Document. The Collateral Agent shall not by any act, delay, omission or otherwise, be deemed to have waived any of its rights or remedies

35

hereunder, unless such waiver is in writing and signed by Collateral Agent and then only to the extent therein set forth. A waiver by Collateral Agent of any right or remedy on any occasion shall not be construed as a bar to the exercise of any such right or remedy which Collateral Agent would otherwise have had on any other occasion. In addition, the Security Interests granted hereunder and the Liens granted under any of the other Security Documents shall terminate and be released, in whole or in part, (i) as to the Notes Obligations, as provided in the Indenture and (ii) as to the Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations under any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement, as provided in such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement. Collateral shall be released from the Security Interest under this Agreement and the Lien under any of the other Security Documents as provided in (i) the Indenture with respect to Liens securing the Notes Obligations and (ii) each Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement relating to Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations with respect to Liens securing such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations. The Grantors may file appropriate termination statements, mortgage releases satisfactions and re-conveyances, and other filings to terminate or evidence the termination of the Security Interests in and Liens on any assets that have been released from the Security Interest under this Agreement and the Liens under any other Security Documents in accordance with this SECTION 11.4 and, at the Grantors’ expense, the Collateral Agent shall return all Collateral in its possession to the Grantors and shall execute any termination, amendment, mortgage release, satisfaction or re-conveyance, required or desirable to terminate or evidence the termination of the Security Interest in or Lien on any property or assets released from the Security Interest under this Agreement or any Lien released under any other Security Document.

SECTION 11.5. Termination; Release.

(a) With respect to (i) SECTION 11.4 and the release of Liens on the Collateral securing the Notes Obligations, the Collateral Agent shall comply with any direction given to it by the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.04 of the Indenture, and (ii) SECTION 11.4 and the release of Liens on the Collateral securing Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations under any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall comply with any direction given to it by the applicable Additional Pari Passu Agent pursuant to any similar provision of such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement; provided in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) that such direction is not inconsistent with this Agreement.

(b) Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, upon any release of Collateral or Mortgaged Property in accordance with the provisions of SECTION 11.4, the Collateral Agent shall, upon the request and at the sole cost and expense of the Grantors, assign, transfer and deliver to the Grantors, against receipt and without recourse to or warranty by the Collateral Agent except as to the fact that the Collateral Agent has not encumbered the released assets, such of the Collateral or Mortgaged Property to be released (in the case of a release) as may be in possession of the Collateral Agent and as shall not have been sold or otherwise applied pursuant to the terms hereof, and, with respect to any other Collateral or Mortgaged Property, proper documents and instruments (including UCC-3 termination statements or releases) acknowledging the termination hereof or the release of such Collateral or Mortgaged Property, as the case may be.

36

SECTION 11.6. Modification in Writing. No modification of any terms of this Agreement or any other Security Document (including any waiver thereof) shall be effective, unless such modification is specifically provided in a writing directed to the applicable Grantor and executed by the Collateral Agent with the consent of such Secured Parties, if any, required by (i) the Indenture and (ii) any Additional Pari Passu Agreement, and such modification shall be applicable only to the matter specified. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement, and no consent to any departure by any of Grantors herefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Collateral Agent, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

SECTION 11.7. Notices. All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be given in the form and manner and delivered to the Collateral Agent or the Trustee at its address specified in the Indenture, to any of the Grantors at their respective addresses specified in the Indenture and to any Additional Pari Passu Agent, to it at the address specified in the applicable Additional Pari Passu Joinder Agreement or, as to any party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties.

SECTION 11.8. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

SECTION 11.9. CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; SERVICE OF PROCESS; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

(a) EACH GRANTOR IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH GRANTOR IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH GRANTOR AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT ANY SECURED PARTY MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AGAINST ANY GRANTOR OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

(b) EACH GRANTOR IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF

37

ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (A) OF THIS SECTION. EACH GRANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

(c) EACH GRANTOR AGREES THAT ANY ACTION COMMENCED BY ANY GRANTOR ASSERTING ANY CLAIM OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER NOTE DOCUMENT SHALL BE BROUGHT SOLELY IN A COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY OR ANY FEDERAL COURT SITTING THEREIN.

(d) EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 11.7. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

(e) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER NOTE DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

SECTION 11.10. Severability of Provisions. Any provision hereof which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 11.11. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements hereto may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

SECTION 11.12. No Release. Nothing set forth in this Agreement shall relieve any Grantor from the performance of any term, covenant, condition or agreement on such Grantor’s part to be performed or observed under or in respect of any of the Collateral or from any liability to any Person under or in respect of any of the Collateral or shall impose any obligation on the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to perform or observe any such term, covenant,

38

condition or agreement on such Grantor’s part to be so performed or observed or shall impose any liability on the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party for any act or omission on the part of such Grantor relating thereto or for any breach of any representation or warranty on the part of such Grantor contained in this Agreement, the Indenture and each Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement or the other Note Documents, or under or in respect of the Collateral or made in connection herewith or therewith. The obligations of each Grantor contained in this SECTION 11.12 shall survive the termination hereof and the discharge of such Grantor’s other obligations under this Agreement, the Indenture and each Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement and the other Note Documents.

SECTION 11.13. Obligations Absolute. All obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of:

(a) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment, composition, liquidation or the like of any Grantor;

(b) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Indenture and each Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement or any other Note Document, or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(c) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Secured Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Indenture and each Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement or any other Note Document or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(d) any pledge, exchange, release or non-perfection of any other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to any departure from any guarantee, for all or any of the Secured Obligations;

(e) any exercise, non-exercise or waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege under or in respect hereof, the Indenture and each Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement or any other Note Document except as specifically set forth in a waiver granted pursuant to the provisions of SECTION 11.6 hereof; or

(f) any other circumstances which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Grantor (other than indefeasible payment in full in cash of Secured Obligations).

SECTION 11.14. Intercreditor Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Liens and security interests granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement, and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Collateral Agent hereunder, are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.

39

SECTION 11.15. Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Obligations. On or after the Issue Date, the Issuers may from time to time designate additional obligations as Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations by delivering to the Collateral Agent, the Trustee and each Additional Pari Passu Agent (a) an Officer’s Certificate (i) identifying the obligations so designated and the aggregate principal amount or face amount thereof, stating that such obligations are designated as “Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations” for purposes hereof, (ii) representing that such designation complies with the terms of the Indenture and each then extant Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement, and (iii) specifying the name and address of the Additional Pari Passu Agent for such obligations (if other than the Trustee); (b) except in the case of Additional Notes, a fully executed Additional Pari Passu Joinder Agreement (in the form attached as Annex 2); and (c) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the designation of such obligations as “Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations” does not violate the terms of the Indenture or any then extant Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement (upon which the Collateral Agent may conclusively and exclusively rely) subject to the qualifications specified therein.

SECTION 11.16. Incorporation by Reference. In connection with its execution and acting hereunder, the Collateral Agent is entitled to all rights, privileges, benefits, protections, immunities and indemnities provided to it under the Indenture.

By accepting the benefits of this Agreement and the other Security Documents, each Secured Party agrees that it is bound by (i) the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement applicable to such Secured Party and (ii) the provisions of EXHIBIT 4 hereto.

SECTION 11.17. Certain Directions. The Collateral Agent shall comply with any direction to enter into amendments to the Intercreditor Agreement or an additional intercreditor agreement with the agent for the holders of any ABL Obligations given to it by (A) the Trustee pursuant to Section 10.01 of the Indenture or (B) any Additional Pari Passu Agent pursuant to any similar provision of a Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement, provided in the case of clause (A) and (B) that such direction is not inconsistent with this Agreement or the Indenture.

SECTION 11.18. ABL Priority Collateral. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, prior to the Discharge of ABL Obligations (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), the requirements of this Agreement to deliver or grant control over ABL Priority Collateral to the Collateral Agent shall be deemed satisfied by delivery of or granting control over such ABL Priority Collateral to the ABL Agent as bailee for the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

40

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantors and the Collateral Agent have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

TOPS MARKETS, LLC, as a Grantor
By:
Name:
Title:
TOPS HOLDING CORPORATION, as a Grantor
By:
Name:
Title:
TOPS GIFT CARD COMPANY, LLC, as a Grantor
By:
Name:
Title:
TOPS PT, LLC, as a Grantor
By:	Tops Markets, LLC, its sole member
By:
Name:
Title:
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Collateral Agent
By:
Name:
Title:

Signature Page to Security Agreement

SCHEDULE I

Intercompany Notes

ISSUER	PRINCIPAL AMOUNT		DATE OF ISSUANCE		INTEREST RATE			MATURITY DATE
Tops Markets, LLC	$	3,040,773		October 3, 2008		8	%		December 31, 2013

SCHEDULE II

Filings, Registrations and Recordings

Type of Filing	Entity	Applicable Collateral Document	Jurisdictions
UCC—1 Financing Statement	Tops Holding Corporation	Security Agreement	Secretary of State, Delaware
UCC—1 Financing Statement	Tops Markets, LLC	Security Agreement	Secretary of State, New York
UCC—1 Financing Statement	Tops Gift Card Company, LLC	Security Agreement	Secretary of State, Virginia
UCC—1 Financing Statement	Tops PT, LLC	Security Agreement	Secretary of State, New York
Mortgage, Assignment of Leases and Rents and Fixture Filing	Tops Markets, LLC	Mortgage	Eric County Clerk’s Office
Mortgage, Assignment of Leases and Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing	Tops PT, LLC	Mortgage	Onondaga County Clerk’s Office
Intellectual Property Filing	Tops Markets, LLC	Trademark Security Agreement	United State Patent and Trademark Office
Intellectual Property Filing	Tops PT, LLC	Trademark Security Agreement	United State Patent and Trademark Office

SCHEDULE III

Pledged Interests

Grantor	Issuer	Type of Organization	# of Shares Owned	Total Shares Outstanding	% of Interest Pledged	Certificate No. (if uncertificated, please indicate so)
Tops Holding Corporation	Tops Markets, LLC	Limited Liability Company	100%	N/A	100%	002
Tops Markets, LLC	Tops Gift Card Company, LLC	Limited Liability Company	100%	N/A	100%	1
Tops Markets, LLC	Tops PT, LLC	Limited Liability Company	100%	N/A	100%	N/A
Tops Markets, LLC	Western New York Beverage Industry Collection and Sorting LP	Limited Partnership	2.43%	N/A	100%	N/A
Tops Markets, LLC	The Kroger Co.	Corporation	40 shares	N/A	100%	CB413348 CB 434254 CB 496099
Tops Markets, LLC	Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.	Corporation	20 shares	N/A	100%	SL1070043
Tops Markets, LLC	Topco Holdings, Inc.	Cooperative	600 shares	N/A	100%	C242
Tops Markets, LLC	K-II Telecommunications	Partnership	0.408%	N/A	100%	N/A

SCHEDULE IV

Certain Existing Liens

Debtor	State/ Jurisdiction	UCC Type File # and File Date	Tax Liens, Judgments, Bankruptcy	Secured Party	Collateral Description
TOPS GIFT CARD COMPANY, LLC	Virginia SOS	UCC-1 #091009 7242 6 10/08/09	N/A	Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent	All Assets
TOPS GIFT CARD COMPANY, LLC	Virginia SOS	UCC-1 #09100972414 10/08/09	N/A	U.S. Bank National Association, as Collateral Agent	All Assets
TOPS HOLDING CORPORATION	Delaware SOS	UCC-1 #2009 3238910 10/08/09	N/A	Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent	All Assets
TOPS HOLDING CORPORATION	Delaware SOS	UCC-1 #2009 3240873 10/08/09	N/A	U.S. Bank National Association, as Collateral Agent	All Assets
TOPS MARKETS, LLC	New York SOS	UCC-1 #007016 01/10/02	N/A	Rochester Urban Renewal Agency	Trade Equipment (All trade equipment of debtor located at its supermarket at 710 Lake Avenue, Rochester, NY)

1

Debtor	State/ Jurisdiction	UCC Type File # and File Date	Tax Liens, Judgments, Bankruptcy	Secured Party	Collateral Description
TOPS MARKETS, LLC	New York SOS	UCC-1 #200411101135101 11/10/04	N/A	The Buffalo Economic Renaissance Corporation	Blanket Lien. All of Debtor’s machinery, equipment, ... in connection with certain Security Agreement dated July 16, 2003 among Tops Market, LLC, ARP Jefferson Avenue & Riley Street LLC and The Buffalo Economic Renaissance Corporation
TOPS MARKETS, LLC	New York SOS	UCC-1 #200509221027940 09/22/05	N/A	Hallmark Marketing Corporation	Inventory (Consigned goods)
TOPS MARKETS, LLC	New York SOS	UCC-1 #200801240073508 01/24/08	N/A	American Bank Note Company, as agent for the USPS	Consigned Goods
TOPS MARKETS, LLC	New York SOS	UCC-1 #200910085908068 10/08/09	N/A	Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent	All Assets
TOPS MARKETS, LLC	New York SOS	UCC-1 #200910080581425 10/08/09	N/A	U.S. Bank National Association, as Collateral Agent	All Assets
TOPS MARKETS, LLC	New York SOS	UCC-1 #201009145895961 09/14/10	N/A	Sony Music Entertainment	Chattel, Inventory, Accounts

2

Debtor	State/ Jurisdiction	UCC Type File # and File Date	Tax Liens, Judgments, Bankruptcy	Secured Party	Collateral Description
TOPS MARKETS, LLC	New York SOS	UCC-1 #201201030001449 01/03/12	N/A	Rochester Economic Development Corporation	Note: Fixture Filing Schedule A attached is a Sales Contract
TOPS MARKETS, LLC	New York SOS	UCC-1 #201201030001463 01/03/12	N/A	Rochester Economic Development Corporation	Note: Fixture Filing Trade Equipment
TOPS MARKETS, LLC	New York SOS	UCC-1 #201201030001487 01/03/12	N/A	Rochester Economic Development Corporation	Note: Fixture Filing Trade Equipment
TOPS PT, LLC	New York SOS	UCC-1 #2010001290055896 01/29/10	N/A	Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent	All Assets
TOPS PT, LLC	New York SOS	UCC-1 #201001290055911 01/29/10	N/A	U.S. Bank National Association, as Collateral Agent	All Assets

3

EXHIBIT 1

FORM OF SUPPLEMENT TO SECURITY AGREEMENT

Supplement No.              (this “Supplement”) dated as of                     , 20    , to the Security Agreement dated as of December 20, 2012 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Security Agreement”) among each of the parties listed on the signature pages thereto and those additional entities that thereafter become parties thereto (collectively, jointly and severally, “Grantors” and each individually “Grantor”) and U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as Collateral Agent for the Secured Parties (together with its successors, “Collateral Agent”), U.S. Bank National Association as Trustee and each Additional Pari Passu Agent party thereto.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Security Agreement; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Indenture or an Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement, the new Grantor must execute and deliver a supplement to the Security Agreement, and the execution of the Security Agreement by the undersigned new Grantor or Grantors (collectively, the “New Grantors”) may be accomplished by the execution of this Supplement in favor of Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties;

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each New Grantor hereby agrees as follows:

1. In accordance with SECTION 4.5 of the Security Agreement, each New Grantor, by its signature below, becomes a “Grantor” under the Security Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a “Grantor” and each New Grantor hereby (a) agrees to all of the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement applicable to it as a “Grantor” thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a “Grantor” thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof. In furtherance of the foregoing, each New Grantor, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Secured Obligations, does hereby grant, assign, and pledge to Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in and security title to all Collateral of such New Grantor to secure the full and prompt payment of the Secured Obligations, including, any interest thereon, plus reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses if the Secured Obligations represented by the Security Agreement are collected by law, through an attorney-at-law, or under advice therefrom. Each reference to a “Grantor” in the Security Agreement shall be deemed to include each New Grantor. The Security Agreement is incorporated herein by reference.

2. Each New Grantor represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent that this Supplement has been duly executed and delivered by such New Grantor and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as

1

enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent transfer, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

3. This Supplement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such separate counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. Delivery of a counterpart hereof by facsimile transmission or by e-mail transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

4. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

5. This Supplement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each New Grantor and Collateral Agent have duly executed this Supplement as of the day and year first above written.

[Name of New Grantor]

By:

Name:

Title:

[Name of Collateral Agent]:

By:

Name:

Title:

3

EXHIBIT 2

FORM OF SECURITIES PLEDGE AMENDMENT

This Securities Pledge Amendment, dated as of                     , is delivered pursuant to SECTION 6.1 of that certain Security Agreement (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated and in effect from time to time, the “Security Agreement;” capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Security Agreement), dated as of December 20, 2012, made by (i) TOPS HOLDING CORPORATION (in such capacity, “Tops Holding”) (ii) TOPS MARKETS, LLC (in such capacity, the “Tops Markets” and, together with Tops Holding, collectively, the “Issuers”), and (iii) THE GUARANTORS party thereto from time to time (the “Guarantors”), as pledgors, assignors and debtors (the Issuers, together with the Guarantors, in such capacities and together with any successors in such capacities, the “Grantors,” and each, a “Grantor”), in favor of U.S. Bank National Association, having an office at 100 Wall Street, Suite 1600, New York, New York 10005, in its capacity as collateral agent for the Secured Parties, as pledgee, assignee and secured party (in such capacities and together with any successors in such capacities, the “Collateral Agent”). The undersigned hereby agrees that this Securities Pledge Amendment may be attached to the Security Agreement and that the Pledged Securities and/or Intercompany Notes listed on this Securities Pledge Amendment shall be deemed to be and shall become part of the Collateral and shall secure all Secured Obligations.

PLEDGED SECURITIES

ISSUER CLASS
OF STOCK
OR
INTERESTS

PAR
VALUE

CERTIFICATE
NO(S). NUMBER
OF SHARES
OR
INTERESTS PERCENTAGE
OF
ALL ISSUED
CAPITAL
OR OTHER
EQUITY
INTERESTS
OF ISSUER

INTERCOMPANY NOTES

ISSUER PRINCIPAL
AMOUNT DATE OF
ISSUANCE INTEREST
RATE MATURITY
DATE

[                                                                                      ],

            as Grantor

By:
	Name:
	Title:

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Collateral Agent
By:
	Name:
	Title:

EXHIBIT 3

[FORM OF ADDITIONAL PARI PASSU JOINDER AGREEMENT]

The undersigned (the “Additional Pari Passu Agent”) is the agent for Persons wishing to become “Secured Parties” (the “New Secured Parties”) under the Security Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2012 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Security Agreement” (terms used without definition herein have the meanings assigned to such terms by the Security Agreement)) among Grantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as Collateral Agent (the “Collateral Agent”) and the other Security Documents.

In consideration of the foregoing, the undersigned hereby:

(i) represents that the Additional Pari Passu Agent has been authorized by the New Secured Parties to become a party to the Security Agreement on behalf of the New Secured Parties under that [DESCRIBE OPERATIVE AGREEMENT] (the “New Secured Agreement”) and to act as the Additional Pari Passu Agent for the New Secured Parties hereunder and under the Security Agreement and other Security Documents;

(ii) acknowledges that the New Secured Parties have had made available to it a copy of the Security Agreement and other Security Documents;

(iii) irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Collateral Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and on behalf of the New Secured Parties and to exercise such powers under the Security Agreement and the other Security Documents as are delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms thereof, together with all such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and

(iv) accepts and acknowledges the terms of the Security Agreement applicable to it and the New Secured Parties and agrees to serve as Additional Pari Passu Agent for the New Secured Parties with respect to the Secured Obligations under the New Secured Agreement and agrees on its own behalf and on behalf of the New Secured Parties to be bound by the terms of the Security Agreement and the other Security Documents applicable to holders of Secured Obligations, with all the rights and obligations of a Secured Party thereunder and bound by all the provisions thereof as fully as if it had been a Secured Party on the effective date of the Security Agreement.

The name and address of the representative for purposes of SECTION 11.7 of the Security Agreement are as follows:

[Name and Address of Additional Pari Passu Agent]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Additional Pari Passu Joinder Agreement to be duly executed by its authorized officer as of the      day of 20    .

[NAME]
By:
	Name:
	Title:
Consented to:
[GRANTORS]
By:
	Name:
	Title:

2

EXHIBIT 4

THE COLLATERAL AGENT AND

SECURED PARTY ACKNOWLEDGMENTS¹

Acknowledgment of Priorities of Security Interests and Liens; Application of Proceeds.

(a) Each of the Secured Parties acknowledges and agrees that, notwithstanding the date, time or creation of any Liens securing any of the Secured Obligations under the Security Agreement or the Security Documents, the Secured Obligations shall be equally and ratably secured by the Liens of the Security Agreement and the Security Documents and all Liens securing any of the Secured Obligations (and any proceeds received from the enforcement of any such Liens) shall be for the equal and ratable benefit of all Secured Parties and shall be applied as provided in clause (c) below. Each Secured Party, by its acceptance of the benefits hereunder and of the Security Documents, agrees for the benefit of the other Secured Parties that, to the extent any additional or substitute collateral for any of the Secured Obligations is delivered by a Grantor to or for the benefit of any Secured Party, such collateral shall be subject to the provisions of this clause (a).

(b) Each of the Secured Parties hereby agrees not to challenge or question in any proceeding the validity or enforceability of any Security Document (in each case as a whole or any term or provision contained therein) or the validity of any Lien or financing statement in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties as provided in the Security Agreement and the other Security Documents, or the relative priority of any such Lien. Each Secured Party consents to the release of Trust Monies from the Collateral Account in accordance with Article 12 of the Indenture.

(c) Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, the proceeds received by the Collateral Agent in respect of any sale of, collection from or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral under this Agreement or any other Security Document (excluding funds deposited with the Trustee or any Additional Pari Passu Agent, in such capacities, in connection with any defeasance or discharge of the Indenture or any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement, which shall be applied as provided therein) shall be applied, together with any other sums then held by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement or in the Collateral Account, promptly by the Collateral Agent as follows:

FIRST, to the payment of all costs and expenses, liabilities, fees, commissions and taxes paid or payable by the Collateral Agent under this Agreement or any Security Document including, without limitation, the costs and expenses of

the Collateral Agent and its agents and counsel, and all expenses, liabilities and advances made or incurred by the Collateral Agent in connection therewith;

¹  Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein and defined in the Security Agreement, are used herein as therein defined.

SECOND, without duplication of amounts applied pursuant to clause FIRST above, to the payment in full in cash, pro rata, based on the amount of Secured Obligations outstanding under the Indenture and each Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement and then due and owing to (i) the Trustee to be applied as provided in the Indenture, and (ii) each Additional Pari Passu Agent to be applied as provided in the applicable Permitted Additional Pari Passu Lien Agreement; and

THIRD, the balance, if any, to such Grantor or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction.

If, despite the provisions of this Agreement, any Secured Party shall receive any payment or other recovery in excess of its portion of payments on account of the Secured Obligations to which it is then entitled in accordance with this Agreement, such Secured Party shall hold such payment or recovery in trust for the benefit of all Secured Parties for distribution in accordance with this EXHIBIT 4.

Enforcement.

Subject to the Collateral Agent’s rights under SECTION 11.1 of this Agreement, the Required Secured Parties may direct the Collateral Agent in exercising any right or remedy available to the Collateral Agent under this Agreement or any Security Document. In the absence of any such instruction, the Collateral Agent may (but shall be under no obligation to) exercise such rights and remedies in any manner that complies with SECTION 11.1 of this Agreement. No Secured Party (other than the Collateral Agent) shall have any individual right to pursue any remedies under this Agreement against any Grantor.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any determination by a court of competent jurisdiction that (i) any of the Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations is unenforceable under applicable law or are subordinated to any other obligations, (ii) any of the Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations does not have an enforceable security interest in any of the Collateral and/or (iii) any intervening security interest exists securing any other obligations (other than other Secured Obligations) on a basis ranking prior to the security interest of such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations but junior to the security interest of the Notes Obligations (any such condition referred to in the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) with respect to any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, an “Impairment” of such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations), the results of such Impairment shall be borne solely by the holders of such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, and the rights of the holders of such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations (including, without limitation, the right to receive distributions in respect of such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations) set forth herein shall be modified to the extent necessary so that the effects of such Impairment are borne solely by the holders of such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations subject to such Impairment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Collateral for which a third party (other than a Secured Party) has a lien or security interest that is junior in priority to the security interest of the holders of the

2

Notes Obligations but senior (as determined by appropriate legal proceedings in the case of any dispute) to the security interest of any other Secured Obligations (such third party, an “Intervening Creditor”), the value of any Collateral or proceeds which are allocated to such Intervening Creditor shall be deducted on a ratable basis solely from the Collateral or proceeds to be distributed in respect of the Secured Obligations with respect to which such Impairment exists.

3

SCHEDULE I

Intercompany Notes

ISSUER	PRINCIPAL AMOUNT		DATE OF ISSUANCE		INTEREST RATE			MATURITY DATE
Tops Markets, LLC	$	3,040,773		October 3, 2008		8	%		December 31, 2013

SCHEDULE II

Filings, Registrations and Recordings

Type of Filing	Entity	Applicable Collateral Document	Jurisdictions
UCC—1 Financing Statement	Tops Holding Corporation	Security Agreement	Secretary of State, Delaware
UCC—1 Financing Statement	Tops Markets, LLC	Security Agreement	Secretary of State, New York
UCC—1 Financing Statement	Tops Gift Card Company, LLC	Security Agreement	Secretary of State, Virginia
UCC—1 Financing Statement	Tops PT, LLC	Security Agreement	Secretary of State, New York
Mortgage, Assignment of Leases and Rents and Fixture Filing	Tops Markets, LLC	Mortgage	Eric County Clerk’s Office
Mortgage, Assignment of Leases and Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing	Tops PT, LLC	Mortgage	Onondaga County Clerk’s Office
Intellectual Property Filing	Tops Markets, LLC	Trademark Security Agreement	United State Patent and Trademark Office
Intellectual Property Filing	Tops PT, LLC	Trademark Security Agreement	United State Patent and Trademark Office

SCHEDULE III

Pledged Interests

Grantor	Issuer	Type of Organization	# of Shares Owned	Total Shares Outstanding	% of Interest Pledged	Certificate No. (if uncertificated, please indicate so)
Tops Holding Corporation	Tops Markets, LLC	Limited Liability Company	100%	N/A	100%	002
Tops Markets, LLC	Tops Gift Card Company, LLC	Limited Liability Company	100%	N/A	100%	1
Tops Markets, LLC	Tops PT, LLC	Limited Liability Company	100%	N/A	100%	N/A
Tops Markets, LLC	Western New York Beverage Industry Collection and Sorting LP	Limited Partnership	2.43%	N/A	100%	N/A
Tops Markets, LLC	The Kroger Co.	Corporation	40 shares	N/A	100%	CB413348 CB 434254 CB 496099
Tops Markets, LLC	Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.	Corporation	20 shares	N/A	100%	SL1070043
Tops Markets, LLC	Topco Holdings, Inc.	Cooperative	600 shares	N/A	100%	C242
Tops Markets, LLC	K-II Telecommunications	Partnership	0.408%	N/A	100%	N/A

SCHEDULE IV

Certain Existing Liens

Debtor	State/Jurisdiction	UCC Type File # and File Date	Tax Liens, Judgments, Bankruptcy	Secured Party	Collateral Description
TOPS GIFT CARD COMPANY, LLC	Virginia SOS	UCC-1 #091009 7242 6 10/08/09	N/A	Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent	All Assets
TOPS GIFT CARD COMPANY, LLC	Virginia SOS	UCC-1 #09100972414 10/08/09	N/A	U.S. Bank National Association, as Collateral Agent	All Assets
TOPS HOLDING CORPORATION	Delaware SOS	UCC-1 #2009 3238910 10/08/09	N/A	Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent	All Assets
TOPS HOLDING CORPORATION	Delaware SOS	UCC-1 #2009 3240873 10/08/09	N/A	U.S. Bank National Association, as Collateral Agent	All Assets
TOPS MARKETS, LLC	New York SOS	UCC-1 #007016 01/10/02	N/A	Rochester Urban Renewal Agency	Trade Equipment (All trade equipment of debtor located at its supermarket at 710 Lake Avenue, Rochester, NY)

Debtor	State/ Jurisdiction	UCC Type File # and File Date	Tax Liens, Judgments, Bankruptcy	Secured Party	Collateral Description
TOPS MARKETS, LLC	New York SOS	UCC-1 #200411101135101 11/10/04	N/A	The Buffalo Economic Renaissance Corporation	Blanket Lien. All of Debtor’s machinery, equipment, ... in connection with certain Security Agreement dated July 16, 2003 among Tops Market, LLC, ARP Jefferson Avenue & Riley Street LLC and The Buffalo Economic Renaissance Corporation
TOPS MARKETS, LLC	New York SOS	UCC-1 #200509221027940 09/22/05	N/A	Hallmark Marketing Corporation	Inventory (Consigned goods)
TOPS MARKETS, LLC	New York SOS	UCC-1 #200801240073508 01/24/08	N/A	American Bank Note Company, as agent for the USPS	Consigned Goods
TOPS MARKETS, LLC	New York SOS	UCC-1 #200910085908068 10/08/09	N/A	Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent	All Assets
TOPS MARKETS, LLC	New York SOS	UCC-1 #200910080581425 10/08/09	N/A	U.S. Bank National Association, as Collateral Agent	All Assets
TOPS MARKETS, LLC	New York SOS	UCC-1 #201009145895961 09/14/10	N/A	Sony Music Entertainment	Chattel, Inventory, Accounts

Debtor	State/ Jurisdiction	UCC Type File # and File Date	Tax Liens, Judgments, Bankruptcy	Secured Party	Collateral Description
TOPS MARKETS, LLC	New York SOS	UCC-1 #201201030001449 01/03/12	N/A	Rochester Economic Development Corporation	Note: Fixture Filing Schedule A attached is a Sales Contract
TOPS MARKETS, LLC	New York SOS	UCC-1 #201201030001463 01/03/12	N/A	Rochester Economic Development Corporation	Note: Fixture Filing Trade Equipment
TOPS MARKETS, LLC	New York SOS	UCC-1 #201201030001487 01/03/12	N/A	Rochester Economic Development Corporation	Note: Fixture Filing Trade Equipment
TOPS PT, LLC	New York SOS	UCC-1 #2010001290055896 01/29/10	N/A	Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent	All Assets
TOPS PT, LLC	New York SOS	UCC-1 #201001290055911 01/29/10	N/A	U.S. Bank National Association, as Collateral Agent	All Assets

EX-4.5

Exhibit 4.5

EXECUTION VERSION

INDENTURE

Dated as of May 15, 2013

between

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

and

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

8.750% / 9.500% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2018

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

Trust Indenture Act Section	Indenture Section
310(a)(1)	7.10
(a)(2)	7.10
(a)(3)	N.A.
(a)(4)	N.A.
(a)(5)	7.10
(b)	7.10
(c)	N.A.
311(a)	7.11
(b)	7.11
(c)	N.A.
312(a)	2.05
(b)	12.03
(c)	12.03
313(a)	7.06
(b)(1)	N.A.
(b)(2)	7.06; 7.07
(c)	7.06; 12.02
(d)	7.06
314(a)	12.02; 12.05
(c)(1)	12.04
(c)(2)	12.04
(c)(3)	N.A.
(e)	12.05
(f)	N.A.
315(a)	7.01
(b)	7.05; 12.02
(c)	7.01
(d)	7.01
(e)	6.14
316(a)(last sentence)	2.09
(a)(1)(A)	6.05
(a)(1)(B)	6.04
(a)(2)	N.A.
(b)	6.07
(c)	2.12; 9.04
317(a)(1)	6.08
(a)(2)	6.12
(b)	2.04
318(a)	12.01
(b)	N.A.
(c)	12.01

N.A. means not applicable.

* This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Page
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
Section 1.01 Definitions		1
Section 1.02 Other Definitions		28
Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act		29
Section 1.04 Rules of Construction		30
Section 1.05 Acts of Holders		30
ARTICLE 2
THE NOTES
Section 2.01 Form and Dating; Terms		31
Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication		33
Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent		34
Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust		34
Section 2.05 Holder Lists		34
Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange		34
Section 2.07 Replacement Notes		48
Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes		48
Section 2.09 Treasury Notes		48
Section 2.10 Temporary Notes		48
Section 2.11 Cancellation		49
Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest		49
Section 2.13 CUSIP and ISIN Numbers		49
Section 2.14 Issuance of PIK Interest		50
ARTICLE 3
REDEMPTION
Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee		50
Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased		50
Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption		51
Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption		52
Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price		52
Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part		52
Section 3.07 Optional Redemption		52
Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption		53

-i-

	Page
ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS
Section 4.01 Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest		53
Section 4.02 Corporate Existence		53
Section 4.03 Limitation on Indebtedness		54
Section 4.04 Limitation on Restricted Payments		57
Section 4.05 Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates		63
Section 4.06 Limitation on Liens		64
Section 4.07 Limitation on Sale of Assets		65
Section 4.08 Future Guarantees		66
Section 4.09 Purchase of Notes upon a Change of Control		67
Section 4.10 Reserved		69
Section 4.11 Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries		69
Section 4.12 Limitation on Unrestricted Subsidiaries		70
Section 4.13 Provision of Financial Information		72
Section 4.14 Statement by Officers as to Default		73
ARTICLE 5
SUCCESSORS
Section 5.01 Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets		73
Section 5.02 Successor Substituted		75
ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
Section 6.01 Events of Default		75
Section 6.02 Acceleration		77
Section 6.03 Other Remedies		78
Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults		78
Section 6.05 Control by Majority		78
Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits		78
Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment		78
Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee		79
Section 6.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies		79
Section 6.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative		79
Section 6.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver		79
Section 6.12 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim		79
Section 6.13 Priorities		80
Section 6.14 Undertaking for Costs		80
ARTICLE 7
TRUSTEE
Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee		80
Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee		81
Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee		83
Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer		83
Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults		83
Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes		83

-ii-

	Page
Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity		83
Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee		84
Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.		85
Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification		85
Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company		86
ARTICLE 8
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance		86
Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge		86
Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance		86
Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance		87
Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions		88
Section 8.06 Repayment to the Company		88
Section 8.07 Reinstatement		88
ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes		89
Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes		90
Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act		91
Section 9.04 Effect of Consents		91
Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes		91
Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.		91
ARTICLE 10
GUARANTEES
Section 10.01 Guarantee		92
Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability		93
Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery		94
Section 10.04 Subrogation		94
Section 10.05 Benefits Acknowledged		94
Section 10.06 Release of Guarantees		94
ARTICLE 11
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge		95
Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money		96

-iii-

	Page
ARTICLE 12
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 12.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls		96
Section 12.02 Notices		96
Section 12.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes		97
Section 12.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent		97
Section 12.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion		98
Section 12.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents		98
Section 12.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders		98
Section 12.08 Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial		98
Section 12.09 Force Majeure		98
Section 12.10 Successors		99
Section 12.11 Severability		99
Section 12.12 Counterpart Originals		99
Section 12.13 Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.		99
Section 12.14 Qualification of Indenture		99
Section 12.15 USA Patriot Act		99

EXHIBITS
Exhibit A	Form of Note
Exhibit B	Form of Certificate of Transfer
Exhibit B-1	Form of Certificate for Acquiring Institutional Accredited Investor
Exhibit C	Form of Certificate of Exchange
Exhibit D	Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors

-iv-

INDENTURE, dated as of May 15, 2013, between Tops Holding II Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as issuer (the “Company”), and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association duly organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, as Trustee (the “Trustee”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized the creation of an issue of $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Initial Notes”);

WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture;

WHEREAS, all things necessary (i) to make the Notes, when executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered hereunder and duly issued by the Company, the valid obligations of the Company, and (ii) to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, all in accordance with their respective terms, have been done; and

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes (including Holders of any Additional Notes and any PIK Notes, in each case that are actually issued).

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01 Definitions.

“144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend, the OID Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

“Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, Indebtedness of any other Person (1) existing at the time such other Person is consolidated or merged with or into, or became a Subsidiary of, such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person consolidating or merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person, or (2) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of such acquisition, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Acquired Indebtedness shall not include Indebtedness of such other Person that is extinguished, retired or repaid substantially concurrently with such other Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, or at the time it is consolidated or merged with or into, such specified Person.

“Additional Interest” means all “Additional Interest” then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes and other than Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Initial Notes) issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.01, 4.03 and 4.06, it being understood that any Notes issued in exchange for or replacement of any Initial Notes shall not be Additional Notes.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent.

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any date of redemption, the greater of:

(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of the Note, or

(2) the excess of:

(a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of the Note at June 15, 2015 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 3.07(b)), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Note through June 15, 2015 (assuming such interest is Cash Interest) (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the date of redemption), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such date of redemption plus 50 basis points; over

(b) the principal amount of the Note.

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and/or Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

“Asset Sale” means any sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition (including, without limitation, by way of merger, consolidation or sale and leaseback transaction) (collectively, a “transfer”), directly or indirectly, in one or a series of related transactions, of:

(1) any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) all or substantially all of the properties and assets of any division or line of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(3) any other properties or assets (including any transfer by written contract by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any other Person of any of their rights to receive all or a portion of the proceeds from the sale by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any such asset or properties) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than in the ordinary course of business.

For the purposes of this definition, the term “Asset Sale” shall not include any transfer of properties and assets:

(A) that is governed by the provisions of Section 5.01;

(B) that is by the Company to any Restricted Subsidiary or by any Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or that is the issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity);

-2-

(C) that would be a Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 4.04 or a Permitted Investment;

(D) that is a disposition of Receivables and Related Assets in a Qualified Securitization Transaction;

(E) that are obsolete, damaged or worn out equipment or otherwise unsuitable for use in the ordinary course of business;

(F) that is the disposition of Capital Stock of, or other Investments in, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(G) that is the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents or the voluntary termination of Hedging Obligations;

(H) that is the sale, transfer or disposition deemed to occur in connection with creating or granting any Liens permitted by Section 4.06;

(I) the Fair Market Value of which in the aggregate does not exceed $5.0 million in any transaction or series of related transactions;

(J) consisting of the licensing of any intellectual property in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(K) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Permitted Business;

(L) that is a transfer of property subject to casualty or condemnation proceedings (including in lieu thereof) upon the receipt of the net cash proceeds therefor; provided such net cash proceeds are deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds and are applied in accordance with Section 4.07;

(M) that is a foreclosure on assets or a disposition of Investments or receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings; or

(N) that is a surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind.

“Average Life to Stated Maturity” means, as of the date of determination with respect to any Indebtedness, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the product of (a) the number of years from the date of determination to the date or dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness multiplied by (b) the amount of each such principal payment by (2) the sum of all such principal payments.

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended, or any similar United States federal or state law or foreign law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, winding up, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors or any amendment to, succession to or change in any such law.

-3-

“Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors or comparable governing body of the Company or any Guarantor, as the case may be, or any duly authorized committee of such board or comparable governing body.

“Business Day” means each day which is not a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in The City of New York, the city in which the principal corporate trust office of the Trustee is located or at a place of payment are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed.

“Capital Lease Obligation” of any Person means any obligation of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis under any capital lease of (or other agreement conveying the right to use) real or personal property which, in accordance with GAAP, is required to be recorded as a capitalized lease obligation.

“Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, participations, rights in or other equivalents (however designated) of such Person’s capital stock, other equity interests whether now outstanding or issued after the Issue Date, partnership interests (whether general or limited), limited liability company interests, any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, including any Preferred Stock, and any rights, warrants or options exchangeable for or convertible into such Capital Stock (other than debt securities convertible into Capital Stock).

“Cash Equivalents” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(2) certificates of deposit, time deposits and Eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million;

(3) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (1) and (2) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (2) above;

(4) securities with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (2) above;

(5) commercial paper rated at least P-2 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or at least A-2 by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”) (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another rating agency) and in each case maturing within one year after the date of creation thereof;

(6) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another rating agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

-4-

(7) repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements relating to marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States maturing within 365 days from the date of acquisition;

(8) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another rating agency); and

(9) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in cash and securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (8) above.

“Cash Management Services” means any one or more of the following types of services or facilities provided to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries: (a) ACH transactions, (b) cash management services, including, without limitation, controlled disbursement services, treasury, depository, overdraft and electronic funds transfer services, (c) foreign exchange facilities, (d) credit card processing services, (e) purchase cards and (f) credit or debit cards.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(1) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than a Permitted Holder, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a Person shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all shares that such Person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total outstanding Voting Stock of the Company;

(2) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of the Company (together with any new directors whose election to such board or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved), cease for any reason to constitute a majority of such Board of Directors then in office;

(3) the Company consolidates with or merges with or into any Person or sells, assigns, conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ assets to any Person, other than a Permitted Holder, or any Person consolidates with or merges into or with the Company, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where:

(A) the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is converted into or exchanged for (1) Voting Stock of the surviving corporation which is not Redeemable Capital Stock or (2) cash, securities and other property (other than Capital Stock of the surviving corporation) in an amount which could be paid by the Company as a Restricted Payment under Section 4.04 (and such amount shall be treated as a Restricted Payment for purposes of Section 4.04); and

-5-

(B) immediately after such transaction, no “person” or “group,” other than a Permitted Holder, is the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a Person shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such Person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total outstanding Voting Stock of the surviving corporation; or

(4) the Company ceases to beneficially own (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) directly or indirectly 100% of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of Opco (or any successor thereto to the extent Opco is consolidated into or merged with or into such Person in accordance with the terms of this Indenture) other than in a transaction which complies with Section 5.01.

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme.

“Commodity Price Protection Agreement” means any forward contract, commodity swap, commodity option or other similar agreement or arrangement relating to, or the value of which is dependent upon, fluctuations in commodity prices.

“Company” means Tops Holding II Corporation, a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware, until a successor Person shall have become the Company pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

“Consolidated EBITDA” means for any period, the sum, without duplication, of (A) Consolidated Net Income (Loss), (B) in each case to the extent deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income (Loss) for such period, (i) Consolidated Interest Expense, (ii) Consolidated Income Tax Expense, (iii) Consolidated Non-cash Charges, (iv) the amount of management fees and expense reimbursement accrued by such Person to the Permitted Holders pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement, (v) the amount of any expenses in connection with any actual or proposed Investment, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Capital Stock or acquisition or disposition outside the ordinary course of business, (vi) expenses incurred to the extent covered by indemnification provisions in any agreement in connection with an acquisition (including the acquisition of the Company) to the extent reimbursed in cash and such indemnification payments are not otherwise included in Consolidated EBITDA and (vii) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and expenses (including interest expense) related to any Qualified Securitization Transaction, in each case, for such period, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries all determined in accordance with GAAP and (C) proceeds from any business interruption insurance to the extent not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income, and less (D) all non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period (other than the accrual of revenue and other than non cash items to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated charges made in any prior period or which will result in the receipt of cash in a future period); provided, that with respect to any period ending prior to the Issue Date, Consolidated EBITDA shall be calculated after giving effect, without duplication, to the adjustments set forth in the calculation of “Indenture Adjusted EBITDA” in the Offering Memorandum.

“Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” of any Person means, for any period of the most recent four fiscal quarters for which internal consolidated financial statements of such Person are available (the “Four Quarter Period”), the ratio of:

-6-

(a) Consolidated EBITDA for such Four Quarter Period to

(b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such Four Quarter Period (but excluding from Consolidated Interest Expense for this purpose the accretion of original issue discount on the Notes issued on the Issue Date),

in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b) after giving pro forma effect to:

(1) the incurrence of the Indebtedness giving rise to the need to make such calculation and (if applicable) the application of the net proceeds therefrom, including to refinance other Indebtedness, as if such Indebtedness was incurred, and the application of such proceeds occurred, on the first day of such Four Quarter Period;

(2) the incurrence, repayment or retirement of any other Indebtedness by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the first day of such Four Quarter Period as if such Indebtedness was incurred, repaid or retired at the beginning of such Four Quarter Period (except that, in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such Four Quarter Period);

(3) in the case of Acquired Indebtedness or any acquisition occurring at the time of the incurrence of such Indebtedness, the related acquisition, assuming such acquisition had been consummated on the first day of such Four Quarter Period;

(4) (i) any acquisition or disposition by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries of any company or any business or any assets out of the ordinary course of business, whether by merger, stock purchase or sale or asset purchase or sale, or any related repayment of Indebtedness and (ii) any cost savings initiatives, in each case since the first day of such Four Quarter Period, and prior to the date of determination, assuming such acquisition or disposition had been consummated on the first day of such Four Quarter Period; and

(5) if since the beginning of such Four Quarter Period, any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such Four Quarter Period shall have made any acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, such acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation assuming such acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation had occurred on the first day of such Four Quarter Period;

provided that:

(1) in making such computation, the Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to discontinued operations will be excluded;

(2) in making such computation, the Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to interest on any Indebtedness computed on a pro forma basis and (A) bearing a floating interest rate shall be computed as if the rate in effect on the date of computation had been the applicable rate for the entire Four Quarter Period and (B) which was not outstanding during the Four Quarter Period which bears, at the option of such Person, a fixed or floating rate of interest, shall be computed by applying at the option of such Person either the fixed or floating rate, in each case taking into account any Interest Rate Agreements;

-7-

(3) in making such computation, the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person attributable to interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable Four Quarter Period; and

(4) whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an acquisition, disposition or cost savings initiative, such pro forma calculation shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of such Person. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable determination of such Person, as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, to reflect (A) operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from any acquisition, disposition or cost savings initiative and (B) all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Adjusted EBITDA” as set forth in footnote (5) to the “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data of Tops Holding Corporation” under “Summary” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such Four Quarter Period; provided that (x) such operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (y) in the case of any actions in connection with an acquisition or disposition, such actions are reasonably expected to be taken no later than six months after such transaction and (z) in connection with any cost savings initiatives not in connection with an acquisition or disposition, the maximum amount of any increase to Consolidated EBITDA for any period pursuant to this definition as a result of such initiatives shall not exceed 15% of Consolidated EBITDA for such period (prior to any increase thereto pursuant to this definition).

“Consolidated Income Tax Expense” of any Person means, for any period, the provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes of such Person and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Interest Expense” of any Person means, without duplication, for any period, the sum of:

(a) the interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, including, without limitation,

(1) amortization of debt discount,

(2) the net cost (benefit) associated with Interest Rate Agreements (including amortization of discounts),

(3) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation,

(4) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers acceptance and

(5) accrued interest,

and excluding (i) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness, (ii) any expense resulting from the discounting of Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or, if applicable, purchase accounting, (iii) any additional interest payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and any comparable “additional interest” with respect to other securities and (iv) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses; plus

-8-

(b) (1) the interest component of the Capital Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period and

(2) all capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, plus

(c) the interest expense under any Guaranteed Debt of such Person and any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent not included under clause (a) above, whether or not paid by such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries, plus

(d) dividend requirements of the Company with respect to Redeemable Capital Stock and of any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to Preferred Stock (except, in either case, dividends payable solely in shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be), less

(e) interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Consolidated Net Income (Loss)” of any Person means, for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis as determined in accordance with GAAP, adjusted, to the extent included in calculating such net income (or loss), by excluding, without duplication:

(1) all extraordinary gains or losses net of taxes (less all fees and expenses relating thereto);

(2) the portion of net income (or loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis allocable to minority interests in unconsolidated Persons or Unrestricted Subsidiaries to the extent that cash dividends or distributions have not actually been received by such Person or one of its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) any gain or loss, net of taxes, realized upon the termination of any employee pension benefit plan and any non-cash charges incurred relating to the underfunded portion of any pension plan;

(4) gains or losses, net of taxes (less all fees and expenses relating thereto), in respect of dispositions of assets other than in the ordinary course of business;

(5) solely for purposes of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.04(a)(3)(A), the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person to the extent that the declaration of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter, any agreement or applicable law (other than any restriction or prohibition permitted by Section 4.11), except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(6) any net gain or loss arising from the acquisition of any securities or extinguishment or conversion of any Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations of such Person;

-9-

(7) any non-cash goodwill or asset impairment charges, any non-cash write downs attributable to joint ventures of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the amortization of intangibles, in each case pursuant to GAAP;

(8) any non-cash charges resulting from the application of SFAS No. 123 and any other non-cash compensation charges or other non-cash expenses or charges arising from the grant of or issuance or repricing of stock, stock options or other equity based awards or any amendment, modification, substitution or change of any such stock, stock options or other equity based awards;

(9) all deferred financing costs written off, and premiums paid, in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness;

(10) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period and any amounts attributable to LIFO (“last in-first out”) inventory adjustments;

(11) unrealized gains and losses from Hedging Obligations or “embedded derivatives” that require the same accounting treatment as Hedging Obligations;

(12) any purchase accounting adjustments (including, without limitation, the impact of writing up inventory, deferred marketing and deferred financing costs or deferred revenue at fair value), amortizations, impairments, write-offs, or non-cash charges with respect to purchase accounting with respect to any acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, amalgamation or similar transactions; and

(13) any unusual or non-recurring items and any restructuring charges or reserves, including, without limitation, in connection with an acquisition made after the Issue Date (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include retention, severance, systems establishment costs, excess pension charges, contract and lease termination costs and costs to consolidate facilities and relocate employees).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes of Section 4.04 only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to Section 4.04(a)(3)(E).

“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means, at any time, Total Assets at such time minus the sum of (1) all current liabilities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and (2) all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense and other intangibles of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, all as determined by the Company’s most recent consolidated balance sheet and computed on a pro forma basis to give effect to any acquisition or disposition of assets outside the ordinary course of business made after such balance sheet date and on or prior to the date of determination.

“Consolidated Non-cash Charges” of any Person means, for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period, as determined in accordance with GAAP (excluding any non-cash charge which requires an accrual or reserve for cash charges for any future period).

-10-

“Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders and the Company.

“Credit Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated December 14, 2012 among Opco, Tops Markets, LLC, the guarantors party thereto, the various lenders and agents party thereto and Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent, together with any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder, alters the maturity thereof or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender, group of lenders or investors.

“Credit Facility” means one or more credit or debt facilities (including, without limitation, any credit or debt facilities provided under the Credit Agreement), commercial paper facilities or other debt instruments, indentures or agreements, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, securities, letters of credit or other debt obligations, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, restructured, supplemented, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time, including without limitation any amendment increasing the amount of Indebtedness incurred or available to be borrowed thereunder, extending the maturity of any Indebtedness incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby or deleting, adding or substituting one or more parties thereto (whether or not such added or substituted parties are banks or other lenders).

“Currency Agreements” means foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreements or other similar agreements or arrangements designed to protect against the fluctuations in currency values.

“Custodian” means the Paying Agent and Registrar, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

“Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06(c), (e) or (f), substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

“Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

“Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value, as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, of non-cash consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale.

-11-

“Disinterested Director” means, with respect to any transaction or series of related transactions, a member of the Board of Directors of the Company who does not have any material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such transaction or series of related transactions.

“EDS” means HP Enterprise Services, LLC (formerly Electronic Data Systems Corporation and Electronic Data Systems, LLC).

“Equity Offering” means any public offering or private sale for cash of common stock or Preferred Stock (other than Redeemable Capital Stock) of the Company or, to the extent the proceeds are contributed to the Company, a direct or indirect parent company of the Company (other than public offerings with respect to a registration statement on Form S-4 (or any successor form covering substantially the same transactions), Form S-8 (or any successor form covering substantially the same transactions) or otherwise relating to equity securities issuable under any employee benefit plan of the Company).

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder.

“Exchange Notes” means any notes issued in exchange for the Notes pursuant to Section 2.06(f).

“Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Existing Opco Notes” means the 8.875% senior secured notes due 2017 issued by Opco and Tops Markets, LLC.

“Existing Opco Notes Indenture” means the indenture dated December 20, 2012 by and among Opco, Tops Markets, LLC, the other parties thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, relating to the Existing Opco Notes.

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the sale value that would be obtained in an arm’s-length transaction between an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy. Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company acting in good faith if the Fair Market Value exceeds $15.0 million, otherwise, by the principal financial officer of the Company acting in good faith.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that (x) is not organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, or (y) was organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia that has no material assets other than Capital Stock of one or more foreign entities of the type described in clause (x) above and is not a guarantor of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement.

“Franchise Deposits” means the net balances paid by the franchisees of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of their respective franchise agreements.

“Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” or “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect as of the Issue Date, including those set forth in:

-12-

(1) the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s FASB Accounting Standards Codification; and

(2) the rules and regulations of the SEC with respect to generally accepted accounting principles, including those governing the inclusion of financial statements in periodic reports required to be filed pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act, including opinions and pronouncements in staff accounting bulletins and similar written statements from the accounting staff of the SEC, except, with respect to any reports or financial information required to be delivered pursuant to Section 4.13 which shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the date thereof. Any reference to any financial measure for the Company and any of its specified Subsidiaries, for any period that includes any period prior to the date Opco became a Subsidiary of the Company, shall be based on such financial measure for Opco and such other specified Subsidiaries for such period.

For purposes of this definition, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person means such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries but does not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

“Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b), 2.06(d), 2.06(f) or 2.06(j).

“Government Securities” means securities that are:

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

(2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the Company, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

“Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Company’s Indenture Obligations.

“Guaranteed Debt” of any Person means, without duplication, all Indebtedness of any other Person referred to in the definition of “Indebtedness” below guaranteed directly or indirectly in any manner by such Person, or in effect guaranteed directly or indirectly by such Person through an agreement:

-13-

(1) to pay or purchase such Indebtedness or to advance or supply funds for the payment or purchase of such Indebtedness;

(2) to purchase, sell or lease (as lessee or lessor) property, or to purchase or sell services, primarily for the purpose of enabling the debtor to make payment of such Indebtedness or to assure the holder of such Indebtedness against loss;

(3) to supply funds to, or in any other manner invest in, the debtor (including any agreement to pay for property or services without requiring that such property be received or such services be rendered);

(4) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the debtor, or otherwise to maintain the net worth, solvency or other financial condition of the debtor or to cause such debtor to achieve certain levels of financial performance; or

(5) otherwise to assure a creditor against loss;

provided that the term “Guaranteed Debt” shall not include (i) endorsements for collection or deposit, in either case in the ordinary course of business or (ii) any guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations in respect of customers for check cashing and short term lending products in the ordinary course of business consistent with industry standards.

“Guarantor” means any Subsidiary of the Company which becomes a guarantor of the Notes after the Issue Date, including any Person that is required after the Issue Date to execute a Guarantee of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.08 until such Person’s Guarantee is released in accordance with this Indenture or until a successor replaces such Person pursuant to Section 5.01 and, thereafter, shall mean such successor.

“Hedging Obligations” means the obligations under Currency Agreements, Commodity Price Protection Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements.

“Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register.

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:

(1) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services, excluding any trade payables and other accrued current liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business, but including, without limitation, all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in connection with any letters of credit issued under letter of credit facilities, acceptance facilities or other similar facilities;

(2) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or other similar instruments;

(3) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even if the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), but excluding trade payables arising in the ordinary course of business;

(4) all obligations under Interest Rate Agreements, Currency Agreements or Commodity Price Protection Agreements of such Person (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such Person at such time);

-14-

(5) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person;

(6) all Indebtedness referred to in clauses (1) through (5) above of other Persons, the payment of which is secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien, upon or with respect to property (including, without limitation, accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, other than a pledge of Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to secure Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Indebtedness; provided the amount of Indebtedness will be the lesser of the Fair Market Value of such property on the date of determination and the amount of Indebtedness of such other Person;

(7) all Guaranteed Debt of such Person;

(8) all Redeemable Capital Stock issued by such Person or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Company) of such Person that is not a Guarantor valued at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary maximum fixed repurchase price plus accrued and unpaid dividends;

(9) all amounts outstanding and other obligations of such Person in respect of a Qualified Securitization Transaction; and

(10) attributable debt with respect to sale and leaseback transactions.

For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Redeemable Capital Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Redeemable Capital Stock as if such Redeemable Capital Stock were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the Fair Market Value of such Redeemable Capital Stock, such Fair Market Value to be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the issuer of such Redeemable Capital Stock.

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Indenture Obligations” means the obligations of the Company and any other obligor under this Indenture or under the Notes, including any Guarantor, to pay principal of, premium, if any, and interest when due and payable, and all other amounts due or to become due under or in connection with this Indenture, the Notes and the performance of all other obligations to the Trustee and the holders under this Indenture and the Notes, according to the respective terms thereof.

“Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

“Initial Notes” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

“Initial Purchasers” means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC.

-15-

“Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding” means:

(1) any case commenced by or against the Company or any Guarantor under any Bankruptcy Law for the relief of debtors, any other proceeding for the reorganization, recapitalization or adjustment or marshalling of the assets or liabilities of the Company or any Guarantor, any receivership or assignment for the benefit of creditors relating to the Company or any Guarantor or any similar case or proceeding relative to the Company or any Guarantor or its creditors, as such, in each case whether or not voluntary;

(2) any liquidation, dissolution, marshalling of assets or liabilities or other winding up of or relating to the Company or any Guarantor, in each case whether or not voluntary and whether or not involving bankruptcy or insolvency; or

(3) any other proceeding of any type or nature in which substantially all claims of creditors of the Company or any Guarantor are determined and any payment or distribution is or may be made on account of such claims.

“Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who is not also a QIB.

“Interest Payment Date” means June 15 and December 15 of each year until Maturity.

“Interest Rate Agreements” means interest rate protection agreements (including, without limitation, interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements) and/or other types of interest rate hedging agreements or arrangements designed to protect against or manage exposure to fluctuations in interest rates in respect of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

“Investment” means, with respect to any Person, directly or indirectly, any advance, loan (including guarantees), or other extension of credit or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase, acquisition or ownership by such Person of any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities issued by any other Person and all other items that would be classified as investments on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) prepared in accordance with GAAP. “Investment” shall exclude direct or indirect advances to customers or suppliers in the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded as accounts receivable, prepaid expenses or deposits on the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s balance sheet, endorsements for collection or deposit arising in the ordinary course of business and extensions of trade credit on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any Capital Stock of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary (other than the sale of all of the outstanding Capital Stock of such Subsidiary), the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investments in such Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.04.

“Issue Date” means the original issue date of the Notes under this Indenture.

“Letter of Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer.

-16-

“Lien” means any mortgage or deed of trust, charge, pledge, lien (statutory or otherwise), privilege, security interest, assignment, easement, hypothecation, claim, preference, priority or other encumbrance upon or with respect to any property of any kind (including any conditional sale, capital lease or other title retention agreement, any leases in the nature thereof, and any agreement to give any security interest), real or personal, movable or immovable, now owned or hereafter acquired; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien. A Person will be deemed to own subject to a Lien any property which it has acquired or holds subject to the interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale agreement, Capital Lease Obligation or other title retention agreement.

“Maturity” means, when used with respect to the Notes, the date on which the principal of the Notes becomes due and payable as therein provided or as provided in this Indenture, whether at Stated Maturity, the offer date or the Redemption Date and whether by declaration of acceleration, Offer in respect of Excess Proceeds, Change of Control Offer in respect of a Change of Control, call for redemption or otherwise.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

“Net Cash Proceeds” means:

(a) with respect to any Asset Sale by any Person, the proceeds thereof (without duplication in respect of all Asset Sales) in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations when received in the form of, or stock or other assets when disposed of for, cash or Cash Equivalents (except to the extent that such obligations are financed or sold with recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) net of:

(1) brokerage commissions and other reasonable fees and expenses (including, without limitation, fees and expenses of counsel and investment bankers) related to such Asset Sale,

(2) provisions for all taxes payable as a result of such Asset Sale,

(3) payments made to retire Indebtedness where payment of such Indebtedness is secured by the assets or properties the subject of such Asset Sale,

(4) in the case of an Asset Sale by a Restricted Subsidiary, distributions and other payments made to minority shareholders, partners or members of such Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Sale,

(5) amounts required to be paid to any Person (other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) owning a beneficial interest in the assets subject to the Asset Sale, and

(6) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, after such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale; and

-17-

(b) with respect to any issuance or sale of Subordinated Indebtedness, or Capital Stock, or debt securities or Capital Stock that have been converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock as referred to in Section 4.04, the proceeds of such issuance or sale in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations when received in the form of, or stock or other assets when disposed of for, cash or Cash Equivalents (except to the extent that such obligations are financed or sold with recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary), net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees and brokerage, consultation, underwriting and other fees and expenses actually incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof.

“Non-recourse Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, Indebtedness of such Person as to which the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary may not be directly or indirectly liable (by virtue of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary being the primary obligor on, guarantor of, or otherwise liable in any respect to, such Indebtedness except for a Lien on the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the creditors thereof which is not recourse to any other assets of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary), and which, upon the occurrence of a default with respect to such Indebtedness, does not result in, or permit any holder of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare, a default on such Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or cause the payment of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity.

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

“Notes” means the Initial Notes, PIK Notes, Exchange Notes and any Additional Notes.

“Obligations” means any principal, premium, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

“Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum, dated March 8, 2013, relating to the sale of the Initial Notes.

“Officer” means the chairman of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, the president, any executive vice president, senior vice president or vice president, the treasurer or the secretary of the Company.

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of any Person by an Officer of such Person, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of such Person that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture.

“OID Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(iv) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture that have more than a de minimis amount of original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

“Opco” means Tops Holding LLC (f/k/a Tops Holding Corporation), a Delaware limited liability company and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Trustee.

-18-

“Pari Passu Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is not contractually subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantees.

“Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

“Permitted Business” means the business conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and any business similar, reasonably related, complementary, incidental or ancillary thereto, including reasonably related extensions or expansions thereof.

“Permitted Holders” means (i) each of the Sponsors, (ii) each member of management of the Company who are holders of Capital Stock of the Company and (iii) any “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing Persons is a member, provided that in the case of such “group” and without giving effect to the existence of such “group” or any other “group,” such Sponsors and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent entities held by such “group.” Any person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control offer is made in accordance with the requirements of Section 4.09 will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute a Permitted Holder.

“Permitted Investment” means:

(1) Investments in the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity) or any Person which, as a result of such Investment, (a) becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity) or (b) is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity);

(2) Investments in Cash Equivalents;

(3) Investments acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale permitted by Section 4.07 to the extent such Investments are non-cash proceeds as permitted under such covenant;

(4) Investments by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Securitization Entity in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction, which Investment is in the good faith determination of the Company necessary or advisable to effect such Qualified Securitization Transaction;

(5) (x) Investments in existence on the Issue Date and (y) an Investment in any Person to the extent such Investment replaces or refinances an Investment covered by clause (x) above or this clause (y) in an amount not exceeding the amount of the Investment being replaced or refinanced; provided, however, that the Investment under clause (y) is on terms and conditions not materially less favorable to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole than the Investment being replaced or refinanced;

(6) Investments acquired in exchange for the issuance of Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Capital Stock) of the Company or acquired with the net cash proceeds received by the Company after the Issue Date from the issuance and sale of Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Capital Stock) of the Company; provided that such Net Cash Proceeds are used to make such Investment within 30 days of the receipt thereof and the amount of all such Net Cash Proceeds will be excluded from Section 4.04(a)(3)(B);

-19-

(7) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and worker’s compensation, performance and other similar deposits provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business;

(8) loans or advances to employees of the Company for bona fide business purposes of the Company and any Restricted Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, travel, entertainment and moving expenses) made in compliance with applicable law;

(9) any Investments received in good faith in settlement or compromise of obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer or as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(10) other Investments in the aggregate amount outstanding at any one time not to exceed $25.0 million;

(11) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 4.03(b)(6);

(12) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.03(b)(5);

(13) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment; and

(14) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $2.5 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate.

In connection with any assets or property contributed or transferred to any Person as an Investment, such property and assets shall be equal to the Fair Market Value at the time of Investment.

“Permitted Lien” means:

(a) any Lien existing as of the Issue Date;

(b) any Lien with respect to the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Facility so long as the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Credit Agreement or any successor Credit Facility does not exceed the principal amount which could be borrowed under clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”;

(c) any Lien arising by reason of:

(1) any judgment, decree or order of any court, so long as such Lien is promptly adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment, decree or order shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired;

-20-

(2) taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or claims not yet delinquent or which are being contested in good faith;

(3) security for payment of workers’ compensation or other insurance and other social security legislation;

(4) good faith deposits in connection with tenders, leases, contracts (other than contracts for the payment of money);

(5) zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, reservations, title defects, rights of others for rights of way, utilities, sewers, electric lines, telephone or telegraph lines, and other similar purposes, provisions, covenants, conditions, waivers, restrictions on the use of property or minor irregularities of title (and with respect to leasehold interests, mortgages, obligations, liens and other encumbrances incurred, created, assumed or permitted to exist and arising by, through or under a landlord or owner of the leased property, with or without consent of the lessee), none of which materially impairs the use of any parcel of property material to the operation of the business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or the value of such property for the purpose of such business;

(6) deposits to secure public or statutory obligations or levies, or in lieu of surety or appeal bonds;

(7) operation of law in favor of mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, landlords, materialmen, laborers, employees or suppliers, for sums which are not yet delinquent or are being contested in good faith by negotiations or by appropriate proceedings which suspend the collection thereof;

(8) receipt of progress payments and advances from customers in the ordinary course of business to the extent the same creates a Lien on the related inventory and proceeds thereof;

(9) operation of law in favor of customs and revenue authorities to secure the payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(10) operation of law under Article 4 of the UCC in connection with the collection of items provided for therein or under Article 2 of the UCC in favor of a reclaiming seller of goods or buyer of goods; or

(11) consignment or similar arrangements for the sale by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries of goods through third parties in the ordinary course of business;

(d) any Lien securing Acquired Indebtedness created prior to (and not created in connection with, or in contemplation of) the incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and which does not extend to any assets other than the assets acquired;

(e) any Lien to secure the performance bids, trade contracts, leases (including, without limitation, statutory and common law landlord’s liens), subleases, warranty obligations, tenders, liability to insurance carriers, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, letters of credit and other obligations of a like nature and incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

-21-

(f) any Lien securing obligations under Cash Management Services, Interest Rate Agreements, Currency Agreements and Commodity Price Protection Agreements;

(g) any Lien securing Capital Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations incurred in accordance with this Indenture (including, but not limited to, clause (7) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”);

(h) leases and subleases of real property which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(i) banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(j) Liens on property, assets or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created, incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, further, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and assets fixed or appurtenant thereto;

(k) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity);

(l) Liens securing the Notes and any Guarantees;

(m) Liens on assets transferred to a Securitization Entity or on assets of a Securitization Entity, in either case incurred in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction;

(n) Liens on the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor incurred in accordance with Section 4.03;

(o) Liens securing Indebtedness and other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary (including any guarantee thereof by the Company);

(p) any extension, renewal, refinancing or replacement, in whole or in part, of any Lien described in the foregoing clauses (a) through (o) and this clause (p) so long as no additional collateral is granted as security thereby and the amount of Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased except by an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the stated amount of any premium or other payment contractually required to be paid in connection with such a refinancing pursuant to the terms of the Obligations being extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced or (ii) the amount of premium or other payment actually paid at such time to extend, renew, refinance or replace the Obligations, plus, in either case, the amount of accrued interest, fees and expenses of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in connection with such refinancing;

(q) Liens on property or assets securing Indebtedness used to defease or to satisfy and discharge the Notes; and

(r) in addition to the items referred to in clauses (a) through (q) above, Liens on property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary securing obligations in an aggregate amount which, when taken together with the aggregate amount of all other Liens securing obligations incurred pursuant to this clause (r) and then outstanding, will not exceed $15.0 million.

-22-

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

“plan of reorganization” means any plan of reorganization, plan of liquidation, agreement for composition, or other type of plan of arrangement proposed in or in connection with any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding.

“Preferred Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or distributions, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over the Capital Stock of any other class in such Person.

“Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture, except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

“Purchase Money Obligation” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien on assets related to the business of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and any additions and accessions thereto, which are purchased or constructed by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary at any time after the Issue Date; provided that:

(1) the security agreement or conditional sales or other title retention contract pursuant to which the Lien on such assets is created (collectively a “Purchase Money Security Agreement”) shall be entered into within 360 days after the purchase or substantial completion of the construction of such assets and shall at all times be confined solely to the assets so purchased, constructed or acquired, any additions and accessions thereto and any proceeds therefrom;

(2) at no time shall the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Indebtedness secured thereby be increased, except in connection with the purchase or construction of additions, improvements and accessions thereto and except in respect of fees and other obligations in respect of such Indebtedness; and

(3) (A) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness secured thereby (determined on a per asset basis in the case of any additions, improvements and accessions) shall not at the time such Purchase Money Security Agreement is entered into exceed 100% of the purchase price or cost of construction to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries of the assets subject thereto or (B) the Indebtedness secured thereby shall be with recourse solely to the assets so purchased or acquired, any additions and accessions thereto and any proceeds therefrom.

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

“Qualified Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all Capital Stock of such Person other than Redeemable Capital Stock.

“Qualified Securitization Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to which (a) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to a Securitization Entity its interests in Receivables and Related Assets and (b) such Securitization Entity transfers to any other Person, or grants a security interest in, such Receivables and Related Assets, pursuant to a transaction customary in the industry which is used to achieve a transfer of financial assets under GAAP.

-23-

“Receivables and Related Assets” means any account receivable (whether now existing or arising thereafter) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, and any assets related thereto including all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and contract rights and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable.

“Record Date” for the interest or Additional Interest, if any, payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means the June 1 or December 1 (whether or not a Business Day) immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.

“Redeemable Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that, either by its terms or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or exchangeable (at the option of the holders thereof), is or upon the happening of an event or passage of time would be, required to be redeemed (at the option of the holders thereof) prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes (other than upon a change of control of or sale of assets by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in circumstances where the holders of the notes would have similar rights), or is convertible into or exchangeable for, debt securities at any time prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes at the option of the holder thereof; provided, however, that (1) only the portion of such Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Redeemable Capital Stock and (2) with respect to any Capital Stock issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Redeemable Capital Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employees’ terminations, resignation, death or disability and (3) if any class of Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Capital Stock that is not Redeemable Capital Stock, such Capital Stock shall not be deemed to be Redeemable Capital Stock.

“Redemption Date” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed pursuant to any provision in this Indenture means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture.

“Registration Rights Agreement” means (1) with respect to the Notes issued on the Issue Date, the Registration Rights Agreement, to be dated the Issue Date, between the Company and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and (2) with respect to any Additional Notes, any registration rights agreement among the Company, any Guarantors and the other parties thereto relating to the registration by the Company and any Guarantors of such Additional Notes under the Securities Act.

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Regulation S Global Note” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or a Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as appropriate.

“Regulation S Permanent Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend, the OID Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Regulation S.

-24-

“Regulation S Temporary Global Note” means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A-2, bearing the OID Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.

“Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(v) to be placed on the Regulation S Temporary Global Note.

“Replacement Assets” means (1) properties or assets to replace the properties or assets that were the subject of an Asset Sale, (2) properties and assets that will be used in businesses of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, existing at the time such assets are sold or (3) Capital Stock of a Person, the principal portion of whose assets consist of such property or assets.

“Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

“Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend and the OID Legend.

“Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend and the OID Legend.

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

“Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that has not been designated by the Board of Directors of the Company by a board resolution delivered to the Trustee as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.12. Any reference to a Restricted Subsidiary of Opco means any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of Opco.

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company secured by a Lien.

-25-

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder.

“Securitization Entity” means a Subsidiary of the Company to which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company transfers Receivables and Related Assets that engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Receivables and Related Assets and that is designated by the Company’s Board of Directors (as provided below) as a Securitization Entity and:

(a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which:

(1) is guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding guarantees (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings);

(2) is recourse to or obligates the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Securitization Entity) in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; or

(3) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Securitization Entity), directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings;

(b) with which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Securitization Entity) has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company, other than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing accounts receivable; and

(c) to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Securitization Entity) has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.

Any designation of a Subsidiary as a Securitization Entity shall be evidenced to the Trustee by delivering to the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to the designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that the designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by this Indenture.

“Securitization Fees” means reasonable distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Entity in connection with any Qualified Securitization Transaction.

“Securitization Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of Receivables and Related Assets in a Qualified Securitization Transaction to repurchase Receivables and Related Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise that are customary for an accounts receivable securitization transaction, including, without limitation, as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, offset or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

-26-

“Senior Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is not Subordinated Indebtedness.

“Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Significant Subsidiary” means, at any time, any Restricted Subsidiary that qualifies at such time as a “significant subsidiary” within the meaning of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC (as in effect on the Issue Date).

“Sponsor Management Agreement” means the management agreement between certain of the management companies associated with the Sponsors and Opco or any of its direct or indirect parent entities.

“Sponsors” means Morgan Stanley Capital Partners V U.S. Holdco LLC, HSBC Private Equity Partners USA, LP, HSBC Private Equity Partners II USA, LP, and each of their respective Affiliates but not including, however, any of their respective portfolio companies.

“Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that are reasonably customary in an accounts receivable securitization transaction, including without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Entity; it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation that is customary in a Qualified Securitization Transaction shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

“Stated Maturity” means, when used with respect to any Indebtedness or any installment of interest thereon, the dates specified in such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the principal of such Indebtedness or such installment of interest, as the case may be, is due and payable.

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or a Guarantee, as the case may be.

“Subsidiary” of a Person means:

(1) any corporation more than 50% of the outstanding voting power of the Voting Stock of which is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or by one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person, or by such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries thereof; or

(2) any limited partnership of which such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner; or

(3) any other Person in which such Person, or one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person, or such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, has more than 50% of the outstanding voting power of the partnership or similar interests.

“Total Assets” of the Company means, as of any date, the total amount of assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of such date in accordance with GAAP (but excluding amounts attributable to Investments in or assets of any Unrestricted Subsidiary).

-27-

“Transactions” means the issuance of the Notes, the payment of a distribution to the holders of the Capital Stock of the Company on, or within 30 days of, the Issue Date, as described in the Offering Memorandum, and any fees and expenses related to any of the foregoing.

“Transfer Agent” means the Person specified in Section 2.03 as the Transfer Agent, and any and all successors thereto, to receive on behalf of the Registrar any Notes or Exchange Notes for transfer or exchange pursuant to this Indenture.

“Treasury Rate” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to June 15, 2015; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to June 15, 2015 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, or any successor statute.

“Trustee” means U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with Section 7.08 and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

“Unrestricted Definitive Note” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

“Unrestricted Global Note” means a permanent Global Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, that bears the Global Note Legend and the OID Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company designated as such pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.12.

“U.S. Person” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act.

“Voting Stock” of a Person means Capital Stock of such Person of the class or classes pursuant to which the holders thereof have the general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect at least a majority of the Board of Directors, managers or trustees of such Person (irrespective of whether or not at the time Capital Stock of any other class or classes shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency).

Section 1.02 Other Definitions.

Term	Defined in Section
“Authentication Order”	2.02
“Change of Control Offer”	4.09
“Change of Control Purchase Date”	4.09
“Change of Control Purchase Notice”	4.09

-28-

Term	Defined in Section
“Change of Control Purchase Price”	4.09
“Covenant Defeasance”	8.03
“Designation Amount”	4.12
“Determination Date”	Exhibit A
“DTC”	2.03
“Event of Default”	6.01
“Excess Proceeds”	4.07
“incur”	4.03
“Legal Defeasance”	8.02
“Material Indebtedness”	6.01
“Note Register”	2.03
“Offer”	4.07
“Paying Agent”	2.03
“Permitted Indebtedness”	4.03
“Permitted Payment”	4.04
“PIK Interest”	Exhibit A
“PIK Notes”	2.01
“PIK Payment”	2.01
“refinancing”	4.04
“Registrar”	2.03
“Restricted Payment”	4.04
“Surviving Entity”	5.01
“Surviving Guarantor Entity”	5.01
“Tax Group”	4.04

Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

“indenture securities” means the Notes;

“indenture security holder” means a Holder of a Note;

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and

“obligor” on the Notes, means the Company and any successor obligor upon the Notes and on the Guarantees, if any, any Guarantors and any successor obligor upon the Guarantees.

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so assigned to them.

-29-

Section 1.04 Rules of Construction.

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(c) “or” is not exclusive;

(d) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(e) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

(f) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

(g) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;

(h) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article,” “Section” or “clause” refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture;

(i) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision; and

(j) “including” means “including without limitation.”

Section 1.05 Acts of Holders.

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05.

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.

-30-

(c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

(e) The Company may, in the circumstances permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to give any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or take any other act, or to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted to be given or taken by Holders. Unless otherwise specified, if not set by the Company prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such action, or in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, any such record date shall be the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation.

(f) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this paragraph shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part.

(g) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including DTC, that is the Holder of a Global Note may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and DTC, as the Holder of a Global Note, may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices.

(h) The Company may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by DTC entitled under the procedures of such depositary to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders. If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be valid or effective if made, given or taken more than 90 days after such record date.

ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

Section 2.01 Form and Dating; Terms.

(a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof (other than PIK Notes which may be issued in minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof).

-31-

(b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06.

Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note will be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee will cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.

(c) Terms. The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

The Notes shall be subject to repurchase by the Company pursuant to an Offer as provided in Section 4.07 or a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 4.09. The Notes shall not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article 3.

Additional Notes and PIK Notes ranking pari passu with the Initial Notes may be created and issued from time to time by the Company without notice to or consent of the Holders and shall be consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and shall have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise (other than with respect to the purchase price thereof and the date from which the interest accrues) as the Initial Notes; provided that the Company’s ability to issue Additional Notes shall be subject to the Company’s compliance with Section 4.03 and Section 4.06. The Notes and any PIK Notes or any Additional Notes shall be substantially identical other than the issuance dates, offering price, transfer restrictions and, if applicable, the date from which interest shall accrue. Except as described under Article 9, the Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any PIK Notes subsequently issued under this Indenture will be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase, and shall vote together with any Exchange Notes.

-32-

Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “Notes” for all purposes of this Indenture include any Additional Notes and any PIK Notes that are actually issued and any references to “principal amount of the Notes” include any increase in the principal amount of the outstanding Notes as a result of the issuance of Additional Notes and any PIK Payment. Any Additional Notes shall be issued with the benefit of an indenture supplemental to this Indenture.

(d) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

(e) PIK Payments. In connection with the payment of PIK Interest in respect of the Notes, the Company may, upon compliance with the conditions set forth in the Notes, without the consent of the Holders and without regard to any restrictions or limitations set forth in Section 4.03, elect to either increase the outstanding principal amount of the Global Notes or issue additional certificated Notes (“PIK Notes”) under this Indenture on the same terms and conditions as the Initial Notes (in each case, a “PIK Payment”). In the event that the Company shall be entitled to pay PIK Interest for any Interest Period, then the Company shall deliver a written notice to the Trustee following the Determination Date but prior to the commencement of the relevant Interest Period, which notice shall state the total amount of interest to be paid on such Interest Payment Date and the amount of such interest to be paid as PIK Interest. The Trustee shall promptly deliver a copy of the notice to the Holders. Interest for the first Interest Period commencing on the Issue Date shall be payable entirely in Cash Interest. Interest for the final Interest Period ending at stated maturity shall be payable entirely in Cash Interest.

Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication.

At least one Officer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Company by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form provided for in Exhibit A attached hereto, by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of the Company’s order (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes. In addition, at any time, from time to time, the Trustee shall upon an Authentication Order authenticate and deliver any (i) Additional Notes, (ii) PIK Notes and (iii) Exchange Notes or private exchange notes for issue only in an Exchange Offer or a private exchange, respectively, pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, for a like principal amount of Initial Notes. Such Authentication Order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and, in the case of any issuance of Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.01, shall certify that such issuance is in compliance with Section 4.03 and Section 4.06.

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company.

-33-

Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent.

The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”), including an office or agency for such purposes in the City of New York, which shall initially be the corporate trust office of the Trustee located in the City of New York. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (“Note Register”) and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. Either the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent for the Notes and the Registrar to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Company or any of its Subsidiaries acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

Section 2.05 Holder Lists.

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least two Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a).

Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange.

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 2.06, a Global Note may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note unless (i) the Depositary (x) notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or (y) has ceased

-34-

to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days, (ii) there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default with respect to the Notes or (iii) the Company in its sole discretion executes and delivers an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Global Note shall be so exchangeable. Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (i), (ii) or (iii) above, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, except for Definitive Notes issued subsequent to any of the preceding events in (i), (ii) or (iii) above and pursuant to Section 2.06(c), (e) or (f). A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); provided, however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Sections 2.06(b), (c), (f) and (j).

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i), the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903; provided, further, that in no event shall a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note

-35-

be credited, or an Unrestricted Definitive Note be issued, to a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.06(f), the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h).

(iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note or the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any Holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) and:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

-36-

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act; or

(E) such transfer is effected pursuant to an automatic exchange in accordance with Section 2.06(j) of this Indenture.

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B), (D) or (E) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B), (D) or (E) above.

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.

(i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in paragraph (i), (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.06(a) and receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

-37-

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof;

(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof; or

(G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(d) thereof, if applicable;

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h), and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend, the OID Legend and the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend, as applicable, and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

(ii) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes. Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(i)(A) and (C), a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.

(iii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (i), (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.06(a) and if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

-38-

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act; or

(E) such transfer is effected pursuant to an automatic exchange in accordance with Section 2.06(j) of this Indenture.

(iv) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (i), (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.06(a) and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii), the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h), and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

-39-

(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

(F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the applicable Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the applicable 144A Global Note and, in the case of clause (C) above, the applicable Regulation S Global Note.

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

(2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

-40-

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act; or

(E) such transfer is effected pursuant to an automatic exchange in accordance with Section 2.06(j) of this Indenture.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e):

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer will be made to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

-41-

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

(B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) any such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

(2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act; or

(E) such transfer is effected pursuant to an automatic exchange in accordance with Section 2.06(j) of this Indenture.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

(f) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of an Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to

-42-

be reduced accordingly, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the applicable principal amount. Any Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of an Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes issued in connection with an Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture.

(g) Legends. The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture:

(i) Private Placement Legend.

(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution therefor) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT:

(A) SUCH NOTE MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY:

(i)(a) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (b) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (d) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1),(2),(3) OR (7) OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AN “INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”)) THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES LESS THAN $100,000, AN OPINION

-43-

OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (e) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL AND OTHER CERTIFICATIONS AND DOCUMENTS IF THE COMPANY SO REQUESTS),

(ii) TO THE COMPANY, OR

(iii) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT

AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND IN EACH CASE SUBJECT TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE BY THE HOLDER OR BY ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL; AND

(B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN (A) ABOVE.

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(iii), (c)(iv), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii), (f) or (j) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(ii) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(h) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR

-44-

ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

(iii) IAI Note Legend. Each Definitive Note held by an Institutional Accredited Investor shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.”

(iv) OID Legend. Each Note issued hereunder that has more than a de minimis amount of original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS NOTE IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 1271 ET SEQ. OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. A HOLDER MAY OBTAIN THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY FOR SUCH NOTES BY SUBMITTING A WRITTEN REQUEST FOR SUCH INFORMATION TO THE COMPANY AT THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS: TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION, C/O TOPS HOLDING LLC (F/K/A TOPS HOLDING CORPORATION), PO BOX 1027, BUFFALO, NEW YORK 14240-1027 ATTENTION: CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER.”

(v) Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend. Each temporary Note that is a Global Note issued pursuant to Regulation S shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS A TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE FOR PURPOSES OF REGULATION S UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. NEITHER THIS TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD OR DELIVERED, EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO BELOW.

-45-

NO BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL OR INTEREST HEREON UNLESS THE REQUIRED CERTIFICATIONS HAVE BEEN DELIVERED PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE.”

(h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction. If the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 or at the Registrar’s request.

(ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 4.07, 4.09 and 9.05).

(iii) Neither the Registrar nor the Company shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

(iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(v) The Company shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of mailing of notice of redemption of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

(vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

-46-

(vii) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Company designated pursuant to Section 2.03, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.

(viii) At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.06.

(ix) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

(x) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including transfers between or among Depository participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

(j) Automatic Exchange from Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Global Note. At the option of the Company and upon compliance with the following procedures, beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. In order to effect such exchange, the Company shall provide written notice to the Trustee instructing the Trustee to (i) direct the Depositary to transfer the specified amount of the outstanding beneficial interests in a particular Restricted Global Note to an Unrestricted Global Note and provide the Depositary with all such information as is necessary for the Depositary to appropriately credit and debit the relevant Holder accounts and (ii) provide prior written notice to all Holders of such exchange, which notice must include the date such exchange is proposed to occur, the CUSIP number of the relevant Restricted Global Note and the CUSIP number of the Unrestricted Global Note into which such Holders’ beneficial interests will be exchanged. As a condition to any such exchange pursuant to this Section 2.06(j), the Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Company, and rely upon conclusively without any liability, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, in form and in substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, to the effect that such transfer of beneficial interests to the Unrestricted Global Note shall be effected in compliance with the Securities Act. The Company may request from Holders such information it reasonably determines is required in order to be able to deliver such Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel. Upon such exchange of beneficial interests pursuant to this Section 2.06(j), the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date of such transfer and a decrease and increase, respectively, in the principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Note and the Unrestricted Global Note, respectively, equal to the principal amount of beneficial interests transferred. Following any such transfer pursuant to this Section 2.06(j) of all of the beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note, such Restricted Global Note shall be cancelled.

-47-

Section 2.07 Replacement Notes.

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the ownership and destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. An indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company and/or the Trustee may charge for their expenses in replacing a Note.

Every replacement Note is a contractual obligation of the Company and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes.

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a Redemption Date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

Section 2.09 Treasury Notes.

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company, or by any Affiliate of the Company, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or any obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor.

Section 2.10 Temporary Notes.

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

-48-

Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes under this Indenture.

Section 2.11 Cancellation.

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of such cancelled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest.

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12. The Trustee shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such special record date. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) shall mail or cause to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder a notice at his or her address as it appears in the Note Register that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

Section 2.13 CUSIP and ISIN Numbers.

The Company in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP or ISIN numbers.

-49-

Section 2.14 Issuance of PIK Interest.

(a) Any PIK Interest on the Notes with respect to Notes represented by one or more Global Notes registered in the name of, or held by, the Depositary or its nominee on the relevant Record Date, is payable by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Global Note by an amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable Interest Period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar) as provided in writing by the Company to the Trustee, at least three (3) Business Days prior to such Interest Payment Date, which shall be recorded in the registrar’s books and records and in the schedule to the Global Note in accordance with this Indenture. On the applicable Interest Payment Date, the Trustee shall record such increase on the schedule to the Global Note and the registrar shall record such increase in the registrar’s books and record. Following an increase in the principal amount of the outstanding Global Notes as a result of a PIK Payment, the Notes will bear interest on such increased principal amount from and after the date of such PIK Payment.

(b) Any PIK Interest on the Notes with respect to Notes represented by certificated notes is payable by issuing PIK Notes in certificated form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable Interest Period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar). The Trustee shall, at the written order of the Company pursuant to Section 2.02 hereof, authenticate and deliver such PIK Notes in certificated form for original issuance to the Holders as of the relevant Record Date, as shown by the records of the register of Holders. Any PIK Notes issued in certificated form will be dated as of the applicable Interest Payment Date and will bear interest from and after such date.

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION

Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee.

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 3.07, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 15 Business Days (or such shorter period as is agreed to by the Trustee) before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (i) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Note and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the Redemption Date, (iii) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.

Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed or purchased (a) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed, (b) or otherwise, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and reasonable and in any event in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary. In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Registrar and Paying Agent from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.

The Registrar and Paying Agent shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes redeemed in part shall be

-50-

redeemed only in integral multiples of $1,000 (or if a PIK Payment has been made, only in integral multiples of $1.00), and no Notes of $2,000 or less (or if a PIK Payment has been made, no Notes of $1.00 or less) shall be redeemed in part, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not $2,000 or in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof (or if a PIK Payment has been made, even if not $1.00 or any integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof), shall be redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption.

The Company shall mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail notices of redemption at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depository, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 10. Notices of redemption may not be conditional, except that any notice of redemption pursuant to Section 3.07(c) may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions, including, without limitation, completion of an Equity Offering.

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed (including CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers) and shall state:

(a) the Redemption Date;

(b) the redemption price;

(c) if any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed will be issued in the name of the Holder of the Notes upon cancellation of the original Note;

(d) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

(f) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;

(g) the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

(h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP and/or ISIN number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the name of the Company and at its expense; provided that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 5 Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

-51-

Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption.

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the Redemption Date at the redemption price. The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Subject to Section 3.05, on and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.

Prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the redemption or purchase date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption or purchase date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the redemption or purchase date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes.

Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed or purchased; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 (or, if a PIK Payment has been made, in denominations of $1.00) or an integral multiple of $1,000 (or, if a PIK Payment has been made, an integral multiple of $1.00) in excess thereof. It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and not an Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note.

Section 3.07 Optional Redemption.

(a) At any time prior to June 15, 2015, the Company, at its option, may redeem all or a portion of the Notes, on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, in amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, at a price equal to 100.00% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the Redemption Date, subject to Section 3.05.

-52-

(b) On or after June 15, 2015, the Company, at its option, may redeem all or a portion of the Notes, on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, in amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount), together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the Redemption Date subject to Section 3.05, if redeemed during the 12-month period (or in the case of the final period, 6-month) beginning on the dates indicated below:

Date	Redemption Price
June 15, 2015		102.000	%
June 15, 2016		101.000	%
June 15, 2017 and thereafter		100.000	%

(c) At any time prior to June 15, 2015, the Company, at its option, may use the net proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to redeem any or all of the Notes issued under this Indenture (including any Additional Notes and any PIK Notes) on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior notice at a redemption price equal to 102.000% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the Redemption Date subject to Section 3.05; provided that such redemption is completed within 120 days of the closing of the Equity Offering.

(d) In addition to the Company’s rights to redeem the Notes as set forth above, the Company may purchase Notes in open-market transactions, tender offers or otherwise.

Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption.

The Company will not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

Section 4.01 Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest.

The Company shall duly and punctually pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture.

Section 4.02 Corporate Existence.

Subject to Section 5.01, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect the existence (corporate or otherwise) and related rights and franchises (charter and statutory) of the Company and each Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise or the existence (corporate or otherwise) of any such Restricted Subsidiary if the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer necessary or desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole and that the loss thereof could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations hereunder; and provided, further, however, that the foregoing shall not prohibit a sale, transfer or conveyance of a Restricted Subsidiary or any of its assets in compliance with the terms of this Indenture.

-53-

Section 4.03 Limitation on Indebtedness.

(a) The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, issue, incur, assume, guarantee or otherwise in any manner become directly or indirectly liable for, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “incur”), any Indebtedness (including any Acquired Indebtedness), unless (i) such Indebtedness is incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Opco and its Restricted Subsidiaries) or constitutes Acquired Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Opco or its Restricted Subsidiaries) and, in each case, the Company’s Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the most recent four full fiscal quarters for which internal consolidated financial statements are available immediately preceding the incurrence of such Indebtedness taken as one period is at least equal to or greater than 2.0:1.0 or (ii) such Indebtedness is incurred by Opco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or constitutes Acquired Indebtedness of Opco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and, in each case, Opco’s Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the most recent four full fiscal quarters for which internal consolidated financial statements are available immediately preceding the incurrence of such Indebtedness taken as one period is at least equal to or greater than 2.0:1.0.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 4.03(a), the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries may incur the following (collectively, the “Permitted Indebtedness”):

(1) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary under any Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the greater of:

(a) $125.0 million, less, without duplication, (i) any permanent repayment thereof or permanent reduction in commitments thereunder from the proceeds of one or more Asset Sales which are used to repay a Credit Facility pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(i) and (ii) the amount of Indebtedness outstanding at the date of determination pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(8); or

(b) at the time of any incurrence the sum of (i) 90% of credit card receivables and health care receivables of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) 85% of trade receivables of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (iii) 85% of the appraised value of prescription lists of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (iv) 90% of the net orderly liquidation value of the inventory of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (based on the most recent third party appraisal of such inventory received by the Company), in the case of each of clauses (i) through (iv), on a consolidated basis as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal consolidated financial statements are available, in each case on a pro forma basis to give effect to any acquisition after such balance sheet date and on or prior to such date of incurrence;

(2) Indebtedness pursuant to (A) the Notes (excluding any Additional Notes) or any PIK Payment in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and any Guarantee with respect to the foregoing, and (B) any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and any Guarantee of the Exchange Notes;

(3) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary outstanding on the Issue Date (including, without limitation, under Opco’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ existing lease with EDS and Indebtedness under the Existing Opco Notes (including the issuance of exchange notes and related guarantees pursuant to the registration rights agreement with respect to the Existing Opco Notes), but excluding Indebtedness referred to in Section 4.03(b)(1) or (b)(2));

-54-

(4) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any disposition or transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (4);

(5) guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than guarantees by the Company or any Guarantor of Acquired Indebtedness incurred in reliance on Section 4.03(a) of any Person that does not become a Guarantor that is acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than guarantees of such Acquired Indebtedness by any other Person so acquired in connection therewith) which Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred under this Section 4.03;

(6) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any:

(a) Interest Rate Agreements;

(b) Commodity Price Protection Agreements; and

(c) Currency Agreements;

(7) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary represented by Capital Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations or other Indebtedness in connection with the acquisition or development of real or personal, movable or immovable, property, in each case incurred or assumed for the purpose of financing or refinancing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property used in the business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed 10% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets;

(8) Indebtedness incurred by a Securitization Entity in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction that is Non-recourse Indebtedness with respect to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);

(9) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (x) in connection with surety, performance, appeal or similar bonds, completion guarantees, or similar instruments entered into in the ordinary course of business or from letters of credit or other obligations in respect of property, casualty or liability insurance, self-insurance, workers’ compensation obligations or similar arrangements or (y) consisting of the financing of insurance premiums or take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(10) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts such amount need not be inadvertent) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of receipt by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of notice of such insufficient funds;

(11) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary arising from agreements for indemnification or purchase price adjustment obligations or similar obligations, or from guarantees or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing any obligation of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to such an agreement, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or properties;

-55-

(12) any renewals, extensions, substitutions, refundings, refinancing or replacements (collectively, a “refinancing”) of any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a) and Section 4.03(b)(2), (b)(3) and (b)(15), including any successive refinancing so long as Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor may only be refinanced with Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor and the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness refinanced is not increased by such refinancing except by an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the stated amount of any premium or other payment contractually required to be paid in connection with such a refinancing pursuant to the terms of the Indebtedness being refinanced or (b) the amount of premium or other payment actually paid at such time to refinance the Indebtedness, plus, in either case, the amount of accrued interest, fees and expenses of the Company incurred in connection with such refinancing and (1) in the case of any refinancing of Indebtedness that is Subordinated Indebtedness, such new Indebtedness is made subordinated to the Notes at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced and (2) in the case of Pari Passu Indebtedness or Subordinated Indebtedness, as the case may be, such refinancing does not reduce the Average Life to Stated Maturity of such Indebtedness;

(13) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit outstanding in reliance on Section 4.03(b)(1) in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(14) Indebtedness of the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such Indebtedness are deposited and used to consummate a Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance pursuant to Article 8 or to discharge this Indenture pursuant to Article 11;

(15) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries to officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Capital Stock of the Company to the extent permitted by Section 4.04(b)(9) upon termination, disability or death;

(16) Indebtedness in respect of Franchise Deposits in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the sum of (a) $5.0 million plus (b) the amount of any Franchise Deposits cash collateralized plus (c) $1.0 million for each franchise store of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries that becomes a franchise store after the Issue Date; and

(17) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in addition to that described in Section 4.03(b)(1) through (16), and any refinancing of such Indebtedness, so long as the aggregate principal amount of all such Indebtedness shall not exceed $50.0 million outstanding at any one time.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.03:

(1) In the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness, or is permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a), the Company will be permitted to classify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, or subject to Section 4.03(c)(2), later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this Section 4.03;

-56-

(2) Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement which is in existence or available on or prior to the Issue Date will be deemed to have been incurred on such date under Section 4.03(b)(1), and the Company will not be permitted to reclassify any portion of such Indebtedness thereafter;

(3) Indebtedness permitted by this covenant need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this Section 4.03 permitting such Indebtedness;

(4) Accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on any Redeemable Capital Stock or Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Redeemable Capital Stock or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.03; provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof as accrued is included in the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company or Opco, as applicable;

(5) With respect to any dollar denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, the dollar equivalent principal amount of such Indebtedness incurred pursuant thereto shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date that such Indebtedness was incurred;

(6) The outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness shall be counted only once and any obligations arising under any guarantee, Lien, letter of credit or similar instrument supporting such Indebtedness shall not be double counted; and

(7) The amount of Indebtedness issued at a price less than the amount of the liability thereof shall be determined in accordance with GAAP.

The Company will not, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness that is or purports to be by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) of the Company, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is also by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) made expressly subordinate to the Notes to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Company. Indebtedness shall not be considered subordinate or junior in right of payment by virtue of being secured to a greater or lesser extent or with different priority.

Section 4.04 Limitation on Restricted Payments.

(a) The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly (each a “Restricted Payment”):

(i) declare or pay any dividend on, or make any distribution to holders of, any shares of the Company’s Capital Stock (other than dividends or distributions payable solely in shares of its Qualified Capital Stock or in options, warrants or other rights to acquire shares of such Qualified Capital Stock);

(ii) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, directly or indirectly, shares of the Company’s Capital Stock;

-57-

(iii) make any principal payment on, or repurchase, redeem, defease, retire or otherwise acquire for value, prior to any scheduled principal payment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (x) Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.03(b)(4) or (y) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of such Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition);

(iv) declare or pay any dividend or distribution on any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary to any Person (other than (a) dividends or distributions payable solely in shares of Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary or in options, warrants or other rights to acquire shares of such Capital Stock, (b) to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (c) dividends or distributions made by a Restricted Subsidiary on a pro rata basis to all stockholders of such Restricted Subsidiary); or

(v) make any Investment (other than any Permitted Investments)

(the amount of any such Restricted Payment, if other than cash, shall be the Fair Market Value of the assets proposed to be transferred), unless:

(1) at the time of and after giving effect to such proposed Restricted Payment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(2) at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment (x) in the case of a Restricted Payment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the issuers of the Existing Opco Notes and their Subsidiaries), the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) under Section 4.03(a)(i) or (y) in the case of a Restricted Payment by Opco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, Opco could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) under Section 4.03(a)(ii); and

(3) after giving effect to the proposed Restricted Payment, the aggregate amount of all such Restricted Payments (other than Permitted Payments described in Section 4.04(b)(2) through (10) and Section 4.04(b)(12) through (16)) declared (with respect to dividends) or made after December 20, 2012 does not exceed the sum of:

(A) 50% of the aggregate Consolidated Net Income of the Company accrued on a cumulative basis during the period beginning on October 7, 2012 (with the Consolidated Net Income of Opco substituting for the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for any period from October 7, 2012 to the Issue Date) and ending on the last day of the Company’s last fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of the Restricted Payment for which internal financial statements of the Company are available (or, if such aggregate cumulative Consolidated Net Income shall be a loss, minus 100% of such loss);

(B) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds and the Fair Market Value of property received after the Issue Date by the Company either (1) as capital contributions or (2) from the issuance or sale (other than to any of its Subsidiaries) of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or any options, warrants or rights to purchase such Qualified Capital Stock of the Company (except, in each case, to the extent such proceeds are used to purchase, redeem or otherwise retire Capital Stock or Subordinated Indebtedness as set forth in Section 4.04(b)(2) or (b)(3) and excluding the Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance of Qualified Capital Stock financed, directly or indirectly, using funds borrowed from the Company or any Subsidiary until and to the extent such borrowing is repaid);

-58-

(C) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received after the Issue Date by the Company (other than from any of its Subsidiaries) upon the exercise of any options, warrants or rights to purchase Qualified Capital Stock of the Company (excluding the Net Cash Proceeds from the exercise of any options, warrants or rights to purchase Qualified Capital Stock financed, directly or indirectly, using funds borrowed from the Company or any Subsidiary until and to the extent such borrowing is repaid);

(D) the amount of reductions in the consolidated Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries upon conversion or exchange of any such Indebtedness into or for Qualified Capital Stock of the Company;

(E) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the Fair Market Value of property received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by means of (i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Investments (other than Permitted Investments or to the extent such Investment was a Restricted Payment made in Section 4.04(b)(16) of the next succeeding paragraph) made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Investments from the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Investments (other than Permitted Investments or to the extent such Investment was a Restricted Payment made in Section 4.04(b)(16) of the next succeeding paragraph) by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Issue Date; or (ii) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.04(b)(16) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend or distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date;

(F) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the Fair Market Value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary constituted a Permitted Investment; and

(G) any amount which previously qualified as a Restricted Payment that was not a Permitted Payment on account of any guarantee entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such guarantee has not been called upon and the obligation arising under such guarantee no longer exists.

(b) The provisions of Section 4.04(a) shall not prohibit the following Restricted Payments (each a “Permitted Payment”):

(1) the payment of any dividend or redemption of any Capital Stock or Subordinated Indebtedness within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof or call for redemption, if at such date of declaration or call for redemption such payment or redemption was permitted by the provisions of Section 4.04(a) (the declaration of such payment will be deemed a Restricted Payment under Section 4.04(a) as of the date of declaration, and the payment itself will be deemed to have been paid on such date of declaration and will not also be deemed a Restricted Payment under Section 4.04(a)) (it being understood that any Restricted Payment made in reliance on this clause (1) shall reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.04(a)(3) above only once);

-59-

(2) Restricted Payments made in exchange for (including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right or privilege in connection with which cash is paid in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares or scrip), or out of the Net Cash Proceeds of a substantially concurrent issuance and sale for cash (other than to a Subsidiary) of, Qualified Capital Stock of the Company; provided that the Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance of such shares of Qualified Capital Stock are excluded from Section 4.04(a)(3)(B);

(3) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or acquisition for value or payment of principal of any Subordinated Indebtedness in exchange for, or out of the Net Cash Proceeds of, a substantially concurrent issuance and sale for cash (other than to any Subsidiary) of any Qualified Capital Stock of the Company; provided that the Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance of such shares of Qualified Capital Stock are excluded from Section 4.04(a)(3)(B);

(4) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement, or acquisition for value or payment of principal of any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Redeemable Capital Stock) (a “refinancing”) in exchange for, or out of the Net Cash Proceeds of, the substantially concurrent issuance of new Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company; provided that any such new Subordinated Indebtedness:

(a) shall be in a principal amount that does not exceed the principal amount so refinanced, plus the amount of premium or other payment reasonably determined as necessary to refinance the Indebtedness, plus the amount of accrued interest, fees and expenses of the Company incurred in connection with such refinancing;

(b) has an Average Life to Stated Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Average Life to Stated Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being refinanced;

(c) has a Stated Maturity for its final scheduled principal payment no earlier than the Stated Maturity for the final scheduled principal payment of the Subordinated Indebtedness being refinanced; and

(d) is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes at least to the same extent as the Subordinated Indebtedness to be refinanced;

(5) the repurchase of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon (a) exercise of stock options to the extent that shares of such Capital Stock represent a portion of the exercise price of such options and (b) the withholding of a portion of the Capital Stock granted or awarded to an employee to pay taxes associated therewith;

(6) the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares or scrip in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exercisable for Capital Stock of the Company;

(7) the repurchase, redemption, or other acquisition or retirement for value of Redeemable Capital Stock of the Company or a Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the sale of, Redeemable Capital Stock;

(8) so long as no Default or Event of Default exists or would occur, payments or distributions to stockholders pursuant to appraisal rights required under applicable law in connection with any consolidation, merger or transfer of assets, that complies with Section 5.01;

-60-

(9) the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company, or a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Capital Stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies, held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (9) do not exceed in any calendar year $5.0 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to the next two succeeding calendar years); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(a) the cash proceeds from the sale of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the capital of the Company, Capital Stock of any of the direct or indirect parent companies of the Company, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of such Capital Stock have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of Section 4.04(a)(3); plus

(b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less

(c) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (a) or (b) of this clause (9);

and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company from members of management of the Company and representing non-cash loans made by the Company to permit members of management to acquire Capital Stock of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with a repurchase of Capital Stock of the Company or any of the Company’s direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant;

(10) payments of dividends on Redeemable Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued in accordance with Section 4.03;

(11) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock (or a Restricted Payment to any direct or indirect parent entity to fund a payment of dividends on such entity’s common stock), following the first public Equity Offering of such common stock after the Issue Date, of up to 6% per annum of the Net Cash Proceeds received by (or, in the case of a Restricted Payment to a direct or indirect parent entity, contributed to the capital of) the Company in or from any such public Equity Offering;

(12) Restricted Payments contemplated by the Offering Memorandum in connection with the Transactions;

(13) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness following an Asset Sale or Change of Control pursuant to provisions similar to those set forth in Section 4.07 or Section 4.09 at a purchase price not to exceed 100% of the principal amount thereof (or 101% in the case of an offer as a result of a Change of Control) plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase; provided that the Company has previously

-61-

made a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as the case may be, with respect thereto and all Notes tendered by holders in connection therewith have been repurchased to the extent required by Section 4.07 or Section 4.09, as applicable;

(14) the declaration and payment of dividends or the payment of other distributions by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to, or the making of loans or advances to, any of their respective direct or indirect parents in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies to pay, in each case without duplication,

(a) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses of any corporate parent required to maintain its corporate existence;

(b) for any taxable year in which the Company is a member of any consolidated, combined or similar income tax group of which any corporate parent is the common parent (a “Tax Group”), federal, foreign, state or local income taxes (as applicable) of the Tax Group that are attributable to the income of the Company and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that, in each taxable year, the amount of such payments (when aggregated with the amount of such taxes paid directly by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) shall not exceed the amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would have been required to pay in respect of such federal, foreign, state or local income taxes on a standalone basis;

(c) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(d) general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(e) amounts payable to the Sponsors pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date;

(f) fees and expenses related to any equity or debt offering of such parent entity (whether or not successful); and

(g) cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of any direct or indirect parent of the Company;

(15) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Receivables and Related Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction; and

(16) other Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed $15.0 million.

For clarity purposes, all payments made pursuant to Section 4.04(b)(2) through (10) and Section 4.04(b)(12) through (16) shall not reduce the amount that would otherwise be available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a).

-62-

Section 4.05 Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.

The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into any transaction or series of related transactions involving aggregate value in excess of $2.5 million (including, without limitation, the sale, purchase, exchange or lease of assets, property or services) with or for the benefit of any Affiliate of the Company (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, including any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction), unless:

(1) such transaction or series of related transactions is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that would be available in a comparable transaction in arm’s-length dealings with an unrelated third party; and

(2) with respect to any transaction or series of related transactions involving aggregate value in excess of $15.0 million, either:

(a) such transaction or series of related transactions has been approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors of the Board of Directors of the Company, or in the event there is only one Disinterested Director, by such Disinterested Director, or

(b) the Company delivers to the Trustee a written opinion of an investment banking firm of national standing or other recognized independent expert stating that the transaction or series of related transactions is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view;

provided, however, that this provision shall not apply to:

(i) directors’ fees, consulting fees, employee salaries, bonuses or employment agreements, incentive arrangements, compensation or employee benefit arrangements with any officer, director or employee of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, including under any stock option or stock incentive plans, customary indemnification arrangements with officers, directors or employees of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(ii) any Restricted Payments made in compliance with Section 4.04 or any Permitted Investment in a Person that is an Affiliate solely as a result of the Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Investments in such Person;

(iii) any Qualified Securitization Transaction;

(iv) any issuance or sale of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company to Affiliates;

(v) transactions among the Company and/or any Restricted Subsidiary and/or any entity that is an Affiliate solely as a result of any Investment by the Company and/or such Restricted Subsidiary in such entity;

(vi) loans or advances to employees or consultants of the Company in the ordinary course of business for bona fide business purposes of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, travel, entertainment and moving expenses) made in compliance with applicable law;

-63-

(vii) any transactions undertaken pursuant to any agreements (including, without limitation, pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement) in existence on the Issue Date and described in this offering memorandum and any renewals, replacements or modifications of such contracts (pursuant to new transactions or otherwise) on terms not materially less favorable when taken as a whole to the holders of the Notes than those in effect on the Issue Date;

(viii) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of their obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement, principal investors agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (viii) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise materially disadvantageous to the holders when taken as a whole;

(ix) the Transactions;

(x) transactions with Unrestricted Subsidiaries, customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture which are fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Company’s Board of Directors or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(xi) payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Sponsors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which payments are approved in good faith by Disinterested Directors constituting a majority of such Disinterested Directors;

(xii) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary and employment agreements, severance arrangements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith; and

(xiii) Investments by the Sponsors in debt securities of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (x) the Investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (y) the Investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities.

Section 4.06 Limitation on Liens.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to enter into, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Liens of any kind that secure obligations under any Indebtedness, on or with respect to any of its properties other than Permitted Liens, unless in each case, (i) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes are secured by a Lien on such property that is senior in priority to such Liens; or (ii) in all other cases, the Notes are equally and ratably secured.

-64-

(b) Any Lien created for the benefit of holders of the Notes pursuant to this Section 4.06 will be deemed automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of each of the Liens triggering the obligation to secure the Notes.

Section 4.07 Limitation on Sale of Assets.

(a) The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, consummate an Asset Sale unless (1) at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Sale is received in cash, Cash Equivalents or Replacement Assets and (2) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares or assets subject to such Asset Sale.

For purposes of Section 4.07(a)(1) above, the following will be deemed to be cash:

(A) the amount of any liabilities (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is actually assumed by the transferee in such Asset Sale and from which the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries are fully and unconditionally released (excluding any liabilities that are incurred in connection with or in anticipation of such Asset Sale and contingent liabilities);

(B) the amount of any notes, securities or other similar obligations received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that is converted, sold or exchanged within 180 days of the related Asset Sale by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries into cash in an amount equal to the Net Cash Proceeds realized upon such conversion, sale or exchange; and

(C) the amount of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Asset Sale; provided that the aggregate of such Designated Non-cash Consideration received in connection with Asset Sales (and still held) shall not exceed the greater of (x) $10.0 million and (y) 2.0% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at any one time (with the Fair Market Value in each case being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).

(b) All or a portion of an amount equal to the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale may be applied by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects:

(i) to permanently repay (x) Senior Indebtedness of the Company (other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) and, in the case of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto or (y) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary and, in the case of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto; provided, that if the Company shall so reduce Obligations under any Senior Indebtedness that is not secured by a Lien permitted by this Indenture, the Company will, equally and ratably, reduce Obligations under the Notes by, at its option, (A) redeeming Notes, (B) making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Offer (as defined below)) to all holders to purchase their Notes at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof; plus the amount of any accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of Notes to be repurchased or (C) purchasing Notes through open market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at a price equal to or higher than 100% of the principal amount thereof) in a manner that complies with this Indenture and applicable securities law;

-65-

(ii) to acquire (or enter into a legally binding agreement to acquire), all or substantially all of the assets of, or a majority of the Voting Stock of, a Permitted Business;

(iii) to make a capital expenditure; or

(iv) to invest the Net Cash Proceeds (or enter into a legally binding agreement to invest) in Replacement Assets.

Pending the final application of any such Net Cash Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce Indebtedness or otherwise invest such Net Cash Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture. If any such legally binding agreement to invest such Net Cash Proceeds is entered into and the Company shall have not consummated such investment (or a replacement investment) within 180 days of the date of such binding agreement or within 365 days of such Asset Sale, whichever is later, such Net Cash Proceeds which were to be invested shall constitute “Excess Proceeds.” The amount of such Net Cash Proceeds not used or invested in accordance with the preceding clauses (i) through (iv) within 365 days (or such later number of days as provided in the preceding sentence) of the Asset Sale constitutes “Excess Proceeds.”

When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, within 30 days thereof, or earlier at the option of the Company, the Company will make an offer (an “Offer”) to all Holders of Notes and to all holders of other Pari Passu Indebtedness containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Section 4.07 with respect to asset sales, in each case, equal to the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes (and 100% of the principal amount or, if different, the accreted value of any Pari Passu Indebtedness) plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Offer, the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture and such remaining amount shall not be added to any subsequent Excess Proceeds for any purpose under this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of the Notes and principal amount or, if different, accreted value of the Notes and other Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered into such Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes and other Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not be required to apply in accordance with this Section 4.07 any Excess Proceeds received in respect of any Asset Sale by Opco or any of its Subsidiaries until such time as such entities are permitted in accordance with the terms of their Indebtedness to dividend or distribute an amount at least equal to such Excess Proceeds to the Company.

(d) The Company will comply with the applicable tender offer rules, including Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, and any other applicable securities laws or regulations in connection with an Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.07, the Company, or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.07 by virtue of such conflict.

Section 4.08 Future Guarantees.

(a) The Notes will not be guaranteed by any of the Company’s Subsidiaries on the Issue Date. After the Issue Date, the Company will cause each Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees any Indebtedness of the Company within ten Business Days of the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary guarantees such Indebtedness to execute and deliver a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit D

-66-

pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will unconditionally guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any and interest on the Notes and all other obligations under this Indenture on the same terms and conditions as those set forth in this Indenture.

Section 4.09 Purchase of Notes upon a Change of Control.

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder of Notes will have the right to require the Company to purchase all or any part (in integral multiples of $1,000 except that no Note will be purchased in part if the remaining principal amount of such Note would be less than $2,000 (or in the case any PIK Payment has been made, in integral multiples of $1.00 except that no partial purchase will be permitted that would result in a Note having a remaining principal amount of less than $1.00)) of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to the offer described below (a “Change of Control Offer”). In the Change of Control Offer, the Company will offer to purchase all of the Notes, at a purchase price (the “Change of Control Purchase Price”) in cash in an amount equal to 101.000% of the principal amount of such Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Purchase Date”) (subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date).

(b) Unless the Company has previously or concurrently mailed a notice of redemption with respect to all of the outstanding Notes pursuant to Section 3.03 within 30 days of any Change of Control or, at the Company’s option, prior to such Change of Control but after it is publicly announced, the Company must notify the Trustee and give written notice (a “Change of Control Purchase Notice”) of the Change of Control to each Holder of Notes, by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at its address appearing in the Note Register. The notice must state:

(i) that a Change of Control has occurred or will occur, the date of such event, and that such Holder has the right to require the Company to repurchase such Holder’s Notes at the Change of Control Purchase Price;

(ii) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.09 and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment at the Change of Control Purchase Price;

(iii) the Change of Control Purchase Date, which shall be fixed by the Company on a Business Day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, or such later date as is necessary to comply with requirements under the Exchange Act; provided that the Change of Control Purchase Date may not occur prior to the Change of Control;

(iv) the Change of Control Purchase Price;

(v) that the Change of Control Purchase Price for any Notes which has been properly tendered and not withdrawn will be paid promptly following the Change of Control Purchase Date;

(vi) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the Paying Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Purchase Date;

-67-

(vii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Company to purchase such Notes, provided that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the 30th day following the date of the Change of Control Purchase Notice, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;

(viii) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest; and

(ix) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Purchase Price, any Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Purchase Date.

(c) On the Change of Control Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law:

(i) accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Purchase Price in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and

(iii) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Company.

(d) Subject to applicable escheat laws, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall return to the Company any cash that remains unclaimed, together with interest or dividends, if any, thereon, held by them for the payment of the Change of Control Purchase Price; provided, however, that, (x) to the extent that the aggregate amount of cash deposited by the Company pursuant to clause (ii) of clause (c) above exceeds the aggregate Change of Control Purchase Price of the Notes or portions thereof to be purchased, then the Trustee shall hold such excess for the Company and (y) unless otherwise directed by the Company in writing, promptly after the Business Day following the Change of Control Purchase Date the Trustee shall return any such excess to the Company together with interest, if any, thereon.

(e) The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the applicable tender offer rules, including Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, and any other applicable securities laws or regulations in connection with a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.09, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.09 by virtue of such conflict.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer, in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.09 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

(g) The Company’s obligation to make a Change of Control Offer to repurchase the Notes may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding pursuant to Section 9.02.

-68-

(h) If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such notes in a Change of Control offer and the Company, or any third party making a Change of Control offer in lieu of the Company, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such holders, the Company or such third party will have the right, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control offer described in this Section 4.09, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to 101.000% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of redemption.

Section 4.10 Reserved.

Section 4.11 Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.

(a) The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock;

(2) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary;

(3) make any Investment in the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or

(4) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary.

(b) Section 4.11(a) will not prohibit any:

(1) encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement (and related security documents), the Notes, this Indenture, any Guarantees and the Existing Opco Notes Indenture (and related security documents)) in effect on the Issue Date or any agreement governing Indebtedness that contains encumbrances and restrictions that are not materially more restrictive than those contained in this Indenture, any Guarantees, the Credit Agreement and the Existing Opco Notes Indenture (and related security documents);

(2) encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the Issue Date, in existence at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that such encumbrances and restrictions are not applicable to any Restricted Subsidiary or the properties or assets of any Restricted Subsidiary other than such Subsidiary which is becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such Subsidiary’s Subsidiaries;

(3) encumbrance or restriction pursuant to any agreement governing any Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations permitted to be incurred under Section 4.03;

(4) encumbrance or restriction contained in any Acquired Indebtedness or other agreement of any Person or related to assets acquired (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries, so long as such encumbrance or restriction (A) was not entered into in contemplation of the acquisition, merger or consolidation transaction,

-69-

and (B) is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or such Person’s Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person or such Person’s Subsidiaries, so acquired;

(5) encumbrance or restriction existing under applicable law, rule, regulation or order or any requirement of any regulatory body;

(6) in the case of Section 4.11(a)(4), Liens securing Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred under Section 4.06 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

(7) customary non-assignment provisions in leases, licenses or contracts;

(8) customary restrictions contained in (A) asset sale agreements that limit the transfer of such assets pending the closing of such sale and (B) any other agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition;

(9) customary restrictions imposed by the terms of shareholders’, partnership or joint venture agreements; provided, however, that such restrictions do not apply to any Restricted Subsidiaries other than the applicable company, partnership or joint venture;

(10) restrictions contained in Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred under this Indenture, so long as such restrictions or encumbrances are customary for Indebtedness of the type incurred and which the Board of Directors of the Company determines in good faith will not adversely affect the Company’s ability to make payments of principal or interest on the Notes;

(11) encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Securitization Entity in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction; provided, however, that such encumbrances and restrictions are necessary or advisable to effect the transactions contemplated under such Qualified Securitization Transaction in the good faith determination of the Company;

(12) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or suppliers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; and

(13) encumbrance or restriction under any agreement that amends, extends, renews, refinances or replaces the agreements containing the encumbrances or restrictions in the foregoing clauses (1) through (12), or in this clause (13); provided that the terms and conditions of any such encumbrances or restrictions are no more restrictive in any material respect than those under or pursuant to the agreement evidencing the Indebtedness so extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced.

Section 4.12 Limitation on Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

The Company may designate after the Issue Date any Subsidiary as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” under this Indenture only if:

(a) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or after giving effect to such designation;

-70-

(b) either (i) such Subsidiary has total assets of less than $1,000 or (ii) the Company would be permitted to make an Investment at the time of designation (assuming the effectiveness of such designation) pursuant to Section 4.04 in an amount (the “Designation Amount”) equal to the Fair Market Value of the Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Investments in such Subsidiary (including any guarantee of the obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary that will not be released concurrently with such designation but excluding any amounts attributable to Investments made prior to the Issue Date);

(c) such Unrestricted Subsidiary does not own any Capital Stock in any Restricted Subsidiary which is not simultaneously being designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(d) such Unrestricted Subsidiary is not liable, directly or indirectly, with respect to any Indebtedness other than Non-recourse Indebtedness, provided that an Unrestricted Subsidiary may provide a Guarantee for the Notes; and

(e) such Unrestricted Subsidiary is not a party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding at such time with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company or, in the event such condition is not satisfied, the value of such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding to such Unrestricted Subsidiary from and after the date of designation shall be deemed a Restricted Payment.

In the event of any such designation, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment pursuant to Section 4.04 for all purposes of this Indenture in an amount equal to the Designation Amount. For purposes of the foregoing, the designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be the designation of all of the Subsidiaries of such Subsidiary as Unrestricted Subsidiaries. Unless so designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, any Person that becomes a Subsidiary of the Company will be classified as a Restricted Subsidiary.

The Company may revoke any designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if:

(a) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of and after giving effect to such revocation;

(b) all Liens and Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding immediately following such revocation would, if incurred at such time, have been permitted to be incurred for all purposes of this Indenture; and

(c) unless such redesignated Subsidiary shall not have any Indebtedness outstanding (other than Indebtedness that would be Permitted Indebtedness), (x) if prior to such revocation the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.03(a) immediately after giving effect to such proposed revocation, and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of any such Indebtedness of such redesignated Subsidiary as if such Indebtedness was incurred on the date of the revocation, the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.03(a) or (y) if prior to such revocation the Company could not incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.03(a) the Company’s Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio does not decline as a result of such revocation.

-71-

All designations and revocations must be evidenced by a resolution of the Company’s Board of Directors delivered to the Trustee certifying compliance with the foregoing provisions.

Section 4.13 Provision of Financial Information.

(a) The Company shall furnish to the Trustee and, upon request, to beneficial owners and prospective investors of the Notes, a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below within 15 days after the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations (assuming the Notes were registered under Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act):

(1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants; provided that, prior to the Exchange Offer, such reports may be reports of Opco including or accompanied by a reasonably detailed explanation of the differences between the assets, liabilities and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and Opco and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on the other hand; and

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports;

provided that if the Company files such reports electronically with the SEC within such time periods, the Company shall not be required to furnish such reports as specified above. The Trustee shall have no responsibility whatsoever to determine if such electronic filing has occurred.

(b) Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).

(c) After consummation of the Exchange Offer, whether or not required by the SEC, the Company shall comply with the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and shall file the reports specified in Section 4.13(a) with the SEC within the time periods specified in Section 4.13(a) unless the SEC will not accept such a filing. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will not accept the Company’s filings for any reason, the Company shall post the reports referred to in Section 4.13(a) on its website within the time periods that would apply if the Company were required to file those reports with the SEC.

(d) For so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company shall also:

(1) within 15 Business Days after filing with the Trustee or the SEC, as the case may be, the annual and quarterly information required pursuant to the preceding two paragraphs, hold a conference call for Holders of Notes, prospective investors and market makers (it being understood that prior to completion of the Exchange Offer, the Company may limit participants to the extent it determines in good faith such limitations are prudent to ensure compliance with the Securities Act and other applicable securities laws) to discuss such reports and the results of operations for the relevant reporting period; and

-72-

(2) employ commercially reasonable means expected to reach Persons entitled to participate in such conference calls in accordance with the foregoing paragraph no fewer than three Business Days prior to the date of the conference call required to be held in accordance with clause (1) above, to announce the time and date of such conference call and either including all information necessary to access the call or directing such Persons to contact the appropriate contact at the Company to obtain such information.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the direct or indirect parent company becomes a guarantor, the reports, information and other documents required to be filed and provided in accordance with clauses (a) and (b) above will be those of such parent, rather than those of the Company, so long as such filings would satisfy the SEC’s requirements (assuming the Notes were registered under Section (13)(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act).

(f) In addition, so long as any of the Notes remain outstanding, the Company will make available to any prospective purchaser of Notes or beneficial owner of Notes in connection with any sale thereof the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act, until such time as the Company has either exchanged the Notes for securities identical in all material respects which have been registered under the Securities Act or until such time as the Holders thereof have disposed of such Notes pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

Section 4.14 Statement by Officers as to Default.

(a) The Company will deliver to the Trustee, on or before a date not more than 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an Officer’s Certificate, as to compliance herewith, including whether or not, after a review of the activities of the Company during such year and of the Company’s and any Guarantor’s performance under this Indenture, to the best knowledge, based on such review, of the signers thereof, the Company and any Guarantor have fulfilled all of their respective obligations and are in compliance with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture throughout such year, as the case may be, and, if there has been a Default specifying each Default and the nature and status thereof and any actions being taken by the Company and any Guarantors with respect thereto.

(b) When any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee by registered or certified mail or facsimile transmission an Officer’s Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default, within five Business Days after becoming aware of the occurrence of such Default or Event of Default.

ARTICLE 5

SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01 Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets.

(a) The Company will not, in a single transaction or through a series of related transactions, consolidate with or merge with or into any other Person or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person or group of Persons, unless at the time and after giving effect thereto:

(1) either (a) the Company will be the continuing corporation or (b) the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger or the Person which acquires by sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (the “Surviving Entity”)

-73-

(i) shall be a corporation, limited liability company or partnership duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; provided that there shall be an obligor or a co-obligor that is a corporation and (ii) shall expressly assume by a supplemental indenture, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement, as the case may be, and the Notes and this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement will remain in full force and effect as so supplemented (and any Guarantees will be confirmed as applying to such Surviving Entity’s obligations);

(2) after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;

(3) after giving effect to such transaction, the Company (or the Surviving Entity if the Company is not the continuing obligor under this Indenture) could (a) incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the provisions of Section 4.03(a) or (b) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company or the Surviving Entity is equal to or greater than the Company’s Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such transaction;

(4) at the time of the transaction, each Guarantor, if any, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, will have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and

(5) at the time of the transaction, the Company or the Surviving Entity will have delivered, or caused to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that such consolidation, merger, transfer, sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other transaction and the supplemental indenture in respect thereof comply with this Indenture and that all conditions precedent provided for in this Section 5.01(a) relating to such transaction have been complied with.

Notwithstanding Sections 5.01(a)(2) and (a)(3), (x) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Restricted Subsidiary and (y) the Company may merge with an Affiliate that has no significant assets or liabilities and was formed solely for the purpose of changing the Company’s jurisdiction of organization to another state of the United States.

(b) Each Guarantor will not, and the Company will not permit a Guarantor to, in a single transaction or through a series of related transactions, consolidate with or merge with or into any other Person (other than the Company or any Guarantor) or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person or group of Persons (other than the Company or any Guarantor), unless at the time and after giving effect thereto:

(1) (a) either (i) the Guarantor will be the continuing corporation or limited liability company, as the case may be, in the case of a consolidation or merger involving the Guarantor or (ii) the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger or the Person which acquires by sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Guarantor on a consolidated basis (the “Surviving Guarantor Entity”) will be a corporation, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, partnership (whether general or limited) or trust duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and such Person expressly assumes, by a supplemental indenture, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee of the Notes and this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement and such Guarantee, Indenture and Registration Rights Agreement will remain in full force and effect;

-74-

(b) after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

(c) at the time of the transaction such Guarantor or the Surviving Guarantor Entity will have delivered, or caused to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that such consolidation, merger, transfer, sale, assignment, conveyance, lease or other transaction and the supplemental indenture in respect thereof comply with this Indenture and that all conditions precedent therein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with; or

(2) the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.07.

For purposes of this Section 5.01, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Restricted Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

Section 5.02 Successor Substituted.

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company or any Guarantor, if any, in accordance with Section 5.01, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, is merged, or the successor Person to which such sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition is made, shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, under this Indenture, the Notes and/or the related Guarantee, as the case may be, and the Registration Rights Agreement, with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, herein, in the Notes and/or in the Guarantee, as the case may be, and the Registration Rights Agreement, and the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes or its Guarantee, as the case may be, and the Registration Rights Agreement; provided that in the case of a transfer by lease, the predecessor shall not be released from the payment of principal and interest on the Notes or its Guarantee, as the case may be.

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01 Events of Default.

An “Event of Default” wherever used herein, means any one of the following events:

(1) there shall be a default in the payment of any interest on any Note when it becomes due and payable, and such default shall continue for a period of 30 days;

-75-

(2) there shall be a default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note at its Maturity (upon acceleration, optional redemption, required repurchase or otherwise);

(3) (a) there shall be a default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or agreement of the Company under this Indenture (other than a default in the performance, or breach, of a covenant or agreement which is specifically dealt with in clause (1) or (2) above or in clause (b), (c) or (d) of this clause (3)) and such default or breach shall continue for a period of 60 days after written notice has been given, by certified mail, (1) to the Company by the Trustee or (2) to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes; (b) there shall be a default in the performance or breach of the provisions described in Section 5.01; (c) the Company shall have failed to make or consummate an Offer in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.07; or (d) the Company shall have failed to make or consummate a Change of Control Offer in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.09;

(4) (a) any default in the payment of the principal or premium, if any, on any Indebtedness when due under any of the agreements, indentures or instruments under which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary then has outstanding Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) in excess of $25.0 million (“Material Indebtedness”) and such default shall have continued after giving effect to any applicable grace period and shall not have been cured or waived or (b) an event of default as defined in any of the agreements, indentures or instruments described in subclause (a) of this clause (4) shall have occurred and the Material Indebtedness thereunder, if not already matured at its final maturity in accordance with its terms, shall have been accelerated;

(5) one or more final, non-appealable judgments or orders of any court or regulatory or administrative agency for the payment of money in excess of $25.0 million (net of any amounts to the extent that they are covered by insurance), either individually or in the aggregate, shall be rendered against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which has not been discharged, fully bonded or stayed for a period of 60 consecutive days;

(6) there shall have been the entry of a decree or order that remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days by a court of competent jurisdiction under any applicable Bankruptcy Law (a) for relief in an involuntary case or proceeding in respect of the Company, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries which collectively (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or (b) adjudging the Company, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries which collectively (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary bankrupt or insolvent or (c) seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition under any applicable federal or state law of or in respect of the Company, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries which collectively (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or (d) appointing a custodian of the Company, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries which collectively (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or of substantially all of the assets of the Company or such Significant Subsidiary, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of their affairs; or

-76-

(7) the Company, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries which collectively (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary (a) commences a voluntary case or proceeding in respect of the Company, such Significant Subsidiary or such group of Restricted Subsidiaries under any applicable Bankruptcy Law or any other case or proceeding to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, (b) consents to the entry of a decree or order for debt relief in respect of the Company, such Significant Subsidiary or such group of Restricted Subsidiaries in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law or to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against it, (c) files a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or debt relief in respect of the Company, such Significant Subsidiary or such group of Restricted Subsidiaries under any Bankruptcy Law or applicable federal or state insolvency law, (d) consents to the filing of such petition for the appointment of, or taking possession by, a custodian of the Company, such Significant Subsidiary or such group of Restricted Subsidiaries or of substantially all of the assets of the Company or such Significant Subsidiary, (e) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (f) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due or (g) takes any corporate action to authorize any such actions in this clause (7).

Section 6.02 Acceleration.

If an Event of Default (other than as specified in Section 6.01(6) or (7) with respect to the Company) shall occur and be continuing with respect to this Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare all unpaid principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on all Notes to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by the Holders of the Notes) and upon any such declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and interest shall become due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(6) or (7) with respect to the Company occurs and is continuing, then all the Notes shall automatically become and be due and payable immediately in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date the Notes become due and payable, without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

After a declaration of acceleration, but before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

(a) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay (1) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee under this Indenture and the compensation, reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, (2) all overdue interest on all Notes then outstanding, (3) the principal of, and premium, if any, on any Notes then outstanding which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest thereon at the rate borne by the Notes and (4) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest at the rate borne by the Notes; and

(b) all Events of Default, other than the non-payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

-77-

Section 6.03 Other Remedies.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults.

The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding may on behalf of the Holders of all outstanding Notes waive any past Default under this Indenture and its consequences, except a Default (1) in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note (which may only be waived with the consent of each Holder of Notes affected) or (2) in respect of a covenant or provision which under this Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Note affected by such modification or amendment.

Section 6.05 Control by Majority.

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits.

No Holder of any of the Notes has any right to institute any proceedings with respect to this Indenture or any remedy thereunder, unless (a) such Holder has previously given notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default; (b) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as trustee under this Indenture and the Notes; (c) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request; (d) the Trustee has failed to institute such proceeding within 60 days after receipt of such notice; and (e) the Trustee, within such 60-day period, has not received directions inconsistent with such written request by Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Such limitations do not, however, apply to a suit instituted by a Holder of a Note for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on such Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note.

Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an Offer or a Change of Control Offer), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

-78-

Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee.

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

Section 6.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings or any other proceedings, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies hereunder of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted.

Section 6.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

Section 6.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

Section 6.12 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes including any Guarantor), their creditors or their property and shall be entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses,

-79-

disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 6.13 Priorities.

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

(i) to the Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar, Transfer Agent, their agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent and the costs and expenses of collection;

(ii) to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, respectively; and

(iii) to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct, including a Guarantor, if applicable.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.13.

Section 6.14 Undertaking for Costs.

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee.

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

-80-

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own grossly negligent action, its own grossly negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05.

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01.

(e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee.

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

-81-

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

(f) None of the provisions of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it.

(g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

(h) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(j) In the event the Company is required to pay Additional Interest, the Company will provide written notice to the Trustee of the Company’s obligation to pay Additional Interest no later than 15 days prior to the next Interest Payment Date, which notice shall set forth the amount of the Additional Interest to be paid by the Company. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holders to determine whether the Additional Interest is payable and the amount thereof.

(k) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.

(l) The Trustee may request that the Company delivers a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.

-82-

Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer.

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults.

If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. The Trustee shall not be deemed to know of any Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.

Within 60 days after each May 15, beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) (but if no event described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c).

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing when, if applicable, the Notes are listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.

Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity.

The Company and any Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company and any Guarantors, jointly and severally,

-83-

shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

The Company and any Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee for, and hold the Trustee harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company or any Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) or defending itself against any claim whether asserted by any Holder, the Company or any Guarantor, or liability in connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder). The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company and any Guarantors need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct or gross negligence.

The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.

Notwithstanding anything contrary in Section 4.06 hereto, to secure the payment obligations of the Company and any Guarantors in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(6) or (7) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. As used in this Section 7.07, the term “Trustee” shall also include each of the Paying Agent, Registrar, and Transfer Agent, as applicable.

Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee.

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and the Registrar, Paying Agent and Transfer Agent may resign with 60 days’ prior written notice and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing and may remove the Registrar, Paying Agent or Transfer Agent by so notifying such Registrar, Paying Agent or Transfer Agent, as applicable, with 90 days’ prior written notice. The Company may remove the Trustee if:

(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

(b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

-84-

(c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the Company’s expense), the Company or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

As used in this Section 7.08, the term “Trustee” shall also include each of the Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent, as applicable.

Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification.

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation or national banking association organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b).

-85-

Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company.

The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and any Guarantor shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and any Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (“Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture including that of any Guarantors (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(a) the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due;

(b) the Company’s obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee; and

(d) this Section 8.02.

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03.

Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance.

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and any Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13 and 4.14, and clauses (2) through (5) of Section 5.01(a) and Section 5.01(b), with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (“Covenant Defeasance”), any Guarantees will be released pursuant to Section 10.06 and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver,

-86-

consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any default thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, Sections 6.01(3) (as it relates to the covenants specified above), 6.01(4), 6.01(5) and 6.01(6), (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries) and 6.01(7) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries) shall not constitute Events of Default.

Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 to the outstanding Notes:

(1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants or a nationally recognized investment banking firm, to pay and discharge the principal of, premium, if any, and interest due on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity thereof or, to the extent the Company has previously provided a notice of redemption with respect to the outstanding Notes, on the applicable Redemption Date;

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel from independent counsel in the United States stating that:

(a) the Company have received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or

(b) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel from independent counsel in the United States shall confirm that (subject to customary assumptions, qualifications and exclusions) the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel from independent counsel in the United States (subject to customary assumptions, qualifications and exclusions) confirming that the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to such federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

-87-

(4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a Default under any other material agreement to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound; and

(6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel from independent counsel each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

Subject to Section 8.06, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company or any Guarantor acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the written request of the Company any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(2)), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

Section 8.06 Repayment to the Company.

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

Section 8.07 Reinstatement.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.04 or 8.05, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then

-88-

the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.04 or 8.05 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.04 or 8.05, as the case may be; provided that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of their obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

Notwithstanding Section 9.02, the Company, any Guarantor, any other obligor under the Notes and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, any Guarantee or Notes without the consent of any Holder:

(1) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company or any Guarantor, and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company or any Guarantor in this Indenture, the Notes and any Guarantee in accordance with Section 5.01;

(2) to add to the covenants of the Company, any Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or any Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes, as applicable, in this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee;

(3) to cure any ambiguity, or to correct or supplement any provision in this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision in this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee;

(4) to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee; provided that, in each case, such provisions shall not materially adversely affect the interest of the Holders of the Notes;

(5) to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

(6) in the event that the PIK Notes are issued in certificated form, to make appropriate amendments to this Indenture to reflect an appropriate minimum denomination of certificated PIK Notes and establish minimum redemption amounts for certificated PIK Notes;

(7) to evidence and provide the acceptance of the appointment of a successor Trustee under this Indenture;

(8) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes or PIK Notes in accordance with this Indenture; or

(9) in the sole discretion of the Company, to conform any provision of this Indenture to the provisions of the “Description of the Notes” contained in the Offering Memorandum to the extent such provision was intended to be a verbatim recital of a provision contained herein, as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate.

-89-

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding may waive compliance with certain restrictive covenants and provisions of this Indenture.

Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes.

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company, any Guarantor party thereto, if any, and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes and any Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04, 6.06 and 6.07, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, any Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Section 2.08 and Section 2.09 shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for the purposes of this Section 9.02.

Without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

(1) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of interest on, or change to an earlier date any Redemption Date (excluding any amendment or waiver of any minimum notice period for redemption which may be amended with the consent of the Company and the Holders of at least a majority of the Notes then outstanding) of, or waive a default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any such Note or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest thereon or any premium payable upon the redemption thereof, or change the coin or currency in which the principal of any such Note or any premium or the interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment after the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date) in each case other than the provisions with respect to Section 4.09 and an Offer pursuant to Section 4.07;

(2) reduce the percentage in principal amount of such outstanding Notes, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver or compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture;

(3) modify any of the provisions relating to supplemental indentures requiring the consent of Holders or relating to the waiver of past defaults or relating to the waiver of certain covenants, except to increase the percentage of such outstanding Notes required for such actions or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each such Note affected thereby;

(4) amend or modify any of the provisions of this Indenture in any manner which subordinates the Notes issued thereunder in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or which subordinates any Guarantee in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of any Guarantor issuing any such Guarantee; or

(5) release any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary except in compliance with the terms of this Indenture.

-90-

Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

Section 9.04 Effect of Consents.

An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder; provided that any amendment or waiver that requires the consent of each affected Holder shall not become effective with respect to any non-consenting Holder.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date.

Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.

The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amendment, supplement or waiver until the Board of Directors approves it. In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall receive and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company and any Guarantors party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel will be required for the Trustee to execute any amendment or supplement adding a new Guarantor under this Indenture.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Article 9 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.

-91-

ARTICLE 10

GUARANTEES

Section 10.01 Guarantee.

If the Notes are Guaranteed pursuant to Section 4.08, each Guarantor shall, subject to this Article 10 and execution of related supplemental indenture, hereby, jointly and severally, guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of, interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01.

If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay,

-92-

injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantees.

Each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Company for liquidation or reorganization, should the Company become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Company’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

As used in this Section 10.01, the term “Trustee” shall also include each of the Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent, as applicable.

Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 13, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

-93-

Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery.

To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, the Controller, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Guarantor or the sole member of the Guarantor, as the case may be, or any other officers of such Guarantor or such sole member, as the case may be, acting at the direction of any such foregoing officer. Each Guarantor hereby agrees to execute a Notation of Guarantee substantially in the form included in Exhibit A hereto on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee.

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

Section 10.04 Subrogation.

Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Company in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.01; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Company under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

Section 10.05 Benefits Acknowledged.

Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

Section 10.06 Release of Guarantees.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, any Guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary (and all Liens securing the same) shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:

(1) satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture in compliance with Article 14;

(2) a Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance of this Indenture;

(3) such Subsidiary ceasing to constitute a Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction that complies with this Indenture (whether upon a sale, exchange, transfer or disposition of Capital Stock in such Restricted Subsidiary (including by way of merger or consolidation), or the designation of such Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or the sale or disposition of all of the assets of such Guarantor made in compliance with this Indenture);

(4) the merger or dissolution of a Guarantor into the Company or another Guarantor or the transfer or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of a Guarantor to the Company or another Guarantor; or

(5) in the case of any Guarantee provided pursuant to the last sentence of Section 4.08 such Subsidiary no longer guaranteeing the payment of any Indebtedness of the Company or any other Guarantor.

-94-

ARTICLE 11

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge.

This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes as is herein expressly provided) as to all Notes, when:

(1) either (A) all such Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid or Notes whose payment has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust as provided for in this Indenture) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or (B) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (a) have become due and payable, (b) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or (c) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company; or

(2) the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust an amount in United States dollars or Government Securities or a combination thereof sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest at such Maturity, Stated Maturity or Redemption Date;

(3) after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary on the date of such deposit;

(4) such satisfaction and discharge will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party or by which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is bound;

(5) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable under this Indenture by the Company; and

(6) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel from independent counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent under this Section 11.01 relating to the satisfaction and discharge of such Indenture have been complied with.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to clause (2) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Section 11.02 and Section 8.06 shall survive.

-95-

Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money.

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06, all money or Government Securities deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Additional Interest, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of their obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 12

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls.

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Trust Indenture Act Section 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

Section 12.02 Notices.

Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), fax or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

If to the Company and/or any Guarantor:

Tops Holding II Corporation

c/o Tops Holding LLC (f/k/a Tops Holding Corporation)

PO Box 1027

Buffalo, New York 14240-1027

Facsimile: (716) 635-5102

Attention: Lynne A. Burgess, Senior Vice President and Secretary

-96-

If to the Trustee:

U.S. Bank National Association

100 Wall Street

Suite 1600

New York, New York 10005

Fax No.: (212) 509-3384

Attention: Beverly A. Freeney

The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; when receipt acknowledged, if faxed; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; provided that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof.

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

Section 12.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.

Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act Section 312(c).

Section 12.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

Upon any request or application by the Company or any Guarantor to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company or any Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee:

(a) an Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

(b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

-97-

Section 12.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(e) and shall include:

(a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact); and

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Section 12.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents.

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

Section 12.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.

No director, officer, employee, member or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the Notes, this Indenture, any Guarantees, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

Section 12.08 Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial. THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

Section 12.09 Force Majeure.

In no event shall the Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services.

-98-

Section 12.10 Successors.

All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee and the Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent in this Indenture shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of any Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.06.

Section 12.11 Severability.

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 12.12 Counterpart Originals.

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Indenture by facsimile, email or other electronic means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Indenture.

Section 12.13 Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 12.14 Qualification of Indenture.

The Company and any Guarantor shall qualify this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with and to the extent required by the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Company, any Guarantor and the Trustee) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Company and any Guarantor any such Officer’s Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

Section 12.15 USA Patriot Act.

The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act the Trustee and Agents, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, are required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account. The parties to this agreement agree that they will provide the Trustee and the Agents with such information as they may request in order to satisfy the requirements of the USA Patriot Act.

[Signatures on following pages]

-99-

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

By:

Name:

Title:

Signature Page to Indenture

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

By:

Name:

Title:

Signature Page to Indenture

EXHIBIT A-1

[Face of Note]

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the IAI Note Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the OID Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

A-1-1

CUSIP [                 ]

ISIN [                 ]¹

[RULE 144A][REGULATION S] GLOBAL NOTE

8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018

No.          [$                    ]

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

promise to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns, the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto] [of                      United States Dollars] on June 15, 2018.

Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15

Record Dates: June 1 and December 1

¹  Rule 144A Note CUSIP: 89078X AA5

Rule 144A Note ISIN: US89078XAA54

Regulation S Note CUSIP: U89096 AA6

Regulation S Note ISIN: USU89096AA66

Exchange Note CUSIP: 89078X AB3

Exchange Note ISIN: US89078XAB38

A-1-2

IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION
By:
	Name:
	Title:

A-1-3

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

Dated: [            ]

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:
	Authorized Signatory

A-1-4

[Back of Note]

8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1. INTEREST. Tops Holding II Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note as follows: at a rate of 8.750% per annum with respect to Cash Interest (as defined below) and 9.500% per annum with respect to any PIK Interest (as defined below) from May 15, 2013 until maturity and shall pay the Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Company will pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be December 15, 2013. The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes; they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. Subject to the making of PIK Payments as described herein, the Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. PIK Payments on the Notes will be made in denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof.

2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest on the Notes and Additional Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Payment of interest and Additional Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

Except as provided in the immediately succeeding sentence and the definition of “Applicable Amount,” interest on the Notes shall be payable entirely in cash (“Cash Interest”). For any Interest Period after the initial Interest Period (other than the final Interest Period ending at stated maturity), if the Applicable Amount (as defined below) as determined on the Determination Date (as defined below) for such Interest Period shall:

(i) equal or exceed 75%, but be less than 100%, of the aggregate amount of Cash Interest that would otherwise be due on the relevant interest payment date, then the Company may, at its option, elect to pay interest on (a) 25% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Notes or by issuing PIK Notes in a principal amount equal to such interest (such increased principal amount or PIK Notes, “PIK Interest”) and (b) 75% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes as Cash Interest;

A-1-5

(ii) equal or exceed 50%, but be less than 75%, of the aggregate amount of Cash Interest that would otherwise be due on the relevant interest payment date, then the Company may, at its option, elect to pay interest on (a) 50% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes as PIK Interest and (b) 50% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes as Cash Interest;

(iii) equal or exceed 25%, but be less than 50%, of the aggregate amount of Cash Interest that would otherwise be due on the relevant interest payment date, then the Company may, at its option, elect to pay interest on (a) 75% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes as PIK Interest and (b) 25% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes as Cash Interest; or

(iv) be less than 25% of the aggregate amount of Cash Interest that would otherwise be due on the relevant interest payment date, then the Company may, at its option, elect to pay interest on the Notes entirely as PIK Interest.

The insufficiency or lack of funds available to the Company to pay Cash Interest as required by the preceding paragraph shall not permit the Company to pay PIK Interest in respect of any Interest Period and the sole right of the Company to elect to pay PIK Interest shall be as (and to the extent) provided in the immediately preceding paragraph.

As used herein:

(1) “Applicable Amount” shall be the amount equal to the sum (without duplication) of,

(i) (a) the maximum amount of all dividends and distributions that, as of the applicable Determination Date (and after giving effect to any borrowing made on such date), would be permitted to be paid to the Company for the purpose of paying Cash Interest by all Restricted Subsidiaries (after giving effect to all corporate, shareholder or other comparable actions required in order to make such payment, requirements of applicable law and all restrictions on the ability to make such dividends or distributions that are otherwise permitted by the covenant described under Section 4.11 (including, without limitation, any restrictions and limitations in the Credit Agreement, the Existing Opco Notes Indenture, all other Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date or any future Indebtedness incurred in accordance with the Indenture or any agreement that amends, modifies, renews, increases, supplements, refunds, replaces or refinances such Indebtedness)) pursuant to the “restricted payments” covenants (including any exceptions or “baskets” in respect thereof) contained in the Existing Opco Notes Indenture, the Credit Agreement and any other instrument or agreement governing Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the incurrence of which did not violate the Indenture, net of all taxes attributable solely to such dividend or distribution, if any, and, in each case, without regard to whether any such Restricted Subsidiary shall have any funds available to make any such dividends or distributions, less (b) $2.0 million (which amount pursuant to this clause (i) shall in no event be less than $0); and

A-1-6

(ii) (a) all cash and Cash Equivalents on hand at the Company as of such Determination Date (other than any cash and Cash Equivalents on hand at the Company that were distributed to the Company by a Restricted Subsidiary in reliance on an exception under any agreement to which any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is a party that allowed such distribution but only if such amounts have been distributed to the Company for a purpose other than paying Cash Interest (including, without limitation, any exception allowing amounts to be distributed to the Company solely for the purpose of paying taxes and other corporate and administrative expenses attributable to the Company’s consolidated Subsidiaries)) less (b) $2.0 million (which amount pursuant to this clause (ii) shall in no event be less than $0); provided that there shall be excluded from this clause (ii) any net proceeds from the Notes issued on the Issue Date pending the final application of such proceeds in connection with the Transactions and there shall be excluded from this definition any cash and Cash Equivalents on hand to be used for payment of Cash Interest on the interest payment date next succeeding such Determination Date.

If interest on the Notes with respect to an Interest Period will not be paid entirely as Cash Interest, the Applicable Amount shall be calculated by the Company and shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee (upon which the Trustee may conclusively rely) prior to the first day of the relevant Interest Period in which it is to be applied, which Officers’ Certificate shall set forth in reasonable detail the Company’s determination of each component of this definition and in the case of clause (i)(a) identifying in reasonable detail the applicable restriction(s) and the maximum amount of funds that may be paid after giving effect to such restriction. To the extent the Company is required pursuant to the second preceding paragraph and the definition of Applicable Amount to pay Cash Interest for all or any portion of the interest due on any interest payment date, the Company shall and shall cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to take all such shareholder, corporate and other actions necessary or appropriate to permit the making of any such dividends or distribution, provided that any such shareholder, corporate and other actions would not violate applicable law or cause a breach of any applicable contract;

(2) “Determination Date” shall mean, with respect to each Interest Period, the fifteenth calendar day immediately prior to the first day of the relevant Interest Period; and

(3) “Interest Period” shall mean the period commencing on and including an interest payment date and ending on and including the day immediately preceding the next succeeding interest payment date, with the exception that the first interest period shall commence on and include the Issue Date and end on and include December 14, 2013 (the interest payment date for any interest period shall be the interest payment date occurring on the day immediately following the last day of such interest period).

In the event that the Company shall determine to pay PIK Interest for any Interest Period, then the Company shall deliver a written notice to the Trustee following the Determination Date but prior to the commencement of the relevant Interest Period, which notice shall state the total amount of interest to be paid on such interest payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid as PIK Interest. The Trustee shall promptly deliver a copy of the notice to the holders. Interest for the first Interest Period commencing on the Issue Date shall be payable entirely in Cash Interest. Interest for the final Interest Period ending at stated maturity shall be payable entirely in Cash Interest.

A-1-7

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the payment of accrued interest in connection with any redemption or repurchase of the Notes as described under Sections 3.07, 4.07 and 4.09 will be made solely in cash.

If the Company pays a portion of the interest on the Notes as Cash Interest and as PIK Interest, such Cash Interest and PIK Interest shall be paid to holders pro rata in accordance with their interests subject to the procedures of the Depositary Trust Company. Principal of, premium, if any, and Cash Interest on the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within the United States or, at the option of the Company, payment of Cash Interest may be made by check mailed to the holders of the Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of holders; provided that all payments of principal, premium, if any, and Cash Interest with respect to the Notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of or held by the Depository Trust Company or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the holder or holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Company, the Company’s office or agency will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose. PIK Interest on the Notes will be payable (1) with respect to Notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of or held by the Depositary Trust Company or its nominee, by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding global Note by an amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable Interest Period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar) as provided in writing by the Company to the Trustee, which shall be recorded in the registrar’s books and records and in the schedule to the global note in accordance with the Indenture, and (2) with respect to Notes represented by certificated Notes, by issuing PIK Notes in certificated form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable Interest Period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar), and the Trustee will, at the written order of the Company, authenticate and deliver such PIK Notes in certificated form for original issuance to the holders on the relevant record date, as shown by the records of the register of holders. Following an increase in the principal amount of the outstanding global Notes as a result of a PIK Payment, the Notes will bear interest on such increased principal amount from and after the date of such PIK Payment. Any PIK Notes issued in certificated form will be dated as of the applicable interest payment date and will bear interest from and after such date. All Notes issued pursuant to a PIK Payment will mature on June 15, 2018 and will be governed by, and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of, the Indenture and will have the same rights and benefits as the Notes issued on the Issue Date.

3. PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, U.S. Bank National Association will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

4. INDENTURE. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of May 15, 2013 (the “Indenture”), between the Company and the Trustee. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Company designated as its 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018. The Company shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes and PIK Notes pursuant to Section 2.01 of the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

(a) At any time prior to June 15, 2015, the Company, at its option, may redeem all or a portion of the Notes, on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, in amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, at a price equal to 100.000% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of holders of record on relevant Record Dates to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date.

A-1-8

(b) On or after June 15, 2015, the Company, at its option, may redeem all or a portion of the Notes, on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, in amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount), together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the Redemption Date subject to the rights of holders of record on relevant Record Dates to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the 12-month period (or in the case of the final period, 6-month) beginning on the dates indicated below:

Date	Redemption Price
June 15, 2015		102.000	%
June 15, 2016		101.000	%
June 15, 2017 and thereafter		100.000	%

(c) At any time prior to June 15, 2015, the Company, at its option, may use the net proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to redeem any or all of the Notes issued under the Indenture (including any Additional Notes and any PIK Notes) on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at a redemption price equal to 102.000% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the Redemption Date subject to the rights of holders of record on the relevant Record Dates to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date; provided that such redemption is within 120 days of the closing of the Equity Offering.

(d) If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed in compliance with the requirements of the principal national security exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed, or if the Notes are not listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot and in any event in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary. Notes redeemed in part must be redeemed only in integral multiples of $1,000 and no Note with a principal amount of less than $2,000 will be redeemed in part.

(e) In addition to the Company’s rights to redeem the Notes as set forth above, the Company may purchase Notes in open-market transactions, tender offers or otherwise.

6. MANDATORY REDEMPTION. The Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

7. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Subject to Section 3.03 of the Indenture, notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date (except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 11 of the Indenture) to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 (or, if a PIK Payment has been made, $1.00) may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof (or, if a PIK Payment has been made, in minimum denominations of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof), unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the Redemption Date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

A-1-9

8. OFFERS TO REPURCHASE.

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder of Notes will have the right to require the Company to purchase all or any part (in integral multiples of $1,000 except that no purchase will be permitted that would result in a Note having a remaining principal amount of less than $2,000 (or, in the case any PIK Payment has been made, in integral multiples of $1.00 except that no partial purchase will be permitted that would result in a Note having a remaining principal amount of less than $1.00)) of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to a Change of Control offer. In the Change of Control offer, the Company will offer to purchase all of the Notes, at a purchase price in cash in an amount equal to 101.000% of the principal amount of such Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the date of purchase (subject to the rights of Holders of record on relevant Record Dates to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date). The Change of Control offer shall be made in accordance with Section 4.09 of the Indenture.

(b) Under certain circumstances described in the Indenture, the Company will be required to apply the proceeds of Asset Sales to the repayment of the Notes. The offer shall be made in accordance with Section 4.07 of the Indenture.

9. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof (or, if a PIK Payment has been made, in minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof). The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes or portion of Notes selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Notes being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed.

10. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

11. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, any Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.

12. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. If any Event of Default (other than as specified in Section 6.01(6) or 6.01(7) of the Indenture with respect to the Company) shall occur and be continuing with respect to the Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare all unpaid principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on all Notes to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by the holders of the Notes) and upon any such declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and interest shall become due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default, as specified in Section 6.01(6) or 6.01(7) of the Indenture, occurs and is continuing, then all the Notes shall automatically become and be due and payable immediately in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date the Notes become due and payable, without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holder. Holders may not enforce the Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantees except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default

A-1-10

(except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in its interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any of the Notes held by a non-consenting Holder. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required within five (5) Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default and what action the Company proposes to take with respect thereto.

13. AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.

14. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, including the right to receive Additional Interest (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement).

15. GOVERNING LAW. THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

16. CUSIP/ISIN NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP/ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP/ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to the Company at the following address:

Tops Holding II Corporation

c/o Tops Holding LLC (f/k/a Tops Holding Corporation)

PO Box 1027

Buffalo, New York 14240-1027

Facsimile: (716) 635-5102

Attention: Lynne A. Burgess, Senior Vice President and Secretary

A-1-11

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:                                                                                                                                                                                   

                             (Insert assignee’ legal name)

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint                                                                                                                                                                                                                         

to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:                                              

Your Signature:
	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:                                                      

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-1-12

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.07 or 4.09 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

¨ Section 4.07             ¨ Section 4.09

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.07 or Section 4.09 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$                             

Date:                                         

Your Signature:
	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
Tax Identification No.:

Signature Guarantee*:                                                      

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-1-13

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $            . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

Date of
Exchange Amount of
decrease in
Principal Amount of
this Global Note Amount of increase
in Principal
Amount of this
Global Note Principal Amount of
this Global Note
following such
decrease or increase Signature of
authorized signatory
of Trustee or
Notes Registrar

* This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

A-1-14

Notation of Guarantee

Pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of May 15, 2013 (the “Indenture”), between Tops Holding II Corporation (the “Company”) and the Trustee, each Guarantor, subject to the provisions of the Indenture, hereby, jointly and severally, guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company thereunder, that: (a) the principal of, interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

[                                ]
as Guarantors
By:
	Name:
	Title:

A-1-15

EXHIBIT A-2

[Face of Regulation S Temporary Note]

[Insert Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend]

[Insert the Global Note Legend]

[Insert the Private Placement Legend]

[Insert the OID Legend]

[Insert the IAI Note Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

A-2-1

CUSIP U89096 AA6

ISIN USU89096AA66

[TEMPORARY REGULATION S]

8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018

No.          [$                    ]

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

promise to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns, the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note attached hereto] [of                      United States Dollars] on June 15, 2018.

Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15

Record Dates: June 1 and December 1

A-2-2

IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION
By:
	Name:
	Title:

A-2-3

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

Dated: [            ]

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:
	Authorized Signatory

A-2-4

[Back of Note]

8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1. INTEREST. Tops Holding II Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note as follows: at a rate of 8.750% per annum with respect to Cash Interest (as defined below) and 9.500% per annum with respect to any PIK Interest (as defined below) from May 15, 2013 until maturity and shall pay the Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Company will pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be December 15, 2013. The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes; they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. Subject to the making of PIK Payments as described herein, the Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. PIK Payments on the Notes will be made in denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof.

Until this Regulations S Temporary Global Note is exchanged for one or more Regulation S Permanent Global Notes, the Holder hereof shall not be entitled to receive payments of interest hereon; until so exchanged in full, this Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall in all other respects be entitled to the same benefits as the other Notes under the Indenture.

2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest on the Notes and Additional Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Payment of interest and Additional Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

Except as provided in the immediately succeeding sentence and the definition of “Applicable Amount,” interest on the Notes shall be payable entirely in cash (“Cash Interest”). For any Interest Period after the initial Interest Period (other than the final Interest Period ending at stated maturity), if the Applicable Amount (as defined below) as determined on the Determination Date (as defined below) for such Interest Period shall:

A-2-5

(i) equal or exceed 75%, but be less than 100%, of the aggregate amount of Cash Interest that would otherwise be due on the relevant interest payment date, then the Company may, at its option, elect to pay interest on (a) 25% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Notes or by issuing PIK Notes in a principal amount equal to such interest (such increased principal amount or PIK Notes, “PIK Interest”) and (b) 75% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes as Cash Interest;

(ii) equal or exceed 50%, but be less than 75%, of the aggregate amount of Cash Interest that would otherwise be due on the relevant interest payment date, then the Company may, at its option, elect to pay interest on (a) 50% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes as PIK Interest and (b) 50% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes as Cash Interest;

(iii) equal or exceed 25%, but be less than 50%, of the aggregate amount of Cash Interest that would otherwise be due on the relevant interest payment date, then the Company may, at its option, elect to pay interest on (a) 75% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes as PIK Interest and (b) 25% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes as Cash Interest; or

(iv) be less than 25% of the aggregate amount of Cash Interest that would otherwise be due on the relevant interest payment date, then the Company may, at its option, elect to pay interest on the Notes entirely as PIK Interest.

The insufficiency or lack of funds available to the Company to pay Cash Interest as required by the preceding paragraph shall not permit the Company to pay PIK Interest in respect of any Interest Period and the sole right of the Company to elect to pay PIK Interest shall be as (and to the extent) provided in the immediately preceding paragraph.

As used herein:

(1) “Applicable Amount” shall be the amount equal to the sum (without duplication) of,

(i) (a) the maximum amount of all dividends and distributions that, as of the applicable Determination Date (and after giving effect to any borrowing made on such date), would be permitted to be paid to the Company for the purpose of paying Cash Interest by all Restricted Subsidiaries (after giving effect to all corporate, shareholder or other comparable actions required in order to make such payment, requirements of applicable law and all restrictions on the ability to make such dividends or distributions that are otherwise permitted by the covenant described under Section 4.11 (including, without limitation, any restrictions and limitations in the Credit Agreement, the Existing Opco Notes Indenture, all other Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date or any future Indebtedness incurred in accordance with the Indenture or any agreement that amends, modifies, renews, increases, supplements, refunds, replaces or refinances such Indebtedness)) pursuant to the “restricted payments” covenants (including any exceptions or “baskets” in respect thereof) contained in the Existing Opco Notes Indenture, the Credit Agreement and any other instrument or agreement governing Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the incurrence of which did not violate the Indenture, net of all taxes attributable solely to such dividend or distribution, if any, and, in each case, without regard to whether any such Restricted Subsidiary shall have any funds available to make any such dividends or distributions, less (b) $2.0 million (which amount pursuant to this clause (i) shall in no event be less than $0); and

A-2-6

(ii) (a) all cash and Cash Equivalents on hand at the Company as of such Determination Date (other than any cash and Cash Equivalents on hand at the Company that were distributed to the Company by a Restricted Subsidiary in reliance on an exception under any agreement to which any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is a party that allowed such distribution but only if such amounts have been distributed to the Company for a purpose other than paying Cash Interest (including, without limitation, any exception allowing amounts to be distributed to the Company solely for the purpose of paying taxes and other corporate and administrative expenses attributable to the Company’s consolidated Subsidiaries)) less (b) $2.0 million (which amount pursuant to this clause (ii) shall in no event be less than $0); provided that there shall be excluded from this clause (ii) any net proceeds from the Notes issued on the Issue Date pending the final application of such proceeds in connection with the Transactions and there shall be excluded from this definition any cash and Cash Equivalents on hand to be used for payment of Cash Interest on the interest payment date next succeeding such Determination Date.

If interest on the Notes with respect to an Interest Period will not be paid entirely as Cash Interest, the Applicable Amount shall be calculated by the Company and shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee (upon which the Trustee may conclusively rely) prior to the first day of the relevant Interest Period in which it is to be applied, which Officers’ Certificate shall set forth in reasonable detail the Company’s determination of each component of this definition and in the case of clause (i)(a) identifying in reasonable detail the applicable restriction(s) and the maximum amount of funds that may be paid after giving effect to such restriction. To the extent the Company is required pursuant to the second preceding paragraph and the definition of Applicable Amount to pay Cash Interest for all or any portion of the interest due on any interest payment date, the Company shall and shall cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to take all such shareholder, corporate and other actions necessary or appropriate to permit the making of any such dividends or distribution, provided that any such shareholder, corporate and other actions would not violate applicable law or cause a breach of any applicable contract;

(2) “Determination Date” shall mean, with respect to each Interest Period, the fifteenth calendar day immediately prior to the first day of the relevant Interest Period; and

(3) “Interest Period” shall mean the period commencing on and including an interest payment date and ending on and including the day immediately preceding the next succeeding interest payment date, with the exception that the first interest period shall commence on and include the Issue Date and end on and include December 14, 2013 (the interest payment date for any interest period shall be the interest payment date occurring on the day immediately following the last day of such interest period).

In the event that the Company shall determine to pay PIK Interest for any Interest Period, then the Company shall deliver a written notice to the Trustee following the Determination Date but prior to the commencement of the relevant Interest Period, which notice shall state the total amount of interest to be paid on such interest payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid as PIK Interest. The Trustee shall promptly deliver a copy of the notice to the holders. Interest for the first Interest Period commencing on the Issue Date shall be payable entirely in Cash Interest. Interest for the final Interest Period ending at stated maturity shall be payable entirely in Cash Interest.

A-2-7

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the payment of accrued interest in connection with any redemption or repurchase of the Notes as described under Sections 3.07, 4.07 and 4.09, will be made solely in cash.

If the Company pays a portion of the interest on the Notes as Cash Interest and as PIK Interest, such Cash Interest and PIK Interest shall be paid to holders pro rata in accordance with their interests subject to the procedures of the Depositary Trust Company. Principal of, premium, if any, and Cash Interest on the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within the United States or, at the option of the Company, payment of Cash Interest may be made by check mailed to the holders of the Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of holders; provided that all payments of principal, premium, if any, and Cash Interest with respect to the Notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of or held by the Depository Trust Company or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the holder or holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Company, the Company’s office or agency will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose. PIK Interest on the Notes will be payable (1) with respect to Notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of or held by the Depositary Trust Company or its nominee, by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding global Note by an amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable Interest Period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar) as provided in writing by the Company to the Trustee, which shall be recorded in the registrar’s books and records and in the schedule to the global note in accordance with the Indenture, and (2) with respect to Notes represented by certificated Notes, by issuing PIK Notes in certificated form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable Interest Period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar), and the Trustee will, at the written order of the Company, authenticate and deliver such PIK Notes in certificated form for original issuance to the holders on the relevant record date, as shown by the records of the register of holders. Following an increase in the principal amount of the outstanding global Notes as a result of a PIK Payment, the Notes will bear interest on such increased principal amount from and after the date of such PIK Payment. Any PIK Notes issued in certificated form will be dated as of the applicable interest payment date and will bear interest from and after such date. All Notes issued pursuant to a PIK Payment will mature on June 15, 2018 and will be governed by, and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of, the Indenture and will have the same rights and benefits as the Notes issued on the Issue Date.

3. PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, U.S. Bank National Association will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

4. INDENTURE. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of May 15, 2013 (the “Indenture”), between the Company and the Trustee. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Company designated as its 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018. The Company shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes and PIK Notes pursuant to Section 2.01 of the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

(a) At any time prior to June 15, 2015, the Company, at its option, may redeem all or a portion of the Notes, on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, in amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, at a price equal to 100.000% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of holders of record on relevant Record Dates to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date.

A-2-8

(b) On or after June 15, 2015, the Company, at its option, may redeem all or a portion of the Notes, on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, in amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount), together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the Redemption Date subject to the rights of holders of record on relevant Record Dates to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the 12-month period (or in the case of the final period, 6-month) beginning on the dates indicated below:

Date	Redemption Price
June 15, 2015		102.000	%
June 15, 2016		101.000	%
June 15, 2017 and thereafter		100.000	%

(c) At any time prior to June 15, 2015, the Company, at its option, may use the net proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to redeem any or all of the Notes issued under the Indenture (including any Additional Notes and any PIK Notes) on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at a redemption price equal to 102.000% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the Redemption Date subject to the rights of holders of record on the relevant Record Dates to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date; provided that such redemption is within 120 days of the closing of the Equity Offering.

(d) If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed in compliance with the requirements of the principal national security exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed, or if the Notes are not listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot and in any event in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary. Notes redeemed in part must be redeemed only in integral multiples of $1,000 and no Note with a principal amount of less than $2,000 will be redeemed in part.

(e) In addition to the Company’s rights to redeem the Notes as set forth above, the Company may purchase Notes in open-market transactions, tender offers or otherwise.

6. MANDATORY REDEMPTION. The Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

7. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Subject to Section 3.03 of the Indenture, notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date (except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 11 of the Indenture) to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 (or, if a PIK Payment has been made, $1.00) may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof (or, if a PIK Payment has been made, in minimum denominations of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof), unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the Redemption Date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

A-2-9

8. OFFERS TO REPURCHASE.

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder of Notes will have the right to require the Company to purchase all or any part (in integral multiples of $1,000 except that no purchase will be permitted that would result in a Note having a remaining principal amount of less than $2,000 (or, in the case any PIK Payment has been made, in integral multiples of $1.00 except that no partial purchase will be permitted that would result in a Note having a remaining principal amount of less than $1.00)) of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to a Change of Control offer. In the Change of Control offer, the Company will offer to purchase all of the Notes, at a purchase price in cash in an amount equal to 101.000% of the principal amount of such Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the date of purchase (subject to the rights of Holders of record on relevant Record Dates to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date). The Change of Control offer shall be made in accordance with Section 4.09 of the Indenture.

(b) Under certain circumstances described in the Indenture, the Company will be required to apply the proceeds of Asset Sales to the repayment of the Notes. The offer shall be made in accordance with Section 4.07 of the Indenture.

9. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof (or, if a PIK Payment has been made, in minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof). The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes or portion of Notes selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Notes being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed.

10. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

11. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, any Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.

12. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. If any Event of Default (other than as specified in Section 6.01(6) or 6.01(7) of the Indenture with respect to the Company) shall occur and be continuing with respect to the Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare all unpaid principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on all Notes to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by the holders of the Notes) and upon any such declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and interest shall become due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default, as specified in Section 6.01(6) or 6.01(7) of the Indenture, occurs and is continuing, then all the Notes shall automatically become and be due and payable immediately in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date the Notes become due and payable, without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holder. Holders may not enforce the Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantees except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default

A-2-10

(except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in its interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any of the Notes held by a non-consenting Holder. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required within five (5) Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default and what action the Company proposes to take with respect thereto.

13. AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.

14. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, including the right to receive Additional Interest (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement).

15. GOVERNING LAW. THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

16. CUSIP/ISIN NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP/ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP/ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to the Company at the following address:

Tops Holding II Corporation

c/o Tops Holding LLC (f/k/a Tops Holding Corporation)

PO Box 1027

Buffalo, New York 14240-1027

Facsimile: (716) 635-5102

Attention: Lynne A. Burgess, Senior Vice President and Secretary

A-2-11

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:                                                                                                                                                                                   

                         (Insert assignee’ legal name)

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint                                                                                                                                                                                                                         

to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:                                 

Your Signature:
	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:                                         

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-2-12

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.07 or 4.09 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

¨ Section 4.07            ¨ Section 4.09

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.07 or Section 4.09 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$                    

Date:                                 

Your Signature:
	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
Tax Identification No.:

Signature Guarantee*:                         

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-2-13

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL

NOTE*

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Regulation S Temporary Global Note is $            . The following exchanges of a part of this Regulation S Temporary Global Note for an interest in another Regulation S Temporary Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Regulation S Temporary Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Regulation S Temporary Global Note, have been made:

Date of
Exchange Amount of
decrease in
Principal Amount of
this Regulation S
Temporary Global
Note Amount of increase
in Principal
Amount of this
Regulation S Temporary
Global Note Principal Amount of
this Regulation S Temporary
Global Note
following such
decrease or increase Signature of
authorized signatory
of Trustee or
Notes Registrar

* This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

A-2-14

Notation of Guarantee

Pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of May 15, 2013 (the “Indenture”), between Tops Holding II Corporation (the “Company”) and the Trustee, each Guarantor, subject to the provisions of the Indenture, hereby, jointly and severally, guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company thereunder, that: (a) the principal of, interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

[                    ]
as Guarantors
By:
	Name:
	Title:

A-2-15

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

Tops Holding II Corporation

c/o Tops Holding LLC (f/k/a Tops Holding Corporation)

PO Box 1027

Buffalo, New York 14240-1027

Facsimile: (716) 635-5102

Attention: Lynne A. Burgess, Senior Vice President and Secretary

U.S. Bank National Association

100 Wall Street – Suite 1600 New York,

New York 10005

Fax No.: (212) 509-3384

Attention: Beverly A. Freeney

Re: 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 15, 2013 (the “Indenture”), between Tops Holding II Corporation and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                     (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $                     in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to                      (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2. ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, THE REGULATION S PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes

B-1

that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, the Regulation S Permanent Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note Indenture and the Securities Act.

3. ¨ CHECK AND COMPLETE IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN RULE 144A OR REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

(a) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

or

(b) ¨ such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof;

or

(c) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act;

or

(d) ¨ such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit B-1 to the Indenture and (2) if such Transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of Transfer of less than $100,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

B-2

4. ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OR OF AN UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE.

(a) ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 to a Person who is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(b) ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act to a Person who is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(c) ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER EXEMPTION. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 to a Person who is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

5. ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFEROR IS AN AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY.

6. ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE IS AN AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY.

B-3

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:
	Name:
	Title:

Dated:                     

B-4

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

1. The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

(a) ¨ a beneficial interest in the:

(i) ¨ 144A Global Note (CUSIP [            ]), or

(ii) ¨ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [            ]), or

(b) ¨ a Restricted Definitive Note.

2. After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

[CHECK ONE]

(a) ¨ a beneficial interest in the:

(i) ¨ 144A Global Note (CUSIP [            ]), or

(ii) ¨ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [            ]), or

(iii) ¨ Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP [            ]), or

(b) ¨ a Restricted Definitive Note; or

(c) ¨ an Unrestricted Definitive Note, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

B-5

EXHIBIT B-1

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM

ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

Tops Holding II Corporation

c/o Tops Holding LLC (f/k/a Tops Holding Corporation)

PO Box 1027

Buffalo, New York 14240-1027

Facsimile: (716) 635-5102

Attention: Lynne A. Burgess, Senior Vice President and Secretary

U.S. Bank National Association

100 Wall Street – Suite 1600

New York, New York 10005

Fax No.: (212) 509-3384

Attention: Beverly A. Freeney

Re: 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 15, 2013 (the “Indenture”), between Tops Holding II Corporation and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

In connection with our proposed purchase of $                    aggregate principal amount of Definitive Note, we confirm that:

1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and, if such transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of less than $100,000, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (F) in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (G) in accordance with another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the Definitive Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (G) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein.

B-1-1

3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]
By:
	Name:
	Title:

Dated:

B-1-2

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

Tops Holding II Corporation

c/o Tops Holding LLC (f/k/a Tops Holding Corporation)

PO Box 1027

Buffalo, New York 14240-1027

Facsimile: (716) 635-5102

Attention: Lynne A. Burgess, Senior Vice President and Secretary

U.S. Bank National Association

100 Wall Street – Suite 1600

New York, New York 10005

Fax No.: (212) 509-3384

Attention: Beverly A. Freeney

Re: 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 15, 2013 (the “Indenture”), between Tops Holding II Corporation and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                    (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $                      in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE FOR UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE

a)    ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (v) the Owner is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company.

b)    ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the

C-1

transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (v) the Owner is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company.

c)    ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (v) the Owner is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company.

d)    ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (v) the Owner is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company.

2) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES FOR RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES

a)    ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

b)    ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] [ ] 144A Global Note [ ] Regulation S Global Note, with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act,

C-2

and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

3)    ¨ CHECK IF OWNER IS AN AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY.

4)    ¨ CHECK IF OWNER IS EXCHANGING THIS NOTE IN CONNECTION WITH AN EXPECTED TRANSFER TO AN AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company and are dated                     .

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:
	Name:
	Title:

Dated:                     

C-3

EXHIBIT D

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS]

Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of                     , among                      (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of Tops Holdings II Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association organized and existing under the bank of the United States of America, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of May 15, 2013, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”);

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “Guarantee”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

(1) Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

(2) Agreement to be Bound. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby becomes a party to the Indenture as a Guarantor and as such will have all of the rights and be subject to all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

(3) Guarantee. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees, on a joint and several basis with all the existing Guarantors, if any, to Guarantee to each Holder of the Notes and the Trustee the Indenture Obligations pursuant to Article 10 of the Indenture.

(4) No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary), if any, under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and the Guarantees.

D-1

(5) Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(6) Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

(7) Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

(8) The Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

(9) Benefits Acknowledged. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

(10) Successors. All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in the Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

D-2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
By:
	Name:
	Title:
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:
	Name:
	Title:

D-3

EX-4.6

Exhibit 4.6

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

by and among

Tops Holding II Corporation

and

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

as the Representative of the several Initial Purchasers

Dated as of May 15, 2013

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of May 15, 2013, by and among Tops Holding II Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”) and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (the “Representative”) as the representative of the several initial purchasers (the “Initial Purchasers”) listed on Schedule A to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below), each of whom has agreed to purchase the Issuer’s 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”).

This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated May 8, 2013 (the “Purchase Agreement”), among the Issuer and the Representative on behalf of itself and each of the other Initial Purchasers (i) for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers and (ii) for the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Transfer Restricted Securities, including the Initial Purchasers. In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Securities, the Issuer has agreed to provide the Initial Purchasers the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers set forth in Section 5(f) of the Purchase Agreement.

The parties hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings:

Additional Interest: As defined in Section 5 hereof.

Additional Notes: Has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

Advice: As defined in Section 6(c) hereof.

Agreement: As defined in the preamble hereof.

Broker-Dealer: Any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act.

Business Day: Any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies located in New York, New York are authorized or obligated to be closed.

Closing Date: The date of this Agreement.

Commission: The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Consummate: A registered Exchange Offer shall be deemed “Consummated” for purposes of this Agreement upon the occurrence of (i) the filing and effectiveness under the Securities Act of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (ii) the maintenance of such Registration Statement continuously effective and the keeping of the Exchange Offer open for a period not less than the minimum period required pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof, and (iii) the delivery by the Issuer to the Registrar under the Indenture of Exchange Securities in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities that were tendered by Holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Date: As defined in Section 3 hereof.

Exchange Offer: The registration by the Issuer under the Securities Act of the Exchange Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement pursuant to which the Issuer offers the Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities permitted under applicable law and Commission policy to participate in such offer the opportunity to exchange all such outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Holders for Exchange Securities in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities tendered in such exchange offer by such Holders.

Exchange Offer Registration Statement: The Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer, including the related Prospectus.

Exchange Securities: The 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018, of the same series under the Indenture as the Notes and the Guarantees attached thereto, to be issued to Holders in exchange for Transfer Restricted Securities (including, without limitation, Additional Notes).

FINRA: Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

Guarantees: A guarantee of the Notes by a Guarantor.

Guarantors: Any subsidiary of the Issuer that after the Closing Date becomes a guarantor of the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

Holders: As defined in Section 2(b) hereof.

Indemnified Holder: As defined in Section 8(a) hereof.

Indenture: The Indenture, dated as of May 15, 2013, by and among the Issuer and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), pursuant to which the Securities are to be issued, as such Indenture is amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

Initial Purchasers: As defined in the preamble hereof.

Initial Placement: The issuance and sale by the Issuer of the Securities to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

Issuer: As defined in the preamble hereof.

Issuer Indemnified Party: As defined in Section 8(b) hereof.

-2-

Notes: As defined in the preamble hereof.

Person: Any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Prospectus: The prospectus included in a Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference into such Prospectus.

Purchase Agreement: As defined in the preamble hereof.

Registration Default: As defined in Section 5 hereof.

Registration Statement: Any registration statement of the Issuer relating to (a) an offering of Exchange Securities pursuant to an Exchange Offer or (b) the registration for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, which is filed pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, in each case, including the Prospectus included therein, all amendments and supplements thereto (including post-effective amendments) and all exhibits and material incorporated by reference therein.

Securities: The Notes and the Guarantees (if any).

Securities Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Shelf Filing Deadline: As defined in Section 4(a) hereof.

Shelf Registration Statement: As defined in Section 4(a) hereof.

Trust Indenture Act: The Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Transfer Restricted Securities: The Securities; provided that the Securities shall cease to be Transfer Restricted Securities on the earliest to occur of (i) the date on which a Registration Statement with respect to such Securities has become effective under the Securities Act and such Securities have been exchanged or disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement or (ii) the date on which such Securities cease to be outstanding.

Underwritten Registration or Underwritten Offering: A registration in which securities of the Issuer are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public.

SECTION 2. Securities Subject to this Agreement.

(a) Transfer Restricted Securities. The securities entitled to the benefits of this Agreement are the Transfer Restricted Securities.

-3-

(b) Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities. A Person is deemed to be a holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (each, a “Holder”) whenever such Person owns Transfer Restricted Securities.

SECTION 3. Registered Exchange Offer.

(a) Unless the Exchange Offer shall not be permissible under applicable law or Commission policy (after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a) hereof have been complied with), the Issuer and any Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to (i) cause to be filed with the Commission, a Registration Statement under the Securities Act relating to the Exchange Securities and the Exchange Offer, (ii) cause such Registration Statement to become effective, (iii) in connection with the foregoing, (A) file all pre-effective amendments to such Registration Statement as may be necessary in order to cause such Registration Statement to become effective, (B) if applicable, file a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act and (C) cause all necessary filings in connection with the registration and qualification of the Exchange Securities to be made under the state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as are necessary to permit Consummation of the Exchange Offer, and (iv) upon the effectiveness of such Registration Statement, commence the Exchange Offer. The Issuer and any Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to Consummate the Exchange Offer not later than 365 calendar days following the Closing Date (or, if such 365^th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) (the “Exchange Date”). The Exchange Offer, if required pursuant to this Section 3(a) shall be on the appropriate form permitting registration of the Exchange Securities to be offered in exchange for the Transfer Restricted Securities and to permit resales of Transfer Restricted Securities held by Broker-Dealers as contemplated by Section 3(c) hereof.

(b) If an Exchange Offer Registration Statement is required to be filed and declared effective pursuant to Section 3(a) above, the Issuer and any Guarantors shall cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be effective continuously and shall keep the Exchange Offer open for a period of not less than the minimum period required under applicable federal and state securities laws to Consummate the Exchange Offer; provided, however, that in no event shall such period be less than 20 Business Days after the date notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders. The Issuer shall cause the Exchange Offer to comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws. No securities other than the Exchange Securities shall be included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. The Issuer shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer to be Consummated on or before the Exchange Date.

(c) The Issuer shall indicate in a “Plan of Distribution” section contained in the Prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement that any Broker-Dealer who holds Transfer Restricted Securities that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Transfer Restricted Securities acquired directly from the Issuer), may exchange such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, such Broker-Dealer may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of the Exchange Securities received by such Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, which prospectus delivery requirement may be satisfied by

-4-

the delivery by such Broker-Dealer of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. Such “Plan of Distribution” section shall also contain all other information with respect to such resales by Broker-Dealers that the Commission may require in order to permit such resales pursuant thereto, but such “Plan of Distribution” shall not name any such Broker-Dealer or disclose the amount of Transfer Restricted Securities held by any such Broker-Dealer except to the extent required by the Commission as a result of a change in policy after the date of this Agreement.

The Issuer and any Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Transfer Restricted Securities acquired by Broker-Dealers for their own accounts as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period ending on the earlier of (i) 180 days from the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective and (ii) the date on which a Broker-Dealer is no longer required to deliver a prospectus in connection with market-making or other trading activities.

The Issuer shall provide sufficient copies of the latest version of such Prospectus to Broker-Dealers promptly upon request at any time during such 180-day (or shorter as provided in the foregoing sentence) period in order to facilitate such resales.

SECTION 4. Shelf Registration.

(a) Shelf Registration. If (i) the Issuer is not required to file an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or to consummate the Exchange Offer solely because the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or Commission policy (after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a) hereof have been complied with), (ii) for any reason the Exchange Offer is not Consummated by the Exchange Date or (iii) prior to the Exchange Date: (A) the Initial Purchasers request from the Issuer with respect to Transfer Restricted Securities not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Securities in the Exchange Offer, (B) with respect to any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities such Holder notifies the Issuer that (i) such Holder is prohibited by applicable law or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, (ii) such Holder may not resell the Exchange Securities acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and that the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales by such Holder, or (iii) such Holder is a Broker-Dealer and holds Transfer Restricted Securities acquired directly from the Issuer or one of its affiliates or (C) in the case of the Initial Purchasers, the Initial Purchasers notify the Issuer they will not receive Exchange Securities in exchange for Transfer Restricted Securities constituting any portion of the Initial Purchasers’ unsold allotment, the Issuer and any Guarantors shall:

(x) cause to be filed a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, which may be an amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (in either event, the “Shelf Registration Statement”) as promptly as practicable (such date being the “Shelf Filing Deadline”), which Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for resales of all Transfer Restricted Securities the Holders of which shall have provided the information required pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof; and

-5-

(y) use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission.

The Issuer and any Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Sections 6(b) and (c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Transfer Restricted Securities by the Holders of such Securities entitled to the benefit of this Section 4(a), and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, from the date on which the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission until the expiration of the two-year period after the Closing Date (or shorter period that will terminate when all the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement; provided that the Issuer may for a period of up to 60 days in any three-month period, not to exceed 90 days in any calendar year, determine that the Shelf Registration Statement is not usable under certain circumstances relating to corporate developments, public filings with the Commission and similar events, and suspend the use of the prospectus that is part of the Shelf Registration Statement).

(b) Provision by Holders of Certain Information in Connection with the Shelf Registration Statement. No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may include any of its Transfer Restricted Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder furnishes to the Issuer in writing, within 20 Business Days after receipt of a request therefor, such information as the Issuer may reasonably request for use in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus included therein. Each Holder as to which any Shelf Registration Statement is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Issuer all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Issuer by such Holder not materially misleading.

SECTION 5. Additional Interest. If (i) the Exchange Offer has not been Consummated by the Exchange Date, (ii) any Shelf Registration Statement, if required hereby, has not been declared effective by the Commission 120 days after any obligation to file a shelf registration statement arises or (iii) any Registration Statement required by this Agreement has been declared effective but ceases to be effective at any time at which it is required to be effective under this Agreement (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iii), a “Registration Default”), the Issuer hereby agrees that the interest rate borne by the Transfer Restricted Securities shall be increased by 0.25% per annum during the 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of any Registration Default and shall increase by 0.25% per annum at the end of each subsequent 90-day period (such increase, “Additional Interest”), but in no event shall such increase exceed 1.00% per annum. At the earlier of (i) the cure of all Registration Defaults relating to the particular Transfer Restricted Securities or (ii) the second anniversary of the Closing Date, the interest rate borne by the relevant Transfer Restricted Securities will be reduced to the original interest rate borne by such Transfer Restricted Securities; provided, however, that, if after any such reduction in interest rate, a different Registration Default occurs, the interest rate borne by the relevant Transfer Restricted Securities shall again be increased pursuant to the foregoing provisions.

-6-

All obligations of the Issuer and any Guarantors set forth in the preceding paragraph that are outstanding with respect to any Transfer Restricted Security at the time such security ceases to be a Transfer Restricted Security shall survive until such time as all such obligations with respect to such security shall have been satisfied in full.

SECTION 6. Registration Procedures.

(a) Exchange Offer Registration Statement. In connection with the Exchange Offer, if required pursuant to Section 3(a) hereof, the Issuer and any Guarantors shall comply with all of the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof, shall use their commerically reasonable efforts to effect such exchange to permit the sale of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and shall comply with all of the following provisions:

(i) If in the reasonable opinion of counsel to the Issuer there is a question as to whether the Exchange Offer is permitted by applicable law, the Issuer and any Guarantors hereby agree to seek a no-action letter or other favorable decision from the Commission allowing the Issuer and any Guarantors to Consummate an Exchange Offer for such Transfer Restricted Securities. The Issuer and any Guarantors hereby agree to pursue the issuance of such a decision to the Commission staff level but shall not be required to take commercially unreasonable action to effect a change of Commission policy. The Issuer and any Guarantors hereby agree, however, to (A) participate in telephonic conferences with the Commission, (B) deliver to the Commission staff an analysis prepared by counsel to the Issuer setting forth the legal bases, if any, upon which such counsel has concluded that such an Exchange Offer should be permitted and (C) diligently pursue a favorable resolution by the Commission staff of such submission.

(ii) As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall furnish, upon the request of the Issuer, prior to the Consummation thereof, a written representation to the Issuer (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an affiliate of the Issuer, (B) it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer and (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Securities in its ordinary course of business. In addition, all such Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities shall otherwise cooperate in the Issuer’s preparations for the Exchange Offer. Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that any Broker-Dealer and any such Holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the securities to be acquired in the Exchange Offer (1) could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission enunciated in Morgan Stanley and

-7-

Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and similar no-action letters (which may include any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above), and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction and that such a secondary resale transaction should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K if the resales are of Exchange Securities obtained by such Holder in exchange for Transfer Restricted Securities acquired by such Holder directly from the Issuer.

(b) Shelf Registration Statement. If required pursuant to Section 4, in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuer and any Guarantors shall comply with all the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof and shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration to permit the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and pursuant thereto the Issuer and any Guarantors will as expeditiously as possible prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement relating to the registration on any appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form shall be available for the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof.

(c) General Provisions. In connection with any Registration Statement and any Prospectus required by this Agreement to permit the sale or resale of Transfer Restricted Securities (including, without limitation, any Registration Statement and the related Prospectus required to permit resales of Transfer Restricted Securities by Broker-Dealers), the Issuer and any Guarantors shall:

(i) use their commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective and provide all requisite financial statements (including, if required by the Securities Act or any regulation thereunder, financial statements of any Guarantors) for the period specified in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable; upon the occurrence of any event that would cause any such Registration Statement or the Prospectus contained therein (A) to contain a material misstatement or omission or (B) not to be effective and usable for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities during the period required by this Agreement, the Issuer shall file promptly an appropriate amendment to such Registration Statement, in the case of clause (A), correcting any such misstatement or omission, and, in the case of either clause (A) or (B), use their reasonable best efforts to cause such amendment to be declared effective and such Registration Statement and the related Prospectus to become usable for their intended purpose(s) as soon as practicable thereafter;

(ii) use their commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the applicable Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep the Registration Statement effective for the applicable period set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, or such shorter period as will terminate when all Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration

-8-

Statement have been sold; cause the Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, and to comply fully with the applicable provisions of Rules 424 and 430A under the Securities Act in a timely manner; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus;

(iii) advise the underwriter(s), if any, and selling Holders promptly and, if requested by such Persons, to confirm such advice in writing, (A) when the Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to any Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective, (B) of any request by the Commission for amendments to the Registration Statement or amendments or supplements to the Prospectus or for additional information relating thereto, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the Securities Act or of the suspension by any state securities commission of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation of any proceeding for any of the preceding purposes, (D) of the existence of any fact or the happening of any event that makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein untrue, or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading. If at any time the Commission shall issue any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or any state securities commission or other regulatory authority shall issue an order suspending the qualification or exemption from qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under state securities or blue sky laws, each of the Issuer and any Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal or lifting of such order at the earliest possible time;

(iv) furnish without charge to the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder named in any Registration Statement, and each of the underwriter(s), if any, before filing with the Commission, copies of any Registration Statement or any Prospectus included therein or any amendments or supplements to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all documents incorporated by reference after the initial filing of such Registration Statement), which documents will be subject to the review and comment of such Holders and underwriter(s) in connection with such sale, if any, for a period of at least five (5) Business Days, and the Issuer will not file any such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all such documents incorporated by reference) to which the Initial Purchasers of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement or the underwriter(s), if any, shall reasonably object in writing within five (5) Business Days after the receipt thereof (such objection to be deemed timely made upon confirmation of telecopy transmission within such period). The objection of the Initial Purchasers or underwriters, if any, shall be deemed to be reasonable if such Registration Statement, amendment, Prospectus or supplement, as applicable, as proposed to be filed, contains a material misstatement or omission;

-9-

(v) promptly prior to the filing of any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or Prospectus, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder named in any Registration Statement, and to the underwriter(s), if any, make the Issuer’s and any Guarantors’ representatives available for discussion of such document and other customary due diligence matters, and include such information in such document prior to the filing thereof as such selling Holders or underwriter(s), if any, reasonably may request;

(vi) make available at reasonable times for inspection by the Initial Purchasers, the managing underwriter(s), if any, participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement and any attorney or accountant retained by the Initial Purchasers or any of the underwriter(s), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Issuer and any Guarantors and cause the Issuer’s and any Guarantors’ officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Holder, underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto subsequent to the filing thereof and prior to its effectiveness and to participate in meetings with investors to the extent requested by the managing underwriter(s), if any;

(vii) if requested by any selling Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, promptly incorporate in any Registration Statement or Prospectus, pursuant to a supplement or post-effective amendment if necessary, such information as such selling Holders and underwriter(s), if any, may reasonably request to have included therein, including, without limitation, information relating to the “Plan of Distribution” of the Transfer Restricted Securities, information with respect to the principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold to such underwriter(s), the purchase price being paid therefor and any other terms of the offering of the Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold in such offering; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Issuer is notified of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

(viii) cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be rated with the appropriate rating agencies, if so requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of securities covered thereby or the underwriter(s), if any;

(ix) furnish to the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder and each of the underwriter(s), if any, without charge, at least one copy of the Registration Statement, as first filed with the Commission, and of each amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits (including exhibits incorporated therein by reference);

-10-

(x) deliver to each selling Holder and each of the underwriter(s), if any, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Persons reasonably may request; the Issuer and any Guarantors hereby consent to the use of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders and each of the underwriter(s), if any, in connection with the offering and the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto;

(xi) enter into such agreements (including an underwriting agreement), and make such representations and warranties, and take all such other actions in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement, all to such extent as may be requested by the Initial Purchasers or by any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities or underwriter in connection with any sale or resale pursuant to any Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement; and whether or not an underwriting agreement is entered into and whether or not the registration is an Underwritten Registration, the Issuer and any Guarantors shall:

(A) furnish to the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder and each underwriter, if any, in such substance and scope as they may request and as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings, upon the date of the Consummation of the Exchange Offer or, if applicable, the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement:

(1) a certificate, dated the date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer or the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, signed by (y) the President or any Vice President and (z) a principal financial or accounting officer of the Issuer and any Guarantors, confirming, as of the date thereof, the matters set forth in paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of Section 5(e) of the Purchase Agreement (as to the Issuer only) and such other matters as such parties may reasonably request;

(2) an opinion, dated the date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer or the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, of counsel for the Issuer and any Guarantors, covering the matters set forth in Section 5(c) of the Purchase Agreement and such other matters as such parties may reasonably request, and in any event including a statement to the effect that such counsel has participated in conferences with officers and other representatives of the Issuer and any Guarantors, representatives of the independent public accountants for the Issuer and any Guarantors, representatives of the underwriter(s), if any, and counsel to the underwriter(s), if any, in connection with the preparation of such Registration Statement and the related Prospectus and have considered the matters required to be stated therein and the statements contained therein, although such counsel has not independently verified the accuracy, completeness or fairness of such statements; and that such counsel advises that, on the basis of the foregoing, no facts came to such

-11-

counsel’s attention that caused such counsel to believe that the applicable Registration Statement, at the time such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto became effective, and, in the case of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as of the date of Consummation, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or that the Prospectus contained in such Registration Statement as of its date and, in the case of the opinion dated the date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer, as of the date of Consummation, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading. Without limiting the foregoing, such counsel may state further that such counsel assumes no responsibility for, and has not independently verified, the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the financial statements, notes and schedules and other financial data included in any Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement or the related Prospectus; and

(3) a customary comfort letter, dated the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, from the Issuer’s independent accountants, in the customary form and covering matters of the type customarily requested to be covered in comfort letters by underwriters in connection with primary underwritten offerings, and covering or affirming the matters set forth in the comfort letters delivered pursuant to Section 5(a) of the Purchase Agreement, without exception;

(B) set forth in full or incorporate by reference in the underwriting agreement, if any, the indemnification provisions and procedures of Section 8 hereof with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section; and

(C) deliver such other documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by such parties to evidence compliance with Section 6(c)(xi)(A) hereof and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Issuer or any Guarantors pursuant to this Section 6(c)(xi), if any.

If at any time the representations and warranties of the Issuer and any Guarantors contemplated in Section 6(c)(xi)(A)(1) hereof cease to be true and correct, the Issuer or any Guarantors shall so advise the Initial Purchasers and the underwriters, if any, and each selling Holder promptly and, if requested by such Persons, shall confirm such advice in writing;

(xii) prior to any public offering of Transfer Restricted Securities, cooperate with the selling Holders, the underwriter(s), if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration and qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under the state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the selling Holders or underwriter(s), if any, may request and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable

-12-

to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that neither the Issuer nor any Guarantors shall be required to register or qualify as a foreign corporation where it is not then so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to the service of process in suits or to taxation, other than as to matters and transactions relating to the Registration Statement, in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;

(xiii) shall issue, upon the request of any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement, Exchange Securities having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities surrendered to the Issuer by such Holder in exchange therefor or being sold by such Holder; such Exchange Securities to be registered in the name of such Holder or in the name of the purchaser(s) of such Securities, as the case may be; in return, the Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Holder shall be surrendered to the Issuer for cancellation;

(xiv) cooperate with the selling Holders and the underwriter(s), if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Transfer Restricted Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, may request at least two (2) Business Days prior to any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities made by such Holders or underwriter(s);

(xv) use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter(s), if any, to consummate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities, subject to the proviso contained in Section 6(c)(xii) hereof;

(xvi) if any fact or event contemplated by Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof shall exist or have occurred, prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading;

(xvii) provide a CUSIP number for all Securities not later than the effective date of the Registration Statement covering such Securities and provide the Trustee under the Indenture with printed certificates for such Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company and take all other action necessary to ensure that all such Securities are eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company;

(xviii) cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with FINRA and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter (including any “qualified independent underwriter”) that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA;

-13-

(xix) otherwise use their commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to their security holders, as soon as practicable, a consolidated earnings statement meeting the requirements of Rule 158 of the Securities Act (which need not be audited) for the twelve-month period (A) commencing at the end of any fiscal quarter in which Transfer Restricted Securities are sold to underwriters in a firm commitment or best efforts Underwritten Offering or (B) if not sold to underwriters in such an offering, beginning with the first month of the Issuer’s first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the Registration Statement;

(xx) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act not later than the effective date of the first Registration Statement required by this Agreement, and, in connection therewith, cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders of Securities to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for such Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and to execute and use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents that may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the Commission to enable such Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;

(xxi) cause all Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange or automated quotation system on which similar securities issued by the Issuer are then listed if requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Securities or the managing underwriter(s), if any; and

(xxii) provide promptly to each Holder upon request each document filed with the Commission pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 and Section 15 of the Exchange Act.

Each Holder agrees by acquisition of a Transfer Restricted Security that, upon receipt of any notice from the Issuer of the existence of any fact of the kind described in Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xvi) hereof, or until it is advised in writing (the “Advice”) by the Issuer that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus. If so directed by the Issuer, each Holder will deliver to the Issuer (at the Issuer’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Securities that was current at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Issuer shall give any such notice, the time period regarding the effectiveness of such Registration Statement set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof to and including the date when each selling Holder covered by such Registration Statement shall have received the copies

-14-

of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xvi) hereof or shall have received the Advice; provided, however, that no such extension shall be taken into account in determining whether Additional Interest is due pursuant to Section 5 hereof or the amount of such Additional Interest, it being agreed that the Issuer’s option to suspend use of a Registration Statement pursuant to this paragraph shall be treated as a Registration Default for purposes of Section 5 hereof.

SECTION 7. Registration Expenses.

(a) All expenses incident to the Issuer’s and any Guarantors’ performance of or compliance with this Agreement will be borne by the Issuer and any Guarantors, jointly and severally, regardless of whether a Registration Statement becomes effective, including, without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees and expenses (including filings made by the Initial Purchasers or Holder with FINRA (and, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” and its counsel that may be required by the rules and regulations of FINRA)); (ii) all fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities and state securities or blue sky laws; (iii) all expenses of printing (including printing certificates for the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer and printing of Prospectuses), messenger and delivery services and telephone; (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Issuer, any Guarantors and, subject to Section 7(b) hereof, the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; (v) all application and filing fees, if applicable, in connection with listing the Exchange Securities on a securities exchange or automated quotation system pursuant to the requirements thereof; and (vi) all fees and disbursements of independent certified public accountants of the Issuer and any Guarantors (including the expenses of any special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such performance).

The Issuer and any Guarantors will, in any event, bear their internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of their officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the Issuer or any Guarantors.

(b) In connection with any Registration Statement required by this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and the Shelf Registration Statement), the Issuer and any Guarantors, jointly and severally, will reimburse the Initial Purchasers and the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities being tendered in the Exchange Offer and/or resold pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or registered pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable, for the reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel, who shall be Cahill Gordon & Reindel llp or such other counsel as may be chosen by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities for whose benefit such Registration Statement is being prepared.

SECTION 8. Indemnification.

(a) The Issuer and any Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Holder, (ii) each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) any Holder (any of the Persons referred

-15-

to in this clause (ii) being hereinafter referred to as a “controlling person”) and (iii) the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of any Holder or any controlling person (any Person referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) may hereinafter be referred to as an “Indemnified Holder”), to the fullest extent lawful, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions and expenses (including, without limitation, and as incurred, reimbursement of all reasonable costs of investigating, preparing, pursuing, settling, compromising, paying or defending any claim or action, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to any Indemnified Holder), joint or several, directly or indirectly caused by, related to, based upon, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are caused by an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission that is made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any of the Holders furnished in writing to the Issuer by any of the Holders expressly for use therein. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liability which the Issuer or any of any Guarantors may otherwise have.

In case any action or proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation or proceeding) shall be brought or asserted against any of the Indemnified Holders with respect to which indemnity may be sought against the Issuer or any Guarantors, such Indemnified Holder (or the Indemnified Holder controlled by such controlling person) shall promptly notify the Issuer and any Guarantors in writing; provided, however, that the failure to give such notice shall not relieve any of the Issuer or any Guarantors of their obligations pursuant to this Agreement. Such Indemnified Holder shall have the right to employ its own counsel in any such action and the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be paid, as incurred, by the Issuer and any Guarantors (regardless of whether it is ultimately determined that an Indemnified Holder is not entitled to indemnification hereunder). The Issuer and any Guarantors shall not, in connection with any one such action or proceeding or separate but substantially similar or related actions or proceedings in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any time for such Indemnified Holders. Any such firm for each Holder, any controlling person or the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of any Holder or any controlling person shall be designated by the Holders. The Issuer and any Guarantors shall be liable for any settlement of any such action or proceeding effected with the Issuer’s and any Guarantors’ prior written consent, which consent shall not be withheld unreasonably, and the Issuer and any Guarantors agree to indemnify and hold harmless any Indemnified Holder from and against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of any settlement of any action effected with the written consent of the Issuer and any Guarantors. The Issuer and any Guarantors shall not, without the prior written consent of each Indemnified Holder, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any pending or threatened action, claim, litigation or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not any Indemnified Holder is a party thereto), unless such settlement, compromise, consent or termination includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Holder from all liability arising out of such action, claim, litigation or proceeding.

-16-

(b) Each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless (i) the Issuer, any Guarantors and their respective directors, officers of the Issuer and any Guarantors who sign a Registration Statement, and (ii) any Person controlling (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Issuer or any of any Guarantors, and the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of each such Person (any Person referred to in clause (i) or (ii) may hereinafter be referred to as an “Issuer Indemnified Party”), to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Issuer and any Guarantors to each of the Indemnified Holders, but only with respect to claims and actions based on information relating to such Holder furnished in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement. In case any action or proceeding shall be brought against an Issuer Indemnified Party in respect of which indemnity may be sought against a Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, such Holder shall have the rights and duties given the Issuer and any Guarantors, and the Issuer Indemnified Party shall have the rights and duties given to each Holder by the preceding paragraph.

(c) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is unavailable to an indemnified party under Section 8(a) or (b) hereof (other than by reason of exceptions provided in those Sections) in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions or expenses referred to therein, then each applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Issuer and any Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, from the Initial Placement (which in the case of the Issuer and any Guarantors shall be deemed to be equal to the total gross proceeds to the Issuer from the Initial Placement), the amount of Additional Interest which did not become payable as a result of the filing of the Registration Statement resulting in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions or expenses, and such Registration Statement, or if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, the relative fault of the Issuer and any Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Issuer and any Guarantors, on the one hand, and of the Holders, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Issuer or any of any Guarantors, on the one hand, or the Holders, on the other hand, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in the second paragraph of Section 8(a) hereof, any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim.

-17-

The Issuer, any Guarantors, and each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(c) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, none of the Holders (and its related Indemnified Holders) shall be required to contribute, in the aggregate, any amount in excess of the amount by which the total discount with respect to the Securities received by such Holder exceeds the amount of any damages which such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 8(c) are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of Securities held by each of the Holders hereunder and not joint.

SECTION 9. Rule 144A. The Issuer and any Guarantors hereby agree with each Holder, for so long as any Transfer Restricted Securities remain outstanding, to make available to any Holder or beneficial owner of Transfer Restricted Securities in connection with any sale thereof and any prospective purchaser of such Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder or beneficial owner, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act in order to permit resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

SECTION 10. Participation in Underwritten Registrations. No Holder may participate in any Underwritten Registration hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all reasonable questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, lock-up letters and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

SECTION 11. Selection of Underwriters. The Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement who desire to do so may sell such Transfer Restricted Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment banker(s) and managing underwriter(s) that will administer such offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities included in such offering; provided, however, that such investment banker(s) and managing underwriter(s) must be reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer.

SECTION 12. Miscellaneous.

(a) Remedies. The Issuer and any Guarantors hereby agree that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agree to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.

-18-

(b) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Issuer and any Guarantors will not on or after the date of this Agreement enter into any agreement with respect to their securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantors has previously entered into any agreement granting any registration rights with respect to their securities to any Person that would conflict with this Agreement. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Issuer’s or any of any Guarantors’ securities under any agreement in effect on the date hereof.

(c) Adjustments Affecting the Securities. The Issuer will not take any action, or permit any change to occur, with respect to the Securities that would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Holders to Consummate any Exchange Offer.

(d) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Issuer has (i) in the case of Section 5 hereof and this Section 12(d)(i) obtained the written consent of Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities and (ii) in the case of all other provisions hereof (including Section 8 hereof as it relates to the Holders), obtained the written consent of Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities (excluding any Transfer Restricted Securities held by the Issuer or its Affiliates). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose securities are being tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer and that does not affect directly or indirectly the rights of other Holders whose securities are not being tendered pursuant to such Exchange Offer may be given by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being tendered or registered; provided, however, that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights of the Initial Purchasers hereunder, the Issuer shall obtain the written consent of the Initial Purchasers with respect to which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver, consent or departure is to be effective.

(e) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:

(i) if to a Holder, at the address set forth on the records of the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy to the Registrar under the Indenture;

(ii) If to the Issuer or any Guarantors; and

Tops Holding II Corporation

c/o Tops Holding LLC (f/k/a Tops Holding Corporation)

P.O. Box 1027

Buffalo, New York 14210 1027

Facsimile: (716) 635-5909

Attention: Lynne Burgess, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

-19-

with a copy to:

Shearman & Sterling LLP

599 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Facsimile: (646) 848-7658

Attention: Michael Benjamin, Esq.

(iii) If to the Representative:

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

50 Rockefeller Plaza New York,

New York 10020

Facsimile: (917) 267-7085

Attention: HY Legal Department

with a copy to:

Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP

80 Pine Street

New York, New York 10005

Facsimile: (212) 378-2544

Attention: Corey Wright, Esq.

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five (5) Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.

Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee at the address specified in the Indenture.

(f) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including, without limitation, and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or be binding upon a successor or assign of a Holder unless and to the extent such successor or assign acquired Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder.

(g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(h) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

-20-

(i) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW RULES THEREOF.

(j) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

(k) Entire Agreement. This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the registration rights granted by the Issuer with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

(l) Additional Guarantors. If required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, the Issuer shall cause any of its subsidiaries that become a Guarantor prior to the Consummation of the Exchange Offer to become a party to this Agreement.

-21-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

Tops Holding II Corporation
By:
	Name:
	Title:

-22-

The foregoing Registration Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted by the Initial Purchasers as of the date first above written.

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

  Acting on behalf of itself

  and as the Representative of

  the several Initial Purchasers

By:	Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
	By:
		Managing Director

EX-4.7

Exhibit 4.7

SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

dated as of

May 15, 2013

among

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

and

ITS SHAREHOLDERS IDENTIFIED HEREIN

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		PAGE
	ARTICLE 1
	DEFINITIONS
Section 1.01	Definitions		1
Section 1.02	Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions		7
	ARTICLE 2
	CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Section 2.01	Composition of the Board		7
Section 2.02	Removal		8
Section 2.03	Vacancies		8
Section 2.04	Meetings; Observer Rights		8
Section 2.05	Action by the Board		9
Section 2.06	Actions Requiring Approval of the HSBC Co-Investors		9
Section 2.07	Charter or Bylaws Provisions		10
Section 2.08	Notice of Meeting		10
Section 2.09	Subsidiary Governance		10
	ARTICLE 3
	RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER
Section 3.01	General Restrictions on Transfer		10
Section 3.02	Legends		11
Section 3.03	Permitted Transferees		11
Section 3.04	Restrictions on Transfers		11
Section 3.05	Additional Shareholders		12

i

	ARTICLE 4
TAG-ALONG RIGHTS; DRAG-ALONG RIGHTS; PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS; RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER
Section 4.01	Tag-Along Rights	12
Section 4.02	Drag-Along Rights	14
Section 4.03	Additional Conditions to Tag-Along Sales and Drag-Along Sales	16
Section 4.04	Preemptive Rights	17
Section 4.05	Right Of First Offer	18
	ARTICLE 5
	REGISTRATION RIGHTS
Section 5.01	Demand Registration	19
Section 5.02	Piggyback Registration	22
Section 5.03	Lock-Up Agreements	23
Section 5.04	Registration Procedures	23
Section 5.05	Indemnification by the Company	26
Section 5.06	Indemnification by Participating Shareholders	26
Section 5.07	Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings	27
Section 5.08	Contribution	27
Section 5.09	Participation in Public Offering	29
Section 5.10	Other Indemnification	29
Section 5.11	Cooperation by the Company	29
Section 5.12	No Transfer of Registration Rights	29
	ARTICLE 6
	CERTAIN COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS
Section 6.01	Confidentiality	29
Section 6.02	Reports	31
Section 6.03	Inspection of Company Books and Records	31

ii

Section 6.04	Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights	32
Section 6.05	Conflicting Agreements	32
	ARTICLE 7
	MISCELLANEOUS
Section 7.01	Binding Effect; Assignability; Benefit	32
Section 7.02	Notices	33
Section 7.03	Waiver; Amendment	34
Section 7.04	Fees and Expenses	35
Section 7.05	Governing Law	35
Section 7.06	Jurisdiction	35
Section 7.07	Waiver Of Jury Trial	35
Section 7.08	Specific Enforcement	35
Section 7.09	Counterparts; Effectiveness; Third Party Beneficiaries	35
Section 7.10	Entire Agreement	36
Section 7.11	Severability	36
Exhibit A	Joinder Agreement

iii

SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

THIS SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) dated as of May 15, 2013 among (i) Tops Holding II Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), (ii) the Morgan Stanley Investors (as defined below), (iii) the HSBC Co-Investors (as defined below), (iv) the Management Shareholders (as defined below), and (v) the Additional Holders (as defined below).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Company and the Shareholders (as defined below) are party to a Contribution Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of the date hereof (the “Contribution Agreement”), pursuant to which the parties are acquiring Company Securities;

WHEREAS, the Shareholders are party to the Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement of Tops Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“THC”), dated as of January 29, 2010 (the “THC Shareholders’ Agreement”);

WHEREAS, after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Contribution Agreement, THC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and accordingly, the Shareholders wish to terminate the THC Shareholders’ Agreement effective as of the date hereof;

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement to govern certain of their rights, duties and obligations and to regulate certain aspects of the Shareholders’ relationships with one another and with the Company;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements contained herein and in the Contribution Agreement, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01 Definitions. (a) The following terms, as used herein, have the following meanings:

“Additional Holders” means those Persons listed as Additional Holders on the signature pages hereof and all Persons that become Shareholders following the date hereof and are designated as Additional Holders pursuant to Section 3.05 hereof.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person, provided that no securityholder of the Company shall be deemed an Affiliate of any other securityholder solely by reason of any investment in the Company. For the purpose of this definition, the term “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Aggregate Ownership” means, with respect to any Shareholder or group of Shareholders, and with respect to any class of Company Securities, the total number of shares of such class owned by such Shareholder or group of Shareholders as of the date of such calculation, calculated on a Fully-Diluted basis, as applicable.

“By-laws” means the By-laws of the Company, as in effect from time to time.

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Business Day” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized by law to close.

“Charter” means the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as the same may be amended from time to time.

“Common Shares” means shares of Common Stock.

“Common Stock” means the Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company and any stock into which such Common Stock may hereafter be converted or changed.

“Company Securities” means (i) any Common Shares, (ii) securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, (iii) any other equity or equity-linked security issued by the Company and (iv) options, warrants or other rights to acquire Common Stock or any other equity or equity-linked security issued by the Company.

“Contribution Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

“Distribution in Kind” means any Transfer by any Morgan Stanley Investor of any of its Company Securities to any Permitted Transferee pursuant to a distribution that is made pro rata to such Permitted Transferee in accordance with its partnership agreement without payment of additional consideration therefor by such Permitted Transferee.

“Drag-Along Portion” means, with respect to any Other Shareholder where the Drag-Along Seller is proposing to Transfer Common Shares in such Drag-Along Sale: (i) a number of Common Shares equal to the aggregate number of Common Shares owned by such Other Shareholder immediately prior to such Transfer multiplied by (ii) a fraction the numerator of which is the maximum number of Common Shares proposed to be Transferred by the Drag-Along Seller in such Drag-Along Sale and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Common Shares owned by the Drag-Along Seller at such time.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

“First Public Offering” means the first Public Offering after the date hereof.

2

“Fully-Diluted” means all outstanding Common Shares and all Common Shares issuable in respect of securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares, all stock appreciation rights, options, warrants and other rights to purchase or subscribe for Common Shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares; provided that, if any of the foregoing stock appreciation rights, options, warrants or other rights to purchase or subscribe for Common Shares are subject to vesting, the Common Shares subject to vesting shall be included in the definition of “Fully-Diluted” only upon and to the extent of such vesting.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

“HSBC Co-Investor” means each of those Persons listed as HSBC Co-Investors on the signature pages hereof and, after the date hereof, means all such Persons and Permitted Transferees of the HSBC Co-Investors, other than those transferees who qualify as Morgan Stanley Investors, Management Shareholders or Additional Holders immediately prior to or upon such Transfer.

“Majority in Interest” means (i) with respect to the Morgan Stanley Investors, the holders of at least a majority of the Company Securities held by the Morgan Stanley Investors, (ii) with respect to the HSBC Co-Investors, the holders of at least a majority of the Company Securities held by the HSBC Co-Investors, and (iii) with respect to the Management Shareholders, the holders of at least a majority of the Company Securities held by the Management Shareholders.

“Management Shareholder” means each of those Persons listed as Management Shareholders on the signature pages hereof and, after the date hereof, means all such Persons and Permitted Transferees of Management Shareholders, other than those transferees who qualify as HSBC Co-Investors, Morgan Stanley Investors or Additional Holders immediately prior to or upon such Transfer.

“Morgan Stanley Investor” means each of those Persons listed as Morgan Stanley Investors on the signature pages hereof and, after the date hereof, means all such Persons and Permitted Transferees of the Morgan Stanley Investors, other than those transferees who qualify as HSBC Co-Investors, Management Shareholders or Additional Holders immediately prior to or upon such Transfer.

“Other Shareholders” means all Shareholders other than the Morgan Stanley Investors.

“Permitted Transferee” means

(i) in the case of the Morgan Stanley Investors and the HSBC Co-Investors, (A) any successor private equity fund and any other private equity fund that is managed by an Affiliate of the Morgan Stanley Investors or the HSBC Co-Investors, as applicable (each a “Related Fund”) or (B) any general or limited partner of any Related Fund in connection with a Distribution in Kind; or

(ii) in the case of any Other Shareholder (other than the HSBC Co-Investors), (A) any Affiliate of such Other Shareholder, (B) a Person to whom Company Securities are Transferred from such Other Shareholder (1) by will or the laws of descent and distribution or (2) by gift without consideration of any kind, provided that, in the case of clause (2), such transferee is the spouse or the lineal descendant, sibling or parent of such Shareholder, or (C) a trust that is for the exclusive benefit of such Other Shareholder or its Permitted Transferees under (B) above.

3

“Person” means an individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association, trust or other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

“Public Offering” means an underwritten public offering of Registrable Securities of the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any similar or successor form.

“Registrable Securities” means, at any time, any Common Shares and any securities issued or issuable in respect of such Common Shares by way of conversion, exchange, stock dividend, split or combination, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, other reorganization or otherwise until (i) a registration statement covering such Common Shares has been declared effective by the SEC and such Common Shares have been disposed of pursuant to such effective registration statement, (ii) such Common Shares are sold under circumstances in which all of the applicable conditions of Rule 144 (or any similar provisions then in force) under the Securities Act are met or (iii) such Common Shares are otherwise Transferred, the Company has delivered a new certificate or other evidence of ownership for such Common Shares not bearing the legend required pursuant to this Agreement and such Common Shares may be resold without subsequent registration under the Securities Act.

“Registration Expenses” means any and all expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with any registration or marketing of securities, including all (i) registration and filing fees, and all other fees and expenses payable in connection with the listing of securities on any securities exchange or automated interdealer quotation system, (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with any securities or “blue sky” laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with “blue sky” qualifications of the securities registered), (iii), expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, mailing and delivery of any registration statements, prospectuses and other documents in connection therewith and any amendments or supplements thereto, (iv) security engraving and printing expenses, (v) internal expenses of the Company (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (vi) reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and customary fees and expenses for independent certified public accountants retained by the Company (including the expenses relating to any comfort letters or costs associated with the delivery by independent certified public accountants of any comfort letters requested pursuant to Section 5.04(h)), (vii) reasonable fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company in connection with such registration, (viii) reasonable fees, out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Shareholders, including one counsel for all of the Shareholders participating in the offering selected (A) by a Majority in Interest of the Morgan Stanley Investors, in the case of any offering in which the Morgan Stanley Investors participate, or (B) in any other case, by the Shareholders holding the majority of the Registrable Securities to be sold for the account of all Shareholders in the offering, (ix) fees and expenses in connection with any review by FINRA of the underwriting arrangements or other terms of the offering, and all fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter,” including the fees and expenses of any counsel thereto, (x) fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities, but

4

excluding any underwriting fees, discounts and commissions attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities, (xi) costs of printing and producing any agreements among underwriters, underwriting agreements, any “blue sky” or legal investment memoranda and any selling agreements and other documents in connection with the offering, sale or delivery of the Registrable Securities, (xii) transfer agents’ and registrars’ fees and expenses and the fees and expenses of any other agent or trustee appointed in connection with such offering, (xiii) expenses relating to any analyst or investor presentations or any “road shows” undertaken in connection with the registration, marketing or selling of the Registrable Securities, (xiv) fees and expenses payable in connection with any ratings of the Registrable Securities, including expenses relating to any presentations to rating agencies and (xv) all out-of pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Company or its appropriate officers in connection with their compliance with Section 5.04(m). Except as set forth in clause (viii) above, Registration Expenses shall not include any out-of-pocket expenses of the Shareholders (or the agents who manage their accounts).

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 or Rule 144A (or any successor provisions) under the Securities Act.

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Shareholder” means any party hereto (other than the Company), including any Person who hereafter becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 3.05 hereof, so long as such Person shall “beneficially own” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) any Company Securities.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any entity of which securities or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions are at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person.

“Tag-Along Portion” means, for any Tagging Person in a Tag-Along Sale, that number of securities equal to the Aggregate Ownership of Common Shares by such Tagging Person immediately prior to such Transfer multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the maximum number of Common Shares, on a Fully-Diluted basis, proposed to be Transferred by all selling Shareholders in such Tag-Along Sale and the denominator of which is the Aggregate Ownership of Common Shares by all such Shareholders at such time.

“THC” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

“THC Shareholders’ Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

“Third Party” means a prospective purchaser(s) of Company Securities in an arm’s-length transaction from a Shareholder, other than a Permitted Transferee or other Affiliate of such Shareholder.

5

“Transaction Fee Agreement” means the Transaction and Monitoring Fee Agreement dated as of November 30, 2007 by and among THC, Morgan Stanley Capital Partners V Funding LP and the HSBC Co-Investors.

“Transfer” means, with respect to any Company Securities, (i) when used as a verb, to sell, assign, dispose of, exchange, pledge, encumber, hypothecate or otherwise transfer such Shares or any participation or interest therein, whether directly or indirectly, or agree or commit to do any of the foregoing and (ii) when used as a noun, a direct or indirect sale, assignment, disposition, exchange, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, or other transfer of such Company Securities or any participation or interest therein or any agreement or commitment to do any of the foregoing.

(b) Each of the following terms is defined in the Section set forth opposite such term:

Term	Section
Agreement	Preamble
Cause	2.02
Company	Preamble
Confidential Information	6.01(b)
Damages	5.05
Demand Registration	5.01(a)
Drag-Along Rights	4.02(a)
Drag-Along Sale	4.02(a)
Drag-Along Sale Notice	4.02(a)
Drag-Along Sale Notice Period	4.02(a)
Drag-Along Sale Price	4.02(a)
Drag-Along Seller	4.02(a)
Drag-Along Transferee	4.02(a)
Exercise Notice	4.04(b)
HSBC Co-Investor Demand	5.01(a)
Indemnified Party	5.07
Indemnifying Party	5.07
Inspectors	5.04(g)
Issuance Notice	4.04(a)
Lock-Up Period	5.03
Maximum Offering Size	5.01(e)
Non-Selling Shareholders	4.05(a)
Observer	2.04(b)
Offer	4.05(b)
Offer Notice	4.05(a)
Offer Period	4.05(b)
Offer Price	4.05(a)
Offered Securities	4.05(a)
Piggyback Registration	5.02(a)
Pro Rata Share	4.04(a)
Records	5.04(g)
Registering Shareholder	5.01(a)

6

Term	Section
Replacement Nominee	2.03(a)
Representatives	6.01(b)
Requesting Shareholder	5.01(a)
Sale	4.05(a)
Seller	4.05(a)
Tag-Along Notice	4.01(a)
Tag-Along Notice Period	4.01(a)
Tag-Along Offer	4.01(a)
Tag-Along Response Notice	4.01(a)
Tag-Along Right	4.01(a)
Tag-Along Sale	4.01(a)
Tag-Along Seller	4.01(a)
Tagging Person	4.01(a)

Section 1.02 Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions. The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of like import used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The captions herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the construction or interpretation hereof. References to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules are to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules of this Agreement unless otherwise specified. All Exhibits and Schedules annexed hereto or referred to herein are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein. Any capitalized terms used in any Exhibit or Schedule but not otherwise defined therein, shall have the meaning as defined in this Agreement. Any singular term in this Agreement shall be deemed to include the plural, and any plural term the singular. Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”, whether or not they are in fact followed by those words or words of like import. “Writing”, “written” and comparable terms refer to printing, typing and other means of reproducing words (including electronic media) in a visible form. References to any agreement or contract are to that agreement or contract as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof. References to any Person include the successors and permitted assigns of that Person. References from or through any date mean, unless otherwise specified, from and including or through and including, respectively.

ARTICLE 2

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Section 2.01 Composition of the Board. (a) Subject to the last sentence of this Section 2.01(a) and to Section 2.03, the Board shall initially consist of six directors, comprising the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, initially Francis Curci, and five directors designated by a Majority in Interest of the Morgan Stanley Investors. The directors of the Board designated by the Morgan Stanley Investors as of the date hereof include Gary Matthews, Eric Fry, Eric Kanter, Greg Josefowicz and Stacey Rauch. A Majority in Interest of the Morgan Stanley Investors shall be permitted at any time to increase or decrease the number of directors who serve on the Board and to designate any additional directors.

7

(b) Each Shareholder agrees that, if at any time it is then entitled to vote for the election of directors to the Board, it shall vote its Shares or execute proxies or written consents, as the case may be, and take all other necessary action (including causing the Company to call a special meeting of shareholders) in order to ensure that the composition of the Board is as set forth in this Section 2.01.

(c) The Company agrees to cause each individual designated pursuant to Section 2.01(a) or 2.03 to be nominated to serve as a director on the Board, and to take all other necessary actions (including calling a special meeting of the Board and/or shareholders) to ensure that the composition of the Board is as set forth in Sections 2.01 and 2.03.

Section 2.02 Removal. Each Shareholder agrees that, if at any time it is then entitled to vote for the removal of directors from the Board, it shall not vote any of its Shares in favor of the removal of any director who shall have been designated pursuant to Section 2.01 or Section 2.03, unless such removal shall be for Cause or the Person or Persons that designated such director shall have consented to such removal in writing, provided that, if the Person or Persons entitled to designate any director pursuant to Section 2.01 or 2.03 shall request in writing the removal, with or without Cause, of such director, such Shareholder shall vote its Shares in favor of such removal. Removal for “Cause” shall mean removal of a director because of such director’s (a) willful and continued failure substantially to perform his or her duties with the Company in his or her established position, (b) willful conduct that is injurious, monetarily or otherwise, to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (c) conviction for, or guilty plea or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude, (d) abuse of illegal drugs or other controlled substances or habitual intoxication or (e) willful breach of this Agreement or any other agreement between such director and the Company or any Subsidiary.

Section 2.03 Vacancies. If, as a result of death, disability, retirement, resignation, removal (with or without Cause) or otherwise, there shall exist or occur any vacancy on the Board:

(a) the Person or Persons entitled under Section 2.01 to designate such director whose death, disability, retirement, resignation or removal resulted in such vacancy, subject to the provisions of Section 2.01, may designate another individual (the “Replacement Nominee”) to fill such vacancy and serve as a director on the Board; and

(b) subject to Section 2.01, each Shareholder agrees that if it is then entitled to vote for the election of directors to the Board, it shall vote its Shares, or execute proxies or written consents, as the case may be, in order to ensure that the Replacement Nominee be elected to the Board.

Section 2.04 Meetings; Observer Rights. (a) The Board shall hold a regularly scheduled meeting at least once every calendar quarter. The Company agrees to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by each director and the Observer (as defined below) in connection with attending regular and special meetings of the Board and any committee thereof, and any such meetings of the board of directors of any Subsidiary of the Company and any committee thereof.

8

(b) For so long as the HSBC Co-Investors beneficially owns at least 5% of the outstanding Common Shares, calculated on a Fully Diluted basis, a Majority Interest of the HSBC Co-Investors shall have the right to have one of their representatives (the “Observer”) attend all meetings of the Board and any committee thereof, and any such meetings of the board of directors of any Subsidiary of the Company and any committee thereof as an observer, and such Observer shall receive copies of all written information provided to the directors of the Board; provided that the Observer shall not be entitled to attend any such meeting or receive any information to the extent it relates to or involves an Affiliate of the HSBC Co-Investors.

Section 2.05 Action by the Board. (a) A quorum of the Board shall initially consist of four directors; provided that a Majority in Interest of the Morgan Stanley Investors shall have the right at any time to change the number of directors necessary to constitute such quorum (but not to any number that is less than a majority of the directors then on the Board).

(b) Except as provided in Section 2.06, all actions of the Board shall require (i) the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the directors present at a duly-convened meeting of the Board at which a quorum is present or (ii) the unanimous written consent of the Board, provided that, if there is a vacancy on the Board and an individual has been nominated to fill such vacancy, the first order of business shall be to fill such vacancy.

(c) The Board may create executive, compensation, audit and such other committees as it may determine.

Section 2.06 Actions Requiring Approval of the HSBC Co-Investors. The Company shall take no action (including any action by the Board or any committee of the Board) after the date hereof with respect to any of the following matters without the prior written consent of the HSBC Co-Investors:

(a) any appointment or removal of the auditors of the Company or any Subsidiary;

(b) any non-pro rata direct or indirect purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition of any Common Stock, other than repurchases of Common Stock issued to employees pursuant to the Company’s equity compensation plan and approved by the Board;

(c) any declaration or payment of any dividend or other distribution with respect to any Common Stock (other than pro rata dividends and distributions to Shareholders);

(d) any payment by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to, or any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of any properties or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to, or any purchase, lease or other acquisition by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any properties or assets from, or any other transaction, contract, agreement, loan, advance or guarantee with or for the benefit of, any Shareholder, employee, officer or Affiliate (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of the Company or any Subsidiary, other than (i) employee arrangements entered into in the ordinary course; (ii) any payment of any fee by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any Affiliate of any Morgan Stanley Investor for services rendered so long as such fee is not more than would be charged by an unrelated third party for comparable services or (iii) payments made or actions taken pursuant to the Transaction Fee Agreement;

9

(e) any liquidation, dissolution, winding up, commencement of bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or similar proceedings with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

(f) any material change in accounting or tax principles, policies with respect to the financial statements, records or affairs of the Company or any Subsidiary, except as required by generally accepted accounting principles or by law, or any change in other matters that would affect in any material respect any regulatory status or tax liability of the Company or any Subsidiary, or the HSBC Co-Investors with respect to the investment by such Shareholder in the Company; and

(g) any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Charter or By-laws that adversely affects the rights, preferences or privileges of the HSBC Co-Investors on a basis disproportionate to other Shareholders.

The provisions of this Section 2.06 shall terminate immediately prior to the First Public Offering.

Section 2.07 Charter or By-laws Provisions. Each Shareholder agrees to vote its Shares or execute proxies or written consents, as the case may be, and to take all other actions necessary, to ensure that the Charter and By-laws (a) facilitate, and do not at any time conflict with, any provision of this Agreement and (b) permit each Shareholder to receive the benefits to which each such Shareholder is entitled under this Agreement. The Charter and By-laws shall provide for (a) the elimination of the liability of each director on the Board to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law and (b) indemnification of each director on the Board for acts on behalf of the Company to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law. The Company shall use its best efforts to maintain in effect at all times customary officers’ and directors’ liability insurance.

Section 2.08 Notice of Meeting. The Company agrees to give each director and the Observer notice and the agenda for each meeting of the Board or any committee thereof at least two Business Days prior to such meeting.

Section 2.09 Subsidiary Governance. The Company and each Shareholder agree that the board of directors of each Subsidiary of the Company shall be comprised of the individuals who are serving as directors on the Board in accordance with Section 2.01. Each Shareholder agrees to vote its Shares and to cause its representatives on the Board, subject to their fiduciary duties, to vote and take other appropriate action to effect the agreements in this Section 2.09 in respect of any Subsidiary of the Company.

ARTICLE 3

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER

Section 3.01 General Restrictions on Transfer. (a) Each Shareholder understands and agrees that the Company Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and are restricted securities under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Each Shareholder agrees that it shall not Transfer any Company Securities (or solicit any offers in respect of any Transfer of any Company Securities), except in compliance with the Securities Act, any other applicable securities or “blue sky” laws, and the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

10

(b) Any Transfer or purported Transfer of any Company Securities not in compliance with this Agreement shall be null and void, and the Company shall not, and shall cause any transfer agent not to, give any effect in the Company’s stock records to such Transfer.

Section 3.02 Legends. (a) In addition to any other legend that may be required, each certificate for Company Securities issued to any Shareholder shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY NON-U.S. OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH. THIS SECURITY IS ALSO SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AS SET FORTH IN THE SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT DATED AS OF MAY 15, 2013, AS AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED UPON REQUEST FROM TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION OR ANY SUCCESSOR THERETO.

(b) If any Company Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities under clause (i) or clause (ii) of the definition thereof, the Company, upon the written request of the holder thereof, shall issue to such holder a new certificate evidencing such Company Securities without the first sentence of the legend required by Section 3.02(a) endorsed thereon. If any Company Securities cease to be subject to any and all restrictions on Transfer set forth in this Agreement, the Company, upon the written request of the holder thereof, shall issue to such holder a new certificate evidencing such Company Securities without the second sentence of the legend required by Section 3.02(a) endorsed thereon.

Section 3.03 Permitted Transferees. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any Shareholder may at any time Transfer any or all of its Company Securities to one or more of its Permitted Transferees without the consent of the Company, the Board or any other Shareholder or group of Shareholders and without compliance with Sections 3.04, 4.01, 4.02 or Section 4.05 so long as (a) such Permitted Transferee shall have agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto and (b) the Transfer to such Permitted Transferee is in compliance with the Securities Act and any other applicable securities or “blue sky” laws.

Section 3.04 Restrictions on Transfers. Except as otherwise approved by the Board, no Shareholder, other than the Morgan Stanley Investors and the HSBC Co-Investors, shall Transfer any of its Company Securities, except to one or more of its Permitted Transferees in accordance with Section 3.03 or in a Public Offering in connection with the exercise of its rights under Article 5; provided that, any Transfer by any HSBC Co-Investor shall be subject to Section 4.05.

11

Section 3.05 Additional Shareholders. Any Person that is not already a party to this Agreement in the same Shareholder capacity as such Person would be following a Transfer and who is acquiring any Company Securities shall on or before the Transfer or issuance to it of such Company Securities, sign and deliver to the Company an agreement in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto and shall thereby become a party to this Agreement. If such Person meets the definition of Morgan Stanley Investor, then such Person shall be treated as a Morgan Stanley Investor; if such Person meets the definition of HSBC Co-Investor, then such Person shall be treated as an HSBC Co-Investor; if such Person meets the definition of Management Shareholder, then such Person shall be treated as a Management Shareholder; and, if such Person meets none of the foregoing definitions, such person shall be treated as an Additional Holder hereunder.

ARTICLE 4

TAG-ALONG RIGHTS; DRAG-ALONG RIGHTS; PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS;

RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

Section 4.01 Tag-Along Rights. (a) Subject to Sections 4.01(f) and 4.03, if any Morgan Stanley Investor or any HSBC Co-Investor (the “Tag-Along Seller”) proposes to Transfer Common Shares in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions (a “Tag-Along Sale”),

(i) the Tag-Along Seller shall provide each Shareholder notice of the terms and conditions of such proposed Transfer (“Tag-Along Notice”) and offer each Tagging Person the opportunity to participate in such Transfer in accordance with this Section 4.01, and

(ii) each Shareholder may elect, at its option, to participate in the proposed Transfer in accordance with this Section 4.01 (each such electing Shareholder, a “Tagging Person”).

The Tag-Along Notice shall identify the number of Common Shares proposed to be sold by the Tag-Along Seller (“Tag-Along Offer”), the consideration for which the Transfer is proposed to be made, and all other material terms and conditions of the Tag-Along Offer, including the form of the proposed agreement, if any, and a firm offer by the proposed transferee to purchase Common Shares from the Shareholders in accordance with this Section 4.01.

From the date of its receipt of the Tag-Along Notice, each Tagging Person shall have the right (a “Tag-Along Right”), exercisable by notice (“Tag-Along Response Notice”) given to the Tag-Along Seller within 15 days after its receipt of the Tag-Along Notice (the “Tag-Along Notice Period”), to request that the Tag-Along Seller include in the proposed Transfer up to a number of Common Shares representing such Tagging Person’s Tag-Along Portion, provided that each Tagging Person shall be entitled to include in the Tag-Along Sale no more than its Tag-Along Portion of the Common Shares and the Tag-Along Seller shall be entitled to include the number of Common Shares proposed to be Transferred by the Tag-Along Seller as set forth in

12

the Tag-Along Notice (reduced, to the extent necessary, so that each Tagging Person shall be able to include its Tag-Along Portion) and such additional Common Shares as permitted by Section 4.01(d). Each Tag-Along Response Notice shall include wire transfer or other instructions for payment of any consideration therefor. Each Tagging Person shall also deliver to the Tag-Along Seller, with its Tag-Along Response Notice, the certificates representing the Common Shares of such Tagging Person to be included in the Tag-Along Sale, together with a limited power-of-attorney authorizing the Tag-Along Seller to Transfer such Common Shares on the terms set forth in the Tag-Along Notice. Delivery of the Tag-Along Response Notice with such certificates and limited power-of-attorney shall constitute an irrevocable acceptance of the Tag-Along Offer by such Tagging Persons, subject to the provisions of this Section 4.01 and Section 4.03.

If, at the end of a 120-day period after such delivery of such Tag-Along Notice (which 120-day period shall be extended if any of the transactions contemplated by the Tag-Along Offer are subject to regulatory approval until the expiration of five Business Days after all such approvals have been received, but in no event later than 180 days following receipt of the Tag-Along Notice by the Tag-Along Seller), the Tag-Along Seller has not completed the Transfer of all Common Shares proposed to be sold by the Tag-Along Seller and all Tagging Persons on substantially the same terms and conditions set forth in the Tag-Along Notice, the Tag-Along Seller shall (i) return to each Tagging Person the limited power-of-attorney and all certificates representing the Common Shares that such Tagging Person delivered for Transfer pursuant to this Section 4.01(a) and any other documents in the possession of the Tag-Along Seller executed by the Tagging Persons in connection with the proposed Tag-Along Sale, and (ii) all the restrictions on Transfer contained in this Agreement or otherwise applicable at such time with respect to such Common Shares shall continue in effect.

(b) Concurrently with the consummation of the Tag-Along Sale, the Tag-Along Seller shall (i) notify the Tagging Persons thereof, (ii) remit to the Tagging Persons the total consideration for the Common Shares of the Tagging Persons Transferred pursuant thereto, with the cash portion of the purchase price paid by wire transfer of immediately available funds in accordance with the wire transfer instructions in the applicable Tag-Along Response Notices and (iii) promptly after the consummation of such Tag-Along Sale, furnish such other evidence of the completion and the date of completion of such transfer and the terms thereof as may be reasonably requested by the Tagging Persons.

(c) If at the termination of the Tag-Along Notice Period any Shareholder shall not have elected to participate in the Tag-Along Sale, such Shareholder shall be deemed to have waived its rights under Section 4.01(a) with respect to the Transfer of its Common Shares pursuant to such Tag-Along Sale.

(d) If (i) any Shareholder declines to exercise its Tag-Along Rights or (ii) any Tagging Person elects to exercise its Tag-Along Rights with respect to less than such Tagging Person’s Tag-Along Portion, the Tag-Along Seller shall be entitled to Transfer, pursuant to the Tag-Along Offer, a number of Common Shares held by it equal to the number of Common Shares constituting the Tag-Along Portion of such Shareholder or the portion of such Tagging Person’s Tag-Along Portion with respect to which Tag-Along Rights were not exercised, as the case may be.

13

(e) The Tag-Along Seller shall Transfer, on behalf of itself and each Tagging Person, the Common Shares subject to the Tag-Along Offer and elected to be Transferred on the terms and conditions set forth in the Tag-Along Notice within 120 days (or such longer period as extended under Section 4.01(a)) of delivery of the Tag-Along Notice.

(f) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 4.01, there shall be no liability on the part of the Tag-Along Seller to the Tagging Persons (other than the obligation to return any certificates evidencing Common Shares and limited powers-of-attorney received by the Tag-Along Seller) or any other Person if the Transfer of Common Shares pursuant to Section 4.01 is not consummated for whatever reason. Whether to effect a Transfer of Common Shares pursuant to this Section 4.01 by the Tag-Along Seller is in the sole and absolute discretion of the Tag-Along Seller.

(g) The provisions of this Section 4.01 shall not apply to any proposed Transfer of Common Shares by the Tag-Along Seller (A) to a Permitted Transferee or (B) in a Public Offering in connection with the exercise of its rights under Article 5 or pursuant to Rule 144 to the extent permitted by this Agreement, (C) pursuant to Section 4.02 or (D) on and after the first anniversary of the First Public Offering if at such time such Tag-Along Seller beneficially owns less than 5% of the outstanding Common Shares, calculated on a Fully Diluted basis.

(h) Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, any Tagging Person wishing to participate in a proposed Tag-Along Sale with respect to Common Shares issuable upon exercise of Company Securities shall be required to exercise such number of Company Securities as is required in order for such Tagging Person to participate in the Tag-Along Sale with respect to such Common Shares; provided, that such exercise shall be deemed to be effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Tag-Along Sale.

Section 4.02 Drag-Along Rights. (a) Subject to Section 4.03, if the Morgan Stanley Investors, or any of them (the “Drag-Along Seller”), proposes to Transfer Common Shares representing (1) not less than a majority of the outstanding Fully- Diluted Common Shares or (2) all of the Common Shares beneficially owned by the Morgan Stanley Investors, in each case, to a Third Party (the “Drag-Along Transferee”) in a bona fide sale (a “Drag-Along Sale”), the Drag-Along Seller may at its option require all Other Shareholders (i) to Transfer the Drag-Along Portion of the Company Securities (“Drag-Along Rights”) then held by every Other Shareholder, and (ii) to exercise such number of options for Company Securities held by every Other Shareholder as is required in order that a sufficient number of the Company Securities are available to Transfer the relevant Drag-Along Portion of Company Securities of each such Other Shareholder (but subject to and at the closing of the Drag-Along Sale), in each case for the same consideration and otherwise on the same terms and conditions as the Drag-Along Seller, provided that any Other Shareholder that holds options the exercise price per share of which is greater than the per share price at which the Company Securities are to be Transferred to the Drag-Along Transferee, if required by the Drag-Along Seller to exercise such options, may, in lieu of such exercise, submit an irrevocable cancellation thereof without any liability for payment of any exercise price with respect thereto. If the Drag-Along Sale is not consummated, any options exercised or cancelled in contemplation of such Drag-Along Sale shall be deemed not to have been exercised or canceled, as applicable.

14

The Drag-Along Seller shall provide notice of such Drag-Along Sale to the Other Shareholders (a “Drag-Along Sale Notice”) not later than 15 Business Days prior to the proposed Drag-Along Sale. The Drag-Along Sale Notice shall identify the Drag-Along Transferee, the number of Company Securities subject to the Drag-Along Sale, the consideration for which a Transfer is proposed to be made (the “Drag-Along Sale Price”) and all other material terms and conditions of the Drag-Along Sale. The number of Company Securities to be sold by each Other Shareholder shall be the Drag-Along Portion of the Company Securities that such Other Shareholder owns. Each Other Shareholder shall be required to participate in the Drag-Along Sale on the terms and conditions set forth in the Drag-Along Sale Notice and to tender all its Company Securities as set forth below. The price payable in such Transfer shall be the Drag-Along Sale Price. Not later than 10 Business Days after the date of the Drag-Along Sale Notice (the “Drag-Along Sale Notice Period”), each of the Other Shareholders shall deliver to a representative of the Drag-Along Seller designated in the Drag-Along Sale Notice the certificates representing the Company Securities of such Other Shareholder to be included in the Drag-Along Sale, together with a limited power-of-attorney authorizing the Drag-Along Seller or its representative to Transfer such Company Securities on the terms set forth in the Drag-Along Notice and wire transfer or other instructions for payment or delivery of the consideration to be received in such Drag-Along Sale, or, if such delivery is not permitted by applicable law, an unconditional agreement to deliver such Company Securities pursuant to this Section 4.02(a) at the closing for such Drag-Along Sale against delivery to such Other Shareholder of the consideration therefor. If an Other Shareholder should fail to deliver such certificates to the Drag-Along Seller, the Company (subject to reversal under Section 4.02(b)) shall cause the books and records of the Company to show that such Company Securities are bound by the provisions of this Section 4.02(a) and that such Company Securities shall be Transferred to the Drag-Along Transferee immediately upon surrender for Transfer by the holder thereof.

(b) The Drag-Along Seller shall have a period of 120 days from the date of delivery of the Drag-Along Sale Notice to consummate the Drag-Along Sale on the terms and conditions set forth in such Drag-Along Sale Notice, provided that, if such Drag-Along Sale is subject to regulatory approval, such 120-day period shall be extended until the expiration of five Business Days after all such approvals have been received, but in no event later than 180 days following the date of delivery of the Drag-Along Sale Notice. If the Drag-Along Sale shall not have been consummated during such period, the Drag-Along Seller shall return to each of the Other Shareholders the limited power-of-attorney and all certificates representing Company Securities that such Other Shareholders delivered for Transfer pursuant hereto, together with any other documents in the possession of the Drag-Along Seller executed by the Other Shareholders in connection with such proposed Transfer, and all the restrictions on Transfer contained in this Agreement or otherwise applicable at such time with respect to such Company Securities owned by the Other Shareholders shall again be in effect.

(c) Concurrently with the consummation of the Transfer of Company Securities pursuant to this Section 4.02, the Drag-Along Seller shall give notice thereof to the Other Shareholders, shall remit to each of the Other Shareholders that have surrendered their certificates and other applicable instruments the total consideration (the cash portion of which is to be paid by wire transfer in accordance with such Other Shareholder’s wire transfer instructions) for the Company Securities Transferred pursuant hereto and shall furnish such other evidence of the completion and time of completion of such Transfer and the terms thereof as may be reasonably requested by such Other Shareholders.

15

(d) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 4.02, there shall be no liability on the part of the Drag-Along Seller to the Other Shareholders (other than the obligation to return the limited power-of-attorney and the certificates and other applicable instruments representing Company Securities received by the Drag-Along Seller) or any other Person if the Transfer of Company Securities pursuant to this Section 4.02 is not consummated for whatever reason, regardless of whether the Drag-Along Seller has delivered a Drag-Along Sale Notice. Whether to effect a Transfer of Company Securities pursuant to this Section 4.02 by the Drag-Along Seller is in the sole and absolute discretion of the Drag-Along Seller.

Section 4.03 Additional Conditions to Tag-Along Sales and Drag-Along Sales. Notwithstanding anything contained in Section 4.01 or 4.02, the rights and obligations of the Shareholders to participate in a Tag-Along Sale under Section 4.01 or a Drag-Along Sale under Section 4.02 are subject to the following conditions:

(a) upon the consummation of such Tag-Along Sale or Drag-Along Sale, and subject to the applicable securities laws, all of the Shareholders participating therein will receive the same form and amount of consideration per share of the relevant class of Company Security determined in accordance with Section 4.01(a) or Section 4.02(a), as the case may be, or, if any Shareholders are given an option as to the form and amount of consideration to be received, all Shareholders participating therein will be given the same option;

(b) no Shareholder shall be obligated to pay any expenses incurred in connection with any unconsummated Tag-Along Sale or Drag-Along Sale, and each Shareholder shall be obligated to pay only its pro rata share (based on the number of Company Securities Transferred) of expenses incurred in connection with a consummated Tag-Along Sale or Drag-Along Sale to the extent such expenses are incurred for the benefit of all Shareholders and are not otherwise paid by the Company or another Person;

(c) each Shareholder shall (i) make such representations, warranties and covenants and enter into such definitive agreements as are customary for transactions of the nature of the proposed Transfer; provided that, no Shareholder shall be required to provide any representations or indemnities in connection with such Transfer (other than representations and indemnities concerning each Shareholder’s title to the Company Securities and authority, power and right to enter into and consummate the Transfer without contravention of any law or agreement); and provided further that, liability for any misrepresentation by the Company or indemnity shall (as to such Shareholders) be expressly stated to be several but not joint and each Shareholder shall not be liable for more than its pro rata share (based on the number of Company Securities Transferred, calculated on a Fully-Diluted Basis) of any liability for misrepresentation or indemnity, not to exceed more than such Shareholder’s pro rata share of the purchase price received in such Transfer, (ii) benefit from all of the same provisions of the definitive agreements as the Tag-Along Seller or Drag-Along Seller, as the case may be, and (iii) be required to bear their proportionate share of any escrows, holdbacks and adjustments in purchase price.

16

Section 4.04 Preemptive Rights. (a) The Company shall give each Shareholder notice (an “Issuance Notice”) of any proposed issuance by the Company of any Company Securities at least 20 Business Days prior to the proposed issuance date. The Issuance Notice shall specify the price at which such Company Securities are to be issued and the other material terms of the issuance. Subject to Section 4.04(f) below, each Shareholder shall be entitled to purchase up to such Shareholder’s Pro Rata Share of the Company Securities proposed to be issued, at the price and on the terms specified in the Issuance Notice. “Pro Rata Share” means, with respect to a Shareholder, the fraction that results from dividing (i) such Shareholder’s Aggregate Ownership (immediately before giving effect to the issuance) of Common Shares by (ii) the Aggregate Ownership (immediately before giving effect to the issuance) of Common Shares of all Shareholders.

(b) Each Shareholder who desires to purchase any or all of its Pro Rata Share of the Company Securities specified in the Issuance Notice shall deliver notice to the Company (each an “Exercise Notice”) of its election to purchase such Company Securities within five Business Days of receipt of the Issuance Notice. The Exercise Notice shall specify the number (or amount) of Company Securities to be purchased by such Shareholder and shall constitute exercise by such Shareholder of its rights under this Section 4.04 and a binding agreement of such Shareholder to purchase, at the price and on the terms specified in the Issuance Notice, the number of shares (or amount) of Company Securities specified in the Exercise Notice. If, at the termination of such five-Business-Day period, any Shareholder shall not have delivered an Exercise Notice to the Company, such Shareholder shall be deemed to have waived all of its rights under this Section 4.04 with respect to the purchase of such Company Securities. Promptly following the termination of such five-Business Day period, the Company shall deliver to each Shareholder a copy of all Exercise Notices it received.

(c) If any Shareholder fails to exercise its preemptive rights under this Section 4.04 or elects to exercise such rights with respect to less than such Shareholder’s Pro Rata Share, the Company shall notify each other Shareholder who has delivered an Exercise Notice to exercise its rights to purchase its entire Pro Rata Share, that such Shareholder shall be entitled to purchase from the Company its pro rata portion (which means the fraction that results from dividing (i) such Shareholder’s Aggregate Ownership (immediately before giving effect to the issuance) of Common Shares by (ii) the Aggregate Ownership (immediately before giving effect to the issuance) of Common Shares of all Shareholders exercising in full their preemptive rights with respect to their respective Pro Rata Shares) of such Company Securities with respect to which a Shareholder shall not have exercised its preemptive rights. The Company shall continue to offer additional pro rata portions to Shareholders choosing to purchase their full pro rata portion of such Company Securities pursuant to this Section 4.04(c) until (i) all Company Securities proposed to be issued by the Company and with respect to which Shareholders were entitled to exercise their rights under this Section 4.04 have been purchased by Shareholders or (ii) all Shareholders have purchased the maximum number of Company Securities indicated in their respective Issuance Notice, whichever is earlier.

(d) The Company shall have 90 days from the date of the Issuance Notice to consummate the proposed issuance of any or all of such Company Securities that the Shareholders have not elected to purchase at the price and upon terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company than those specified in the Issuance Notice; provided that, if such

17

issuance is subject to regulatory approval, such 90-day period shall be extended until the expiration of five Business Days after all such approvals have been received, but in no event later than 180 days from the date of the Issuance Notice. If the Company proposes to issue any such Company Securities after such 90-day (or 180-day) period, it shall again comply with the procedures set forth in this Section 4.04.

(e) At the consummation of the issuance of such Company Securities, the Company shall issue certificates representing the Company Securities to be purchased by each Shareholder exercising preemptive rights pursuant to this Section 4.04 registered in the name of such Shareholder, against payment by such Shareholder of the purchase price for such Company Securities in accordance with the terms and conditions as specified in the Issuance Notice.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Shareholder shall be entitled to purchase Company Securities as contemplated by this Section 4.04 in connection with issuances of Company Securities (i) to employees, consultants and independent contractors of the Company or any Subsidiary and members of the board of directors or comparable governing bodies of the Company or any Subsidiary pursuant to employee benefit plans or arrangements approved by the Board (including upon the exercise of employee stock options granted pursuant to any such plans or arrangements), including, without limitation, any equity incentive plan of the Company, (ii) to the creditors of the Company in connection with any bona fide, arm’s-length restructuring of outstanding debt of the Company or any Subsidiary, (iii) in connection with any bona fide, arm’s-length direct or indirect merger, acquisition or similar transaction, (iv) pursuant to a Public Offering or (v) pursuant to the Contribution Agreement. The Company shall not be obligated to consummate any proposed issuance of Company Securities, nor be liable to any Shareholder if the Company has not consummated any proposed issuance of Company Securities pursuant to this Section 4.04 for whatever reason, regardless of whether it shall have delivered an Issuance Notice or received any Exercise Notices in respect of such proposed issuance.

(g) The provisions of this Section 4.04 shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of the First Public Offering.

Section 4.05 Right Of First Offer. (a) If any HSBC Co-Investor desires to Transfer any Common Shares to any Third Party, the HSBC Co-Investor (the “Seller”) shall give notice (an “Offer Notice”) to all other Shareholders (or their designees) (the “Non-Selling Shareholders”), and to the Company that the Seller desires to make such a Transfer (a “Sale”) and that sets forth the number of Common Shares proposed to be Transferred by the Seller (the “Offered Securities”), the cash price per share that the Seller proposes to be paid for such Offered Securities (the “Offer Price”) and any other material terms sought by the Seller.

(b) The giving of an Offer Notice to the Non-Selling Shareholders and the Company shall constitute an offer (the “Offer”) by the Seller to Transfer the Offered Securities to such Non-Selling Shareholders (and thereafter to the Company as provided herein) for cash at the Offer Price and on the other terms set forth in the Offer Notice. The Non-Selling Shareholders receiving such Offer Notice shall have a 30-day period (the “Offer Period”) in which to accept such Offer as to all or any portion of the Offered Securities by giving a notice of acceptance to the Seller (together with a copy thereof to the Company) prior to the expiration of such Order Period. If the Non-Selling Shareholders fail to notify the Seller and the Company prior to the

18

expiration of the Offer Period, they shall be deemed to have declined such Offer. If the Non-Selling Shareholders decline (or are deemed to decline) such Offer with respect to all or any portion of the Offered Securities, the Seller shall immediately notify the Company thereof. The Company shall then be entitled to accept the Offer with respect to the number of Offered Securities that such Non-Selling Shareholders have elected not to purchase by giving notice of acceptance to the Seller within five Business Days of the expiration of the Offer Period.

(c) If the Non-Selling Shareholders and/or the Company elect to purchase all of the Offered Securities, the Non-Selling Shareholders and/or the Company, as the case may be, that have accepted the Offer shall purchase and pay, by bank or certified check (in immediately available funds), for all Offered Securities within 20 Business Days after the date on which all such Offered Securities have been accepted, provided that, if the Transfer of such Offered Securities is subject to any prior regulatory approval, subject to Section 4.05(d)(iii), the time period during which such Transfer may be consummated shall be extended until the expiration of five Business Days after all such approvals shall have been received, but in no event shall such period be extended for more than an additional 60 days.

(d) Upon the earlier to occur of (i) full rejection of the Offer by all recipients thereof, (ii) the expiration of the Offer Period without Non-Selling Shareholders and/or the Company electing to purchase all of the Offered Securities and (iii) the failure to obtain any required consent or regulatory approval for the purchase of all of the Offered Securities by the Non-Selling Shareholders and/or the Company within 90 days of full acceptance of the Offer, the Seller shall have a 120-day period during which to effect a Transfer of any or all of the Offered Securities on substantially the same or more favorable (as to the Seller) terms and conditions as were set forth in the Offer Notice at a price in cash not less than the Offer Price, provided that, if the Transfer is subject to regulatory approval, such 120-day period shall be extended until the expiration of five Business Days after all such approvals shall have been received, but in no event shall such period be extended for more than an additional 60 days. If the Seller does not consummate the Transfer of the Offered Securities in accordance with the foregoing time limitations, then the right of the Seller to effect the Transfer of such Offered Securities pursuant to Section 4.05(d) shall terminate and the Seller shall again comply with the procedures set forth in this Section 4.05 with respect to any proposed Transfer of Company Securities to a Third Party.

ARTICLE 5

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

Section 5.01 Demand Registration. (a) If the Company shall receive a request from, in the case of a Morgan Stanley Investor Demand, any Morgan Stanley Investor or, in the case of a HSBC Co-Investor Demand, any HSBC Co-Investor (in the case of a Morgan Stanley Investor Demand, the Morgan Stanley Investor or, in the case of a HSBC Co-Investor Demand, the HSBC Co-Investor shall be referred to herein as the “Requesting Shareholder”) that the Company effect the registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of such Requesting Shareholder’s Registrable Securities, and specifying the intended method of disposition thereof, then the Company shall promptly give notice of such requested registration (each such request, including a HSBC Co-Investor Demand, shall be referred to herein as a “Demand Registration”) at least 20 Business Days prior to the anticipated filing date of the registration statement relating to such Demand Registration to the other Shareholders and thereupon shall use its best efforts to effect, as expeditiously as possible, the registration under the Securities Act of:

19

(i) all Registrable Securities for which the Requesting Shareholder has requested registration under this Section 5.01, and

(ii) subject to the restrictions set forth in Sections 5.01(e) and 5.02, all other Registrable Securities of the same class as those requested to be registered by the Requesting Shareholder that any Shareholders with rights to request registration under Section 5.01 or Section 5.02 (all such Shareholders, together with the Requesting Shareholder, and any Shareholders participating in a Piggyback Registration pursuant to Section 5.02, the “Registering Shareholders”) have requested the Company to register by request received by the Company within 15 Business Days after such Shareholders receive the Company’s notice of the Demand Registration,

all to the extent necessary to permit the disposition (in accordance with the intended methods thereof as aforesaid) of the Registrable Securities so to be registered, provided that, subject to Section 5.01(d), the Company shall not be obligated to effect more than (i) four Demand Registrations in the aggregate for the Morgan Stanley Investors (each, a “Morgan Stanley Investor Demand”), other than any Demand Registration to be effected pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-3 (or any successor thereto), for which an unlimited number of Demand Registrations shall be permitted or (ii) one Demand Registration for the HSBC Co-Investors (the “HSBC Co-Investor Demand”) (it being understood that any such HSBC Co-Investor Demand can occur only following the first anniversary of the First Public Offering); provided further that the Company shall not be obligated to effect a Demand Registration unless the aggregate gross proceeds expected to be received from the sale of the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Demand Registration equals or exceeds $50,000,000. In no event shall the Company be required to effect more than one Demand Registration hereunder within any six-month period.

(b) Promptly after the expiration of the 15-Business Day-period referred to in Section 5.01(a)(ii), the Company will notify all Registering Shareholders of the identities of the other Registering Shareholders and the number of shares of Registrable Securities requested to be included therein. At any time prior to the effective date of the registration statement relating to such registration, the Requesting Shareholder may revoke such request, without liability to any of the other Registering Shareholders, by providing a notice to the Company revoking such request.

(c) The Company shall be liable for and pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any Demand Registration, regardless of whether such Registration is effected.

(d) A Demand Registration shall not be deemed to have occurred:

(i) unless the registration statement relating thereto (A) has become effective under the Securities Act and (B) has remained effective for a period of at least 180 days (or such shorter period in which all Registrable Securities of the Registering Shareholders included in such registration have actually been sold thereunder), provided that such

20

registration statement shall not be considered a Demand Registration if, after such registration statement becomes effective, (1) such registration statement is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or other governmental agency or court and (2) less than 75% of the Registrable Securities included in such registration statement have been sold thereunder; or

(ii) if the Maximum Offering Size is reduced in accordance with Section 5.01(e) such that less than 66 2/3% of the Registrable Securities of the Registering Shareholders sought to be included in such registration are included.

(e) If a Demand Registration involves an underwritten Public Offering and the managing underwriter advises the Company and the Requesting Shareholder that, in its view, the number of shares of Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration (including any securities that the Company proposes to be included that are not Registrable Securities) exceeds the largest number of shares that can be sold without having an adverse effect on such offering, including the price at which such shares can be sold (the “Maximum Offering Size”), the Company shall include in such registration, in the priority listed below, up to the Maximum Offering Size:

(i) first, all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by all other Registering Shareholders (allocated, if necessary for the offering not to exceed the Maximum Offering Size, pro rata among such other Shareholders on the basis of the relative number of Registrable Securities so requested to be included in such registration by each such Shareholder), and

(ii) second, any securities proposed to be registered for the account of any other Persons (including the Company), with such priorities among them as the Company shall determine.

(f) Upon notice to each Registering Shareholder, the Company may postpone effecting a registration pursuant to this Section 5.01 on one occasion during any period of six consecutive months for a reasonable time specified in the notice but not exceeding 90 days (which period may not be extended or renewed), if (i) an investment banking firm of recognized national standing shall advise the Company and the Requesting Shareholder in writing that effecting the registration would materially and adversely affect an offering of securities of such Company the preparation of which had then been commenced or (ii) the Board shall have determined in good faith that the Company is in possession of material non-public information the disclosure of which during the period specified in such notice the Company reasonably believes would not be in the best interests of the Company.

(g) At any time following the consummation of the First Public Offering, upon the request of a Majority in Interest of the Morgan Stanley Investors, the Company shall use its best efforts to file a “shelf’ registration statement (the “Shelf Registration”) with respect to the Registrable Securities on an appropriate form pursuant to Rule 415 (or any similar provision that may be adopted by the SEC) under the Securities Act and to cause such Shelf Registration to become effective and to keep such Shelf Registration in effect until the Shareholders shall no longer hold any Registrable Securities. Any offer or sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration in any underwritten Public Offering shall be deemed to be a Demand Registration subject to the provisions of Section 5.01(a).

21

Section 5.02 Piggyback Registration. (a) If the Company proposes to register any Common Shares under the Securities Act (other than (i) the First Public Offering or (ii) a registration on Form S-8, S-4 or F-4, or any successor forms, relating to Common Shares issuable upon exercise of employee stock options or in connection with any employee benefit or similar plan of the Company or in connection with a direct or indirect acquisition by the Company of another Person), whether or not for sale for its own account, the Company shall each such time give prompt notice at least 20 Business Days prior to the anticipated filing date of the registration statement relating to such registration to each Shareholder, which notice shall set forth such Shareholder’s rights under this Section 5.02 and shall offer such Shareholder the opportunity to include in such registration statement the number of Registrable Securities as those proposed to be registered as each such Shareholder may request (a “Piggyback Registration”), subject to the provisions of Section 5.02(b). Upon the request of any such Shareholder made within 15 Business Days after the receipt of notice from the Company (which request shall specify the number of Registrable Securities intended to be registered by such Shareholder), the Company shall use its best efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities that the Company has been so requested to register by all such Shareholders, to the extent requisite to permit the disposition of the Registrable Securities so to be registered, provided that (i) if such registration involves an underwritten Public Offering, all such Shareholders requesting to be included in the Company’s registration must sell their Registrable Securities to the underwriters selected as provided in Section 5.04(f)(i) on the same terms and conditions as apply to the Company or the selling Shareholders, as applicable, and (ii) it at any time after giving notice of its intention to register any Common Shares pursuant to this Section 5.02(a) and prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such registration, the Company shall determine for any reason not to register such securities, the Company shall give notice to all such Shareholders and, thereupon, shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such registration. No registration effected under this Section 5.02 shall relieve the Company of its obligations to effect a Demand Registration to the extent required by Section 5.01. The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with each Piggyback Registration.

(b) If a Piggyback Registration involves an underwritten Public Offering (other than any Demand Registration, in which case the provisions with respect to priority of inclusion in such offering set forth in Section 5.01(e) shall apply) and the managing underwriter advises the Company that, in its view, the number of Shares that the Company and such Shareholders intend to include in such registration exceeds the Maximum Offering Size, the Company shall include in such registration, in the following priority, up to the Maximum Offering Size:

(i) first, so much of the Common Shares proposed to be registered for the account of the Company as would not cause the offering to exceed the Maximum Offering Size, and

(ii) second, all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any Shareholders pursuant to Section 5.02 (allocated, if necessary for the offering not to exceed the Maximum Offering Size, pro rata among such other Shareholders on the basis of the relative number of Registrable Securities so requested to be included in such registration by each), and

22

(iii) third, any securities proposed to be registered for the account of any other Persons with such priorities among them as the Company shall determine.

Section 5.03 Lock-Up Agreements. If any registration of Registrable Securities shall be effected in connection with a Public Offering, neither the Company nor any Shareholder shall effect any public sale or distribution, including any sale pursuant to Rule 144, of any Common Shares or other security of the Company (except as part of such Public Offering) during the period beginning 14 days prior to the effective date of the applicable registration statement until 90 days after such Public Offering or 180 days in the case of the First Public Offering (such period, the “Lock-Up Period” for the applicable registration statement).

Section 5.04 Registration Procedures. Whenever Shareholders request that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to Section 5.01 or 5.02, subject to the provisions of such Sections, the Company shall use its best efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof as quickly as practicable, and, in connection with any such request:

(a) The Company shall as expeditiously as possible prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement on any form for which the Company then qualifies or that counsel for the Company shall deem appropriate and which form shall be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities to be registered thereunder in accordance with the intended method of distribution thereof, and use its best efforts to cause such filed registration statement to become and remain effective for a period of not less than 180 days, or in the case of a shelf registration statement, one year (or such shorter period in which all of the Registrable Securities of the Shareholders included in such registration statement shall have actually been sold thereunder).

(b) Prior to filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto (other than any report filed pursuant to the Exchange Act that is incorporated by reference therein), the Company shall, if requested, furnish to each participating Shareholder and each underwriter, if any, of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement copies of such registration statement as proposed to be filed, and thereafter the Company shall furnish to such Shareholder and underwriter, if any, copies of each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein), the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus) and any other prospectus filed under Rule 424, Rule 430A, Rule 430B or Rule 430C under the Securities Act and such other documents as such Shareholder or underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Shareholder. Each Shareholder shall have the right to request that the Company modify any information contained in such registration statement, amendment and supplement thereto pertaining to such Shareholder and the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to comply with such request, provided, however, that the Company shall not have any obligation so to modify any information if the Company reasonably expects that so doing would cause the prospectus to contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or omit any statement required by law.

23

(c) After the filing of the registration statement, the Company shall (i) cause the related prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement, and, as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, (ii) comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the Shareholders thereof set forth in such registration statement or supplement to such prospectus and (iii) promptly notify each Shareholder holding Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement of any stop order issued or threatened by the SEC or any state securities commission and take all reasonable actions required to prevent the entry of such stop order or to remove it if entered.

(d) The Company shall use its best efforts to (i) register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as any Registering Shareholder holding such Registrable Securities reasonably (in light of such Shareholder’s intended plan of distribution) requests and (ii) cause such Registrable Securities to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Company and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Shareholder to consummate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Shareholder, provided that the Company shall not be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 5.04(d), (B) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (C) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction.

(e) The Company shall immediately notify each Shareholder holding Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the occurrence of an event requiring the preparation of a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and promptly prepare and make available to each such Shareholder and file with the SEC any such supplement or amendment.

(f) (i) A Majority in Interest of the Morgan Stanley Investors shall have the right, in their sole discretion, to select an underwriter or underwriters in connection with any Public Offering resulting from the exercise by the Morgan Stanley Investors of a Demand Registration, which underwriter or underwriters may include any Affiliate of the Morgan Stanley Investors and (ii) the Company shall select an underwriter or underwriters in connection with any other Public Offering. In connection with any Public Offering, the Company shall enter into customary agreements (including an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take such all other actions as are reasonably required in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in any such Public Offering, including the engagement of a “qualified independent underwriter” in connection with the qualification of the underwriting arrangements with FINRA.

24

(g) Upon execution of confidentiality agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Company shall make available for inspection by any Shareholder and any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to a registration statement being filed by the Company pursuant to this Section 5.04 and any attorney, accountant or other professional retained by any such Shareholder or underwriter (collectively, the “Inspectors”), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company (collectively, the “Records”) as shall be reasonably necessary or desirable to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any Inspectors in connection with such registration statement. Records that the Company determines, in good faith, to be confidential Inspectors unless (i) the disclosure of such Records is necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in such registration statement or (ii) the release of such Records is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction. Each Shareholder agrees that information obtained by it as a result of such inspections shall be deemed confidential and shall not be used by it or its Affiliates as the basis for any market transactions in the Company Securities unless and until such information is made generally available to the public. Each Shareholder further agrees that, upon learning that disclosure of such Records is sought in a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall give notice to the Company and allow the Company, at its expense, to undertake appropriate action to prevent disclosure of the Records deemed confidential.

(h) The Company shall furnish to each Shareholder offering any Registrable Securities in such Public Offering and to each such underwriter, if any, a signed counterpart, addressed to such Shareholder or underwriter, of (i) an opinion or opinions of counsel to the Company and (ii) a comfort letter or comfort letters from the Company’s independent public accountants, each in customary form and covering such matters of the kind customarily covered by opinions or comfort letters, as the case may be, as a majority of such Shareholders or the managing underwriter therefor reasonably requests.

(i) The Company shall otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement or such other document that shall satisfy the requirements of Rule 158 under the Securities Act.

(j) The Company may require each such Shareholder promptly to furnish in writing to the Company such information regarding the distribution of the Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request and such other information as may be legally required in connection with such registration.

(k) Each Shareholder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 5.04(e), such Shareholder shall forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such Registrable Securities until such Shareholder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 5.04(e), and, if so directed by the Company, such Shareholder shall deliver to the Company all copies, other than any permanent file copies then in such Shareholder’s possession, of the most recent prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice. If the Company shall give such notice, the

25

Company shall extend the period during which such registration statement shall be maintained effective (including the period referred to in Section 5.04(a)) by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of notice pursuant to Section 5.04(e) to the date when the Company shall make available to such Shareholder a prospectus supplemented or amended to conform with the requirements of Section 5.04(e).

(l) The Company shall use its best efforts to list all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement on any securities exchange or quotation system on which any of the Registrable Securities are then listed or traded.

(m) The Company shall have appropriate officers of the Company (i) prepare and make presentations at any “road shows” and before analysts and rating agencies, as the case may be, (ii) take other actions to obtain ratings for any Registrable Securities and (iii) otherwise use their best efforts to cooperate as reasonably requested by the underwriters in the offering, marketing or selling of the Registrable Securities.

Section 5.05 Indemnification by the Company. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Shareholder beneficially owning any Registrable Securities covered by a registration statement, its officers, directors, employees, partners and agents, and each Person, if any, who controls such Shareholder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable expenses of investigation and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) (“Damages”) caused by or relating to any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement or prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or any preliminary prospectus or free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act), or caused by or relating to any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such Damages are caused by or related to any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission so made based upon information furnished in writing to the Company by such Shareholder or on such Shareholder’s behalf expressly for use therein. The Company also agrees to indemnify any underwriters of the Registrable Securities, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such underwriters within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the Shareholders provided in this Section 5.05.

Section 5.06 Indemnification by Participating Shareholders. Each Shareholder holding Registrable Securities included in any registration statement agrees, severally but not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its officers, directors and agents and each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to such Shareholder, but only with respect to information furnished in writing by such Shareholder or on such Shareholder’s behalf expressly for use in any registration statement or prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any preliminary prospectus or free writing prospectus. Each such Shareholder also agrees to indemnify and hold harmless underwriters of the Registrable Securities, their officers and

26

directors and each Person who controls such underwriters within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the Company provided in this Section 5.06. As a condition to including Registrable Securities in any registration statement filed in accordance with Article 5, the Company may require that it shall have received an undertaking reasonably satisfactory to it from any underwriter to indemnify and hold it harmless to the extent customarily provided by underwriters with respect to similar securities. No Shareholder shall be liable under this Section 5.06 for any Damages in excess of the net proceeds realized by such Shareholder in the sale of Registrable Securities of such Shareholder to which such Damages relate.

Section 5.07 Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings. If any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any Person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to this Article 5, such Person (an “Indemnified Party”) shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “Indemnifying Party”) in writing and the Indemnifying Party shall assume the defense thereof, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party, and shall assume the payment of all fees and expenses, provided that the failure of any Indemnified Party so to notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations hereunder except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced by such failure to notify. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party unless (i) the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) in the reasonable judgment of such Indemnified Party representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any time for all such Indemnified Parties, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. In the case of any such separate firm for the Indemnified Parties, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Indemnified Parties. The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent, or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Party shall indemnify and hold harmless such Indemnified Parties from and against any loss or liability (to the extent stated above) by reason of such settlement or judgment. Without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, no Indemnifying Party shall effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such proceeding.

Section 5.08 Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in this Article 5 is unavailable to the Indemnified Parties in respect of any Damages, then each such Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such Damages (i) as between the Company and the Shareholders holding Registrable Securities covered by a registration statement on the one hand and the underwriters on the other, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and such Shareholders on the one hand and the underwriters

27

on the other, from the offering of the Registrable Securities, or if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and such Shareholders on the one hand and of such underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such Damages, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations and (ii) as between the Company on the one hand and each such Shareholder on the other, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company and of each such Shareholder in connection with such statements or omissions, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and such Shareholders on the one hand and such underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total proceeds from the offering (net of underwriting discounts and commissions but before deducting expenses) received by the Company and such Shareholders bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the prospectus. The relative fault of the Company and such Shareholders on the one hand and of such underwriters on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and such Shareholders or by such underwriters. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of each such Shareholder on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

The Company and the Shareholders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5.08 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of the Damages referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5.08, no underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Registrable Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any Damages that such underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission, and no Shareholder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Registrable Securities of such Shareholder were offered to the public (less underwriters’ discounts and commissions) exceeds the amount of any Damages that such Shareholder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Each Shareholder’s obligation to contribute pursuant to this Section 5.08 is several in the proportion that the proceeds of the offering received by such Shareholder bears to the total proceeds of the offering received by all such Shareholders and not joint.

28

Section 5.09 Participation in Public Offering. No Shareholder may participate in any Public Offering hereunder unless such Shareholder (a) agrees to sell such Shareholder’s Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements and the provisions of this Agreement in respect of registration rights.

Section 5.10 Other Indemnification. Indemnification similar to that specified herein (with appropriate modifications) shall be given by the Company and each Shareholder participating therein with respect to any required registration or other qualification of securities under any federal or state law or regulation or governmental authority other than the Securities Act.

Section 5.11 Cooperation by the Company. If any Shareholder shall transfer any Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144, the Company shall cooperate, to the extent commercially reasonable, with such Shareholder and shall provide to such Shareholder such information as such Shareholder shall reasonably request.

Section 5.12 No Transfer of Registration Rights. None of the rights of Shareholders under this Article 5 shall be assignable by any Shareholder to any Person acquiring Company Securities in any Public Offering or pursuant to Rule 144.

ARTICLE 6

CERTAIN COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS

Section 6.01 Confidentiality. (a) Each Shareholder agrees that Confidential Information furnished and to be furnished to it has been and may in the future be made available in connection with such Shareholder’s investment in the Company. Each Shareholder agrees that it shall use, and that it shall cause any Person to whom Confidential Information is disclosed pursuant to clause (i) below to use, the Confidential Information only in connection with its investment in the Company and not for any other purpose (including to disadvantage competitively the Company or any of its Affiliates). Each Shareholder further acknowledges and agrees that it shall not disclose any Confidential Information to any Person, except that Confidential Information may be disclosed:

(i) to such Shareholder’s Representatives in the normal course of the performance of their duties or to any financial institution providing credit to such Shareholder,

(ii) to the extent required by applicable law, rule or regulation (including complying with any oral or written questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process to which a Shareholder is subject, provided that such Shareholder agrees to give the Company prompt notice of such request(s), to the extent practicable, so that the Company may seek an appropriate protective order or similar relief (and the Shareholder shall cooperate with such efforts by the Company, and shall in any event make only the minimum disclosure required by such law, rule or regulation)),

29

(iii) to any Person to whom such Shareholder is contemplating a Transfer of its Common Shares, provided that such Transfer would not be in violation of the provisions of this Agreement and such potential transferee is advised of the confidential nature of such information and agrees to be bound by a confidentiality agreement consistent with the provisions hereof,

(iv) to any regulatory authority or rating agency to which the Shareholder or any of its affiliates is subject or with which it has regular dealings, as long as such authority or agency is advised of the confidential nature of such information,

(v) to the extent related to the tax treatment and tax structure of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including all materials of any kind, such as opinions or other tax analyses that the Company, its Affiliates or its Representatives have provided to such Shareholder relating to such tax treatment and tax structure), provided that the foregoing does not constitute an authorization to disclose the identity of any existing or future party to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or their Affiliates or Representatives, or, except to the extent relating to such tax structure or tax treatment, any specific pricing terms or commercial or financial information, or

(vi) if the prior written consent of the Board shall have been obtained.

Nothing contained herein shall prevent the use (subject, to the extent possible, to a protective order) of Confidential Information in connection with the assertion or defense of any claim by or against the Company or any Shareholder.

(b) “Confidential Information” means any information concerning the Company or any Persons that are or become its Subsidiaries or the financial condition, business, operations or prospects of the Company or any such Persons in the possession of or furnished to any Shareholder (including by virtue of its present or former right to designate a director of the Company), provided that the term “Confidential Information” does not include information that (i) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by a Shareholder or its directors, officers, employees, stockholders, members, partners, agents, counsel, auditors, investment advisers or other representatives (all such persons being collectively referred to as “Representatives”) in violation of the applicable agreement, (ii) was available to such Shareholder on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to such Shareholder or its Representatives by the Company or (iii) becomes available to such Shareholder on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company after the disclosure of such information to such Shareholder or its Representatives by the Company, which source is (at the time of receipt of the relevant information) not, to the best of such Shareholder’s knowledge, bound by a confidentiality agreement with (or other confidentiality obligation to) the Company or another Person or (iv) is independently developed by such Shareholder without violating any confidentiality agreement with, or other obligation of secrecy to, the Company.

30

Section 6.02 Reports. The Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to furnish to each of the HSBC Co-Investors and the Morgan Stanley Investors, for so long as each of the HSBC Co-Investor and each of the Morgan Stanley Investors, respectively, owns at least 5% of the outstanding Common Shares, calculated on a Fully Diluted basis:

(a) as soon as practicable and, in any event within 30 days after the end of each month, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such month and the related unaudited statement of operations and cash flow (if available) for such month, and for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, in each case prepared in accordance with GAAP, setting forth in comparative form the figures for the corresponding month and portion of the previous fiscal year, and the figures for the corresponding month and portion of the then current fiscal year as set forth in the Company’s annual operating budget,

(b) as soon as practicable and, in any event, within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter and the related unaudited statement of operations and cash flow for such quarter and for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, in each case prepared in accordance with GAAP,

(c) as soon as practicable and, in any event, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, (i) the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year and the related audited statement of operations and cash flow for such fiscal year, and for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, in each case prepared in accordance with GAAP and certified by Deloitte & Touche or another firm of independent public accountants, together with a comparison of the figures set forth in such financial statements with the figures for the previous fiscal year and the figures in the Company’s annual operating budget, (ii) any management letters or other correspondence from such accountants and (iii) the Company’s annual operating budget for the coming fiscal year,

(d) promptly following the preparation thereof, a copy of any material revisions to the annual operating budget delivered pursuant to clause (c) above, and

(e) promptly upon their becoming available, copies of (i) all financial statements, reports, notices and proxy statements sent or made generally available by the Company to any of its security holders, (ii) all regular and periodic reports and all registration statements and prospectuses filed by the Company with any securities exchange or with the SEC and (iii) all press releases and other statements made generally available by the Company to the public.

Section 6.03 Inspection of Company Books and Records. The Company agrees to grant to the HSBC Co-Investors and the Morgan Stanley Investors, for so long as each of the HSBC Co-Investors and the Morgan Stanley Investors owns at least 5% of the outstanding Common Shares, calculated on a Fully Diluted basis:

(a) the right to inspect the books and records of the Company during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice; and

(b) the right to contact the Company’s independent public accountants and counsel upon reasonable advance notice to the Company.

31

Section 6.04 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. The Company agrees that it shall not enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company (a) that would allow such holder or prospective holder to include such securities in any Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration unless, under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that their inclusion would not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Shareholders included therein or (b) on terms otherwise more favorable than this Agreement. The Company also represents and warrants to each Shareholder that it has not previously entered into any agreement with respect to any of its securities granting any registration rights to any Person.

Section 6.05 Conflicting Agreements. The Company and each Shareholder represents and agrees that it shall not (a) grant any proxy or enter into or agree to be bound by any voting trust or agreement with respect to any Company Securities, except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, (b) enter into any agreement or arrangement of any kind with any Person with respect to any Company Securities inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement or for the purpose or with the effect of denying or reducing the rights of any other Shareholder under this Agreement, including agreements or arrangements with respect to the Transfer or voting of its Company Securities or (c) act, for any reason, as a member of a group or in concert with any other Person in connection with the Transfer or voting of its Company Securities in any manner that is inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 7

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.01 Binding Effect; Assignability; Benefit. (a) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns. Any Shareholder that ceases to own beneficially any Company Securities shall cease to be bound by the terms hereof (other than (i) the provisions of Sections 5.05, 5.06, 5.07, 5.08 and 5.10 applicable to such Shareholder with respect to any offering of Registrable Securities completed before the date such Shareholder ceased to own any Company Securities and (ii) Sections 6.01, 7.02, 7.05, 7.06, 7.07 and 7.08). The Shareholders agree that the THC Shareholders’ Agreement is terminated and shall have no further force or effect, except the provisions of Section 6.01 and Article 7 thereof shall survive such termination.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by any Other Shareholder hereto pursuant to any Transfer of Company Securities or otherwise, except that any Permitted Transferee acquiring Company Securities shall comply with Section 3.05 on or before such acquisition.

(c) Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any Person other than the parties hereto, and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

32

Section 7.02 Notices. All notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing (including facsimile transmission and email transmission, so long as a receipt of such email is requested and received) and shall be given,

if to the Company, to:

Tops Holding II Corporation

P.O. Box 1027

Buffalo, New York 14240

Attention: Frank Curci and Lynne Burgess

Facsimile No.: (716) 635-5102

E-mail: fcurci@topsmarkets.com and lburgess@topsmarkets.com

with a copy to:

Winston & Strawn LLP

200 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10166

Attention: Dominick P. DeChiara, Esq.

Facsimile No.: (212) 294-4700

E-mail: ddechiara@winston.com

if to Morgan Stanley Investors, to:

Morgan Stanley Capital Partners V U.S. Holdco, LLC

1585 Broadway, Floor 29

New York, NY 10036

Attention: Gary Matthews, Eric Fry and Eric Kanter

Facsimile No.: (201) 214-6371

E-mail: gary.matthews@morganstanley.com

  eric.fry@morganstanley.com

  eric.kanter@morganstanley.com

with a copy to:

Winston & Strawn LLP

200 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10166

Attention: Dominick P. DeChiara, Esq.

Facsimile No.: (212) 294-4700

E-mail: ddechiara@winston.com

33

if to HSBC Co-Investors, to:

HSBC Capital (USA) Inc.

425 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

Attention: Andrew Trigg

Facsimile No.: (212) 525-8047

E-mail: andrew.trigg@us.hsbc.com

with a copy to:

Robinson & Cole LLP

885 Third Avenue, 28^th Floor

New York, NY 10022-4834

Facsimile No.: (212) 451-2999

Attention: Steve Hanson

E-mail : shanson@rc.com

or such other address or facsimile number as such party may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the other parties hereto. All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. in the place of receipt and such day is a business day in the place of receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed not to have been received until the next succeeding business day in the place of receipt.

Section 7.03 Waiver; Amendment. (a) No provision of this Agreement may be waived except by an instrument in writing executed by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or otherwise modified except by an instrument in writing executed by the Company with approval of the Board and Shareholders holding at least a majority of the then outstanding Common Shares, calculated on a Fully-Diluted basis, held by the parties hereto at the time of such proposed amendment or modification. For the avoidance of doubt, Sections Section 2.04, Section 2.08, Section 2.06, Section 2.09, Section 3.04 Section 4.05, Section 5.01 (with respect to the HSBC Co-Investor Demand) and Section 6.02 (in each case, solely with respect to the rights of the HSBC Co-Investors) may not be amended in a manner that would adversely affect the rights, privileges or interests of the HSBC Co-Investors without the prior written consent of the HSBC Co-Investors. A Majority in Interest of the Morgan Stanley Investors may grant a waiver or effect a modification or amendment to this Agreement on behalf of all Morgan Stanley Investors, a Majority in Interest of the HSBC Co-Investors may grant a wavier or effect a modification or amendment to this Agreement on behalf of all HSBC Co-Investors, and a Majority in Interest of the Management Shareholders may grant a waiver or effect a modification or amendment to this Agreement on behalf of all Management Shareholders.

(b) In addition, any amendment or modification of any provision of this Agreement that would adversely affect any Shareholder on a basis disproportionate to the other Shareholders may be effected only with the prior written consent of such Shareholder.

34

Section 7.04 Fees and Expenses. The Company shall pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of all of the Morgan Stanley Investors and the HSBC Co-Investors, including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel, incurred in connection with the preparation of this Agreement, or any amendment or waiver hereof.

Section 7.05 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws rules of such state.

Section 7.06 Jurisdiction. The parties hereby agree that any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be brought in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or any New York State court sitting in New York City, so long as one of such courts shall have subject matter jurisdiction over such suit, action or proceeding, and that any case of action arising out of this Agreement shall be deemed to have arisen from a transaction of business in the State of New York, and each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such suit, action or proceeding and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court or that any such suit, action or proceeding which is brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient form. Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each party agrees that service of process on such party as provided in Section 7.02 shall be deemed effective service of process on such party.

Section 7.07 Waiver Of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY WRY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

Section 7.08 Specific Enforcement. Each party hereto acknowledges that the remedies at law of the other parties for a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement would be inadequate and, in recognition of this fact, any party to this Agreement, without posting any bond, and in addition to all other remedies that may be available, shall be entitled to obtain equitable relief in the form of specific performance, a temporary restraining order, a temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy that may then be available.

Section 7.09 Counterparts; Effectiveness; Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. Executed signature pages delivered by facsimile or email will be treated in all respects as original signature pages. This Agreement shall become effective when each party hereto shall have received a counterpart hereof signed by all of the other parties hereto. Until and unless each party has received a counterpart hereof signed by the other party hereto, this Agreement shall have no effect and no party shall have any right or obligation hereunder (whether by virtue of any other oral or written agreement or other communication). No provision of this Agreement is intended to confer any rights, benefits, remedies, obligations, or liabilities hereunder upon any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

35

Section 7.10 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Contribution Agreement (which includes the annexes, attachments, schedules and exhibits hereto and thereto) constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings, both oral and written, among the parties with respect such subject matter, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the THC Shareholders’ Agreement.

Section 7.11 Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such a determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner so that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

36

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

THE COMPANY: TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION
By:	/s/ Frank Curci
	Name: Frank Curci
	Title:  President and Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Shareholders’ Agreement]

THE MORGAN STANLEY INVESTORS:
	MORGAN STANLEY CAPITAL PARTNERS V U.S. HOLDCO LLC
		By: Morgan Stanley Capital Partners V Cayman L.P., its managing member By: MS Capital Partners V GP L.P., its general partner By: MSCP V GP Inc., its general partner
		By:	/s/ Eric J. Kanter
			Name: Eric J. Kanter
			Title: Executive Director

[Signature Page to Shareholders’ Agreement]

THE HSBC CO- INVESTORS:
	HSBC EQUITY PARTNERS USA, L.P.
		By:	HSBC Equity Investors USA, L.P., its General Partner
		By:	HSBC Equity GP, LLC, its General Partner
		By:	HSBC Capital (USA) Inc., its Managing Partner
		By:	Graycliff Partners, LP, As Attorney-in-Fact for HSBC Capital (USA) Inc.
		By:	/s/ Steven Schaefer
			Name: Steven Schaefer
			Title: CFO
	HSBC PRIVATE EQUITY PARTNERS II USA LP
		By:	HSBC Private Equity Investors II L.P., as General Partner
		By:	HSBC PEP II GP LLC, as General Partner
		By:	HSBC Capital (USA) Inc., its Sole Member
		By:	Graycliff Partners, LP, As Attorney-in-Fact for HSBC Capital (USA) Inc.
		By:	/s/ Steven Schaefer
			Name: Steven Schaefer
			Title: CFO

[Signature Page to Shareholders’ Agreement]

THE MANAGEMENT SHAREHOLDERS:
	/s/ Frank Curci
	Name: Frank Curci
	/s/ Kevin Darrington
	Name: Kevin Darrington
	/s/ William R. Mills
	Name: William R. Mills
	/s/ John Persons
	Name: John Persons
	/s/ Jack Barrett
	Name: Jack Barrett
	/s/ Lynne Burgess
	Name: Lynne Burgess
	/s/ Diane Colgan
	Name: Diane Colgan
	/s/ Jeffrey Culhane
	Name: Jeffrey Culhane
	/s/ Ron Ferri
	Name: Ron Ferri
	/s/ Thomas Fitzgerald
	Name: Thomas Fitzgerald
	/s/ David Langless
	Name: David Langless

[Signature Page to Shareholders’ Agreement]

/s/ Michael Metz

Name: Michael Metz

/s/ Michael Patti

Name: Michael Patti

/s/ Catherine Shifflett

Name: Catherine Shifflett

[Signature Page to Shareholders’ Agreement]

ADDITIONAL HOLDERS:

TURBIC INC.
	By:	/s/ Jefferson R. Voss
		Name: Jefferson R. Voss
		Title: Director
BEGAIN COMPANY LIMITED
By:	/s/ Leung Kit Kan
	Name: Leung Kit Kan, Ingrid
	Title: Director
/s/ Greg Josefowicz
Greg Josefowicz
/s/ Stacey Rauch
Stacey Rauch

[Signature Page to Shareholders’ Agreement]

EXHIBIT A

JOINDER TO SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMEIT

This Joinder Agreement (this “Joinder Agreement”) is made as of the date written below by the undersigned (the “Joining Party”) in accordance with the Shareholders’ Agreement dated as of May 15, 2013 (the “Shareholders’ Agreement”) among Tops Holding II Corporation and the shareholders party thereto, as the same may be amended from time to time. Capitalized terms used, but not defined, herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Shareholders’ Agreement.

The Joining Party hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Joinder Agreement, the Joining Party shall be deemed to be a party to the Shareholders’ Agreement as of the date hereof and shall have all of the rights and obligations of a [Morgan Stanley Investor/HSBC Co-Investor/Management Shareholder/Additional Holder]. The Joining Party hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the Shareholders’ Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date written below.

Date:                          ,         

[NAME OF JOINING PARTY]
By:
	Name:
	Title:
Address for Notices:

EX-4.8

Exhibit 4.8

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of May 15, 2013

to

INDENTURE

Dated as of December 20, 2012

among

TOPS HOLDING LLC,

TOPS MARKETS, LLC

and

TOPS MARKETS II CORPORATION,

and the Guarantors from time to time parties hereto, as Guarantors,

and

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

and

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Collateral Agent

8.875% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2017

This SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”) is dated as of May 15, 2013, by and among Tops Holding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Tops Holding,” f/k/a Tops Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation), Tops Markets, LLC, a New York limited liability company (“Tops Markets” and, together with Tops Holding, the “Issuers”), Tops Markets II Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Tops Markets II”), the guarantors named on the signature pages hereto (the “Guarantors”), U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association duly organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, as Trustee (the “Trustee”), and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association duly organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, as Collateral Agent (the “Collateral Agent”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent have executed and delivered an Indenture, dated as of December 20, 2012 (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of the Issuers’ 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 (the “Notes”) (all capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture);

WHEREAS, each of the Issuers desires that Tops Markets II become a co-issuer of the Notes, with all the rights and obligations of an Issuer under the Indenture, the Notes and the Security Documents;

WHEREAS, on May 14, 2013, Tops Markets II was incorporated as a wholly owned subsidiary of Tops Holding to become a co-issuer of the Notes along with Tops Holding and Tops Markets;

WHEREAS, on May 15, 2013, Tops Holding was converted from a Delaware corporation to a Delaware limited liability company and assumed the name “Tops Holding LLC” pursuant to a certificate of conversion filed the same date;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent may amend or supplement the Indenture without the consent of any Holder;

WHEREAS, the conditions set forth in the Indenture for the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture have been complied with;

WHEREAS, all things necessary to make this Supplemental Indenture a valid, binding and legal supplement to the Indenture pursuant to its terms and the terms of the Indenture have been done; and

WHEREAS, the Issuers and the Guarantors have requested that the Trustee execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the foregoing premises, the parties hereto mutually covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

AMENDMENTS

Section 1.01. Amendments.

(a) The Indenture is hereby amended by replacing all references to “Tops Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation” with “Tops Holding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.”

(b) The Indenture is hereby further amended by adding “Tops Markets II Corporation, a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware” to the definition of “Issuers” under Section 1.01 of the Indenture.

Section 1.02. Amendments to Notes and Guarantees. The Notes and the Guarantees are hereby deemed to be amended to delete all provisions inconsistent with the Amendments effected by this Supplemental Indenture.

Section 1.03. Operation of Amendments. Upon the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture by the parties hereto, this Supplemental Indenture and the Amendments will become effective and operative.

ARTICLE II

ASSUMPTION OF COVENANTS AND OBLIGATIONS

Section 2.01. Agreement to Covenants and Obligations. Each of Tops Holding and Tops Markets II hereby (a) expressly confirms its obligations under the Notes, the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement, as the case may be, and (b) expressly agrees to the due and punctual performance of the covenants and obligations of the Issuers under the Security Documents.

ARTICLE III

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 3.01. Parties. Nothing expressed or mentioned herein is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, other than the Holders, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture or any provision herein or therein contained.

Section 3.02. Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by the provisions set forth in Section 15.08 of the Indenture.

Section 3.03. Severability. In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability.

Section 3.04. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indenture Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. Neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent make any representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

Section 3.05. Duplicate and Counterpart Originals. The parties hereto may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. One signed copy is enough to prove this Supplemental Indenture. This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

Section 3.06. Headings. The headings of the Articles and Sections in this Supplemental Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 3.07. Acceptance by the Trustee and Collateral Agent. The Trustee and the Collateral Agent assume no responsibility for the correctness of the recitals contained herein, which shall be taken as the statements of the Issuers and the Guarantors and, except as provided in the Indenture, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall not be responsible or accountable in any way whatsoever for or with respect to the validity, execution or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture and makes no representation with respect thereto.

Section 3.08. Execution, Delivery and Validity. Each of the Issuers and the Guarantors represents and warrants to the Trustee that this Supplemental Indenture has been duly and validly executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with the terms thereof.

Section 3.09. Successors. All agreements of the Issuers in this Supplemental Indenture will bind their successors. All agreements of the Trustee and the Collateral Agent in this Indenture will bind their successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Supplemental Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 13.06 of the Indenture.

Section 3.10. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If any provision of this Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by, or with, another provision (an “Incorporated Provision”) included in this Supplemental Indenture by operation of Sections 310 to 318 of the TIA, inclusive, such imposed duties or Incorporated Provision shall control.

(Remainder of page intentionally left blank)

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

TOPS HOLDING LLC, as Issuer
By:	/s/ Frank Curci
	Name:
	Title:
TOPS MARKETS, LLC, as Issuer
By:	/s/ Frank Curci
	Name:
	Title:
TOPS MARKETS II CORPORATION, as Issuer
By:	/s/ Frank Curci
	Name:
	Title:
TOPS PT, LLC, as Guarantor
Acting through Tops Markets, LLC, its sole member
By:	/s/ Frank Curci
	Name:
	Title:
TOPS GIFT CARD COMPANY, LLC, as Guarantor
By:	/s/ Frank Curci
	Name:
	Title:

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:	/s/ Beverly A. Freeney
	Name: Beverly A. Freeney
	Title: Vice President
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Collateral Agent
By:	/s/ Beverly A. Freeney
	Name: Beverly A. Freeney
	Title: Vice President

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

EX-4.9

Exhibit 4.9

Execution Version

SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of August 20, 2013

to

INDENTURE

Dated as of December 20, 2012

among

TOPS HOLDING LLC,

TOPS MARKETS, LLC

and

TOPS MARKETS II CORPORATION,

and the Guarantors from time to time parties hereto, as Guarantors,

and

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

and

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Collateral Agent

and

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

8.875% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2017

This SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”) is dated as of August 20, 2013, by and among Tops Holding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Tops Holding”), Tops Markets, LLC, a New York limited liability company (“Tops Markets”), Tops Markets II Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Tops Markets II” and, together with Tops Holding and Tops Markets, the “Issuers”), Tops Holding II Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Tops Holding II”), the guarantors named on the signature pages hereto (the “Guarantors”), U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association duly organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, as Trustee (the “Trustee”), and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association duly organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, as Collateral Agent (the “Collateral Agent”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent have executed and delivered an Indenture, dated as of December 20, 2012, and the First Supplemental Indenture thereto, dated as of May 15, 2013 (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of the Issuers’ 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 (the “Notes”) (all capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture);

WHEREAS, each of the Issuers desires that Tops Holding II become a guarantor of the Notes;

WHEREAS, the Issuers, any Guarantor, any other obligor under the Notes, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, may amend or supplement the Indenture or any Guarantee without the consent of any Holder to (1) pursuant to Section 9.01(3) of the Indenture, cure any ambiguity, or correct or supplement any provision in the Indenture which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision in the Indenture and (2) pursuant to Section 9.01(6) of the Indenture, add a Guarantor under this Indenture;

WHEREAS, the conditions set forth in the Indenture for the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture have been complied with;

WHEREAS, all things necessary to make this Supplemental Indenture a valid, binding and legal supplement to the Indenture pursuant to its terms and the terms of the Indenture have been done; and

WHEREAS, the Issuers, the Guarantors and Tops Holding II have requested that the Trustee and the Collateral Agent execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the foregoing premises, the parties hereto mutually covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

AMENDMENTS

Section 1.01. Amendments.

(a) The Indenture is hereby amended by substituting Section 4.13(d) of the Indenture with the following text:

Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the direct or indirect parent company becomes a guarantor of the Notes, the reports, information and other documents required to be filed and provided in accordance with clauses (a) and (b) above will be those of such parent, rather than those of the Company, so long as such filings would satisfy the SEC’s requirements (assuming the Notes were registered under Section (13)(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act).

(b) Tops Holding II hereby expressly assumes the obligations of a guarantor of the Notes with respect to the due and punctual payment of principal (and premium, if applicable) and interest on the Notes.

Section 1.02. Amendments to Notes and Guarantees. The Notes and the Guarantees are hereby deemed to be amended to modify all provisions inconsistent with the amendments effected by this Supplemental Indenture so that such provisions are consistent with such amendments.

Section 1.03. Operation of Amendments. Upon the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture by the parties hereto, this Supplemental Indenture will become effective and operative.

ARTICLE II

ASSUMPTION OF COVENANTS AND OBLIGATIONS

Section 2.01. Agreement to Covenants and Obligations. Each of the Issuers hereby (a) expressly confirms its obligations under the Notes, the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement, as the case may be, and (b) expressly agrees to the due and punctual performance of the covenants and obligations of the Issuers under the Security Documents.

ARTICLE III

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 3.01. Parties. Nothing expressed or mentioned herein is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, other than the Holders, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture or any provision herein or therein contained.

Section 3.02. Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by the provisions set forth in Section 15.08 of the Indenture.

Section 3.03. Severability. In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability.

Section 3.04. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indenture Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. Neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent make any representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

Section 3.05. Duplicate and Counterpart Originals. The parties hereto may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. One signed copy is enough to prove this Supplemental Indenture. This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

Section 3.06. Headings. The headings of the Articles and Sections in this Supplemental Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 3.07. Acceptance by the Trustee and Collateral Agent. The Trustee and the Collateral Agent assume no responsibility for the correctness of the recitals contained herein, which shall be taken as the statements of the Issuers, the Guarantors and Tops Holding II and, except as provided in the Indenture, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall not be responsible or accountable in any way whatsoever for or with respect to the validity, execution or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture and make no representation with respect thereto.

Section 3.08. Execution, Delivery and Validity. Each of the Issuers, the Guarantors and Tops Holding II represents and warrants to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent that this Supplemental Indenture has been duly and validly executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with the terms thereof.

Section 3.09. Successors. All agreements of the Issuers in this Supplemental Indenture will bind their successors. All agreements of the Trustee and the Collateral Agent in this Indenture will bind their successors. All agreements of each Guarantor and Tops Holding II in this Supplemental Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in the Indenture.

Section 3.10. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If any provision of this Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by, or with, another provision (an “Incorporated Provision”) included in this Supplemental Indenture by operation of Sections 310 to 318 of the TIA, inclusive, such imposed duties or Incorporated Provision shall control.

(Remainder of page intentionally left blank)

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

TOPS HOLDING LLC, as Issuer
By:	/s/ Frank Curci
	Name:
	Title:
TOPS MARKETS, LLC, as Issuer
By:	/s/ Frank Curci
	Name:
	Title:
TOPS MARKETS II CORPORATION, as Issuer
By:	/s/ Frank Curci
	Name:
	Title:
TOPS GIFT CARD COMPANY, LLC, as Guarantor
By:	/s/ Frank Curci
	Name:
	Title:
TOPS PT, LLC, as Guarantor Acting through Tops Markets, LLC, its sole member
By:	/s/ Frank Curci
	Name:
	Title:

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION, as Guarantor
By:	/s/ Frank Curci
	Name:
	Title:

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:	/s/ Beverly Freeney
	Name:
	Title:
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Collateral Agent
By:	/s/ Beverly Freeney
	Name:
	Title:

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

EX-5.1

Exhibit 5.1

599 LEXINGTON AVENUE | NEW YORK | NY | 10022-6069

WWW.SHEARMAN.COM | T +1.212.848.4000 | F +1.212.848.7179

September 6, 2013

Tops Holding LLC

Tops Markets, LLC

Tops Markets II Corporation

Tops Holding II Corporation

6363 Main Street

Williamsville, NY 14221

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to Tops Holding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Tops Holding”), Tops Markets, LLC, a New York limited liability company (“Tops Markets”), and Tops Markets II Corporation, a Delaware corporation (collectively with Tops Holding and Tops Markets, the “2017 Notes Issuers”), Tops Gift Card Company, LLC, a Virginia limited liability company, Tops PT, LLC, a New York limited liability company, and Tops Holding II Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “2018 Notes Issuer”), in connection with the preparation and filing by the 2017 Notes Issuers and the 2018 Notes Issuer (collectively, the “Issuers”) of a registration statement on Form S-4 (the “Registration Statement”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the issuance of:

(i) $460,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the 2017 Notes Issuers’ 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 (the “2017 Exchange Notes”) and the full and unconditional guarantees as to the payment of principal and interest on the 2017 Exchange Notes (the “2017 Exchange Note Guarantees”) by the guarantors listed on Schedule I hereto (collectively, the “Guarantors”) and

(ii) $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the 2018 Notes Issuer’s 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “2018 Exchange Notes”, and, together with the 2017 Exchange Notes, the “Exchange Notes”).

Pursuant to the Registration Statement, the Issuers are offering to exchange (the “Exchange Offers”) all of the Exchange Notes for, as applicable, a like amount of their outstanding unregistered (i) 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 (the “Old 2017 Notes”), and to exchange the 2017 Exchange Note Guarantees for the outstanding unregistered full and unconditional guarantees as to the payment of

ABU DHABI | BEIJING | BRUSSELS | FRANKFURT | HONG KONG | LONDON | MILAN | NEW YORK | PALO ALTO PARIS | ROME | SAN FRANCISCO | SÃO PAULO | SHANGHAI | SINGAPORE | TOKYO | TORONTO | WASHINGTON, DC

SHEARMAN & STERLING LLP IS A LIMITED LIABILITY PARTNERSHIP ORGANIZED IN THE UNITED STATES UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WHICH LAWS LIMIT THE PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PARTNERS.

Page 2 September 6, 2013

principal and interest on the Old 2017 Notes by the Guarantors (the “Old 2017 Note Guarantees”) or (ii) 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Old 2018 Notes”, and, together with the Old 2017 Notes, the “Old Notes”). The Exchange Notes and the 2017 Exchange Note Guarantees will be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), as set forth in the prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement (the “Prospectus”) and will be issued upon consummation of the Exchange Offers. The Old 2017 Notes and the Old 2017 Note Guarantees were, and the 2017 Exchange Notes and the 2017 Exchange Note Guarantees will be, issued pursuant to an indenture, dated as of December 20, 2012, as amended and supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 15, 2013 and the Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 20, 2013 (as amended and supplemented, the “2017 Notes Indenture”), among the 2017 Notes Issuers, the Guarantors and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). The Old 2018 Notes were, and the 2018 Exchange Notes will be, issued pursuant to an indenture, dated as of May 15, 2013, between the 2018 Notes Issuer and the Trustee (the “2018 Notes Indenture” and, together with the 2017 Notes Indenture, the “Indentures”).

In connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement, we have reviewed originals or copies of the following documents:

(a) The Indentures.

(b) The Exchange Notes in global form as executed by the applicable issuer or issuers.

The documents described in the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) are collectively referred to herein as the “Opinion Documents”.

We have also reviewed the following:

(a) The Registration Statement.

(b) The Prospectus.

(c) The registration rights agreement dated December 15, 2012 by and among the 2017 Notes Issuers, the guarantors party thereto and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.

(d) The registration rights agreement dated May 15, 2013 by and between the 2018 Notes Issuer and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.

(e) Originals or copies of such other records of the Issuers and their subsidiaries, certificates of public officials and of officers of the Issuers and their subsidiaries and agreements and other documents as we have deemed necessary as a basis for the opinions expressed below.

Page 3 September 6, 2013

In our review of the Opinion Documents and other documents, we have assumed:

(a) The genuineness of all signatures.

(b) The authenticity of the originals of the documents submitted to us.

(c) The conformity to authentic originals of any documents submitted to us as copies.

(d) As to matters of fact, the truthfulness of the representations made in the Opinion Documents and in certificates of public officials and officers of the Issuers and the Guarantors.

(e) That each of the Opinion Documents is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Trustee, enforceable against the Trustee in accordance with its terms.

(f) That Tops Gift Card Company, LLC is an entity duly organized and validly existing under the laws of Virginia and has power and authority to execute, deliver and perform, and has duly authorized, executed and delivered, the Opinion Documents to which it is a party.

We have not independently established the validity of the foregoing assumptions.

“Generally Applicable Law” means the federal law of the United States of America, and the law of the State of New York (including in each case the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or pursuant thereto) that a New York lawyer exercising customary professional diligence would reasonably be expected to recognize as being applicable to the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Opinion Documents or the transactions governed by the Opinion Documents.

Based upon the foregoing and upon such other investigation as we have deemed necessary and subject to the assumptions and qualifications set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:

1. The 2017 Notes Indenture constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of each of the 2017 Notes Issuers and the Guarantors, enforceable against each of the 2017 Notes Issuers and the Guarantors in accordance with its terms.

2. The 2018 Notes Indenture constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the 2018 Notes Issuer, enforceable against the 2018 Notes Issuer in accordance with its terms.

3. When the Exchange Notes have been duly executed and delivered by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Indentures, and if and when issued upon consummation of the Exchange Offers as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Exchange Notes will be the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuers, enforceable against the Issuers in accordance with their terms and entitled to the benefits of the Indentures.

Page 4 September 6, 2013

4. If and when issued upon consummation of the Exchange Offers as set forth in the Registration Statement, each 2017 Exchange Note Guarantee will be the legal, valid and binding obligation of each of the Guarantors, enforceable against each of the Guarantors in accordance with its terms and entitled to the benefits of the 2017 Notes Indenture.

Our opinions expressed above are subject to the following qualifications:

(a) Our opinions above are subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally (including without limitation all laws relating to fraudulent transfers).

(b) Our opinions above are also subject to the effect of general principles of equity, including without limitation concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(c) Our opinions above are limited to Generally Applicable Law and we do not express any opinion herein concerning any other law.

This opinion letter speaks only as of the date of effectiveness of the Registration Statement. We expressly disclaim any responsibility to advise you of any development or circumstance of any kind, including any change of law or fact, that may occur after the date of this opinion letter and which might affect the opinions expressed herein.

This opinion letter is rendered to you in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Opinion Documents. This opinion letter may not be relied upon by you for any other purpose without our prior written consent.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the heading “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus. In giving such consent, we do not hereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Shearman & Sterling LLP

Schedule I

Tops Holding II Corporation

Tops PT, LLC

Tops Gift Card Company, LLC

EX-5.2

Exhibit 5.2

September 6, 2013

Tops Holding LLC

Tops Markets, LLC

Tops Markets II Corporation

Tops Holding II Corporation

6363 Main Street

Williamsville, New York 14221

Re:	(a)	Issuance of $460,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 (the “2017 Exchange Notes”) by Tops Holding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Tops Holding”), Tops Markets, LLC, a New York limited liability company (“Tops Markets”), and Tops Markets II Corporation, a Delaware corporation (collectively with Tops Holding and Tops Markets, the “2017 Notes Issuers”).
	(b)	Issuance of $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “2018 Exchange Notes” by Tops Holding II Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “2018 Notes Issuer” and together with the 2017 Notes Issuers the “Notes Issuers”).

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special counsel to Tops Gift Card Company, LLC, a Virginia limited liability company (“Tops Gifts”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Tops Markets which in turn is a wholly owned subsidiary of Tops Holding, with respect to the preparation and filing of a registration statement on Form S-4 (the “Registration Statement”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the issuance of (a) the 2017 Exchange Notes, (b) the full and unconditional guarantees (each a “2017 Exchange Note Guarantee” and collectively the “2017 Exchange Note Guarantees”) as to the payment of principal and interest on the 2017 Exchange Notes by Tops Gifts, Tops Holding II Corporation and Tops PT, LLC (collectively the “Guarantors”); and (c) the 2018 Exchange Notes (the 2017 Exchange Notes and the 2018 Exchange Notes being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Exchange Notes”).

Pursuant to the terms of the Registration Statement, the Notes Issuers are offering to exchange (the “Exchange Offers”) all of the Exchange Notes for, as applicable, a like amount of their outstanding unregistered (a) 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 (the “Old 2017 Notes”), and to exchange the 2017 Exchange Note Guarantees for the outstanding unregistered full and unconditional guarantees as to the payment of principal and interest on the Old 2017 Notes by Tops Gifts and Tops PT, LLC (the “Old 2017 Note Guarantees”); or (b) 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Old 2018 Notes”, and, together with the Old 2017 Notes, the “Old Notes”). The Exchange Notes and the 2017 Exchange Note Guarantees will be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), as set

Tops Holding LLC

Tops Markets, LLC

Tops Markets II Corporation

Tops Holding II Corporation

September 6, 2013

Page 2

forth in the prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement (the “Prospectus”) and will be issued upon consummation of the Exchange Offers. The Old 2017 Notes and the Old 2017 Note Guarantees were, and the 2017 Exchange Notes and the 2017 Exchange Note Guarantees will be, issued pursuant to an indenture, dated as of December 20, 2012, as amended and supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 15, 2013 and the Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 20, 2013 (as amended and supplemented, the “2017 Notes Indenture”), among the 2017 Notes Issuers, the Guarantors and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). The Old 2018 Notes were, and the 2018 Exchange Notes will be, issued pursuant to an indenture, dated as of May 15, 2013, between the 2018 Notes Issuer and the Trustee (the “2018 Notes Indenture” and, together with the 2017 Notes Indenture, the “Indentures”).

*            *             *

In rendering the opinions set forth herein, we have examined and relied upon originals or copies of the following (collectively being hereinafter referred to as the “Opinion Documents”), each of which is dated as of the date hereof (unless otherwise noted below):

(a) The Indentures;

(b) Notations of Guarantee dated as of December 20, 2012 signed by Tops Gift and Tops PT, LLC in connection with the 2017 Notes Indenture (the “Notations of Guarantee”); and

(c) a specimen of the 2017 Exchange Notes to be signed by Tops Gift.

For purposes of rendering the opinions set forth herein, we have examined the above-referenced documents, and such questions of law as we have deemed necessary or appropriate. In addition, as to various matters of fact relevant to the opinions herein expressed, we have, with your knowledge and permission, reviewed, assumed the correctness of and relied upon the statements of fact and representations contained in (a) the Registration Statement, (b) the Prospectus, (c) the Opinion Documents, (d) the registration rights agreement dated December 15, 2012 by and among the 2017 Notes Issuers, the guarantors party thereto and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated; and (e) the registration rights agreement dated May 15, 2013 by and between the 2018 Notes Issuer and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.

In addition, for purposes of rendering the opinions set forth herein, we have further relied upon certificates of Tops Gifts and its officers, and on (a) the following certificates of public officials and (b) the “Opinion Certificate” (hereinafter defined):

(i) Copy of Tops Gifts’ Articles of Organization (the “Articles of Organization”) certified in the Opinion Certificate;

Tops Holding LLC

Tops Markets, LLC

Tops Markets II Corporation

Tops Holding II Corporation

September 6, 2013

Page 3

(ii) A good standing certificate issued by the Virginia State Corporation Commission (the “VA SCC”) and dated September 5, 2013 indicating that as of such date Tops Gifts is in good standing with the VA SCC (the “Good Standing Certificate”);

(iii) A certificate of Tops Gifts (the “Opinion Certificate”) certifying as true and correct:

(A) an attached copy of the Articles of Organization of Tops Gifts (the “Articles of Organization”);

(B) an attached copy of the Operating Agreement of Tops Gifts (the “Operating Agreement”);

(C) an attached copy of a Membership Certificate dated October 3, 2008 showing Tops Markets to be the sole member of Tops Gifts (the “Membership Certificate”); and

(D) an attached copy of resolutions of Tops Gifts’ Board of Directors, relating to the execution and delivery of the Opinion Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereunder.

In basing the opinions and other matters set forth herein on “our knowledge,” “best of our knowledge,” or the like we mean the actual knowledge of facts, without investigation, by any of the lawyers currently with this firm who have given substantive attention to legal representation of Tops Gifts in connection with matters relating directly to the Opinion Documents. However, we have not undertaken any independent investigation to determine the existence or absence of any such matter, and no assurance is provided, nor shall any inference be drawn from any opinion expressed herein, that the scope of any such investigation or review would be sufficient to obtain knowledge of any fact or circumstance inconsistent with an opinion expressed herein that is qualified by the phrase “to our knowledge,” or as to the adequacy or reasonableness of the scope of any such investigation or review for the purpose of rendering such an opinion.

*             *             *

Based upon the foregoing and subject to the further assumptions, qualifications and limitations contained in this opinion letter, we are of the opinion that:

1. Based solely on the Articles of Organization, the Good Standing Certificate, the Operating Agreement, the Membership Certificate and the Opinion Certificate, Tops Gifts is a duly organized Virginia limited liability company.

2. Based solely on the Good Standing Certificate, Tops Gifts is validly existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia.

Tops Holding LLC

Tops Markets, LLC

Tops Markets II Corporation

Tops Holding II Corporation

September 6, 2013

Page 4

3. Tops Gifts has limited liability company power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under each of the Exchange Documents to which it is a party.

4. The 2017 Notes, the Notations of Guarantee, and the 2017 Indenture have each been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Tops Gifts.

5. The execution and delivery of the Opinion Documents by Tops Gifts and the performance by Tops Gifts of its obligations thereunder in accordance with their terms and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby do not contravene any applicable provisions of (a) Law (as defined herein), (b) the Articles of Organization or Operating Agreement, or (c) to our knowledge, constitute, in any material respect, a breach of or default under any agreement or other instrument known to and reviewed by us to which Tops Gifts is a party, which breach or default would have a material and adverse effect upon the financial condition or results of operations Tops Gifts.

6. No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or filing with, any governmental authority of the Commonwealth of Virginia is required for the signing, delivery and performance by Tops Gifts of its obligations under the Opinion Documents.

*            *             *

I. In rendering the opinions set forth above, we have, with your knowledge and permission, made the following general assumptions:

(a) the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of the Opinion Documents and instruments submitted to us as originals, and the conformity to authentic original Opinion Documents and instruments of all Opinion Documents and instruments submitted to us as certified, conformed, photostatic or facsimile copies;

(b) that each party to the Opinion Documents (other than Tops Gifts) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and is properly qualified to do business in all jurisdictions in which the business conducted by it makes qualification necessary;

(c) that each party to the Opinion Documents (other than Tops Gifts) has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver, and to perform its obligations under, each of the Opinion Documents to which it is a party, and has duly authorized, executed and delivered each of the Opinion Documents, as applicable;

Tops Holding LLC

Tops Markets, LLC

Tops Markets II Corporation

Tops Holding II Corporation

September 6, 2013

Page 5

(d) that the Opinion Documents constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of each party thereto, as applicable, enforceable against each such party in accordance with their respective terms;

(e) All documents submitted to us as originals are authentic, all documents submitted to us as certified, photostatic, electronic or facsimile copies are accurate and complete and conform to the original document and all signatures on each such document submitted are genuine, and each document issued or certified by a public authority is accurate, complete and authentic;

(f) There has not been any mutual mistake of fact, mutual misunderstanding, fraud, duress or undue influence, and the conduct of the parties with respect to the Opinion Documents has complied with any applicable requirements of good faith, fair dealing, and conscionability;

(g) There are no agreements or understandings among the parties, written or oral, and there is no usage of trade or course of prior dealings among the parties that would, in either case, define, supplement or qualify the terms of the Opinion Documents;

(h) All certificates (including the Opinion Certificate) and other statements, documents, records, financial statements and papers reviewed by us are factually accurate and complete, and all representations, warranties, schedules and exhibits contained in the Opinion Documents, with respect to the factual matters set forth therein, are accurate and complete; and

(i) Each party to any of the Opinion Documents has received sufficient consideration and value in return for its execution and delivery thereof and its obligations and collateral grants thereunder and would not be rendered insolvent thereby.

II. The opinions set forth above are subject to the following limitations and qualifications:

(a) We express no opinion of any kind as to the enforceability of any provisions of the Opinion Documents.

(b) We express no opinion as to the availability of any equitable or self-help remedy in the event of a breach of any of the Opinion Documents or as to the right of any holder of the Notes to exercise remedies available to it upon the happening of a non-material breach under any of the Opinion Documents.

(c) We express no opinion herein with respect to (i) the existence, condition, location or ownership of, or title to, any Collateral or other property (ii) the priority of any security interest or other lien pertaining to the Collateral; (iii) the enforceability of any security interests in the Collateral and (iv) the perfection or effect of perfection, of any security interests in the Collateral.

Tops Holding LLC

Tops Markets, LLC

Tops Markets II Corporation

Tops Holding II Corporation

September 6, 2013

Page 6

(d) For purposes of our opinions set forth in Paragraph 5 above, the term “Law” means those laws and regulations of the Commonwealth of Virginia, which in our experience, are generally applicable to transactions of the type contemplated by the Opinion Documents.

(e) We express no opinion as to whether (i) the security laws of the United States, the Commonwealth of Virginia, or any other state apply to the Opinion Documents, or (ii) any filing(s) or approvals are required thereunder.

*            *             *

Our opinions set forth in this letter are based upon the facts in existence and laws in effect on the date hereof and we expressly disclaim any obligation to update our opinions herein, regardless of whether changes in such facts or laws come to our attention after the delivery hereof.

This opinion is based solely upon, and limited to matters involving, (a) the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia; and (b) the federal laws of the United States of America and we do not express any opinions as to the laws of any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing, we note that this opinion does not cover any laws or regulations of any jurisdiction pertaining to (a) antitrust, (b) environmental protection and pollution, (c) labor and employee rights (including pensions and benefits), (d) occupational health and safety, (e) patent and intellectual property, (f) real estate, land use, zoning, building and construction, (g) securities regulation, (h) utility regulation, (i) taxation, or (j) laws and regulations of any municipality, county or similar local political subdivision or agency or instrumentality of the Commonwealth of Virginia.

This opinion is solely for the benefit of the addressees hereof (and their respective successors and permitted assigns and participants) and their legal counsel in connection with the execution and delivery of the Opinion Documents and the filing of the Registration Statement, and may not be used for any other purpose. This opinion may not be relied upon in any manner by any other Person and may not be disclosed, quoted, or filed with a governmental agency (unless required by applicable statute, regulation or judicial order) without our prior written consent, except that copies of this opinion may be provided to the addressees’ counsel and accountants.

Respectfully submitted,

/s/ Squire Sanders (US) L.L.P.

EX-10.1

Exhibit 10.1

EXECUTION VERSION

AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of December 14, 2012

among

TOPS MARKETS, LLC,

as the Lead Borrower

For

The Borrowers Party Hereto

The BORROWERS Party Hereto

The GUARANTORS Party Hereto

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swing Line Lender

and

L/C Issuer,

and

The LENDERS Party Hereto

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED

and WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, LLC

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section		Page
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS			1
1.01	Defined Terms		1
1.02	Other Interpretive Provisions		65
1.03	Accounting Terms; Pro Forma Effect		65
1.04	Rounding		66
1.05	Times of Day		66
1.06	Letter of Credit Amounts		66
ARTICLE II THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS			66
2.01	Committed Loans; Reserves		66
2.02	Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Committed Loans		67
2.03	Letters of Credit		70
2.04	Swing Line Loans		80
2.05	Prepayments		83
2.06	Termination or Reduction of Commitments		85
2.07	Repayment of Loans		86
2.08	Interest		86
2.09	Fees		87
2.10	Computation of Interest and Fees		87
2.11	Evidence of Debt		87
2.12	Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback		88
2.13	Sharing of Payments by Lenders		90
2.14	Settlement Amongst Lenders		91
2.15	Increase in Commitments		91
2.16	Defaulting Lenders		93
ARTICLE III TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY; APPOINTMENT OF LEAD BORROWER			96
3.01	Taxes		96
3.02	Illegality		101
3.03	Inability to Determine Rates		102
3.04	Increased Costs; Reserves on LIBO Rate Loans		102
3.05	Compensation for Losses		104
3.06	Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders		104
3.07	Survival		105
3.08	Designation of Lead Borrower as Borrowers’ Agent		105
ARTICLE IV CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS			105
4.01	Conditions of Initial Credit Extension		105
4.02	Conditions to all Credit Extensions		108

i

ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES		109
5.01	Existence, Qualification and Power	109
5.02	Authorization; No Contravention	109
5.03	Governmental Authorization; Other Consents	110
5.04	Binding Effect	110
5.05	Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect	110
5.06	Litigation	111
5.07	No Default	111
5.08	Ownership of Property; Liens	111
5.09	Environmental Compliance	112
5.10	Insurance	112
5.11	Taxes	113
5.12	ERISA Compliance	113
5.13	Subsidiaries; Equity Interests	114
5.14	Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act.	114
5.15	Disclosure	114
5.16	Compliance with Laws	115
5.17	Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.	115
5.18	Labor Matters	115
5.19	Security Documents	116
5.20	Solvency	117
5.21	Deposit Accounts; Credit Card Arrangements	117
5.22	Brokers	117
5.23	Material Contracts	117
5.24	Casualty	117
5.25	Pharmaceutical Laws	118
5.26	HIPAA Compliance	118
5.27	Compliance With Health Care Laws	119
ARTICLE VI AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS		120
6.01	Financial Statements	120
6.02	Certificates; Other Information	121
6.03	Notices	123
6.04	Payment of Obligations	125
6.05	Preservation of Existence, Etc.	125
6.06	Maintenance of Properties	125
6.07	Maintenance of Insurance	125
6.08	Compliance with Laws	127
6.09	Books and Records; Accountants	127
6.10	Inspection Rights	127
6.11	Use of Proceeds	128
6.12	Additional Loan Parties	128
6.13	Cash Management	129
6.14	Information Regarding the Collateral	131
6.15	Physical Inventories	131
6.16	Environmental Laws	131
6.17	Further Assurances	132
6.18	Compliance with Terms of Leaseholds	132
6.19	Material Contracts	132

ii

ARTICLE VII NEGATIVE COVENANTS		133
7.01	Liens	133
7.02	Investments	133
7.03	Indebtedness	133
7.04	Fundamental Changes	133
7.05	Dispositions	134
7.06	Restricted Payments	134
7.07	Repayments and Prepayments of Indebtedness	135
7.08	Change in Nature of Business	135
7.09	Transactions with Affiliates	135
7.10	Burdensome Agreements	136
7.11	Use of Proceeds	138
7.12	Amendment of Material Documents	138
7.13	Fiscal Year; Changes Regarding the Collateral	139
7.14	Blocked Accounts; Credit Card Processors	139
7.15	Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio	140
ARTICLE VIII EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES		140
8.01	Events of Default	140
8.02	Remedies Upon Event of Default	143
8.03	Application of Funds	143
ARTICLE IX ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT		145
9.01	Appointment and Authority	145
9.02	Rights as a Lender	145
9.03	Exculpatory Provisions	146
9.04	Reliance by Agents	147
9.05	Delegation of Duties	147
9.06	Resignation of Agents	147
9.07	Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders	148
9.08	Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim	149
9.09	Collateral and Guaranty Matters	149
9.10	Notice of Transfer	150
9.11	Reports and Financial Statements	150
9.12	Agency for Perfection	151
9.13	Indemnification of Agents	151
9.14	Relation among Lenders	152
9.15	Syndication Agents and Co-Lead Arrangers	152
ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS		152
10.01	Amendments, Etc.	152
10.02	Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications	154
10.03	No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies	156
10.04	Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver	156
10.05	Payments Set Aside	158
10.06	Successors and Assigns	158

iii

10.07	Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality	162
10.08	Right of Setoff	163
10.09	Interest Rate Limitation	164
10.10	Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness	164
10.11	Survival	164
10.12	Severability	165
10.13	Replacement of Lenders	165
10.14	Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.	165
10.15	Waiver of Jury Trial	167
10.16	No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility	167
10.17	USA PATRIOT Act Notice	168
10.18	Foreign Asset Control Regulations	168
10.19	Time of the Essence	168
10.20	Press Releases	168
10.21	Additional Waivers	169
10.22	No Strict Construction	171
10.23	Attachments	171
10.24	Intercreditor Agreement	171
SIGNATURES		S-1

iv

SCHEDULES

1.01	Borrowers
1.02	Guarantors
2.01	Commitments and Applicable Percentages
2.03	Existing Letters of Credit
5.01	Loan Parties; Organizational Information
5.06	Litigation
5.08(b)(1)	Owned Real Estate
5.08(b)(2)	Leased Real Estate
5.09	Environmental Matters
5.10	Insurance
5.13	Subsidiaries; Other Equity Investments
5.17	Intellectual Property Matters
5.21(a)	DDAs
5.21(b)	Credit Card Arrangements
5.26(b)	Business Associate Agreements
5.27(d)	Participation Agreements
6.02	Financial and Collateral Reporting
7.01	Existing Liens
7.02	Existing Investments
7.03	Existing Indebtedness
7.09	Transactions with Affiliates
10.02	Administrative Agent’s Office; Certain Addresses for Notices

EXHIBITS

	Form of
A-1	Committed Loan Notice
A-2	Conversion/Continuation Notice
B	Swing Line Loan Notice
C	Note
D	Compliance Certificate
E	Assignment and Assumption
F	Borrowing Base Certificate
G	Credit Card Notification
H	Joinder Agreement
I-1	Tax Certification
I-2	Tax Certification
I-3	Tax Certification
I-4	Tax Certification

v

AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

This AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is entered into as of December 14, 2012, among

TOPS MARKETS, LLC, a New York limited liability company, for itself and as agent (in such capacity, the “Lead Borrower”) for the other Borrowers now or hereafter party hereto;

the BORROWERS now or hereafter party hereto;

the GUARANTORS now or hereafter party hereto;

each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “Lenders” and individually, a “Lender”); and

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested that the Lenders provide a revolving credit facility, and the Lenders have indicated their willingness to lend and the L/C Issuer has indicated its willingness to issue Letters of Credit, in each case on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

WHEREAS, prior to the date of this Agreement, the Borrowers, on the one hand, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer thereunder, and the lenders party thereto, on the other hand, previously entered into a Credit Agreement dated as of October 9, 2009 (as heretofore amended, the “Existing Credit Agreement”), pursuant to which the lenders party thereto provided the Borrowers with certain financial accommodations; and

WHEREAS, in accordance with Section 10.01 of the Existing Credit Agreement, the Borrowers, the Lenders, and the Agents desire to amend and restate the Existing Credit Agreement as provided herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual conditions and agreements set forth in this Agreement, and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agree that the Existing Credit Agreement shall be amended and restated in its entirety as follows (it being agreed that this Agreement shall not be deemed to evidence or result in a novation or repayment and reborrowing of the Obligations under, and as defined in, the Existing Credit Agreement):

1

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

1.01 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

“2015 Senior Notes” means the 10 1/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $350,000,000 issued by the Parent and the Lead Borrower under and pursuant to the terms of the 2015 Senior Notes Indenture.

“2015 Senior Notes Documents” means the 2015 Senior Notes Indenture, the 2015 Senior Notes and any other document, instrument or other agreement now or hereafter executed in connection with any of the foregoing.

“2015 Senior Notes Indenture” means that certain Indenture, dated as of October 9, 2009, among the Parent and the Lead Borrower, as co-issuers, and the Indenture Trustee, governing the issuance of the 2015 Senior Notes.

“2017 Refinancing Senior Notes” means the proposed 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due December 15, 2017 in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $460,000,000 to be issued by the Parent and the Lead Borrower under and pursuant to the terms of the 2017 Refinancing Senior Notes Indenture.

“2017 Refinancing Senior Notes Documents” means the 2017 Refinancing Senior Notes Indenture, the 2017 Refinancing Senior Notes and any other document, instrument or other agreement now or hereafter executed in connection with any of the foregoing.

“2017 Refinancing Senior Notes Indenture” means that certain proposed Indenture among the Parent and the Lead Borrower, as co-issuers, and Bank of America, N.A. as Indenture Trustee, governing the issuance of the 2017 Refinancing Senior Notes.

“ABL Priority Collateral” has the meaning given that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

“Accelerated Borrowing Base Delivery Event” means either (i) the occurrence and continuance of any Event of Default, or (ii) the failure of the Borrowers to maintain Availability at least equal to twelve and one-half percent (12.5%) of the Loan Cap at the End of any Business Day. For purposes of this Agreement, the occurrence of an Accelerated Borrowing Base Delivery Event shall be deemed continuing at the Administrative Agent’s option (i) so long as such Event of Default has not been waived, and/or (ii) if the Accelerated Borrowing Base Delivery Event arises as a result of the Borrowers’ failure to maintain Availability as required hereunder, until Availability has exceeded twelve and one-half percent (12.5%) of the Loan Cap at the End of each calendar day for sixty (60) consecutive calendar days, in which case an Accelerated Borrowing Base Delivery Event shall no longer be deemed to be continuing for purposes of this Agreement.

“ACH” means automated clearing house transfers.

“Accommodation Payment” as defined in Section 10.21(d).

“Account” means “accounts” as defined in the UCC, and also means a right to payment of a monetary obligation, whether or not earned by performance, (a) for property that has been or is to be sold, leased, licensed, assigned, or otherwise disposed of, (b) for services rendered or to be rendered, (c) for a policy of insurance issued or to be issued, (d) for a secondary obligation

2

incurred or to be incurred, (e) for energy provided or to be provided, (f) for the use or hire of a vessel under a charter or other contract, (g) arising out of the use of a credit or charge card or information contained on or for use with the card, or (h) as winnings in a lottery or other game of chance operated or sponsored by a state, governmental unit of a state, or person licensed or authorized to operate the game by a state or governmental unit of a state. The term “Account” includes health-care-insurance receivables.

“Acquisition” means, with respect to any Person (a) a purchase of a Controlling interest in the Equity Interests of any other Person, (b) a purchase or other acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets or properties of, another Person or of any business unit of another Person, (c) any merger or consolidation of such Person with any other Person or other transaction or series of transactions resulting in the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets, or a Controlling interest in the Equity Interests, of any Person, or (d) any acquisition of any Store locations of any Person, in each case in any transaction or group of transactions which are part of a common plan.

“Additional Commitment Lender” has the meaning provided in Section 2.15(c).

“Adjusted LIBO Rate” means, with respect to any LIBO Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of one percent (1%)) equal to (a) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate. The Adjusted LIBO Rate will be adjusted automatically as to all LIBO Borrowings then outstanding as of the effective date of any change in the Statutory Reserve Rate.

“Adjustment Date” means the first day of each calendar quarter, provided that the first Adjustment Date after the Effective Date shall be April 21, 2013.

“Administrative Agent” means Bank of America, in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.

“Administrative Agent’s Account” has the meaning provided in Section 6.13(c).

“Administrative Agent’s Office” means the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 10.02, or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Lead Borrower and the Lenders.

“Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, (i) another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified, (ii) any other Person directly or indirectly holding 15% or more of any class of the Equity Interests of that Person, and (iii) any other Person 15% or more of any class of whose Equity Interests is held directly or indirectly by that Person.

“Agent Parties” has the meaning specified in Section 10.02(c).

3

“Agent(s)” means, individually, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent and, collectively, means both of them.

“Aggregate Commitments” means the Commitments of all of the Lenders, as may be increased, decreased or otherwise modified pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. As of the Effective Date, the Aggregate Commitments are $125,000,000.

“Agreement” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

“Allocable Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 10.21(d).

“Applicable Margin” means:

(a) From and after the Effective Date until the first Adjustment Date, the percentages set forth in Level II of the pricing grid below, unless Average Daily Availability does not support the requirements of Level II or Level I, in which event the Applicable Margin will be set at Level III. In no event shall the Applicable Margin be set at Level I prior to the first Adjustment Date (even if the Average Daily Availability requirements for Level I have been met); and

(b) From and after the first Adjustment Date, the Applicable Margin shall be determined from the following pricing grid based upon Average Daily Availability for the most recent calendar quarter ended immediately preceding such Adjustment Date; provided, however, that if any of the financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 of this Agreement or any Borrowing Base Certificate is at any time restated or otherwise revised (including as a result of an audit), or if the information set forth in any such financial statements or any such Borrowing Base Certificate otherwise proves to be false or incorrect such that the Applicable Margin would have been higher than was otherwise in effect during any period, without constituting a waiver of any Default or Event of Default arising as a result thereof, interest due under this Agreement shall be immediately recalculated at such higher rate for any applicable periods and shall be due and payable within 10 days of demand.

Level	Average Daily Availability	Applicable Margin for LIBO Rate Loans			Applicable Margin for Prime Rate Loans
I	Greater than $40,000,000		1.50	%		0.50	%
II	Less than or equal to $40,000,000 but greater than $20,000,000		1.75	%		0.75	%
III	Less than or equal to $20,000,000		2.00	%		1.00	%

4

“Applicable Percentage” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the Aggregate Commitments represented by such Lender’s Commitment at such time. If the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 2.06 or Section 8.02 or if the Aggregate Commitments have expired, then the Applicable Percentage of each Lender shall be determined based on the Applicable Percentage of such Lender most recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments. The initial Applicable Percentage of each Lender is set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.

“Appraised Value” means (a) with respect to Borrowers’ Eligible Inventory, the appraised orderly liquidation value, net of costs and expenses to be incurred in connection with any such liquidation, which value is expressed as a percentage of Cost of the Borrowers’ Eligible Inventory as set forth in the Borrowers’ inventory stock ledger, which value shall be determined from time to time by the most recent appraisal undertaken by an independent appraiser engaged by the Administrative Agent using a methodology substantially consistent with the methodology utilized in connection with appraisals undertaken prior to the Effective Date, or (b) with respect to Borrower’s Prescription Lists, the appraised orderly liquidation value, net of costs and expenses to be incurred in connection with any such liquidation, of the Borrowers’ Prescription Lists, which value shall be determined from time to time by the most recent appraisal undertaken by an independent appraiser engaged by the Administrative Agent using a methodology substantially consistent with the methodology utilized in connection with appraisals undertaken prior to the Effective Date.

“Approved Fund” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

“Arrangers” means MLPFS and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, in their capacities as joint lead arrangers.

“Assignee Group” means two or more Eligible Assignees that are Affiliates of one another or two or more Approved Funds managed by the same investment advisor.

“Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 10.06(b)), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit E or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

5

“Attributable Indebtedness” means, on any date, (a) in respect of any Capital Lease Obligation of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP, and (b) in respect of any Synthetic Lease Obligation, the capitalized amount of the remaining lease or similar payments under the relevant lease or other applicable agreement or instrument that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP if such lease, agreement or instrument were accounted for as a capital lease.

“Audited Financial Statements” means the audited Consolidated balance sheet of the Parent and its Subsidiaries for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2011, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations, Shareholders’ Equity and cash flows for such fiscal year of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, including the notes thereto.

“Auto-Extension Letter of Credit” has the meaning provided in Section 2.03(b)(iii).

“Availability” means, as of any date of determination thereof by the Administrative Agent, the result, if a positive number, of:

(a) The Loan Cap as of such date;

Minus

(b) The Total Outstandings on such date.

In calculating Availability at any time and for any purpose under this Agreement, the Lead Borrower shall certify to the Administrative Agent that all accounts payable and Taxes are being paid on a timely basis (absent which the Administrative Agent may establish a Reserve therefor).

“Availability Condition” means, at the time of determination with respect to any specified transaction or payment, Availability at the time of such determination and immediately following, and after giving effect to, such transaction or payment was, and is projected by the Borrowers on a Pro Forma Basis for each of the seven (7) Fiscal Periods immediately following such transaction or payment to be, equal to or greater than fifteen percent (15%) of the Loan Cap. In the case of any transaction pursuant to which the assets (or the assets of the Person) acquired in such transaction are to be included in the Borrowing Base, Availability shall be determined after giving effect to the inclusion of such assets, provided that the Administrative Agent has (a) completed or received an appraisal of the assets (or the assets of the Person) to be acquired in such transaction from appraisers reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, (b) established in its Permitted Discretion an advance rate and Reserves (if applicable) therefor, and (c) otherwise agreed in its Permitted Discretion that such assets are eligible for inclusion in the Borrowing Base.

“Availability Period” means the period from and including the Effective Date to the earliest of (a) the Maturity Date, (b) the date of termination of the Aggregate Commitments pursuant to Section 2.06, and (c) the date of termination of the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and of the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions pursuant to Section 8.02.

6

“Availability Reserves” means, without duplication of any other Reserves or items that are otherwise addressed or excluded through eligibility criteria, such reserves as the Administrative Agent from time to time determines in its Permitted Discretion as being appropriate (a) to reflect the impediments to the Agents’ ability to realize upon the Collateral, (b) to reflect claims and liabilities that the Administrative Agent determines in its Permitted Discretion will need to be satisfied in connection with the realization upon the Collateral, (c) to reflect criteria, events, conditions, contingencies or risks which adversely affect any component of the Borrowing Base or the Collateral or which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (d) to reflect that an Event of Default then exists. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Availability Reserves may include (but are not limited to), in the Administrative Agent’s Permitted Discretion, reserves based on: (i) rent; (ii) customs duties and other costs to release Inventory which is being imported into the United States; (iii) outstanding Taxes and other governmental charges, including, without limitation, ad valorem, real estate, personal property, sales, claims of the PBGC and other Taxes which may have priority over the interests of the Collateral Agent in the Collateral; (iv) salaries, wages and benefits due to employees of any Borrower; (v) Customer Credit Liabilities; (vi) reserves for reasonably anticipated changes in the Appraised Value of Eligible Inventory or Prescription Lists between appraisals; (vii) warehousemen’s or bailee’s charges and other Liens which may have priority over the interests of the Collateral Agent in the Collateral; (viii) amounts due to vendors on account of consigned goods; (ix) Cash Management Reserves; (x) Bank Product Reserves; (xi) payables to vendors entitled to the benefits of PACA or PASA, or any similar statute or regulation; and (xii) the Senior Notes Maturity Reserve.

“Average Daily Availability” means, as of any date of determination, the average daily Availability for the Fiscal Quarter most recently ended.

“Banker’s Acceptance” means a time draft or bill of exchange or other deferred payment obligation relating to a Commercial Letter of Credit which has been accepted by the L/C Issuer.

“Bank of America” means Bank of America, N.A. and its successors.

“Bank Products” means any services or facilities provided to any Loan Party by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates, including, without limitation, on account of (a) Swap Contracts and/or (b) leasing, but excluding Cash Management Services.

“Bank Product Reserves” means such reserves as the Administrative Agent from time to time determines in its Permitted Discretion as being appropriate to reflect the liabilities and obligations of the Loan Parties with respect to Bank Products then provided or outstanding.

“Blocked Account” has the meaning provided in Section 6.13(a)(ii).

“Blocked Account Agreement” means, with respect to an account established by a Loan Party, an agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, establishing Control (as defined in the UCC) of such account by the Collateral Agent and whereby the bank maintaining such account agrees, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Cash Dominion Event, to comply only with the instructions originated by the Collateral Agent without the further consent of any Loan Party.

7

“Blocked Account Bank” means Bank of America, N.A. and each other bank with whom deposit accounts are maintained in which any funds of any of the Loan Parties from one or more DDAs are concentrated and with whom a Blocked Account Agreement has been, or is required to be, executed in accordance with the terms hereof.

“Borrower Materials” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.

“Borrowers” means, collectively, the Lead Borrower, the Persons named on Schedule 1.01 annexed hereto, and each other Person who shall from time to time enter into a Joinder Agreement as a Borrower.

“Borrowing” means a Committed Borrowing or a Swing Line Borrowing, as the context may require.

“Borrowing Base” means, at any time of calculation, an amount equal to:

(a) the face amount of Eligible Credit Card Receivables multiplied by ninety percent (90%);

plus

(b) the Cost of Eligible Inventory (other than Perishable Inventory), net of Inventory Reserves, multiplied by ninety percent (90%) of the Appraised Value of Eligible Inventory; provided that in no event shall the amounts available to be borrowed pursuant to this clause (b) in respect of Eligible Inventory consisting of gasoline, diesel or other petroleum products exceed $2,500,000;

plus

(c) the Cost of Eligible Inventory constituting Perishable Inventory, net of Inventory Reserves relating to such Perishable Inventory, multiplied by ninety percent (90%) of the Appraised Value of such Eligible Inventory constituting Perishable Inventory;

plus

(d) the face amount of Eligible Health Care Receivables (net of Receivables Reserves) multiplied by ninety percent (90%);

plus

(e) the face amount of Eligible Trade Receivables (net of Receivables Reserves) multiplied by eight-five percent (85%); provided that in no event shall amounts available to be borrowed pursuant to this clause (e) exceed ten percent (10%) of the Loan Cap (as calculated without giving effect to the restrictions set forth in this proviso);

8

plus

(f) eighty-five percent (85%) of the Appraised Value of Prescription Lists; provided that in no event shall amounts available to be borrowed pursuant to this clause (f) exceed thirty percent (30%) of the Loan Cap (as calculated without giving effect to the restrictions set forth in this proviso);

minus

(g) the then amount of all Availability Reserves.

“Borrowing Base Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto (with such changes therein as may be reasonably required by the Administrative Agent to reflect the components of, and reserves against, the Borrowing Base as provided for hereunder from time to time), executed and certified as accurate and complete by a Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower, which shall include appropriate exhibits, schedules, supporting documentation and additional reports as reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Administrative Agent’s Office is located and, if such day relates to any LIBO Rate Loan, means any such day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank market.

“Capital Expenditures” means, with respect to any Person for any period, (a) all expenditures made (whether made in the form of cash or other property) or costs incurred for the acquisition or improvement of fixed or capital assets of such Person (excluding normal replacements and maintenance which are properly charged to current operations), in each case that are (or should be) set forth as capital expenditures in a Consolidated statement of cash flows of such Person for such period, in each case prepared in accordance with GAAP, and (b) Capital Lease Obligations incurred by a Person during such period; provided that “Capital Expenditures” shall not include (i) any additions to property, plant and equipment and other capital expenditures made with (A) the proceeds from any casualty insurance or condemnation or eminent domain, to the extent that the proceeds therefrom are utilized (or are contractually committed to be utilized) for capital expenditures within 180 days of the receipt of such proceeds, or (B) the proceeds of any Equity Interests issued or capital contributions received by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary in connection with such capital expenditures, or (ii) any portion of the purchase price of a Permitted Acquisition which is allocated to property, plant or equipment acquired as part of such Permitted Acquisition, or (iii) any expenditures which are contractually required to be, and are, reimbursed to the Loan Parties in cash by a third party (including landlords) during such period of calculation, or (iv) the trade-in value of existing equipment to the extent that the gross amount of the purchase price of equipment that is purchased simultaneously with the trade-in of such existing equipment is reduced by the credit granted by the seller of such equipment.

9

“Capital Lease Obligations” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as liabilities on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and the amount of which obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP, in each case excluding obligations under operating leases regardless of changes in GAAP.

“Cash Collateral Account” means a non-interest bearing account established by one or more of the Loan Parties with Bank of America, in the name of the Collateral Agent or as the Collateral Agent shall otherwise direct and under the sole and exclusive dominion and control of the Collateral Agent, in which deposits are required to be made in accordance with Section 2.03(g) or Section 8.02(c).

“Cash Collateralize” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(g). Derivatives of such terms have corresponding meanings.

“Cash Dominion Event” means (a) the occurrence and continuance of any Event of Default, or (b) the failure of the Borrowers to maintain Availability equal to or greater than twelve and one-half percent (12.5%) of the Loan Cap at the End of any Business Day. For purposes of this Agreement, the occurrence of a Cash Dominion Event shall be deemed continuing at the Administrative Agent’s option (i) so long as such Event of Default has not been waived, and/or (ii) if such Cash Dominion Event arises as a result of the Borrowers’ failure to maintain Availability as required pursuant to clause (b) hereunder, until Availability has exceeded twelve and one-half percent (12.5%) of the Loan Cap, at the End of each calendar day for sixty (60) consecutive calendar days, in which case a Cash Dominion Event shall no longer be deemed to be continuing for purposes of this Agreement; provided that during any calendar year, if a Cash Dominion Event has occurred and been discontinued on three (3) occasions, a Cash Dominion Event shall be deemed continuing (even if an Event of Default is no longer continuing and/or Availability at the End of each calendar day exceeds the required amount for sixty (60) consecutive calendar days) at all times during the remainder of such calendar year. The termination of a Cash Dominion Event as provided herein shall in no way limit, waive or delay the occurrence of a subsequent Cash Dominion Event in the event that the conditions set forth in this definition again arise.

“Cash Equivalents” means:

(a) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(b) certificates of deposit, time deposits and Eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000;

10

(c) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (a) and (b) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (b) above;

(d) securities with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) above;

(e) commercial paper rated at least P-2 by Moody’s or at least A-2 by S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another rating agency) and in each case maturing within one year after the date of creation thereof;

(f) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another rating agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

(g) repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements relating to marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States maturing within 365 days from the date of acquisition;

(h) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another rating agency); and

(i) investment funds investing ninety-five percent (95%) of their assets in cash and securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (h) above.

“Cash Management Reserves” means such reserves as the Administrative Agent from time to time determines in its Permitted Discretion as being appropriate to reflect the reasonably anticipated liabilities and obligations of the Loan Parties with respect to Cash Management Services then provided or outstanding.

“Cash Management Services” means any one or more of the following types or services or facilities provided to any Loan Party by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates: (a) ACH transactions, (b) cash management services, including, without limitation, controlled disbursement services, treasury, depository, overdraft, and electronic funds transfer services, (c) foreign exchange facilities, (d) credit card processing services, (e) purchase cards, and (f) credit or debit cards.

“CERCLA” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq.

11

“CERCLIS” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Information System maintained by the United States Environmental Protection Agency.

“CFC” means a Person that is a controlled foreign corporation under Section 957 of the Code.

“Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

“Change of Control” means an event or series of events by which:

(a) at any time prior to the creation of a Public Market, the Permitted Holders shall cease to own and control legally and beneficially (free and clear of all Liens), either directly or indirectly more than fifty percent (50%) of the Equity Interests of the Parent entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the Parent on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into account all such securities that the Permitted Holders have the right to acquire pursuant to any option right (as defined in clause (b) below));

(b) at any time after the creation of a Public Market, any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person or its subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan) other than a Permitted Holder becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except that a person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time (such right, an “option right”)), directly or indirectly, of (i) thirty-five percent (35%) or more of the Equity Interests of the Parent entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the Parent on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into account all such Equity Interests that such “person” or “group” has the right to acquire pursuant to any option right) and (ii) a percentage that is greater than the percentage of the Equity Interests of the Parent entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the Parent that is then beneficially owned by the Permitted Holders; or

12

(b) during any period of 12 consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of the Parent cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board or equivalent governing body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that board or equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body or (iii) whose election or nomination to that board or other equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body (excluding, in the case of both clause (ii) and clause (iii), any individual whose initial nomination for, or assumption of office as, a member of that board or equivalent governing body occurs as a result of an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents for the election or removal of one or more directors by any person or group other than a solicitation for the election of one or more directors by or on behalf of the board of directors); or

(c) the Parent fails at any time to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Equity Interests of the Lead Borrower and each other Loan Party free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Encumbrances), except where such failure is as a result of a transaction permitted by the Loan Documents.

“Closing Date” means October 9, 2009.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended and in effect.

“Collateral” means any and all “Collateral” as defined in any applicable Security Document and all other property that is or is intended under the terms of the Security Documents to be subject to Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent.

“Collateral Access Agreement” means an agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Collateral Agent executed by (a) a bailee or other Person in possession of Collateral, or (b) a landlord of Real Estate leased by any Loan Party, in each case, pursuant to which such Person (i) acknowledges the Collateral Agent’s Lien on the Collateral, (ii) releases or subordinates such Person’s Liens in the Collateral held by such Person or located on such Real Estate, (iii) provides the Collateral Agent with access to the Collateral held by such bailee or other Person or located in or on such Real Estate, (iv) as to any landlord, provides the Collateral Agent with a reasonable time to sell and dispose of the Collateral from such Real Estate, and (v) makes such other agreements with the Collateral Agent as the Collateral Agent may reasonably require.

“Collateral Agent” means Bank of America, acting in its capacity as collateral agent for its own benefit and the benefit of the other Credit Parties, or any successor collateral agent.

“Commercial Letter of Credit” means any Letter of Credit issued for the purpose of providing the primary payment mechanism in connection with the purchase of any materials, goods or services by a Borrower in the ordinary course of business of such Borrower.

13

“Commitment” means, as to each Lender, its obligation to (a) make Committed Loans to the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.01, (b) purchase participations in L/C Obligations, and (c) purchase participations in Swing Line Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

“Commitment Fee” has the meaning provided in Section 2.09(a).

“Committed Borrowing” means a borrowing consisting of a Committed Loan or simultaneous Committed Loans of the same Type and, in the case of LIBO Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01.

“Committed Loan” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01.

“Committed Loan Notice” means a notice of a Committed Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.02, which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1.

‘‘Commodity Price Protection Agreement’’ means any forward contract, commodity swap, commodity option or other similar agreement or arrangement relating to, or the value of which is dependent upon, fluctuations in commodity prices.

“Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D.

“Consent” means (a) actual consent given by a Lender from whom such consent is sought or (b) the passage of seven (7) Business Days from receipt of written notice to a Lender from the Administrative Agent of a proposed course of action to be followed by the Administrative Agent without such Lender’s giving the Administrative Agent written notice of that Lender’s objection to such course of action.

“Consolidated” means, when used to modify a financial term, test, statement, or report of a Person, the application or preparation of such term, test, statement or report (as applicable) based upon the consolidation, in accordance with GAAP, of the financial condition or operating results of such Person and its Subsidiaries.

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, at any date of determination, (a) the sum, without duplication, of (A) Consolidated Net Income (Loss) for the most recently completed Measurement Period, (B) in each case to the extent deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income (Loss) for such Measurement Period, (i) Consolidated Interest Charges, (ii) Consolidated Income Tax Expense, (iii) Consolidated Non-cash Charges, (iv) any unusual or non-recurring items and any restructuring charges or reserves, including, without limitation, in connection with a Permitted Acquisition made after the Closing Date (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include retention, severance, systems establishment costs, excess pension charges, contract and lease termination costs and costs to consolidate facilities and relocate employees), (v) the amount of Management Fees and expense reimbursements accrued by such Person to the Permitted Holders pursuant to the Management Agreement, (vi) commissions, discounts and other fees and expenses in connection with any actual or proposed Investment, incurrence, repayment,

14

refinancing or amendment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, recapitalization, Acquisition or Disposition outside the ordinary course of business to the extent not otherwise included in Consolidated EBITDA, (vii) commissions, discounts and other fees and expenses incurred to the extent covered by indemnification provisions in any agreement in connection with an Acquisition (including the Acquisition of the Parent) to the extent reimbursed in cash and such indemnification payments are not otherwise included in Consolidated EBITDA, (viii) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and expenses (including interest expense) related to any Qualified Securitization Transaction, (ix) commissions, discounts and other fees and expenses in connection with the entry into the Loan Documents (or any amendment, waiver or modification of this Agreement or any other Loan Document), (x) losses from currency exchange rate transactions, (xi) expenses on account of development of distribution systems that are expensed but could have been capitalized under alternative accounting policies in accordance with GAAP, (xii) the amount of any minority interest expense deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income (Loss), (xiii) cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not representing Consolidated EBITDA to the extent non-cash gains relating to such cash receipts were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (b) below for any previous period and not added back, (xiv) any costs or expenses incurred by the Borrower or a Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or stockholders agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Borrower or net cash proceeds of issuance of Equity Interests of the Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock), (xv) lease expenses (and corresponding interest expense) in respect of Synthetic Lease Obligations, (xvi) expenses incurred to the extent reimbursed during such period by third parties pursuant to indemnification provisions or insurance policies, (xvii) any reductions in revenue resulting from the purchase accounting effect of adjustments to deferred revenue required or permitted by GAAP, and (xviii) the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles, in each case, for such Measurement Period of such Person and its Subsidiaries, all as determined in accordance with GAAP, and (C) proceeds from any business interruption insurance to the extent not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income (Loss) for such Measurement Period, minus (b) all non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income (Loss) for such Measurement Period (other than the accrual of revenue and other than non-cash items to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated charges made in any prior Measurement Period or which will result in the receipt of cash in a future Measurement Period).

“Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, at any date of determination, the ratio of (a) (i) Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently completed Measurement Period minus (ii) Capital Expenditures made during such Measurement Period (other than Financed Capital Expenditures) minus (iii) the aggregate amount of federal, state, local and foreign income taxes paid in cash during such Measurement Period to (b) the sum of (i) Debt Service Charges for such Measurement Period plus (ii) the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments made in cash during such Measurement Period (other than pursuant to Section 7.06(c) hereof), in each case, of or by the Parent and its Subsidiaries, all as determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Income Tax Expense” of any Person means, for any Measurement Period, the provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes of such Person and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such Measurement Period as determined in accordance with GAAP.

15

“Consolidated Interest Charges” means, for any Measurement Period, the sum of (a) all interest, premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses in connection with borrowed money (including capitalized interest) or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets, in each case to the extent treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, including, without limitation, all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and net costs under Swap Contracts, but excluding any non-cash or deferred interest financing costs, (b) all interest paid or payable with respect to discontinued operations and (c) the portion of rent expense with respect to such period under Capital Lease Obligations that is treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, in each case of or by the Parent and its Subsidiaries for the most recently completed Measurement Period, all as determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Net Income (Loss)” of any Person means, for any Measurement Period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such Measurement Period on a Consolidated basis as determined in accordance with GAAP, adjusted, to the extent included in calculating such net income (or loss), by excluding, without duplication: (1) all extraordinary gains or losses net of taxes (less all fees and expenses relating thereto); (2) the portion of net income (or loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis allocable to minority interests in unconsolidated Persons to the extent that cash dividends or distributions have not actually been received by such Person or one of its Consolidated Subsidiaries; (3) any gain or loss, net of taxes, realized upon the termination of any employee pension benefit plan and any non-cash charges incurred relating to the underfunded portion of any pension plan; (4) gains or losses, net of taxes (less all fees and expenses relating thereto), in respect of Dispositions of assets other than in the ordinary course of business (5) any net gain or loss arising from the acquisition of any securities or extinguishment or conversion of any Indebtedness or obligations with respect to any Swap Contracts of such Person; (6) any non-cash goodwill or asset impairment charges, any non-cash write-downs attributable to joint ventures held by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries and the amortization of intangibles, in each case pursuant to GAAP; (7) any non-cash charges resulting from the application of SFAS No. 123 and any other non-cash compensation charges or other non-cash expenses or charges arising from the grant of or issuance or repricing of stock, stock options or other equity-based awards or any amendment, modification, substitution or change of any such stock, stock options or other equity-based awards; (8) all deferred financing costs written off, and premiums paid, in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness; (10) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period and any amounts attributable to LIFO adjustments; (11) unrealized gains and losses from obligations with respect to any Swap Contracts or ‘‘embedded derivatives’’ that require the same accounting treatment as obligations with respect to any Swap Contracts; (12) any purchase accounting adjustments (including, without limitation, the impact of writing up inventory, deferred marketing and deferred financing costs or deferred revenue at fair value), amortizations, impairments, write-offs, or non-cash charges with respect to purchase accounting with respect to any Acquisitions, Disposition, merger, consolidation, amalgamation or similar transactions.

16

“Consolidated Non-cash Charges” of any Person means, for any Measurement Period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges of such Person and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis for such Measurement Period, as determined in accordance with GAAP (excluding any non-cash charge which requires an accrual or reserve for cash charges for any future period).

“Contractual Obligation” means, as to any Person, any provision of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

“Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

“Conversion/Continuation Notice” means a notice of (a) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or (b) a continuation of LIBO Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.02(b), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2.

“Cost” means the lower of cost or market value of Inventory, based upon the Borrowers’ accounting practices, known to the Administrative Agent, which practices are in effect on the Effective Date as such calculated cost is determined from invoices received by the Borrowers, the Borrowers’ purchase journals or the Borrowers’ stock ledger. “Cost” does not include inventory capitalization costs or other non-purchase price charges (such as freight) used in the Borrowers’ calculation of cost of goods sold.

“Covenant Compliance Event” means either (a) that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (b) Availability is less than or equal to ten percent (10%) of the Loan Cap (i) on any Business Day at the time a Committed Loan Request is made, or (ii) if no Committed Loan Request is made on such day, the End of that Business Day. For purposes hereof, the occurrence of a Covenant Compliance Event shall be deemed continuing at the Administrative Agent’s option (a) so long as such Event of Default has not been waived, and/or (b) if the Covenant Compliance Event arises as a result of the Borrowers’ failure to maintain Availability as required hereunder, until Availability has exceeded ten percent (10%) of the Loan Cap for sixty (60) consecutive calendar days, in which case a Covenant Compliance Event shall no longer be deemed to be continuing for purposes of this Agreement. The termination of a Covenant Compliance as provided herein shall in no way limit, waive or delay the occurrence of a subsequent Covenant Compliance Event in the event that the conditions set forth in this definition again arise.

“Credit Card Notifications” has the meaning provided in Section 6.13(a)(i).

“Credit Card Receivables” means each “payment intangible” (as defined in the UCC) together with all income, payments and proceeds thereof, owed by a major credit or debit card issuer (including, but not limited to, Visa, Mastercard and American Express and such other issuers approved by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion) to a Loan Party resulting from charges by a customer of a Loan Party on credit or debit cards issued by such issuer in connection with the sale of goods by a Loan Party, or services performed by a Loan Party, in each case in the ordinary course of its business.

17

“Credit Extensions” mean each of the following: (a) a Borrowing and (b) an L/C Credit Extension.

“Credit Party” or “Credit Parties” means (a) individually, (i) each Lender and its Affiliates, (ii) each Agent, (iii) each L/C Issuer, (iv) each Arranger, (v) each beneficiary of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Loan Party under any Loan Document, (vi) any other Person to whom Obligations under this Agreement and other Loan Documents are owing, and (vii) the successors and assigns of each of the foregoing, and (b) collectively, all of the foregoing.

“Credit Party Expenses” means, without limitation:

(a) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Agents, the Arrangers and their respective Affiliates, in connection with (i) the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, (ii) the preparation, negotiation, administration, management, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (iii) the enforcement or protection of their rights in connection with this Agreement or the Loan Documents or efforts to preserve, protect, collect, or enforce the Collateral or in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws, or (iv) any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of any Obligations, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of (A) counsel for the Agents, (B) outside consultants for the Agents, (C) appraisers, and (D) commercial finance examiners;

(b) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the L/C Issuer and its Affiliates in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder; and

(c) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Credit Parties who are not the Agents, the Arrangers, the L/C Issuer, the Sponsor Group or any Affiliate of any of them in connection with the enforcement of the Credit Parties’ rights and remedies under any of the Loan Documents or applicable Law, including in the course of any work-out or restructuring of the Loans or other Obligations during the pendency of any Event of Default, provided that such Credit Parties shall be entitled to reimbursement for no more than one counsel representing all such Credit Parties (absent a conflict of interest, in which case the Credit Parties may engage and be reimbursed for one additional counsel).

“Customer Credit Liabilities” means, at any time, the aggregate remaining value at such time of (a) outstanding gift certificates and gift cards of the Borrowers entitling the holder thereof to use all or a portion of the certificate or gift card to pay all or a portion of the purchase price for any Inventory, and (b) outstanding merchandise credits and customer deposits of the Borrowers.

18

“DDA” means each checking, savings or other demand deposit account maintained by any of the Loan Parties. All funds in each DDA shall be conclusively presumed to be Collateral and proceeds of Collateral and the Agents and the Lenders shall have no duty to inquire as to the source of the amounts on deposit in any DDA.

“Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

“Debt Service Charges” means, for any Measurement Period, the sum of (a) Consolidated Interest Charges paid in cash or required to be paid in cash for such Measurement Period, plus (b) principal payments made or required to be made on account of Indebtedness for money borrowed (excluding the Obligations, voluntary prepayments of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.07 of this Agreement and any Synthetic Lease Obligations, but including, without limitation, any Capital Lease Obligations) during such Measurement Period, in each case of or by the Parent and its Subsidiaries determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

“Default” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

“Default Rate” means: (a) when used with respect to Obligations other than Letter of Credit Fees, an interest rate equal to (i) the Prime Rate plus (ii) the Applicable Margin, if any, applicable to Prime Rate Loans, plus (iii) two percent (2%) per annum; provided, however, that with respect to a LIBO Rate Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Margin) otherwise applicable to such LIBO Rate Loan plus two percent (2%) per annum; and (b) when used with respect to Letter of Credit Fees, a rate equal to the Applicable Margin for Standby Letters of Credit or Commercial Letters of Credit, as applicable, plus two percent (2%) per annum.

“Defaulting Lender” means, subject to Section 2.16(b), any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans within two Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder, or (ii) pay to the Agents, the L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (including in respect of its participation in Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans) within two Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified the Lead Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect, (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or the Lead Borrower, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Lead Borrower that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder (provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent and the Lead Borrower), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or

19

assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any Equity Interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a) through (d) above, and of the effective date of such status, shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.16(b)) as of the date established therefor by the Administrative Agent in a written notice of such determination, which shall be delivered by the Administrative Agent to the Lead Borrower, the L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender and each other Lender promptly following such determination.

“Disposition” or “Dispose” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction and any sale, transfer, license or other disposition (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of its assets to or in favor of any Person) of any property (including, without limitation, any Equity Interests) by any Person (or the granting of any option or other right to do any of the foregoing), including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith.

“Disqualified Stock” means any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the Maturity Date set forth in clause (a) of the definition thereof; provided, however, that (i) only the portion of such Equity Interests which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock and (ii) with respect to any Equity Interests issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Lead Borrower or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Equity Interest shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Lead Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, resignation, death or disability and if any class of Equity Interest of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of an Equity Interest that is not Disqualified Stock, such Equity Interests shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Equity Interest that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require a Loan Party to repurchase such Equity Interest upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock. The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Agreement will be the maximum amount that the Lead Borrower and its Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock or portion thereof, plus accrued dividends.

20

“Dollars” and “$” mean lawful money of the United States.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any Subsidiary organized under the laws of Puerto Rico or any other territory).

“Effective Date” means the first date all the conditions precedent in Section 4.01 are satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 10.01.

“Eligible Assignee” means: (a) a Credit Party or any of its Affiliates; (b) a bank, insurance company, or company engaged in the business of making commercial loans, which Person, together with its Affiliates, has a combined capital and surplus in excess of $250,000,000; (c) an Approved Fund; (d) any Person to whom a Credit Party assigns its rights and obligations under this Agreement as part of an assignment and transfer of such Credit Party’s rights in and to a material portion of such Credit Party’s portfolio of asset based credit facilities; and (e) any other Person (other than a natural person) approved by (i) the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender, and (ii) unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Lead Borrower (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, “Eligible Assignee” shall not include a Loan Party or any of the Loan Parties’ Affiliates or Subsidiaries, other than the Sponsor Group.

“Eligible Credit Card Receivables” means, at the time of any determination thereof, each Credit Card Receivable that satisfies the following criteria at the time of creation and continues to meet the same at the time of such determination: such Credit Card Receivable (i) has been earned by performance and represents the bona fide amounts due to a Borrower from a credit card payment processor and/or credit card issuer, and in each case originated in the ordinary course of business of such Borrower, and (ii) is not ineligible for inclusion in the calculation of the Borrowing Base pursuant to any of clauses (a) through (j) below. Without limiting the foregoing, to qualify as an Eligible Credit Card Receivable, a Credit Card Receivable shall indicate no Person other than a Borrower as payee or remittance party. In determining the amount to be so included, the face amount of a Credit Card Receivable shall be reduced by, without duplication, to the extent not reflected in such face amount, (i) the amount of all accrued and actual discounts, claims, credits or credits pending, promotional program allowances, price adjustments, finance charges or other allowances (including any amount that a Borrower may be obligated to rebate to a customer, a credit card payment processor, or credit card issuer pursuant to the terms of any agreement or understanding (written or oral)) and (ii) the aggregate amount of all cash received in respect of such Credit Card Receivable but not yet applied by the Loan Parties to reduce the amount of such Credit Card Receivable. Any Credit Card Receivables meeting the foregoing criteria shall be deemed Eligible Credit Card Receivables but only as long as such Credit Card Receivable is not included within any of the following categories, in which case such Credit Card Receivable shall not constitute an Eligible Credit Card Receivable:

(a) Credit Card Receivables which do not constitute a “payment intangible” (as defined in the UCC);

21

(b) Credit Card Receivables that have been outstanding for more than five (5) Business Days from the date of sale;

(c) Credit Card Receivables with respect to which a Loan Party does not have good, valid and marketable title, free and clear of any Lien (other than Liens described in clauses (g)(i), (i) and (p) of the definition of Permitted Encumbrances);

(d) Credit Card Receivables that are not subject to a first priority security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent (subject only to the Lien described in clause (g)(i) of the definition of Permitted Encumbrances) (it being the intent that chargebacks in the ordinary course by such processors shall not be deemed violative of this clause);

(e) Credit Card Receivables which are disputed, are with recourse, or with respect to which a claim, counterclaim, offset or chargeback has been asserted (to the extent of such claim, counterclaim, offset or chargeback);

(f) Credit Card Receivables as to which the processor has the right under certain circumstances to require a Loan Party to repurchase the Credit Card Receivables from such credit card processor;

(g) Credit Card Receivables due from an issuer or payment processor of the applicable credit card which is the subject of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law;

(h) Credit Card Receivables which are not a valid, legally enforceable obligation of the applicable issuer with respect thereto;

(i) Credit Card Receivables which do not conform in all material respects to all representations, warranties or other provisions in the Loan Documents relating to Credit Card Receivables; or

(j) Credit Card Receivables which are evidenced by “chattel paper” or an “instrument” of any kind unless such “chattel paper” or “instrument” is in the possession of the Collateral Agent, and to the extent necessary or appropriate, endorsed to the Collateral Agent.

“Eligible Health Care Receivables” means Accounts due to a Borrower on a non-recourse basis from insurance companies (which companies have adjudicated or not disputed such Accounts) and other Persons acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion as arise in the ordinary course of business, which have been earned by performance and, except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent, are not any of the following:

(a) Accounts that are not evidenced by an invoice;

(b) Accounts that have been outstanding for more than ninety (90) days past the invoice date or that are more than sixty (60) days past due;

22

(c) Accounts due from any insurance company to the extent that fifty (50%) or more of all Accounts from such insurance company are not Eligible Health Care Receivables under clause (b), above;

(d) Accounts with respect to which a Borrower does not have good, valid and marketable title thereto, free and clear of any Lien (other than Liens described in clauses (g)(i), (i) and (p) of the definition of Permitted Encumbrances);

(e) Accounts that are not subject to a first priority security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent (subject only to the Lien described in clause (g)(i) of the definition of Permitted Encumbrances);

(f) Accounts which are disputed, are with recourse, or with respect to which a claim, counterclaim, offset or chargeback has been asserted (to the extent of such claim, counterclaim, offset or chargeback);

(g) Accounts for which all consents, approvals or authorizations of, or registrations or declarations required to be obtained, effected or given in connection with the performance of such Account by the account debtor or in connection with the enforcement of such Account by the Agents have not been duly obtained, effected or given and are not in full force and effect;

(h) Accounts due from an account debtor which is the subject of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, has had a trustee or receiver appointed for all or a substantial part of its property, has made an assignment for the benefit of creditors or has suspended its business;

(i) Accounts due from any Governmental Authority, including, pursuant to Medicare, Medicaid or other similar programs; or

(j) Accounts which the Administrative Agent determines in its Permitted Discretion to be uncertain of collection.

“Eligible Inventory” means, as of the date of determination thereof, without duplication, items of Inventory of a Borrower that are finished goods, merchantable and readily saleable to the public in the ordinary course in each case that, except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent, complies in all material respects with each of the representations and warranties respecting Inventory made by the Borrowers in the Loan Documents, and that is not excluded as ineligible by virtue of one or more of the criteria set forth below. Except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent, the following items of Inventory shall not be included in Eligible Inventory:

(a) Inventory that is not solely owned by a Borrower or a Borrower does not have good and valid title thereto;

(b) Inventory that is leased by, or is on consignment to, a Borrower, or that is consigned by a Borrower to a Person which is not a Loan Party;

23

(c) Inventory that is not located in the United States (excluding territories or possessions of the United States);

(d) Inventory that is located at a location that is not owned or leased by a Borrower (except Inventory that is in transit between owned or leased locations of one or more Borrowers), except to the extent that the Borrowers have furnished the Administrative Agent with a Collateral Access Agreement executed by the Person owning any such location on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent;

(e) Inventory that is located at a distribution center or warehouse leased by a Borrower unless the applicable lessor has delivered to the Collateral Agent a Collateral Access Agreement;

(f) Inventory that is comprised of goods which (i) are damaged, defective, “seconds,” or otherwise unmerchantable, (ii) are to be returned to the vendor, (iii) are obsolete or slow moving, or custom items, work-in-process, raw materials, or that constitute spare parts, promotional, marketing, packaging and shipping materials or supplies used or consumed in a Borrower’s business, (iv) are seasonal in nature and which have been packed away for sale in a subsequent season, (v) are not in compliance in all material respects with all standards imposed by any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over such Inventory, its use or sale, or (vi) are bill and hold goods;

(g) Inventory that is not subject to a perfected first priority security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent (subject only to the Lien described in clause (g)(i) of the definition of Permitted Encumbrances);

(h) Inventory that consists of samples, labels, bags, packaging, and other similar non-merchandise categories;

(i) Inventory that is not insured in compliance with the provisions of Section 5.10 hereof;

(j) Inventory that has been sold but not yet delivered or as to which a Borrower has accepted a deposit;

(k) Inventory consisting of lottery tickets;

(l) Inventory that is subject to any licensing, patent, royalty, trademark, trade name or copyright agreement with any third party from which any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has received notice of a dispute in respect of any such agreement; or

(m) Inventory acquired in a Permitted Acquisition, unless and until the Collateral Agent has (i) completed or received an appraisal of such Inventory from appraisers reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and such other due diligence as the Agents may require, all of the results of the foregoing to be reasonably satisfactory to the Agents, (ii) established an Inventory advance rate and Inventory Reserves (if applicable) therefor, and (iii) otherwise agreed that such Inventory shall be deemed Eligible Inventory.

24

“Eligible Trade Receivables” means Accounts (including, without limitation, Accounts owed by bottle handling companies) arising from the sale of a Borrower’s goods or services (other than those consisting of Credit Card Receivables) that satisfy the following criteria at the time of creation and continue to meet the same at the time of such determination: such Account (i) has been earned by performance and represents the bona fide amounts due to a Borrower from an account debtor, other than a direct store delivery vendor, and in each case originated in the ordinary course of business of such Borrower, and (ii) is not ineligible for inclusion on the calculation of the Borrowing Base pursuant to any of clauses (a) through (r) below. Without limiting the foregoing, to qualify as an Eligible Trade Receivable, an Account shall indicate no Person other than a Borrower as payee or remittance party. In determining the amount to be so included, the face amount of an Account shall be reduced by, without duplication, to the extent not reflected in such face amount, (i) the amount of all accrued and actual discounts, claims, credits or credits pending, promotional program allowances, price adjustments, finance charges or other allowances (including any amount that a Borrower may be obligated to rebate to a customer pursuant to the terms of any agreement or understanding (written or oral)) and (ii) the aggregate amount of all cash received in respect of such Account but not yet applied by the Borrowers to reduce the amount of such Eligible Trade Receivable. Except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent, any Account included within any of the following categories shall not constitute an Eligible Trade Receivable:

(a) Accounts that are not evidenced by an invoice;

(b) Accounts that have been outstanding for more than sixty (60) days from the date of invoice;

(c) Accounts due from any account debtor to the extent that fifty (50%) or more of all Accounts from such account debtor are not Eligible Trade Receivables under clause (b), above.

(d) Accounts (i) that are not subject to a perfected first priority security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent (subject only to the Lien described in clause (g)(i) of the definition of Permitted Encumbrances), or (ii) with respect to which a Loan Party does not have good, valid and marketable title thereto, free and clear of any Lien (other than Liens described in clauses (g)(i), (i) and (p) of the definition of Permitted Encumbrances);

(e) Accounts which are disputed or with respect to which a claim, counterclaim, offset or chargeback has been asserted, but only to the extent of such dispute, counterclaim, offset or chargeback;

(f) Accounts which arise out of any sale made not in the ordinary course of business, made on a basis other than upon credit terms usual to the business of the Borrowers or are not payable in Dollars;

(g) Accounts which are owed by any account debtor whose principal place of business is not within the continental United States;

(h) Accounts which are owed by any Affiliate or any employee of a Loan Party;

25

(i) Accounts for which all consents, approvals or authorizations of, or registrations or declarations with any Governmental Authority required to be obtained, effected or given in connection with the performance of such Account by the account debtor or in connection with the enforcement of such Account by the Agents have not been duly obtained, effected or given and are not in full force and effect;

(j) Accounts due from an account debtor which is the subject of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, has had a trustee or receiver appointed for all or a substantial part of its property, has made an assignment for the benefit of creditors or has suspended its business;

(k) Accounts due from any Governmental Authority except to the extent that the subject account debtor is the federal government of the United States of America and has complied with the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940 and any similar state legislation;

(l) Accounts (i) owing from any Person that is also a direct supplier to or creditor of a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries unless such Person has waived any right of setoff in a manner acceptable to the Administrative Agent or (ii) representing any manufacturer’s or supplier’s credits, discounts, incentive plans or similar arrangements entitling a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to discounts on future purchase therefrom;

(m) Accounts subject to any right of return, setoff or charge back;

(n) Accounts payable other than in Dollars or that are otherwise on terms other than those normal and customary in the Borrowers’ business;

(o) Accounts evidenced by a promissory note or other instrument;

(p) Accounts which are in excess of the credit limit for such account debtor established by the Borrowers in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices;

(q) Accounts which include extended payment terms (datings) beyond those generally furnished to other account debtors in the ordinary course of business;

(r) Accounts which constitute Credit Card Receivables; or

(s) Accounts which the Administrative Agent determines in its Permitted Discretion to be uncertain of collection; provided that the Administrative Agent acknowledges that as of the Effective Date it does not know of any circumstance or condition that would cause any Accounts requested by the Borrowers to be included in the Borrowing Base to be classified as ineligible by reason of this clause (s).

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Eligible Trade Receivables shall include wholesale receivables to the extent that such wholesale receivables are not otherwise ineligible by virtue of any of the foregoing clauses (a) through (s) or the lead-in language above.

“End” means, with respect to any Business Day or calendar day, 4:30 p.m. Eastern time on such Business Day or calendar day, as the case may be.

26

“Environmental Laws” means any and all applicable federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.

“Environmental Liability” means any liability, obligation, damage, loss, claim, action, suit, judgment, order, fine, penalty, fee, expense, or cost, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal or presence of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is allocated with respect to any of the foregoing.

“Environmental Permit” means any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law.

“Equipment” has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.

“Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

“ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with a Loan Party within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

“ERISA Event” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041(c) or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of

27

proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (f) the determination that any Pension Plan is considered an at-risk plan or a plan in endangered or critical status within the meaning of Sections 430 and 432 of the Code or Sections 303 and 305 of ERISA; or (g) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate.

“Event of Default” has the meaning provided in Section 8.01. An Event of Default shall be deemed to be continuing unless and until that Event of Default has been duly waived as provided in Section 10.01 hereof.

“Excluded Taxes” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to any Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its Lending Office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Lead Borrower under Section 10.13) or (ii) such Lender changes its Lending Office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 3.01(a)(ii) or (c), amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its Lending Office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 3.01(e) and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed pursuant to FATCA.

“Executive Order” has the meaning provided in Section 10.18.

“Existing Credit Agreement” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.

“Existing Letters of Credit” means the letters of credit issued under the Existing Credit Agreement and set forth on Schedule 2.03 hereto.

“FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable) and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof.

“Federal Funds Rate” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business

28

Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Bank of America on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

“Fee Letter” means the letter agreement, dated December 14, 2012, among the Lead Borrower, the Administrative Agent and MLPFS.

“Financed Capital Expenditures” shall mean Capital Expenditures made through purchase money financing (other than from Credit Extensions hereunder) or capital lease transactions permitted hereunder.

“Fiscal Period” means any fiscal period of any Fiscal Year of the Parent.

“Fiscal Quarter” means any fiscal quarter of any Fiscal Year of the Parent.

“Fiscal Year” means any period of thirteen consecutive Fiscal Periods ending on the calendar Saturday closest to December 31 of any calendar year.

“Foreign Asset Control Regulations” has the meaning provided in Section 10.18.

“Foreign Lender” means any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which any Borrower is resident for tax purposes. For purposes of this definition, the United States, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

“FRB” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

“Fronting Exposure” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, (a) with respect to the L/C Issuer, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the outstanding L/C Obligations other than L/C Obligations as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof, and (b) with respect to the Swing Line Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of Swing Line Loans other than Swing Line Loans as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders in accordance with the terms hereof.

“Fronting Fee” has the meaning provided in Section 2.03(j).

“Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.

29

“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

“Guarantee” means, as to any Person, any (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien) or is limited in recourse. The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

“Guarantor” means the Parent, each direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Parent (other than any CFC) listed on Schedule 1.02 annexed hereto and each other direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Parent that shall be required to execute and deliver a Joinder Agreement as a Guarantor pursuant to Section 6.12.

“Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

“Health Care Laws” means all federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations, interpretations, guidelines, ordinances and decrees primarily relating to patient healthcare, any health care provider, medical assistance and cost reimbursement program, as now or at any time hereafter in effect, including, but not limited to, the Social Security Act, the Social Security Amendments of 1972, the Medicare-Medicaid Anti-Fraud and Abuse Amendments of 1977, the Medicare and Medicaid Patient and Program Protection Act of 1987 and HIPAA.

30

“HIPAA” means the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as the same now exists or may hereafter from time to time be amended, modified, recodified or supplemented, together with all rules and regulations thereunder.

“HIPAA Compliance Date” has the meaning provided in Section 5.26(a).

“HIPAA Compliance Plan” has the meaning provided in Section 5.26(a).

“HIPAA Compliant” has the meaning provided in Section 5.26(a).

“Honor Date” has the meaning provided in Section 2.03(c)(i).

“Immaterial Subsidiary” means, on any date, any Subsidiary of the Parent that (a) had less than five percent (5%) of Consolidated assets and less than five percent (5%) of annual Consolidated revenues of the Loan Parties as reflected on the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 prior to such date and (b) has been designated as such by the Parent in a written notice delivered to the Administrative Agent, other than any such Subsidiary as to which the Parent has revoked such designation by written notice to the Administrative Agent; provided that at no time shall all Immaterial Subsidiaries so designated by the Parent have in the aggregate Consolidated assets or annual Consolidated revenues as reflected on the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 prior to such time in excess of ten percent (10%) of Consolidated assets or annual Consolidated revenues respectively of the Loan Parties; provided further that a Subsidiary shall not be an Immaterial Subsidiary if it (i) holds title to any ABL Priority Collateral or (ii) is a Borrower.

“Increase Effective Date” has the meaning provided in Section 2.15(d).

“Indebtedness” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:

(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;

(b) the maximum amount of all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments;

(c) net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract;

(d) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business not past due for more than sixty (60) days);

(e) all Attributable Indebtedness of such Person;

31

(f) all Disqualified Stock, valued, in the case of a redeemable preferred interest, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends; and

(g) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.

For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date.

“Indemnified Taxes” means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

“Indemnitees” has the meaning specified in Section 10.04(b).

“Indenture” means the 2015 Senior Notes Indenture, the 2017 Refinancing Senior Notes Indenture and any replacement thereof governing the issuance of the Senior Notes, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with Section 7.12.

“Indenture Trustee” means Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as trustee for the Note Holders pursuant to the terms of the 2015 Senior Notes Indenture or the 2017 Refinancing Senior Notes Indenture, as the context may require, together with any successor trustee appointed in accordance with the Indenture.

“Information” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07.

“Intellectual Property” means the Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Licenses (as each such term is defined in the Security Agreement).

“Intercreditor Agreement” means that certain Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of October 9, 2009, by and between the Agents and the Indenture Trustee and acknowledged and agreed to by the Loan Parties, as amended and in effect from time to time, as the same may be amended, amended and restated, modified, supplemented or replaced, including in connection with any Permitted Refinancing of the 2015 Senior Notes pursuant to the 2017 Refinancing Senior Note Documents.

“Interest Payment Date” means, (a) as to any Loan other than a Prime Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date; provided, however, that if any Interest Period for a LIBO Rate Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates; and (b) as to any Prime Rate Loan (including a Swing Line Loan), the first Business Day of each month and the Maturity Date.

32

“Interest Period” means, as to each LIBO Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such LIBO Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a LIBO Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, three or six months thereafter, as selected by the Lead Borrower in its Committed Loan Notice; provided that:

(a) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

(b) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period;

(c) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date set forth in clause (a) of the definition thereof; and

(d) notwithstanding the provisions of clause (c), no Interest Period shall have a duration of less than one (1) month, and if any Interest Period applicable to a LIBO Borrowing would be for a shorter period, such Interest Period shall not be available hereunder.

For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

“Inventory” has the meaning given that term in the UCC, and shall also include, without limitation, all: (a) goods which (i) are leased by a Person as lessor, (ii) are held by a Person for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, (iii) are furnished by a Person under a contract of service, or (iv) consist of raw materials, work in process, or materials used or consumed in a business; (b) goods of said description in transit; (c) goods of said description which are returned, repossessed or rejected; and (d) packaging, advertising, and shipping materials related to any of the foregoing.

“Inventory Reserves” means such reserves as may be established from time to time by the Administrative Agent in the Administrative Agent’s Permitted Discretion with respect to the determination of the saleability, at retail, of the Eligible Inventory or which reflect such other factors as may affect the market value of the Eligible Inventory. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Inventory Reserves may, in the Administrative Agent’s Permitted Discretion, include (but are not limited to) reserves based on: (a) obsolescence; (b) seasonality; (c) Shrink; (d) imbalance; (e) change in Inventory character; (f) change in Inventory composition; (g) change in Inventory mix; (h) mark-downs (both permanent and point of sale); (i) retail mark-ons and mark-ups inconsistent with prior period practice and performance, industry standards, current business plans or advertising calendar and planned advertising events; and (j) out-of-date and/or expired Inventory.

“Investment” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of debt of, or

33

purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or interest in, another Person, or (c) any Acquisition, or (d) any other investment of money or capital in another Person in order to obtain a profitable return. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.

“IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

“ISP” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

“Issuer Documents” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by the L/C Issuer and any Borrower (or any Subsidiary) or in favor the L/C Issuer and relating to any such Letter of Credit.

“Joinder Agreement” means an agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H, pursuant to which, among other things, a Person becomes a party to, and bound by the terms of, this Agreement and/or the other Loan Documents in the same capacity and to the same extent as either a Borrower or a Guarantor, as the Administrative Agent may determine.

“Lancaster Mortgage” means the Mortgage, Assignment of Leases and Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing dated December 2, 2009 and granted by the Lead Borrower and the Town of Lancaster Industrial Development Agency in favor of the Collateral Agent on the land described therein, together with the distribution center and other improvements thereon, located at 5873 Genesee Street, Lancaster, New York.

“Landlord Lien State” means Pennsylvania, Virginia and Washington and such other states in which a landlord’s claim for rent may have priority over the lien of the Collateral Agent in any of the Collateral.

“Laws” means each international, foreign, federal, state and local statute, treaty, rule, guideline, regulation, ordinance, code and administrative or judicial precedent or authority, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and each applicable administrative order, directed duty, request, license, authorization and permit of, and agreement with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.

“L/C Advance” means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Applicable Percentage.

“L/C Borrowing” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a Committed Borrowing.

“L/C Credit Extension” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.

34

“L/C Issuer” means Bank of America or Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as applicable, in each case, in its capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder (which successor may only be a Lender selected by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted discretion). Any L/C Issuer may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of such L/C Issuer, in which case the term “L/C Issuer” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate.

“L/C Obligations” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate undrawn amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including all L/C Borrowings. For purposes of computing the amounts available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

“Lead Borrower” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

“Lease” means any agreement, whether written or oral, no matter how styled or structured, pursuant to which a Loan Party is entitled to the use or occupancy of any real property for any period of time.

“Lender” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto and, as the context requires, includes the Swing Line Lender.

“Lending Office” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

“Letter of Credit” means each Banker’s Acceptance, each Standby Letter of Credit and each Commercial Letter of Credit issued hereunder, and shall include the Existing Letters of Credit.

“Letter of Credit Application” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the L/C Issuer.

“Letter of Credit Expiration Date” means the day that is thirty (30) days prior to the Maturity Date set forth in clause (a) of the definition thereof then in effect (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).

“Letter of Credit Fee” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(i).

“Letter of Credit Sublimit” means an amount equal to $75,000,000. The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Aggregate Commitments. A permanent reduction of the Aggregate Commitments shall not require a corresponding pro rata reduction in the Letter of Credit Sublimit; provided, however, that if the Aggregate Commitments are reduced to an amount less than the Letter of Credit Sublimit, then the Letter of Credit Sublimit shall be reduced to an amount equal to (or, at the Lead Borrower’s option, less than) the Aggregate Commitments.

35

“LIBO Borrowing” means a Borrowing comprised of LIBO Loans.

“LIBO Rate” means:

(a) for any Interest Period with respect to a LIBO Rate Loan, the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBO Rate or the successor thereto if the British Bankers Association is no longer making a LIBO rate available (“LIBOR”), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of LIBOR as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period. If such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “LIBO Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the LIBO Rate Loan being made, continued or converted by Bank of America and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Bank of America’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; and

(b) for any interest calculation with respect to a Prime Rate Loan on any date, the rate per annum equal to (i) LIBOR, at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time determined two London Banking Days prior to such date for Dollar deposits being delivered in the London interbank market for a term of one month commencing that day or (ii) if such published rate is not available at such time for any reason, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the date of determination in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Prime Rate Loan being made or maintained and with a term equal to one month would be offered by Bank of America’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market at their request at the date and time of determination.

“LIBO Rate Loan” means a Committed Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

“Lien” means (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale, Capital Lease Obligation, Synthetic Lease Obligation or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property, and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing, but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any licenses of intellectual property) and (b) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

36

“Liquidation” means (after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default) the exercise by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent of those rights and remedies accorded to such Agents under the Loan Documents and applicable Laws as a creditor of the Loan Parties with respect to the realization on the Collateral, including the conduct by the Loan Parties acting with the consent of the Administrative Agent, of any public, private, “going-out-of-business”, store closing or other similar sale or any other disposition of the Collateral for the purpose of liquidating the Collateral. Derivations of the word “Liquidation” (such as “Liquidate”) are used with like meaning in this Agreement.

“Loan” means an extension of credit by a Lender to any Borrower under Article II in the form of a Committed Loan or a Swing Line Loan.

“Loan Account” has the meaning provided in Section 2.11(a).

“Loan Cap” means, at any time of determination, the lesser of (a) the Aggregate Commitments and (b) the Borrowing Base.

“Loan Documents” means this Agreement, each Note, each Issuer Document, the Fee Letter, all Borrowing Base Certificates, the Blocked Account Agreements, the Credit Card Notifications, the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement, and solely where the term “Loan Documents” is used or referred to in any of the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement, any instrument or agreement now or hereafter executed and delivered in connection with any transaction arising out of any Cash Management Services and Bank Products, each as amended and in effect from time to time.

“Loan Parties” means, collectively, the Borrowers and each Guarantor. “Loan Party” means any one of such Persons.

“Management Agreement” means the Transaction and Monitoring Fee Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2007, by and among certain of the management companies affiliated with the Sponsor and the Parent, as in effect on the Closing Date and as modified from time to time in a manner not materially adverse to the Lenders or otherwise with the consent of the Administrative Agent.

“Management Fee” means any management or advisory fee to be paid pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Management Agreement.

“Material Adverse Effect” means (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, properties, liabilities (actual or contingent) or financial condition of the Parent and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the ability of the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) to perform their obligations under any Loan Document to which they are parties; or (c) a material impairment of the rights and remedies (taken as a whole) of the Agents or the Lenders under any Loan Document or a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) of any Loan Document to which they are parties. In determining whether any individual event would result in a Material Adverse Effect, notwithstanding that such event in and of itself does not have such effect, a Material Adverse Effect shall be deemed to have occurred if the cumulative effect of such event and all other then existing events would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

37

“Material Contract” means with respect to any Person, each contract to which such Person is a party, the termination or breach of which (unless replaced in accordance with the terms of Section 7.12(a)) would reasonably likely result in a Material Adverse Effect.

“Material Indebtedness” means (a) Indebtedness of the Loan Parties under the Senior Notes Documents and (b) other Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) of the Loan Parties in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $10,000,000. For purposes of determining the amount of Material Indebtedness at any time, (a) the amount of the obligations in respect of any Swap Contract at such time shall be calculated at the Swap Termination Value thereof, (b) undrawn committed or available amounts shall be included, and (c) all amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement shall be included.

“Maturity Date” means the earlier of (a) December 14, 2017, and (b) the date that occurs 60 days prior to the scheduled maturity date of the 2015 Senior Notes if, on such date, (i) at least $50,000,000 in principal amount of the 2015 Senior Notes shall remain outstanding and (ii) the maturity date of the 2015 Senior Notes has not been extended to a date which is not less than ninety (90) days following the date set forth in clause (a) above.

“Maximum Rate” has the meaning provided in Section 10.09.

“McKesson Agreements” means, collectively, (a) that certain Master License and Services Agreement (ASP), dated as of November 27, 2007, by and between NDCHealth Corporation d/b/a Per-Se Technologies and the Lead Borrower, and (b) that certain Supply Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2008, between McKesson Corporation and the Lead Borrower, each as amended and in effect from time to time.

“Measurement Period” means, at any date of determination, the most recently completed thirteen Fiscal Periods of the Parent.

“MLPFS” means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

“Multiemployer Plan” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

“Multiple Employer Plan” means a Plan which has two or more contributing sponsors (including the Lead Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate) at least two of whom are not under common control, as such a plan is described in Section 4064 of ERISA.

38

“Net Proceeds” means:

(a) with respect to any Prepayment Event described in clauses (a) or (b) of the definition thereof, the excess, if any, of (i) the sum of cash and cash equivalents received in connection with such Prepayment Event (including any cash or cash equivalents received by way of deferred payment pursuant to, or by monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, but only as and when so received) over (ii) the sum of (A) the principal amount of any Indebtedness that is secured by the applicable asset by a Lien permitted hereunder which is senior to the Collateral Agent’s Lien on such asset and that is required to be repaid (or to establish an escrow for the future repayment thereof) in connection with such Prepayment Event (other than Indebtedness under the Loan Documents, but including the payment of the proceeds from any Notes Priority Collateral in reduction of the Indebtedness under the Senior Notes Documents), (B) the reasonable and customary out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Loan Party or such Subsidiary in connection with such Prepayment Event (including, without limitation, appraisals, and brokerage, legal, title and recording or transfer tax expenses and commissions) paid by any Loan Party to third parties (other than Affiliates)); and

(b) with respect to any Prepayment Event described in clause (c) of the definition thereof, the excess of (i) the sum of the cash and cash equivalents received in connection with such Prepayment Event over (ii) the sum of (A) the underwriting discounts and commissions, and other reasonable and customary out-of-pocket expenses, incurred by such Loan Party or such Subsidiary in connection therewith and (B) the principal amount of any Indebtedness (plus any premium or other required payment on account thereof) under the Senior Note Documents (if any) that is required to be repaid in connection with such Prepayment Event.

“Non-Consenting Lender” has the meaning provided in Section 10.01.

“Non-Defaulting Lender” means, at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.

“Non-Loan Party Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower which is not, and is not required to become, a Guarantor or Borrower.

“Non-Extension Notice Date” has the meaning provided in Section 2.03(b)(iii).

“Note” means a promissory note made by the Borrowers in favor of a Lender evidencing Loans made by such Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit C, as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.

“Note Holders” means the holders of the Senior Notes pursuant to the terms of an Indenture.

“Note Obligations” has the meaning given that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

“Notes Priority Collateral” has the meaning given that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

“NPL” means the National Priorities List under CERCLA.

39

“Obligations” means (a) all advances to, and debts (including principal, interest, fees, costs, and expenses), liabilities, obligations, covenants, indemnities, and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit (including payments in respect of reimbursement of disbursements, interest thereon and obligations to provide cash collateral therefor), whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest, fees, costs, expenses and indemnities that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest, fees, costs, expenses and indemnities are allowed claims in such proceeding, and (b) any Other Liabilities.

“Organization Documents” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity, and (d) in each case, all shareholder or other equity holder agreements, voting trusts and similar arrangements to which such Person is a party or which is applicable to its Equity Interests and all other arrangements relating to the Control or management of such Person.

“Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, or enforced any Loan Document).

“Other Liabilities” means any obligation on account of (a) any Cash Management Services furnished to any of the Loan Parties and/or any of their Subsidiaries and/or (b) any Bank Product furnished to any of the Loan Parties and/or any of their Subsidiaries, as each may be amended from time to time.

“Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 3.06).

“Outstanding Amount” means: (i) with respect to Committed Loans and Swing Line Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Committed Loans and Swing Line Loans, as the case may be, occurring on such date; and (ii) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date,

40

the amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements by the Borrowers of Unreimbursed Amounts.

“Overadvance” means a Credit Extension to the extent that, immediately after its having been made, Availability is less than zero.

“PACA” means the Perishable Agriculture Commodities Act, 1930 and all regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time.

“Parent” means Tops Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

“Participant” has the meaning provided in Section 10.06(c).

“PASA” means the Packers and Stockyard Act, 1921 and all regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time.

“Patriot Act” has the meaning provided in Section 4.01(j).

“Payment Conditions” means, at the time of determination with respect to any specified transaction or payment, that (a) no Default or Event of Default then exists or would arise as a result of entering into such transaction or making such payment, and (b) either (i) the Borrowers have projected Availability on a Pro Forma Basis for each of the seven (7) Fiscal Periods immediately following such transaction or payment greater than 50% of the Loan Cap, or (ii)(A) the Availability Condition has been satisfied, and (B) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, calculated based upon the most recent Measurement Period, was equal to or greater than 1.00:1.00. Prior to undertaking any transaction or payment which is subject to the Payment Conditions, the Loan Parties shall deliver to the Administrative Agent (x) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower certifying that the conditions contained in clauses (a) and (b)(i) or (b)(ii) of the preceding sentence have been satisfied, and (y) forecasts prepared in good faith by management of the Lead Borrower of Consolidated balance sheets, statements of income or operations and cash flows, and Availability projections on a Fiscal Period basis for the immediately following seven Fiscal Periods, which projected financial information shall give due consideration to results for prior Fiscal Periods, shall give effect to the proposed transaction or payment and shall be in a form and based upon assumptions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

“PCAOB” means the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

“Pension Funding Rules” means the rules of the Code and ERISA regarding minimum required contributions (including any installment payment thereof) to Pension Plans and set forth in Section 412, 430, 431 and 432 of the Code and Sections 302, 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA.

“Pension Plan” means any employee pension benefit plan (including a Multiple Employer Plan or a Multiemployer Plan) that is maintained or is contributed to by the Lead Borrower and any ERISA Affiliate and is either covered by Title IV of ERISA or is subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Code.

41

“Perfection Certificate” has the meaning given that term in the Security Agreement.

“Perishable Inventory” means Inventory consisting of meat, dairy, cheese, seafood, produce, delicatessen, non-artificial floral products, bakery goods and prepared foods and other similar categories of Inventory which have a short shelf life.

“Permitted Acquisition” means (i) an Acquisition or series of related Acquisitions of Store locations (including, if applicable, the related Inventory at such Store locations) in which the total consideration paid (whether in cash, tangible property, notes or other property) does not exceed in the aggregate the sum of $12,500,000 in any Fiscal Year, provided that no Default or Event of Default exists at the time of, or immediately after giving effect to, the consummation of any such Acquisition or series of related Acquisitions, or (ii) an Acquisition in which all of the following conditions are satisfied:

(a) No Default or Event of Default then exists or would arise from the consummation of such Acquisition;

(b) Such Acquisition shall have been approved by the Board of Directors of the Person (or similar governing body if such Person is not a corporation) which is the subject of such Acquisition and such Person shall not have announced that it will oppose such Acquisition or shall not have commenced any action which alleges that such Acquisition shall violate applicable Law;

(c) The Lead Borrower shall have furnished the Administrative Agent with fifteen (15) days’ written notice prior to the consummation of such intended Acquisition and shall have furnished the Administrative Agent with (i) a current draft of the documents, agreements and instruments contemplated to be executed in connection therewith (and final copies thereof as and when executed), and (ii) historical financial statements (whether audited or unaudited) or tax returns (to be provided only if historical financial statements are not available) in each case to the extent received by the Lead Borrower by or on behalf of the Person which is the subject of such Acquisition;

(d) To the extent the proceeds of any Credit Extension are being used to finance an Acquisition of Equity Interests, the legal structure of such Acquisition shall be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion;

(f) After giving effect to such Acquisition, if such Acquisition is an Acquisition of Equity Interests, a Loan Party shall acquire and own, directly or indirectly, a majority of the Equity Interests in the Person being acquired and shall Control a majority of any voting interests or shall otherwise Control the governance of the Person being acquired;

(g) Prior to the inclusion of the assets (or the assets of the Person) acquired in such Acquisition in the Borrowing Base, the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) the results of appraisals of the assets (or the assets of the Person) to be acquired in such

42

Acquisition and of a commercial finance examination of the Person which is (or whose assets are) being acquired, and (ii) such other due diligence as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require, all of the results of such due diligence to be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(h) Any assets acquired shall be utilized in, and if such Acquisition involves a merger, consolidation or stock acquisition, the Person which is the subject of such Acquisition shall be engaged in, a business otherwise permitted to be engaged in by a Borrower under this Agreement;

(i) If the Person which is the subject of such Acquisition will be maintained as a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of a Loan Party, or if the assets acquired in such Acquisition will be transferred to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary which is not then a Loan Party, such Subsidiary (if it is a Domestic Subsidiary) shall have been joined as a “Borrower” hereunder or as a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of Section 6.12, and the Collateral Agent shall have received a security and/or mortgage interest in such Subsidiary’s Equity Interests, Inventory, Accounts, Real Estate and other property of the same nature as constitutes Collateral under the Security Documents; and

(j) The Payment Conditions shall have been satisfied.

“Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

“Permitted Business” means the business conducted by the Loan Parties on the Effective Date, and any business substantially similar, reasonably related, complementary, incidental or ancillary thereto.

“Permitted Discretion” means a determination made by the Administrative Agent in the exercise of its commercially reasonable business judgment, exercised in good faith in accordance with customary business practices for comparable asset-based lending transactions in the retail industry.

“Permitted Disposition” means any of the following:

(a) Dispositions of Inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(b) bulk sales or other Dispositions of the Inventory of a Loan Party not in the ordinary course of business in connection with Store closings and/or Disposition of Store locations for cash consideration, at arm’s length, provided that such Store closures and/or Dispositions of Store locations and related Inventory Dispositions shall not exceed (i) in any Fiscal Year of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, ten percent (10%) of the number of the Loan Parties’ Stores as of the beginning of such Fiscal Year (net of new Store openings) and (ii) in the aggregate from and after the Effective Date, twenty five percent (25%) of the number of the Loan Parties’ Stores in existence as of the Effective Date (net of new Store openings); provided further that all sales of Inventory in connection with Store closings and/or Dispositions of Store locations (in a single transaction or series of related transactions) that exceed the foregoing limits shall (i) require the consent of the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders (which consent shall not be

43

unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), and (ii) be in accordance with liquidation agreements and with professional liquidators reasonably acceptable to the Agents; provided further that all Net Proceeds received in connection with such Store closures and/or Dispositions of Store locations and related Inventory Dispositions are applied to the Obligations if then required in accordance with Section 2.05 hereof;

(c) licenses of intellectual property of a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(d) licenses for the conduct of licensed departments within the Loan Parties’ Stores in the ordinary course of business; provided that the Loan Parties shall provide the Agents with thirty (30) days prior written notice and, if requested by the Agents, the Loan Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Person operating such licensed department to enter into an intercreditor agreement on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Agents (provided that the Administrative Agent may impose Reserves in its Permitted Discretion with respect to the operation of any such licensed department);

(e) Dispositions of Equipment in the ordinary course of business that is substantially worn, damaged, obsolete or, in the judgment of a Loan Party, no longer useful or necessary in its business or that of any Subsidiary and is not replaced with similar property having at least equivalent value;

(f) sales, transfers and Dispositions among the Loan Parties or by any Subsidiary to a Loan Party;

(g) sales, transfers and Dispositions of or by any Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party to another Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party; and

(h) to the extent constituting a Disposition, Liens to the extent permitted by Section 7.01 of this Agreement;

(i) Restricted Payments to the extent permitted by Section 7.06 of this Agreement;

(j) Investments to the extent permitted by Section 7.02 of this Agreement;

(k) any Disposition in connection with a foreclosure on assets, or a Disposition of Investments or receivables, in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof or in a bankruptcy or similar proceedings;

(l) the Disposition or voluntary termination of any Swap Contract;

(m) the surrender or waiver of any contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind, provided that Loan Parties comply with the provisions of Section 6.19 of this Agreement;

44

(n) the Disposition of any Cash Equivalents, provided that the proceeds of the same constitute a Permitted Investment or are used in a manner consistent with Section 6.11 of this Agreement;

(o) the Disposition of cash in the ordinary course of business, to the extent used in a manner consistent with Section 6.11 of this Agreement;

(p) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Permitted Business; provided that, to the extent the property exchanged was ABL Priority Collateral, substantially all of property received in exchange therefor constitutes ABL Priority Collateral having an Appraised Value at least equal to the Appraised Value of the property exchanged and the Collateral Agent shall have a first priority perfected Lien on such property; provided further that, prior to making such Disposition, the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) the results of appraisals and of a commercial finance examination of the assets to be acquired and (ii) such other due diligence as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require, all of the results of the foregoing to be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(q) as long as no Default or Event of Default then exists or would arise therefrom, sales of Real Estate of any Loan Party (or sales of any Person or Persons created to hold such Real Estate or the Equity Interests in such Person or Persons), including sale-leaseback transactions involving any such Real Estate pursuant to leases on market terms, as long as, (i) such sale is made for fair market value, (ii) all Net Proceeds received in connection with any such sale are applied to the Obligations if then required in accordance with Section 2.05 hereof, and (iii) in the case of any sale-leaseback transaction permitted hereunder, the Agents shall have received from each purchaser or transferee a Collateral Access Agreement on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Agents;

(r) Dispositions of non-ABL Priority Collateral to Non-Loan Party Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5,000,000 during the term of this Agreement;

(s) Dispositions made in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction;

(t) Dispositions of non-ABL Priority Collateral other than to Non-Loan Party Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000 during the term of this Agreement;

(u) the issuance and sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof; and

(v) any other Dispositions (other than bulk sales of Inventory in connection with Store closings, in which case the requirements of clause (b) of this definition must be satisfied; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the sale of a Store to a third party for cash consideration shall not, for purposes of this clause (v), constitute a “Store

45

closing”), provided that (i) the Payment Conditions shall have been satisfied and (ii) in the case of bulk sales of Inventory in connection with Dispositions of Store locations, such Dispositions of Store locations shall be for cash consideration and the Administrative Agent shall have received, prior to the consummation of any such Dispositions of Store locations and related Inventory Dispositions, an updated Inventory and prescription list appraisal undertaken by an independent appraiser engaged by the Administrative Agent at the Loan Parties’ expense (it being acknowledged and agreed that the Administrative Agent’s right to obtain an updated appraisal pursuant to this clause (v) is in addition to, and not in limitation of, the Administrative Agent’s right to conduct appraisals pursuant to Section 6.10 at the Loan Parties’ expense).

“Permitted Encumbrances” means:

(a) Liens imposed by law for Taxes that are not yet due or are being contested in compliance with Section 6.04;

(b) Carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by applicable Law, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than thirty (30) days or are being contested in compliance with Section 6.04;

(c) Pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA;

(d) Deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Liens in respect of judgments that would not constitute an Event of Default hereunder;

(f) Easements, covenants, conditions, restrictions, building code laws, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of a Loan Party and such other minor title defects or survey matters that are disclosed by current surveys that, in each case, do not materially interfere with the current use of the real property;

(g) Liens existing on the Effective Date and listed on Schedule 7.01 (or, to the extent not listed on Schedule 7.01, Liens on non-ABL Priority Collateral having an aggregate fair market value of less than $1,000,000);

(h) Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired by any Loan Party which are permitted under clause (c) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness so long as (i) such Liens and the Indebtedness secured thereby are incurred prior to or within ninety (90) days after such acquisition, (ii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost of acquisition of such fixed or capital assets and (iii) such Liens shall not extend to any other property or assets of the Loan Parties;

46

(i) Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent;

(j) Landlords’ and lessors’ Liens in respect of rent not in default;

(k) Possessory Liens in favor of brokers and dealers arising in connection with the acquisition or disposition of Investments owned as of the date hereof and Permitted Investments, provided that such liens (i) attach only to such Investments and (ii) secure only obligations incurred in the ordinary course and arising in connection with the acquisition or disposition of such Investments and not any obligation in connection with margin financing;

(l) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s liens, liens in favor of securities intermediaries, rights of setoff or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or securities accounts or other funds maintained with depository institutions or securities intermediaries;

(m) Liens arising from precautionary UCC filings regarding “true” operating leases or, to the extent permitted under the Loan Documents, the consignment of goods to a Loan Party;

(n) voluntary Liens on property (other than ABL Priority Collateral) in existence at the time such property is acquired or on such property of a Subsidiary of a Loan Party in existence at the time such Subsidiary is acquired; provided that such Liens are not incurred in connection with, or in anticipation of, such acquisition and do not attach to any other assets of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary;

(o) Liens in favor of customs and revenues authorities imposed by applicable Law arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the importation of goods and securing obligations (i) that are not overdue by more than thirty (30) days, or (ii)(A) that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (B) the applicable Loan Party or Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (C) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation during the pendency of such contest;

(p) Liens on the Collateral securing the Indebtedness arising under the Senior Notes Documents, including any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations (and any Permitted Refinancing thereof) having the priority set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement;

(q) encumbrances referred to in Schedule B of the mortgage policy in favor of the Indenture Trustee insuring the Lancaster Mortgage;

47

(r) any interest or title of a lessor or sublessor under any lease or sublease of real property entered into by any Loan Party in the ordinary course of its business and not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Loan Parties;

(s) Liens on property of Non-Loan Party Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness or other obligations not prohibited by this Agreement to be incurred by such Non-Loan Party Subsidiaries;

(t) Liens arising by operation of law under Article 4 of the UCC in connection with the collection of items provided for therein;

(u) Liens on assets transferred to a Securitization Entity or on assets of a Securitization Entity, in either case incurred in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction;

(v) other Liens on non-ABL Priority Collateral securing obligations in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

(w) Liens securing Permitted Indebtedness under clause (s) of the definition thereof;

(x) Liens on Collateral securing Qualifying Indebtedness; and

(y) any extension, renewal, refinancing or replacement, in whole or in part, of any Lien described in the foregoing clauses (a) through (x), provided that (i) the property or assets covered thereby is not changed, (ii) the amount secured or benefited thereby is not increased, (iii) the direct or any contingent obligor with respect thereto is not changed, and (iv) any renewal or extension of the obligations secured or benefited thereby is permitted by clause (a) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness.

‘‘Permitted Holders’’ means (i) each of the Sponsors, (ii) each member of management of the Parent or the Lead Borrower who are holders of Equity Interests of the Parent and (iii) any ‘‘group’’ (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or Section 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing Persons is a member, provided that in the case of such ‘‘group’’ and without giving effect to the existence of such ‘‘group’’ or any other ‘‘group,’’ such Sponsors and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting Equity Interests of the Parent or any of its direct or indirect parent entities held by such ‘‘group.’’

“Permitted Indebtedness” means each of the following:

(a) (i) Indebtedness in respect of the promissory note dated September 28, 2011 and issued in connection with the Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of May 27, 2011 between Hilton Food Market, Inc. and the Lead Borrower, the principal amount of which does not exceed $383,483.75 at any time outstanding, (ii) other Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.03, and (iii) any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing;

48

(b) Indebtedness of: (i) any Loan Party to any other Loan Party; (ii) any Non-Loan Party Subsidiary to any other Non-Loan Party Subsidiary; (iii) any Loan Party to any Non-Loan Party Subsidiary; and (iv) any Non-Loan Party Subsidiary to any Loan Party, provided that in the case of this clause (iv), the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness owed by any and all Non-Loan Party Subsidiaries to any Loan Party, together with Investments permitted pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of Permitted Investments, shall not exceed $1,500,000 at any time outstanding;

(c) without duplication of Indebtedness described in clauses (a) or (f) of this definition, purchase money Indebtedness of any Loan Party to finance the acquisition of any fixed or capital assets, including Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations, and any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of any such assets or secured by a Lien on any such assets prior to the acquisition thereof, and Permitted Refinancings thereof; provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (c) shall not exceed $50,000,000 at any time outstanding; (provided that the Administrative Agent may impose reserves in its Permitted Discretion with respect to the obligations arising under such transaction); provided further that, if such fixed or capital asset is material to the operation of a Loan Party’s business and is determined by the Collateral Agent in its Permitted Discretion to be reasonably necessary for the Liquidation of ABL Priority Collateral then, if requested by the Collateral Agent, the Loan Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the holders of such Indebtedness to enter into a Collateral Access Agreement on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent;

(d) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof existing or arising under any Swap Contract or any Commodity Price Protection Agreement, provided that such obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates, foreign exchange rates or commodity prices, and not for purposes of speculation or taking a “market view”;

(e) contingent liabilities under surety bonds or similar instruments incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the construction or improvement of Real Estate;

(f) Indebtedness incurred for the construction or acquisition or improvement of, or to finance or to refinance, any Real Estate owned or leased by any Loan Party (including therein any Indebtedness incurred in connection with sale-leaseback transactions permitted hereunder), and any Permitted Refinancing thereof, provided that the Loan Parties shall cause the holders of such Indebtedness to enter into a Collateral Access Agreement on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent;

(g) Indebtedness with respect to the deferred purchase price for any Permitted Acquisition, and any Permitted Refinancing thereof, provided that such Indebtedness does not require the payment in cash of principal (other than in respect of working capital adjustments) prior to the Maturity Date set forth in clause (a) of the definition thereof, has a maturity which extends beyond the Maturity Date set forth in clause (a) of the definition thereof, and is subordinated to the Obligations on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent;

49

(h) Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary of a Loan Party in a Permitted Acquisition, which Indebtedness is existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of a Loan Party (other than Indebtedness incurred solely in contemplation of such Person’s becoming a Subsidiary of a Loan Party), and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(i) the Obligations;

(j) Indebtedness arising under any Indenture and the other Senior Notes Documents (including Indebtedness consisting of Guarantees of the Indenture) and any Permitted Refinancing thereof in accordance with the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement;

(k) unsecured Indebtedness arising under a Guarantee by a Loan Party of obligations of any Non-Loan Party Subsidiary in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

(l) Indebtedness of any Loan Party arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn by such Loan Party in the ordinary course of business against insufficient finds so long as such Indebtedness is promptly repaid;

(m) Indebtedness incurred by a Securitization Entity in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction that is non-recourse Indebtedness with respect to the Loan Parties (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);

(n) Indebtedness of a Loan Party to officers, directors, employees and consultants of such Loan Party, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Parent to the extent permitted by clause (d) of Section 7.06 upon termination, disability or death;

(o) Indebtedness incurred by a Loan Party or any Non-Loan Party Subsidiary in connection with the financing of insurance premiums;

(p) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to a Guarantee of Indebtedness permitted under this definition;

(q) Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business consisting of take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements;

(r) unsecured Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $30,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(s) other Indebtedness incurred when the Payment Conditions shall be satisfied; provided that if any such Indebtedness is secured by a Lien pursuant to clause (w) of the definition of “Permitted Encumbrances”, such Lien shall be subject to an intercreditor agreement on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and

50

(t) Qualifying Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the difference between (i) $600,000,000 (plus, in the case of any such Qualifying Indebtedness incurred to Refinance any Indebtedness otherwise permitted hereunder, the unpaid accrued interest and premiums on such Indebtedness being Refinanced and the underwriting discounts, defeasance costs, fees, commissions and expenses in connection with the incurrence of such Qualifying Indebtedness) and (ii) the principal amount of the Senior Notes outstanding pursuant to clause (j) above; provided that if any such Qualifying Indebtedness is secured by any Lien pursuant to clause (x) of the definition of “Permitted Encumbrances”, such Lien shall be subject to a Qualifying Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement.

“Permitted Investments” means each of the following, as long as, in the case of clause (a) and, to extent the consideration for making such Investment is cash, clauses (b) (in the case of replacement Investments after the Effective Date), (c)(ii), (i), (k), (l), (m) and (n), no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time such Investment is made, or would arise from the making of such Investment:

(a) Cash Equivalents;

(b) Investments existing on the Effective Date and set forth on Schedule 7.02, and Investments that replace such Investments, provided that such Investments are Permitted Investments;

(c) (i) Investments by any Loan Party and its Subsidiaries in their respective Subsidiaries outstanding on the date hereof, (ii) additional Investments by any Loan Party and its Subsidiaries in Loan Parties (other than the Parent), and (iii) additional Investments by Subsidiaries of the Loan Parties that are not Loan Parties in other Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties;

(d) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss;

(e) Guarantees constituting Permitted Indebtedness;

(f) Investments by any Loan Party in Swap Contracts permitted hereunder;

(g) Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with, customers and suppliers, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

51

(h) advances to officers, directors and employees of the Loan Parties and Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(i) Investments in Non-Loan Party Subsidiaries, together with Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (b)(iv) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,500,000 at any time outstanding;

(j) Investments constituting Permitted Acquisitions;

(k) capital contributions made by any Loan Party to another Loan Party;

(l) Investments made in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction;

(m) Investments in the form of promissory notes or other non-cash consideration received by any Loan Party from purchasers of any assets in connection with Permitted Dispositions;

(n) other Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,500,000 in any Fiscal Year; and

(o) other Investments if the Payment Conditions are satisfied;

provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Cash Dominion Event, no such Investments specified in clause (a) shall be permitted unless either (i) no Loans are outstanding or (ii) (A) the Investment is a temporary Investment pending expiration of an Interest Period for a LIBO Rate Loan, the proceeds of which Investment will be applied to the Obligations after the expiration of such Interest Period, and (B) such Investments are pledged to the Collateral Agent as additional collateral for the Obligations pursuant to such agreements as may be reasonably required by the Collateral Agent.

“Permitted Overadvance” means an Overadvance made by the Administrative Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, which:

(a) Is made to maintain, protect or preserve the Collateral and/or the Credit Parties’ rights under the Loan Documents or which is otherwise for the benefit of the Credit Parties; or

(b) Is made to enhance the likelihood of, or to maximize the amount of, repayment of any Obligation; or

(c) Is made to pay any other amount chargeable to any Loan Party hereunder; and

(d) Together with all other Permitted Overadvances then outstanding, shall not (i) exceed ten percent (10%) of the Borrowing Base at any time or (ii) unless a Liquidation is occurring, remain outstanding for more than forty-five (45) consecutive Business Days, unless in the case of clause (ii) above, the Required Lenders otherwise agree;

52

provided, however, that the foregoing shall not (i) modify or abrogate any of the provisions of Section 2.03 regarding the Lenders’ obligations with respect to Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans, or (ii) result in any claim or liability against the Administrative Agent (regardless of the amount of any Overadvance) for Unintentional Overadvances, and such Unintentional Overadvances shall not reduce the amount of Permitted Overadvances allowed hereunder; provided further that in no event shall the Administrative Agent make an Overadvance if, after giving effect thereto, the principal amount of the Credit Extensions would exceed the Aggregate Commitments (as in effect prior to any termination of the Commitments pursuant to Section 2.06 hereof).

“Permitted Refinancing” means, with respect to any Person, any Indebtedness issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund (collectively, to “Refinance”), the Indebtedness being Refinanced; provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so Refinanced (plus unpaid accrued interest and premiums thereon and underwriting discounts, defeasance costs, fees, commissions and expenses), (b) the weighted average life to maturity of such Permitted Refinancing is greater than or equal to weighted average life to maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced, (c) such Permitted Refinancing shall not require any scheduled principal payments due prior to the Maturity Date set forth in clause (a) of the definition thereof in excess of, or prior to, the scheduled principal payments due prior to such Maturity Date set forth in clause (a) of the definition thereof for the Indebtedness being Refinanced, (d) if the Indebtedness being Refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations under this Agreement, such Permitted Refinancing shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Credit Parties as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being Refinanced, (e) no Permitted Refinancing shall have additional direct or indirect obligors, or greater guarantees or security, than the Indebtedness being Refinanced, (f) such Permitted Refinancing shall be otherwise on market terms for similar Indebtedness, including, without limitation, with respect to financial and other covenants and events of default, (g) the interest rate applicable to any such Permitted Refinancing does not exceed the then applicable market interest rate, and (h) at the time thereof, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained herein, a refinancing of the 2015 Senior Notes pursuant to the terms of the 2017 Refinancing Senior Notes shall constitute a Permitted Refinancing of the 2015 Senior Notes hereunder.

“Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, limited partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

“Pharmaceutical Laws” means federal, state and local laws, rules or regulations, codes, orders, decrees, judgments or injunctions issued, promulgated, approved or entered, relating to dispensing, storing or distributing prescription medicines or products, including laws, rules or regulations relating to the qualifications of Persons employed to do the same.

53

“Plan” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established by a Loan Party or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.

“Platform” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.

“Prepayment Event” means:

(a) Any Disposition (including pursuant to a sale and leaseback transaction, but excluding any Disposition permitted pursuant to clauses (a), (c), (d), (e), (f) and (g) of the definition of Permitted Dispositions) of any ABL Priority Collateral of a Loan Party; provided that any individual Disposition or series of related Dispositions for which any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries receives Net Proceeds in an amount not to exceed $2,500,000 prior to the occurrence of a Cash Dominion Event shall not be deemed a Prepayment Event;

(b) Any casualty or other insured damage to, or any taking under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding of, any ABL Priority Collateral of a Loan Party unless, prior to the occurrence of a Cash Dominion Event, the proceeds therefrom are utilized for purposes of replacing or repairing the assets in respect of which such proceeds, awards or payments were received within 180 days of the occurrence of the damage to or loss of the assets being repaired or replaced; provided that any individual casualty or other insured damage to, or taking under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding of, any property or asset of a Loan Party for which any Loan Party receives Net Proceeds in an amount not to exceed $2,500,000 prior to the occurrence of a Cash Dominion Event shall not be deemed a Prepayment Event; or

(c) The incurrence by a Loan Party of any Indebtedness for borrowed money other than Permitted Indebtedness.

“Prescription Lists” means lists of customers for which specific prescription information is maintained in the ordinary course of business of a Borrower.

“Prime Rate” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America as its “prime rate”; (b) the Federal Funds Rate for such day, plus 0.50%; and (c) the LIBO Rate for a one month interest period as determined on such day, plus 1.0%. The “prime rate” is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors including Bank of America’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in Bank of America’s prime rate, the Federal Funds Rate or the LIBO Rate, respectively, shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

“Prime Rate Loan” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Prime Rate.

54

“Pro Forma”, “Pro Forma basis” or “Pro Forma Effect” means with respect to any determination for any Pro Forma Transaction and any Measurement Period, that such determination shall be made by giving pro forma effect to such Pro Forma Transaction and each Pro Forma Transaction that has occurred during such Measurement Period or subsequent to the end of such Measurement Period but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the applicable calculation is made, in each case as if each such Pro Forma Transaction had been consummated on the first day of such Measurement Period, based on historical results accounted for in accordance with GAAP or otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and including, to the extent applicable, reasonable assumptions and cost savings that are reasonably expected to be realized as a result of such Pro Forma Transaction, which either are reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent or are permitted or required by Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933, and are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable and are projected by the Lead Borrower in good faith to result from actions taken within 12 months after the end of such Measurement Period in which such Pro Forma Transaction occurred and which are specified in reasonable detail in the relevant Compliance Certificate, financial statement or other document provided to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection herewith; provided that at the election of the Borrower, Pro Forma Effect shall not be required to be determined for any Pro Format Transaction to the extent the aggregate consideration in connection therewith is less than $3,000,000. In preparation of any financial statements on a Pro Forma Basis, impacts of purchase accounting will not be taken into account.

“Pro Forma Transaction” means any Investment, any Permitted Acquisition or any Disposition of all of the Equity Interests of a Subsidiary or a business unit, line of business or division or a Store of the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower, in each case whether by merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise, or any incurrence or repayment or prepayment of Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes), Restricted Payment and any other event that by the terms of this Agreement requires such test to be calculated on a “Pro Forma Basis” or after giving “Pro Forma Effect”.

“Public Market” shall exist if a Public Offering has been consummated.

“Public Offering” means a public offering of the Equity Interests of the Lead Borrower pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than a registration statement on Form S-8) under the Securities Act of 1933.

“Qualified Securitization Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by a Loan Party or any Subsidiary pursuant to which (a) such Loan Party or Subsidiary may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to a Securitization Entity its interests in Receivables and Related Assets and (b) such Securitization Entity transfers to any other Person, or grants a Lien in, such Receivables and Related Assets, pursuant to a transaction customary in the industry which is used to achieve a transfer of financial assets under GAAP.

“Qualifying Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of any Loan Party (i) which is either unsecured or secured by a Lien pursuant to clause (x) of the definition of Permitted Encumbrances which is subject to the terms of a Qualifying Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement and, with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral, is junior and subordinate to the Lien of the

55

Collateral Agent and (ii) no part of the principal of which is required to be paid (whether by way of mandatory sinking fund, mandatory redemption, mandatory prepayment or otherwise) prior to the date that is six months after the Maturity Date set forth in clause (a) of the definition thereof.

“Qualifying Pari Passi Intercreditor Agreement” means (a) the Intercreditor Agreement or (b) any other agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and entered into by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Indenture Trustee or any other agent for the holders of any Qualifying Indebtedness that is secured by Liens on the Collateral ranking junior to the Lien of the Collateral Agent with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral.

“Real Estate” means all Leases and all land, together with the buildings, structures, parking areas, and other improvements thereon, now or hereafter owned by any Loan Party, including all easements, rights-of-way, and similar rights relating thereto and all leases, tenancies, and occupancies thereof.

“Receivables and Related Assets” means any account receivable (whether now existing or arising thereafter) of a Loan Party or any Subsidiary, and any assets related thereto including all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and contract rights and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which Lien are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable.

“Receivables Reserves” means such Reserves as may be established from time to time by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion with respect to the determination of the collectability in the ordinary course of Eligible Trade Receivables and Eligible Health Care Receivables.

“Recipient” means the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder.

“Refinance” has the meaning provided in the definition of “Permitted Refinancing”. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” have meanings correlative thereto.

“Refinancing Dividend” means a Restricted Payment to be made in cash by the Parent to its shareholders within thirty (30) days of the issuance of the 2017 Refinancing Senior Notes (but in any event on or before [June 30, 2013]) in an amount not to exceed $100,000,000.

“Register” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(c).

“Registered Public Accounting Firm” has the meaning specified by the Securities Laws and shall be independent of the Parent and its Subsidiaries as prescribed by the Securities Laws.

“Related Parties” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

56

“Reportable Event” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived.

“Reports” has the meaning provided in Section 9.11(b).

“Request for Credit Extension” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing of Committed Loans, a Committed Loan Notice, (b) with respect to a conversion or continuation of Committed Loans, a Conversion/Continuation Notice, (c) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application, and (d) with respect to a Swing Line Loan, a Swing Line Loan Notice.

“Required Lenders” means, as of any date of determination, at least two Lenders (other than Lenders who are subject to the Sponsor Group Limitations) holding more than 50% of the Aggregate Commitments or, if the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 8.02, at least two Lenders (other than Lenders who are subject to the Sponsor Group Limitations) holding in the aggregate more than 50% of the Total Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition); provided that the Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders; provided further that the Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, members of the Sponsor Group shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders at all times during which the Sponsor Group is subject to the Sponsor Group Limitations.

“Reserves” means all (if any) Inventory Reserves, Availability Reserves and Receivables Reserves.

“Responsible Officer” means the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, controller, treasurer or assistant treasurer of a Loan Party or any of the other individuals designated in writing to the Administrative Agent by an existing Responsible Officer of a Loan Party as an authorized signatory of any certificate or other document to be delivered hereunder. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

“Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any capital stock or other Equity Interest of any Person or any of its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, upon the liquidation or dissolution of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries), or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such capital stock or other Equity Interest, or on account of any return of capital to such Person’s stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent of any thereof).

57

“Restricted Payment Conditions” means, at the time of determination with respect to any specified transaction or payment, that (a) no Default or Event of Default then exists or would arise as a result of entering into such transaction or payment, and (b) either (i) the Borrowers have projected Availability on a Pro Forma Basis for each of the seven (7) Fiscal Periods immediately following such transaction or payment greater than 50% of the Loan Cap, or (ii)(A) the Availability Condition has been satisfied, and (B) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, calculated based upon the most recent Measurement Period, was equal to or greater than 1.10:1.00. Prior to undertaking any transaction or payment which is subject to the Restricted Payment Conditions, the Loan Parties shall deliver to the Administrative Agent (x) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower certifying that the conditions contained in clauses (a) and (b)(i) or (b)(ii) of the preceding sentence have been satisfied, and (y) forecasts prepared in good faith by management of the Lead Borrower of Consolidated balance sheets, statements of income or operations and cash flows, and Availability projections on a Fiscal Period basis for the immediately following seven Fiscal Periods, which projected financial information shall give due consideration to results for prior Fiscal Periods, shall give effect to the proposed transaction or payment and shall be in a form and based upon assumptions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and any successor thereto.

“Sarbanes-Oxley” means the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended and in effect from time to time.

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

“Securities Laws” means the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Sarbanes-Oxley, and the applicable accounting and auditing principles, rules, standards and practices promulgated, approved or incorporated by the SEC or the PCAOB.

“Securitization Entity” means a Subsidiary of the Parent to which a Loan Party or its Subsidiary transfers Receivables and Related Assets that engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Receivables and Related Assets and that is designated by the Parent’s board of directors (as provided below) as a Securitization Entity and: (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which: (i) is guaranteed by a Loan Party (excluding guarantees (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings); (ii) is recourse to or obligates any Loan Party (other than such Securitization Entity) in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; or (iii) subjects any property or asset of any Loan Party (other than such Securitization Entity), directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; (b) with which no Loan Party (other than such Securitization Entity) has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms not materially less favorable to the Loan Party than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Loan Parties, other than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing accounts receivable; and (c) to which no Loan Party (other than such Securitization Entity) has any obligation to

58

maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. Any designation of a Subsidiary as a Securitization Entity shall be evidenced to the Administrative Agent by delivering to the Administrative Agent a certified copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Parent giving effect to the designation and a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent certifying that the designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by the Agreement.

“Securitization Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of Receivables and Related Assets in a Qualified Securitization Transaction to repurchase Receivables and Related Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise that are customary for receivables of Securitization Financings, including, without limitation, as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

“Security Agreement” means the Guarantee and Security Agreement dated as of October 9, 2009 among the Loan Parties and the Collateral Agent, as amended, modified, supplemented or replaced and in effect from time to time.

“Security Documents” means the Security Agreement, the Trademark Security Agreement, the Blocked Account Agreements, the Credit Card Notifications, the Lancaster Mortgage, and each other security agreement or other instrument or document executed and delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document granting a Lien to secure any of the Obligations.

“Senior Notes” means, collectively, the 2015 Senior Notes and the 2017 Refinancing Senior Notes, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with Section 7.12.

“Senior Notes Documents” means the 2015 Senior Notes Documents and the 2017 Refinancing Senior Notes Documents, in each case as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with Section 7.12.

“Senior Notes Maturity Reserve” means during any Senior Notes Reserve Period, an amount equal to the then outstanding principal balance of the 2015 Senior Notes outstanding, which Senior Notes Maturity Reserve shall remain in place (but shall be reduced to give effect to any payments of the 2015 Senior Notes made during such Senior Notes Reserve Period to the extent such payments are permitted hereunder) until the earlier of the repayment of the 2015 Senior Notes (whether pursuant to any Permitted Refinancing or otherwise) or the extension of the maturity date of the 2015 Senior Notes to a date which is at least ninety (90) days after the date set forth in clause (a) of the definition of “Maturity Date”.

“Senior Notes Reserve Period” means the period during which the Maturity Date is determined by clause (a) of the definition of “Maturity Date”, beginning on the date that occurs 60 days prior to the scheduled maturity date of the 2015 Senior Notes and ending on the earlier of the repayment in full of the 2015 Senior Notes (whether pursuant to any Permitted Refinancing or otherwise) or the extension of the maturity date of the 2015 Senior Notes to a date which is at least ninety (90) days after the date set forth in clause (a) of the definition of “Maturity Date”.

59

“Settlement Date” has the meaning provided in Section 2.14(a).

“Shareholders’ Equity” means, as of any date of determination, consolidated shareholders’ equity of the Parent and its Subsidiaries as of that date determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Shrink” means Inventory which has been lost, misplaced, stolen, or is otherwise unaccounted for.

“Solvent” and “Solvency” means, with respect to any Person on a particular date, that on such date (a) at fair valuation, all of the properties and assets of such Person are greater than the sum of the debts, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair saleable value of the properties and assets of such Person is not less than the amount that would be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts mature, and (d) such Person is not engaged in a business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in a business or transaction, for which such Person’s properties and assets would constitute unreasonably small capital after giving due consideration to the prevailing practices in the industry in which such Person is engaged. The amount of all contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at the time, can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

“Sponsor” means, collectively, Morgan Stanley Capital Partners V U.S. Holdco, LLC, Graycliff Partners and each of their respective Affiliates (but not including, however, any of their respective portfolio companies).

“Sponsor Group” means the Sponsor, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Morgan Stanley Bank and their respective Affiliates.

“Sponsor Group Limitations” means, with respect to any member of the Sponsor Group that at any time holds any portion of the Obligations or Commitments, such Person(s) shall have no right whatsoever with respect to that portion of the Commitments which it holds (i) to consent to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other such action with respect to any of the terms of any Loan Document, except with respect to those matters designated in clauses (a) through (f) and (h) through (k) of Section 10.01, (ii) otherwise to vote on any matter related to any Loan Document which requires only the consent of the Required Lenders, (iii) to require the Agents or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to any Loan Document unless such requirement is consistent with this definition and made solely in its capacity as a Lender and is one which lenders from time to time make under loan documents of similar banking facilities, (iv) to attend any meeting with the Agents or any Lender at which the Borrower is not in attendance or receive any “for-lenders-only” information relating to the Loans or Loan Documents from the Agents or any Lender other than Borrowing Base Certificates, financial statements and projections, (v) to the benefit of any advice provided by

60

counsel to the Agents or the other Lenders or to challenge the attorney-client privilege of the communications between the Agents, such other Lenders and such counsel, or (vi) to make or bring any claim, in its capacity as Lender, against the Agents with respect to the fiduciary duties of the Agents or such Lender and the other duties and obligations of the Agents hereunder; provided that no amendment, modification or waiver to any Loan Document shall, without the consent of the Sponsor Group, deprive any such Person of its right to receive its pro rata share of any payments to which the Lenders as a group are otherwise entitled at the same time and on the same conditions as the other Lenders receive their respective pro rata shares of such payments; provided further that, in the event that at any time Bank of America assigns its entire interest in the Obligations, the Sponsor Group shall no longer be subject to the Sponsor Group Limitations.

“Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by a Loan Party that are reasonably customary in an accounts receivable securitization transaction, including without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Entity; it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation that is customary in a Qualified Securitization Transaction shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

“Standby Letter of Credit” means any Letter of Credit that is not a Commercial Letter of Credit and that (a) is used in lieu or in support of performance guaranties or performance, surety or similar bonds (excluding appeal bonds) arising in the ordinary course of business, (b) is used in lieu or in support of stay or appeal bonds, (c) supports the payment of insurance premiums for reasonably necessary casualty insurance carried by any of the Loan Parties, or (d) supports payment or performance for identified purchases or exchanges of products or services in the ordinary course of business.

“Stated Amount” means at any time the maximum amount for which a Letter of Credit may be honored.

“Statutory Reserve Rate” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the FRB to which the Administrative Agent is subject with respect to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board). Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D. LIBO Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

“Store” means any retail store (which may include any real property, fixtures, equipment, inventory and other property related thereto) operated, or to be operated, by any Loan Party.

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the Obligations and which is in form and on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

61

“Subsidiary” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of a Loan Party.

“Supermajority Lenders” means, as of any date of determination, at least two Lenders (other than Lenders who are subject to the Sponsor Group Limitations) holding more than 66 ²/₃% of the Aggregate Commitments or, if the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 8.02, at least two Lenders (other than Lenders who are subject to the Sponsor Group Limitations) holding in the aggregate more than 66 ²/₃% of the Total Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition); provided that the Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Supermajority Lenders; provided further that the Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, members of the Sponsor Group shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Supermajority Lenders at all times during which the Sponsor Group is subject to the Sponsor Group Limitations.

“Swap Contract” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement, and (c) any Commodity Price Protection Agreement.

“Swap Termination Value” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).

62

“Swing Line” means the revolving credit facility made available by the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04.

“Swing Line Borrowing” means a borrowing of a Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section 2.04.

“Swing Line Lender” means Bank of America, in its capacity as provider of Swing Line Loans, or any successor swing line lender hereunder.

“Swing Line Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(a).

“Swing Line Loan Notice” means a notice of a Swing Line Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.04(b), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

“Swing Line Sublimit” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $10,000,000 or (b) the Aggregate Commitments. The Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Aggregate Commitments.

“Synthetic Lease Obligation” means the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease, or (b) an agreement for the use or possession of property (including sale and leaseback transactions), in each case, creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the application of any Debtor Relief Laws to such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).

“Tax Distributions” means Restricted Payments made to a direct or indirect member of a Loan Party in respect of any taxable period in an aggregate amount for all members equal to the product of (a) the taxable income of the Loan Parties for such period and (b) the highest combined marginal federal, state and local tax rate applicable to individuals living in New York City, provided that Tax Distributions may be made not more frequently than quarterly with respect to each period for which an installment of estimated tax would be required to be paid by the direct or indirect members of the Loan Parties, except that an additional final Tax Distribution may be made after the final taxable income of the Loan Parties has been determined.

“Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority in the nature of a tax, including any interest, additions to tax, fees or penalties applicable thereto.

“Termination Date” means the earliest to occur of (i) the Maturity Date, (ii) the date on which the maturity of the Obligations is accelerated (or deemed accelerated) and the Commitments are irrevocably terminated (or deemed terminated) in accordance with Article VIII, or (iii) the date on which the Commitments are irrevocably terminated in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.06.

“Total Outstandings” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans and all L/C Obligations.

63

“Trademark Security Agreement” means the Trademark Security Agreement dated as of October 9, 2009 between the Lead Borrower and the Collateral Agent, as amended, modified, supplemented or replaced and in effect from time to time.

“Trading with the Enemy Act” has the meaning provided in Section 10.18.

“Trust Account” means the Notes Collateral Account, as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement.

“Type” means, with respect to a Committed Loan, its character as a Prime Rate Loan or a LIBO Rate Loan.

“UCC” or “Uniform Commercial Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided, however, that if a term is defined in Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code differently than in another Article thereof, the term shall have the meaning set forth in Article 9; provided further that, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, perfection, or the effect of perfection or non-perfection, of a security interest in any Collateral or the availability of any remedy hereunder is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, “Uniform Commercial Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or effect of perfection or non-perfection or availability of such remedy, as the case may be.

“UFCA” has the meaning provided in Section 10.21(d).

“UFTA” has the meaning provided in Section 10.21(d).

“Unintentional Overadvance” means an Overadvance which, to the Administrative Agent’s knowledge, did not constitute an Overadvance when made but which has become an Overadvance resulting from changed circumstances beyond the control of the Credit Parties, including, without limitation, a reduction in the Appraised Value of property or assets included in the Borrowing Base or misrepresentation by the Loan Parties.

“United States” and “U.S.” mean the United States of America.

“Unreimbursed Amount” has the meaning provided in Section 2.03(c)(i).

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership or other entity of which all of the Equity Interests (other than, in the case of a corporation, directors’ qualifying shares) are directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

64

1.02 Other Interpretive Provisions. With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:

(a) The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document (including any Organization Document) shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein or in any other Loan Document), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (iii) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document, shall be construed to refer to such Loan Document in its entirety and not to any particular provision thereof, (iv) all references in a Loan Document to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, the Loan Document in which such references appear, (v) any reference to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and (vi) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

(b) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including;” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding;” and the word “through” means “to and including.”

(c) Article and Section headings used herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

1.03 Accounting Terms; Pro Forma Effect»

(a) Generally. All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.

(b) Changes in GAAP. If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Lead Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Lead Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in

65

GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders); provided that, until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) the Lead Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.

(c) Pro Forma Effect. All components of financial calculations made to determine Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or compliance with Section 7.15 and the requirements for any Pro Forma Transaction shall be adjusted on a Pro Forma Basis, to include or exclude, as the case may be, without duplication, such components of such calculations attributable to any Pro Forma Transaction consummated after the first day of the applicable period of determination and prior to or concurrently with the time of such determination, as determined in good faith by the Borrower based on assumptions expressed therein and that were reasonable based on the information available to the Borrower at the time of preparation of the Compliance Certificate (or other applicable certificates in the case of Pro Forma Transactions) setting forth such calculations.

1.04 Rounding. Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

1.05 Times of Day. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

1.06 Letter of Credit Amounts. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the Stated Amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided, however, that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms of any Issuer Documents related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the Stated Amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum Stated Amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum Stated Amount is in effect at such time.

ARTICLE II

THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS

2.01 Committed Loans; Reserves.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make loans (each such loan, a “Committed Loan”) to the Borrowers from time to time, on any Business Day during the Availability Period, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the lesser of (x) the amount of such Lender’s Commitment at such time, or (y) such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Borrowing Base at such time, subject in each case to the following limitations:

66

(i) after giving effect to any Committed Borrowing, the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Loan Cap;

(ii) after giving effect to any Committed Borrowing, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Committed Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment; and

(iii) The Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations shall not at any time exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit.

Within the limits of each Lender’s Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrowers may borrow under this Section 2.01, prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.01. Committed Loans may be Prime Rate Loans or LIBO Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

(b) The Inventory Reserves and Availability Reserves as of the Effective Date are set forth in the Borrowing Base Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 4.01(a)(vii) hereof.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall have the right (i) to establish the Senior Notes Maturity Reserve at any time during the Senior Notes Reserve Period, and (ii) at any time and from time to time after the Effective Date in its Permitted Discretion, to establish new, or modify or eliminate any existing, eligibility criteria or Reserves (other than the Senior Notes Maturity Reserve) upon one (1) Business Day prior notice to the Lead Borrower (during which period the Administrative Agent shall be available to discuss any such proposed changes with the Borrowers at reasonable times and upon reasonable advance notice); provided that no such prior notice shall be required (i) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default or (ii) for changes to any Reserves resulting solely by virtue of mathematical calculations of the amount of the Reserve in accordance with the methodology of calculation previously utilized.

2.02 Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Committed Loans.

(a) Committed Loans (other than Swing Line Loans) shall be either Prime Rate Loans or LIBO Rate Loans, as the Lead Borrower may request subject to and in accordance with this Section 2.02. All Swing Line Loans shall be only Prime Rate Loans. Subject to the other provisions of this Section 2.02, Committed Borrowings of more than one Type may be incurred at the same time.

67

(b) Each Committed Borrowing, each conversion of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of LIBO Rate Loans shall be made upon the Lead Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (i) two (2) Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of, LIBO Rate Loans or of any conversion of LIBO Rate Loans to Prime Rate Loans, and (ii) on the date of any Borrowing of Prime Rate Loans. Each telephonic notice by the Lead Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(b) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Committed Loan Notice or Conversion/Continuation Notice, as the case may be, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower. Each Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of, LIBO Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Except as provided in Sections 2.03(c) and 2.04(b), each Borrowing of or conversion to Prime Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $250,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each Committed Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) the requested date of the Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day), (ii) the principal amount of Committed Loans to be borrowed, (iii) the Type of Committed Loans to be borrowed, and (iv) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. Each Conversion/Continuation Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether the Borrowers are requesting a conversion of Committed Loans from one Type to the other or a continuation of LIBO Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Committed Loans to be converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Committed Loans to which existing Committed Loans are to be converted, and (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. If the Lead Borrower fails to specify a Type of Committed Loan in a Committed Loan Notice or if the Lead Borrower fails to give a timely notice of a conversion or continuation in a Conversion/Continuation Notice, then the applicable Committed Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Prime Rate Loans. Any such automatic conversion to Prime Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable LIBO Rate Loans. If the Lead Borrower requests a Borrowing of LIBO Rate Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice or a conversion to, or continuation of, LIBO Rate Loans in a Conversion/Continuation Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Swing Line Loan may not be converted to a LIBO Rate Loan.

(c) Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Applicable Percentage of the applicable Committed Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation in a Conversion/Continuation Notice is provided by the Lead Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Prime Rate Loans described in Section 2.02(b). In the case of a Committed Borrowing, each Lender shall make the amount of its Committed Loan available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 2:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (and, if such Borrowing is the initial Credit

68

Extension, Section 4.01), the Administrative Agent shall use reasonable efforts to make all funds so received available to the Borrowers in like funds by no later than 4:00 p.m. on the day of receipt by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of the Lead Borrower on the books of Bank of America with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Lead Borrower; provided, however, that if, on the date the Committed Loan Notice with respect to such Borrowing is given by the Lead Borrower, there are L/C Borrowings outstanding, then the proceeds of such Borrowing, first, shall be applied to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowings, and, second, shall be made available to the Borrowers as provided above.

(d) The Administrative Agent, without the request of the Lead Borrower, may advance any interest, fee, service charge, Credit Party Expense, or other payment to which any Credit Party is entitled from the Loan Parties pursuant hereto or any other Loan Document and may charge the same to the Loan Account notwithstanding that an Overadvance may result thereby. The Administrative Agent shall advise the Lead Borrower of any such advance or charge promptly after the making thereof. Such action on the part of the Administrative Agent shall not constitute a waiver of the Administrative Agent’s rights and the Borrowers’ obligations under Section 2.05. Any amount which is added to the principal balance of the Loan Account as provided in this Section 2.02(d) shall bear interest at the interest rate then and thereafter applicable to Prime Rate Loans.

(e) Except as otherwise provided herein, a LIBO Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such LIBO Rate Loan. During the existence of an Event of Default, no Loans may be requested as, converted to, or continued as, LIBO Rate Loans without the Consent of the Required Lenders.

(f) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Lead Borrower and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for LIBO Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. At any time that Prime Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Lead Borrower and the Lenders of any change in Bank of America’s prime rate used in determining the Prime Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.

(g) After giving effect to all Committed Borrowings, all conversions of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Committed Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than four (4) Interest Periods in effect with respect to LIBO Rate Loans.

(h) The Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Swing Line Lender and the L/C Issuer shall have no obligation to make any Loan or to provide any Letter of Credit if an Overadvance would result. The Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, make Permitted Overadvances without the consent of the Lenders, the Swing Line Lender and the L/C Issuer and each Lender shall be bound thereby. Any Permitted Overadvance may constitute a Swing Line Loan. A Permitted Overadvance

69

is for the account of the Borrowers and shall constitute a Prime Rate Loan and an Obligation and shall be repaid by the Borrowers in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.05(c). The making of any such Permitted Overadvance on any one occasion shall not obligate the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make or permit any Permitted Overadvance on any other occasion or to permit such Permitted Overadvances to remain outstanding. The making by the Administrative Agent of a Permitted Overadvance shall not modify or abrogate any of the provisions of Section 2.03 regarding the Lenders’ obligations to purchase participations with respect to Letters of Credit or of Section 2.04 regarding the Lenders’ obligations to purchase participations with respect to Swing Line Loans. The Administrative Agent shall have no liability for, and no Loan Party or Credit Party shall have the right to, or shall, bring any claim of any kind whatsoever against the Administrative Agent with respect to Unintentional Overadvances regardless of the amount of any such Overadvances.

2.03 Letters of Credit.

(a) The Letter of Credit Commitment.

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) the L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the Lenders set forth in this Section 2.03, (1) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Effective Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrowers, and to amend or extend Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 2.03(b) below, and (2) to honor drawings under the Letters of Credit, and (B) the Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Borrowers and any drawings thereunder; provided that, after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension with respect to any Letter of Credit, (x) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Loan Cap, (y) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Committed Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, and (z) the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit. Each request by the Lead Borrower for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by the Borrowers that the L/C Credit Extension so requested complies with the conditions set forth in the proviso to the preceding sentence. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrowers’ ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Borrowers may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed. All Existing Letters of Credit shall be deemed to have been issued pursuant hereto, and from and after the Effective Date shall be subject to and governed by the terms and conditions hereof.

70

(ii) The L/C Issuer shall not issue any Letter of Credit, if:

(A) subject to Section 2.03(b)(iii), the expiry date of such requested Standby Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last extension, unless the Required Lenders have approved such expiry date; or

(B) subject to Section 2.03(b)(iii), the expiry date of such requested Commercial Letter of Credit would occur more than 120 days after the date of issuance or last extension, unless the Required Lenders have approved such expiry date; or

(C) the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless either such Letter of Credit is Cash Collateralized on or prior to the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit (or such later date as to which the Admnistrative Agent may agree) or all the Lenders have approved such expiry date.

(iii) The L/C Issuer shall not be required to issue any Letter of Credit if:

(A) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the L/C Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to the L/C Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or request that the L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Effective Date, or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Effective Date and which the L/C Issuer in good faith deems material to it;

(B) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of the L/C Issuer applicable to letters of credit generally;

(C) except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer, such Letter of Credit is in an initial Stated Amount less than $25,000, in the case of a Commercial Letter of Credit, or $100,000, in the case of a Standby Letter of Credit;

(D) such Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars; provided that if the L/C Issuer, in its discretion, issues a Letter of Credit denominated in a currency other than Dollars, all reimbursements by the Borrowers of the honoring of any drawing under such Letter of Credit shall be paid in the currency in which such Letter of Credit was denominated;

71

(E) such Letter of Credit contains any provisions for automatic reinstatement of the Stated Amount after any drawing thereunder; or

(F) any Lender is at that time a Defaulting Lender, unless the L/C Issuer has entered into arrangements, including the delivery of Cash Collateral, satisfactory to the L/C Issuer (in its sole discretion) with the Borrowers or such Lender to eliminate the L/C Issuer’s Fronting Exposure with respect to the Defaulting Lender arising from either the Letter of Credit then proposed to be issued or that Letter of Credit and all other L/C Obligations as to which the L/C Issuer has Fronting Exposure, in each case to the extent applicable after giving effect to Section 2.16(a)(iv).

(iv) The L/C Issuer shall not amend any Letter of Credit if the L/C Issuer would not be permitted at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof or if the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

(v) The L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and the L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in Article IX included the L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to the L/C Issuer.

(b) Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Extension Letters of Credit.

(i) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Lead Borrower delivered to the L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. at least two Business Days (or such other date and time as the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in their sole discretion) prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the L/C Issuer: (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (G) the identity of the Borrower for the account of which such Letter of Credit is requested to be issued;

72

and (H) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may reasonably require. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the L/C Issuer: (A) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (B) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (C) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (D) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may require. Additionally, the Lead Borrower shall furnish to the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Issuer Documents, as the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent may reasonably require.

(ii) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the L/C Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the Lead Borrower and, if not, the L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Unless the L/C Issuer has received written notice from any Lender, the Administrative Agent or any Loan Party, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in Article IV shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the applicable Borrower or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with the L/C Issuer’s usual and customary business practices. Immediately upon the issuance or amendment of each Letter of Credit, each Lender shall be deemed to (without any further action), and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the L/C Issuer, without recourse or warranty, a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage times the Stated Amount of such Letter of Credit. Upon any change in the Commitments under this Agreement, it is hereby agreed that with respect to all L/C Obligations, there shall be an automatic adjustment to the participations hereby created to reflect the new Applicable Percentages of the assigning and assignee Lenders.

(iii) If the Lead Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the L/C Issuer may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree to issue a Standby Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “Auto-Extension Letter of Credit”); provided that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit the L/C Issuer to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Standby Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “Non-Extension Notice Date”) in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Standby Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the L/C Issuer, the Lead Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the L/C Issuer for any such extension. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the L/C Issuer to permit the extension of such Standby Letter

73

of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided, however, that the L/C Issuer shall not permit any such extension if (A) the L/C Issuer has determined that it would not be permitted, or would have no obligation, at such time to issue such Standby Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clauses (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.03(a) or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is five Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date (1) from the Administrative Agent that the Required Lenders have elected not to permit such extension or (2) from the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Lead Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied, and in each such case directing the L/C Issuer not to permit such extension.

(iv) Any L/C Issuer (other than Bank of America or any of its Affiliates) shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing once each week of all Letters of Credit issued during the immediately preceding week by such L/C Issuer, provided that (A) until the Administrative Agent advises any such Issuing Bank that the provisions of Section 4.02 are not satisfied, or (B) the aggregate amount of the Letters of Credit issued in any such week exceeds such amount as shall be agreed by the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer, such L/C Issuer shall be required to so notify the Administrative Agent in writing only once each week of the Letters of Credit issued by such L/C Issuer during the immediately preceding week as well as the daily amounts outstanding for the prior week, such notice to be furnished on such day of the week as the Administrative Agent and such L/C Issuer may agree. The L/C Issuer will also deliver (contemporaneously with the notification set forth in the first sentence hereof) to the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

(v) Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the L/C Issuer will also deliver to the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

(c) Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations.

(i) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall notify the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof; provided, however, that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrowers of their obligation to reimburse the L/C Issuer and the Lenders with respect to any such payment. Not later than 11:00 a.m. on the Business Day immediately after the date of any payment by the L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit (each such Business Day, an “Honor Date”), the Borrowers shall reimburse the L/C Issuer through the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing. If the Borrowers fail to so reimburse the L/C Issuer by such time, the

74

Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (the “Unreimbursed Amount”), and the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. In such event, the Borrowers shall be deemed to have requested a Committed Borrowing of Prime Rate Loans to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02 for the principal amount of Prime Rate Loans, but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Aggregate Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than the delivery of a Committed Loan Notice). Any notice given by the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)(i) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.

(ii) Each Lender shall, upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i), make funds available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer at the Administrative Agent’s Office in an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 2:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(c)(iii), each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Prime Rate Loan to the Borrowers in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the L/C Issuer.

(iii) With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Committed Borrowing of Prime Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Borrowers shall be deemed to have incurred from the L/C Issuer an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. In such event, each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.03.

(iv) Until each Lender funds its Committed Loan or L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) to reimburse the L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such amount shall be solely for the account of the L/C Issuer.

(v) Each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans or L/C Advances to reimburse the L/C Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 2.03(c), shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the L/C Issuer, any Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or an Event of Default, or (C) any other

75

occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided, however, that each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than delivery by the Lead Borrower of a Committed Loan Notice). No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrowers to reimburse the L/C Issuer for the amount of any payment made by the L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.

(vi) If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03(c) by the time specified in Section 2.03(c)(ii), the L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the L/C Issuer in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the L/C Issuer in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Committed Loan included in the relevant Committed Borrowing or L/C Advance in respect of the relevant L/C Borrowing, as the case may be. A certificate of the L/C Issuer submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Repayment of Participations.

(i) At any time after the L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Lender such Lender’s L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with Section 2.03(c), if the Administrative Agent receives for the account of the L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the Borrowers or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s L/C Advance was outstanding) in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.

(ii) If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer its Applicable Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

76

(e) Obligations Absolute. The obligation of the Borrowers to reimburse the L/C Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other Loan Document;

(ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that the Borrowers or any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;

(iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;

(iv) any payment by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law;

(v) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries; or

(vi) the fact that any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

The Lead Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Lead Borrower’s instructions or other irregularity, the Lead Borrower will promptly notify the L/C Issuer. The Borrowers shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against the L/C Issuer and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.

77

(f) Role of L/C Issuer. Each Lender and the Borrowers agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Required Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; (iii) any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit or any error in interpretation of technical terms; or (iv) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Issuer Document. The Borrowers hereby assume all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided, however, that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrowers’ pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the L/C Issuer shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (v) of Section 2.03(e); provided, however, that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrowers may have a claim against the L/C Issuer, and the L/C Issuer may be liable to the Borrowers, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrowers which the Borrowers prove were caused by the L/C Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or the L/C Issuer’s willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance, and not in limitation, of the foregoing, the L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary (or the L/C Issuer may refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit), and the L/C Issuer shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

(g) Cash Collateral. Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, (i) if the L/C Issuer has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an L/C Borrowing, or (ii) if, as of the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, any L/C Obligation for any reason remains outstanding, the Borrowers shall, in each case, immediately Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations. Sections 2.05 and 8.02(c) set forth certain additional requirements to deliver Cash Collateral hereunder. For purposes of this Section 2.03,

78

Section 2.05 and Section 8.02(c), “Cash Collateralize” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuer and the Lenders, as collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances in an amount equal to one hundred five percent (105%) of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer (which documents are hereby Consented to by the Lenders). The Borrowers hereby grant to the Collateral Agent a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing. Cash Collateral shall be maintained in blocked, non-interest bearing deposit accounts at Bank of America. If, at any time, the Administrative Agent reasonably determines that any funds held as Cash Collateral are subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent or that the total amount of such funds is less than the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, the Borrowers will, forthwith upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay to the Administrative Agent, as additional funds to be deposited as Cash Collateral, an amount equal to the excess of (x) such aggregate Outstanding Amount over (y) the total amount of funds, if any, then held as Cash Collateral that the Administrative Agent reasonably determines to be free and clear of any such right and claim. Upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit for which funds are on deposit as Cash Collateral, such funds shall be applied, to the extent permitted under applicable Laws, to reimburse the L/C Issuer and, to the extent not so applied, shall thereafter be applied to satisfy other Obligations.

(h) Applicability of ISP and UCP. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the L/C Issuer and the Lead Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued (including any such agreement applicable to an Existing Letter of Credit), (i) the rules of the ISP shall apply to each Standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce at the time of issuance shall apply to each Commercial Letter of Credit.

(i) Letter of Credit Fees. The Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage a Letter of Credit fee (the “Letter of Credit Fee”) for each Letter of Credit equal to the Applicable Margin for LIBO Rate Loans multiplied by the daily Stated Amount under each such Letter of Credit (whether or not such maximum amount is then in effect under such Letter of Credit). For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of the Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06. Letter of Credit Fees shall be (i) due and payable on the first Business Day after the end of each calendar quarter, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand, and (ii) computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. If there is any change in the Applicable Margin during any quarter, the daily amount available to be drawn under of each Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Margin separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Margin was in effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, all Letter of Credit Fees shall accrue at the Default Rate.

79

(j) Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuer. The Borrowers shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account a fronting fee (the “Fronting Fee”) with respect to each Letter of Credit at a rate equal to 0.125% per annum, computed on the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit and payable on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such Fronting Fees shall be due and payable on the first Business Day after the end of each calendar quarter, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of the Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06. In addition, the Borrowers shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer, for its own account, the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of the L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable on demand and are nonrefundable.

(k) Conflict with Issuer Documents. In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control.

2.04 Swing Line Loans.

(a) The Swing Line. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing Line Lender may, in its discretion and in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section 2.04, make loans (each such loan, a “Swing Line Loan”) to the Borrowers from time to time on any Business Day during the Availability Period in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Swing Line Sublimit, notwithstanding the fact that such Swing Line Loans, when aggregated with the Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of Committed Loans and L/C Obligations of the Lender acting as Swing Line Lender, may exceed the amount of such Lender’s Commitment; provided, however, that after giving effect to any Swing Line Loan, (i) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Loan Cap, and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Committed Loans of any Lender at such time, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations at such time, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans at such time shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment; provided further that the Borrowers shall not use the proceeds of any Swing Line Loan to refinance any outstanding Swing Line Loan; provided further that the Swing Line Lender shall not be obligated to make any Swing Line Loan if after giving effect to Section 2.16(a)(iv), it has, or by such Credit Extension may have, Fronting Exposure. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrowers may borrow under this Section 2.04, prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.04. Each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest only at a rate based on the Prime Rate. Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line Loan, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably

80

and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender a risk participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage times the amount of such Swing Line Loan. The Swing Line Lender shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the Swing Line Lender in connection with Swing Line Loans made by it or proposed to be made by it as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in Article IX included the Swing Line Lender with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to the Swing Line Lender.

(b) Borrowing Procedures. Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be made upon the Lead Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be a minimum of $100,000, and (ii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day. Each such telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent of a written Swing Line Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower. Promptly after receipt by the Swing Line Lender of any telephonic Swing Line Loan Notice, the Swing Line Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received such Swing Line Loan Notice and, if not, the Swing Line Lender will notify the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof. Unless the Swing Line Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the Administrative Agent at the request of the Required Lenders prior to 2:00 p.m. on the date of the proposed Swing Line Borrowing (A) directing the Swing Line Lender not to make such Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.04(a), or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Article IV is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender may, in its discretion, not later than 3:00 p.m. on the borrowing date specified in such Swing Line Loan Notice, make the amount of its Swing Line Loan available to the Borrowers at its office by crediting the account of the Lead Borrower on the books of the Swing Line Lender in immediately available funds.

(c) Refinancing of Swing Line Loans.

(i) The Swing Line Lender, at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, may request, on behalf of the Borrowers (which hereby irrevocably authorize the Swing Line Lender to so request on their behalf), that each Lender make a Prime Rate Loan in an amount equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding. Such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Committed Loan Notice for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.02, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Prime Rate Loans, but subject to the unutilized portion of

81

the Aggregate Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. The Swing Line Lender shall furnish the Lead Borrower with a copy of the applicable Committed Loan Notice promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent. Each Lender shall make an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of the amount specified in such Committed Loan Notice available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 2:00 p.m. on the day specified in such Committed Loan Notice, whereupon, subject to Section 2.04(c)(ii), each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Prime Rate Loan to the Borrowers in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swing Line Lender.

(ii) If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Committed Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.04(c)(i), the request for Prime Rate Loans submitted by the Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swing Line Lender that each of the Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan and each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.

(iii) If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.04(c) by the time specified in Section 2.04(c)(i), the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Swing Line Lender in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Swing Line Lender in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Committed Loan included in the relevant Committed Borrowing or funded participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan, as the case may be. A certificate of the Swing Line Lender submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (iii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(iv) Each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrowers or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or Event of Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided, however, that each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. No such funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrowers to repay Swing Line Loans, together with interest as provided herein.

82

(d) Repayment of Participations.

(i) At any time after any Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swing Line Loan, if the Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of such Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Lender its Applicable Percentage of such payment (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s risk participation was funded) in the same funds as those received by the Swing Line Lender.

(ii) If any payment received by the Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by the Swing Line Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Swing Line Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate. The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swing Line Lender. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(e) Interest for Account of Swing Line Lender. The Swing Line Lender shall be responsible for invoicing the Borrowers for interest on the Swing Line Loans. Until each Lender funds its Prime Rate Loan or risk participation pursuant to this Section 2.04 to refinance such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of any Swing Line Loan, interest in respect of such Applicable Percentage shall be solely for the account of the Swing Line Lender.

(f) Payments Directly to Swing Line Lender. The Borrowers shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swing Line Loans directly to the Swing Line Lender.

2.05 Prepayments.

(a) The Borrowers may, upon irrevocable notice from the Lead Borrower to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Committed Loans in whole or in part, without premium or penalty; provided that (i) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (A) two (2) Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of LIBO Rate Loans and (B) on the date of prepayment of Prime Rate Loans; (ii) any prepayment of LIBO Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof; and (iii) any prepayment of Prime Rate Loans shall be in a principal

83

amount of $250,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid and, if LIBO Rate Loans, the Interest Period(s) of such Loans. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Lead Borrower, the Borrowers shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a LIBO Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest on the amount prepaid, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05. Each such prepayment shall be applied to the Committed Loans of the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages.

(b) The Borrowers may, upon irrevocable notice from the Lead Borrower to the Swing Line Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time, voluntarily prepay Swing Line Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (i) such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date of the prepayment, and (ii) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Lead Borrower, the Borrowers shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.

(c) If for any reason the Total Outstandings (determined as of the End of any Business Day) exceed the Loan Cap, as then in effect, the Borrowers shall immediately prepay Loans (including Swing Line Loans) and L/C Borrowings and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (other than L/C Borrowings) in an aggregate amount equal to such excess; provided, however, that the Borrowers shall not be required to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations pursuant to this Section 2.05(c) unless, after the prepayment in full of the Loans, the Total Outstandings exceed the Loan Cap, as then in effect.

(d) After the occurrence and during the continuance of a Cash Dominion Event, the Borrowers shall prepay the Loans in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.13(c) hereof, and (ii) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Borrowers shall Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.02 hereof.

(e) The Borrowers shall prepay the Loans and, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an amount equal to the Net Proceeds (other than, with respect only to the Notes Priority Collateral, that portion of the Net Proceeds (if any) that is then required to be paid to the Note Holders under the Senior Note Documents) received by a Loan Party on account of a Prepayment Event, irrespective of whether or not a Cash Dominion Event then exists and is continuing, which Net Proceeds shall be paid over to the

84

Administrative Agent within two (2) Business Days of receipt (provided that, after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Cash Dominion Event, the Borrowers shall pay such Net Proceeds over to the Administrative Agent immediately upon receipt thereof) and shall be utilized to prepay the Loans in the order of priority set forth in Section 2.05(f). The application of such Net Proceeds to the Loans shall not reduce the Commitments. If all Obligations then due are paid and the L/C Obligations are Cash Collateralized to the extent required above, any excess Net Proceeds shall be remitted to the operating account of the Borrowers maintained with the Administrative Agent.

(f) Prepayments made pursuant to this Section 2.05, first, shall be applied ratably to the L/C Borrowings and the Swing Line Loans, second, shall be applied ratably to the outstanding Committed Loans, third, shall be used to Cash Collateralize the remaining L/C Obligations, and, fourth, the amount remaining, if any, after the prepayment in full of all L/C Borrowings, Swing Line Loans and Committed Loans outstanding at such time and the Cash Collateralization of the remaining L/C Obligations in full may be retained by the Borrowers for use in the ordinary course of its business. Upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit that has been Cash Collateralized, the funds held as Cash Collateral shall be applied (without any further action by or notice to or from the Borrowers or any other Loan Party) to reimburse the L/C Issuer or the Lenders, as applicable.

2.06 Termination or Reduction of Commitments.

(a) The Borrowers may, upon irrevocable notice from the Lead Borrower to the Administrative Agent, terminate the Aggregate Commitments, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit or from time to time permanently reduce the Aggregate Commitments, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit; provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. two (2) Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $5,000,000 or any whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, and (iii) the Borrowers shall not terminate or reduce (A) the Aggregate Commitments if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Total Outstandings would exceed the Aggregate Commitments, (B) the Letter of Credit Sublimit if, after giving effect thereto, the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations not fully Cash Collateralized hereunder would exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit, and (C) the Swing Line Sublimit if, after giving effect thereto, and to any concurrent payments hereunder, the Outstanding Amount of Swing Line Loans hereunder would exceed the Swing Line Sublimit.

(b) If, after giving effect to any reduction of the Aggregate Commitments, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit exceeds the amount of the Aggregate Commitments, such Letter of Credit Sublimit or Swing Line Sublimit shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess.

85

(c) The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any termination or reduction of the Letter of Credit Sublimit, Swing Line Sublimit or the Aggregate Commitments under this Section 2.06. Upon any reduction of the Aggregate Commitments, the Commitment of each Lender shall be reduced by such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such reduction amount. All fees (including, without limitation, Commitment Fees and Letter of Credit Fees) and interest in respect of the Aggregate Commitments accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Aggregate Commitments shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.

2.07 Repayment of Loans.

(a) The Borrowers shall repay to the Lenders on the Termination Date the aggregate principal amount of Committed Loans outstanding on such date.

(b) To the extent not previously paid, the Borrowers shall repay the outstanding balance of the Swing Line Loans on the Termination Date.

2.08 Interest.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.08(a) below, (i) each LIBO Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Margin for LIBO Rate Loans; (ii) each Prime Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Prime Rate plus the Applicable Margin for Prime Rate Loans; and (iii) each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Prime Rate plus the Applicable Margin for Prime Rate Loans.

(b) (i) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default under Sections 8.01(a) or 8.01(f), all outstanding Obligations shall bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

(ii) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any other Event of Default, upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Lead Borrower that all outstanding Obligations shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate and thereafter such Obligations shall bear interest at the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

(iii) Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.

(c) Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.

86

2.09 Fees. In addition to certain fees described in Sections 2.03(i) and 2.03(j):

(a) Commitment Fee. The Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage, a commitment fee (the “Commitment Fee”) based upon the average daily outstanding Credit Extensions (excluding Swing Line Loans) equal to 0.25% per annum times the actual daily amount by which the Aggregate Commitments exceed the sum of (i) the Outstanding Amount of Loans and (ii) the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations. The Commitment Fee shall accrue at all times during the Availability Period, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article IV is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Effective Date, and on the last day of the Availability Period.

(b) Other Fees. The Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent and MLPFS, for their own respective accounts, fees in the amounts and at the times specified in the Fee Letter. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.

2.10 Computation of Interest and Fees. All computations of interest for Prime Rate Loans when the Prime Rate is determined by Bank of America’s “prime rate” shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year). Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid, provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.12(a), bear interest for one day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

2.11 Evidence of Debt.

(a) The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent (the “Loan Account”) in the ordinary course of business. In addition, each Lender may record in such Lender’s internal records, an appropriate notation evidencing the date and amount of each Loan from such Lender, each payment and prepayment of principal of any such Loan, and each payment of interest, fees and other amounts due in connection with the Obligations due to such Lender. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Borrowers and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the

87

Borrowers hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Note, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto. Any failure to so attach or endorse, or any error in doing so, shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrowers hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. Upon receipt of an affidavit of a Lender as to the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of such Lender’s Note and upon cancellation of such Note, the Borrowers will issue, in lieu thereof, a replacement Note in favor of such Lender, in the same principal amount thereof and otherwise of like tenor.

(b) In addition to the accounts and records referred to in Section 2.11(a), each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.

2.12 Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback.

(a) General. All payments to be made by the Borrowers shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrowers hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars and in immediately available funds not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Applicable Percentage (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.14. All payments received by the Administrative Agent after 2:00 p.m. shall, at the option of the Administrative Agent, be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. If any payment (other than with respect to payment of a LIBO Rate Loan) to be made by the Borrowers shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.

88

(b) (i) Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Administrative Agent. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing of LIBO Rate Loans (or, in the case of any Borrowing of Prime Rate Loans, prior to 12:00 noon on the date of such Borrowing) that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.02 (or, in the case of a Borrowing of Prime Rate Loans, that such Lender has made such share available in accordance with, and at the time required by, Section 2.02) and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrowers a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Committed Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrowers severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrowers to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (A) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing, and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrowers, the interest rate applicable to Prime Rate Loans. If the Borrowers and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrowers the amount of such interest paid by the Borrowers for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Committed Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Committed Loan included in such Committed Borrowing. Any payment by the Borrowers shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrowers may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.

(ii) Payments by Borrowers; Presumptions by Administrative Agent. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Lead Borrower prior to the time at which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the L/C Issuer hereunder that the Borrowers will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrowers have made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrowers have not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Lead Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this Section 2.12(b) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

89

(c) Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent. If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II, and such funds are not made available to the Borrowers by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article IV are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof (subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 4.02 hereof), the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

(d) Obligations of Lenders Several. The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Committed Loans, to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans and to make payments hereunder are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Committed Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any payment hereunder on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Committed Loan, to purchase its participation or to make its payment hereunder.

(e) Funding Source. Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

2.13 Sharing of Payments by Lenders. If any Credit Party shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of, interest on, or other amounts with respect to, any of the Obligations resulting in such Lender’s receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of such Obligations greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided herein (including as in contravention of the priorities of payment set forth in Section 8.03), then the Credit Party receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Obligations of the other Credit Parties, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Credit Parties ratably and in the priorities set forth in Section 8.03, provided that:

(a) if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations or subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and

(b) the provisions of this Section 2.13 shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by the Loan Parties pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or (y) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Committed Loans or subparticipations in L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrowers or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which, the provisions of this Section 2.13 shall apply).

90

Each Loan Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable Law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Loan Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Loan Party in the amount of such participation.

2.14 Settlement Amongst Lenders.

(a) The amount of each Lender’s Applicable Percentage of outstanding Loans (including outstanding Swing Line Loans) shall be computed weekly (or more frequently in the Administrative Agent’s discretion) and shall be adjusted upward or downward based on all Loans (including Swing Line Loans) and repayments of Loans (including Swing Line Loans) received by the Administrative Agent as of 3:00 p.m. on the first Business Day (such date, the “Settlement Date”) following the end of the period specified by the Administrative Agent.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall deliver to each of the Lenders promptly after a Settlement Date a summary statement of the amount of outstanding Committed Loans and Swing Line Loans for the period and the amount of repayments received for the period. As reflected on the summary statement, (i) the Administrative Agent shall transfer to each Lender its Applicable Percentage of repayments, and (ii) each Lender shall transfer to the Administrative Agent (as provided below) or the Administrative Agent shall transfer to each Lender, such amounts as are necessary to insure that, after giving effect to all such transfers, the amount of Committed Loans made by each Lender shall be equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of all Committed Loans outstanding as of such Settlement Date. If the summary statement requires transfers to be made to the Administrative Agent by the Lenders and is received prior to 1:00 p.m. on a Business Day, such transfers shall be made in immediately available funds no later than 3:00 p.m. that day; and, if received after 1:00 p.m., then no later than 3:00 p.m. on the next Business Day. The obligation of each Lender to transfer such funds is irrevocable, unconditional and without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent. If and to the extent any Lender shall not have so made its transfer to the Administrative Agent, such Lender agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, forthwith on demand such amount, together with interest thereon, for each day from such date until the date such amount is paid to the Administrative Agent, equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation plus any administrative, processing, or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing.

2.15 Increase in Commitments.

(a) Request for Increase. Provided no Default then exists or would arise therefrom, upon notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders), the Lead Borrower may from time to time request an increase in the Aggregate Commitments by an amount (for all such requests) not exceeding $50,000,000; provided that (i) any such request for an increase shall be in a minimum

91

amount of $5,000,000 and (ii) the Lead Borrower may make a maximum of three such requests. At the time of sending such notice, the Lead Borrower (in consultation with the Administrative Agent) shall specify the time period within which each Lender is requested to respond (which shall in no event be less than ten Business Days from the date of delivery of such notice to the Lenders).

(b) Lender Elections to Increase. Each Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent within such time period whether or not it agrees to increase its Commitment and, if so, whether by an amount equal to, greater than, or less than its Applicable Percentage of such requested increase. Any Lender not responding within such time period shall be deemed to have declined to increase its Commitment.

(c) Notification by Administrative Agent; Additional Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lead Borrower and each Lender of the Lenders’ responses to each request made hereunder. To achieve the full amount of a requested increase and subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender (which approvals shall not be unreasonably withheld), to the extent that the existing Lenders decline to increase their Commitments, or decline to increase their Commitments to the amount requested by the Lead Borrower, the Administrative Agent, in consultation with the Lead Borrower, will use its reasonable efforts to arrange for other Eligible Assignees to become a Lender hereunder and to issue commitments in an amount equal to the amount of the increase in the Aggregate Commitments requested by the Lead Borrower and not accepted by the existing Lenders (and the Lead Borrower may also invite additional Eligible Assignees to become Lenders) (each, an “Additional Commitment Lender”); provided, however, that without the consent of the Administrative Agent, at no time shall the Commitment of any Additional Commitment Lender be less than $2,500,000; provided further, however, that the minimum Commitment of each Lender shall be not less than $5,000,000.

(d) Effective Date and Allocations. If the Aggregate Commitments are increased in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent, in consultation with the Lead Borrower, shall determine the effective date (the “Increase Effective Date”) and the final allocation of such increase. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Lead Borrower and the Lenders of the final allocation of such increase and the Increase Effective Date and on the Increase Effective Date (i) the Aggregate Commitments under, and for all purposes of, this Agreement shall be increased by the aggregate amount of such Commitment Increases, and (ii) Schedule 2.01 shall be deemed modified, without further action, to reflect the revised Commitments and Applicable Percentages of the Lenders.

(e) Conditions to Effectiveness of Increase. As conditions precedent to each such increase: (i) the Lead Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of each Loan Party dated as of the Increase Effective Date (in sufficient copies for each Lender) signed by a Responsible Officer of such Loan Party (A) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by such Loan Party approving or consenting to such increase, and (B) in the case of the Borrowers, certifying that,

92

before and after giving effect to such increase, the representations and warranties contained in Article V and the other Loan Documents are true and correct on and as of the Increase Effective Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 2.15, the representations and warranties contained in the representations and warranties contained in Sections 5.05(a) and 5.05(b) shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 6.01; (ii) the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have executed and delivered an amendment to this Agreement increasing the minimum Availability thresholds set forth in the definitions of Accelerated Borrowing Base Delivery Event, Covenant Compliance Event and Cash Dominion Event such that the Availability thresholds after the Increase Effective Date are equal to the same percentage of the Aggregate Commitments after the Increase Effective Date as the percentage of the Aggregate Commitments as of the Effective Date; (iii) the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, and any Additional Commitment Lender shall have executed and delivered a joinder to the Loan Documents in such form as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably require; (iv) the Borrowers shall have paid such fees and other compensation to the Additional Commitment Lenders as the Lead Borrower and such Additional Commitment Lenders shall agree; (v) the Borrowers shall have paid such arrangement fees to the Administrative Agent as the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent may agree; (vi) the Borrowers shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders an opinion or opinions, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, from counsel to the Borrowers reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and dated such date; (vii) the Borrowers and the Additional Commitment Lender shall have delivered such other instruments, documents and agreements as the Administrative Agent may reasonably have requested to effectuate the documentation of the foregoing; and (viii) no Default exists. The Borrowers shall prepay any Committed Loans outstanding on the Increase Effective Date (and pay any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05) to the extent necessary to keep the outstanding Committed Loans ratable with any revised Applicable Percentages arising from any nonratable increase in the Commitments under this Section.

(f) Conflicting Provisions. This Section shall supersede any provisions in Sections 2.13 or 10.01 to the contrary.

2.16 Defaulting Lenders.

(a) Adjustments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable Law:

(i) Waivers and Amendments. Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in the definition of “Required Lenders” and Section 10.01.

93

(ii) Defaulting Lender Waterfall. Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article VIII or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 10.08 shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Agents hereunder; second, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder; third, to Cash Collateralize the L/C Issuer’s Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender; fourth, as the Lead Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement and (y) Cash Collateralize the L/C Issuer’s future Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement; sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrowers as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrowers against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or L/C Borrowings in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (y) such Loans were made or the related Letters of Credit were issued at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and L/C Obligations owed to, all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or L/C Obligations owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments hereunder without giving effect to Section 2.16(a)(iv). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.16(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

(iii) Certain Fees.

94

(A) No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any fee payable under Section 2.09(a) for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrowers shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender).

(B) Each Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive Letter of Credit Fees for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender only to the extent allocable to its Applicable Percentage of the stated amount of Letters of Credit for which it has provided Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 2.16(a)(ii) above.

(C) With respect to any fee payable under Section 2.09(a) or any Letter of Credit Fee not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (A) or (B) above, the Borrowers shall (x) pay to each Non-Defaulting Lender that portion of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s participation in L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans that has been reallocated to such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (iv) below, (y) pay to the L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender, as applicable, the amount of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to such L/C Issuer’s or Swing Line Lender’s Fronting Exposure to such Defaulting Lender, and (z) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such fee.

(iv) Reallocation of Applicable Percentages to Reduce Fronting Exposure. All or any part of such Defaulting Lender’s participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans shall be reallocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages (calculated without regard to such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment) but only to the extent that (x) the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 are satisfied at the time of such reallocation (and, unless the Borrowers shall have otherwise notified the Agent at such time, the Borrowers shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such conditions are satisfied at such time), and (y) such reallocation does not cause the aggregate Outstanding Amount of Obligations of any Non-Defaulting Lender to exceed such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Commitment. No reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a Non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such Non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.

(v) Cash Collateral, Repayment of Swing Line Loans. If the reallocation described in clause (a)(iv) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrowers shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to them hereunder or under applicable Law, (x) first, prepay Swing Line Loans in an amount equal to the Swing Line Lender’s Fronting Exposure and (y) second, Cash Collateralize the L/C Issuer’s Fronting Exposure in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.03(g).

95

(b) Defaulting Lender Cure. If the Lead Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender and the L/C Issuer agree in writing that a Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Committed Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their Applicable Percentages (without giving effect to Section 2.16(a)(iv)), whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrowers while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

ARTICLE III

TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY;

APPOINTMENT OF LEAD BORROWER

3.01 Taxes.

(a) Payments Free of Taxes; Obligation to Withhold; Payments on Account of Taxes.

(i) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable Laws. If any applicable Laws (as determined in the good faith discretion of a Loan Party or the Administrative Agent) require the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by the Agent or a Loan Party, then the Administrative Agent or such Loan Party shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding, upon the basis of applicable laws and the information and documentation to be delivered pursuant to subsection (e) below.

(ii) If any Loan Party or the Administrative Agent shall be required by the Code to withhold or deduct any Taxes, including both United States Federal backup withholding and withholding taxes, from any payment, then (A) the Administrative Agent shall withhold or make such deductions as are determined by the applicable Loan Party and the Administrative Agent to be required based upon applicable laws and the information and documentation it has received pursuant to

96

subsection (e) below, (B) the Administrative Agent shall timely pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with the Code, and (C) to the extent that the withholding or deduction is made on account of Indemnified Taxes, the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after any required withholding or the making of all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 3.01) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding or deduction been made.

(iii) If any Loan Party or the Administrative Agent shall be required by any applicable Laws other than the Code to withhold or deduct any Taxes from any payment, then (A) such Loan Party or the Administrative Agent, as required by such Laws, shall withhold or make such deductions as are determined by it to be required based upon applicable laws and the information and documentation it has received pursuant to subsection (e) below, (B) such Loan Party or the Administrative Agent, to the extent required by such Laws, shall timely pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with such Laws, and (C) to the extent that the withholding or deduction is made on account of Indemnified Taxes, the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after any required withholding or the making of all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 3.01) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding or deduction been made.

(b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrowers. Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) above, the Borrowers (i) shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Law, or (ii) at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes, but in no event shall an amount reimbursable pursuant to this clause (ii) be greater than the amount Borrower would have paid in a timely fashion under clause (i).

(c) Tax Indemnifications.

(i) The Loan Parties shall, and each Loan Party does hereby, jointly and severally indemnify each Recipient, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 3.01) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient, and any penalties, interest and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Lead Borrower by a Lender or the L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or the L/C Issuer, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

97

(ii) Each Lender and the L/C Issuer shall, and does hereby, severally indemnify, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 10 days after demand therefor, (x) the Administrative Agent against any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender or the L/C Issuer (but only to the extent that any Loan Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph (c)(i) for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting or expanding the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), (y) the Administrative Agent and the Loan Parties, as applicable, against any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 10.06(d) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (z) the Administrative Agent and the Loan Parties, as applicable, against any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent or a Loan Party in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this clause (ii).

(d) Evidence of Payments. Upon request by the Lead Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, after any payment of Taxes by the Lead Borrower or by the Administrative Agent to a Governmental Authority as provided in this Section 3.01, the Lead Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Administrative Agent shall deliver to the Lead Borrower, as the case may be, the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of any return required by Laws to report such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Lead Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be.

(e) Status of Lenders; Tax Documentation.

(i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Lead Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Lead Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Lead Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable Law or reasonably requested by the Lead Borrower or the

98

Administrative Agent as will enable the Lead Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 3.01(e)(ii)(A), (ii)(B) and (ii)(D) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender; provided, however, that any Tax imposed by reason of a failure to deliver documentation pursuant to this sentence will be an Excluded Tax.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Lead Borrower is a U.S. Person,

(A) any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Lead Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;

(B) any Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Lead Borrower or the Administrative Agent to the extent it is legally entitled to do so), whichever of the following is applicable:

(I) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

(II) executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI;

(III) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit I-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank”

99

within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN; or

(IV) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit I-2 or Exhibit I-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit I-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

(C) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Lead Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable Law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable Law to permit the Lead Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(D) if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Lead Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable Law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Lead Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

100

(iii) Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered pursuant to this Section 3.01 expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

(f) Treatment of Certain Refunds. Unless required by applicable Laws, at no time shall the Administrative Agent have any obligation to file for or otherwise pursue on behalf of a Lender or the L/C Issuer, or have any obligation to pay to any Lender or the L/C Issuer, any refund of Taxes withheld or deducted from funds paid for the account of such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be. If any Recipient determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by any Loan Party or with respect to which any Loan Party has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 3.01, it shall pay to the Loan Party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by a Loan Party under this Section 3.01 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) incurred by such Recipient, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided that the Loan Party, upon the request of the Recipient, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Loan Party (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Recipient in the event the Recipient is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this subsection, in no event will the applicable Recipient be required to pay any amount to the Loan Party pursuant to this subsection the payment of which would place the Recipient in a less favorable net after-Tax position than such Recipient would have been in if the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund had never been paid. This subsection shall not be construed to require any Recipient to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to any Loan Party or any other Person.

(g) Survival. Each party’s obligations under this Section 3.01 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender or the L/C Issuer, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations.

3.02 Illegality. If any Lender reasonably determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund LIBO Rate Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the LIBO Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Lead Borrower through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue

101

LIBO Rate Loans or to convert Prime Rate Loans to LIBO Rate Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Lead Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrowers shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all LIBO Rate Loans of such Lender to Prime Rate Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such LIBO Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such LIBO Rate Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrowers shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.

3.03 Inability to Determine Rates. If the Required Lenders determine that, for any reason in connection with any request for a LIBO Rate Loan or a conversion to or continuation thereof, (a) Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank market for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such LIBO Rate Loan, (b) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the LIBO Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed LIBO Rate Loan, or (c) the LIBO Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed LIBO Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Lead Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain LIBO Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Lead Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of LIBO Rate Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Committed Borrowing of Prime Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.

3.04 Increased Costs; Reserves on LIBO Rate Loans.

(a) Increased Costs Generally. If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement reflected in the LIBO Rate) or the L/C Issuer; or

(ii) impose on any Lender or the L/C Issuer or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or LIBO Rate Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any LIBO Rate Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or to increase the cost to such Lender or the L/C Issuer of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or the L/C Issuer hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender or the L/C Issuer), the Borrowers will pay to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

102

(b) Capital Requirements. If, with respect to any Lender or the L/C Issuer, any Change in Law affecting such Lender or the L/C Issuer or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, regarding capital requirements has had, or would have, the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the L/C Issuer, to a level below that which such Lender or the L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrowers will pay to such Lender or the L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company, as the case may be, for any such reduction suffered.

(c) Certificates for Reimbursement. A certificate of a Lender or the L/C Issuer setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in subsection (a) or (b) of this Section 3.04 and delivered to the Lead Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrowers shall pay such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

(d) Delay in Requests. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the L/C Issuer to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.04 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s right to demand such compensation, provided that the Borrowers shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.04 for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than six (6) months prior to the date that such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, notifies the Lead Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the nine-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

(e) Exclusion of Tax Gross-Ups. The Borrowers shall not be obligated to pay any additional amounts under this Section 3.04 with respect to Taxes or any costs attributable to Taxes; the obligation of the Borrowers to pay any amounts with respect to Taxes shall be governed by Section 3.01.

103

3.05 Compensation for Losses. Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Borrowers shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense actually incurred by it as a result of:

(a) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any LIBO Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such LIBO Rate Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise);

(b) any failure by the Borrowers (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any LIBO Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Lead Borrower; or

(c) any assignment of a LIBO Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor as a result of a request by the Lead Borrower pursuant to Section 10.13;

including any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained. The Borrowers shall also pay any customary administrative fees charged by such Lender in connection with the foregoing.

For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrowers to the Lenders under this Section 3.05, each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each LIBO Rate Loan made by it at the LIBO Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such LIBO Rate Loan was in fact so funded.

3.06 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.

(a) Designation of a Different Lending Office. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or the Borrowers are required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01, or if any Lender gives a notice pursuant to Section 3.02, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.01 or Section 3.04, as the case may be, in the future, or eliminate the need for the notice pursuant to Section 3.02, as applicable, and (ii) in each case, would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrowers hereby agree to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(b) Replacement of Lenders. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or if the Borrowers are required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01, the Borrowers may replace such Lender in accordance with Section 10.13.

104

3.07 Survival. All of the Borrowers’ obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.

3.08 Designation of Lead Borrower as Borrowers’ Agent.

(a) Each Borrower hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Lead Borrower as such Borrower’s agent to obtain Credit Extensions, the proceeds of which shall be available to each Borrower for such uses as are permitted under this Agreement. As the disclosed principal for its agent, each Borrower shall be obligated to each Credit Party on account of Credit Extensions so made as if made directly by the applicable Credit Party to such Borrower, notwithstanding the manner by which such Credit Extensions are recorded on the books and records of the Lead Borrower and of any other Borrower. In addition, each Loan Party other than the Borrowers hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Lead Borrower as such Loan Party’s agent to represent such Loan Party in all respects under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(b) Each Borrower recognizes that credit available to it hereunder is in excess of and on better terms than it otherwise could obtain on and for its own account and that one of the reasons therefor is its joining in the credit facility contemplated herein with all other Borrowers. Consequently, each Borrower hereby assumes and agrees to discharge all Obligations of each of the other Borrowers.

(c) The Lead Borrower shall act as a conduit for each Borrower (including itself, as a “Borrower”) on whose behalf the Lead Borrower has requested a Credit Extension. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Credit Party shall have any obligation to see to the application of such proceeds therefrom.

ARTICLE IV

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS

4.01 Conditions of Initial Credit Extension. The obligation of the L/C Issuer and each Lender to make its initial Credit Extension hereunder is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(a) The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals, PDFs or telecopies (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party, and each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

(i) executed counterparts of this Agreement sufficient in number for distribution to the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the Lead Borrower;

(ii) a Note executed by the Borrowers in favor of each Lender requesting a Note;

105

(iii) such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require evidencing (A) the authority of each Loan Party to enter into this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party or is to be a party and (B) the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party or is to be a party;

(iv) copies of each Loan Party’s Organization Documents and such other documents and certifications as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require to evidence that each Loan Party is duly organized or formed, and that each Loan Party is validly existing, in good standing and qualified to engage in business in each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except to the extent that failure to so qualify in any such jurisdiction would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(v) a favorable opinion of counsel to the Loan Parties, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in each case as to such matters concerning the Loan Parties and the Loan Documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request;

(vi) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower, certifying that (A) the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and 4.02(b) have been satisfied, (B) no consents, licenses or approvals are required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by such Loan Party, and the validity against such Loan Party, of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, except for (1) such consents, licenses and approvals obtained by the Loan Parties prior to the Effective Date, each of which are in full force and effect as of the Effective Date, or (2) those the failure of which to obtain, individually or in the aggregate, would not have, and would not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect, and (C) as of the Effective Date after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby, the Loan Parties on a Consolidated basis are Solvent;

(vii) a Borrowing Base Certificate dated the Effective Date, relating to the month ended on December 1, 2012, and executed by a Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower;

(viii) evidence that all insurance required to be maintained pursuant to the Loan Documents and all endorsements in favor of the Agents required under the Loan Documents have been obtained and are in effect;

(ix) the Security Documents and copies of certificates evidencing any stock being pledged thereunder, together with copies of undated stock powers executed in blank, each duly executed by the applicable Loan Parties;

106

(x) [RESERVED];

(xi) results of searches (in each case dated as of a date reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent) indicating the absence of Liens on the assets of the Loan Parties, except for Permitted Encumbrances and Liens for which termination statements and releases, satisfactions and discharges of any mortgages, and releases or subordination agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent are being tendered concurrently with such extension of credit or other arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent for the delivery of such termination statements and releases, satisfactions and discharges have been made; and

(xii) (A) all documents and instruments, including Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, required by Law to be filed, registered or recorded to create or perfect the Liens intended to be created under the Loan Documents and all such documents and instruments shall have been so filed, registered or recorded or prepared in forms ready to be filed, registered or recorded and (B) the Credit Card Notifications and Blocked Account Agreements required pursuant to Section 6.13 hereof.

(b) After giving effect to (i) the first funding under the Loans, (ii) any charges to the Loan Account made in connection with the establishment of the credit facility contemplated hereby and (iii) all Letters of Credit to be issued at, or immediately subsequent to, such establishment, Availability shall be not less than $30,000,000.

(c) There shall not have occurred since September 30, 2010 any event or condition that has had or would be reasonably expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) [RESERVED]

(e) [RESERVED]

(f) There shall not have occurred any default of any Material Contract of any Loan Party which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(g) The consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby shall not violate any applicable Law or any Organization Document.

(h) There shall be no Indebtedness of the Loan Parties outstanding immediately after the Effective Date other than the Obligations and the Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03.

(i) All fees required to be paid to any of the Agents or the Arrangers on or before the Effective Date shall have been paid in full, and all fees required to be paid to the Lenders on or before the Effective Date shall have been paid in full.

107

(j) The Borrowers shall have paid all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and MLPFS to the extent invoiced at least one (1) Business Day prior to the Effective Date, plus such additional amounts of such fees, charges and disbursements as shall constitute its reasonable estimate of such fees, charges and disbursements incurred or to be incurred by it through the closing proceedings (provided that such estimate shall not thereafter preclude a final settling of accounts between the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent).

(k) The Administrative Agent shall have received all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Patriot Act”).

Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Section 9.04, for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 4.01, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have Consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be Consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Effective Date specifying its objection thereto.

4.02 Conditions to all Credit Extensions. The obligation of each Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension (other than a Conversion/Continuation Notice requesting only a conversion of Committed Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of LIBO Rate Loans) and of each L/C Issuer to issue each Letter of Credit is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) The representations and warranties of the Borrowers and each other Loan Party contained in Article V or any other Loan Document, or which are contained in any document furnished at any time under or in connection herewith or therewith, shall be true and correct in all material respects (or, in the case of any representation and warranty qualified by materiality, in all respects) on and as of the date of such Credit Extension, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects (or, in the case of any representation and warranty qualified by materiality, in all respects) as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 4.02, the representations and warranties contained in Sections 5.05(a) and 5.05(b) shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 6.01.

(b) No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds thereof.

(c) The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.

108

Each Request for Credit Extension (other than a Conversion/Continuation Notice requesting only a conversion of Committed Loans to the other Type or a continuation of LIBO Rate Loans) submitted by the Lead Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Borrowers that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and 4.02(b) have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension. The conditions set forth in this Section 4.02 are for the sole benefit of the Credit Parties, but until the Required Lenders (or, in the event that there are only two (2) Lenders hereunder, any Lender so long as such Lender is a Lender as of the Effective Date and maintains a Commitment not less than the Commitment of such Lender as of the Effective Date) otherwise direct the Administrative Agent to cease making Committed Loans, the Lenders will fund their Applicable Percentage of all Loans and L/C Advances and participate in all Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit whenever made or issued, which are requested by the Lead Borrower and which, notwithstanding the failure of the Loan Parties to comply with the provisions of this Article IV, agreed to by the Administrative Agent; provided, however, the making of any such Loans or the issuance of any Letters of Credit shall not be deemed a modification or waiver by any Credit Party of the provisions of this Article IV on any future occasion or a waiver of any rights of the Credit Parties as a result of any such failure to comply.

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the Credit Parties to enter into this Agreement and to make Loans and to issue Letters of Credit hereunder, each Loan Party represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the other Credit Parties that:

5.01 Existence, Qualification and Power. Each Loan Party and each Subsidiary thereof (a) is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or limited partnership, duly organized or formed, validly existing and, where applicable, in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental licenses, permits, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and, where applicable, in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license; except in each case referred to in clause (b)(i) or (c), to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Schedule 5.01 annexed hereto sets forth, as of the Effective Date, each Loan Party’s name as it appears in official filings in its state of incorporation or organization, its state of incorporation or organization, organization type, organization number, if any, issued by its state of incorporation or organization, and its federal employer identification number.

5.02 Authorization; No Contravention. The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is or is to be a party, has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and does not and will not: (a) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (b) conflict with or result in any breach, termination, or contravention of, or constitute a default under, or require any payment to be made under (i) any Material Contract or any Material Indebtedness to which

109

such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; (c) result in or require the creation of any Lien upon any asset of any Loan Party (other than Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent under the Security Documents); or (d) violate any Law, except, in the case of clauses (b) and (d), to the extent as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.03 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents. No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except for (a) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created under the Security Documents (including the priority thereof as provided in the Intercreditor Agreement) or (b) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect.

5.04 Binding Effect. This Agreement has been, and each other Loan Document, when delivered, will have been, duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document when so delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

5.05 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect.

(a) The Audited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; and (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Parent and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein.

(b) The unaudited Consolidated balance sheet of the Parent and its Subsidiaries dated October 6, 2012, and the related Consolidated and consolidating statements of income or operations, Shareholders’ Equity and cash flows for the forty weeks of the Parent’s Fiscal Year ended on that date (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, and (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Parent and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby, subject, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments.

(c) Since the date of the Audited Financial Statements, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

110

(d) The Consolidated forecasted balance sheet and statements of income and cash flows of the Parent and its Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to Sections 4.01 or 6.01 were prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were believed to be reasonable at the time of delivery.

5.06 Litigation. There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties after due and diligent investigation, threatened or contemplated, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of its properties or revenues that (a) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (b) except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.06, either individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.07 No Default. No Loan Party or any Subsidiary is in default under or with respect to, or party to, any Material Indebtedness, the effect of which default is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Material Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Material Indebtedness to become due and payable (whether by demand or acceleration) or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Material Indebtedness to be made, in each case prior to its stated maturity. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

5.08 Ownership of Property; Liens.

(a) Each of the Loan Parties and each Subsidiary thereof has good and marketable fee simple title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all real property necessary or used in the ordinary conduct of its business, except for such defects in title as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The real property subject to the Lancaster Mortgage is free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Encumbrances. Each of the Loan Parties and each Subsidiary has good and marketable title to, valid leasehold interests in, or valid licenses to use all personal property and assets material to the ordinary conduct of its business, free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Encumbrances.

(b) Schedule 5.08(b)(1) sets forth the address (including street address, county and state) of all Real Estate that is owned in fee by the Loan Parties as of the Effective Date. Schedule 5.08(b)(2) sets forth the name of the lessor and the address (including street address, county and state) of all Leases pursuant to which a Loan Party is the lessee as of the Effective Date. To the knowledge of the Loan Parties, each of such Leases is in full force and effect and the Loan Parties are not in default of the terms thereof, except to the extent that any such failure to be in full force and effect or any such default would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

111

(c) The property of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries is subject to no Liens, other than Permitted Encumbrances.

(d) As of the Effective Date, no Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party holds any Investments other than Permitted Investments.

5.09 Environmental Compliance. Except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.09, or except, in each case, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

(a) No Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received written notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability.

(b) (i) None of the properties currently or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof is listed on the NPL or on the CERCLIS or any analogous foreign, state or local list, (ii) there are no and, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, never have been any underground or above-ground storage tanks or any surface impoundments, septic tanks, pits, sumps or lagoons in which Hazardous Materials are being or have been treated, stored or disposed on any property currently owned or operated by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, on any property formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof, and (iii) Hazardous Materials have not been released, discharged or disposed of on any property currently or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof.

(c) (i) No Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof is undertaking, and no Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof has completed, either individually or together with other potentially responsible parties, any investigation or assessment or remedial or response action relating to any actual or threatened release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials at any site, location or operation, either voluntarily or pursuant to the order of any Governmental Authority or the requirements of any Environmental Law, and (ii) all Hazardous Materials generated, used, treated, handled or stored at, or transported to or from, any property currently or formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, have been disposed of, at all times during which such property was owned or operated by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, in a manner not reasonably expected to result in material liability to any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof.

5.10 Insurance. The properties of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies which are not Affiliates of the Loan Parties, in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks (including, without limitation, workmen’s compensation, public liability, business interruption and property damage

112

insurance) as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the Loan Parties or the applicable Subsidiary operates. Schedule 5.10 sets forth a description of all insurance maintained by or on behalf of the Loan Parties as of the Effective Date. Each insurance policy listed on Schedule 5.10 is in full force and effect as of the Effective Date and all premiums in respect thereof that are due and payable have been paid.

5.11 Taxes. The Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries have filed all Federal, state and other material Tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all Federal, state and other material Taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable, except (a) those which (i) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings being diligently conducted, (ii) for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP, (iii) as to which Taxes no Lien has been filed and (iv) such contest effectively suspends the collection of the contested obligation and the enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation or (b) those which would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. There is no proposed Tax assessment against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary that would, if made, have a Material Adverse Effect. No Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof is a party to any tax sharing agreement, with the exception of any tax sharing agreement solely among the Loan Parties.

5.12 ERISA Compliance.

(a) Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state laws. To the best knowledge of the Lead Borrower, nothing has occurred that would prevent or cause the loss of such tax-qualified status.

(b) There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Lead Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) To the best knowledge of the Lead Borrower, none of the following have occurred, unless the occurrence of the same would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) no ERISA Event has occurred, and neither the Lead Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate is aware of any fact, event or circumstance that could reasonably be expected to constitute or result in an ERISA Event with respect to any Pension Plan; (ii) the Lead Borrower and each ERISA Affiliate has met all applicable requirements under the Pension Funding Rules in respect of each Pension Plan, and no waiver of the minimum funding standards under the Pension Funding Rules has been applied for or obtained; (iii) neither the Lead Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any liability to the PBGC other than for the payment of premiums, and there are no premium payments which have become due that are unpaid; and (iv) neither the Lead Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that would reasonably be expected to be subject to Sections 4069 or Section 4212(c) of ERISA.

113

5.13 Subsidiaries; Equity Interests. As of the Effective Date, the Loan Parties have no Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in Part (a) of Schedule 5.13, which Schedule sets forth the legal name, jurisdiction of incorporation or formation and authorized Equity Interests of each such Subsidiary as of the Effective Date. All of the outstanding Equity Interests in such Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned by a Loan Party (or a Subsidiary of a Loan Party) as of the Effective Date in the amounts specified on Part (a) of Schedule 5.13 free and clear of all Liens except Permitted Encumbrances. Except as set forth in Schedule 5.13, as of the Effective Date, there are no outstanding rights to purchase any Equity Interests in any Subsidiary. As of the Effective Date, the Loan Parties have no equity investments in any other corporation or entity other than those specifically disclosed in Part (b) of Schedule 5.13. All of the outstanding Equity Interests in the Loan Parties have been validly issued, and are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned as of the Effective Date in the amounts specified on Part (c) of Schedule 5.13 free and clear of all Liens except for Permitted Encumbrances. The copies of the Organization Documents of each Loan Party and each amendment thereto provided as of the Effective Date pursuant to Section 4.01 are true and correct copies of each such document, each of which is valid and in full force and effect as of the Effective Date.

5.14 Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act.

(a) No Loan Party is engaged or will be engaged, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock. None of the proceeds of the Credit Extensions shall be used directly or indirectly for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any Indebtedness that was originally incurred to purchase or carry any margin stock or for any other purpose that might cause any of the Credit Extensions to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meaning of Regulations T, U, or X issued by the FRB.

(b) None of the Loan Parties, any Person Controlling any Loan Party, or any Subsidiary is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

5.15 Disclosure. As of the Effective Date, each Loan Party has disclosed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No report, financial statement, certificate or other information, whether now or hereafter furnished (whether in writing or orally) by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or under any other Loan Document (in each case, as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished), taken as a whole, contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make

114

the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading in any material respect; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Loan Parties represent only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.

5.16 Compliance with Laws. Each of the Loan Parties and each Subsidiary is in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.17 Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc. The Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries own, or possess the right to use, all of the Intellectual Property and all of the licenses, permits and other authorizations that are reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses. To the best knowledge of the Lead Borrower, no slogan or other advertising device, product, process, method, substance, part or other material now employed, or now contemplated to be employed, by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary infringes upon any Intellectual Property rights held by any other Person, except for such infringement which, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.17, no claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Lead Borrower, threatened, which, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.18 Labor Matters. As of the Effective Date, except as, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (a) there are no strikes, lockouts, slowdowns or other labor disputes against any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries pending or, to the knowledge of any the Lead Borrower, threatened; (b) the hours worked by, and payments made to, employees of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries are not in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable federal, state, local or foreign Law dealing with such matters; (c) no Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries has incurred any liability or obligation under the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Act or similar state Law; and (d) all payments due from any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries, or for which any claim may be made against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits, have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of such Loan Party or such Subsidiary to the extent required by GAAP. Except as, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect,: (A) there are no representation proceedings pending or, to any Loan Party’s knowledge, threatened to be filed with the National Labor Relations Board, and no labor organization or group of employees of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary has made a pending demand for recognition; (B) there are no complaints, unfair labor practice charges, grievances, arbitrations, unfair employment practices charges or any other claims or complaints against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened to be filed with any Governmental Authority or arbitrator based on, arising out of, in connection with, or otherwise relating to the employment or termination of employment of any employee of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries; and (C) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents will not give rise to a right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is bound.

115

5.19 Security Documents.

(a) The Security Agreement creates in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Credit Parties, a legal, valid, continuing and enforceable security interest in the Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement), the enforceability of which is subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law. The financing statements, releases and other filings are in appropriate form and have been filed in the offices specified in the Perfection Certificate. The Collateral Agent has a perfected Lien on, and security interest in, to and under all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in all Collateral that may be perfected by filing, recording or registering a financing statement or analogous document (including, without limitation, the proceeds of such Collateral subject to the limitations relating to such proceeds in the UCC) or by obtaining control under the UCC (in effect on the date this representation is made) in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person, except for (a) with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral only, Liens securing the obligations of the Loan Parties arising under the Senior Notes Documents, and (b) other Permitted Encumbrances having priority under applicable Law.

(b) The Collateral Agent has a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the applicable Loan Parties in the Intellectual Property Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement) in which a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registering a security agreement, financing statement or analogous document in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person (it being understood that subsequent recordings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office may be necessary to perfect a Lien on patents, patent applications, registered trademarks, trademark applications and copyrights acquired by the Loan Parties after the date hereof), except for (a) with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral only, Liens securing the obligations of the Loan Parties arising under the Senior Notes Documents, and (b) other Permitted Encumbrances having priority under applicable Law.

(c) The Lancaster Mortgage, together with any required financing statements (if applicable), is a legal, valid, continuing and enforceable Lien in the Mortgaged Property (as defined in the Lancaster Mortgage), the enforceability of which is subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law. The Collateral Agent has a perfected Lien on, and security interest in, to and under all right, title and interest of the grantors in all Mortgaged Property (as defined in the Lancaster Mortgage) that may be perfected by the filing of the Lancaster Mortgage (including,

116

without limitation, the proceeds of such Mortgaged Property), in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person, except for (a) with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral only, Liens securing the obligations of the Loan Parties arising under the Senior Notes Documents, and (b) other Permitted Encumbrances having priority under applicable Law.

5.20 Solvency. After giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and before and after giving effect to each Credit Extension, the Loan Parties, on a Consolidated basis, are, and will be, Solvent. No transfer of property has been or will be made by any Loan Party and no obligation has been or will be incurred by any Loan Party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents with the intent to hinder, delay, or defraud either present or future creditors of any Loan Party.

5.21 Deposit Accounts; Credit Card Arrangements.

(a) Annexed hereto as Schedule 5.21(a) is a list of all DDAs maintained by the Loan Parties as of the Effective Date, which Schedule includes, with respect to each DDA: (i) the name and address of the depository; (ii) the account number(s) maintained with such depository; (iii) a contact person at such depository, and (iv) the identification of each Blocked Account Bank.

(b) Annexed hereto as Schedule 5.21(b) is a list describing all arrangements as of the Effective Date to which any Loan Party is a party with respect to the processing and/or payment to such Loan Party of the proceeds of any credit card charges for sales made by such Loan Party.

5.22 Brokers. No broker or finder brought about the obtaining, making or closing of the Loans or transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, and no Loan Party or Affiliate thereof has any obligation to any Person in respect of any finder’s or brokerage fees in connection therewith.

5.23 Material Contracts. The Loan Parties have delivered or otherwise made available to the Administrative Agent true, correct and complete copies of all Material Contracts to which any Loan Party is a party or is bound as of the Effective Date. The Loan Parties are not in breach or in default of or under any Material Contract, the effect of which breach or default is to cause, or to permit, any other party thereto to terminate such Material Contract, and the Loan Parties have not received any notice of the intention of any other party thereto to terminate any Material Contract, except, in each case referred to in this sentence, for any such Material Contract that has been replaced prior to, or concurrently with, the termination thereof in accordance with the terms of Section 7.12(a).

5.24 Casualty. Neither the businesses nor the properties of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries are affected by any fire, explosion, accident, drought, storm, hail, earthquake, embargo, act of God or of the public enemy or other casualty (whether or not covered by insurance) that, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

117

5.25 Pharmaceutical Laws.

(a) The Loan Parties have obtained all permits, licenses and other authorizations which are required with respect to the ownership and operations of their businesses under any Pharmaceutical Law, except where the failure to obtain such permits, licenses or other authorizations would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) The Loan Parties are in compliance with all terms and conditions of all such permits, licenses, orders and authorizations, and are also in compliance with all Pharmaceutical Laws, including all other limitations, restrictions, conditions, standards, prohibitions, requirements, obligations, schedules and timetables contained in the Pharmaceutical Laws, except where the failure to comply with such terms, conditions or laws would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) None of the Loan Parties has any liabilities, claims against it or presently outstanding notices imposed or based upon any provision of any Pharmaceutical Law, except for such liabilities, claims, citations or notices which individually or in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.26 HIPAA Compliance.

(a) To the extent that, and for so long as, a Loan Party is a “covered entity” within the meaning of HIPAA, such Loan Party: (i) has undertaken or will promptly undertake all applicable surveys, audits, inventories, reviews, analyses and/or assessments (including any required risk assessments) of all areas of its business and operations required by HIPAA and/or that could be adversely affected by failure of Loan Party to be HIPAA Compliant (as defined below); (ii) has developed or will promptly develop a detailed plan and time line for becoming HIPAA Compliant (a “HIPAA Compliance Plan”); and (iii) has implemented, or will implement, those provisions of such HIPAA Compliance Plan in all material respects necessary to ensure that such Loan Party is or becomes HIPAA Compliant. For purposes hereof, “HIPAA Compliant” shall mean that a Loan Party, to the extent legally required, (i) is or will use commercially reasonable efforts to be in compliance in all material respects with each of the applicable requirements of the so-called “Administrative Simplification” provisions of HIPAA on and as of each date that any part thereof, or any final rule or regulation thereunder, becomes effective in accordance with its or their terms, as the case may be (each such date, a “HIPAA Compliance Date”), and (ii) is not, and would not reasonably be expected to become, as of any date following any such HIPAA Compliance Date, the subject of any civil or criminal penalty, process, claim, action or proceeding, or any administrative or other regulatory review, survey, process or proceeding (other than routine surveys or reviews conducted by any government health plan or other accreditation entity) that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Schedule 5.26(b), annexed hereto, sets forth a complete list of all “business associate agreements” (as such term is defined in HIPAA) that any Loan Party has entered into with any person as of the Effective Date and true, correct and complete copies of all of such agreements have been provided to Agent.

118

5.27 Compliance With Health Care Laws.

(a) Each Loan Party is in compliance with all Health Care Laws, including all Medicare and Medicaid program rules and regulations applicable to it, unless the failure to comply with any such law, rule or regulation has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Loan Party has received notice of any violation of any provisions of the Medicare and Medicaid Anti-Fraud and Abuse or Anti-Kickback Amendments of the Social Security Act (presently codified in Section 1128(B)(b) of the Social Security Act) or the Medicare and Medicaid Patient and Program Protection Act of 1987.

(b) Each Loan Party has maintained in all material respects all records required to be maintained by the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations, the Food and Drug Administration, Drug Enforcement Agency and State Boards of Pharmacy and the Federal and State Medicare and Medicaid programs as required by the Health Care Laws or other applicable Law or regulation and each Loan Party and the owners of the facilities and other businesses managed by any Loan Party have all permits, licenses, franchises, certificates and other approvals or authorizations of Governmental Authority as are required under Health Care Laws and under such HMO or similar licensure laws and such insurance laws and regulations, as are applicable thereto, and with respect to those facilities and other businesses that participate in Medicare and/or Medicaid, to receive reimbursement under Medicare and Medicaid, except where the failure to obtain any such permit, license, franchise, certificate or other approval or authorization would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Each Loan Party which is a Certified Medicare Provider or Certified Medicaid Provider has in a timely manner filed all requisite cost reports, claims and other reports required to be filed in connection with all Medicare and Medicaid programs due on or before the date hereof, all of which are complete and correct in all material respects. To the best of the Loan Parties’ knowledge, there are no claims, actions or appeals pending (and no Loan Party has filed any claims or reports which should result in any such claims, actions or appeals) before any Third Party Payor or Governmental Authority, including, without limitation, any Fiscal Intermediary, the Provider Reimbursement Review Board or the Administrator of HCFA, with respect to any Medicare or Medicaid cost reports or claims filed by any Loan Party on or before the date hereof. No validation review or program integrity review related to a Loan Party which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has been conducted by any Third Party Payor or Governmental Authority in connection with Medicare or Medicare programs, and to the best of the Loan Parties’ knowledge, no such reviews are scheduled, pending or threatened against or affecting any Loan Party, or any of its assets, or, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. To the best of the Loan Parties’ knowledge, there currently exist no restrictions,

119

deficiencies, required plans of correction actions or other such remedial measures with respect to Federal and State Medicare and Medicaid certifications or licensure against such parties.

(d) Schedule 5.27(d) hereto sets forth an accurate, complete and current list of all participation agreements of the Loan Parties with health maintenance organizations, insurance programs, preferred provider organizations and other Third Party Payors as of the Effective Date. Each such agreement is in full force and effect and no default exists thereunder, except to the extent that (i) any such failure to be in full force and effect or any such default would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) such agreement has been replaced prior to, or concurrently with, the termination thereof in accordance with the terms of Section 7.12(a).

ARTICLE VI

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation (other than any Obligation in respect of the Other Liabilities and other than contingent liabilities in respect of indemnity for which a claim has not been made) hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding and not Cash Collateralized, the Loan Parties shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 6.01, 6.02, and 6.03) cause each Subsidiary to:

6.01 Financial Statements. Deliver to the Administrative Agent:

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Parent, a Consolidated balance sheet of the Parent and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Year, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations, Shareholders’ Equity and cash flows for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, such Consolidated statements to be audited and accompanied by a report and unqualified opinion of a Registered Public Accounting Firm of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit, other than any qualification or exception solely as a result of the fact that the Commitments or the Loans hereunder are scheduled to mature within 365 days after the end of such Fiscal Year;

(b) as soon as available, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three Fiscal Quarters of each Fiscal Year of the Parent, a Consolidated balance sheet of the Parent and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Quarter, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations, Shareholders’ Equity and cash flows for such Fiscal Quarter and for the portion of the Parent’s Fiscal Year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the

120

figures for (i) such period set forth in the projections delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(d) hereof, (ii) the corresponding Fiscal Quarter of the previous Fiscal Year and (iii) the corresponding portion of the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail, such Consolidated statements to be certified by a Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower as fairly presenting the financial condition, results of operations, Shareholders’ Equity and cash flows of the Parent and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal Quarter in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

(c) as soon as available, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each Fiscal Period of each Fiscal Year of the Parent, a Consolidated balance sheet of the Parent and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Period, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations for such Fiscal Period, and for the portion of the Parent’s Fiscal Year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for (i) such period set forth in the projections delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(d) hereof, (ii) the corresponding Fiscal Period of the previous Fiscal Year and (iii) the corresponding portion of the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail, such Consolidated statements to be certified by a Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower as fairly presenting the financial condition, results of operations of the Parent and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal Period in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

(d) as soon as available, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Parent, forecasts prepared by management of the Lead Borrower, in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of Consolidated balance sheets and statements of income or operations and cash flows and an Availability model of the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a monthly basis for the immediately following Fiscal Year (including the Fiscal Year in which the Maturity Date set forth in clause (a) of the definition thereof occurs) and, as soon as available, any significant revisions (if any) to such forecast with respect to such Fiscal Year.

6.02 Certificates; Other Information. Deliver to the Administrative Agent, in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

(a) (i) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a), 6.01(b) and 6.01(c), (i) a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower (to be furnished even if a Covenant Compliance Event is not then in effect) and (ii) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and 6.01(b), a copy of management’s discussion and analysis with respect to such financial statements. In the event of any change in GAAP used in the preparation of such financial statements, the Lead Borrower shall also provide a statement of reconciliation conforming such financial statements to GAAP;

121

(b) on the 15^th day of each Fiscal Period (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day), a Borrowing Base Certificate showing the Borrowing Base as of the close of business as of the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Period, each Borrowing Base Certificate to be certified as complete and correct by a Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower; provided that, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Accelerated Borrowing Base Delivery Event, such Borrowing Base Certificate shall be delivered on Thursday of each week (or, if Thursday is not a Business Day or if such week has a holiday on a Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday or Thursday, on the next succeeding Business Day), as of the close of business on the immediately preceding Saturday;

(c) promptly upon receipt, copies of any material detailed audit reports, management letters or recommendations submitted to the board of directors (or the audit committee of the board of directors) of any Loan Party by its Registered Public Accounting Firm in connection with the accounts or books of the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary, or any audit of any of them;

(d) promptly after the same are available, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other report or communication sent to the shareholders of the Loan Parties and copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which any Loan Party may file or be required to file with the SEC under Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or with any national securities exchange;

(e) the financial and collateral reports described on Schedule 6.02 hereto, at the times set forth in such Schedule;

(f) promptly after the same are available, but in any event within thirty (30) days (or such other later date as agreed by the Administrative Agent) prior to the expiry of the then existing insurance policies certificates evidencing renewal of all insurance policies required to be maintained pursuant hereto;

(g) promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, copies of each notice or other correspondence received from any Governmental Authority (including, without limitation, the SEC (or comparable agency in any applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction)) concerning any proceeding with, or investigation or possible investigation or other inquiry by such Governmental Authority regarding material financial or other operational results of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof or any other matter which, if adversely determined, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(h) promptly, such additional information regarding the business affairs, financial condition or operations of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender (upon request to the Administrative Agent) may from time to time reasonably request.

122

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 6.01(a), (b), (c) or (d) may be delivered electronically and, if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Lead Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Lead Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 10.02; or (ii) on which such documents are provided to the Administrative Agent for posting on the Lead Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) the Lead Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent or any Lender that requests the Lead Borrower to deliver such paper copies until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent or such Lender and (ii) the Lead Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender (by telecopier or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Loan Parties with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.

The Loan Parties hereby acknowledge that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the Arrangers may make available to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Loan Parties hereunder (collectively, “Borrower Materials”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “Platform”) and (b) certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Loan Parties or their securities) (each, a “Public Lender”). The Loan Parties hereby agree that so long as any Loan Party is the issuer of any outstanding debt or equity securities that are registered or issued pursuant to a private offering or is actively contemplating issuing any such securities they will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Borrower Materials that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (w) all such Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Loan Parties shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Loan Parties or their securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws (provided, however, that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 10.07); (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Investor”; and (z) the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Investor.”

6.03 Notices. Promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days (other than with respect to clause (f) below, in which case such notice is required within fifteen (15) Business Days) after a Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower has obtained knowledge thereof, notify the Administrative Agent:

(a) of the occurrence of any Default;

123

(b) [RESERVED];

(c) of any matter that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including (i) material breach or non-performance of, or any default under, a Material Contract or with respect to Material Indebtedness of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, (ii) any material dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof and any Governmental Authority, (iii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any material litigation or proceeding affecting any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws, (iv) the filing of any Lien for unpaid Taxes against any Loan Party in excess of $1,000,000 and (v) the failure to pay rent for material locations and such failure continues beyond the grace period for such payment;

(d) of the occurrence of any ERISA Event that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(e) of any change in any Loan Party’s chief executive officer or chief financial officer;

(f) of the discharge by any Loan Party of its present Registered Public Accounting Firm or any withdrawal or resignation by such Registered Public Accounting Firm;

(g) of any casualty or other insured damage to any material portion of the Collateral or the commencement of any action or proceeding for the taking of any interest in a material portion of the Collateral under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding or if any material portion of the Collateral is damaged or destroyed; and

(h) the receipt of any notice from a supplier, seller or agent pursuant to either PACA or PASA with respect to claims individually or in the aggregate in excess of $1,000,000.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the notices described in Sections 6.03(c), (e), (f) and (g) shall be deemed given by the Borrower’s providing the Administrative Agent with access to public filings with the SEC that contain the same information required therein (including by providing a link on the Lead Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 10.02) so long as such access complies with the requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC; otherwise each notice pursuant to this Section 6.03 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Lead Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. Each notice pursuant to Section 6.03(a) shall describe with particularity any and all provisions of this Agreement and any other Loan Document that have been breached.

124

6.04 Payment of Obligations. Pay and discharge, as the same shall become due and payable, all its material obligations and liabilities, including: (a) all Tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it or its properties or assets; (b) all lawful claims (including, without limitation, claims of landlords, warehousemen, customs brokers, and carriers) which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon its property; and (c) all Indebtedness, as and when due and payable, but subject to any subordination provisions contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing such Indebtedness, except, in each case, where (i) (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) such Loan Party has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP, (c) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation, and (d) no Lien has been filed with respect thereto or (ii) the failure to make payment pending such contest would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit the rights of the Administrative Agent with respect to establishing Reserves pursuant to this Agreement.

6.05 Preservation of Existence, Etc. (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence and good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization or formation except in a transaction permitted by Sections 7.04 or 7.05; (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) preserve or renew all of its Intellectual Property, except to the extent such Intellectual Property is no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Loan Parties or the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

6.06 Maintenance of Properties. Except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) maintain, preserve and protect all of its properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and (b) make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof.

6.07 Maintenance of Insurance. Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent not Affiliates of the Loan Parties, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business and operating in the same or similar locations or as is required by applicable Law, of such types and in such amounts as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons and as are reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

(a) Cause fire and extended coverage policies maintained with respect to any Collateral to be endorsed or otherwise amended to include (i) a non-contributing mortgagee clause (regarding improvements to real property) and lenders’ loss payable clause (regarding personal property), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, which endorsements or amendments shall provide that the insurer shall pay all proceeds otherwise payable to the Loan Parties under the policies directly to the Collateral Agent (provided that the Collateral Agent shall promptly remit such proceeds, in their entirety, to the Lead Borrower, unless such proceeds constitute Net Proceeds on account of a Prepayment Event or a Cash Dominion Event

125

has occurred and is continuing, in which case the Administrative Agent shall promptly apply such proceeds to reduce the outstanding balance of Credit Extensions in accordance with Sections 2.05(f) or 8.03, as applicable), (ii) a provision to the effect that none of the Loan Parties, Credit Parties or any other Person shall be a co-insurer and (iii) such other provisions as the Collateral Agent may reasonably require from time to time to protect the interests of the Credit Parties.

(b) Cause commercial general liability policies and excess (umbrella) liability policies to be endorsed to name the Collateral Agent as an additional insured.

(c) Cause business interruption policies (if any) to name the Collateral Agent as a loss payee and to be endorsed or amended to include (i) a provision that, from and after the Effective Date, the insurer shall pay all proceeds otherwise payable to the Loan Parties under the policies directly to the Collateral Agent (provided that the Collateral Agent shall promptly remit such proceeds, in their entirety, to the Lead Borrower, unless such proceeds constitute Net Proceeds on account of a Prepayment Event or a Cash Dominion Event has occurred and is continuing, in which case the Administrative Agent shall promptly apply such proceeds to reduce the outstanding balance of Credit Extensions in accordance with Sections 2.05(f) or 8.03, as applicable), (ii) a provision to the effect that none of the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any other party shall be a co-insurer and (iii) such other provisions as the Collateral Agent may reasonably require from time to time to protect the interests of the Credit Parties.

(d) Cause each such policy referred to in this Section 6.07 to also provide that it shall not be canceled, modified or not renewed (i) by reason of nonpayment of premium except upon not less than ten (10) days prior written notice thereof by the insurer to the Collateral Agent (giving the Collateral Agent the right to cure defaults in the payment of premiums) or (ii) for any other reason except upon not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice thereof by the insurer to the Collateral Agent.

(e) Deliver to the Collateral Agent, prior to the cancellation, modification or non-renewal of any such policy of insurance, a copy of a renewal or replacement policy (or other evidence of renewal of a policy previously delivered to the Collateral Agent, including an insurance binder) together with evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent of payment of the premium therefor.

None of the Credit Parties or their agents or employees shall be liable for any loss or damage insured by the insurance policies required to be maintained under this Section 6.07. If the insurance policies do not provide waiver of subrogation rights against the Credit Parties and their agents or employees, then the Loan Parties hereby agree, to the extent permitted by law, to waive their right of recovery, if any, against such parties. The designation of any form, type or amount of insurance coverage by any Credit Party under this Section 6.07 shall in no event be deemed a representation, warranty or advice by such Credit Party that such insurance is adequate for the purposes of the business of the Loan Parties or the protection of their properties.

126

6.08 Compliance with Laws. Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except in such instances in which (a) (i) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and with respect to which adequate reserves have been set aside and maintained by the Loan Parties in accordance with GAAP, and (ii) such contest effectively suspends enforcement of the contested Laws, or (b) the failure to comply therewith would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.09 Books and Records; Accountants.

(a) (i) Maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Loan Parties or such Subsidiary, as the case may be; and (ii) maintain such books of record and account in material conformity with all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having regulatory jurisdiction over the Loan Parties or such Subsidiary, as the case may be.

(b) At all times, retain a Registered Public Accounting Firm which is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and instruct such Registered Public Accounting Firm to cooperate with, and be available to, the Administrative Agent or its representatives to discuss the Loan Parties’ financial performance, financial condition, operating results, controls, and such other matters, within the scope of the retention of such Registered Public Accounting Firm, as may be raised by the Administrative Agent.

6.10 Inspection Rights.

(a) Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent (acting in consultation with the Administrative Agent) to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records (including, without limitation, the insurance policies maintained by or on behalf of the Loan Parties), and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and Registered Public Accounting Firm (provided that the Lead Borrower shall have the opportunity to participate in any such discussions and so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such visit, inspection and examination shall not be conducted more than once per Fiscal Year), all at the expense of the Loan Parties and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Lead Borrower; provided, however, that when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent (or any of its representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Loan Parties at any time during normal business hours and without advance notice.

127

(b) Upon the request of the Administrative Agent after reasonable prior notice, permit the Administrative Agent or professionals (including investment bankers, consultants, accountants, lawyers and appraisers) retained by the Administrative Agent to conduct appraisals, commercial finance examinations and other evaluations, including, without limitation, of (i) the Lead Borrower’s practices in the computation of the Borrowing Base and (ii) the assets included in the Borrowing Base and related financial information such as, but not limited to, sales, gross margins, payables, accruals and reserves. Subject to the following sentences, the Loan Parties shall pay the fees and expenses of the Administrative Agent and such professionals with respect to such evaluations and appraisals. The Loan Parties acknowledge that the Administrative Agent may, in its reasonable discretion, undertake up to one (1) appraisal of the Borrowers’ Inventory and Prescription Lists and one (1) commercial finance examination in any twelve month period at the Loan Parties’ expense; provided that, if Availability is less than thirty percent (30%) of the Loan Cap at the End of any Business Day, the Loan Parties acknowledge that the Administrative Agent may, in its reasonable discretion, undertake up to two (2) appraisals of the Borrowers’ Inventory and Prescription Lists and up to two (2) commercial finance examinations in the following twelve month period at the Loan Parties’ expense. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Administrative Agent may cause additional appraisals and commercial finance examinations to be undertaken (i) as it in its reasonable discretion deems necessary or appropriate, at its own expense, or (ii) if required by applicable Law or if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, at the expense of the Loan Parties.

6.11 Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions (a) to finance a portion of the repayment of the 2015 Senior Notes, including on account of any prepayment premium thereof, and to pay transaction fees and expenses related hereto and thereto, (b) to finance the acquisition of working capital assets of the Borrowers, including the purchase of Inventory and Equipment, in each case in the ordinary course of business, (c) to finance Capital Expenditures of the Borrowers, and (d) for general corporate purposes of the Loan Parties (other than the payment of the Refinancing Dividend), in each case to the extent permitted under applicable Law and the Loan Documents.

6.12 Additional Loan Parties. Notify the Administrative Agent promptly after any Person becomes a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, and promptly thereafter (and in any event within thirty (30) days (or such longer period of time as may be agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion)) (a) cause any such Person that is a Domestic Subsidiary to (i) (A) become a Borrower, if such Person is a Domestic Subsidiary that owns assets of the type included in the Borrowing Base or (B) become a Guarantor, if such Person is a Domestic Subsidiary that does not own assets of the type included in the Domestic Borrowing Base, by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent a Joinder Agreement or such other document as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate for such purpose, (ii) grant a Lien to the Collateral Agent on such Person’s assets to secure the Obligations, and (iii) deliver to the Administrative Agent documents of the types referred to in Sections 4.01(a)(iii), 4.01(a)(iv) and 4.01(a)(xiii) and at the reasonably request of the Administrative Agent, customary opinions of counsel to such Person as to such matters concerning such Person and the Loan Documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, and (b) if any Equity Interests or Indebtedness

128

of such Person are owned by or on behalf of any Loan Party, cause such Loan Party to pledge such Equity Interests and promissory notes evidencing such Indebtedness (if any) (except that, if such Subsidiary is a CFC, the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary to be pledged may be limited to 65% of the outstanding voting Equity Interests of such Subsidiary and 100% of the non-voting Equity Interests of such Subsidiary and such time period may be extended based on local law or practice), in each case in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. For the avoidance of doubt, no assets of a CFC, and no Equity Interests of a Subsidiary of any CFC, shall be required to be pledged under this Section 6.12. In no event shall compliance with this Section 6.12 waive or be deemed a waiver or Consent to any transaction giving rise to the need to comply with this Section 6.12 if such transaction was not otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement or constitute or be deemed to constitute, with respect to any Subsidiary, an approval of such Person as a Borrower or permit the inclusion of any acquired assets in the computation of the Borrowing Base.

6.13 Cash Management.

(a) On or prior to the Effective Date:

(i) deliver to the Administrative Agent copies of notifications (each, a “Credit Card Notification”) substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G which have been executed on behalf of such Loan Party and delivered to such Loan Party’s credit card clearinghouses and processors listed on Schedule 5.21(b); and

(ii) enter into a Blocked Account Agreement with each Blocked Account Bank (collectively, the “Blocked Accounts”).

(b) The Loan Parties shall ACH or wire transfer no less frequently than once each Business Day (and whether or not there are then any outstanding Obligations) all amounts on deposit in each DDA (other than the Trust Account) and all payments received by any Loan Party from credit card processors to a Blocked Account.

(c) After the occurrence and during the continuance of a Cash Dominion Event, the Loan Parties and each Blocked Account Bank shall ACH or wire transfer no less frequently than once each Business Day (and whether or not there are then any outstanding Obligations) to the concentration account maintained by the Administrative Agent at Bank of America (the “Administrative Agent’s Account”) all cash receipts and collections by the Loan Parties, including, without limitation, the following:

(i) all available cash receipts from the sale of Inventory (including, without limitation, proceeds of credit card charges) and other assets (whether or not constituting Collateral);

(ii) all proceeds of collections of Accounts;

129

(iii) all Net Proceeds, and all other cash payments received by a Loan Party from any Person or from any source or on account of any sale or other transaction or event, including, without limitation, any Prepayment Event;

(iv) the then contents of each DDA (other than the Trust Account), net of any minimum balance, not to exceed $2,500.00, as may be required to be kept in the subject DDA by the depository institution at which such DDA is maintained; and

(v) the then entire ledger balance of each Blocked Account (other than the Trust Account), net of any minimum balance, not to exceed $2,500.00, as may be required to be kept in the subject Blocked Account by the applicable Blocked Account Bank.

In the event that, notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6.13(c), any Loan Party receives or otherwise has dominion and control of any such proceeds or collections after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Cash Dominion Event, such proceeds and collections shall be held in trust by such Loan Party for the Collateral Agent, shall not be commingled with any of such Loan Party’s other funds or deposited in any account of such Loan Party and shall, not later than the Business Day after receipt thereof, be deposited into the Administrative Agent’s Account or dealt with in such other fashion as such Loan Party may be instructed by the Collateral Agent.

(d) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Cash Dominion Event, the Loan Parties shall provide the Administrative Agent with an accounting of the contents of the Blocked Accounts and the Administrative Agent’s Account, which shall identify, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Administrative Agent, the proceeds from the Notes Priority Collateral which were deposited into a Blocked Account and swept to the Administrative Agent’s Account. Upon the receipt of (i) the contents of the Blocked Accounts, and (ii) such accounting, the Administrative Agent agrees to promptly remit to the Indenture Trustee the proceeds of the Notes Priority Collateral received by the Administrative Agent.

(e) The Administrative Agent’s Account shall at all times be under the sole dominion and control of the Administrative Agent. The Loan Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that (i) the Loan Parties have no right of withdrawal from the Administrative Agent’s Account, (ii) the funds on deposit in the Administrative Agent’s Account shall at all times be collateral security for all of the Obligations and (iii) after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Cash Dominion Event, the funds on deposit in the Administrative Agent’s Account shall be applied as provided in Sections 2.05(f) or 8.03, as applicable, of this Agreement.

(f) Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, the Loan Parties shall cause bank statements and/or other reports to be delivered to the Administrative Agent not less often than monthly, accurately setting forth all amounts deposited in each Blocked Account to ensure the proper transfer of funds as set forth above. So long as no Cash Dominion Event has occurred and is continuing, the Loan Parties may direct, and shall

130

have sole control over, the manner of disposition of funds in the Blocked Accounts (other than the Administrative Agent’s Account). Any amounts held or received in the Administrative Agent’s Account at any time when no Cash Dominion Event exists shall be promptly remitted to an account of the Lead Borrower, or as the Lead Borrower may otherwise direct.

6.14 Information Regarding the Collateral. Furnish to the Administrative Agent prompt written notice (but in any event not more than thirty (30) days after any change referred to herein) of any change in: (a) any Loan Party’s name or in any trade name used to identify it in the conduct of its business or in the ownership of its properties; (b) the location of any Loan Party’s chief executive office, its principal place of business, any office in which it maintains books or records relating to Collateral owned by it or any office or facility at which Collateral owned by it is located (including the establishment of any such new office or facility); (c) any Loan Party’s organizational structure or jurisdiction of incorporation or formation; or (d) any Loan Party’s Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or organizational identification number assigned to it by its state of organization.

6.15 Physical Inventories.

(a) Cause not less than one (1) physical inventory to be undertaken, at the expense of the Loan Parties, in each Fiscal Year and periodic cycle counts, in each case conducted by such inventory takers as are reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and following such methodology as is consistent with the methodology used in the immediately preceding inventory or as otherwise may be reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent, at the expense of the Loan Parties, may participate in and/or observe each scheduled physical count of Inventory which is undertaken on behalf of any Loan Party. The Lead Borrower, within thirty (30) days following the completion of such inventory, shall provide the Collateral Agent with a reconciliation of the results of such inventory (as well as of any other physical inventory undertaken by a Loan Party) and shall post such results to the Loan Parties’ stock ledgers and general ledgers, as applicable.

(b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Collateral Agent, in its reasonable discretion, may cause additional such inventories to be taken as the Collateral Agent reasonably determines (each, at the expense of the Loan Parties).

6.16 Environmental Laws. Except to the extent the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (a) conduct its operations and keep and maintain its Real Estate in material compliance with all Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits; (b) obtain and renew all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations and properties; and (c) implement any and all investigation, remediation, removal and response actions with respect to its Real Estate that are required in order to comply with Environmental Laws.

131

6.17 Further Assurances.

(a) Execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements and other documents), that may be required under any applicable Law, or which any Agent may reasonably request, to effectuate the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents or to grant, preserve, protect or perfect the Liens created or intended to be created by the Security Documents or the validity or priority of any such Lien, all at the expense of the Loan Parties. The Loan Parties also agree to provide to the Agents, from time to time upon reasonable request, evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Agents as to the perfection and priority of the Liens created or intended to be created by the Security Documents.

(b) Except as otherwise permitted under the Security Agreement, if any assets having a fair market value in excess of $250,000, individually or in the aggregate, are acquired by any Loan Party after the Effective Date (other than assets constituting Excluded Property (as defined in the Security Agreement) or Collateral that automatically becomes subject to the Lien of the Security Documents upon acquisition thereof), notify the Agents thereof, and the Loan Parties will cause such assets to be subjected to a Lien securing the Obligations (subject to Permitted Encumbrances) and will take such actions as shall be necessary to grant and perfect such Liens, including actions described in paragraph (a) of this Section 6.17, all at the expense of the Loan Parties. In no event shall compliance with this Section 6.17(b) waive or be deemed a waiver or Consent to any transaction giving rise to the need to comply with this Section 6.17(b) if such transaction was not otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement or constitute or be deemed to constitute Consent to the inclusion of any acquired assets in the computation of the Borrowing Base.

6.18 Compliance with Terms of Leaseholds. Except as otherwise expressly permitted hereunder, (i) make all payments and otherwise perform all obligations in respect of all Leases of real property to which any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, (ii) keep such Leases in full force and effect and not allow such Leases to lapse or be terminated or any rights to renew such leases to be forfeited or cancelled, (iii) notify the Administrative Agent of any default by any party with respect to such Leases and cooperate with the Administrative Agent in all respects to cure any such default, and (iv) cause each of its Subsidiaries to do so, except, in any case described in the foregoing clauses (i) through (iv), where the failure to do so, either individually or in the aggregate, would not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.19 Material Contracts. (a) Perform and observe all the terms and provisions of each Material Contract to be performed or observed by it, (b) maintain each such Material Contract in full force and effect (except for any such Material Contract that has been replaced prior to, or concurrently with, the termination thereof in accordance with the terms of Section 7.12(a)), (c) enforce each such Material Contract in accordance with its terms, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to do so, except, with respect to clauses (a) and (c) where the failure to do so, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

132

6.20 Post Closing Matters.

(a) On or before sixty (60) days after the date hereof (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion), the Loan Parties shall deliver to the Administrative Agent in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agents, such endorsements, including lender’s loss payee, notice of cancellation and additional insured endorsements, with respect thereto, as are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof.

(b) On or before sixty (60) days after the date hereof (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion), the Loan Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to the Collateral Agent a Collateral Access Agreement for the real property located at 6363 Main Street, Williamsville, New York, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agents and duly executed by the parties thereto.

ARTICLE VII

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation (other than any Obligation in respect of the Other Liabilities and other than contingent liabilities in respect of indemnity for which a claim has not been made) hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding and not Cash Collateralized, no Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:

7.01 Liens. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or sign or file or consent to be filed under the UCC or any similar Law or statute of any jurisdiction a financing statement that names any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof as debtor; sign or suffer to exist any security agreement authorizing any Person thereunder to file such financing statement; sell any of its property or assets subject to an understanding or agreement (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase such property or assets with recourse to it or any of its Subsidiaries; or assign or otherwise transfer any accounts or other rights to receive income, other than, as to all of the above, Permitted Encumbrances.

7.02 Investments. Make any Investments, except Permitted Investments.

7.03 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, guarantee, suffer to exist or otherwise become or remain liable with respect to, any Indebtedness, except Permitted Indebtedness.

7.04 Fundamental Changes. Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person (or agree to do any of the foregoing), except that, so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing prior to, or immediately after giving effect to, any action described below or would result therefrom:

(a) any Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party may merge with (i) a Loan Party, provided that the Loan Party shall be the continuing or surviving Person, or (ii) any one or more other Subsidiaries which are not Loan Parties, provided that when any Wholly Owned Subsidiary is merging with another Subsidiary, the Wholly Owned Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving Person;

133

(b) any Loan Party or any Subsidiary which is a Loan Party may merge with or into any other Subsidiary which is a Loan Party, provided that in any merger involving a Borrower, such Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person;

(c) in connection with a Permitted Acquisition, any Subsidiary of a Loan Party may merge with or into or consolidate with any other Person or permit any other Person to merge with or into or consolidate with it; provided that (i) if such Subsidiary is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of a Loan Party, the Person surviving such merger shall be a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of a Loan Party and (ii) in the case of any such merger to which any Loan Party is a party, such Loan Party is the surviving Person; and

(d) any CFC that is not a Loan Party may merge into any CFC that is not a Loan Party.

7.05 Dispositions. Make any Disposition or enter into any agreement to make any Disposition, except Permitted Dispositions.

7.06 Restricted Payments. Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so, except that, so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing prior to, or immediately after giving effect to, any action described below or would result therefrom:

(a) each Subsidiary of a Loan Party may make Restricted Payments to any Loan Party;

(b) the Loan Parties and each Subsidiary may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in Equity Interests of such Person (other than Disqualified Stock);

(c) the Loan Parties may declare and make the Refinancing Dividend;

(d) the Loan Parties and each Subsidiary may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire Equity Interests held by any of its present or former employees, directors or consultant pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan, provided that Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (d) shall not exceed $2,500,000 in the aggregate in any Fiscal Year (with unused amounts in any Fiscal Year being carried over to the next succeeding Fiscal Year);

(e) if the Restricted Payment Conditions are satisfied, the Loan Parties and each Subsidiary may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire Equity Interests issued by it;

(f) if the Restricted Payment Conditions are satisfied, the Parent may declare or pay dividends or distributions with respect to any capital stock or other Equity Interest of the Parent;

(g) the Loan Parties may make Restricted Payments for the purpose of paying Tax Distributions; and

134

(h) the Loan Parties and each Subsidiary may pay any dividend or redeem any Equity Interests within ten (10) days after the date of declaration or call for redemption thereof if, at such date of declaration or call for redemption, such payment was otherwise permitted pursuant to this Section 7.06.

7.07 Repayments and Prepayments of Indebtedness. Repay, prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the scheduled maturity thereof in any manner any Indebtedness described in clause (j) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness or other Indebtedness for borrowed money, or make any payment in violation of any subordination terms of any Subordinated Indebtedness, except (a) as long as no Default or Event of Default then exists or would arise therefrom, regularly scheduled repayments, repurchases, redemptions or defeasances of interest on account of Permitted Indebtedness, (b) mandatory prepayments of principal and interest on account of the Note Obligations made solely with proceeds of the Notes Priority Collateral, (c) voluntary prepayments, repurchases, redemptions or defeasances of principal and interest on account of Permitted Indebtedness as long as the Payment Conditions are satisfied, (d) prepayment in whole or in part of the Senior Notes from any refinancing with the proceeds of Qualifying Indebtedness, and (e) Permitted Refinancings of any such Indebtedness.

7.08 Change in Nature of Business.

(a) In the case of the Parent, engage in any business or activity other than (i) direct or indirect ownership of all outstanding Equity Interests in the other Loan Parties, (ii) maintenance of its corporate existence, (iii) participation in tax, accounting and other administrative activities as the parent of the consolidated group of companies, including the Loan Parties, (iv) execution and delivery of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the performance of its obligations thereunder, (v) execution and delivery of the Senior Notes Documents to which it is a party and the performance of its obligations thereunder, and (vi) activities incidental to the businesses or activities described in clauses (i) through (v) of this Section 7.08(a).

(b) In the case of each of the other Loan Parties, engage in any line of business other than a Permitted Business.

7.09 Transactions with Affiliates. Enter into, renew, extend or be a party to any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of any Loan Party, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than on fair and reasonable terms substantially as favorable to the Loan Parties or such Subsidiary as would be obtainable by the Loan Parties or such Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate, provided that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to:

(a) a transaction between or among the Loan Parties not prohibited hereunder;

(b) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests of the Parent (other than Disqualified Stock) to Affiliates;

135

(c) payments pursuant to the Management Agreement on account of Management Fees payable to the Sponsor on a quarterly basis in advance after the Effective Date not to exceed $2,500,000 in any calendar year, provided that such Management Fees may not be paid if an Event of Default then exists or would arise therefrom, provided further that any such Management Fees not be permitted to be paid hereunder shall accrue and be payable when the applicable Event of Default has been waived and no additional Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would arise as a result of such payment;

(d) transactions permitted pursuant to Sections 7.02, 7.03 and 7.06 of this Agreement;

(e) payments of reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses provided by the Sponsor to the Loan Parties pursuant to the Management Agreement, provided that no Event of Default then exists or would arise therefrom;

(f) payments in connection with Qualified Securitization Transaction;

(g) transactions related to the repayment of the Indebtedness of the Loan Parties’ existing as of the Effective Date to be repaid in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Indenture or this Agreement;

(h) Investments by the Sponsor in debt securities of the Parent (or any of its Subsidiaries) so long as (i) the Investments are being offered to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the Investments constitute less than five percent (5%) of the proposed outstanding issue amount of the class of securities;

(i) payment of reasonable compensation to officers and employees for services actually rendered to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries; and

(j) transactions undertaken pursuant to the agreements described on Schedule 7.09 and any renewals, replacements or modifications of such agreements, provided that the terms thereof are not materially less favorable when taken as a whole to the Lenders than those in effect on the Effective Date.

7.10 Burdensome Agreements.

(a) Enter into or permit to exist any Contractual Obligation (other than the Senior Notes Documents, this Agreement or any other Loan Document) that (i) limits the ability (A) of any Subsidiary to make Restricted Payments or other distributions to any Loan Party or to otherwise transfer property to or invest in a Loan Party, (B) of any Subsidiary to Guarantee the Obligations, (C) of any Subsidiary to make or repay loans to a Loan Party, or (D) of the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person in favor of the Collateral Agent; or (ii) requires the grant by a Loan Party or Subsidiary of a Lien to secure an obligation of such Person if a Lien is granted by such Person to secure another obligation of such Person.

(b) The restrictions contained in Section 7.10(a) shall not prohibit:

136

(i) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument (including, without limitation, the Loan Documents and the Senior Note Documents) in effect on the Effective Date or as set forth in the 2017 Refinancing Senior Notes Documents on the date of execution thereof, or any agreement governing Indebtedness that contains encumbrances and restrictions that are not materially more restrictive than those contained in the Loan Documents and the Senior Notes Documents;

(ii) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary on the Effective Date, in existence at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary and not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Subsidiary, provided that such encumbrances and restrictions are not applicable to any Subsidiary or the properties or assets of any Subsidiary other than such Subsidiary which is becoming a Subsidiary or such Subsidiary’s Subsidiaries;

(iii) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to any agreement governing any Indebtedness permitted under clauses (c) or (f) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness;

(iv) any encumbrance or restriction contained in any Indebtedness acquired or other agreement of any Person or related to assets acquired (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, so long as such encumbrance or restriction (A) was not entered into in contemplation of the acquisition, merger or consolidation transaction, and (B) is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or such Person’s Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person or such Person’s Subsidiaries, so acquired;

(v) any encumbrance or restriction existing under applicable Law, rule, regulation or order or any requirement of any regulatory body;

(vi) in the case of clause (i)(A) of subsection (a) above, Permitted Encumbrances that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Permitted Encumbrances;

(vii) customary non-assignment provisions in leases, licenses or contracts;

(viii) customary restrictions contained in (A) asset sale agreements that limit the transfer of such assets pending the closing of such sale and (B) any other agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Subsidiary that restricts distributions by that Subsidiary pending its sale or other Disposition;

(ix) customary restrictions imposed by the terms of shareholders’, partnership or joint venture agreements; provided, however, that such restrictions do not apply to any Subsidiaries other than the applicable company, partnership or joint venture;

137

(x) restrictions contained in Permitted Indebtedness, so long as such restrictions are customary for Indebtedness of the type incurred and the board of directors of the Parent determines in good faith that such restrictions will not adversely affect the Parent’s or the Lead Borrower’s ability to make payments of principal or interest on the Obligations;

(xi) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Securitization Entity in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction; provided, however, that such encumbrances and restrictions are necessary or advisable to effect the transactions contemplated under such Qualified Securitization Transaction in the good faith determination of the Parent;

(xii) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or suppliers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; and

(xiii) any encumbrance or restriction under any agreement that amends, extends, renews, refinances or replaces the agreements containing the encumbrances or restrictions in the foregoing clauses (i) through (xii), or in this clause (xiii); provided that the terms and conditions of any such encumbrances or restrictions are no more restrictive in any material respect than those under or pursuant to the agreement evidencing the Indebtedness so extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced.

7.11 Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of any Credit Extension, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the FRB) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund Indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose.

7.12 Amendment of Material Documents.

(a) (i) Enter into any amendment or modification of, or agree to or accept any waiver under, (A) its Organization Documents or (B) any Material Indebtedness (other than the Indenture or any of the other Senior Notes Documents), in each of the cases described in this clause (i), to the extent that such amendment, modification or waiver would materially adversely affect the rights of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, as applicable, or any Credit Party; or (ii) permit any Material Contract to be cancelled or terminated prior to its stated expiration unless such Material Contract is either (A) replaced by a new agreement with a third party reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion or (B) replaced by the Loan Parties’ in-sourcing of the services previously provided by a third party under such Material Contract, in each of the cases described in this clause (ii), on terms substantially similar or more favorable to the Loan Parties than those in effect under the Material Contract being cancelled or terminated and otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion.

138

(b) Enter into any amendment or modification of, or agree to or accept any waiver under, the 2015 Senior Notes Indenture or any of the other 2015 Senior Notes Documents (other than pursuant to a Permitted Refinancing of the 2015 Senior Notes pursuant to the terms of the 2017 Refinancing Senior Notes Documents) to the extent that the effect of such amendment, modification or waiver would be to: (i) increase the interest rate or the cash rate of interest on, such Indebtedness by more than two (2%) percent; (ii) cause there to be an earlier maturity date or decreased weighted average life thereof; (iii) add, or change in a manner adverse to any Loan Party, any event of default or add, or make more restrictive, any covenant with respect to the Indebtedness thereunder; (iv) change in a manner adverse to any Loan Party the prepayment provisions of such Indebtedness; (v) change in a manner adverse to any Loan Party the terms of, or otherwise alter, any redemption or put rights thereunder; or (vi) change or amend any other term if such change or amendment would (A) increase the obligations of the Loan Parties or (B) confer additional rights on the holder of such Indebtedness in a manner adverse to any Loan Party or any Credit Party.

(c) After the execution of the 2017 Refinancing Senior Notes Documents, enter into any amendment or modification of, or agree to or accept any waiver under, the 2017 Refinancing Senior Notes Indenture or any of the other 2017 Refinancing Senior Notes Documents to the extent that the effect of such amendment, modification or waiver would be to: (i) increase the interest rate or the cash rate of interest on, such Indebtedness by more than two (2%) percent; (ii) cause there to be an earlier maturity date or decreased weighted average life thereof; (iii) add, or change in a manner adverse to any Loan Party, any event of default or add, or make more restrictive, any covenant with respect to the Indebtedness thereunder; (iv) change in a manner adverse to any Loan Party the prepayment provisions of such Indebtedness; (v) change in a manner adverse to any Loan Party the terms of, or otherwise alter, any redemption or put rights thereunder; or (vi) change or amend any other term if such change or amendment would (A) increase the obligations of the Loan Parties or (B) confer additional rights on the holder of such Indebtedness in a manner adverse to any Loan Party or any Credit Party.

7.13 Fiscal Year; Changes Regarding the Collateral.

(a) Change the Fiscal Year of any Loan Party, or the accounting policies or reporting practices of the Loan Parties, except as permitted or required by GAAP upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Administrative Agent.

(b) Effect or permit any change referred to in Section 6.14(a) or (c) unless all filings have been made under the UCC or otherwise that are required in order for the Collateral Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest in all the Collateral (having the priority set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement) for its own benefit and the benefit of the other Credit Parties.

7.14 Blocked Accounts; Credit Card Processors. (a) Open new DDAs (other than the Trust Account) after the Effective Date unless either (i) such new DDAs sweep on a daily basis to a Blocked Account or (ii) the Loan Parties shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent

139

appropriate Blocked Account Agreements or (b) enter into agreements with new credit card processors unless the Loan Parties shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent appropriate Credit Card Notifications, in each of the cases described in clauses (i) and (ii), consistent with the provisions of Section 6.13. No Loan Party shall maintain any bank accounts or enter into any agreements with credit card processors other than the ones expressly contemplated herein or in Section 6.13 hereof.

7.15 Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. During the continuance of a Covenant Compliance Event, permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, calculated as of the occurrence of such Covenant Compliance Event and as of the last day of each Fiscal Period thereafter based upon the most recent Measurement Period, to be less than 1.00 to 1.00.

ARTICLE VIII

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

8.01 Events of Default. Any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:

(a) Non-Payment. The Borrowers or any other Loan Party fails to pay when and as required to be paid herein, (i) any amount of principal of any Loan or any L/C Obligation, or deposit any funds as Cash Collateral in respect of L/C Obligations, or (ii) any interest on any Loan or on any L/C Obligation, or any fee due hereunder, and, in the case of this clause (ii), such failure continues for three (3) Business Days, or (iii) any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document and, in the case of this clause (iii), such failure continues for three (3) days; or

(b) Specific Covenants. (i) Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Sections 6.01, 6.02(a), (b), (c) or (e), 6.03, 6.05, 6.07, 6.10, 6.11, 6.12, 6.13, 6.14(a) or Article VII; or (ii) any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 6.19 and such failure continues for seven (7) Business Days; or

(c) Other Defaults. Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in subsection (a) or (b) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for thirty (30) days; or

(d) Representations and Warranties. Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of any Borrower or any other Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith (including, without limitation, any Borrowing Base Certificate) shall be incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made; or

(e) Cross-Default. (i) Any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof (A) fails to make any payment when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Material Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness under any Swap Contract), and such failure shall continue after the

140

applicable cure or grace period, if any, specified in the agreements or instruments relating to such Material Indebtedness or (B) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Material Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, and such failure shall continue after the applicable cure or grace period, if any, specified in the agreements or instruments relating to such Material Indebtedness, or any other event occurs, the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Material Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Material Indebtedness to become due and payable (whether by acceleration or demand) or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Material Indebtedness to be made, in each case prior to its stated maturity; or (ii) there occurs under any Swap Contract an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Contract) resulting from (A) any event of default under such Swap Contract as to which a Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof is the Defaulting Party (as defined in such Swap Contract) or (B) any Termination Event (as so defined) under such Swap Contract as to which a Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof is an Affected Party (as so defined) and, in either event, the Swap Termination Value owed by the Loan Party or such Subsidiary as a result thereof is greater than $10,000,000; or

(f) Insolvency Proceedings, Etc. Any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, other than an Immaterial Subsidiary, institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or a proceeding shall be commenced or a petition filed, without the application or consent of such Person, seeking or requesting the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed and the appointment continues undischarged, undismissed or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or

(g) Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment. (i) Any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, other than an Immaterial Subsidiary, thereof becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of any such Person and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within forty-five (45) days after its issuance or levy; or

(h) Judgments. There is entered against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof (i) one or more judgments or orders for the payment of money in an aggregate amount (as to all such judgments and orders) exceeding $5,000,000 (unless bonded or

141

covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer is rated at least “A” by A.M. Best Company, and such insurer has been notified of the potential claim and does not dispute coverage), or (ii) any one or more non-monetary judgments that have, or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and, in either case, (A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (B) there is a period of thirty (30) consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; or

(i) ERISA. (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or (ii) a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate (A) incurs a “default”, as such term is defined in Section 4219(c)(5)(A) of ERISA, with respect to a withdrawal liability payment, which default results in, or would reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect or (B) receives notice from the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan requiring immediate payment of the full outstanding amount of such Loan Party’s or ERISA Affiliate’s withdrawal liability pursuant to Section 4219(c)(5) of ERISA where payment of such liability would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

(j) Invalidity of Loan Documents. (i) Any material provision of any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any provision of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies that it has any or further liability or obligation under any provision of any Loan Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any provision of any Loan Document or seeks to avoid, limit or otherwise adversely affect any Lien purported to be created under any Security Document; or (ii) other than as a result of action or inaction of any Agent or Lender, any Lien purported to be created under any Security Document shall cease to be, or shall be asserted by or on behalf of any Loan Party not to be, a valid and perfected Lien on any Collateral, with the priority required by the applicable Security Document and the Intercreditor Agreement; or (iii) any challenge shall be made by or on behalf of any other Person which seeks to void, avoid, limit, or otherwise adversely affect any security interest created by or in any Loan Document on material assets of the type included in the Borrowing Base, as to which an order or judgment has been entered materially adverse to the Agents and the Lenders; or

(k) Change of Control. There occurs any Change of Control; or

(l) Cessation of Business. Except as otherwise expressly permitted hereunder, any Loan Party, other than an Immaterial Subsidiary, shall take any action to suspend the operation of its business in the ordinary course, liquidate all or a material portion of its assets or Store locations, or employ an agent or other third party to conduct a program of closings, liquidations or “Going-Out-Of-Business” sales of any material portion of its business.

142

8.02 Remedies Upon Event of Default. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent may, or, at the request of the Required Lenders (or, in the event that there are only two (2) Lenders hereunder, any Lender so long as such Lender is a Lender as of the Effective Date and maintains a Commitment not less than the Commitment of such Lender as of the Effective Date), shall, take any or all of the following actions:

(a) declare the Commitments of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such Commitments and obligation shall be terminated;

(b) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Loan Parties;

(c) require that the Loan Parties Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations; and

(d) whether or not the maturity of the Obligations shall have been accelerated pursuant hereto, proceed to protect, enforce and exercise all rights and remedies of the Credit Parties under this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or applicable Law, including, but not limited to, by suit in equity, action at law or other appropriate proceeding, whether for the specific performance of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any instrument pursuant to which the Obligations are evidenced, and, if such amount shall have become due, by declaration or otherwise, proceed to enforce the payment thereof or any other legal or equitable right of the Credit Parties;

provided, however, that upon the occurrence of any Event of Default under Section 8.01(f) as to any Borrower, the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Loan Parties to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

No remedy herein is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy and each and every remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or any other provision of Law.

8.03 Application of Funds. After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 8.02), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:

143

First, to payment of that portion of the Obligations (excluding the Other Liabilities) constituting fees, indemnities, Credit Party Expenses and other amounts (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent and amounts payable under Article III) payable to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, each in its capacity as such;

Second, to payment of that portion of the Obligations (excluding the Other Liabilities) constituting indemnities, Credit Party Expenses, and other amounts (other than principal, interest and fees) payable to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the respective Lenders and the L/C Issuer and amounts payable under Article III), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third, to the extent not previously reimbursed by the Lenders, to payment to the Agents of that portion of the Obligations constituting principal and accrued and unpaid interest on any Permitted Overadvances;

Fourth, to the extent that Swing Line Loans have not been refinanced by a Committed Loan, payment to the Swing Line Lender of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Swing Line Loans;

Fifth, to the extent that Swing Line Loans have not been refinanced by a Committed Loan, to payment to the Swing Line Lender of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Swing Line Loans;

Sixth, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans (other than Swing Line Loans), L/C Borrowings and other Obligations, and fees (including Letter of Credit Fees), ratably among the Lenders and the L/C Issuer in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Sixth payable to them;

Seventh, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans (other than Swing Line Loans) and L/C Borrowings, ratably among the Lenders and the L/C Issuer in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Seventh held by them;

Eighth, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer, to Cash Collateralize that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit;

Ninth, to payment of all other Obligations (including, without limitation, the cash collateralization of unliquidated indemnification obligations as provided in Section 10.04, but excluding any Other Liabilities), ratably among the Credit Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Ninth held by them;

Tenth, to payment of that portion of the Obligations arising from Cash Management Services, ratably among the Credit Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Tenth held by them;

144

Eleventh, to payment of all other Obligations arising from Bank Products, ratably among the Credit Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Eleventh held by them; and

Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Loan Parties or as otherwise required by Law.

Subject to Section 2.03(c), amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Eighth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.

ARTICLE IX

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

9.01 Appointment and Authority.

(a) Each of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints Bank of America to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article IX are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, and no Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

(b) Each of the Lenders (in its capacities as a Lender), Swing Line Lender and the L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints Bank of America as Collateral Agent and authorizes the Collateral Agent to act as the agent of such Lender and the L/C Issuer for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Collateral Agent, as “collateral agent”, and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 9.05 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Collateral Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article IX and Article X as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents, as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.

9.02 Rights as a Lender. The Persons serving as the Agents hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in their capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though they were not the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context

145

otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

9.03 Exculpatory Provisions. The Agents shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agents:

(a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

(b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents); provided that no Agent shall be required to take any action that, in its respective opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose such Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Law; and

(c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Loan Parties or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

No Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the Consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as such Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 10.01 and 8.02) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a final and non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

The Agents shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to such Agent by the Loan Parties, a Lender or the L/C Issuer. In the event that the Agents obtain such actual knowledge or receive such a notice, the Agents shall give prompt notice thereof to each of the other Credit Parties. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Agents shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders. Unless and until the Agents shall have received such direction, the Agents may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to any such Default or Event of Default as they shall deem advisable in the best interest of the Credit Parties. In no event shall the Agents be required to comply with any such directions to the extent that any Agent believes that its compliance with such directions would be unlawful.

146

The Agents shall not be responsible for, or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into, (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Security Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, or (vi) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Agents.

9.04 Reliance by Agents. Each Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including, but not limited to, any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. Each Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or the L/C Issuer unless the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice to the contrary from such Lender or the L/C Issuer prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. Each Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for any Loan Party), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

9.05 Delegation of Duties. Each Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by such Agent. Each Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article IX shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Agents and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as such Agent.

9.06 Resignation of Agents. Either Agent may at any time give written notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Lead Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with the consent of the Lead Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to appoint a successor, which shall be an Eligible Assignee. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the

147

retiring Agent may on behalf of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer appoint a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that, if the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall notify the Lead Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (a) the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any Collateral held by the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the L/C Issuer under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Collateral Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Collateral Agent is appointed) and (b) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and the L/C Issuer directly, until such time as the Required Lenders (in consultation with the Lead Borrower) appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this Section 9.06. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section 9.06). The fees payable by the Borrowers to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Lead Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article IX and Section 10.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Agent was acting as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent hereunder.

Any resignation by Bank of America as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 9.06 shall also constitute its resignation as L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender, (b) the retiring L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and (c) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring L/C Issuer to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring L/C Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit. After the retiring L/C Issuer’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article IX and Section 10.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring L/C Issuer, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring L/C Issuer was acting as the L/C Issuer hereunder.

9.07 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agents or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agents or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such

148

documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder. Except as provided in Section 9.11, the Agents shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Credit Party with any other credit or other information concerning the affairs, financial condition or business of any Loan Party that may come into the possession of the Agents.

9.08 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Loan Parties) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent and the other Credit Parties (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, such Credit Parties and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the L/C Issuer the Administrative Agent and such Credit Parties under Sections 2.03(i) and 2.03(j), as applicable, 2.09 and 10.04) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and the L/C Issuer to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, if the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 10.04.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or the L/C Issuer any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or the L/C Issuer or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or the L/C Issuer in any such proceeding.

9.09 Collateral and Guaranty Matters. The Credit Parties irrevocably authorize the Agents, at their option and in their discretion,

149

(a) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Collateral Agent under any Loan Document (i) upon termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been asserted and any Other Liabilities which are not by their terms then due and payable, provided that the Agents shall have received such indemnities and collateral security as they shall have required in accordance with the terms of Section 10.11 to protect the Credit Parties against any obligations that may thereafter arise with respect to such Other Liabilities) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit, (ii) that is sold or to be sold as part of or in connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or (iii) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders in accordance with Section 10.01;

(b) to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Collateral Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by clause (h) of the definition of Permitted Encumbrances; and

(c) to release any Guarantor from its obligations under any guarantee of the Obligations if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder.

Upon request by any Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing such Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under any guarantee of the Obligations pursuant to this Section 9.09. In each case as specified in this Section 9.09, the Agents will, at the Loan Parties’ expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Security Documents or to subordinate its interest in such item, or to release such Guarantor from its obligations under any guarantee of the Obligations, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 9.09.

9.10 Notice of Transfer. The Agents may deem and treat a Lender party to this Agreement as the owner of such Lender’s portion of the Obligations for all purposes, unless and until, and except to the extent, an Assignment and Acceptance shall have become effective as set forth in Section 10.06.

9.11 Reports and Financial Statements. By signing this Agreement, each Lender:

(a) agrees to furnish the Administrative Agent, after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Cash Dominion Event (and thereafter at such frequency as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request), with a summary of all Other Liabilities due or to become due to such Lender. In connection with any distributions to be made hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to assume that no amounts are due to any Lender on account of Other Liabilities unless the Administrative Agent has received written notice thereof from such Lender;

150

(b) is deemed to have requested that the Administrative Agent furnish such Lender, promptly after they become available, copies of all financial statements and Borrowing Base Certificates required to be delivered by the Lead Borrower hereunder and all commercial finance examinations and appraisals of the Collateral received by the Agents (collectively, the “Reports”);

(c) expressly agrees and acknowledges that the Administrative Agent makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the Reports, and shall not be liable for any information contained in any Report;

(d) expressly agrees and acknowledges that the Reports are not comprehensive audits or examinations, that the Agents or any other party performing any audit or examination will inspect only specific information regarding the Loan Parties and will rely significantly upon the Loan Parties’ books and records, as well as on representations of the Loan Parties’ personnel;

(e) agrees to keep all Reports confidential in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07 hereof; and

(f) without limiting the generality of any other indemnification provision contained in this Agreement, agrees: (i) to hold the Agents and any such other Lender preparing a Report harmless from any action the indemnifying Lender may take or conclusion the indemnifying Lender may reach or draw from any Report in connection with any Credit Extensions that the indemnifying Lender has made or may make to the Borrowers, or the indemnifying Lender’s participation in, or the indemnifying Lender’s purchase of, a Loan or Loans; and (ii) to pay and protect, and indemnify, defend, and hold the Agents and any such other Lender preparing a Report harmless from and against, the claims, actions, proceedings, damages, costs, expenses, and other amounts (including attorney costs) incurred by the Agents and any such other Lender preparing a Report as the direct or indirect result of any third parties who might obtain all or part of any Report through the indemnifying Lender.

9.12 Agency for Perfection. Each Lender hereby appoints each other Lender as agent for the purpose of perfecting Liens for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders, in assets which, in accordance with Article 9 of the UCC or any other applicable Law of the United States can be perfected only by possession. Should any Lender (other than the Agents) obtain possession of any such Collateral, such Lender shall notify the Agents thereof, and, promptly upon the Collateral Agent’s request therefor shall deliver such Collateral to the Collateral Agent or otherwise deal with such Collateral in accordance with the Collateral Agent’s instructions.

9.13 Indemnification of Agents. The Lenders shall indemnify the Agents (to the extent not reimbursed by the Loan Parties and without limiting the obligations of the Loan Parties hereunder), ratably according to their Applicable Percentages, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against any Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any action taken or omitted to be taken by any Agent in connection therewith; provided that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from such Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final and non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

151

9.14 Relation among Lenders. The Lenders are not partners or co-venturers, and no Lender shall be liable for the acts or omissions of, or (except as otherwise set forth herein in case of the Agents) authorized to act for, any other Lender.

9.15 Syndication Agents and Co-Lead Arrangers. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, neither any Person who is or becomes a Syndication Agent nor the Arrangers, in their capacities as such, shall have any powers, rights, duties, responsibilities or liabilities with respect to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

10.01 Amendments, Etc. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no Consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Administrative Agent, with the Consent of the Required Lenders, and the Lead Borrower or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and each such waiver or Consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, however, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

(a) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 8.02) without the written Consent of such Lender;

(b) as to any Lender, postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for (i) any scheduled payment (including the Maturity Date) or mandatory prepayment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents without the written Consent of such Lender, or (ii) any scheduled or mandatory reduction of the Aggregate Commitments hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written Consent of such Lender;

(c) as to any Lender, reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan or L/C Borrowing, or (subject to clause (iv) of the second proviso to this Section 10.01) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, without the written Consent of such Lender; provided, however, that only the Consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the Borrowers to pay interest or Letter of Credit Fees at the Default Rate;

(d) as to any Lender, change Section 2.13 or Section 8.03 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the written Consent of such Lender;

152

(e) change any provision of this Section 10.01 or the definition of “Required Lenders”, “Supermajority Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written Consent of each Lender;

(f) except in connection with Permitted Dispositions, release, or limit the liability of, any Loan Party, other than an Immaterial Subsidiary, without the written Consent of each Lender;

(g) except in connection with Permitted Dispositions, release all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens of the Security Documents without the written Consent of each Lender;

(h) except as provided in Section 2.15, increase the Aggregate Commitments without the written Consent of each Lender;

(i) change the definition of “Borrowing Base” or any component definition thereof if, as a result thereof, the amounts available to be borrowed by the Borrowers would be increased without the written Consent of Supermajority Lenders, provided that the foregoing shall not limit the discretion of the Administrative Agent to change, establish or eliminate any Reserves; provided further that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall increase any advance rate in such definition without the written Consent of each Lender;

(j) modify the definition of Permitted Overadvance so as to increase the amount thereof or, except as otherwise provided in such definition, the time period for a Permitted Overadvance without the written Consent of each Lender; and

(k) except as expressly permitted herein or in any other Loan Document, subordinate the Obligations hereunder or the Liens granted hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, to any other Indebtedness or Lien, as the case may be without the written Consent of each Lender;

and, provided further, that: (i) no amendment, waiver or Consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the L/C Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any Issuer Document relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or Consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Swing Line Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Swing Line Lender under this Agreement; (iii) no amendment, waiver or Consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (iv) no amendment, waiver or Consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Collateral Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Collateral Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (v) any member of the Sponsor Group that at any time holds any portion of the Obligations or Commitments shall be subject to the Sponsor Group Limitations; and (vi) the Fee Letter may be

153

amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or Consent hereunder, except that the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender.

If any Lender does not Consent (a “Non-Consenting Lender”) to a proposed amendment, waiver, consent or release with respect to any Loan Document that requires the Consent of each Lender and that has been approved by the Required Lenders, the Lead Borrower may replace such Non-Consenting Lender in accordance with Section 10.13; provided that such amendment, waiver, consent or release can be effected as a result of the assignment contemplated by such Section (together with all other such assignments required by the Lead Borrower to be made pursuant to this paragraph).

10.02 Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications.

(a) Notices Generally. Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in subsection (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier or electronic mail as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

(i) if to the Loan Parties, the Agents, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 10.02; and

(ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire.

Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient). Notices delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below, shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b).

(b) Electronic Communications. Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to Article II if such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under Article II by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Lead Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

154

Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

(c) The Platform. THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Agents or any of their Related Parties (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) have any liability to any Loan Party, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Loan Parties’ or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party, or breach in bad faith of such Agent Party’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document; provided, however, that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to any Loan Party, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages).

(d) Change of Address, Etc. Each of the Loan Parties, the Agents, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Lead Borrower, the Agents, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, telecopier number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender.

155

(e) Reliance by Agents, L/C Issuer and Lenders. The Agents, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Committed Loan Notices and Swing Line Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Loan Parties even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Loan Parties shall indemnify the Agents, the L/C Issuer, each Lender and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Loan Parties. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Agents may be recorded by the Agents, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

10.03 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure by any Credit Party to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided herein and in the other Loan Documents are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default or Event of Default, regardless of whether any Credit Party may have had notice or knowledge of such Default or Event of Default at the time.

10.04 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.

(a) Costs and Expenses. The Borrowers shall pay all Credit Party Expenses (excluding any Taxes, the payment of which shall be governed by Section 3.01 of this Agreement).

(b) Indemnification by the Loan Parties. The Loan Parties shall indemnify the Agents (and any sub-agent thereof), each other Credit Party, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless (on an after tax basis) from, any and all losses, claims, causes of action, damages, liabilities, settlement payments, costs and related expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee), incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by any Borrower or any other Loan Party arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or, in the case of the Agents (and any sub-agents thereof) and their Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the

156

proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, (iv) any claims of, or amounts paid by any Credit Party to, a Blocked Account Bank or other Person which has entered into a control agreement with any Credit Party hereunder, or (v) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by any Borrower or any other Loan Party or any of the Loan Parties’ directors, shareholders or creditors, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto, in all cases, whether or not caused by or arising, in whole or in part, out of the comparative, contributory or sole negligence of the Indemnitee; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, (y) result from a claim brought by a Borrower or any other Loan Party against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if the Borrowers or such Loan Party has obtained a final and non-appealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or (z) arise out of, or in connection with, any dispute between or among the Indemnitees (other than any dispute against an Agent solely in its capacity as an Agent). For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 10.04(b) shall not apply with respect to Taxes, which shall be governed by Section 3.01.

(c) Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, the Loan Parties shall not assert, and hereby waive, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, or breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, as determined by a final and non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

(d) Payments. All amounts due under this Section 10.04 shall be payable on demand.

(e) Survival. The agreements in this Section 10.04 shall survive the resignation of any Agent and the L/C Issuer, the assignment of any Commitment or Loan by any Lender, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.

157

10.05 Payments Set Aside. To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Loan Parties is made to any Credit Party, or any Credit Party exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such Credit Party in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender and the L/C Issuer severally agrees to pay to the Agents upon demand its Applicable Percentage (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Agents, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

10.06 Successors and Assigns.

(a) Successors and Assigns Generally. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that no Loan Party may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the prior written Consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Eligible Assignee in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.06(b), (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.06(d), or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 10.06(f) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in Section 10.06(d) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Credit Parties) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Assignments by Lenders. Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment(s) and the Loans (including for purposes of this Section 10.06(b), participations in L/C Obligations and in Swing Line Loans) at the time owing to it); provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i) Minimum Amounts.

(A) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to a Lender, no minimum amount need be assigned; and

158

(B) in any case not described in Section 10.06(b)(i)(A), the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Lead Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided, however, that concurrent assignments to members of an Assignee Group and concurrent assignments from members of an Assignee Group to a single Eligible Assignee (or to an Eligible Assignee and members of its Assignee Group) will be treated as a single assignment for purposes of determining whether such minimum amount has been met;

(ii) Proportionate Amounts. Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans or the Commitment assigned, except that this clause (ii) shall not apply to the Swing Line Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of Swing Line Loans;

(iii) Required Consents. No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by Section 10.06(b)(i)(B) and, in addition:

(A) the consent of the Lead Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (1) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (2) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender; and

(B) the consent of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect of any Commitment if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender.

(iv) Assignment and Assumption. The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided, however, that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment. The assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.

159

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.06(c), from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04, 3.05, and 10.04 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment. Upon request, the Borrowers (at their expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 10.06(d).

(c) Register. The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Lead Borrower and any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(d) Participations. Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Loan Parties or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person or the Loan Parties or any of the Loan Parties’ Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations and/or Swing Line Loans) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Loan Parties, the Agents, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any Participant shall agree in writing to comply with all confidentiality obligations set forth in Section 10.07 as if such Participant was a Lender hereunder. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the

160

identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to Section 10.01 that affects such Participant. Subject to Section 10.06(e), the Loan Parties agree that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04 and 3.05 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 10.06(b). To the extent permitted by Law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.08 as though it were a Lender, provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.13 as though it were a Lender.

(e) Limitations upon Participant Rights. A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 3.01, 3.04 or 3.05 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Lead Borrower’s prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 3.01 unless the Lead Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Loan Parties, to comply with Section 3.01(e) as though it were a Lender.

(f) Certain Pledges. Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(g) Electronic Execution of Assignments. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable Law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

161

(h) Resignation as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender after Assignment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time Bank of America assigns all of its Commitment and Loans pursuant to Section 10.06(b), Bank of America may, (i) upon 30 days’ notice to the Lead Borrower and the Lenders, resign as L/C Issuer and/or (ii) upon 30 days’ notice to the Lead Borrower, resign as Swing Line Lender. In the event of any such resignation as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, the Lead Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder; provided, however, that no failure by the Lead Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of Bank of America as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be. If Bank of America resigns as L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Prime Rate Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.03(c)). If Bank of America resigns as Swing Line Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Prime Rate Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.04(c). Upon the appointment of a successor L/C Issuer and/or Swing Line Lender, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, and (b) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to Bank of America to effectively assume the obligations of Bank of America with respect to such Letters of Credit.

10.07 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality. Each of the Credit Parties agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and Approved Funds and to its and its Affiliates’ and Approved Funds’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, funding sources, attorneys, advisors and representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement (including an agreement set forth in any Platform) containing provisions at least as favorable to the Loan Parties as those of this Section 10.07, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any

162

prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to any Loan Party and its obligations, (g) with the consent of the Lead Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10.07 or (y) becomes available to any Credit Party or any of their respective Affiliates on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Loan Parties.

For purposes of this Section 10.07, “Information” means all information received from the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary thereof relating to the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary thereof or their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to any Credit Party on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary thereof, provided that, in the case of information received from any Loan Party or any Subsidiary after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section 10.07 shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

Each of the Credit Parties acknowledges that (a) the Information may include material non-public information concerning the Loan Parties or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (b) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (c) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable Law, including Federal and state securities Laws.

10.08 Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or if any Lender shall have been served with a trustee process or similar attachment relating to property of a Loan Party, each Lender, the L/C Issuer and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, after obtaining the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) or other property at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender, the L/C Issuer or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrowers or any other Loan Party against any and all of the Obligations now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, regardless of the adequacy of the Collateral, and irrespective of whether or not such Lender or the L/C Issuer shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of the Borrowers or such Loan Party may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of such Lender or the L/C Issuer different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness. The rights of each Lender, the L/C Issuer and their respective Affiliates under this Section 10.08 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender, the L/C Issuer or their respective Affiliates may have. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer agrees to notify the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

163

10.09 Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “Maximum Rate”). If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrowers. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

10.10 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy or other electronic transmission (e.g. “pdf”) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

10.11 Survival. All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Credit Parties, regardless of any investigation made by any Credit Party or on their behalf and notwithstanding that any Credit Party may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or Event of Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation (other than any Obligation in respect of the Other Liabilities) hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding. Further, the provisions of Article III, Article IX and Section 10.04 shall survive and remain in full force and effect until the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof and repayment of all of the Obligations (including, without limitation, those arising under Article III, Article IX and Section 10.04) hereunder. In connection with the termination of this Agreement and the release and termination of the security interests in the Collateral, the Agents may require such indemnities and collateral security as they shall reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to protect the Credit Parties against (x) loss on account of credits previously applied to the Obligations that may subsequently be reversed or revoked, (y) any obligations that may thereafter arise with respect to the Other Liabilities, and (z) any Obligations that may thereafter arise under Section 10.04 hereof.

164

10.12 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

10.13 Replacement of Lenders. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or if the Borrowers are required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01, or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or a Non-Consenting Lender, then the Borrowers may, at their sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 10.06), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that:

(a) the Administrative Agent shall have received (or waived) the assignment fee specified in Section 10.06(b);

(b) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and L/C Advances, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 3.05) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrowers (in the case of all other amounts);

(c) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.04 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.01, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter; and

(d) such assignment does not conflict with applicable Laws.

A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrowers to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

10.14 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.

(a) GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

165

(b) SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION. EACH PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT ANY CREDIT PARTY MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST ANY LOAN PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

(c) WAIVER OF VENUE. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION 10.14. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

(d) SERVICE OF PROCESS. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 10.02. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

(e) ACTIONS COMMENCED BY LOAN PARTIES. EACH LOAN PARTY AGREES THAT ANY ACTION COMMENCED BY ANY SUCH PARTY ASSERTING ANY CLAIM OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL BE BROUGHT SOLELY IN A COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY OR ANY FEDERAL COURT SITTING THEREIN, AS THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT MAY ELECT IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION, AND CONSENTS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH ACTION.

166

10.15 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 10.15.

10.16 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility. In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby, the Loan Parties each acknowledge and agree that: (i) the credit facility provided for hereunder and any related arranging or other services in connection therewith (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) are an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Loan Parties, on the one hand, and the Credit Parties, on the other hand, and each of the Loan Parties is capable of evaluating and understanding and understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or thereof); (ii) in connection with the process leading to such transaction, each Credit Party is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the financial advisor, agent or fiduciary, for the Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates, stockholders, creditors or employees or any other Person; (iii) none of the Credit Parties has assumed or will assume an advisory, agency or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Loan Parties with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto, including with respect to any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document (irrespective of whether any of the Credit Parties has advised or is currently advising any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates on other matters) and none of the Credit Parties has any obligation to any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; (iv) the Credit Parties and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, and none of the Credit Parties has any obligation to disclose any of such interests by virtue of any advisory, agency or fiduciary relationship; and (v) the Credit Parties have not provided, and will not provide, any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), and each of the Loan Parties has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate. Each of the Loan Parties hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, any claims that it may have against each of the Credit Parties with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty.

167

10.17 USA PATRIOT Act Notice. Each Lender that is subject to the Patriot Act and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Loan Parties that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of each Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify each Loan Party in accordance with the Patriot Act. Each Loan Party is in compliance, in all material respects, with the Patriot Act. No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used by the Loan Parties, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

10.18 Foreign Asset Control Regulations. Neither the advance of the Loans nor the use of the proceeds of any thereof will violate the Trading With the Enemy Act (50 U.S.C. § 1 et seq., as amended) (the “Trading With the Enemy Act”) or any of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) (the “Foreign Assets Control Regulations”) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto (which for the avoidance of doubt shall include, but shall not be limited to (a) Executive Order 13224 of September 21, 2001 Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001)) (the “Executive Order”) and (b) the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Public Law 107-56)). Furthermore, none of the Borrowers or their Affiliates (a) is or will become a “blocked person” as described in the Executive Order, the Trading With the Enemy Act or the Foreign Assets Control Regulations or (b) engages or will engage in any dealings or transactions, or be otherwise associated, with any such “blocked person” or in any manner violative of any such order.

10.19 Time of the Essence. Time is of the essence of the Loan Documents.

10.20 Press Releases.

(a) Each Credit Party executing this Agreement agrees that neither it nor its Affiliates will in the future issue any press releases or other public disclosure using the name of Administrative Agent or its Affiliates or referring to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents without at least two (2) Business Days prior notice to Administrative Agent and without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent unless (and only to the extent that) such Credit Party or Affiliate is required to do so under applicable Law and then, in any event, such Credit Party or Affiliate will consult with the Administrative Agent before issuing such press release or other public disclosure.

168

(b) Each Loan Party consents to the publication by Administrative Agent or any Lender of advertising material relating to the financing transactions contemplated by this Agreement using any Loan Party’s name, product photographs, logo or trademark. Administrative Agent or such Lender shall provide a draft reasonably in advance of any advertising material to the Lead Borrower for review and comment prior to the publication thereof. Administrative Agent reserves the right to provide to industry trade organizations information necessary and customary for inclusion in league table measurements.

10.21 Additional Waivers.

(a) The Obligations are the joint and several obligation of each Loan Party. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, the obligations of each Loan Party shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any Credit Party to assert any claim or demand or to enforce or exercise any right or remedy against any other Loan Party under the provisions of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or otherwise, (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or (iii) the failure to perfect any security interest in, or the release of, any of the Collateral or other security held by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent or any other Credit Party.

(b) The obligations of each Loan Party shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Obligations after the termination of the Commitments), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise of any of the Obligations, and shall not be subject to any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of any of the Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Loan Party hereunder shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Agent or any other Credit Party to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any provision of any thereof, any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of any of the Obligations, or by any other act or omission that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Loan Party or that would otherwise operate as a discharge of any Loan Party as a matter of law or equity (other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Obligations after the termination of the Commitments).

(c) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, each Loan Party waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of any other Loan Party or the unenforceability of the Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of any other Loan Party, other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Obligations and the termination of the Commitments. The Collateral Agent and the other Credit Parties may, at their election upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, foreclose on any security held by one or more of them by one or more judicial or non-judicial sales,

169

accept an assignment of any such security in lieu of foreclosure, compromise or adjust any part of the Obligations, make any other accommodation with any other Loan Party, or exercise any other right or remedy available to them against any other Loan Party, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Loan Party hereunder except to the extent that all the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full in cash and the Commitments have been terminated. Each Loan Party waives any defense arising out of any such election even though such election operates, pursuant to applicable Law, to impair or to extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of such Loan Party against any other Loan Party, as the case may be, or any security.

(d) Each Borrower is obligated to repay the Obligations as joint and several obligors under this Agreement. Upon payment by any Loan Party of any Obligations, all rights of such Loan Party against any other Loan Party arising as a result thereof by way of right of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or otherwise shall in all respects be subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Obligations and the termination of the Commitments. In addition, any indebtedness of any Loan Party now or hereafter held by any other Loan Party is hereby subordinated in right of payment to the prior indefeasible payment in full of the Obligations and no Loan Party will demand, sue for or otherwise attempt to collect any such indebtedness. If any amount shall erroneously be paid to any Loan Party on account of (i) such subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or similar right or (ii) any such indebtedness of any Loan Party, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Credit Parties and shall forthwith be paid to the Administrative Agent to be credited against the payment of the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Subject to the foregoing, to the extent that any Borrower shall, under this Agreement as a joint and several obligor, repay any of the Obligations constituting Revolving Loans made to another Borrower hereunder or other Obligations incurred directly and primarily by any other Borrower (an “Accommodation Payment”), then the Borrower making such Accommodation Payment shall be entitled to contribution and indemnification from, and be reimbursed by, each of the other Borrowers in an amount, for each of such other Borrowers, equal to a fraction of such Accommodation Payment, the numerator of which fraction is such other Borrower’s Allocable Amount and the denominator of which is the sum of the Allocable Amounts of all of the Borrowers. As of any date of determination, the “Allocable Amount” of each Borrower shall be equal to the maximum amount of liability for Accommodation Payments which could be asserted against such Borrower hereunder without (a) rendering such Borrower “insolvent” within the meaning of Section 101 (31) of the Bankruptcy Code, Section 2 of the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act (“UFTA”) or Section 2 of the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act (“UFCA”), (b) leaving such Borrower with unreasonably small capital or assets, within the meaning of Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code, Section 4 of the UFTA, or Section 5 of the UFCA, or (c) leaving such Borrower unable to pay its debts as they become due within the meaning of Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or Section 4 of the UFTA, or Section 5 of the UFCA.

170

10.22 No Strict Construction. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement.

10.23 Attachments. The exhibits, schedules and annexes attached to this Agreement are incorporated herein and shall be considered a part of this Agreement for the purposes stated herein, except that in the event of any conflict between any of the provisions of such exhibits and the provisions of this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

10.24 Intercreditor Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Liens and security interests granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents, and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Collateral Agent hereunder or thereunder, are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

171

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the date first above written.

TOPS MARKETS, LLC, as Lead Borrower and as a Borrower
By:	/s/ Frank Curci
Name:
Title:
TOPS PT, LLC, as a Borrower
By:	/s/ Frank Curci
Name:
Title:
TOPS HOLDING CORPORATION, as a Guarantor
By:	/s/ Frank Curci
Name:
Title:
TOPS GIFT CARD COMPANY, LLC, as a Guarantor
By:	/s/ Frank Curci
Name:
Title:

Signature Page to Credit Agreement

S/1

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent
By:	/s/ Roger Malouf
Name:
Title:

Signature Page to Credit Agreement

S/2

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a Lender, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender
By:	/s/ Roger Malouf
Name:
Title:

Signature Page to Credit Agreement

S/3

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender
By:	/s/ William Olson
Name:
Title:

Signature Page to Credit Agreement

S/4

EX-10.3

Exhibit 10.3

BONUS AWARD AGREEMENT

This Bonus Award Agreement (this “Agreement”), effective as of October 27, 2009 (the “Effective Date”), evidences the grant by Tops Holding Corporation (the “Company”), on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, of a cash bonus award to [                    ] (the “Eligible Employee”).

Section 1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in Annex 1.

Section 2. Payment of Bonus.

(a) General Rule. Subject to accelerated payment pursuant to the terms hereof and the provisions of Section 2(b), the Eligible Employee shall be entitled to receive $[        ] (the “Bonus Amount”), subject to and in accordance with the following schedule, if Eligible Employee remains continuously employed by the Company or an Affiliate or a Subsidiary (“Employer”) from the Effective Date through the Vesting Date set forth in the schedule below:

Vesting Date	Percentage of Bonus Amount
		33 1⁄3	%
		33 1⁄3	%
		33 1⁄3	%

Any portion of the Bonus Amount that becomes payable on a Vesting Date specified above will be paid not later than 60 days following that Vesting Date.

(b) Termination. If Eligible Employee’s employment is terminated by the Employer for Cause or due to the Eligible Employee’s resignation, any then unpaid portion of the Bonus Amount shall be immediately and automatically forfeited upon such termination or resignation, as applicable, and the Company shall have no further obligation to make any payment of all or any portion of the Bonus Amount thereafter. If Eligible Employee’s employment terminates due to Disability or death, then any unpaid portion of the Bonus Amount shall be paid to the personal or legal representatives, if any, or beneficiaries of Eligible Employee within 60 days of the date of such termination. The Board shall determine whether Eligible Employee has a Disability. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Eligible Employee has an employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate that provides for termination for “disability,” the definition of “disability” contained in such employment agreement shall govern this Agreement.

(c) Change of Control. If there is a Change of Control, then the Board shall have the discretion to provide that the entire unpaid portion of the Bonus Amount may be paid on the Change Effective Date, but only if that Change of Control constitutes a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company as described in Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code and the Board provides for such payment under all similar arrangements as provided by said Section 409A and the regulations thereunder. If there is a Change of Control, and if Eligible Employee’s employment with the purchaser or entity resulting from or surviving such Change of Control is terminated involuntarily without Cause or due to death or Disability within one year of the Change Effective Date for such Change of Control, then any unpaid portion of the Bonus Amount shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.

Section 3. Nontransferable; Source of Benefits. Benefits hereunder are not subject to alienation, anticipation, transfer or assignment by the Eligible Employee and are not subject to being attached or reached and applied by any creditor of the Eligible Employee. Benefits shall be paid from the general assets of the Company, and no Eligible Employee shall have a right to a benefit hereunder greater than that of an unsecured general creditor thereof.

Section 4. No Right to Continue Service. Neither this Agreement nor any related material shall give Eligible Employee the right to continue in employment by Employer or any other Subsidiary or Affiliate or shall adversely affect the right of Employer or any Subsidiary or Affiliate to terminate Eligible Employee’s employment with or without Cause at any time.

Section 5. Withholding. Employer or another Subsidiary or Affiliate shall have the right upon payment of all or any portion of the Bonus Amount to take such action as Employer or such other Subsidiary or Affiliate deems necessary or appropriate to satisfy any tax or other withholding requirements arising out of the Bonus Amount.

Section 6. Confidentiality. Eligible Employee agrees to keep this Agreement and the Bonus Amount, including the terms hereof, confidential and to not use or disclose, at any time, such terms; provided, however, that Eligible Employee may disclose the terms of this Agreement to such advisors as is reasonably necessary for tax or estate planning purposes.

Section 7. Governing Law; Limitation on Liability. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware (without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule). IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COMPANY BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS OR LOST OPPORTUNITY, OR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES, INCLUDING LEGAL FEES.

Section 8. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and Eligible Employee and their respective heirs, executors, administrators and successors. The Company shall have discretion to operate, interpret and implement this Agreement. The decisions and determinations (including determinations of the meaning and reference of terms used in this Agreement) of the Company shall be conclusive upon all Persons.

2

Section 9. Headings and Sections. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Any references to sections in this Agreement shall be to sections of this Agreement unless otherwise expressly stated as part of such reference.

Section 10. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Company with respect to the subject matter thereof and cannot be amended by any oral statement or otherwise except by a written document referring to this Section 10 that is executed by the Company and the Eligible Employee.

Section 11. Section 409A. The provisions of this Agreement are intended and shall be interpreted and administered so as to not result in the imposition of additional tax or interest under Section 409A of the Code where applicable. Without limiting the foregoing, this Agreement shall not be amended in a manner so as to result in the imposition of such tax or interest, and any reference to “termination of employment” or similar term shall mean an event that constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, and if at separation from service the Eligible Employee is considered a “specified employee” within the meaning of said Section 409A, then any payments hereunder that are nonqualified deferred compensation within the meaning of said Section 409A that are to be made upon separation from service shall be accumulated and paid to the Eligible Employee in a lump sum six months and one day following the separation from service (or if the Eligible Employee dies during such six-month period, as soon as practical following the date of death).

3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

TOPS HOLDING CORPORATION
By:
Name:
Title:
	[Name of Eligible Employee]

ANNEX I

DEFINED TERMS

“Affiliate” means any organization (other than a Subsidiary) that would be treated as under common control with the Company under Section 414(c) of the Code, if “50 percent” were substituted for “80 percent” in the income tax regulations under Section 414(c) of the Code.

“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Cause” means (i) the willful failure by the Eligible Employee to perform such duties as are reasonably requested by the Board or the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, as determined in good faith by the Board, and such failure shall have continued for a period of ten (10) days after the Company gives written notice to Eligible Employee specifying such failure, (ii) the failure by the Eligible Employee to observe material Company policies generally applicable to employees of the Company, (iii) gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Eligible Employee in the performance of his duties, as determined in good faith by the Board, (iv) the commission by the Eligible Employee of any act of fraud (including, without limitation, any material misrepresentation made by Eligible Employee to the Company or any of its predecessors or Affiliates, including, without limitation, Morgan Stanley, and their respective agents, in connection with such party’s evaluation of Eligible Employee as a prospective employee), theft or financial dishonesty with respect to the Company or any of its Affiliates, (v) the Eligible Employee’s indictment, conviction of, or pleading no contest or nolo contendere to, any felony or a lesser crime involving dishonesty or moral turpitude, (vi) breach of any material provision of any employment agreement between Eligible Employee and the Company, (vii) failure of the Eligible Employee to obtain or retain any permits, licenses or approvals which may be required by any state or local authorities in order to permit the Eligible Employee to continue employment in the ordinary course, (viii) any act or omission that is materially injurious (financially or otherwise) to the Company or its reputation, (ix) chronic absenteeism or (x) alcohol or other substance abuse by the Eligible Employee. The Board shall determine whether Cause for termination exists. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Eligible Employee has an employment agreement with the Company or any of its Affiliates that provides for termination for “cause” or “reasonable cause”, the definition of cause or reasonable cause, as applicable, contained in such employment agreement shall govern this Agreement.

“Change Effective Date” means the date which includes the “closing” of the transaction which makes a Change of Control effective.

“Change of Control” means that any of the following events has occurred with respect to the Company, and the effective date of the Change of Control shall be as of the first day that any one or more of the following events shall have been fully and unconditionally effected:(a) Any Person, other than (A) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or an Affiliate; or (B) a Person owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the total voting power represented by the Company’s Voting Securities;

1

(b) After the Effective Date, the Company consummates a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other Person, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation;

(c) The Company consummates a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets;

(d) The Morgan Stanley Investors (as defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement), or any one of them, Transfer(s) a number of shares of the Company’s common stock equal to eighty percent (80%) multiplied by the aggregate number of shares of the Company’s common stock then owned by the Morgan Stanley Investors, to any Person(s) other than a Permitted Transferee(s) (as defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement); or

(e) Any other condition or event that the Board determines to be a “Change of Control”.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change of Control” shall not include any acquisition of securities or voting power directly from the Company through a Public Offering.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Default” shall have the meaning set forth in the Financing Documents.

“Disability” has the same definition as under the then-existing disability insurance plan covering Eligible Employee.

“Event of Default” shall have the meaning set forth in the Financing Documents.

“Financing Documents” means any documents related to any indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, and any subsequent refinancing thereof.

“Person” means any natural person and any company, government or political subdivision, agency or instrumentality of a government; provided, that if two or more Persons act as a partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, syndicate or other group for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities of the Company, such partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, syndicate or group shall be deemed to be a single Person for purposes of this Agreement.

“Public Offering” means the sale, in a public offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of shares of the Company’s common stock.

2

“Shareholders’ Agreement” means the Shareholders’ Agreement between the Company and its shareholders identified therein, as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or modified from time to time.

“Subsidiary” means a corporation that is a subsidiary corporation (within the meaning of § 424(f) of the Code) of the Company.

“Voting Securities” means the Company’s then outstanding securities that are entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

3

EX-10.4

Exhibit 10.4

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION AMENDED 2007 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
ARTICLE I BACKGROUND AND PURPOSE			1
ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS			1
Section 2.1	Affiliate		1
Section 2.2	Beneficial Owner or Beneficial Ownership		1
Section 2.3	Board		1
Section 2.4	Change Effective Date		1
Section 2.5	Change of Control		1
Section 2.6	Code		2
Section 2.7	Committee		2
Section 2.8	Company		2
Section 2.9	Credit Agreements		2
Section 2.10	Director		3
Section 2.11	Eligible Employee		3
Section 2.12	Fair Market Value		3
Section 2.13	1933 Act		3
Section 2.14	1934 Act		3
Section 2.15	Option		3
Section 2.16	Option Agreement		3
Section 2.17	Option Price		3
Section 2.18	Permitted Transferee		3
Section 2.19	Person		3
Section 2.20	Plan		4
Section 2.21	Public Offering		4
Section 2.22	Rule 16b-3		4
Section 2.23	Stock		4
Section 2.24	Subsidiary		4
Section 2.25	Voting Securities		4
ARTICLE III STOCK			4
Section 3.1	Shares Reserved		4
Section 3.2	Source of Shares		4
Section 3.3	Use of Proceeds		4
ARTICLE IV EFFECTIVE DATE			4
ARTICLE V COMMITTEE			5
ARTICLE VI ELIGIBILITY			5

(i)

		Page
ARTICLE VII OPTIONS			5
Section 7.1	Committee Action		5
Section 7.2	Option Price		5
Section 7.3	Payment		5
Section 7.4	Exercise		6
ARTICLE VIII NON-TRANSFERABILITY			6
ARTICLE IX SECURITIES COMPLIANCE			6
Section 9.1	Stock Held for Investment		6
Section 9.2	Cooperation		7
ARTICLE X LIFE OF PLAN			7
ARTICLE XI ADJUSTMENT			7
Section 11.1	Capital Structure		7
Section 11.2	Corporate Transactions		7
Section 11.3	Fractional Shares of Stock		8
ARTICLE XII CHANGE OF CONTROL			8
Section 12.1	Change of Control		8
Section 12.2	Amount of Cashout Payment		8
Section 12.3	Other Consideration		8
ARTICLE XIII AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION			9
ARTICLE XIV MISCELLANEOUS			9
Section 14.1	Governing Law; Limitations on Liability		9
Section 14.2	Compliance with Code		10
Section 14.3	Parachute Payments.		10
Section 14.4	Stockholder Rights		11
Section 14.5	No Contract of Employment		11
Section 14.6	Withholding		11
Section 14.7	Construction		11
Section 14.8	Other Conditions		11
Section 14.9	Rule 16b-3		12
Section 14.10	Coordination with Employment Agreements and Other Agreements		12

(ii)

ARTICLE I

BACKGROUND AND PURPOSE

The purpose of this Plan is to promote the interest and long-term success of Tops Holding II Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), by authorizing the Committee to grant Options to Eligible Employees and Directors in order to (1) attract and retain Eligible Employees and Directors, (2) provide an additional incentive to each Eligible Employee or Director to work to increase the value of the Stock and (3) provide each Eligible Employee or Director with a stake in the future of the Company which corresponds to the stake of each of the Company’s stockholders. This Plan is intended to satisfy the requirements for a “plan” described in Rule 701 promulgated under the 1933 Act, and the Company intends that this Plan be interpreted in accordance with that intent.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

Section 2.1 Affiliate – means any organization (other than a Subsidiary) that would be treated as under common control with the Company under § 414(c) of the Code if “50 percent” were substituted for “80 percent” in the income tax regulations under § 414(c) of the Code.

Section 2.2 Beneficial Owner or Beneficial Ownership – has the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the 1934 Act.

Section 2.3 Board – means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Section 2.4 Change Effective Date – means the date which includes the “closing” of the transaction which makes a Change of Control effective.

Section 2.5 Change of Control – means that any of the following events has occurred with respect to the Company, and the effective date of the Change of Control shall be as of the first day that any one or more of the following events shall have been fully and unconditionally effected:

(1) Any Person, other than (A) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or an Affiliate; or (B) a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company; or (C) a Permitted Transferee becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the total voting power represented by the Company’s Voting Securities.

(2) After the date this Plan becomes effective, the Company consummates a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to

-1-

represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation;

(3) The Company consummates a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets;

(4) The Morgan Stanley Investors (as defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement (as defined below)), or any one of them, Transfer(s) a number of shares of Stock equal to eighty percent (80%) multiplied by the aggregate number of shares of Stock then owned by the Morgan Stanley Investors, to any Person(s) other than a Permitted Transferee(s) (as defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement); or

(5) Any other condition or event (i) that the Committee determines to be a “Change of Control” within the meaning of this Section 2.5 and (ii) that is set forth as a supplement to this Section 2.5 in an Option Agreement.

(6) Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change of Control” shall not include any acquisition of securities or voting power directly from the Company through a Public Offering.

Section 2.6 Code – means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Section 2.7 Committee – means a committee of the Board, each member of which shall be appointed by and shall serve at the pleasure of the Board or, if no such Committee is appointed, the Board as a whole.

Section 2.8 Company – means Tops Holding II Corporation and any successor to Tops Holding II Corporation.

Section 2.9 Credit Agreements – means, together (i) the First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2007, among HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, the Company, Hank Acquisition Company, LLC, Tops Markets, LLC, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner, and (ii) the Second Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2007, among the Company, Hank Acquisition Company, LLC, Tops Markets, LLC, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto, HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner, in each case, as such agreement may be amended, modified, extended, refinanced or replaced from time to time.

-2-

Section 2.10 Director – means any member of the Board.

Section 2.11 Eligible Employee – means an employee, consultant or independent contractor of the Company or any Affiliate to whom the Committee decides for reasons sufficient to the Committee to make a grant under this Plan.

Section 2.12 Fair Market Value – means, on any given date, the current fair market value of a share of Stock, as determined pursuant to (1) or (2) below as applicable:

(1) if the Stock is not publicly traded, the price that the Committee acting in good faith determines through any reasonable valuation method which satisfies the requirements of Section 409A of the Code for which a share of Stock might change hands between a willing buyer and a willing seller, neither being under any compulsion to buy or to sell and both having reasonable knowledge of the relevant facts, or

(2) if the Stock is publicly traded, the closing price on any date for a share of Stock as reported by The Wall Street Journal or, if The Wall Street Journal does not report such closing price, such closing price as reported by a newspaper or trade journal selected by the Committee or, if no such closing price is available on such date, such closing price as so reported for the immediately preceding business day on which the Stock is traded.

Section 2.13 1933 Act – means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Section 2.14 1934 Act – means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Section 2.15 Option – means an option that is granted under Article VII.

Section 2.16 Option Agreement – means an agreement (whether in electronic or written form) that sets forth the terms and conditions of an Option granted under this Plan.

Section 2.17 Option Price – means the price that shall be paid to purchase one share of Stock upon the exercise of an Option granted under this Plan.

Section 2.18 Permitted Transferee – means, with respect to an Eligible Employee, (i) a spouse, sibling or any lineal descendant (including adopted children), or (ii) any trust, partnership or limited liability company established solely for the benefit of the Eligible Employee and/or that of his spouse or lineal descendants (including adopted children) or for estate planning purposes provided such family trust, partnership or limited liability company remains under the control of such Eligible Employee.

Section 2.19 Person – means any natural person and any company, government or political subdivision, agency or instrumentality of a government; provided, that if two or more Persons act as a partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, syndicate or other

-3-

group for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities of the Company, such partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, syndicate or group shall be deemed to be a single Person for purposes of this Plan.

Section 2.20 Plan – means this Tops Holding II Corporation Amended 2007 Stock Incentive Plan as effective as of the date described in Article IV and as amended, restated or otherwise supplemented from time to time thereafter.

Section 2.21 Public Offering – means the sale, in a public offering registered under the 1933 Act, of Stock, or of any other security of the Company which is substituted for Stock under Article XI.

Section 2.22 Rule 16b-3 – means Rule 16b-3 of Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, or any successor to such rule.

Section 2.23 Stock – means the common stock of the Company, par value $0.001 per share.

Section 2.24 Subsidiary – means a corporation that is a subsidiary corporation (within the meaning of § 424(f) of the Code) of the Company.

Section 2.25 Voting Securities – means the Company’s then outstanding securities that are entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors.

ARTICLE III

STOCK

Section 3.1 Shares Reserved. There shall (subject to Article XI) be reserved for issuance under this Plan 13,600 shares of Stock, which shall be the maximum number of shares issuable under this Plan. The Committee may determine, in its discretion, any limits on the maximum number of Options that may be granted under this Plan to any individual in any calendar year.

Section 3.2 Source of Shares. The shares of Stock described in Section 3.1 shall be reserved to the extent that the Company deems appropriate from authorized but unissued shares of Stock and from shares of Stock that have been reacquired by the Company. All shares of Stock described in Section 3.1 shall remain available for issuance under this Plan until issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option, and any such shares of Stock that are issued pursuant to an Option and that are forfeited thereafter shall again become available for issuance under this Plan.

Section 3.3 Use of Proceeds. The proceeds that the Company receives from the exercise of any Option under this Plan shall be used for general corporate purposes and shall be added to the general funds of the Company.

-4-

ARTICLE IV

EFFECTIVE DATE

The effective date of this Plan shall be the date of its adoption by the Board contingent on approval by the stockholders of the Company. Any Option granted before such stockholder approval automatically shall be granted subject to such approval.

ARTICLE V

COMMITTEE

This Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee acting in its absolute discretion shall exercise such powers and take such action as expressly called for under this Plan and, further, the Committee shall have the power to interpret this Plan and (subject to Article XI, Article XII and Article XIII of this Plan and Rule 16b-3) to take such other action in the administration and operation of this Plan as the Committee deems equitable under the circumstances, which action shall be binding on the Company, on each affected Eligible Employee or Director and on each other Person directly or indirectly affected by such action. Furthermore, the Committee as a condition to making any grant under this Plan to any Eligible Employee or Director shall have the right to require him or her to execute a counterpart signature page to the Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2013, among the Company and its shareholders named therein (as amended from time-to-time, the “Shareholders’ Agreement”) and/or an agreement that makes the Eligible Employee or Director subject to non-competition provisions and other restrictive covenants which run in favor of the Company.

ARTICLE VI

ELIGIBILITY

All Eligible Employees and Directors shall be eligible for the grant of Options under this Plan.

ARTICLE VII

OPTIONS

Section 7.1 Committee Action. The Committee acting in its absolute discretion shall have the right to grant Options to Eligible Employees and to Directors under this Plan from time to time to purchase Stock, but the Committee shall not, absent the approval of a majority of the Company’s Voting Securities, take any action, whether through amendment, cancellation, replacement grants, or any other means, to reduce the Option Price of any outstanding Options. Each grant of an Option to an Eligible Employee or Director shall be evidenced by an Option Agreement, and each Option Agreement shall set forth the terms and conditions of such grant as the Committee acting in its absolute discretion deems consistent with the terms of this Plan.

Section 7.2 Option Price. The Option Price for each share of Stock subject to an Option may be greater than or equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date an Option is granted.

Section 7.3 Payment. The Option Price for the portion of the Option being exercised shall be payable in full upon the exercise of any Option and, at the discretion of the Committee, an Option Agreement can provide for the payment of the Option Price either in

-5-

cash, by check, or through any cashless exercise procedure that is acceptable to the Committee, or in any combination of such forms of payment.

Section 7.4 Exercise.

(1) Exercise Period. Each Option granted under this Plan shall be exercisable in whole or in part at such time or times as set forth in the related Option Agreement.

(2) Termination of Status as Eligible Employee or Director. Subject to this Section 7.3, an Option Agreement may provide for the exercise of an Option after an Eligible Employee’s or a Director’s status as such has terminated for any reason whatsoever, including death or disability. In the case of a consultant or an independent contractor, the meaning of “termination” or “termination of employment” includes the date that the individual ceases to provide services to the Company or its Subsidiaries. An Option Agreement may provide for the repurchase of shares of Stock following termination of employment at the discretion of the Committee; provided, however, that in no event shall any such repurchase be made at a time when it would be prohibited by the Credit Agreements, or either of them.

(3) Restrictions Imposed on Stock. As a condition precedent to the Company’s obligation to issue Stock upon exercise by an Eligible Employee of the Option, the Eligible Employee shall have agreed to be bound by and to comply with the provisions of the Shareholders’ Agreement, to the extent then in effect.

ARTICLE VIII

NON-TRANSFERABILITY

No Option shall (absent the Committee’s consent) be transferable by an Eligible Employee or a Director other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and any Option shall (absent the Committee’s consent) be exercisable during a Eligible Employee’s or Director’s lifetime only by such Eligible Employee or Director or his or her legal representative in the event of his or her incapacity. The Person or Persons to whom an Option is transferred by will or by the laws of descent and distribution (or with the Committee’s consent) thereafter shall be treated as the Eligible Employee or Director.

ARTICLE IX

SECURITIES COMPLIANCE

Section 9.1 Stock Held for Investment. As a condition to the receipt of Stock under this Plan, the Eligible Employee or Director shall, if so requested by the Company, agree to hold such Stock for investment and not with a view of resale or distribution to the public and, if so requested by the Company, shall deliver to the Company a written statement satisfactory to the Company to that effect. Furthermore, the Eligible Employee or Director shall make a written representation to the Company that he or she will not sell or offer for sale any of

-6-

such Stock unless a registration statement shall be in effect with respect to such Stock under the 1933 Act and any applicable state securities law or he or she shall have furnished to the Company an opinion in form and substance satisfactory to the Company of legal counsel satisfactory to the Company that such registration is not required. Certificates or other evidence of ownership representing the shares of Stock transferred upon the exercise of an Option may at the discretion of the Company bear a legend to the effect that such shares of Stock have not been registered under the 1933 Act or any applicable state securities law and that such shares of Stock cannot be sold or offered for sale in the absence of an effective registration statement as to such shares of Stock under the 1933 Act and any applicable state securities law or an opinion in form and substance satisfactory to the Company of legal counsel satisfactory to the Company that such registration is not required.

Section 9.2 Cooperation. All shares of Stock delivered to any Eligible Employee or Director under this Plan shall be delivered subject to the condition that such Person (or such Person’s successor in interest) cooperate to the extent reasonably necessary and customary for stockholders in like circumstances to effect a Public Offering if a majority of the Board approves a Public Offering, and if any such Person (or such Person’s successor in interest) fails to do so, the Company shall have the right to cancel the shares of Stock held by such Person (or such Person’s successor in interest) in exchange for a payment to such Person (or such Person’s successor in interest) equal to the then Fair Market Value of such Stock, or, if less, the price paid for such Stock.

ARTICLE X

LIFE OF PLAN

No Option shall be granted under this Plan on or after the earlier of the tenth anniversary of the effective date of this Plan (as determined under Article IV) or a Change of Control, in which event this Plan otherwise thereafter shall continue in effect until all outstanding Options have been exercised in full or no longer are exercisable.

ARTICLE XI

ADJUSTMENT

Section 11.1 Capital Structure. The number, kind or class (or any combination thereof) of shares of Stock reserved under Section 3.1, the grant cap described in Section 3.1, the number, kind or class (or any combination thereof) of shares of Stock subject to Options and the Option Price of such shares of Stock shall be adjusted by the Committee in an equitable manner to preserve immediately after any corporate transaction, equity restructuring or change in the capitalization of the Company, including, but not limited to, mergers, spin offs or stock splits, the aggregate intrinsic value of each such outstanding Option immediately before such corporate transaction, equity restructuring or change in the capitalization of the Company.

Section 11.2 Corporate Transactions. Subject to this Article XI, the Committee shall have the authority to make any Option grants to effect the assumption of, or the substitution for, options previously made by any other corporation or entity to the extent that such substitution or assumption of such options is required pursuant to a corporate transaction involving such other corporation or entity.

-7-

Section 11.3 Fractional Shares of Stock. If any adjustment under this Article XI would create a fractional share of Stock or a right to acquire a fractional share of Stock under any Option, such fractional share of Stock shall be disregarded and the number of shares of Stock reserved under this Plan and the number subject to any Options shall be rounded to the closest whole number or the Fair Market Value of the fractional share shall be paid to the individual in cash, as determined by the Committee. An adjustment made under this Article XI by the Committee shall be conclusive and binding on all affected Persons.

ARTICLE XII

CHANGE OF CONTROL

Section 12.1 Change of Control.

(1) If there is a Change of Control, then as of the Change Effective Date for such Change of Control, any and all conditions to the exercise of all outstanding Options automatically shall be deemed 100% satisfied as of such Change Effective Date.

(2) If there is a Change of Control, then the Board shall have the discretion either (i) to cancel Options after providing each Eligible Employee and Director a reasonable period (which period shall not be more than seven (7) calendar days) to elect to exercise his or her Options as of the Change Effective Date or (ii) in the event of a Change in Control under the terms of which the stockholders of the Company will receive a cash payment for each share of Stock surrendered in such Change in Control, to provide that all outstanding Options shall terminate as of the Change Effective Date and that each holder of an Option shall receive a cash payment in exchange for the cancellation of the Option (in accordance with Section 12.2 below); provided, however, that in the event that the consideration paid in exchange for shares of Stock in connection with any Change of Control includes any securities, then the Board shall have the discretion to provide that each holder of an Option shall receive the consideration set forth in Section 12.3 below (subject to the provisions thereof) in lieu of such cash payment in exchange for the cancellation of the Option.

Section 12.2 Amount of Cashout Payment. If the Board provides for a cash payment to holders of unexercised Options pursuant to Section 12.1(2)(ii), then with respect to each share of Stock subject to the unexercised Option, such cash payment shall equal the amount, if any, by which the payment for each share of Stock surrendered in the Change of Control exceeds the Option Price for such share of Stock (subject to adjustments as determined by the Board in good faith) (the “Cashout Amount”).

Section 12.3 Other Consideration. If the Board provides that each holder of an Option shall receive consideration other than cash in accordance with the proviso set forth in Section 12.1(2)(ii), then with respect to each share of Stock subject to the unexercised Option, the holder of the Option shall be entitled to receive securities issued in the applicable Change of Control transaction having a value, determined in good faith by the Board, equal to

-8-

the Cashout Amount . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the receipt of such securities would require under applicable law (i) the registration or qualification of such securities or of any Person as a broker or dealer or agent with respect to such securities or (ii) the provision to any holder of an Option of any information other than such information as a prudent issuer would generally furnish in an offering made solely to “accredited investors” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the 1933 Act, the Board will use reasonable efforts to cause such requirements to be complied with to the extent necessary to permit such holder to receive such securities, it being understood and agreed that the Board will not be under any obligation to effect a registration of such securities under the 1933 Act (or any similar statute). In furtherance of the foregoing, any such holder of an Option shall, at the request of the Board, execute such documents and instruments, and take such other actions (including appointing a purchaser representative (as such term is defined in Rule 501 promulgated under Regulation D)) reasonably acceptable to the Board as may be reasonably necessary for such requirements to be complied with. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any holder of an Option with respect to which such requirements cannot be complied with will receive, with respect to each share of Stock subject to the unexercised Option, the Cashout Amount in lieu of any securities in connection with the cancellation of any Option pursuant to Section 12.1(2)(ii).

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION

This Plan may be amended by the Board from time to time to the extent that the Board deems necessary or appropriate; provided, however, that (a) no amendment shall be made absent the approval of a majority of the Voting Securities of the Company to the extent such approval is required under applicable law or the rules of any securities exchange or market on which shares of Stock are then listed and (b) no amendment shall be made to Article XII on or after the date of any Change of Control that might adversely affect any rights which otherwise would vest on the related Change Effective Date. The Board also may suspend granting Options under this Plan at any time and may terminate this Plan at any time; provided, however, that the Board shall not have the right unilaterally to modify, amend or cancel any Option made before such suspension or termination unless (1) the Eligible Employee or Director consents in writing to such modification, amendment or cancellation; provided, that such consent is not required for the adjustment or cancellation of an Option pursuant to the provisions of Article XI or XII, or for an amendment or modification of an Option to the extent deemed necessary to comply with any applicable law, the listing requirements of any principal securities exchange or market on which the Shares are then traded, or to preserve favorable accounting treatment of any Option for the Company; or (2) there is a dissolution or liquidation of the Company or a transaction described in Section 11.2 or Article XII.

ARTICLE XIV

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 14.1 Governing Law; Limitations on Liability. This Plan and the Options shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to conflict of law principles. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COMPANY BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS OR LOST

-9-

OPPORTUNITY, OR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES, INCLUDING LEGAL FEES.

Section 14.2 Compliance with Code. The Company intends that this Plan meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance issued thereunder (the “Requirements”) and be operated in accordance with such Requirements so that benefits under this Plan shall not be included in income under Section 409A of the Code. Any ambiguities in this Plan shall be construed to effect the intent as described in this Section 14.2. If any provision of this Plan is found to be in violation of the Requirements, then such provision shall be deemed to be modified or restricted to the extent and in the manner necessary to render such provision in conformity with the Requirements, or shall be deemed excised from this Plan, and this Plan shall be construed and enforced to the maximum extent permitted by the Requirements as if such provision had been originally incorporated in this Plan as so modified or restricted, or as if such provision had not been originally incorporated in this Plan, as the case may be.

Section 14.3 Parachute Payments.

(1) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan or of any other agreement, contract, or understanding heretofore or hereafter entered into by an Eligible Employee or Director with the Company or any Affiliate (an “Other Agreement”), except an agreement, contract, or understanding entered into on or about the effective date hereof or hereafter entered into that expressly modifies or excludes application of this paragraph, and notwithstanding any formal or informal plan or other arrangement for the direct or indirect provision of compensation to the Eligible Employee or Director (including groups or classes of participants or beneficiaries of which the Eligible Employee or Director is a member), whether or not such compensation is deferred, is in cash, or is in the form of a benefit to or for the Eligible Employee or Director (a “Benefit Arrangement”), if the Eligible Employee or Director is a “disqualified individual,” as defined in Section 280G(c) of the Code, any Options held by such Eligible Employee or Director and any right to receive any payment or other benefit under this Plan shall not become exercisable or vested (or, to the extent that all outstanding Options are cancelled as a part of a transaction which constitutes a “change in the ownership or effective control” of the Company or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Company (each as described in Section 280G of the Code), shall be forfeited as of the effective date of such transaction): (1) to the extent that such right to exercise, vesting, payment, or benefit, taking into account all other rights, payments, or benefits to or for the Eligible Employee or Director under this Plan, all Other Agreements, and all Benefit Arrangements, would cause any payment or benefit to the Eligible Employee or Director under this Plan to be considered a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code (a “Parachute Payment”) and (2) if, after paying the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, the aggregate after-tax amounts received by the

-10-

Eligible Employee or Director under this Plan, all Other Agreements, and all Benefit Arrangements would be less than the maximum after-tax amount that could be received by the Eligible Employee or Director without causing any such payment or benefit to be considered a Parachute Payment.

(2) Section 14.3(1) shall not apply if (1) the Eligible Employee or Director waives his right to any vesting, payment or benefit under one or more Other Agreements or Benefit Arrangements and (2) as a result of such waiver, the Eligible Employee or Director, taking into account all rights, payments, or benefits to or for the Eligible Employee or Director remains entitled under this Plan, all Other Agreements, and all Benefit Arrangements, is not entitled to a Parachute Payment.

Section 14.4 Stockholder Rights. No Eligible Employee or Director shall have any rights as a stockholder of the Company as a result of the grant of an Option pending the actual issuance of the shares of Stock subject to such Option to such Eligible Employee or Director.

Section 14.5 No Contract of Employment. The grant of an Option to an Eligible Employee or Director under this Plan shall not constitute a contract of employment or a right to serve on the Board and shall not confer on an Eligible Employee or Director any rights upon his or her termination of employment or service in addition to those rights, if any, expressly set forth in this Plan or the related Option Agreement.

Section 14.6 Withholding. Each Option shall be made subject to the condition that the Eligible Employee or Director consents to whatever action the Committee directs to satisfy the federal and state tax withholding requirements, if any, which the Company determines are applicable to the exercise of such Option issued in the name of the Eligible Employee or Director; provided, that no withholding shall be effected under this Plan which exceeds the minimum statutory federal and state withholding requirements to the extent deemed necessary by the Committee to avoid adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

Section 14.7 Construction. All references to sections are to sections of this Plan unless otherwise indicated. Each term set forth in Article II shall, unless otherwise stated, have the meaning set forth opposite such term for purposes of this Plan and, for purposes of such definitions, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Unless otherwise specifically provided in an Option Agreement, if there is any conflict between the terms of this Plan and the terms of any Option Agreement, the terms of this Plan shall control.

Section 14.8 Other Conditions. Each Option Agreement may require that an Eligible Employee or a Director (as a condition to the exercise of an Option) enter into any agreement (which may be the Stockholders’ Agreement) or make such representations as may be required by the Committee, including (without limitation) any agreement which restricts the transfer of Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option or provides for the repurchase of such Stock by the Company.

-11-

Section 14.9 Rule 16b-3. The Committee shall have the right to amend any Option to withhold or otherwise restrict the transfer of any shares of Stock or cash under this Plan to an Eligible Employee or Director as the Committee deems appropriate in order to satisfy any condition or requirement under Rule 16b-3 to the extent Rule 16 of the 1934 Act might be applicable to such grant or transfer.

Section 14.10 Coordination with Employment Agreements and Other Agreements. If the Company enters into an employment agreement or other agreement with an Eligible Employee or Director that expressly provides for the acceleration in vesting of an outstanding Option or for the extension of the deadline to exercise any rights under an outstanding Option, any such acceleration or extension shall (to the extent such acceleration or extension is consistent with Section 14.2) be deemed effected pursuant to, and in accordance with, the terms of such outstanding Option and this Plan even if such employment agreement or other agreement is first effective after the date the outstanding Option was granted.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

-12-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused its duly authorized officer to execute this Plan to evidence its adoption of this Plan.

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION
By:
	Frank Curci
	President
	Date: May 15, 2013

-13-

EX-12.1

Exhibit 12.1

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

The following table sets forth our ratio of consolidated earnings to consolidated fixed charges for Fiscal 2008, Fiscal 2009, Fiscal 2010, Fiscal 2011, Fiscal 2012 and for the 28-week periods ended July 14, 2012 and July 13, 2013 (dollars in thousands, except ratio data).

	Fiscal 2008 (52 weeks)			Fiscal 2009 (53 weeks)			Fiscal 2010 (52 weeks) (1)			Fiscal 2011 (52 weeks) (1)		Fiscal 2012 (52 weeks) (1)			28-week periods ended
															July 14, 2012 (1)		July 13, 2013 (1)
Earnings:
Pre-tax (loss) income	$	(17,160	)	$	(20,308	)	$	(35,958	)	$	7,127	$	(21,542	)	$	10,871	$	(8,712	)
Plus:
Fixed charges		48,285			50,838			69,393			69,792		67,602			36,265		40,852
Amortization of capitalized interest		175			269			269			189		189			102		102
Less:
Interest capitalized		507			—			—			—		—			—		—
Total available earnings	$	30,793		$	30,799		$	33,704		$	77,108	$	46,249		$	47,238	$	32,242
Fixed charges:
Interest expensed	$	40,503		$	42,970		$	58,316		$	58,326	$	55,209		$	30,015	$	34,082
Interest capitalized		507			—			—			—		—			—		—
Amortization of discounts/ capitalized costs		1,401			1,466			2,728			3,150		3,417			1,856		1,469
Interest in rental expenses		5,874			6,402			8,349			8,316		8,976			4,394		5,301
Total fixed charges:	$	48,285		$	50,838		$	69,393		$	69,792	$	67,602		$	36,265	$	40,852
Deficiency	$	(17,492	)	$	(20,039	)	$	(35,689	)			$	(21,353	)			$	(8,610	)
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges		(A)			(B)			(C)			1.10		(D)			1.30		(E)

(A) Due to the Company’s loss in Fiscal 2008, the ratio coverage was less than 1:1. The Company must generate additional earnings of $17,492 to achieve a coverage ratio of 1:1.

(B) Due to the Company’s loss in Fiscal 2009, the ration coverage was less than 1:1. The Company must generate additional earnings of $20,039 to achieve a coverage ratio of 1:1.

(C) Due to the Company’s loss in Fiscal 2010, the ratio coverage was less than 1:1. The Company must generate additional earnings of $35,689 to achieve a coverage ratio of 1:1.

(D) Due to the Company’s loss in Fiscal 2012, the ratio coverage was less than 1:1. The Company must generate additional earnings of $21,353 to achieve a coverage ratio of 1:1.

(E) Due to the Company’s loss during the 28-week period ended July 13, 2013, the ratio coverage was less than 1:1. The Company must generate additional earnings of $8,610 to achieve a coverage ratio of 1:1.

(1) Fiscal 2010, Fiscal 2011, Fiscal 2012 and the 28-week periods ended July 14, 2012 and July 13, 2013 include the operating results of the acquired Penn Traffic supermarkets following the January 29, 2010 Acquisition.

EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of Tops Holding II Corporation

Name	State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization
Tops Markets, LLC	New York
Tops PT, LLC	New York
Tops Gift Card Company, LLC	Virginia
Tops Markets II Corporation	Delaware
Tops Holding LLC	Delaware

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of our report dated March 28, 2013 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Tops Holding II Corporation and subsidiary appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of this Registration Statement, and of our report dated March 28, 2013 relating to the consolidated financial statement schedules appearing elsewhere in this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Williamsville, New York

September 6, 2013

EX-25.1

Exhibit 25.1

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM T-1

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY

UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939

OF A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

Check if an Application to Determine Eligibility of a Trustee Pursuant to Section 305(b)(2)

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

(Exact name of Trustee as specified in its charter)

31-0841368

I.R.S. Employer Identification No.

800 Nicollet Mall Minneapolis, Minnesota	55402
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

Beverly A. Freeney

U.S. Bank National Association

100 Wall Street, Suite 1600

New York, NY 10005

(212) 361-2893

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

(Issuer with respect to the Securities)

Delaware	46-2733709
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
6363 Main Street Williamsville, New York	14221
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)	(Zip Code)

8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018

(Title of the Indenture Securities)

FORM T-1

Item 1. GENERAL INFORMATION. Furnish the following information as to the Trustee.

a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

Comptroller of the Currency

Washington, D.C.

b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

Yes

Item 2. AFFILIATIONS WITH OBLIGOR. If the obligor is an affiliate of the Trustee, describe each such affiliation.

None

Items 3-15 Items 3-15 are not applicable because to the best of the Trustee’s knowledge, the obligor is not in default under any Indenture for which the Trustee acts as Trustee.

Item 16. LIST OF EXHIBITS: List below all exhibits filed as a part of this statement of eligibility and qualification.

1. A copy of the Articles of Association of the Trustee.*

2. A copy of the certificate of authority of the Trustee to commence business.**

3. A copy of the certificate of authority of the Trustee to exercise corporate trust powers.**

4. A copy of the existing bylaws of the Trustee.**

5. A copy of each Indenture referred to in Item 4. Not applicable.

6. The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, attached as Exhibit 6.

7. Report of Condition of the Trustee as of March 31, 2013 published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, attached as Exhibit 7.

* Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 25.1 to Amendment No. 2 to registration statement on S-4, Registration Number 333-128217 filed on November 15, 2005.

** Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 25.1 to registration statement on S-4, Registration Number 333-166527 filed on May 5, 2010.

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the Trustee, U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility and qualification to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of New York, State of New York on the 22nd of August, 2013.

By:	/s/ Beverly A. Freeney
	Beverly A. Freeney Vice President

Exhibit 6

CONSENT

In accordance with Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the undersigned, U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION hereby consents that reports of examination of the undersigned by Federal, State, Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request therefor.

Dated: August 22, 2013

By:	/s/ Beverly A. Freeney
	Beverly A. Freeney Vice President

EX-25.2

Exhibit 25.2

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM T-1

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY

UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939

OF A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

Check if an Application to Determine Eligibility of a Trustee Pursuant to Section 305(b)(2)

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

(Exact name of Trustee as specified in its charter)

31-0841368

I.R.S. Employer Identification No.

800 Nicollet Mall Minneapolis, Minnesota	55402
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

Beverly A. Freeney

U.S. Bank National Association

100 Wall Street, Suite 1600

New York, NY 10005

(212) 361-2893

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

TOPS HOLDING LLC

(Issuer with respect to the Securities)

Delaware	26-1252536
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

TOPS MARKETS, LLC

(Issuer with respect to the Securities)

New York	16-1592810
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

TOPS MARKETS II CORPORATION

(Issuer with respect to the Securities)

Delaware	46-2733709
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

(Issuer with respect to the Securities)

Delaware	46-2733709
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

TOPS PT, LLC

(Issuer with respect to the Securities)

New York	27-1702050
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

TOPS GIFT CARD COMPANY, LLC

(Issuer with respect to the Securities)

Virginia	26-3346105
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

6363 Main Street Williamsville, New York	14221
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)	(Zip Code)

8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017

(Title of the Indenture Securities)

FORM T-1

Item 1. GENERAL INFORMATION. Furnish the following information as to the Trustee.

a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

Comptroller of the Currency

Washington, D.C.

b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

Yes

Item 2. AFFILIATIONS WITH OBLIGOR. If the obligor is an affiliate of the Trustee, describe each such affiliation.

None

Items 3-15 Items 3-15 are not applicable because to the best of the Trustee’s knowledge, the obligor is not in default under any Indenture for which the Trustee acts as Trustee.

Item 16. LIST OF EXHIBITS: List below all exhibits filed as a part of this statement of eligibility and qualification.

1. A copy of the Articles of Association of the Trustee.*

2. A copy of the certificate of authority of the Trustee to commence business.**

3. A copy of the certificate of authority of the Trustee to exercise corporate trust powers.**

4. A copy of the existing bylaws of the Trustee.**

5. A copy of each Indenture referred to in Item 4. Not applicable.

6. The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, attached as Exhibit 6.

7. Report of Condition of the Trustee as of March 31, 2013 published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, attached as Exhibit 7.

* Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 25.1 to Amendment No. 2 to registration statement on S-4, Registration Number 333-128217 filed on November 15, 2005.

** Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 25.1 to registration statement on S-4, Registration Number 333-166527 filed on May 5, 2010.

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the Trustee, U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility and qualification to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of New York, State of New York on the 22nd of August, 2013.

By:	/s/ Beverly A. Freeney
	Beverly A. Freeney Vice President

Exhibit 6

CONSENT

In accordance with Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the undersigned, U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION hereby consents that reports of examination of the undersigned by Federal, State, Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request therefor.

Dated: August 22, 2013

By:	/s/ Beverly A. Freeney
	Beverly A. Freeney Vice President

EX-99.1

Exhibit 99.1

Tops Holding LLC

Tops Markets, LLC

Tops Markets II Corporation

Tops Holding II Corporation

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL FOR THE

OFFERS TO EXCHANGE

all outstanding unregistered 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017

($460,000,000 aggregate principal amount) that are fully and unconditionally guaranteed

as to payment of principal and interest by the guarantors

for

8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017

that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended

(the “Securities Act”) and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed as to payment of principal

and interest by the guarantors

and

all outstanding unregistered 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018

($150,000,000 aggregate principal amount)

for

8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018

that have been registered under the Securities Act

The exchange offers will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                 , 2013 unless the exchange offers are extended by Tops Holding LLC, Tops Markets, LLC, Tops Markets II Corporation and Tops Holding II Corporation (collectively, the “Issuers”) in their sole discretion.

Tenders of unregistered notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date (as defined below).

By Facsimile: (651) 466-7372	By Registered or Certified Mail: U.S. Bank National Association West Side Flats Operations Center 60 Livingston Avenue Mail Station—EP-MN-WS2N St. Paul, Minnesota 55107-2292	By Hand/Overnight Delivery: U.S. Bank National Association 111 Fillmore Avenue St. Paul, MN 55107-1402
Confirm by Telephone: (651) 466-6777	Attn: Specialized Finance	Attn: Specialized Finance

Delivery of this letter of transmittal to an address, or transmission via facsimile, other than to the exchange agent as set forth above, will not constitute a valid delivery. The method of delivery of all documents, including certificates, is at the risk of the holder. Instead of delivery by mail, we recommend that holders use an overnight or hand delivery service. If delivery is by mail, we recommend the use of registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured. You should read the instructions accompanying this letter of transmittal carefully before you complete this letter of transmittal.

The undersigned acknowledges that he or she has received the prospectus dated             , 2013 of the Issuers and this letter of transmittal and the instructions hereto, which together constitute the Issuers’ offers to exchange:

• $460,000,000 aggregate principal amount of unregistered 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 for 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 and $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018 for 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018, each of which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, pursuant to a registration statement of which the prospectus is a part. The outstanding unregistered 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 have CUSIP numbers 89078WAC3 or 489095AC4. The outstanding unregistered 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018 have CUSIP numbers 489096AA6 or 89078XAA5.

The term “Expiration Date” shall mean 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                 , 2013, unless the Issuers in their sole discretion, extend the exchange offers, in which case the term shall mean the latest date and time to which the exchange offers are extended. Whenever we refer to the unregistered 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 or 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018, we will refer to them as the “unregistered notes.” Whenever we refer to the 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 or 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018, the offers of which have been registered under the Securities Act, we will refer to them as the “exchange notes.” All other terms used but not defined herein have the meaning given to them in the prospectus.

This letter of transmittal is to be used if (1) certificates representing unregistered notes are to be physically delivered to the exchange agent by Holders (as defined below) or (2) tender of the unregistered notes is to be made by Holders according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the prospectus under “The Exchange Offers—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.” Delivery of this letter of transmittal and any other required documents must be made to the exchange agent. Delivery of documents to The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) does not constitute delivery to the exchange agent.

The term “Holder” as used herein means any person in whose name unregistered notes are registered on the books of the Issuers or any other person who has obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered holder.

Any Holder of unregistered notes who wishes to tender such unregistered notes must, prior to the Expiration Date, either: (1) complete, sign and deliver this letter of transmittal, or a facsimile thereof, to the exchange agent in person or to the address or facsimile number set forth above and tender (and not withdraw) such unregistered notes, or (2) if a tender of unregistered notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to the account maintained by the exchange agent at DTC, confirm such book-entry transfer, including the delivery of an agent’s message (a “Book-Entry Confirmation”), in each case in accordance with the procedures for tendering described in the instructions to this letter of transmittal.

Holders of unregistered notes whose certificates are not immediately available or who are unable to deliver their certificates or Book-Entry Confirmation and all other documents required by this letter of transmittal to the exchange agent on or prior to the Expiration Date must tender their unregistered notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth under the caption “The Exchange Offers—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” in the prospectus. (See Instruction 1.)

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the exchange offers, the acceptance for exchange of the unregistered notes validly tendered and not withdrawn and the issuance of the exchange notes will be made promptly following the Expiration Date. For the purposes of the exchange offers, the Issuers shall be deemed to have accepted for exchange validly tendered unregistered notes when, as and if the Issuers have given written notice thereof to the exchange agent.

The undersigned has completed, executed and delivered this letter of transmittal to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect to the exchange offers.

Please read this entire letter of transmittal and the prospectus carefully before checking any box below. The instructions included in this letter of transmittal must be followed. Questions and requests for assistance or for additional copies of the prospectus, this letter of transmittal and the notice of guaranteed delivery may be directed to the exchange agent. See Instruction 11.

Holders who wish to accept the exchange offers and tender their unregistered notes must complete this letter of transmittal in its entirety and comply with all of its terms.

2

Please list below the unregistered notes to which this letter of transmittal relates. If the space provided below is inadequate, the certificate numbers and principal amounts should be listed on a separate signed schedule, attached hereto. All tenders must be in minimum denominations of $2,000 and larger integral multiples of $1,000.

DESCRIPTION OF UNREGISTERED 8.875% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2017

Name(s) and Address(es) of Holder(s) (please fill in, if blank) Type of  Security
Tendered Certificate Number(s)
(attach signed list, if
necessary) Aggregate Principal
Amount Tendered

Total principal amount of unregistered notes tendered:

DESCRIPTION OF UNREGISTERED 8.750% / 9.500% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2018

Name(s) and Address(es) of Holder(s) (please fill in, if blank) Type of  Security
Tendered Certificate Number(s)
(attach signed list, if
necessary) Aggregate Principal
Amount Tendered

Total principal amount of unregistered notes tendered:

¨ Check here if tendered unregistered notes are being delivered by DTC to the exchange agent’s account at DTC and complete the following:

Type of Note:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  

Name of tendering institution:                                                                                                                                                                                                   

DTC book-entry account:                                                                                                                                                                                                           

Transaction code no.:                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Holders who wish to tender their unregistered notes and (i) whose unregistered notes are not immediately available, or (ii) who cannot deliver their unregistered notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documents to the exchange agent prior to the Expiration Date, or cannot complete the procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, may effect a tender according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offers—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”

¨ Check here if tendered unregistered notes are being delivered pursuant to a notice of guaranteed delivery previously delivered to the exchange agent and complete the following:

Type of Note:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  

3

Name(s) of holder(s) of unregistered notes:                                                                                                                                                                         

Window ticket no. (if any):                                                                                                                                                                                                       

Date of execution of notice of guaranteed delivery:                                                                                                                                                         

DTC book-entry account:                                                                                                                                                                                                          

If delivered by book-entry transfer:                                                                                                                                                                                        

Name of tendering institution:                                                                                                                                                                                        

Transaction code no.:                                                                                                                                                                                                         

¨ Check here if you are a broker-dealer and wish to receive 10 additional copies of the prospectus and 10 copies of any amendments or supplements thereto.

    Name:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     

    Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Subject to the terms and conditions of the exchange offers, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Issuers the principal amount of unregistered notes indicated above. Subject to and effective upon the acceptance for exchange of the principal amount of unregistered notes tendered hereby in accordance with this letter of transmittal and the accompanying instructions, the undersigned sells, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Issuers all right, title and interest in and to the unregistered notes tendered hereby. The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the exchange agent its agent and attorney-in-fact (with full knowledge that the exchange agent also acts as agent of the Issuers and as trustee under the indentures for the unregistered notes and the exchange notes) with respect to the tendered unregistered notes with full power of substitution to (1) deliver certificates for such unregistered notes to the Issuers, or transfer ownership of such unregistered notes on the account books maintained by DTC, together with all accompanying evidences of transfer and authenticity to, or upon the order of, the Issuers and (2) present such unregistered notes for transfer on the books of the Issuers and receive all benefits and otherwise exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of such unregistered notes, all in accordance with the terms of the exchange offers. The power of attorney granted in this paragraph shall be deemed irrevocable and coupled with an interest.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that he or she has full power and authority to tender, exchange, sell, assign and transfer the unregistered notes tendered hereby and to acquire the exchange notes issuable upon the exchange of the unregistered notes, and that the Issuers will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim, when the same are acquired by the Issuers. The undersigned also acknowledges that these exchange offers are being made in reliance upon an interpretation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission that the exchange notes issued in exchange for the unregistered notes pursuant to the exchange offers may be offered for sale, resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than a broker-dealer who purchased such unregistered notes directly from the Issuers for resale pursuant to Rule 144A or any other available exemption under the Securities Act or a holder that is an “affiliate” of the Issuers as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such exchange notes are acquired by a non-affiliate in the ordinary course of such holder’s business and such holders have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such exchange notes.

The undersigned Holder represents and warrants that:

(a) the exchange notes acquired pursuant to the exchange offers are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving the exchange notes, whether or not the person is the Holder,

(b) neither the undersigned Holder nor any other recipient of the exchange notes (if different than the Holder) is engaged in, intends to engage in, or has any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, the distribution of the unregistered notes or exchange notes,

4

(c) neither the undersigned Holder nor any other recipient is an “affiliate” of the Issuers as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act or, if the Holder or such recipient is an affiliate, that the Holder or such recipient will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable,

(d) if the undersigned is a broker-dealer, it has not entered into any arrangement or understanding with the Issuers or any “affiliate” of the Issuers as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act to distribute the exchange notes,

(e) if the undersigned is a broker-dealer, the undersigned further represents and warrants that, if it will receive exchange notes for its own account in exchange for unregistered notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, the undersigned will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act (for which purposes, the delivery of the prospectus, as the same may be hereafter supplemented or amended, shall be sufficient) in connection with any resale of exchange notes received in the exchange offers, and

(f) the undersigned Holder is not acting on behalf of any person or entity that could not truthfully make these representations.

Any broker-dealer acknowledging that it will deliver, and by delivering, a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of exchange notes, will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the exchange agent or the Issuers to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of the unregistered notes tendered hereby or transfer of ownership of such unregistered notes on the account books maintained by a book-entry transfer facility.

The undersigned understands and agrees that the Issuers reserve the right not to accept tendered unregistered notes from any tendering Holder if the Issuers determine, in their sole and absolute discretion, that their ability to proceed with the exchange offers would be impaired by a pending or threatened action or proceeding with respect to the exchange offers or that such acceptance could result in a violation of applicable securities laws.

For purposes of the exchange offers, the Issuers shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered unregistered notes when, as and if the Issuers have given oral or written notice thereof to the exchange agent. If any tendered unregistered notes are not accepted for exchange pursuant to the exchange offers for any reason, such unaccepted or non-exchanged unregistered notes will be returned to the address shown below or to a different address as may be indicated herein under “Special Delivery Instructions,” without expense to the tendering Holder thereof, (or, in the case of tender by book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures described in the prospectus under the “The Exchange Offers—Book-Entry Transfer,” such non-exchanged notes will be credited to an account maintained with such book-entry transfer facility) as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the exchange offers.

The undersigned understands and acknowledges that the Issuers reserve the right in their sole discretion to purchase or make offers for any unregistered notes that remain outstanding subsequent to the Expiration Date or, as set forth in the prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offers—Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendment; Termination,” to terminate the exchange offers and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, purchase unregistered notes in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. The terms of any such purchases or offers could differ from the terms of the exchange offers.

The undersigned understands that tenders of unregistered notes pursuant to the procedures described under the caption “The Exchange Offers—Procedures for Tendering” in the prospectus and in the instructions hereto will constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned and the Issuers upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the exchange offers. The undersigned also agrees that acceptance of any tendered unregistered notes by the Issuers and the issuance of exchange notes in exchange therefor shall constitute performance in full by the Issuers of their obligations under the exchange offers and Registration Rights Agreement and that, upon the issuance of the exchange notes, the Issuers will have no further obligations or liabilities thereunder (except in certain limited circumstances).

5

All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred by this letter of transmittal shall survive the death, incapacity or dissolution of the undersigned and every obligation under this letter of transmittal shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns. This tender may be withdrawn only in accordance with the procedures set forth in the prospectus and in this letter of transmittal.

By acceptance of the exchange offers, each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offers hereby acknowledges and agrees that, upon the receipt of notice by the Issuers of the happening of any event that makes any statement in the prospectus untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in the prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading (which notice the Issuers agree to deliver promptly to such broker-dealer), such broker-dealer will suspend use of the prospectus until the Issuers have amended or supplemented the prospectus to correct such misstatement or omission and have furnished copies of the amended or supplemented prospectus to such broker-dealer.

The undersigned understands and agrees that unless he or she otherwise indicates under “Special Registration Instructions,” the certificates representing the exchange notes issued in exchange for the unregistered notes will be issued and any unregistered notes not tendered or not exchanged will be returned in the name(s) of the undersigned (or in either such event in the case of unregistered notes tendered by DTC, by credit to the respective account at DTC). Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under “Special Delivery Instructions,” the certificates representing the exchange notes issued in exchange for the unregistered notes will be sent and any unregistered notes not tendered or not exchanged (and accompanying documents, as appropriate) will be returned to the undersigned at the address shown below the undersigned’s signatures, unless, in either event, tender is being made through DTC. In the event that both “Special Registration Instructions” and “Special Delivery Instructions” are completed, the certificates representing the exchange notes issued in exchange for the unregistered notes will be issued and any unregistered notes not tendered or not exchanged will be returned in the name(s) of, and said certificates will be sent to, the person(s) so indicated. The undersigned recognizes that the Issuers have no obligations pursuant to the “Special Registration Instructions” and “Special Delivery Instructions” to transfer any unregistered notes from the name of the registered holder(s) thereof if the Issuers do not accept for exchange any of the unregistered notes so tendered.

Holders who wish to tender the unregistered notes and (1) whose unregistered notes are not immediately available or (2) who cannot deliver their unregistered notes, this letter of transmittal or any other documents required hereby to the exchange agent prior to the Expiration Date may tender their unregistered notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offers—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” and the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. (See Instruction 2.)

6

PLEASE SIGN HERE WHETHER OR NOT TENDER IS TO BE MADE PURSUANT TO THE

GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES.

(To be completed by all tendering Holders of unregistered notes regardless

of whether unregistered notes are being physically delivered herewith)

This letter of transmittal must be signed by the registered Holder(s) of unregistered notes exactly as its (their) name(s) appear(s) on the certificate(s) of unregistered notes or, if tendered by a participant in DTC, exactly as such participant’s name appears on its security position listing it as the owner of unregistered notes, or by the person(s) authorized to become the registered Holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted with this letter of transmittal. If the unregistered notes to which this letter of transmittal relates are held of record by two or more joint Holders, then all such Holders must sign this letter of transmittal. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, then such person must set forth his or her full title below under “Capacity” and submit evidence satisfactory to the Issuers of such person’s authority to so act. (See Instruction 6.) If the signature appearing below is not that of the registered Holder(s) of the unregistered notes, then the registered Holder(s) must sign a valid proxy.

	Date:
	Date:
Signature(s) of Holder(s) or Authorized Signatory
Name(s):	Address:
(please print)	(including zip code)
Capacity(ies):	Area code and telephone no.:
Employer Identification or Social Security Number(s):

[Complete Substitute Form W-9 below.]

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

(See Instruction 1 herein)

Certain signatures must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution

(Name of Eligible Institution guaranteeing signatures)

(Address (including zip code) and telephone number (including area code) of firm)

(Authorized signatures)

(Printed names)

(Titles)

Date:

7

SPECIAL REGISTRATION INSTRUCTIONS (See Instruction 7 herein)		SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS (See Instruction 7 herein)
To be completed ONLY if certificates for unregistered notes in a principal amount not tendered or not accepted for exchange are to be issued in the name of, or the exchange notes issued pursuant to the exchange offers are to be issued to the order of, someone other than the person or persons whose signature(s) appear(s) within this letter of transmittal or issued to an address different from that shown in the box entitled “Description of Unregistered Notes” within this letter of transmittal, or if exchange notes tendered by book-entry transfer that are not accepted for purchase are to be credited to an account maintained at DTC other than the account indicated above.		To be completed ONLY if certificates for unregistered notes in a principal amount not tendered or not accepted for exchange are to be sent to, or the exchange notes issued pursuant to the exchange offers are to be sent to someone other than, the person or persons whose signature(s) appear(s) within this letter of transmittal, or to an address different from that shown in the box entitled “Description of Unregistered Notes” within this letter of transmittal, or to be credited to an account maintained at DTC, other than the account indicated above.
Name:		Name:
	(please print)		(please print)
Address:		Address:
	(please print)		(please print)
	(zip code)		(zip code)
	Employer Identification or Social Security Number (See Substitute Form W-9 herein)		Employer Identification or Social Security Number (See Substitute Form W-9 herein)

8

INSTRUCTIONS

Forming part of the terms and conditions

of the exchange offers

1. Guarantee of Signatures. Signatures on this letter of transmittal (or copy hereof) or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or an “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act (an “Eligible Institution”) unless the unregistered notes tendered pursuant thereto are tendered (1) by a registered Holder (including any participant in DTC whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner of unregistered notes) who has not completed the box set forth herein entitled “Special Registration Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” of this letter of transmittal or (2) for the account of an Eligible Institution.

2. Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal and Unregistered Notes. Certificates for the physically tendered unregistered notes (or a confirmation of a book-entry transfer to the exchange agent at DTC of all unregistered notes tendered electronically), as well as, in the case of physical delivery of unregistered notes, a properly completed and duly executed copy of this letter of transmittal or facsimile hereof and any other documents required by this letter of transmittal must be received by the exchange agent at its address set forth herein prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. The method of delivery of the tendered unregistered notes, this letter of transmittal and all other required documents, or book-entry transfer and transmission of an Agent’s Message by a DTC participant, to the exchange agent are at the election and risk of the Holder and, except as otherwise provided below, the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by the exchange agent. Instead of delivery by mail, it is recommended that the Holder use an overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure timely delivery. No letter of transmittal or unregistered notes should be sent to the Issuers or DTC.

The exchange agent will make a request to establish an account with respect to the unregistered notes at DTC for purposes of the exchange offers promptly after receipt of the prospectus, and any financial institution that is a participant in DTC may make book-entry delivery of unregistered notes by causing DTC to transfer such unregistered notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC in accordance with the relevant entity’s procedures for transfer. However, although delivery of unregistered notes may be effected through book-entry transfer at DTC, an Agent’s Message (as defined in the next paragraph) in connection with a book-entry transfer and any other required documents must, in any case, be transmitted to and received by the exchange agent at the address specified on the cover page of the letter of transmittal on or prior to the Expiration Date or the guaranteed delivery procedures described below must be complied with.

A Holder may tender unregistered notes that are held through DTC by transmitting its acceptance through DTC’s Automatic Tender Offer Program, for which the transaction will be eligible, and DTC will then edit and verify the acceptance and send an Agent’s Message to the exchange agent for its acceptance. The term “Agent’s Message” means a message transmitted by DTC to, and received by, the exchange agent and forming part of the Book-Entry Confirmation, which states that DTC has received an express acknowledgment from each participant in DTC tendering the unregistered notes and that such participant has received the letter of transmittal and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal and the Issuers may enforce such agreement against such participant. Delivery of an Agent’s Message will also constitute an acknowledgment from the tendering DTC participant that the representations and warranties set forth on page 7 of this letter of transmittal are true and correct.

Holders who wish to tender their unregistered notes and (1) whose unregistered notes are not immediately available or (2) who cannot deliver their unregistered notes, this letter of transmittal or any other documents required hereby to the exchange agent prior to the Expiration Date, or who cannot complete the procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, must tender their unregistered notes and follow the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the prospectus. Pursuant to such procedures: (1) such tender must be made by or through an Eligible Institution (as defined above) or pursuant to the DTC standard operating procedures; (2) prior to the Expiration Date, the exchange agent must have received from the Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery) setting forth the name and address of the Holder of the unregistered notes, the certificate number or numbers of such unregistered notes and the

9

principal amount of unregistered notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that within three business days after the Expiration Date, this letter of transmittal (or copy thereof) together with the certificate(s) representing the unregistered notes (or a confirmation of electronic mail delivery or book-entry delivery into the exchange agent’s account at DTC) and any of the required documents will be deposited by the Eligible Institution with the exchange agent and (3) such properly completed and executed letter of transmittal (or copy thereof), as well as all other documents required by this letter of transmittal and the certificate(s) representing all tendered unregistered notes in proper form for transfer or a confirmation of electronic mail delivery or book-entry delivery into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, must be received by the exchange agent within three business days after the Expiration Date, all as provided in the prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offers—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.” Any Holder of unregistered notes who wishes to tender his unregistered notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described above must ensure that the exchange agent receives the notice of guaranteed delivery prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. Upon request to the exchange agent, a notice of guaranteed delivery will be sent to Holders who wish to tender their unregistered notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth above.

All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of tendered unregistered notes or this letter of transmittal will be determined by the Issuers in their sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding. All tendering Holders, by execution of this letter of transmittal (or copy hereof), shall waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of the unregistered notes for exchange. The Issuers reserve the absolute right to reject any and all unregistered notes or letter of transmittal not properly tendered, or any tenders the Issuers’ acceptance of which would, in the opinion of counsel for the Issuers, be unlawful. The Issuers also reserve the absolute right to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular unregistered notes. The Issuers’ interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offers (including the instructions in this letter of transmittal) will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of unregistered notes must be cured within such time as the Issuers shall determine. Although the Issuers intend to notify Holders of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of unregistered notes, none of the Issuers, the exchange agent or any other person shall be under any duty to give notification of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of unregistered notes, nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of unregistered notes will not be deemed to have been made until such defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. Any unregistered notes received by the exchange agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the exchange agent to the tendering Holders of unregistered notes, unless otherwise provided in this letter of transmittal, as soon as practicable following the Expiration Date.

3. Inadequate Space. If the space provided is inadequate, the certificate number(s) of the unregistered notes should be listed on a separate signed schedule attached hereto.

4. Tender by Holder. Except in limited circumstances, only a registered Holder of unregistered notes or a DTC participant listed on a securities position listing furnished by DTC with respect to the unregistered notes may tender its unregistered notes in the exchange offers. Any beneficial owner of unregistered notes who is not the registered Holder and is not a DTC participant and who wishes to tender should arrange with such registered holder to execute and deliver this letter of transmittal on such beneficial owner’s behalf or must, prior to completing and executing this letter of transmittal and delivering such unregistered notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the unregistered notes in such beneficial owner’s name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder or properly endorsed certificates representing such unregistered notes.

5. Partial Tenders; Withdrawals. Tenders of unregistered notes will be accepted only in minimum denominations of $2,000 and larger integral multiples of $1,000. If less than the entire principal amount of any unregistered notes is tendered, the tendering Holder should fill in the principal amount tendered in the fourth column of the chart entitled “Description of Unregistered notes.” The entire principal amount of unregistered notes delivered to the exchange agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated. If the entire principal amount of all unregistered notes is not tendered, unregistered notes for the principal amount of unregistered notes not tendered and a certificate or certificates representing exchange notes issued in exchange of any unregistered notes accepted will be sent to the Holder at his or her registered address, unless a different address is provided in the appropriate box on this letter of transmittal, promptly after the unregistered notes are accepted for exchange.

10

Except as otherwise provided herein, tenders of unregistered notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date. To withdraw a tender of unregistered notes in the exchange offers, a written or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the exchange agent at its address set forth herein prior to the Expiration Date. Any such notice of withdrawal must (1) specify the name of the person having deposited the unregistered notes to be withdrawn (the “Depositor”), (2) identify the unregistered notes to be withdrawn (including the certificate number(s) and principal amount of such unregistered notes, or, in the case of unregistered notes transferred by book-entry transfer, the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited), (3) be signed by the Depositor in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal by which such unregistered notes were tendered (including any required signature guarantees) or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the registrar with respect to the unregistered notes register the transfer of such unregistered notes into the name of the person withdrawing the tender and (4) specify the name in which any such unregistered notes are to be registered, if different from that of the Depositor. All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such notices will be determined by the Issuers, whose determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any unregistered notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the exchange offers and no exchange notes will be issued with respect thereto unless the unregistered notes so withdrawn are validly re-tendered. Any unregistered notes which have been tendered but which are not accepted for exchange by the Issuers will be returned to the Holder thereof without cost to such Holder as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offers. Properly withdrawn unregistered notes may be re-tendered by following one of the procedures described in the prospectus under “The Exchange Offers—Procedures for Tendering” at any time prior to the Expiration Date.

6. Signatures on the Letter of Transmittal; Bond Powers and Endorsements. If this letter of transmittal (or a copy hereof) is signed by the registered Holder(s) of the unregistered notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond with the name(s) as written on the face of the unregistered notes without alteration or any change whatsoever.

If any of the unregistered notes tendered hereby are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this letter of transmittal.

If a number of unregistered notes registered in different names are tendered, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many copies of this letter of transmittal as there are different registrations of unregistered notes.

If this letter of transmittal (or a copy hereof) is signed by the registered Holder(s) (which term, for the purposes described herein, shall include a book-entry transfer facility whose name appears on the security listing as the owner of the unregistered notes) of notes tendered and the certificate(s) for exchange notes issued in exchange therefor is to be issued (or any untendered principal amount of unregistered notes is to be reissued) to the registered Holder, such Holder need not and should not endorse any tendered note, nor provide a separate bond power.

If this letter of transmittal (or a copy hereof) is signed by a person other than the registered Holder(s) of notes listed therein, such notes must be endorsed or accompanied by properly completed bond powers which authorize such person to tender the notes on behalf of the registered Holder, in either case signed as the name of the registered Holder(s) appears on the unregistered notes, and with the signatures on the endorsement or bond power guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

If this letter of transmittal (or a copy hereof) or any unregistered notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, or officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and, unless waived by the Issuers, evidence satisfactory to the Issuers of the authority to so act must be submitted with this letter of transmittal.

Endorsements on unregistered notes or signatures on bond powers required by this Instruction 6 must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

7. Special Registration and Delivery Instructions. Tendering Holders should indicate, in the applicable spaces, the name and address to which exchange notes, or unregistered notes for principal amounts not tendered or not accepted for exchange, are to be issued or sent, if different from the name and address of the person signing this letter of transmittal (or in the case of tender of the unregistered notes through DTC, if different from the account maintained at DTC indicated above). In the case of issuance in a different name, the taxpayer identification or social security number of the person named must also be indicated.

11

8. Transfer Taxes. The Issuers will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of unregistered notes pursuant to the exchange offers. If, however, certificates representing exchange notes or unregistered notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be registered or issued in the name of, any person other than the registered Holder of the notes tendered hereby, or if tendered notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing this letter of transmittal, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of unregistered notes pursuant to the exchange offers, then the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered Holder or any other person) will be payable by the tendering Holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted with this letter of transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering Holder.

9. Waiver of Conditions. The Issuers reserve the right, in its sole discretion, to amend, waive or modify specified conditions in the exchange offers in the case of any unregistered notes tendered.

10. Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Unregistered Notes. Any tendering Holder whose unregistered notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed should contact the exchange agent at the address indicated herein for further instruction.

11. Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies. Questions and requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of the prospectus or this letter of transmittal may be directed to the exchange agent at the address specified in the prospectus. Holders may also contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance concerning the exchange offers.

12

IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION

A tendering Holder of the unregistered notes is required to give the exchange agent such Holder’s social security number or employer identification number (“TIN”) or establish a basis for exemption from backup withholding. If the unregistered notes are in more than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner, consult the enclosed Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9 for additional guidance on which number to report.

Certain tendering Holders (including, among others, all corporations and certain non-U.S. individuals) are not subject to these backup withholding and reporting requirements. Exempt Holders should indicate their exempt status on Substitute Form W-9. Non-U.S. individuals may qualify as an exempt recipient by submitting to the exchange agent a properly completed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, signed under penalties of perjury, attesting to that Holder’s exempt status. A Form W-8BEN can be obtained from the exchange agent. See the enclosed “Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9” for additional instructions.

A Holder shall write “applied for” in the box in Part I of the form if the tendering Holder has not been issued a TIN and has applied for a TIN or intends to apply for a TIN in the near future. If “applied for” is written in the box in Part I and the exchange agent is not provided with a TIN within 60 days thereafter, the exchange agent will withhold 28% on all payments under the senior notes until a TIN is provided to the exchange agent.

13

TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL TENDERING HOLDERS

PAYER’S NAME: TOPS HOLDING LLC, TOPS MARKETS, LLC, TOPS MARKETS II CORPORATION OR TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION
SUBSTITUTE Form W-9	Part 1 — PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN IN THE BOX AT RIGHT AND CERTIFY BY SIGNING AND DATING BELOW.
		Social Security Number(s) or
		Employer Identification Number(s)
Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Service Payer’s Request for Taxpayer Identification Number (“TIN”)	Part 2 — Certification — Under Penalties of Perjury, I certify that: (1)    The number shown on this form is my correct Taxpayer Identification Number (“TIN”) (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me), and (2)    I am NOT subject to backup withholding because: (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, (b) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding; and (3)    I am a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien).	Part 3 — ¨   Check if Awaiting TIN
	Certification Instructions — You must cross out item (2) above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are currently subject to backup withholding because of underreporting interest or dividends on your tax return.
SIGN HERE	SIGNATURE:	DATE:
	Name:
	(Please Print)

NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING OF 28 PERCENT OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU UNDER THE NOTES AND A U.S.$50 PENALTY IMPOSED BY THE IRS. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.

CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

I certify under penalties of perjury that a taxpayer identification number has not been issued to me, and either (a) I have mailed or delivered an application to receive a taxpayer identification number to the appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration Office or (b) I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that if I do not provide a taxpayer identification number to the exchange agent by the time of payment, the applicable amount of all reportable payments made to me will be withheld and such retained amounts shall be remitted to the IRS as backup withholding.

Signature  Date                                              

Name (Please Print) 

14

GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION

NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

Guidelines for Determining the Proper Identification Number to Give the Payer. Social security numbers and individual taxpayer identification numbers have nine digits separated by two hyphens: i.e. 000-00-0000. If you are a resident alien and you do not have and are not eligible to get a social security number, your taxpayer identification number is your IRS individual taxpayer identification number (ITIN). Employer identification numbers have nine digits separated by only one hyphen: i.e. 00-0000000. The table below will help determine the number to give the payer.

For this type of account:	Give the SOCIAL SECURITY number of —	For this type of account:	Give the EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION number of —
1.      An individual’s account	The individual	6.      Disregarded entity not owned by an individual	The owner
2.      Two or more individuals (joint account)	The actual owner of the account or, if combined funds, the first individual on the account(1)	7.      A valid trust, estate, or pension trust	The legal entity (Do not furnish the identifying number of the personal representative or trustee unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title.) (4)
3.      Custodian account of a minor (Uniform Gift to Minors Act)	The minor(2)	8.      Corporate account	The corporation
4. a.   The usual revocable  savings trust account (grantor is also trustee)	The grantor-trustee(1)	9.      Association, club, religious, charity, educational organization or other tax-exempt organization account	The organization
b.  So-called trust account that is not a legal or valid trust under state law	The actual owner(1)	10.    Partnership or multi-member LLC	The partnership
5.       Sole proprietorship account or disregarded entity owned by an individual	The owner(3)	11.    A broker or registered nominee	The broker or nominee
		12.    Account with the Department of Agriculture in the name of an entity (such as a State or local government, school district, or prison) that receives agricultural program payments	The public entity

15

(1) List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish. If only one person on a joint account has a social security number, that person’s number must be furnished.

(2) Circle the minor’s name and furnish the minor’s social security number.

(3) You must show your individual name, but you may also enter your business or “doing business as” name. You may use either your social security number or employer identification number (if you have one).

(4) List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate, or pension trust.

NOTE: If no name is circled when there is more than one name, the number will be considered to be that of the first name listed.

16

GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION

NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-

Obtaining a Number

If you don’t have a taxpayer identification number or you don’t know your number, obtain Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Number Card (for individuals), Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number (for businesses and all other entities) or Form W-7, Application for IRS Individual Taxpayer Identification Number (for certain resident aliens) at the local office of the Social Security Administration or the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and apply for a number.

Payees Exempt from Backup Withholding

Payees exempt from backup withholding on all payments include the following:

• An organization exempt from tax under section 501(a), any IRA, or a custodial account under section 403(b)(7) if the account satisfies the requirements of Section
401(f)(2).

• The United States or any of its agencies or instrumentalities.

• A state, the District of Columbia, a possession of the United States, or any of their political subdivisions or instrumentalities.

• A foreign government or any of its political subdivisions, agencies, or instrumentalities.

• An international organization or any of its agencies or instrumentalities.

Other payees that may be exempt from backup withholding include:

• A corporation.

• A foreign central bank of issue.

• A dealer in securities or commodities required to register in the United States, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States.

• A futures commission merchant registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.

• A real estate investment trust.

• An entity registered at all times during the tax year under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

• A common trust fund operated by a bank under section 584(a).

• A financial institution.

• A middleman known in the investment community as a nominee or custodian.

• A trust exempt from tax under section 664 or described in section 4947.

Payments of interest not generally subject to backup withholding include the following:

• Payments of interest on obligations issued by individuals. Note: You may be subject to backup withholding if this interest is $600 or more and is paid in the course of the payer’s trade or business and you have not provided your correct taxpayer identification number to the payor.

• Payments described in Section 6049(b)(5) of the Code to nonresident aliens.

• Payments on tax-free covenant bonds under Section 1451 of the Code.

• Payments made by certain foreign organizations.

• Mortgage interest payments paid to you.

Exempt payees described above should file Form W-9 to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding. FILE THIS FORM WITH THE PAYER, FURNISH YOUR TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER, WRITE “EXEMPT” ON THE FACE OF THE FORM, SIGN AND DATE THE FORM AND RETURN IT TO THE PAYER. IF YOU ARE A NON-RESIDENT ALIEN OR A FOREIGN ENTITY NOT SUBJECT TO BACKUP WITH-HOLDING, FILE WITH PAYER A COMPLETED INTERNAL REVENUE FORM W-8 (CERTIFICATE OF FOREIGN STATUS).

Certain payments other than interest, dividends, and patronage dividends, that are not subject to information reporting are also not subject to backup withholding. For details, see Sections 6041, 6041(a), 6045, 6050A and 6050N of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Privacy Act Notice. Section 6109 requires most recipients of dividend, interest, or other payments to give taxpayer identification numbers to payers who must report the payments to the IRS. The IRS uses the numbers for identification purposes. Payers must be given the numbers whether or not recipients are required to file tax returns. Payers must generally withhold 28% of taxable interest, dividend, and certain other payments to a payee who does not furnish a taxpayer identification number to a payer. Certain penalties may also apply.

17

Penalties

(1) Penalty for Failure to Furnish Taxpayer Identification Number. If you fail to furnish your correct taxpayer identification number to a payer, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.

(2) Civil Penalty for False Information with Respect to Withholding. If you make a false statement with no reasonable basis which results in no imposition of backup withholding, you are subject to a penalty of $500.

(3) Criminal Penalty for Falsifying Information. Willfully falsifying certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including fines and/or imprisonment.

FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT YOUR TAX CONSULTANT OR THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE.

18

(DO NOT WRITE IN SPACE BELOW)

Certificate surrendered	Unregistered notes tendered	Unregistered notes accepted
Delivery Prepared by	Checked by	Date

19

The exchange agent for the exchange offers is:

U.S. Bank National Association

In Person by Hand Only:	By Registered & Certified Mail:	By Regular Mail or Overnight Carrier:
U.S. Bank National Association Attn.: Specialized Finance 111 Fillmore Avenue St. Paul, MN 55107-1402	U.S. Bank National Association West Side Flats Operations Center Attn.: Specialized Finance 60 Livingston Avenue Mail Station—EP-MN-WS2N St. Paul, Minnesota 55107-2292	U.S. Bank National Association Attn.: Specialized Finance 111 Fillmore Avenue St. Paul, MN 55107-1402

By Facsimile (for Eligible Institutions Only):

(651) 466-7372

For Information or Confirmation by Telephone:

(651) 466-6777

For any questions regarding this letter of transmittal or for additional information, you may contact the exchange agent by telephone at (651) 495-3511.

All unregistered notes must be tendered by book-entry transfer in accordance with the standard operating procedures of DTC. Holders who wish to be eligible to receive exchange notes for their unregistered notes pursuant to the exchange offers must validly tender (and not withdraw) their unregistered notes to DTC prior to the Expiration Date or provide notice of guaranteed delivery to the exchange agent as described herein.

20

EX-99.2

Exhibit 99.2

Tops Holding LLC

Tops Markets, LLC

Tops Markets II Corporation

Tops Holding II Corporation

NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

all outstanding unregistered 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017

($460,000,000 aggregate principal amount) that are fully and unconditionally guaranteed

as to payment of principal and interest by the guarantors

for

8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017

that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended

(the “Securities Act”) and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed as to payment of principal

and interest by the guarantors

and

all outstanding unregistered 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018

($150,000,000 aggregate principal amount)

for

8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018

that have been registered under the Securities Act

As set forth in the prospectus dated [—], 2013 (the “Prospectus”), of Tops Holding LLC, Tops Markets, LLC, Tops Markets II Corporation and Tops Holding II Corporation (collectively, the “Issuers”) and in the accompanying letter of transmittal and instructions thereto, this form or one substantially equivalent hereto must be used to accept the offers of the Issuers to exchange (1) $460,000,000 aggregate principal amount of unregistered 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 for 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 that have been registered under the Securities Act and (2) $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of unregistered 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018 for 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018 that have been registered under the Securities Act, if (i) certificates representing the unregistered notes to be tendered for exchange are not lost but are not immediately available, (ii) time will not permit the letter of transmittal, certificates representing such unregistered notes or other required documents to reach the exchange agent prior to the Expiration Date (as defined herein) or (iii) the procedures for book-entry transfer cannot be completed prior to the Expiration Date. This form may be delivered by an Eligible Institution (as defined in the letter of transmittal) by mail or by hand or transmitted, via telegram, telex or facsimile, to the exchange agent as set forth below. See “The Exchange Offers—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” in the Prospectus. All capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Prospectus.

The exchange offers will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on [—], 2013 (the “Expiration Date”) unless the exchange offers are extended by the Issuers in its sole discretion. Tenders of unregistered notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

To: U.S. Bank National Association, Exchange Agent

By Facsimile: (651) 466-7372	By Registered or Certified Mail: U.S. Bank National Association West Side Flats Operations Center 60 Livingston Avenue Mail Station—EP-MN-WS2N St. Paul, Minnesota 55107-2292	By Hand/Overnight Delivery: U.S. Bank National Association 111 Fillmore Avenue St. Paul, MN 55107-1402
Confirm by Telephone: (651) 466-6777	Attn: Specialized Finance	Attn: Specialized Finance

Delivery of this instrument to an address, or transmission via facsimile with confirmation, other than to the exchange agent as set forth above will not constitute a valid delivery. The method of delivery of all documents, including certificates, is at the risk of the holder. Instead of delivery by mail, we recommend that holders use an overnight or hand delivery service. If delivery is by mail, we recommend registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured. In all cases, you should allow sufficient time to assure delivery to the Exchange Agent before the Expiration Date. You should read the instructions accompanying the letter of transmittal carefully before you complete this notice of guaranteed delivery.

This instrument is not to be used to guarantee signatures. If a signature on the letter of transmittal is required to be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution under the instructions thereto, such signature guarantee must appear in the applicable space provided in the signature box on the letter of transmittal.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned hereby tender(s) to the Issuers, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the exchange offers as set forth in the Prospectus and the letter of transmittal, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the aggregate principal amount of unregistered notes set forth below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus.

The undersigned understands that tenders of unregistered notes will be accepted only in authorized denominations. The undersigned understands that tenders of unregistered notes pursuant to the exchange offers may not be withdrawn after 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. Tenders of unregistered notes may be withdrawn if the exchange offers are terminated or as otherwise provided in the Prospectus.

The undersigned understands that the exchange of unregistered notes for exchange notes will only be made after receipt by the exchange agent, within three (3) business days of the Expiration Date, of:

(i) a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal (or a facsimile thereof) with any required signature guarantees and certificates representing the unregistered notes covered hereby in proper form for transfer,

(ii) alternatively, confirmation of the book-entry transfer of such unregistered notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer set forth in the Prospectus, and

(iii) this notice of guaranteed delivery together with any other required documents.

All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred by this notice of guaranteed delivery shall not be affected by and shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned under this notice of guaranteed delivery shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, assigns, trustees in bankruptcy and other legal representatives of the undersigned.

PLEASE SIGN AND COMPLETE
Principal amount of unregistered 8.875% Senior Secured Notes	Date:
due 2017 tendered:*
	Name(s) of registered holders(s)
Principal amount of unregistered 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes	Address:
due 2018 tendered:*
	Area code and telephone no:
Certificate no(s). of unregistered 8.875% Senior Secured Notes	Signature(s) of registered holder(s) or authorized
due 2018 (if available):	signatory:
Certificate no(s). of unregistered 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes	Signature(s) of registered holder(s) or authorized
due 2018:	signatory:
If unregistered notes will be delivered by book-entry transfer at DTC, insert account no.:
*  Must be in denominations of principal amount of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

This notice of guaranteed delivery must be signed by the registered holder(s) of unregistered notes exactly as its (their) name(s) appears on certificates for unregistered notes or on a security position listing as the owner of unregistered notes, or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted with this notice of guaranteed delivery. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must provide the following information.

Please print name(s) and address(es)

Name(s):                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     

Capacity:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     

Address(es):                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

Do not send unregistered notes with this form. Unregistered notes should be sent to the exchange agent, together with a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal.

GUARANTEE OF DELIVERY

(Not to be used for signature guarantee)

The undersigned, a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or a correspondent in the United States or an “eligible guarantor institution” as defined by Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), hereby (a) represents that each holder of unregistered notes on whose behalf this tender is being made “own(s)” the unregistered notes covered hereby within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, (b) represents that such tender of unregistered notes complies with such Rule 14e-4, and (c) guarantees that, within three (3) business days from the date of this notice of guaranteed delivery, a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal (or a facsimile thereof), together with certificates representing the unregistered notes covered hereby in proper form for transfer or, alternatively, confirmation of the book-entry transfer of such unregistered notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer set forth in the prospectus and required documents will be deposited by the undersigned with the exchange agent.

The undersigned acknowledges that it must deliver the letter of transmittal and unregistered notes tendered hereby to the exchange agent within the time period set forth and that failure to do so could result in financial loss to the undersigned.

Name of Firm:
	(Authorized Signature)
Address:
	Name:
	Title:
Area Code and Telephone No.:

EX-99.3

Exhibit 99.3

Tops Holding LLC

Tops Markets, LLC

Tops Markets II Corporation

Tops Holding II Corporation

PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFERS IN RESPECT OF

all outstanding unregistered 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017

($460,000,000 aggregate principal amount) that are fully and unconditionally guaranteed

as to payment of principal and interest by the guarantors

for

8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017

that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended

(the “Securities Act”) and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed as to payment of principal

and interest by the guarantors

and

all outstanding unregistered 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018

($150,000,000 aggregate principal amount)

for

8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018

that have been registered under the Securities Act

To Our Clients:

We are enclosing herewith a Prospectus dated [—] (the “Prospectus”) of Tops HoldingLLC, Tops Markets, LLC, Tops Markets II Corporation and Tops Holding II Corporation (collectively, the “Issuers”) and the related Letter of Transmittal, which together constitute the offers of the Issuers (the “Exchange Offers”) to exchange (1) $460,000,000 aggregate principal amount of unregistered 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 for 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 that have been registered under the Securities Act and (2) $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of unregistered 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018 for 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018 that have been registered under the Securities Act and are subject to the conditions set forth in the Exchange Offers.

Please note that the Exchange Offers will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on [—], 2013 unless the exchange offers are extended by the Issuers in their sole discretion.

The Exchange Offers are not conditioned upon any minimum number of unregistered securities being tendered.

We are the holder of record of unregistered securities held by us for your account. A tender of such unregistered securities can be made only by us as the record holder and pursuant to your instructions. The Letter of Transmittal is furnished to you for your information only and cannot be used by you to tender unregistered securities held by us for your account.

We request instructions as to whether you wish to tender any or all of the unregistered securities held by us for your account pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offers. We also request that you confirm that we may make the representations contained in the Letter of Transmittal on your behalf.

Pursuant to the Letter of Transmittal, each holder of unregistered securities (a “Holder”) will represent to the Issuers that:

• the exchange securities acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offers are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving the exchange securities, whether or not the person is the Holder;

• neither the Holder nor any other recipient of the exchange securities (if different than the Holder) is engaged in, intends to engage in, or has any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, the distribution of the unregistered securities or exchange securities;

• neither the Holder nor any other recipient is an “affiliate” of the Issuers as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act or, if the Holder or such recipient is an affiliate, that the Holder or such recipient will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable;

• if the signatory is a broker-dealer, it has not entered into any arrangement or understanding with the Issuers or any “affiliate” of the Issuers as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act to distribute the exchange securities;

• if the signatory is a broker-dealer, the signatory further represents and warrants that if it will receive exchange securities for its own account in exchange for unregistered securities that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, the signatory will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act (for which purposes, the delivery of the Prospectus, as the same may be hereafter supplemented or amended, shall be sufficient) in connection with any resale of exchange securities received in the Exchange Offers; and

• the Holder is not acting on behalf of any person or entity that could not truthfully make these representations.

By acknowledging that you will deliver and by delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such exchange securities, you will not be deemed to admit that you are an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

Very truly yours,

EX-99.4

Exhibit 99.4

Tops Holding LLC

Tops Markets, LLC

Tops Markets II Corporation

Tops Holding II Corporation

EXCHANGE OFFERS IN RESPECT OF

all outstanding unregistered 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017

($460,000,000 aggregate principal amount) that are fully and unconditionally guaranteed

as to payment of principal and interest by the guarantors

for

8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017

that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended

(the “Securities Act”) and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed as to payment of principal

and interest by the guarantors

and

all outstanding unregistered 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018

($150,000,000 aggregate principal amount)

for

8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018

that have been registered under the Securities Act

To Registered Holders:

We are enclosing herewith the material listed below relating to the offers (the “Exchange Offers”) by Tops Holding LLC, Tops Markets, LLC, Tops Markets II Corporation and Tops Holding II Corporation (collectively, the “Issuers”) to exchange (1) $460,000,000 aggregate principal amount of unregistered 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 for 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 that have been registered under the Securities Act and (2) $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of unregistered 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018 for 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018 that have been registered under the Securities Act and are subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus dated [—], 2013 (the “Prospectus”) and the related Letter of Transmittal.

Enclosed herewith are copies of the following documents:

1. Prospectus dated [—], 2013;

2. Letter of Transmittal, including Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification;

3. Instruction to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner;

4. Letter to Clients which may be sent to your clients for whose account you hold unregistered securities in your name or in the name of your nominee, which shall accompany the Instruction to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner for obtaining such client’s instruction with regard to the Exchange Offers; and

5. Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

We urge you to contact your clients promptly. Please note that the Exchange Offers will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on December 31, 2012, unless the exchange offers are extended by the Issuers in their sole discretion.

The Exchange Offers are not conditioned upon any minimum number of unregistered securities being tendered.

Pursuant to the Letter of Transmittal, each holder of unregistered securities (a “Holder”) will represent to the Issuers that:

• the exchange securities acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offers are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving the exchange securities, whether or not the person is the Holder;

• neither the Holder nor any other recipient of the exchange securities (if different than the Holder) is engaged in, intends to engage in, or has any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, the distribution of the unregistered securities or exchange securities;

• neither the Holder nor any other recipient is an “affiliate” of the Issuers as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act or, if the Holder or such recipient is an affiliate, that the Holder or such recipient will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable;

• if the signatory is a broker-dealer, it has not entered into any arrangement or understanding with the Issuers or any “affiliate” of Issuers as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act to distribute the exchange securities;

• if the signatory is a broker-dealer, the signatory further represents and warrants that if it will receive exchange securities for its own account in exchange for unregistered securities that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, the signatory will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act (for which purposes, the delivery of the Prospectus, as the same may be hereafter supplemented or amended, shall be sufficient) in connection with any resale of exchange securities received in the Exchange Offers; and

• the Holder is not acting on behalf of any person or entity that could not truthfully make these representations.

By acknowledging that you will deliver and by delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such exchange securities, you will not be deemed to admit that you are an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

The enclosed Instruction to Registered Holders from Beneficial Owner contains an authorization by the beneficial owners of the unregistered securities for you to make the foregoing representations.

The Issuers will not pay any fee or commission to any broker or dealer or to any other person other than the exchange agent for the Exchange Offers. The Issuers will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of unregistered securities pursuant to the Exchange Offers, except as otherwise provided in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Fees and Expenses.”

Any inquiries you may have with respect to the Exchange Offers may be addressed to, and additional copies of the enclosed materials may be obtained from, the Exchange Agent, U.S. Bank National Association, in the manner set forth below.

By Facsimile: (651) 466-7372	By Registered or Certified Mail: U.S. Bank National Association West Side Flats Operations Center 60 Livingston Avenue Mail Station—EP-MN-WS2N St. Paul, Minnesota 55107-2292	By Hand/Overnight Delivery: U.S. Bank National Association 111 Fillmore Avenue St. Paul, MN 55107-1402
Confirm by Telephone: (651) 466-6777	Attn: Specialized Finance	Attn: Specialized Finance

Very truly yours,

TOPS HOLDING LLC, TOPS MARKETS, LLC, TOPS

MARKETS II CORPORATION AND TOPS HOLDING II

CORPORATION

NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSTITUTE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON AS AN AGENT OF THE ISSUERS OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT, OR AUTHORIZE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON TO USE ANY DOCUMENT OR MAKE ANY STATEMENT ON BEHALF OF THE ISSUERS OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OFFERS OTHER THAN THE DOCUMENTS ENCLOSED HEREWITH AND THE STATEMENTS CONTAINED HEREIN.

EX-99.5

Exhibit 99.5

Tops Holding LLC

Tops Markets, LLC

Tops Markets II Corporation

Tops Holding II Corporation

INSTRUCTION TO REGISTERED HOLDER

FROM BENEFICIAL OWNER OF

all outstanding unregistered 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017

($460,000,000 aggregate principal amount) that are fully and unconditionally guaranteed

as to payment of principal and interest by the guarantors

for

8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017

that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended

(the “Securities Act”) and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed as to payment of principal

and interest by the guarantors

and

all outstanding unregistered 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018

($150,000,000 aggregate principal amount)

for

8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018

that have been registered under the Securities Act

To Registered Holder:

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus dated                      , 2013 (the “Prospectus”) of Tops Holding II Corporation, Tops Holding Corporation and Tops Markets, LLC, and Tops Holding II Corporation (collectively, the “Issuers”) and the related Letter of Transmittal, that together constitute the offers of the Issuers (the “Exchange Offers”) to exchange (1) $460,000,000 aggregate principal amount of unregistered 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 for 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 that have been registered under the Securities Act and (2) $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of unregistered 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018 for 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018, each of which have been registered under the Securities Act. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.

This will instruct you, the registered holder, as to the action to be taken by you relating to the Exchange Offers with respect to the unregistered notes held by you for the account of the undersigned.

The aggregate face amount of the unregistered notes held by you for the account of the undersigned is (fill in amount):

¨ $                    of 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017.

¨ $                    of 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018.

With respect to the Exchange Offers, the undersigned hereby instructs you (check appropriate box):

¨ To TENDER the following unregistered notes held by you for the account of the undersigned (insert principal amount of unregistered notes to be tendered (if any)):

¨ $                    of 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2017.

¨ $                    of 8.750% / 9.500% Senior Notes due 2018.

¨ NOT to TENDER any unregistered notes held by you for the account of the undersigned.

If the undersigned instructs you to tender unregistered notes held by you for the account of the undersigned, it is understood that you are authorized to make, on behalf of the undersigned (and the undersigned, by its signature below, hereby makes to you), the representations and warranties contained in the Letter of Transmittal that are to be made with respect to the undersigned as a beneficial owner, including but not limited to the representations that:

• the exchange notes acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offers are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving the exchange notes, whether or not the person is the undersigned;

• neither the undersigned nor any other recipient of the exchange notes (if different than the undersigned) is engaged in, intends to engage in, or has any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, the distribution of the unregistered notes or exchange notes;

• neither the undersigned nor any other recipient is an “affiliate” of the Issuers as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act or, if the undersigned or such recipient is an affiliate, that the undersigned or such recipient will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable;

• if the undersigned is a broker-dealer, it has not entered into any arrangement or understanding with the Issuers or any “affiliate” of the Issuers as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act to distribute the exchange notes;

• if the undersigned is a broker-dealer, the undersigned further represents and warrants that if the undersigned broker-dealer will receive exchange notes for its own account in exchange for unregistered notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, the undersigned will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act (for which purposes, the delivery of the Prospectus, as the same may be hereafter supplemented or amended, shall be sufficient) in connection with any resale of exchange notes received in the Exchange Offers; and

• the undersigned is not acting on behalf of any person or entity that could not truthfully make these representations.

By acknowledging that you will deliver and by delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such exchange notes, you will not be deemed to admit that you are an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

SIGN HERE

Name of beneficial owner(s) (please print):

Signature(s):

2

Address:

Telephone Number:

Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number:

Date:

3

XML

Summary of Discount Rate Assumptions Used to Determine Net Pension Cost (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Jan. 01, 2011
SERP [Member]
Discount rate assumptions used to determine net pension cost
Assumptions used to determine net pension cost	3.40%	4.70%	4.90%
Other Post-Retirement Plans [Member]
Discount rate assumptions used to determine net pension cost
Assumptions used to determine net pension cost	4.10%	4.70%	5.20%

XML

Summary of Status and Changes of Stock Options Outstanding (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 29, 2012		Dec. 31, 2011	Jan. 01, 2011
Summary of status and changes of stock options outstanding under Stock Plan
Outstanding, Number of Shares, Beginning balance	11,340		11,465	7,550
Number of stock options granted				4,470
Forfeited, Number of Shares			(125)	(555)
Outstanding, Number of Shares, Ending balance	11,340		11,340	11,465
Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share, Beginning balance	$ 654		$ 658	$ 413
Vested and expected to vest, Number of Shares	11,340
Granted, Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share				$ 1,040
Options exercisable-December 29, 2012	5,833
Forfeited, Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share			$ 1,040	$ 400
Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share, Ending balance	$ 400		$ 654	$ 658
Vested and expected to vest, Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share	$ 400
Options exercisable, Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share	$ 400
Vested and expected to vest, Average Remaining Contractual Term - (In Years)	2 years 10 months 24 days
Vested and expected to vest, Aggregate Intrinsic Value	$ 816	[1]

[1] The intrinsic value is calculated based on the difference between the weighted average exercise price per share and the fair market value of the Company's common stock as of December 29, 2012 of $472 per share.

XML

Assumption for Weighted Average Fair Value of Stock Options (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 01, 2011
Summary of assumptions used to estimate weighted average fair values of the stock options granted
Estimated life in years	6 years 2 months 12 days
Expected volatility	37.60%
Expected dividends
Risk-free rate	1.60%

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheet (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jul. 13, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Jul. 14, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Jan. 01, 2011	Jan. 02, 2010
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 28,446	$ 32,422	$ 53,971	$ 19,181	$ 17,419	$ 19,722
Accounts receivable, net	65,041	53,475		55,987
Intercompany receivables
Inventory, net	131,477	125,487		115,309
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	11,293	9,323		12,990
Income taxes refundable	252	237		285
Current deferred tax assets	1,924	1,924		1,971
Total current assets	238,433	222,868		205,723
Property and equipment, net	343,483	350,649		358,263
Goodwill	19,308	15,002		462
Intangible assets, net	70,030	74,498		71,663
Other assets	19,089	12,985		11,101
Investment in subsidiaries
Total assets	690,343	676,002		647,212
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	92,401	77,460		75,608
Intercompany payables
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	74,152	75,740		74,677
Current portion of capital lease obligations	14,056	14,357		12,701
Current portion of long-term debt	2,271	2,271		434
Current deferred tax liabilities
Total current liabilities	182,880	169,828		163,420
Capital lease obligations	142,180	149,503		159,814
Long-term debt	650,622	495,446		355,240
Other long-term liabilities	38,886	38,871		23,893
Non-current deferred tax liabilities	6,431	5,626		4,309
Total liabilities	1,020,999	859,274		706,676
Total shareholders' (deficit) equity	(330,656)	(183,272)		(59,464)	(65,511)	(38,801)
Total liabilities and shareholders' (deficit) equity	690,343	676,002		647,212
Tops Holding II Corporation [Member]
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	6,807
Accounts receivable, net
Intercompany receivables
Inventory, net
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Income taxes refundable
Current deferred tax assets
Total current assets	6,807
Property and equipment, net
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Other assets	6,889
Investment in subsidiaries	(191,511)	(181,474)		(58,293)
Total assets	(177,815)	(181,474)		(58,293)
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable
Intercompany payables
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	4,304	1,798		1,171
Current portion of capital lease obligations
Current portion of long-term debt
Current deferred tax liabilities
Total current liabilities	4,304	1,798		1,171
Capital lease obligations
Long-term debt	148,537
Other long-term liabilities
Non-current deferred tax liabilities
Total liabilities	152,841	1,798		1,171
Total shareholders' (deficit) equity	(330,656)	(183,272)		(59,464)
Total liabilities and shareholders' (deficit) equity	(177,815)	(181,474)		(58,293)
Tops Holding LLC [Member]
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net
Intercompany receivables
Inventory, net
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Income taxes refundable
Current deferred tax assets
Total current assets
Property and equipment, net
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Other assets
Investment in subsidiaries	(186,249)	(176,724)		(54,493)
Total assets	(186,249)	(176,724)		(54,493)
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable
Intercompany payables	5,262	4,750		3,800
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Current portion of capital lease obligations
Current portion of long-term debt
Current deferred tax liabilities
Total current liabilities	5,262	4,750		3,800
Capital lease obligations
Long-term debt
Other long-term liabilities
Non-current deferred tax liabilities
Total liabilities	5,262	4,750		3,800
Total shareholders' (deficit) equity	(191,511)	(181,474)		(58,293)
Total liabilities and shareholders' (deficit) equity	(186,249)	(176,724)		(54,493)
Tops Markets, LLC [Member]
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	20,739	31,586	53,132	18,351	16,689	19,712
Accounts receivable, net	52,352	42,578		44,809
Intercompany receivables	5,262	4,750		3,800
Inventory, net	96,758	91,298		79,972
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	9,234	7,352		10,654
Income taxes refundable	252	237		285
Current deferred tax assets	1,317	1,316		1,363
Total current assets	185,914	179,117		159,234
Property and equipment, net	278,331	280,643		282,207
Goodwill	19,308	15,002		462
Intangible assets, net	63,787	67,262		62,684
Other assets	39,968	36,811		27,687
Investment in subsidiaries	127,362	121,350		110,306
Total assets	714,670	700,185		642,580
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	72,201	60,429		58,359
Intercompany payables	61,980	50,835		15,556
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	53,202	51,981		57,537
Current portion of capital lease obligations	13,627	13,955		12,348
Current portion of long-term debt	2,271	2,271		434
Current deferred tax liabilities
Total current liabilities	203,281	179,471		144,234
Capital lease obligations	139,425	146,510		156,456
Long-term debt	505,126	498,487		358,281
Other long-term liabilities	33,125	33,284		20,262
Non-current deferred tax liabilities	19,155	18,350		17,033
Total liabilities	900,112	876,102		696,266
Total shareholders' (deficit) equity	(185,442)	(175,917)		(53,686)
Total liabilities and shareholders' (deficit) equity	714,670	700,185		642,580
Guarantor Subsidiaries [Member]
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	900	836	839	830	730	10
Accounts receivable, net	12,689	10,897		11,178
Intercompany receivables	61,980	50,835		15,556
Inventory, net	34,719	34,189		35,337
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	2,059	1,971		2,336
Income taxes refundable
Current deferred tax assets
Total current assets	112,347	98,728		65,237
Property and equipment, net	65,152	70,006		76,056
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net	6,243	7,236		8,979
Other assets	3,041	3,041		3,041
Investment in subsidiaries
Total assets	186,783	179,011		153,313
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	20,200	17,031		17,249
Intercompany payables
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	17,390	22,705		16,713
Current portion of capital lease obligations	429	402		353
Current portion of long-term debt
Current deferred tax liabilities	11	11		11
Total current liabilities	38,030	40,149		34,326
Capital lease obligations	2,755	2,993		3,358
Long-term debt
Other long-term liabilities	5,761	5,587		3,631
Non-current deferred tax liabilities	12,875	8,932		1,692
Total liabilities	59,421	57,661		43,007
Total shareholders' (deficit) equity	127,362	121,350		110,306
Total liabilities and shareholders' (deficit) equity	186,783	179,011		153,313
Eliminations [Member]
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net
Intercompany receivables	(67,242)	(55,585)		(19,356)
Inventory, net
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Income taxes refundable
Current deferred tax assets	607	608		608
Total current assets	(66,635)	(54,977)		(18,748)
Property and equipment, net
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Other assets	(30,809)	(26,867)		(19,627)
Investment in subsidiaries	250,398	236,848		2,480
Total assets	152,954	155,004		(35,895)
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable
Intercompany payables	(67,242)	(55,585)		(19,356)
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	(744)	(744)		(744)
Current portion of capital lease obligations
Current portion of long-term debt
Current deferred tax liabilities	(11)	(11)		(11)
Total current liabilities	(67,997)	(56,340)		(20,111)
Capital lease obligations
Long-term debt	(3,041)	(3,041)		(3,041)
Other long-term liabilities
Non-current deferred tax liabilities	(25,599)	(21,656)		(14,416)
Total liabilities	(96,637)	(81,037)		(37,568)
Total shareholders' (deficit) equity	249,591	236,041		1,673
Total liabilities and shareholders' (deficit) equity	$ 152,954	$ 155,004		$ (35,895)

XML

Condensed Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended										4 Months Ended			6 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Jul. 13, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012		Oct. 06, 2012		Jul. 14, 2012		Dec. 31, 2011	Oct. 08, 2011	Jul. 16, 2011	Apr. 21, 2012		Apr. 23, 2011	Jul. 13, 2013	Jul. 14, 2012	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Jan. 01, 2011
Parent Company Only Financial Information [Line Items]
Equity (loss) income from subsidiary
Operating expenses:
Administrative expenses	(27,072)					(18,543)								(49,326)	(42,413)	(82,404)	(79,780)	(102,754)
Total operating expenses	(158,774)					(136,777)								(351,717)	(317,350)	(596,027)	(592,312)	(623,058)
(Loss) income before income taxes	(4,938)					9,850								(8,712)	10,871	(21,542)	7,127	(35,958)
Net (loss) income	(5,316)	(37,803)	[1]	4,704	[1]	9,498	[1]	1,187	6,440	293	651	[1]	(2,088)	(9,517)	10,149	(22,950)	5,832	(26,954)
Change in post retirement benefit obligations																(2,309)	(925)	(471)
Parent Company Only [Member]
Parent Company Only Financial Information [Line Items]
Equity (loss) income from subsidiary																(20,872)	7,600	(25,696)
Operating expenses:
Administrative expenses																(2,078)	(1,768)	(1,258)
Total operating expenses																(2,078)	(1,768)	(1,258)
(Loss) income before income taxes																(22,950)	5,832	(26,954)
Net (loss) income																(22,950)	5,832	(26,954)
Change in post retirement benefit obligations																(2,309)	(925)	(471)
Comprehensive (loss) income																$ (25,259)	$ 4,907	$ (27,425)

[1] The net loss for the 12-week period ended December 29, 2012 includes a $31.2 million loss on debt extinguishment related to the December 2012 financing transactions. See Note 9 for further discussion.

XML

Impairment Charges

12 Months Ended

Dec. 29, 2012

Impairment Charges

10. IMPAIRMENT CHARGES

On June 30, 2011, the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) approved the Company’s application to sell three supermarkets acquired as part of the Fiscal 2010 Penn Traffic acquisition pursuant to a divestiture order. The sale of these supermarkets occurred in late July and early August 2011. The Company recorded a $1.9 million impairment within the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive (loss) income during Fiscal 2011, representing the excess of the carrying value of assets over the fair value of assets.

During November 2011, the Company executed an agreement to sell an additional supermarket acquired from Penn Traffic subject to the FTC divestiture order. The Company recorded a $0.9 million impairment within the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive (loss) income during Fiscal 2011, representing the excess of the carrying value of assets over the fair value of assets.

XML

Summary of Final Allocation of Purchase Price to Assets and Liabilities (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Oct. 31, 2012	Jul. 13, 2013 GU Acquisition [Member]	Dec. 29, 2012 GU Acquisition [Member]	Dec. 29, 2012 Initial Estimate [Member] GU Acquisition [Member]	Dec. 29, 2012 Adjustments [Member] GU Acquisition [Member]
Assets acquired:
Accounts receivable		$ 33	$ 33	$ 28	$ 5
Inventory		7,265	7,265	7,358	(93)
Prepaid expenses		325	325	325
Property and equipment		7,898	7,898	7,235	663
Goodwill		12,769	12,769	12,947	(178)
Favorable lease rights		2,197	2,197	2,385	(188)
Tradenames		1,000	1,000	1,000
Total assets acquired		31,487	31,487	31,278	209
Liabilities assumed:
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		803	803	803
Unfavorable lease rights		2,172	2,172	2,244	(72)
Capital lease obligation		872	872	872
Total liabilities assumed		3,847	3,847	3,919	(72)
Acquisition price	$ 27,600	$ 27,640	$ 27,640	$ 27,359	$ 281

XML

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended										4 Months Ended			6 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Jul. 13, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012		Oct. 06, 2012		Jul. 14, 2012		Dec. 31, 2011	Oct. 08, 2011	Jul. 16, 2011	Apr. 21, 2012		Apr. 23, 2011	Jul. 13, 2013	Jul. 14, 2012	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Jan. 01, 2011
Net sales	$ 601,275	$ 560,167		$ 538,431		$ 562,361		$ 540,113	$ 538,606	$ 559,514	$ 704,380		$ 717,259	$ 1,337,084	$ 1,266,741	$ 2,365,339	$ 2,355,492	$ 2,257,536
Cost of goods sold	(418,934)					(390,514)								(932,085)	(881,221)	(1,654,093)	(1,650,166)	(1,579,016)
Distribution costs	(11,763)					(11,511)								(26,280)	(25,278)	(46,663)	(44,189)	(44,829)
Gross profit	170,578	154,478		149,863		160,336		150,878	152,925	154,982	199,906		202,352	378,719	360,242	664,583	661,137	633,691
Operating expenses:
Wages, salaries and benefits	(80,787)					(75,125)								(184,832)	(174,355)	(320,626)	(317,738)	(310,800)
Selling and general expenses	(26,874)					(22,400)								(63,182)	(52,218)	(99,841)	(103,153)	(104,841)
Administrative expenses (inclusive of share-based compensation expense	(27,072)					(18,543)								(49,326)	(42,413)	(82,404)	(79,780)	(102,754)
Rent expense, net	(5,311)					(3,568)								(12,876)	(9,548)	(21,225)	(18,856)	(19,135)
Depreciation and amortization	(13,048)					(12,023)								(30,052)	(28,052)	(52,617)	(51,205)	(62,353)
Advertising	(5,682)					(5,118)								(11,449)	(10,764)	(19,314)	(18,789)	(23,175)
Impairment charges																	(2,791)
Total operating expenses	(158,774)					(136,777)								(351,717)	(317,350)	(596,027)	(592,312)	(623,058)
Operating income	11,804	7,215		18,449		23,559		15,605	20,742	14,908	19,333		17,570	27,002	42,892	68,556	68,825	10,633
Bargain purchase																		15,681
Loss on debt extinguishment																(31,205)		(1,041)
Interest expense, net	(16,742)					(13,709)								(35,714)	(32,021)	(58,893)	(61,698)	(61,231)
(Loss) income before income taxes	(4,938)					9,850								(8,712)	10,871	(21,542)	7,127	(35,958)
Income tax (expense) benefit	(378)	(347)		(339)		(352)		(305)	(305)	(318)	(370)		(367)	(805)	(722)	(1,408)	(1,295)	9,004
Net (loss) income	(5,316)	(37,803)	[1]	4,704	[1]	9,498	[1]	1,187	6,440	293	651	[1]	(2,088)	(9,517)	10,149	(22,950)	5,832	(26,954)
Change in post retirement benefit obligations																(2,309)	(925)	(471)
Other comprehensive income
Comprehensive (loss) income	$ (5,316)					$ 9,498								$ (9,517)	$ 10,149	$ (25,259)	$ 4,907	$ (27,425)

[1] The net loss for the 12-week period ended December 29, 2012 includes a $31.2 million loss on debt extinguishment related to the December 2012 financing transactions. See Note 9 for further discussion.

XML

Accounts Receivable, Net

12 Months Ended

Dec. 29, 2012

Accounts Receivable, Net

3. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

	December 29, 2012			December 31, 2011
Vendor receivables	$	30,305		$	28,034
Credit and debit card receivables		8,685			10,692
Pharmacy receivables		7,509			8,364
Other receivables		7,390			9,751
Allowance for doubtful accounts		(414	)		(854	)
Total accounts receivable, net	$	53,475		$	55,987

XML

Quarterly Data (Unaudited)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 29, 2012

Quarterly Data (Unaudited)

17. QUARTERLY DATA (UNAUDITED)

The table below reflects the unaudited results of operations for Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011 (Dollars in thousands).

Fiscal 2012	16-week period ended April 21, 2012			12-week period ended July 14, 2012			12-week period ended October 6, 2012			12-week period ended December 29, 2012
Net sales	$	704,380		$	562,361		$	538,431		$	560,167
Gross profit		199,906			160,336			149,863			154,478
Operating income		19,333			23,559			18,449			7,215
Income tax expense		(370	)		(352	)		(339	)		(347	)
Net income (loss)(1)		651			9,498			4,704			(37,803	)
Fiscal 2011	16-week period ended April 23, 2011			12-week period ended July 16, 2011			12-week period ended October 8, 2011			12-week period ended December 31, 2011
Net sales	$	717,259		$	559,514		$	538,606		$	540,113
Gross profit		202,352			154,982			152,925			150,878
Operating income		17,570			14,908			20,742			15,605
Income tax expense		(367	)		(318	)		(305	)		(305	)
Net (loss) income		(2,088	)		293			6,440			1,187

(1) The net loss for the 12-week period ended December 29, 2012 includes a $31.2 million loss on debt extinguishment related to the December 2012 financing transactions. See Note 9 for further discussion.

XML

Summary of Long-term Debt (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jul. 13, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Jul. 13, 2013 2017 ABL Facility [Member]	Dec. 29, 2012 2017 ABL Facility [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 2013 ABL Facility [Member]	Dec. 29, 2012 2017 Notes [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 2015 Notes [Member]	Jul. 13, 2013 Other loans [Member]	Dec. 29, 2012 Other loans [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 Other loans [Member]	Jul. 13, 2013 Mortgage note payable [Member]	Dec. 29, 2012 Mortgage note payable [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 Mortgage note payable [Member]	Jul. 13, 2013 Holding One [Member]	Dec. 29, 2012 Holding One [Member]	Jul. 13, 2013 Holding Two [Member]	May 15, 2013 Holding Two [Member]
Long-term debt
Notes							$ 460,000	$ 350,000							$ 460,000	$ 460,000	$ 150,000
Discount on notes								(2,495)									(1,463)	(1,500)
ABL Facility				41,800	35,000	5,000
Other loans									2,000	2,011	2,219
Mortgage note payable												556	706	950
Total debt	652,893	497,717	355,674
Current portion	(2,271)	(2,271)	(434)
Total long-term debt	$ 650,622	$ 495,446	$ 355,240

XML

Summary of Property, Plant and Equipment (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jul. 13, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Property and Equipment, net
Total at cost		$ 425,863	$ 381,602
Accumulated depreciation		(212,143)	(170,559)
Property, Plant and Equipment, Gross		213,720	211,043
Property, equipment and automobiles under capital leases, net of accumulated depreciation		136,929	147,220
Property and equipment, net	343,483	350,649	358,263
Land [Member]
Property and Equipment, net
Total at cost		10,301	9,973
Land improvements [Member]
Property and Equipment, net
Total at cost		9,438	9,440
Buildings [Member]
Property and Equipment, net
Total at cost		57,576	57,465
Leasehold improvements [Member]
Property and Equipment, net
Total at cost		109,928	93,989
Equipment [Member]
Property and Equipment, net
Total at cost		199,397	174,372
IT software and equipment [Member]
Property and Equipment, net
Total at cost		$ 39,223	$ 36,363

XML

Income Taxes

6 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Jul. 13, 2013

Dec. 29, 2012

Income Taxes

9. INCOME TAXES

Income tax expense was as follows (dollars in thousands):

	12-week periods ended						28-week periods ended
	July 13, 2013			July 14, 2012			July 13, 2013			July 14, 2012
Current	$	(1	)	$	(55	)	$	—		$	(55	)
Deferred		(377	)		(297	)		(805	)		(667	)
Total income tax expense	$	(378	)	$	(352	)	$	(805	)	$	(722	)

The income tax expense for the 12-week period ended July 13, 2013 primarily reflects the recognition of additional valuation allowance associated with the Company’s indefinite-lived tradename and goodwill deferred tax liabilities. The overall effective tax rate was (7.7)%. The effective tax rate would have been 43.0% without the impact of adjustments to the valuation allowance.

The income tax expense for the 12-week period ended July 14, 2012 primarily reflects the recognition of additional valuation allowance associated with the Company’s indefinite-lived tradename deferred tax liability. The overall effective tax rate was 3.6%. The effective tax rate would have been 39.6% without the impact of federal tax credits and adjustments to the valuation allowance.

The income tax expense for the 28-week period ended July 13, 2013 primarily reflects the recognition of additional valuation allowance associated with the Company’s indefinite-lived tradename and goodwill deferred tax liabilities. The overall effective tax rate was (9.2)%. The effective tax rate would have been 19.5% without the impact of adjustments to the valuation allowance.

The income tax expense for the 28-week period ended July 14, 2012 primarily reflects the recognition of additional valuation allowance associated with the Company’s indefinite-lived tradename deferred tax liability. The overall effective tax rate was 6.6%. The effective tax rate would have been 39.6% without the impact of federal tax credits and adjustments to the valuation allowance.

11. INCOME TAXES

Income tax expense (benefit) for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010 was as follows (dollars in thousands):

	Fiscal 2012			Fiscal 2011			Fiscal 2010
Current:
Federal	$	3		$	30		$	192
State		41			16			3
Total current		44			46			195
Deferred:
Federal		(7,716	)		1,526			(19,476	)
State		(1,459	)		(506	)		(1,624	)
Change in valuation allowance		10,539			229			11,901
Total deferred		1,364			1,249			(9,199	)
Total income tax expense (benefit)	$	1,408		$	1,295		$	(9,004	)

Reconciliations of the statutory federal income tax (benefit) expense to the effective tax expense (benefit) for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

	Fiscal 2012			Fiscal 2011			Fiscal 2010
Statutory federal income tax (benefit) expense	$	(7,540	)	$	2,494		$	(12,585	)
Valuation allowance		10,539			229			11,901
State income tax benefit, net of federal benefit		(1,471	)		(496	)		(1,622	)
Non-deductible expenses		69			143			170
Benefit of federal tax credits		(63	)		(1,107	)		(1,182	)
Non-taxable gain on bargain purchase		—			—			(5,489	)
ASC 740 adjustment		—			—			192
Other		(126	)		32			(389	)
	$	1,408		$	1,295		$	(9,004	)

The components of deferred income tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following (dollars in thousands):

	December 29, 2012			December 31, 2011
Current deferred tax assets (liabilities):
Inventory and other reserves	$	(2	)	$	313
Prepaid taxes, insurance and service contracts		5,536			3,826
Other		3,176			2,559
Valuation allowance		(6,786	)		(4,727	)
Current net deferred tax assets		1,924			1,971
Non-current deferred tax assets (liabilities):
Capital leases		11,441			10,091
Property and equipment depreciation		(2,544	)		755
Goodwill and intangible assets		(12,335	)		(13,938	)
Federal and state net operating loss carryforwards and federal credits		26,179			19,308
Valuation allowance		(31,247	)		(21,299	)
Other		2,880			774
Non-current net deferred tax liabilities		(5,626	)		(4,309	)
Net deferred tax liabilities	$	(3,702	)	$	(2,338	)

The Company has U.S. federal and state net operating losses of $59.1 million and $50.0 million, respectively, which expire beginning in 2027. In addition, the Company has federal tax credits of $3.2 million which expire beginning in 2027.

The Company has performed the required assessment of positive and negative evidence regarding the realization of the net deferred income tax assets in accordance with ASC 740. The Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing temporary differences, projected future taxable income and recent financial operations, to determine whether, based on the weight of that evidence, a valuation allowance is needed for some portion or all of a net deferred income tax asset. Judgment is used in considering the relative impact of negative and positive evidence. In arriving at these judgments, the weight given to the potential effect of negative and positive evidence is commensurate with the extent to which such evidence can be objectively verified. In evaluating the objective evidence provided by historical results, the Company considers the past three years.

Based on an assessment of the available positive and negative evidence, including the Company’s historical results, the Company determined that there are uncertainties relating to its ability to utilize the net deferred tax assets. In recognition of these uncertainties, the Company provided a valuation allowance of $13.9 million on the net deferred income tax assets during Fiscal 2009. During Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, the Company established additional valuation allowance of $10.5 million, $0.2 million and $11.9 million, respectively, with offsetting charges to income tax expense (benefit). Additionally, during Fiscal 2012, the Company established additional valuation allowance of $1.5 million related to amounts recorded in other comprehensive loss. If the Company determines that it is more likely than not that it can realize its deferred tax assets in the future, the Company will make an adjustment to the valuation allowance.

During 2007, the Company adopted new standards for accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. As of the adoption, the total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain tax positions, including positions impacting only the timing of tax benefits, was $0.9 million. In connection with the completion of the IRS’s examination of the Company’s federal income tax returns for the 2007 and 2008 tax years, this unrecognized tax benefit was settled during Fiscal 2010, with no resulting income tax amounts payable. As part of the settlement, the Company paid interest and penalties of $0.2 million, which was accrued during Fiscal 2008 and Fiscal 2009. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. The Company did not have any unrecognized tax benefits during Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, and the Company does not expect significant unrecognized tax benefits over the next twelve months.

The Company files U.S. federal income tax returns and income tax returns in various state jurisdictions. The Company’s U.S. federal income tax returns for tax years 2009 and beyond remain subject to examination by the IRS. State returns remain subject to examination for tax years 2007 and beyond depending on each state’s statute of limitations.

XML

Summary of Health Care Cost Assumptions Used to Calculate Benefit Obligations (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Medical benefits portion of other post-retirement plans
Initial health care cost trend rate	6.50%	7.00%
Ultimate health care cost trend rate	5.00%	5.00%
Year to reach ultimate trend rate	2016	2016

XML

Schedule of Carrying and Estimated Values of Debt Instruments (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jul. 13, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Carrying value of debt instruments:
Current portion of capital lease obligations	$ 14,056	$ 14,357	$ 12,701
Current portion of long-term debt	2,271	2,271	434
Long-term capital lease obligations	142,180	149,503	159,814
Long-term debt	650,622	495,446	355,240
Total carrying value of debt instruments	809,129	661,577	528,189
Fair value of debt instruments	827,576	632,552	530,652
(Deficiency) excess of carrying value over fair value	$ (18,447)	$ 29,025	$ (2,463)

XML

Summary of Components of Net Pension Cost (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Jan. 01, 2011
SERP [Member]
Components of net pension cost related to the SERP and other post-retirement plans
Interest cost	$ 162	$ 214	$ 234
Service cost
Net pension cost	162	214	234
Other Post-Retirement Plans [Member]
Components of net pension cost related to the SERP and other post-retirement plans
Interest cost	104	111	112
Service cost	3	3	3
Net pension cost	$ 107	$ 114	$ 115

XML

Summary of Assets Under Capital Leases (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Property Plant equipment under capital leases
Total at cost	$ 209,704	$ 205,408
Accumulated depreciation	(72,775)	(58,188)
Capital lease assets, net	136,929	147,220
Land [Member]
Property Plant equipment under capital leases
Total at cost	48,829	48,829
Buildings [Member]
Property Plant equipment under capital leases
Total at cost	148,633	145,829
Equipment [Member]
Property Plant equipment under capital leases
Total at cost	8,841	8,116
Automobiles [Member]
Property Plant equipment under capital leases
Total at cost	$ 3,401	$ 2,634

XML

Debt (Tables)

6 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Jul. 13, 2013

Dec. 29, 2012

Long-term Debt

Long-term debt is comprised of the following (dollars in thousands):

	July 13, 2013			December 29, 2012
Holding I Notes	$	460,000		$	460,000
Holding II Notes		150,000			—
Discount on Holding II Notes		(1,463	)		—
2017 ABL Facility		41,800			35,000
Other loans		2,000			2,011
Mortgage note payable		556			706
Total debt		652,893			497,717
Current portion		(2,271	)		(2,271	)
Total long-term debt	$	650,622		$	495,446

Long-term debt is comprised of the following (dollars in thousands):

	December 29, 2012			December 31, 2011
2017 Notes	$	460,000		$	—
2015 Notes		—			350,000
Discount on 2015 Notes, net		—			(2,495	)
2017 ABL Facility		35,000			—
2013 ABL Facility		—			5,000
Other loans		2,011			2,219
Mortgage note payable		706			950
Total debt		497,717			355,674
Current portion		(2,271	)		(434	)
Total long-term debt	$	495,446		$	355,240

Principal Payments Required to be made on Outstanding Debt

Principal payments required to be made on outstanding debt as of December 29, 2012, excluding capital lease obligations, is as follows (dollars in thousands):

2013	$	2,271
2014		280
2015		166
2016		—
2017		495,000
Thereafter		—
Total debt	$	497,717

XML

Schedule II

12 Months Ended

Dec. 29, 2012

Schedule II

Schedule II

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

(Dollars in thousands)

	Balance at Beginning of Period		Additions Charged to Costs and Expenses			Deductions			Balance at End of Period
Fiscal 2010
Self-insurance reserves	$	8,303	$	6,028		$	(2,598	)	$	11,733
LIFO inventory valuation reserve		7,315		2,055			—			9,370
Valuation allowance for deferred income tax assets		13,896		11,901			—			25,797
Fiscal 2011
Self-insurance reserves		11,733		7,169			(3,179	)		15,723
LIFO inventory valuation reserve		9,370		1,333			—			10,703
Valuation allowance for deferred income tax assets		25,797		229			—			26,026
Fiscal 2012
Self-insurance reserves		15,723		8,639			(4,178	)		20,184
LIFO inventory valuation reserve		10,703		361			—			11,064
Valuation allowance for deferred income tax assets		26,026		12,007	(1)		—			38,033

(1) Amount includes additional valuation allowance of $1.5 million related to amounts recorded in other comprehensive loss.

XML

Schedule I

12 Months Ended

Dec. 29, 2012

Schedule I

Schedule I

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

(Dollars in thousands)

	December 29, 2012			December 31, 2011
Assets
Investment in subsidiary	$	(181,474	)	$	(58,293	)
Total assets	$	(181,474	)	$	(58,293	)
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Deficit
Current liabilities:
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	$	1,798			1,171
Total current liabilities		1,798			1,171
Total liabilities		1,798			1,171
Total shareholders’ deficit		(183,272	)		(59,464	)
Total liabilities and shareholders’ deficit	$	(181,474	)	$	(58,293	)

Schedule I

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

(Dollars in thousands)

	Fiscal 2012			Fiscal 2011			Fiscal 2010
Equity (loss) income from subsidiary	$	(20,872	)	$	7,600		$	(25,696	)
Operating expenses:
Administrative expenses		(2,078	)		(1,768	)		(1,258	)
Total operating expenses		(2,078	)		(1,768	)		(1,258	)
(Loss) income before income taxes		(22,950	)		5,832			(26,954	)
Net (loss) income		(22,950	)		5,832			(26,954	)
Changes in postretirement benefit obligations		(2,309	)		(925	)		(471	)
Comprehensive (loss) income	$	(25,259	)	$	4,907		$	(27,425	)

Schedule I

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Dollars in thousands)

	Fiscal 2012		Fiscal 2011		Fiscal 2010
Net cash from operating activities	$	—	$	—	$	—
Net cash from investing activities		—		—		—
Net cash from financing activities		—		—		—
Net change in cash and cash equivalents		—		—		—
Cash and cash equivalents-beginning of period		—		—		—
Cash and cash equivalents-end of period	$	—	$	—	$	—

XML

Condensed Balance Sheets (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jul. 13, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Jan. 01, 2011	Jan. 02, 2010
Assets
Investment in subsidiary
Total assets	690,343	676,002	647,212
Current liabilities:
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	74,152	75,740	74,677
Total current liabilities	182,880	169,828	163,420
Total liabilities	1,020,999	859,274	706,676
Total shareholders' deficit	(330,656)	(183,272)	(59,464)	(65,511)	(38,801)
Total liabilities and shareholders' (deficit) equity	690,343	676,002	647,212
Parent Company Only [Member]
Assets
Investment in subsidiary		(181,474)	(58,293)
Total assets		(181,474)	(58,293)
Current liabilities:
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		1,798	1,171
Total current liabilities		1,798	1,171
Total liabilities		1,798	1,171
Total shareholders' deficit		(183,272)	(59,464)
Total liabilities and shareholders' (deficit) equity		$ (181,474)	$ (58,293)

XML

The Company, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	1 Months Ended	6 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	May 16, 2013	Jul. 13, 2013 Store Franchise	Dec. 29, 2012 Segment Store Franchise	Dec. 31, 2011	Jan. 01, 2011
Basis Of Presentation And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Number of retail supermarkets		155	149
Additional operated supermarkets by franchisees		5	5
Number of supermarkets acquired		21	21
Cash and cash equivalents with original maturities at the date of purchase			90 days
Outstanding checks in excess of cash balances			$ 2,400,000	$ 2,500,000
Concentration of Credit Risk cash and accounts receivable			250,000
Cash in banks exceeding the FDIC insurance limit			11,600,000	2,600,000
Allowance for doubtful accounts			414,000	854,000
Impairment charges of long-lived assets			0	2,800,000	0
LIFO balance sheet reserves			11,100,000	10,700,000
Impairment charges				2,791,000
Goodwill impairment charges			0	0	0
Number of Franchisees			2
Deferred financing costs			13,000,000	11,100,000
Write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs			8,300,000
Rental income			4,200,000	3,500,000	3,400,000
ARO liabilities recognized			3,259,000	2,631,000	2,336,000
Accretion expense attributable to ARO liabilities			235,000	212,000	200,000
Franchise revenues			4,200,000	4,100,000	3,800,000
Commission income			2,700,000	2,200,000	2,000,000
Deferred revenue liability			2 years
Income for the unused portion of gift cards			2 years
Breakage income			300,000	200,000	300,000
Depreciation expense			2,900,000	3,400,000	3,500,000
Vendor allowance			1,600,000	1,400,000
Depreciation expenses			60,800,000	58,400,000	67,000,000
Payment Under Stock Incentive Plan	6,800,000		5,000,000
Number of reportable segment			1
Minimum [Member]
Basis Of Presentation And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Deductibles and self-insured retentions range			100,000
Compensation expenses Vesting Period			3 years
Maximum [Member]
Basis Of Presentation And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Deductibles and self-insured retentions range			1,000,000
Compensation expenses Vesting Period			5 years
Pharmacy [Member]
Basis Of Presentation And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Services offered by supermarkets			78
Fuel [Member]
Basis Of Presentation And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Services offered by supermarkets			47
Selling and General Expenses [Member]
Basis Of Presentation And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Depreciation expenses			200,000	200,000	200,000
Administration Expenses [Member]
Basis Of Presentation And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Depreciation expenses			$ 11,400,000	$ 11,500,000	$ 10,400,000

XML

Property and Equipment, Net (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 29, 2012

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

	December 29, 2012			December 31, 2011
Land	$	10,301		$	9,973
Land improvements		9,438			9,440
Buildings		57,576			57,465
Leasehold improvements		109,928			93,989
Equipment		199,397			174,372
IT software and equipment		39,223			36,363
Total at cost		425,863			381,602
Accumulated depreciation		(212,143	)		(170,559	)
		213,720			211,043
Property, equipment and automobiles under capital leases, net of accumulated depreciation		136,929			147,220
Property and equipment, net	$	350,649		$	358,263

Property Plant Equipment under Capital Leases

Included in property and equipment are the following assets under capital leases (dollars in thousands):

	December 29, 2012			December 31, 2011
Land	$	48,829		$	48,829
Building		148,633			145,829
Equipment		8,841			8,116
Automobiles		3,401			2,634
Total at cost		209,704			205,408
Accumulated depreciation		(72,775	)		(58,188	)
Capital lease assets, net	$	136,929		$	147,220

XML

Shareholders' Deficit (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 29, 2012

Summary of Status and Changes of Stock Options Outstanding Under Stock Plan

The following table summarizes the status and changes of stock options outstanding under the Stock Plan (dollars in thousands):

	Number of Shares			Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share		Average Remaining Contractual Term (In Years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value(1)
Outstanding – January 2, 2010		7,550		$	413
Granted		4,470			1,040
Forfeited		(555	)		400
Outstanding – January 1, 2011		11,465			658
Forfeited		(125	)		1,040
Outstanding – December 31, 2011		11,340			654
Outstanding – December 29, 2012		11,340			400
Vested and expected to vest – December 29, 2012		11,340			400		2.9	$	816
Options exercisable – December 29, 2012		5,833		$	400

(1) The intrinsic value is calculated based on the difference between the weighted average exercise price per share and the fair market value of the Company’s common stock as of December 29, 2012 of $472 per share.

Summary of Assumptions Used to Estimate Weighted Average Fair Values of the Stock Options Granted

Estimated life in years	6.2
Expected volatility	37.6	%
Expected dividends	—
Risk-free rate	1.6	%

XML

Estimated Useful Lives of Property and Equipment (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 29, 2012
Land and land improvements [Member]
Estimated useful lives of property and equipment
Property Life	Indefinite
Buildings [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Estimated useful lives of property and equipment
Useful life	40 years
Buildings [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Estimated useful lives of property and equipment
Useful life	30 years
Leasehold improvements [Member]
Estimated useful lives of property and equipment
Property Life	Lesser of 3 - 20 years or remaining lease term
Equipment [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Estimated useful lives of property and equipment
Useful life	10 years
Equipment [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Estimated useful lives of property and equipment
Useful life	2 years
Automobiles [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Estimated useful lives of property and equipment
Useful life	10 years
Automobiles [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Estimated useful lives of property and equipment
Useful life	3 years
IT software and equipment [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Estimated useful lives of property and equipment
Useful life	5 years
IT software and equipment [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Estimated useful lives of property and equipment
Useful life	3 years

XML

The Company, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

6 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Jul. 13, 2013

Dec. 29, 2012

Additional Cash Flow

The following table presents additional cash flow information for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010 (dollars in thousands):

	Fiscal 2012		Fiscal 2011		Fiscal 2010
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest	$	61,984	$	58,800	$	56,933
Income taxes		124		190		151
Non-cash items:
Unpaid capital expenditures		4,907		1,718		6,107
Assets acquired under capital leases		4,663		365		5,349

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

At July 13, 2013 and December 29, 2012, the estimated fair value and the carrying value of the Company’s debt instruments were as follows (dollars in thousands):

	July 13, 2013			December 29, 2012
Carrying value of debt instruments:
Current portion of capital lease obligations	$	14,056		$	14,357
Current portion of long-term debt		2,271			2,271
Long-term capital lease obligations		142,180			149,503
Long-term debt		650,622			495,446
Total carrying value of debt instruments		809,129			661,577
Fair value of debt instruments		827,576			632,552
(Deficiency) excess of carrying value over fair value	$	(18,447	)	$	29,025

At December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the estimated fair value and the carrying value of our debt instruments were as follows (dollars in thousands):

	December 29, 2012		December 31, 2011
Carrying value of debt instruments:
Current portion of capital lease obligations	$	14,357	$	12,701
Current portion of long-term debt		2,271		434
Long-term capital lease obligations		149,503		159,814
Long-term debt		495,446		355,240
Total carrying value of debt instruments		661,577		528,189
Fair value of debt instruments		632,552		530,652
Excess (deficiency) of carrying value over fair value	$	29,025	$	(2,463	)

Estimated Useful Lives of Property and Equipment

The estimated useful lives of the principal categories of property and equipment are as follows:

Asset	Useful Lives
Land and land improvements	Indefinite
Buildings	30 – 40 years
Leasehold improvements	Lesser of 3 – 20 years or remaining lease term
Equipment	2 – 10 years
Automobiles	3 – 10 years
IT software and equipment	3 – 5 years

Amortization Period of Intangible Assets

For intangible assets, the Company amortizes the assets as presented in the table below:

Asset	Weighted Average Amortization Period
Tradename – indefinite	Indefinite life
Customer relationships	8.4
Favorable lease rights	9.8
Franchise agreements	11.0
Tradenames – finite	8.8
Other	5.0

Sales Revenue by Type of Similar Product

The following table presents sales revenue by type of similar product (dollars in thousands):

	12-week periods ended										28-week periods ended
	July 13, 2013					July 14, 2012					July 13, 2013					July 14, 2012
	Amount		% of Total			Amount		% of Total			Amount		% of Total			Amount		% of Total
Non-perishables(1)	$	334,143		55.6	%	$	310,620		55.2	%	$	753,195		56.3	%	$	709,027		56.0	%
Perishables(2)		173,674		28.9	%		157,382		28.0	%		370,073		27.7	%		341,381		27.0	%
Fuel		53,051		8.8	%		53,241		9.5	%		119,669		9.0	%		118,127		9.3	%
Pharmacy		36,147		6.0	%		37,085		6.6	%		84,412		6.3	%		88,872		7.0	%
Other(3)		4,260		0.7	%		4,033		0.7	%		9,735		0.7	%		9,334		0.7	%
	$	601,275		100.0	%	$	562,361		100.0	%	$	1,337,084		100.0	%	$	1,266,741		100.0	%

(1) Non-perishables consist of grocery, dairy, frozen, general merchandise, health and beauty care and other non-perishable related products.

(2) Perishables consist of produce, meat, seafood, bakery, deli, floral, prepared foods and other perishable related products.

(3) Other primarily consists of franchise income and service commission income, such as lottery, money orders and money transfers.

The following table presents sales revenue by type of similar product (dollars in thousands):

	Fiscal 2012					Fiscal 2011					Fiscal 2010
	Amount		% of Total			Amount		% of Total			Amount		% of Total
Non-perishables(1)	$	1,337,030		56.5	%	$	1,335,913		56.7	%	$	1,307,304		57.9	%
Perishables(2)		631,621		26.7	%		624,490		26.5	%		605,684		26.8	%
Fuel		218,815		9.3	%		204,193		8.7	%		150,012		6.6	%
Pharmacy		160,069		6.8	%		174,437		7.4	%		179,518		8.0	%
Other(3)		17,804		0.7	%		16,459		0.7	%		15,018		0.7	%
	$	2,365,339		100.0	%	$	2,355,492		100.0	%	$	2,257,536		100.0	%

(1) Non-perishables consist of grocery, dairy, frozen, general merchandise, health and beauty care and other non-perishable related products.

(2) Perishables consist of produce, meat, seafood, bakery, deli, floral, prepared foods and other perishable related products.

(3) Other primarily consists of franchise income and service commission income, such as lottery, money orders and money transfers.

XML

Summary of Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jul. 13, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Wages, taxes and benefits	$ 14,408	$ 20,585	$ 21,779
Lottery	11,208	10,787	10,124
Professional and legal fees	3,482	6,459	1,538
Gift cards	2,804	6,196	4,517
Property and equipment expenditures	3,792	4,907	1,718
Self-insurance reserves	4,973	4,784	3,468
Union medical, pension and 401(k)	6,077	4,518	3,226
Utilities	2,168	2,404	2,192
Repairs and maintenance	1,972	2,164	2,271
Money orders	1,858	1,868	3,133
Sales and use tax	4,591	1,129	964
Interest payable	5,552	1,072	7,846
Other	11,267	8,867	11,901
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities, Total	$ 74,152	$ 75,740	$ 74,677

XML

Reconciliation of Statutory Federal Income Tax Expense to Effective Tax Expense (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended							4 Months Ended		6 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Jul. 13, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Oct. 06, 2012	Jul. 14, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Oct. 08, 2011	Jul. 16, 2011	Apr. 21, 2012	Apr. 23, 2011	Jul. 13, 2013	Jul. 14, 2012	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Jan. 01, 2011	Jan. 02, 2010
Reconciliations of the statutory federal income tax expense (benefit) to the effective tax expense (benefit)
Statutory federal income tax (benefit) expense												$ (7,540)	$ 2,494	$ (12,585)
Valuation allowance												10,539	229	11,901	13,900
State income tax benefit, net of federal benefit												(1,471)	(496)	(1,622)
Non-deductible expenses												69	143	170
Benefit of federal tax credits												(63)	(1,107)	(1,182)
Non-taxable gain on bargain purchase														(5,489)
ASC 740 adjustment														192
Other												(126)	32	(389)
Total income tax expense (benefit)	$ 378	$ 347	$ 339	$ 352	$ 305	$ 305	$ 318	$ 370	$ 367	$ 805	$ 722	$ 1,408	$ 1,295	$ (9,004)

XML

Other Assets - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	6 Months Ended		12 Months Ended			0 Months Ended		12 Months Ended	0 Months Ended	12 Months Ended		0 Months Ended				12 Months Ended	1 Months Ended
	Jul. 13, 2013	Jul. 14, 2012	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Jan. 01, 2011	Dec. 14, 2012 ABL Credit Facility [Member]	Oct. 09, 2009 ABL Credit Facility [Member]	Jan. 29, 2010 ABL Credit Facility [Member]	Feb. 12, 2010 Bridge Loan [Member]	Jan. 29, 2010 Bridge Loan [Member]	Jan. 29, 2010 ABL Facility [Member]	Dec. 20, 2012 Senior Notes [Member]	Feb. 12, 2010 Senior Notes [Member]	Oct. 09, 2009 Senior Notes [Member]	Feb. 12, 2010 Term Loan Facility [Member]	Jan. 29, 2010 Term Loan Facility [Member]	May 15, 2013 Holding Two [Member]
Other Assets (Textual) [Abstract]
Senior secured notes issued										$ 25,000,000		$ 460,000,000	$ 75,000,000	$ 275,000,000		$ 11,000,000	$ 150,000,000
Capitalized cost						800,000	1,800,000	800,000		700,000		12,200,000	3,900,000	9,900,000		400,000	7,100,000
Maximum borrowing capacity											41,000,000
Increase in maximum borrowing capacity								30,000,000
Unamortized deferred financing costs			8,300,000				500,000		700,000			7,800,000			300,000
Amortization of Financing Costs	1,357,000	1,520,000	2,847,000	2,661,000	2,367,000
Net of accumulated amortization			100,000	5,500,000
Deferred financing costs			$ 13,000,000	$ 11,100,000

XML

Guarantor Financial Statements (Tables)

6 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Jul. 13, 2013

Dec. 29, 2012

Guarantor Financial Information

The following supplemental financial information sets forth, on a condensed consolidating basis, balance sheets as of July 13, 2013 and December 29, 2012 for Holding II, Holding I and Tops Markets, the Guarantor Subsidiaries, and for the Company, statements of comprehensive (loss) income for the 12 and 28-week periods ended July 13, 2013 and July 14, 2012, and statements of cash flows for the 28-week periods ended July 13, 2013 and July 14, 2012. Supplemental financial information has not been presented for Tops Markets II Corporation as it has no assets or operations.

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

JULY 13, 2013

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

	Tops Holding II Corporation			Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries		Eliminations			Consolidated
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	6,807		$	—		$	20,739		$	900	$	—		$	28,446
Accounts receivable, net		—			—			52,352			12,689		—			65,041
Intercompany receivables		—			—			5,262			61,980		(67,242	)		—
Inventory, net		—			—			96,758			34,719		—			131,477
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		—			—			9,234			2,059		—			11,293
Income taxes refundable		—			—			252			—		—			252
Current deferred tax assets		—			—			1,317			—		607			1,924
Total current assets		6,807			—			185,914			112,347		(66,635	)		238,433
Property and equipment, net		—			—			278,331			65,152		—			343,483
Goodwill		—			—			19,308			—		—			19,308
Intangible assets, net		—			—			63,787			6,243		—			70,030
Other assets		6,889			—			39,968			3,041		(30,809	)		19,089
Investment in subsidiaries		(191,511	)		(186,249	)		127,362			—		250,398			—
Total assets	$	(177,815	)	$	(186,249	)	$	714,670		$	186,783	$	152,954		$	690,343
Liabilities and Shareholders’ (Deficit) Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	—		$	—		$	72,201		$	20,200	$	—		$	92,401
Intercompany payables		—			5,262			61,980			—		(67,242	)		—
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		4,304			—			53,202			17,390		(744	)		74,152
Current portion of capital lease obligations		—			—			13,627			429		—			14,056
Current portion of long-term debt		—			—			2,271			—		—			2,271
Current deferred tax liability		—			—			—			11		(11	)		—
Total current liabilities		4,304			5,262			203,281			38,030		(67,997	)		182,880
Capital lease obligations		—			—			139,425			2,755		—			142,180
Long-term debt		148,537			—			505,126			—		(3,041	)		650,622
Other long-term liabilities		—			—			33,125			5,761		—			38,886
Non-current deferred tax liabilities		—			—			19,155			12,875		(25,599	)		6,431
Total liabilities		152,841			5,262			900,112			59,421		(96,637	)		1,020,999
Total shareholders’ (deficit) equity		(330,656	)		(191,511	)		(185,442	)		127,362		249,591			(330,656	)
Total liabilities and shareholders’ (deficit) equity	$	(177,815	)	$	(186,249	)	$	714,670		$	186,783	$	152,954		$	690,343

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

DECEMBER 29, 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

	Tops Holding II Corporation			Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries		Eliminations			Consolidated
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		$	—		$	31,586		$	836	$	—		$	32,422
Accounts receivable, net		—			—			42,578			10,897		—			53,475
Intercompany receivables		—			—			4,750			50,835		(55,585	)		—
Inventory, net		—			—			91,298			34,189		—			125,487
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		—			—			7,352			1,971		—			9,323
Income taxes refundable		—			—			237			—		—			237
Current deferred tax assets		—			—			1,316			—		608			1,924
Total current assets		—			—			179,117			98,728		(54,977	)		222,868
Property and equipment, net		—			—			280,643			70,006		—			350,649
Goodwill		—			—			15,002			—		—			15,002
Intangible assets, net		—			—			67,262			7,236		—			74,498
Other assets		—			—			36,811			3,041		(26,867	)		12,985
Investment in subsidiaries		(181,474	)		(176,724	)		121,350			—		236,848			—
Total assets	$	(181,474	)	$	(176,724	)	$	700,185		$	179,011	$	155,004		$	676,002
Liabilities and Shareholders’ (Deficit) Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	—		$	—		$	60,429		$	17,031	$	—		$	77,460
Intercompany payables		—			4,750			50,835			—		(55,585	)		—
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		1,798			—			51,981			22,705		(744	)		75,740
Current portion of capital lease obligations		—			—			13,955			402		—			14,357
Current portion of long-term debt		—			—			2,271			—		—			2,271
Current deferred tax liabilities		—			—			—			11		(11	)		—
Total current liabilities		1,798			4,750			179,471			40,149		(56,340	)		169,828
Capital lease obligations		—			—			146,510			2,993		—			149,503
Long-term debt		—			—			498,487			—		(3,041	)		495,446
Other long-term liabilities		—			—			33,284			5,587		—			38,871
Non-current deferred tax liabilities		—			—			18,350			8,932		(21,656	)		5,626
Total liabilities		1,798			4,750			876,102			57,661		(81,037	)		859,274
Total shareholders’ (deficit) equity		(183,272	)		(181,474	)		(175,917	)		121,350		236,041			(183,272	)
Total liabilities and shareholders’ (deficit) equity	$	(181,474	)	$	(176,724	)	$	700,185		$	179,011	$	155,004		$	676,002

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

FOR THE 12-WEEK PERIOD ENDED JULY 13, 2013

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

	Tops Holding II Corporation			Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net sales	$	—		$	—		$	461,842		$	139,651		$	(218	)	$	601,275
Cost of goods sold		—			—			(326,112	)		(92,822	)		—			(418,934	)
Distribution costs		—			—			(8,661	)		(3,102	)		—			(11,763	)
Gross profit		—			—			127,069			43,727			(218	)		170,578
Operating expenses:
Wages, salaries and benefits		—			—			(60,340	)		(20,447	)		—			(80,787	)
Selling and general expenses		—			—			(20,338	)		(6,754	)		218			(26,874	)
Administrative expenses		(10,635	)		(219	)		(12,209	)		(4,009	)		—			(27,072	)
Rent expense, net		—			—			(3,181	)		(2,130	)		—			(5,311	)
Depreciation and amortization		—			—			(10,278	)		(2,770	)		—			(13,048	)
Advertising		—			—			(4,341	)		(1,341	)		—			(5,682	)
Total operating expenses		(10,635	)		(219	)		(110,687	)		(37,451	)		218			(158,774	)
Operating (loss) income		(10,635	)		(219	)		16,382			6,276			—			11,804
Interest expense, net		(2,401	)		—			(14,308	)		(33	)		—			(16,742	)
Equity income from subsidiaries		7,720			7,939			3,770			—			(19,429	)		—
(Loss) income before income taxes		(5,316	)		7,720			5,844			6,243			(19,429	)		(4,938	)
Income tax benefit (expense)		—			—			2,095			(2,473	)		—			(378	)
Net (loss) income		(5,316	)		7,720			7,939			3,770			(19,429	)		(5,316	)
Other comprehensive income		—			—			—			—			—			—
Comprehensive (loss) income	$	(5,316	)	$	7,720		$	7,939		$	3,770		$	(19,429	)	$	(5,316	)

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE 12-WEEK PERIOD ENDED JULY 14, 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

	Tops Holding II Corporation			Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net sales	$	—		$	—		$	423,588		$	138,995		$	(222	)		562,361
Cost of goods sold		—			—			(298,231	)		(92,283	)		—			(390,514	)
Distribution costs		—			—			(8,279	)		(3,232	)		—			(11,511	)
Gross profit		—			—			117,078			43,480			(222	)		160,336
Operating expenses:
Wages, salaries and benefits		—			—			(54,433	)		(20,692	)		—			(75,125	)
Selling and general expenses		—			—			(16,268	)		(6,354	)		222			(22,400	)
Administrative expenses		(409	)		(219	)		(13,544	)		(4,371	)		—			(18,543	)
Rent expense, net		—			—			(1,529	)		(2,039	)		—			(3,568	)
Depreciation and amortization		—			—			(8,933	)		(3,090	)		—			(12,023	)
Advertising		—			—			(3,734	)		(1,384	)		—			(5,118	)
Total operating expenses		(409	)		(219	)		(98,441	)		(37,930	)		222			(136,777	)
Operating (loss) income		(409	)		(219	)		18,637			5,550			—			23,559
Interest expense, net		—			—			(13,665	)		(44	)		—			(13,709	)
Equity income from subsidiaries		9,907			10,126			3,325			—			(23,358	)		—
Income before income taxes		9,498			9,907			8,297			5,506			(23,358	)		9,850
Income tax benefit (expense)		—			—			1,829			(2,181	)		—			(352	)
Net income		9,498			9,907			10,126			3,325			(23,358	)		9,498
Other comprehensive income		—			—			—			—			—			—
Comprehensive income	$	9,498		$	9,907		$	10,126		$	3,325		$	(23,358	)	$	9,498

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

FOR THE 28-WEEK PERIOD ENDED JULY 13, 2013

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

	Tops Holding II Corporation			Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net sales	$	—		$	—		$	1,029,643		$	308,022		$	(581	)	$	1,337,084
Cost of goods sold		—			—			(727,494	)		(204,591	)		—			(932,085	)
Distribution costs		—			—			(19,464	)		(6,816	)		—			(26,280	)
Gross profit		—			—			282,685			96,615			(581	)		378,719
Operating expenses:
Wages, salaries and benefits		—			—			(137,703	)		(47,129	)		—			(184,832	)
Selling and general expenses		—			—			(48,018	)		(15,745	)		581			(63,182	)
Administrative expenses		(10,893	)		(512	)		(28,392	)		(9,529	)		—			(49,326	)
Rent expense, net		—			—			(7,976	)		(4,900	)		—			(12,876	)
Depreciation and amortization		—			—			(23,435	)		(6,617	)		—			(30,052	)
Advertising		—			—			(8,790	)		(2,659	)		—			(11,449	)
Total operating expenses		(10,893	)		(512	)		(254,314	)		(86,579	)		581			(351,717	)
Operating (loss) income		(10,893	)		(512	)		28,371			10,036			—			27,002
Interest expense, net		(2,401	)		—			(33,231	)		(82	)		—			(35,714	)
Equity income from subsidiaries		3,777			4,289			6,012			—			(14,078	)		—
(Loss) income before income taxes		(9,517	)		3,777			1,152			9,954			(14,078	)		(8,712	)
Income tax benefit (expense)		—			—			3,137			(3,942	)		—			(805	)
Net (loss) income		(9,517	)		3,777			4,289			6,012			(14,078	)		(9,517	)
Other comprehensive income		—			—			—			—			—			—
Comprehensive (loss) income	$	(9,517	)	$	3,777		$	4,289		$	6,012		$	(14,078	)	$	(9,517	)

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE 28-WEEK PERIOD ENDED JULY 14, 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

	Tops Holding II Corporation			Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net sales	$	—		$	—		$	961,236		$	306,089		$	(584	)	$	1,266,741
Cost of goods sold		—			—			(679,315	)		(201,906	)		—			(881,221	)
Distribution costs		—			—			(18,280	)		(6,998	)		—			(25,278	)
Gross profit		—			—			263,641			97,185			(584	)		360,242
Operating expenses:
Wages, salaries and benefits		—			—			(126,620	)		(47,735	)		—			(174,355	)
Selling and general expenses		—			—			(38,785	)		(14,017	)		584			(52,218	)
Administrative expenses		(954	)		(511	)		(30,782	)		(10,166	)		—			(42,413	)
Rent expense, net		—			—			(4,787	)		(4,761	)		—			(9,548	)
Depreciation and amortization		—			—			(20,897	)		(7,155	)		—			(28,052	)
Advertising		—			—			(7,919	)		(2,845	)		—			(10,764	)
Total operating expenses		(954	)		(511	)		(229,790	)		(86,679	)		584			(317,350	)
Operating (loss) income		(954	)		(511	)		33,851			10,506			—			42,892
Interest expense, net		—			—			(31,916	)		(105	)		—			(32,021	)
Equity income from subsidiaries		11,103			11,614			6,282			—			(28,999	)		—
Income before income taxes		10,149			11,103			8,217			10,401			(28,999	)		10,871
Income tax benefit (expense)		—			—			3,397			(4,119	)		—			(722	)
Net income		10,149			11,103			11,614			6,282			(28,999	)		10,149
Other comprehensive income		—			—			—			—			—			—
Comprehensive income	$	10,149		$	11,103		$	11,614		$	6,282		$	(28,999	)	$	10,149

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE 28-WEEK PERIOD ENDED JULY 13, 2013

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

	Tops Holding II Corporation			Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	$	—		$	(512	)	$	19,478		$	12,761		$	—		$	31,727
Cash flows used in investing activities:
Cash paid for property and equipment		—			—			(26,247	)		(1,342	)		—			(27,589	)
Acquisition of independent supermarkets		—			—			(5,995	)		—			—			(5,995	)
Change in intercompany receivables position		—			—			(512	)		(11,145	)		11,657			—
Net cash used in investing activities		—			—			(32,754	)		(12,487	)		11,657			(33,584	)
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:
Proceeds from long-term debt borrowings		148,500			—			—			—			—			148,500
Dividend to shareholders		(141,920	)		—			—			—			—			(141,920	)
Deferred financing costs paid		—			—			(7,977	)		—			—			(7,977	)
Stock option exercises		227			—			—			—			—			227
Change in intercompany payables position		—			512			11,145			—			(11,657	)		—
Borrowings on 2017 ABL Facility		—			—			138,500			—			—			138,500
Repayments on 2017 ABL Facility		—			—			(131,700	)		—			—			(131,700	)
Principal payments on capital leases		—			—			(7,804	)		(210	)		—			(8,014	)
Change in bank overdraft position		—			—			426			—			—			426
Repayments of long-term debt borrowings		—			—			(161	)		—			—			(161	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		6,807			512			2,429			(210	)		(11,657	)		(2,119	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		6,807			—			(10,847	)		64			—			(3,976	)
Cash and cash equivalents – beginning of period		—			—			31,586			836			—			32,422
Cash and cash equivalents – end of period	$	6,807		$	—		$	20,739		$	900		$	—		$	28,446

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE 28-WEEK PERIOD ENDED JULY 14, 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

	Tops Holding II Corporation		Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	$	—	$	(512	)	$	36,778		$	24,432		$	—		$	60,698
Cash flows used in investing activities:
Cash paid for property and equipment		—		—			(11,784	)		(3,416	)		—			(15,200	)
Proceeds from insurable loss recovery		—		—			—			1,150			—			1,150
Change in intercompany receivables position		—		—			(512	)		(21,992	)		22,504			—
Net cash used in investing activities		—		—			(12,296	)		(24,258	)		22,504			(14,050	)
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:
Borrowings on 2013 ABL Facility		—		—			66,600			—			—			66,600
Repayments on 2013 ABL Facility		—		—			(71,600	)		—			—			(71,600	)
Change in intercompany payables position		—		512			21,992			—			(22,504	)		—
Principal payments on capital leases		—		—			(6,624	)		(165	)		—			(6,789	)
Repayments of long-term debt borrowings		—		—			(250	)		—			—			(250	)
Change in bank overdraft position		—		—			181			—			—			181
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		—		512			10,299			(165	)		(22,504	)		(11,858	)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents		—		—			34,781			9			—			34,790
Cash and cash equivalents – beginning of period		—		—			18,351			830			—			19,181
Cash and cash equivalents – end of period	$	—	$	—		$	53,132		$	839		$	—		$	53,971

The following supplemental financial information sets forth, on a condensed consolidating basis, balance sheets as of December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 for Holding II, Holding I and Tops Markets, the Guarantor Subsidiaries, and for the Company, and statements of comprehensive (loss) income and statements of cash flows for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010. Supplemental financial information has not been presented for Tops Markets II Corporation as it has no assets or operations.

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

DECEMBER 29, 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

	Tops Holding II Corporation			Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries		Eliminations			Consolidated
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		$	—		$	31,586		$	836	$	—		$	32,422
Accounts receivable, net		—			—			42,578			10,897		—			53,475
Intercompany receivables		—			—			4,750			50,835		(55,585	)		—
Inventory, net		—			—			91,298			34,189		—			125,487
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		—			—			7,352			1,971		—			9,323
Income taxes refundable		—			—			237			—		—			237
Current deferred tax assets		—			—			1,316			—		608			1,924
Total current assets		—			—			179,117			98,728		(54,977	)		222,868
Property and equipment, net		—			—			280,643			70,006		—			350,649
Goodwill		—			—			15,002			—		—			15,002
Intangible assets, net		—			—			67,262			7,236		—			74,498
Other assets		—			—			36,811			3,041		(26,867	)		12,985
Investment in subsidiaries		(181,474	)		(176,724	)		121,350			—		236,848			—
Total assets	$	(181,474	)	$	(176,724	)	$	700,185		$	179,011	$	155,004		$	676,002
Liabilities and Shareholders’ (Deficit) Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	—		$	—		$	60,429		$	17,031	$	—		$	77,460
Intercompany payables		—			4,750			50,835			—		(55,585	)		—
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		1,798			—			51,981			22,705		(744	)		75,740
Current portion of capital lease obligations		—			—			13,955			402		—			14,357
Current portion of long-term debt		—			—			2,271			—		—			2,271
Current deferred tax liabilities		—			—			—			11		(11	)		—
Total current liabilities		1,798			4,750			179,471			40,149		(56,340	)		169,828
Capital lease obligations		—			—			146,510			2,993		—			149,503
Long-term debt		—			—			498,487			—		(3,041	)		495,446
Other long-term liabilities		—			—			33,284			5,587		—			38,871
Non-current deferred tax liabilities		—			—			18,350			8,932		(21,656	)		5,626
Total liabilities		1,798			4,750			876,102			57,661		(81,037	)		859,274
Total shareholders’ (deficit) equity		(183,272	)		(181,474	)		(175,917	)		121,350		236,041			(183,272	)
Total liabilities and shareholders’ (deficit) equity	$	(181,474	)	$	(176,724	)	$	700,185		$	179,011	$	155,004		$	676,002

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

DECEMBER 31, 2011

(Dollars in thousands)

	Tops Holding II Corporation			Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries		Eliminations			Consolidated
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		$	—		$	18,351		$	830	$	—		$	19,181
Accounts receivable, net		—			—			44,809			11,178		—			55,987
Intercompany receivables		—			—			3,800			15,556		(19,356	)		—
Inventory, net		—			—			79,972			35,337		—			115,309
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		—			—			10,654			2,336		—			12,990
Income taxes refundable		—			—			285			—		—			285
Current deferred tax assets		—			—			1,363			—		608			1,971
Total current assets		—			—			159,234			65,237		(18,748	)		205,723
Property and equipment, net		—			—			282,207			76,056		—			358,263
Goodwill		—			—			462			—		—			462
Intangible assets, net		—			—			62,684			8,979		—			71,663
Other assets		—			—			27,687			3,041		(19,627	)		11,101
Investment in subsidiaries		(58,293	)		(54,493	)		110,306			—		2,480			—
Total assets	$	(58,293	)	$	(54,493	)	$	642,580		$	153,313	$	(35,895	)	$	647,212
Liabilities and Shareholders’ (Deficit) Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	—		$	—		$	58,359		$	17,249	$	—		$	75,608
Intercompany payables		—			3,800			15,556			—		(19,356	)		—
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		1,171			—			57,537			16,713		(744	)		74,677
Current portion of capital lease obligations		—			—			12,348			353		—			12,701
Current portion of long-term debt		—			—			434			—		—			434
Current deferred tax liabilities		—			—			—			11		(11	)		—
Total current liabilities		1,171			3,800			144,234			34,326		(20,111	)		163,420
Capital lease obligations		—			—			156,456			3,358		—			159,814
Long-term debt		—			—			358,281			—		(3,041	)		355,240
Other long-term liabilities		—			—			20,262			3,631		—			23,893
Non-current deferred tax liabilities		—			—			17,033			1,692		(14,416	)		4,309
Total liabilities		1,171			3,800			696,266			43,007		(37,568	)		706,676
Total shareholders’ (deficit) equity		(59,464	)		(58,293	)		(53,686	)		110,306		1,673			(59,464	)
Total liabilities and shareholders’ (deficit) equity	$	(58,293	)	$	(54,493	)	$	642,580		$	153,313	$	(35,895	)	$	647,212

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

FISCAL 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

	Tops Holding II Corporation			Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net sales	$	—		$	—		$	1,795,842		$	570,762		$	(1,265	)	$	2,365,339
Cost of goods sold		—			—			(1,274,836	)		(379,257	)		—			(1,654,093	)
Distribution costs		—			—			(33,901	)		(12,762	)		—			(46,663	)
Gross profit		—			—			487,105			178,743			(1,265	)		664,583
Operating expenses:
Wages, salaries and benefits		—			—			(233,362	)		(87,264	)		—			(320,626	)
Selling and general expenses		—			—			(74,275	)		(26,831	)		1,265			(99,841	)
Administrative expenses		(2,078	)		(950	)		(60,499	)		(18,877	)		—			(82,404	)
Rent expense, net		—			—			(12,350	)		(8,875	)		—			(21,225	)
Depreciation and amortization		—			—			(39,197	)		(13,420	)		—			(52,617	)
Advertising		—			—			(14,307	)		(5,007	)		—			(19,314	)
Total operating expenses		(2,078	)		(950	)		(433,990	)		(160,274	)		1,265			(596,027	)
Operating (loss) income		(2,078	)		(950	)		53,115			18,469			—			68,556
Loss on debt extinguishment					—			(31,205	)								(31,205	)
Interest expense, net		—			—			(58,706	)		(187	)		—			(58,893	)
Equity (loss) income from subsidiaries		(20,872	)		(19,922	)		11,042			—			29,752			—
(Loss) income before income taxes		(22,950	)		(20,872	)		(25,754	)		18,282			29,752			(21,542	)
Income tax benefit (expense)		—			—			5,832			(7,240	)		—			(1,408	)
Net (loss) income		(22,950	)		(20,872	)		(19,922	)		11,042			29,752			(22,950	)
Change in postretirement benefit obligation		(2,309	)		—			(2,309	)		—			2,309			(2,309	)
Comprehensive (loss) income	$	(25,259	)	$	(20,872	)	$	(22,231	)	$	11,042		$	32,061		$	(25,259	)

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FISCAL 2011

(Dollars in thousands)

	Tops Holding II Corporation			Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net sales	$	—		$	—		$	1,774,927		$	581,858		$	(1,293	)	$	2,355,492
Cost of goods sold		—			—			(1,260,068	)		(390,098	)		—			(1,650,166	)
Distribution costs		—			—			(31,638	)		(12,551	)		—			(44,189	)
Gross profit		—			—			483,221			179,209			(1,293	)		661,137
Operating expenses:
Wages, salaries and benefits		—			—			(228,947	)		(88,791	)		—			(317,738	)
Selling and general expenses		—			—			(73,186	)		(31,260	)		1,293			(103,153	)
Administrative expenses		(1,768	)		(950	)		(57,080	)		(19,982	)		—			(79,780	)
Rent expense, net		—			—			(9,707	)		(9,149	)		—			(18,856	)
Depreciation and amortization		—			—			(38,812	)		(12,393	)		—			(51,205	)
Advertising		—			—			(13,292	)		(5,497	)		—			(18,789	)
Impairment charges		—			—			—			(2,791	)		—			(2,791	)
Total operating expenses		(1,768	)		(950	)		(421,024	)		(169,863	)		1,293			(592,312	)
Operating (loss) income		(1,768	)		(950	)		62,197			9,346			—			68,825
Interest expense, net		—			—			(61,469	)		(229	)		—			(61,698	)
Equity income from subsidiaries		7,600			7,600			5,507			—			(20,707	)		—
Income before income taxes		5,832			7,600			6,235			9,117			(21,657	)		7,127
Income tax benefit (expense)		—			—			2,315			(3,610	)		—			(1,295	)
Net income		5,832			7,600			8,550			5,507			(21,657	)		5,832
Change in postretirement benefit obligation		(925	)		—			(925	)		—			925			(925	)
Comprehensive income	$	4,907		$	7,600		$	7,625		$	5,507		$	(20,732	)	$	4,907

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

FISCAL 2010

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

	Tops Holding II Corporation			Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net sales	$	—		$	—		$	1,704,977		$	553,742		$	(1,183	)	$	2,257,536
Cost of goods sold		—			—			(1,208,582	)		(370,434	)		—			(1,579,016	)
Distribution costs		—			—			(31,899	)		(12,930	)		—			(44,829	)
Gross profit		—			—			464,496			170,378			(1,183	)		633,691
Operating expenses:
Wages, salaries and benefits		—			—			(223,276	)		(87,524	)		—			(310,800	)
Selling and general expenses		—			—			(71,629	)		(34,395	)		1,183			(104,841	)
Administrative expenses		(1,258	)		(950	)		(81,425	)		(19,121	)		—			(102,754	)
Rent expense, net		—			—			(9,493	)		(9,642	)		—			(19,135	)
Depreciation and amortization		—			—			(55,005	)		(7,348	)		—			(62,353	)
Advertising		—			—			(15,819	)		(7,356	)		—			(23,175	)
Total operating expenses		(1,258	)		(950	)		(456,647	)		(165,386	)		1,183			(623,058	)
Operating (loss) income		(1,258	)		(950	)		7,849			4,992			—			10,633
Bargain purchase		—			—			—			15,681			—			15,681
Loss on debt extinguishment		—			—			(1,041	)		—			—			(1,041	)
Interest expense, net		—			—			(61,125	)		(106	)		—			(61,231	)
Equity (loss) income from subsidiaries		(25,696	)		(23,994	)		18,631			—			31,059			—
(Loss) income before income taxes		(26,954	)		(24,944	)		(35,686	)		20,567			31,059			(35,958	)
Income tax (expense) benefit		—			(752	)		11,692			(1,936	)		—			9,004
Net (loss) income		(26,954	)		(25,696	)		(23,994	)		18,631			31,059			(26,954	)
Change in postretirement benefit obligation		(471	)		—			(471	)		—			471			(471	)
Comprehensive (loss) income	$	(27,425	)	$	(25,696	)	$	(24,465	)	$	18,631		$	31,530		$	(27,425	)

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FISCAL 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

	Tops Holding II Corporation		Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	$	—	$	(950	)	$	47,029		$	40,928		$	—		$	87,007
Cash flows used in investing activities:
Cash paid for property and equipment		—		—			(30,329	)		(7,236	)		—			(37,565	)
Acquisition of Grand Union supermarkets		—		—			(27,640	)		—			—			(27,640	)
Acquisition of independent supermarkets		—		—			(3,304	)		—			—			(3,304	)
Proceeds from insurable loss recovery		—		—			—			1,455			—			1,455
Change in intercompany receivables position		—		—			(950	)		(34,785	)		35,735			—
Net cash used in investing activities		—		—			(62,223	)		(40,566	)		35,735			(67,054	)
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:
Proceeds from long-term debt borrowings		—		—			460,000			—			—			460,000
Repayments of long-term debt borrowings		—		—			(350,452	)		—			—			(350,452	)
Dividend to shareholders		—		—			(100,000	)		—			—			(100,000	)
Borrowings on 2017 ABL Facility		—		—			35,000			—			—			35,000
Borrowings on 2013 ABL Facility		—		—			158,800			—			—			158,800
Repayments on 2013 ABL Facility		—		—			(163,800	)		—			—			(163,800	)
Debt extinguishment cost incurred		—		—			(20,901	)		—			—			(20,901	)
Principal payments on capital leases		—		—			(12,962	)		(356	)		—			(13,318	)
Deferred financing costs incurred		—		—			(11,943	)		—			—			(11,943	)
Change in bank overdraft position		—		—			(98	)		—			—			(98	)
Change in intercompany payables position		—		950			34,785			—			(35,735	)		—
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		—		950			28,429			(356	)		(35,735	)		(6,712	)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents		—		—			13,235			6			—			13,241
Cash and cash equivalents – beginning of year		—		—			18,351			830			—			19,181
Cash and cash equivalents – end of year	$	—	$	—		$	31,586		$	836		$	—		$	32,422

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FISCAL 2011

(Dollars in thousands)

	Tops Holding II Corporation		Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	$	—	$	(950	)	$	48,437		$	21,164		$	—		$	68,651
Cash flows used in investing activities:
Cash paid for property and equipment		—		—			(25,405	)		(20,170	)		—			(45,575	)
Cash paid for intangible assets		—		—			(1,527	)		—			—			(1,527	)
Proceeds from sale of assets		—		—			—			1,284			—			1,284
Proceeds from insurable loss recovery		—		—			—			609			—			609
Change in intercompany receivables position		—		—			(950	)		(2,464	)		3,414			—
Net cash used in investing activities		—		—			(27,882	)		(20,741	)		3,414			(45,209	)
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:
Borrowings on 2013 ABL Facility		—		—			612,900			—			—			612,900
Repayments on 2013 ABL Facility		—		—			(622,900	)		—			—			(622,900	)
Principal payments on capital leases		—		—			(10,838	)		(323	)		—			(11,161	)
Change in intercompany payables position		—		950			2,464			—			(3,414	)		—
Proceeds from long-term debt borrowings		—		—			—			—			—			—
Repayments of long-term debt borrowings		—		—			(409	)		—			—			(409	)
Deferred financing costs incurred		—		—			(57	)		—			—			(57	)
Change in bank overdraft position		—		—			(53	)		—			—			(53	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		—		950			(18,893	)		(323	)		(3,414	)		(21,680	)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents		—		—			1,662			100			—			1,762
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of year		—		—			16,689			730			—			17,419
Cash and cash equivalents - end of year	$	—	$	—		$	18,351		$	830		$	—		$	19,181

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FISCAL 2010

(Dollars in thousands)

	Tops Holding II Corporation		Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	$	—	$	(950	)	$	37,783		$	12,625		$	—		$	49,458
Cash flows used in investing activities:
Acquisition of the Penn Traffic Company		—		—			—			(85,023	)		—			(85,023	)
Cash paid for property and equipment		—		—			(28,081	)		(21,582	)		—			(49,663	)
Proceeds from sale of assets		—		—			—			20,753			—			20,753
Investment in subsidiaries		—		—			(85,023	)		—			85,023			—
Change in intercompany receivables position		—		—			(950	)		(10,786	)		11,736			—
Net cash used in investing activities		—		—			(114,054	)		(96,638	)		96,759			(113,933	)
Cash flows provided by financing activities:
Proceeds from long-term debt borrowings		—		—			112,125			—			—			112,125
Repayments of long-term debt borrowings		—		—			(36,377	)		—			—			(36,377	)
Borrowings on ABL Facility		—		—			348,737			—			—			348,737
Repayments on ABL Facility		—		—			(347,737	)		—			—			(347,737	)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock		—		30,000			30,000			—			(30,000	)		30,000
Dividend		—		(30,000	)		(30,000	)		—			30,000			(30,000	)
Principal payments on capital leases		—		—			(9,004	)		(290	)		—			(9,294	)
Deferred financing costs incurred		—		—			(5,769	)		—			—			(5,769	)
Capital contribution		—		—			—			85,023			(85,023	)		—
Change in intercompany payables position		—		950			10,786			—			(11,736	)		—
Change in bank overdraft position		—		—			487			—			—			487
Net cash provided by financing activities		—		950			73,248			84,733			(96,759	)		62,172
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents		—		—			(3,023	)		720			—			(2,303	)
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of year		—		—			19,712			10			—			19,722
Cash and cash equivalents - end of year	$	—	$	—		$	16,689		$	730		$	—		$	17,419

XML

Schedule of Payments Outstanding Excluding Capital leases (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jul. 13, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Principal payments required to be made on outstanding debt
2013		$ 2,271
2014		280
2015		166
2016
2017		495,000
Thereafter
Total debt	$ 652,893	$ 497,717	$ 355,674

XML

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended										4 Months Ended			6 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Jul. 13, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012		Oct. 06, 2012		Jul. 14, 2012		Dec. 31, 2011	Oct. 08, 2011	Jul. 16, 2011	Apr. 21, 2012		Apr. 23, 2011	Jul. 13, 2013	Jul. 14, 2012	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Jan. 01, 2011
Net sales	$ 601,275	$ 560,167		$ 538,431		$ 562,361		$ 540,113	$ 538,606	$ 559,514	$ 704,380		$ 717,259	$ 1,337,084	$ 1,266,741	$ 2,365,339	$ 2,355,492	$ 2,257,536
Cost of goods sold	(418,934)					(390,514)								(932,085)	(881,221)	(1,654,093)	(1,650,166)	(1,579,016)
Distribution costs	(11,763)					(11,511)								(26,280)	(25,278)	(46,663)	(44,189)	(44,829)
Gross profit	170,578	154,478		149,863		160,336		150,878	152,925	154,982	199,906		202,352	378,719	360,242	664,583	661,137	633,691
Operating expenses:
Wages, salaries and benefits	(80,787)					(75,125)								(184,832)	(174,355)	(320,626)	(317,738)	(310,800)
Selling and general expenses	(26,874)					(22,400)								(63,182)	(52,218)	(99,841)	(103,153)	(104,841)
Administrative expenses	(27,072)					(18,543)								(49,326)	(42,413)	(82,404)	(79,780)	(102,754)
Rent expense, net	(5,311)					(3,568)								(12,876)	(9,548)	(21,225)	(18,856)	(19,135)
Depreciation and amortization	(13,048)					(12,023)								(30,052)	(28,052)	(52,617)	(51,205)	(62,353)
Advertising	(5,682)					(5,118)								(11,449)	(10,764)	(19,314)	(18,789)	(23,175)
Impairment charges																	(2,791)
Total operating expenses	(158,774)					(136,777)								(351,717)	(317,350)	(596,027)	(592,312)	(623,058)
Operating (loss) income	11,804	7,215		18,449		23,559		15,605	20,742	14,908	19,333		17,570	27,002	42,892	68,556	68,825	10,633
Bargain purchase (Note 2)																		15,681
Loss on debt extinguishment																(31,205)		(1,041)
Interest expense, net	(16,742)					(13,709)								(35,714)	(32,021)	(58,893)	(61,698)	(61,231)
Equity (loss) income from subsidiaries
(Loss) income before income taxes	(4,938)					9,850								(8,712)	10,871	(21,542)	7,127	(35,958)
Income tax (expense) benefit	(378)	(347)		(339)		(352)		(305)	(305)	(318)	(370)		(367)	(805)	(722)	(1,408)	(1,295)	9,004
Net (loss) income	(5,316)	(37,803)	[1]	4,704	[1]	9,498	[1]	1,187	6,440	293	651	[1]	(2,088)	(9,517)	10,149	(22,950)	5,832	(26,954)
Change in post retirement benefit obligations																(2,309)	(925)	(471)
Other comprehensive income
Comprehensive (loss) income	(5,316)					9,498								(9,517)	10,149	(25,259)	4,907	(27,425)
Tops Holding II Corporation [Member]
Net sales
Cost of goods sold
Distribution costs
Gross profit
Operating expenses:
Wages, salaries and benefits
Selling and general expenses
Administrative expenses	(10,635)					(409)								(10,893)	(954)	(2,078)	(1,768)	(1,258)
Rent expense, net
Depreciation and amortization
Advertising
Impairment charges
Total operating expenses	(10,635)					(409)								(10,893)	(954)	(2,078)	(1,768)	(1,258)
Operating (loss) income	(10,635)					(409)								(10,893)	(954)	(2,078)	(1,768)	(1,258)
Bargain purchase (Note 2)
Loss on debt extinguishment
Interest expense, net	(2,401)													(2,401)
Equity (loss) income from subsidiaries	7,720					9,907								3,777	11,103	(20,872)	7,600	(25,696)
(Loss) income before income taxes	(5,316)					9,498								(9,517)	10,149	(22,950)	5,832	(26,954)
Income tax (expense) benefit
Net (loss) income	(5,316)					9,498								(9,517)	10,149	(22,950)	5,832	(26,954)
Change in post retirement benefit obligations																(2,309)	(925)	(471)
Other comprehensive income
Comprehensive (loss) income	(5,316)					9,498								(9,517)	10,149	(25,259)	4,907	(27,425)
Tops Holding LLC [Member]
Net sales
Cost of goods sold
Distribution costs
Gross profit
Operating expenses:
Wages, salaries and benefits
Selling and general expenses
Administrative expenses	(219)					(219)								(512)	(511)	(950)	(950)	(950)
Rent expense, net
Depreciation and amortization
Advertising
Impairment charges
Total operating expenses	(219)					(219)								(512)	(511)	(950)	(950)	(950)
Operating (loss) income	(219)					(219)								(512)	(511)	(950)	(950)	(950)
Bargain purchase (Note 2)
Loss on debt extinguishment
Interest expense, net
Equity (loss) income from subsidiaries	7,939					10,126								4,289	11,614	(19,922)	8,550	(23,994)
(Loss) income before income taxes	7,720					9,907								3,777	11,103	(20,872)	7,600	(24,944)
Income tax (expense) benefit																		(752)
Net (loss) income	7,720					9,907								3,777	11,103	(20,872)	7,600	(25,696)
Change in post retirement benefit obligations																(2,309)	(925)	(471)
Other comprehensive income
Comprehensive (loss) income	7,720					9,907								3,777	11,103	(23,181)	6,675	(26,167)
Tops Markets, LLC [Member]
Net sales	461,842					423,588								1,029,643	961,236	1,795,842	1,774,927	1,704,977
Cost of goods sold	(326,112)					(298,231)								(727,494)	(679,315)	(1,274,836)	(1,260,068)	(1,208,582)
Distribution costs	(8,661)					(8,279)								(19,464)	(18,280)	(33,901)	(31,638)	(31,899)
Gross profit	127,069					117,078								282,685	263,641	487,105	483,221	464,496
Operating expenses:
Wages, salaries and benefits	(60,340)					(54,433)								(137,703)	(126,620)	(233,362)	(228,947)	(223,276)
Selling and general expenses	(20,338)					(16,268)								(48,018)	(38,785)	(74,275)	(73,186)	(71,629)
Administrative expenses	(12,209)					(13,544)								(28,392)	(30,782)	(60,499)	(57,080)	(81,425)
Rent expense, net	(3,181)					(1,529)								(7,976)	(4,787)	(12,350)	(9,707)	(9,493)
Depreciation and amortization	(10,278)					(8,933)								(23,435)	(20,897)	(39,197)	(38,812)	(55,005)
Advertising	(4,341)					(3,734)								(8,790)	(7,919)	(14,307)	(13,292)	(15,819)
Impairment charges
Total operating expenses	(110,687)					(98,441)								(254,314)	(229,790)	(433,990)	(421,024)	(456,647)
Operating (loss) income	16,382					18,637								28,371	33,851	53,115	62,197	7,849
Bargain purchase (Note 2)
Loss on debt extinguishment																(31,205)		(1,041)
Interest expense, net	(14,308)					(13,665)								(33,231)	(31,916)	(58,706)	(61,469)	(61,125)
Equity (loss) income from subsidiaries	3,770					3,325								6,012	6,282	11,042	5,507	18,631
(Loss) income before income taxes	5,844					8,297								1,152	8,217	(25,754)	6,235	(35,686)
Income tax (expense) benefit	2,095					1,829								3,137	3,397	5,832	2,315	11,692
Net (loss) income	7,939					10,126								4,289	11,614	(19,922)	8,550	(23,994)
Change in post retirement benefit obligations																(2,309)	(925)	(471)
Other comprehensive income
Comprehensive (loss) income	7,939					10,126								4,289	11,614	(22,231)	7,625	(24,465)
Guarantor Subsidiaries [Member]
Net sales	139,651					138,995								308,022	306,089	570,762	581,858	553,742
Cost of goods sold	(92,822)					(92,283)								(204,591)	(201,906)	(379,257)	(390,098)	(370,434)
Distribution costs	(3,102)					(3,232)								(6,816)	(6,998)	(12,762)	(12,551)	(12,930)
Gross profit	43,727					43,480								96,615	97,185	178,743	179,209	170,378
Operating expenses:
Wages, salaries and benefits	(20,447)					(20,692)								(47,129)	(47,735)	(87,264)	(88,791)	(87,524)
Selling and general expenses	(6,754)					(6,354)								(15,745)	(14,017)	(26,831)	(31,260)	(34,395)
Administrative expenses	(4,009)					(4,371)								(9,529)	(10,166)	(18,877)	(19,982)	(19,121)
Rent expense, net	(2,130)					(2,039)								(4,900)	(4,761)	(8,875)	(9,149)	(9,642)
Depreciation and amortization	(2,770)					(3,090)								(6,617)	(7,155)	(13,420)	(12,393)	(7,348)
Advertising	(1,341)					(1,384)								(2,659)	(2,845)	(5,007)	(5,497)	(7,356)
Impairment charges																	(2,791)
Total operating expenses	(37,451)					(37,930)								(86,579)	(86,679)	(160,274)	(169,863)	(165,386)
Operating (loss) income	6,276					5,550								10,036	10,506	18,469	9,346	4,992
Bargain purchase (Note 2)																		15,681
Loss on debt extinguishment
Interest expense, net	(33)					(44)								(82)	(105)	(187)	(229)	(106)
Equity (loss) income from subsidiaries
(Loss) income before income taxes	6,243					5,506								9,954	10,401	18,282	9,117	20,567
Income tax (expense) benefit	(2,473)					(2,181)								(3,942)	(4,119)	(7,240)	(3,610)	(1,936)
Net (loss) income	3,770					3,325								6,012	6,282	11,042	5,507	18,631
Change in post retirement benefit obligations
Other comprehensive income
Comprehensive (loss) income	3,770					3,325								6,012	6,282	11,042	5,507	18,631
Eliminations [Member]
Net sales	(218)					(222)								(581)	(584)	(1,265)	(1,293)	(1,183)
Cost of goods sold
Distribution costs
Gross profit	(218)					(222)								(581)	(584)	(1,265)	(1,293)	(1,183)
Operating expenses:
Wages, salaries and benefits
Selling and general expenses	218					222								581	584	1,265	1,293	1,183
Administrative expenses
Rent expense, net
Depreciation and amortization
Advertising
Impairment charges
Total operating expenses	218					222								581	584	1,265	1,293	1,183
Operating (loss) income
Bargain purchase (Note 2)
Loss on debt extinguishment
Interest expense, net
Equity (loss) income from subsidiaries	(19,429)					(23,358)								(14,078)	(28,999)	29,752	(21,657)	31,059
(Loss) income before income taxes	(19,429)					(23,358)								(14,078)	(28,999)	29,752	(21,657)	31,059
Income tax (expense) benefit
Net (loss) income	(19,429)					(23,358)								(14,078)	(28,999)	29,752	(21,657)	31,059
Change in post retirement benefit obligations																4,618	1,850	942
Other comprehensive income
Comprehensive (loss) income	$ (19,429)					$ (23,358)								$ (14,078)	$ (28,999)	$ 34,370	$ (19,807)	$ 32,001

[1] The net loss for the 12-week period ended December 29, 2012 includes a $31.2 million loss on debt extinguishment related to the December 2012 financing transactions. See Note 9 for further discussion.

XML

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	6 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Jul. 13, 2013	Jul. 14, 2012	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Jan. 01, 2011
Cash flows provided by operating activities:
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	$ 31,727	$ 60,698	$ 87,007	$ 68,651	$ 49,458
Cash flows used in investing activities:
Acquisition of the Penn Traffic Company					(85,023)
Cash paid for property and equipment	(27,589)	(15,200)	(37,565)	(45,575)	(49,663)
Cash paid for intangible assets				(1,527)
Proceeds from sale of assets				1,284	20,753
Proceeds from insurable loss recovery		1,150	1,455	609
Net cash used in investing activities	(33,584)	(14,050)	(67,054)	(45,209)	(113,933)
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:
Proceeds from long-term debt borrowings	148,500		460,000		112,125
Repayments of long-term debt borrowings	(161)	(250)	(350,452)	(409)	(36,377)
Borrowings on ABL Facility					348,737
Repayments on ABL Facility					(347,737)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock					30,000
Dividend	(141,920)		(100,000)		(30,000)
Debt extinguishment cost incurred			(20,901)
Principal payments on capital leases	(8,014)	(6,789)	(13,318)	(11,161)	(9,294)
Deferred financing costs incurred	(7,977)		(11,943)	(57)	(5,769)
Stock option exercises	227
Change in bank overdraft position	426	181	(98)	(53)	487
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	(2,119)	(11,858)	(6,712)	(21,680)	62,172
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	(3,976)	34,790	13,241	1,762	(2,303)
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period	32,422	19,181	19,181	17,419	19,722
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period	28,446	53,971	32,422	19,181	17,419
2017 ABL Facility [Member]
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:
Borrowings on ABL Facility	138,500		35,000
Repayments on ABL Facility	(131,700)
2013 ABL Facility [Member]
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:
Borrowings on ABL Facility		66,600	158,800	612,900	348,737
Repayments on ABL Facility		(71,600)	(163,800)	(622,900)	(347,737)
Grand Union Supermarkets [Member]
Cash flows used in investing activities:
Acquisition			(27,640)
Independent Supermarkets [Member]
Cash flows used in investing activities:
Acquisition			(3,304)
Supermarkets [Member]
Cash flows used in investing activities:
Acquisition	(5,995)
Tops Holding II Corporation [Member]
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:
Proceeds from long-term debt borrowings	148,500
Dividend	(141,920)
Stock option exercises	227
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	6,807
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	6,807
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period	6,807
Tops Holding LLC [Member]
Cash flows provided by operating activities:
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	(512)	(512)	(950)	(950)	(950)
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock					30,000
Dividend					(30,000)
Change in intercompany payables position	512	512	950	950	950
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	512	512	950	950	950
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period
Tops Markets, LLC [Member]
Cash flows provided by operating activities:
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	19,478	36,778	47,029	48,437	37,783
Cash flows used in investing activities:
Cash paid for property and equipment	(26,247)	(11,784)	(30,329)	(25,405)	(28,081)
Cash paid for intangible assets				(1,527)
Investment in subsidiaries					(85,023)
Change in intercompany receivables position	(512)	(512)	(950)	(950)	(950)
Net cash used in investing activities	(32,754)	(12,296)	(62,223)	(27,882)	(114,054)
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:
Proceeds from long-term debt borrowings			460,000		112,125
Repayments of long-term debt borrowings	(161)	(250)	(350,452)	(409)	(36,377)
Borrowings on ABL Facility					348,737
Repayments on ABL Facility					(347,737)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock					30,000
Dividend			(100,000)		(30,000)
Debt extinguishment cost incurred			(20,901)
Principal payments on capital leases	(7,804)	(6,624)	(12,962)	(10,838)	(9,004)
Deferred financing costs incurred	(7,977)		(11,943)	(57)	(5,769)
Change in intercompany payables position	11,145	21,992	34,785	2,464	10,786
Change in bank overdraft position	426	181	(98)	(53)	487
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	2,429	10,299	28,429	(18,893)	73,248
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	(10,847)	34,781	13,235	1,662	(3,023)
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period	31,586	18,351	18,351	16,689	19,712
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period	20,739	53,132	31,586	18,351	16,689
Tops Markets, LLC [Member] | 2017 ABL Facility [Member]
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:
Borrowings on ABL Facility	138,500		35,000
Repayments on ABL Facility	(131,700)
Tops Markets, LLC [Member] | 2013 ABL Facility [Member]
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:
Borrowings on ABL Facility		66,600	158,800	612,900
Repayments on ABL Facility		(71,600)	(163,800)	(622,900)
Tops Markets, LLC [Member] | Grand Union Supermarkets [Member]
Cash flows used in investing activities:
Acquisition			(27,640)
Tops Markets, LLC [Member] | Independent Supermarkets [Member]
Cash flows used in investing activities:
Acquisition			(3,304)
Tops Markets, LLC [Member] | Supermarkets [Member]
Cash flows used in investing activities:
Acquisition	(5,995)
Guarantor Subsidiaries [Member]
Cash flows provided by operating activities:
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	12,761	24,432	40,928	21,164	12,625
Cash flows used in investing activities:
Acquisition of the Penn Traffic Company					(85,023)
Cash paid for property and equipment	(1,342)	(3,416)	(7,236)	(20,170)	(21,582)
Proceeds from sale of assets				1,284	20,753
Proceeds from insurable loss recovery		1,150	1,455	609
Change in intercompany receivables position	(11,145)	(21,992)	(34,785)	(2,464)	(10,786)
Net cash used in investing activities	(12,487)	(24,258)	(40,566)	(20,741)	(96,638)
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:
Principal payments on capital leases	(210)	(165)	(356)	(323)	(290)
Capital contribution					85,023
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	(210)	(165)	(356)	(323)	84,733
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	64	9	6	100	720
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period	836	830	830	730	10
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period	900	839	836	830	730
Eliminations [Member]
Cash flows used in investing activities:
Investment in subsidiaries					85,023
Change in intercompany receivables position	11,657	22,504	35,735	3,414	11,736
Net cash used in investing activities	11,657	22,504	35,735	3,414	96,759
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock					(30,000)
Dividend					30,000
Capital contribution					(85,023)
Change in intercompany payables position	(11,657)	(22,504)	(35,735)	(3,414)	(11,736)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	(11,657)	(22,504)	(35,735)	(3,414)	(96,759)
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period

XML

Unaudited Quarterly Results of Operations (Parenthetical) (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Dec. 29, 2012
Quarterly Data
Loss on debt extinguishment related to financing transactions	$ (31,200)

XML

Subsequent Events

12 Months Ended

Dec. 29, 2012

Subsequent Events

18. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Effective March 8, 2013, Tops Markets entered into an asset purchase agreement for the acquisition of four independent supermarkets for an estimated purchase price of $7.0 million. The transaction is expected to close during the Company’s second quarter of Fiscal 2013.

The American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (“the Act”) was signed into law on January 2, 2013. The Act retroactively restored several expired business tax provisions, including certain bonus depreciation and the Work Opportunity Tax Credit as of January 1, 2012, with a new expiration date of December 31, 2013. Because a change in tax law is accounted for in the period of enactment, the retroactive effect renewing certain bonus depreciation and the Work Opportunity Tax Credit for 2012 is not reflected in the Company’s Fiscal 2012 income tax expense. Instead, an estimated benefit of $1.0 million related to additional bonus depreciation will be recorded as a discrete item in the Company’s first quarter of Fiscal 2013. The Company has not yet quantified the effect of the restoration of the Work Opportunity Tax Credit.

XML

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Deficit (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data	Total USD ($)	Common Stock	Paid-In Capital USD ($)	Accumulated Deficit USD ($)	Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income USD ($)
Beginning Balance at Jan. 02, 2010	$ (38,801)		$ (3,383)	$ (35,553)	$ 135
Beginning Balance, shares at Jan. 02, 2010		100,000
Net (loss) income	(26,954)			(26,954)
Retirement obligations adjustments	(471)				(471)
Issuance of common stock	30,000		30,000
Issuance of common stock, Shares		44,776
Dividend	(30,000)		(30,000)
Share-based compensation	715		715
Ending Balance at Jan. 01, 2011	(65,511)		(2,668)	(62,507)	(336)
Ending Balance, shares at Jan. 01, 2011		144,776
Net (loss) income	5,832			5,832
Retirement obligations adjustments	(925)				(925)
Share-based compensation	1,140		1,140
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2011	(59,464)		(1,528)	(56,675)	(1,261)
Ending Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2011		144,776
Net (loss) income	(22,950)			(22,950)
Retirement obligations adjustments	(2,309)				(2,309)
Dividend	(100,000)		(100,000)
Share-based compensation	1,451		1,451
Ending Balance at Dec. 29, 2012	$ (183,272)		$ (100,077)	$ (79,625)	$ (3,570)
Ending Balance, shares at Dec. 29, 2012		144,776

XML

The Company, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

6 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Jul. 13, 2013

Dec. 29, 2012

The Company, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

1. THE COMPANY, BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Company

Tops Holding II Corporation (“Holding II” or “Company”), the parent of Tops Holding LLC (“Holding I”), formerly Tops Holding Corporation, was incorporated on May 7, 2013. Holding I is the parent of Tops Markets, LLC (“Tops Markets”), a supermarket retailer in Upstate New York, Northern Pennsylvania and Vermont. Holding I was incorporated on October 5, 2007 and commenced operations on December 1, 2007. As of July 13, 2013, the Company operated 155 supermarkets under the banners of Tops and Orchard Fresh, with an additional five supermarkets operated by franchisees. Holding II is owned by various funds affiliated with Morgan Stanley Private Equity (“MSPE”), an affiliate of Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated, various funds affiliated with Graycliff Partners LP (“Graycliff”), two minority investors and certain company employees. Holding I has no other business operations as its sole purpose is the ownership of Tops Markets.

Change in Reporting Entity

Effective May 15, 2013, Holding I was converted to a limited liability company and Tops Markets II Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holding I, was formed on May 14, 2013 and added as a co-issuer of the Holding I Notes (see Note 8). On May 15, 2013, the stockholders of Holding I contributed all of the outstanding shares of common stock of Holding I to Holding II in exchange for shares of common stock of Holding II. Holding II has no other business operations other than the ownership of Holding I and as the issuer of the Holding II Notes (see Note 8). Holding II’s net assets consist solely of its membership interest in Holding I, undistributed cash from the issuance of the Holding II Notes, the Holding II Notes and related debt issuance costs.

On August 20, 2013, Holding II was added as a guarantor of the Holding I Notes, resulting in Holding II becoming the reporting entity related to these notes. As a result, the historical results of Holding I and its subsidiaries have been consolidated with Holding II as if Holding II were in existence for all periods presented to reflect the change in reporting entity. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated.

Accounting Policies

A summary of the Company’s significant accounting policies is included in Note 1 to the audited consolidated financial statements of Holding I in its 2012 Annual Financial Report.

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), and do not include all disclosures normally required in annual consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP.

The Company operates on a 52/53 week fiscal year ending on the Saturday closest to December 31. Fiscal years include 13 four-week reporting periods, with an additional week in the thirteenth reporting period for 53-week fiscal years. The first quarter of each fiscal year includes four reporting periods, while the remaining quarters include three reporting periods.

The Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements for the 12 and 28-week periods ended July 13, 2013 and July 14, 2012 are unaudited, and, in the opinion of management, contain all adjustments that are of a normal and recurring nature necessary for a fair statement of financial position and results of operations for such periods.

The Company has evaluated all subsequent events through the release of these condensed consolidated financial statements on August 26, 2013.

Segments

The Company’s supermarkets offer grocery, produce, frozen, dairy, meat, floral, seafood, health and beauty care, general merchandise, deli and bakery goods. The Company operates one supermarket format where each supermarket offers the same general mix of products with similar pricing to similar categories of customers. As of July 13, 2013, 79 supermarkets offered pharmacy services and 48 fuel centers were in operation, inclusive of the Company’s franchise locations. The Company’s retail operations, which represent substantially all of the Company’s consolidated sales, earnings and total assets, are its only operating segment and reportable segment. The Company’s retail operations as a whole reflect the level at which the business is managed and how the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, who acts as the Company’s chief operating decision maker, assesses performance internally.

The following table presents sales revenue by type of similar product (dollars in thousands):

	12-week periods ended										28-week periods ended
	July 13, 2013					July 14, 2012					July 13, 2013					July 14, 2012
	Amount		% of Total			Amount		% of Total			Amount		% of Total			Amount		% of Total
Non-perishables(1)	$	334,143		55.6	%	$	310,620		55.2	%	$	753,195		56.3	%	$	709,027		56.0	%
Perishables(2)		173,674		28.9	%		157,382		28.0	%		370,073		27.7	%		341,381		27.0	%
Fuel		53,051		8.8	%		53,241		9.5	%		119,669		9.0	%		118,127		9.3	%
Pharmacy		36,147		6.0	%		37,085		6.6	%		84,412		6.3	%		88,872		7.0	%
Other(3)		4,260		0.7	%		4,033		0.7	%		9,735		0.7	%		9,334		0.7	%
	$	601,275		100.0	%	$	562,361		100.0	%	$	1,337,084		100.0	%	$	1,266,741		100.0	%

(1) Non-perishables consist of grocery, dairy, frozen, general merchandise, health and beauty care and other non-perishable related products.

(2) Perishables consist of produce, meat, seafood, bakery, deli, floral, prepared foods and other perishable related products.

(3) Other primarily consists of franchise income and service commission income, such as lottery, money orders and money transfers.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. The most significant estimates used by management are related to the accounting for vendor allowances, valuation of long-lived assets including goodwill and intangible assets, acquisition accounting, lease classification, self-insurance reserves, inventory valuation and income taxes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” establish a framework for measuring fair value and a hierarchy that categorizes and prioritizes the sources to be used to estimate fair value as follows:

Level 1 – observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets;

Level 2 – inputs include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (interest rates, yield curves, etc.), and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means (market corroborated inputs); and

Level 3 – unobservable inputs that reflect the Company’s determination of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. These inputs are developed based on the best information available, including the Company’s own data.

Financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, capital lease obligations and long-term debt. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of these financial instruments. At July 13, 2013 and December 29, 2012, the estimated fair value and the carrying value of the Company’s debt instruments were as follows (dollars in thousands):

	July 13, 2013			December 29, 2012
Carrying value of debt instruments:
Current portion of capital lease obligations	$	14,056		$	14,357
Current portion of long-term debt		2,271			2,271
Long-term capital lease obligations		142,180			149,503
Long-term debt		650,622			495,446
Total carrying value of debt instruments		809,129			661,577
Fair value of debt instruments		827,576			632,552
(Deficiency) excess of carrying value over fair value	$	(18,447	)	$	29,025

The fair value of the Company’s senior secured notes, which are included in long-term debt, was based on quoted market prices, a Level 2 source. The fair value of the Company’s other long-term debt and capital lease obligations was based on the net present value of future cash flows using estimated applicable market interest rates for the Company at July 13, 2013 and December 29, 2012, a Level 3 measurement technique.

Fair value measurements of non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities are primarily used in the impairment analysis of long-lived assets, goodwill and intangible assets. Long-lived assets and definite-lived intangible assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis using Level 3 inputs. Goodwill and the Tops tradename are reviewed annually for impairment on December 1, or more frequently, if impairment indicators arise.

1. THE COMPANY, BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Company

Tops Holding II Corporation (“Holding II” or “Company”), the parent of Tops Holding LLC (“Holding I”), formerly Tops Holding Corporation, was incorporated on May 7, 2013. Holding I is the parent of Tops Markets, LLC (“Tops Markets”), a supermarket retailer in Upstate New York, Northern Pennsylvania and Vermont. Holding I was incorporated on October 5, 2007 and commenced operations on December 1, 2007. As of December 29, 2012, the Company operated 149 supermarkets under the banners of Tops, GU Family Markets, Grand Union and Bryant’s, with an additional five supermarkets operated by franchisees. Holding II is owned by various funds affiliated with Morgan Stanley Private Equity (“MSPE”), an affiliate of Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated (“Morgan Stanley”), various funds affiliated with Graycliff Partners LP (“Graycliff”), two minority investors and a company employee. Holding I has no other business operations as its sole purpose is the ownership of Tops Markets. During early October 2012, Tops Markets completed the acquisition (“GU Acquisition”) of 21 retail supermarkets in Upstate New York and Vermont from GU Markets LLC (“GU Markets”), an affiliate of C&S Wholesale Grocers, Inc. (“C&S”).

Change in Reporting Entity

Effective May 15, 2013, Holding I was converted to a limited liability company and Tops Markets II Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holding I, was formed on May 14, 2013 and added as a co-issuer of the 2017 Notes (see Note 9). On May 15, 2013, the stockholders of Holding I contributed all of the outstanding shares of common stock of Holding I to Holding II in exchange for shares of common stock of Holding II. Holding II has no other business operations other than the ownership of Holding I and as the issuer of the Holding II Notes (see Note 18). Holding II’s net assets consist solely of its membership interest in Holding I, undistributed cash from the issuance of the Holding II Notes, the Holding II Notes and related debt issuance costs.

On August 20, 2013, Holding II was added as a guarantor of the 2017 Notes, resulting in Holding II becoming the reporting entity related to these notes. As a result, the historical results of Holding I and its subsidiaries have been consolidated with Holding II as if Holding II were in existence for all periods presented to reflect the change in reporting entity.

Fiscal Year

The Company operates on a 52/53 week fiscal year ending on the Saturday closest to December 31. The Company’s fiscal years include 13 four-week reporting periods, with an additional week in the thirteenth reporting period for 53-week fiscal years. The Company’s first quarter of each fiscal year includes four reporting periods, while the remaining quarters include three reporting periods. The periods from January 1, 2012 to December 29, 2012 (“Fiscal 2012”), January 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 (“Fiscal 2011”), and January 3, 2010 to January 1, 2011 (“Fiscal 2010”) all included 52 weeks.

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all of its subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. The most significant estimates used by management are related to the accounting for vendor allowances, valuation of long-lived assets including intangible assets, acquisition accounting, lease classification, self-insurance reserves, inventory valuation and income taxes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Supplemental Disclosures

Cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand that is highly liquid with original maturities at the date of purchase of 90 days or less. As of December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, outstanding checks in excess of cash balances with the same institution totaled $2.4 million and $2.5 million, respectively. These amounts are recorded as a bank overdraft and classified as accounts payable in the consolidated balance sheets and as a financing activity in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

The following table presents additional cash flow information for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010 (dollars in thousands):

	Fiscal 2012		Fiscal 2011		Fiscal 2010
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest	$	61,984	$	58,800	$	56,933
Income taxes		124		190		151
Non-cash items:
Unpaid capital expenditures		4,907		1,718		6,107
Assets acquired under capital leases		4,663		365		5,349

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and accounts receivable. The Company maintains its cash in commercial banks insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), up to $250,000 per depositor. At times, such cash in banks exceeds the FDIC insurance limit. At December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company had cash in banks exceeding the FDIC insurance limit of $11.6 million and $2.6 million, respectively.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are carried at net realizable value. Allowances are recorded, if necessary, in an amount considered by management to be sufficient to meet future losses related to the collectability of accounts receivable. The Company evaluates the collectability of its accounts receivable based on the age of the receivable and knowledge of customers’ financial positions. At December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the allowance for doubtful accounts was $0.4 million and $0.9 million, respectively.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” establish a framework for measuring fair value and a hierarchy that categorizes and prioritizes the sources to be used to estimate fair value as follows:

Level 1 – observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets;

Level 2 – inputs include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (interest rates, yield curves, etc.), and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means (market corroborated inputs); and

Level 3 – unobservable inputs that reflect the Company’s determination of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. These inputs are developed based on the best information available, including the Company’s own data.

Financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, capital lease obligations and long-term debt. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of these financial instruments. At December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the estimated fair value and the carrying value of our debt instruments were as follows (dollars in thousands):

	December 29, 2012		December 31, 2011
Carrying value of debt instruments:
Current portion of capital lease obligations	$	14,357	$	12,701
Current portion of long-term debt		2,271		434
Long-term capital lease obligations		149,503		159,814
Long-term debt		495,446		355,240
Total carrying value of debt instruments		661,577		528,189
Fair value of debt instruments		632,552		530,652
Excess (deficiency) of carrying value over fair value	$	29,025	$	(2,463	)

The fair value of the Company’s senior secured notes was based on quoted market prices, a Level 2 source. The fair value of the Company’s other long-term debt and capital lease obligations was based on the net present value of future cash flows using estimated applicable market interest rates for the Company at December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, a Level 3 measurement technique.

Fair value measurements of non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities are primarily used in the impairment analysis of long-lived assets, goodwill and intangible assets. Long-lived assets and definite-lived intangible assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis using Level 3 inputs. As described in Note 10, the Company recorded long-lived asset impairment charges of $2.8 million within the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive (loss) income during Fiscal 2011. Goodwill and the Tops tradename are reviewed annually for impairment on December 1, or more frequently, if impairment indicators arise.

Inventory

The Company values inventory at the lower of cost or market using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method. As of December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the LIFO balance sheet reserves were $11.1 million and $10.7 million, respectively. The Company’s inventory balances consist primarily of finished goods. Inventory costs include the purchase price of the product and freight charges to deliver the product and are net of certain cash or non-cash consideration received from vendors (see ‘‘Vendor Allowances’’).

Cost is determined using the retail method for inventory. Under the retail method, the valuation of inventory at cost and the resulting gross margins are determined by applying a cost-to-retail ratio for various groupings of similar items to the retail value of inventory. Inherent in the retail inventory method calculations are certain management judgments and estimates which could impact the ending inventory valuation at cost, as well as the resulting gross margins.

Physical inventory counts are taken on a cycle basis. The Company records an estimated inventory shrinkage reserve for the period between each store’s last physical inventory and the latest consolidated balance sheet date.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is stated at historical cost or, if acquired in a business acquisition, at fair value at the acquisition date, less accumulated depreciation and impairments. Cost includes expenditures that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the item, including shipping charges and sales tax. Interest incurred during the construction period is capitalized as part of the related asset. Expenditures for betterments are capitalized, while repairs and maintenance expenditures are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the remaining lease terms. The estimated useful lives of the principal categories of property and equipment are as follows:

Asset	Useful Lives
Land and land improvements	Indefinite
Buildings	30 – 40 years
Leasehold improvements	Lesser of 3 – 20 years or remaining lease term
Equipment	2 – 10 years
Automobiles	3 – 10 years
IT software and equipment	3 – 5 years

Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets held and used by the Company are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. For purposes of evaluating the recoverability of long-lived assets, the Company compares the carrying value of the asset or asset group to the estimated, undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the long-lived asset or asset group, as required by the provisions of ASC 360, “Property, Plant, and Equipment.” Impairment charges are recorded as the excess of the net book value over its fair value, which is calculated using the discounted cash flows associated with that asset or assets. As discussed in Note 10, the Company recorded impairment charges of $2.8 million within the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive (loss) income during Fiscal 2011. There were no impairment charges recorded during Fiscal 2012 or Fiscal 2010.

Goodwill

The Company reviews goodwill for impairment annually on December 1, and also upon the occurrence of trigger events. Generally, fair value is determined using a multiple of earnings, or discounted projected future cash flows, and is compared to the carrying value of the Company for purposes of identifying potential impairment. Projected future cash flows are based on management’s knowledge of the current operating environment and expectations for the future. If potential for impairment is identified, the fair value of the Company is measured against the fair value of its underlying assets and liabilities, excluding goodwill, to estimate an implied fair value of the Company’s goodwill. Goodwill impairment is recognized for any excess of the carrying value of the Company’s goodwill over the implied fair value. There were no goodwill impairment charges recorded during Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 or Fiscal 2010.

Intangible Assets

The Company’s intangible assets include favorable lease rights, tradenames, franchise agreements and customer relationships. The franchise agreements consist of two franchisees which own five stores, and the customer relationships represent a source of repeat business for the Company. The fair values of the Company’s franchise agreements and customer relationships were estimated using an excess earnings income approach. The principle behind the excess earnings income approach is that the value of an intangible asset is equal to the present value of the incremental after-tax cash flows attributable to that intangible asset. Customer relationships are being amortized on an accelerated basis based upon the level of expected attrition.

The fair values of the tradenames were estimated by utilizing the ‘‘relief from royalty’’ method. This method involves determining the present value of the economic royalty savings associated with the tradenames and revenue projections attributed to the tradenames. The Tops tradename is not amortized due to its indefinite life. All other tradenames are being amortized on an accelerated basis based upon a brand obsolescence assumption.

For intangible assets, the Company amortizes the assets as presented in the table below:

Asset	Weighted Average Amortization Period
Tradename – indefinite	Indefinite life
Customer relationships	8.4
Favorable lease rights	9.8
Franchise agreements	11.0
Tradenames – finite	8.8
Other	5.0

Deferred Financing Costs

The Company records deferred financing costs incurred in connection with entering into its debt obligations. These costs are capitalized and included in other assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The deferred financing costs are amortized to interest expense over the terms of associated debt on a straight-line basis or using the effective interest method, as appropriate. As discussed in Note 6, the Company capitalized deferred financing costs of $13.0 million and wrote off unamortized deferred financing costs of $8.3 million in connection with the Company’s December 2012 financing activities.

Leases

Classification

The Company leases buildings and equipment under operating and capital lease arrangements. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 840, “Leases” (“ASC 840”), the Company classifies its leases as capital leases when the lease agreement transfers substantially all risks and rewards of ownership to the Company. For leases determined to be capital leases, the asset and liability are recognized at an amount equal either to the fair value of the leased asset or the present value of the minimum lease payments during the lease term, whichever is lower. Leases that do not qualify as capital leases are classified as operating leases, and the related lease payments are expensed on a straight-line basis (taking into account rent escalation clauses) over the lease term, including, as applicable, any rent free period during which the Company has the right to use the asset. For leases with renewal options where the renewal is reasonably assured, the lease term is used to (i) determine the appropriate lease classification, (ii) compute periodic rental expense and (iii) depreciate leasehold improvements (unless their economic lives are shorter) includes the periods of expected renewals. Determining whether a lease is a capital or an operating lease requires judgment on various aspects that include the fair value of the leased asset, the economic life of the leased asset, whether or not to include renewal options in the lease term and determining an appropriate discount rate to calculate the present value of the minimum lease payments.

Operating Leases

Store lease agreements generally include rent holidays, rent escalation clauses and contingent rent provisions for a percentage of sales in excess of specified levels. Most of the Company’s lease agreements include renewal periods at the Company’s option. The Company recognizes rent holiday periods and scheduled rent increases on a straight-line basis over the lease term beginning with the date the Company takes possession of the leased space for construction and other purposes. The Company records tenant improvement allowances and rent holidays as deferred rent liabilities which are amortized over the related lease terms to rent expense. The Company records rent liabilities for contingent percentage of sales lease provisions when it is probable that the specified levels will be reached during the fiscal year.

Lease Incentives

For leases classified as operating leases, the Company recognizes rent starting when possession of the property is taken from the landlord, which normally includes a construction period prior to store opening. Payments made to the Company representing incentives to sign a new lease or representing reimbursements for leasehold improvements are deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease as reductions of rent expense. Such payments received for leases classified as capital leases are recorded as increases to the related capital leases obligations, reducing the portion of future rent payments classified as interest expense.

Rental Income

For certain properties, the Company subleases either a portion or all of the property. The sublease income of the properties is recognized as rental income. In certain cases, the Company subleases store locations to third parties. Rental income was $4.2 million, $3.5 million and $3.4 million for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, respectively, and is recorded as an offset to rent expense in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

Asset Retirement Obligations

Asset retirement obligations (“AROs”) are legal obligations associated with the retirement of long-lived assets (i.g., gas tank removal and removal of store equipment upon store closure). These liabilities are initially recorded at fair value and the related asset retirement costs are capitalized by increasing the carrying amount of the related assets by the same amount as the liability in accordance with the provisions of ASC 410, “Asset Retirement and Environmental Obligations.” Asset retirement costs are subsequently depreciated over the useful lives of the related assets. Subsequent to initial recognition, the Company records changes in the ARO liability resulting from the passage of time and revisions to either the timing or the amount of the original estimate of undiscounted cash flows. The Company derecognizes ARO liabilities when the related obligations are settled. The ARO liabilities recognized at December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 were $3.3 million and $2.6 million, respectively. Accretion expense attributable to ARO liabilities was $0.2 million during Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010 (see Note 15).

Guarantees

The Company has been party to a variety of contractual agreements under which it may be obligated to indemnify the other party for certain matters. Additionally, the Company guarantees certain other contractual arrangements. Under these agreements, the Company may provide certain routine indemnifications relating to representations and warranties (i.g., ownership of assets and environmental or tax indemnifications). The terms of these indemnifications range in duration and may not be explicitly defined.

The Company has applied the provisions of ASC 460, “Guarantees” to its agreements that contain guarantee or indemnification clauses. These provisions require the Company to recognize and disclose certain types of guarantees, even if the likelihood of requiring the Company’s performance is remote. Historically, the Company has not been required to make payments related to its agreements that contain guarantee or indemnification clauses.

Insurance Programs

The Company is insured by a third-party carrier, subject to certain deductibles and self-insured retentions ranging from $0.1 million to $1.0 million. The Company maintains an insurance program covering primarily fleet, general liability inclusive of druggist liability, workers’ compensation, property, environmental and other executive insurance policies. The Company accrues an estimated ultimate liability for its insurance programs based on known claims and past claims history. These accruals are included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities and other long-term liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

Employee Benefits

The Company accounts for its participation in a multiemployer pension plan by recognizing as net pension cost the required contributions for the period and recognizing as a liability any contributions due and unpaid (see Note 14).

Revenue Recognition

The Company generates and recognizes revenue at the point of sale in its stores, net of sales tax collected. Discounts, earned by customers through agreements or by using their bonus or loyalty cards, are recorded by the Company as a reduction of revenue as they are earned by the customer. Franchise revenue consists of net revenue on wholesale sales to franchisees, and income from franchise fees and administrative fees. Franchise revenues were $4.2 million, $4.1 million and $3.8 million for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011, and Fiscal 2010, respectively, and are included in net sales in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

For certain products or services, such as the sales of lottery tickets, third-party prepaid phone cards, third-party gift cards, stamps and public transportation tickets, the Company acts as an agent. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 605, “Revenue Recognition” (“ASC 605”), the Company records the amount of the net margin or commission in its net sales. Commission income was $2.7 million, $2.2 million and $2.0 million for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011, and Fiscal 2010, respectively, and is included in net sales in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

The Company records a deferred revenue liability when it sells gift cards, recording revenue when customers redeem the gift cards. These gift cards do not expire. The Company has completed an analysis of the historical redemption patterns of gift cards. As a result of this analysis, the Company has determined that the likelihood of redemption after two years is remote. Therefore, the Company reduces the liability and recognizes ‘‘breakage’’ income for the unused portion of gift cards after two years. The Company recognized pre-tax gift card breakage income of $0.3 million, $0.2 million and $0.3 million during Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, respectively.

Cost of Goods Sold and Distribution Costs

Cost of goods sold and distribution costs include the purchase price of products sold and other costs incurred in bringing inventories to the location and condition ready for sale, including costs of purchasing, storing and transportation. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 605, cash consideration received from vendors is recognized as a reduction of cost of goods sold. During Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, depreciation expense of $2.9 million, $3.4 million and $3.5 million, respectively, is included in distribution costs in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

Vendor Allowances

The Company receives allowances from many of the vendors whose products the Company buys for resale in its stores. Allowances are received for a variety of merchandising activities, which consist of the inclusion of vendor products in the Company’s advertising, placement of vendor products in prominent locations in the Company’s stores, introduction of new products, exclusivity rights for certain categories of products and temporary price reductions offered to customers on products held for sale. The Company also receives vendor funds associated with buying activities such as volume purchase rebates and rebates for purchases made during specific periods.

The Company records a receivable for vendor allowances for which the Company has fulfilled its contractual commitments but has not yet received payment from the vendor. When payment for vendor allowances is received prior to fulfillment of contractual terms or before the programs necessary to earn such allowances are initiated, the Company records such amounts as deferred income or vendor funds received in advance, respectively, which are classified within accrued expenses and other current liabilities and other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. Once all contractual commitments have been met, the Company records vendor allowances as a reduction of the cost of inventory. Accordingly, when the inventory is sold, the vendor allowances are recognized as a reduction of the cost of goods sold in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

The amount of vendor allowances reducing the Company’s inventory (‘‘inventory offset’’) as of December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 was $1.6 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

Selling and General Expenses

Selling and general expenses consist of repairs and maintenance charges, utilities, supplies, real estate taxes, insurance, bank and credit card fees and other general expenses. Depreciation expense included in selling and general expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income was $0.2 million during Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010.

Administrative Expenses

Administrative expenses consist of charges for services performed by outside vendors, salaries and wages of support office employees, rent and depreciation of support offices and assets, and other administrative expenses. During Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, depreciation expense of $11.4 million, $11.5 million and $10.4 million, respectively, was included in administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

Effective December 28, 2012, following the December 20, 2012 dividend (see Note 12), the Company awarded payments to holders of stock options under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan in amounts equal to the difference between the per share dividend paid to shareholders and the reductions in exercise prices associated with the stock options (see Note 12). The payments totaled $5.0 million and were recorded within administrative expenses in the Fiscal 2012 consolidated statement of comprehensive (loss) income.

Advertising

Advertising includes newspaper inserts, direct mail and radio commercials, promotional prizes, as well as the expenses of the Company’s advertising department. The Company recognizes advertising expenses as incurred.

Income Taxes

Tops Markets is a single member LLC whose operations are included in the Holding tax return, as Tops Markets is a disregarded entity for income tax purposes. The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”). Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon differences between the financial reporting and the tax basis of assets and liabilities, including net operating loss carry forwards, and are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the periods in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. The Company uses the provisions of ASC 740 to assess and record income tax uncertainties. In relation to recording the provision for income taxes, management must estimate the future tax rates applicable to the reversal of temporary differences, make certain assumptions regarding whether book/tax differences are permanent or temporary and if temporary, the related timing of expected reversal. Also, estimates are made as to whether taxable operating income in future periods will be sufficient to fully recognize any gross deferred tax assets. If recovery is not likely, the Company must increase its provision for taxes by recording a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets that the Company estimates will not ultimately be recoverable. Alternatively, the Company may make estimates about the potential usage of deferred tax assets that decrease its valuation allowances. Tax positions are recognized when they are more likely than not to be sustained upon examination. The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is more likely than not of being realized upon settlement. The Company is subject to periodic audits by the Internal Revenue Service and other foreign, state and local taxing authorities. These audits may challenge certain of the Company’s tax positions such as the timing and amount of income and deductions and the allocation of taxable income to various tax jurisdictions. The Company evaluates its tax positions and establishes liabilities in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance on uncertainty in income taxes. These tax uncertainties are reviewed as facts and circumstances change and are adjusted accordingly. This requires significant management judgment in estimating final outcomes. Actual results could materially differ from these estimates and could significantly affect the Company’s effective tax rate and cash flows in future years. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company applies the Black-Scholes valuation model at the date of grant to determine the fair value of stock options granted to participants. The fair value of stock options are then amortized on a straight-line basis to compensation expense over the applicable vesting period, which is generally between three and five years. Compensation expense is recognized only for those options expected to vest, with forfeiture estimates based on the Company’s historical experience and future expectations. The Company’s outstanding stock options represent non-qualified stock options for income tax purposes. As such, the stock option grants result in the creation of a deferred tax asset until the time that such stock option is exercised.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

There are no recent accounting pronouncements that have had or are expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of the date of this report.

Segments

The Company’s supermarkets offer grocery, produce, frozen, dairy, meat, floral, seafood, health and beauty care, general merchandise, deli and bakery goods. The Company operates one supermarket format where each supermarket offers the same general mix of products with similar pricing to similar categories of customers. As of December 29, 2012, 78 supermarkets offered pharmacy services and 47 fuel centers were in operation, inclusive of the Company’s franchise locations. As a result of recent acquisition activity, including the GU Acquisition, the Company reevaluated its conclusions regarding its operating and reportable segments. The Company’s retail operations, which represent substantially all of the Company’s consolidated sales, earnings and total assets, are its only operating segment and reportable segment.

The following table presents sales revenue by type of similar product (dollars in thousands):

	Fiscal 2012					Fiscal 2011					Fiscal 2010
	Amount		% of Total			Amount		% of Total			Amount		% of Total
Non-perishables(1)	$	1,337,030		56.5	%	$	1,335,913		56.7	%	$	1,307,304		57.9	%
Perishables(2)		631,621		26.7	%		624,490		26.5	%		605,684		26.8	%
Fuel		218,815		9.3	%		204,193		8.7	%		150,012		6.6	%
Pharmacy		160,069		6.8	%		174,437		7.4	%		179,518		8.0	%
Other(3)		17,804		0.7	%		16,459		0.7	%		15,018		0.7	%
	$	2,365,339		100.0	%	$	2,355,492		100.0	%	$	2,257,536		100.0	%

(1) Non-perishables consist of grocery, dairy, frozen, general merchandise, health and beauty care and other non-perishable related products.

(2) Perishables consist of produce, meat, seafood, bakery, deli, floral, prepared foods and other perishable related products.

(3) Other primarily consists of franchise income and service commission income, such as lottery, money orders and money transfers.

XML

Property and Equipment, Net

12 Months Ended

Dec. 29, 2012

Property and Equipment, Net

4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property and equipment consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

	December 29, 2012			December 31, 2011
Land	$	10,301		$	9,973
Land improvements		9,438			9,440
Buildings		57,576			57,465
Leasehold improvements		109,928			93,989
Equipment		199,397			174,372
IT software and equipment		39,223			36,363
Total at cost		425,863			381,602
Accumulated depreciation		(212,143	)		(170,559	)
		213,720			211,043
Property, equipment and automobiles under capital leases, net of accumulated depreciation		136,929			147,220
Property and equipment, net	$	350,649		$	358,263

Included in property and equipment are the following assets under capital leases (dollars in thousands):

	December 29, 2012			December 31, 2011
Land	$	48,829		$	48,829
Building		148,633			145,829
Equipment		8,841			8,116
Automobiles		3,401			2,634
Total at cost		209,704			205,408
Accumulated depreciation		(72,775	)		(58,188	)
Capital lease assets, net	$	136,929		$	147,220

Depreciation expense was $60.8 million, $58.4 million and $67.0 million during Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, respectively. Depreciation expense includes $16.3 million, $16.0 million and $15.9 million related to assets under capital leases during Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, respectively.

XML

Summary of Deferred Income Tax Assets and Liabilities (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jul. 13, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Current deferred tax assets (liabilities):
Inventory and other reserves		$ (2)	$ 313
Prepaid taxes, insurance and service contracts		5,536	3,826
Other		3,176	2,559
Valuation allowance		(6,786)	(4,727)
Current net deferred tax assets	1,924	1,924	1,971
Non-current deferred tax assets (liabilities):
Capital leases		11,441	10,091
Property and equipment depreciation		(2,544)	755
Goodwill and intangible assets		(12,335)	(13,938)
Federal and state net operating loss carryforwards and federal credits		26,179	19,308
Valuation allowance		(31,247)	(21,299)
Other		2,880	774
Non-current net deferred tax liabilities	(6,431)	(5,626)	(4,309)
Net deferred tax liabilities		$ (3,702)	$ (2,338)

XML

Business Acquisition

6 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Jul. 13, 2013

Dec. 29, 2012

Business Acquisition

3. BUSINESS ACQUISITION

During late September through early October 2012, the Company completed the acquisition of 21 supermarkets from GU Markets LLC (“GU Acquisition”). In addition to cash consideration of $27.6 million paid to GU Markets LLC, the Company incurred $1.3 million of transaction costs, of which $0.4 million and $0.7 million were recorded in administrative expenses in the condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive (loss) income during the 12 and 28-week periods ended July 14, 2012. The acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, “Business Combinations.”

The Company believes the acquisition creates significant strategic value by expanding the Company’s supermarket base with minimal incremental general and administrative expenses.

Under the acquisition method of accounting, the aggregate purchase price is allocated to the net tangible and intangible assets based upon their estimated fair values on the acquisition date. The Company engaged a third party valuation specialist to assist with the valuation of assets acquired. The fair value of inventory was determined based upon the Company’s estimated replacement cost. The fair values of buildings, personal property and site improvements, all of which are included in property and equipment in the succeeding table, were determined using the cost approach. The fair value of land was determined using the market approach. The fair values of intangible assets were primarily determined using the income approach which, for the tradenames, is based upon the present value of the economic royalty savings associated with the tradenames and revenue projections attributed to the tradenames. Tradenames are being amortized on an accelerated basis based upon a brand obsolescence assumption.

The following table summarizes the final allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the transaction date (dollars in thousands):

Assets acquired:
Accounts receivable	$	33
Inventory		7,265
Prepaid expenses		325
Property and equipment		7,898
Goodwill		12,769
Favorable lease rights		2,197
Tradenames		1,000
Total assets acquired		31,487
Liabilities assumed:
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		803
Unfavorable lease rights		2,172
Capital lease obligation		872
Total liabilities assumed		3,847
Acquisition price	$	27,640

The results of operations of the acquired supermarkets have been included in the 12 and 28-week periods ended July 13, 2013 condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive (loss) income. The acquired supermarkets contributed net sales and operating income (loss) of $27.6 million and $0.4 million, respectively, during the 12-week period ended July 13, 2013, and $54.4 million and $(1.0) million, respectively, during the 28-week period ended July 13, 2013.

The following table summarizes the Company’s unaudited pro forma operating results for the 12 and 28-week periods ended July 14, 2012, giving effect to the GU Acquisition as if it occurred on January 1, 2012 (dollars in thousands):

	12-week period ended July 14, 2012		28-week period ended July 14, 2012
Net sales	$	587,009	$	1,316,745
Operating income		25,709		43,673
Net income		11,648		10,930

The pro forma information above reflects the $1.3 million of transaction costs incurred by the Company during 2012 within the operating results of the 28-week period ended July 14, 2012. This pro forma financial information is not intended to represent or be indicative of what would have occurred if the transaction had taken place prior to the beginning of the period presented and should not be taken as representative of the Company’s future consolidated results of operations. This pro forma financial information does not contemplate the cost savings expected to be realized from the achievement of synergies, including, without limitation, purchasing savings by leveraging the Company’s relationships with its suppliers and the reduction of duplicative selling, general and administrative expenses.

2. BUSINESS ACQUISITION

During late September through early October 2012, the Company completed the GU Acquisition. In addition to cash consideration of $27.6 million paid to GU Markets, the Company incurred $1.3 million of transaction costs that have been recorded in administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive (loss) income for Fiscal 2012. The acquisition is being accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, “Business Combinations.”

The Company believes the acquisition creates significant strategic value due to the expansion it provides to the Company’s supermarket base with minimal incremental general and administrative expenses.

Under the acquisition method of accounting, the aggregate purchase price is allocated to the net tangible and intangible assets based upon their estimated fair values on the acquisition date. The Company engaged a third party valuation specialist to assist with the valuation of assets acquired. The fair value of inventory was determined based upon the Company’s estimated replacement cost. The fair values of buildings, personal property and site improvements, all of which are included in property and equipment in the succeeding table, were determined using the cost approach. The fair value of land was determined using the market approach. The fair values of intangible assets were primarily determined using the income approach which, for the tradenames, is based upon the present value of the economic royalty savings associated with the tradenames and revenue projections attributed to the tradenames. Tradenames are being amortized on an accelerated basis based upon a brand obsolescence assumption.

As initial fair value estimates of certain assets and liabilities were preliminary in nature, such values were adjusted during Fiscal 2012 as additional information was obtained.

The following table summarizes the final allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the transaction date (dollars in thousands):

	Initial Estimate		Adjustments			Final Allocation
Assets acquired:
Accounts receivable	$	28	$	5		$	33
Inventory		7,358		(93	)		7,265
Prepaid expenses		325		—			325
Property and equipment		7,235		663			7,898
Goodwill		12,947		(178	)		12,769
Favorable lease rights		2,385		(188	)		2,197
Tradenames		1,000		—			1,000
Total assets acquired		31,278		209			31,487
Liabilities assumed:
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		803		—			803
Unfavorable lease rights		2,244		(72	)		2,172
Capital lease obligation		872		—			872
Total liabilities assumed		3,919		(72	)		3,847
Acquisition price	$	27,359	$	281		$	27,640

The results of operations of the acquired supermarkets have been included in the Fiscal 2012 condensed consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive (loss) income following the respective closing dates of the individual supermarket acquisitions that ranged from September 24, 2012 to October 5, 2012. The acquired supermarkets contributed net sales and operating income of $22.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively, during Fiscal 2012.

The following table summarizes the Company’s unaudited pro forma operating results for Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, giving effect to the GU Acquisition as if it occurred on January 1, 2011 (dollars in thousands):

	Fiscal 2012			Fiscal 2011
Net sales	$	2,441,323		$	2,453,012
Operating income		73,814			70,859
Net (loss) income		(17,692	)		7,866

This pro forma financial information above reflects the $1.3 million of transaction costs incurred by the Company during Fiscal 2012 within the Fiscal 2011 operating results. This pro forma financial information is not intended to represent or be indicative of what would have occurred if the transaction had taken place prior to the beginning of the periods presented and should not be taken as representative of the Company’s future consolidated results of operations. This pro forma financial information does not contemplate the cost savings expected to be realized from the achievement of synergies, including, without limitation, purchasing savings by leveraging the Company’s relationships with its suppliers and the reduction of duplicative selling, general and administrative expenses.

XML

Retirement Plans (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 29, 2012

Components of Net Pension Cost Related to the SERP and Other Post-retirement Plans

The components of net pension cost related to the SERP and other post-retirement plans are as follows (dollars in thousands):

	Fiscal 2012		Fiscal 2011		Fiscal 2010
SERP:
Interest cost	$	162	$	214	$	234
Net pension cost	$	162	$	214	$	234
Other Post-Retirement Plans:
Interest cost	$	104	$	111	$	112
Service cost		3		3		3
Net pension cost	$	107	$	114	$	115

Estimated Future Benefit Payments Related to the SERP and Other Post-retirement Plans

Estimated future benefit payments related to the SERP and other post-retirement plans are as follows (dollars in thousands):

	SERP		Other Post-Retirement Plans
2013	$	620	$	236
2014		590		234
2015		558		207
2016		523		202
2017		486		246
Subsequent five years		1,832		1,139

Changes in Benefit Obligation Related to the SERP and Other Post-retirement Plans

The changes in benefit obligation related to the SERP and other post-retirement plans are as follows (dollars in thousands):

	SERP			Other Post- Retirement Plans
Benefit obligation – January 1, 2011	$	4,868		$	2,490
Interest cost		214			111
Service cost		—			3
Actuarial loss		620			309
Total disbursements		(650	)		(256	)
Benefit obligation – December 31, 2011		5,052			2,657
Interest cost		162			104
Service cost		—			3
Actuarial loss		614			1,785
Total disbursements		(637	)		(384	)
Benefit obligation – December 29, 2012	$	5,191		$	4,165

Defined Benefit Plan Unfunded Status of Plan

The benefit plans have no plan assets and have unfunded status equal to their benefit obligations, which have been classified in the consolidated balance sheets as follows (dollars in thousands):

	SERP				Other Post-Retirement Plans
	December 29, 2012		December 31, 2011		December 29, 2012		December 31, 2011
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	$	620	$	599	$	236	$	259
Other long-term liabilities		4,571		4,453		3,929		2,398
Total liability	$	5,191	$	5,052	$	4,165	$	2,657

Medical Benefits Portion of Other Post-retirement Plans

Assumed health care cost trend rates used in the calculation of benefit obligations related to the medical benefits portion of other post-retirement plans are as follows:

	December 29, 2012			December 31, 2011
Initial health care cost trend rate		6.50	%		7.00	%
Ultimate health care cost trend rate		5.00	%		5.00	%
Year to reach ultimate trend rate		2016			2016

FIP/RP Status Indicates Plans for Funding Improvement Plan

The “FIP/RP Status Pending / Implemented” column indicates plans for which a funding improvement plan, or FIP, or a rehabilitation plan, or RP, is either pending or has been implemented by the trustees of the plan.

Pension Protection Act Zone Status

Tops 5% of Total Contributions

FIP/RP Status Pending / Implemented

Surcharge Imposed

Expiration  Dates of Collective Bargaining Agreements

EIN / Plan Number

2012

2011

2012

2011

16-6144007 / 001

Red

Red

Yes

Yes

Implemented

No

March 30, 2014 – October 3, 2015

Benefit Obligation [Member]

Discount Rate Assumptions Used

Discount rate assumptions used to determine benefit obligations are as follows:

SERP					Other Post-Retirement Plans
December 29, 2012		December 31, 2011			December 29, 2012			December 31, 2011
	2.80%		3.40	%		3.40	%		4.10	%

Pension Cost [Member]

Discount Rate Assumptions Used

Discount rate assumptions used to determine net pension cost are as follows:

	Fiscal 2012			Fiscal 2011			Fiscal 2010
SERP		3.40	%		4.70	%		4.90	%
Other post-retirement plans		4.10	%		4.70	%		5.20	%

XML

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

6 Months Ended

Jul. 13, 2013

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

2. RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

There are no recent accounting pronouncements that have had or are expected to have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements as of the date of this report.

XML

Business Acquisition (Tables)

6 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Jul. 13, 2013

Dec. 29, 2012

Allocation of the Purchase Price to the Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed

The following table summarizes the final allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the transaction date (dollars in thousands):

Assets acquired:
Accounts receivable	$	33
Inventory		7,265
Prepaid expenses		325
Property and equipment		7,898
Goodwill		12,769
Favorable lease rights		2,197
Tradenames		1,000
Total assets acquired		31,487
Liabilities assumed:
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		803
Unfavorable lease rights		2,172
Capital lease obligation		872
Total liabilities assumed		3,847
Acquisition price	$	27,640

The following table summarizes the final allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the transaction date (dollars in thousands):

	Initial Estimate		Adjustments			Final Allocation
Assets acquired:
Accounts receivable	$	28	$	5		$	33
Inventory		7,358		(93	)		7,265
Prepaid expenses		325		—			325
Property and equipment		7,235		663			7,898
Goodwill		12,947		(178	)		12,769
Favorable lease rights		2,385		(188	)		2,197
Tradenames		1,000		—			1,000
Total assets acquired		31,278		209			31,487
Liabilities assumed:
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		803		—			803
Unfavorable lease rights		2,244		(72	)		2,172
Capital lease obligation		872		—			872
Total liabilities assumed		3,919		(72	)		3,847
Acquisition price	$	27,359	$	281		$	27,640

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information

The following table summarizes the Company’s unaudited pro forma operating results for the 12 and 28-week periods ended July 14, 2012, giving effect to the GU Acquisition as if it occurred on January 1, 2012 (dollars in thousands):

	12-week period ended July 14, 2012		28-week period ended July 14, 2012
Net sales	$	587,009	$	1,316,745
Operating income		25,709		43,673
Net income		11,648		10,930

The following table summarizes the Company’s unaudited pro forma operating results for Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, giving effect to the GU Acquisition as if it occurred on January 1, 2011 (dollars in thousands):

	Fiscal 2012			Fiscal 2011
Net sales	$	2,441,323		$	2,453,012
Operating income		73,814			70,859
Net (loss) income		(17,692	)		7,866

XML

Summary of Income Tax Expense (Benefit) (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended							4 Months Ended		6 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Jul. 13, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Oct. 06, 2012	Jul. 14, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Oct. 08, 2011	Jul. 16, 2011	Apr. 21, 2012	Apr. 23, 2011	Jul. 13, 2013	Jul. 14, 2012	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Jan. 01, 2011	Jan. 02, 2010
Current:
Federal												$ 3	$ 30	$ 192
State												41	16	3
Total current	1			55							55	44	46	195
Deferred:
Federal												(7,716)	1,526	(19,476)
State												(1,459)	(506)	(1,624)
Change in valuation allowance												10,539	229	11,901	13,900
Total deferred	377			297						805	667	1,364	1,249	(9,199)
Total income tax expense (benefit)	$ 378	$ 347	$ 339	$ 352	$ 305	$ 305	$ 318	$ 370	$ 367	$ 805	$ 722	$ 1,408	$ 1,295	$ (9,004)

XML

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 29, 2012		Dec. 31, 2011	Jan. 01, 2011
Self-insurance Reserves [Member]
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Disclosure [Line Items]
Balance at Beginning of Period	$ 15,723		$ 11,733	$ 8,303
Additions Charged to Costs and Expenses	8,639		7,169	6,028
Deductions	(4,178)		(3,179)	(2,598)
Balance at End of Period	20,184		15,723	11,733
LIFO Inventory Valuation Reserve [Member]
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Disclosure [Line Items]
Balance at Beginning of Period	10,703		9,370	7,315
Additions Charged to Costs and Expenses	361		1,333	2,055
Balance at End of Period	11,064		10,703	9,370
Deferred Income Tax Assets [Member]
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Disclosure [Line Items]
Balance at Beginning of Period	26,026		25,797	13,896
Additions Charged to Costs and Expenses	12,007	[1]	229	11,901
Balance at End of Period	$ 38,033		$ 26,026	$ 25,797

[1] Amount includes additional valuation allowance of $1.5 million related to amounts recorded in other comprehensive loss.

XML

Leases (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 29, 2012

Schedule of Future Minimum Lease Payments for Capital and Operating Lease and Sublease Rental Income

As of December 29, 2012, future minimum lease rental payments applicable to non-cancelable capital and operating leases, and expected minimum sublease rental income, were as follows (dollars in thousands):

	Capital Leases			Operating Leases		Future Expected Sub-lease Income
2013	$	30,254		$	28,176	$	3,539
2014		28,006			28,916		1,876
2015		25,279			31,424		1,403
2016		23,951			33,101		1,052
2017		19,937			34,968		888
Thereafter		65,843			193,835		2,657
Total minimum lease payments		193,270		$	350,420	$	11,415
Less amounts representing interest		(78,239	)
Present value of net minimum lease payments		115,031
Less current obligations		(14,357	)
Long-term obligations	$	100,674

XML

Impairment Charges - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011 Store
Three Supermarkets [Member]
Impairment Charges (Textual) [Abstract]
Sale of Supermarkets	3
Recorded impairment within the condensed consolidated statements of operations and other comprehensive income	$ 1.9
Additional Supermarket Acquired [Member]
Impairment Charges (Textual) [Abstract]
Recorded impairment within the condensed consolidated statements of operations and other comprehensive income	$ 0.9

XML

Unaudited Quarterly Results of Operations (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended										4 Months Ended			6 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Jul. 13, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012		Oct. 06, 2012		Jul. 14, 2012		Dec. 31, 2011	Oct. 08, 2011	Jul. 16, 2011	Apr. 21, 2012		Apr. 23, 2011	Jul. 13, 2013	Jul. 14, 2012	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Jan. 01, 2011
Quarterly Data
Net sales	$ 601,275	$ 560,167		$ 538,431		$ 562,361		$ 540,113	$ 538,606	$ 559,514	$ 704,380		$ 717,259	$ 1,337,084	$ 1,266,741	$ 2,365,339	$ 2,355,492	$ 2,257,536
Gross profit	170,578	154,478		149,863		160,336		150,878	152,925	154,982	199,906		202,352	378,719	360,242	664,583	661,137	633,691
Operating income	11,804	7,215		18,449		23,559		15,605	20,742	14,908	19,333		17,570	27,002	42,892	68,556	68,825	10,633
Income tax expense	(378)	(347)		(339)		(352)		(305)	(305)	(318)	(370)		(367)	(805)	(722)	(1,408)	(1,295)	9,004
Net (loss) income	$ (5,316)	$ (37,803)	[1]	$ 4,704	[1]	$ 9,498	[1]	$ 1,187	$ 6,440	$ 293	$ 651	[1]	$ (2,088)	$ (9,517)	$ 10,149	$ (22,950)	$ 5,832	$ (26,954)

[1] The net loss for the 12-week period ended December 29, 2012 includes a $31.2 million loss on debt extinguishment related to the December 2012 financing transactions. See Note 9 for further discussion.

XML

Summary of Accounts Receivable Net of Doubtful Accounts (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jul. 13, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Accounts Receivable, net
Allowance for doubtful accounts		$ (414)	$ (854)
Accounts receivable, net	65,041	53,475	55,987
Vendor receivables [Member]
Accounts Receivable, net
Accounts receivable, net		30,305	28,034
Credit and debit card receivables [Member]
Accounts Receivable, net
Accounts receivable, net		8,685	10,692
Pharmacy receivables [Member]
Accounts Receivable, net
Accounts receivable, net		7,509	8,364
Other receivables [Member]
Accounts Receivable, net
Accounts receivable, net		$ 7,390	$ 9,751

XML

Weighted Average Amortization periods for Intangible Assets (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 29, 2012
Tradename - indefinite [Member]
Amortization period of intangible assets
Indefinite life	Indefinite life
Customer relationships [Member]
Amortization period of intangible assets
Useful Life	8 years 4 months 24 days
Favorable Lease Rights [Member]
Amortization period of intangible assets
Useful Life	9 years 9 months 18 days
Franchise agreements [Member]
Amortization period of intangible assets
Useful Life	11 years
Tradenames - finite [Member]
Amortization period of intangible assets
Useful Life	8 years 9 months 18 days
Other [Member]
Amortization period of intangible assets
Useful Life	5 years

XML

Capital Lease Obligations (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jul. 13, 2013

Summary of Future Minimum Lease Rental Payments

As of July 13, 2013, future minimum lease rental payments applicable to capital lease obligations follow (dollars in thousands):

2013 (remaining period)	$	13,546
2014		28,121
2015		25,374
2016		24,040
2017		19,950
Thereafter		65,842
Total minimum lease payments		176,873
Less amounts representing interest		(69,466	)
Present value of net minimum lease payments		107,407
Less current obligations		(14,056	)
Long-term obligations	$	93,351

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) (USD $)	Jul. 13, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Common shares, par value	$ 0.001	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Common shares, authorized	300,000	300,000	300,000
Common shares, issued	156,116	144,776	144,776
Common shares, outstanding	156,116	144,776	144,776

XML

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

6 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Jul. 13, 2013

Dec. 29, 2012

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

6. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

	July 13, 2013		December 29, 2012
Wages, taxes and benefits	$	14,408	$	20,585
Lottery		11,208		10,787
Union medical, pension and 401(k)		6,077		4,518
Interest payable		5,552		1,072
Self-insurance reserves		4,973		4,784
Sales and use tax		4,591		1,129
Property and equipment expenditures		3,792		4,907
Professional and legal fees		3,482		6,459
Gift cards		2,804		6,196
Utilities		2,168		2,404
Repairs and maintenance		1,972		2,164
Money orders		1,858		1,868
Other		11,267		8,867
	$	74,152	$	75,740

7. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

	December 29, 2012		December 31, 2011
Wages, taxes and benefits	$	20,585	$	21,779
Lottery		10,787		10,124
Professional and legal fees		6,459		1,538
Gift cards		6,196		4,517
Property and equipment expenditures		4,907		1,718
Self-insurance reserves		4,784		3,468
Union medical, pension and 401(k)		4,518		3,226
Utilities		2,404		2,192
Repairs and maintenance		2,164		2,271
Money orders		1,868		3,133
Sales and use tax		1,129		964
Interest payable		1,072		7,846
Other		8,867		11,901
	$	75,740	$	74,677

XML

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		6 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Jul. 13, 2013	Jul. 14, 2012	Jul. 13, 2013	Jul. 14, 2012	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Jan. 01, 2011
Share-based compensation expense included in administrative expenses	$ 3,610	$ 264	$ 3,826	$ 616	$ 1,451	$ 1,140	$ 715

XML

Property and Equipment, Net - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Jan. 01, 2011
Property and Equipment, Net (Textual) [Abstract]
Depreciation expenses	$ 60.8	$ 58.4	$ 67.0
Depreciation expense under capital leases	$ 16.3	$ 16.0	$ 15.9

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jul. 13, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 28,446	$ 32,422	$ 19,181
Accounts receivable, net	65,041	53,475	55,987
Inventory, net	131,477	125,487	115,309
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	11,293	9,323	12,990
Income taxes refundable	252	237	285
Current deferred tax assets	1,924	1,924	1,971
Total current assets	238,433	222,868	205,723
Property and equipment, net	343,483	350,649	358,263
Goodwill	19,308	15,002	462
Intangible assets, net	70,030	74,498	71,663
Other assets	19,089	12,985	11,101
Total assets	690,343	676,002	647,212
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	92,401	77,460	75,608
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	74,152	75,740	74,677
Current portion of capital lease obligations	14,056	14,357	12,701
Current portion of long-term debt	2,271	2,271	434
Total current liabilities	182,880	169,828	163,420
Capital lease obligations	142,180	149,503	159,814
Long-term debt	650,622	495,446	355,240
Other long-term liabilities	38,886	38,871	23,893
Non-current deferred tax liabilities	6,431	5,626	4,309
Total liabilities	1,020,999	859,274	706,676
Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders' deficit:
Common shares, value
Paid-in capital	(237,944)	(100,077)	(1,528)
Accumulated deficit	(89,142)	(79,625)	(56,675)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax	(3,570)	(3,570)	(1,261)
Total shareholders' deficit	(330,656)	(183,272)	(59,464)
Total liabilities and shareholders' (deficit) equity	$ 690,343	$ 676,002	$ 647,212

XML

Summary of Sales Revenue by Type of Product (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended									4 Months Ended		6 Months Ended				12 Months Ended
	Jul. 13, 2013		Dec. 29, 2012	Oct. 06, 2012	Jul. 14, 2012		Dec. 31, 2011	Oct. 08, 2011	Jul. 16, 2011	Apr. 21, 2012	Apr. 23, 2011	Jul. 13, 2013		Jul. 14, 2012		Dec. 29, 2012		Dec. 31, 2011		Jan. 01, 2011
Sales revenue by type of similar product
Sales revenue	$ 601,275		$ 560,167	$ 538,431	$ 562,361		$ 540,113	$ 538,606	$ 559,514	$ 704,380	$ 717,259	$ 1,337,084		$ 1,266,741		$ 2,365,339		$ 2,355,492		$ 2,257,536
Sale revenue percentage	100.00%				100.00%							100.00%		100.00%		100.00%		100.00%		100.00%
Non-perishables [Member]
Sales revenue by type of similar product
Sales revenue	334,143	[1]			310,620	[1]						753,195	[1]	709,027	[1]	1,337,030	[1]	1,335,913	[1]	1,307,304	[1]
Sale revenue percentage	55.60%	[1]			55.20%	[1]						56.30%	[1]	56.00%	[1]	56.50%	[1]	56.70%	[1]	57.90%	[1]
Perishables [Member]
Sales revenue by type of similar product
Sales revenue	173,674	[2]			157,382	[2]						370,073	[2]	341,381	[2]	631,621	[2]	624,490	[2]	605,684	[2]
Sale revenue percentage	28.90%	[2]			28.00%	[2]						27.70%	[2]	27.00%	[2]	26.70%	[2]	26.50%	[2]	26.80%	[2]
Fuel [Member]
Sales revenue by type of similar product
Sales revenue	53,051				53,241							119,669		118,127		218,815		204,193		150,012
Sale revenue percentage	8.80%				9.50%							9.00%		9.30%		9.30%		8.70%		6.60%
Pharmacy [Member]
Sales revenue by type of similar product
Sales revenue	36,147				37,085							84,412		88,872		160,069		174,437		179,518
Sale revenue percentage	6.00%				6.60%							6.30%		7.00%		6.80%		7.40%		8.00%
Other [Member]
Sales revenue by type of similar product
Sales revenue	$ 4,260	[3]			$ 4,033	[3]						$ 9,735	[3]	$ 9,334	[3]	$ 17,804	[3]	$ 16,459	[3]	$ 15,018	[3]
Sale revenue percentage	0.70%	[3]			0.70%	[3]						0.70%	[3]	0.70%	[3]	0.70%	[3]	0.70%	[3]	0.70%	[3]

[1] Non-perishables consist of grocery, dairy, frozen, general merchandise, health and beauty care and other non-perishable related products.

[2] Perishables consist of produce, meat, seafood, bakery, deli, floral, prepared foods and other perishable related products.

[3] Other primarily consists of franchise income and service commission income, such as lottery, money orders and money transfers.

XML

Related Party Transactions - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	1 Months Ended	6 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Jan. 29, 2010	Jul. 13, 2013	Jul. 14, 2012	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Jan. 01, 2011
Related Party Transactions (Additional Textual) [Abstract]
Amount received from the issuance of common stock to related parties	$ 30,000,000					$ 30,000,000
Annual monitoring fee paid		500,000	500,000	1,000,000	1,000,000	1,000,000
Morgan Stanley [Member]
Related Party Transactions (Additional Textual) [Abstract]
Bridge loan						25,000,000
MSPE [Member]
Related Party Transactions (Additional Textual) [Abstract]
Annual monitoring fee		800,000		800,000
Graycliff [Member]
Related Party Transactions (Additional Textual) [Abstract]
Annual monitoring fee		$ 200,000		$ 200,000

XML

Shareholders' Equity - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	1 Months Ended						3 Months Ended		6 Months Ended		12 Months Ended				1 Months Ended	3 Months Ended	6 Months Ended	12 Months Ended						12 Months Ended		12 Months Ended			12 Months Ended
	May 31, 2013	May 16, 2013	May 15, 2013	Dec. 20, 2012	Jul. 26, 2010	Jan. 29, 2010	Jul. 13, 2013	Jul. 14, 2012	Jul. 13, 2013	Jul. 14, 2012	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Jan. 01, 2011	Jan. 02, 2010	May 15, 2013 Holding Notes [Member]	Jul. 13, 2013 Holding Notes [Member]	Jul. 13, 2013 Holding Notes [Member]	Dec. 29, 2012 Stock Options [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 Stock Options [Member]	Jan. 01, 2011 Stock Options [Member]	Dec. 20, 2012 Stock Options [Member] Exercise Prices in Excess of $400 [Member]	May 15, 2013 Before Amendment [Member] Holding Notes [Member]	May 15, 2013 After Amendment [Member] Holding Notes [Member]	Dec. 29, 2012 Minimum [Member]	Jan. 27, 2010 Minimum [Member]	Dec. 29, 2012 Minimum [Member] Stock Options [Member]	Dec. 29, 2012 Maximum [Member]	Jan. 27, 2010 Maximum [Member]	Dec. 29, 2012 Maximum [Member] Stock Options [Member]
Shareholders' Deficit (Textual) [Abstract]
Board of Directors increased the number of common shares							300,000		300,000		300,000	300,000													200,000			300,000
Proceeds from issuance of common stock						$ 30,000,000							$ 30,000,000
Common stock issued by company						44,776	156,116		156,116		144,776	144,776
Dividend paid by company to its shareholders			141,900,000	100,000,000	30,000,000				141,920,000		100,000,000		30,000,000
Dividend paid to shareholders per common stock outstanding			$ 980	$ 690.72	$ 207.22
Stock Plan which increased the number of shares of common stock											13,600
Vesting period of stock options																								3 years		3 years	5 years		5 years
Expiration period of stock options from grant date																		10 years
Outstanding options, number of shares											11,340	11,340	11,465	7,550	11,340						4,645
Outstanding options with exercise price, per share, in excess of exercise price											$ 400	$ 654	$ 658	$ 413				$ 400				$ 400	$ 20
Incremental stock based compensation expense																		600,000
Share-based compensation expense																3,500,000	3,500,000	300,000
Remaining stock based compensation expense recorded over remaining vesting periods																		300,000
Share-based compensation expense included in administrative expenses							3,610,000	264,000	3,826,000	616,000	1,451,000	1,140,000	715,000					1,100,000	1,100,000	700,000
Weighted average fair values of the stock options granted													$ 407.07
Unrecognized non-vested stock-based compensation																		1,300,000
Recorded compensation expense related to grants											700,000
Remaining weighted average vesting period for stock options											1 year 6 months
Reduction in exercise price															$ 380
Make hold payment per option		$ 600
Payments to option holders		6,800,000									5,000,000
Proceeds from stock option exercises	$ 200,000								$ 227,000

XML

Capital Lease Obligations

6 Months Ended

Jul. 13, 2013

Capital Lease Obligations

7. CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS

The Company has a number of capital leases in effect for store properties and equipment. The initial lease terms generally range up to twenty-five years and will expire at various times through 2032, with options to renew for additional periods. The majority of the store leases provide for base rental, plus real estate taxes, insurance, common area maintenance and other operating expenses applicable to the leased premises. Some leases contain escalation clauses for future rents and contingent rents based on sales volume.

As of July 13, 2013, future minimum lease rental payments applicable to capital lease obligations follow (dollars in thousands):

2013 (remaining period)	$	13,546
2014		28,121
2015		25,374
2016		24,040
2017		19,950
Thereafter		65,842
Total minimum lease payments		176,873
Less amounts representing interest		(69,466	)
Present value of net minimum lease payments		107,407
Less current obligations		(14,056	)
Long-term obligations	$	93,351

The Company entered into sale-leaseback transactions in various years involving certain properties that did not qualify for sale-leaseback accounting as the lease agreements included various forms of continuing involvement. As a result, the transactions have been classified as financing transactions in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 840, “Leases.”

Under the financing method, the assets remain on the condensed consolidated balance sheet and proceeds received by the Company from these transactions are recorded as capital lease obligations, allocated between land and building. Payments under these leases are applied as payments of imputed interest and deemed principal on the underlying building obligations, with no underlying cash payments deemed attributable to the land obligations. The related land assets are not depreciated, and at the end of the lease terms, the remaining capital lease obligations will equal the net book value of the land. The capital lease obligations as of July 13, 2013 and December 29, 2012 include $48.8 million of obligations related to land not reflected in the table above. At the expiration of the lease terms, which range from 2023 to 2068, or when the Company’s continuing involvement under the lease agreements ends, the related land and obligations will be removed from the balance sheet, with no underlying cash payments.

XML

Guarantor Financial Statements

6 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Jul. 13, 2013

Dec. 29, 2012

Guarantor Financial Statements

13. GUARANTOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The obligations of Holding I, Tops Markets and Tops Markets II Corporation under the Holding I Notes are jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Holding II, the parent of Holding I, and Tops Gift Card Company, LLC and Tops PT, LLC (“Guarantor Subsidiaries”), both of which are 100% owned subsidiaries of Tops Markets. Holding II was established in May 2013, Tops Gift Card Company, LLC was established in October 2008, and Tops PT, LLC was established in January 2010. Tops Markets and Tops Markets II Corporation are joint issuers of the Holding I notes and are 100% owned by Holding I. Separate financial statements of Holding II, Holding I, Tops Markets, Tops Markets II Corporation and of the Guarantor Subsidiaries are not presented as the guarantees are full and unconditional and Holding II and the Guarantor Subsidiaries are jointly and severally liable thereon.

The following supplemental financial information sets forth, on a condensed consolidating basis, balance sheets as of July 13, 2013 and December 29, 2012 for Holding II, Holding I and Tops Markets, the Guarantor Subsidiaries, and for the Company, statements of comprehensive (loss) income for the 12 and 28-week periods ended July 13, 2013 and July 14, 2012, and statements of cash flows for the 28-week periods ended July 13, 2013 and July 14, 2012. Supplemental financial information has not been presented for Tops Markets II Corporation as it has no assets or operations.

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

JULY 13, 2013

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

	Tops Holding II Corporation			Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries		Eliminations			Consolidated
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	6,807		$	—		$	20,739		$	900	$	—		$	28,446
Accounts receivable, net		—			—			52,352			12,689		—			65,041
Intercompany receivables		—			—			5,262			61,980		(67,242	)		—
Inventory, net		—			—			96,758			34,719		—			131,477
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		—			—			9,234			2,059		—			11,293
Income taxes refundable		—			—			252			—		—			252
Current deferred tax assets		—			—			1,317			—		607			1,924
Total current assets		6,807			—			185,914			112,347		(66,635	)		238,433
Property and equipment, net		—			—			278,331			65,152		—			343,483
Goodwill		—			—			19,308			—		—			19,308
Intangible assets, net		—			—			63,787			6,243		—			70,030
Other assets		6,889			—			39,968			3,041		(30,809	)		19,089
Investment in subsidiaries		(191,511	)		(186,249	)		127,362			—		250,398			—
Total assets	$	(177,815	)	$	(186,249	)	$	714,670		$	186,783	$	152,954		$	690,343
Liabilities and Shareholders’ (Deficit) Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	—		$	—		$	72,201		$	20,200	$	—		$	92,401
Intercompany payables		—			5,262			61,980			—		(67,242	)		—
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		4,304			—			53,202			17,390		(744	)		74,152
Current portion of capital lease obligations		—			—			13,627			429		—			14,056
Current portion of long-term debt		—			—			2,271			—		—			2,271
Current deferred tax liability		—			—			—			11		(11	)		—
Total current liabilities		4,304			5,262			203,281			38,030		(67,997	)		182,880
Capital lease obligations		—			—			139,425			2,755		—			142,180
Long-term debt		148,537			—			505,126			—		(3,041	)		650,622
Other long-term liabilities		—			—			33,125			5,761		—			38,886
Non-current deferred tax liabilities		—			—			19,155			12,875		(25,599	)		6,431
Total liabilities		152,841			5,262			900,112			59,421		(96,637	)		1,020,999
Total shareholders’ (deficit) equity		(330,656	)		(191,511	)		(185,442	)		127,362		249,591			(330,656	)
Total liabilities and shareholders’ (deficit) equity	$	(177,815	)	$	(186,249	)	$	714,670		$	186,783	$	152,954		$	690,343

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

DECEMBER 29, 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

	Tops Holding II Corporation			Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries		Eliminations			Consolidated
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		$	—		$	31,586		$	836	$	—		$	32,422
Accounts receivable, net		—			—			42,578			10,897		—			53,475
Intercompany receivables		—			—			4,750			50,835		(55,585	)		—
Inventory, net		—			—			91,298			34,189		—			125,487
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		—			—			7,352			1,971		—			9,323
Income taxes refundable		—			—			237			—		—			237
Current deferred tax assets		—			—			1,316			—		608			1,924
Total current assets		—			—			179,117			98,728		(54,977	)		222,868
Property and equipment, net		—			—			280,643			70,006		—			350,649
Goodwill		—			—			15,002			—		—			15,002
Intangible assets, net		—			—			67,262			7,236		—			74,498
Other assets		—			—			36,811			3,041		(26,867	)		12,985
Investment in subsidiaries		(181,474	)		(176,724	)		121,350			—		236,848			—
Total assets	$	(181,474	)	$	(176,724	)	$	700,185		$	179,011	$	155,004		$	676,002
Liabilities and Shareholders’ (Deficit) Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	—		$	—		$	60,429		$	17,031	$	—		$	77,460
Intercompany payables		—			4,750			50,835			—		(55,585	)		—
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		1,798			—			51,981			22,705		(744	)		75,740
Current portion of capital lease obligations		—			—			13,955			402		—			14,357
Current portion of long-term debt		—			—			2,271			—		—			2,271
Current deferred tax liabilities		—			—			—			11		(11	)		—
Total current liabilities		1,798			4,750			179,471			40,149		(56,340	)		169,828
Capital lease obligations		—			—			146,510			2,993		—			149,503
Long-term debt		—			—			498,487			—		(3,041	)		495,446
Other long-term liabilities		—			—			33,284			5,587		—			38,871
Non-current deferred tax liabilities		—			—			18,350			8,932		(21,656	)		5,626
Total liabilities		1,798			4,750			876,102			57,661		(81,037	)		859,274
Total shareholders’ (deficit) equity		(183,272	)		(181,474	)		(175,917	)		121,350		236,041			(183,272	)
Total liabilities and shareholders’ (deficit) equity	$	(181,474	)	$	(176,724	)	$	700,185		$	179,011	$	155,004		$	676,002

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

FOR THE 12-WEEK PERIOD ENDED JULY 13, 2013

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

	Tops Holding II Corporation			Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net sales	$	—		$	—		$	461,842		$	139,651		$	(218	)	$	601,275
Cost of goods sold		—			—			(326,112	)		(92,822	)		—			(418,934	)
Distribution costs		—			—			(8,661	)		(3,102	)		—			(11,763	)
Gross profit		—			—			127,069			43,727			(218	)		170,578
Operating expenses:
Wages, salaries and benefits		—			—			(60,340	)		(20,447	)		—			(80,787	)
Selling and general expenses		—			—			(20,338	)		(6,754	)		218			(26,874	)
Administrative expenses		(10,635	)		(219	)		(12,209	)		(4,009	)		—			(27,072	)
Rent expense, net		—			—			(3,181	)		(2,130	)		—			(5,311	)
Depreciation and amortization		—			—			(10,278	)		(2,770	)		—			(13,048	)
Advertising		—			—			(4,341	)		(1,341	)		—			(5,682	)
Total operating expenses		(10,635	)		(219	)		(110,687	)		(37,451	)		218			(158,774	)
Operating (loss) income		(10,635	)		(219	)		16,382			6,276			—			11,804
Interest expense, net		(2,401	)		—			(14,308	)		(33	)		—			(16,742	)
Equity income from subsidiaries		7,720			7,939			3,770			—			(19,429	)		—
(Loss) income before income taxes		(5,316	)		7,720			5,844			6,243			(19,429	)		(4,938	)
Income tax benefit (expense)		—			—			2,095			(2,473	)		—			(378	)
Net (loss) income		(5,316	)		7,720			7,939			3,770			(19,429	)		(5,316	)
Other comprehensive income		—			—			—			—			—			—
Comprehensive (loss) income	$	(5,316	)	$	7,720		$	7,939		$	3,770		$	(19,429	)	$	(5,316	)

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE 12-WEEK PERIOD ENDED JULY 14, 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

	Tops Holding II Corporation			Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net sales	$	—		$	—		$	423,588		$	138,995		$	(222	)		562,361
Cost of goods sold		—			—			(298,231	)		(92,283	)		—			(390,514	)
Distribution costs		—			—			(8,279	)		(3,232	)		—			(11,511	)
Gross profit		—			—			117,078			43,480			(222	)		160,336
Operating expenses:
Wages, salaries and benefits		—			—			(54,433	)		(20,692	)		—			(75,125	)
Selling and general expenses		—			—			(16,268	)		(6,354	)		222			(22,400	)
Administrative expenses		(409	)		(219	)		(13,544	)		(4,371	)		—			(18,543	)
Rent expense, net		—			—			(1,529	)		(2,039	)		—			(3,568	)
Depreciation and amortization		—			—			(8,933	)		(3,090	)		—			(12,023	)
Advertising		—			—			(3,734	)		(1,384	)		—			(5,118	)
Total operating expenses		(409	)		(219	)		(98,441	)		(37,930	)		222			(136,777	)
Operating (loss) income		(409	)		(219	)		18,637			5,550			—			23,559
Interest expense, net		—			—			(13,665	)		(44	)		—			(13,709	)
Equity income from subsidiaries		9,907			10,126			3,325			—			(23,358	)		—
Income before income taxes		9,498			9,907			8,297			5,506			(23,358	)		9,850
Income tax benefit (expense)		—			—			1,829			(2,181	)		—			(352	)
Net income		9,498			9,907			10,126			3,325			(23,358	)		9,498
Other comprehensive income		—			—			—			—			—			—
Comprehensive income	$	9,498		$	9,907		$	10,126		$	3,325		$	(23,358	)	$	9,498

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

FOR THE 28-WEEK PERIOD ENDED JULY 13, 2013

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

	Tops Holding II Corporation			Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net sales	$	—		$	—		$	1,029,643		$	308,022		$	(581	)	$	1,337,084
Cost of goods sold		—			—			(727,494	)		(204,591	)		—			(932,085	)
Distribution costs		—			—			(19,464	)		(6,816	)		—			(26,280	)
Gross profit		—			—			282,685			96,615			(581	)		378,719
Operating expenses:
Wages, salaries and benefits		—			—			(137,703	)		(47,129	)		—			(184,832	)
Selling and general expenses		—			—			(48,018	)		(15,745	)		581			(63,182	)
Administrative expenses		(10,893	)		(512	)		(28,392	)		(9,529	)		—			(49,326	)
Rent expense, net		—			—			(7,976	)		(4,900	)		—			(12,876	)
Depreciation and amortization		—			—			(23,435	)		(6,617	)		—			(30,052	)
Advertising		—			—			(8,790	)		(2,659	)		—			(11,449	)
Total operating expenses		(10,893	)		(512	)		(254,314	)		(86,579	)		581			(351,717	)
Operating (loss) income		(10,893	)		(512	)		28,371			10,036			—			27,002
Interest expense, net		(2,401	)		—			(33,231	)		(82	)		—			(35,714	)
Equity income from subsidiaries		3,777			4,289			6,012			—			(14,078	)		—
(Loss) income before income taxes		(9,517	)		3,777			1,152			9,954			(14,078	)		(8,712	)
Income tax benefit (expense)		—			—			3,137			(3,942	)		—			(805	)
Net (loss) income		(9,517	)		3,777			4,289			6,012			(14,078	)		(9,517	)
Other comprehensive income		—			—			—			—			—			—
Comprehensive (loss) income	$	(9,517	)	$	3,777		$	4,289		$	6,012		$	(14,078	)	$	(9,517	)

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE 28-WEEK PERIOD ENDED JULY 14, 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

	Tops Holding II Corporation			Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net sales	$	—		$	—		$	961,236		$	306,089		$	(584	)	$	1,266,741
Cost of goods sold		—			—			(679,315	)		(201,906	)		—			(881,221	)
Distribution costs		—			—			(18,280	)		(6,998	)		—			(25,278	)
Gross profit		—			—			263,641			97,185			(584	)		360,242
Operating expenses:
Wages, salaries and benefits		—			—			(126,620	)		(47,735	)		—			(174,355	)
Selling and general expenses		—			—			(38,785	)		(14,017	)		584			(52,218	)
Administrative expenses		(954	)		(511	)		(30,782	)		(10,166	)		—			(42,413	)
Rent expense, net		—			—			(4,787	)		(4,761	)		—			(9,548	)
Depreciation and amortization		—			—			(20,897	)		(7,155	)		—			(28,052	)
Advertising		—			—			(7,919	)		(2,845	)		—			(10,764	)
Total operating expenses		(954	)		(511	)		(229,790	)		(86,679	)		584			(317,350	)
Operating (loss) income		(954	)		(511	)		33,851			10,506			—			42,892
Interest expense, net		—			—			(31,916	)		(105	)		—			(32,021	)
Equity income from subsidiaries		11,103			11,614			6,282			—			(28,999	)		—
Income before income taxes		10,149			11,103			8,217			10,401			(28,999	)		10,871
Income tax benefit (expense)		—			—			3,397			(4,119	)		—			(722	)
Net income		10,149			11,103			11,614			6,282			(28,999	)		10,149
Other comprehensive income		—			—			—			—			—			—
Comprehensive income	$	10,149		$	11,103		$	11,614		$	6,282		$	(28,999	)	$	10,149

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE 28-WEEK PERIOD ENDED JULY 13, 2013

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

	Tops Holding II Corporation			Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	$	—		$	(512	)	$	19,478		$	12,761		$	—		$	31,727
Cash flows used in investing activities:
Cash paid for property and equipment		—			—			(26,247	)		(1,342	)		—			(27,589	)
Acquisition of independent supermarkets		—			—			(5,995	)		—			—			(5,995	)
Change in intercompany receivables position		—			—			(512	)		(11,145	)		11,657			—
Net cash used in investing activities		—			—			(32,754	)		(12,487	)		11,657			(33,584	)
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:
Proceeds from long-term debt borrowings		148,500			—			—			—			—			148,500
Dividend to shareholders		(141,920	)		—			—			—			—			(141,920	)
Deferred financing costs paid		—			—			(7,977	)		—			—			(7,977	)
Stock option exercises		227			—			—			—			—			227
Change in intercompany payables position		—			512			11,145			—			(11,657	)		—
Borrowings on 2017 ABL Facility		—			—			138,500			—			—			138,500
Repayments on 2017 ABL Facility		—			—			(131,700	)		—			—			(131,700	)
Principal payments on capital leases		—			—			(7,804	)		(210	)		—			(8,014	)
Change in bank overdraft position		—			—			426			—			—			426
Repayments of long-term debt borrowings		—			—			(161	)		—			—			(161	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		6,807			512			2,429			(210	)		(11,657	)		(2,119	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		6,807			—			(10,847	)		64			—			(3,976	)
Cash and cash equivalents – beginning of period		—			—			31,586			836			—			32,422
Cash and cash equivalents – end of period	$	6,807		$	—		$	20,739		$	900		$	—		$	28,446

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE 28-WEEK PERIOD ENDED JULY 14, 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

	Tops Holding II Corporation		Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	$	—	$	(512	)	$	36,778		$	24,432		$	—		$	60,698
Cash flows used in investing activities:
Cash paid for property and equipment		—		—			(11,784	)		(3,416	)		—			(15,200	)
Proceeds from insurable loss recovery		—		—			—			1,150			—			1,150
Change in intercompany receivables position		—		—			(512	)		(21,992	)		22,504			—
Net cash used in investing activities		—		—			(12,296	)		(24,258	)		22,504			(14,050	)
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:
Borrowings on 2013 ABL Facility		—		—			66,600			—			—			66,600
Repayments on 2013 ABL Facility		—		—			(71,600	)		—			—			(71,600	)
Change in intercompany payables position		—		512			21,992			—			(22,504	)		—
Principal payments on capital leases		—		—			(6,624	)		(165	)		—			(6,789	)
Repayments of long-term debt borrowings		—		—			(250	)		—			—			(250	)
Change in bank overdraft position		—		—			181			—			—			181
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		—		512			10,299			(165	)		(22,504	)		(11,858	)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents		—		—			34,781			9			—			34,790
Cash and cash equivalents – beginning of period		—		—			18,351			830			—			19,181
Cash and cash equivalents – end of period	$	—	$	—		$	53,132		$	839		$	—		$	53,971

16. GUARANTOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The obligations of Holding I, Tops Markets and Tops Markets II Corporation under the 2017 Notes are jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Holding II, the parent of Holding I, and Tops Gift Card Company, LLC and Tops PT, LLC (“Guarantor Subsidiaries”), both of which are 100% owned subsidiaries of Tops Markets. Holding II was established in May 2013, Tops Gift Card Company, LLC was established in October 2008, and Tops PT, LLC was established in January 2010. Tops Markets and Tops Markets II Corporation are joint issuers of the Holding I Notes and are 100% owned by Holding I. Separate financial statements of Holding II, Holding I, Tops Markets, Tops Markets II Corporation and of the Guarantor Subsidiaries are not presented as the guarantees are full and unconditional and Holding II and the Guarantor Subsidiaries are jointly and severally liable thereon.

The following supplemental financial information sets forth, on a condensed consolidating basis, balance sheets as of December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 for Holding II, Holding I and Tops Markets, the Guarantor Subsidiaries, and for the Company, and statements of comprehensive (loss) income and statements of cash flows for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010. Supplemental financial information has not been presented for Tops Markets II Corporation as it has no assets or operations.

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

DECEMBER 29, 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

	Tops Holding II Corporation			Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries		Eliminations			Consolidated
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		$	—		$	31,586		$	836	$	—		$	32,422
Accounts receivable, net		—			—			42,578			10,897		—			53,475
Intercompany receivables		—			—			4,750			50,835		(55,585	)		—
Inventory, net		—			—			91,298			34,189		—			125,487
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		—			—			7,352			1,971		—			9,323
Income taxes refundable		—			—			237			—		—			237
Current deferred tax assets		—			—			1,316			—		608			1,924
Total current assets		—			—			179,117			98,728		(54,977	)		222,868
Property and equipment, net		—			—			280,643			70,006		—			350,649
Goodwill		—			—			15,002			—		—			15,002
Intangible assets, net		—			—			67,262			7,236		—			74,498
Other assets		—			—			36,811			3,041		(26,867	)		12,985
Investment in subsidiaries		(181,474	)		(176,724	)		121,350			—		236,848			—
Total assets	$	(181,474	)	$	(176,724	)	$	700,185		$	179,011	$	155,004		$	676,002
Liabilities and Shareholders’ (Deficit) Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	—		$	—		$	60,429		$	17,031	$	—		$	77,460
Intercompany payables		—			4,750			50,835			—		(55,585	)		—
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		1,798			—			51,981			22,705		(744	)		75,740
Current portion of capital lease obligations		—			—			13,955			402		—			14,357
Current portion of long-term debt		—			—			2,271			—		—			2,271
Current deferred tax liabilities		—			—			—			11		(11	)		—
Total current liabilities		1,798			4,750			179,471			40,149		(56,340	)		169,828
Capital lease obligations		—			—			146,510			2,993		—			149,503
Long-term debt		—			—			498,487			—		(3,041	)		495,446
Other long-term liabilities		—			—			33,284			5,587		—			38,871
Non-current deferred tax liabilities		—			—			18,350			8,932		(21,656	)		5,626
Total liabilities		1,798			4,750			876,102			57,661		(81,037	)		859,274
Total shareholders’ (deficit) equity		(183,272	)		(181,474	)		(175,917	)		121,350		236,041			(183,272	)
Total liabilities and shareholders’ (deficit) equity	$	(181,474	)	$	(176,724	)	$	700,185		$	179,011	$	155,004		$	676,002

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

DECEMBER 31, 2011

(Dollars in thousands)

	Tops Holding II Corporation			Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries		Eliminations			Consolidated
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		$	—		$	18,351		$	830	$	—		$	19,181
Accounts receivable, net		—			—			44,809			11,178		—			55,987
Intercompany receivables		—			—			3,800			15,556		(19,356	)		—
Inventory, net		—			—			79,972			35,337		—			115,309
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		—			—			10,654			2,336		—			12,990
Income taxes refundable		—			—			285			—		—			285
Current deferred tax assets		—			—			1,363			—		608			1,971
Total current assets		—			—			159,234			65,237		(18,748	)		205,723
Property and equipment, net		—			—			282,207			76,056		—			358,263
Goodwill		—			—			462			—		—			462
Intangible assets, net		—			—			62,684			8,979		—			71,663
Other assets		—			—			27,687			3,041		(19,627	)		11,101
Investment in subsidiaries		(58,293	)		(54,493	)		110,306			—		2,480			—
Total assets	$	(58,293	)	$	(54,493	)	$	642,580		$	153,313	$	(35,895	)	$	647,212
Liabilities and Shareholders’ (Deficit) Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	—		$	—		$	58,359		$	17,249	$	—		$	75,608
Intercompany payables		—			3,800			15,556			—		(19,356	)		—
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		1,171			—			57,537			16,713		(744	)		74,677
Current portion of capital lease obligations		—			—			12,348			353		—			12,701
Current portion of long-term debt		—			—			434			—		—			434
Current deferred tax liabilities		—			—			—			11		(11	)		—
Total current liabilities		1,171			3,800			144,234			34,326		(20,111	)		163,420
Capital lease obligations		—			—			156,456			3,358		—			159,814
Long-term debt		—			—			358,281			—		(3,041	)		355,240
Other long-term liabilities		—			—			20,262			3,631		—			23,893
Non-current deferred tax liabilities		—			—			17,033			1,692		(14,416	)		4,309
Total liabilities		1,171			3,800			696,266			43,007		(37,568	)		706,676
Total shareholders’ (deficit) equity		(59,464	)		(58,293	)		(53,686	)		110,306		1,673			(59,464	)
Total liabilities and shareholders’ (deficit) equity	$	(58,293	)	$	(54,493	)	$	642,580		$	153,313	$	(35,895	)	$	647,212

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

FISCAL 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

	Tops Holding II Corporation			Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net sales	$	—		$	—		$	1,795,842		$	570,762		$	(1,265	)	$	2,365,339
Cost of goods sold		—			—			(1,274,836	)		(379,257	)		—			(1,654,093	)
Distribution costs		—			—			(33,901	)		(12,762	)		—			(46,663	)
Gross profit		—			—			487,105			178,743			(1,265	)		664,583
Operating expenses:
Wages, salaries and benefits		—			—			(233,362	)		(87,264	)		—			(320,626	)
Selling and general expenses		—			—			(74,275	)		(26,831	)		1,265			(99,841	)
Administrative expenses		(2,078	)		(950	)		(60,499	)		(18,877	)		—			(82,404	)
Rent expense, net		—			—			(12,350	)		(8,875	)		—			(21,225	)
Depreciation and amortization		—			—			(39,197	)		(13,420	)		—			(52,617	)
Advertising		—			—			(14,307	)		(5,007	)		—			(19,314	)
Total operating expenses		(2,078	)		(950	)		(433,990	)		(160,274	)		1,265			(596,027	)
Operating (loss) income		(2,078	)		(950	)		53,115			18,469			—			68,556
Loss on debt extinguishment					—			(31,205	)								(31,205	)
Interest expense, net		—			—			(58,706	)		(187	)		—			(58,893	)
Equity (loss) income from subsidiaries		(20,872	)		(19,922	)		11,042			—			29,752			—
(Loss) income before income taxes		(22,950	)		(20,872	)		(25,754	)		18,282			29,752			(21,542	)
Income tax benefit (expense)		—			—			5,832			(7,240	)		—			(1,408	)
Net (loss) income		(22,950	)		(20,872	)		(19,922	)		11,042			29,752			(22,950	)
Change in postretirement benefit obligation		(2,309	)		—			(2,309	)		—			2,309			(2,309	)
Comprehensive (loss) income	$	(25,259	)	$	(20,872	)	$	(22,231	)	$	11,042		$	32,061		$	(25,259	)

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FISCAL 2011

(Dollars in thousands)

	Tops Holding II Corporation			Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net sales	$	—		$	—		$	1,774,927		$	581,858		$	(1,293	)	$	2,355,492
Cost of goods sold		—			—			(1,260,068	)		(390,098	)		—			(1,650,166	)
Distribution costs		—			—			(31,638	)		(12,551	)		—			(44,189	)
Gross profit		—			—			483,221			179,209			(1,293	)		661,137
Operating expenses:
Wages, salaries and benefits		—			—			(228,947	)		(88,791	)		—			(317,738	)
Selling and general expenses		—			—			(73,186	)		(31,260	)		1,293			(103,153	)
Administrative expenses		(1,768	)		(950	)		(57,080	)		(19,982	)		—			(79,780	)
Rent expense, net		—			—			(9,707	)		(9,149	)		—			(18,856	)
Depreciation and amortization		—			—			(38,812	)		(12,393	)		—			(51,205	)
Advertising		—			—			(13,292	)		(5,497	)		—			(18,789	)
Impairment charges		—			—			—			(2,791	)		—			(2,791	)
Total operating expenses		(1,768	)		(950	)		(421,024	)		(169,863	)		1,293			(592,312	)
Operating (loss) income		(1,768	)		(950	)		62,197			9,346			—			68,825
Interest expense, net		—			—			(61,469	)		(229	)		—			(61,698	)
Equity income from subsidiaries		7,600			7,600			5,507			—			(20,707	)		—
Income before income taxes		5,832			7,600			6,235			9,117			(21,657	)		7,127
Income tax benefit (expense)		—			—			2,315			(3,610	)		—			(1,295	)
Net income		5,832			7,600			8,550			5,507			(21,657	)		5,832
Change in postretirement benefit obligation		(925	)		—			(925	)		—			925			(925	)
Comprehensive income	$	4,907		$	7,600		$	7,625		$	5,507		$	(20,732	)	$	4,907

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

FISCAL 2010

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

	Tops Holding II Corporation			Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net sales	$	—		$	—		$	1,704,977		$	553,742		$	(1,183	)	$	2,257,536
Cost of goods sold		—			—			(1,208,582	)		(370,434	)		—			(1,579,016	)
Distribution costs		—			—			(31,899	)		(12,930	)		—			(44,829	)
Gross profit		—			—			464,496			170,378			(1,183	)		633,691
Operating expenses:
Wages, salaries and benefits		—			—			(223,276	)		(87,524	)		—			(310,800	)
Selling and general expenses		—			—			(71,629	)		(34,395	)		1,183			(104,841	)
Administrative expenses		(1,258	)		(950	)		(81,425	)		(19,121	)		—			(102,754	)
Rent expense, net		—			—			(9,493	)		(9,642	)		—			(19,135	)
Depreciation and amortization		—			—			(55,005	)		(7,348	)		—			(62,353	)
Advertising		—			—			(15,819	)		(7,356	)		—			(23,175	)
Total operating expenses		(1,258	)		(950	)		(456,647	)		(165,386	)		1,183			(623,058	)
Operating (loss) income		(1,258	)		(950	)		7,849			4,992			—			10,633
Bargain purchase		—			—			—			15,681			—			15,681
Loss on debt extinguishment		—			—			(1,041	)		—			—			(1,041	)
Interest expense, net		—			—			(61,125	)		(106	)		—			(61,231	)
Equity (loss) income from subsidiaries		(25,696	)		(23,994	)		18,631			—			31,059			—
(Loss) income before income taxes		(26,954	)		(24,944	)		(35,686	)		20,567			31,059			(35,958	)
Income tax (expense) benefit		—			(752	)		11,692			(1,936	)		—			9,004
Net (loss) income		(26,954	)		(25,696	)		(23,994	)		18,631			31,059			(26,954	)
Change in postretirement benefit obligation		(471	)		—			(471	)		—			471			(471	)
Comprehensive (loss) income	$	(27,425	)	$	(25,696	)	$	(24,465	)	$	18,631		$	31,530		$	(27,425	)

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FISCAL 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

	Tops Holding II Corporation		Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	$	—	$	(950	)	$	47,029		$	40,928		$	—		$	87,007
Cash flows used in investing activities:
Cash paid for property and equipment		—		—			(30,329	)		(7,236	)		—			(37,565	)
Acquisition of Grand Union supermarkets		—		—			(27,640	)		—			—			(27,640	)
Acquisition of independent supermarkets		—		—			(3,304	)		—			—			(3,304	)
Proceeds from insurable loss recovery		—		—			—			1,455			—			1,455
Change in intercompany receivables position		—		—			(950	)		(34,785	)		35,735			—
Net cash used in investing activities		—		—			(62,223	)		(40,566	)		35,735			(67,054	)
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:
Proceeds from long-term debt borrowings		—		—			460,000			—			—			460,000
Repayments of long-term debt borrowings		—		—			(350,452	)		—			—			(350,452	)
Dividend to shareholders		—		—			(100,000	)		—			—			(100,000	)
Borrowings on 2017 ABL Facility		—		—			35,000			—			—			35,000
Borrowings on 2013 ABL Facility		—		—			158,800			—			—			158,800
Repayments on 2013 ABL Facility		—		—			(163,800	)		—			—			(163,800	)
Debt extinguishment cost incurred		—		—			(20,901	)		—			—			(20,901	)
Principal payments on capital leases		—		—			(12,962	)		(356	)		—			(13,318	)
Deferred financing costs incurred		—		—			(11,943	)		—			—			(11,943	)
Change in bank overdraft position		—		—			(98	)		—			—			(98	)
Change in intercompany payables position		—		950			34,785			—			(35,735	)		—
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		—		950			28,429			(356	)		(35,735	)		(6,712	)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents		—		—			13,235			6			—			13,241
Cash and cash equivalents – beginning of year		—		—			18,351			830			—			19,181
Cash and cash equivalents – end of year	$	—	$	—		$	31,586		$	836		$	—		$	32,422

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FISCAL 2011

(Dollars in thousands)

	Tops Holding II Corporation		Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	$	—	$	(950	)	$	48,437		$	21,164		$	—		$	68,651
Cash flows used in investing activities:
Cash paid for property and equipment		—		—			(25,405	)		(20,170	)		—			(45,575	)
Cash paid for intangible assets		—		—			(1,527	)		—			—			(1,527	)
Proceeds from sale of assets		—		—			—			1,284			—			1,284
Proceeds from insurable loss recovery		—		—			—			609			—			609
Change in intercompany receivables position		—		—			(950	)		(2,464	)		3,414			—
Net cash used in investing activities		—		—			(27,882	)		(20,741	)		3,414			(45,209	)
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:
Borrowings on 2013 ABL Facility		—		—			612,900			—			—			612,900
Repayments on 2013 ABL Facility		—		—			(622,900	)		—			—			(622,900	)
Principal payments on capital leases		—		—			(10,838	)		(323	)		—			(11,161	)
Change in intercompany payables position		—		950			2,464			—			(3,414	)		—
Proceeds from long-term debt borrowings		—		—			—			—			—			—
Repayments of long-term debt borrowings		—		—			(409	)		—			—			(409	)
Deferred financing costs incurred		—		—			(57	)		—			—			(57	)
Change in bank overdraft position		—		—			(53	)		—			—			(53	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		—		950			(18,893	)		(323	)		(3,414	)		(21,680	)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents		—		—			1,662			100			—			1,762
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of year		—		—			16,689			730			—			17,419
Cash and cash equivalents - end of year	$	—	$	—		$	18,351		$	830		$	—		$	19,181

TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FISCAL 2010

(Dollars in thousands)

	Tops Holding II Corporation		Tops Holding LLC			Tops Markets, LLC			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	$	—	$	(950	)	$	37,783		$	12,625		$	—		$	49,458
Cash flows used in investing activities:
Acquisition of the Penn Traffic Company		—		—			—			(85,023	)		—			(85,023	)
Cash paid for property and equipment		—		—			(28,081	)		(21,582	)		—			(49,663	)
Proceeds from sale of assets		—		—			—			20,753			—			20,753
Investment in subsidiaries		—		—			(85,023	)		—			85,023			—
Change in intercompany receivables position		—		—			(950	)		(10,786	)		11,736			—
Net cash used in investing activities		—		—			(114,054	)		(96,638	)		96,759			(113,933	)
Cash flows provided by financing activities:
Proceeds from long-term debt borrowings		—		—			112,125			—			—			112,125
Repayments of long-term debt borrowings		—		—			(36,377	)		—			—			(36,377	)
Borrowings on ABL Facility		—		—			348,737			—			—			348,737
Repayments on ABL Facility		—		—			(347,737	)		—			—			(347,737	)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock		—		30,000			30,000			—			(30,000	)		30,000
Dividend		—		(30,000	)		(30,000	)		—			30,000			(30,000	)
Principal payments on capital leases		—		—			(9,004	)		(290	)		—			(9,294	)
Deferred financing costs incurred		—		—			(5,769	)		—			—			(5,769	)
Capital contribution		—		—			—			85,023			(85,023	)		—
Change in intercompany payables position		—		950			10,786			—			(11,736	)		—
Change in bank overdraft position		—		—			487			—			—			487
Net cash provided by financing activities		—		950			73,248			84,733			(96,759	)		62,172
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents		—		—			(3,023	)		720			—			(2,303	)
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of year		—		—			19,712			10			—			19,722
Cash and cash equivalents - end of year	$	—	$	—		$	16,689		$	730		$	—		$	17,419

XML

Quarterly Data (Unaudited) (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 29, 2012

Quarterly Data

The table below reflects the unaudited results of operations for Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011 (Dollars in thousands).

Fiscal 2012	16-week period ended April 21, 2012			12-week period ended July 14, 2012			12-week period ended October 6, 2012			12-week period ended December 29, 2012
Net sales	$	704,380		$	562,361		$	538,431		$	560,167
Gross profit		199,906			160,336			149,863			154,478
Operating income		19,333			23,559			18,449			7,215
Income tax expense		(370	)		(352	)		(339	)		(347	)
Net income (loss)(1)		651			9,498			4,704			(37,803	)
Fiscal 2011	16-week period ended April 23, 2011			12-week period ended July 16, 2011			12-week period ended October 8, 2011			12-week period ended December 31, 2011
Net sales	$	717,259		$	559,514		$	538,606		$	540,113
Gross profit		202,352			154,982			152,925			150,878
Operating income		17,570			14,908			20,742			15,605
Income tax expense		(367	)		(318	)		(305	)		(305	)
Net (loss) income		(2,088	)		293			6,440			1,187

(1) The net loss for the 12-week period ended December 29, 2012 includes a $31.2 million loss on debt extinguishment related to the December 2012 financing transactions. See Note 9 for further discussion.

XML

Summary of Status and Changes of Stock Options Outstanding (Parenthetical) (Detail) (USD $)	Dec. 29, 2012
Summary of status and changes of stock options outstanding under Stock Plan
Intrinsic value per share	$ 472

XML

Unaudited Pro Forma Results for GU Acquisition (Detail) (GU Acquisition [Member], USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended	6 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Jul. 14, 2012	Jul. 14, 2012	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
GU Acquisition [Member]
Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information
Net sales	$ 587,009	$ 1,316,745	$ 2,441,323	$ 2,453,012
Operating income	25,709	43,673	73,814	70,859
Net (loss) income	$ 11,648	$ 10,930	$ (17,692)	$ 7,866

XML

Leases - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	6 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Jul. 13, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Jan. 01, 2011
Leases (Textual) [Abstract]
Leases expire year	2032	2032
Leases term	25 years	25 years
Capital lease obligations	$ 48.8	$ 48.8	$ 48.8
Underlying cash payments to remove the related land and obligations	0	0
Rental expense related to operating leases		25.4	22.3	22.5
Sublease rental income		4.2	3.5	3.4
Selling and General Expenses [Member]
Leases (Textual) [Abstract]
Rental expense related to operating leases		0.4	0.8	0.7
Administration Expenses [Member]
Leases (Textual) [Abstract]
Rental expense related to operating leases		$ 1.4	$ 2.1	$ 2.1
Minimum [Member]
Leases (Textual) [Abstract]
Leases expire year	2023	2023
Maximum [Member]
Leases (Textual) [Abstract]
Leases expire year	2068	2068

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

6 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Jul. 13, 2013

Dec. 29, 2012

Income Tax - Expense Benefit

Income tax expense was as follows (dollars in thousands):

	12-week periods ended						28-week periods ended
	July 13, 2013			July 14, 2012			July 13, 2013			July 14, 2012
Current	$	(1	)	$	(55	)	$	—		$	(55	)
Deferred		(377	)		(297	)		(805	)		(667	)
Total income tax expense	$	(378	)	$	(352	)	$	(805	)	$	(722	)

Income tax expense (benefit) for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010 was as follows (dollars in thousands):

	Fiscal 2012			Fiscal 2011			Fiscal 2010
Current:
Federal	$	3		$	30		$	192
State		41			16			3
Total current		44			46			195
Deferred:
Federal		(7,716	)		1,526			(19,476	)
State		(1,459	)		(506	)		(1,624	)
Change in valuation allowance		10,539			229			11,901
Total deferred		1,364			1,249			(9,199	)
Total income tax expense (benefit)	$	1,408		$	1,295		$	(9,004	)

Reconciliations of the Statutory Federal Income Tax Expense (benefit) to the Effective Tax Expense (benefit)

Reconciliations of the statutory federal income tax (benefit) expense to the effective tax expense (benefit) for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

	Fiscal 2012			Fiscal 2011			Fiscal 2010
Statutory federal income tax (benefit) expense	$	(7,540	)	$	2,494		$	(12,585	)
Valuation allowance		10,539			229			11,901
State income tax benefit, net of federal benefit		(1,471	)		(496	)		(1,622	)
Non-deductible expenses		69			143			170
Benefit of federal tax credits		(63	)		(1,107	)		(1,182	)
Non-taxable gain on bargain purchase		—			—			(5,489	)
ASC 740 adjustment		—			—			192
Other		(126	)		32			(389	)
	$	1,408		$	1,295		$	(9,004	)

Components of Deferred Income Tax Assets and Liabilities

The components of deferred income tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following (dollars in thousands):

	December 29, 2012			December 31, 2011
Current deferred tax assets (liabilities):
Inventory and other reserves	$	(2	)	$	313
Prepaid taxes, insurance and service contracts		5,536			3,826
Other		3,176			2,559
Valuation allowance		(6,786	)		(4,727	)
Current net deferred tax assets		1,924			1,971
Non-current deferred tax assets (liabilities):
Capital leases		11,441			10,091
Property and equipment depreciation		(2,544	)		755
Goodwill and intangible assets		(12,335	)		(13,938	)
Federal and state net operating loss carryforwards and federal credits		26,179			19,308
Valuation allowance		(31,247	)		(21,299	)
Other		2,880			774
Non-current net deferred tax liabilities		(5,626	)		(4,309	)
Net deferred tax liabilities	$	(3,702	)	$	(2,338	)

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net (Tables)

6 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Jul. 13, 2013

Dec. 29, 2012

Changes in Goodwill

The following table summarizes the change in the Company’s goodwill balance during the 28-week period ended July 13, 2013 (dollars in thousands):

Balance – December 29, 2012	$	15,002
Acquisition of supermarkets		4,306
Balance – July 13, 2013	$	19,308

The following table summarizes the change in the Company’s goodwill balance during Fiscal 2012 (dollars in thousands):

Balance – December 31, 2011	$	462
Acquisition of GU supermarkets (Note 2)		12,769
Acquisition of independent supermarkets		1,771
Balance – December 29, 2012	$	15,002

Intangible Assets, Net of Accumulated Amortization

Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization, consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

July 13, 2013	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount		Weighted Average Amortization Period
Tradename – indefinite	$	41,011	$	—		$	41,011		Indefinite life
Favorable lease rights		32,651		(16,582	)		16,069		9.8
Customer relationships		28,596		(24,173	)		4,423		8.4
Franchise agreements		11,538		(5,896	)		5,642		11.0
Tradenames – finite		5,310		(2,681	)		2,629		8.8
Other		619		(363	)		256		5.0
	$	119,725	$	(49,695	)	$	70,030		9.4

December 29, 2012	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount
Tradename – indefinite	$	41,011	$	—		$	41,011
Favorable lease rights		32,826		(14,759	)		18,067
Customer relationships		28,591		(22,794	)		5,797
Franchise agreements		11,538		(5,331	)		6,207
Tradenames – finite		5,310		(2,222	)		3,088
Other		704		(376	)		328
	$	119,980	$	(45,482	)	$	74,498

Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization, consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

December 29, 2012	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount		Weighted Average Amortization Period
Tradename – indefinite	$	41,011	$	—		$	41,011	Indefinite life
Favorable lease rights		32,826		(14,759	)		18,067	9.8
Customer relationships		28,591		(22,794	)		5,797	8.4
Franchise agreements		11,538		(5,331	)		6,207	11.0
Tradenames – finite		5,310		(2,222	)		3,088	8.8
Other		704		(376	)		328	5.0
	$	119,980	$	(45,482	)	$	74,498	9.3
December 31, 2011	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount
Tradename – indefinite	$	41,011	$	—		$	41,011
Customer relationships		28,591		(19,643	)		8,948
Favorable/unfavorable lease rights		17,789		(6,610	)		11,179
Franchise agreements		11,538		(4,288	)		7,250
Tradenames – finite		4,310		(1,504	)		2,806
Other		706		(237	)		469
	$	103,945	$	(32,282	)	$	71,663

Expected Future Amortization of Intangible Assets

As of July 13, 2013, expected future amortization of intangible assets is as follows (dollars in thousands):

2013 (remaining period)	$	3,680
2014		6,963
2015		5,744
2016		4,283
2017		3,112
Thereafter		5,237

As of December 29, 2012, expected future amortization of intangible assets is as follows (dollars in thousands):

2013	$	8,153
2014		6,962
2015		5,743
2016		4,282
2017		3,111
Thereafter		5,236

XML

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities (Tables)

6 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Jul. 13, 2013

Dec. 29, 2012

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

	July 13, 2013		December 29, 2012
Wages, taxes and benefits	$	14,408	$	20,585
Lottery		11,208		10,787
Union medical, pension and 401(k)		6,077		4,518
Interest payable		5,552		1,072
Self-insurance reserves		4,973		4,784
Sales and use tax		4,591		1,129
Property and equipment expenditures		3,792		4,907
Professional and legal fees		3,482		6,459
Gift cards		2,804		6,196
Utilities		2,168		2,404
Repairs and maintenance		1,972		2,164
Money orders		1,858		1,868
Other		11,267		8,867
	$	74,152	$	75,740

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

	December 29, 2012		December 31, 2011
Wages, taxes and benefits	$	20,585	$	21,779
Lottery		10,787		10,124
Professional and legal fees		6,459		1,538
Gift cards		6,196		4,517
Property and equipment expenditures		4,907		1,718
Self-insurance reserves		4,784		3,468
Union medical, pension and 401(k)		4,518		3,226
Utilities		2,404		2,192
Repairs and maintenance		2,164		2,271
Money orders		1,868		3,133
Sales and use tax		1,129		964
Interest payable		1,072		7,846
Other		8,867		11,901
	$	75,740	$	74,677

XML

Other Assets

6 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Jul. 13, 2013

Dec. 29, 2012

Other Assets

5. OTHER ASSETS

On May 15, 2013, Holding II issued $150.0 million of Holding II Notes (see Note 8). Costs associated with the issuance of the Holding II notes of $7.1 million were capitalized and are being amortized over the term of the notes using the effective interest method.

6. OTHER ASSETS

During Fiscal 2009, the Company and Tops Markets issued $275.0 million of 2015 Notes, and Tops Markets entered into the 2013 ABL Facility (see Note 9). Costs associated with the 2015 Notes of $9.9 million were capitalized and were being amortized over the term of the notes using the effective interest method. Costs associated with the 2013 ABL Facility of $1.8 million were capitalized and were being amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the facility.

During Fiscal 2010, the Company and Tops Markets issued an additional $75.0 million of 2015 Notes. Costs associated with the additional 2015 Notes of $3.9 million were capitalized and were being amortized over the term of the notes using the effective interest method. Also during Fiscal 2010, the Company entered into a $25.0 million bridge loan facility (the “Bridge Loan”) with Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., and Banc of America Bridge LLC. Additionally, the 2013 ABL Facility was amended to increase its borrowing capacity by up to $41.0 million, consisting of an increase in the amount available under the revolving credit facility of $30.0 million and a new term loan facility (the “Term Loan”) of $11.0 million. Costs associated with the Bridge Loan and Term Loan of $0.7 million and $0.4 million, respectively, were capitalized and were being amortized over the terms of the agreements using the effective interest method. As the Bridge Loan and Term Loan were repaid in full during Fiscal 2010, unamortized costs of $0.7 million and $0.3 million, respectively, were written off and recorded within loss on debt extinguishment in the Fiscal 2010 consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive (loss) income. Costs associated with the $30.0 million increase in the revolving 2013 ABL Facility of $0.8 million were capitalized and were being amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreement.

On December 20, 2012, the Company and Tops Markets issued $460.0 million of 2017 Notes (see Note 9), using the proceeds in part to redeem the 2015 Notes. Costs associated with the 2017 Notes of $12.2 million were capitalized and are being amortized over the term of the notes using the effective interest method. Unamortized costs of $7.8 million related to the 2015 Notes were written off and recorded within loss on debt extinguishment in the Fiscal 2012 consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive (loss) income.

On December 14, 2012, Tops Markets entered into the 2017 ABL Facility (see Note 9), which amended and restated the 2013 ABL Facility. Costs associated with the 2017 ABL Facility of $0.8 million were capitalized and are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the facility. Unamortized costs of $0.5 million related to the 2013 ABL Facility were written off and recorded within loss on debt extinguishment in the Fiscal 2012 consolidated statement of comprehensive (loss) income.

Amortization of deferred financing costs is recorded within interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income and amounted to $2.8 million, $2.7 million and $2.4 million in Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, respectively. At December 29, 2012, other assets include deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization of $0.1 million, totaling $13.0 million. At December 31, 2011, other assets include deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization of $5.5 million, totaling $11.1 million.

XML

Schedule of Future Amortization of Intangible Assets (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jul. 13, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012
Expected future amortization of intangible assets
2013	$ 3,680	$ 8,153
2014	6,963	6,962
2015	5,744	5,743
2016	4,283	4,282
2017	3,112	3,111
Thereafter	$ 5,237	$ 5,236

XML

Commitments and Contingencies - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	6 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Jul. 13, 2013 Store Agreement Employees	Dec. 29, 2012 Agreement Store Employees	Dec. 31, 2011	Jan. 01, 2011
Commitments and Contingencies (Textual) [Abstract]
Number of supermarkets acquired	21	21
Minimum purchase of product required		$ 400,000,000
Amount of purchases under contract		135,500,000	146,700,000	11,200,000
Accrued potential liability	0	0	0
Number of employed associates	14,300	13,400
Percentage of associates engaged in various unions	87.00%	88.00%
Number of collective bargaining agreements	6	6
Pending Litigation [Member]
Commitments and Contingencies (Textual) [Abstract]
Accrued amount related to legal proceedings	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0
Non Union Employee [Member]
Commitments and Contingencies (Textual) [Abstract]
Percentage of grand union acquired supermarket	26.00%	25.00%
Local One Collective Bargaining Arrangement [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Commitments and Contingencies (Textual) [Abstract]
Expiration date of collective bargaining agreements	2015-10	2015-10
Local One Collective Bargaining Arrangement [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Commitments and Contingencies (Textual) [Abstract]
Expiration date of collective bargaining agreements	2014-03	2014-03
Non Local Collective Bargaining Arrangement One [Member]
Commitments and Contingencies (Textual) [Abstract]
Number of collective bargaining agreements	2	2
Expiration date of collective bargaining agreements	2015-02	2013-04
Non Local Collective Bargaining Arrangement Two [Member]
Commitments and Contingencies (Textual) [Abstract]
Expiration date of collective bargaining agreements	2016-04	2015-02

XML

The Company, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

6 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Jul. 13, 2013

Dec. 29, 2012

The Company

The Company

Tops Holding II Corporation (“Holding II” or “Company”), the parent of Tops Holding LLC (“Holding I”), formerly Tops Holding Corporation, was incorporated on May 7, 2013. Holding I is the parent of Tops Markets, LLC (“Tops Markets”), a supermarket retailer in Upstate New York, Northern Pennsylvania and Vermont. Holding I was incorporated on October 5, 2007 and commenced operations on December 1, 2007. As of July 13, 2013, the Company operated 155 supermarkets under the banners of Tops and Orchard Fresh, with an additional five supermarkets operated by franchisees. Holding II is owned by various funds affiliated with Morgan Stanley Private Equity (“MSPE”), an affiliate of Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated, various funds affiliated with Graycliff Partners LP (“Graycliff”), two minority investors and certain company employees. Holding I has no other business operations as its sole purpose is the ownership of Tops Markets.

The Company

Tops Holding II Corporation (“Holding II” or “Company”), the parent of Tops Holding LLC (“Holding I”), formerly Tops Holding Corporation, was incorporated on May 7, 2013. Holding I is the parent of Tops Markets, LLC (“Tops Markets”), a supermarket retailer in Upstate New York, Northern Pennsylvania and Vermont. Holding I was incorporated on October 5, 2007 and commenced operations on December 1, 2007. As of December 29, 2012, the Company operated 149 supermarkets under the banners of Tops, GU Family Markets, Grand Union and Bryant’s, with an additional five supermarkets operated by franchisees. Holding II is owned by various funds affiliated with Morgan Stanley Private Equity (“MSPE”), an affiliate of Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated (“Morgan Stanley”), various funds affiliated with Graycliff Partners LP (“Graycliff”), two minority investors and a company employee. Holding I has no other business operations as its sole purpose is the ownership of Tops Markets. During early October 2012, Tops Markets completed the acquisition (“GU Acquisition”) of 21 retail supermarkets in Upstate New York and Vermont from GU Markets LLC (“GU Markets”), an affiliate of C&S Wholesale Grocers, Inc. (“C&S”).

Change in Reporting Entity

Change in Reporting Entity

Effective May 15, 2013, Holding I was converted to a limited liability company and Tops Markets II Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holding I, was formed on May 14, 2013 and added as a co-issuer of the Holding I Notes (see Note 8). On May 15, 2013, the stockholders of Holding I contributed all of the outstanding shares of common stock of Holding I to Holding II in exchange for shares of common stock of Holding II. Holding II has no other business operations other than the ownership of Holding I and as the issuer of the Holding II Notes (see Note 8). Holding II’s net assets consist solely of its membership interest in Holding I, undistributed cash from the issuance of the Holding II Notes, the Holding II Notes and related debt issuance costs.

On August 20, 2013, Holding II was added as a guarantor of the Holding I Notes, resulting in Holding II becoming the reporting entity related to these notes. As a result, the historical results of Holding I and its subsidiaries have been consolidated with Holding II as if Holding II were in existence for all periods presented to reflect the change in reporting entity. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated.

Change in Reporting Entity

Effective May 15, 2013, Holding I was converted to a limited liability company and Tops Markets II Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holding I, was formed on May 14, 2013 and added as a co-issuer of the 2017 Notes (see Note 9). On May 15, 2013, the stockholders of Holding I contributed all of the outstanding shares of common stock of Holding I to Holding II in exchange for shares of common stock of Holding II. Holding II has no other business operations other than the ownership of Holding I and as the issuer of the Holding II Notes (see Note 18). Holding II’s net assets consist solely of its membership interest in Holding I, undistributed cash from the issuance of the Holding II Notes, the Holding II Notes and related debt issuance costs.

On August 20, 2013, Holding II was added as a guarantor of the 2017 Notes, resulting in Holding II becoming the reporting entity related to these notes. As a result, the historical results of Holding I and its subsidiaries have been consolidated with Holding II as if Holding II were in existence for all periods presented to reflect the change in reporting entity.

Fiscal Year

Fiscal Year

The Company operates on a 52/53 week fiscal year ending on the Saturday closest to December 31. The Company’s fiscal years include 13 four-week reporting periods, with an additional week in the thirteenth reporting period for 53-week fiscal years. The Company’s first quarter of each fiscal year includes four reporting periods, while the remaining quarters include three reporting periods. The periods from January 1, 2012 to December 29, 2012 (“Fiscal 2012”), January 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 (“Fiscal 2011”), and January 3, 2010 to January 1, 2011 (“Fiscal 2010”) all included 52 weeks.

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), and do not include all disclosures normally required in annual consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP.

The Company operates on a 52/53 week fiscal year ending on the Saturday closest to December 31. Fiscal years include 13 four-week reporting periods, with an additional week in the thirteenth reporting period for 53-week fiscal years. The first quarter of each fiscal year includes four reporting periods, while the remaining quarters include three reporting periods.

The Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements for the 12 and 28-week periods ended July 13, 2013 and July 14, 2012 are unaudited, and, in the opinion of management, contain all adjustments that are of a normal and recurring nature necessary for a fair statement of financial position and results of operations for such periods.

The Company has evaluated all subsequent events through the release of these condensed consolidated financial statements on August 26, 2013.

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all of its subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. The most significant estimates used by management are related to the accounting for vendor allowances, valuation of long-lived assets including goodwill and intangible assets, acquisition accounting, lease classification, self-insurance reserves, inventory valuation and income taxes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. The most significant estimates used by management are related to the accounting for vendor allowances, valuation of long-lived assets including intangible assets, acquisition accounting, lease classification, self-insurance reserves, inventory valuation and income taxes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Supplemental Disclosures

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Supplemental Disclosures

Cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand that is highly liquid with original maturities at the date of purchase of 90 days or less. As of December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, outstanding checks in excess of cash balances with the same institution totaled $2.4 million and $2.5 million, respectively. These amounts are recorded as a bank overdraft and classified as accounts payable in the consolidated balance sheets and as a financing activity in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and accounts receivable. The Company maintains its cash in commercial banks insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), up to $250,000 per depositor. At times, such cash in banks exceeds the FDIC insurance limit. At December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company had cash in banks exceeding the FDIC insurance limit of $11.6 million and $2.6 million, respectively.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are carried at net realizable value. Allowances are recorded, if necessary, in an amount considered by management to be sufficient to meet future losses related to the collectability of accounts receivable. The Company evaluates the collectability of its accounts receivable based on the age of the receivable and knowledge of customers’ financial positions. At December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the allowance for doubtful accounts was $0.4 million and $0.9 million, respectively.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” establish a framework for measuring fair value and a hierarchy that categorizes and prioritizes the sources to be used to estimate fair value as follows:

Level 1 – observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets;

Level 2 – inputs include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (interest rates, yield curves, etc.), and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means (market corroborated inputs); and

Level 3 – unobservable inputs that reflect the Company’s determination of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. These inputs are developed based on the best information available, including the Company’s own data.

Financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, capital lease obligations and long-term debt. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of these financial instruments. At July 13, 2013 and December 29, 2012, the estimated fair value and the carrying value of the Company’s debt instruments were as follows (dollars in thousands):

	July 13, 2013			December 29, 2012
Carrying value of debt instruments:
Current portion of capital lease obligations	$	14,056		$	14,357
Current portion of long-term debt		2,271			2,271
Long-term capital lease obligations		142,180			149,503
Long-term debt		650,622			495,446
Total carrying value of debt instruments		809,129			661,577
Fair value of debt instruments		827,576			632,552
(Deficiency) excess of carrying value over fair value	$	(18,447	)	$	29,025

The fair value of the Company’s senior secured notes, which are included in long-term debt, was based on quoted market prices, a Level 2 source. The fair value of the Company’s other long-term debt and capital lease obligations was based on the net present value of future cash flows using estimated applicable market interest rates for the Company at July 13, 2013 and December 29, 2012, a Level 3 measurement technique.

Fair value measurements of non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities are primarily used in the impairment analysis of long-lived assets, goodwill and intangible assets. Long-lived assets and definite-lived intangible assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis using Level 3 inputs. Goodwill and the Tops tradename are reviewed annually for impairment on December 1, or more frequently, if impairment indicators arise.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” establish a framework for measuring fair value and a hierarchy that categorizes and prioritizes the sources to be used to estimate fair value as follows:

Level 1 – observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets;

Level 2 – inputs include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (interest rates, yield curves, etc.), and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means (market corroborated inputs); and

Level 3 – unobservable inputs that reflect the Company’s determination of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. These inputs are developed based on the best information available, including the Company’s own data.

Financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, capital lease obligations and long-term debt. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of these financial instruments. At December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the estimated fair value and the carrying value of our debt instruments were as follows (dollars in thousands):

	December 29, 2012		December 31, 2011
Carrying value of debt instruments:
Current portion of capital lease obligations	$	14,357	$	12,701
Current portion of long-term debt		2,271		434
Long-term capital lease obligations		149,503		159,814
Long-term debt		495,446		355,240
Total carrying value of debt instruments		661,577		528,189
Fair value of debt instruments		632,552		530,652
Excess (deficiency) of carrying value over fair value	$	29,025	$	(2,463	)

The fair value of the Company’s senior secured notes was based on quoted market prices, a Level 2 source. The fair value of the Company’s other long-term debt and capital lease obligations was based on the net present value of future cash flows using estimated applicable market interest rates for the Company at December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, a Level 3 measurement technique.

Fair value measurements of non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities are primarily used in the impairment analysis of long-lived assets, goodwill and intangible assets. Long-lived assets and definite-lived intangible assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis using Level 3 inputs. As described in Note 10, the Company recorded long-lived asset impairment charges of $2.8 million within the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive (loss) income during Fiscal 2011. Goodwill and the Tops tradename are reviewed annually for impairment on December 1, or more frequently, if impairment indicators arise.

Inventory

Inventory

The Company values inventory at the lower of cost or market using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method. As of December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the LIFO balance sheet reserves were $11.1 million and $10.7 million, respectively. The Company’s inventory balances consist primarily of finished goods. Inventory costs include the purchase price of the product and freight charges to deliver the product and are net of certain cash or non-cash consideration received from vendors (see ‘‘Vendor Allowances’’).

Cost is determined using the retail method for inventory. Under the retail method, the valuation of inventory at cost and the resulting gross margins are determined by applying a cost-to-retail ratio for various groupings of similar items to the retail value of inventory. Inherent in the retail inventory method calculations are certain management judgments and estimates which could impact the ending inventory valuation at cost, as well as the resulting gross margins.

Physical inventory counts are taken on a cycle basis. The Company records an estimated inventory shrinkage reserve for the period between each store’s last physical inventory and the latest consolidated balance sheet date.

Property and Equipment

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is stated at historical cost or, if acquired in a business acquisition, at fair value at the acquisition date, less accumulated depreciation and impairments. Cost includes expenditures that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the item, including shipping charges and sales tax. Interest incurred during the construction period is capitalized as part of the related asset. Expenditures for betterments are capitalized, while repairs and maintenance expenditures are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the remaining lease terms. The estimated useful lives of the principal categories of property and equipment are as follows:

Asset	Useful Lives
Land and land improvements	Indefinite
Buildings	30 – 40 years
Leasehold improvements	Lesser of 3 – 20 years or remaining lease term
Equipment	2 – 10 years
Automobiles	3 – 10 years
IT software and equipment	3 – 5 years

Long-Lived Assets

Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets held and used by the Company are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. For purposes of evaluating the recoverability of long-lived assets, the Company compares the carrying value of the asset or asset group to the estimated, undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the long-lived asset or asset group, as required by the provisions of ASC 360, “Property, Plant, and Equipment.” Impairment charges are recorded as the excess of the net book value over its fair value, which is calculated using the discounted cash flows associated with that asset or assets. As discussed in Note 10, the Company recorded impairment charges of $2.8 million within the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive (loss) income during Fiscal 2011. There were no impairment charges recorded during Fiscal 2012 or Fiscal 2010.

Goodwill

Goodwill

The Company reviews goodwill for impairment annually on December 1, and also upon the occurrence of trigger events. Generally, fair value is determined using a multiple of earnings, or discounted projected future cash flows, and is compared to the carrying value of the Company for purposes of identifying potential impairment. Projected future cash flows are based on management’s knowledge of the current operating environment and expectations for the future. If potential for impairment is identified, the fair value of the Company is measured against the fair value of its underlying assets and liabilities, excluding goodwill, to estimate an implied fair value of the Company’s goodwill. Goodwill impairment is recognized for any excess of the carrying value of the Company’s goodwill over the implied fair value. There were no goodwill impairment charges recorded during Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 or Fiscal 2010.

Intangible Assets

Intangible Assets

The Company’s intangible assets include favorable lease rights, tradenames, franchise agreements and customer relationships. The franchise agreements consist of two franchisees which own five stores, and the customer relationships represent a source of repeat business for the Company. The fair values of the Company’s franchise agreements and customer relationships were estimated using an excess earnings income approach. The principle behind the excess earnings income approach is that the value of an intangible asset is equal to the present value of the incremental after-tax cash flows attributable to that intangible asset. Customer relationships are being amortized on an accelerated basis based upon the level of expected attrition.

The fair values of the tradenames were estimated by utilizing the ‘‘relief from royalty’’ method. This method involves determining the present value of the economic royalty savings associated with the tradenames and revenue projections attributed to the tradenames. The Tops tradename is not amortized due to its indefinite life. All other tradenames are being amortized on an accelerated basis based upon a brand obsolescence assumption.

For intangible assets, the Company amortizes the assets as presented in the table below:

Asset	Weighted Average Amortization Period
Tradename – indefinite	Indefinite life
Customer relationships	8.4
Favorable lease rights	9.8
Franchise agreements	11.0
Tradenames – finite	8.8
Other	5.0

Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred Financing Costs

The Company records deferred financing costs incurred in connection with entering into its debt obligations. These costs are capitalized and included in other assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The deferred financing costs are amortized to interest expense over the terms of associated debt on a straight-line basis or using the effective interest method, as appropriate. As discussed in Note 6, the Company capitalized deferred financing costs of $13.0 million and wrote off unamortized deferred financing costs of $8.3 million in connection with the Company’s December 2012 financing activities.

Leases

Leases

Classification

The Company leases buildings and equipment under operating and capital lease arrangements. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 840, “Leases” (“ASC 840”), the Company classifies its leases as capital leases when the lease agreement transfers substantially all risks and rewards of ownership to the Company. For leases determined to be capital leases, the asset and liability are recognized at an amount equal either to the fair value of the leased asset or the present value of the minimum lease payments during the lease term, whichever is lower. Leases that do not qualify as capital leases are classified as operating leases, and the related lease payments are expensed on a straight-line basis (taking into account rent escalation clauses) over the lease term, including, as applicable, any rent free period during which the Company has the right to use the asset. For leases with renewal options where the renewal is reasonably assured, the lease term is used to (i) determine the appropriate lease classification, (ii) compute periodic rental expense and (iii) depreciate leasehold improvements (unless their economic lives are shorter) includes the periods of expected renewals. Determining whether a lease is a capital or an operating lease requires judgment on various aspects that include the fair value of the leased asset, the economic life of the leased asset, whether or not to include renewal options in the lease term and determining an appropriate discount rate to calculate the present value of the minimum lease payments.

Operating Leases

Store lease agreements generally include rent holidays, rent escalation clauses and contingent rent provisions for a percentage of sales in excess of specified levels. Most of the Company’s lease agreements include renewal periods at the Company’s option. The Company recognizes rent holiday periods and scheduled rent increases on a straight-line basis over the lease term beginning with the date the Company takes possession of the leased space for construction and other purposes. The Company records tenant improvement allowances and rent holidays as deferred rent liabilities which are amortized over the related lease terms to rent expense. The Company records rent liabilities for contingent percentage of sales lease provisions when it is probable that the specified levels will be reached during the fiscal year.

Lease Incentives

For leases classified as operating leases, the Company recognizes rent starting when possession of the property is taken from the landlord, which normally includes a construction period prior to store opening. Payments made to the Company representing incentives to sign a new lease or representing reimbursements for leasehold improvements are deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease as reductions of rent expense. Such payments received for leases classified as capital leases are recorded as increases to the related capital leases obligations, reducing the portion of future rent payments classified as interest expense.

Rental Income

For certain properties, the Company subleases either a portion or all of the property. The sublease income of the properties is recognized as rental income. In certain cases, the Company subleases store locations to third parties. Rental income was $4.2 million, $3.5 million and $3.4 million for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, respectively, and is recorded as an offset to rent expense in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

Asset Retirement Obligations

Asset Retirement Obligations

Asset retirement obligations (“AROs”) are legal obligations associated with the retirement of long-lived assets (i.g., gas tank removal and removal of store equipment upon store closure). These liabilities are initially recorded at fair value and the related asset retirement costs are capitalized by increasing the carrying amount of the related assets by the same amount as the liability in accordance with the provisions of ASC 410, “Asset Retirement and Environmental Obligations.” Asset retirement costs are subsequently depreciated over the useful lives of the related assets. Subsequent to initial recognition, the Company records changes in the ARO liability resulting from the passage of time and revisions to either the timing or the amount of the original estimate of undiscounted cash flows. The Company derecognizes ARO liabilities when the related obligations are settled. The ARO liabilities recognized at December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 were $3.3 million and $2.6 million, respectively. Accretion expense attributable to ARO liabilities was $0.2 million during Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010 (see Note 15).

Guarantees

Guarantees

The Company has been party to a variety of contractual agreements under which it may be obligated to indemnify the other party for certain matters. Additionally, the Company guarantees certain other contractual arrangements. Under these agreements, the Company may provide certain routine indemnifications relating to representations and warranties (i.g., ownership of assets and environmental or tax indemnifications). The terms of these indemnifications range in duration and may not be explicitly defined.

The Company has applied the provisions of ASC 460, “Guarantees” to its agreements that contain guarantee or indemnification clauses. These provisions require the Company to recognize and disclose certain types of guarantees, even if the likelihood of requiring the Company’s performance is remote. Historically, the Company has not been required to make payments related to its agreements that contain guarantee or indemnification clauses.

Insurance Programs

Insurance Programs

The Company is insured by a third-party carrier, subject to certain deductibles and self-insured retentions ranging from $0.1 million to $1.0 million. The Company maintains an insurance program covering primarily fleet, general liability inclusive of druggist liability, workers’ compensation, property, environmental and other executive insurance policies. The Company accrues an estimated ultimate liability for its insurance programs based on known claims and past claims history. These accruals are included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities and other long-term liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

Employee Benefits

Employee Benefits

The Company accounts for its participation in a multiemployer pension plan by recognizing as net pension cost the required contributions for the period and recognizing as a liability any contributions due and unpaid (see Note 14).

Revenue Recognition

Revenue Recognition

The Company generates and recognizes revenue at the point of sale in its stores, net of sales tax collected. Discounts, earned by customers through agreements or by using their bonus or loyalty cards, are recorded by the Company as a reduction of revenue as they are earned by the customer. Franchise revenue consists of net revenue on wholesale sales to franchisees, and income from franchise fees and administrative fees. Franchise revenues were $4.2 million, $4.1 million and $3.8 million for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011, and Fiscal 2010, respectively, and are included in net sales in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

For certain products or services, such as the sales of lottery tickets, third-party prepaid phone cards, third-party gift cards, stamps and public transportation tickets, the Company acts as an agent. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 605, “Revenue Recognition” (“ASC 605”), the Company records the amount of the net margin or commission in its net sales. Commission income was $2.7 million, $2.2 million and $2.0 million for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011, and Fiscal 2010, respectively, and is included in net sales in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

The Company records a deferred revenue liability when it sells gift cards, recording revenue when customers redeem the gift cards. These gift cards do not expire. The Company has completed an analysis of the historical redemption patterns of gift cards. As a result of this analysis, the Company has determined that the likelihood of redemption after two years is remote. Therefore, the Company reduces the liability and recognizes ‘‘breakage’’ income for the unused portion of gift cards after two years. The Company recognized pre-tax gift card breakage income of $0.3 million, $0.2 million and $0.3 million during Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, respectively.

Cost of Goods Sold and Distribution Costs

Cost of Goods Sold and Distribution Costs

Cost of goods sold and distribution costs include the purchase price of products sold and other costs incurred in bringing inventories to the location and condition ready for sale, including costs of purchasing, storing and transportation. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 605, cash consideration received from vendors is recognized as a reduction of cost of goods sold. During Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, depreciation expense of $2.9 million, $3.4 million and $3.5 million, respectively, is included in distribution costs in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

Vendor Allowances

Vendor Allowances

The Company receives allowances from many of the vendors whose products the Company buys for resale in its stores. Allowances are received for a variety of merchandising activities, which consist of the inclusion of vendor products in the Company’s advertising, placement of vendor products in prominent locations in the Company’s stores, introduction of new products, exclusivity rights for certain categories of products and temporary price reductions offered to customers on products held for sale. The Company also receives vendor funds associated with buying activities such as volume purchase rebates and rebates for purchases made during specific periods.

The Company records a receivable for vendor allowances for which the Company has fulfilled its contractual commitments but has not yet received payment from the vendor. When payment for vendor allowances is received prior to fulfillment of contractual terms or before the programs necessary to earn such allowances are initiated, the Company records such amounts as deferred income or vendor funds received in advance, respectively, which are classified within accrued expenses and other current liabilities and other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. Once all contractual commitments have been met, the Company records vendor allowances as a reduction of the cost of inventory. Accordingly, when the inventory is sold, the vendor allowances are recognized as a reduction of the cost of goods sold in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

The amount of vendor allowances reducing the Company’s inventory (‘‘inventory offset’’) as of December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 was $1.6 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

Selling and General Expenses

Selling and General Expenses

Selling and general expenses consist of repairs and maintenance charges, utilities, supplies, real estate taxes, insurance, bank and credit card fees and other general expenses. Depreciation expense included in selling and general expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income was $0.2 million during Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010.

Administrative Expenses

Administrative Expenses

Administrative expenses consist of charges for services performed by outside vendors, salaries and wages of support office employees, rent and depreciation of support offices and assets, and other administrative expenses. During Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, depreciation expense of $11.4 million, $11.5 million and $10.4 million, respectively, was included in administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

Effective December 28, 2012, following the December 20, 2012 dividend (see Note 12), the Company awarded payments to holders of stock options under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan in amounts equal to the difference between the per share dividend paid to shareholders and the reductions in exercise prices associated with the stock options (see Note 12). The payments totaled $5.0 million and were recorded within administrative expenses in the Fiscal 2012 consolidated statement of comprehensive (loss) income.

Advertising

Advertising

Advertising includes newspaper inserts, direct mail and radio commercials, promotional prizes, as well as the expenses of the Company’s advertising department. The Company recognizes advertising expenses as incurred.

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

Tops Markets is a single member LLC whose operations are included in the Holding tax return, as Tops Markets is a disregarded entity for income tax purposes. The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”). Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon differences between the financial reporting and the tax basis of assets and liabilities, including net operating loss carry forwards, and are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the periods in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. The Company uses the provisions of ASC 740 to assess and record income tax uncertainties. In relation to recording the provision for income taxes, management must estimate the future tax rates applicable to the reversal of temporary differences, make certain assumptions regarding whether book/tax differences are permanent or temporary and if temporary, the related timing of expected reversal. Also, estimates are made as to whether taxable operating income in future periods will be sufficient to fully recognize any gross deferred tax assets. If recovery is not likely, the Company must increase its provision for taxes by recording a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets that the Company estimates will not ultimately be recoverable. Alternatively, the Company may make estimates about the potential usage of deferred tax assets that decrease its valuation allowances. Tax positions are recognized when they are more likely than not to be sustained upon examination. The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is more likely than not of being realized upon settlement. The Company is subject to periodic audits by the Internal Revenue Service and other foreign, state and local taxing authorities. These audits may challenge certain of the Company’s tax positions such as the timing and amount of income and deductions and the allocation of taxable income to various tax jurisdictions. The Company evaluates its tax positions and establishes liabilities in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance on uncertainty in income taxes. These tax uncertainties are reviewed as facts and circumstances change and are adjusted accordingly. This requires significant management judgment in estimating final outcomes. Actual results could materially differ from these estimates and could significantly affect the Company’s effective tax rate and cash flows in future years. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company applies the Black-Scholes valuation model at the date of grant to determine the fair value of stock options granted to participants. The fair value of stock options are then amortized on a straight-line basis to compensation expense over the applicable vesting period, which is generally between three and five years. Compensation expense is recognized only for those options expected to vest, with forfeiture estimates based on the Company’s historical experience and future expectations. The Company’s outstanding stock options represent non-qualified stock options for income tax purposes. As such, the stock option grants result in the creation of a deferred tax asset until the time that such stock option is exercised.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

There are no recent accounting pronouncements that have had or are expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of the date of this report.

Segments

Segments

The Company’s supermarkets offer grocery, produce, frozen, dairy, meat, floral, seafood, health and beauty care, general merchandise, deli and bakery goods. The Company operates one supermarket format where each supermarket offers the same general mix of products with similar pricing to similar categories of customers. As of July 13, 2013, 79 supermarkets offered pharmacy services and 48 fuel centers were in operation, inclusive of the Company’s franchise locations. The Company’s retail operations, which represent substantially all of the Company’s consolidated sales, earnings and total assets, are its only operating segment and reportable segment. The Company’s retail operations as a whole reflect the level at which the business is managed and how the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, who acts as the Company’s chief operating decision maker, assesses performance internally.

The following table presents sales revenue by type of similar product (dollars in thousands):

	12-week periods ended										28-week periods ended
	July 13, 2013					July 14, 2012					July 13, 2013					July 14, 2012
	Amount		% of Total			Amount		% of Total			Amount		% of Total			Amount		% of Total
Non-perishables(1)	$	334,143		55.6	%	$	310,620		55.2	%	$	753,195		56.3	%	$	709,027		56.0	%
Perishables(2)		173,674		28.9	%		157,382		28.0	%		370,073		27.7	%		341,381		27.0	%
Fuel		53,051		8.8	%		53,241		9.5	%		119,669		9.0	%		118,127		9.3	%
Pharmacy		36,147		6.0	%		37,085		6.6	%		84,412		6.3	%		88,872		7.0	%
Other(3)		4,260		0.7	%		4,033		0.7	%		9,735		0.7	%		9,334		0.7	%
	$	601,275		100.0	%	$	562,361		100.0	%	$	1,337,084		100.0	%	$	1,266,741		100.0	%

(1) Non-perishables consist of grocery, dairy, frozen, general merchandise, health and beauty care and other non-perishable related products.

(2) Perishables consist of produce, meat, seafood, bakery, deli, floral, prepared foods and other perishable related products.

(3) Other primarily consists of franchise income and service commission income, such as lottery, money orders and money transfers.

Segments

The Company’s supermarkets offer grocery, produce, frozen, dairy, meat, floral, seafood, health and beauty care, general merchandise, deli and bakery goods. The Company operates one supermarket format where each supermarket offers the same general mix of products with similar pricing to similar categories of customers. As of December 29, 2012, 78 supermarkets offered pharmacy services and 47 fuel centers were in operation, inclusive of the Company’s franchise locations. As a result of recent acquisition activity, including the GU Acquisition, the Company reevaluated its conclusions regarding its operating and reportable segments. The Company’s retail operations, which represent substantially all of the Company’s consolidated sales, earnings and total assets, are its only operating segment and reportable segment.

The following table presents sales revenue by type of similar product (dollars in thousands):

	Fiscal 2012					Fiscal 2011					Fiscal 2010
	Amount		% of Total			Amount		% of Total			Amount		% of Total
Non-perishables(1)	$	1,337,030		56.5	%	$	1,335,913		56.7	%	$	1,307,304		57.9	%
Perishables(2)		631,621		26.7	%		624,490		26.5	%		605,684		26.8	%
Fuel		218,815		9.3	%		204,193		8.7	%		150,012		6.6	%
Pharmacy		160,069		6.8	%		174,437		7.4	%		179,518		8.0	%
Other(3)		17,804		0.7	%		16,459		0.7	%		15,018		0.7	%
	$	2,365,339		100.0	%	$	2,355,492		100.0	%	$	2,257,536		100.0	%

(1) Non-perishables consist of grocery, dairy, frozen, general merchandise, health and beauty care and other non-perishable related products.

(2) Perishables consist of produce, meat, seafood, bakery, deli, floral, prepared foods and other perishable related products.

(3) Other primarily consists of franchise income and service commission income, such as lottery, money orders and money transfers.

Accounting Policies

Accounting Policies

A summary of the Company’s significant accounting policies is included in Note 1 to the audited consolidated financial statements of Holding I in its 2012 Annual Financial Report.

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 29, 2012

Changes in the Asset Retirement Obligations

The changes in the Asset Retirement Obligations are as follows (dollars in thousands):

Balance – January 1, 2011	$	2,336
Accretion of liability		212
Incremental obligations incurred		83
Balance – December 31, 2011		2,631
Obligations of acquired supermarkets		393
Accretion of liability		235
Balance – December 29, 2012	$	3,259

XML

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (Parenthetical) (Detail) (Valuation Allowance of Deferred Tax Assets [Member], USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 29, 2012
Valuation Allowance of Deferred Tax Assets [Member]
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Disclosure [Line Items]
Amount includes additional valuation allowance related to other comprehensive loss	$ 1.5

XML

Debt

6 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Jul. 13, 2013

Dec. 29, 2012

Debt

8. DEBT

Long-term debt is comprised of the following (dollars in thousands):

	July 13, 2013			December 29, 2012
Holding I Notes	$	460,000		$	460,000
Holding II Notes		150,000			—
Discount on Holding II Notes		(1,463	)		—
2017 ABL Facility		41,800			35,000
Other loans		2,000			2,011
Mortgage note payable		556			706
Total debt		652,893			497,717
Current portion		(2,271	)		(2,271	)
Total long-term debt	$	650,622		$	495,446

On May 15, 2013, Holding II issued $150.0 million of unsecured senior notes, bearing cash interest of 8.75% (the “Holding II Notes”). If certain conditions are met, Holding II may be entitled to pay interest on the Holding II Notes by increasing the principal of the notes or by issuing new notes as pay-in-kind interest. Such interest would accrue at a rate of 9.50%. The $148.5 million proceeds from the Holding II Notes issuance, net of a $1.5 million original issue discount, were used to pay a $141.9 million, or $980 per share, dividend to the Holding II stockholders. The Holding II Notes mature June 15, 2018 and require semi-annual interest payments on June 15 and December 15 beginning on December 15, 2013. To the extent permitted by the agreements governing the Holding I Notes (see below) and the 2017 ABL Facility (see below), Holding I is expected to make dividend payments to Holding II to fund the semi-annual interest payments related to the Holding II Notes. The Holding II Notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at any time on or after June 15, 2015 at specified redemption prices. Prior to June 15, 2015, the Company may redeem some or all of the Holding II Notes at a specified “make-whole” premium.

On December 20, 2012, Holding I and Tops Markets (collectively, the “Issuers”) issued $460.0 million of senior secured notes, bearing interest of 8.875% (the “Holding I Notes”). Effective May 15, 2013, Tops Markets II Corporation was added as a co-issuer of the Holding I Notes. On August 20, 2013, Holding II was added as a guarantor of the Holding I Notes. The proceeds from the Holding I Notes were used to redeem the Issuers’ previously outstanding $350.0 million senior secured notes, pay a $100.0 million dividend to the Holding I shareholders and pay fees and expenses related to the notes issuance. The Holding I Notes mature December 15, 2017 and require semi-annual interest payments on June 15 and December 15. The Holding I Notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at any time on or after June 15, 2015 at specified redemption prices. Prior to June 15, 2015, the Issuers may redeem some or all of the Holding I Notes at a specified “make-whole” premium.

The Holding I Notes are collateralized by (i) first priority interests, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens, in the stock held by Holding II, the Issuers, Tops Markets II Corporation and the guarantor subsidiaries, Tops PT, LLC and Tops Gift Card Company, LLC (collectively, the “Guarantors”), the Company’s warehouse distribution facility in Lancaster, New York, the Company’s retail facility located in Fayetteville, New York and certain owned real property acquired by the Issuers and the Guarantors following the issue date of the Holding I Notes, equipment, intellectual property, and substantially all other assets of the Issuers and the Guarantors, other than assets securing the Company’s asset-based revolving credit facility (the “2017 ABL Facility”) on a first priority basis (collectively, the “Holding I Notes Priority Collateral”), and (ii) second priority interests, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens, in the assets of the Issuers and the Guarantors that secure the 2017 ABL Facility on a first-priority basis, including present and future receivables, deposit accounts, inventory, prescription lists, and certain rights and proceeds relating thereto (collectively, the “ABL Priority Collateral”).

On December 14, 2012, Tops Markets entered into an amended and restated asset-based revolving credit facility, the 2017 ABL Facility, with Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent and administrative agent. The 2017 ABL Facility allows a maximum borrowing capacity of $125.0 million, subject to a borrowing base calculation, with an option for future upsizing with up to $50.0 million of incremental commitments if certain conditions are met. The borrowing base includes inventory, pharmacy prescription files and certain receivables. The 2017 ABL Facility will mature on December 14, 2017.

Based upon the borrowing base calculation as of July 13, 2013, the unused availability under the 2017 ABL Facility was $53.1 million, after giving effect to $15.2 million of letters of credit outstanding thereunder. As of December 29, 2012, $14.8 million of letters of credit were outstanding under the 2017 ABL Facility. Revolving loans under the 2017 ABL Facility, at the Company’s option, bear interest at either i) LIBOR plus a margin of 150 to 200 basis points, determined based on levels of borrowing availability, or ii) the prime rate plus a margin of 50 to 100 basis points, determined based on levels of borrowing availability. As of July 13, 2013 and December 29, 2012, the effective interest rates on borrowings under the 2017 ABL Facility were 2.13% and 2.06%, respectively. The 2017 ABL Facility is collateralized primarily by (i) first priority interests, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens, in the ABL Priority Collateral and (ii) second priority interests, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens, in the Holding I Notes Priority Collateral.

The instruments governing the Holding II Notes, Holding I Notes and the 2017 ABL Facility impose customary affirmative and negative covenants on the Company, including restrictions on indebtedness, liens, type of business, acquisitions, investments, sale or transfer of assets, payment of dividends, transactions involving affiliates, and obligations on a change in control. Failure to meet any of these covenants would be an event of default.

9. DEBT

Long-term debt is comprised of the following (dollars in thousands):

	December 29, 2012			December 31, 2011
2017 Notes	$	460,000		$	—
2015 Notes		—			350,000
Discount on 2015 Notes, net		—			(2,495	)
2017 ABL Facility		35,000			—
2013 ABL Facility		—			5,000
Other loans		2,011			2,219
Mortgage note payable		706			950
Total debt		497,717			355,674
Current portion		(2,271	)		(434	)
Total long-term debt	$	495,446		$	355,240

During Fiscal 2009, the Company and Tops Markets (collectively, the “Issuers”) issued $275.0 million of senior secured notes, bearing interest of 10.125% (the “2015 Notes”). During Fiscal 2010, the Issuers issued an additional $75.0 million of 2015 Notes on the same terms as the Fiscal 2009 issuance. The 2015 Notes were scheduled to mature October 15, 2015.

On December 20, 2012, the Issuers issued $460.0 million of senior secured notes, bearing interest of 8.875% (the “2017 Notes”). The proceeds from the 2017 Notes were used to redeem the 2015 Notes, pay a $100.0 million dividend to the Company’s shareholders and pay fees and expenses related to the notes issuance. The 2017 Notes mature December 15, 2017 and require semi-annual interest payments on June 15 and December 15 beginning on June 15, 2013. The notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at any time on or after June 15, 2015 at specified redemption prices. Prior to June 15, 2015, the Issuers may redeem some or all of the notes at a specified “make-whole” premium.

Also on December 20, 2012, the Company satisfied and discharged its obligations under the 2015 Notes by depositing $377.3 million in irrevocable trust to repay the $350.0 million notes, and pay a $17.7 million redemption premium and $9.6 million of unpaid interest calculated through January 22, 2013, the settlement date of the redemption with bondholders. The redemption premium, prepaid interest for the period between the December 20, 2012 discharge date and the January 22, 2013 settlement date of $3.2 million, the write off of unamortized deferred financing costs of $7.8 million (see Note 6) and the write off of the unamortized net discount on the 2015 Notes of $2.0 million were recorded within loss on debt extinguishment in the Fiscal 2012 consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive (loss) income.

The 2017 Notes are collateralized by (i) first priority interests, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens, in the stock held by the Issuers and the guarantor subsidiaries, Tops PT, LLC and Tops Gift Card Company, LLC (collectively, the “Guarantors”), the Company’s warehouse distribution facility in Lancaster, New York, the Company’s retail facility located in Fayetteville, New York and certain owned real property acquired by the Issuers and the Guarantors following the issue date of the 2017 Notes, equipment, intellectual property, and substantially all other assets of the Issuers and the Guarantors, other than assets securing the Company’s asset-based revolving credit facility (the “2017 ABL Facility”) on a first priority basis (collectively, the “Notes Priority Collateral”), and (ii) second priority interests, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens, in the assets of the Issuers and the Guarantors that secure the 2017 ABL Facility on a first-priority basis, including present and future receivables, deposit accounts, inventory, prescription lists, and certain rights and proceeds relating thereto (collectively, the “ABL Priority Collateral”).

During Fiscal 2009, Tops Markets entered into an asset-based revolving credit facility (the “2013 ABL Facility”), which was scheduled to expire on October 9, 2013. The 2013 ABL Facility, as amended, allowed a maximum borrowing capacity of $100.0 million, including a sub-limit for the issuance of letters of credit, subject to a borrowing base calculation. Based upon the borrowing base calculation as of December 31, 2011, the unused availability under the 2013 ABL Facility was $70.4 million, after giving effect to $13.1 million of letters of credit outstanding thereunder.

On December 14, 2012, Tops Markets entered into an amended and restated asset-based revolving credit facility, the 2017 ABL Facility, with Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent and administrative agent. The 2017 ABL Facility allows a maximum borrowing capacity of $125.0 million, subject to a borrowing base calculation, with an option for future upsizing with up to $50.0 million of incremental commitments if certain conditions are met. The borrowing base includes inventory, pharmacy prescription files and certain receivables. The 2017 ABL Facility will mature on or before December 14, 2017.

Based upon the borrowing base calculation as of December 29, 2012, the unused availability under the 2017 ABL Facility was $54.5 million, after giving effect to $14.8 million of letters of credit outstanding thereunder. Revolving loans under the 2017 ABL Facility, at the Company’s option, bear interest at either i) LIBOR plus a margin of 150 to 200 basis points, determined based on levels of borrowing availability, or ii) the prime rate plus a margin of 50 to 100 basis points, determined based on levels of borrowing availability. As of December 29, 2012, the effective interest rate on borrowings under the 2017 ABL Facility was 2.06%. The 2017 ABL Facility is collateralized primarily by (i) first priority interests, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens, in the ABL Priority Collateral and (ii) second priority interests, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens, in the Notes Priority Collateral.

The instruments governing the 2017 Notes and the 2017 ABL Facility impose customary affirmative and negative covenants on the Company, including restrictions on indebtedness, liens, type of business, acquisitions, investments, sale or transfer of assets, payment of dividends, transactions involving affiliates, and change in control. Failure to meet any of these covenants would be an event of default.

Principal payments required to be made on outstanding debt as of December 29, 2012, excluding capital lease obligations, is as follows (dollars in thousands):

2013	$	2,271
2014		280
2015		166
2016		—
2017		495,000
Thereafter		—
Total debt	$	497,717

Interest expense, inclusive of capital lease interest of $18.0 million, was $58.9 million during Fiscal 2012. Interest expense, inclusive of capital lease interest of $20.1 million, was $61.7 million during Fiscal 2011. Interest expense, inclusive of capital lease interest of $21.5 million, was $61.2 million during Fiscal 2010.

XML

Guarantor Financial Statements - Additional Information (Detail)	Jul. 13, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012
Guarantor Financial Statements (Textual) [Abstract]
Owned by Holding	100.00%	100.00%
Owned Subsidiaries	100.00%	100.00%

XML

Income Taxes - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	3 Months Ended		6 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Jul. 13, 2013	Jul. 14, 2012	Jul. 13, 2013	Jul. 14, 2012	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Jan. 01, 2011	Jan. 02, 2010	Dec. 31, 2007
Income Taxes Textual [Abstract]
Expiration dates for operating losses					Beginning in 2027
Valuation allowance					$ 10,539,000	$ 229,000	$ 11,901,000	$ 13,900,000
Additional Valuation Allowance Recorded in Other Comprehensive Loss					1,500,000
Gross unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain tax positions									900,000
Accrued interest and penalties, paid								200,000
Overall effective tax rate	(7.70%)	3.60%	(9.20%)	6.60%
Effective tax rate without adjustments to valuation allowance and discrete charges	43.00%	39.60%	19.50%	39.60%
United States Federal Tax [Member]
Income Taxes Textual [Abstract]
Operating losses net					59,100,000
Federal tax credits					3,200,000
State and Local Jurisdiction [Member]
Income Taxes Textual [Abstract]
Operating losses net					$ 50,000,000

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net

6 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Jul. 13, 2013

Dec. 29, 2012

Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net

4. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

The following table summarizes the change in the Company’s goodwill balance during the 28-week period ended July 13, 2013 (dollars in thousands):

Balance – December 29, 2012	$	15,002
Acquisition of supermarkets		4,306
Balance – July 13, 2013	$	19,308

Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization, consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

July 13, 2013	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount		Weighted Average Amortization Period
Tradename – indefinite	$	41,011	$	—		$	41,011		Indefinite life
Favorable lease rights		32,651		(16,582	)		16,069		9.8
Customer relationships		28,596		(24,173	)		4,423		8.4
Franchise agreements		11,538		(5,896	)		5,642		11.0
Tradenames – finite		5,310		(2,681	)		2,629		8.8
Other		619		(363	)		256		5.0
	$	119,725	$	(49,695	)	$	70,030		9.4

December 29, 2012	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount
Tradename – indefinite	$	41,011	$	—		$	41,011
Favorable lease rights		32,826		(14,759	)		18,067
Customer relationships		28,591		(22,794	)		5,797
Franchise agreements		11,538		(5,331	)		6,207
Tradenames – finite		5,310		(2,222	)		3,088
Other		704		(376	)		328
	$	119,980	$	(45,482	)	$	74,498

The Tops tradename is reviewed annually for impairment on December 1, or more frequently, if impairment indicators arise. Based on the Company’s assessment, no impairment indicators existed during the 28-week periods ended July 13, 2013 and July 14, 2012.

During the 12-week periods ended July 13, 2013 and July 14, 2012, amortization expense was $1.9 million and $1.6 million, respectively. During the 28-week periods ended July 13, 2013 and July 14, 2012, amortization expense was $4.5 million and $3.9 million, respectively. This amortization is included in depreciation and amortization in the condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

During the 12 and 28-week periods ended July 13, 2013, depreciation and amortization in the condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income includes $0.4 million and $0.9 million, respectively, of contra-expense related to the amortization of unfavorable lease rights which are classified in other long-term liabilities in the July 13, 2013 and December 29, 2012 condensed consolidated balance sheets. The unamortized balance of unfavorable lease rights was $7.6 million as of July 13, 2013. Expected future amortization of these unfavorable lease rights is contra-expense of $0.7 million in the remaining period of Fiscal 2013, $1.3 million in Fiscal 2014, $1.2 million in Fiscal 2015, $1.1 million in Fiscal 2016, $0.9 million in Fiscal 2017 and $2.4 million thereafter.

As of July 13, 2013, expected future amortization of intangible assets is as follows (dollars in thousands):

2013 (remaining period)	$	3,680
2014		6,963
2015		5,744
2016		4,283
2017		3,112
Thereafter		5,237

5. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

The following table summarizes the change in the Company’s goodwill balance during Fiscal 2012 (dollars in thousands):

Balance – December 31, 2011	$	462
Acquisition of GU supermarkets (Note 2)		12,769
Acquisition of independent supermarkets		1,771
Balance – December 29, 2012	$	15,002

Goodwill is reviewed annually for impairment on December 1, or more frequently upon the occurrence of trigger events. Based on the Company’s assessment, no goodwill impairments were recorded during Fiscal 2012 or Fiscal 2011.

Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization, consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

December 29, 2012	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount		Weighted Average Amortization Period
Tradename – indefinite	$	41,011	$	—		$	41,011	Indefinite life
Favorable lease rights		32,826		(14,759	)		18,067	9.8
Customer relationships		28,591		(22,794	)		5,797	8.4
Franchise agreements		11,538		(5,331	)		6,207	11.0
Tradenames – finite		5,310		(2,222	)		3,088	8.8
Other		704		(376	)		328	5.0
	$	119,980	$	(45,482	)	$	74,498	9.3
December 31, 2011	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount
Tradename – indefinite	$	41,011	$	—		$	41,011
Customer relationships		28,591		(19,643	)		8,948
Favorable/unfavorable lease rights		17,789		(6,610	)		11,179
Franchise agreements		11,538		(4,288	)		7,250
Tradenames – finite		4,310		(1,504	)		2,806
Other		706		(237	)		469
	$	103,945	$	(32,282	)	$	71,663

The Tops tradename is reviewed annually for impairment on December 1, or more frequently, if impairment indicators arise. Based on the Company’s assessment, no impairment was recorded during Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 or Fiscal 2010.

Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $8.6 million, $8.7 million and $10.3 million in Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, respectively. Such amortization is included in administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

Depreciation and amortization in the Fiscal 2012 consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive (loss) income includes $1.6 million of contra-expense related to the amortization of unfavorable lease rights which are classified in other long-term liabilities in the December 29, 2012 consolidated balance sheet. Expected future amortization of these unfavorable lease rights is contra-expense of $1.5 million in Fiscal 2013, $1.3 million in Fiscal 2014, $1.2 million in Fiscal 2015, $1.1 million in Fiscal 2016, $0.9 million in Fiscal 2017 and $2.4 million thereafter.

As of December 29, 2012, expected future amortization of intangible assets is as follows (dollars in thousands):

2013	$	8,153
2014		6,962
2015		5,743
2016		4,282
2017		3,111
Thereafter		5,236

XML

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	6 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Jul. 13, 2013	Jul. 14, 2012	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Jan. 01, 2011
Cash flows provided by operating activities:
Net (loss) income	$ (9,517)	$ 10,149	$ (22,950)	$ 5,832	$ (26,954)
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	38,186	36,331	67,802	67,053	77,315
Loss on debt extinguishment			31,205		1,041
Amortization of deferred financing costs	1,357	1,520	2,847	2,661	2,367
Share-based compensation expense	3,826	616	1,451	1,140	715
Deferred income taxes	805	667	1,364	1,249	(9,199)
LIFO inventory valuation adjustments	723	794	361	1,333	2,055
Impairment charges				2,791
Bargain purchase					(15,681)
Other	199	(554)	(462)	(87)	988
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable	(11,556)	2,831	2,545	1,664	(7,382)
(Increase) decrease in inventory, net	(5,812)	(4,114)	(2,590)	187	(6,239)
(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets	(1,959)	2,232	4,005	1,103	1,796
(Increase) decrease in income taxes refundable	(15)	169	48	(85)	560
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable	14,515	10,724	1,950	(18,080)	24,267
(Decrease) increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities	43	(3,196)	(4,453)	389	917
Increase in other long-term liabilities	932	2,529	3,884	1,501	2,892
Net cash provided by operating activities	31,727	60,698	87,007	68,651	49,458
Cash flows used in investing activities:
Cash paid for property and equipment	(27,589)	(15,200)	(37,565)	(45,575)	(49,663)
Proceeds from insurable loss recovery		1,150	1,455	609
Cash paid for intangible assets				(1,527)
Proceeds from sale of assets				1,284	20,753
Acquisition of Penn Traffic					(85,023)
Net cash used in investing activities	(33,584)	(14,050)	(67,054)	(45,209)	(113,933)
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	(3,976)	34,790	13,241	1,762	(2,303)
Cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities:
Proceeds from long-term debt borrowings	148,500		460,000		112,125
Dividend to shareholders	(141,920)		(100,000)		(30,000)
Principal payments on capital leases	(8,014)	(6,789)	(13,318)	(11,161)	(9,294)
Deferred financing costs incurred	(7,977)		(11,943)	(57)	(5,769)
Change in bank overdraft position	426	181	(98)	(53)	487
Stock option exercises	227
Repayments of long-term debt borrowings	(161)	(250)	(350,452)	(409)	(36,377)
Borrowings on ABL Facility					348,737
Repayments on ABL Facility					(347,737)
Debt extinguishment costs incurred			(20,901)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock					30,000
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities	(2,119)	(11,858)	(6,712)	(21,680)	62,172
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period	32,422	19,181	19,181	17,419	19,722
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period	28,446	53,971	32,422	19,181	17,419
2017 ABL Facility [Member]
Cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities:
Borrowings on ABL Facility	138,500		35,000
Repayments on ABL Facility	(131,700)
2013 ABL Facility [Member]
Cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities:
Borrowings on ABL Facility		66,600	158,800	612,900	348,737
Repayments on ABL Facility		(71,600)	(163,800)	(622,900)	(347,737)
Grand Union Supermarkets [Member]
Cash flows used in investing activities:
Acquisition			(27,640)
Independent Supermarkets [Member]
Cash flows used in investing activities:
Acquisition			(3,304)
Supermarkets [Member]
Cash flows used in investing activities:
Acquisition	$ (5,995)

XML

Schedule of Changes in Asset Retirement Obligations (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Jan. 01, 2011
Changes in the Asset Retirement Obligations
Beginning balance	$ 2,631	$ 2,336
Accretion of liability	235	212	200
Incremental obligations incurred	393	83
Ending balance	$ 3,259	$ 2,631	$ 2,336

XML

Business Acquisition - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	3 Months Ended	6 Months Ended	12 Months Ended		1 Months Ended	3 Months Ended	6 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Jul. 14, 2012	Jul. 14, 2012	Dec. 29, 2012	Oct. 31, 2012	Jul. 14, 2012 Supermarkets [Member]	Jul. 13, 2013 Supermarkets [Member]	Jul. 13, 2013 Supermarkets [Member]	Dec. 29, 2012 Supermarkets [Member]
Business Acquisition (Additional Textual) [Abstract]
Cash consideration				$ 27,600,000
Transaction cost	400,000	700,000	1,300,000		1,300,000
Acquired supermarkets contributed net sales						27,600,000	54,400,000	22,300,000
Acquired supermarkets contributed operating income						$ 400,000	$ (1,000,000)	$ 500,000

XML

Schedule of Additional Cash Flow Information (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Jan. 01, 2011
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest	$ 61,984	$ 58,800	$ 56,933
Income taxes	124	190	151
Non-cash items:
Unpaid capital expenditures	4,907	1,718	6,107
Assets acquired under capital leases	$ 4,663	$ 365	$ 5,349

XML

Schedule of Changes in Benefit Obligations (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Jan. 01, 2011
SERP [Member]
Changes in benefit obligation related to the SERP and other post-retirement plans
Benefit obligation, beginning balance	$ 5,052	$ 4,868
Interest cost	162	214	234
Service cost
Actuarial loss	614	620
Total disbursements	(637)	(650)
Benefit obligation, ending balance	5,191	5,052	4,868
Other Post-Retirement Plans [Member]
Changes in benefit obligation related to the SERP and other post-retirement plans
Benefit obligation, beginning balance	2,657	2,490
Interest cost	104	111	112
Service cost	3	3	3
Actuarial loss	1,785	309
Total disbursements	(384)	(256)
Benefit obligation, ending balance	$ 4,165	$ 2,657	$ 2,490

XML

Accounts Receivable, Net (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 29, 2012

Accounts Receivable, Net

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

	December 29, 2012			December 31, 2011
Vendor receivables	$	30,305		$	28,034
Credit and debit card receivables		8,685			10,692
Pharmacy receivables		7,509			8,364
Other receivables		7,390			9,751
Allowance for doubtful accounts		(414	)		(854	)
Total accounts receivable, net	$	53,475		$	55,987

XML

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	6 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Jul. 13, 2013	Jul. 14, 2012	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Jan. 01, 2011
Parent Company Only Financial Information [Line Items]
Net cash from operating activities	$ 31,727	$ 60,698	$ 87,007	$ 68,651	$ 49,458
Net cash from investing activities	(33,584)	(14,050)	(67,054)	(45,209)	(113,933)
Net cash from financing activities	(2,119)	(11,858)	(6,712)	(21,680)	62,172
Net change in cash and cash equivalents	(3,976)	34,790	13,241	1,762	(2,303)
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period	32,422	19,181	19,181	17,419	19,722
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period	28,446	53,971	32,422	19,181	17,419
Parent Company Only [Member]
Parent Company Only Financial Information [Line Items]
Net cash from operating activities
Net cash from investing activities
Net cash from financing activities
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period

XML

Subsequent Events - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended	1 Months Ended
	Dec. 29, 2012	Mar. 08, 2013 Subsequent Event [Member] Store	Jan. 02, 2013 Subsequent Event [Member]
Subsequent Events (Textual) [Abstract]
Number of supermarkets acquired		4
Purchase price		$ 7.0
Business tax provisions, expiration date	Dec. 31, 2013
Benefit related to additional bonus depreciation			$ 1.0

XML

Schedule of Future Benefit Payments Related to SERP and Other Post-retirement Benefit Plans (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 29, 2012
SERP [Member]
Estimated future benefit payments related to the SERP and other post-retirement plans
2013	$ 620
2014	590
2015	558
2016	523
2017	486
Subsequent five years	1,832
Other Post-Retirement Plans [Member]
Estimated future benefit payments related to the SERP and other post-retirement plans
2013	236
2014	234
2015	207
2016	202
2017	246
Subsequent five years	$ 1,139

XML

FIR/RP Status for Funding Improvement Plan (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
FIP/RP Status indicates plans for funding improvement plan
EIN	166144007
Plan Number	001
Pension Protection Act Zone Status	Red	Red
Tops 5% of Total Contributions	true	true
FIP/RP Status Pending / Implemented	Implemented
Surcharge imposed	No
Expiration Dates of Collective- Bargaining Agreements, First	Mar. 30, 2014
Expiration Dates of Collective- Bargaining Agreements, Last	Oct. 03, 2015

XML

Schedule of Future Minimum Lease Payments (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jul. 13, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Schedule of future minimum lease payments for capital and operating lease and sublease rental income
Less current obligations	$ (14,056)	$ (14,357)	$ (12,701)
Long-term obligations	142,180	149,503	159,814
Operating Leases 2013		28,176
Operating Leases 2014		28,916
Operating Leases 2015		31,424
Operating Leases 2016		33,101
Operating Leases 2017		34,968
Operating Leases Thereafter		193,835
Operating Leases, Total		350,420
Future Expected Sub-lease Income 2013		3,539
Future Expected Sub-lease Income 2014		1,876
Future Expected Sub-lease Income 2015		1,403
Future Expected Sub-lease Income 2016		1,052
Future Expected Sub-lease Income 2017		888
Future Expected Sub-lease Income, Thereafter		2,657
Future Expected Sub-lease Income, Total		11,415
Assets Under Capital Leases Excluding Land [Member]
Schedule of future minimum lease payments for capital and operating lease and sublease rental income
Capital Leases 2013	13,546	30,254
Capital Leases 2014	28,121	28,006
Capital Leases 2015	25,374	25,279
Capital Leases 2016	24,040	23,951
Capital Leases 2017	19,950	19,937
Thereafter	65,842	65,843
Total Capital Leases	176,873	193,270
Less amounts representing interest	(69,466)	(78,239)
Present value of net minimum lease payments	107,407	115,031
Less current obligations	(14,056)	(14,357)
Long-term obligations	$ 93,351	$ 100,674

XML

Summary of Change in Goodwill (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	6 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Jul. 13, 2013	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 29, 2012 GU Acquisition [Member]	Dec. 29, 2012 Independent Supermarkets [Member]
Changes in goodwill
Goodwill, Beginning Balance	$ 15,002	$ 462
Acquisition	4,306		12,769	1,771
Goodwill, Ending Balance	$ 19,308	$ 462

XML

Summary of Benefit Obligations Classified in Consolidated Balance Sheets (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jul. 13, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Defined benefit plan unfunded status of plan
Other long-term liabilities	$ 38,886	$ 38,871	$ 23,893
Total liabilities	1,020,999	859,274	706,676
SERP [Member]
Defined benefit plan unfunded status of plan
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		620	599
Other long-term liabilities		4,571	4,453
Total liabilities		5,191	5,052
Other Post-Retirement Plans [Member]
Defined benefit plan unfunded status of plan
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		236	259
Other long-term liabilities		3,929	2,398
Total liabilities		$ 4,165	$ 2,657

XML

Shareholders' Deficit

6 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Jul. 13, 2013

Dec. 29, 2012

Shareholders' Deficit

10. SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

On May 15, 2013, the Company paid a dividend to its shareholders totaling $141.9 million, or $980 per share.

Effective May 14, 2013, Holding I’s Board of Directors accelerated the vesting of stock options granted under its 2007 Stock Incentive Plan such that all outstanding and unvested stock options became immediately and fully vested. The 11,340 total outstanding stock options were then contributed by the option holders to Holding II in exchange for options to acquire shares of common stock of Holding II. Following the May 15, 2013 Holding II dividend, the exercise prices of all outstanding stock options were reduced by $380, from $400 to $20 per share. As a result of the acceleration of vesting and exercise price reductions of outstanding stock options, the Company recognized incremental stock-based compensation expense of $3.5 million within administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income during the 12 and 28-week periods ended July 13, 2013.

On May 16, 2013, following the May 15, 2013 dividend, the Company awarded make-whole payments to holders of stock options under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan in amounts of $600 per stock option, representing the difference between the per share dividend paid to Holding II stockholders and the reduction in the exercise price of the stock options. These payments, totaling $6.8 million, were recorded within administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income during the 12 and 28-week periods ended July 13, 2013. Additionally, between May 20 and May 22, 2013, all outstanding stock options were exercised, which resulted in cash proceeds of $0.2 million.

12. SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

Effective January 27, 2010, the Board of Directors increased the number of common shares that the Company has the authority to issue from 200,000 shares to 300,000 shares. On January 29, 2010, the Company received $30.0 million of proceeds from the issuance of 44,776 shares of common stock to its shareholders. On July 26, 2010, the Company paid a dividend to its shareholders totaling $30.0 million, or $207.22 per share of common stock outstanding. On December 20, 2012, the Company paid a dividend to its shareholders totaling $100.0 million, or $690.72 per share of common stock outstanding.

Effective January 24, 2008, the Company adopted the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (‘‘Stock Plan’’) pursuant to which the Company’s Board of Directors, or a committee appointed by the Board of Directors (‘‘Committee’’), may grant at its discretion non-qualified stock options to directors, employees, consultants or independent contractors of the Company. Under the terms of the stock options granted to date, options that have not vested prior to a participant’s termination of employment with the Company are forfeited. The Stock Plan reserves 13,600 shares of common stock for issuance under the plan.

Stock options generally vest over a period of three to five years, and expire ten years from the grant date. Awards granted may be subject to other vesting terms as determined by the Committee. For stock options granted to date, the payments of the option prices are to be made in cash. In addition, an option holder will be required to satisfy the tax liability associated with the exercise of stock options by a method provided in the Stock Plan, as directed by the Committee.

Effective December 28, 2012, following the December 20, 2012 dividend, the Company reduced the exercise price of 4,645 stock option grants, representing all outstanding options with exercise prices in excess of $400, to $400 per share. No other terms of the awards were modified. The exercise price reductions resulted in an expected $0.6 million of incremental stock-based compensation expense, of which $0.3 million was recorded during Fiscal 2012. The remaining $0.3 million is expected to be recorded over the remaining vesting periods of the awards.

The following table summarizes the status and changes of stock options outstanding under the Stock Plan (dollars in thousands):

	Number of Shares			Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share		Average Remaining Contractual Term (In Years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value(1)
Outstanding – January 2, 2010		7,550		$	413
Granted		4,470			1,040
Forfeited		(555	)		400
Outstanding – January 1, 2011		11,465			658
Forfeited		(125	)		1,040
Outstanding – December 31, 2011		11,340			654
Outstanding – December 29, 2012		11,340			400
Vested and expected to vest – December 29, 2012		11,340			400		2.9	$	816
Options exercisable – December 29, 2012		5,833		$	400

(1) The intrinsic value is calculated based on the difference between the weighted average exercise price per share and the fair market value of the Company’s common stock as of December 29, 2012 of $472 per share.

Compensation expense recognized in connection with the Stock Plan amounted to $1.1 million, $1.1 million and $0.7 million for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, respectively, and is included in administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

The Company determines the fair value of each option award on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The determination of fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model requires a number of complex and subjective variables. Key assumptions in the Black-Scholes option pricing model include the value of the common stock, the expected life, expected volatility of the stock, the risk-free interest rate, and estimated forfeitures. The value of the common stock related to the current year option grants was determined by management with the assistance of a third-party valuation firm. The estimated life was equal to the award’s expected term which was estimated using the simplified method. Expected stock price volatility was based on the expected volatility of a peer group that had actively traded stock during the period immediately preceding the share-based award grant. The risk-free rate of interest was based on the zero coupon U.S. Treasury rates appropriate for the expected term of the award. Estimated forfeitures are based on historical data, as well as management’s current expectations, the Company does not expect any forfeitures.

For options granted during Fiscal 2010, the weighted average fair values of the stock options granted, estimated on the dates of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, were $407.07 using the following assumptions.

Estimated life in years	6.2
Expected volatility	37.6	%
Expected dividends	—
Risk-free rate	1.6	%

The Company’s outstanding stock options represent non-qualified stock options for income tax purposes. As such, the stock option grants result in the creation of a deferred tax asset until the time that such stock option is exercised.

The total unrecognized non-vested stock-based compensation expense relating to the options is $1.3 million at December 29, 2012, with $0.7 million expected to be recorded as compensation expense in Fiscal 2013. The remaining weighted average vesting period for the stock options is 1.5 years at December 29, 2012.

XML

Leases

12 Months Ended

Dec. 29, 2012

Leases

8. LEASES

The Company has a number of leases in effect for store properties and equipment. The initial lease terms generally range up to twenty-five years and will expire at various times through 2032, with options to renew for additional periods. The majority of the store leases provide for base rental, plus real estate taxes, insurance, common area maintenance and other operating expenses applicable to the leased premises. Some leases contain escalation clauses for future rents and contingent rents based on sales volume.

As of December 29, 2012, future minimum lease rental payments applicable to non-cancelable capital and operating leases, and expected minimum sublease rental income, were as follows (dollars in thousands):

	Capital Leases			Operating Leases		Future Expected Sub-lease Income
2013	$	30,254		$	28,176	$	3,539
2014		28,006			28,916		1,876
2015		25,279			31,424		1,403
2016		23,951			33,101		1,052
2017		19,937			34,968		888
Thereafter		65,843			193,835		2,657
Total minimum lease payments		193,270		$	350,420	$	11,415
Less amounts representing interest		(78,239	)
Present value of net minimum lease payments		115,031
Less current obligations		(14,357	)
Long-term obligations	$	100,674

The Company entered into sale-leaseback transactions in various years involving certain properties that did not qualify for sale-leaseback accounting as the lease agreements included various forms of continuing involvement. As a result, the transactions have been classified as financing transactions in accordance with ASC 840.

Under the financing method, the assets remain on the consolidated balance sheet and proceeds received by the Company from these transactions are recorded as capital lease obligations, allocated between land and building. Payments under these leases are applied as payments of imputed interest and deemed principal on the underlying building obligations, with no underlying cash payments deemed attributable to the land obligations. The related land assets are not depreciated, and at the end of the lease terms, the remaining capital lease obligations will equal the net book value of the land. The capital lease obligations as of December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 include $48.8 million of obligations related to land. At the expiration of the lease terms, which range from 2023 to 2068, or when the Company’s continuing involvement under the lease agreements ends, the related land and obligations will be removed from the balance sheet, with no underlying cash payments.

The Company incurred rental expense related to operating leases associated with its supermarkets of $25.4 million, $22.3 million and $22.5 million, net of sublease rental income of $4.2 million, $3.5 million and $3.4 million during Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, respectively, that is included in rent expense in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income. In addition, the Company incurred rental expense related to equipment recorded in selling and general expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income of $0.4 million, $0.8 million and $0.7 million during Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, respectively. The Company also incurred rental expense related to equipment and office rent recorded in administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income of $1.4 million, $2.1 million and $2.1 million during Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, respectively.

XML

Debt - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	1 Months Ended			3 Months Ended		6 Months Ended		12 Months Ended							12 Months Ended	6 Months Ended	12 Months Ended				12 Months Ended		1 Months Ended					1 Months Ended				1 Months Ended
	May 15, 2013	Dec. 20, 2012	Jul. 26, 2010	Jul. 13, 2013	Jul. 14, 2012	Jul. 13, 2013	Jul. 14, 2012	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Jan. 01, 2011	Dec. 29, 2012 2013 ABL Facility [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 2013 ABL Facility [Member]	Jan. 02, 2010 2013 ABL Facility [Member]	Dec. 29, 2012 2013 ABL Facility [Member] Letter of Credit [Member]	Dec. 29, 2012 2013 ABL Facility [Member] LIBOR Plus [Member]	Jul. 13, 2013 2017 ABL Facility [Member]	Dec. 29, 2012 2017 ABL Facility [Member]	Dec. 14, 2012 2017 ABL Facility [Member]	Jul. 13, 2013 2017 ABL Facility [Member] Letter of Credit [Member]	Dec. 29, 2012 2017 ABL Facility [Member] Letter of Credit [Member]	Dec. 29, 2012 2017 ABL Facility [Member] Prime Rate Plus [Member]	Dec. 29, 2012 2017 ABL Facility [Member] LIBOR Plus [Member]	Dec. 29, 2012 2015 Notes [Member]	Jan. 01, 2011 2015 Notes [Member]	Jan. 02, 2010 2015 Notes [Member]	Dec. 20, 2012 2015 Notes [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 2015 Notes [Member]	Dec. 20, 2012 2017 Notes [Member]	May 15, 2013 Holding Two [Member]	Jul. 13, 2013 Holding Two [Member]	Jul. 13, 2013 Holding Two [Member] Condition One [Member]	Dec. 20, 2012 Holding One [Member]	Dec. 29, 2012 Old Senior Secured Notes [Member]
Debt (Additional Textual) [Abstract]
Senior secured notes issued																								$ 75,000,000	$ 275,000,000			$ 460,000,000	$ 150,000,000			$ 460,000,000
Interest rate, notes																								10.125%	10.125%			8.875%	8.75%		9.50%	8.875%
Maturity date of senior notes																	Dec. 14, 2017							Oct. 15, 2015	Oct. 15, 2015			Dec. 15, 2017	Jun. 15, 2018			Dec. 15, 2017
Dividend to shareholders	141,900,000	100,000,000
Semi-annual interest payments date								The 2017 Notes mature December 15, 2017 and require semi-annual interest payments on June 15 and December 15 beginning on June 15, 2013																					The Holding II Notes mature June 15, 2018 and require semi-annual interest payments on June 15 and December 15 beginning on December 15, 2013.			The Holding I Notes mature December 15, 2017 and require semi-annual interest payments on June 15 and December 15.
Notes deposited in irrevocable trust																										377,300,000
Repay of notes																							350,000,000
Redemption Premium Payment								20,901,000															17,700,000
Unpaid interest																							9,600,000
Prepaid interest																										3,200,000
Write off of unamortized deferred financing costs								8,300,000															7,800,000
Unamortized net discount on Notes																							2,000,000
Maximum borrowing capacity in ABL Facility													100,000,000					125,000,000
Unused availability under the ABL Facility												70,400,000				53,100,000	54,500,000
Letters of credit outstanding														13,100,000					15,200,000	14,800,000
Revolving ABL Facility expiry date											Oct. 09, 2013
Increase in capacity upon met specified condition																		50,000,000
Effective interest rate on borrowings under the ABL Facility																2.13%	2.06%
Revolving interest rate basis points															150 to 200 basis points						50 to 100 basis points	150 to 200 basis points
Interest expense, net				16,742,000	13,709,000	35,714,000	32,021,000	58,893,000	61,698,000	61,231,000
Capital lease interest								18,000,000	20,100,000	21,500,000
Proceeds from long-term debt borrowings						148,500,000		460,000,000		112,125,000																			148,500,000
Debt original issue discount																											2,495,000		1,500,000	1,463,000
Dividend per share paid	$ 980	$ 690.72	$ 207.22
Repayments of long-term debt borrowings						$ 161,000	$ 250,000	$ 350,452,000	$ 409,000	$ 36,377,000																							$ 350,000,000

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

6 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Jul. 13, 2013

Dec. 29, 2012

Commitments and Contingencies

12. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Purchase Commitments

On November 12, 2009, Tops Markets entered into a supply contract with C&S Wholesale Grocers, Inc. (“C&S”) whereby C&S provides warehousing, logistics, procurement and purchasing services in support of the majority of the Company’s supply chain. The agreement expires on September 24, 2016. The agreement provides that the actual costs of performing these services shall be reimbursed to C&S on an “open-book” or “cost-plus” basis, whereby the parties will negotiate annual budgets that will be reconciled against actual costs on a periodic basis. The parties will also annually negotiate services specifications and performance standards that will govern warehouse operations. The agreement defines the parties’ respective responsibilities for the procurement and purchase of merchandise intended for use or resale at the Company’s stores, as well as the parties’ respective remuneration for warehousing and procurement/purchasing activities. In consideration for the services it provides under the agreement, C&S will be paid an annual fee and will have incentive income opportunities based upon the Company’s cost savings and increases in retail sales volume.

On September 24, 2012, Tops Markets entered into a separate supply agreement with C&S to provide similar services in support of the 21 supermarkets acquired in the GU Acquisition from GU Markets LLC, an affiliate of C&S, in October 2012. This agreement expires on September 23, 2022.

Effective May 1, 2013, Tops Markets entered into a member participation agreement with Topco Associates LLC, a procurement cooperative for food retailers and wholesalers, for the supply of substantially all of the Company’s prescription drugs and other health and beauty care products requirements. There is no minimum purchase requirement, and this agreement expires February 28, 2017. The Company’s previous supply agreement for these products with McKesson Corporation was terminated without penalty.

Effective July 24, 2010, Tops Markets extended its existing IT outsourcing agreement with HP Enterprise Services, LLC (formerly known as Electronic Data Systems, LLC), or HP, through December 31, 2017. Under the agreement, HP provides data center operations, mainframe processing, business applications and systems development to enhance the Company’s customer service and efficiency. The charges under this agreement are based upon the services requested at predetermined rates.

The costs of these purchase commitments are not reflected in the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets.

Environmental Liabilities

The Company is contingently liable for potential environmental issues of some of its properties. As the Company is unable to determine the amount of any potential liability, no amounts were accrued as of July 13, 2013 or December 29, 2012.

Collective Bargaining Agreements

The Company employs approximately 14,300 associates. Approximately 87% of these associates are members of United Food and Commercial Workers, or UFCW, District Union Local One, or Local One, or two other UFCW unions. All other associates are non-union with approximately 26% serving in the Company’s supermarkets acquired in the GU Acquisition, and the remaining non-union associates serving primarily in management, field support or pharmacist roles. The Company is a party to six collective bargaining agreements with Local One expiring between March 2014 and October 2015. The two non-Local One UFCW collective bargaining agreements expire in February 2015 and April 2016, respectively.

C&S-Related Multiemployer Pension Plans

At the time we entered into our original supply agreement with C&S, certain of our warehouse personnel became employees of C&S, with C&S assuming our obligations under several multiemployer pension plans. Although we are not a sponsoring employer of, and make no contribution payments to any of these multiemployer pension plans, we have certain contractual indemnification obligations for withdrawal liability that may arise in the event of C&S’s withdrawal from those plans, or upon termination of the supply agreement.

Legal Proceedings

The Company is unaware of legal proceedings that are expected to materially impact the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements as a whole. No amounts related to legal proceedings were accrued as of July 13, 2013 or December 29, 2012.

15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Purchase Commitments

On November 12, 2009, the Company entered into a supply contract with C&S whereby C&S provides warehousing, logistics, procurement and purchasing services in support of the majority of the Company’s supply chain. The agreement expires on September 24, 2016. The agreement provides that the actual costs of performing these services shall be reimbursed to C&S on an “open-book” or “cost-plus” basis, whereby the parties will negotiate annual budgets that will be reconciled against actual costs on a periodic basis. The parties will also annually negotiate services specifications and performance standards that will govern warehouse operations. The agreement defines the parties’ respective responsibilities for the procurement and purchase of merchandise intended for use or resale at the Company’s stores, as well as the parties’ respective remuneration for warehousing and procurement/purchasing activities. In consideration for the services it provides under the agreement, C&S will be paid an annual fee and will have incentive income opportunities based upon the Company’s cost savings and increases in retail sales volume.

On September 24, 2012, the Company entered into a supplemental supply agreement with C&S to provide similar services in support of the 21 supermarkets acquired in the GU Acquisition. This agreement expires on September 23, 2022.

Effective December 1, 2010, the Company extended the term of its existing supply contract with McKesson through January 31, 2014 for the supply of substantially all of the Company’s prescription drugs and other health and beauty care products requirements. The Company is required to purchase a minimum of $400 million of product during the period from December 1, 2010 to January 1, 2014. The Company purchased $135.5 million, $146.7 million and $11.2 million of product under this contract during Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and December 2010, respectively, and expects to meet the minimum purchases requirement.

Effective July 24, 2010, the Company extended its existing IT outsourcing agreement with HP Enterprise Services, LLC (formerly known as Electronic Data Systems, LLC), or HP through December 31, 2017 to provide a wide range of information systems services. Under the agreement, HP provides data center operations, mainframe processing, business applications and systems development to enhance the Company’s customer service and efficiency. The charges under this agreement are based upon the services requested at predetermined rates.

The costs of these purchase commitments are not reflected in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

Asset Retirement Obligations

The changes in the Asset Retirement Obligations are as follows (dollars in thousands):

Balance – January 1, 2011	$	2,336
Accretion of liability		212
Incremental obligations incurred		83
Balance – December 31, 2011		2,631
Obligations of acquired supermarkets		393
Accretion of liability		235
Balance – December 29, 2012	$	3,259

Environmental Liabilities

The Company is contingently liable for potential environmental issues of some of its properties. As the Company is unable to determine the amount of any potential liability, no amounts were accrued as of December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Collective Bargaining Agreements

The Company employs approximately 13,400 associates. Approximately 88% of these associates are members of United Food and Commercial Workers, or UFCW, District Union Local One, or Local One, or two other UFCW unions. All other associates are non-union with approximately 25% serving in our Grand Union acquired supermarket locations, and the remaining non-union associates serving primarily in management, field support or pharmacist roles. The Company is a party to six collective bargaining agreements with Local One expiring between March 2014 and October 2015. The two non-Local One UFCW collective bargaining agreements expire in April 2013 and February 2015, respectively.

C&S-Related Multiemployer Pension Plans

At the time we entered into our original supply agreement with C&S, certain of our warehouse personnel became employees of C&S, with C&S assuming our obligations under several other multiemployer pension plans. Although we are not a sponsoring employer of, and make no contribution payments to any of these other multiemployer pension plans, we have certain contractual indemnification obligations for withdrawal liability that may arise in the event of C&S’s withdrawal from such plans, or upon termination of the supply agreement.

Legal Proceedings

The Company is unaware of legal proceedings that are expected to materially impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements as a whole. Accordingly, no amounts related to legal proceedings were accrued as of December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

XML

Related Party Transactions

6 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Jul. 13, 2013

Dec. 29, 2012

Related Party Transactions

11. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Holding I is a party to a Transaction and Monitoring Fee Agreement with MSPE and Graycliff. In consideration of services provided, Holding I pays an annual monitoring fee of $0.8 million to MSPE and $0.2 million to Graycliff, on a quarterly basis. During each of the 12-week periods ended July 13, 2013 and July 14, 2012, monitoring fees of $0.3 million were paid. During each of the 28-week periods ended July 13, 2013 and July 14, 2012, monitoring fees of $0.5 million were paid. These fees are included in administrative expenses in the condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

13. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

During Fiscal 2010, the Company entered into a $25.0 million Bridge Loan with Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. (an affiliate of MSPE) and Banc of America Bridge LLC, as discussed in Note 6. This Bridge Loan was repaid in full during Fiscal 2010. Also during Fiscal 2010, the Company received $30.0 million from the issuance of common stock to related parties, as discussed in Note 12.

Holding I is a party to a Transaction and Monitoring Fee Agreement with MSPE and Graycliff. In consideration of services provided, the Company pays an annual monitoring fee of $0.8 million to MSPE and $0.2 million to Graycliff, on a quarterly basis. Monitoring fees of $1.0 million were paid during Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010. These fees are included in administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

XML

Document and Entity Information	6 Months Ended
	Jul. 13, 2013
Entity Information [Line Items]
Document Type	S-4
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Jul. 13, 2013
Entity Registrant Name	TOPS HOLDING II CORPORATION
Entity Central Index Key	0001584701
Entity Filer Category	Non-accelerated Filer
Tops Holding LLC [Member]
Entity Information [Line Items]
Entity Registrant Name	TOPS HOLDING LLC
Entity Central Index Key	0001483173
Entity Filer Category	Non-accelerated Filer
Tops Markets, LLC [Member]
Entity Information [Line Items]
Entity Registrant Name	TOPS MARKETS, LLC
Entity Central Index Key	0001495766
Entity Filer Category	Non-accelerated Filer
Tops Markets II Corporation [Member]
Entity Information [Line Items]
Entity Registrant Name	TOPS MARKETS II CORPORATION
Entity Central Index Key	0001584702
Entity Filer Category	Non-accelerated Filer
Tops PT, LLC [Member]
Entity Information [Line Items]
Entity Registrant Name	Tops PT, LLC
Entity Central Index Key	0001495767
Entity Filer Category	Non-accelerated Filer
Tops Gift Card Company, LLC [Member]
Entity Information [Line Items]
Entity Registrant Name	Tops Gift Card Company, LLC
Entity Central Index Key	0001495765
Entity Filer Category	Non-accelerated Filer

XML

Retirement Plans - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Jan. 01, 2011
Retirement Plans (Textual) [Abstract]
Company incurred expense related to 401(k) plan	$ 2.5	$ 2.5	$ 2.1
Company made contributions	9.4	8.9	8.3
Maximum [Member]
Retirement Plans (Textual) [Abstract]
Matching contributions of Company of participant's eligible compensation	100.00%
Eligible contributions criteria according to plan contributions	3.00%
Percentage of plan for red zone	65.00%
Percentage of plan for yellow zone or orange zone	80.00%
Minimum [Member]
Retirement Plans (Textual) [Abstract]
Matching contributions of Company of participant's eligible compensation	50.00%
Eligible contributions criteria according to plan contributions	2.00%
Percentage of plan for green zone	80.00%
SERP [Member]
Retirement Plans (Textual) [Abstract]
Net actuarial losses included in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income	1.9	1.4
Other Post-Retirement Plans [Member]
Retirement Plans (Textual) [Abstract]
Net actuarial losses included in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income	$ (1.6)	$ 0.2

XML

Retirement Plans

12 Months Ended

Dec. 29, 2012

Retirement Plans

14. RETIREMENT PLANS

Defined Benefit Plans

Certain former members of management of Tops Markets receive benefits under a nonqualified, unfunded supplemental executive retirement plan (“SERP”). In addition, the Company maintains post-employment benefit plans providing life insurance, disability and medical benefits for certain employees which are included in other post-retirement plans.

The components of net pension cost related to the SERP and other post-retirement plans are as follows (dollars in thousands):

	Fiscal 2012		Fiscal 2011		Fiscal 2010
SERP:
Interest cost	$	162	$	214	$	234
Net pension cost	$	162	$	214	$	234
Other Post-Retirement Plans:
Interest cost	$	104	$	111	$	112
Service cost		3		3		3
Net pension cost	$	107	$	114	$	115

Estimated future benefit payments related to the SERP and other post-retirement plans are as follows (dollars in thousands):

	SERP		Other Post-Retirement Plans
2013	$	620	$	236
2014		590		234
2015		558		207
2016		523		202
2017		486		246
Subsequent five years		1,832		1,139

As these plans are unfunded, estimated contributions are expected to equal estimated benefit payments.

The changes in benefit obligation related to the SERP and other post-retirement plans are as follows (dollars in thousands):

	SERP			Other Post- Retirement Plans
Benefit obligation – January 1, 2011	$	4,868		$	2,490
Interest cost		214			111
Service cost		—			3
Actuarial loss		620			309
Total disbursements		(650	)		(256	)
Benefit obligation – December 31, 2011		5,052			2,657
Interest cost		162			104
Service cost		—			3
Actuarial loss		614			1,785
Total disbursements		(637	)		(384	)
Benefit obligation – December 29, 2012	$	5,191		$	4,165

The benefit plans have no plan assets and have unfunded status equal to their benefit obligations, which have been classified in the consolidated balance sheets as follows (dollars in thousands):

	SERP				Other Post-Retirement Plans
	December 29, 2012		December 31, 2011		December 29, 2012		December 31, 2011
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	$	620	$	599	$	236	$	259
Other long-term liabilities		4,571		4,453		3,929		2,398
Total liability	$	5,191	$	5,052	$	4,165	$	2,657

Additionally, net actuarial losses of $1.9 million and $1.4 million related to the SERP were included in accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. Net actuarial (loss) gain of $(1.6) million and $0.2 million related to other post-retirement plans were included in accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

Discount rate assumptions used to determine benefit obligations are as follows:

SERP					Other Post-Retirement Plans
December 29, 2012		December 31, 2011			December 29, 2012			December 31, 2011
	2.80%		3.40	%		3.40	%		4.10	%

Discount rate assumptions used to determine net pension cost are as follows:

	Fiscal 2012			Fiscal 2011			Fiscal 2010
SERP		3.40	%		4.70	%		4.90	%
Other post-retirement plans		4.10	%		4.70	%		5.20	%

The measurement date for the SERP and other post-retirement plans was December 31, 2012.

For guidance in determining the discount rate, the Company calculates the implied rate of return by matching the cash flows from the plans to a yield curve of returns available on high-quality corporate bonds at the measurement date. The discount rate assumption is reviewed annually and revised as deemed appropriate. After the purchase of Tops by Holding, the Company ceased participation in the SERP and other post-retirement plans.

Assumed health care cost trend rates used in the calculation of benefit obligations related to the medical benefits portion of other post-retirement plans are as follows:

	December 29, 2012			December 31, 2011
Initial health care cost trend rate		6.50	%		7.00	%
Ultimate health care cost trend rate		5.00	%		5.00	%
Year to reach ultimate trend rate		2016			2016

Other Benefit Plans

During 2008, the Company established a defined contribution 401(k) plan that provides that under certain circumstances the Company will make matching contributions of up to 100% of the first 3%, and 50% of the next 2%, of a participant’s eligible compensation. The Company incurred $2.5 million, $2.5 million and $2.1 million of expense related to this 401(k) plan during Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, respectively.

Multiemployer Pension Plan

The Company contributes to the Local One plan, a defined benefit multiemployer pension plan, covering union-represented employees under its collective bargaining agreements with Local One. The Local One plan generally provides retirement benefits to participants based on their years of service to contributing employers. The retirement benefits provided by the Local One plan are generally not negotiated by participating employers. During Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, the Company made contributions of $9.4 million, $8.9 million and $8.3 million, respectively, to this plan. The risks of participating in a multiemployer pension plan are different from a single-employer pension plan in the following respects:

a) Assets contributed to the multiemployer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers;

b) If a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers; and

c) If the Company stops participating in the multiemployer pension plan, it may be required to pay the plan an amount based on the underfunded status of the plan, referred to as a withdrawal liability.

The Company’s participation in this plan is outlined in the following table. The “EIN / Plan Number” column provides the Employer Identification Number, or EIN, and the Plan Number. The most recent Pension Protection Act Zone Status available in 2012 and 2011 is for the Local One plan’s years ending December 31, 2011, and December 31, 2010, respectively. The zone status is based on information that the Company received from the plan. Among other factors, generally, plans in critical status (“red zone”) are less than 65 percent funded, plans in endangered or seriously endangered status (“yellow zone” or “orange zone”, respectively) are less than 80 percent funded, and plans at least 80 percent funded are said to be in the “green zone.” The “FIP/RP Status Pending / Implemented” column indicates plans for which a funding improvement plan, or FIP, or a rehabilitation plan, or RP, is either pending or has been implemented by the trustees of the plan.

Pension Protection Act Zone Status

Tops 5% of Total Contributions

FIP/RP Status Pending / Implemented

Surcharge Imposed

Expiration  Dates of Collective Bargaining Agreements

EIN / Plan Number

2012

2011

2012

2011

16-6144007 / 001

Red

Red

Yes

Yes

Implemented

No

March 30, 2014 – October 3, 2015

XML

Summary of Intangible Assets Net of Accumulated Amortization (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	6 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Jul. 13, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization
Gross Carrying Amount	$ 119,725	$ 119,980	$ 103,945
Accumulated Amortization	(49,695)	(45,482)	(32,282)
Net Carrying Amount	70,030	74,498	71,663
Weighted Average Amortization Period	9 years 4 months 24 days	9 years 3 months 18 days
Tradename - indefinite [Member]
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization
Indefinite-Lived - Gross Carrying Amount	41,011	41,011	41,011
Weighted Average Amortization Period, Indefinite Life	Indefinite life	Indefinite life
Favorable/unfavorable lease rights [Member]
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization
Gross Carrying Amount	32,651	32,826	17,789
Accumulated Amortization	(16,582)	(14,759)	(6,610)
Net Carrying Amount	16,069	18,067	11,179
Weighted Average Amortization Period	9 years 9 months 18 days	9 years 9 months 18 days
Customer relationships [Member]
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization
Gross Carrying Amount	28,596	28,591	28,591
Accumulated Amortization	(24,173)	(22,794)	(19,643)
Net Carrying Amount	4,423	5,797	8,948
Weighted Average Amortization Period	8 years 4 months 24 days	8 years 4 months 24 days
Franchise agreements [Member]
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization
Gross Carrying Amount	11,538	11,538	11,538
Accumulated Amortization	(5,896)	(5,331)	(4,288)
Net Carrying Amount	5,642	6,207	7,250
Weighted Average Amortization Period	11 years	11 years
Tradenames - finite [Member]
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization
Gross Carrying Amount	5,310	5,310	4,310
Accumulated Amortization	(2,681)	(2,222)	(1,504)
Net Carrying Amount	2,629	3,088	2,806
Weighted Average Amortization Period	8 years 9 months 18 days	8 years 9 months 18 days
Other [Member]
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization
Gross Carrying Amount	619	704	706
Accumulated Amortization	(363)	(376)	(237)
Net Carrying Amount	$ 256	$ 328	$ 469
Weighted Average Amortization Period	5 years	5 years

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	3 Months Ended		6 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Jul. 13, 2013	Jul. 14, 2012	Jul. 13, 2013	Jul. 14, 2012	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Jan. 01, 2011
Goodwill and Intangible Assets Net (Textual) [Abstract]
Goodwill impairment charges					$ 0	$ 0	$ 0
Amortization expense	1,900,000	1,600,000	4,500,000	3,900,000	8,600,000	8,700,000	10,300,000
Contra expense related to amortization of unfavorable lease rights	400,000		900,000		1,600,000
2013	3,680,000		3,680,000		8,153,000
2014	6,963,000		6,963,000		6,962,000
2015	5,744,000		5,744,000		5,743,000
2016	4,283,000		4,283,000		4,282,000
2017	3,112,000		3,112,000		3,111,000
Thereafter	5,237,000		5,237,000		5,236,000
Tradename [Member]
Goodwill and Intangible Assets Net (Textual) [Abstract]
Impairment			0	0	0	0	0
Unfavorable Lease Rights [Member]
Goodwill and Intangible Assets Net (Textual) [Abstract]
2013	700,000		700,000		1,500,000
2014	1,300,000		1,300,000		1,300,000
2015	1,200,000		1,200,000		1,200,000
2016	1,100,000		1,100,000		1,100,000
2017	900,000		900,000		900,000
Thereafter	2,400,000		2,400,000		2,400,000
Unamortized balance of unfavorable lease rights	$ 7,600,000		$ 7,600,000

XML

Summary of Discount Rate Assumptions Used to Determine Benefit Obligations (Detail)	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
SERP [Member]
Discount rate assumptions used to determine benefit obligations
Benefit obligations	2.80%	3.40%
Other Post-Retirement Plans [Member]
Discount rate assumptions used to determine benefit obligations
Benefit obligations	3.40%	4.10%